Elementary Algebra 2e

Original English · Complete reading and print view

Mathematics program — EnglishProgram matematika — Bahasa IndonesiaOriginal OpenStax website ↗Whole-book reading / print view
Original English text by OpenStax and its contributors, presented in an unofficial program-generated HTML reader. This is not a new translation. OpenStax, Rice University and the authors do not sponsor or endorse this mirror. The original website remains available for updates and services.

Contents

  1. Preface
  2. Foundations
    1. Introduction
    2. Introduction to Whole Numbers
    3. Use the Language of Algebra
    4. Add and Subtract Integers
    5. Multiply and Divide Integers
    6. Visualize Fractions
    7. Add and Subtract Fractions
    8. Decimals
    9. The Real Numbers
    10. Properties of Real Numbers
    11. Systems of Measurement
  3. Solving Linear Equations and Inequalities
    1. Introduction
    2. Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
    3. Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
    4. Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides
    5. Use a General Strategy to Solve Linear Equations
    6. Solve Equations with Fractions or Decimals
    7. Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable
    8. Solve Linear Inequalities
  4. Math Models
    1. Introduction
    2. Use a Problem-Solving Strategy
    3. Solve Percent Applications
    4. Solve Mixture Applications
    5. Solve Geometry Applications: Triangles, Rectangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem
    6. Solve Uniform Motion Applications
    7. Solve Applications with Linear Inequalities
  5. Graphs
    1. Introduction
    2. Use the Rectangular Coordinate System
    3. Graph Linear Equations in Two Variables
    4. Graph with Intercepts
    5. Understand Slope of a Line
    6. Use the Slope-Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line
    7. Find the Equation of a Line
    8. Graphs of Linear Inequalities
  6. Systems of Linear Equations
    1. Introduction
    2. Solve Systems of Equations by Graphing
    3. Solving Systems of Equations by Substitution
    4. Solve Systems of Equations by Elimination
    5. Solve Applications with Systems of Equations
    6. Solve Mixture Applications with Systems of Equations
    7. Graphing Systems of Linear Inequalities
  7. Polynomials
    1. Introduction
    2. Add and Subtract Polynomials
    3. Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents
    4. Multiply Polynomials
    5. Special Products
    6. Divide Monomials
    7. Divide Polynomials
    8. Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation
  8. Factoring
    1. Introduction
    2. Greatest Common Factor and Factor by Grouping
    3. Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c
    4. Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c
    5. Factor Special Products
    6. General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials
    7. Quadratic Equations
  9. Rational Expressions and Equations
    1. Introduction
    2. Simplify Rational Expressions
    3. Multiply and Divide Rational Expressions
    4. Add and Subtract Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator
    5. Add and Subtract Rational Expressions with Unlike Denominators
    6. Simplify Complex Rational Expressions
    7. Solve Rational Equations
    8. Solve Proportion and Similar Figure Applications
    9. Solve Uniform Motion and Work Applications
    10. Use Direct and Inverse Variation
  10. Roots and Radicals
    1. Introduction
    2. Simplify and Use Square Roots
    3. Simplify Square Roots
    4. Add and Subtract Square Roots
    5. Multiply Square Roots
    6. Divide Square Roots
    7. Solve Equations with Square Roots
    8. Higher Roots
    9. Rational Exponents
  11. Quadratic Equations
    1. Introduction
    2. Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Square Root Property
    3. Solve Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square
    4. Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula
    5. Solve Applications Modeled by Quadratic Equations
    6. Graphing Quadratic Equations in Two Variables

Preface

Welcome to Elementary Algebra 2e, an OpenStax resource. This textbook was written to increase student access to high-quality learning materials, maintaining highest standards of academic rigor at little to no cost.

About OpenStax

OpenStax is part of Rice University, which is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit charitable corporation. Our mission is to make an amazing education accessible for all. Through our partnerships with philanthropic organizations and our alliance with other educational resource companies, we’re breaking down the most common barriers to learning. Because we believe that everyone should and can have access to knowledge.

About OpenStax Resources

Customization

Elementary Algebra 2e is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 (CC BY-NC-SA) license, which means that you can non-commercially distribute, remix, and build upon the content, as long as you provide attribution to OpenStax and its content contributors, and distribute all derivatives under the same license.

Because our books are openly licensed, you are free to use the entire book or pick and choose the sections that are most relevant to the needs of your course. Feel free to remix the content by assigning your students certain chapters and sections in your syllabus, in the order that you prefer. You can even provide a direct link in your syllabus to the sections in the web view of your book.

Instructors also have the option of creating a customized version of their OpenStax book. The custom version can be made available to students in low-cost print or digital form through their campus bookstore. Visit your book page on openstax.org for more information.

Art attribution in Elementary Algebra 2e

In Elementary Algebra 2e, most art contains attribution to its title, creator or rights holder, host platform, and license within the caption. Some art has been provided through permissions and should only be used with the attribution or limitations provided in the credit. For any art that is openly licensed, non-commercial users or organizations may reuse the art as long as they provide the same attribution to its original source. (Commercial entities should contact OpenStax to discuss reuse rights and permissions.) To maximize readability and content flow, some art does not include attribution in the text. If you reuse art from this text that does not have attribution provided, use the following attribution: Copyright Rice University, OpenStax, under CC BY-NC-SA 4.0 license.

Errata

All OpenStax textbooks undergo a rigorous review process. However, like any professional-grade textbook, errors sometimes occur. Since our books are web based, we can make updates periodically when deemed pedagogically necessary. If you have a correction to suggest, submit it through the link on your book page on openstax.org. Subject matter experts review all errata suggestions. OpenStax is committed to remaining transparent about all updates, so you will also find a list of past errata changes on your book page on openstax.org.

Format

You can access this textbook for free in web view or PDF through openstax.org, and for a low cost in print.

About Elementary Algebra

Elementary Algebra 2e is designed to meet the scope and sequence requirements of a one-semester elementary algebra course. The book’s organization makes it easy to adapt to a variety of course syllabi. The text expands on the fundamental concepts of algebra while addressing the needs of students with diverse backgrounds and learning styles. Each topic builds upon previously developed material to demonstrate the cohesiveness and structure of mathematics.

Coverage and Scope

Elementary Algebra 2e follows a nontraditional approach in its presentation of content. Building on the content in Prealgebra, the material is presented as a sequence of small steps so that students gain confidence in their ability to succeed in the course. The order of topics was carefully planned to emphasize the logical progression through the course and to facilitate a thorough understanding of each concept. As new ideas are presented, they are explicitly related to previous topics.

  • Chapter 1: Foundations
    Chapter 1 reviews arithmetic operations with whole numbers, integers, fractions, and decimals, to give the student a solid base that will support their study of algebra.
  • Chapter 2: Solving Linear Equations and Inequalities
    In Chapter 2, students learn to verify a solution of an equation, solve equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality, solve equations using the Multiplication and Division Properties of Equality, solve equations with variables and constants on both sides, use a general strategy to solve linear equations, solve equations with fractions or decimals, solve a formula for a specific variable, and solve linear inequalities.
  • Chapter 3: Math Models
    Once students have learned the skills needed to solve equations, they apply these skills in Chapter 3 to solve word and number problems.
  • Chapter 4: Graphs
    Chapter 4 covers the rectangular coordinate system, which is the basis for most consumer graphs. Students learn to plot points on a rectangular coordinate system, graph linear equations in two variables, graph with intercepts, understand slope of a line, use the slope-intercept form of an equation of a line, find the equation of a line, and create graphs of linear inequalities.
  • Chapter 5: Systems of Linear Equations
    Chapter 5 covers solving systems of equations by graphing, substitution, and elimination; solving applications with systems of equations, solving mixture applications with systems of equations, and graphing systems of linear inequalities.
  • Chapter 6: Polynomials
    In Chapter 6, students learn how to add and subtract polynomials, use multiplication properties of exponents, multiply polynomials, use special products, divide monomials and polynomials, and understand integer exponents and scientific notation.
  • Chapter 7: Factoring
    In Chapter 7, students explore the process of factoring expressions and see how factoring is used to solve certain types of equations.
  • Chapter 8: Rational Expressions and Equations
    In Chapter 8, students work with rational expressions, solve rational equations, and use them to solve problems in a variety of applications.
  • Chapter 9: Roots and Radical
    In Chapter 9, students are introduced to and learn to apply the properties of square roots, and extend these concepts to higher order roots and rational exponents.
  • Chapter 10: Quadratic Equations
    In Chapter 10, students study the properties of quadratic equations, solve and graph them. They also learn how to apply them as models of various situations.

All chapters are broken down into multiple sections, the titles of which can be viewed in the Table of Contents.

Changes to the Second Edition

The Elementary Algebra 2e revision focused on mathematical clarity and accuracy. Every Example, Try-It, Section Exercise, Review Exercise, and Practice Test item was reviewed by multiple faculty experts, and then verified by authors. This intensive effort resulted in hundreds of changes to the text, problem language, answers, instructor solutions, and graphics.

However, OpenStax and our authors are aware of the difficulties posed by shifting problem and exercise numbers when textbooks are revised. In an effort to make the transition to the 2nd edition as seamless as possible, we have minimized any shifting of exercise numbers. For example, instead of deleting or adding problems where necessary, we replaced problems in order to keep the numbering intact. As a result, in nearly all chapters, there will be no shifting of exercise numbers; in the chapters where shifting does occur, it will be minor. Faculty and course coordinators should be able to use the new edition in a straightforward manner.

Also, to increase convenience, answers to the Be Prepared Exercises will now appear in the regular solutions manuals, rather than as a separate resource.

A detailed transition guide is available as an instructor resource at openstax.org.

Key Features and Boxes

Examples

Each learning objective is supported by one or more worked examples that demonstrate the problem-solving approaches that students must master. Typically, we include multiple Examples for each learning objective to model different approaches to the same type of problem, or to introduce similar problems of increasing complexity.

All Examples follow a simple two- or three-part format. First, we pose a problem or question. Next, we demonstrate the solution, spelling out the steps along the way. Finally (for select Examples), we show students how to check the solution. Most Examples are written in a two-column format, with explanation on the left and math on the right to mimic the way that instructors “talk through” examples as they write on the board in class.

Be Prepared!

Each section, beginning with Section 2.1, starts with a few “Be Prepared!” exercises so that students can determine if they have mastered the prerequisite skills for the section. Reference is made to specific Examples from previous sections so students who need further review can easily find explanations. Answers to these exercises can be found in the supplemental resources that accompany this title.

Try It

A dark grey right-pointing chevron symbol is centered within a white square, framed by a soft, light blue gradient border. This icon typically represents 'next,' 'forward,' or 'expand'. A “Try It” exercise immediately follows an Example, providing the student with an immediate opportunity to solve a similar problem. In the PDF and the Web View version of the text, answers to the Try It exercises are located in the Answer Key.

How To

An avatar of a person with a neutral expression, next to a speech bubble containing three ellipses, suggesting thought, a pending response, or a message being typed. How To feature typically follows the Try It exercises and outlines the series of steps for how to solve the problem in the preceding Example.

Media

A teal-colored play button icon, depicted as a right-pointing triangle, centered within a white square with a soft, blurred teal border. It signifies the start of video or audio playback. The “Media” icon appears at the conclusion of each section, just prior to the Section Exercises. This icon marks a list of links to online video tutorials that reinforce the concepts and skills introduced in the section.

Disclaimer: While we have selected tutorials that closely align to our learning objectives, we did not produce these tutorials, nor were they specifically produced or tailored to accompany Prealgebra 2e.

Self Check The Self Check includes the learning objectives for the section so that students can self-assess their mastery and make concrete plans to improve.

Art Program

Elementary Algebra 2e contains many figures and illustrations. Art throughout the text adheres to a clear, understated style, drawing the eye to the most important information in each figure while minimizing visual distractions.

This figure shows three x y-coordinate planes. The first plane shows two lines which intersect at one point. Under the graph it says, “The lines intersect. Intersecting lines have one point in common. There is one solution to this system.” The second x y-coordinate plane shows two parallel lines. Under the graph it says, “The lines are parallel. Parallel lines have no points in common. There is no solution to this system.” The third x y-coordinate plane shows one line. Under the graph it says, “Both equations give the same line. Because we have just one line, there are infinitely many solutions.

Section Exercises

Each section of every chapter concludes with a well-rounded set of exercises that can be assigned as homework or used selectively for guided practice. Exercise sets are named Practice Makes Perfect to encourage completion of homework assignments.

  • Exercises correlate to the learning objectives. This facilitates assignment of personalized study plans based on individual student needs.
  • Exercises are carefully sequenced to promote building of skills.
  • Values for constants and coefficients were chosen to practice and reinforce arithmetic facts.
  • Even and odd-numbered exercises are paired.
  • Exercises parallel and extend the text examples and use the same instructions as the examples to help students easily recognize the connection.
  • Applications are drawn from many everyday experiences, as well as those traditionally found in college math texts.
  • Everyday Math highlights practical situations using the concepts from that particular section
  • Writing Exercises are included in every exercise set to encourage conceptual understanding, critical thinking, and literacy.

Chapter Review Features

Each chapter concludes with a review of the most important takeaways, as well as additional practice problems that students can use to prepare for exams.

  • Key Terms provide a formal definition for each bold-faced term in the chapter.
  • Key Concepts summarize the most important ideas introduced in each section, linking back to the relevant Example(s) in case students need to review.
  • Chapter Review Exercises include practice problems that recall the most important concepts from each section.
  • Practice Test includes additional problems assessing the most important learning objectives from the chapter.
  • Answer Key includes the answers to all Try It exercises and every other exercise from the Section Exercises, Chapter Review Exercises, and Practice Test.

Answers to Questions in the Book

Answers to Examples are provided just below the question in the book. All Try It answers are provided in the Answer Key. Odd-numbered Section Exercises, Chapter Review Exercises, and Practice Test questions are provided to students in the Answer Key. Even-numbered answers are provided only to instructors in the Instructor Answer Guide via the Instructor Resources page.

Additional Resources

Student and Instructor Resources

We’ve compiled additional resources for both students and instructors, including Getting Started Guides, manipulative mathematics worksheets, and an answer key to Be Prepared Exercises. Instructor resources require a verified instructor account, which can be requested on your openstax.org log-in. Take advantage of these resources to supplement your OpenStax book.

Partner Resources

OpenStax Partners are our allies in the mission to make high-quality learning materials affordable and accessible to students and instructors everywhere. Their tools integrate seamlessly with our OpenStax titles at a low cost. To access the partner resources for your text, visit your book page on openstax.org.

About the Authors

Senior Contributing Authors

Lynn Marecek and MaryAnne Anthony-Smith have been teaching mathematics at Santa Ana College for many years and have worked together on several projects aimed at improving student learning in developmental math courses. They are the authors of Strategies for Success: Study Skills for the College Math Student, published by Pearson HigherEd.

Lynn Marecek, Santa Ana College

MaryAnne Anthony-Smith, Santa Ana College

Andrea Honeycutt Mathis, Northeast Mississippi Community College

Reviewers

Jay Abramson, Arizona State University
Bryan Blount, Kentucky Wesleyan College
Gale Burtch, Ivy Tech Community College
Tamara Carter, Texas A&M University
Danny Clarke, Truckee Meadows Community College
Michael Cohen, Hofstra University
Christina Cornejo, Erie Community College
Denise Cutler, Bay de Noc Community College
Lance Hemlow, Raritan Valley Community College
John Kalliongis, Saint Louis Iniversity
Stephanie Krehl, Mid-South Community College
Laurie Lindstrom, Bay de Noc Community College
Beverly Mackie, Lone Star College System
Allen Miller, Northeast Lakeview College
Christian Roldán-Johnson, College of Lake County Community College
Martha Sandoval-Martinez, Santa Ana College
Gowribalan Vamadeva, University of Cincinnati Blue Ash College
Kim Watts, North Lake College
Libby Watts, Tidewater Community College
Allen Wolmer, Atlantic Jewish Academy
John Zarske, Santa Ana College

Introduction

This is an image of a building undergoing construction.
In order to be structurally sound, the foundation of a building must be carefully constructed.

Just like a building needs a firm foundation to support it, your study of algebra needs to have a firm foundation. To ensure this, we begin this book with a review of arithmetic operations with whole numbers, integers, fractions, and decimals, so that you have a solid base that will support your study of algebra.

Introduction to Whole Numbers

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use place value with whole numbers
  • Identify multiples and apply divisibility tests
  • Find prime factorizations and least common multiples

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in Prealgebra in the chapters Whole Numbers and The Language of Algebra.

As we begin our study of elementary algebra, we need to refresh some of our skills and vocabulary. This chapter will focus on whole numbers, integers, fractions, decimals, and real numbers. We will also begin our use of algebraic notation and vocabulary.

Use Place Value with Whole Numbers

The most basic numbers used in algebra are the numbers we use to count objects in our world: 1, 2, 3, 4, and so on. These are called the counting numbers. Counting numbers are also called natural numbers. If we add zero to the counting numbers, we get the set of whole numbers.

Counting Numbers: 1, 2, 3, …

Whole Numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, …

The notation “…” is called ellipsis and means “and so on,” or that the pattern continues endlessly.

We can visualize counting numbers and whole numbers on a number line (see Figure 1).

A horizontal number line with arrows on each end and values of zero to six runs along the bottom of the diagram. A second horizontal line with a left-facing arrow lies above the first and extend from zero to three. This line is labled “smaller”. A third horizontal line with a right-facing arrow lies above the first two, but runs from three to six and is labeled “larger”.
The numbers on the number line get larger as they go from left to right, and smaller as they go from right to left. While this number line shows only the whole numbers 0 through 6, the numbers keep going without end.
Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Number Line-Part 1” will help you develop a better understanding of the counting numbers and the whole numbers.

Our number system is called a place value system, because the value of a digit depends on its position in a number. Figure 2 shows the place values. The place values are separated into groups of three, which are called periods. The periods are ones, thousands, millions, billions, trillions, and so on. In a written number, commas separate the periods.

This figure is a table illustrating the number 5,278,194 within the place value system. The table is shown with a header row, labeled “Place Value”, divided into a second header row labeled “Trillions”, “Billions”, “Millions”, “Thousands” and “Ones”. Under the header “Trillions” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred trillions”, “Ten trillions” and “Trillions”. Under the header “Billions” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred billions”, “Ten billions” and “Billions”. Under the header “Millions” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred millions”, “Ten millions” and “Millions”. Under the header “Thousands” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred thousands”, “Ten thousands” and “Thousands”. Under the header “Ones” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundreds”, “Tens” and “Ones”. From left to right, below the columns labeled “Millions”, “Hundred thousands”, “Ten thousands”, “Thousands”, “Hundreds”, “Tens”, and “Ones”, are the following values: 5, 2, 7, 8, 1, 9, 4. This means there are 5 millions, 2 hundred thousands, 7 ten thousands, 8 thousands, 1 hundreds, 9 tens, and 4 ones in the number five million two hundred seventy-nine thousand one hundred ninety-four.
The number 5,278,194 is shown in the chart. The digit 5 is in the millions place. The digit 2 is in the hundred-thousands place. The digit 7 is in the ten-thousands place. The digit 8 is in the thousands place. The digit 1 is in the hundreds place. The digit 9 is in the tens place. The digit 4 is in the ones place.

In the number 63,407,218, find the place value of each digit:

  1. ⓐ 7
  2. ⓑ 0
  3. ⓒ 1
  4. ⓓ 6
  5. ⓔ 3
Solution

Solution

Place the number in the place value chart:
This figure is a table illustrating the number 63,407,218 within the place value system. The table is shown with a header row, labeled “Place Value”, divided into a second header row labeled “Trillions”, “Billions”, “Millions”, “Thousands” and “Ones”. Under the header “Trillions” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred trillions”, “Ten trillions” and “Trillions”. Under the header “Billions” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred billions”, “Ten billions” and “Billions”. Under the header “Millions” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred millions”, “Ten millions” and “Millions”. Under the header “Thousands” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundred thousands”, “Ten thousands” and “Thousands”. Under the header “Ones” are three labeled columns, written from bottom to top, that read “Hundreds”, “Tens” and “Ones”. From left to right, below the columns labeled “Ten millions”, “Millions”, “Hundred thousands”, “Ten thousands”, “Thousands”, “Hundreds”, “Tens”, and “Ones”, are the following values: 6, 3, 4, 0, 7, 2, 1, 8. This means there are 6 ten millions, 3 millions, 4 hundred thousands, 0 ten thousands, 7 thousands, 2 hundreds, 1 ten, and 8 ones in the number sixty-three million, four hundred seven thousand, two hundred eighteen.

ⓐ The 7 is in the thousands place.
ⓑ The 0 is in the ten thousands place.
ⓒ The 1 is in the tens place.
ⓓ The 6 is in the ten-millions place.
ⓔ The 3 is in the millions place.

For the number 27,493,615, find the place value of each digit:

ⓐ 2 ⓑ 1 ⓒ 4 ⓓ 7 ⓔ 5

Solution

ⓐ ten millions ⓑ tens ⓒ hundred thousands ⓓ millions ⓔ ones

For the number 519,711,641,328, find the place value of each digit:

ⓐ 9 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 2 ⓓ 6 ⓔ 7

Solution

ⓐ billions ⓑ ten thousands ⓒ tens ⓓ hundred thousands ⓔ hundred millions

When you write a check, you write out the number in words as well as in digits. To write a number in words, write the number in each period, followed by the name of the period, without the s at the end. Start at the left, where the periods have the largest value. The ones period is not named. The commas separate the periods, so wherever there is a comma in the number, put a comma between the words (see Figure 3). The number 74,218,369 is written as seventy-four million, two hundred eighteen thousand, three hundred sixty-nine.

In this figure, the numbers 74, 218 and 369 are listed in a row, separated by commas. Each number has a curly bracket beneath it with the word “millions” written below the number 74, “thousands” written below the number 218, and “ones” written below the number 369. A left-facing arrow points at these three words, labeling them “periods”. One row down is the number “74”, a right-facing arrow and the words “Seventy-four million” followed by a comma. The next row below is the number “218”, a right-facing arrow and the words “two hundred eighteen thousand” followed by a comma. On the bottom row is the number “369”, a right-facing arrow and the words “three hundred sixty-nine”.

Name a Whole Number in Words.

  1. Start at the left and name the number in each period, followed by the period name.
  2. Put commas in the number to separate the periods.
  3. Do not name the ones period.

Name the number 8,165,432,098,710 using words.

Solution

Solution

Name the number in each period, followed by the period name.

In this figure, the numbers 8, 165, 432, 098 and 710 are listed in a row, separated by commas. Each number has a horizontal bracket beneath with the word “trillions” written below the number 8, “billions” written below the number 165, “millions” written below the number 432, “thousands” written below the number 098, and “ones” written below the number 710. One row down is the number 8, a right-facing arrow and the words “Eight trillion” followed by a comma. On the next row below is the number 165, a right-facing arrow and the words “One hundred sixty-five billion” followed by a comma. On the next row below is the number 432, a right-facing arrow and the words “Four hundred thirty-two million” followed by a comma. On the next row below is the number “098”, a right-facing arrow and the words “Ninety-eight thousand” followed by a comma. On the bottom row is the number 710, a right-facing arrow and the words “Seven hundred ten”.

Put the commas in to separate the periods.

So, 8,165,432,098,710 is named as eight trillion, one hundred sixty-five billion, four hundred thirty-two million, ninety-eight thousand, seven hundred ten.

Name the number 9,258,137,904,061 using words.

Solution

nine trillion, two hundred fifty-eight billion, one hundred thirty-seven million, nine hundred four thousand, sixty-one

Name the number 17,864,325,619,004 using words.

Solution

seventeen trillion, eight hundred sixty-four billion, three hundred twenty-five million, six hundred nineteen thousand, four

We are now going to reverse the process by writing the digits from the name of the number. To write the number in digits, we first look for the clue words that indicate the periods. It is helpful to draw three blanks for the needed periods and then fill in the blanks with the numbers, separating the periods with commas.

Write a Whole Number Using Digits.

  1. Identify the words that indicate periods. (Remember, the ones period is never named.)
  2. Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed in each period. Separate the periods by commas.
  3. Name the number in each period and place the digits in the correct place value position.

Write nine billion, two hundred forty-six million, seventy-three thousand, one hundred eighty-nine as a whole number using digits.

Solution

Solution

Identify the words that indicate periods.
Except for the first period, all other periods must have three places. Draw three blanks to indicate the number of places needed in each period. Separate the periods by commas.
Then write the digits in each period.
An image has two lines of text. The upper lines read “nine billion”, followed by a comma, and “two hundred forty six million”, also followed by a comma. The words “billion” and “million” are underlined and each phrase has a curly bracket underneath. The lower lines read “seventy three thousand”, followed by a comma, and “one hundred eighty nine”. The word “thousand” is underlined and each phrase has a curly bracket underneath.
The number is 9,246,073,189.

Write the number two billion, four hundred sixty-six million, seven hundred fourteen thousand, fifty-one as a whole number using digits.

Solution

2,466,714,051

Write the number eleven billion, nine hundred twenty-one million, eight hundred thirty thousand, one hundred six as a whole number using digits.

Solution

11,921,830,106

In 2013, the U.S. Census Bureau estimated the population of the state of New York as 19,651,127. We could say the population of New York was approximately 20 million. In many cases, you don’t need the exact value; an approximate number is good enough.

The process of approximating a number is called rounding. Numbers are rounded to a specific place value, depending on how much accuracy is needed. Saying that the population of New York is approximately 20 million means that we rounded to the millions place.

How to Round Whole Numbers

Round 23,658 to the nearest hundred.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains the numbers corresponding with the written steps and instructions. In the top row, the first cell says: “Step 1. Locate the given place value with an arrow. All digits to the left do not change.” In the the second cell, the instructions say: “Locate the hundreds place in 23,658.” In the third cell, there is the number 23,658 with an arrow pointing to the digit 6, labeling it “hundreds place.” One row down, the instructions in the first cell say: “Step 2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Underline the 5, which is to the right of the hundreds place.” In the third cell, there is the number 23,658 again, the same arrow pointing to the digit 6, labeling it the hundreds place. The 5 is also underlined in this cell. One row down, the first cell says: “Step 3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5? Yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value. No—do not change the digit in the given place value.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Add 1 to the 6 in the hundreds place, since 5 is greater than or equal to 5.” The third cell contains the number 23,658 again, with an arrow pointing at the digit 6 and the text “add 1”. There is also a curly bracket under the digits 5 and 8, with an arrow pointing at them and the text “replace with 0s.” In the bottom row, the first cell says: “Step 4. Replace all digits to the right of the given place value with zeros. So, 23,700 is rounded to the nearest hundred.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Replace all digits to the right of the hundreds place with zeros.” The third cell contains the number 23,700, which we have reached by rounding the number 23,658 to the nearest hundred.

Round to the nearest hundred: 17,852.

Solution

17,900

Round to the nearest hundred: 468,751.

Solution

468,800

Round Whole Numbers.

  1. Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow. All digits to the left of the arrow do not change.
  2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
  3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5?
    • Yes–add 1 to the digit in the given place value.
    • No–do not change the digit in the given place value.
  4. Replace all digits to the right of the given place value with zeros.

Round 103,978 to the nearest:

  1. ⓐ hundred
  2. ⓑ thousand
  3. ⓒ ten thousand
Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Locate the hundreds place in 103,978. The number 103,978 is shown with an arrow pointing to the digit 9, indicating it is in the hundreds place.
Underline the digit to the right of the hundreds place. An arrow points to the digit '9' in the number 103,978, identifying it as being in the hundreds place.
Since 7 is greater than or equal to 5, add 1 to the 9. Replace all digits to the right of the hundreds place with zeros. This image illustrates the process of rounding the number 103,978 to the nearest thousand. Since the digit in the hundreds place (9) is 5 or greater, we add 1 to the digit in the thousands place (3 becomes 4) and replace all digits to the right with zeros, resulting in 104,000.
So, 104,000 is 103,978 rounded to the nearest hundred.
ⓑ
Locate the thousands place and underline the digit to the right of the thousands place. The number 103,978 with an arrow highlighting the underlined digit '3' and indicating it is in the 'thousands place'.
Since 9 is greater than or equal to 5, add 1 to the 3. Replace all digits to the right of the hundreds place with zeros. Rounding 103,978 to the nearest thousands place: the '3' becomes '4' (since '9' is >=5), and '978' becomes '000', resulting in 104,000.
So, 104,000 is 103,978 rounded to the nearest thousand.
ⓒ
Locate the ten thousands place and underline the digit to the right of the ten thousands place. An image illustrating place value shows the phrase 'ten thousands place' with a light blue arrow pointing down to the number 0 in the number 103,978, indicating the digit at the ten thousands place.
Since 3 is less than 5, we leave the 0 as is, and then replace the digits to the right with zeros. The number 100,000 is displayed in a digital or text format against a plain white background.
So, 100,000 is 103,978 rounded to the nearest ten thousand.

Round 206,981 to the nearest: ⓐ hundred ⓑ thousand ⓒ ten thousand.

Solution

ⓐ 207,000 ⓑ 207,000 ⓒ 210,000

Round 784,951 to the nearest: ⓐ hundred ⓑ thousand ⓒ ten thousand.

Solution

ⓐ 785,000 ⓑ 785,000 ⓒ 780,000

In algebra, we use a letter of the alphabet to represent a number whose value may change or is unknown. Commonly used symbols are a, b, c, m, n, x, and y. Further discussion of constants and variables appears later in this section.

Identify Multiples and Apply Divisibility Tests

The numbers 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 are called multiples of 2. A multiple of 2 can be written as the product of 2 and a counting number.

A diagram made up of two rows of numbers.  The top row reads “2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,” followed by an elipsis. Below 2 is 2 times 1, below 4 is 2 times 2, below 6 is 2 times 3, below 8 is 2 times 4, below 10 is 2 times 5, and below 12 is 2 times 6.

Similarly, a multiple of 3 would be the product of a counting number and 3.

A diagram made up of two rows of numbers.  The top row reads “3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18,” followed by an elipsis. Below 3 is 3 times 1, below 6 is 3 times 2, below 9 is 3 times 3, below 12 is 3 times 4, below 15 is 3 times 5, and below 18 is 3 times 6.

We could find the multiples of any number by continuing this process.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Multiples” will help you develop a better understanding of multiples.

Table 4 shows the multiples of 2 through 9 for the first 12 counting numbers.

Counting Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Multiples of 2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Multiples of 3 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
Multiples of 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Multiples of 5 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Multiples of 6 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
Multiples of 7 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 84
Multiples of 8 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
Multiples of 9 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108
Multiples of 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Multiple of a Number

A number is a multiple of n if it is the product of a counting number and n.

Another way to say that 15 is a multiple of 3 is to say that 15 is divisible by 3. That means that when we divide 15 by 3, we get a counting number. In fact, 15÷3 is 5, so 15 is 5·3.

Divisible by a Number

If a number m is a multiple of n, then m is divisible by n.

Look at the multiples of 5 in Table 4. They all end in 5 or 0. Numbers with last digit of 5 or 0 are divisible by 5. Looking for other patterns in Table 4 that shows multiples of the numbers 2 through 9, we can discover the following divisibility tests:

Divisibility Tests

A number is divisible by:

  • 2 if the last digit is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8.
  • 3 if the sum of the digits is divisible by 3.
  • 5 if the last digit is 5 or 0.
  • 6 if it is divisible by both 2 and 3.
  • 10 if it ends with 0.

Is 5,625 divisible by 2? By 3? By 5? By 6? By 10?

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates divisibility rules for 5,625 by 2, 3, 5, 10, and 6, detailing the criteria, steps, and outcomes for each test.
Is 5,625 divisible by 2?
Does it end in 0,2,4,6, or 8? No.
5,625 is not divisible by 2.
Is 5,625 divisible by 3?
What is the sum of the digits? 5+6+2+5=18
Is the sum divisible by 3? Yes. 5,625 is divisble by 3.
Is 5,625 divisible by 5 or 10?
What is the last digit? It is 5. 5,625 is divisble by 5 but not by 10.
Is 5,625 divisible by 6?
Is it divisible by both 2 and 3? No, 5,625 is not divisible by 2, so 5,625 is not divisible by 6.

Determine whether 4,962 is divisible by 2, by 3, by 5, by 6, and by 10.

Solution

by 2, 3, and 6

Determine whether 3,765 is divisible by 2, by 3, by 5, by 6, and by 10.

Solution

by 3 and 5

Find Prime Factorizations and Least Common Multiples

In mathematics, there are often several ways to talk about the same ideas. So far, we’ve seen that if m is a multiple of n, we can say that m is divisible by n. For example, since 72 is a multiple of 8, we say 72 is divisible by 8. Since 72 is a multiple of 9, we say 72 is divisible by 9. We can express this still another way.

Since 8·9=72, we say that 8 and 9 are factors of 72. When we write 72=8·9, we say we have factored 72.

An image shows the equation 8 times 9 equals 72. Written below the expression 8 times 9 is a curly bracket and the word “factors” while written below 72 is a horizontal bracket and the word “product”.

Other ways to factor 72 are 1·72,2·36,3·24,4·18,and6·12. Seventy-two has many factors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 36, and 72.

Factors

In the expression a·b, both a and b are called factors. If a·b=m and both a and b are integers, then a and b are factors of m.

Some numbers, like 72, have many factors. Other numbers have only two factors.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Model Multiplication and Factoring” will help you develop a better understanding of multiplication and factoring.

Prime Number and Composite Number

A prime number is a counting number greater than 1, whose only factors are 1 and itself.

A composite number is a counting number that is not prime. A composite number has factors other than 1 and itself.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Prime Numbers” will help you develop a better understanding of prime numbers.

The counting numbers from 2 to 19 are listed in Figure 4, with their factors. Make sure to agree with the “prime” or “composite” label for each!

A table is shown with eleven rows and seven columns. The first row is a header row, and each cell labels the contents of the column below it. In the header row, the first three cells read from left to right “Number”, “Factors”, and “Prime or Composite?” The entire fourth column is blank. The last three cells read from left to right “Number”, “Factor”, and “Prime or Composite?” again. In each subsequent row, the first cell contains a number, the second contains its factors, and the third indicates whether the number is prime or composite. The three columns to the left of the blank middle column contain this information for the number 2 through 10, and the three columns to the right of the blank middle column contain this information for the number 11 through 19. On the left side of the blank column, in the first row below the header row, the cells read from left to right: “2”, “1,2”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “3”, “1,3”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “4”, “1,2,4”, and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “5”, “1,5”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “6”, “1,2,3,6” and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “7”, “1,7”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “8”, “1,2,4,8”, and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “9”, “1,3,9”, and “Composite”. In the bottom row, the cells read from left to right: “10”, “1,2,5,10”, and “Composite”. On the right side of the blank column, in the first row below the header row, the cells read from left to right: “11”, “1,11”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “12”, “1,2,3,4,6,12”, and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “13”, “1,13”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right “14”, “1,2,7,14”, and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “15”, “1,3,5,15”, and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right: “16”, “1,2,4,8,16”, and “Composite”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right, “17”, “1,17”, and “Prime”. In the next row, the cells read from left to right, “18”, “1,2,3,6,9,18”, and “Composite”. In the bottom row, the cells read from left to right: “19”, “1,19”, and “Prime”.

The prime numbers less than 20 are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, and 19. Notice that the only even prime number is 2.

A composite number can be written as a unique product of primes. This is called the prime factorization of the number. Finding the prime factorization of a composite number will be useful later in this course.

Prime Factorization

The prime factorization of a number is the product of prime numbers that equals the number. These prime numbers are called the prime factors.

To find the prime factorization of a composite number, find any two factors of the number and use them to create two branches. If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle that prime!

If the factor is not prime, find two factors of the number and continue the process. Once all the branches have circled primes at the end, the factorization is complete. The composite number can now be written as a product of prime numbers.

How to Find the Prime Factorization of a Composite Number

Factor 48.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions and some math. The third column contains most of the math work corresponding with the written steps and instructions. In the top row, the first cell says: “Step 1. Find two factors whose product is the given number. Use these numbers to create two branches.” The second cell contains the algebraic equation 48 equals 2 times 24. In the third cell, there is a factor tree with 48 at the top. Two branches descend from 48 and terminate at 2 and 24 respectively. One row down, the instructions in the first cell say: “Step 2. If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle the prime.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “2 is prime. Circle the prime.” In the third cell, the factor tree from step 1 is repeated, but the 2 at the bottom of the tree is now circled. One row down, the first cell says: “Step 3. If a factor is not prime, write it as the product of two factors and continue the process.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “24 is not prime. Break it into 2 more factors.” The third cell contains the original factor tree, with 48 at the top and two downward-pointing branches terminating at 2, which is underlined, and 24. Two more branches descend from 24 and terminate at 4 and 6 respectively. One line down, the instructions in the middle of the cell say “4 and 6 are not prime. Break them each into two factors.” In the cell on the right, the factor tree is repeated once more. Two branches descend from the 4 and terminate at 2 and 2. Both 2s are circled. Two more branches descend from 6 and terminate at a 2 and a 3, which are both circled. The instructions on the left say “2 and 3 are prime, so circle them.” In the bottom row, the first cell says: “Step 4. Write the composite number as the product of all the circled primes.” The second cell is left blank. The third cell contains the algebraic equation 48 equals 2 times 2 times 2 times 2 times 3.


We say 2·2·2·2·3 is the prime factorization of 48. We generally write the primes in ascending order. Be sure to multiply the factors to verify your answer!

If we first factored 48 in a different way, for example as 6·8, the result would still be the same. Finish the prime factorization and verify this for yourself.

Find the prime factorization of 80.

Solution

2·2·2·2·5

Find the prime factorization of 60.

Solution

2·2·3·5

Find the Prime Factorization of a Composite Number.

  1. Find two factors whose product is the given number, and use these numbers to create two branches.
  2. If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle the prime, like a bud on the tree.
  3. If a factor is not prime, write it as the product of two factors and continue the process.
  4. Write the composite number as the product of all the circled primes.

Find the prime factorization of 252.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Find two factors whose product is 252. 12 and 21 are not prime.

Break 12 and 21 into two more factors. Continue until all primes are factored.
A factor tree for the number 252, visually demonstrating its prime factorization into 2, 2, 3, 3, and 7. This diagram is a clear illustration of fundamental number theory.
Step 2. Write 252 as the product of all the circled primes. 252=2·2·3·3·7

Find the prime factorization of 126.

Solution

2·3·3·7

Find the prime factorization of 294.

Solution

2·3·7·7

One of the reasons we look at multiples and primes is to use these techniques to find the least common multiple of two numbers. This will be useful when we add and subtract fractions with different denominators. Two methods are used most often to find the least common multiple and we will look at both of them.

The first method is the Listing Multiples Method. To find the least common multiple of 12 and 18, we list the first few multiples of 12 and 18:

Two rows of numbers are shown. The first row begins with 12, followed by a colon, then 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, and an elipsis. 36, 72, and 108 are bolded written in red. The second row begins with 18, followed by a colon, then 18, 36, 54, 72, 90, 108, and an elipsis. Again, the numbers 36, 72, and 108 are bolded written in red. On the line below is the phrase “Common Multiples”, a colon and the numbers 36, 72, and 108, written in red. One line below is the phrase “Least Common Multiple”, a colon and the number 36, written in blue.

Notice that some numbers appear in both lists. They are the common multiples of 12 and 18.

We see that the first few common multiples of 12 and 18 are 36, 72, and 108. Since 36 is the smallest of the common multiples, we call it the least common multiple. We often use the abbreviation LCM.

Least Common Multiple

The least common multiple (LCM) of two numbers is the smallest number that is a multiple of both numbers.

The procedure box lists the steps to take to find the LCM using the prime factors method we used above for 12 and 18.

Find the Least Common Multiple by Listing Multiples.

  1. List several multiples of each number.
  2. Look for the smallest number that appears on both lists.
  3. This number is the LCM.

Find the least common multiple of 15 and 20 by listing multiples.

Solution

Solution

Make lists of the first few multiples of 15 and of 20, and use them to find the least common multiple. The image displays the multiples of 15 and 20, with 60 highlighted in red as their least common multiple. Both sequences extend up to 120 and 160 respectively, illustrating numerical patterns.
Look for the smallest number that appears in both lists. The first number to appear on both lists is 60, so 60 is the least common multiple of 15 and 20.

Notice that 120 is in both lists, too. It is a common multiple, but it is not the least common multiple.

Find the least common multiple by listing multiples: 9 and 12.

Solution

36

Find the least common multiple by listing multiples: 18 and 24.

Solution

72

Our second method to find the least common multiple of two numbers is to use The Prime Factors Method. Let’s find the LCM of 12 and 18 again, this time using their prime factors.

How to Find the Least Common Multiple Using the Prime Factors Method

Find the Least Common Multiple (LCM) of 12 and 18 using the prime factors method.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions and some math. The third column contains most of the math work corresponding with the written steps and instructions. In the top row, the first cell says: “Step 1. Write each number as a product of primes.” The second cell is left blank. In the third cell, there are two factor trees. In the first factor tree, two branches descend from 18 and terminate at 3 and 6 respectively. The 3 is prime and therefore circled. Two more branches descend from the 6 and terminate in 2 and 3, both of which are circled. In the second factor tree, two branches descend from 12 and terminate at 3 and 4. The 3 is circled. Two more branches descend from 4, terminating at 2 and 2, both of which are circled. One row down, the instructions in the first cell say: “Step 2. List the primes of each number. Match primes vertically when possible.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “List the primes of 12. List the primes of 18. Line up with the primes of 12 when possible. If not create a new column.” The third cell contains the prime factorization of 12 written as the equation 12 equals 2 times 2 times 3. Below this equation is another showing the prime factorization of 18 written as the equation 18 equals 2 times 3 times 3. The two equations line up vertically at the equal symbol. The first 2 in the prime factorization of 12 aligns with the 2 in the prime factorization of 18. Under the second 2 in the prime factorization of 12 is a gap in the prime factorization of 18. Under the 3 in the prime factorization of 12 is the first 3 in the prime factorization of 18. The second 3 in the prime factorization has no factors above it from the prime factorization of 12. One row down, the instructions in the first cell say: “Bring down the number from each column.” The second cell is blank. The third cell contains the prime factorizations of 12 and 18 again, illustrated as two equations aligned just as they were before. This time, a horizontal line is drawn under the prime factorization of 18. Below this line is the equation LCM equal to 2 times 2 times 3 times 3. Arrows are drawn down vertically from the prime factorization of 12 through the prime factorization of 18 ending at the LCM equation. The first arrow starts at the first 2 in the prime factorization of 12 and continues down through the 2 in the prime factorization of 18, ending with the first 2 in the LCM. The second arrow starts at the next 2 in the prime factorization of 12 and continues down through the gap in the prime factorization of 18, ending with the second 2 in the LCM. The third arrow starts at the 3 in the prime factorization of 12 and continues down through the first 3 in the prime factorization of 18, ending with the first 3 in the LCM. The last arrow starts at the second 3 in the prime factorization of 18 and points down to the second 3 in the LCM. In the bottom row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 4: Multiply the factors.” The second cell is bank. The third cell contains the equation LCM equals 36.

Notice that the prime factors of 12 (2·2·3) and the prime factors of 18 (2·3·3) are included in the LCM (2·2·3·3). So 36 is the least common multiple of 12 and 18.

By matching up the common primes, each common prime factor is used only once. This way you are sure that 36 is the least common multiple.

Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 9 and 12.

Solution

36

Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 18 and 24.

Solution

72

Find the Least Common Multiple Using the Prime Factors Method.

  1. Write each number as a product of primes.
  2. List the primes of each number. Match primes vertically when possible.
  3. Bring down the columns.
  4. Multiply the factors.

Find the Least Common Multiple (LCM) of 24 and 36 using the prime factors method.

Solution

Solution

Find the primes of 24 and 36.
Match primes vertically when possible.

Bring down all columns.
Visual explanation of calculating the Least Common Multiple (LCM) of 24 and 36 using their prime factors. The LCM is derived by taking the highest power of each prime factor present in either number.
Multiply the factors. The text 'LCM = 72' is displayed in a clear, dark font against a plain white background, indicating a mathematical calculation or result.
The LCM of 24 and 36 is 72.

Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 21 and 28.

Solution

84

Find the LCM using the prime factors method: 24 and 32.

Solution

96

Access this online resource for additional instruction and practice with using whole numbers. You will need to enable Java in your web browser to use the application.

  • Sieve of Eratosthenes

Key Concepts

  • Place Value as in Figure 2.
  • Name a Whole Number in Words
    1. Start at the left and name the number in each period, followed by the period name.
    2. Put commas in the number to separate the periods.
    3. Do not name the ones period.
  • Write a Whole Number Using Digits
    1. Identify the words that indicate periods. (Remember the ones period is never named.)
    2. Draw 3 blanks to indicate the number of places needed in each period. Separate the periods by commas.
    3. Name the number in each period and place the digits in the correct place value position.
  • Round Whole Numbers
    1. Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow. All digits to the left of the arrow do not change.
    2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.
    3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5?
      • Yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value.
      • No—do not change the digit in the given place value.
    4. Replace all digits to the right of the given place value with zeros.
  • Divisibility Tests: A number is divisible by:
    • 2 if the last digit is 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8.
    • 3 if the sum of the digits is divisible by 3.
    • 5 if the last digit is 5 or 0.
    • 6 if it is divisible by both 2 and 3.
    • 10 if it ends with 0.
  • Find the Prime Factorization of a Composite Number
    1. Find two factors whose product is the given number, and use these numbers to create two branches.
    2. If a factor is prime, that branch is complete. Circle the prime, like a bud on the tree.
    3. If a factor is not prime, write it as the product of two factors and continue the process.
    4. Write the composite number as the product of all the circled primes.
  • Find the Least Common Multiple by Listing Multiples
    1. List several multiples of each number.
    2. Look for the smallest number that appears on both lists.
    3. This number is the LCM.
  • Find the Least Common Multiple Using the Prime Factors Method
    1. Write each number as a product of primes.
    2. List the primes of each number. Match primes vertically when possible.
    3. Bring down the columns.
    4. Multiply the factors.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use Place Value with Whole Numbers

In the following exercises, find the place value of each digit in the given numbers.

51,493 ⓐ 1, ⓑ 4, ⓒ 9, ⓓ 5, ⓔ 3

Solution

ⓐ thousands ⓑ hundreds ⓒ tens ⓓ ten thousands ⓔ ones

87,210 ⓐ 2 ⓑ 8 ⓒ 0 ⓓ 7 ⓔ 1

164,285 ⓐ 5, ⓑ 6, ⓒ 1, ⓓ 8, ⓔ 2

Solution

ⓐ ones ⓑ ten thousands ⓒ hundred thousands ⓓ tens ⓔ hundreds

395,076 ⓐ 5 ⓑ 3 ⓒ 7 ⓓ 0 ⓔ 9

93,285,170 ⓐ 9 ⓑ 8 ⓒ 7 ⓓ 5 ⓔ 3

Solution

ⓐ ten millions ⓑ ten thousands ⓒ tens ⓓ thousands ⓔ millions

36,084,215 ⓐ 8 ⓑ 6 ⓒ 5 ⓓ 4 ⓔ 3

7,284,915,860,132 ⓐ 7 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 5 ⓓ 3 ⓔ 0

Solution

ⓐ trillions ⓑ billions ⓒ millions ⓓ tens ⓔ thousands

2,850,361,159,433
ⓐ 9
ⓑ 8
ⓒ 6
ⓓ 4
ⓔ 2

In the following exercises, name each number using words.

1,078

Solution

one thousand, seventy-eight

5,902

364,510

Solution

three hundred sixty-four thousand, five hundred ten

146,023

5,846,103

Solution

five million, eight hundred forty-six thousand, one hundred three

1,458,398

37,889,005

Solution

thirty-seven million, eight hundred eighty-nine thousand, five

62,008,465

In the following exercises, write each number as a whole number using digits.

four hundred twelve

Solution

412

two hundred fifty-three

thirty-five thousand, nine hundred seventy-five

Solution

35,975

sixty-one thousand, four hundred fifteen

eleven million, forty-four thousand, one hundred sixty-seven

Solution

11,044,167

eighteen million, one hundred two thousand, seven hundred eighty-three

three billion, two hundred twenty-six million, five hundred twelve thousand, seventeen

Solution

3,226,512,017

eleven billion, four hundred seventy-one million, thirty-six thousand, one hundred six

In the following, round to the indicated place value.

Round to the nearest ten.

ⓐ 386 ⓑ 2,931

Solution

ⓐ 390 ⓑ 2,930

Round to the nearest ten.

ⓐ 792 ⓑ 5,647

Round to the nearest hundred.

ⓐ 13,748 ⓑ 391,794

Solution

ⓐ 13,700 ⓑ 391,800

Round to the nearest hundred.

ⓐ 28,166 ⓑ 481,628

Round to the nearest ten.

ⓐ 1,492 ⓑ 1,497

Solution

ⓐ 1,490 ⓑ 1,500

Round to the nearest ten.

ⓐ 2,791 ⓑ 2,795

Round to the nearest hundred.

ⓐ 63,994 ⓑ 63,940

Solution

ⓐ 64,000 ⓑ 63,900

Round to the nearest hundred.

ⓐ 49,584 ⓑ 49,548

In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest ⓐ hundred, ⓑ thousand, ⓒ ten thousand.

392,546

Solution

ⓐ 392,500 ⓑ 393,000 ⓒ 390,000

619,348

2,586,991

Solution

ⓐ 2,587,000 ⓑ 2,587,000 ⓒ 2,590,000

4,287,965

Identify Multiples and Factors

In the following exercises, use the divisibility tests to determine whether each number is divisible by 2, 3, 5, 6, and 10.

84

Solution

divisible by 2, 3, and 6

9,696

75

Solution

divisible by 3 and 5

78

900

Solution

divisible by 2, 3, 5, 6, and 10

800

986

Solution

divisible by 2

942

350

Solution

divisible by 2, 5, and 10

550

22,335

Solution

divisible by 3 and 5

39,075

Find Prime Factorizations and Least Common Multiples

In the following exercises, find the prime factorization.

86

Solution

2·43

78

132

Solution

2·2·3·11

455

693

Solution

3·3·7·11

400

432

Solution

2·2·2·2·3·3·3

627

2,160

Solution

2·2·2·2·3·3·3·5

2,520

In the following exercises, find the least common multiple of the each pair of numbers using the multiples method.

8, 12

Solution

24

4, 3

12, 16

Solution

48

30, 40

20, 30

Solution

60

44, 55

In the following exercises, find the least common multiple of each pair of numbers using the prime factors method.

8, 12

Solution

24

12, 16

28, 40

Solution

280

84, 90

55, 88

Solution

440

60, 72

Everyday Math

Writing a Check Jorge bought a car for $24,493. He paid for the car with a check. Write the purchase price in words.

Solution

twenty-four thousand, four hundred ninety-three dollars

Writing a Check Marissa’s kitchen remodeling cost $18,549. She wrote a check to the contractor. Write the amount paid in words.

Buying a Car Jorge bought a car for $24,493. Round the price to the nearest ⓐ ten ⓑ hundred ⓒ thousand; and ⓓ ten-thousand.

Solution

ⓐ $24,490 ⓑ $24,500 ⓒ $24,000 ⓓ $20,000

Remodeling a Kitchen Marissa’s kitchen remodeling cost $18,549, Round the cost to the nearest ⓐ ten ⓑ hundred ⓒ thousand and ⓓ ten-thousand.

Population The population of China was 1,339,724,852 on November 1, 2010. Round the population to the nearest ⓐ billion ⓑ hundred-million; and ⓒ million.

Solution

ⓐ 1,000,000,000 ⓑ 1,300,000,000 ⓒ 1,340,000,000

Astronomy The average distance between Earth and the sun is 149,597,888 kilometers. Round the distance to the nearest ⓐ hundred-million ⓑ ten-million; and ⓒ million.

Grocery Shopping Hot dogs are sold in packages of 10, but hot dog buns come in packs of eight. What is the smallest number that makes the hot dogs and buns come out even?

Solution

40

Grocery Shopping Paper plates are sold in packages of 12 and party cups come in packs of eight. What is the smallest number that makes the plates and cups come out even?

Writing Exercises

Give an everyday example where it helps to round numbers.

Solution

Answers may vary.

If a number is divisible by 2 and by 3 why is it also divisible by 6?

What is the difference between prime numbers and composite numbers?

Solution

Answers may vary.

Explain in your own words how to find the prime factorization of a composite number, using any method you prefer.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A table with four columns and four rows is shown. The columns are titled “I can …”, “Confidently”, “With some help”, and “No – I don’t get it!”. The first column has three rows of text that read “use place value with whole numbers”, “identify multiples and apply divisibility rules” and “find prime factorization and least common multiples”. All other spaces on the table are blank.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved the objectives in this section. Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific.

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly because topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. In math, every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no—I don’t get it! This is a warning sign and you must not ignore it. You should get help right away or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as you can to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

composite number
A composite number is a counting number that is not prime. A composite number has factors other than 1 and itself.
counting numbers
The counting numbers are the numbers 1, 2, 3, …
divisible by a number
If a number m is a multiple of n, then m is divisible by n. (If 6 is a multiple of 3, then 6 is divisible by 3.)
factors
If a·b=m, then aandb are factors of m. Since 3 · 4 = 12, then 3 and 4 are factors of 12.
least common multiple
The least common multiple of two numbers is the smallest number that is a multiple of both numbers.
multiple of a number
A number is a multiple of n if it is the product of a counting number and n.
number line
A number line is used to visualize numbers. The numbers on the number line get larger as they go from left to right, and smaller as they go from right to left.
origin
The origin is the point labeled 0 on a number line.
prime factorization
The prime factorization of a number is the product of prime numbers that equals the number.
prime number
A prime number is a counting number greater than 1, whose only factors are 1 and itself.
whole numbers
The whole numbers are the numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, ....

Use the Language of Algebra

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use variables and algebraic symbols
  • Simplify expressions using the order of operations
  • Evaluate an expression
  • Identify and combine like terms
  • Translate an English phrase to an algebraic expression

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, The Language of Algebra.

Use Variables and Algebraic Symbols

Suppose this year Greg is 20 years old and Alex is 23. You know that Alex is 3 years older than Greg. When Greg was 12, Alex was 15. When Greg is 35, Alex will be 38. No matter what Greg’s age is, Alex’s age will always be 3 years more, right? In the language of algebra, we say that Greg’s age and Alex’s age are variables and the 3 is a constant. The ages change (“vary”) but the 3 years between them always stays the same (“constant”). Since Greg’s age and Alex’s age will always differ by 3 years, 3 is the constant.

In algebra, we use letters of the alphabet to represent variables. So if we call Greg’s age g, then we could use g+3 to represent Alex’s age. See Table 1.

Greg’s age Alex’s age
12 15
20 23
35 38
g g+3

The letters used to represent these changing ages are called variables. The letters most commonly used for variables are x, y, a, b, and c.

Variable

A variable is a letter that represents a number whose value may change.

Constant

A constant is a number whose value always stays the same.

To write algebraically, we need some operation symbols as well as numbers and variables. There are several types of symbols we will be using.

There are four basic arithmetic operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. We’ll list the symbols used to indicate these operations in the table below. You’ll probably recognize some of them.

Operation Notation Say: The result is…
Addition a+b a plus b the sum of a and b
Subtraction a−b a minus b the difference of a and b
Multiplication a·b,ab,(a)(b), (a)b,a(b) a times b the product of a and b
Division a÷b,a/b,ab,ba a divided by b the quotient of a and b, a is called the dividend, and b is called the divisor

We perform these operations on two numbers. When translating from symbolic form to English, or from English to symbolic form, pay attention to the words “of” and “and.”

  • The difference of 9 and 2 means subtract 9 and 2, in other words, 9 minus 2, which we write symbolically as 9−2.
  • The product of 4 and 8 means multiply 4 and 8, in other words 4 times 8, which we write symbolically as 4·8.

In algebra, the cross symbol, ×, is not used to show multiplication because that symbol may cause confusion. Does 3xy mean 3×y (‘three times y’) or 3·x·y (three times x times y)? To make it clear, use · or parentheses for multiplication.


When two quantities have the same value, we say they are equal and connect them with an equal sign.

Equality Symbol

a=b is read “a is equal to b”

The symbol “=” is called the equal sign.

On the number line, the numbers get larger as they go from left to right. The number line can be used to explain the symbols “<” and “>.”

Inequality

a<bis read “ais less thanb”ais to the left ofbon the number line
A number line with points a and b labeled.
a>bis read “ais greater thanb”ais to the right ofbon the number line
A numbered line with points b and a labeled.

The expressions a < b or a > b can be read from left to right or right to left, though in English we usually read from left to right (Table 3). In general, a < b is equivalent to b > a. For example 7 < 11 is equivalent to 11 > 7. And a > b is equivalent to b < a. For example 17 > 4 is equivalent to 4 < 17.

Inequality Symbols Words
a≠b a is not equal to b
a < b a is less than b
a≤b a is less than or equal to b
a > b a is greater than b
a≥b a is greater than or equal to b

Translate from algebra into English:

ⓐ 17≤26 ⓑ 8≠17−3 ⓒ 12>27÷3 ⓓ y+7<19

Solution

Solution

ⓐ 17≤26
17 is less than or equal to 26

ⓑ 8≠17−3
8 is not equal to 17 minus 3

ⓒ 12>27÷3
12 is greater than 27 divided by 3

ⓓ y+7<19
y plus 7 is less than 19

Translate from algebra into English:

ⓐ 14≤27 ⓑ 19−2≠8 ⓒ 12>4÷2 ⓓ x−7<1

Solution

ⓐ 14 is less than or equal to 27 ⓑ 19 minus 2 is not equal to 8 ⓒ 12 is greater than 4 divided by 2 ⓓ x minus 7 is less than 1

Translate from algebra into English:

ⓐ 19≥15 ⓑ 7=12−5 ⓒ 15÷3<8 ⓓ y+3>6

Solution

ⓐ 19 is greater than or equal to 15 ⓑ 7 is equal to 12 minus 5 ⓒ 15 divided by 3 is less than 8 ⓓ y plus 3 is greater than 6

Grouping symbols in algebra are much like the commas, colons, and other punctuation marks in English. They help to make clear which expressions are to be kept together and separate from other expressions. We will introduce three types now.

Grouping Symbols

Parentheses()Brackets[]Braces{}

Here are some examples of expressions that include grouping symbols. We will simplify expressions like these later in this section.

8(14−8)21−3[2+4(9−8)]24÷{13−2[1(6−5)+4]}


What is the difference in English between a phrase and a sentence? A phrase expresses a single thought that is incomplete by itself, but a sentence makes a complete statement. “Running very fast” is a phrase, but “The football player was running very fast” is a sentence. A sentence has a subject and a verb. In algebra, we have expressions and equations.

Expression

An expression is a number, a variable, or a combination of numbers and variables using operation symbols.

An expression is like an English phrase. Here are some examples of expressions:

Expression Words English Phrase
3+5 3 plus 5 the sum of three and five
n−1 n minus one the difference of n and one
6·7 6 times 7 the product of six and seven
xy x divided by y the quotient of x and y

Notice that the English phrases do not form a complete sentence because the phrase does not have a verb.

An equation is two expressions linked with an equal sign. When you read the words the symbols represent in an equation, you have a complete sentence in English. The equal sign gives the verb.

Equation

An equation is two expressions connected by an equal sign.

Here are some examples of equations.

Equation English Sentence
3+5=8 The sum of three and five is equal to eight.
n−1=14 n minus one equals fourteen.
6·7=42 The product of six and seven is equal to forty-two.
x=53 x is equal to fifty-three.
y+9=2y−3 y plus nine is equal to two y minus three.

Determine if each is an expression or an equation:

ⓐ 2(x+3)=10 ⓑ 4(y−1)+1 ⓒ x÷25 ⓓ y+8=40

Solution

Solution

This table differentiates between mathematical expressions and equations, providing examples and explanations for each type.
ⓐ 2(x+3)=10 This is an equation—two expressions are connected with an equal sign.
ⓑ 4(y−1)+1 This is an expression—no equal sign.
ⓒ x÷25 This is an expression—no equal sign.
ⓓ y+8=40 This is an equation—two expressions are connected with an equal sign.

Determine if each is an expression or an equation: ⓐ 3(x−7)=27 ⓑ 5(4y−2)−7.

Solution

ⓐ equation ⓑ expression

Determine if each is an expression or an equation: ⓐ y3÷14 ⓑ 4x−6=22.

Solution

ⓐ expression ⓑ equation

Suppose we need to multiply 2 nine times. We could write this as 2·2·2·2·2·2·2·2·2. This is tedious and it can be hard to keep track of all those 2s, so we use exponents. We write 2·2·2 as 23 and 2·2·2·2·2·2·2·2·2 as 29. In expressions such as 23, the 2 is called the base and the 3 is called the exponent. The exponent tells us how many times we need to multiply the base.

The number two is shown with a superscipted number three to the right of it. an arrow is drawn to the number two and labeled “base” while another arrow is drawn to the superscripted three and labeled “exponent”. This means multiply 2 by itself, three times, as in 2 times 2 times 2.

We read 23 as “two to the third power” or “two cubed.”

We say 23 is in exponential notation and 2·2·2 is in expanded notation.

Exponential Notation

an means multiply a by itself, n times.

a is shown with a superscripted n to the right of it. an arrow is drawn to a and labeled “base” while another arrow is drawn to the superscripted n and labeled “exponent”. Written below this is the equation a superscript n equals a times a times ellipsis times a, implying an indeterminate number of “a”s being multiplied. a bracket is drawn below the “a”s being multiplied and labeled “n factors”.

The expression an is read a to the nth power.

While we read an as “a to the nth power,” we usually read:

  • a2 “a squared”
  • a3 “a cubed”

We’ll see later why a2 and a3 have special names.

Table 7 shows how we read some expressions with exponents.

Expression In Words
72 7 to the second power or 7 squared
53 5 to the third power or 5 cubed
94 9 to the fourth power
125 12 to the fifth power

Simplify: 34.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of the exponential expression 3^4.
34
Expand the expression. 3·3·3·3
Multiply left to right. 9·3·3
Multiply. 27·3
Multiply. 81

Simplify: ⓐ 53 ⓑ 17.

Solution

ⓐ 125 ⓑ 1

Simplify: ⓐ 72 ⓑ 05.

Solution

ⓐ 49 ⓑ 0

Simplify Expressions Using the Order of Operations

To simplify an expression means to do all the math possible. For example, to simplify 4·2+1 we’d first multiply 4·2 to get 8 and then add the 1 to get 9. A good habit to develop is to work down the page, writing each step of the process below the previous step. The example just described would look like this:

4·2+18+19

By not using an equal sign when you simplify an expression, you may avoid confusing expressions with equations.

Simplify an Expression

To simplify an expression, do all operations in the expression.

We’ve introduced most of the symbols and notation used in algebra, but now we need to clarify the order of operations. Otherwise, expressions may have different meanings, and they may result in different values. For example, consider the expression:

4+3·7

If you simplify this expression, what do you get?

Some students say 49,

4+3·7Since4+3gives7.7·7And7·7is49.49

Others say 25,

4+3·7Since3·7is21.4+21And21+4makes25.25

Imagine the confusion in our banking system if every problem had several different correct answers!

The same expression should give the same result. So mathematicians early on established some guidelines that are called the Order of Operations.

Perform the Order of Operations.

  1. Parentheses and Other Grouping Symbols
    • Simplify all expressions inside the parentheses or other grouping symbols, working on the innermost parentheses first.
  2. Exponents
    • Simplify all expressions with exponents.
  3. Multiplication and Division
    • Perform all multiplication and division in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
  4. Addition and Subtraction
    • Perform all addition and subtraction in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Game of 24” give you practice using the order of operations.

Students often ask, “How will I remember the order?” Here is a way to help you remember: Take the first letter of each key word and substitute the silly phrase: “Please Excuse My Dear Aunt Sally.”

ParenthesesPleaseExponentsExcuseMultiplicationDivisionMyDearAdditionSubtractionAuntSally

It’s good that “My Dear” goes together, as this reminds us that multiplication and division have equal priority. We do not always do multiplication before division or always do division before multiplication. We do them in order from left to right.

Similarly, “Aunt Sally” goes together and so reminds us that addition and subtraction also have equal priority and we do them in order from left to right.

Let’s try an example.

Simplify: ⓐ 4+3·7 ⓑ (4+3)·7.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
A mathematical expression displays the equation 4+3•7 in black text on a white background.
Are there any parentheses? No.
Are there any exponents? No.
Is there any multiplication or division? Yes.
Multiply first. A mathematical expression '4+3•7' is displayed on a white background. The number 4 and the plus sign are black, while the number 3, the multiplication dot, and the number 7 are red.
Add. The image displays a simple mathematical equation, '4+21' in a black font against a white background.
The number 25 is displayed in a dark gray font against a plain white background.
ⓑ
A mathematical expression shows the sum of 4 and 3, enclosed in parentheses, multiplied by 7. The expression is written as (4 + 3) ', 7.
Are there any parentheses? Yes. A mathematical expression showing (4+3) multiplied by 7. The numbers 4 and 3 are in red, while the plus sign, parentheses, multiplication dot, and the number 7 are in black or dark gray.
Simplify inside the parentheses. The number 7 is shown twice, with the first 7 enclosed in parentheses and colored red, followed by a black 7.
Are there any exponents? No.
Is there any multiplication or division? Yes.
Multiply. The number '49' is prominently displayed against a plain white background, rendered in a dark gray or black font with a slight blur effect, suggesting it might be part of a larger digital display or a simple graphic.

Simplify: ⓐ 12−5·2 ⓑ (12−5)·2.

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ 14

Simplify: ⓐ 8+3·9 ⓑ (8+3)·9.

Solution

ⓐ 35 ⓑ 99

Simplify: 18÷6+4(5−2).

Solution

Solution

Parentheses? Yes, subtract first. 18÷6+4(5−2)
A mathematical expression showing 18 divided by 6, plus 4 multiplied by 3, which is 18 ÷ 6 + 4(3).
Exponents? No.
Multiplication or division? Yes. A mathematical expression 18 ÷ 6 + 4(3) is displayed in red font on a white background, demonstrating the order of operations in arithmetic.
Divide first because we multiply and divide left to right. A mathematical expression '3 + 4(3)' is displayed, where the '4(3)' part is highlighted in red, indicating a multiplication operation to be performed before addition according to order of operations.
Any other multiplication or division? Yes.
Multiply. A simple mathematical equation is displayed, showing '3 + 12' in a clear, dark font against a white background, representing an addition problem.
Any other multiplication or division? No.
Any addition or subtraction? Yes. The number '15' is displayed in dark gray on a white background.

Simplify: 30÷5+10(3−2).

Solution

16

Simplify: 70÷10+4(6−2).

Solution

23

When there are multiple grouping symbols, we simplify the innermost parentheses first and work outward.

Simplify: 5+23+3[6−3(4−2)].

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression is displayed, featuring numbers and operations including addition, subtraction, exponentiation, and multiplication, organized with parentheses and brackets: 5 + 2^3 + 3[6 - 3(4 - 2)].
Are there any parentheses (or other grouping symbol)? Yes.
Focus on the parentheses that are inside the brackets. A mathematical problem displaying an arithmetic expression: 5 + 2^3 + 3[6 - 3(4 - 2)]. The subtraction within the innermost parentheses, '4 - 2', is highlighted in red.
Subtract. A mathematical expression reads 5 + 2^3 + 3[6 - 3(2)]. The '3(2)' part is highlighted in red, indicating a specific focus or step in solving the problem.
Continue inside the brackets and multiply. A mathematical expression displays 5 + 2 cubed + 3 multiplied by the quantity 6 minus 6, with the second 6 highlighted in red.
Continue inside the brackets and subtract. A mathematical expression showing '5 + 2^3 + 3[0]'. The number 0 is highlighted in red within the brackets, indicating a specific element or value.
The expression inside the brackets requires no further simplification.
Are there any exponents? Yes. A mathematical expression showing 5 plus 2 raised to the power of 3, plus 3 multiplied by 0.
Simplify exponents. A mathematical expression '5 + 8 + 3[0]' is displayed on a white background, with the '3[0]' part highlighted in red text, suggesting a specific focus on that segment of the equation.
Is there any multiplication or division? Yes.
Multiply. An image showing the mathematical expression 5+8+0. The numbers '5' and '8' along with the first plus sign appear in red, while the second plus sign and the number '0' are black.
Is there any addition or subtraction? Yes.
Add. The mathematical expression '13 + 0' is displayed in a red, slightly blurred font against a white background.
Add. 13

Simplify: 9+53−[4(9+3)].

Solution

86

Simplify: 72−2[4(5+1)].

Solution

1

Evaluate an Expression

In the last few examples, we simplified expressions using the order of operations. Now we’ll evaluate some expressions—again following the order of operations. To evaluate an expression means to find the value of the expression when the variable is replaced by a given number.

Evaluate an Expression

To evaluate an expression means to find the value of the expression when the variable is replaced by a given number.

To evaluate an expression, substitute that number for the variable in the expression and then simplify the expression.

Evaluate 7x−4, when ⓐ x=5 and ⓑ x=1.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The text 'when x = 5' is displayed against a white background, with the number 5 subtly highlighted in red. A mathematical expression '7x-4' is shown on a white background, featuring the number 7, the variable x, a minus sign, and the number 4.
A mathematical expression showing 7 multiplied by 5, with 4 subtracted from the result, appearing as 7(5)-4. The number 5 is highlighted in red.
Multiply. The image displays the numbers '35-4' in a dark gray font against a white background.
Subtract. The number '31' is clearly visible in the top right corner of a plain white background.
ⓑ
The text 'when x = 1' is displayed on a white background, with '1' highlighted in red. The mathematical expression '7x-4' is displayed on a white background, featuring the number 7, the variable x, a minus sign, and the number 4.
A mathematical expression reads '7(1)-4', with the number 1 prominently highlighted in red.
Multiply. The numbers 7-4 are displayed on a white background, suggesting a score, date, or simple numerical notation.
Subtract. A close-up of a large, dark grey numeral 3 on a clean white background.

Evaluate 8x−3, when ⓐ x=2 and ⓑ x=1.

Solution

ⓐ 13 ⓑ 5

Evaluate 4y−4, when ⓐ y=3 and ⓑ y=5.

Solution

ⓐ 8 ⓑ 16

Evaluate the following for x=4, when ⓐ x2 ⓑ 3x.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
x2
The image displays the text 'Replace x with 4.' in a gray sans-serif font, with the number 4 highlighted in red, on a plain white background. A close-up image showing a large red number 4 raised to the power of 2.
Use definition of exponent.  4·4
Simplify. 16
ⓑ
3x
The text 'Replace x with 4.' is displayed in a digital format. The word 'Replace' and the letters 'x with' are in a dark gray font, while the number '4' is highlighted in a red-orange color, followed by a dark gray period. The background is white. The mathematical expression showing 3 raised to the power of x, written as 3^x, where 3 is the base and x is the exponent.
Use definition of exponent. 3·3·3·3
Simplify. 81

Evaluate x=3, when ⓐ x2 ⓑ 4x.

Solution

ⓐ 9 ⓑ 64

Evaluate x=6, when ⓐ x3 ⓑ 2x.

Solution

ⓐ 216 ⓑ 64

Evaluate 2x2+3x+8 when x=4.

Solution

Solution

2x2+3x+8
The text 'Substitute x = 4.' is shown, with the number 4 highlighted in red. A mathematical expression reads 2x squared plus 3x plus 8, in a black font on a white background.
Follow the order of operations. 2(16)+3(4)+8
32+12+8
52

Evaluate 3x2+4x+1 when x=3.

Solution

40

Evaluate 6x2−4x−7 when x=2.

Solution

9

Identify and Combine Like Terms

Algebraic expressions are made up of terms. A term is a constant, or the product of a constant and one or more variables.

Term

A term is a constant, or the product of a constant and one or more variables.

Examples of terms are 7,y,5x2,9a,andb5.

The constant that multiplies the variable is called the coefficient.



Coefficient

The coefficient of a term is the constant that multiplies the variable in a term.

Think of the coefficient as the number in front of the variable. The coefficient of the term 3x is 3. When we write x, the coefficient is 1, since x=1·x.

Identify the coefficient of each term: ⓐ 14y ⓑ 15x2 ⓒ a.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ The coefficient of 14y is 14.

ⓑ The coefficient of 15x2 is 15.

ⓒ The coefficient of a is 1 since a=1a.

Identify the coefficient of each term: ⓐ 17x ⓑ 41b2 ⓒ z.

Solution

ⓐ 17 ⓑ 41 ⓒ 1

Identify the coefficient of each term: ⓐ 9p ⓑ 13a3 ⓒ y3.

Solution

ⓐ 9 ⓑ 13 ⓒ 1

Some terms share common traits. Look at the following 6 terms. Which ones seem to have traits in common?

5x7n243x9n2

The 7 and the 4 are both constant terms.

The 5x and the 3x are both terms with x.

The n2 and the 9n2 are both terms with n2.

When two terms are constants or have the same variable and exponent, we say they are like terms.

  • 7 and 4 are like terms.
  • 5x and 3x are like terms.
  • x2 and 9x2 are like terms.

Like Terms

Terms that are either constants or have the same variables raised to the same powers are called like terms.

Identify the like terms: y3, 7x2, 14, 23, 4y3, 9x, 5x2.

Solution

Solution

y3 and 4y3 are like terms because both have y3; the variable and the exponent match.

7x2 and 5x2 are like terms because both have x2; the variable and the exponent match.

14 and 23 are like terms because both are constants.

There is no other term like 9x.

Identify the like terms: 9, 2x3, y2, 8x3, 15, 9y, 11y2.

Solution

9 and 15, y2 and 11y2, 2x3 and 8x3

Identify the like terms: 4x3, 8x2, 19, 3x2, 24, 6x3.

Solution

19 and 24, 8x2 and 3x2, 4x3 and 6x3

Adding or subtracting terms forms an expression. In the expression 2x2+3x+8, from Example 9, the three terms are 2x2,3x, and 8.

Identify the terms in each expression.

  1. ⓐ 9x2+7x+12
  2. ⓑ 8x+3y
Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ The terms of 9x2+7x+12 are 9x2, 7x, and 12.

  2. ⓑ The terms of 8x+3y are 8x and 3y.

Identify the terms in the expression 4x2+5x+17.

Solution

4x2,5x,17

Identify the terms in the expression 5x+2y.

Solution

5x, 2y

If there are like terms in an expression, you can simplify the expression by combining the like terms. What do you think 4x+7x+x would simplify to? If you thought 12x, you would be right!

4x+7x+xx+x+x+x+x+x+x+x+x+x+x+x12x

Add the coefficients and keep the same variable. It doesn’t matter what x is—if you have 4 of something and add 7 more of the same thing and then add 1 more, the result is 12 of them. For example, 4 oranges plus 7 oranges plus 1 orange is 12 oranges. We will discuss the mathematical properties behind this later.

Simplify: 4x+7x+x.

Add the coefficients. 12x

How To Combine Like Terms

Simplify: 2x2+3x+7+x2+4x+5.

Solution

Solution

Three lines of instructions are listed in a column on the left side of the image while four algebraic expressions are listed on the right. The first line of instruction on the left says: “Step 1. Identify like terms.” Across from step 1 in the right column is the algebraic expression: 2x squared plus 3x plus 7 plus x squared plus 4x plus 5. One line down on the right, the same algebraic expression is repeated, except each of the terms appears in one of three colors to illustrate that these are like terms: 2x squared and x squared appear as red, illustrating that these are like terms; 3x and 4x appear as blue, illustrating that these are also like terms; 7 and 5 appear as green, illustrating that these are like terms as well. The second line of instruction on the left says: “Step 2. Rearrange the expression so the like terms are together. Across from step 2 in the right column is the original algebraic expression with terms reordered so that like terms appear side by side: 2x squared plus x2, both written in red, plus 3x plus 4x, both written n blue, plus 7 plus 5, both written in green. The third line of instruction on the left says: “Step 3. Combine like terms.” Across from step 3 in the right column is the algebraic expression with like terms combined: 3x squared in red, plus 7x in blue, plus 12 in green.

Simplify: 3x2+7x+9+7x2+9x+8.

Solution

10x2+16x+17

Simplify: 4y2+5y+2+8y2+4y+5.

Solution

12y2+9y+7

Combine Like Terms.

  1. Identify like terms.
  2. Rearrange the expression so like terms are together.
  3. Add or subtract the coefficients and keep the same variable for each group of like terms.

Translate an English Phrase to an Algebraic Expression

In the last section, we listed many operation symbols that are used in algebra, then we translated expressions and equations into English phrases and sentences. Now we’ll reverse the process. We’ll translate English phrases into algebraic expressions. The symbols and variables we’ve talked about will help us do that. Table 18 summarizes them.

Operation Phrase Expression
Addition a plus b
the sum of a and b
a increased by b
b more than a
the total of a and b
b added to a
a+b
Subtraction a minus b
the difference of a and b
a decreased by b
b less than a
b subtracted from a
a−b
Multiplication a times b
the product of a and b
twice a
a·b,ab,a(b),(a)(b)

2a
Division a divided by b
the quotient of a and b
the ratio of a and b
b divided into a
a÷b,a/b,ab,ba

Look closely at these phrases using the four operations:

Four phrases are shown. The first reads “the sum of a and b”, where the words “of” and “and” are written in red. The second reads “the difference of a and b”, where the words “of” and “and” are written in red. The third reads “the product of a and b”, where the words “of” and “and” are written in red. The fourth reads “the quotient of a and b”, where the words “of” and “and” are written in red.

Each phrase tells us to operate on two numbers. Look for the words of and and to find the numbers.

Translate each English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ the difference of 17x and 5 ⓑ the quotient of 10x2 and 7.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ The key word is difference, which tells us the operation is subtraction. Look for the words of and and to find the numbers to subtract.
    The phrase “the difference of 17x and 5”, where the words “of” and “and” are written in red, is written above the phrase “17 x minus 5”. a final phrase written below reads “17 x, minus sign, 5”.

  2. ⓑ The key word is “quotient,” which tells us the operation is division.
The phrase “the quotient of 10x squared and 7”, where the words “of” and “and” are written in red, is written above the expression “divide 10x squared by 7”. The expression written below reads “10x squared, division sign,v7”.

This can also be written 10x2/7or10x27.

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ the difference of 14x2 and 13 ⓑ the quotient of 12x and 2.

Solution

ⓐ 14x2−13 ⓑ 12x÷2

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ the sum of 17y2 and 19 ⓑ the product of 7 and y.

Solution

ⓐ 17y2+19 ⓑ 7y

How old will you be in eight years? What age is eight more years than your age now? Did you add 8 to your present age? Eight “more than” means 8 added to your present age. How old were you seven years ago? This is 7 years less than your age now. You subtract 7 from your present age. Seven “less than” means 7 subtracted from your present age.

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ Seventeen more than y ⓑ Nine less than 9x2.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ The key words are more than. They tell us the operation is addition. More than means “added to.”
    Seventeen more thanySeventeen added toyy+17
  2. ⓑ The key words are less than. They tell us to subtract. Less than means “subtracted from.”
    Nine less than9x2Nine subtracted from9x29x2−9

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ Eleven more than x ⓑ Fourteen less than 11a.

Solution

ⓐ x+11 ⓑ 11a−14

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ 13 more than z ⓑ 18 less than 8x.

Solution

ⓐ z+13 ⓑ 8x−18

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ five times the sum of m and n ⓑ the sum of five times m and n.

Solution

Solution

There are two operation words—times tells us to multiply and sum tells us to add.

  1. ⓐ Because we are multiplying 5 times the sum we need parentheses around the sum of m and n, (m+n). This forces us to determine the sum first. (Remember the order of operations.)
    five times the sum ofmandn5(m+n)
  2. ⓑ To take a sum, we look for the words “of” and “and” to see what is being added. Here we are taking the sum of five times m and n.
    the sumoffive timesmandn5m+n

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ four times the sum of p and q ⓑ the sum of four times p and q.

Solution

ⓐ 4(p+q) ⓑ 4p+q

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: ⓐ the difference of two times x and 8, ⓑ two times the difference of x and 8.

Solution

ⓐ 2x−8 ⓑ 2(x−8)

Later in this course, we’ll apply our skills in algebra to solving applications. The first step will be to translate an English phrase to an algebraic expression. We’ll see how to do this in the next two examples.

The width of a rectangle is 6 less than the length. Let l represent the length of the rectangle. Write an expression for the width of the rectangle.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of translating the verbal phrase "6 less than the width" into its algebraic expression, w-6.
Write a phrase about the width of the rectangle. 6 less than the length
Substitute l for "the length." 6 less than l
Rewrite "less than" as "subtracted from." 6 subtracted from l
Translate the phrase into algebra. l−6

The length of a rectangle is 7 less than the width. Let w represent the width of the rectangle. Write an expression for the length of the rectangle.

Solution

w−7

The width of a rectangle is 6 less than the length. Let l represent the length of the rectangle. Write an expression for the width of the rectangle.

Solution

l−6

June has dimes and quarters in her purse. The number of dimes is three less than four times the number of quarters. Let q represent the number of quarters. Write an expression for the number of dimes.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step translation of a verbal phrase about dimes into an algebraic expression.
Write a phrase about the number of dimes. three less than four times the number of quarters
Substitute q for the number of quarters. 3 less than 4 times q
Translate "4 times q." 3 less than 4q
Translate the phase into algebra. 4q−3

Geoffrey has dimes and quarters in his pocket. The number of dimes is eight less than four times the number of quarters. Let q represent the number of quarters. Write an expression for the number of dimes.

Solution

4q−8

Lauren has dimes and nickels in her purse. The number of dimes is three more than seven times the number of nickels. Let n represent the number of nickels. Write an expression for the number of dimes.

Solution

7n+3

Key Concepts

  • Notation                      The result is…

    ∘a+bthe sum ofaandb∘a−bthe difference ofaandb∘a·b,ab,(a)(b)(a)b,a(b)the product ofaandb∘a÷b,a/b,ab,bathe quotient ofaandb
  • Inequality

    ∘a<bis read“ais less thanb”ais to the left ofbon the number line∘a>bis read“ais greater thanb”ais to the right ofbon the number line
  • Inequality Symbols                 Words

    ∘a≠baisnot equal tob∘a<baisless thanb∘a≤baisless than or equal tob∘a>baisgreater thanb∘a≥baisgreater than or equal tob
  • Grouping Symbols
    • Parentheses ()
    • Brackets []
    • Braces {}
  • Exponential Notation
    • an means multiply a by itself, n times. The expression an is read a to the nth power.
  • Order of Operations: When simplifying mathematical expressions perform the operations in the following order:
    1. Parentheses and other Grouping Symbols: Simplify all expressions inside the parentheses or other grouping symbols, working on the innermost parentheses first.
    2. Exponents: Simplify all expressions with exponents.
    3. Multiplication and Division: Perform all multiplication and division in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
    4. Addition and Subtraction: Perform all addition and subtraction in order from left to right. These operations have equal priority.
  • Combine Like Terms
    1. Identify like terms.
    2. Rearrange the expression so like terms are together.
    3. Add or subtract the coefficients and keep the same variable for each group of like terms.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use Variables and Algebraic Symbols

In the following exercises, translate from algebra to English.

16−9

Solution

16 minus 9, the difference of sixteen and nine

3·9

28÷4

Solution

28 divided by 4, the quotient of twenty-eight and four

x+11

(2)(7)

Solution

2 times 7, the product of two and seven

(4)(8)

14<21

Solution

fourteen is less than twenty-one

17<35

36≥19

Solution

thirty-six is greater than or equal to nineteen

6n=36

y−1>6

Solution

y minus 1 is greater than 6, the difference of y and one is greater than six

y−4>8

2≤18÷6

Solution

2 is less than or equal to 18 divided by 6; 2 is less than or equal to the quotient of eighteen and six

a≠1·12

In the following exercises, determine if each is an expression or an equation.

9·6=54

Solution

equation

7·9=63

5·4+3

Solution

expression

x+7

x+9

Solution

expression

y−5=25

Simplify Expressions Using the Order of Operations

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

53

Solution

125

83

28

Solution

256

105

In the following exercises, simplify using the order of operations.

ⓐ 3+8·5 ⓑ (3+8)·5

Solution

ⓐ 43 ⓑ 55

ⓐ 2+6·3 ⓑ (2+6)·3

23−12÷(9−5)

Solution

5

32−18÷(11−5)

3·8+5·2

Solution

34

4·7+3·5

2+8(6+1)

Solution

58

4+6(3+6)

4·12/8

Solution

6

2·36/6

(6+10)÷(2+2)

Solution

4

(9+12)÷(3+4)

20÷4+6·5

Solution

35

33÷3+8·2

32+72

Solution

58

(3+7)2

3(1+9·6)−42

Solution

149

5(2+8·4)−72

2[1+3(10−2)]

Solution

50

5[2+4(3−2)]

Evaluate an Expression

In the following exercises, evaluate the following expressions.

7x+8 when x=2

Solution

22

8x−6 when x=7

x2 when x=12

Solution

144

x3 when x=5

x5 when x=2

Solution

32

4x when x=2

x2+3x−7 when x=4

Solution

21

6x+3y−9 when
x=6,y=9

(x−y)2 when
x=10,y=7

Solution

9

(x+y)2 when x=6,y=9

a2+b2 when a=3,b=8

Solution

73

r2−s2 when r=12,s=5

2l+2w when
l=15,w=12

Solution

54

2l+2w when
l=18,w=14

Simplify Expressions by Combining Like Terms

In the following exercises, identify the coefficient of each term.

8a

Solution

8

13m

5r2

Solution

5

6x3

In the following exercises, identify the like terms.

x3,8x,14,8y,5,8x3

Solution

x3and8x3,14and5

6z,3w2,1,6z2,4z,w2

9a,a2,16,16b2,4,9b2

Solution

16and4,16b2and9b2

3,25r2,10s,10r,4r2,3s

In the following exercises, identify the terms in each expression.

15x2+6x+2

Solution

15x2,6x,2

11x2+8x+5

10y3+y+2

Solution

10y3,y,2

9y3+y+5

In the following exercises, simplify the following expressions by combining like terms.

10x+3x

Solution

13x

15x+4x

4c+2c+c

Solution

7c

6y+4y+y

7u+2+3u+1

Solution

10u+3

8d+6+2d+5

10a+7+5a−2+7a−4

Solution

22a+1

7c+4+6c−3+9c−1

3x2+12x+11+14x2+8x+5

Solution

17x2+20x+16

5b2+9b+10+2b2+3b−4

Translate an English Phrase to an Algebraic Expression

In the following exercises, translate the phrases into algebraic expressions.

the difference of 14 and 9

Solution

14−9

the difference of 19 and 8

the product of 9 and 7

Solution

9·7

the product of 8 and 7

the quotient of 36 and 9

Solution

36÷9

the quotient of 42 and 7

the sum of 8x and 3x

Solution

8x+3x

the sum of 13x and 3x

the quotient of y and 3

Solution

y3

the quotient of y and 8

eight times the difference of y and nine

Solution

8(y−9)

seven times the difference of y and one

Eric has rock and classical CDs in his car. The number of rock CDs is 3 more than the number of classical CDs. Let c represent the number of classical CDs. Write an expression for the number of rock CDs.

Solution

c+3

The number of girls in a second-grade class is 4 less than the number of boys. Let b represent the number of boys. Write an expression for the number of girls.

Greg has nickels and pennies in his pocket. The number of pennies is seven less than twice the number of nickels. Let n represent the number of nickels. Write an expression for the number of pennies.

Solution

2n−7

Jeannette has $5 and $10 bills in her wallet. The number of fives is three more than six times the number of tens. Let t represent the number of tens. Write an expression for the number of fives.

Everyday Math

Car insurance Justin’s car insurance has a $750 deductible per incident. This means that he pays $750 and his insurance company will pay all costs beyond $750. If Justin files a claim for $2,100.

  1. ⓐ how much will he pay?
  2. ⓑ how much will his insurance company pay?
Solution

ⓐ $750 ⓑ $1,350

Home insurance Armando’s home insurance has a $2,500 deductible per incident. This means that he pays $2,500 and the insurance company will pay all costs beyond $2,500. If Armando files a claim for $19,400.

  1. ⓐ how much will he pay?
  2. ⓑ how much will the insurance company pay?

Writing Exercises

Explain the difference between an expression and an equation.

Solution

Answers may vary

Why is it important to use the order of operations to simplify an expression?

Explain how you identify the like terms in the expression 8a2+4a+9−a2−1.

Solution

Answers may vary

Explain the difference between the phrases “4 times the sum of x and y” and “the sum of 4 times x and y.”

Self Check

ⓐ Use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A table is shown that is composed of four columns and six rows. The header row reads, from left to right, “I can …”, “Confidently”, “With some help” and “No – I don’t get it!”. The phrases in the first column read “use variables and algebraic symbols.”, “simplify expressions using the order of operations.”, “evaluate an expression.”, “identify and combine like terms.”, and “translate English phrases to algebraic expressions.”

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

coefficient
The coefficient of a term is the constant that multiplies the variable in a term.
constant
A constant is a number whose value always stays the same.
equality symbol
The symbol “=” is called the equal sign. We read a=b as “a is equal to b.”
equation
An equation is two expressions connected by an equal sign.
evaluate an expression
To evaluate an expression means to find the value of the expression when the variable is replaced by a given number.
expression
An expression is a number, a variable, or a combination of numbers and variables using operation symbols.
like terms
Terms that are either constants or have the same variables raised to the same powers are called like terms.
simplify an expression
To simplify an expression, do all operations in the expression.
term
A term is a constant or the product of a constant and one or more variables.
variable
A variable is a letter that represents a number whose value may change.

Add and Subtract Integers

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use negatives and opposites
  • Simplify: expressions with absolute value
  • Add integers
  • Subtract integers

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, Integers.

Use Negatives and Opposites

Our work so far has only included the counting numbers and the whole numbers. But if you have ever experienced a temperature below zero or accidentally overdrawn your checking account, you are already familiar with negative numbers. Negative numbers are numbers less than 0. The negative numbers are to the left of zero on the number line. See Figure 1.

A number line extends from negative 4 to 4. A bracket is under the values “negative 4” to “0” and is labeled “Negative numbers”. Another bracket is under the values 0 to 4 and labeled “positive numbers”. There is an arrow in between both brackets pointing upward to zero.
The number line shows the location of positive and negative numbers.

The arrows on the ends of the number line indicate that the numbers keep going forever. There is no biggest positive number, and there is no smallest negative number.

Is zero a positive or a negative number? Numbers larger than zero are positive, and numbers smaller than zero are negative. Zero is neither positive nor negative.

Consider how numbers are ordered on the number line. Going from left to right, the numbers increase in value. Going from right to left, the numbers decrease in value. See Figure 2.

A number line ranges from negative 4 to 4.  An arrow above the number line extends from negative 1 towards 4 and is labeled “larger”. An arrow below the number line extends from 1 towards negative 4 and is labeled “smaller”.
The numbers on a number line increase in value going from left to right and decrease in value going from right to left.
Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Number Line-part 2” will help you develop a better understanding of integers.

Remember that we use the notation:

a < b (read “a is less than b”) when a is to the left of b on the number line.

a > b (read “a is greater than b”) when a is to the right of b on the number line.

Now we need to extend the number line which showed the whole numbers to include negative numbers, too. The numbers marked by points in Figure 3 are called the integers. The integers are the numbers …−3,−2,−1,0,1,2,3…

A number line extends from negative four to four. Points are plotted at negative four, negative three, negative two, negative one, zero, one, two, 3, and four.
All the marked numbers are called integers.

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: ⓐ 14___6 ⓑ −1___9 ⓒ −1___−4 ⓓ 2___−20.

Solution

Solution

It may be helpful to refer to the number line shown.
A number line ranges from negative twenty to fifteen with ticks marks between numbers. Every fifth tick mark is labeled a number. Points are plotted at points negative twenty, negative 4, negative 1, 2, 6, 9 and 14.

This table demonstrates the correspondence between the relative positions of numbers on a number line and their mathematical inequalities.
ⓐ
14 is to the right of 6 on the number line.
14___6 14>6
ⓑ
−1 is to the left of 9 on the number line.
−1___9 −1<9
ⓒ
−1 is to the right of −4 on the number line.
−1___−4 −1>−4
ⓓ
2 is to the right of −20 on the number line.
2___−20 2>−20

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: ⓐ 15___7 ⓑ −2___5 ⓒ −3___−7
ⓓ 5___−17.

Solution

ⓐ > ⓑ < ⓒ > ⓓ >

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >: ⓐ 8___13 ⓑ 3___−4 ⓒ −5___−2
ⓓ 9___−21.

Solution

ⓐ < ⓑ > ⓒ < ⓓ >

You may have noticed that, on the number line, the negative numbers are a mirror image of the positive numbers, with zero in the middle. Because the numbers 2 and −2 are the same distance from zero, they are called opposites. The opposite of 2 is −2, and the opposite of −2 is 2.

Opposite

The opposite of a number is the number that is the same distance from zero on the number line but on the opposite side of zero.

Figure 4 illustrates the definition.

A number line ranges from negative 4 to 4. There are two brackets above the number line. The bracket on the left spans from negative three to 0. The bracket on the right spans from zero to three. Points are plotted on both negative three and three.
The opposite of 3 is −3.

Sometimes in algebra the same symbol has different meanings. Just like some words in English, the specific meaning becomes clear by looking at how it is used. You have seen the symbol “−” used in three different ways.

10−4Between two numbers, it indicates the operation ofsubtraction.We read10−4as“10minus4.”−8In front of a number, it indicates anegativenumber.We read−8as “negative eight.”−xIn front of a variable, it indicates theopposite.We read−xas “the opposite ofx.”−(−2)Here there are two“−”signs. The one in the parentheses tells us the number isnegative2.The one outside the parentheses tells us to take theoppositeof−2.We read−(−2)as “the opposite of negative two.”
This table illustrates the diverse meanings and interpretations of the "−" symbol in mathematical expressions, including subtraction, negative numbers, and opposites.
10−4 Between two numbers, it indicates the operation of subtraction.
We read 10−4 as "10 minus 4."
−8 In front of a number, it indicates a negative number.
We read −8 as "negative eight."
−x In front of a variable, it indicates the opposite. We read −x as "the opposite of x."
−(−2) Here there are two "−" signs. The one in the parentheses tells us the number is negative 2. The one outside the parentheses tells us to take the opposite of −2.
We read −(−2) as "the opposite of negative two."

Opposite Notation

−a means the opposite of the number a.

The notation −a is read as “the opposite of a.”

Find: ⓐ the opposite of 7 ⓑ the opposite of −10 ⓒ −(−6).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ −7 is the same distance from 0 as 7, but on the opposite side of 0. A number line illustrates the distance from 0. Points at -7 and 7 are marked. Brackets above show that the distance from -7 to 0 is 7 units, and the distance from 0 to 7 is 7 units.
The opposite of 7 is −7.
ⓑ 10 is the same distance from 0 as −10, but on the opposite side of 0. A number line shows points at -10, 0, and 10. Arcs indicate a distance of 10 units from -10 to 0, and another 10 units from 0 to 10.
The opposite of −10 is 10.
ⓒ −(−6) (the opposite of –6). A number line illustrating absolute value, showing points at -6, 0, and 6. The distance from 0 to -6 is 6, and the distance from 0 to 6 is also 6.
The opposite of −(−6) is 6.

Find: ⓐ the opposite of 4 ⓑ the opposite of −3 ⓒ −(−1).

Solution

ⓐ −4 ⓑ 3 ⓒ 1

Find: ⓐ the opposite of 8 ⓑ the opposite of −5 ⓒ −(−5).

Solution

ⓐ −8 ⓑ 5 ⓒ 5

Our work with opposites gives us a way to define the integers.The whole numbers and their opposites are called the integers. The integers are the numbers …−3,−2,−1,0,1,2,3…

Integers

The whole numbers and their opposites are called the integers.

The integers are the numbers

…−3,−2,−1,0,1,2,3…

When evaluating the opposite of a variable, we must be very careful. Without knowing whether the variable represents a positive or negative number, we don’t know whether −x is positive or negative. We can see this in Example 3.

Evaluate ⓐ −x, when x=8 ⓑ −x, when x=−8.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    The image states that to evaluate an expression when x = 8 means to substitute the number 8 in place of the variable x.
    −x
    The text on a white background states, 'Substitute 8 for x.' A mathematical expression showing a negative sign followed by the number 8 enclosed in parentheses, appearing as -(8) in red against a white background.
    Write the opposite of 8. The image displays the number -8, rendered in a digital, sans-serif font. The negative sign is a horizontal line preceding the numeral '8', which is depicted with two closed loops stacked vertically.


  2. ⓑ
    The image shows the mathematical instruction: 'To evaluate when x = -8 means to substitute -8 for -x.' The number -8 is highlighted in a reddish color.
    −x
    The image shows a mathematical instruction: 'Substitute -8 for x.' The text is gray, with '-8' highlighted in red. A mathematical expression shows the negation of negative eight, written as -(-8), with the '8' and minus sign inside the parentheses highlighted in a reddish hue against a white background.
    Write the opposite of −8. 8

Evaluate −n, when ⓐ n=4 ⓑ n=−4.

Solution

ⓐ −4 ⓑ 4

Evaluate −m, when ⓐ m=11 ⓑ m=−11.

Solution

ⓐ −11 ⓑ 11

Simplify: Expressions with Absolute Value

We saw that numbers such as 2and−2 are opposites because they are the same distance from 0 on the number line. They are both two units from 0. The distance between 0 and any number on the number line is called the absolute value of that number.

Absolute Value

The absolute value of a number is its distance from 0 on the number line.

The absolute value of a number n is written as |n|.

For example,

  • −5is5 units away from 0, so |−5|=5.
  • 5is5 units away from 0, so |5|=5.

Figure 5 illustrates this idea.

A number line is shown ranging from negative 5 to 5. A bracket labeled “5 units” lies above the points negative 5 to 0. An arrow labeled “negative 5 is 5 units from 0, so absolute value of negative 5 equals 5.” is written above the labeled bracket. A bracket labeled “5 units” lies above the points “0” to “5”. An arrow labeled “5 is 5 units from 0, so absolute value of 5 equals 5.” and is written above the labeled bracket.
The integers 5and are5 units away from 0.

The absolute value of a number is never negative (because distance cannot be negative). The only number with absolute value equal to zero is the number zero itself, because the distance from 0to0 on the number line is zero units.

Property of Absolute Value

|n|≥0 for all numbers

Absolute values are always greater than or equal to zero!

Mathematicians say it more precisely, “absolute values are always non-negative.” Non-negative means greater than or equal to zero.

Simplify: ⓐ |3| ⓑ |−44| ⓒ |0|.

Solution

Solution

The absolute value of a number is the distance between the number and zero. Distance is never negative, so the absolute value is never negative.

ⓐ |3|
3

ⓑ |−44|
44

ⓒ |0|
0

Simplify: ⓐ |4| ⓑ |−28| ⓒ |0|.

Solution

ⓐ 4 ⓑ 28 ⓒ 0

Simplify: ⓐ |−13| ⓑ |47| ⓒ |0|.

Solution

ⓐ 13 ⓑ 47 ⓒ 0

In the next example, we’ll order expressions with absolute values. Remember, positive numbers are always greater than negative numbers!

Fill in <,>,or= for each of the following pairs of numbers:

ⓐ |−5|___−|−5| ⓑ 8___−|−8| ⓒ −9___−|−9| ⓓ −(−16)___−|−16|

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the simplification of expressions involving absolute values and negative numbers, followed by their comparison (ordering) using inequality or equality signs.
ⓐ
Simplify.
Order.
|−5|___−|−5| 5___−5 5>−5 |−5|>−|−5|
ⓑ
Simplify.
Order.
8___−|−8| 8___−8 8>−8 8>−|−8|
ⓒ
Simplify.
Order.
−9___−|−9| −9___−9 −9=−9 −9=−|−9|
ⓓ
Simplify.
Order.
−(−16)___−|−16| 16___−16 16>−16 −(−16)>−|−16|

Fill in <, >, or = for each of the following pairs of numbers: ⓐ |−9|___−|−9| ⓑ 2___−|−2| ⓒ −8___|−8|
ⓓ −(−9)___−|−9|.

Solution

ⓐ > ⓑ > ⓒ < ⓓ >

Fill in <, >, or = for each of the following pairs of numbers: ⓐ 7___−|−7| ⓑ −(−10)___−|−10|
ⓒ |−4|___−|−4| ⓓ −1___|−1|.

Solution

ⓐ > ⓑ > ⓒ > ⓓ <

We now add absolute value bars to our list of grouping symbols. When we use the order of operations, first we simplify inside the absolute value bars as much as possible, then we take the absolute value of the resulting number.

Grouping Symbols

Parentheses()Braces{}Brackets[]Absolute value||

In the next example, we simplify the expressions inside absolute value bars first, just as we do with parentheses.

Simplify: 24−|19−3(6−2)|.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution demonstrating the order of operations for simplifying a mathematical expression.
24−|19−3(6−2)|
Work inside parentheses first: subtract 2 from 6. 24−|19−3(4)|
Multiply 3(4). 24−|19−12|
Subtract inside the absolute value bars. 24−|7|
Take the absolute value. 24−7
Subtract. 17

Simplify: 19−|11−4(3−1)|.

Solution

16

Simplify: 9−|8−4(7−5)|.

Solution

9

Evaluate: ⓐ |x|whenx=−35 ⓑ |−y|wheny=−20 ⓒ −|u|whenu=12 ⓓ −|p|whenp=−14.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ |x|whenx=−35
|x|
The image shows the text 'Substitute -35 for x.' The word 'Substitute' is in black, and the number '-35' is in red, while 'for x.' is in black again. This text represents a mathematical instruction to replace the variable x with the value -35. The image displays the mathematical notation for the absolute value of negative thirty-five: | -35 |.
Take the absolute value. 35


ⓑ |−y|wheny=−20
|−y|
Substitute -20 for y. The absolute value of negative twenty, prefixed by a negative sign.
Simplify. |20|
Take the absolute value. 20


ⓒ −|u|whenu=12
−|u|
The image displays the instruction: 'Substitute 12 for u.' in black text on a white background, with the number 12 highlighted in red. A mathematical expression showing the negative of the absolute value of 12, represented as -| |12| |, which simplifies to -12.
Take the absolute value. −12


ⓓ −|p|whenp=−14
−|p|
Substitute -14 for p. A mathematical expression showing the absolute value of negative fourteen, written as |-14|, against a white background.
Take the absolute value. −14

Evaluate: ⓐ |x|whenx=−17 ⓑ |−y|wheny=−39 ⓒ −|m|whenm=22 ⓓ −|p|whenp=−11.

Solution

ⓐ 17 ⓑ 39 ⓒ −22 ⓓ −11

Evaluate: ⓐ |y|wheny=−23 ⓑ |−y|wheny=−21 ⓒ −|n|whenn=37 ⓓ −|q|whenq=−49.

Solution

ⓐ 23 ⓑ 21 ⓒ −37 ⓓ −49

Add Integers

Most students are comfortable with the addition and subtraction facts for positive numbers. But doing addition or subtraction with both positive and negative numbers may be more challenging.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Addition of Signed Numbers” will help you develop a better understanding of adding integers.”

We will use two color counters to model addition and subtraction of negatives so that you can visualize the procedures instead of memorizing the rules.

We let one color (blue) represent positive. The other color (red) will represent the negatives. If we have one positive counter and one negative counter, the value of the pair is zero. They form a neutral pair. The value of this neutral pair is zero.

In this image we have a blue counter above a red counter with a circle around both. The equation to the right is 1 plus negative 1 equals 0.

We will use the counters to show how to add the four addition facts using the numbers 5,−5 and 3,−3.

5+3−5+(−3)−5+35+(−3)

To add 5+3, we realize that 5+3 means the sum of 5 and 3.

We start with 5 positives. Five light blue circles are horizontally arranged, with the number '5' positioned directly below them, illustrating the quantity of five.
And then we add 3 positives. Two groups of light blue circles are shown, with five circles in the first group and three circles in the second, labeled with their respective numbers below.
We now have 8 positives. The sum of 5 and 3 is 8. Eight light blue circles are arranged in a horizontal row, with the text '8 positives' centered beneath them, indicating a count of positive instances represented by the circles.

Now we will add −5+(−3). Watch for similarities to the last example 5+3=8.

To add −5+(−3), we realize this means the sum of −5and−3.

We start with 5 negatives. An illustration showing five red circles arranged in a horizontal line, with the number -5 written directly below the center of the line of circles. This represents the concept of negative five.
And then we add 3 negatives. An illustration displays two groups of red circles, with five circles in the first group labeled -5, and three circles in the second group labeled -3, representing negative numbers.
We now have 8 negatives. The sum of −5 and −3 is −8. A horizontal row of eight red circles is displayed, with the text '8 negatives' centered beneath them.

In what ways were these first two examples similar?

  • The first example adds 5 positives and 3 positives—both positives.
  • The second example adds 5 negatives and 3 negatives—both negatives.

In each case we got 8—either 8 positives or 8 negatives.

When the signs were the same, the counters were all the same color, and so we added them.

This figure is divided into two columns. In the left column there are eight blue counters in a horizontal row. Under them is the text “8 positives.” Centered under this is the equation 5 plus 3 equals 8. In the right column are eight red counters in a horizontal row which are labled below with the phrase “8 negatives”. Centered under this is the equation negative 5 plus negative 3 equals negative 8, where negative 3 is in parentheses.

Add: ⓐ 1+4 ⓑ −1+(−4).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Five light blue circles arranged horizontally, illustrating the sum of 1 and 4, with '1 + 4' and '5' written next to them, representing a basic addition problem.
1 positive plus 4 positives is 5 positives.
ⓑ
Five red circles visually represent the sum of -1 and -4, equaling -5, illustrating the addition of negative numbers.
1 negative plus 4 negatives is 5 negatives.

Add: ⓐ 2+4 ⓑ −2+(−4).

Solution

ⓐ 6 ⓑ −6

Add: ⓐ 2+5 ⓑ −2+(−5).

Solution

ⓐ 7 ⓑ −7

So what happens when the signs are different? Let’s add −5+3. We realize this means the sum of −5 and 3. When the counters were the same color, we put them in a row. When the counters are a different color, we line them up under each other.

−5 + 3 means the sum of −5 and 3.
We start with 5 negatives. Five red oval shapes arranged horizontally on a white background, resembling a row of pills or beads.
And then we add 3 positives. Five red circles are arranged horizontally above three light blue circles, also arranged horizontally, on a white background.
We remove any neutral pairs. Three purple ovals, each containing one orange and one light blue circle, are arranged in a row. To the right of these ovals, two standalone orange circles complete the linear arrangement.
We have 2 negatives left. Two red circles are shown above the text '2 negatives' on a white background, suggesting a concept related to negative values or states.
The sum of −5 and 3 is −2. −5 + 3 = −2

Notice that there were more negatives than positives, so the result was negative.

Let’s now add the last combination, 5+(−3).

5 + (−3) means the sum of 5 and −3.
We start with 5 positives. Five light blue, semi-transparent ovals in a neat row on a white background, resembling water droplets or bubbles.
And then we add 3 negatives. Eight circles are arranged in two rows on a white background. The top row contains five light blue circles, and the bottom row has three red circles.
We remove any neutral pairs. An illustration featuring three pairs of light blue and orange circles, each pair enclosed in a purple oval, alongside two standalone light blue circles.
We have 2 positives left. Two light blue outlined circles are shown above the text '2 positives', indicating a count of two positive results or items.
The sum of 5 and −3 is 2. 5 + (−3) = 2

When we use counters to model addition of positive and negative integers, it is easy to see whether there are more positive or more negative counters. So we know whether the sum will be positive or negative.

Two images are shown and labeled. The left image shows five red counters in a horizontal row drawn above three blue counters in a horizontal row, where the first three pairs of red and blue counters are circled. Above this diagram is written “negative 5 plus 3” and below is written “More negatives – the sum is negative.” The right image shows five blue counters in a horizontal row drawn above three red counters in a horizontal row, where the first three pairs of red and blue counters are circled. Above this diagram is written “5 plus negative 3” and below is written “More positives – the sum is positive.”

Add: ⓐ −1+5 ⓑ 1+(−5).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
−1 + 5
A red circle and a blue circle are enclosed by a purple oval, with five more blue circles placed sequentially to the right on a white background.
There are more positives, so the sum is positive. 4


ⓑ
1 + (−5)
A blue circle and a red circle are grouped within a purple oval, while five additional red circles are arranged in a horizontal line next to the group.
There are more negatives, so the sum is negative. −4

Add: ⓐ −2+4 ⓑ 2+(−4).

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ −2

Add: ⓐ −2+5 ⓑ 2+(−5).

Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ −3

Now that we have added small positive and negative integers with a model, we can visualize the model in our minds to simplify problems with any numbers.

When you need to add numbers such as 37+(−53), you really don’t want to have to count out 37 blue counters and 53 red counters. With the model in your mind, can you visualize what you would do to solve the problem?

Picture 37 blue counters with 53 red counters lined up underneath. Since there would be more red (negative) counters than blue (positive) counters, the sum would be negative. How many more red counters would there be? Because 53−37=16, there are 16 more red counters.

Therefore, the sum of 37+(−53) is −16.

37+(−53)=−16

Let’s try another one. We’ll add −74+(−27). Again, imagine 74 red counters and 27 more red counters, so we’d have 101 red counters. This means the sum is −101.

−74+(−27)=−101

Let’s look again at the results of adding the different combinations of 5,−5 and 3,−3.

Addition of Positive and Negative Integers

5+3−5+(−3)8−8both positive, sum positiveboth negative, sum negative

When the signs are the same, the counters would be all the same color, so add them.

−5+35+(−3)−22different signs, more negatives, sum negativedifferent signs, more positives, sum positive

When the signs are different, some of the counters would make neutral pairs, so subtract to see how many are left.

Visualize the model as you simplify the expressions in the following examples.

Simplify: ⓐ 19+(−47) ⓑ −14+(−36).

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Since the signs are different, we subtract 19 from 47. The answer will be negative because there are more negatives than positives.
    19+(−47)Add.−28
  2. ⓑ Since the signs are the same, we add. The answer will be negative because there are only negatives.
    −14+(−36)Add.−50

Simplify: ⓐ −31+(−19) ⓑ 15+(−32).

Solution

ⓐ −50 ⓑ −17

Simplify: ⓐ −42+(−28) ⓑ 25+(−61).

Solution

ⓐ −70 ⓑ −36

The techniques used up to now extend to more complicated problems, like the ones we’ve seen before. Remember to follow the order of operations!

Simplify: −5+3(−2+7).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the expression -5+3(-2+7) demonstrating the order of operations, resulting in 10.
−5+3(−2+7)
Simplify inside the parentheses. −5+3(5)
Multiply. −5+15
Add left to right. 10

Simplify: −2+5(−4+7).

Solution

13

Simplify: −4+2(−3+5).

Solution

0

Subtract Integers

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Subtraction of Signed Numbers” will help you develop a better understanding of subtracting integers.

We will continue to use counters to model the subtraction. Remember, the blue counters represent positive numbers and the red counters represent negative numbers.

Perhaps when you were younger, you read “5−3” as “5 take away 3.” When you use counters, you can think of subtraction the same way!

We will model the four subtraction facts using the numbers 5 and 3.

5−3−5−(−3)−5−35−(−3)

To subtract 5−3, we restate the problem as “5 take away 3.”

We start with 5 positives. Five light blue, oval-shaped capsules or blobs are arranged horizontally across a white background, suggesting a simple, abstract pattern or representation.
We ‘take away’ 3 positives. Three light blue circles are encircled by a magenta oval with an arrow pointing left, part of a row of five circles.
We have 2 positives left.
The difference of 5 and 3 is 2. 2

Now we will subtract −5−(−3). Watch for similarities to the last example 5−3=2.

To subtract −5−(−3), we restate this as “–5 take away –3”

We start with 5 negatives. A row of five identical reddish-orange oval shapes, possibly representing beads or segments, aligned horizontally against a white background.
We ‘take away’ 3 negatives. A row of five orange circles, with the first three grouped by a purple oval and an arrow indicating this grouping. This illustrates counting or grouping three items from a set of five.
We have 2 negatives left.
The difference of −5 and −3 is −2. −2

Notice that these two examples are much alike: The first example, we subtract 3 positives from 5 positives and end up with 2 positives.

In the second example, we subtract 3 negatives from 5 negatives and end up with 2 negatives.

Each example used counters of only one color, and the “take away” model of subtraction was easy to apply.

Two images are shown and labeled. The first image shows five blue counters, three of which are circled with an arrow. Above the counters is the equation “5 minus 3 equals 2.” The second image shows five red counters, three of which are circled with an arrow. Above the counters is the equation “negative 5, minus, negative 3, equals negative 2.”

Subtract: ⓐ 7−5 ⓑ −7−(−5).

Solution

Solution

Illustrates subtraction scenarios for positive and negative integers with both verbal and mathematical forms.
ⓐ
Take 5 positive from 7 positives and get 2 positives.
7−5 2
ⓑ
Take 5 negatives from 7 negatives and get 2 negatives.
−7−(−5) −2

Subtract: ⓐ 6−4 ⓑ −6−(−4).

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ −2

Subtract: ⓐ 7−4 ⓑ −7−(−4).

Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ −3

What happens when we have to subtract one positive and one negative number? We’ll need to use both blue and red counters as well as some neutral pairs. Adding a neutral pair does not change the value. It is like changing quarters to nickels—the value is the same, but it looks different.

  • To subtract −5−3, we restate it as −5 take away 3.

We start with 5 negatives. We need to take away 3 positives, but we do not have any positives to take away.

Remember, a neutral pair has value zero. If we add 0 to 5 its value is still 5. We add neutral pairs to the 5 negatives until we get 3 positives to take away.

−5 − 3 means −5 take away 3.
We start with 5 negatives. Five red circles representing the number -5, illustrating a negative integer concept.
We now add the neutrals needed to get 3 positives. Seven red circles are arranged in a row, with a group of three blue circles directly beneath the last three red circles on a white background.
We remove the 3 positives. An image shows seven red circles in two sets (four then three). Three light blue circles are grouped below the second set of red circles, enclosed by a purple oval and an arrow pointing left.
We are left with 8 negatives. Eight red circles are arranged horizontally in a row, with the text '8 negatives' written directly below them, indicating a visual representation of eight negative units.
The difference of −5 and 3 is −8. −5 − 3 = −8

And now, the fourth case, 5−(−3). We start with 5 positives. We need to take away 3 negatives, but there are no negatives to take away. So we add neutral pairs until we have 3 negatives to take away.

5 − (−3) means 5 take away −3.
We start with 5 positives. Five identical light blue circles are arranged in a horizontal line against a plain white background, appearing as simple, evenly spaced graphic elements.
We now add the needed neutrals pairs. Six light blue circles are arranged in the top row, with three red circles positioned below them.
We remove the 3 negatives. An illustration showing a row of light blue circles with three red circles beneath them, encircled by a purple oval with a curved arrow pointing left.
We are left with 8 positives. Eight light blue circles are arranged in a horizontal row, with the text '8 positives' centered below them.
The difference of 5 and −3 is 8. 5 − (−3) = 8

Subtract: ⓐ −3−1 ⓑ 3−(−1).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Take 1 positive from the one added neutral pair. A row of five pale orange circles with red outlines on a white background, with a gap between the fourth and fifth circles.
A light blue circle is encircled by a purple elliptical shape with an arrow indicating a clockwise rotation, all set against a white background.
−3 − 1

−4
ⓑ
Take 1 negative from the one added neutral pair. A row of four light blue circles with a thin, darker blue outline, set against a plain white background. The circles are evenly spaced and identical in appearance.
Red circle with orange fill and a purple elliptical arrow around it, pointing clockwise.
3 − (−1)

4

Subtract: ⓐ −6−4 ⓑ 6−(−4).

Solution

ⓐ −10 ⓑ 10

Subtract: ⓐ −7−4 ⓑ 7−(−4).

Solution

ⓐ −11 ⓑ 11

Have you noticed that subtraction of signed numbers can be done by adding the opposite? In Example 13, −3−1 is the same as −3+(−1) and 3−(−1) is the same as 3+1. You will often see this idea, the subtraction property, written as follows:

Subtraction Property

a−b=a+(−b)

Subtracting a number is the same as adding its opposite.

Look at these two examples.

Two images are shown and labeled. The first image shows four gray spheres drawn next to two gray spheres, where the four are circled in red, with a red arrow leading away to the lower left. This drawing is labeled above as “6 minus 4” and below as “2.” The second image shows four gray spheres and four red spheres, drawn one above the other and circled in red, with a red arrow leading away to the lower left, and two gray spheres drawn to the side of the four gray spheres. This drawing is labeled above as “6 plus, open parenthesis, negative 4, close parenthesis” and below as “2.”
6−4gives the same answer as6+(−4).

Of course, when you have a subtraction problem that has only positive numbers, like 6−4, you just do the subtraction. You already knew how to subtract 6−4 long ago. But knowing that 6−4 gives the same answer as 6+(−4) helps when you are subtracting negative numbers. Make sure that you understand how 6−4 and 6+(−4) give the same results!

Simplify: ⓐ 13−8 and 13+(−8) ⓑ −17−9 and −17+(−9).

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating that subtracting a number is equivalent to adding its opposite, showing original subtraction problems and their corresponding addition forms.
ⓐ
Subtract.
13−8 5 13+(−8) 5
ⓑ
Subtract.
−17−9 −26 −17+(−9) −26

Simplify: ⓐ 21−13 and 21+(−13) ⓑ −11−7 and −11+(−7).

Solution

ⓐ 8 ⓑ −18

Simplify: ⓐ 15−7 and 15+(−7) ⓑ −14−8 and −14+(−8).

Solution

ⓐ 8 ⓑ −22

Look at what happens when we subtract a negative.

This figure is divided vertically into two halves. The left part of the figure contains the expression 8 minus negative 5, where negative 5 is in parentheses. The expression sits above a group of 8 blue counters next to a group of five blue counters in a row, with a space between the two groups. Underneath the group of five blue counters is a group of five red counters, which are circled. The circle has an arrow pointing away toward bottom left of the image, symbolizing subtraction. Below the counters is the number 13. The right part of the figure contains the expression 8 plus 5. The expression sits above a group of 8 blue counters next to a group of five blue counters in a row, with a space between the two groups. Underneath the counters is the number 13.
8−(−5)gives the same answer as8+5

Subtracting a negative number is like adding a positive!

You will often see this written as a−(−b)=a+b.

Does that work for other numbers, too? Let’s do the following example and see.

Simplify: ⓐ 9−(−15) and 9+15 ⓑ −7−(−4) and −7+4.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates integer subtraction by converting problems into equivalent addition problems with the same solution.
ⓐ
Subtract.
9−(−15) 24 9+15 24
ⓑ
Subtract.
−7−(−4) −3 −7+4 −3

Simplify: ⓐ 6−(−13) and 6+13 ⓑ −5−(−1) and −5+1.

Solution

ⓐ 19 ⓑ −4

Simplify: ⓐ 4−(−19) and 4+19 ⓑ −4−(−7) and −4+7.

Solution

ⓐ 23 ⓑ 3

Let’s look again at the results of subtracting the different combinations of 5,−5 and 3,−3.

Subtraction of Integers

5−3−5−(−3)2−25positives take away3positives5negatives take away3negatives2positives2negatives

When there would be enough counters of the color to take away, subtract.

−5−35−(−3)−885negatives, want to take away3positives5positives, want to take away3negativesneed neutral pairsneed neutral pairs

When there would be not enough counters of the color to take away, add.

What happens when there are more than three integers? We just use the order of operations as usual.

Simplify: 7−(−4−3)−9.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the mathematical expression 7 - (-4 - 3) - 9.
7−(−4−3)−9
Simplify inside the parentheses first. 7−(−7)−9
Subtract left to right. 14−9
Subtract. 5

Simplify: 8−(−3−1)−9.

Solution

3

Simplify: 12−(−9−6)−14.

Solution

13

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with adding and subtracting integers. You will need to enable Java in your web browser to use the applications.

  • Add Colored Chip
  • Subtract Colored Chip

Key Concepts

  • Addition of Positive and Negative Integers
    5+3−5+(−3)8−8both positive,both negative,sum positivesum negative−5+35+(−3)−22different signs,different signs,more negativesmore positivessum negativesum positive
  • Property of Absolute Value: |n|≥0 for all numbers. Absolute values are always greater than or equal to zero!
  • Subtraction of Integers
    5−3−5−(−3)2−25positives5negativestake away3positivestake away3negatives2 positives2 negatives−5−35−(−3)−885negatives, want to5positives, want tosubtract3positivessubtract3negativesneed neutral pairsneed neutral pairs
  • Subtraction Property: Subtracting a number is the same as adding its opposite.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use Negatives and Opposites of Integers

In the following exercises, order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.


ⓐ 9___4
ⓑ −3___6
ⓒ −8___−2
ⓓ 1___−10

Solution

ⓐ > ⓑ < ⓒ < ⓓ >


ⓐ −7___3
ⓑ −10___−5
ⓒ 2___−6
ⓓ 8___9

In the following exercises, find the opposite of each number.

ⓐ 2 ⓑ −6

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ 6

ⓐ 9ⓑ −4

In the following exercises, simplify.

−(−4)

Solution

4

−(−8)

−(−15)

Solution

15

−(−11)

In the following exercises, evaluate.

−c whenⓐ c=12ⓑ c=−12

Solution

ⓐ −12 ⓑ 12

−d when
ⓐ d=21
ⓑ d=−21

Simplify Expressions with Absolute Value

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ |−32|ⓑ |0|ⓒ |16|

Solution

ⓐ 32 ⓑ 0 ⓒ 16

ⓐ |0|
ⓑ |−40|ⓒ |22|

In the following exercises, fill in <, >, or = for each of the following pairs of numbers.

ⓐ −6___|−6|ⓑ −|−3|___−3

Solution

ⓐ < ⓑ =

ⓐ |−5|___−|−5|ⓑ 9___−|−9|

In the following exercises, simplify.

−(−5)and−|−5|

Solution

5,−5

−|−9|and−(−9)

8|−7|

Solution

56

5|−5|

|15−7|−|14−6|

Solution

0

|17−8|−|13−4|

18−|2(8−3)|

Solution

8

18−|3(8−5)|

In the following exercises, evaluate.


ⓐ −|p|whenp=19
ⓑ −|q|whenq=−33

Solution

ⓐ −19 ⓑ −33


ⓐ −|a|whena=60
ⓑ −|b|whenb=−12

Add Integers

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

−21+(−59)

Solution

−80

−35+(−47)

48+(−16)

Solution

32

34+(−19)

−14+(−12)+4

Solution

−22

−17+(−18)+6

135+(−110)+83

Solution

108

−38+27+(−8)+12

19+2(−3+8)

Solution

29

24+3(−5+9)

Subtract Integers

In the following exercises, simplify.

8−2

Solution

6

−6−(−4)

−5−4

Solution

−9

−7−2

8−(−4)

Solution

12

7−(−3)

ⓐ 44−28ⓑ 44+(−28)

Solution

ⓐ 16 ⓑ 16

ⓐ 35−16ⓑ 35+(−16)

ⓐ 27−(−18)ⓑ 27+18

Solution

ⓐ 45 ⓑ 45

ⓐ 46−(−37)ⓑ 46+37

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

15−(−12)

Solution

27

14−(−11)

48−87

Solution

−39

45−69

−17−42

Solution

−59

−19−46

−103−(−52)

Solution

−51

−105−(−68)

−45−(–54)

Solution

9

−58−(−67)

8−3−7

Solution

−2

9−6−5

−5−4+7

Solution

−2

−3−8+4

−14−(−27)+9

Solution

22

64+(−17)−9

(2−7)−(3−8)

Solution

0

(1−8)−(2−9)

−(6−8)−(2−4)

Solution

4

−(4−5)−(7−8)

25−[10−(3−12)]

Solution

6

32−[5−(15−20)]

6⋅3−4⋅3−7⋅2

Solution

−8

5⋅7−8⋅2−4⋅9

52−62

Solution

−11

62−72

Everyday Math

Elevation The highest elevation in the United States is Mount McKinley, Alaska, at 20,320 feet above sea level. The lowest elevation is Death Valley, California, at 282 feet below sea level.

Use integers to write the elevation of:

ⓐ Mount McKinley. ⓑ Death Valley.

Solution

ⓐ 20,320 feet ⓑ −282 feet

Extreme temperatures The highest recorded temperature on Earth was 57° Celsius. The lowest recorded temperature was 90°below0° Celsius.

Use integers to write the:

  1. ⓐ highest recorded temperature.
  2. ⓑ lowest recorded temperature.

State budgets In June, 2011, the state of Pennsylvania estimated it would have a budget surplus of $540 million. That same month, Texas estimated it would have a budget deficit of $27 billion.

Use integers to write the budget of:

ⓐ Pennsylvania.
ⓑ Texas.

Solution

ⓐ $540 million ⓑ −$27 billion

College enrollments Across the United States, community college enrollment grew by 1,400,000 students from Fall 2007 to Fall 2010. In California, community college enrollment declined by 110,171 students from Fall 2009 to Fall 2010.

Use integers to write the change in enrollment:

  1. ⓐ in the U.S. from Fall 2007 to Fall 2010.
  2. ⓑ in California from Fall 2009 to Fall 2010.

Stock Market The week of September 15, 2008 was one of the most volatile weeks ever for the US stock market. The closing numbers of the Dow Jones Industrial Average each day were:

Monday −504
Tuesday +142
Wednesday −449
Thursday +410
Friday +369

What was the overall change for the week? Was it positive or negative?

Solution

32, negative

Stock Market During the week of June 22, 2009, the closing numbers of the Dow Jones Industrial Average each day were:

Monday −201
Tuesday −16
Wednesday −23
Thursday +172
Friday −34

What was the overall change for the week? Was it positive or negative?

Writing Exercises

Give an example of a negative number from your life experience.

Solution

Answers may vary

What are the three uses of the “−” sign in algebra? Explain how they differ.

Explain why the sum of −8 and 2 is negative, but the sum of 8 and −2 is positive.

Solution

Answers may vary

Give an example from your life experience of adding two negative numbers.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A table is shown with four columns and five rows. The column titles, from left to right, are “I can …”, “Confidently”, “With some help” and “No – I don’t get it!” The first column includes the phrases “use negatives and opposites of integers.”, “Simplify: expressions with absolute value.”, “add integers.” and “subtract integers.”

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

absolute value
The absolute value of a number is its distance from 0 on the number line. The absolute value of a number n is written as |n|.
integers
The whole numbers and their opposites are called the integers: ...−3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3...
opposite
The opposite of a number is the number that is the same distance from zero on the number line but on the opposite side of zero: −a means the opposite of the number. The notation −a is read “the opposite of a.”

Multiply and Divide Integers

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Multiply integers
  • Divide integers
  • Simplify expressions with integers
  • Evaluate variable expressions with integers
  • Translate English phrases to algebraic expressions
  • Use integers in applications

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, Integers.

Multiply Integers

Since multiplication is mathematical shorthand for repeated addition, our model can easily be applied to show multiplication of integers. Let’s look at this concrete model to see what patterns we notice. We will use the same examples that we used for addition and subtraction. Here, we will use the model just to help us discover the pattern.

We remember that a·b means add a, b times.

Two images are shown side-by-side. The image on the left has the equation five times three at the top. Below this it reads “add 5, 3 times.” Below this depicts three rows of blue counters, with five counters in each row. Under this, it says “15 positives.” Under thisis the equation“5 times 3 equals 15.” The image on the right reads “negative 5 times three. The three is in parentheses. Below this it reads, “add negative five, three times.” Under this are fifteen red counters in three rows of five. Below this it reads” “15 negatives”. Below this is the equation negative five times 3 equals negative 15.”

The next two examples are more interesting.

What does it mean to multiply 5 by −3? It means subtract 5, 3 times. Looking at subtraction as “taking away,” it means to take away 5, 3 times. But there is nothing to take away, so we start by adding neutral pairs on the workspace. Then we take away 5 three times.

This figure has two columns. In the top row, the left column contains the expression 5 times negative 3. This means take away 5, three times. Below this, there are three groups of five red negative counters, and below each group of red counters is an identical group of five blue positive counters. What are left are fifteen negatives, represented by 15 red counters. Underneath the counters is the equation 5 times negative 3 equals negative 15. In the top row, the right column contains the expression negative 5 times negative 3. This means take away negative 5, three times. Below this, there are three groups of five blue positive counters, and below each group of blue counters is an identical group of five red negative counters. What are left are fifteen positives, represented by 15 blue counters. Underneath the blue counters is the equation negative 5 times negative 3 equals 15.

In summary:

5·3=15−5(3)=−155(−3)=−15(−5)(−3)=15

Notice that for multiplication of two signed numbers, when the:

  • signs are the same, the product is positive.
  • signs are different, the product is negative.

We’ll put this all together in the chart below.

Multiplication of Signed Numbers

For multiplication of two signed numbers:

Same signs Product Example
Two positives
Two negatives
Positive
Positive
7·4=28−8(−6)=48
Different signs Product Example
Positive · negative
Negative · positive
Negative
Negative
7(−9)=−63−5·10=−50

Multiply: ⓐ −9·3 ⓑ −2(−5) ⓒ 4(−8) ⓓ 7·6.

Solution

Solution

Examples of integer multiplication, illustrating how the signs of numbers determine the product's sign.
ⓐ
Multiply, noting that the signs are different so the product is negative.
−9·3 −27
ⓑ
Multiply, noting that the signs are the same so the product is positive.
−2(−5) 10
ⓒ
Multiply, with different signs.
4(−8) −32
ⓓ
Multiply, with same signs.
7·6 42

Multiply: ⓐ −6·8 ⓑ −4(−7) ⓒ 9(−7) ⓓ 5·12.

Solution

ⓐ −48 ⓑ 28 ⓒ −63 ⓓ 60

Multiply: ⓐ −8·7 ⓑ −6(−9) ⓒ 7(−4) ⓓ 3·13.

Solution

ⓐ −56 ⓑ 54 ⓒ −28 ⓓ 39

When we multiply a number by 1, the result is the same number. What happens when we multiply a number by −1? Let’s multiply a positive number and then a negative number by −1 to see what we get.

−1·4−1(−3)Multiply.−43−4is the opposite of4.3is the opposite of−3.

Each time we multiply a number by −1, we get its opposite!

Multiplication by −1

−1a=−a

Multiplying a number by −1 gives its opposite.

Multiply: ⓐ −1·7 ⓑ −1(−11).

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating multiplication by -1, showing how the product's sign is determined and always results in the opposite value of the original number.
ⓐ
Multiply, noting that the signs are different so the product is negative.
−1·7 −7 −7is the opposite of7.
ⓑ
Multiply, noting that the signs are the same so the product is positive.
−1(−11) 11 11is the opposite of−11.

Multiply: ⓐ −1·9 ⓑ −1·(−17).

Solution

ⓐ −9 ⓑ 17

Multiply: ⓐ −1·8 ⓑ −1·(−16).

Solution

ⓐ −8 ⓑ 16

Divide Integers

What about division? Division is the inverse operation of multiplication. So, 15÷3=5 because 5·3=15. In words, this expression says that 15 can be divided into three groups of five each because adding five three times gives 15. Look at some examples of multiplying integers, to figure out the rules for dividing integers.

5·3=15so15÷3=5−5(3)=−15so−15÷3=−5(−5)(−3)=15so15÷(−3)=−55(−3)=−15so−15÷(−3)=5

Division follows the same rules as multiplication!

For division of two signed numbers, when the:

  • signs are the same, the quotient is positive.
  • signs are different, the quotient is negative.

And remember that we can always check the answer of a division problem by multiplying.

Multiplication and Division of Signed Numbers

For multiplication and division of two signed numbers:

  • If the signs are the same, the result is positive.
  • If the signs are different, the result is negative.
Same signs Result
Two positives
Two negatives
Positive
Positive
If the signs are the same, the result is positive.
Different signs Result
Positive and negative
Negative and positive
Negative
Negative
If the signs are different, the result is negative.

Divide: ⓐ −27÷3 ⓑ −100÷(−4).

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating division rules for integers with different and same signs.
ⓐ
Divide. With different signs, the quotient is negative.
−27÷3 −9
ⓑ
Divide. With signs that are the same, the quotient is positive.
−100÷(−4) 25

Divide: ⓐ −42÷6 ⓑ −117÷(−3).

Solution

ⓐ −7 ⓑ 39

Divide: ⓐ −63÷7 ⓑ −115÷(−5).

Solution

ⓐ −9 ⓑ 23

Simplify Expressions with Integers

What happens when there are more than two numbers in an expression? The order of operations still applies when negatives are included. Remember My Dear Aunt Sally?

Let’s try some examples. We’ll simplify expressions that use all four operations with integers—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. Remember to follow the order of operations.

Simplify: 7(−2)+4(−7)−6.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of the mathematical expression 7(-2) + 4(-7) - 6, showing the progression of operations.
7(−2)+4(−7)−6
Multiply first. −14+(−28)−6
Add. −42−6
Subtract. −48

Simplify: 8(−3)+5(−7)−4.

Solution

−63

Simplify: 9(−3)+7(−8)−1.

Solution

−84

Simplify: ⓐ (−2)4 ⓑ −24.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of exponential expressions, differentiating between a negative base raised to a power and the negative of a positive base.
ⓐ
Write in expanded form.
Multiply.
Multiply.
Multiply.
(−2)4 (−2)(−2)(−2)(−2) 4(−2)(−2) −8(−2) 16
ⓑ
Write in expanded form. We are asked to find the opposite of24.
Multiply.
Multiply.
Multiply.
−24 −(2·2·2·2) −(4·2·2) −(8·2) -16

Notice the difference in parts ⓐ and ⓑ. In part ⓐ , the exponent means to raise what is in the parentheses, the (−2) to the 4th power. In part ⓑ , the exponent means to raise just the 2 to the 4th power and then take the opposite.

Simplify: ⓐ (−3)4 ⓑ −34.

Solution

ⓐ 81 ⓑ −81

Simplify: ⓐ (−7)2 ⓑ −72.

Solution

ⓐ 49 ⓑ −49

The next example reminds us to simplify inside parentheses first.

Simplify: 12−3(9−12).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of a mathematical expression.
12−3(9−12)
Subtract in parentheses first. 12−3(−3)
Multiply. 12−(−9)
Subtract. 21

Simplify: 17−4(8−11).

Solution

29

Simplify: 16−6(7−13).

Solution

52

Simplify: 8(−9)÷(−2)3.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates the step-by-step evaluation of the mathematical expression 8(-9) ÷ (-2)^3, illustrating the order of operations.
8(−9)÷(−2)3
Exponents first. 8(−9)÷(−8)
Multiply. −72÷(−8)
Divide. 9

Simplify: 12(−9)÷(−3)3.

Solution

4

Simplify: 18(−4)÷(−2)3.

Solution

9

Simplify: −30÷2+(−3)(−7).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of a mathematical expression, illustrating the application of the order of operations to reach the final numerical result.
−30÷2+(−3)(−7)
Multiply and divide left to right, so divide first. −15+(−3)(−7)
Multiply. −15+21
Add. 6

Simplify: −27÷3+(−5)(−6).

Solution

21

Simplify: −32÷4+(−2)(−7).

Solution

6

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Integers

Remember that to evaluate an expression means to substitute a number for the variable in the expression. Now we can use negative numbers as well as positive numbers.

When n=−5, evaluate: ⓐ n+1 ⓑ −n+1.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The mathematical expression 'n+1' is displayed, showing the variable 'n' incremented by one. This notation is commonly used in mathematics and computer science to represent the next integer or the successor of 'n'.
Substitute -5 for n. A mathematical expression showing '-5 + 1' with the negative sign and the number 5 in red, and the plus sign and the number 1 in black.
Simplify. −4
ⓑ
A mathematical expression reads '-n+1' displayed on a white background.
The image displays mathematical instructions, reading 'Substitute -5 for n.' The text is rendered in a black sans-serif font against a white background, with the number '-5' highlighted in red. A mathematical expression showing -(-5)+1.
Simplify. The mathematical expression '5+1' is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
Add. 6

When n=−8, evaluate ⓐ n+2 ⓑ −n+2.

Solution

ⓐ −6 ⓑ 10

When y=−9, evaluate ⓐ y+8 ⓑ −y+8.

Solution

ⓐ −1 ⓑ 17

Evaluate (x+y)2 when x=−18 and y=24.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression displays a binomial (x + y) enclosed in parentheses, raised to the power of 2, signifying (x+y) squared.
The image shows the text 'Substitute -18 for x and 24 for y.', with '-18' in red and '24' in light blue, suggesting specific values for variables in an algebraic context. The image shows the mathematical expression '(-18 + 24)^2', with the number -18 in red, 24 in light blue, and the rest of the equation in black.
Add inside parenthesis. (6)2
Simplify. 36

Evaluate (x+y)2 when x=−15 and y=29.

Solution

196

Evaluate (x+y)3 when x=−8 and y=10.

Solution

8

Evaluate 20−z when ⓐ z=12 and ⓑ z=−12.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The image displays a mathematical expression '20-z' in a bold, sans-serif font against a plain white background, representing twenty minus z.
The text The image displays the numbers '20 - 12' with '20' in grey and '- 12' in red.
Subtract. 8


ⓑ
The image displays the text '2Q-Z' in a dark gray font against a plain white background.
The text 'Substitute -12 for z.' is displayed, with the number '-12' highlighted in a reddish-orange color, suggesting an instruction for a mathematical or variable substitution task. A mathematical expression '20 - (-12)' is shown, with the number -12 highlighted in red, indicating a subtraction of a negative number. This operation is equivalent to 20 + 12.
Subtract. 32

Evaluate: 17−k when ⓐ k=19 and ⓑ k=−19.

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ 36

Evaluate: −5−b when ⓐ b=14 and ⓑ b=−14.

Solution

ⓐ −19 ⓑ 9

Evaluate: 2x2+3x+8 when x=4.

Solution

Solution

Substitute 4forx. Use parentheses to show multiplication.
The mathematical expression 2x^2 + 3x + 8.
Substitute. A mathematical expression reads 2(4) squared + 3(4) + 8, with the number 4 highlighted in red each time it appears within the parentheses.
Evaluate exponents. A mathematical expression showing the sum of products: 2 multiplied by 16, plus 3 multiplied by 4, plus 8. The expression is written as 2(16) + 3(4) + 8.
Multiply. A mathematical expression showing the sum of three numbers: 32, 12, and 8, written as 32 + 12 + 8.
Add. 52

Evaluate: 3x2−2x+6 when x=−3.

Solution

39

Evaluate: 4x2−x−5 when x=−2.

Solution

13

Translate Phrases to Expressions with Integers

Our earlier work translating English to algebra also applies to phrases that include both positive and negative numbers.

Translate and simplify: the sum of 8 and −12, increased by 3.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step translation and solution of a mathematical word problem involving sums and integers.
the sum of 8 and −12, increased by 3.
Translate. [8+(−12)]+3
Simplify. Be careful not to confuse the brackets with an absolute value sign. (−4)+3
Add. −1

Translate and simplify the sum of 9 and −16, increased by 4.

Solution

(9+(−16))+4;−3

Translate and simplify the sum of −8 and −12, increased by 7.

Solution

(−8+(−12))+7;−13

When we first introduced the operation symbols, we saw that the expression may be read in several ways. They are listed in the chart below.

a−b
a minus b
the difference of a and b
b subtracted from a
b less than a

Be careful to get a and b in the right order!

Translate and then simplify ⓐ the difference of 13 and −21 ⓑ subtract 24 from −19.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates translating verbal math problems involving integers into expressions and finding their solutions.
ⓐ
Translate.
Simplify.
thedifferenceof13and−21 13−(−21) 34
ⓑ
Translate. Remember, "subtract b from a means a−b.
Simplify.
subtract24from−19 −19−24 −43

Translate and simplify ⓐ the difference of 14 and −23 ⓑ subtract 21 from −17.

Solution

ⓐ 14−(−23);37 ⓑ −17−21;−38

Translate and simplify ⓐ the difference of 11 and −19 ⓑ subtract 18 from −11.

Solution

ⓐ 11−(−19);30 ⓑ −11−18;−29

Once again, our prior work translating English to algebra transfers to phrases that include both multiplying and dividing integers. Remember that the key word for multiplication is “product” and for division is “quotient.”

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the product of −2 and 14.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates translation and simplification of a mathematical product from text to numerical result.
the productof−2and14
Translate. (−2)(14)
Simplify. −28

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the product of −5 and 12.

Solution

−5(12);−60

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the product of 8 and −13.

Solution

8(−13);−104

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the quotient of −56 and −7.

Solution

Solution

Steps to translate a verbal phrase into a mathematical expression and simplify the quotient of two negative integers.
the quotientof−56and−7
Translate. −56÷(−7)
Simplify. 8

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the quotient of −63 and −9.

Solution

−63÷(−9);7

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible: the quotient of −72 and −9.

Solution

−72÷(−9);8

Use Integers in Applications

We’ll outline a plan to solve applications. It’s hard to find something if we don’t know what we’re looking for or what to call it! So when we solve an application, we first need to determine what the problem is asking us to find. Then we’ll write a phrase that gives the information to find it. We’ll translate the phrase into an expression and then simplify the expression to get the answer. Finally, we summarize the answer in a sentence to make sure it makes sense.

How to Apply a Strategy to Solve Applications with Integers

In the morning, the temperature in Urbana, Illinois was 11 degrees. By mid-afternoon, the temperature had dropped to −9 degrees. What was the difference of the morning and afternoon temperatures?

Solution

Solution

This is a table with two columns. The left column includes steps to solve the problem. The right column includes the math to solve the problem. In the first row, the left column says “Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.” The right column is blank. In the second row, the left column says “Step 2. Identify what we are asked to find”. The right column says, “the difference of the morning  and afternoon temperatures.” In the third row, the left column says, “Step 3. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it.” Next to this in the right column, it says “the difference of 11 and negative 9.” In the fourth row, the left column says, “Step 4. Translate the phrase to an expression.” The right column contains 11 minus negative 9. In the fifth row, the left column says, “Step 5. Simplify the expression.” The right column contains 20. The final row says, “Step five. Write a complete sentence that answers the question.” Next to this in the right column, it says “the difference in temperatures was 20 degrees.”

In the morning, the temperature in Anchorage, Alaska was 15 degrees. By mid-afternoon the temperature had dropped to 30 degrees below zero. What was the difference in the morning and afternoon temperatures?

Solution

The difference in temperatures was 45 degrees.

The temperature in Denver was −6 degrees at lunchtime. By sunset the temperature had dropped to −15 degrees. What was the difference in the lunchtime and sunset temperatures?

Solution

The difference in temperatures was 9 degrees.

Apply a Strategy to Solve Applications with Integers.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood
  2. Identify what we are asked to find.
  3. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it.
  4. Translate the phrase to an expression.
  5. Simplify the expression.
  6. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

The Mustangs football team received three penalties in the third quarter. Each penalty gave them a loss of fifteen yards. What is the number of yards lost?

Solution

Solution

Steps for solving a word problem involving a 15-yard penalty, leading to a total loss of 45 yards.
Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
Step 2. Identify what we are asked to find. the number of yards lost
Step 3. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it. three times a 15-yard penalty
Step 4. Translate the phrase to an expression. 3(−15)
Step 5. Simplify the expression. −45
Step 6. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The team lost 45 yards.

The Bears played poorly and had seven penalties in the game. Each penalty resulted in a loss of 15 yards. What is the number of yards lost due to penalties?

Solution

The Bears lost 105 yards.

Bill uses the ATM on campus because it is convenient. However, each time he uses it he is charged a $2 fee. Last month he used the ATM eight times. How much was his total fee for using the ATM?

Solution

A $16 fee was deducted from his checking account.

Key Concepts

  • Multiplication and Division of Two Signed Numbers
    • Same signs—Product is positive
    • Different signs—Product is negative
  • Strategy for Applications
    1. Identify what you are asked to find.
    2. Write a phrase that gives the information to find it.
    3. Translate the phrase to an expression.
    4. Simplify the expression.
    5. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Practice Makes Perfect

Multiply Integers

In the following exercises, multiply.

−4·8

Solution

−32

−3·9

9(−7)

Solution

−63

13(−5)

−1⋅6

Solution

−6

−1⋅3

−1(−14)

Solution

14

−1(−19)

Divide Integers

In the following exercises, divide.

−24÷6

Solution

−4

35÷(−7)

−52÷(−4)

Solution

13

−84÷(−6)

−180÷15

Solution

−12

−192÷12

Simplify Expressions with Integers

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

5(−6)+7(−2)−3

Solution

−47

8(−4)+5(−4)−6

(−2)6

Solution

64

(−3)5

−42

Solution

−16

−62

−3(−5)(6)

Solution

90

−4(−6)(3)

(8−11)(9−12)

Solution

9

(6−11)(8−13)

26−3(2−7)

Solution

41

23−2(4−6)

65÷(−5)+(−28)÷(−7)

Solution

−9

52÷(−4)+(−32)÷(−8)

9−2[3−8(−2)]

Solution

−29

11−3[7−4(−2)]

(−3)2−24÷(8−2)

Solution

5

(−4)2−32÷(12−4)

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Integers

In the following exercises, evaluate each expression.

y+(−14) when ⓐ y=−33 ⓑ y=30

Solution

ⓐ −47 ⓑ 16

x+(−21) whenⓐ x=−27ⓑ x=44

  1. ⓐ a+3 when a=−7
  2. ⓑ −a+3 when a=−7
Solution

ⓐ −4 ⓑ 10

  1. ⓐ d+(−9) when d=−8
  2. ⓑ −d+(−9) when d=−8

m+n when
m=−15,n=7

Solution

−8

p+q when
p=−9,q=17

r+s when r=−9,s=−7

Solution

−16

t+u when t=−6,u=−5

(x+y)2 when
x=−3,y=14

Solution

121

(y+z)2 when
y=−3,z=15

−2x+17 when

  1. ⓐ x=8
  2. ⓑ x=−8
Solution
  1. ⓐ 1
  2. ⓑ 33

−5y+14 when
ⓐ y=9
ⓑ y=−9

10−3m when
ⓐ m=5
ⓑ m=−5

Solution

ⓐ −5 ⓑ 25

18−4n when
ⓐ n=3
ⓑ n=−3

2w2−3w+7 when
w=−2

Solution

21

3u2−4u+5 when u=−3

9a−2b−8 when
a=−6andb=−3

Solution

−56

7m−4n−2 when
m=−4andn=−9

Translate English Phrases to Algebraic Expressions

In the following exercises, translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible.

the sum of 3 and −15, increased by 7

Solution

(3+(−15))+7;−5

the sum of −8 and −9, increased by 23

the difference of 10 and −18

Solution

10−(−18);28

subtract 11 from −25

the difference of −5 and −30

Solution

−5−(−30);25

subtract −6 from −13

the product of −3 and 15

Solution

−3·15;−45

the product of −4 and 16

the quotient of −60 and −20

Solution

−60÷(−20);3

the quotient of −40 and −20

the quotient of −6 and the sum of a and b

Solution

−6a+b

the quotient of −7 and the sum of m and n

the product of −10 and the difference of pandq

Solution

−10(p−q)

the product of −13 and the difference of candd

Use Integers in Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Temperature On January 15, the high temperature in Anaheim, California, was 84°. That same day, the high temperature in Embarrass, Minnesota was −12°. What was the difference between the temperature in Anaheim and the temperature in Embarrass?

Solution

96°

Temperature On January 21, the high temperature in Palm Springs, California, was 89°, and the high temperature in Whitefield, New Hampshire was −31°. What was the difference between the temperature in Palm Springs and the temperature in Whitefield?

Football On the first down, the Chargers had the ball on their 25-yard line. They lost 6 yards on the first-down play, gained 10 yards on the second-down play, and lost 8 yards on the third-down play. What was the yard line at the end of the third-down play?

Solution

21

Football On first down, the Steelers had the ball on their 30-yard line. They gained 9 yards on the first-down play, lost 14 yards on the second-down play, and lost 2 yards on the third-down play. What was the yard line at the end of the third-down play?

Checking Account Mayra has $124 in her checking account. She writes a check for $152. What is the new balance in her checking account?

Solution

−$28

Checking Account Selina has $165 in her checking account. She writes a check for $207. What is the new balance in her checking account?

Checking Account Diontre has a balance of −$38 in his checking account. He deposits $225 to the account. What is the new balance?

Solution

$187

Checking Account Reymonte has a balance of −$49 in his checking account. He deposits $281 to the account. What is the new balance?

Everyday Math

Stock market Javier owns 300 shares of stock in one company. On Tuesday, the stock price dropped $12 per share. What was the total effect on Javier’s portfolio?

Solution

−$3600

Weight loss In the first week of a diet program, eight women lost an average of 3 pounds each. What was the total weight change for the eight women?

Writing Exercises

In your own words, state the rules for multiplying integers.

Solution

Answers may vary

In your own words, state the rules for dividing integers.

Why is −24≠(−2)4?

Solution

Answers may vary

Why is −43=(−4)3?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A table is shown that is composed of four columns and seven rows. The titles of the columns are “I can …”, “Confidently”, “With some help” and “No – I don’t get it!”. The first column reads “multiple integers.”, “divide integers.”, “simplify expressions with integers.”, “evaluate variable expressions with integers.”, “translate English phrases to algebraic expressions.” and “use integers in applications.”

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

Visualize Fractions

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Find equivalent fractions
  • Simplify fractions
  • Multiply fractions
  • Divide fractions
  • Simplify expressions written with a fraction bar
  • Translate phrases to expressions with fractions

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, Fractions.

Find Equivalent Fractions

Fractions are a way to represent parts of a whole. The fraction 13 means that one whole has been divided into 3 equal parts and each part is one of the three equal parts. See Figure 1. The fraction 23 represents two of three equal parts. In the fraction 23, the 2 is called the numerator and the 3 is called the denominator.

Two circles are shown, each divided into three equal pieces by lines. The left hand circle is labeled “one third” in each section. Each section is shaded. The circle on the right is shaded in two of its three sections.
The circle on the left has been divided into 3 equal parts. Each part is 13 of the 3 equal parts. In the circle on the right, 23 of the circle is shaded (2 of the 3 equal parts).
Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Model Fractions” will help you develop a better understanding of fractions, their numerators and denominators.

Fraction

A fraction is written ab, where b≠0 and

  • a is the numerator and b is the denominator.

A fraction represents parts of a whole. The denominator b is the number of equal parts the whole has been divided into, and the numerator a indicates how many parts are included.

If a whole pie has been cut into 6 pieces and we eat all 6 pieces, we ate 66 pieces, or, in other words, one whole pie.

A circle is shown and is divided into six section. All sections are shaded.

So 66=1. This leads us to the property of one that tells us that any number, except zero, divided by itself is 1.

Property of One

aa=1(a≠0)

Any number, except zero, divided by itself is one.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Fractions Equivalent to One” will help you develop a better understanding of fractions that are equivalent to one.

If a pie was cut in 6 pieces and we ate all 6, we ate 66 pieces, or, in other words, one whole pie. If the pie was cut into 8 pieces and we ate all 8, we ate 88 pieces, or one whole pie. We ate the same amount—one whole pie.

The fractions 66 and 88 have the same value, 1, and so they are called equivalent fractions. Equivalent fractions are fractions that have the same value.

Let’s think of pizzas this time. Figure 2 shows two images: a single pizza on the left, cut into two equal pieces, and a second pizza of the same size, cut into eight pieces on the right. This is a way to show that 12 is equivalent to 48. In other words, they are equivalent fractions.

A circle is shown that is divided into eight equal wedges by lines. The left side of the circle is a pizza with four sections making up the pizza slices. The right side has four shaded sections. Below the diagram is the fraction four eighths.
Since the same amount is of each pizza is shaded, we see that 12 is equivalent to 48. They are equivalent fractions.

Equivalent Fractions

Equivalent fractions are fractions that have the same value.

How can we use mathematics to change 12 into 48? How could we take a pizza that is cut into 2 pieces and cut it into 8 pieces? We could cut each of the 2 larger pieces into 4 smaller pieces! The whole pizza would then be cut into 8 pieces instead of just 2. Mathematically, what we’ve described could be written like this as 1·42·4=48. See Figure 3.

A circle is shown and is divided in half by a vertical black line. It is further divided into eighths by the addition of dotted red lines.
Cutting each half of the pizza into 4 pieces, gives us pizza cut into 8 pieces: 1·42·4=48.

This model leads to the following property:

Equivalent Fractions Property

If a,b,c are numbers where b≠0,c≠0, then

ab=a·cb·c

If we had cut the pizza differently, we could get

An image shows three rows of fractions. In the first row are the fractions “1, times 2, divided by 2, times 2, equals two fourths”. Next to this is the word “so” and the fraction “one half, equals two fourths. The second row reads “1, times 3, divided by 2 times 3, equals three sixths”. Next to this is the word “so” and the fraction “one half equals, three sixths”. The third row reads “1 times 10, divided by 2 times 10, ten twentieths”. Next to this is the word “so” and the fraction “one half equals, ten twentieths”.

So, we say 12,24,36,and1020 are equivalent fractions.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Equivalent Fractions” will help you develop a better understanding of what it means when two fractions are equivalent.

Find three fractions equivalent to 25.

Solution

Solution

To find a fraction equivalent to 25, we multiply the numerator and denominator by the same number. We can choose any number, except for zero. Let’s multiply them by 2, 3, and then 5.
A row of fractions reads “2 times 2, divided by 5 times 2, equals four tenths”. Next to this is “2, times 3, divided by 5 times 3, equals six fifteenths”. Next to this is “2 times 5, divided by 5 times 5, equals ten twenty-fifths”.
So, 410,615,and1025 are equivalent to 25.

Find three fractions equivalent to 35.

Solution

610,915,1220; answers may vary

Find three fractions equivalent to 45.

Solution

810,1215,1620; answers may vary

Simplify Fractions

A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors, other than 1, in its numerator and denominator.

For example,

  • 23 is simplified because there are no common factors of 2 and 3.
  • 1015 is not simplified because 5 is a common factor of 10 and 15.

Simplified Fraction

A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors in its numerator and denominator.

The phrase reduce a fraction means to simplify the fraction. We simplify, or reduce, a fraction by removing the common factors of the numerator and denominator. A fraction is not simplified until all common factors have been removed. If an expression has fractions, it is not completely simplified until the fractions are simplified.

In Example 1, we used the equivalent fractions property to find equivalent fractions. Now we’ll use the equivalent fractions property in reverse to simplify fractions. We can rewrite the property to show both forms together.

Equivalent Fractions Property

If a,b,c are numbers where b≠0,c≠0,

thenab=a·cb·canda·cb·c=ab

Simplify: −3256.

Solution

Solution

−3256
Rewrite the numerator and denominator showing the common factors. A mathematical fraction displaying negative (4 multiplied by 8) over (7 multiplied by 8), with the common factor '8' highlighted in red in both numerator and denominator.
Simplify using the equivalent fractions property. −47

Notice that the fraction −47 is simplified because there are no more common factors.

Simplify: −4254.

Solution

−79

Simplify: −4581.

Solution

−59

Sometimes it may not be easy to find common factors of the numerator and denominator. When this happens, a good idea is to factor the numerator and the denominator into prime numbers. Then divide out the common factors using the equivalent fractions property.

How to Simplify a Fraction

Simplify: −210385.

Solution

Solution

A table is shown with three columns and three rows. The first row of the left column reads “Step 1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors. If needed, use a factor tree”. Next to this in the middle column, it reads “rewrite 210 and 285 as the product of the primes. Next to this in the right column, it reads “negative 210 divided by 385.” Under this, is the equation “two times three times five times seven.” The five and 7 are blue and red respectively. The next row down reads “Step 2. Simplify using the equivalent fractions property by dividing out common factors.” Next to this in the middle column, it reads, “Mark the common factors 5 and 7.” Next to this in the right column, it has the equation 2 times, three times five, times seven over 5 times seven times 11. Both the 5 and the 7 are crossed out as common factors. Under this is the equation “negative two times 3 divided by 11.” The next row reads, “Step 3. Multiply the remaining factors, if necessary.” Next to this in the right column is negative six elevenths.

Simplify: −69120.

Solution

−2340

Simplify: −120192.

Solution

−58

We now summarize the steps you should follow to simplify fractions.

Simplify a Fraction.

  1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors.
    If needed, factor the numerator and denominator into prime numbers first.
  2. Simplify using the equivalent fractions property by dividing out common factors.
  3. Multiply any remaining factors, if needed.

Simplify: 5x5y.

Solution

Solution

5x5y
Rewrite showing the common factors, then divide out the common factors. The image illustrates the simplification of the fraction 5x/5y. It shows how to rewrite the expression to identify common factors (5), divide them out, and then simplify to x/y.
Simplify. xy

Simplify: 7x7y.

Solution

xy

Simplify: 3a3b.

Solution

ab

Multiply Fractions

Many people find multiplying and dividing fractions easier than adding and subtracting fractions. So we will start with fraction multiplication.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Model Fraction Multiplication” will help you develop a better understanding of multiplying fractions.

We’ll use a model to show you how to multiply two fractions and to help you remember the procedure. Let’s start with 34.

A rectangle made up of four squares in a row. The first three squares are shaded.

Now we’ll take 12 of 34.

A rectangle made up of four squares in a row. The first three squares are shaded. The bottom halves of the first three squares are shaded darker with diagonal lines.

Notice that now, the whole is divided into 8 equal parts. So 12·34=38.

To multiply fractions, we multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.

Fraction Multiplication

If a,b,candd are numbers where b≠0andd≠0, then

ab·cd=acbd

To multiply fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.

When multiplying fractions, the properties of positive and negative numbers still apply, of course. It is a good idea to determine the sign of the product as the first step. In Example 5, we will multiply negative and a positive, so the product will be negative.

Multiply: −1112·57.

Solution

Solution

The first step is to find the sign of the product. Since the signs are the different, the product is negative.

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of multiplying two fractions, showing each mathematical operation and the resulting expression.
−1112·57
Determine the sign of the product; multiply. −11·512·7
Are there any common factors in the numerator and the demoninator? No. −5584

Multiply: −1028·815.

Solution

−421

Multiply: −920·512.

Solution

−316

When multiplying a fraction by an integer, it may be helpful to write the integer as a fraction. Any integer, a, can be written as a1. So, for example, 3=31.

Multiply: −125(−20x).

Solution

Solution

Determine the sign of the product. The signs are the same, so the product is positive.

−125(−20x)
Write 20x as a fraction. 125(20x1)
Multiply.
Rewrite 20 to show the common factor 5 and divide it out. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (12 * 4 * 5x) divided by (5 * 1), with the '5' in the numerator and denominator canceled out.
Simplify. 48x

Multiply: 113(−9a).

Solution

−33a

Multiply: 137(−14b).

Solution

−26b

Divide Fractions

Now that we know how to multiply fractions, we are almost ready to divide. Before we can do that, we need some vocabulary.

The reciprocal of a fraction is found by inverting the fraction, placing the numerator in the denominator and the denominator in the numerator. The reciprocal of 23 is 32.

Notice that 23·32=1. A number and its reciprocal multiply to 1.

To get a product of positive 1 when multiplying two numbers, the numbers must have the same sign. So reciprocals must have the same sign.

The reciprocal of −107 is −710, since −107(−710)=1.

Reciprocal

The reciprocal of ab is ba.

A number and its reciprocal multiply to one ab·ba=1.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Model Fraction Division” will help you develop a better understanding of dividing fractions.

To divide fractions, we multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.

Fraction Division

If a,b,candd are numbers where b≠0,c≠0andd≠0, then

ab÷cd=ab·dc

To divide fractions, we multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.

We need to say b≠0,c≠0andd≠0 to be sure we don’t divide by zero!

Divide: −23÷n5.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide on dividing a numerical fraction by an algebraic fraction using the reciprocal method.
−23÷n5
To divide, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. −23·5n
Multiply. −103n

Divide: −35÷p7.

Solution

−215p

Divide: −58÷q3.

Solution

−158q

Find the quotient: −718÷(−1427).

Solution

Solution

−718÷(−1427)
To divide, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. −718⋅−2714
Determine the sign of the product, and then multiply.. 7⋅2718⋅14
Rewrite showing common factors. A mathematical fraction is shown where common factors (7 and 9) in the numerator (7*9*3) and denominator (9*2*7*2) are crossed out, indicating cancellation to simplify the expression. The remaining terms are 3 in the numerator and 2*2 in the denominator.
Remove common factors. 32⋅2
Simplify. 34

Find the quotient: −727÷(−3536).

Solution

415

Find the quotient: −514÷(−1528).

Solution

23

There are several ways to remember which steps to take to multiply or divide fractions. One way is to repeat the call outs to yourself. If you do this each time you do an exercise, you will have the steps memorized.

  • “To multiply fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.”
  • “To divide fractions, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.”

Another way is to keep two examples in mind:

This is an image with two columns. The first column reads “One fourth of two pizzas is one half of a pizza. Below this are two pizzas side-by-side with a line down the center of each one representing one half. The halves are labeled “one half”. Under this is the equation “2 times 1 fourth”. Under this is another equation “two over 1 times 1 fourth.” Under this is the fraction two fourths and under this is the fraction one half. The next column reads “there are eight quarters in two dollars.” Under this are eight quarters in two rows of four. Under this is the fraction equation 2 divided by one fourth. Under this is the equation “two over one divided by one fourth.” Under this is two over one times four over one. Under this is the answer “8”.

The numerators or denominators of some fractions contain fractions themselves. A fraction in which the numerator or the denominator is a fraction is called a complex fraction.

Complex Fraction

A complex fraction is a fraction in which the numerator or the denominator contains a fraction.

Some examples of complex fractions are:

6733458x256

To simplify a complex fraction, we remember that the fraction bar means division. For example, the complex fraction 3458 means 34÷58.

Simplify: 3458.

Solution

Solution

3458
Rewrite as division. 34÷58
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. 34⋅85
Multiply. 3⋅84⋅5
Look for common factors. An example of fraction simplification, where the common factor '4' is canceled from both the numerator and denominator of (3*4*2)/(4*5).
Divide out common factors and simplify. 65

Simplify: 2356.

Solution

45

Simplify: 37611.

Solution

1114

Simplify: x2xy6.

Solution

Solution

x2xy6
Rewrite as division. x2÷xy6
Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second. x2⋅6xy
Multiply. x⋅62⋅xy
Look for common factors. Simplifying a fraction by canceling out common variables 'x' and 'z' from the numerator and denominator, resulting in 3 over y.
Divide out common factors and simplify. 3y

Simplify: a8ab6.

Solution

34b

Simplify: p2pq8.

Solution

4q

Simplify Expressions with a Fraction Bar

The line that separates the numerator from the denominator in a fraction is called a fraction bar. A fraction bar acts as grouping symbol. The order of operations then tells us to simplify the numerator and then the denominator. Then we divide.

To simplify the expression 5−37+1, we first simplify the numerator and the denominator separately. Then we divide.

5−37+1
28
14

Simplify an Expression with a Fraction Bar.

  1. Simplify the expression in the numerator. Simplify the expression in the denominator.
  2. Simplify the fraction.

Simplify: 4−2(3)22+2.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a mathematical expression using the order of operations.
4−2(3)22+2
Use the order of operations to simpliy the numerator and the denominator. 4−64+2
Simplify the numerator and the denominator. −26
Simplify. A negative divided by a positive is negative. −13

Simplify: 6−3(5)32+3.

Solution

−34

Simplify: 4−4(6)32+3.

Solution

−53

Where does the negative sign go in a fraction? Usually the negative sign is in front of the fraction, but you will sometimes see a fraction with a negative numerator, or sometimes with a negative denominator. Remember that fractions represent division. When the numerator and denominator have different signs, the quotient is negative.

−13=−13negativepositive=negative1−3=−13positivenegative=negative

Placement of Negative Sign in a Fraction

For any positive numbers a and b,

−ab=a−b=−ab

Simplify: 4(−3)+6(−2)−3(2)−2.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of a complex rational expression involving integer arithmetic.
4(−3)+6(−2)−3(2)−2
Multiply. −12+(−12)−6−2
Simplify. −24−8
Divide. 3

Simplify: 8(−2)+4(−3)−5(2)+3.

Solution

4

Simplify: 7(−1)+9(−3)−5(3)−2.

Solution

2

Translate Phrases to Expressions with Fractions

Now that we have done some work with fractions, we are ready to translate phrases that would result in expressions with fractions.

The English words quotient and ratio are often used to describe fractions. Remember that “quotient” means division. The quotient of a and b is the result we get from dividing a by b, or ab.

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of the difference of m and n, and p.

Solution

Solution

We are looking for the quotient of the difference of m and n, and p. This means we want to divide the difference of mandnbyp.

m−np

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of the difference of a and b, and cd.

Solution

a−bcd

Translate the English phrase into an algebraic expression: the quotient of the sum of p and q, and r

Solution

p+qr

Key Concepts

  • Equivalent Fractions Property: If a,b,c are numbers where b≠0,c≠0, then
    ab=a·cb·c and a·cb·c=ab.
  • Fraction Division: If a,b,candd are numbers where b≠0,c≠0,andd≠0, then ab÷cd=ab·dc. To divide fractions, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.
  • Fraction Multiplication: If a,b,candd are numbers where b≠0,andd≠0, then ab·cd=acbd. To multiply fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.
  • Placement of Negative Sign in a Fraction: For any positive numbers aandb, −ab=a−b=−ab.
  • Property of One: aa=1; Any number, except zero, divided by itself is one.
  • Simplify a Fraction
    1. Rewrite the numerator and denominator to show the common factors. If needed, factor the numerator and denominator into prime numbers first.
    2. Simplify using the equivalent fractions property by dividing out common factors.
    3. Multiply any remaining factors.
  • Simplify an Expression with a Fraction Bar
    1. Simplify the expression in the numerator. Simplify the expression in the denominator.
    2. Simplify the fraction.

Practice Makes Perfect

Find Equivalent Fractions

In the following exercises, find three fractions equivalent to the given fraction. Show your work, using figures or algebra.

38

Solution

616,924,1232 answers may vary

58

59

Solution

1018,1527,2036 answers may vary

18

Simplify Fractions

In the following exercises, simplify.

−4088

Solution

−511

−6399

−10863

Solution

−127

−10448

120252

Solution

1021

182294

−3x12y

Solution

−x4y

−4x32y

14x221y

Solution

2x23y

24a32b2

Multiply Fractions

In the following exercises, multiply.

34·910

Solution

2740

45·27

−23(−38)

Solution

14

−34(−49)

−59·310

Solution

−16

−38·415

(−1415)(920)

Solution

−2150

(−910)(2533)

(−6384)(−4490)

Solution

1130

(−3360)(−4088)

4·511

Solution

2011

5·83

37·21n

Solution

9n

56·30m

−8(174)

Solution

−34

(−1)(−67)

Divide Fractions

In the following exercises, divide.

34÷23

Solution

98

45÷34

−79÷(−74)

Solution

49

−56÷(−56)

34÷x11

Solution

334x

25÷y9

518÷(−1524)

Solution

−49

718÷(−1427)

8u15÷12v25

Solution

10u9v

12r25÷18s35

−5÷12

Solution

−10

−3÷14

34÷(−12)

Solution

−116

−15÷(−53)

In the following exercises, simplify.

−8211235

Solution

−109

−9163340

−452

Solution

−25

5310

m3n2

Solution

2m3n

−38−y12

Simplify Expressions Written with a Fraction Bar

In the following exercises, simplify.

22+310

Solution

52

19−46

4824−15

Solution

163

464+4

−6+68+4

Solution

0

−6+317−8

4·36·6

Solution

13

6·69·2

42−125

Solution

35

72+160

8·3+2·914+3

Solution

2817

9·6−4·722+3

5·6−3·44·5−2·3

Solution

97

8·9−7·65·6−9·2

52−323−5

Solution

−8

62−424−6

7·4−2(8−5)9·3−3·5

Solution

116

9·7−3(12−8)8·7−6·6

9(8−2)−3(15−7)6(7−1)−3(17−9)

Solution

52

8(9−2)−4(14−9)7(8−3)−3(16−9)

Translate Phrases to Expressions with Fractions

In the following exercises, translate each English phrase into an algebraic expression.

the quotient of r and the sum of s and 10

Solution

rs+10

the quotient of A and the difference of 3 and B

the quotient of the difference of xandy,and−3

Solution

x−y−3

the quotient of the sum of mandn,and4q

Everyday Math

Baking. A recipe for chocolate chip cookies calls for 34 cup brown sugar. Imelda wants to double the recipe. ⓐ How much brown sugar will Imelda need? Show your calculation. ⓑ Measuring cups usually come in sets of 14,13,12,and1 cup. Draw a diagram to show two different ways that Imelda could measure the brown sugar needed to double the cookie recipe.

Solution

ⓐ (2)(34);32 cups ⓑ answers will vary

Baking. Nina is making 4 pans of fudge to serve after a music recital. For each pan, she needs 23 cup of condensed milk. ⓐ How much condensed milk will Nina need? Show your calculation. ⓑ Measuring cups usually come in sets of 14,13,12,and1 cup. Draw a diagram to show two different ways that Nina could measure the condensed milk needed for 4 pans of fudge.

Portions Don purchased a bulk package of candy that weighs 5 pounds. He wants to sell the candy in little bags that hold 14 pound. How many little bags of candy can he fill from the bulk package?

Solution

20 bags

Portions Kristen has 34 yards of ribbon that she wants to cut into 6 equal parts to make hair ribbons for her daughter’s 6 dolls. How long will each doll’s hair ribbon be?

Writing Exercises

Rafael wanted to order half a medium pizza at a restaurant. The waiter told him that a medium pizza could be cut into 6 or 8 slices. Would he prefer 3 out of 6 slices or 4 out of 8 slices? Rafael replied that since he wasn’t very hungry, he would prefer 3 out of 6 slices. Explain what is wrong with Rafael’s reasoning.

Solution

Answers may vary

Give an example from everyday life that demonstrates how 12·23is13.

Explain how you find the reciprocal of a fraction.

Solution

Answers may vary

Explain how you find the reciprocal of a negative number.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A table is shown that is made up of four columns and seven rows. The first row reads “I can…” in the first column, “Confidently” in the second column, “With some help” in the third column and “No – I don’t get it” in the last column. The next row down in the first column reads “find equivalent fractions”, under this reads “simplify fractions”, under this reads “multiply fractions”, under this reads “divide fractions”, under this reads “Simplify expressions written with a fraction bar” and under this reads “translate phrases to expressions with fractions.”

ⓑ After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

complex fraction
A complex fraction is a fraction in which the numerator or the denominator contains a fraction.
denominator
The denominator is the value on the bottom part of the fraction that indicates the number of equal parts into which the whole has been divided.
equivalent fractions
Equivalent fractions are fractions that have the same value.
fraction
A fraction is written ab, where b≠0 a is the numerator and b is the denominator. A fraction represents parts of a whole. The denominator b is the number of equal parts the whole has been divided into, and the numerator a indicates how many parts are included.
numerator
The numerator is the value on the top part of the fraction that indicates how many parts of the whole are included.
reciprocal
The reciprocal of ab is ba. A number and its reciprocal multiply to one: ab·ba=1.
simplified fraction
A fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors in its numerator and denominator.

Add and Subtract Fractions

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Add or subtract fractions with a common denominator
  • Add or subtract fractions with different denominators
  • Use the order of operations to simplify complex fractions
  • Evaluate variable expressions with fractions

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, Fractions.

Add or Subtract Fractions with a Common Denominator

When we multiplied fractions, we just multiplied the numerators and multiplied the denominators right straight across. To add or subtract fractions, they must have a common denominator.

Fraction Addition and Subtraction

If a,b,andc are numbers where c≠0, then

ac+bc=a+bcandac−bc=a−bc

To add or subtract fractions, add or subtract the numerators and place the result over the common denominator.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activities “Model Fraction Addition” and “Model Fraction Subtraction” will help you develop a better understanding of adding and subtracting fractions.

Find the sum: x3+23.

Solution

Solution

Illustrates adding fractions with a common denominator, showing the operation and the resulting expression.
x3+23
Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. x+23

Find the sum: x4+34.

Solution

x+34

Find the sum: y8+58.

Solution

y+58

Find the difference: −2324−1324.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of subtracting fractions with common denominators and simplifying the final result.
−2324−1324
Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. −23−1324
Simplify. −3624
Simplify. Remember, −ab=−ab. −32

Find the difference: −1928−728.

Solution

−1314

Find the difference: −2732−132.

Solution

−78

Simplify: −10x−4x.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of algebraic fractions with a common denominator.
−10x−4x
Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. −14x
Rewrite with the sign in front of the fraction. −14x

Find the difference: −9x−7x.

Solution

−16x

Find the difference: −17a−5a.

Solution

−22a

Now we will do an example that has both addition and subtraction.

Simplify: 38+(−58)−18.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process for adding and subtracting fractions that share a common denominator.
Add and subtract fractions—do they have a common denominator? Yes. 38+(−58)−18
Add and subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. 3+(−5)−18
Simplify left to right. −2−18
Simplify. −38

Simplify: −29+(−49)−79.

Solution

−1

Simplify: 59+(−49)−79.

Solution

−23

Add or Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

As we have seen, to add or subtract fractions, their denominators must be the same. The least common denominator (LCD) of two fractions is the smallest number that can be used as a common denominator of the fractions. The LCD of the two fractions is the least common multiple (LCM) of their denominators.

Least Common Denominator

The least common denominator (LCD) of two fractions is the least common multiple (LCM) of their denominators.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Finding the Least Common Denominator” will help you develop a better understanding of the LCD.

After we find the least common denominator of two fractions, we convert the fractions to equivalent fractions with the LCD. Putting these steps together allows us to add and subtract fractions because their denominators will be the same!

How to Add or Subtract Fractions

Add: 712+518.

Solution

Solution

In this figure, we have a table with directions on the left, hints or explanations in the middle, and mathematical statements on the right. On the first line, we have “Step 1. Do they have a common denominator? No – rewrite each fraction with the LCD (least common denominator).” To the right of this, we have the statement “No. Find the LCD 12, 18.” To the right of this, we have 12 equals 2 times 2 times 3 and 18 equals 2 times 3 times 3. The LCD is hence 2 times 2 times 3 times 3, which equals 36. As another hint, we have “Change into equivalent fractions with the LCD,. Do not simplify the equivalent fractions! If you do, you’ll get back to the original fractions and lose the common denominator!” To the right of this, we have 7/12 plus 5/18, which becomes the quantity (7 times 3) over the quantity (12 times 3) plus the quantity (5 times 2) over the quantity (18 times 2), which becomes 21/36 plus 10/36. The next step reads “Step 2. Add or subtract the fractions.” The hint reads “Add.” And we have 31/36. The final step reads “Step 3. Simplify, if possible.” The explanation reads “Because 31 is a prime number, it has no factors in common with 36. The answer is simplified.”

Add: 712+1115.

Solution

7960

Add: 1315+1720.

Solution

10360

Add or Subtract Fractions.

  1. Do they have a common denominator?
    • Yes—go to step 2.
    • No—rewrite each fraction with the LCD (least common denominator). Find the LCD. Change each fraction into an equivalent fraction with the LCD as its denominator.
  2. Add or subtract the fractions.
  3. Simplify, if possible.

When finding the equivalent fractions needed to create the common denominators, there is a quick way to find the number we need to multiply both the numerator and denominator. This method works if we found the LCD by factoring into primes.

Look at the factors of the LCD and then at each column above those factors. The “missing” factors of each denominator are the numbers we need.

The number 12 is factored into 2 times 2 times 3 with an extra space after the 3, and the number 18 is factored into 2 times 3 times 3 with an extra space between the 2 and the first 3. There are arrows pointing to these extra spaces that are marked “missing factors.” The LCD is marked as 2 times 2 times 3 times 3, which is equal to 36. The numbers that create the LCD are the factors from 12 and 18, with the common factors counted only once (namely, the first 2 and the first 3).

In Example 5, the LCD, 36, has two factors of 2 and two factors of 3.

The numerator 12 has two factors of 2 but only one of 3—so it is “missing” one 3—we multiply the numerator and denominator by 3.

The numerator 18 is missing one factor of 2—so we multiply the numerator and denominator by 2.

We will apply this method as we subtract the fractions in Example 6.

Subtract: 715−1924.

Solution

Solution

Do the fractions have a common denominator? No, so we need to find the LCD.
Find the LCD.The image shows the calculation of the Least Common Denominator (LCD) for the fractions 7/15 and 19/24. It details the prime factorization of 15 (3*5) and 24 (2*2*2*3), leading to an LCD of 120.
Notice, 15 is “missing” three factors of 2 and 24 is “missing” the 5 from the factors of the LCD. So we multiply 8 in the first fraction and 5 in the second fraction to get the LCD.
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two fractions: (7 multiplied by 8) divided by (15 multiplied by 8), minus (19 multiplied by 5) divided by (24 multiplied by 5). The numbers 8 and 5 are highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two fractions with a common denominator: 56/120 - 95/120.
Subtract. −39120
Check to see if the answer can be simplified. −13⋅340⋅3
Both 39 and 120 have a factor of 3.
Simplify. −1340

Do not simplify the equivalent fractions! If you do, you’ll get back to the original fractions and lose the common denominator!

Subtract: 1324−1732.

Solution

196

Subtract: 2132−928.

Solution

75224

In the next example, one of the fractions has a variable in its numerator. Notice that we do the same steps as when both numerators are numbers.

Add: 35+x8.

Solution

Solution

The fractions have different denominators.
A mathematical expression showing the sum of two fractions: 3/5 plus x/8. The numbers and variable are in black text on a white background.
Find the LCD.Calculation of the Least Common Denominator (LCD) for 5 and 8 using prime factorization, showing 5 = 5, 8 = 2x2x2, and LCD = 2x2x2x5 = 40.
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD. A mathematical expression shows the addition of two fractions: (3 times 8) divided by (5 times 8) plus (x times 5) divided by (8 times 5). The numbers 8 and 5 in red highlight common factors.
Simplify. A mathematical expression shows the sum of two fractions, 24/40 and 5x/40. Both fractions share a common denominator of 40.
Add. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (24 + 5x) / 40.

Remember, we can only add like terms: 24 and 5x are not like terms.

Add: y6+79.

Solution

3y+1418

Add: x6+715.

Solution

5x+1430

We now have all four operations for fractions. Table 7 summarizes fraction operations.

Fraction Multiplication Fraction Division
ab·cd=acbd

Multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators
ab÷cd=ab·dc

Multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.
Fraction Addition Fraction Subtraction
ac+bc=a+bc

Add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.
ac−bc=a−bc

Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.
To multiply or divide fractions, an LCD is NOT needed.
To add or subtract fractions, an LCD is needed.

Simplify: ⓐ 5x6−310 ⓑ 5x6·310.

Solution

Solution

First ask, “What is the operation?” Once we identify the operation that will determine whether we need a common denominator. Remember, we need a common denominator to add or subtract, but not to multiply or divide.

Demonstrates fraction operations (subtraction, multiplication) with verbal explanations and step-by-step mathematical solutions.
ⓐ What is the operation? The operation is subtraction.
Do the fractions have a common denominator? No.
Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with the LCD.
Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominators.
Simplify, if possible.
There are no common factors. The fraction is simplified.
5x6−310 5x·56·5−3·310·3 25x30−930 25x−930
ⓑ What is the operation? Multiplication.
To multiply fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.
Rewrite, showing common factors. Remove common factors.
Simplify.
5x6·310 5x·36·10 5x·32·3·2·5 x4

Notice we needed an LCD to add 5x6−310, but not to multiply 5x6·310.

Simplify: ⓐ 3a4−89 ⓑ 3a4·89.

Solution

ⓐ 27a−3236 ⓑ 2a3

Simplify: ⓐ 4k5−16 ⓑ 4k5·16.

Solution

ⓐ 24k−530 ⓑ 2k15

Use the Order of Operations to Simplify Complex Fractions

We have seen that a complex fraction is a fraction in which the numerator or denominator contains a fraction. The fraction bar indicates division. We simplified the complex fraction 3458 by dividing 34 by 58.

Now we’ll look at complex fractions where the numerator or denominator contains an expression that can be simplified. So we first must completely simplify the numerator and denominator separately using the order of operations. Then we divide the numerator by the denominator.

How to Simplify Complex Fractions

Simplify: (12)24+32.

Solution

Solution

In this figure, we have a table with directions on the left and mathematical statements on the right. On the first line, we have “Step 1. Simplify the numerator. Remember one half squared means one half times one half.” To the right of this, we have the quantity (1/2) squared all over the quantity (4 plus 3 squared). Then, we have 1/4 over the quantity (4 plus 3 squared). The next line’s direction reads “Step 2. Simplify the denominator.” To the right of this, we have 1/4 over the quantity (4 plus 9), under which we have 1/4 over 13. The final step is “Step 3. Divide the numerator by the denominator. Simplify if possible. Remember, thirteen equals thirteen over 1.” To the right we have 1/4 divided by 13. Then we have 1/4 times 1/13, which equals 1/52.

Simplify: (13)223+2.

Solution

190

Simplify: 1+42(14)2.

Solution

272

Simplify Complex Fractions.

  1. Simplify the numerator.
  2. Simplify the denominator.
  3. Divide the numerator by the denominator. Simplify if possible.

Simplify: 12+2334−16.

Solution

Solution

It may help to put parentheses around the numerator and the denominator.

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying a complex mathematical fraction, showing the progressive transformation of the expression.
(12+23)(34−16)
Simplify the numerator (LCD = 6) and simplify the denominator (LCD = 12). (36+46)(912−212)
Simplify. (76)(712)
Divide the numerator by the denominator. 76÷712
Simplify. 76·127
Divide out common factors. 7·6·26·7
Simplify. 2

Simplify: 13+1234−13.

Solution

2

Simplify: 23−1214+13.

Solution

27

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Fractions

We have evaluated expressions before, but now we can evaluate expressions with fractions. Remember, to evaluate an expression, we substitute the value of the variable into the expression and then simplify.

Evaluate x+13 when ⓐ x=−13 ⓑ x=−34.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ To evaluate x+13 when x=−13, substitute −13 for x in the expression.
    A mathematical expression showing 'x' plus the fraction '1/3'.
    The text 'Substitute -1/3 for x.' is shown in the image, with '-1/3' highlighted in red.  The mathematical expression -1/3 + 1/3, illustrating the concept of additive inverses where a number summed with its opposite results in zero.
    Simplify. 0


  2. ⓑ To evaluate x+13 when x=−34, we substitute −34 for x in the expression.
    A mathematical expression displaying 'x + 1/3' in black text on a white background.
    Text: Substitute -3/4 for x. The fraction -3/4 is highlighted in red. A mathematical expression showing the addition of two fractions: negative three-fourths plus one-third. The number three and four are in red color, while the negative sign and fractions for one-third are in black.
    Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD, 12. An equation for adding -3/4 and 1/3, showing the fractions multiplied by factors to achieve a common denominator of 12: -(3*3)/(4*3) + (1*4)/(3*4).
    Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the addition of two fractions with the same denominator: -9/12 + 4/12.
    Add. −512

Evaluate x+34 when ⓐ x=−74 ⓑ x=−54.

Solution

ⓐ −1 ⓑ −12

Evaluate y+12 when ⓐ y=23 ⓑ y=−34.

Solution

ⓐ 76 ⓑ −14

Evaluate −56−y when y=−23.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing negative five-sixths minus y, presented as a black text on a white background.
The image displays the mathematical instruction 'Substitute -2/3 for y.' in a gray sans-serif font, with the fraction '-2/3' highlighted in red. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two negative fractions: -5/6 - (-2/3), where the second fraction -2/3 is enclosed in parentheses and highlighted in red.
Rewrite as equivalent fractions with the LCD, 6.          A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of negative five-sixths and negative four-sixths, written as -5/6 - (-4/6), where the second fraction is enclosed in parentheses and in red.
Subtract. A mathematical expression showing the fraction: negative 5 minus negative 4, all divided by 6.
Simplify. −16

Evaluate −12−y when y=−14.

Solution

−14

Evaluate −38−y when y=−52.

Solution

−178

Evaluate 2x2y when x=14 and y=−23.

Solution

Solution

Substitute the values into the expression.
2x2y
The image shows the instruction: 'Substitute 1/4 for x and -2/3 for y.' The fraction 1/4 is colored red, and -2/3 is colored light blue, making them visually distinct from the black text. A mathematical expression showing the product of 2, the square of 1/4, and -2/3. The fraction 1/4 is colored red and -2/3 is colored blue, highlighting different parts of the expression.
Simplify exponents first. 2(116)(−23)
Multiply. Divide out the common factors. Notice we write 16 as 2⋅2⋅4 to make it easy to remove common factors. −2⋅1⋅22⋅2⋅4⋅3
Simplify. −112

Evaluate 3ab2 when a=−23 and b=−12.

Solution

−12

Evaluate 4c3d when c=−12 and d=−43.

Solution

23

The next example will have only variables, no constants.

Evaluate p+qr when p=−4,q=−2,andr=8.

Solution

Solution

To evaluate p+qr when p=−4,q=−2,andr=8, we substitute the values into the expression.
p+qr
The image shows the instruction: 'Substitute -4 for p, -2 for q and 8 for r.' The numbers -4, -2, and 8 are highlighted in red, light blue, and yellow respectively. A mathematical fraction is displayed, with the numerator being '-4 + (-2)' and the denominator being '8'.
Add in the numerator first. −68
Simplify. −34

Evaluate a+bc when a=−8,b=−7,andc=6.

Solution

−52

Evaluate x+yz when x=9,y=−18,andz=−6.

Solution

32

Key Concepts

  • Fraction Addition and Subtraction: If a,b,andc are numbers where c≠0, then
    ac+bc=a+bc and ac−bc=a−bc.
    To add or subtract fractions, add or subtract the numerators and place the result over the common denominator.
  • Strategy for Adding or Subtracting Fractions
    1. Do they have a common denominator?
      Yes—go to step 2.
      No—Rewrite each fraction with the LCD (Least Common Denominator). Find the LCD. Change each fraction into an equivalent fraction with the LCD as its denominator.
    2. Add or subtract the fractions.
    3. Simplify, if possible. To multiply or divide fractions, an LCD IS NOT needed. To add or subtract fractions, an LCD IS needed.
  • Simplify Complex Fractions
    1. Simplify the numerator.
    2. Simplify the denominator.
    3. Divide the numerator by the denominator. Simplify if possible.

Practice Makes Perfect

Add and Subtract Fractions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, add.

613+513

Solution

1113

415+715

x4+34

Solution

x+34

8q+6q

−316+(−716)

Solution

−58

−516+(−916)

−817+1517

Solution

717

−919+1719

613+(−1013)+(−1213)

Solution

−1613

512+(−712)+(−1112)

In the following exercises, subtract.

1115−715

Solution

415

913−413

1112−512

Solution

12

712−512

1921−421

Solution

57

1721−821

5y8−78

Solution

5y−78

11z13−813

−23u−15u

Solution

−38u

−29v−26v

−35−(−45)

Solution

15

−37−(−57)

−79−(−59)

Solution

−29

−811−(−511)

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, simplify.

−518·910

Solution

−14

−314·712

n5−45

Solution

n−45

611−s11

−724+224

Solution

−524

−518+118

815÷125

Solution

29

712÷928

Add or Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, add or subtract.

12+17

Solution

914

13+18

13−(−19)

Solution

49

14−(−18)

712+58

Solution

2924

512+38

712−916

Solution

148

716−512

23−38

Solution

724

56−34

−1130+2740

Solution

37120

−920+1730

−1330+2542

Solution

17105

−2330+548

−3956−2235

Solution

−5340

−3349−1835

−23−(−34)

Solution

112

−34−(−45)

1+78

Solution

158

1−310

x3+14

Solution

4x+312

y2+23

y4−35

Solution

5y−1220

x5−14

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 23+16 ⓑ 23÷16

Solution

ⓐ 56 ⓑ 4

ⓐ −25−18 ⓑ −25·18

ⓐ 5n6÷815 ⓑ 5n6−815

Solution

ⓐ 25n16 ⓑ 25n−1630

ⓐ 3a8÷712 ⓑ 3a8−712

−38÷(−310)

Solution

54

−512÷(−59)

−38+512

Solution

124

−18+712

56−19

Solution

1318

59−16

−715−y4

Solution

−28−15y60

−38−x11

1112a·9a16

Solution

3364

10y13·815y

Use the Order of Operations to Simplify Complex Fractions

In the following exercises, simplify.

23+42(23)2

Solution

54

33−32(34)2

(35)2(37)2

Solution

4925

(34)2(58)2

213+15

Solution

154

514+13

78−2312+38

Solution

521

34−3514+25

12+23·512

Solution

79

13+25·34

1−35÷110

Solution

−5

1−56÷112

23+16+34

Solution

1912

23+14+35

38−16+34

Solution

2324

25+58−34

12(920−415)

Solution

115

8(1516−56)

58+161924

Solution

1

16+3101430

(59+16)÷(23−12)

Solution

133

(34+16)÷(58−13)

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Fractions

In the following exercises, evaluate.

x+(−56) when
ⓐ x=13
ⓑ x=−16

Solution

ⓐ −12 ⓑ −1

x+(−1112) when
ⓐ x=1112ⓑ x=34

x−25 when ⓐ x=35 ⓑ x=−35

Solution

ⓐ 15 ⓑ −1

x−13 when ⓐ x=23 ⓑ x=−23

710−w when ⓐ w=12 ⓑ w=−12

Solution

ⓐ 15 ⓑ 65

512−w when ⓐ w=14 ⓑ w=−14

2x2y3 when x=−23 and y=−12

Solution

−19

8u2v3 when u=−34 and v=−12

a+ba−b when a=−3,b=8

Solution

−511

r−sr+s when r=10,s=−5

Everyday Math

Decorating Laronda is making covers for the throw pillows on her sofa. For each pillow cover, she needs 12 yard of print fabric and 38 yard of solid fabric. What is the total amount of fabric Laronda needs for each pillow cover?

Solution

78 yard

Baking Vanessa is baking chocolate chip cookies and oatmeal cookies. She needs 12 cup of sugar for the chocolate chip cookies and 14 of sugar for the oatmeal cookies. How much sugar does she need altogether?

Writing Exercises

Why do you need a common denominator to add or subtract fractions? Explain.

Solution

Answers may vary

How do you find the LCD of 2 fractions?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has five rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “add and subtract fractions with different denominators,” “identify and use fraction operations,” “use the order of operations to simplify complex fractions,” and “evaluate variable expressions with fractions.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next chapter? Why or why not?

least common denominator
The least common denominator (LCD) of two fractions is the Least common multiple (LCM) of their denominators.

Decimals

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Name and write decimals
  • Round decimals
  • Add and subtract decimals
  • Multiply and divide decimals
  • Convert decimals, fractions, and percents

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, Decimals.

Name and Write Decimals

Decimals are another way of writing fractions whose denominators are powers of 10.

0.1=1100.1is “one tenth”0.01=11000.01is “one hundredth”0.001=11,0000.001 is “one thousandth”0.0001=110,0000.0001 is “one ten-thousandth”

Notice that “ten thousand” is a number larger than one, but “one ten-thousandth” is a number smaller than one. The “th” at the end of the name tells you that the number is smaller than one.

When we name a whole number, the name corresponds to the place value based on the powers of ten. We read 10,000 as “ten thousand” and 10,000,000 as “ten million.” Likewise, the names of the decimal places correspond to their fraction values. Figure 1 shows the names of the place values to the left and right of the decimal point.

A table is shown with the title Place Value. From left to right the row reads “Hundred thousands,” “Ten thousands,” “Thousands,” “Hundreds,” “Tens,” and “Ones.” Then there is a blank cell and below it is a decimal point. To the right of this, the cells read “Tenths,” “Hundredths,” “Thousandths,” “Ten-thousandths,” and “Hundred-thousandths.”
Place value of decimal numbers are shown to the left and right of the decimal point.

How to Name Decimals

Name the decimal 4.3.

Solution

Solution

A table is given with four steps. Additionally, the number 4.3 is given. The first step reads “Step 1. Name the number to the left of the decimal point.” To the right of this, it is noted that “4 is to the left of the decimal point.” To the right of this, it reads “four” followed by a large blank space. The second step reads “Step 2. Write ‘and’ for the decimal point.” To the right of this it reads “four and” followed by a blank space. The third step reads “Step 3. Name the ‘number’ part to the right of the decimal point as if it were a whole number.” To the right of this, it reads “3 is to the right of the decimal point.” To the right of this, it reads “four and three” followed by a blank. Finally, the last step reads “Step 4. Name the decimal place.” To the right of this, it reads “four and three tenths.”

Name the decimal: 6.7.

Solution

six and seven tenths

Name the decimal: 5.8.

Solution

five and eight tenths

We summarize the steps needed to name a decimal below.

Name a Decimal.

  1. Name the number to the left of the decimal point.
  2. Write “and” for the decimal point.
  3. Name the “number” part to the right of the decimal point as if it were a whole number.
  4. Name the decimal place of the last digit.

Name the decimal: −15.571.

Solution

Solution

Illustrates the step-by-step process of converting the decimal -15.571 into its verbal form.
−15.571
Name the number to the left of the decimal point. negative fifteen __________________________________
Write “and” for the decimal point. negative fifteen and ______________________________
Name the number to the right of the decimal point. negative fifteen and five hundred seventy-one __________
The 1 is in the thousandths place. negative fifteen and five hundred seventy-one thousandths

Name the decimal: −13.461.

Solution

negative thirteen and four hundred sixty-one thousandths

Name the decimal: −2.053.

Solution

negative two and fifty-three thousandths

When we write a check we write both the numerals and the name of the number. Let’s see how to write the decimal from the name.

How to Write Decimals

Write “fourteen and twenty-four thousandths” as a decimal.

Solution

Solution

A table is given with four steps. The first step reads “Step 1. Look for the work ‘and’ – it locates the decimal point. Place a decimal point under the word ‘and’. Translate the words before ‘and’ into the whole number and place it to the left of the decimal point.” To the right of this, we have the words “fourteen and twenty-four thousandths.” Below this word, we have “fourteen and twenty-four thousandths” with the word “and” underlined. Below this word, we have a small blank space separated from a larger blank space by a decimal point. Under this, we have 14 in the small blank space followed by the decimal point and the larger blank space. The second step reads “Step 2. Mark the number of decimal places needed to the right of the decimal point by noting the place value indicated by the last word.” To the right of this it reads “The last word is thousandths.” To the right of this there is the number 14 followed by a decimal point and three small blank spaces. Under the blank spaces, the words “tenths,” “hundredths,” and “thousandths” are written. The third step reads “Step 3. Translate the words after ‘and’ into the number to the right of the decimal point. Write the number in the spaces – putting the final digit in the last place.” To the right of this, we have 14 followed by a decimal followed by a blank space followed by 2 and 4 on the other two previously blank spaces. Finally, the last step reads “Step 4. Fill in zeros for empty place holders as needed.” To the right of this, it reads “Zeros are needed in the tenths place.” To the right of this, we have 14 followed by a decimal point followed by 0, 2, and 4, respectively, on the blank spaces. Below this, we have “fourteen and twenty-four thousandths is written 14.024.”

Write as a decimal: thirteen and sixty-eight thousandths.

Solution

13.068

Write as a decimal: five and ninety-four thousandths.

Solution

5.094

We summarize the steps to writing a decimal.

Write a decimal.

  1. Look for the word “and”—it locates the decimal point.
    • Place a decimal point under the word “and.” Translate the words before “and” into the whole number and place it to the left of the decimal point.
    • If there is no “and,” write a “0” with a decimal point to its right.
  2. Mark the number of decimal places needed to the right of the decimal point by noting the place value indicated by the last word.
  3. Translate the words after “and” into the number to the right of the decimal point. Write the number in the spaces—putting the final digit in the last place.
  4. Fill in zeros for place holders as needed.

Round Decimals

Rounding decimals is very much like rounding whole numbers. We will round decimals with a method based on the one we used to round whole numbers.

How to Round Decimals

Round 18.379 to the nearest hundredth.

Solution

Solution

A table is given with four steps. The first step reads “Step 1: Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow.” To the right of this, we have the number 18.379; above it, are the words hundreds place, which has an arrow pointing to the 7. The second step reads “Step 2. Underline the digit to the right of the given place value.” To the right of this, we have 18.379 with the 9 underlined. The third step reads “Step 3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5? Below this reads, “Yes: add 1 to the digit in the given place value.” Below this reads, “No: do not change the digit in the given place value.” To the right of this, it says “Because 9 is greater than or equal to ” To the right of this, we have the number 18.379 with the 9 marked “delete” and the 7 marked “add 1.” Finally, the last step reads “Step 4. Rewrite the number, removing all digits to the right of the rounding digit.” To the right of this, we have 18.38 followed by “18.38 is 18.379 rounded to the nearest hundredth.”

Round to the nearest hundredth: 1.047.

Solution

1.05

Round to the nearest hundredth: 9.173.

Solution

9.17

We summarize the steps for rounding a decimal here.


Round Decimals.

  1. Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow.
  2. Underline the digit to the right of the place value.
  3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5?
    • Yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value.
    • No—do not change the digit in the given place value.
  4. Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the rounding digit.

Round 18.379 to the nearest ⓐ tenth ⓑ whole number.

Solution

Solution

Round 18.379

  1. ⓐ to the nearest tenth
    Locate the tenths place with an arrow. An arrow points from 'tenths place' to the number 18.379, highlighting the '3' as the digit in the tenths place for the decimal.
    Underline the digit to the right of the given place value. The number 18.379 is shown, with an arrow indicating that the digit '3' is in the tenths place.
    Because 7 is greater than or equal to 5, add 1 to the 3. Visual representation of rounding 18.379. It indicates that '1' would be added to the integer part if the tenths digit '3' were 5 or more, and the decimal portion '.379' would be deleted.
    Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the rounding digit. The number 18.4 is displayed against a white background.
    Notice that the deleted digits were NOT replaced with zeros. So, 18.379 rounded to the nearest tenth is 18.4.


  2. ⓑ to the nearest whole number
    Locate the ones place with an arrow. An arrow points from the text 'ones place' to the number 18.379, illustrating the concept of place value for the digit 8.
    Underline the digit to the right of the given place value. The image demonstrates place value, with an arrow pointing to the digit 8 in the number 18.379, indicating it is in the ones place.
    Since 3 is not greater than or equal to 5, do not add 1 to the 8. An image illustrating how to truncate or round down the number 18.379. It clearly indicates to 'delete' the decimal portion (.379) and to 'do not add 1' to the integer part, resulting in 18.
    Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the rounding digit. The number '18' is visible in the upper right portion of a white background.
    So, 18.379 rounded to the nearest whole number is 18.

Round 6.582 to the nearest ⓐ hundredth ⓑ tenth ⓒ whole number.

Solution

ⓐ 6.58 ⓑ 6.6 ⓒ 7

Round 15.2175 to the nearest ⓐ thousandth ⓑ hundredth ⓒ tenth.

Solution

ⓐ 15.218 ⓑ 15.22 ⓒ 15.2

Add and Subtract Decimals

To add or subtract decimals, we line up the decimal points. By lining up the decimal points this way, we can add or subtract the corresponding place values. We then add or subtract the numbers as if they were whole numbers and then place the decimal point in the sum.

Add or Subtract Decimals.

  1. Write the numbers so the decimal points line up vertically.
  2. Use zeros as place holders, as needed.
  3. Add or subtract the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the decimal point in the answer under the decimal points in the given numbers.

Add: 23.5+41.38.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide on adding decimal numbers, demonstrating alignment, placeholders, and the final sum.
Write the numbers so the decimal points line up vertically. 23.5+41.38______
Put 0 as a placeholder after the 5 in 23.5.
Remember, 510=50100so0.5=0.50.
23.50+41.38______
Add the numbers as if they were whole numbers.
Then place the decimal point in the sum.
23.50+41.38______64.88

Add: 4.8+11.69.

Solution

16.49

Add: 5.123+18.47.

Solution

23.593

Subtract: 20−14.65.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step process for subtracting a decimal from a whole number, exemplified by 20 - 14.65.
20−14.65
Write the numbers so the decimal points line up vertically.
Remember, 20 is a whole number, so place the decimal point after the 0.
20.−14.65______
Put in zeros to the right as placeholders. 20.00−14.65______
Subtract and place the decimal point in the answer. 210109.0109010−14.65__________5.35

Subtract: 10−9.58.

Solution

0.42

Subtract: 50−37.42.

Solution

12.58

Multiply and Divide Decimals

Multiplying decimals is very much like multiplying whole numbers—we just have to determine where to place the decimal point. The procedure for multiplying decimals will make sense if we first convert them to fractions and then multiply.

So let’s see what we would get as the product of decimals by converting them to fractions first. We will do two examples side-by-side. Look for a pattern!

Decimal numbers and their decimal places are shown: (0.3), (0.7), and (0.2) each have 1 decimal place, while (0.46) has 2 decimal places.
Convert to fractions. Two mathematical expressions demonstrating the multiplication of fractions: 3/10 multiplied by 7/10, and 2/10 multiplied by 46/100.
Multiply. Two fractions are displayed side by side: '21/100' and '92/1000'. The numbers are black against a white background.
Convert to decimals. An image illustrating decimal places, showing 0.21 with 2 decimal places and 0.092 with 3 decimal places, highlighted by brackets and text indicating the number of places.

Notice, in the first example, we multiplied two numbers that each had one digit after the decimal point and the product had two decimal places. In the second example, we multiplied a number with one decimal place by a number with two decimal places and the product had three decimal places.

We multiply the numbers just as we do whole numbers, temporarily ignoring the decimal point. We then count the number of decimal points in the factors and that sum tells us the number of decimal places in the product.

The rules for multiplying positive and negative numbers apply to decimals, too, of course!

When multiplying two numbers,

  • if their signs are the same the product is positive.
  • if their signs are different the product is negative.

When we multiply signed decimals, first we determine the sign of the product and then multiply as if the numbers were both positive. Finally, we write the product with the appropriate sign.

Multiply Decimals.

  1. Determine the sign of the product.
  2. Write in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right. Multiply the numbers as if they were whole numbers, temporarily ignoring the decimal points.
  3. Place the decimal point. The number of decimal places in the product is the sum of the number of decimal places in the factors.
  4. Write the product with the appropriate sign.

Multiply: (−3.9)(4.075).

Solution

Solution

(−3.9)(4.075)
The signs are different. The product will be negative.
Write in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right. A multiplication problem is shown with the numbers 4.075 multiplied by 3.9, formatted for vertical calculation.
Multiply. A long multiplication problem showing the calculation of 4.075 multiplied by 3.9. The intermediate products 36675 and 12225 are displayed, summing to 158925, with the final decimal point placement omitted.
Add the number of decimal places in the factors (1 + 3).

Two decimal numbers are shown, (-3.9) and (4.075), with their respective number of decimal places indicated. (-3.9) has 1 decimal place, and (4.075) has 3 decimal places.
Place the decimal point 4 places from the right.
A step-by-step vertical multiplication of 4.075 by 3.9, resulting in 15.8925, demonstrating decimal place counting (4 places).
The signs are different, so the product is negative. (−3.9)(4.075) = −15.8925

Multiply: −4.5(6.107).

Solution

−27.4815

Multiply: −10.79(8.12).

Solution

−87.6148

In many of your other classes, especially in the sciences, you will multiply decimals by powers of 10 (10, 100, 1000, etc.). If you multiply a few products on paper, you may notice a pattern relating the number of zeros in the power of 10 to number of decimal places we move the decimal point to the right to get the product.

Multiply a Decimal by a Power of Ten.

  1. Move the decimal point to the right the same number of places as the number of zeros in the power of 10.
  2. Add zeros at the end of the number as needed.

Multiply 5.63 ⓐ by 10 ⓑ by 100 ⓒ by 1,000.

Solution

Solution

By looking at the number of zeros in the multiple of ten, we see the number of places we need to move the decimal to the right.

ⓐ
5.63(10)
There is 1 zero in 10, so move the decimal point 1 place to the right.    An arrow illustrates how shifting the decimal point one place to the right transforms 5.63 into 56.3, representing multiplication by 10. This is a common operation in number systems.


ⓑ
5.63(100)
There are 2 zeros in 100, so move the decimal point 2 places to the right.    An illustration explaining that to multiply by 100, the decimal point is moved two places to the right, demonstrated by 5.63 becoming 563.


ⓒ
5.63(1,000)
There are 3 zeros in 1,000, so move the decimal point 3 places to the right. The number 5.63 is shown with a blue squiggly arrow pointing upwards, indicating an increase or positive trend.
A zero must be added at the end. The number 5,630 is displayed.

Multiply 2.58 ⓐ by 10 ⓑ by 100 ⓒ by 1,000.

Solution

ⓐ 25.8 ⓑ 258 ⓒ 2,580

Multiply 14.2 ⓐ by 10 ⓑ by 100 ⓒ by 1,000.

Solution

ⓐ 142 ⓑ 1,420 ⓒ 14,200

Just as with multiplication, division of decimals is very much like dividing whole numbers. We just have to figure out where the decimal point must be placed.

To divide decimals, determine what power of 10 to multiply the denominator by to make it a whole number. Then multiply the numerator by that same power of 10. Because of the equivalent fractions property, we haven’t changed the value of the fraction! The effect is to move the decimal points in the numerator and denominator the same number of places to the right. For example:

0.80.40.8(10)0.4(10)84

We use the rules for dividing positive and negative numbers with decimals, too. When dividing signed decimals, first determine the sign of the quotient and then divide as if the numbers were both positive. Finally, write the quotient with the appropriate sign.

We review the notation and vocabulary for division:

adividend÷bdivisor=cquotientbdivisorcquotientadividend

We’ll write the steps to take when dividing decimals, for easy reference.

Divide Decimals.

  1. Determine the sign of the quotient.
  2. Make the divisor a whole number by “moving” the decimal point all the way to the right. “Move” the decimal point in the dividend the same number of places—adding zeros as needed.
  3. Divide. Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
  4. Write the quotient with the appropriate sign.

Divide: −25.65÷(−0.06).

Solution

Solution

Remember, you can “move” the decimals in the divisor and dividend because of the Equivalent Fractions Property.

−25.65÷(−0.06)
The signs are the same. The quotient is positive.
Make the divisor a whole number by “moving” the decimal point all the way to the right.
“Move” the decimal point in the dividend the same number of places. The image shows a long division problem where 25.65 is divided by 0.06. Blue arrows indicate the decimal points being shifted two places to the right for both the divisor and dividend, preparing for division.
Divide.
Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
This image illustrates a long division problem where 2565.0 is divided by 6, resulting in a quotient of 427.5. The entire step-by-step calculation, including subtractions, is clearly shown.
Write the quotient with the appropriate sign. −25.65÷(−0.06)=427.5

Divide: −23.492÷(−0.04).

Solution

587.3

Divide: −4.11÷(−0.12).

Solution

34.25

A common application of dividing whole numbers into decimals is when we want to find the price of one item that is sold as part of a multi-pack. For example, suppose a case of 24 water bottles costs $3.99. To find the price of one water bottle, we would divide $3.99 by 24. We show this division in Example 11. In calculations with money, we will round the answer to the nearest cent (hundredth).

Divide: $3.99÷24.

Solution

Solution

$3.99÷24
Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
Divide as usual.
When do we stop? Since this division involves money, we round it to the nearest cent (hundredth.) To do this, we must carry the division to the thousandths place.
A step-by-step long division calculation of 3.990 divided by 24, showing the result 0.166 with a remainder of 6.
Round to the nearest cent. $0.166≈$0.17
$3.99÷24≈$0.17

Divide: $6.99÷36.

Solution

$0.19

Divide: $4.99÷12.

Solution

$0.42

Convert Decimals, Fractions, and Percents

We convert decimals into fractions by identifying the place value of the last (farthest right) digit. In the decimal 0.03 the 3 is in the hundredths place, so 100 is the denominator of the fraction equivalent to 0.03.

00.03=3100

Notice, when the number to the left of the decimal is zero, we get a fraction whose numerator is less than its denominator. Fractions like this are called proper fractions.

The steps to take to convert a decimal to a fraction are summarized in the procedure box.

Convert a Decimal to a Proper Fraction.

  1. Determine the place value of the final digit.
  2. Write the fraction.
    • numerator—the “numbers” to the right of the decimal point
    • denominator—the place value corresponding to the final digit

Write 0.374 as a fraction.

Solution

Solution

0.374
Determine the place value of the final digit. Decimal place values illustrated with 0.3 for tenths, 7 for hundredths, and 4 for thousandths.
Write the fraction for 0.374:
  • The numerator is 374.
  • The denominator is 1,000.
3741000
Simplify the fraction. 2⋅1872⋅500
Divide out the common factors. 187500
so, 0.374=187500

Did you notice that the number of zeros in the denominator of 3741,000 is the same as the number of decimal places in 0.374?

Write 0.234 as a fraction.

Solution

117500

Write 0.024 as a fraction.

Solution

3125

We’ve learned to convert decimals to fractions. Now we will do the reverse—convert fractions to decimals. Remember that the fraction bar means division. So 45 can be written 4÷5 or 54. This leads to the following method for converting a fraction to a decimal.

Convert a Fraction to a Decimal.

To convert a fraction to a decimal, divide the numerator of the fraction by the denominator of the fraction.

Write −58 as a decimal.

Solution

Solution

Since a fraction bar means division, we begin by writing 58 as 85. Now divide.

This is a long division problem with 8 dividing 5.000 and 0.625 as the quotient. Below 5.000 we have 48, a solid horizontal line, 20, 16, a solid horizontal line, 40, 40, and a final horizontal line. So five eighths equals 0.625.

Write −78 as a decimal.

Solution

−0.875

Write −38 as a decimal.

Solution

−0.375

When we divide, we will not always get a zero remainder. Sometimes the quotient ends up with a decimal that repeats. A repeating decimal is a decimal in which the last digit or group of digits repeats endlessly. A bar is placed over the repeating block of digits to indicate it repeats.

Repeating Decimal

A repeating decimal is a decimal in which the last digit or group of digits repeats endlessly.

A bar is placed over the repeating block of digits to indicate it repeats.

Write 4322 as a decimal.

Solution

Solution

The number 43/22 is given. The direction is given to “Divide 43 by 22.” A long division problem is given with 22 dividing 43.00000 with 1.95454 as the quotient. Below 43.00000 we have 22, a solid horizontal line, 210, 198, a solid horizontal line, 120, 110, a horizontal line, 100, 88, a solid horizontal line, 120, 110, a solid horizontal line, 100, 88, a solid horizontal line, and then three dots. It is noted that the 120 repeats and that the 100 repeats. This is further explicated as “The pattern repeats, so the numbers in the quotient will repeat as well. At the end, we are given the statement that 43/22 equals 1.954 with a small horizontal line over the 54.

Write 2711 as a decimal.

Solution

2.45—

Write 5122 as a decimal.

Solution

2.318—

Sometimes we may have to simplify expressions with fractions and decimals together.

Simplify: 78+6.4.

Solution

Solution

First we must change one number so both numbers are in the same form. We can change the fraction to a decimal, or change the decimal to a fraction. Usually it is easier to change the fraction to a decimal.
78+6.4
Change 78 to a decimal. Long division calculation for 7 divided by 8, showing the step-by-step process to reach the decimal quotient 0.875 with a zero remainder.
Add. 0.875+6.4
7.275
So, 78+6.4=7.275

Simplify: 38+4.9.

Solution

5.275

Simplify: 5.7+1320.

Solution

6.35

A percent is a ratio whose denominator is 100. Percent means per hundred. We use the percent symbol, %, to show percent.

Percent

A percent is a ratio whose denominator is 100.

Since a percent is a ratio, it can easily be expressed as a fraction. Percent means per 100, so the denominator of the fraction is 100. We then change the fraction to a decimal by dividing the numerator by the denominator.

Demonstrates converting percentages (6%, 78%, 135%) into fractions with a denominator of 100 and subsequently into decimal form.
6% 78% 135%
Write as a ratio with denominator 100. 6100 78100 135100
Change the fraction to a decimal by dividing the numerator by the denominator. 0.06 0.78 1.35

Do you see the pattern? To convert a percent number to a decimal number, we move the decimal point two places to the left.

The first part of this figure shows 6% with an arrow drawn from between the 6 and the percentage sign to the space to the left of 6 and then to the space further to the left of that space. Below this, the number 0.06 is given. The second part of this figure shows 78% with an arrow drawn from between the 8 and the percentage sign to the space between the 7 and the 8 and then to the space to the left of the 7. Below this, the number 0.78 is given. The third part of this figure shows 2.7% with an arrow drawn from the decimal point to the space to the left of the 2 and then to the space further to the left of that space. Below this, the number 0.027 is given. The fourth part of this figure shows 135% with an arrow drawn from between the 5 and the percentage sign to the space between 3 and 5 and then to the space between 1 and 3. Below this, the number 1.35 is given.

Convert each percent to a decimal: ⓐ 62% ⓑ 135% ⓒ 35.7%.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
A light blue wavy line appears beneath the number 62%, suggesting a visual representation of data or progress.
Move the decimal point two places to the left. 0.62
ⓑ
A digital display shows '135%' above a stylized blue downward-pointing arrow or squiggle, indicating movement of the decimal point.
Move the decimal point two places to the left. 1.35
ⓒ
The number 35.7% with a blue wavy arrow pointing down, indicating a potential drop or current.
Move the decimal point two places to the left. 0.357

Convert each percent to a decimal: ⓐ 9% ⓑ 87% ⓒ 3.9%.

Solution

ⓐ 0.09 ⓑ 0.87 ⓒ 0.039

Convert each percent to a decimal: ⓐ 3% ⓑ 91% ⓒ 8.3%.

Solution

ⓐ 0.03 ⓑ 0.91 ⓒ 0.083

Converting a decimal to a percent makes sense if we remember the definition of percent and keep place value in mind.

To convert a decimal to a percent, remember that percent means per hundred. If we change the decimal to a fraction whose denominator is 100, it is easy to change that fraction to a percent.

This table illustrates the conversion of three decimal numbers (0.83, 1.05, and 0.075) into their equivalent fraction and percentage forms.
0.83 1.05 0.075
Write as a fraction. 83100 15100 751000
The denominator is 100. 105100 7.5100
Write the ratio as a percent. 83% 105% 7.5%

Recognize the pattern? To convert a decimal to a percent, we move the decimal point two places to the right and then add the percent sign.

The first part of this figure shows 0.05 with an arrow drawn from the decimal point to the space between 0 and 5 and then to the space after 5. Below this, the number 5% is given. The second part of this figure shows 0.83 with an arrow drawn from the decimal point to the space between 8 and 3 and then to the space after 3. Below this, the number 83% is given. The third part of this figure shows 1.05 with an arrow drawn from the decimal point to the space between 0 and 5 and then to the space after 5. Below this, the number 105% is given. The fourth part of this figure shows 0.075 with an arrow drawn from the decimal point to the space between 0 and 7 and then to the space between 7 and 5. Below this, the number 7.5% is given. The fifth part of this figure shows 0.3 with an arrow drawn from the decimal point to the space after 3 and then to space further to the right of that 3. Below this, the number 30% is given.

Convert each decimal to a percent: ⓐ 0.51 ⓑ 1.25 ⓒ 0.093.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The number 0.51 is shown with an upward blue arrow and a wavy line, indicating growth or a positive change in value.
Move the decimal point two places to the right. 51%
ⓑ
The number 1.25 is displayed above a downward-pointing light blue arrow, symbolizing a decrease or a negative change in value.
Move the decimal point two places to the right. 125%
ⓒ
A digital display shows the number 0.093, positioned above a stylized blue-teal arrow that points downwards, then curves left, and then upwards. The arrow suggests a change or flow associated with the number.
Move the decimal point two places to the right. 9.3%

Convert each decimal to a percent: ⓐ 0.17 ⓑ 1.75 ⓒ 0.0825.

Solution

ⓐ 17% ⓑ 175% ⓒ 8.25%

Convert each decimal to a percent: ⓐ 0.41 ⓑ 2.25 ⓒ 0.0925.

Solution

ⓐ 41% ⓑ 225% ⓒ 9.25%

Key Concepts

  • Name a Decimal
    1. Name the number to the left of the decimal point.
    2. Write ”and” for the decimal point.
    3. Name the “number” part to the right of the decimal point as if it were a whole number.
    4. Name the decimal place of the last digit.
  • Write a Decimal
    1. Look for the word ‘and’—it locates the decimal point. Place a decimal point under the word ‘and.’ Translate the words before ‘and’ into the whole number and place it to the left of the decimal point. If there is no “and,” write a “0” with a decimal point to its right.
    2. Mark the number of decimal places needed to the right of the decimal point by noting the place value indicated by the last word.
    3. Translate the words after ‘and’ into the number to the right of the decimal point. Write the number in the spaces—putting the final digit in the last place.
    4. Fill in zeros for place holders as needed.
  • Round a Decimal
    1. Locate the given place value and mark it with an arrow.
    2. Underline the digit to the right of the place value.
    3. Is this digit greater than or equal to 5? Yes—add 1 to the digit in the given place value. No—do not change the digit in the given place value.
    4. Rewrite the number, deleting all digits to the right of the rounding digit.
  • Add or Subtract Decimals
    1. Write the numbers so the decimal points line up vertically.
    2. Use zeros as place holders, as needed.
    3. Add or subtract the numbers as if they were whole numbers. Then place the decimal in the answer under the decimal points in the given numbers.
  • Multiply Decimals
    1. Determine the sign of the product.
    2. Write in vertical format, lining up the numbers on the right. Multiply the numbers as if they were whole numbers, temporarily ignoring the decimal points.
    3. Place the decimal point. The number of decimal places in the product is the sum of the decimal places in the factors.
    4. Write the product with the appropriate sign.
  • Multiply a Decimal by a Power of Ten
    1. Move the decimal point to the right the same number of places as the number of zeros in the power of 10.
    2. Add zeros at the end of the number as needed.
  • Divide Decimals
    1. Determine the sign of the quotient.
    2. Make the divisor a whole number by “moving” the decimal point all the way to the right. “Move” the decimal point in the dividend the same number of places - adding zeros as needed.
    3. Divide. Place the decimal point in the quotient above the decimal point in the dividend.
    4. Write the quotient with the appropriate sign.
  • Convert a Decimal to a Proper Fraction
    1. Determine the place value of the final digit.
    2. Write the fraction: numerator—the ‘numbers’ to the right of the decimal point; denominator—the place value corresponding to the final digit.
  • Convert a Fraction to a Decimal Divide the numerator of the fraction by the denominator.

Practice Makes Perfect

Name and Write Decimals

In the following exercises, write as a decimal.

Twenty-nine and eighty-one hundredths

Solution

29.81

Sixty-one and seventy-four hundredths

Seven tenths

Solution

0.7

Six tenths

Twenty-nine thousandth

Solution

0.029

Thirty-five thousandths

Negative eleven and nine ten-thousandths

Solution

−11.0009

Negative fifty-nine and two ten-thousandths

In the following exercises, name each decimal.

5.5

Solution

five and five tenths

14.02

8.71

Solution

eight and seventy-one hundredths

2.64

0.002

Solution

two thousandths

0.479

−17.9

Solution

negative seventeen and nine tenths

−31.4

Round Decimals

In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest tenth.

0.67

Solution

0.7

0.49

2.84

Solution

2.8

4.63

In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest hundredth.

0.845

Solution

0.85

0.761

0.299

Solution

0.30

0.697

4.098

Solution

4.10

7.096

In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest ⓐ hundredth ⓑ tenth ⓒ whole number.

5.781

Solution

ⓐ 5.78 ⓑ 5.8 ⓒ 6

1.6381

63.479

Solution

ⓐ 63.48 ⓑ 63.5 ⓒ 63

84.281

Add and Subtract Decimals

In the following exercises, add or subtract.

16.92+7.56

Solution

24.48

248.25−91.29

21.76−30.99

Solution

−9.23

38.6+13.67

−16.53−24.38

Solution

−40.91

−19.47−32.58

−38.69+31.47

Solution

−7.22

29.83+19.76

72.5−100

Solution

−27.5

86.2−100

15+0.73

Solution

15.73

27+0.87

91.95−(−10.462)

Solution

102.412

94.69−(−12.678)

55.01−3.7

Solution

51.31

59.08−4.6

2.51−7.4

Solution

−4.89

3.84−6.1

Multiply and Divide Decimals

In the following exercises, multiply.

(0.24)(0.6)

Solution

0.144

(0.81)(0.3)

(5.9)(7.12)

Solution

42.008

(2.3)(9.41)

(−4.3)(2.71)

Solution

−11.653

(−8.5)(1.69)

(−5.18)(−65.23)

Solution

337.8914

(−9.16)(−68.34)

(0.06)(21.75)

Solution

1.305

(0.08)(52.45)

(9.24)(10)

Solution

92.4

(6.531)(10)

(55.2)(1000)

Solution

55,200

(99.4)(1000)

In the following exercises, divide.

4.75÷25

Solution

0.19

12.04÷43

$117.25÷48

Solution

$2.44

$109.24÷36

0.6÷0.2

Solution

3

0.8÷0.4

1.44÷(−0.3)

Solution

−4.8

1.25÷(−0.5)

−1.75÷(−0.05)

Solution

35

−1.15÷(−0.05)

5.2÷2.5

Solution

2.08

6.5÷3.25

11÷0.55

Solution

20

14÷0.35

Convert Decimals, Fractions and Percents

In the following exercises, write each decimal as a fraction.

0.04

Solution

125

0.19

0.52

Solution

1325

0.78

1.25

Solution

54

1.35

0.375

Solution

38

0.464

0.095

Solution

19200

0.085

In the following exercises, convert each fraction to a decimal.

1720

Solution

0.85

1320

114

Solution

2.75

174

−31025

Solution

−12.4

−28425

1511

Solution

1.36—

1811

15111

Solution

0.135—

25111

2.4+58

Solution

3.025

3.9+920

In the following exercises, convert each percent to a decimal.

1%

Solution

0.01

2%

63%

Solution

0.63

71%

150%

Solution

1.5

250%

21.4%

Solution

0.214

39.3%

7.8%

Solution

0.078

6.4%

In the following exercises, convert each decimal to a percent.

0.01

Solution

1%

0.03

1.35

Solution

135%

1.56

3

Solution

300%

4

0.0875

Solution

8.75%

0.0625

2.254

Solution

225.4%

2.317

Everyday Math

Salary Increase Danny got a raise and now makes $58,965.95 a year. Round this number to the nearest ⓐ dollar ⓑ thousand dollars ⓒ ten thousand dollars.

Solution

ⓐ $58,966 ⓑ $59,000 ⓒ $60,000

New Car Purchase Selena’s new car cost $23,795.95. Round this number to the nearest ⓐ dollar ⓑ thousand dollars ⓒ ten thousand dollars.

Sales Tax Hyo Jin lives in San Diego. She bought a refrigerator for $1,624.99 and when the clerk calculated the sales tax it came out to exactly $142.186625. Round the sales tax to the nearest ⓐ penny and ⓑ dollar.

Solution

ⓐ $142.19; ⓑ $142

Sales Tax Jennifer bought a $1,038.99 dining room set for her home in Cincinnati. She calculated the sales tax to be exactly $67.53435. Round the sales tax to the nearest ⓐ penny and ⓑ dollar.

Paycheck Annie has two jobs. She gets paid $14.04 per hour for tutoring at City College and $8.75 per hour at a coffee shop. Last week she tutored for 8 hours and worked at the coffee shop for 15 hours. ⓐ How much did she earn? ⓑ If she had worked all 23 hours as a tutor instead of working both jobs, how much more would she have earned?

Solution

ⓐ $243.57 ⓑ $79.35

Paycheck Jake has two jobs. He gets paid $7.95 per hour at the college cafeteria and $20.25 at the art gallery. Last week he worked 12 hours at the cafeteria and 5 hours at the art gallery. ⓐ How much did he earn? ⓑ If he had worked all 17 hours at the art gallery instead of working both jobs, how much more would he have earned?

Writing Exercises

How does knowing about US money help you learn about decimals?

Solution

Answers may vary

Explain how you write “three and nine hundredths” as a decimal.

Without solving the problem “44 is 80% of what number” think about what the solution might be. Should it be a number that is greater than 44 or less than 44? Explain your reasoning.

Solution

Answers may vary

When the Szetos sold their home, the selling price was 500% of what they had paid for the house 30 years ago. Explain what 500% means in this context.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “name and write decimals,” “round decimals,” “add and subtract decimals,” “multiply and divide decimals,” and “convert decimals, fractions and percents.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

decimal
A decimal is another way of writing a fraction whose denominator is a power of ten.
percent
A percent is a ratio whose denominator is 100.
repeating decimal
A repeating decimal is a decimal in which the last digit or group of digits repeats endlessly.

The Real Numbers

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify expressions with square roots
  • Identify integers, rational numbers, irrational numbers, and real numbers
  • Locate fractions on the number line
  • Locate decimals on the number line

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapters, Decimals and Properties of Real Numbers.

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots

Remember that when a number n is multiplied by itself, we write n2 and read it “n squared.” The result is called the square of n. For example,

82read‘8squared’6464is called thesquareof8.

Similarly, 121 is the square of 11, because 112 is 121.

Square of a Number

If n2=m, then m is the square of n.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Square Numbers” will help you develop a better understanding of perfect square numbers.

Complete the following table to show the squares of the counting numbers 1 through 15.

There is a table with two rows and 17 columns. The first row reads from left to right Number, n, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15. The second row reads from left to right Square, n squared, blank, blank, blank, blank, blank, blank, blank, 64, blank, blank, 121, blank, blank, blank, and blank.

The numbers in the second row are called perfect square numbers. It will be helpful to learn to recognize the perfect square numbers.

The squares of the counting numbers are positive numbers. What about the squares of negative numbers? We know that when the signs of two numbers are the same, their product is positive. So the square of any negative number is also positive.

(−3)2=9(−8)2=64(−11)2=121(−15)2=225

Did you notice that these squares are the same as the squares of the positive numbers?

Sometimes we will need to look at the relationship between numbers and their squares in reverse. Because 102=100, we say 100 is the square of 10. We also say that 10 is a square root of 100. A number whose square is m is called a square root of m.

Square Root of a Number

If n2=m, then n is a square root of m.

Notice (−10)2=100 also, so −10 is also a square root of 100. Therefore, both 10 and −10 are square roots of 100.

So, every positive number has two square roots—one positive and one negative. What if we only wanted the positive square root of a positive number? The radical sign, m, denotes the positive square root. The positive square root is called the principal square root. When we use the radical sign that always means we want the principal square root.

We also use the radical sign for the square root of zero. Because 02=0, 0=0. Notice that zero has only one square root.

Square Root Notation

m is read “the square root of m”

A square root is given, with an arrow to the radical sign (it looks like a checkmark with a horizontal line extending from its long end) denoted radical sign and an arrow to the number under the radical sign, which is marked radicand.

If m=n2, then m=n, for n≥0.

The square root of m, m, is the positive number whose square is m.

Since 10 is the principal square root of 100, we write 100=10. You may want to complete the following table to help you recognize square roots.

There is a table with two rows and 15 columns. The first row reads from left to right square root of 1, square root of 4, square root of 9, square root of 16, square root of 25, square root of 36, square root of 49, square root of 64, square root of 81, square root of 100, square root of 121, square root of 144, square root of 169, square root of 196, and square root of 225. The second row consists of all blanks except for the tenth cell under the square root of 100, which reads 10.

Simplify: ⓐ 25 ⓑ 121.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates finding square roots using known squared values.
ⓐ
Since 52=25
25 5
ⓑ
Since 112=121
121 11

Simplify: ⓐ 36 ⓑ 169.

Solution

ⓐ 6 ⓑ 13

Simplify: ⓐ 16 ⓑ 196.

Solution

ⓐ 4 ⓑ 14

We know that every positive number has two square roots and the radical sign indicates the positive one. We write 100=10. If we want to find the negative square root of a number, we place a negative in front of the radical sign. For example, −100=−10. We read −100 as “the opposite of the square root of 100.”

Simplify: ⓐ −9 ⓑ −144.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates examples of evaluating mathematical expressions where a negative sign precedes a square root.
ⓐ
The negative is in front of the radical sign.
−9 −3
ⓑ
The negative is in front of the radical sign.
−144 −12

Simplify: ⓐ −4 ⓑ −225.

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ −15

Simplify: ⓐ −81 ⓑ −100.

Solution

ⓐ −9 ⓑ −10

Identify Integers, Rational Numbers, Irrational Numbers, and Real Numbers

We have already described numbers as counting numbers, whole numbers, and integers. What is the difference between these types of numbers?

Counting numbers1,2,3,4,…Whole numbers0,1,2,3,4,…Integers…−3,−2,−1,0,1,2,3,…

What type of numbers would we get if we started with all the integers and then included all the fractions? The numbers we would have form the set of rational numbers. A rational number is a number that can be written as a ratio of two integers.

Rational Number

A rational number is a number of the form pq, where p and q are integers and q≠0.

A rational number can be written as the ratio of two integers.

All signed fractions, such as 45,−78,134,−203 are rational numbers. Each numerator and each denominator is an integer.

Are integers rational numbers? To decide if an integer is a rational number, we try to write it as a ratio of two integers. Each integer can be written as a ratio of integers in many ways. For example, 3 is equivalent to 31,62,93,124,155…

An easy way to write an integer as a ratio of integers is to write it as a fraction with denominator one.

3=31−8=−810=01

Since any integer can be written as the ratio of two integers, all integers are rational numbers! Remember that the counting numbers and the whole numbers are also integers, and so they, too, are rational.



What about decimals? Are they rational? Let’s look at a few to see if we can write each of them as the ratio of two integers.

We’ve already seen that integers are rational numbers. The integer −8 could be written as the decimal −8.0. So, clearly, some decimals are rational.

Think about the decimal 7.3. Can we write it as a ratio of two integers? Because 7.3 means 7310, we can write it as an improper fraction, 7310. So 7.3 is the ratio of the integers 73 and 10. It is a rational number.

In general, any decimal that ends after a number of digits (such as 7.3 or −1.2684) is a rational number. Simply write the decimal as a mixed number.

Write as the ratio of two integers: ⓐ −27 ⓑ 7.31.

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating the conversion of integers and decimals into various fractional forms.
ⓐ
Write it as a fraction with denominator 1.
−27 −271
ⓑ
Write it as a mixed number. Remember, 7 is the whole number and the decimal part, 0.31, indicates hundredths.
Convert to an improper fraction.
7.31 731100 731100

So we see that −27 and 7.31 are both rational numbers, since they can be written as the ratio of two integers.

Write as the ratio of two integers: ⓐ −24 ⓑ 3.57.

Solution

ⓐ −241 ⓑ 357100

Write as the ratio of two integers: ⓐ −19 ⓑ 8.41.

Solution

ⓐ −191 ⓑ 841100

Let’s look at the decimal form of the numbers we know are rational.

We have seen that every integer is a rational number, since a=a1 for any integer, a. We can also change any integer to a decimal by adding a decimal point and a zero.

Integer−2−10123Decimal form−2.0−1.00.01.02.03.0
These decimal numbers stop.

We have also seen that every fraction is a rational number. Look at the decimal form of the fractions we considered above.

Ratio of integers45−78134−203The decimal form0.8−0.8753.25−6.666…−6.6–
These decimals either stop or repeat.

What do these examples tell us?

Every rational number can be written both as a ratio of integers, (pq, where p and q are integers and q≠0), and as a decimal that either stops or repeats.

Here are the numbers we looked at above expressed as a ratio of integers and as a decimal:

Fractions Integers
Number 45 −78 134 −203 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
Ratio of Integers 45 −78 134 −203 −21 −11 01 11 21 31
Decimal Form 0.8 −0.875 3.25 −6.6– −2.0 −1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0

Rational Number

A rational number is a number of the form pq, where p and q are integers and q≠0.

Its decimal form stops or repeats.

Are there any decimals that do not stop or repeat? Yes!

The number π (the Greek letter pi, pronounced “pie”), which is very important in describing circles, has a decimal form that does not stop or repeat.

π=3.141592654...

We can even create a decimal pattern that does not stop or repeat, such as

2.01001000100001…

Numbers whose decimal form does not stop or repeat cannot be written as a fraction of integers. We call these numbers irrational.

Irrational Number

An irrational number is a number that cannot be written as the ratio of two integers.

Its decimal form does not stop and does not repeat.

Let’s summarize a method we can use to determine whether a number is rational or irrational.

Rational or Irrational?

If the decimal form of a number

  • repeats or stops, the number is rational.
  • does not repeat and does not stop, the number is irrational.

Given the numbers 0.583–,0.47,3.605551275... list the ⓐ rational numbers ⓑ irrational numbers.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates how to classify numbers as rational or irrational by examining their decimal representations, focusing on whether decimals repeat, stop, or neither.
ⓐ
Look for decimals that repeat or stop.
The 3 repeats in 0.583–.
The decimal 0.47 stops after the 7.
So 0.583– and 0.47 are rational.
ⓑ
Look for decimals that neither stop nor repeat.

3.605551275… has no repeating block of digits and it does not stop.
So 3.605551275… is irrational.

For the given numbers list the ⓐ rational numbers ⓑ irrational numbers: 0.29,0.816–,2.515115111….

Solution

ⓐ 0.29,0.816– ⓑ 2.515115111…

For the given numbers list the ⓐ rational numbers ⓑ irrational numbers: 2.63–,0.125,0.418302…

Solution

ⓐ 2.63–,0.125 ⓑ 0.418302…

For each number given, identify whether it is rational or irrational: ⓐ 36 ⓑ 44.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Recognize that 36 is a perfect square, since 62=36. So 36=6, therefore 36 is rational.
  2. ⓑ Remember that 62=36 and 72=49, so 44 is not a perfect square. Therefore, the decimal form of 44 will never repeat and never stop, so 44 is irrational.

For each number given, identify whether it is rational or irrational: ⓐ 81 ⓑ 17.

Solution

ⓐ rational ⓑ irrational

For each number given, identify whether it is rational or irrational: ⓐ 116 ⓑ 121.

Solution

ⓐ irrational ⓑ rational

We have seen that all counting numbers are whole numbers, all whole numbers are integers, and all integers are rational numbers. The irrational numbers are numbers whose decimal form does not stop and does not repeat. When we put together the rational numbers and the irrational numbers, we get the set of real numbers.

Real Number

A real number is a number that is either rational or irrational.

All the numbers we use in elementary algebra are real numbers. Figure 1 illustrates how the number sets we’ve discussed in this section fit together.

This figure consists of a Venn diagram. To start there is a large rectangle marked Real Numbers. The right half of the rectangle consists of Irrational Numbers. The left half consists of Rational Numbers. Within the Rational Numbers rectangle, there are Integers …, negative 2, negative 1, 0, 1, 2, …. Within the Integers rectangle, there are Whole Numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, … Within the Whole Numbers rectangle, there are Counting Numbers 1, 2, 3, …
This chart shows the number sets that make up the set of real numbers. Does the term “real numbers” seem strange to you? Are there any numbers that are not “real,” and, if so, what could they be?

Can we simplify −25? Is there a number whose square is −25?

()2=−25?

None of the numbers that we have dealt with so far has a square that is −25. Why? Any positive number squared is positive. Any negative number squared is positive. So we say there is no real number equal to −25.

The square root of a negative number is not a real number.

For each number given, identify whether it is a real number or not a real number: ⓐ −169 ⓑ −64.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ There is no real number whose square is −169. Therefore, −169 is not a real number.
  2. ⓑ Since the negative is in front of the radical, −64 is −8, Since −8 is a real number, −64 is a real number.

For each number given, identify whether it is a real number or not a real number: ⓐ −196 ⓑ −81.

Solution

ⓐ not a real number ⓑ real number

For each number given, identify whether it is a real number or not a real number: ⓐ −49 ⓑ −121.

Solution

ⓐ real number ⓑ not a real number

Given the numbers −7,145,8,5,5.9,−64, list the ⓐ whole numbers ⓑ integers ⓒ rational numbers ⓓ irrational numbers ⓔ real numbers.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Remember, the whole numbers are 0, 1, 2, 3, … and 8 is the only whole number given.
  2. ⓑ The integers are the whole numbers, their opposites, and 0. So the whole number 8 is an integer, and −7 is the opposite of a whole number so it is an integer, too. Also, notice that 64 is the square of 8 so −64=−8. So the integers are −7,8,−64.
  3. ⓒ Since all integers are rational, then −7,8,−64 are rational. Rational numbers also include fractions and decimals that repeat or stop, so 145and5.9 are rational. So the list of rational numbers is −7,145,8,5.9,−64.
  4. ⓓ Remember that 5 is not a perfect square, so 5 is irrational.
  5. ⓔ All the numbers listed are real numbers.

For the given numbers, list the ⓐ whole numbers ⓑ integers ⓒ rational numbers ⓓ irrational numbers ⓔ real numbers: −3,−2,0.3–,95,4,49.

Solution

ⓐ 4,49 ⓑ −3,4,49 ⓒ −3,0.3–,95,4,49 ⓓ −2 ⓔ −3,−2,0.3–,95,4,49

For the given numbers, list the ⓐ whole numbers ⓑ integers ⓒ rational numbers ⓓ irrational numbers ⓔ real numbers: −25,−38,−1,6,121,2.041975…

Solution

ⓐ 6,121 ⓑ −25,−1,6,121 ⓒ −25,−38,−1,6,121 ⓓ 2.041975… ⓔ −25,−38,−1,6,121,2.041975…

Locate Fractions on the Number Line

The last time we looked at the number line, it only had positive and negative integers on it. We now want to include fractions and decimals on it.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Number Line Part 3” will help you develop a better understanding of the location of fractions on the number line.

Let’s start with fractions and locate 15,−45,3,74,−92,−5,and83 on the number line.

We’ll start with the whole numbers 3 and −5. because they are the easiest to plot. See Figure 2.

The proper fractions listed are 15and−45. We know the proper fraction 15 has value less than one and so would be located between 0 and 1. The denominator is 5, so we divide the unit from 0 to 1 into 5 equal parts 15,25,35,45. We plot 15. See Figure 2.

Similarly, −45 is between 0 and −1. After dividing the unit into 5 equal parts we plot −45. See Figure 2.

Finally, look at the improper fractions 74,−92,83. These are fractions in which the numerator is greater than the denominator. Locating these points may be easier if you change each of them to a mixed number. See Figure 2.

74=134−92=−41283=223

Figure 2 shows the number line with all the points plotted.

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 6 to positive 6. From left to right, the numbers marked are negative 5, negative 9/2, negative 4/5, 1/5, 4/5, 8/3, and 3. The number negative 9/2 is halfway between negative 5 and negative 4. The number negative 4/5 is slightly to the right of negative 1. The number 1/5 is slightly to the right of 0. The number 4/5 is slightly to the left of 1. The number 8/3 is between 2 and 3, but a little closer to 3.

Locate and label the following on a number line: 4,34,−14,−3,65,−52,and73.

Solution

Solution

Locate and plot the integers, 4,−3.

Locate the proper fraction 34 first. The fraction 34 is between 0 and 1. Divide the distance between 0 and 1 into four equal parts then, we plot 34. Similarly plot −14.

Now locate the improper fractions 65,−52,73. It is easier to plot them if we convert them to mixed numbers and then plot them as described above: 65=115,−52=−212,73=213.

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 6 to positive 6. From left to right, the numbers marked are negative 3, negative 5/2, negative 1/4, 3/4, 6/5, 7/3, and 4. The number negative 5/2 is halfway between negative 3 and negative 2. The number negative 1/4 is slightly to the left of 0. The number 3/4 is slightly to the left of 1. The number 6/5 is slightly to the right of 1. The number 7/3 is between 2 and 3, but a little closer to 2.

Locate and label the following on a number line: −1,13,65,−74,92,5,−83.

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 4 to positive 5. From left to right, the numbers marked are negative 8/3, negative 7/4, negative 1, 1/3, 6/5, 9/2, and 5. The number negative 8/3 is between negative 3 and negative 2 but slightly closer to negative 3. The number negative 7/4 is slightly to the right of negative 2. The number 1/3 is slightly to the right of 0. The number 6/5 is slightly to the right of 1. The number 9/2 is halfway between 4 and 5.

Locate and label the following on a number line: −2,23,75,−74,72,3,−73.

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 4 to positive 5. From left to right, the numbers marked are negative 7/3, negative 2, negative 7/4, 2/3, 7/5, 3, and 7/2. The number negative 7/3 is between negative 3 and negative 2 but slightly closer to negative 2. The number negative 7/4 is slightly to the right of negative 2. The number 2/3 is slightly to the left of 1. The number 7/5 is between 1 and 2, but closer to 1. The number 7/2 is halfway between 3 and 4.

In Example 9, we’ll use the inequality symbols to order fractions. In previous chapters we used the number line to order numbers.

  • a < b “a is less than b” when a is to the left of b on the number line
  • a > b “a is greater than b” when a is to the right of b on the number line

As we move from left to right on a number line, the values increase.

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >. It may be helpful to refer Figure 3.

ⓐ −23___−1 ⓑ −312___−3 ⓒ −34___−14 ⓓ −2___−83

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 4 to positive 4. From left to right, the numbers marked are negative 3 and 1/2, negative 3, negative 8/3, negative 2, negative 1, negative 3/4, negative 2/3, and negative 1/4. The number negative 3 and 1/2 is between negative 4 and negative 3 The number negative 8/3 is between negative 3 and negative 2, but closer to negative 3. The numbers negative 3/4, negative 2/3, and negative 1/4 are all between negative 1 and 0.
Solution

Solution

This table translates verbal descriptions of number positions on a number line into their corresponding mathematical inequalities, illustrating concepts of greater than and less than.
ⓐ
−23 is to the right of −1 on the number line.
−23___−1 −23>−1
ⓑ
−312 is to the right of −3 on the number line.
−312___−3 −312<−3
ⓒ
−34 is to the right of −14 on the number line.
−34___−14 −34<−14
ⓓ
−2 is to the right of −83 on the number line.
−2___−83 −2>−83

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >:

ⓐ −13___−1 ⓑ −112___−2 ⓒ −23___−13 ⓓ −3___−73.

Solution

ⓐ > ⓑ > ⓒ < ⓓ <

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >:

ⓐ −1___−23 ⓑ −214___−2 ⓒ −35___−45 ⓓ −4___−103.

Solution

ⓐ < ⓑ < ⓒ > ⓓ <

Locate Decimals on the Number Line

Since decimals are forms of fractions, locating decimals on the number line is similar to locating fractions on the number line.

Locate 0.4 on the number line.

Solution

Solution

A proper fraction has value less than one. The decimal number 0.4 is equivalent to 410, a proper fraction, so 0.4 is located between 0 and 1. On a number line, divide the interval between 0 and 1 into 10 equal parts. Now label the parts 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0. We write 0 as 0.0 and 1 and 1.0, so that the numbers are consistently in tenths. Finally, mark 0.4 on the number line. See Figure 4.

There is a number line shown that runs from 0.0 to 1. The only point given is 0.4, which is between 0.3 and 0.5.

Locate on the number line: 0.6.

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from 0.0 to 1. The only point given is 0.6, which is between 0.5 and 0.7.

Locate on the number line: 0.9.

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from 0.0 to 1. The only point given is 0.9, which is between 0.8 and 1.

Locate −0.74 on the number line.

Solution

Solution

The decimal −0.74 is equivalent to −74100, so it is located between 0 and −1. On a number line, mark off and label the hundredths in the interval between 0 and −1. See Figure 5.

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 1.00 to 0.00. The only point given is negative 0.74, which is between negative 0.8 and negative 0.7.

Locate on the number line: −0.6.

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 1.00 to 0.00. The only point given is negative 0.6, which is between negative 0.8 and negative 0.4.

Locate on the number line: −0.7.

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 1.00 to 0.00. The only point given is negative 0.7, which is between negative 0.8 and negative 0.6.

Which is larger, 0.04 or 0.40? If you think of this as money, you know that $0.40 (forty cents) is greater than $0.04 (four cents). So,

0.40>0.04

Again, we can use the number line to order numbers.

  • a < b “a is less than b” when a is to the left of b on the number line
  • a > b “a is greater than b” when a is to the right of b on the number line

Where are 0.04 and 0.40 located on the number line? See Figure 6.

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 0.0 to 1.0. From left to right, there are points 0.04 and 0.4 marked. The point 0.04 is between 0.0 and 0.1. The point 0.4 is between 0.3 and 0.5.

We see that 0.40 is to the right of 0.04 on the number line. This is another way to demonstrate that 0.40 > 0.04.

How does 0.31 compare to 0.308? This doesn’t translate into money to make it easy to compare. But if we convert 0.31 and 0.308 into fractions, we can tell which is larger.

0.31 0.308
Convert to fractions. 31100 3081000
We need a common denominator to compare them. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (31 * 10) / (100 * 10), illustrating the multiplication of both the numerator and denominator by 10, highlighted in red. The mathematical fraction 308 over 1000, representing three hundred eight thousandths.
3101000 3081000

Because 310 > 308, we know that 3101000>3081000. Therefore, 0.31 > 0.308.

Notice what we did in converting 0.31 to a fraction—we started with the fraction 31100 and ended with the equivalent fraction 3101000. Converting 3101000 back to a decimal gives 0.310. So 0.31 is equivalent to 0.310. Writing zeros at the end of a decimal does not change its value!

31100=3101000and0.31=0.310

We say 0.31 and 0.310 are equivalent decimals.

Equivalent Decimals

Two decimals are equivalent if they convert to equivalent fractions.

We use equivalent decimals when we order decimals.

The steps we take to order decimals are summarized here.

Order Decimals.

  1. Write the numbers one under the other, lining up the decimal points.
  2. Check to see if both numbers have the same number of digits. If not, write zeros at the end of the one with fewer digits to make them match.
  3. Compare the numbers as if they were whole numbers.
  4. Order the numbers using the appropriate inequality sign.

Order 0.64___0.6 using < or >.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates step-by-step comparison of decimal numbers (0.64 and 0.6) by aligning decimal points and equalizing decimal places.
Write the numbers one under the other, lining up the decimal points. 0.64 0.6
Add a zero to 0.6 to make it a decimal with 2 decimal places.
Now they are both hundredths.
0.64 0.60
64 is greater than 60. 64>60
64 hundredths is greater than 60 hundredths. 0.64>0.60
0.64>0.6

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using <or>:0.42___0.4.

Solution

>

Order each of the following pairs of numbers, using <or>:0.18___0.1.

Solution

>

Order 0.83___0.803 using < or >.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide for comparing decimal numbers, using 0.83 and 0.803 as an example to show alignment and zero padding.
0.83___0.803
Write the numbers one under the other, lining up the decimals. 0.83 0.803
They do not have the same number of digits.
Write one zero at the end of 0.83.
0.830 0.803
Since 830>803, 830 thousandths is greater than 803 thousandths. 0.830>0.803
0.83>0.803

Order the following pair of numbers, using <or>:0.76___0.706.

Solution

>

Order the following pair of numbers, using <or>:0.305___0.35.

Solution

<

When we order negative decimals, it is important to remember how to order negative integers. Recall that larger numbers are to the right on the number line. For example, because −2 lies to the right of −3 on the number line, we know that −2>−3. Similarly, smaller numbers lie to the left on the number line. For example, because −9 lies to the left of −6 on the number line, we know that −9<−6. See Figure 7.

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 10 to 0. There are not points given and the hashmarks exist at every integer between negative 10 and 0.

If we zoomed in on the interval between 0 and −1, as shown in Example 14, we would see in the same way that −0.2>−0.3and−0.9<−0.6.

Use < or > to order −0.1___−0.8.

Solution

Solution

Steps demonstrating how to compare two negative decimal numbers, -0.1 and -0.8, by aligning their decimal points and comparing their values.
−0.1___−0.8
Write the numbers one under the other, lining up the decimal points.
They have the same number of digits.
−0.1 −0.8
Since −1>−8, −1 tenth is greater than −8 tenths. −0.1>−0.8

Order the following pair of numbers, using < or >: −0.3___−0.5.

Solution

>

Order the following pair of numbers, using < or >: −0.6___−0.7.

Solution

>

Key Concepts

  • Square Root Notation
    m is read ‘the square root of m.’ If m=n2, then m=n, for n≥0.
  • Order Decimals
    1. Write the numbers one under the other, lining up the decimal points.
    2. Check to see if both numbers have the same number of digits. If not, write zeros at the end of the one with fewer digits to make them match.
    3. Compare the numbers as if they were whole numbers.
    4. Order the numbers using the appropriate inequality sign.

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

36

Solution

6

4

64

Solution

8

169

9

Solution

3

16

100

Solution

10

144

−4

Solution

−2

−100

−1

Solution

−1

−121

Identify Integers, Rational Numbers, Irrational Numbers, and Real Numbers

In the following exercises, write as the ratio of two integers.

ⓐ 5 ⓑ 3.19

Solution

ⓐ 51 ⓑ 319100

ⓐ 8 ⓑ 1.61

ⓐ −12 ⓑ 9.279

Solution

ⓐ −121 ⓑ 92791000

ⓐ −16 ⓑ 4.399

In the following exercises, list the ⓐ rational numbers, ⓑ irrational numbers

0.75,0.223–,1.39174…

Solution

ⓐ 0.75,0.223– ⓑ 1.39174…

0.36,0.94729…,2.528–

0.45–,1.919293…,3.59

Solution

ⓐ 0.45–,3.59 ⓑ 1.919293…

0.13–,0.42982…,1.875

In the following exercises, identify whether each number is rational or irrational.

ⓐ 25 ⓑ 30

Solution

ⓐ rational ⓑ irrational

ⓐ 44 ⓑ 49

ⓐ 164 ⓑ 169

Solution

ⓐ irrational ⓑ rational

ⓐ 225 ⓑ 216

In the following exercises, identify whether each number is a real number or not a real number.

ⓐ −81 ⓑ −121

Solution

ⓐ real number ⓑ not a real number

ⓐ −64 ⓑ −9

ⓐ −36 ⓑ −144

Solution

ⓐ not a real number ⓑ real number

ⓐ −49 ⓑ −144

In the following exercises, list the ⓐ whole numbers, ⓑ integers, ⓒ rational numbers, ⓓ irrational numbers, ⓔ real numbers for each set of numbers.

−8,0,1.95286…,125,36,9

Solution

ⓐ 0,36,9 ⓑ −8,0,36,9 ⓒ −8,0,125,36,9 ⓓ 1.95286… ⓔ −8,0,1.95286…,125,36,9

−9,−349,−9,0.409–,116,7

−100,−7,−83,−1,0.77,314

Solution

ⓐ none ⓑ −100,−7,−1 ⓒ −100,−7,−83,−1,0.77,314 ⓓ none ⓔ −100,−7,−83,−1,0.77,314

−6,−52,0,0.714285———,215,14

Locate Fractions on the Number Line

In the following exercises, locate the numbers on a number line.

34,85,103

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from 0 to 6. From left to right the points read 3/4, 8/5, and 10/3. The point for 3/4 is between 0 and 1. The point for 8/5 is between 1 and 2. The point for 10/3 is between 3 and 4.

14,95,113

310,72,116,4

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from 0 to 6. From left to right the points read 3/10, 11/6, 7/2, and 4. The point for 3/10 is between 0 and 1. The point for 11/6 is between 1 and 2. The point for 7/2 is between 3 and 4.

710,52,138,3

25,−25

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 1 to 1. From left to right the points read negative 2/5 and 2/5. The point for negative 2/5 is between negative 1 and 0. The point for 2/5 is between 0 and 1.

34,−34

34,−34,123,−123,52,−52

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 4 to 4. From left to right the points read negative 5/2, negative 1 and 2/3, negative 3/4, ¾, 1 and 2/3, and 5/2. The point for negative 5/2 is between negative 3 and negative 2. The point for negative 1 and 2/3 is between negative 2 and negative 1. The point for negative 3/4 is between negative 1 and 0. The point for 3/4 is between 0 and 1. The point for 1 and 2/3 is between 1 and 2. The point for 5/2 is between 2 and 3.

25,−25,134,−134,83,−83

In the following exercises, order each of the pairs of numbers, using < or >.

−1___−14

Solution

<

−1___−13

−212___−3

Solution

>

−134___−2

−512___−712

Solution

>

−910___−310

−3___−135

Solution

<

−4___−236

Locate Decimals on the Number Line In the following exercises, locate the number on the number line.

0.8

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 4 to 4. The point 0.8 is between 0 and 1.

−0.9

−1.6

Solution

There is a number line shown that runs from negative 4 to 4. The point negative 1.6 is between negative 2 and negative 1.

3.1

In the following exercises, order each pair of numbers, using < or >.

0.37___0.63

Solution

<

0.86___0.69

0.91___0.901

Solution

>

0.415___0.41

−0.5___−0.3

Solution

<

−0.1___−0.4

−0.62___−0.619

Solution

<

−7.31___−7.3

Everyday Math

Field trip All the 5th graders at Lincoln Elementary School will go on a field trip to the science museum. Counting all the children, teachers, and chaperones, there will be 147 people. Each bus holds 44 people.

ⓐ How many busses will be needed?
ⓑ Why must the answer be a whole number?
ⓒ Why shouldn’t you round the answer the usual way, by choosing the whole number closest to the exact answer?

Solution

ⓐ 4 busses ⓑ answers may vary ⓒ answers may vary

Child care Serena wants to open a licensed child care center. Her state requires there be no more than 12 children for each teacher. She would like her child care center to serve 40 children.

ⓐ How many teachers will be needed? ⓑ Why must the answer be a whole number? ⓒ Why shouldn’t you round the answer the usual way, by choosing the whole number closest to the exact answer?

Writing Exercises

In your own words, explain the difference between a rational number and an irrational number.

Solution

Answers may vary

Explain how the sets of numbers (counting, whole, integer, rational, irrationals, reals) are related to each other.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objective of this section.

This is a table that has five rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “simplify expressions with square roots,” “identify integers, rational numbers, irrational numbers and real numbers,” locate fractions on the number line,” and “locate decimals on the number line.” The rest of the cells are blank

ⓑ On a scale of 1−10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

equivalent decimals
Two decimals are equivalent if they convert to equivalent fractions.
irrational number
An irrational number is a number that cannot be written as the ratio of two integers. Its decimal form does not stop and does not repeat.
rational number
A rational number is a number of the form pq, where p and q are integers and q≠0. A rational number can be written as the ratio of two integers. Its decimal form stops or repeats.
radical sign
A radical sign is the symbol m that denotes the positive square root.
real number
A real number is a number that is either rational or irrational.
square and square root
If n2=m, then m is the square of n and n is a square root of m.

Properties of Real Numbers

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use the commutative and associative properties
  • Use the identity and inverse properties of addition and multiplication
  • Use the properties of zero
  • Simplify expressions using the distributive property

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, The Properties of Real Numbers.

Use the Commutative and Associative Properties

Think about adding two numbers, say 5 and 3. The order we add them doesn’t affect the result, does it?

5+33+588
5+3=3+5

The results are the same.

As we can see, the order in which we add does not matter!

What about multiplying 5and3?

5·33·51515
5·3=3·5

Again, the results are the same!

The order in which we multiply does not matter!

These examples illustrate the commutative property. When adding or multiplying, changing the order gives the same result.

Commutative Property

of AdditionIfa,bare real numbers, thena+b=b+aof MultiplicationIfa,bare real numbers, thena·b=b·a

When adding or multiplying, changing the order gives the same result.

The commutative property has to do with order. If you change the order of the numbers when adding or multiplying, the result is the same.

What about subtraction? Does order matter when we subtract numbers? Does 7−3 give the same result as 3−7?

7−33−74−44≠−47−3≠3−7

The results are not the same.

Since changing the order of the subtraction did not give the same result, we know that subtraction is not commutative.

Let’s see what happens when we divide two numbers. Is division commutative?

12÷44÷121244123133≠1312÷4≠4÷12

The results are not the same.

Since changing the order of the division did not give the same result, division is not commutative. The commutative properties only apply to addition and multiplication!

  • Addition and multiplication are commutative.
  • Subtraction and Division are not commutative.



If you were asked to simplify this expression, how would you do it and what would your answer be?

7+8+2

Some people would think 7+8is15 and then 15+2is17. Others might start with 8+2makes10 and then 7+10makes17.

Either way gives the same result. Remember, we use parentheses as grouping symbols to indicate which operation should be done first.

Demonstrates the associative property of addition using the numbers 7, 8, and 2, showing that different groupings result in the same total.

Add 7+8.
Add.
(7+8)+2 15+2 17

Add 8+2.
Add.
7+(8+2) 7+10 17
(7+8)+2=7+(8+2)

When adding three numbers, changing the grouping of the numbers gives the same result.

This is true for multiplication, too.

This table demonstrates the associative property of multiplication with fractions, showing how grouping factors differently does not change the product.

Multiply. 5·13
Multiply.
(5·13)·3 53·3 5

Multiply. 13·3.
Multiply.
5·(13·3) 5·1 5
(5·13)·3=5·(13·3)

When multiplying three numbers, changing the grouping of the numbers gives the same result.

You probably know this, but the terminology may be new to you. These examples illustrate the associative property.

Associative Property

of AdditionIfa,b,care real numbers, then(a+b)+c=a+(b+c)of MultiplicationIfa,b,care real numbers, then(a·b)·c=a·(b·c)

When adding or multiplying, changing the grouping gives the same result.

Let’s think again about multiplying 5·13·3. We got the same result both ways, but which way was easier? Multiplying 13 and 3 first, as shown above on the right side, eliminates the fraction in the first step. Using the associative property can make the math easier!

The associative property has to do with grouping. If we change how the numbers are grouped, the result will be the same. Notice it is the same three numbers in the same order—the only difference is the grouping.

We saw that subtraction and division were not commutative. They are not associative either.

When simplifying an expression, it is always a good idea to plan what the steps will be. In order to combine like terms in the next example, we will use the commutative property of addition to write the like terms together.

Simplify: 18p+6q+15p+5q.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression by combining like terms using the commutative property of addition.
18p+6q+15p+5q
Use the commutative property of addition to re-order so that like terms are together. 18p+15p+6q+5q
Add like terms. 33p+11q

Simplify: 23r+14s+9r+15s.

Solution

32r+29s

Simplify: 37m+21n+4m−15n.

Solution

41m+6n

When we have to simplify algebraic expressions, we can often make the work easier by applying the commutative or associative property first, instead of automatically following the order of operations. When adding or subtracting fractions, combine those with a common denominator first.

Simplify: (513+34)+14.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution simplifying a fractional expression by grouping terms with common denominators for easier calculation.
(513+34)+14
Notice that the last 2 terms have a common denominator, so change the grouping. 513+(34+14)
Add in parentheses first. 513+(44)
Simplify the fraction. 513+1
Add. 1513
Convert to an improper fraction. 1813

Simplify: (715+58)+38.

Solution

1715

Simplify: (29+712)+512.

Solution

129

Use the associative property to simplify 6(3x).

Solution

Solution

Steps to simplify the algebraic expression 6(3x) using the associative property of multiplication.
6(3x)
Change the grouping. (6·3)x
Multiply in the parentheses. 18x

Notice that we can multiply 6·3 but we could not multiply 3x without having a value for x.

Use the associative property to simplify 8(4x).

Solution

32x

Use the associative property to simplify −9(7y).

Solution

−63y

Use the Identity and Inverse Properties of Addition and Multiplication

What happens when we add 0 to any number? Adding 0 doesn’t change the value. For this reason, we call 0 the additive identity.

For example,

13+0−14+00+(−8)13−14−8

These examples illustrate the Identity Property of Addition that states that for any real number a, a+0=a and 0+a=a.

What happens when we multiply any number by one? Multiplying by 1 doesn’t change the value. So we call 1 the multiplicative identity.

For example,

43·1−27·11·3543−2735

These examples illustrate the Identity Property of Multiplication that states that for any real number a, a·1=a and 1·a=a.

We summarize the Identity Properties below.

Identity Property

of additionFor any real numbera:a+0=a0+a=a0is theadditive identityof multiplicationFor any real numbera:a·1=a1·a=a1is themultiplicative identity


In the top line of this figure, we have the question “What number added to 5 gives the additive identity, 0?” On the following line, we have 5 plus a blank space equals 0. Then it is stated that “We know 5 plus negative 5 equals 0.” On the following line, we have the question “What number added to negative 6 gives the additive identity, 0?” On the following line, we have negative 6 plus a blank space equals 0. Then it is stated that “We know negative 6 plus 6 equals 0.”

Notice that in each case, the missing number was the opposite of the number!

We call −a. the additive inverse of a. The opposite of a number is its additive inverse. A number and its opposite add to zero, which is the additive identity. This leads to the Inverse Property of Addition that states for any real number a,a+(−a)=0. Remember, a number and its opposite add to zero.

What number multiplied by 23 gives the multiplicative identity, 1? In other words, 23 times what results in 1?

We have the statement that 2/3 times a blank space equals 1. Then it is stated that “We know 2/3 times 3/2 equals 1.”

What number multiplied by 2 gives the multiplicative identity, 1? In other words 2 times what results in 1?

We have the statement that 2 times a blank space equals 1. Then it is stated that “We know 2 times 1/2 equals 1.”

Notice that in each case, the missing number was the reciprocal of the number!

We call 1a the multiplicative inverse of a. The reciprocal of a number is its multiplicative inverse. A number and its reciprocal multiply to one, which is the multiplicative identity. This leads to the Inverse Property of Multiplication that states that for any real number a,a≠0,a·1a=1.

We’ll formally state the inverse properties here:

Inverse Property

This table defines additive and multiplicative inverses for real numbers, providing their descriptions and mathematical expressions.
of addition For any real number a,
−a is the additive inverse of a.
A number and its opposite add to zero.
a+(−a)=0
of multiplication For any real number a,
1a is the multiplicative inverse of a.
A number and its reciprocal multiply to one.
a·1a=1

Find the additive inverse of ⓐ 58 ⓑ 0.6 ⓒ −8 ⓓ −43.

Solution

Solution

To find the additive inverse, we find the opposite.

  1. ⓐ The additive inverse of 58 is the opposite of 58. The additive inverse of 58 is −58.

  2. ⓑ The additive inverse of 0.6 is the opposite of 0.6. The additive inverse of 0.6 is −0.6.

  3. ⓒ The additive inverse of −8 is the opposite of −8. We write the opposite of −8 as −(−8), and then simplify it to 8. Therefore, the additive inverse of −8 is 8.

  4. ⓓ The additive inverse of −43 is the opposite of −43. We write this as −(−43), and then simplify to 43. Thus, the additive inverse of −43 is 43.

Find the additive inverse of: ⓐ 79 ⓑ 1.2 ⓒ −14 ⓓ −94.

Solution

ⓐ −79 ⓑ −1.2 ⓒ 14 ⓓ 94

Find the additive inverse of: ⓐ 713 ⓑ 8.4 ⓒ −46 ⓓ −52.

Solution

ⓐ −713 ⓑ −8.4 ⓒ 46 ⓓ 52

Find the multiplicative inverse of ⓐ 9 ⓑ −19 ⓒ 0.9.

Solution

Solution

To find the multiplicative inverse, we find the reciprocal.

  1. ⓐ The multiplicative inverse of 9 is the reciprocal of 9, which is 19. Therefore, the multiplicative inverse of 9 is 19.
  2. ⓑ The multiplicative inverse of −19 is the reciprocal of −19, which is −9. Thus, the multiplicative inverse of −19 is −9.
  3. ⓒ To find the multiplicative inverse of 0.9, we first convert 0.9 to a fraction, 910. Then we find the reciprocal of the fraction. The reciprocal of 910 is 109. So the multiplicative inverse of 0.9 is 109.

Find the multiplicative inverse of ⓐ 4 ⓑ −17 ⓒ 0.3

Solution

ⓐ 14 ⓑ −7 ⓒ 103

Find the multiplicative inverse of ⓐ 18 ⓑ −45 ⓒ 0.6.

Solution

ⓐ 118 ⓑ −54 ⓒ 53

Use the Properties of Zero

The identity property of addition says that when we add 0 to any number, the result is that same number. What happens when we multiply a number by 0? Multiplying by 0 makes the product equal zero.

Multiplication by Zero

For any real number a.

a·0=00·a=0

The product of any real number and 0 is 0.

What about division involving zero? What is 0÷3? Think about a real example: If there are no cookies in the cookie jar and 3 people are to share them, how many cookies does each person get? There are no cookies to share, so each person gets 0 cookies. So,

0÷3=0

We can check division with the related multiplication fact.

12÷6=2because2·6=12.

So we know 0÷3=0 because 0·3=0.

Division of Zero

For any real number a, except 0, 0a=0 and 0÷a=0.

Zero divided by any real number except zero is zero.

Now think about dividing by zero. What is the result of dividing 4 by 0? Think about the related multiplication fact: 4÷0=? means ?·0=4. Is there a number that multiplied by 0 gives 4? Since any real number multiplied by 0 gives 0, there is no real number that can be multiplied by 0 to obtain 4.

We conclude that there is no answer to 4÷0 and so we say that division by 0 is undefined.

Division by Zero

For any real number a, except 0, a0 and a÷0 are undefined.

Division by zero is undefined.

We summarize the properties of zero below.

Properties of Zero

Multiplication by Zero: For any real number a,

This table illustrates the multiplication property of zero, showing that the product of any number and zero is always zero.
a·0=00·a=0 The product of any number and 0 is 0.

Division of Zero, Division by Zero: For any real number a,a≠0

This table presents mathematical rules for division involving zero, clarifying cases where the result is zero or undefined, along with their verbal descriptions.
0a=0 Zero divided by any real number except itself is zero.
a0is undefined Division by zero is undefined.

Simplify: ⓐ −8·0 ⓑ 0−2 ⓒ −320.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates fundamental mathematical rules for operations involving zero, specifically multiplication by zero and division by zero, with corresponding examples.
ⓐ
The product of any real number and 0 is 0.
−8·0 0
ⓑ
The product of any real number and 0 is 0.
0−2 0
ⓒ
Division by 0 is undefined.
−320 Undefined

Simplify: ⓐ −14·0 ⓑ 0−6 ⓒ −20.

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ 0 ⓒ undefined

Simplify: ⓐ 0(−17) ⓑ 0−10 ⓒ −50.

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ 0 ⓒ undefined

We will now practice using the properties of identities, inverses, and zero to simplify expressions.

Simplify: ⓐ 0n+5, where n≠−5 ⓑ 10−3p0, where 10−3p≠0.

Solution

Solution

Fundamental rules of division involving zero: Zero divided by a non-zero number is zero; division by zero is undefined, shown with mathematical examples.
ⓐ
Zero divided by any real number except itself is 0.
0n+5 0
ⓑ
Division by 0 is undefined.
10−3p0 Undefined

Simplify: −84n+(−73n)+84n.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the algebraic expression -84n + (-73n) + 84n using the commutative property to combine like terms.
−84n+(−73n)+84n
Notice that the first and third terms are opposites; use the
commutative property of addition to re-order the terms.
−84n+84n+(−73n)
Add left to right. 0+(−73n)
Add. −73n

Simplify: −27a+(−48a)+27a.

Solution

−48a

Simplify: 39x+(−92x)+(−39x).

Solution

−92x

Now we will see how recognizing reciprocals is helpful. Before multiplying left to right, look for reciprocals—their product is 1.

Simplify: 715·823·157.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates simplifying a fractional multiplication by reordering factors using the commutative property.
715·823·157
Notice that the first and third terms are reciprocals, so use the
commutative property of multiplication to re-order the factors.
715·157·823
Multiply left to right. 1·823
Multiply. 823

Simplify: 916·549·169.

Solution

549

Simplify: 617·1125·176.

Solution

1125

Simplify: ⓐ 0m+7, where m≠−7 ⓑ 18−6c0, where 18−6c≠0.

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ undefined

Simplify: ⓐ 0d−4,whered≠4 ⓑ 15−4q0,where15−4q≠0.

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ undefined

Simplify: 34·43(6x+12).

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a mathematical expression using reciprocals and the multiplicative identity.
34·43(6x+12)
There is nothing to do in the parentheses, so multiply the
two fractions first—notice, they are reciprocals.
1(6x+12)
Simplify by recognizing the multiplicative identity. 6x+12

Simplify: 25·52(20y+50).

Solution

20y+50

Simplify: 38·83(12z+16).

Solution

12z+16

Simplify Expressions Using the Distributive Property

Suppose that three friends are going to the movies. They each need $9.25—that’s 9 dollars and 1 quarter—to pay for their tickets. How much money do they need all together?

You can think about the dollars separately from the quarters. They need 3 times $9 so $27, and 3 times 1 quarter, so 75 cents. In total, they need $27.75. If you think about doing the math in this way, you are using the distributive property.

Distributive Property

Ifa,b,care real numbers, thena(b+c)=ab+acAlso,(b+c)a=ba+caa(b−c)=ab−ac(b−c)a=ba−ca

Back to our friends at the movies, we could find the total amount of money they need like this:

3(9.25)3(9+0.25)3(9)+3(0.25)27+0.7527.75

In algebra, we use the distributive property to remove parentheses as we simplify expressions.

For example, if we are asked to simplify the expression 3(x+4), the order of operations says to work in the parentheses first. But we cannot add x and 4, since they are not like terms. So we use the distributive property, as shown in Example 11.

Simplify: 3(x+4).

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the algebraic expression 3(x+4) using the distributive property.
3(x+4)
Distribute. 3·x+3·4
Multiply. 3x+12

Simplify: 4(x+2).

Solution

4x+8

Simplify: 6(x+7).

Solution

6x+42

Some students find it helpful to draw in arrows to remind them how to use the distributive property. Then the first step in Example 11 would look like this:

We have the expression 3 times (x plus 4) with two arrows coming from the 3. One arrow points to the x, and the other arrow points to the 4.

Simplify: 8(38x+14).

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression shows 8 multiplied by the sum of (3/8)x and 1/4, with blue arrows illustrating the distributive property where 8 is multiplied by each term inside the parentheses.
Distribute. A mathematical expression displaying the distributive property: 8 multiplied by (3/8)x plus 8 multiplied by (1/4).
Multiply. The mathematical expression '3x+2' is displayed in a clear, dark grey font against a plain white background.

Simplify: 6(56y+12).

Solution

5y+3

Simplify: 12(13n+34).

Solution

4n+9

Using the distributive property as shown in Example 13 will be very useful when we solve money applications in later chapters.

Simplify: 100(0.3+0.25q).

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression shows 100 multiplied by the sum of 0.3 and 0.25q, represented as 100(0.3 + 0.25q). Curved arrows indicate the distributive property, showing 100 multiplying both terms inside the parentheses.
Distribute. A mathematical expression: 100(0.3) + 100(0.25q). It shows the sum of two terms, where 100 is multiplied by 0.3 in the first term, and 100 is multiplied by 0.25q in the second term.
Multiply. A mathematical expression '30 + 25q' is displayed in black font on a white background.

Simplify: 100(0.7+0.15p).

Solution

70+15p

Simplify: 100(0.04+0.35d).

Solution

4+35d

When we distribute a negative number, we need to be extra careful to get the signs correct!

Simplify: −2(4y+1).

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the distributive property, with -2 multiplying the terms (4y + 1) indicated by blue curved arrows.
Distribute. The mathematical expression reads as negative two times four y plus negative two times one.
Multiply. The image displays the mathematical expression -8y-2 in black text on a white background.

Simplify: −3(6m+5).

Solution

−18m−15

Simplify: −6(8n+11).

Solution

−48n−66

Simplify: −11(4−3a).

Solution

Solution

Distribute. An algebraic expression -11(4-3a) is displayed, with blue arrows demonstrating the distributive property by showing -11 multiplying both terms inside the parentheses.
Multiply. Mathematical steps showing the simplification of an algebraic expression, starting with -11 * 4 - (-11) * 3a and simplifying to -44 - (-33a).
Simplify. The image displays the algebraic expression -44 + 33a in clear, dark gray text against a plain white background.

Notice that you could also write the result as 33a−44. Do you know why?

Simplify: −5(2−3a).

Solution

−10+15a

Simplify: −7(8−15y).

Solution

−56+105y

Example 16 will show how to use the distributive property to find the opposite of an expression.

Simplify: −(y+5).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step demonstration of multiplying (y+5) by -1, showing distribution and simplification.
(y+5)
Multiplying by −1 results in the opposite. −1(y+5)
Distribute. −1·y+(−1)·5
Simplify. −y+(−5)
−y−5

Simplify: −(z−11).

Solution

−z+11

Simplify: −(x−4).

Solution

−x+4

There will be times when we’ll need to use the distributive property as part of the order of operations. Start by looking at the parentheses. If the expression inside the parentheses cannot be simplified, the next step would be multiply using the distributive property, which removes the parentheses. The next two examples will illustrate this.

Simplify: 8−2(x+3).

Be sure to follow the order of operations. Multiplication comes before subtraction, so we will distribute the 2 first and then subtract.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the algebraic expression 8 - 2(x + 3).
8−2(x+3)
Distribute. 8−2·x−2·3
Multiply. 8−2x−6
Combine like terms. −2x+2

Simplify: 9−3(x+2).

Solution

3−3x

Simplify: 7x−5(x+4).

Solution

2x−20

Simplify: 4(x−8)−(x+3).

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression using distribution and combining like terms.
4(x−8)−(x+3)
Distribute. 4x−32−x−3
Combine like terms. 3x−35

Simplify: 6(x−9)−(x+12).

Solution

5x−66

Simplify: 8(x−1)−(x+5).

Solution

7x−13

All the properties of real numbers we have used in this chapter are summarized in Table 22.

Commutative Property
  of addition If a,b are real numbers, then

  of multiplication If a,b are real numbers, then
a+b=b+a

a·b=b·a
Associative Property
  of addition If a,b,c are real numbers, then

  of multiplication If a,b,c are real numbers, then
(a+b)+c=a+(b+c)

(a·b)·c=a·(b·c)
Distributive Property
  If a,b,c are real numbers, then a(b+c)=ab+ac
Identity Property
  of addition For any real number a:
   0 is the additive identity

  of multiplication For any real number a:
   1 is the multiplicative identity
a+0=a0+a=a

a·1=a1·a=a
Inverse Property
  of addition For any real number a,
   −a is the additive inverse of a

  of multiplication For any real number a,a≠0
   1a is the multiplicative inverse of a.
a+(−a)=0


a·1a=1
Properties of Zero
  For any real number a,



  For any real number a,a≠0

  For any real number a,a≠0
a·0=00·a=0

0a=0

a0 is undefined

Key Concepts

  • Commutative Property of
    • Addition: If a,b are real numbers, then a+b=b+a.
    • Multiplication: If a,b are real numbers, then a·b=b·a. When adding or multiplying, changing the order gives the same result.
  • Associative Property of
    • Addition: If a,b,c are real numbers, then (a+b)+c=a+(b+c).
    • Multiplication: If a,b,c are real numbers, then (a·b)·c=a·(b·c).
      When adding or multiplying, changing the grouping gives the same result.
  • Distributive Property: If a,b,c are real numbers, then
    • a(b+c)=ab+ac
    • (b+c)a=ba+ca
    • a(b−c)=ab−ac
    • (b−c)a=ba−ca
  • Identity Property
    • of Addition: For any real number a:a+0=a0+a=a
      0 is the additive identity
    • of Multiplication: For any real number a:a·1=a1·a=a
      1 is the multiplicative identity
  • Inverse Property
    • of Addition: For any real number a,a+(−a)=0. A number and its opposite add to zero. −a is the additive inverse of a.
    • of Multiplication: For any real number a,(a≠0)a·1a=1. A number and its reciprocal multiply to one. 1a is the multiplicative inverse of a.
  • Properties of Zero
    • For any real number a,
      a·0=00·a=0 – The product of any real number and 0 is 0.
    • 0a=0 for a≠0 – Zero divided by any real number except zero is zero.
    • a0 is undefined – Division by zero is undefined.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use the Commutative and Associative Properties

In the following exercises, use the associative property to simplify.

3(4x)

Solution

12x

4(7m)

(y+12)+28

Solution

y+40

(n+17)+33

In the following exercises, simplify.

12+78+(−12)

Solution

78

25+512+(−25)

320·4911·203

Solution

4911

1318·257·1813

−24·7⋅38

Solution

−63

−36·11·49

(56+815)+715

Solution

156

(1112+49)+59

17(0.25)(4)

Solution

17

36(0.2)(5)

[2.48(12)](0.5)

Solution

14.88

[9.731(4)](0.75)

7(4a)

Solution

28a

9(8w)

−15(5m)

Solution

−75m

−23(2n)

12(56p)

Solution

10p

20(35q)

43m+(−12n)+(−16m)+(−9n)

Solution

27m+(−21n)

−22p+17q+(−35p)+(−27q)

38g+112h+78g+512h

Solution

54g+12h

56a+310b+16a+910b

6.8p+9.14q+(−4.37p)+(−0.88q)

Solution

2.43p+8.26q

9.6m+7.22n+(−2.19m)+(−0.65n)

Use the Identity and Inverse Properties of Addition and Multiplication

In the following exercises, find the additive inverse of each number.

ⓐ 25 ⓑ 4.3
ⓒ −8
ⓓ −103

Solution

ⓐ −25 ⓑ −4.3 ⓒ 8 ⓓ 103

ⓐ 59
ⓑ 2.1 ⓒ −3 ⓓ −95

ⓐ −76 ⓑ −0.075 ⓒ 23 ⓓ 14

Solution

ⓐ 76 ⓑ 0.075 ⓒ −23 ⓓ −14

ⓐ −83 ⓑ −0.019 ⓒ 52 ⓓ 56

In the following exercises, find the multiplicative inverse of each number.

ⓐ 6 ⓑ −34 ⓒ 0.7

Solution

ⓐ 16 ⓑ −43 ⓒ 107

ⓐ 12 ⓑ −92 ⓒ 0.13

ⓐ 1112 ⓑ −1.1 ⓒ −4

Solution

ⓐ 1211 ⓑ −1011 ⓒ −14

ⓐ 1720 ⓑ −1.5 ⓒ −3

Use the Properties of Zero

In the following exercises, simplify.

06

Solution

0

30

0÷1112

Solution

0

60

03

Solution

0

0·815

(−3.14)(0)

Solution

0

1100

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, simplify.

19a+44−19a

Solution

44

27c+16−27c

10(0.1d)

Solution

d

100(0.01p)

0u−4.99, where u≠4.99

Solution

0

0v−65.1, where v≠65.1

0÷(x−12), where x≠12

Solution

0

0÷(y−16), where y≠16

32−5a0, where
32−5a≠0

Solution

undefined

28−9b0, where
28−9b≠0

(34+910m)÷0 where
34+910m≠0

Solution

undefined

(516n−37)÷0 where
516n−37≠0

15·35(4d+10)

Solution

36d+90

18·56(15h+24)

Simplify Expressions Using the Distributive Property

In the following exercises, simplify using the distributive property.

8(4y+9)

Solution

32y+72

9(3w+7)

6(c−13)

Solution

6c−78

7(y−13)

14(3q+12)

Solution

34q+3

15(4m+20)

9(59y−13)

Solution

5y−3

10(310x−25)

12(14+23r)

Solution

3+8r

12(16+34s)

r(s−18)

Solution

rs−18r

u(v−10)

(y+4)p

Solution

yp+4p

(a+7)x

−7(4p+1)

Solution

−28p−7

−9(9a+4)

−3(x−6)

Solution

−3x+18

−4(q−7)

−(3x−7)

Solution

−3x+7

−(5p−4)

16−3(y+8)

Solution

−3y−8

18−4(x+2)

4−11(3c−2)

Solution

−33c+26

9−6(7n−5)

22−(a+3)

Solution

−a+19

8−(r−7)

(5m−3)−(m+7)

Solution

4m−10

(4y−1)−(y−2)

5(2n+9)+12(n−3)

Solution

22n+9

9(5u+8)+2(u−6)

9(8x−3)−(−2)

Solution

72x−25

4(6x−1)−(−8)

14(c−1)−8(c−6)

Solution

6c+34

11(n−7)−5(n−1)

6(7y+8)−(30y−15)

Solution

12y+63

7(3n+9)−(4n−13)

Everyday Math

Insurance copayment Carrie had to have 5 fillings done. Each filling cost $80. Her dental insurance required her to pay 20% of the cost as a copay. Calculate Carrie’s copay:

  1. ⓐ First, by multiplying 0.20 by 80 to find her copay for each filling and then multiplying your answer by 5 to find her total copay for 5 fillings.
  2. ⓑ Next, by multiplying [5(0.20)](80)
  3. ⓒ Which of the properties of real numbers says that your answers to parts (a), where you multiplied 5[(0.20)(80)] and (b), where you multiplied [5(0.20)](80), should be equal?
Solution

ⓐ $80 ⓑ $80 ⓒ answers will vary

Cooking time Helen bought a 24-pound turkey for her family’s Thanksgiving dinner and wants to know what time to put the turkey in to the oven. She wants to allow 20 minutes per pound cooking time. Calculate the length of time needed to roast the turkey:

  1. ⓐ First, by multiplying 24·20 to find the total number of minutes and then multiplying the answer by 160 to convert minutes into hours.
  2. ⓑ Next, by multiplying 24(20·160).
  3. ⓒ Which of the properties of real numbers says that your answers to parts (a), where you multiplied (24·20)160, and (b), where you multiplied 24(20·160), should be equal?

Buying by the case Trader Joe’s grocery stores sold a bottle of wine they called “Two Buck Chuck” for $1.99. They sold a case of 12 bottles for $23.88. To find the cost of 12 bottles at $1.99, notice that 1.99 is 2−0.01.

  1. ⓐ Multiply 12(1.99) by using the distributive property to multiply 12(2−0.01).
  2. ⓑ Was it a bargain to buy “Two Buck Chuck” by the case?
Solution

ⓐ $23.88 ⓑ no, the price is the same

Multi-pack purchase Adele’s shampoo sells for $3.99 per bottle at the grocery store. At the warehouse store, the same shampoo is sold as a 3 pack for $10.49. To find the cost of 3 bottles at $3.99, notice that 3.99 is 4−0.01.

  1. ⓐ Multiply 3(3.99) by using the distributive property to multiply 3(4−0.01).
  2. ⓑ How much would Adele save by buying 3 bottles at the warehouse store instead of at the grocery store?

Writing Exercises

In your own words, state the commutative property of addition.

Solution

Answers may vary

What is the difference between the additive inverse and the multiplicative inverse of a number?

Simplify 8(x−14) using the distributive property and explain each step.

Solution

Answers may vary

Explain how you can multiply 4($5.97) without paper or calculator by thinking of $5.97 as 6−0.03 and then using the distributive property.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has five rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “use the commutative and associative properties,” “use the identity and inverse properties of addition and multiplication,” “use the properties of zero,” and “simplify expressions using the distributive property.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

additive identity
The additive identity is the number 0; adding 0 to any number does not change its value.
additive inverse
The opposite of a number is its additive inverse. A number and its additive inverse add to 0.
multiplicative identity
The multiplicative identity is the number 1; multiplying 1 by any number does not change the value of the number.
multiplicative inverse
The reciprocal of a number is its multiplicative inverse. A number and its multiplicative inverse multiply to one.

Systems of Measurement

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Make unit conversions in the US system
  • Use mixed units of measurement in the US system
  • Make unit conversions in the metric system
  • Use mixed units of measurement in the metric system
  • Convert between the US and the metric systems of measurement
  • Convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius temperatures

A more thorough introduction to the topics covered in this section can be found in the Prealgebra chapter, The Properties of Real Numbers.

Make Unit Conversions in the U.S. System

There are two systems of measurement commonly used around the world. Most countries use the metric system. The U.S. uses a different system of measurement, usually called the U.S. system. We will look at the U.S. system first.

The U.S. system of measurement uses units of inch, foot, yard, and mile to measure length and pound and ton to measure weight. For capacity, the units used are cup, pint, quart, and gallons. Both the U.S. system and the metric system measure time in seconds, minutes, and hours.

The equivalencies of measurements are shown in Table 1. The table also shows, in parentheses, the common abbreviations for each measurement.

U.S. System of Measurement
Length1foot(ft.)=12inches(in.)1yard(yd.)=3feet(ft.)1mile(mi.)=5,280feet(ft.) Volume3teaspoons(t)=1tablespoon(T)16 tablespoons(T)=1 cup(C)1 cup(C)=8 fluid ounces(fl. oz.)1 pint(pt.)=2 cups(C)1 quart(qt.)=2 pints(pt.)1 gallon(gal)=4 quarts(qt.)
Weight1 pound(lb.)=16 ounces(oz.)1 ton=2000 pounds(lb.) Time1 minute(min)=60 seconds(sec)1 hour(hr)=60 minutes(min)1 day=24 hours(hr)1 week(wk)=7 days1 year(yr)=365 days

In many real-life applications, we need to convert between units of measurement, such as feet and yards, minutes and seconds, quarts and gallons, etc. We will use the identity property of multiplication to do these conversions. We’ll restate the identity property of multiplication here for easy reference.

Identity Property of Multiplication

For any real numbera:a·1=a1·a=a1is themultiplicative identity

To use the identity property of multiplication, we write 1 in a form that will help us convert the units. For example, suppose we want to change inches to feet. We know that 1 foot is equal to 12 inches, so we will write 1 as the fraction 1foot12inches. When we multiply by this fraction we do not change the value, but just change the units.

But 12inches1foot also equals 1. How do we decide whether to multiply by 1foot12inches or 12inches1foot? We choose the fraction that will make the units we want to convert from divide out. Treat the unit words like factors and “divide out” common units like we do common factors. If we want to convert 66 inches to feet, which multiplication will eliminate the inches?

Two expressions are given: 66 inches times the fraction (1 foot) over (12 inches), and 66 inches times the fraction (12 inches) over (1 foot). This second expression is crossed out. Below this, it is stated that “The first form works since 66 inches times the fraction (1 foot) over (12 inches), with inches crossed off in both instances.

The inches divide out and leave only feet. The second form does not have any units that will divide out and so will not help us.

How to Make Unit Conversions

MaryAnne is 66 inches tall. Convert her height into feet.

Solution

Solution

A table is given with three columns. In the first column are directions. The second column has exposition, and the third column has the mathematical steps. In the first row, the direction is “Step 1. Multiply the measurement to be converted by; write as a fraction relating the units given and the units needed.” The exposition is “Multiply inches by, writing as a fraction relating inches and feet. We need inches in the denominator so that the inches will divide out!” The mathematical step is 66 inches times the fraction (1 foot) over (12 inches). In the following row, we have “Step 2. Multiply.” The hint is “Think of 66 inches as the quantity 66 inches divided by 1.” The math portion is the fraction (66 inches times 1 foot) over 12 inches. In the following row, we have “Step 3. Simplify the fraction.” The hint is that “Notice: inches divide out.” We obtain 66 feet divided by 12. Then the last step is “Step 4. Simplify.” The hint is “Divide 66 by 12.” Hence, our final mathematical statement is 5.5 feet.

Lexie is 30 inches tall. Convert her height to feet.

Solution

2.5 feet

Rene bought a hose that is 18 yards long. Convert the length to feet.

Solution

54 feet

Make Unit Conversions.

  1. Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1; write 1 as a fraction relating the units given and the units needed.
  2. Multiply.
  3. Simplify the fraction.
  4. Simplify.

When we use the identity property of multiplication to convert units, we need to make sure the units we want to change from will divide out. Usually this means we want the conversion fraction to have those units in the denominator.

Ndula, an elephant at the San Diego Safari Park, weighs almost 3.2 tons. Convert her weight to pounds.

Solution

Solution

We will convert 3.2 tons into pounds. We will use the identity property of multiplication, writing 1 as the fraction 2000pounds1ton.
3.2 tons
Multiply the measurement to be converted, by 1. 3.2 tons⋅1
Write 1 as a fraction relating tons and pounds. 3.2 tons⋅2,000 pounds1 ton
Simplify. A mathematical expression demonstrating unit conversion, where 3.2 tons are multiplied by 2,000 pounds per 1 ton, with 'tons' units canceled out, to convert 3.2 tons into pounds.
Multiply. 6,400 pounds
Ndula weighs almost 6,400 pounds.

Arnold’s SUV weighs about 4.3 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.

Solution

8,600 pounds

The Carnival Destiny cruise ship weighs 51,000 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.

Solution

102,000,000 pounds

Sometimes, to convert from one unit to another, we may need to use several other units in between, so we will need to multiply several fractions.

Juliet is going with her family to their summer home. She will be away from her boyfriend for 9 weeks. Convert the time to minutes.

Solution

Solution

To convert weeks into minutes we will convert weeks into days, days into hours, and then hours into minutes. To do this we will multiply by conversion factors of 1.
9 weeks
Write 1 as 7 days1 week, 24 hours1 day, and 60 minutes1 hour. 9 wk1⋅7 days1 wk⋅24 hr1 day⋅60 min1 hr
Divide out the common units. A dimensional analysis calculation converting 9 weeks into minutes. The series of fractions shows how weeks are converted to days, days to hours, and hours to minutes, with units canceled at each step.
Multiply. 9⋅7⋅24⋅60 min1⋅1⋅1⋅1
Multiply. 90,720 min

Juliet and her boyfriend will be apart for 90,720 minutes (although it may seem like an eternity!).

The distance between the earth and the moon is about 250,000 miles. Convert this length to yards.

Solution

440,000,000 yards

The astronauts of Expedition 28 on the International Space Station spend 15 weeks in space. Convert the time to minutes.

Solution

151,200 minutes

How many ounces are in 1 gallon?

Solution

Solution

We will convert gallons to ounces by multiplying by several conversion factors. Refer to Table 1.
1 gallon
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. 1 gallon1⋅4 quarts1 gallon⋅2 pints1 quart⋅2 cups1 pint⋅8 ounces1 cup
Use conversion factors to get to the right unit.
Simplify.
A dimensional analysis calculation converting 1 gallon to ounces, using a series of multiplication factors for quarts, pints, cups, and ounces, with units being crossed out.
Multiply. 1⋅4⋅2⋅2⋅8 ounces1⋅1⋅1⋅1⋅1
Simplify. 128 ounces
There are 128 ounces in a gallon.

How many cups are in 1 gallon?

Solution

16 cups

How many teaspoons are in 1 cup?

Solution

48 teaspoons

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the U.S. System

We often use mixed units of measurement in everyday situations. Suppose Joe is 5 feet 10 inches tall, stays at work for 7 hours and 45 minutes, and then eats a 1 pound 2 ounce steak for dinner—all these measurements have mixed units.

Performing arithmetic operations on measurements with mixed units of measures requires care. Be sure to add or subtract like units!

Seymour bought three steaks for a barbecue. Their weights were 14 ounces, 1 pound 2 ounces and 1 pound 6 ounces. How many total pounds of steak did he buy?

Solution

Solution

We will add the weights of the steaks to find the total weight of the steaks.
Add the ounces. Then add the pounds. An arithmetic problem demonstrating the addition of weights: 1 pound 2 ounces plus 1 pound 6 ounces equals 2 pounds 22 ounces, which converts to 3 pounds 6 ounces after adjusting for 16 ounces per pound.
Convert 22 ounces to pounds and ounces. 2 pounds + 1 pound, 6 ounces
Add the pounds. 3 pounds, 6 ounces
Seymour bought 3 pounds 6 ounces of steak.

Laura gave birth to triplets weighing 3 pounds 3 ounces, 3 pounds 3 ounces, and 2 pounds 9 ounces. What was the total birth weight of the three babies?

Solution

8 lbs.15 oz

Stan cut two pieces of crown molding for his family room that were 8 feet 7 inches and 12 feet 11 inches. What was the total length of the molding?

Solution

21 ft. 6 in.

Anthony bought four planks of wood that were each 6 feet 4 inches long. What is the total length of the wood he purchased?

Solution

Solution

We will multiply the length of one plank to find the total length.
Multiply the inches and then the feet. A multiplication problem shows 6 feet 4 inches multiplied by 4, resulting in 24 feet 16 inches. The calculation demonstrates how to multiply mixed units of measurement.
Convert the 16 inches to feet.
Add the feet.
A clear mathematical sum demonstrating the addition of imperial units, specifically 24 feet plus 1 foot 4 inches resulting in 25 feet 4 inches.
Anthony bought 25 feet and 4 inches of wood.

Henri wants to triple his spaghetti sauce recipe that uses 1 pound 8 ounces of ground turkey. How many pounds of ground turkey will he need?

Solution

4 lbs. 8 oz.

Joellen wants to double a solution of 5 gallons 3 quarts. How many gallons of solution will she have in all?

Solution

11 gal. 2 qt.

Make Unit Conversions in the Metric System

In the metric system, units are related by powers of 10. The roots words of their names reflect this relation. For example, the basic unit for measuring length is a meter. One kilometer is 1,000 meters; the prefix kilo means thousand. One centimeter is 1100 of a meter, just like one cent is 1100 of one dollar.

The equivalencies of measurements in the metric system are shown in Table 7. The common abbreviations for each measurement are given in parentheses.

Metric System of Measurement
Length Mass Capacity
1 kilometer (km) = 1,000 m

1 hectometer (hm) = 100 m

1 dekameter (dam) = 10 m

1 meter (m) = 1 m

1 decimeter (dm) = 0.1 m

1 centimeter (cm) = 0.01 m

1 millimeter (mm) = 0.001 m
1 kilogram (kg) = 1,000 g

1 hectogram (hg) = 100 g

1 dekagram (dag) = 10 g

1 gram (g) = 1 g

1 decigram (dg) = 0.1 g

1 centigram (cg) = 0.01 g

1 milligram (mg) = 0.001 g
1 kiloliter (kL) = 1,000 L

1 hectoliter (hL) = 100 L

1 dekaliter (daL) = 10 L

1 liter (L) = 1 L

1 deciliter (dL) = 0.1 L

1 centiliter (cL) = 0.01 L

1 milliliter (mL) = 0.001 L
1 meter = 100 centimeters

1 meter = 1,000 millimeters
1 gram = 100 centigrams

1 gram = 1,000 milligrams
1 liter = 100 centiliters

1 liter = 1,000 milliliters

To make conversions in the metric system, we will use the same technique we did in the US system. Using the identity property of multiplication, we will multiply by a conversion factor of one to get to the correct units.

Have you ever run a 5K or 10K race? The length of those races are measured in kilometers. The metric system is commonly used in the United States when talking about the length of a race.

Nick ran a 10K race. How many meters did he run?

Solution

Solution

We will convert kilometers to meters using the identity property of multiplication.
10 kilometers
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. The text '10 kilometers multiplied by '1' is displayed on a white background, with 'kilometers' in red and '10' and '1' in black. The overall aesthetic is clean and minimalist.
Write 1 as a fraction relating kilometers and meters. A mathematical expression demonstrates converting 10 kilometers to meters by multiplying by the conversion factor of 1,000 meters per 1 kilometer, illustrating unit conversion.
Simplify. A dimensional analysis problem illustrating the conversion of 10 kilometers to meters. The expression shows 10 kilometers multiplied by (1000 m / 1 kilometer), with the 'kilometers' units cancelled out in red.
Multiply. 10,000 meters
Nick ran 10,000 meters.

Sandy completed her first 5K race! How many meters did she run?

Solution

5,000 meters

Herman bought a rug 2.5 meters in length. How many centimeters is the length?

Solution

250 centimeters

Eleanor’s newborn baby weighed 3,200 grams. How many kilograms did the baby weigh?

Solution

Solution

We will convert grams into kilograms.
The text '3,200 grams' is displayed on a white background, with 'grams' highlighted in red, indicating a measurement of weight.
Multiply the measurement to be converted by 1. The image displays '3,200 grams × 1' in black and red text against a white background.
Write 1 as a function relating kilograms and grams. A mathematical expression shows a unit conversion: 3,200 grams multiplied by the fraction 1 kg divided by 1,000 grams. The word 'grams' is highlighted in red in both the initial quantity and the denominator.
Simplify. Converting 3,200 grams to kilograms using a conversion factor (1 kg / 1,000 grams), with the 'grams' units canceled out to illustrate dimensional analysis.
Multiply. 3,200 kilograms1,000
Divide. 3.2 kilograms
The baby weighed 3.2 kilograms.

Kari’s newborn baby weighed 2,800 grams. How many kilograms did the baby weigh?

Solution

2.8 kilograms

Anderson received a package that was marked 4,500 grams. How many kilograms did this package weigh?

Solution

4.5 kilograms

As you become familiar with the metric system you may see a pattern. Since the system is based on multiples of ten, the calculations involve multiplying by multiples of ten. We have learned how to simplify these calculations by just moving the decimal.

To multiply by 10, 100, or 1,000, we move the decimal to the right one, two, or three places, respectively. To multiply by 0.1, 0.01, or 0.001, we move the decimal to the left one, two, or three places, respectively.

We can apply this pattern when we make measurement conversions in the metric system. In Example 8, we changed 3,200 grams to kilograms by multiplying by 11000 (or 0.001). This is the same as moving the decimal three places to the left.

We have the statement 3200 g times the fraction 1 kg over 1000 g, with the g’s crossed out. Below this, we have 3.2. We also have the statement 3200 times 1/1000, with an arrow drawn from the right of the final 0 in 3200 to the space between the 0’s, to the space between the 2 and the 0, and then to the space between the 3 and the 2. Below this, we have 3.2.

Convert ⓐ 350 L to kiloliters ⓑ 4.1 L to milliliters.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ We will convert liters to kiloliters. In Table 7, we see that 1kiloliter=1,000 liters.
    350 L
    Multiply by 1, writing 1 as a fraction relating liters to kiloliters. 350 L⋅1 kL1,000 L
    Simplify. 350L⋅1 kL1,000L
    The image shows the instruction 'Move the decimal 3 units to the left. (350.)' The number '350.' has a wavy line underneath it, indicating the decimal place before moving it. 0.35 kL


  2. ⓑ We will convert liters to milliliters. From Table 7 we see that 1 liter=1,000 milliliters.
    The text '4.1 L' is displayed in a sans-serif font against a plain white background.
    Multiply by 1, writing 1 as a fraction relating liters to milliliters. An expression for converting 4.1 liters to milliliters: 4.1 L multiplied by (1,000 mL / 1 L).
    Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the conversion of 4.1 liters to milliliters, written as 4.1 L multiplied by the fraction 1,000 mL divided by 1 L.
    Move the decimal 3 units to the right. A text display shows '4.100 mL' in black font, with a light blue wavy line or arrow underneath it, likely indicating a measurement or highlighted value.
    The image shows the measurement '4,100 mL' in a dark grey font against a plain white background.

Convert: ⓐ 725 L to kiloliters ⓑ 6.3 L to milliliters

Solution

ⓐ 0.725 kiloliters ⓑ 6,300 milliliters

Convert: ⓐ 350 hL to liters ⓑ 4.1 L to centiliters

Solution

ⓐ 35,000 liters ⓑ 410 centiliters

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the Metric System

Performing arithmetic operations on measurements with mixed units of measures in the metric system requires the same care we used in the US system. But it may be easier because of the relation of the units to the powers of 10. Make sure to add or subtract like units.

Ryland is 1.6 meters tall. His younger brother is 85 centimeters tall. How much taller is Ryland than his younger brother?

Solution

Solution

We can convert both measurements to either centimeters or meters. Since meters is the larger unit, we will subtract the lengths in meters. We convert 85 centimeters to meters by moving the decimal 2 places to the left.

This table provides a text-based problem statement and a distinct mathematical calculation example.
Write the 85 centimeters as meters. 1.60m −0.85m_______ 0.75m

Ryland is 0.75 m taller than his brother.

Mariella is 1.58 meters tall. Her daughter is 75 centimeters tall. How much taller is Mariella than her daughter? Write the answer in centimeters.

Solution

83 centimeters

The fence around Hank’s yard is 2 meters high. Hank is 96 centimeters tall. How much shorter than the fence is Hank? Write the answer in meters.

Solution

1.04 meters

Dena’s recipe for lentil soup calls for 150 milliliters of olive oil. Dena wants to triple the recipe. How many liters of olive oil will she need?

Solution

Solution

We will find the amount of olive oil in millileters then convert to liters.

This table illustrates the step-by-step calculation and conversion of 3 x 150 mL to liters.
Triple 150 mL
Translate to algebra. 3·150mL
Multiply. 450 mL
Convert to liters. 450·0.001L1mL
Simplify. 0.45 L
Dena needs 0.45 liters of olive oil.

A recipe for Alfredo sauce calls for 250 milliliters of milk. Renata is making pasta with Alfredo sauce for a big party and needs to multiply the recipe amounts by 8. How many liters of milk will she need?

Solution

2 liters

To make one pan of baklava, Dorothea needs 400 grams of filo pastry. If Dorothea plans to make 6 pans of baklava, how many kilograms of filo pastry will she need?

Solution

2.4 kilograms

Convert Between the U.S. and the Metric Systems of Measurement

Many measurements in the United States are made in metric units. Our soda may come in 2-liter bottles, our calcium may come in 500-mg capsules, and we may run a 5K race. To work easily in both systems, we need to be able to convert between the two systems.

Table 14 shows some of the most common conversions.

Conversion Factors Between U.S. and Metric Systems
Length Mass Capacity
1 in.=2.54 cm1 ft.=0.305 m1 yd.=0.914 m1 mi.=1.61 km1 m=3.28 ft. 1 lb.=0.45 kg1 oz.=28 g1 kg=2.2 lb. 1 qt.=0.95 L1 fl. oz.=30 mL1 L=1.06 qt.

Figure 1 shows how inches and centimeters are related on a ruler.

A ruler with inches and centimeters.
This ruler shows inches and centimeters.

Figure 2 shows the ounce and milliliter markings on a measuring cup.

A measuring cup showing milliliters and ounces.
This measuring cup shows ounces and milliliters.

Figure 3 shows how pounds and kilograms marked on a bathroom scale.

We are given an image of a bathroom scale showing pounds.
This scale shows pounds and kilograms.

We make conversions between the systems just as we do within the systems—by multiplying by unit conversion factors.

Lee’s water bottle holds 500 mL of water. How many ounces are in the bottle? Round to the nearest tenth of an ounce.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step conversion of 500 milliliters to ounces using a unit conversion factor, resulting in 16.7 ounces.
500 mL
Multiply by a unit conversion factor relating mL and ounces. 500milliliters·1ounce30milliliters
Simplify. 500 ounce30
Divide. 16.7 ounces.
The water bottle has 16.7 ounces.

How many quarts of soda are in a 2-L bottle?

Solution

2.12 quarts

How many liters are in 4 quarts of milk?

Solution

3.8 liters

Soleil was on a road trip and saw a sign that said the next rest stop was in 100 kilometers. How many miles until the next rest stop?

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide converting 100 kilometers to miles, detailing the calculation process and final distance.
100 kilometers
Multiply by a unit conversion factor relating km and mi. 100kilometers·1mile1.61kilometer
Simplify. 100 miles1.61
Divide. 62 miles.
Soleil will travel 62 miles.

The height of Mount Kilimanjaro is 5,895 meters. Convert the height to feet.

Solution

19,336 feet

The flight distance from New York City to London is 5,586 kilometers. Convert the distance to miles.

Solution

3469.57 miles

Convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius Temperatures

Have you ever been in a foreign country and heard the weather forecast? If the forecast is for 22°C, what does that mean?

The U.S. and metric systems use different scales to measure temperature. The U.S. system uses degrees Fahrenheit, written °F. The metric system uses degrees Celsius, written °C. Figure 4 shows the relationship between the two systems.

Two thermometers are shown, one in Celsius (°C) and another in Fahrenheit (°F). They are marked “Water boils” at 100°C and 212°F. They are marked “Normal body temperature” at 37°C and 98.6°F. They are marked “Water freezes” at 0°C and 32°F.
The diagram shows normal body temperature, along with the freezing and boiling temperatures of water in degrees Fahrenheit and degrees Celsius.

Temperature Conversion

To convert from Fahrenheit temperature, F, to Celsius temperature, C, use the formula

C=59(F−32).

To convert from Celsius temperature, C, to Fahrenheit temperature, F, use the formula

F=95C+32.

Convert 50° Fahrenheit into degrees Celsius.

Solution

Solution

We will substitute 50°F into the formula to find C.
The image displays the formula for converting temperature from Fahrenheit (F) to Celsius (C): C = (5/9)(F - 32).
The text 'Substitute 50 for F.' is displayed on a white background, with the number 50 highlighted in red. A mathematical formula for converting temperature from Fahrenheit to Celsius is displayed, showing C = 5/9(50 - 32), with '50' highlighted in red.
Simplify in parentheses. A mathematical equation shows C equals five-ninths multiplied by eighteen, represented as C = 5/9(18).
Multiply. The image displays the text 'C = 10' in a bold, sans-serif font against a plain white background. The text is centrally aligned and clearly legible, with the letter 'C' followed by an equals sign and the number '10'.
So we found that 50°F is equivalent to 10°C.

Convert the Fahrenheit temperature to degrees Celsius: 59° Fahrenheit.

Solution

15°C

Convert the Fahrenheit temperature to degrees Celsius: 41° Fahrenheit.

Solution

5°C

While visiting Paris, Woody saw the temperature was 20° Celsius. Convert the temperature into degrees Fahrenheit.

Solution

Solution

We will substitute 20°C into the formula to find F.
The image shows the formula for converting temperature from Celsius (C) to Fahrenheit (F): F = (9/5)C + 32.
The image displays the text 'Substitute 20 for C.', a mathematical instruction likely from an equation or problem. A mathematical equation showing the conversion of a temperature from Celsius to Fahrenheit, where F = (9/5)(20) + 32. The number 20 is highlighted in red.
Multiply. A simple mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: F = 36 + 32. The text is in a dark, bold font.
Add. The image displays the equation 'F = 68' in dark gray text against a plain white background, likely representing a numerical value or a simple mathematical expression.
So we found that 20°C is equivalent to 68°F.

Convert the Celsius temperature to degrees Fahrenheit: the temperature in Helsinki, Finland, was 15° Celsius.

Solution

59°F

Convert the Celsius temperature to degrees Fahrenheit: the temperature in Sydney, Australia, was 10° Celsius.

Solution

50°F

Key Concepts

  • Metric System of Measurement
    • Length
      1 kilometer (km)=1,000 m 1 hectometer (hm)=100 m 1 dekameter (dam)=10 m 1 meter (m)=1 m 1 decimeter (dm)=0.1 m 1 centimeter (cm)=0.01 m 1 millimeter (mm)=0.001 m 1 meter=100 centimeters 1 meter=1,000 millimeters
    • Mass
      1 kilogram (kg)=1,000 g 1 hectogram (hg)=100 g 1 dekagram (dag)=10 g 1 gram (g)=1 g 1 decigram (dg)=0.1 g 1 centigram (cg)=0.01 g 1 milligram (mg)=0.001 g 1 gram=100 centigrams 1 gram=1,000 milligrams
    • Capacity
      1 kiloliter (kL)=1,000 L 1 hectoliter (hL)=100 L 1 dekaliter (daL)=10 L 1 liter (L)=1 L 1 deciliter (dL)=0.1 L 1 centiliter (cL)=0.01 L 1 milliliter (mL)=0.001 L 1 liter=100 centiliters 1 liter=1,000 milliliters
  • Temperature Conversion
    • To convert from Fahrenheit temperature, F, to Celsius temperature, C, use the formula C=59(F−32)
    • To convert from Celsius temperature, C, to Fahrenheit temperature, F, use the formula F=95C+32

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Make Unit Conversions in the U.S. System

In the following exercises, convert the units.

A park bench is 6 feet long. Convert the length to inches.

Solution

72 inches

A floor tile is 2 feet wide. Convert the width to inches.

A ribbon is 18 inches long. Convert the length to feet.

Solution

1.5 feet

Carson is 45 inches tall. Convert his height to feet.

A football field is 160 feet wide. Convert the width to yards.

Solution

5313 yards

On a baseball diamond, the distance from home plate to first base is 30 yards. Convert the distance to feet.

Ulises lives 1.5 miles from school. Convert the distance to feet.

Solution

7,920 feet

Denver, Colorado, is 5,183 feet above sea level. Convert the height to miles.

A killer whale weighs 4.6 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.

Solution

9,200 pounds

Blue whales can weigh as much as 150 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.

An empty bus weighs 35,000 pounds. Convert the weight to tons.

Solution

1712 tons

At take-off, an airplane weighs 220,000 pounds. Convert the weight to tons.

Rocco waited 112 hours for his appointment. Convert the time to seconds.

Solution

5,400 s

Misty’s surgery lasted 214 hours. Convert the time to seconds.

How many teaspoons are in a pint?

Solution

96 teaspoons

How many tablespoons are in a gallon?

JJ’s cat, Posy, weighs 14 pounds. Convert her weight to ounces.

Solution

224 ounces

April’s dog, Beans, weighs 8 pounds. Convert his weight to ounces.

Crista will serve 20 cups of juice at her son’s party. Convert the volume to gallons.

Solution

114 gallons

Lance needs 50 cups of water for the runners in a race. Convert the volume to gallons.

Jon is 6 feet 4 inches tall. Convert his height to inches.

Solution

76 in.

Faye is 4 feet 10 inches tall. Convert her height to inches.

The voyage of the Mayflower took 2 months and 5 days. Convert the time to days.

Solution

65 days

Lynn’s cruise lasted 6 days and 18 hours. Convert the time to hours.

Baby Preston weighed 7 pounds 3 ounces at birth. Convert his weight to ounces.

Solution

115 ounces

Baby Audrey weighted 6 pounds 15 ounces at birth. Convert her weight to ounces.

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the U.S. System

In the following exercises, solve.

Eli caught three fish. The weights of the fish were 2 pounds 4 ounces, 1 pound 11 ounces, and 4 pounds 14 ounces. What was the total weight of the three fish?

Solution

8 lbs. 13 oz.

Judy bought 1 pound 6 ounces of almonds, 2 pounds 3 ounces of walnuts, and 8 ounces of cashews. How many pounds of nuts did Judy buy?

One day Anya kept track of the number of minutes she spent driving. She recorded 45, 10, 8, 65, 20, and 35. How many hours did Anya spend driving?

Solution

3.05 hours

Last year Eric went on 6 business trips. The number of days of each was 5, 2, 8, 12, 6, and 3. How many weeks did Eric spend on business trips last year?

Renee attached a 6 feet 6 inch extension cord to her computer’s 3 feet 8 inch power cord. What was the total length of the cords?

Solution

10 ft. 2 in.

Fawzi’s SUV is 6 feet 4 inches tall. If he puts a 2 feet 10 inch box on top of his SUV, what is the total height of the SUV and the box?

Leilani wants to make 8 placemats. For each placemat she needs 18 inches of fabric. How many yards of fabric will she need for the 8 placemats?

Solution

4 yards

Mireille needs to cut 24 inches of ribbon for each of the 12 girls in her dance class. How many yards of ribbon will she need altogether?

Make Unit Conversions in the Metric System

In the following exercises, convert the units.

Ghalib ran 5 kilometers. Convert the length to meters.

Solution

5,000 meters

Kitaka hiked 8 kilometers. Convert the length to meters.

Estrella is 1.55 meters tall. Convert her height to centimeters.

Solution

155 centimeters

The width of the wading pool is 2.45 meters. Convert the width to centimeters.

Mount Whitney is 3,072 meters tall. Convert the height to kilometers.

Solution

3.072 kilometers

The depth of the Mariana Trench is 10,911 meters. Convert the depth to kilometers.

June’s multivitamin contains 1,500 milligrams of calcium. Convert this to grams.

Solution

1.5 grams

A typical ruby-throated hummingbird weights 3 grams. Convert this to milligrams.

One stick of butter contains 91.6 grams of fat. Convert this to milligrams.

Solution

91,600 milligrams

One serving of gourmet ice cream has 25 grams of fat. Convert this to milligrams.

The maximum mass of an airmail letter is 2 kilograms. Convert this to grams.

Solution

2,000 grams

Dimitri’s daughter weighed 3.8 kilograms at birth. Convert this to grams.

A bottle of wine contained 750 milliliters. Convert this to liters.

Solution

0.75 liters

A bottle of medicine contained 300 milliliters. Convert this to liters.

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the Metric System

In the following exercises, solve.

Matthias is 1.8 meters tall. His son is 89 centimeters tall. How much taller is Matthias than his son?

Solution

91 centimeters

Stavros is 1.6 meters tall. His sister is 95 centimeters tall. How much taller is Stavros than his sister?

A typical dove weighs 345 grams. A typical duck weighs 1.2 kilograms. What is the difference, in grams, of the weights of a duck and a dove?

Solution

855 grams

Concetta had a 2-kilogram bag of flour. She used 180 grams of flour to make biscotti. How many kilograms of flour are left in the bag?

Harry mailed 5 packages that weighed 420 grams each. What was the total weight of the packages in kilograms?

Solution

2.1 kilograms

One glass of orange juice provides 560 milligrams of potassium. Linda drinks one glass of orange juice every morning. How many grams of potassium does Linda get from her orange juice in 30 days?

Jonas drinks 200 milliliters of water 8 times a day. How many liters of water does Jonas drink in a day?

Solution

1.6 liters

One serving of whole grain sandwich bread provides 6 grams of protein. How many milligrams of protein are provided by 7 servings of whole grain sandwich bread?

Convert Between the U.S. and the Metric Systems of Measurement

In the following exercises, make the unit conversions. Round to the nearest tenth.

Bill is 75 inches tall. Convert his height to centimeters.

Solution

190.5 centimeters

Frankie is 42 inches tall. Convert his height to centimeters.

Marcus passed a football 24 yards. Convert the pass length to meters

Solution

21.9 meters

Connie bought 9 yards of fabric to make drapes. Convert the fabric length to meters.

Each American throws out an average of 1,650 pounds of garbage per year. Convert this weight to kilograms.

Solution

750 kilograms

An average American will throw away 90,000 pounds of trash over his or her lifetime. Convert this weight to kilograms.

A 5K run is 5 kilometers long. Convert this length to miles.

Solution

3.1 miles

Kathryn is 1.6 meters tall. Convert her height to feet.

Dawn’s suitcase weighed 20 kilograms. Convert the weight to pounds.

Solution

44 pounds

Jackson’s backpack weighed 15 kilograms. Convert the weight to pounds.

Ozzie put 14 gallons of gas in his truck. Convert the volume to liters.

Solution

53.2 liters

Bernard bought 8 gallons of paint. Convert the volume to liters.

Convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius Temperatures

In the following exercises, convert the Fahrenheit temperatures to degrees Celsius. Round to the nearest tenth.

86° Fahrenheit

Solution

30°C

77° Fahrenheit

104° Fahrenheit

Solution

40°C

14° Fahrenheit

72° Fahrenheit

Solution

22.2°C

4° Fahrenheit

0° Fahrenheit

Solution

−17.8°C

120° Fahrenheit

In the following exercises, convert the Celsius temperatures to degrees Fahrenheit. Round to the nearest tenth.

5° Celsius

Solution

41°F

25° Celsius

−10° Celsius

Solution

14°F

−15° Celsius

22° Celsius

Solution

71.6°F

8° Celsius

43° Celsius

Solution

109.4°F

16° Celsius

Everyday Math

Nutrition Julian drinks one can of soda every day. Each can of soda contains 40 grams of sugar. How many kilograms of sugar does Julian get from soda in 1 year?

Solution

14.6 kilograms

Reflectors The reflectors in each lane-marking stripe on a highway are spaced 16 yards apart. How many reflectors are needed for a one mile long lane-marking stripe?

Writing Exercises

Some people think that 65°to75° Fahrenheit is the ideal temperature range.

  1. ⓐ What is your ideal temperature range? Why do you think so?
  2. ⓑ Convert your ideal temperatures from Fahrenheit to Celsius.
Solution

Answers may vary.

  1. ⓐ Did you grow up using the U.S. or the metric system of measurement?
  2. ⓑ Describe two examples in your life when you had to convert between the two systems of measurement.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has seven rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “define US units of measurement and convert from one unit to another,” “use US units of measurement,” “define metric units of measurement and convert from one unit to another,” “use metric units of measurement,” “convert between the US and the metric system of measurement,” and “convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius temperatures.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next Chapter? Why or why not?

Chapter Review Exercises

Introduction to Whole Numbers

Use Place Value with Whole Number

In the following exercises find the place value of each digit.

26,915

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 9 ⓓ 5 ⓔ 6

Solution

ⓐ tens ⓑ ten thousands ⓒ hundreds ⓓ ones ⓔ thousands

359,417

ⓐ 9 ⓑ 3 ⓒ 4 ⓓ 7 ⓔ 1

58,129,304

ⓐ 5 ⓑ 0 ⓒ 1 ⓓ 8 ⓔ 2

Solution

ⓐ ten millions ⓑ tens ⓒ hundred thousands ⓓ millions ⓔ ten thousands

9,430,286,157

ⓐ 6 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 9 ⓓ 0 ⓔ 5

In the following exercises, name each number.

6,104

Solution

six thousand, one hundred four

493,068

3,975,284

Solution

three million, nine hundred seventy-five thousand, two hundred eighty-four

85,620,435

In the following exercises, write each number as a whole number using digits.

three hundred fifteen

Solution

315

sixty-five thousand, nine hundred twelve

ninety million, four hundred twenty-five thousand, sixteen

Solution

90,425,016

one billion, forty-three million, nine hundred twenty-two thousand, three hundred eleven

In the following exercises, round to the indicated place value.

Round to the nearest ten.

ⓐ 407 ⓑ 8,564

Solution

ⓐ 410 ⓑ 8,560

Round to the nearest hundred.

ⓐ 25,846 ⓑ 25,864

In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest ⓐ hundred ⓑ thousand ⓒ ten thousand.

864,951

Solution

ⓐ 865,000 ⓑ 865,000 ⓒ 860,000

3,972,849

Identify Multiples and Factors

In the following exercises, use the divisibility tests to determine whether each number is divisible by 2, by 3, by 5, by 6, and by 10.

168

Solution

by2,3,6

264

375

Solution

by3,5

750

1430

Solution

by2,5,10

1080

Find Prime Factorizations and Least Common Multiples

In the following exercises, find the prime factorization.

420

Solution

2·2·3·5·7

115

225

Solution

3·3·5·5

2475

1560

Solution

2·2·2·3·5·13

56

72

Solution

2·2·2·3·3

168

252

Solution

2·2·3·3·7

391

In the following exercises, find the least common multiple of the following numbers using the multiples method.

6,15

Solution

30

60, 75

In the following exercises, find the least common multiple of the following numbers using the prime factors method.

24, 30

Solution

120

70, 84

Use the Language of Algebra

Use Variables and Algebraic Symbols

In the following exercises, translate the following from algebra to English.

25−7

Solution

25 minus 7, the difference of twenty-five and seven

5·6

45÷5

Solution

45 divided by 5, the quotient of forty-five and five

x+8

42≥27

Solution

forty-two is greater than or equal to twenty-seven

3n=24

3≤20÷4

Solution

3 is less than or equal to 20 divided by 4, three is less than or equal to the quotient of twenty and four

a≠7·4

In the following exercises, determine if each is an expression or an equation.

6·3+5

Solution

expression

y−8=32

Simplify Expressions Using the Order of Operations

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

35

Solution

243

108

In the following exercises, simplify

6+10/2+2

Solution

13

9+12/3+4

20÷(4+6)·5

Solution

10

33÷(3+8)·2

(42+52)2

Solution

1681

(4+5)2

Evaluate an Expression

In the following exercises, evaluate the following expressions.

9x+7 when x=3

Solution

34

5x−4 when x=6

x4 when x=3

Solution

81

3x when x=3

x2+5x−8 when x=6

Solution

58

2x+4y−5 when
x=7,y=8

Simplify Expressions by Combining Like Terms

In the following exercises, identify the coefficient of each term.

12n

Solution

12

9x2

In the following exercises, identify the like terms.

3n,n2,12,12p2,3,3n2

Solution

12and3,n2and3n2

5,18r2,9s,9r,5r2,5s

In the following exercises, identify the terms in each expression.

11x2+3x+6

Solution

11x2,3x,6

22y3+y+15

In the following exercises, simplify the following expressions by combining like terms.

17a+9a

Solution

26a

18z+9z

9x+3x+8

Solution

12x+8

8a+5a+9

7p+6+5p−4

Solution

12p+2

8x+7+4x−5

Translate an English Phrase to an Algebraic Expression

In the following exercises, translate the following phrases into algebraic expressions.

the sum of 8 and 12

Solution

8+12

the sum of 9 and 1

the difference of x and 4

Solution

x−4

the difference of x and 3

the product of 6 and y

Solution

6y

the product of 9 and y

Adele bought a skirt and a blouse. The skirt cost $15 more than the blouse. Let b represent the cost of the blouse. Write an expression for the cost of the skirt.

Solution

b+15

Marcella has 6 fewer boy cousins than girl cousins. Let g represent the number of girl cousins. Write an expression for the number of boy cousins.

Add and Subtract Integers

Use Negatives and Opposites of Integers

In the following exercises, order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.


ⓐ 6___2
ⓑ −7___4
ⓒ −9___−1
ⓓ 9___−3

Solution

ⓐ > ⓑ < ⓒ < ⓓ >


ⓐ −5___1
ⓑ −4___−9
ⓒ 6___10
ⓓ 3___−8

In the following exercises,, find the opposite of each number.

ⓐ −8 ⓑ 1

Solution

ⓐ 8 ⓑ −1

ⓐ −2 ⓑ 6

In the following exercises, simplify.

−(−19)

Solution

19

−(−53)

In the following exercises, simplify.

−m when
ⓐ m=3
ⓑ m=−3

Solution

ⓐ −3 ⓑ 3

−p when
ⓐ p=6
ⓑ p=−6

Simplify Expressions with Absolute Value

In the following exercises,, simplify.

ⓐ |7| ⓑ |−25| ⓒ |0|

Solution

ⓐ 7 ⓑ 25 ⓒ 0

ⓐ |5| ⓑ |0| ⓒ |−19|

In the following exercises, fill in <, >, or = for each of the following pairs of numbers.


ⓐ −8___|−8|
ⓑ −|−2|___−2

Solution

ⓐ < ⓑ =


ⓐ |−3|___−|−3|
ⓑ 4___−|−4|

In the following exercises, simplify.

|8−4|

Solution

4

|9−6|

8(14−2|−2|)

Solution

80

6(13−4|−2|)

In the following exercises, evaluate.

ⓐ |x| when x=−28 ⓑ |x| when x=−15

Solution

ⓐ 28 ⓑ 15


ⓐ |y| when y=−37
ⓑ |−z| when z=−24

Add Integers

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

−200+65

Solution

−135

−150+45

2+(−8)+6

Solution

0

4+(−9)+7

140+(−75)+67

Solution

132

−32+24+(−6)+10

Subtract Integers

In the following exercises, simplify.

9−3

Solution

6

−5−(−1)

ⓐ 15−6 ⓑ 15+(−6)

Solution

ⓐ 9 ⓑ 9

ⓐ 12−9 ⓑ 12+(−9)

ⓐ 8−(−9) ⓑ 8+9

Solution

ⓐ 17 ⓑ 17

ⓐ 4−(−4) ⓑ 4+4

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

10−(−19)

Solution

29

11−(−18)

31−79

Solution

−48

39−81

−31−11

Solution

−42

−32−18

−15−(−28)+5

Solution

18

71+(−10)−8

−16−(−4+1)−7

Solution

−20

−15−(−6+4)−3

Multiply Integers

In the following exercises, multiply.

−5(7)

Solution

−35

−8(6)

−18(−2)

Solution

36

−10(−6)

Divide Integers

In the following exercises, divide.

−28÷7

Solution

−4

56÷(−7)

−120÷(−20)

Solution

6

−200÷25

Simplify Expressions with Integers

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

−8(−2)−3(−9)

Solution

43

−7(−4)−5(−3)

(−5)3

Solution

−125

(−4)3

−4·2·11

Solution

−88

−5·3·10

−10(−4)÷(−8)

Solution

−5

−8(−6)÷(−4)

31−4(3−9)

Solution

55

24−3(2−10)

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Integers

In the following exercises, evaluate each expression.

x+8 when ⓐ x=−26ⓑ x=−95

Solution

ⓐ −18 ⓑ −87

y+9 when ⓐ y=−29 ⓑ y=−84

When b=−11, evaluate:ⓐ b+6 ⓑ −b+6

Solution

ⓐ −5 ⓑ 17

When c=−9, evaluate:
ⓐ c+(−4)>ⓑ −c+(−4)

p2−5p+2 when
p=−1

Solution

8

q2−2q+9 when q=−2

6x−5y+15 when x=3 and y=−1

Solution

38

3p−2q+9 when p=8 and q=−2

Translate English Phrases to Algebraic Expressions

In the following exercises, translate to an algebraic expression and simplify if possible.

the sum of −4 and −17, increased by 32

Solution

(−4+(−17))+32;11

ⓐ the difference of 15 and −7 ⓑ subtract 15 from −7

the quotient of −45 and −9

Solution

−45−9;5

the product of −12 and the difference of candd

Use Integers in Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Temperature The high temperature one day in Miami Beach, Florida, was 76°. That same day, the high temperature in Buffalo, New York was −8°. What was the difference between the temperature in Miami Beach and the temperature in Buffalo?

Solution

84 degrees

Checking Account Adrianne has a balance of −$22 in her checking account. She deposits $301 to the account. What is the new balance?

Visualize Fractions

Find Equivalent Fractions

In the following exercises, find three fractions equivalent to the given fraction. Show your work, using figures or algebra.

14

Solution

28,312,416 answers may vary

13

56

Solution

1012,1518,2024 answers may vary

27

Simplify Fractions

In the following exercises, simplify.

721

Solution

13

824

1520

Solution

34

1218

−168192

Solution

−78

−140224

11x11y

Solution

xy

15a15b

Multiply Fractions

In the following exercises, multiply.

25·13

Solution

215

12·38

712(−821)

Solution

−29

512(−815)

−28p(−14)

Solution

7p

−51q(−13)

145(−15)

Solution

−42

−1(−38)

Divide Fractions

In the following exercises, divide.

12÷14

Solution

2

12÷18

−45÷47

Solution

−75

−34÷35

58÷a10

Solution

254a

56÷c15

7p12÷21p8

Solution

29

5q12÷15q8

25÷(−10)

Solution

−125

−18÷−(92)

In the following exercises, simplify.

2389

Solution

34

45815

−9103

Solution

−310

258

r5s3

Solution

3r5s

−x6−89

Simplify Expressions Written with a Fraction Bar

In the following exercises, simplify.

4+118

Solution

158

9+37

307−12

Solution

−6

154−9

22−1419−13

Solution

43

15+918+12

5·8−10

Solution

−4

3·4−24

15·5−522·10

Solution

52

12·9−323·18

2+4(3)−3−22

Solution

−2

7+3(5)−2−32

Translate Phrases to Expressions with Fractions

In the following exercises, translate each English phrase into an algebraic expression.

the quotient of c and the sum of d and 9.

Solution

cd+9

the quotient of the difference of h and k, and −5.

Add and Subtract Fractions

Add and Subtract Fractions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, add.

49+19

Solution

59

29+59

y3+23

Solution

y+23

7p+9p

−18+(−38)

Solution

−12

−18+(−58)

In the following exercises, subtract.

45−15

Solution

35

45−35

y17−917

Solution

y−917

x19−819

−8d−3d

Solution

−11d

−7c−7c

Add or Subtract Fractions with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, add or subtract.

13+15

Solution

815

14+15

15−(−110)

Solution

310

12−(−16)

23+34

Solution

1712

34+25

1112−38

Solution

1324

58−712

−916−(−45)

Solution

1980

−720−(−58)

1+56

Solution

116

1−59

Use the Order of Operations to Simplify Complex Fractions

In the following exercises, simplify.

(15)22+32

Solution

1275

(13)25+22

23+1234−23

Solution

14

34+1256−23

Evaluate Variable Expressions with Fractions

In the following exercises, evaluate.

x+12 when
ⓐ x=−18
ⓑ x=−12

Solution

ⓐ 38 ⓑ 0

x+23 when
ⓐ x=−16
ⓑ x=−53

4p2q when p=−12 and q=59

Solution

59

5m2n when m=−25 and n=13

u+vw when
u=−4,v=−8,w=2

Solution

−6

m+np when
m=−6,n=−2,p=4

Decimals

Name and Write Decimals

In the following exercises, write as a decimal.

Eight and three hundredths

Solution

8.03

Nine and seven hundredths

One thousandth

Solution

0.001

Nine thousandths

In the following exercises, name each decimal.

7.8

Solution

seven and eight tenths

5.01

0.005

Solution

five thousandths

0.381

Round Decimals

In the following exercises, round each number to the nearest ⓐ hundredth ⓑ tenth ⓒ whole number.

5.7932

Solution

ⓐ 5.79 ⓑ 5.8 ⓒ 6

3.6284

12.4768

Solution

ⓐ 12.48 ⓑ 12.5 ⓒ 12

25.8449

Add and Subtract Decimals

In the following exercises, add or subtract.

18.37+9.36

Solution

27.73

256.37−85.49

15.35−20.88

Solution

−5.53

37.5+12.23

−4.2+(−9.3)

Solution

−13.5

−8.6+(−8.6)

100−64.2

Solution

35.8

100−65.83

2.51+40

Solution

42.51

9.38+60

Multiply and Divide Decimals

In the following exercises, multiply.

(0.3)(0.4)

Solution

0.12

(0.6)(0.7)

(8.52)(3.14)

Solution

26.7528

(5.32)(4.86)

(0.09)(24.78)

Solution

2.2302

(0.04)(36.89)

In the following exercises, divide.

0.15÷5

Solution

0.03

0.27÷3

$8.49÷12

Solution

$0.71

$16.99÷9

12÷0.08

Solution

150

5÷0.04

Convert Decimals, Fractions, and Percents

In the following exercises, write each decimal as a fraction.

0.08

Solution

225

0.17

0.425

Solution

1740

0.184

1.75

Solution

74

0.035

In the following exercises, convert each fraction to a decimal.

25

Solution

0.4

45

−38

Solution

−0.375

−58

59

Solution

0.5–

29

12+6.5

Solution

7

14+10.75

In the following exercises, convert each percent to a decimal.

5%

Solution

0.05

9%

40%

Solution

0.4

50%

115%

Solution

1.15

125%

In the following exercises, convert each decimal to a percent.

0.18

Solution

18%

0.15

0.009

Solution

0.9%

0.008

1.5

Solution

150%

2.2

The Real Numbers

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

64

Solution

8

144

−25

Solution

−5

−81

Identify Integers, Rational Numbers, Irrational Numbers, and Real Numbers

In the following exercises, write as the ratio of two integers.

ⓐ 9 ⓑ 8.47

Solution

ⓐ 91 ⓑ 847100

ⓐ −15 ⓑ 3.591

In the following exercises, list the ⓐ rational numbers, ⓑ irrational numbers.

0.84,0.79132…,1.3–

Solution

ⓐ 0.84,1.3– ⓑ 0.79132…,

2.38–,0.572,4.93814…

In the following exercises, identify whether each number is rational or irrational.

ⓐ 121 ⓑ 48

Solution

ⓐ rational ⓑ irrational

ⓐ 56 ⓑ 16

In the following exercises, identify whether each number is a real number or not a real number.

ⓐ −9 ⓑ −169

Solution

ⓐ not a real number ⓑ real number

ⓐ −64 ⓑ −81

In the following exercises, list the ⓐ whole numbers, ⓑ integers, ⓒ rational numbers, ⓓ irrational numbers, ⓔ real numbers for each set of numbers.

−4,0,56,16,18,5.2537…

Solution

ⓐ 0,16 ⓑ −4,0,16 ⓒ −4,0,56,16 ⓓ 18,5.2537… ⓔ −4,0,56,16,18,5.2537…

−4,0.36—,133,6.9152…,48,1012

Locate Fractions on the Number Line

In the following exercises, locate the numbers on a number line.

23,54,125

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from 0 to 6 with tick marks for each integer. 2 thirds, 5 fourths, and 12 fifths are plotted.

13,74,135

213,−213

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 4 to 4 with tick marks for each integer. Negative 2 and 1 third, and 2 and 1 third are plotted.

135,−135

In the following exercises, order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.

−1___−18

Solution

<

−314___−4

−79___−49

Solution

<

−2___−198

Locate Decimals on the Number Line

In the following exercises, locate on the number line.

0.3

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from 0 to 1 with tick marks for each tenth of an integer. 0.3 is plotted.

−0.2

−2.5

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. Negative 2.5 is plotted.

2.7

In the following exercises, order each of the following pairs of numbers, using < or >.

0.9___0.6

Solution

>

0.7___0.8

−0.6___−0.59

Solution

<

−0.27___−0.3

Properties of Real Numbers

Use the Commutative and Associative Properties

In the following exercises, use the Associative Property to simplify.

−12(4m)

Solution

−48m

30(56q)

(a+16)+31

Solution

a+47

(c+0.2)+0.7

In the following exercises, simplify.

6y+37+(−6y)

Solution

37

14+1115+(−14)

1411+359+(−1411)

Solution

359

−18·15·29

(712+45)+15

Solution

1712

(3.98d+0.75d)+1.25d

11x+8y+16x+15y

Solution

27x+23y

52m+(−20n)+(−18m)+(−5n)

Use the Identity and Inverse Properties of Addition and Multiplication

In the following exercises, find the additive inverse of each number.


ⓐ 13
ⓑ 5.1
ⓒ −14
ⓓ −85

Solution

ⓐ −13 ⓑ −5.1 ⓒ 14 ⓓ 85


ⓐ −78
ⓑ −0.03
ⓒ 17
ⓓ 125

In the following exercises, find the multiplicative inverse of each number.

ⓐ 10 ⓑ −49 ⓒ 0.6

Solution

ⓐ 110 ⓑ −94 ⓒ 53

ⓐ −92 ⓑ −7 ⓒ 2.1

Use the Properties of Zero

In the following exercises, simplify.

83·0

Solution

0

09

50

Solution

undefined

0÷23

In the following exercises, simplify.

43+39+(−43)

Solution

39

(n+6.75)+0.25

513·57·135

Solution

57

16·17·12

23·28·37

Solution

8

9(6x−11)+15

Simplify Expressions Using the Distributive Property

In the following exercises, simplify using the Distributive Property.

7(x+9)

Solution

7x+63

9(u−4)

−3(6m−1)

Solution

−18m+3

−8(−7a−12)

13(15n−6)

Solution

5n−2

(y+10)·p

(a−4)−(6a+9)

Solution

−5a−13

4(x+3)−8(x−7)

Systems of Measurement

1.1 Define U.S. Units of Measurement and Convert from One Unit to Another

In the following exercises, convert the units. Round to the nearest tenth.

A floral arbor is 7 feet tall. Convert the height to inches.

Solution

84 inches

A picture frame is 42 inches wide. Convert the width to feet.

Kelly is 5 feet 4 inches tall. Convert her height to inches.

Solution

64 inches

A playground is 45 feet wide. Convert the width to yards.

The height of Mount Shasta is 14,179 feet. Convert the height to miles.

Solution

2.7 miles

Shamu weights 4.5 tons. Convert the weight to pounds.

The play lasted 134 hours. Convert the time to minutes.

Solution

105 minutes

How many tablespoons are in a quart?

Naomi’s baby weighed 5 pounds 14 ounces at birth. Convert the weight to ounces.

Solution

94 ounces

Trinh needs 30 cups of paint for her class art project. Convert the volume to gallons.

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the U.S. System.

In the following exercises, solve.

John caught 4 lobsters. The weights of the lobsters were 1 pound 9 ounces, 1 pound 12 ounces, 4 pounds 2 ounces, and 2 pounds 15 ounces. What was the total weight of the lobsters?

Solution

10 lbs. 6 oz.

Every day last week Pedro recorded the number of minutes he spent reading. The number of minutes were 50, 25, 83, 45, 32, 60, 135. How many hours did Pedro spend reading?

Fouad is 6 feet 2 inches tall. If he stands on a rung of a ladder 8 feet 10 inches high, how high off the ground is the top of Fouad’s head?

Solution

15 feet

Dalila wants to make throw pillow covers. Each cover takes 30 inches of fabric. How many yards of fabric does she need for 4 covers?

Make Unit Conversions in the Metric System

In the following exercises, convert the units.

Donna is 1.7 meters tall. Convert her height to centimeters.

Solution

170 centimeters

Mount Everest is 8,850 meters tall. Convert the height to kilometers.

One cup of yogurt contains 488 milligrams of calcium. Convert this to grams.

Solution

0.488 grams

One cup of yogurt contains 13 grams of protein. Convert this to milligrams.

Sergio weighed 2.9 kilograms at birth. Convert this to grams.

Solution

2,900 grams

A bottle of water contained 650 milliliters. Convert this to liters.

Use Mixed Units of Measurement in the Metric System

In the following exerices, solve.

Minh is 2 meters tall. His daughter is 88 centimeters tall. How much taller is Minh than his daughter?

Solution

1.12 meter

Selma had a 1 liter bottle of water. If she drank 145 milliliters, how much water was left in the bottle?

One serving of cranberry juice contains 30 grams of sugar. How many kilograms of sugar are in 30 servings of cranberry juice?

Solution

0.9 kilograms

One ounce of tofu provided 2 grams of protein. How many milligrams of protein are provided by 5 ounces of tofu?

Convert between the U.S. and the Metric Systems of Measurement

In the following exercises, make the unit conversions. Round to the nearest tenth.

Majid is 69 inches tall. Convert his height to centimeters.

Solution

175.3 centimeters

A college basketball court is 84 feet long. Convert this length to meters.

Caroline walked 2.5 kilometers. Convert this length to miles.

Solution

1.6 miles

Lucas weighs 78 kilograms. Convert his weight to pounds.

Steve’s car holds 55 liters of gas. Convert this to gallons.

Solution

14.6 gallons

A box of books weighs 25 pounds. Convert the weight to kilograms.

Convert between Fahrenheit and Celsius Temperatures

In the following exercises, convert the Fahrenheit temperatures to degrees Celsius. Round to the nearest tenth.

95° Fahrenheit

Solution

35° C

23° Fahrenheit

20° Fahrenheit

Solution

–6.7° C

64° Fahrenheit

In the following exercises, convert the Celsius temperatures to degrees Fahrenheit. Round to the nearest tenth.

30° Celsius

Solution

86° F

–5° Celsius

–12° Celsius

Solution

10.4° F

24° Celsius

Chapter Practice Test

Write as a whole number using digits: two hundred five thousand, six hundred seventeen.

Solution

205,617

Find the prime factorization of 504.

Find the Least Common Multiple of 18 and 24.

Solution

72

Combine like terms: 5n+8+2n−1.

In the following exercises, evaluate.

−|x| when x=−2

Solution

−2

11−a when a=−3

Translate to an algebraic expression and simplify: twenty less than negative 7.

Solution

−7−20;−27

Monique has a balance of −$18 in her checking account. She deposits $152 to the account. What is the new balance?

Round 677.1348 to the nearest hundredth.

Solution

677.13

Convert 45 to a decimal.

Convert 1.85 to a percent.

Solution

185%

Locate 23,−1.5,and94 on a number line.

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

4+10(3+9)−52

Solution

99

−85+42

−19−25

Solution

−44

(−2)4

−5(−9)÷15

Solution

3

38·1112

45÷920

Solution

169

12+3·515−6

m7+107

Solution

m+107

712−38

−5.8+(−4.7)

Solution

−10.5

100−64.25

(0.07)(31.95)

Solution

2.2365

9÷0.05

−14(57p)

Solution

−10p

(u+8)−9

6x+(−4y)+9x+8y

Solution

15x+4y

023

750

Solution

undefined

−2(13q−5)

A movie lasted 123 hours. How many minutes did it last? (1 hour = 60 minutes)

Solution

100 minutes

Mike’s SUV is 5 feet 11 inches tall. He wants to put a rooftop cargo bag on the the SUV. The cargo bag is 1 foot 6 inches tall. What will the total height be of the SUV with the cargo bag on the roof? (1 foot = 12 inches)

Jennifer ran 2.8 miles. Convert this length to kilometers. (1 mile = 1.61 kilometers)

Solution

4.508 km

Introduction

This is a photo of several rocks carefully stacked to achieve balance.
The rocks in this formation must remain perfectly balanced around the center for the formation to hold its shape.

If we carefully placed more rocks of equal weight on both sides of this formation, it would still balance. Similarly, the expressions in an equation remain balanced when we add the same quantity to both sides of the equation. In this chapter, we will solve equations, remembering that what we do to one side of the equation, we must also do to the other side.

Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Verify a solution of an equation
  • Solve equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality
  • Solve equations that require simplification
  • Translate to an equation and solve
  • Translate and solve applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Evaluate x+4 when x=−3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 9 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

1

Evaluate 15−y when y=−5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

20

Simplify 4(4n+1)−15n.
If you missed this problem, review Example 17 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

n+4

Translate into algebra “5 less than x.”
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

x−5

Verify a Solution of an Equation

Solving an equation is like discovering the answer to a puzzle. The purpose in solving an equation is to find the value or values of the variable that make each side of the equation the same – so that we end up with a true statement. Any value of the variable that makes the equation true is called a solution to the equation. It is the answer to the puzzle!

Solution of an equation

A solution of an equation is a value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation.

To determine whether a number is a solution to an equation.

  1. Substitute the number in for the variable in the equation.
  2. Simplify the expressions on both sides of the equation.
  3. Determine whether the resulting equation is true (the left side is equal to the right side)
    • If it is true, the number is a solution.
    • If it is not true, the number is not a solution.

Determine whether x=32 is a solution of 4x−2=2x+1.

Solution

Solution

Since a solution to an equation is a value of the variable that makes the equation true, begin by substituting the value of the solution for the variable.

A linear equation is displayed, showing 4x minus 2 equals 2x plus 1, ready to be solved for the variable x.
The image shows the text 'Substitute 3/2 for x.' The fraction 3/2 is written with the numeral 3 in red at the top and the numeral 2 in red at the bottom, separated by a horizontal line. A mathematical equation asks whether 4 times (3/2) minus 2 is equal to 2 times (3/2) plus 1. The fraction 3/2 is highlighted in red.
Multiply. An arithmetic equation where 6 minus 2 is compared to 3 plus 1, with a question mark over the equals sign.
Subtract. The number 4 equals 4, confirmed with a checkmark, indicating a correct mathematical statement or a balanced equation.

Since x=32 results in a true equation (4 is in fact equal to 4), 32 is a solution to the equation 4x−2=2x+1.

Is y=43 a solution of 9y+2=6y+3?

Solution

no

Is y=75 a solution of 5y+3=10y−4?

Solution

yes

Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

We are going to use a model to clarify the process of solving an equation. An envelope represents the variable – since its contents are unknown – and each counter represents one. We will set out one envelope and some counters on our workspace, as shown in Figure 1. Both sides of the workspace have the same number of counters, but some counters are “hidden” in the envelope. Can you tell how many counters are in the envelope?

This image illustrates a workspace divided into two sides. The content of the left side is equal to the content of the right side. On the left side, there are three circular counters and an envelope containing an unknown number of counters. On the right side are eight counters.
The illustration shows a model of an equation with one variable. On the left side of the workspace is an unknown (envelope) and three counters, while on the right side of the workspace are eight counters.

What are you thinking? What steps are you taking in your mind to figure out how many counters are in the envelope?

Perhaps you are thinking: “I need to remove the 3 counters at the bottom left to get the envelope by itself. The 3 counters on the left can be matched with 3 on the right and so I can take them away from both sides. That leaves five on the right—so there must be 5 counters in the envelope.” See Figure 2 for an illustration of this process.

This figure contains two illustrations of workspaces, divided each into two sides. On the left side of the first workspace there are three counters circled in purple and an envelope containing an unknown number of counters. On the right side are eight counters, three of which are also circled in purple. An arrow to the right of the workspace points to the second workspace. On the left side of the second workspace, there is just an envelope. On the right side are five counters. This workspace is identical to the first workspace, except that the three counters circled in purple have been removed from both sides.
The illustration shows a model for solving an equation with one variable. On both sides of the workspace remove three counters, leaving only the unknown (envelope) and five counters on the right side. The unknown is equal to five counters.

What algebraic equation would match this situation? In Figure 3 each side of the workspace represents an expression and the center line takes the place of the equal sign. We will call the contents of the envelope x.

This image illustrates a workspace divided into two sides. The content of the left side is equal to the content of the right side. On the left side, there are three circular counters and an envelope containing an unknown number of counters. On the right side are eight counters. Underneath the image is the equation modeled by the counters: x plus 3 equals 8.
The illustration shows a model for the equation x+3=8.

Let’s write algebraically the steps we took to discover how many counters were in the envelope:

A simple algebraic equation: x + 3 = 8.
First, we took away three from each side. The equation x + 3 - 3 = 8 - 3, demonstrating the step of subtracting 3 from both sides to solve for the variable x, with the subtracted '3's highlighted in red.
Then we were left with five. The image displays the mathematical equation 'x = 5' in black text on a plain white background.

Check:

Five in the envelope plus three more does equal eight!

5+3=8

Our model has given us an idea of what we need to do to solve one kind of equation. The goal is to isolate the variable by itself on one side of the equation. To solve equations such as these mathematically, we use the Subtraction Property of Equality.

Subtraction Property of Equality

For any numbers a, b, and c,

Ifa=b,thena−c=b−c

When you subtract the same quantity from both sides of an equation, you still have equality.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Subtraction Property of Equality” will help you develop a better understanding of how to solve equations by using the Subtraction Property of Equality.

Let’s see how to use this property to solve an equation. Remember, the goal is to isolate the variable on one side of the equation. And we check our solutions by substituting the value into the equation to make sure we have a true statement.

Solve: y+37=−13.

Solution

Solution

To get y by itself, we will undo the addition of 37 by using the Subtraction Property of Equality.

A mathematical equation is displayed: y + 37 = -13, which is an algebraic expression involving a variable, addition, and negative numbers.
Subtract 37 from each side to ‘undo’ the addition. An equation showing 37 being subtracted from both sides to solve for y: y + 37 - 37 = -13 - 37. The subtractions are highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation: y = -50. The equation is presented in a simple, clear font against a white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: y + 37 = -13. The equation involves a variable 'y', addition, a positive integer, an equality sign, and a negative integer.
Substitute y=−50 A mathematical equation displays -50 + 37 = -13, with the -50 term highlighted in a red font, making it stand out from the other numbers and symbols which are in a standard gray.
A mathematical equation shows -13 compared to -13 with a question mark over the equals sign, followed by a checkmark indicating they are indeed equal.

Since y=−50 makes y+37=−13 a true statement, we have the solution to this equation.

Solve: x+19=−27.

Solution

x=−46

Solve: x+16=−34.

Solution

x=−50

What happens when an equation has a number subtracted from the variable, as in the equation x−5=8? We use another property of equations to solve equations where a number is subtracted from the variable. We want to isolate the variable, so to ‘undo’ the subtraction we will add the number to both sides. We use the Addition Property of Equality.

Addition Property of Equality

For any numbers a, b, and c,

Ifa=b,thena+c=b+c

When you add the same quantity to both sides of an equation, you still have equality.

In Example 2, 37 was added to the y and so we subtracted 37 to ‘undo’ the addition. In Example 3, we will need to ‘undo’ subtraction by using the Addition Property of Equality.

Solve: a−28=−37.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed with a variable 'a' being subtracted by 28, which equals -37. The equation reads as 'a - 28 = -37'.
Add 28 to each side to ‘undo’ the subtraction. Mathematical equation: 'a - 28 + 28 = -37 + 28', showing 28 added to both sides to solve for 'a', with the added numbers in red.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical expression 'a = -9' in black text against a white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'q - 28 = -37' against a plain white background. The variable 'q' is being solved for in this linear equation.
Substitute a=−9 A mathematical equation shows -9 minus 28 equals -37. The -9 is highlighted in red, while the rest of the numbers and symbols are in black, set against a plain white background.
An equation showing '-37 ?= -37' is resolved with a checkmark, confirming equality.
The solution to a−28=−37 is a=−9.

Solve: n−61=−75.

Solution

n=−14

Solve: p−41=−73.

Solution

p=−32

Solve: x−58=34.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation shows 'x - 5/8 = 3/4' on a white background.
Use the Addition Property of Equality. An algebraic equation is shown: x - 5/8 + 5/8 = 3/4 + 5/8. The fractions 5/8 appear in red text.
Find the LCD to add the fractions on the right. A mathematical equation showing x minus 5/8 plus 5/8 equals 6/8 plus 5/8. This algebraic expression requires solving for the variable x, involving basic fraction addition and subtraction.
Simplify. The image shows the mathematical equation x equals 11 over 8.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'x minus five-eighths equals three-fourths' (x - 5/8 = 3/4).
Substitute x=118. A mathematical equation displaying 11/8 - 5/8 = ? 3/4, where the question mark needs to be replaced by the correct relational operator.
Subtract. A mathematical expression displaying the fraction 6/8 and 3/4, with a question mark over an equals sign, asking if the two fractions are equivalent. Both fractions are indeed equal.
Simplify. A mathematical expression shows the fraction 3/4 equals 3/4, followed by a checkmark, indicating correctness or approval.
The solution to x−58=34 is x=118.

Solve: p−23=56.

Solution

p=96=32

Solve: q−12=56.

Solution

q=43

The next example will be an equation with decimals.

Solve: n−0.63=−4.2.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed with the variable 'n' being subtracted by 0.63, equaling -4.2. The equation reads as 'n - 0.63 = -4.2'.
Use the Addition Property of Equality. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'n - 0.63 + 0.63 = -4.2 + 0.63', with the addition of 0.63 on both sides highlighted in red.
Add. A white background with the text 'n = -3.57' displayed in black font.
Check: The image displays the mathematical expression 'n = -3.57' in black text against a plain white background, indicating a numerical value for the variable 'n'.
Let n=−3.57. A mathematical equation displaying '-3.57 - 0.63 = -4.2' with a question mark above the equal sign, verifying the statement.
The mathematical equation -4.2 = -4.2 is displayed, confirmed as correct with a checkmark.

Solve: b−0.47=−2.1.

Solution

b=−1.63

Solve: c−0.93=−4.6.

Solution

c=−3.67

Solve Equations That Require Simplification

In the previous examples, we were able to isolate the variable with just one operation. Most of the equations we encounter in algebra will take more steps to solve. Usually, we will need to simplify one or both sides of an equation before using the Subtraction or Addition Properties of Equality.

You should always simplify as much as possible before you try to isolate the variable. Remember that to simplify an expression means to do all the operations in the expression. Simplify one side of the equation at a time. Note that simplification is different from the process used to solve an equation in which we apply an operation to both sides.

How to Solve Equations That Require Simplification

Solve: 9x−5−8x−6=7.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Simplify the expressions on each side as much as possible.” The text in the second cell reads: “Rearrange the terms, using the Commutative Property of Addition. Combine like terms. Notice that each side is now simplified as much as possible.” The third cell contains the equation 9 x minus 5 minus 8 x minus 6 equals 7. Below this is the same equation, with the terms rearranged: 9 x minus 8 x minus 5 minus 6 equals 7. Below this is the equation with like terms combined: x minus 11 equals 7. In the second row of the table, the first cell says “Step 2. Isolate the variable.” In the second cell, the instructions say “Now isolate x. Undo subtraction by adding 11 to both sides.” The third cell contains the equation x minus 11 plus 11 equals 7 plus 11, with “plus 11” written in red on both sides. In the third row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 3. Simplify the equation on both sides of the equation.” The second cell is left blank. The third cell contains x equals 18. In the fourth and bottom row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 4. Check the solution.” The second cell is blank. In the third cell is the text “Check: Substitute x equals 18.” Below this is the equation 9 x minus 5 minus 8 x minus 6 equals 7. Underneath is the same equation, with 18 written in red in parentheses replacing each x: 9 times 18 (in parentheses) minus 5 minus 8 times 18 (in parentheses) minus 6 might equal 7. Below is the equation 162 minus 5 minus 144 minus 6 might equal 7. Below this is the equation 157 minus 144 minus 6 might equal 7. Below this is 13 minus 6 might equal 7. On the last line is the equation 7 equals 7, with a check mark next to it.

Solve: 8y−4−7y−7=4.

Solution

y=15

Solve: 6z+5−5z−4=3.

Solution

z=2

Solve: 5(n−4)−4n=−8.

Solution

Solution

We simplify both sides of the equation as much as possible before we try to isolate the variable.

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 5 multiplied by the quantity (n - 4), minus 4n, which equals -8. The equation is 5(n - 4) - 4n = -8.
Distribute on the left. A mathematical equation on a white background reads: 5n - 20 - 4n = -8.
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange terms. The equation 5n - 4n - 20 = -8 is shown.
Combine like terms. The mathematical equation n - 20 = -8 is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
Each side is as simplified as possible. Next, isolate n.
Undo subtraction by using the Addition Property of Equality. A mathematical equation shows 'n - 20 + 20 = -8 + 20'. The numbers '+20' are highlighted in red on both sides of the equation, indicating that 20 is being added to both sides to solve for 'n'.
Add. The image displays the text 'n = 12' in black, centrally placed against a plain white background.
Check. Substitute n=12.
Verification of the algebraic equation 5(n-4)-4n=-8. Substituting n=12 into the equation simplifies to -8=-8, confirming that n=12 is the correct solution.
The solution to 5(n−4)−4n=−8 is n=12.

Solve: 5(p−3)−4p=−10.

Solution

p=5

Solve: 4(q+2)−3q=−8.

Solution

q=−16

Solve: 3(2y−1)−5y=2(y+1)−2(y+3).

Solution

Solution

We simplify both sides of the equation before we isolate the variable.

An algebraic equation is shown, featuring the variable 'y' on both sides: 3(2y - 1) - 5y = 2(y + 1) - 2(y + 3).
Distribute on both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background. The equation reads: 6y - 3 - 5y = 2y + 2 - 2y - 6.
Use the Commutative Property of Addition. A mathematical equation is displayed: 6y - 5y - 3 = 2y - 2y + 2 - 6, showing terms with the variable 'y' and constant numbers on both sides of the equality.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation displayed on a white background, showing 'y - 3 = -4' in a clear, dark gray font.
Each side is as simplified as possible. Next, isolate y.
Undo subtraction by using the Addition Property of Equality. An algebraic equation: y - 3 + 3 = -4 + 3. The '+3' terms on both sides are highlighted in red, demonstrating the addition property of equality to isolate the variable y.
Add. The mathematical equation y = -1 is displayed in black text against a plain white background.
Check. Let y=−1.
Verifying an algebraic solution. This image shows the step-by-step process of substituting y = -1 into the equation 3(2y-1)-5y = 2(y+1)-2(y+3), confirming that -1 is the correct value as both sides equal -4.
The solution to 3(2y−1)−5y=2(y+1)−2(y+3) is y=−1.

Solve: 4(2h−3)−7h=6(h−2)−6(h−1).

Solution

h=6

Solve: 2(5x+2)−9x=3(x−2)−3(x−4).

Solution

x=2

Translate to an Equation and Solve

To solve applications algebraically, we will begin by translating from English sentences into equations. Our first step is to look for the word (or words) that would translate to the equals sign. Table 9 shows us some of the words that are commonly used.

Equals =
is
is equal to
is the same as
the result is
gives
was
will be

The steps we use to translate a sentence into an equation are listed below.

Translate an English sentence to an algebraic equation.

  1. Locate the “equals” word(s). Translate to an equals sign (=).
  2. Translate the words to the left of the “equals” word(s) into an algebraic expression.
  3. Translate the words to the right of the “equals” word(s) into an algebraic expression.

Translate and solve: Eleven more than x is equal to 54.

Solution

Solution

Translate. An image illustrating the translation of the phrase 'Eleven more than x is equal to 54' into the algebraic equation 'x + 11 = 54', with corresponding parts underlined.
Subtract 11 from both sides. The equation 'x + 11 - 11 = 54 - 11' demonstrates a step in solving for 'x' by applying the subtraction property of equality to both sides.
Simplify. A close-up shot of a white surface with the mathematical equation 'X = 43' written in black characters, likely indicating a simple algebraic problem or a labeled value.
Check: Is 54 eleven more than 43?
43+11=?5454=54✓

Translate and solve: Ten more than x is equal to 41.

Solution

x+10=41;x=31

Translate and solve: Twelve less than x is equal to 51.

Solution

x−12=51;x=63

Translate and solve: The difference of 12t and 11t is −14.

Solution

Solution

Translate. This image illustrates how to translate a word problem into an algebraic equation. 'The difference of 12t and 11t is -14' translates to 12t - 11t = -14.
Simplify. The text 't = -14' is displayed in the top right corner against a plain white background.
Check:
12(−14)−11(−14)=?−14−168+154=?−14−14=−14✓

Translate and solve: The difference of 4x and 3x is 14.

Solution

4x−3x=14;x=14

Translate and solve: The difference of 7a and 6a is −8.

Solution

7a−6a=−8;a=−8

Translate and Solve Applications

Most of the time a question that requires an algebraic solution comes out of a real life question. To begin with that question is asked in English (or the language of the person asking) and not in math symbols. Because of this, it is an important skill to be able to translate an everyday situation into algebraic language.

We will start by restating the problem in just one sentence, assign a variable, and then translate the sentence into an equation to solve. When assigning a variable, choose a letter that reminds you of what you are looking for. For example, you might use q for the number of quarters if you were solving a problem about coins.

How to Solve Translate and Solve Applications

The MacIntyre family recycled newspapers for two months. The two months of newspapers weighed a total of 57 pounds. The second month, the newspapers weighed 28 pounds. How much did the newspapers weigh the first month?

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains text and algebra. In the top row, the first cell says “Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.” The text in the second cell says “The problem is about the weight of newspapers.” The third cell is blank. In the second row, the first cell says “Step 2. Identify what we are asked to find.” The second cell says “What are we asked to find?” The third cell says: “How much did the newspapers weigh the 2nd month?” In the third row, the first cell says “Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.” The second cell says “Choose a variable.” The third cell says “Let w equal weight of the newspapers the 1st month.” In the fourth row, the first cell says “Step 4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with the important information.” The second cell says “Restate the problem. We know that the weight of the newspapers the second month is 28 pounds.” The third cell says “Weight of newspapers the 1st month plus the weight of the newspapers the 2nd month equals 57 pounds. Weight from 1st month plus 28 equals 57.” One line down, the second cell says “Translate into an equation using the variable w.” The third cell contains the equation w plus 28 equals 57. In the fifth row, the first cell says “Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.” The second cell says “Solve.” The third cell contains the equation with 28 being subtracted from both sides: w plus 28 minus 28 equals 57 minus 28, with minus 28 written in red. Below this is w equals 29. In the sixth row, the first cell says “Step 6. Check the answer and make sure it makes sense.” The second cell says “Does 1st month’s weight plus 2nd month’s weight equal 57 pounds?” The third cell contains the equation 29 plus 28 might equal 57. Below this is 57 equals 57 with a check mark next to it. In the seventh and final row, the first cell says ‘Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.” The second cell says “Write a sentence to answer ‘How much did the newspapers weigh the 2nd month?’” The third cell contains the sentence “The 2nd month the newspapers weighed 29 pounds.”

Translate into an algebraic equation and solve:

The Pappas family has two cats, Zeus and Athena. Together, they weigh 23 pounds. Zeus weighs 16 pounds. How much does Athena weigh?

Solution

7 pounds

Translate into an algebraic equation and solve:

Sam and Henry are roommates. Together, they have 68 books. Sam has 26 books. How many books does Henry have?

Solution

42 books

Solve an application.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
  4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with the important information.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Randell paid $28,675 for his new car. This was $875 less than the sticker price. What was the sticker price of the car?

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates a seven-step process for solving a word problem, exemplified by calculating a car's sticker price.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. "What was the sticker price of the car?"
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let s= the sticker price of the car.
Step 4. Translate into an equation. Restate the problem in one sentence. $28,675 is $875 less than the sticker price
Step 5. Solve the equation. $28,675 is $875 less thans 28,675=s−87528,675+875=s−875+87529,550=s
Step 6. Check the answer.
Is $875 less than $29,550 equal to $28,675?
29,550−875=?28,67528,675=28,675✓
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The sticker price of the car was $29,550.

Translate into an algebraic equation and solve:

Eddie paid $19,875 for his new car. This was $1,025 less than the sticker price. What was the sticker price of the car?

Solution

$20,900

Translate into an algebraic equation and solve:

The admission price for the movies during the day is $7.75. This is $3.25 less the price at night. How much does the movie cost at night?

Solution

$11.00

Key Concepts

  • To Determine Whether a Number is a Solution to an Equation
    1. Substitute the number in for the variable in the equation.
    2. Simplify the expressions on both sides of the equation.
    3. Determine whether the resulting statement is true.
      • If it is true, the number is a solution.
      • If it is not true, the number is not a solution.
  • Addition Property of Equality
    • For any numbers a, b, and c, if a=b, then a+c=b+c.
  • Subtraction Property of Equality
    • For any numbers a, b, and c, if a=b, then a−c=b−c.
  • To Translate a Sentence to an Equation
    1. Locate the “equals” word(s). Translate to an equal sign (=).
    2. Translate the words to the left of the “equals” word(s) into an algebraic expression.
    3. Translate the words to the right of the “equals” word(s) into an algebraic expression.
  • To Solve an Application
    1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with the important information.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Practice Makes Perfect

Verify a Solution of an Equation

In the following exercises, determine whether the given value is a solution to the equation.

Is y=53 a solution of
6y+10=12y?

Solution

yes

Is x=94 a solution of
4x+9=8x?

Is u=−12 a solution of
8u−1=6u?

Solution

no

Is v=−13 a solution of
9v−2=3v?

Solve Equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality.

x+24=35

Solution

x=11

x+17=22

y+45=−66

Solution

y=−111

y+39=−83

b+14=34

Solution

b=12

a+25=45

p+2.4=−9.3

Solution

p=−11.7

m+7.9=11.6

a−45=76

Solution

a=121

a−30=57

m−18=−200

Solution

m=−182

m−12=−12

x−13=2

Solution

x=73

x−15=4

y−3.8=10

Solution

y=13.8

y−7.2=5

x−165=−420

Solution

x=−255

z−101=−314

z+0.52=−8.5

Solution

z=−9.02

x+0.93=−4.1

q+34=12

Solution

q=−14

p+13=56

p−25=23

Solution

p=1615

y−34=35

Solve Equations that Require Simplification

In the following exercises, solve each equation.

c+31−10=46

Solution

c=25

m+16−28=5

9x+5−8x+14=20

Solution

x=1

6x+8−5x+16=32

−6x−11+7x−5=−16

Solution

x=0

−8n−17+9n−4=−41

5(y−6)−4y=−6

Solution

y=24

9(y−2)−8y=−16

8(u+1.5)−7u=4.9

Solution

u=−7.1

5(w+2.2)−4w=9.3

6a−5(a−2)+9=−11

Solution

a=−30

8c−7(c−3)+4=−16

6(y−2)−5y=4(y+3)
−4(y−1)

Solution

y=28

9(x−1)−8x=−3(x+5)
+3(x−5)

3(5n−1)−14n+9
=10(n−4)−6n−4(n+1)

Solution

n=−50

2(8m+3)−15m−4
=9(m+6)−2(m−1)−7m

−(j+2)+2j−1=5

Solution

j=8

−(k+7)+2k+8=7

−(14a−34)+54a=−2

Solution

a=−114

−(23d−13)+53d=−4

8(4x+5)−5(6x)−x
=53−6(x+1)+3(2x+2)

Solution

x=13

6(9y−1)−10(5y)−3y
=22−4(2y−12)+8(y−6)

Translate to an Equation and Solve

In the following exercises, translate to an equation and then solve it.

Nine more than x is equal to 52.

Solution

x+9=52;x=43

The sum of x and −15 is 23.

Ten less than m is −14.

Solution

m−10=−14;m=−4

Three less than y is −19.

The sum of y and −30 is 40.

Solution

y+(−30)=40;y=70

Twelve more than p is equal to 67.

The difference of 9xand8x is 107.

Solution

9x−8x=107;107

The difference of 5cand4c is 602.

The difference of n and 16 is 12.

Solution

n−16=12;23

The difference of f and 13 is 112.

The sum of −4n and 5n is −82.

Solution

−4n+5n=−82;−82

The sum of −9m and 10m is −95.

Translate and Solve Applications

In the following exercises, translate into an equation and solve.

Distance Avril rode her bike a total of 18 miles, from home to the library and then to the beach. The distance from Avril’s house to the library is 7 miles. What is the distance from the library to the beach?

Solution

11 miles

Reading Jeff read a total of 54 pages in his History and Sociology textbooks. He read 41 pages in his History textbook. How many pages did he read in his Sociology textbook?

Age Eva’s daughter is 15 years younger than her son. Eva’s son is 22 years old. How old is her daughter?

Solution

7 years old

Age Pablo’s father is 3 years older than his mother. Pablo’s mother is 42 years old. How old is his father?

Groceries For a family birthday dinner, Celeste bought a turkey that weighed 5 pounds less than the one she bought for Thanksgiving. The birthday turkey weighed 16 pounds. How much did the Thanksgiving turkey weigh?

Solution

21 pounds

Weight Allie weighs 8 pounds less than her twin sister Lorrie. Allie weighs 124 pounds. How much does Lorrie weigh?

Health Connor’s temperature was 0.7 degrees higher this morning than it had been last night. His temperature this morning was 101.2 degrees. What was his temperature last night?

Solution

100.5 degrees

Health The nurse reported that Tricia’s daughter had gained 4.2 pounds since her last checkup and now weighs 31.6 pounds. How much did Tricia’s daughter weigh at her last checkup?

Salary Ron’s paycheck this week was $17.43 less than his paycheck last week. His paycheck this week was $103.76. How much was Ron’s paycheck last week?

Solution

$121.19

Textbooks Melissa’s math book cost $22.85 less than her art book cost. Her math book cost $93.75. How much did her art book cost?

Everyday Math

Construction Miguel wants to drill a hole for a 58 inch screw. The hole should be 112 inch smaller than the screw. Let d equal the size of the hole he should drill. Solve the equation d+112=58 to see what size the hole should be.

Solution

d=1324inch

Baking Kelsey needs 23 cup of sugar for the cookie recipe she wants to make. She only has 38 cup of sugar and will borrow the rest from her neighbor. Let s equal the amount of sugar she will borrow. Solve the equation 38+s=23 to find the amount of sugar she should ask to borrow.

Writing Exercises

Is −8 a solution to the equation 3x=16−5x? How do you know?

Solution

No. Justifications will vary.

What is the first step in your solution to the equation 10x+2=4x+26?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “verify a solution of an equation,” “solve equations using the subtraction and addition properties of equality,” “solve equations that require simplification,” “translate to an equation and solve,” and “translate and solve applications.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved your goals in this section! Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific!

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly as topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. Math is sequential - every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no - I don’t get it! This is critical and you must not ignore it. You need to get help immediately or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as possible to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

solution of an equation
A solution of an equation is a value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation.

Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality
  • Solve equations that require simplification
  • Translate to an equation and solve
  • Translate and solve applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: −7(1−7).
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

1

Evaluate 9x+2 when x=−3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

−25

Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

You may have noticed that all of the equations we have solved so far have been of the form x+a=b or x−a=b. We were able to isolate the variable by adding or subtracting the constant term on the side of the equation with the variable. Now we will see how to solve equations that have a variable multiplied by a constant and so will require division to isolate the variable.

Let’s look at our puzzle again with the envelopes and counters in Figure 1.

This image illustrates a workspace divided into two sides. The content of the left side is equal to the content of the right side. On the left side, there are two envelopes each containing an unknown but equal number of counters. On the right side are six counters.
The illustration shows a model of an equation with one variable multiplied by a constant. On the left side of the workspace are two instances of the unknown (envelope), while on the right side of the workspace are six counters.

In the illustration there are two identical envelopes that contain the same number of counters. Remember, the left side of the workspace must equal the right side, but the counters on the left side are “hidden” in the envelopes. So how many counters are in each envelope?

How do we determine the number? We have to separate the counters on the right side into two groups of the same size to correspond with the two envelopes on the left side. The 6 counters divided into 2 equal groups gives 3 counters in each group (since 6÷2=3).

What equation models the situation shown in Figure 2? There are two envelopes, and each contains x counters. Together, the two envelopes must contain a total of 6 counters.

This image illustrates a workspace divided into two sides. The content of the left side is equal to the content of the right side. On the left side, there are two envelopes each containing an unknown but equal number of counters. On the right side are six counters. Underneath the image is the equation modeled by the counters: 2 x equals 6.
The illustration shows a model of the equation 2x=6.
The mathematical equation '2x = 6' is displayed in a simple, clear font against a white background.
If we divide both sides of the equation by 2, as we did with the envelopes and counters, An image demonstrating the final step in solving a linear equation, showing 2x divided by 2 equals 6 divided by 2, which simplifies to x=3.
we get: The image shows a simple mathematical expression: x=3.

We found that each envelope contains 3 counters. Does this check? We know 2·3=6, so it works! Three counters in each of two envelopes does equal six!

This example leads to the Division Property of Equality.

The Division Property of Equality

For any numbers a, b, and c, and c≠0,

Ifa=b,thenac=bc

When you divide both sides of an equation by any non-zero number, you still have equality.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Division Property of Equality” will help you develop a better understanding of how to solve equations by using the Division Property of Equality.

The goal in solving an equation is to ‘undo’ the operation on the variable. In the next example, the variable is multiplied by 5, so we will divide both sides by 5 to ‘undo’ the multiplication.

Solve: 5x=−27.

Solution

Solution

To isolate x, “undo” the multiplication by 5. A mathematical equation is displayed with a white background and dark gray text, showing '5x = -27'.
Divide to ‘undo’ the multiplication. A mathematical equation shows '5x divided by 5 equals -27 divided by 5'. The number 5 in the denominators on both sides of the equation is highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image shows a mathematical equation in black text on a white background, displaying x = -27/5, indicating that x is equal to negative twenty-seven over five.
Check: A mathematical equation shows '5x = -27' in black text on a white background. This is a linear equation with one variable, where 5 times x equals negative 27.
Substitute −275 for x. This image displays the equation 5(-27/5) =? -27, a math problem testing basic multiplication with fractions and negative numbers. The statement is true as 5 * (-27/5) simplifies to -27.
The equation -27 = -27 is displayed with a checkmark, indicating that the statement is correct.
Since this is a true statement, x=−275
is the solution to 5x=−27.

Solve: 3y=−41.

Solution

y=−413

Solve: 4z=−55.

Solution

z=−554

Consider the equation x4=3. We want to know what number divided by 4 gives 3. So to “undo” the division, we will need to multiply by 4. The Multiplication Property of Equality will allow us to do this. This property says that if we start with two equal quantities and multiply both by the same number, the results are equal.

The Multiplication Property of Equality

For any numbers a, b, and c,

Ifa=b,thenac=bc

If you multiply both sides of an equation by the same number, you still have equality.

Solve: y−7=−14.

Solution

Solution

Here y is divided by −7. We must multiply by −7 to isolate y.

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: y divided by -7 equals -14.
Multiply both sides by −7. A mathematical equation shows -7 multiplied by the fraction y over -7, which is equal to -7 multiplied by -14. The -7 values on both sides of the equation are highlighted in red.
Multiply. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -7y divided by 7 equals 98.
Simplify. The image displays a simple mathematical equation, 'y = 98,' on a plain white background, indicating that the variable 'y' has a fixed value of ninety-eight.
Check: y−7=−14
Substitute y=98. A mathematical equation showing '98 divided by -7 equals ? equals -14'. The red number 98 is in the numerator, and -7 is in the denominator. The question mark is above the first equals sign, implying a check of the equality.
Divide. The image displays the mathematical equation -14 = -14, followed by a checkmark, indicating that the equation is correct.

Solve: a−7=−42.

Solution

a=294

Solve: b−6=−24.

Solution

b=144

Solve: −n=9.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the simple algebraic equation '-n = 9' in black text against a white background.
Remember −n is equivalent to −1n. The image displays the equation -1n = 9 in black text on a white background.
Divide both sides by −1. A mathematical equation illustrating the division of both sides by -1: -1n / -1 = 9 / -1. This step is typically used to isolate the variable 'n'.
Divide. The mathematical expression 'n = -9' is displayed on a white background.
Notice that there are two other ways to solve −n=9. We can also solve this equation by multiplying both sides by −1 and also by taking the opposite of both sides.
Check: The mathematical equation '-n = 9' is displayed in white text on a white background, suggesting a calculation or problem. The characters are clearly visible.
Substitute n=−9. The image displays the mathematical expression '-(-9) =? 9', posing a question about whether negative negative nine equals nine. Since the two negative signs cancel each other out, -(-9) simplifies to 9, confirming the equality.
Simplify. The equation 9=9 with a checkmark, symbolizing a correct or confirmed statement.

Solve: −k=8.

Solution

k=−8

Solve: −g=3.

Solution

g=−3

Solve: 34x=12.

Solution

Solution

Since the product of a number and its reciprocal is 1, our strategy will be to isolate x by multiplying by the reciprocal of 34.

A mathematical equation showing three-fourths multiplied by x equals 12, expressed as '3/4 x = 12' on a white background.
Multiply by the reciprocal of 34. An algebraic equation showing the step to solve for x by multiplying both sides of (3/4)x=12 by the reciprocal 4/3.
Reciprocals multiply to 1. A mathematical equation shows '1x = 4/3 multiplied by 12/1'.
Multiply. The image displays a simple mathematical equation, 'x = 16', rendered in a clear, dark gray typeface against a plain white background.
Notice that we could have divided both sides of the equation 34x=12 by 34 to isolate x. While this would work, most people would find multiplying by the reciprocal easier.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '3/4x = 12' on a white background.
Substitute x=16. A mathematical expression (3/4) * 16 =? 12, challenging the viewer to determine if the equality is true. The '16' is highlighted in red, and a question mark sits above the equals sign.
The equation '12 = 12' is presented, accompanied by a checkmark confirming its accuracy.

Solve: 25n=14.

Solution

n=35

Solve: 56y=15.

Solution

y=18

In the next example, all the variable terms are on the right side of the equation. As always, our goal in solving the equation is to isolate the variable.

Solve: 815=−45x.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '8 over 15 equals negative 4 over 5 x'.
Multiply by the reciprocal of −45. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the product of two fractions, (-5/4) and (8/15), on the left side, equated to the product of (-5/4) and (-4/5x) on the right.
Reciprocals multiply to 1. A mathematical equation shows the simplification of a fraction: -(5*4*2)/(4*3*5) = 1x. Common factors '5' and '4' are crossed out from both the numerator and the denominator, leading to further calculation.
Multiply. A mathematical equation shows a negative fraction, '-2/3,' which is set equal to the variable 'x.' The expression is centered against a plain white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '8/15 = -4/5x'
Let x=−23. A mathematical equation showing the fraction 8/15 equals the product of -4/5 and -2/3. The numbers 2 and 3 in the second fraction are highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation showing the fraction 8 over 15 is equal to 8 over 15, followed by a checkmark indicating correctness.

Solve: 925=−45z.

Solution

z=−920

Solve: 56=−83r.

Solution

r=−516

Solve Equations That Require Simplification

Many equations start out more complicated than the ones we have been working with.

With these more complicated equations the first step is to simplify both sides of the equation as much as possible. This usually involves combining like terms or using the distributive property.

Solve: 14−23=12y−4y−5y.

Solution

Solution

Begin by simplifying each side of the equation.

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 14 - 23 = 12y - 4y - 5y.
Simplify each side. A mathematical equation shows -9 = 3y, depicting a linear algebraic expression to solve for the variable 'y'.
Divide both sides by 3. A mathematical equation shows '-3 = y' on a white background, representing that the variable y is equal to negative three.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '14 - 23 = 12y - 4y - 5y' in a simple black font against a white background.
Substitute y=−3. A mathematical equation showing 14 minus 23 on the left side, and 12 times -3 minus 4 times -3 minus 5 times -3 on the right side. The equation reads: 14 - 23 = 12(-3) - 4(-3) - 5(-3).
A mathematical equation shows '-9 = -36 + 12 + 15' centered on a white background. The numbers and symbols are displayed in a gray font.
A simple mathematical equation '-9 = -9' is displayed, followed by a checkmark, indicating its correctness.

Solve: 18−27=15c−9c−3c.

Solution

c=−3

Solve:18−22=12x−x−4x.

Solution

x=−47

Solve: −4(a−3)−7=25.

Solution

Solution

Here we will simplify each side of the equation by using the distributive property first.

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing -4 multiplied by the quantity (a minus 3), then minus 7, which equals 25.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is presented, reading as '-4a + 12 - 7 = 25' against a white background.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -4a + 5 = 25.
Simplify. The image shows a mathematical equation in black text on a white background, which reads '-4q = 20'.
Divide both sides by −4 to isolate a. A mathematical equation shows '-4a over -4 equals 20 over -4.' The negative four in the denominator on both sides is highlighted in red, indicating division by negative four to solve for 'a'.
Divide. The image displays the equation 'a = -5' in a clear, black font against a white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, which reads as -4(a - 3) - 7 = 25. This equation involves an unknown variable 'a' and requires algebraic manipulation to solve for 'a'.
Substitute a=−5. A mathematical equation is shown, asking to verify if -4(-5 - 3) - 7 equals 25. The number -5 is highlighted in red within the parentheses.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '-4(-8) - 7' on the left side and '25' on the right, with a question mark above the equals sign, indicating a check for equality.
A mathematical equation is displayed as 32 - 7 ?= 25, with a question mark positioned above the equals sign, indicating a query about the truth of the statement. The equation is correct as 32 minus 7 equals 25.
A simple equation '25 = 25' with a checkmark, indicating correctness or completion. The numbers are bold and clear against a white background, highlighting a straightforward mathematical verification.

Solve: −4(q−2)−8=24.

Solution

q=−6

Solve: −6(r−2)−12=30.

Solution

r=−5

Now we have covered all four properties of equality—subtraction, addition, division, and multiplication. We’ll list them all together here for easy reference.

Properties of Equality

Subtraction Property of EqualityAddition Property of Equality For any real numbersa,b,andc,For any real numbersa,b,andc, ifa=b,thena−c=b−c.ifa=b,thena+c=b+c. Division Property of EqualityMultiplication Property of Equality For any numbersa,b,andc,andc≠0,For any numbersa,b,andc, ifa=b,thenac=bc.ifa=b, thenac=bc.

When you add, subtract, multiply, or divide the same quantity from both sides of an equation, you still have equality.

Translate to an Equation and Solve

In the next few examples, we will translate sentences into equations and then solve the equations. You might want to review the translation table in the previous chapter.

Translate and solve: The number 143 is the product of −11 and y.

Solution

Solution

Begin by translating the sentence into an equation.

Translate. This image illustrates how to translate the word problem 'The number 143 is the product of -11 and y' into the algebraic equation '143 = -11y', with visual cues connecting the text to the equation.
Divide by −11. A mathematical equation shows both sides being divided by -11. The left side is 143/-11 and the right side is -11y/-11. The number -11 is in red font in the denominators.
Simplify. The image shows a simple algebraic equation, '-13 = y', indicating that the variable 'y' is equal to negative thirteen.
Check:
143=−11y 143=?−11(−13) 143=143✓

Translate and solve: The number 132 is the product of −12 and y.

Solution

132=−12y;y=−11

Translate and solve: The number 117 is the product of −13 and z.

Solution

117=−13z;z=−9

Translate and solve: n divided by 8 is −32.

Solution

Solution

Begin by translating the sentence into an equation.
Translate.
A mathematical statement and its corresponding equation are displayed. The statement reads 'n divided by 8 is -32.' Below it, the equation is written as 'n/8 = -32.'
Multiple both sides by 8. A mathematical equation shows '8 multiplied by n divided by 8 equals 8 multiplied by negative 32.' The number 8 is highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. The text 'n = -256' is prominently displayed on a white background, indicating a numerical value or a mathematical expression.
Check: Is n divided by 8 equal to −32?
Let n=−256. Is −256 divided by 8 equal to −32?
Translate. −2568=?−32
Simplify. −32=−32✓

Translate and solve: n divided by 7 is equal to −21.

Solution

n7=−21;n=−147

Translate and solve: n divided by 8 is equal to −56.

Solution

n8=−56;n=−448

Translate and solve: The quotient of y and −4 is 68.

Solution

Solution

Begin by translating the sentence into an equation.

Translate. An image illustrating the translation of the phrase 'The quotient of y and -4 is 68' into the algebraic equation 'y/-4 = 68', highlighted by teal brackets.
Multiply both sides by −4. A mathematical equation shows -4 multiplied by the fraction y over -4, which equals -4 multiplied by 68. The numbers -4 and 68 are in black, while the multiplication signs are implied by parentheses.
Simplify. The equation y = -272 is displayed in the upper right portion of a white background.
Check: Is the quotient of y and −4 equal to 68?
Let y=−272. Is the quotient of −272 and −4 equal to 68?
Translate. −272−4=?68
Simplify. 68=68✓

Translate and solve: The quotient of q and −8 is 72.

Solution

q−8=72;q=−576

Translate and solve: The quotient of p and −9 is 81.

Solution

p−9=81;p=−729

Translate and solve: Three-fourths of p is 18.

Solution

Solution

Begin by translating the sentence into an equation. Remember, “of” translates into multiplication.

Translate. The image demonstrates how to translate the verbal phrase 'Three-fourths of p is 18' into the algebraic equation '3/4p = 18'. It visually connects parts of the phrase to their mathematical equivalents.
Multiply both sides by 43. A mathematical equation shows (4/3) multiplied by (3/4)p on the left side, equaling (4/3) multiplied by 18 on the right side. The numbers 4 and 3 are highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image shows the mathematical expression 'p = 24' in black text against a plain white background.
Check: Is three-fourths of p equal to 18?
Let p=24. Is three-fourths of 24 equal to 18?
Translate. 34·24=?18
Simplify. 18=18✓

Translate and solve: Two-fifths of f is 16.

Solution

25f=16;f=40

Translate and solve: Three-fourths of f is 21.

Solution

34f=21;f=28

Translate and solve: The sum of three-eighths and x is one-half.

Solution

Solution

Begin by translating the sentence into an equation.

Translate. An image illustrating the translation of a word problem into a mathematical equation. The sentence 'The sum of three-eighths and x is 1/2' is shown, with brackets linking parts to the equation '3/8 + x = 1/2' below.
Subtract 38 from each side. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '3/8 - 3/8 + x = 1/2 - 3/8'. The fractions on the right side of the equals sign are partially in red.
Simplify and rewrite fractions with common denominators. A mathematical equation displays 'x = 4/8 - 3/8' on a white background, representing a subtraction problem with fractions sharing a common denominator.
Simplify. A mathematical equation on a white background displays 'x = 1/8'.
Check: Is the sum of three-eighths and x equal to one-half?
Letx=18. Is the sum of three-eighths and one-eighth equal to one-half?
Translate. 38+18=?12
Simplify. 48=?12
Simplify. 12=12✓

Translate and solve: The sum of five-eighths and x is one-fourth.

Solution

58+x=14;x=−38

Translate and solve: The sum of three-fourths and x is five-sixths.

Solution

34+x=56;x=112

Translate and Solve Applications

To solve applications using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality, we will follow the same steps we used in the last section. We will restate the problem in just one sentence, assign a variable, and then translate the sentence into an equation to solve.

Denae bought 6 pounds of grapes for $10.74. What was the cost of one pound of grapes?

Solution

Solution

Steps for solving a word problem to find the unit cost of grapes, from identifying the unknown to checking the solution.
What are you asked to find? The cost of 1 pound of grapes
Assign a variable. Let c = the cost of one pound.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The cost of 6 pounds is $10.74.
Translate into an equation. 6c=10.74
Solve. 6c6=10.746 c=1.79
The grapes cost $1.79 per pound.
Check: If one pound costs $1.79, do 6 pounds cost #10.74?
6(1.79)=?10.74 10.74=10.74✓

Translate and solve:

Arianna bought a 24-pack of water bottles for $9.36. What was the cost of one water bottle?

Solution

$0.39

Translate and solve:

At JB’s Bowling Alley, 6 people can play on one lane for $34.98. What is the cost for each person?

Solution

$5.83

Andreas bought a used car for $12,000. Because the car was 4-years old, its price was 34 of the original price, when the car was new. What was the original price of the car?

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step process for solving a word problem involving fractions, from identifying the unknown to checking the solution.
What are you asked to find? The original price of the car
Assign a variable. Let p = the original price.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. $12,000 is 34 of the original price.
Translate into an equation. 12,000=34p
Solve. 43(12,000)=43·34p 16,000=p
The original cost of the car was $16,000.
Check: Is 34 of $16,000 equal to $12,000?
34·16,000=?12,000 12,000=12,000✓

Translate and solve:

The annual property tax on the Mehta’s house is $1,800, calculated as 151,000 of the assessed value of the house. What is the assessed value of the Mehta’s house?

Solution

$120,000

Translate and solve:

Stella planted 14 flats of flowers in 23 of her garden. How many flats of flowers would she need to fill the whole garden?

Solution

21 flats

Key Concepts

  • The Division Property of Equality—For any numbers a, b, and c, and c≠0, if a=b, then ac=bc.
    When you divide both sides of an equation by any non-zero number, you still have equality.
  • The Multiplication Property of Equality—For any numbers a, b, and c, if a=b, then ac=bc.
    If you multiply both sides of an equation by the same number, you still have equality.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality and check the solution.

8x=56

Solution

x=7

7p=63

−5c=55

Solution

c=−11

−9x=−27

−809=15y

Solution

y=−80915

−731=19y

−37p=−541

Solution

p=54137

−19m=−586

0.25z=3.25

Solution

z=13

0.75a=11.25

−13x=0

Solution

x=0

24x=0

x4=35

Solution

x=140

z2=54

−20=q−5

Solution

q=100

c−3=−12

y9=−16

Solution

y=−144

q6=−38

m−12=45

Solution

m=−540

−24=p−20

−y=6

Solution

y=−6

−u=15

−v=−72

Solution

v=72

−x=−39

23y=48

Solution

y=72

35r=75

−58w=40

Solution

w=−64

24=−34x

−25=110a

Solution

a=−4

−13q=−56

−710x=−143

Solution

x=203

38y=−14

712=−34p

Solution

p=−79

1118=−56q

−518=−109u

Solution

u=14

−720=−74v

Solve Equations That Require Simplification

In the following exercises, solve each equation requiring simplification.

100−16=4p−10p−p

Solution

p=−12

−18−7=5t−9t−6t

78n−34n=9+2

Solution

n=88

512q+12q=25−3

0.25d+0.10d=6−0.75

Solution

d=15

0.05p−0.01p=2+0.24

−10(q−4)−57=93

Solution

q=−11

−12(d−5)−29=43

−10(x+4)−19=85

Solution

x=−725

−15(z+9)−11=75

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, solve each equation.

910x=90

Solution

x=100

512y=60

y+46=55

Solution

y=9

x+33=41

w−2=99

Solution

w=−198

s−3=−60

27=6a

Solution

a=92

−a=7

−x=2

Solution

x=−2

z−16=−59

m−41=−14

Solution

m=27

0.04r=52.60

63.90=0.03p

Solution

p=2130

−15x=−120

84=−12z

Solution

z=−7

19.36=x−0.2x

c−0.3c=35.70

Solution

c=51

−y=−9

−x=−8

Solution

x=8

Translate to an Equation and Solve

In the following exercises, translate to an equation and then solve.

187 is the product of −17 and m.

133 is the product of −19 and n.

Solution

133=−19n;n=−7

−184 is the product of 23 and p.

−152 is the product of 8 and q.

Solution

−152=8q;q=−19

u divided by 7 is equal to −49.

r divided by 12 is equal to −48.

Solution

r12=−48;r=−576

h divided by −13 is equal to −65.

j divided by −20 is equal to −80.

Solution

j−20=−80;j=1,600

The quotient c and −19 is 38.

The quotient of b and −6 is 18.

Solution

b−6=18;b=−108

The quotient of h and 26 is −52.

The quotient k and 22 is −66.

Solution

k22=−66;k=−1,452

Five-sixths of y is 15.

Three-tenths of x is 15.

Solution

310x=15;x=50

Four-thirds of w is 36.

Five-halves of v is 50.

Solution

52v=50;v=20

The sum of nine-tenths and g is two-thirds.

The sum of two-fifths and f is one-half.

Solution

25+f=12;f=110

The difference of p and one-sixth is two-thirds.

The difference of q and one-eighth is three-fourths.

Solution

q−18=34;q=78

Translate and Solve Applications

In the following exercises, translate into an equation and solve.

Kindergarten Connie’s kindergarten class has 24 children. She wants them to get into 4 equal groups. How many children will she put in each group?

Balloons Ramona bought 18 balloons for a party. She wants to make 3 equal bunches. How many balloons did she use in each bunch?

Solution

6 balloons

Tickets Mollie paid $36.25 for 5 movie tickets. What was the price of each ticket?

Shopping Serena paid $12.96 for a pack of 12 pairs of sport socks. What was the price of pair of sport socks?

Solution

$1.08

Sewing Nancy used 14 yards of fabric to make flags for one-third of the drill team. How much fabric, would Nancy need to make flags for the whole team?

MPG John’s SUV gets 18 miles per gallon (mpg). This is half as many mpg as his wife’s hybrid car. How many miles per gallon does the hybrid car get?

Solution

36 mpg

Height Aiden is 27 inches tall. He is 38 as tall as his father. How tall is his father?

Real estate Bea earned $11,700 commission for selling a house, calculated as 6100 of the selling price. What was the selling price of the house?

Solution

$195,000

Everyday Math

Commission Every week Perry gets paid $150 plus 12% of his total sales amount over $1,250. Solve the equation 840=150+0.12(a−1250) for a, to find the total amount Perry must sell in order to be paid $840 one week.

Stamps Travis bought $9.45 worth of 49-cent stamps and 21-cent stamps. The number of 21-cent stamps was 5 less than the number of 49-cent stamps. Solve the equation 0.49s+0.21​(s−5)​​=9.45 for s, to find the number of 49-cent stamps Travis bought.

Solution

15 49-cent stamps

Writing Exercises

Frida started to solve the equation −3x=36 by adding 3 to both sides. Explain why Frida’s method will not solve the equation.

Emiliano thinks x=40 is the solution to the equation 12x=80. Explain why he is wrong.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has five rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can...,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can...” reads “1) solve equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of equality,” “2) solve equations that require simplification,” “3) translate to an equation and solve,” and “4) translate and solve applications.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve an equation with constants on both sides
  • Solve an equation with variables on both sides
  • Solve an equation with variables and constants on both sides

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 4y−9+9.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

4y

Solve Equations with Constants on Both Sides

In all the equations we have solved so far, all the variable terms were on only one side of the equation with the constants on the other side. This does not happen all the time—so now we will learn to solve equations in which the variable terms, or constant terms, or both are on both sides of the equation.

Our strategy will involve choosing one side of the equation to be the “variable side”, and the other side of the equation to be the “constant side.” Then, we will use the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality to get all the variable terms together on one side of the equation and the constant terms together on the other side.

By doing this, we will transform the equation that began with variables and constants on both sides into the form ax=b. We already know how to solve equations of this form by using the Division or Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solve: 7x+8=−13.

Solution

Solution

In this equation, the variable is found only on the left side. It makes sense to call the left side the “variable” side. Therefore, the right side will be the “constant” side. We will write the labels above the equation to help us remember what goes where.

This figure shows the equation 7x plus 8 equals negative 13, with the left side of the equation labeled “variable”, written in red, and the right side of the equation labeled “constant”, written in red.

Since the left side is the “x”, or variable side, the 8 is out of place. We must “undo” adding 8 by subtracting 8, and to keep the equality we must subtract 8 from both sides.

Identifying variables and constants in the algebraic equation 7x + 8 = -13.
Use the Subtraction Property of Equality. A step in solving the equation 7x + 8 = -13, showing 8 being subtracted from both sides of the equation to isolate the 7x term. The subtracted 8s are highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '7x = -21' against a plain white background.
Now all the variables are on the left and the constant on the right.
The equation looks like those you learned to solve earlier.
Use the Division Property of Equality. A step in solving an equation, showing 7x divided by 7 equals -21 divided by 7, with the divisor '7' highlighted in red on both sides.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is shown with 'X = -3' in bold black text on a white background.
Check: The image displays the algebraic equation 7x + 8 = -13, which is a linear equation in one variable.
Let x=−3. A mathematical equation: 7(-3) + 8 =? -13. The left side calculates to -21 + 8 = -13, confirming that -13 indeed equals -13, making the statement true.
A mathematical problem showing -21 + 8 ?= -13, which is solved and verified as -13 = -13 with a checkmark, confirming the equality.

Solve: 3x+4=−8.

Solution

x=−4

Solve: 5a+3=−37.

Solution

a=−8

Solve: 8y−9=31.

Solution

Solution

Notice, the variable is only on the left side of the equation, so we will call this side the “variable” side, and the right side will be the “constant” side. Since the left side is the “variable” side, the 9 is out of place. It is subtracted from the 8y, so to “undo” subtraction, add 9 to both sides. Remember, whatever you do to the left, you must do to the right.

A mathematical equation '8y - 9 = 31' is displayed. Above '8y' is the label 'variable' in red, and above '31' is 'constant' in red, highlighting components of the equation.
Add 9 to both sides. A step in solving an algebraic equation, showing 8y - 9 + 9 = 31 + 9. The number 9 is added to both sides of the equation, with the additions highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays the algebraic equation '8y = 40' in black text against a white background.
The variables are now on one side and the constants on the other.
We continue from here as we did earlier.
Divide both sides by 8. A mathematical equation shows '8y over 8 equals 40 over 8', with the denominators '8' in red, indicating division on both sides to solve for 'y'.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = 5' in a clear, black font against a white background.
Check: The image displays the algebraic equation 8y - 9 = 31 in black text against a white background.
Let y=5. A mathematical equation is displayed: 8 multiplied by 5 minus 9, followed by a question mark and an equals sign, then 31. The number 5 is highlighted in red.
The equation 40 - 9 ?= 31 is displayed, prompting verification of the subtraction.
The image shows the equation '31 = 31' followed by a checkmark, signifying that the equality is correct and validated.

Solve: 5y−9=16.

Solution

y=5

Solve: 3m−8=19.

Solution

m=9

Solve Equations with Variables on Both Sides

What if there are variables on both sides of the equation? For equations like this, begin as we did above—choose a “variable” side and a “constant” side, and then use the subtraction and addition properties of equality to collect all variables on one side and all constants on the other side.

Solve: 9x=8x−6.

Solution

Solution

Here the variable is on both sides, but the constants only appear on the right side, so let’s make the right side the “constant” side. Then the left side will be the “variable” side.

An example of an algebraic equation 9x = 8x - 6, with 'variable' and 'constant' terms labeled in red.
We don’t want any x’s on the right, so subtract the 8x from both sides. A mathematical equation shows '9x - 8x = 8x - 8x - 6'. The '8x' terms being subtracted on both sides are highlighted in red, indicating a step in solving the equation.
Simplify. The mathematical equation X = -6 is displayed in the center of a plain white background.
We succeeded in getting the variables on one side and the constants on the other, and have obtained the solution.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '9x = 8x - 6'.
Let x=−6. An algebra equation showing 9(-6) ?= 8(-6) - 6, prompting verification of equality. The equation is true as both sides equal -54.
A math problem shows '-54 ?= -48 - 6' asking to fill in the correct comparison operator. The right side simplifies to -54, meaning the question mark should be an equals sign.
A mathematical equation showing -54 equals -54, with a checkmark indicating correctness.

Solve: 6n=5n−10.

Solution

n=−10

Solve: −6c=−7c−1.

Solution

c=−1

Solve: 5y−9=8y.

Solution

Solution

The only constant is on the left and the y’s are on both sides. Let’s leave the constant on the left and get the variables to the right.

An algebraic equation, 5y - 9 = 8y, is displayed with the terms 'constant' and 'variable' highlighted above, demonstrating basic components of algebra.
Subtract 5y from both sides. A mathematical equation shows 5y - 5y - 9 = 8y - 5y, with the terms -5y highlighted in red on both sides of the equality.
Simplify. The image displays the algebraic equation -9 = 3y, which can be solved to find the value of y.
We have the y’s on the right and the
constants on the left. Divide both sides by 3.
A mathematical equation showing negative nine over three equals three y over three, written in black text with the denominators in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation displays '-3 = y' on a white background.
Check: The image shows the algebraic equation 5y - 9 = 8y.
Let y=−3. A mathematical equation shows '5(-3) - 9' on the left side, an equals sign with a question mark above it in the middle, and '8(-3)' on the right side. The number -3 is highlighted in red on both sides.
An image displaying the calculation -15 - 9 = -24, with a question mark indicating a verification of the equality.
A mathematical equation shows '-24 = -24' with a checkmark, indicating the equality is correct. It represents a verified true statement.

Solve: 3p−14=5p.

Solution

p=−7

Solve: 8m+9=5m.

Solution

m=−3

Solve: 12x=−x+26.

Solution

Solution

The only constant is on the right, so let the left side be the “variable” side.

An algebraic equation, 12x = -x + 26, is displayed with the terms 'variable' and 'constant' highlighted above their respective parts, demonstrating how to identify these components in an expression.
Remove the −x from the right side by adding x to both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '12x + x = -x + x + 26' with some plus signs and the variable 'x' highlighted in red, indicating a step in solving or simplifying the equation.
Simplify. A simple algebraic equation is displayed, 13x = 26. This equation requires solving for the variable x, where 13 times x equals 26.
All the x’s are on the left and the constants are on the right. Divide both sides by 13. A mathematical equation showing the division of both sides of an equation by 13. The equation is 13x over 13 equals 26 over 13, with the denominator 13 written in red on both sides.
Simplify. The equation x = 2 is displayed in black text on a white background.

Solve: 12j=−4j+32.

Solution

j=2

Solve: 8h=−4h+12.

Solution

h=1

Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

The next example will be the first to have variables and constants on both sides of the equation. It may take several steps to solve this equation, so we need a clear and organized strategy.

How to Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

Solve: 7x+5=6x+2.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Choose which side will the “variable” side—the other side will be the “constant” side.” The text in the second cell reads: “The variable terms are 7 x and 6 x. Since 7 is greater than 6, we will make the left side the “x” side and so the right side will be the “constant” side.” The third cell contains the equation 7 x plus 5 equals 6 x plus 2, and the left side of the equation is labeled “variable” written in red, and the right side of the equation is labeled “constant” written in red. In the second row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 2. Collect the variable terms to the “variable” side of the equation, using the addition or subtraction property of equality.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “ With the right side as the “constant” side, the 6x is out of place, so subtract 6x from both sides. Combine like terms. Now the variable is only on the left side!” The third cell contains the original equation with 6x subtracted from both sides: 7 x minus 6 x plus 5 equals 6 x minus 6 x plus 2, with “minus 6 x” written in red on both sides. Below this is the same equation with like terms combined: x plus 5 equals 2. In the third row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 3. Collect all the constants to the other side of the equation, using the addition or subtraction property of equality.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “The right side is the “constant” side, so the 5 is out of place. Subtract 5 from both sides. Simplify.” The third cell contains the equation x plus 5 minus 5 equals 2 minus 5, with “minus 5” written in red on both sides. Below this is the answer to the equation: x equals negative 3. In the fourth row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 4. Make the coefficient of the variable equal 1, using the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “The coefficient of x is one. The equation is solved.” The third cell is blank. In the fifth row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 5. Check.” The instructions in the second cell say: “Check. Let x equal negative 3. Simplify. Add.” In the third cell is the original equation again: 7 x plus 5 equals 6x plus 2. Below this is the same equation with negative 3 substituted in for x: 7 times negative 3 (in paretheses) plus 5 might equal 6 times negative 3 (in parentheses) plus 2, with the “times negative 3” written in red on both sides of the equation. Below this is the equation negative 21 plus 5 might equal negative 18 plus 2. On the last line is the equation negative 16 equals negative 16, with a check mark next to it.

Solve: 12x+8=6x+2.

Solution

x=−1

Solve: 9y+4=7y+12.

Solution

y=4

We’ll list the steps below so you can easily refer to them. But we’ll call this the ‘Beginning Strategy’ because we’ll be adding some steps later in this chapter.

Beginning Strategy for Solving Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides of the Equation.

  1. Choose which side will be the “variable” side—the other side will be the “constant” side.
  2. Collect the variable terms to the “variable” side of the equation, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
  3. Collect all the constants to the other side of the equation, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
  4. Make the coefficient of the variable equal 1, using the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.
  5. Check the solution by substituting it into the original equation.

In Step 1, a helpful approach is to make the “variable” side the side that has the variable with the larger coefficient. This usually makes the arithmetic easier.

Solve: 8n−4=−2n+6.

Solution

Solution

In the first step, choose the variable side by comparing the coefficients of the variables on each side.

Since 8>−2, make the left side the “variable” side. An algebraic equation, 8n - 4 = -2n + 6, is displayed with the terms labeled. 'Variable' is above 8n and -2n, and 'constant' is above -4 and +6, indicating their mathematical roles.
We don’t want variable terms on the right side—add 2n to both sides to leave only constants on the right. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: '8n + 2n - 4 = -2n + 2n + 6'. The '+2n' terms are highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Combine like terms. The image shows the mathematical equation '10n - 4 = 6' centered on a white background.
We don’t want any constants on the left side, so add 4 to both sides. A mathematical equation, '10n - 4 + 4 = 6 + 4', demonstrating the addition property of equality where '+4' is added to both sides of the equation, highlighted in red.
Simplify. The equation 10n = 10 is displayed, where solving for 'n' would yield 1.
The variable term is on the left and the constant term is on the right. To get the coefficient of n to be one, divide both sides by 10. A mathematical equation showing 10n divided by 10 equals 10 divided by 10, with the denominator '10' highlighted in red on both sides.
Simplify. The image features the mathematical expression 'n = 1' written in black characters against a plain white background, centrally placed in the frame.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed: 8n - 4 = -2n + 6. It's an algebraic equation with one variable, 'n', on both sides of the equality.
Let n=1. A mathematical equation is displayed: 8 * 1 - 4 =? -2 * 1 + 6. Both sides simplify to 4, making the statement true. The numbers '1' are highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation 8 - 4 = -2 + 6 is displayed on a white background, with a question mark positioned above the equals sign.
The equation '4=4' is displayed on a white background, followed by a checkmark, confirming its accuracy.

Solve: 8q−5=−4q+7.

Solution

q=1

Solve: 7n−3=n+3.

Solution

n=1

Solve: 7a−3=13a+7.

Solution

Solution

In the first step, choose the variable side by comparing the coefficients of the variables on each side.

Since 13>7, make the right side the “variable” side and the left side the “constant” side.

Algebraic equation 7a - 3 = 13a + 7. 'Constant' is labeled above -3 and +7, while 'variable' is above 7a and 13a, using red text to differentiate these fundamental algebraic terms.
Subtract 7a from both sides to remove the variable term from the left. A mathematical equation is displayed: 7a - 7a - 3 = 13a - 7a + 7. Terms with '7a' are highlighted in red, indicating cancellation or a specific step in solving the equation.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed, stating '-3 = 6a + 7' in a white font against a black background. The equation involves a negative integer, a variable 'a' multiplied by a coefficient, and a positive integer, setting up a linear equation to be solved for 'a'.
Subtract 7 from both sides to remove the constant from the right. A mathematical equation shows '-3 - 7 = 6a + 7 - 7'. The numbers 7 on both sides of the equation are highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation, -10 = 6a, in a clear and centered format against a plain white background, showing a simple algebraic problem.
Divide both sides by 6 to make 1 the coefficient of a. A mathematical equation shows a fraction -10/6 equal to the fraction 6a/6. The denominators are both 6, colored in red, while the numerators -10 and 6a are in black.
Simplify. A mathematical equation displays '-5/3 = a' against a white background.
Check: An algebraic equation showing 7a minus 3 equals 13a plus 7.
Let a=−53. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, asking to verify the equality of 7(-5/3) - 3 and 13(-5/3) + 7. Both sides simplify to -44/3, confirming the equality.
A mathematical equation is displayed: -35/3 - 9/3 = ? - 65/3 + 21/3. The '?' indicates a missing term, and the fractions all share a common denominator of 3, involving subtraction and addition operations.
The equation -44/3 = -44/3 is shown, verified by a checkmark.

Solve: 2a−2=6a+18.

Solution

a=−5

Solve: 4k−1=7k+17.

Solution

k=−6

In the last example, we could have made the left side the “variable” side, but it would have led to a negative coefficient on the variable term. (Try it!) While we could work with the negative, there is less chance of errors when working with positives. The strategy outlined above helps avoid the negatives!

To solve an equation with fractions, we just follow the steps of our strategy to get the solution!

Solve: 54x+6=14x−2.

Solution

Solution

Since 54>14, make the left side the “variable” side and the right side the “constant” side.

An algebraic equation showing variables (5/4x, 1/4x) and constants (6, -2) for solving.
Subtract 14x from both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed: 5/4x - 1/4x + 6 = 1/4x - 1/4x - 2. The terms 1/4x are highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Combine like terms. A simple algebraic equation is displayed, reading 'x + 6 = -2' in white text against a white background.
Subtract 6 from both sides. A mathematical equation shows a step in solving for 'x', where 6 is subtracted from both sides of the equation x + 6 = -2, resulting in x + 6 - 6 = -2 - 6. The subtracted 6s are red.
Simplify. The image displays a simple mathematical equation, X = -8, written in a clear, sans-serif font against a plain white background.
Check:54x+6=14x−2Letx=−8.54(−8)+6=?14(−8)−2−10+6=?−2−2−4=−4✓

Solve: 78x−12=−18x−2.

Solution

x=10

Solve: 76y+11=16y+8.

Solution

y=−3

We will use the same strategy to find the solution for an equation with decimals.

Solve: 7.8x+4=5.4x−8.

Solution

Solution

Since 7.8>5.4, make the left side the “variable” side and the right side the “constant” side.

An algebraic equation, 7.8x + 4 = 5.4x - 8, is shown with the left side designated as the 'variable side' and the right side as the 'constant side'.
Subtract 5.4x from both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed: 7.8x - 5.4x + 4 = 5.4x - 5.4x - 8. The term '5.4x' is highlighted in red, indicating a common or significant part of the expression.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation on a white background reads '2.4x + 4 = -8'. The numbers and symbols are in a dark gray font.
Subtract 4 from both sides. A mathematical equation shows 2.4x + 4 - 4 = -8 - 4, with the number 4 subtracted from both sides highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '2.4x = -12' in a grey font against a plain white background.
Use the Division Propery of Equality. A mathematical equation illustrating the division of both sides by 2.4 to solve for x. The equation is (2.4x)/2.4 = -12/2.4, with the denominator 2.4 highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical equation X = -5 centered on a plain white background, rendered in a grayscale font.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '7.8x + 4 = 5.4x - 5' against a white background.
Let x=−5. A mathematical equation is displayed: 7.8 multiplied by -5, plus 4, equals 5.4 multiplied by -5, minus 8. The numbers -5 are highlighted in red.
A mathematical problem displays the equation -39 + 4 = -27 - 8. A question mark hovers above the equal sign, challenging whether the equation holds true. Evaluating both sides confirms the equality, as both result in -35.
A mathematical equation showing '-35 = -35' followed by a checkmark, indicating that the equality is correct.

Solve: 2.8x+12=−1.4x−9.

Solution

x=−5

Solve: 3.6y+8=1.2y−4.

Solution

y=−5

Key Concepts

  • Beginning Strategy for Solving an Equation with Variables and Constants on Both Sides of the Equation
    1. Choose which side will be the “variable” side—the other side will be the “constant” side.
    2. Collect the variable terms to the “variable” side of the equation, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
    3. Collect all the constants to the other side of the equation, using the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
    4. Make the coefficient of the variable equal 1, using the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.
    5. Check the solution by substituting it into the original equation.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Equations with Constants on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the following equations with constants on both sides.

9x−3=60

12x−8=64

Solution

x=6

14w+5=117

15y+7=97

Solution

y=6

2a+8=−28

3m+9=−15

Solution

m=−8

−62=8n−6

−77=9b−5

Solution

b=−8

35=−13y+9

60=−21x−24

Solution

x=−4

−12p−9=9

−14q−2=16

Solution

q=−97

Solve Equations with Variables on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the following equations with variables on both sides.

19z=18z−7

21k=20k−11

Solution

k=−11

9x+36=15x

8x+27=11x

Solution

x=9

c=−3c−20

b=−4b−15

Solution

b=−3

9q=44−2q

5z=39−8z

Solution

z=3

6y+12=5y

4x+34=3x

Solution

x=−34

−18a−8=−22a

−11r−8=−7r

Solution

r=−2

Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the following equations with variables and constants on both sides.

8x−15=7x+3

6x−17=5x+2

Solution

x=19

26+13d=14d+11

21+18f=19f+14

Solution

f=7

2p−1=4p−33

12q−5=9q−20

Solution

q=−5

4a+5=−a−40

8c+7=−3c−37

Solution

c=−4

5y−30=−5y+30

7x−17=−8x+13

Solution

x=2

7s+12=5+4s

9p+14=6+4p

Solution

p=−85

2z−6=23−z

3y−4=12−y

Solution

y=4

53c−3=23c−16

74m−7=34m−13

Solution

m=−6

8−25q=35q+6

11−15a=45a+4

Solution

a=7

43n+9=13n−9

54a+15=34a−5

Solution

a=−40

14y+7=34y−3

35p+2=45p−1

Solution

p=15

14n+8.25=9n+19.60

13z+6.45=8z+23.75

Solution

z=3.46

2.4w−100=0.8w+28

2.7w−80=1.2w+10

Solution

w=60

5.6r+13.1=3.5r+57.2

6.6x−18.9=3.4x+54.7

Solution

x=23

Everyday Math

Concert tickets At a school concert the total value of tickets sold was $1506. Student tickets sold for $6 and adult tickets sold for $9. The number of adult tickets sold was 5 less than 3 times the number of student tickets. Find the number of student tickets sold, s, by solving the equation 6s+27s−45=1506.

Making a fence Jovani has 150 feet of fencing to make a rectangular garden in his backyard. He wants the length to be 15 feet more than the width. Find the width, w, by solving the equation 150=2w+30+2w.

Solution

30 feet

Writing Exercises

Solve the equation 65y−8=15y+7 explaining all the steps of your solution as in the examples in this section.

Solve the equation 10x+14=−2x+38 explaining all the steps of your solution as in the examples in this section.

Solution

x=2 Justifications will vary.

When solving an equation with variables on both sides, why is it usually better to choose the side with the larger coefficient of x to be the “variable” side?

Is x=−2 a solution to the equation 5−2x=−4x+1 ? How do you know?

Solution

Yes. Justifications will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can...,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can...” reads: “solve an equation with constants on both sides,” “solve an equation with variables on both sides,” and “solve an equation with variables and constants on both sides. ” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Use a General Strategy to Solve Linear Equations

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve equations using a general strategy
  • Classify equations

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: −(a−4).
If you missed this problem, review Example 16 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−a+4

Multiply: 32(12x+20).
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

18x+30

Simplify: 5−2(n+1).
If you missed this problem, review Example 17 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

3−2n

Multiply: 3(7y+9).
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

21y+27

Multiply: (2.5)(6.4).
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in Decimals.

Solution

16

Solve Equations Using the General Strategy

Until now we have dealt with solving one specific form of a linear equation. It is time now to lay out one overall strategy that can be used to solve any linear equation. Some equations we solve will not require all these steps to solve, but many will.

Beginning by simplifying each side of the equation makes the remaining steps easier.

How to Solve Linear Equations Using the General Strategy

Solve: −6(x+3)=24.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and five rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible.” The text in the second cell reads: “Use the Distributive Property. Notice that each side of the equation is simplified as much as possible.” The third cell contains the equation negative 6 times x plus 3, where x plus 3 is in parentheses, equals 24. Below this is the same equation with the negative 6 distributed across the parentheses: negative 6x minus 18 equals 24. In the second row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 2. Collect all variable terms on one side of the equation.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Nothing to do—all x’s are on the left side. The third cell is blank. In the third row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 3. Collect constant terms on the other side of the equation. In the second cell, the instructions say: “To get constants only on the right, add 18 to each side. Simplify.” The third cell contains the same equation with 18 added to both sides: negative 6x minus 18 plus 18 equals 24 plus 18. Below this is the equation negative 6x equals 42. In the fourth row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 4. Make the coefficient of the variable term equal to 1.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Divide each side by negative 6. Simplify. The third cell contains the same equation divided by negative 6 on both sides: negative 6x over negative 6 equals 42 over negative 6, with “divided by negative 6” written in red on both sides. Below this is the answer to the equation: x equals negative 7. In the fifth row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 5. Check the solution.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Let x equal negative 7. Simplify. Multiply.” In the third cell, there is the instruction: “Check,” and to the right of this is the original equation again: negative 6 times x plus 3, with x plus 3 in parentheses, equal 24. Below this is the same equation with negative 7 substituted in for x: negative 6 times negative 7 plus 3, with negative 7 plus 3 in parentheses, might equal 24. Below this is the equation negative 6 times negative 4 might equal 24. Below this is the equation 24 equals 24, with a check mark next to it.

Solve: 5(x+3)=35.

Solution

x=4

Solve: 6(y−4)=−18.

Solution

y=1

General strategy for solving linear equations.

  1. Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible.
    Use the Distributive Property to remove any parentheses.
    Combine like terms.
  2. Collect all the variable terms on one side of the equation.
    Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
  3. Collect all the constant terms on the other side of the equation.
    Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
  4. Make the coefficient of the variable term to equal to 1.
    Use the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.
    State the solution to the equation.
  5. Check the solution. Substitute the solution into the original equation to make sure the result is a true statement.

Solve: −(y+9)=8.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression -(y + 9) = 8.
Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible by distributing. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '-y - 9 = 8' in a clear, dark font on a white background.
The only y term is on the left side, so all variable terms are on the left side of the equation.
Add 9 to both sides to get all constant terms on the right side of the equation. The equation -y - 9 + 9 = 8 + 9 is displayed, demonstrating how to add 9 to both sides to simplify the expression and move closer to solving for 'y'.
Simplify. The image shows a mathematical equation in black text on a white background, which states '-y = 17'.
Rewrite −y as −1y. A mathematical equation is displayed with a white background. The equation reads '-1y = 17' in black text, demonstrating a simple linear equation where a negative coefficient multiplies the variable y, equaling 17.
Make the coefficient of the variable term to equal to 1 by dividing both sides by −1. A mathematical equation showing both sides divided by -1: -1y / -1 = 17 / -1.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = -17' in plain black text against a white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '-(y + 9) = 8' in black text on a white background. This equation involves a negative sign, parentheses, a variable 'y', and numbers.
Let y=−17. A mathematical equation asks if -(-17 + 9) equals 8, with '-17' in red. The correct evaluation shows that -(-8) = 8, so the statement is true.
A math problem showing -(-8) = 8 with a question mark, asking to verify the equality.
A mathematical expression displaying '8 = 8√'.

Solve: −(y+8)=−2.

Solution

y=−6

Solve: −(z+4)=−12.

Solution

z=8

Solve: 5(a−3)+5=−10.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 5(a - 3) + 5 = -10.
Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '5a - 15 + 5 = -10' on a white background.
Combine like terms. A clear image of the algebraic equation: 5a - 10 = -10.
The only a term is on the left side, so all variable terms are on one side of the equation.
Add 10 to both sides to get all constant terms on the other side of the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 5a minus 10 plus 10 equals negative 10 plus 10. The addition of '10' on both sides of the equation is highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation on a white background showing '5a = 0'.
Make the coefficient of the variable term to equal to 1 by dividing both sides by 5. A mathematical equation showing 5a/5 = 0/5, where both sides of the equation are divided by 5 (in red font) to solve for 'a'.
Simplify. A close-up of a mathematical equation, 'a = 0', presented in black text against a white background.
Check: The image displays the algebraic equation 5(a - 3) + 5 = -10, which requires solving for the variable 'a'.
Let a=0. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '5(0 - 3) + 5' on the left side, an equals sign with a question mark above it, and '-10' on the right side.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 5 multiplied by -3, plus 5, equals an unknown value indicated by a question mark, then equals -10. The full equation reads: 5(-3) + 5 =? -10.
A mathematical equation: -15 + 5 = -10, with a question mark over the equals sign to inquire about its validity.
The image displays a simple mathematical equation, -10 = -10, followed by a checkmark, confirming its correctness on a white background.

Solve: 2(m−4)+3=−1.

Solution

m=2

Solve: 7(n−3)−8=−15.

Solution

n=2

Solve: 23(6m−3)=8−m.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed: (2/3)(6m - 3) = 8 - m.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4m - 2 = 8 - m' in a plain font against a white background.
Add m to get the variables only to the left. A mathematical equation is displayed with terms including the variable 'm', numbers, and arithmetic operators. The equation reads: '4m + m - 2 = 8 - m + m'.
Simplify. A basic algebra equation is displayed, 5m - 2 = 8. This equation involves a variable 'm', showing a common mathematical problem where one needs to solve for the unknown.
Add 2 to get constants only on the right. An algebraic equation '5m - 2 + 2 = 8 + 2' is shown, with the number '2' highlighted in red on both sides, indicating an addition operation performed to balance the equation and solve for 'm'.
Simplify. The image displays the algebraic equation '5m = 10' in dark gray text against a plain white background.
Divide by 5. A mathematical equation shows '5m over 5 equals 10 over 5', with the denominators '5' highlighted in red, indicating division on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. The image displays the equation 'm = 2' in black text against a plain white background, indicating a mathematical or scientific context.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed: 2/3(6m - 3) = 8 - m. It shows a linear equation with a variable 'm' to be solved, involving a fraction, parentheses, and distribution.
Let m=2. A math problem is presented, asking to verify if the expression (2/3)(6 * 2 - 3) equals 8 - 2. Numbers '2' on both sides are highlighted in red, with a question mark over the equality sign.
A mathematical equation asks if two-thirds multiplied by the difference of twelve and three is equal to six. The expression shown is 2/3(12-3) ?= 6, with a question mark over the equals sign.
A math problem showing the expression (2/3)(9) with an equals sign followed by a question mark and the number 6, asking if two-thirds of nine is equal to six.
The image shows the mathematical equation '6 = 6' followed by a checkmark, indicating its correctness.

Solve: 13(6u+3)=7−u.

Solution

u=2

Solve: 23(9x−12)=8+2x.

Solution

x=4

Solve: 8−2(3y+5)=0.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic equation is shown on a white background. The equation reads as follows: 8 - 2(3y + 5) = 0.
Simplify—use the Distributive Property. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '8 - 6y - 10 = 0'.
Combine like terms. The image displays the linear equation -6y - 2 = 0, presented in a clear, standard mathematical format against a plain white background.
Add 2 to both sides to collect constants on the right. A mathematical equation shows '-6y - 2 + 2 = 0 + 2' with the second '+ 2' on both sides highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing -6y = 2.
Divide both sides by −6. The equation -6y / -6 = 2 / -6, showing both sides divided by -6 to solve for 'y'.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation: y equals negative one-third (y = -1/3), presented in a clear, digital font on a white background, suggesting a constant horizontal line.
Check: Let y=−13.
Verification steps for the equation 8 - 2(3y + 5) = 0. The process shows that substituting y = -1/3 results in 0 = 0, confirming it as the correct solution with a checkmark.

Solve: 12−3(4j+3)=−17.

Solution

j=53

Solve: −6−8(k−2)=−10.

Solution

k=52

Solve: 4(x−1)−2=5(2x+3)+6.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 4(x - 1) - 2 = 5(2x + 3) + 6.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed with terms including 4x, -4, -2, equals sign, 10x, +15, and +6, for the equation 4x - 4 - 2 = 10x + 15 + 6.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed: 4x - 6 = 10x + 21. The equation shows a linear equation with 'x' as the variable on both sides.
Subtract 4x to get the variables only on the right side since 10>4. A mathematical equation showing 4x minus 4x minus 6 equals 10x minus 4x plus 21, with the '4x' terms highlighted in red to indicate they cancel out or are being subtracted.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '-6 = 6x + 21'.
Subtract 21 to get the constants on left. Simplifying an equation: subtracting 21 from both sides of -6 - 21 = 6x + 21 - 21 to isolate the variable term.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression -27 = 6x, featuring white text against a plain white background.
Divide by 6. A mathematical equation displaying two fractions set equal to each other: -27/6 = 6x/6. The denominators in both fractions are 6.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '-9/2 = x' in black text.
Check: An algebraic equation is shown: 4(x - 1) - 2 = 5(2x + 3) + 6.
Let x=−92. A mathematical equation is displayed, asking whether 4(-9/2 - 1) - 2 is equal to 5[2(-9/2) + 3] + 6. The -9/2 is highlighted in red, indicating a common term or emphasis.
A mathematical equation is displayed, asking to check if 4 multiplied by negative eleven-halves, minus 2, is equal to 5 multiplied by the sum of negative 9 and 3, plus 6.
A mathematical equation is displayed: -22 - 2 ?= 5(-6) + 6. Both sides of the equality, when calculated, result in -24, confirming that the equation is true.
A mathematical problem asks to verify if -24 equals -30 plus 6, with a question mark above the equal sign. The expression -30 + 6 simplifies to -24, making the equation true.
The equation -24 = -24 is displayed with a checkmark, indicating the mathematical statement is correct.

Solve: 6(p−3)−7=5(4p+3)−12.

Solution

p=−2

Solve: 8(q+1)−5=3(2q−4)−1.

Solution

q=−8

Solve: 10[3−8(2s−5)]=15(40−5s).

Solution

Solution

A multi-step linear equation: 10[3 - 8(2s - 5)] = 15(40 - 5s), requiring algebraic manipulation to find 's'.
Simplify from the innermost parentheses first. A mathematical equation is displayed: 10[3 - 16s + 40] = 15(40 - 5s).
Combine like terms in the brackets. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 10[43 - 16s] = 15(40 - 5s).
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed: 430 - 160s = 600 - 75s.
Add 160s to get the s’s to the right. A mathematical equation reads 430 - 160s + 160s = 600 - 75s + 160s, demonstrating the addition of 160s to both sides to isolate the 's' variable on one side of the equality.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 430 = 600 + 85s.
Subtract 600 to get the constants to the left. A mathematical equation shows '430 - 600 = 600 + 85s - 600', with the number '600' highlighted in red on both sides of the equals sign, indicating a step in solving for 's'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '-170 = 85s' against a white background.
Divide. The equation -170/85 = 85s/85, demonstrating the step of dividing both sides by 85 to solve for 's'.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing '-2=S' in a black font on a plain white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '10[3 - 8(2s - 5)] = 15(40 - 5s)'.
Substitute s=−2. A mathematical equation is displayed: 10[3 - 8(2(-2) - 5)] ?= 15(40 - 5(-2)). Numbers with negative signs are highlighted in red.
A math problem showing 10[3 - 8(-4 - 5)] with a question mark over the equals sign and 15(40 + 10), challenging the viewer to determine if the two sides are equal.
A mathematical equation: 10[3 - 8(-9)] =? 15(50). This problem tests the order of operations, requiring calculation of both sides to determine if they are equal, indicated by the question mark above the equal sign.
A mathematical equation asks if 10 multiplied by the sum of 3 and 72 equals 750. Evaluating 10[3 + 72] gives 10[75], which is indeed 750. The equation is true.
A mathematical expression '10[75] =? 750' is displayed on a white background, posing a question about whether 10 multiplied by 75 equals 750.
The number 750 equals 750, confirmed by a checkmark on a white background, representing a verified mathematical statement.

Solve: 6[4−2(7y−1)]=8(13−8y).

Solution

y=−175

Solve: 12[1−5(4z−1)]=3(24+11z).

Solution

z=0

Solve: 0.36(100n+5)=0.6(30n+15).

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation shows 0.36 multiplied by the quantity (100n plus 5), set equal to 0.6 multiplied by the quantity (30n plus 15).
Distribute. An algebraic equation is shown: 36n + 1.8 = 18n + 9.
Subtract 18n to get the variables to the left. A mathematical equation displayed on a white background: 36n - 18n + 1.8 = 18n - 18n + 9, with the '18n' terms highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads
Subtract 1.8 to get the constants to the right. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: '18n + 1.8 - 1.8 = 9 - 1.8'. The numbers '- 1.8' are highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '18n = 7.2' in black characters. This equation represents a basic algebraic problem.
Divide. A step in solving an algebraic equation shows both sides of the equation being divided by 18: (18n)/18 = 7.2/18, with the denominators highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays the equation 'n = 0.4' centered on a plain white background, rendered in a standard, clear gray typeface.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 0.36(100n + 5) = 0.6(30n + 15).
Let n=0.4. A mathematical equation is displayed, questioning if 0.36 multiplied by (100 times 0.4 plus 5) equals 0.6 multiplied by (30 times 0.4 plus 15).
A mathematical equation shows '0.36(40 + 5) ?= 0.6(12 + 15)', asking if the expressions on both sides are equal. The question mark above the equals sign indicates that the equality needs to be verified.
A mathematical equation is displayed, asking whether 0.36 multiplied by 45 is equal to 0.6 multiplied by 27, denoted by a question mark over the equals sign.
The mathematical expression '16.2 = 16.2√' is shown on a white background, appearing as an incomplete or incorrect equation due to the trailing square root symbol.

Solve: 0.55(100n+8)=0.6(85n+14).

Solution

n=1

Solve: 0.15(40m−120)=0.5(60m+12).

Solution

m=−1

Classify Equations

Consider the equation we solved at the start of the last section, 7x+8=−13. The solution we found was x=−3. This means the equation 7x+8=−13 is true when we replace the variable, x, with the value −3. We showed this when we checked the solution x=−3 and evaluated 7x+8=−13 for x=−3.

This figure shows why we can say the equation 7x plus 8 equals negative 13 is true when the variable x is replaced with the value negative 3. The first line shows the equation with negative 3 substituted in for x: 7 times negative 3 plus 8 might equal negative 13. Below this is the equation negative 21 plus 8 might equal negative 13. Below this is the equation negative 13 equals negative 13, with a check mark next to it.

If we evaluate 7x+8 for a different value of x, the left side will not be −13.

The equation 7x+8=−13 is true when we replace the variable, x, with the value −3, but not true when we replace x with any other value. Whether or not the equation 7x+8=−13 is true depends on the value of the variable. Equations like this are called conditional equations.

All the equations we have solved so far are conditional equations.

Conditional equation

An equation that is true for one or more values of the variable and false for all other values of the variable is a conditional equation.

Now let’s consider the equation 2y+6=2(y+3). Do you recognize that the left side and the right side are equivalent? Let’s see what happens when we solve for y.

The image displays the algebraic equation 2y + 6 = 2(y + 3).
Distribute. The equation 2y + 6 = 2y + 6, an identity that is true for all values of y.
Subtract 2y to get the y’s to one side. An algebraic identity: 2y - 2y + 6 = 2y - 2y + 6. The -2y on both sides is highlighted in red, showing how variables cancel out to leave 6 = 6.
Simplify—the y’s are gone! The number six is equal to the number six, shown as '6 = 6' in black text on a white background.

But 6=6 is true.

This means that the equation 2y+6=2(y+3) is true for any value of y. We say the solution to the equation is all of the real numbers. An equation that is true for any value of the variable like this is called an identity.

Identity

An equation that is true for any value of the variable is called an identity.

The solution of an identity is all real numbers.

What happens when we solve the equation 5z=5z−1?

The equation 5z = 5z - 1 is displayed, a mathematical contradiction implying that there is no value of 'z' for which this statement is true. It simplifies to 0 = -1, indicating no solution.
Subtract 5z to get the constant alone on the right. A mathematical equation reads '5z - 5z = 5z - 5z - 1', which simplifies to 0 = -1, representing an impossible or false statement in algebra.
Simplify—the z’s are gone! The mathematical expression 0  eq -1 is displayed in a simple, clear font against a white background.

But 0≠−1.

Solving the equation 5z=5z−1 led to the false statement 0=−1. The equation 5z=5z−1 will not be true for any value of z. It has no solution. An equation that has no solution, or that is false for all values of the variable, is called a contradiction.

Contradiction

An equation that is false for all values of the variable is called a contradiction.

A contradiction has no solution.

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction. Then state the solution.

6(2n−1)+3=2n−8+5(2n+1)

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background. The equation is 6(2n - 1) + 3 = 2n - 8 + 5(2n + 1).
Distribute. The algebraic equation 12n - 6 + 3 = 2n - 8 + 10n + 5 is an identity, meaning it is true for all values of 'n'.
Combine like terms. The image displays the equation 12n - 3 = 12n - 3 in the center of a plain white background. The text is rendered in a dark grey, sans-serif font, clearly showing an identical expression on both sides of the equals sign.
Subtract 12n to get the n’s to one side. A mathematical equation displays '12n - 12n - 3 = 12n - 12n - 3', with the 12n terms in black, the -12n terms in red, and the -3 terms in black, illustrating an algebraic identity.
Simplify. A mathematical equation, '-3 = -3', is displayed in black text against a plain white background.
This is a true statement. The equation is an identity.
The solution is all real numbers.

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution:

4+9(3x−7)=−42x−13+23(3x−2)

Solution

identity; all real numbers

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution:

8(1−3x)+15(2x+7)=2(x+50)+4(x+3)+1

Solution

identity; all real numbers

Classify as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction. Then state the solution.

10+4(p−5)=0

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 10 + 4(p - 5) = 0.
Distribute. An algebraic equation is shown, displaying '10 + 4p - 20 = 0'.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4p - 10 = 0' in a simple, clear font on a white background.
Add 10 to both sides. A mathematical equation shows '4p - 10 + 10 = 0 + 10,' illustrating the process of adding 10 to both sides of an equation, with the added '+ 10' highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays the algebraic equation 4p = 10, representing a linear equation where the variable 'p' is multiplied by 4 and set equal to 10.
Divide. A mathematical equation is shown where both sides are divided by 4: '4p' divided by '4' equals '10' divided by '4'. The '4' in the denominator on both sides is highlighted in red.
Simplify. The mathematical equation p = 5/2 is displayed against a white background.
The equation is true when p=52. This is a conditional equation.
The solution is p=52.

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution: 11(q+3)−5=19

Solution

conditional equation; q=–911

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution: 6+14(k−8)=95

Solution

conditional equation; k=20114

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction. Then state the solution.

5m+3(9+3m)=2(7m−11)

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, which reads '5m + 3(9 + 3m) = 2(7m - 11)'. The equation is written in black text on a white background.
Distribute. An algebraic equation, 5m + 27 + 9m = 14m - 22, displayed on a white background.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 14m + 27 = 14m - 22. This equation has no solution as simplifying it leads to 27 = -22, which is false.
Subtract 14m from both sides. A mathematical equation is shown: 14m + 27 - 14m = 14m - 22 - 14m. The '-14m' terms on both sides of the equality are highlighted in red.
Simplify. The mathematical expression '27 = -22' is shown with a strike-through on the equals sign, indicating that 27 is not equal to -22.
But 27≠−22. The equation is a contradiction.
It has no solution.

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution:

12c+5(5+3c)=3(9c−4)

Solution

contradiction; no solution

Classify the equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution:

4(7d+18)=13(3d−2)−11d

Solution

contradiction; no solution

Type of equation What happens when you solve it? Solution
Conditional Equation True for one or more values of the variables and false for all other values One or more values
Identity True for any value of the variable All real numbers
Contradiction False for all values of the variable No solution

Key Concepts

  • General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations
    1. Simplify each side of the equation as much as possible.
      Use the Distributive Property to remove any parentheses.
      Combine like terms.
    2. Collect all the variable terms on one side of the equation.
      Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
    3. Collect all the constant terms on the other side of the equation.
      Use the Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality.
    4. Make the coefficient of the variable term to equal to 1.
      Use the Multiplication or Division Property of Equality.
      State the solution to the equation.
    5. Check the solution.
      Substitute the solution into the original equation.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Equations Using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations

In the following exercises, solve each linear equation.

15(y−9)=−60

21(y−5)=−42

Solution

y=3

−9(2n+1)=36

−16(3n+4)=32

Solution

n=−2

8(22+11r)=0

5(8+6p)=0

Solution

p=−43

−(w−12)=30

−(t−19)=28

Solution

t=−9

9(6a+8)+9=81

8(9b−4)−12=100

Solution

b=2

32+3(z+4)=41

21+2(m−4)=25

Solution

m=6

51+5(4−q)=56

−6+6(5−k)=15

Solution

k=32

2(9s−6)−62=16

8(6t−5)−35=−27

Solution

t=1

3(10−2x)+54=0

−2(11−7x)+54=4

Solution

x=−2

23(9c−3)=22

35(10x−5)=27

Solution

x=5

15(15c+10)=c+7

14(20d+12)=d+7

Solution

d=1

18−(9r+7)=−16

15−(3r+8)=28

Solution

r=−7

5−(n−1)=19

−3−(m−1)=13

Solution

m=−15

11−4(y−8)=43

18−2(y−3)=32

Solution

y=−4

24−8(3v+6)=0

35−5(2w+8)=−10

Solution

w=12

4(a−12)=3(a+5)

−2(a−6)=4(a−3)

Solution

a=4

2(5−u)=−3(2u+6)

5(8−r)=−2(2r−16)

Solution

r=8

3(4n−1)−2=8n+3

9(2m−3)−8=4m+7

Solution

m=3

12+2(5−3y)=−9(y−1)−2

−15+4(2−5y)=−7(y−4)+4

Solution

y=−3

8(x−4)−7x=14

5(x−4)−4x=14

Solution

x=34

5+6(3s−5)=−3+2(8s−1)

−12+8(x−5)=−4+3(5x−2)

Solution

x=−6

4(u−1)−8=6(3u−2)−7

7(2n−5)=8(4n−1)−9

Solution

n=−1

4(p−4)−(p+7)=5(p−3)

3(a−2)−(a+6)=4(a−1)

Solution

a=−4

−(9y+5)−(3y−7)
=16−(4y−2)

−(7m+4)−(2m−5)
=14−(5m−3)

Solution

m=−4

4[5−8(4c−3)]
=12(1−13c)−8

5[9−2(6d−1)]
=11(4−10d)−139

Solution

d=−3

3[−9+8(4h−3)]
=2(5−12h)−19

3[−14+2(15k−6)]
=8(3−5k)−24

Solution

k=35

5[2(m+4)+8(m−7)]
=2[3(5+m)−(21−3m)]

10[5(n+1)+4(n−1)]
=11[7(5+n)−(25−3n)]

Solution

n=−5

5(1.2u−4.8)=−12

4(2.5v−0.6)=7.6

Solution

v=1

0.25(q−6)=0.1(q+18)

0.2(p−6)=0.4(p+14)

Solution

p=−34

0.2(30n+50)=28

0.5(16m+34)=−15

Solution

m=−4

Classify Equations

In the following exercises, classify each equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution.

23z+19=3(5z−9)+8z+46

15y+32=2(10y−7)−5y+46

Solution

identity; all real numbers

5(b−9)+4(3b+9)=6(4b−5)−7b+21

9(a−4)+3(2a+5)=7(3a−4)−6a+7

Solution

identity; all real numbers

18(5j−1)+29=47

24(3d−4)+100=52

Solution

conditional equation; d=23

22(3m−4)=8(2m+9)

30(2n−1)=5(10n+8)

Solution

conditional equation; n=7

7v+42=11(3v+8)−2(13v−1)

18u−51=9(4u+5)−6(3u−10)

Solution

contradiction; no solution

3(6q−9)+7(q+4)=5(6q+8)−5(q+1)

5(p+4)+8(2p−1)=9(3p−5)−6(p−2)

Solution

contradiction; no solution

12(6h−1)=8(8h+5)−4

9(4k−7)=11(3k+1)+4

Solution

conditional equation; k=26

45(3y−2)=9(15y−6)

60(2x−1)=15(8x+5)

Solution

contradiction; no solution

16(6n+15)=48(2n+5)

36(4m+5)=12(12m+15)

Solution

identity; all real numbers

9(14d+9)+4d=13(10d+6)+3

11(8c+5)−8c=2(40c+25)+5

Solution

identity; all real numbers

Everyday Math

Fencing Micah has 44 feet of fencing to make a dog run in his yard. He wants the length to be 2.5 feet more than the width. Find the length, L, by solving the equation 2L+2(L−2.5)=44.

Coins Rhonda has $1.90 in nickels and dimes. The number of dimes is one less than twice the number of nickels. Find the number of nickels, n, by solving the equation 0.05n+0.10(2n−1)=1.90.

Solution

8 nickels

Writing Exercises

Using your own words, list the steps in the general strategy for solving linear equations.

Explain why you should simplify both sides of an equation as much as possible before collecting the variable terms to one side and the constant terms to the other side.

Solution

Answers will vary.

What is the first step you take when solving the equation 3−7(y−4)=38 ? Why is this your first step?

Solve the equation 14(8x+20)=3x−4 explaining all the steps of your solution as in the examples in this section.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objective of this section.

This is a table that has three rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads: “solve equations using the general strategy for solving linear equations,” and “classify equations.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

conditional equation
An equation that is true for one or more values of the variable and false for all other values of the variable is a conditional equation.
contradiction
An equation that is false for all values of the variable is called a contradiction. A contradiction has no solution.
identity
An equation that is true for any value of the variable is called an identity. The solution of an identity is all real numbers.

Solve Equations with Fractions or Decimals

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve equations with fraction coefficients
  • Solve equations with decimal coefficients

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Multiply: 8·38.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

3

Find the LCD of 56 and 14.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

12

Multiply 4.78 by 100.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Decimals.

Solution

478

Solve Equations with Fraction Coefficients

Let’s use the general strategy for solving linear equations introduced earlier to solve the equation, 18x+12=14.

A mathematical equation is displayed: 1/8x + 1/2 = 1/4. The equation involves fractions, a variable 'x', addition, and an equality sign, set against a plain white background.
To isolate the x term, subtract 12 from both sides. A mathematical equation displays '1/8x + 1/2 - 1/2 = 1/4 - 1/2'. The second '1/2' on the left side of the equation is shown in red and has a dashed line through it, as does the '1/2' on the right side.
Simplify the left side. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing one eighth times x equals one fourth minus one half: (1/8)x = (1/4) - (1/2).
Change the constants to equivalent fractions with the LCD. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '1/8 x = 1/4 - 2/4' on a white background.
Subtract. A mathematical equation shows one-eighth multiplied by x, set equal to negative one-fourth: (1/8)x = -1/4.
Multiply both sides by the reciprocal of 18. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 8/1 multiplied by 1/8x, which equals 8/1 multiplied by -1/4.
Simplify. The image shows the equation 'x = -2' written in a simple, clear font against a white background.

This method worked fine, but many students do not feel very confident when they see all those fractions. So, we are going to show an alternate method to solve equations with fractions. This alternate method eliminates the fractions.

We will apply the Multiplication Property of Equality and multiply both sides of an equation by the least common denominator of all the fractions in the equation. The result of this operation will be a new equation, equivalent to the first, but without fractions. This process is called “clearing” the equation of fractions.

Let’s solve a similar equation, but this time use the method that eliminates the fractions.

How to Solve Equations with Fraction Coefficients

Solve: 16y−13=56.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and three rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the equation.” The text in the second cell reads: “What is the LCD of 1/6, 1/3, and 5/6?” The third cell contains the equation one-sixth y minus 1/3 equals 5/6, with LCD equals 6 written next to it. In the second row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 2. Multiply both sides of the equation by that LCD. This clears the fractions.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Multiply both sides of the equation by the LCD 6. Use the Distributive Property. Simplify—and notice, no more fractions!” The third cell contains the equation 6 times one-sixth y minus 1/3, with one-sixth y minus 1/3 in brackets, equals 6 times 5/6, with “6 times” written in red on both sides. Below this is the same equation with the 6 distributed on both sides: 6 times one-sixth y minus 6 times 1/3 equals 6 times 5/6. Below this is the equation y minus 2 equals 5. In the third row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 3. Solve using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.” In the second cell, the instructions say: “Isolate the x term, add 2. Simplify.” The third cell contains the equation with 2 added to both sides: y minus 2 plus 2 equals 5 plus 2, with “plus 2” written in red on both sides. Below this is the equation y equals 7.

Solve: 14x+12=58.

Solution

x=12

Solve: 18x+12=14.

Solution

x=−2

Notice in Example 1, once we cleared the equation of fractions, the equation was like those we solved earlier in this chapter. We changed the problem to one we already knew how to solve! We then used the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.

Strategy to solve equations with fraction coefficients.

  1. Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the equation.
  2. Multiply both sides of the equation by that LCD. This clears the fractions.
  3. Solve using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.

Solve: 6=12v+25v−34v.

Solution

Solution

We want to clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD of all the fractions in the equation.

Find the LCD of all fractions in the equation. A mathematical equation shown is 6 = 1/2v + 2/5v - 3/4v, displaying a linear equation with fractions where the constant 6 is set equal to a sum and difference of terms involving the variable 'v' with fractional coefficients.
The LCD is 20.
Multiply both sides of the equation by 20. A mathematical equation shows '20(6) = 20 * (1/2 v + 2/5 v - 3/4 v)' with the number 20 highlighted in red on both sides of the equals sign.
Distribute. A mathematical equation shows 20 multiplied by 6 on the left side, equaling the sum of three terms on the right: 20 times 1/2v, plus 20 times 2/5v, minus 20 times 3/4v.
Simplify—notice, no more fractions! An image displays the algebraic equation 120 = 10v + 8v - 15v, where a numerical value is equated to a sum and difference of terms involving the variable 'v'.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing '120 = 3y' in a simple, gray font. This is a linear equation with one variable.
Divide by 3. A mathematical equation shown as 120 divided by 3 equals 3v divided by 3, with the number 3 on the denominators highlighted in red, indicating a division step.
Simplify. The equation 40 = V is displayed on a white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed: 6 = (1/2)v + (2/5)v - (3/4)v.
Let v=40. A mathematical equation where 6 is questioned to be equal to one-half of 40 plus two-fifths of 40 minus three-fourths of 40.
A mathematical equation checks if 6 is equal to 20 + 16 - 30, which simplifies to 6. The equation is presented as '6 ?= 20 + 16 - 30' against a white background.
The mathematical expression '6 = 6√' is shown on a white background.

Solve: 7=12x+34x−23x.

Solution

x=12

Solve: −1=12u+14u−23u.

Solution

u=−12

In the next example, we again have variables on both sides of the equation.

Solve: a+34=38a−12.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed: a + 3/4 = 3/8 a - 1/2.
Find the LCD of all fractions in the equation.
The LCD is 8.
Multiply both sides by the LCD. A mathematical equation is displayed: 8(a + 3/4) = 8(3/8a - 1/2). The equation involves a variable 'a', integers, and fractions, with both sides multiplied by the integer 8.
Distribute. A mathematical equation displays 8 multiplied by 'a' plus 8 multiplied by three-fourths equals 8 multiplied by three-eighths multiplied by 'a' minus 8 multiplied by one-half.
Simplify—no more fractions. An algebraic equation is shown on a white background, reading '8a + 6 = 3a - 4'.
Subtract 3a from both sides. An algebraic equation displayed as 8a - 3a + 6 = 3a - 3a - 4, where the terms '-3a' and '3a' appear in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '5a + 6 = -4' in a grayscale text against a white background.
Subtract 6 from both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 5a + 6 - 6 = -4 - 6. The subtracted 6s on both sides of the equation are highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '5q = -10'. The numbers and variable are in a dark gray font.
Divide by 5. A mathematical equation shows '5a divided by 5 equals -10 divided by 5'. The number 5 in the denominator of both fractions is highlighted in red, indicating division by 5 on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. The image displays the equation 'q = -2' in black text against a plain white background.
Check: An algebraic equation showing 'a plus three-fourths equals three-eighths 'a' minus one-half'.
Let a=−2. A mathematical problem presented as an equation to be verified: -2 + 3/4 =? (3/8)(-2) - 1/2, involving integers and fractions.
A mathematical equation featuring fractions: -8/4 + 3/4 = ? 16/8 - 4/8. The question mark indicates an unknown value or a query regarding the equality of the expressions.
A mathematical equation shows that the negative fraction -5/4 is equal to the negative fraction -10/8, demonstrating the concept of equivalent fractions with negative values.
A mathematical equation shows '-5/4 = -5/4' with a checkmark, indicating the equality is correct. The expression represents a negative fraction equal to itself, often used in math education.

Solve: x+13=16x−12.

Solution

x=−1

Solve: c+34=12c−14.

Solution

c=−2

In the next example, we start by using the Distributive Property. This step clears the fractions right away.

Solve: −5=14(8x+4).

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: -5 = 1/4 (8x + 4).
Distribute. An algebraic equation is shown, displaying -5 = 1/4 * 8x + 1/4 * 4.
Simplify.
Now there are no fractions.
A clear image displaying the mathematical equation '-5 = 2x + 1' centered against a white background.
Subtract 1 from both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -5 - 1 = 2x + 1 - 1. The '-1' terms are highlighted in red on both sides, indicating a step in solving the equation.
Simplify. A basic algebra problem showing the equation -6 = 2x is presented on a white background, demonstrating a straightforward linear equation to solve for x.
Divide by 2. A mathematical equation shows '-6 divided by 2 equals 2x divided by 2.' The denominator '2' on both sides of the equation is highlighted in red.
Simplify. The mathematical equation -3 = X is displayed against a plain white background, showing the solution for X.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -5 = 1/4(8x + 4). The equation shows -5 on the left side of the equals sign. On the right, the fraction 1/4 is multiplied by the quantity (8x + 4).
Let x=−3. A mathematical equation reads '-5 =? (1/2) (4(-3) + 2)' on a white background. The number -3 is highlighted in red, indicating a point of interest or a specific value being evaluated.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -5 =? 1/2(-12 + 2). The equation asks if -5 is equal to half of the sum of -12 and 2.
A math problem asks whether -5 is equal to (1/2) * (-10). The equation is true as (1/2) * (-10) simplifies to -5.
A mathematical equation shows '-5 = -5' followed by a checkmark, indicating that the statement is correct.

Solve: −11=12(6p+2).

Solution

p=−4

Solve: 8=13(9q+6).

Solution

q=2

In the next example, even after distributing, we still have fractions to clear.

Solve: 12(y−5)=14(y−1).

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: (1/2)(y-5) = (1/4)(y-1).
Distribute. The image shows a linear equation involving fractions and the variable 'y': (1/2) * y - (1/2) * 5 = (1/4) * y - (1/4) * 1.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: (1/2)y - (5/2) = (1/4)y - (1/4).
Multiply by the LCD, 4. A mathematical equation displays 4 multiplied by the quantity of one-half y minus five-halves, equaling 4 multiplied by the quantity of one-fourth y minus one-fourth.
Distribute. A linear equation involving fractions and the variable 'y' is presented as 4(1/2)y - 4(5/2) = 4(1/4)y - 4(1/4).
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 2y - 10 = y - 1, which can be solved for the variable 'y'.
Collect the variables to the left. A mathematical equation is displayed with some terms in red: '2y - y - 10 = y - y - 1'.
Simplify. The equation y - 10 = -1 is displayed, representing a simple algebraic problem to solve for the variable y.
Collect the constants to the right. A step in solving an algebraic equation, demonstrating how 10 is added to both sides of y - 10 = -1 to isolate the variable y, resulting in y = 9.
Simplify. The image displays the equation 'y = 9' in black text, centrally positioned on a plain white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background. It shows '1/2(y - 5) = 1/4(y - 1)', representing a linear equation to be solved for the variable 'y'.
Let y=9. A mathematical equation asks whether (1/2)(9-5) is equal to (1/4)(9-1).
Finish the check on your own.

Solve: 15(n+3)=14(n+2).

Solution

n=2

Solve: 12(m−3)=14(m−7).

Solution

m=−1

Solve: 5x−34=x2.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic equation is shown, with a fraction on each side of the equals sign. On the left, the numerator is 5x - 3 and the denominator is 4. On the right, the numerator is x and the denominator is 2.
Multiply by the LCD, 4. A mathematical equation shows '4 multiplied by the fraction (5x minus 3) over 4' equals '4 multiplied by the fraction x over 2.' The number 4 is highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation on a white background, '5x - 3 = 2x'. It's a linear equation in algebra, where the goal is to solve for the variable x.
Collect the variables to the right. A mathematical equation displayed as 5x - 5x - 3 = 2x - 5x, featuring variables and numbers with certain terms highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation showing -3 = -3x, where the solution for x is 1.
Divide. A mathematical equation showing -3 divided by -3 equals -3x divided by -3, with the denominator -3 highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image shows a mathematical equation '1 = x' in a simple, clear font on a white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is shown, with (5x - 3) divided by 4 on the left side of the equals sign, and x divided by 2 on the right side.
Let x=1. A mathematical equation is presented, questioning if (5(1) - 3) / 4 equals 1/2, with the '1' highlighted in red within the parentheses.
A mathematical equation questions whether the fraction 2/4 is equivalent to 1/2, illustrating a common concept in comparing and simplifying fractions.
A mathematical expression showing 1/2 equals 1/2, accompanied by a checkmark, likely indicating its correctness or validation.

Solve: 4y−73=y6.

Solution

y=2

Solve: −2z−54=z8.

Solution

z=−2

Solve: a6+2=a4+3.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'd/6 + 2 = d/4 + 3' in a horizontal layout against a white background.
Multiply by the LCD, 12. A mathematical equation shows 12 multiplied by the sum of 'a' over 6 plus 2, equaling 12 multiplied by the sum of 'a' over 4 plus 3. The number 12 is highlighted in red on both sides.
Distribute. The mathematical equation 12 * (d/6) + 12 * 2 = 12 * (d/4) + 12 * 3 is displayed, demonstrating an algebraic problem with fractions and a variable 'd'.
Simplify. The image shows the algebraic equation 2a + 24 = 3a + 36.
Collect the variables to the right. A mathematical equation is displayed: 2a - 2a + 24 = 3a - 2a + 36. The terms '-2a' on both sides of the equation are highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows '24 = q + 36' centered on a white background.
Collect the constants to the left. A mathematical equation shows 24 minus 36 equals 'a' plus 36 minus 36, illustrating the subtraction of 36 from both sides to isolate 'a'.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation, 'a = 12,' written in a black font against a plain white background.
Check: A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 'd over 6 plus 2 equals d over 4 plus 3' on a white background.
Let a=−12. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading -12/6 + 2 =? -12/4 + 3, with a question mark placed above the equality sign, indicating a query about whether the two sides are equal.
A mathematical equation: -2 + 2 =? -3 + 3. The equation questions if zero equals zero.
A mathematical expression showing '0 = 0V' written in a bold, dark font against a white background, appearing vertically oriented.

Solve: b10+2=b4+5.

Solution

b=−20

Solve: c6+3=c3+4.

Solution

c=−6

Solve: 4q+32+6=3q+54.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: (4q + 3) divided by 2, plus 6, equals (3q + 5) divided by 4.
Multiply by the LCD, 4. Four times the quantity of four-halves q plus three-halves, plus six, equals four times the quantity of three-fourths of q plus five-fourths.
Distribute. A mathematical equation showing 4 multiplied by the fraction (4q+3)/2, added to the product of 4 and 6, which equals 4 multiplied by the fraction (3q+5)/4.
Simplify. An algebraic equation is shown, displaying 2(4q + 3) + 24 = 3q + 5, which needs to be solved for the variable 'q'.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '8q + 6 + 24 = 3q + 5' on a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '8q + 30 = 3q + 5'.
Collect the variables to the left. An algebraic equation showing '8q - 3q + 30 = 3q - 3q + 5' with some terms in red, indicating a step in solving the equation where like terms might be identified or combined.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '5q + 30 = 5' in the center of a white background. The numbers and symbols are in a dark gray font.
Collect the constants to the right. A mathematical equation is displayed: 5q + 30 - 30 = 5 - 30, with the second '30' on the left and the '30' on the right highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays a simple algebraic equation in black text on a white background, which reads '5q = -25'.
Divide by 5. The image shows the equation 5q/5 = -25/5, demonstrating the step of dividing both sides of an algebraic equation by 5 to solve for 'q'.
Simplify. A mathematical expression on a white background, showing 'q = -5' in black text.
Check: A mathematical equation is shown: (4q + 3) / 2 + 6 = (3q + 5) / 4.
Let q=−5. A mathematical equation featuring a question mark between two algebraic expressions, requiring determination of the relationship: (4(-5)+3)/2+6 ? (3(-5)+5)/4.
Finish the check on your own.

Solve: 3r+56+1=4r+33.

Solution

r=1

Solve: 2s+32+1=3s+24.

Solution

s=−8

Solve Equations with Decimal Coefficients

Some equations have decimals in them. This kind of equation will occur when we solve problems dealing with money or percentages. But decimals can also be expressed as fractions. For example, 0.3=310 and 0.17=17100. So, with an equation with decimals, we can use the same method we used to clear fractions—multiply both sides of the equation by the least common denominator.

Solve: 0.06x+0.02=0.25x−1.5.

Solution

Solution

Look at the decimals and think of the equivalent fractions.

0.06=61000.02=21000.25=251001.5=1510

Notice, the LCD is 100.

By multiplying by the LCD, we will clear the decimals from the equation.

A linear equation is displayed: 0.06x + 0.02 = 0.25x - 1.5. It involves variables and constants with decimal values, requiring algebraic steps to solve for x.
Multiply both sides by 100. A mathematical equation, 100(0.06x + 0.02) = 100(0.25x - 1.5), where 100 is multiplied by two different linear expressions, displayed with the number 100 highlighted in red.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed: 100(0.06x) + 100(0.02) = 100(0.25x) - 100(1.5). The expression involves constants, variables, and decimal numbers within parentheses, multiplied by 100.
Multiply, and now we have no more decimals. A mathematical equation is displayed with a white background showing '6x + 2 = 25x - 150' in a black font.
Collect the variables to the right. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '6x - 6x + 2 = 25x - 6x - 150'. The terms '-6x' appear in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '2 = 19x - 150' in black text.
Collect the constants to the left. The equation 2 + 150 = 19x - 150 + 150, illustrating a step in solving for x by adding 150 to both sides.
Simplify. A mathematical equation '152 = 19x' is displayed against a white background, representing a linear equation to be solved for the variable 'x'.
Divide by 19. A mathematical equation displays '152/19 = 19x/19'. The number '19' in the denominator is highlighted in red on both sides, illustrating the division of both terms by 19 to solve for x.
Simplify. The number 8 is equal to the variable x, as shown in this simple algebraic equation.
Check: Let x=8.
The image displays the step-by-step solution and verification of the equation 0.06(8) + 0.02 = 0.25(8) - 1.5, clearly showing how both sides simplify to 0.50.

Solve: 0.14h+0.12=0.35h−2.4.

Solution

h=12

Solve: 0.65k−0.1=0.4k−0.35.

Solution

k=−1

The next example uses an equation that is typical of the money applications in the next chapter. Notice that we distribute the decimal before we clear all the decimals.

Solve: 0.25x+0.05(x+3)=2.85.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 0.25x + 0.05(x + 3) = 2.85. The text is black and clearly visible, representing a linear equation to be solved for the variable x.
Distribute first. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: 0.25x + 0.05x + 0.15 = 2.85. The text is rendered in a dark gray, sans-serif font.
Combine like terms. A close-up image displaying the mathematical equation: 0.30x + 0.15 = 2.85. The numbers and symbols are clearly visible against a white background.
To clear decimals, multiply by 100. The image displays the mathematical equation 100(0.30x + 0.15) = 100(2.85), with the number 100 on both sides highlighted in red.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '30x + 15 = 285'.
Subtract 15 from both sides. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '30x + 15 - 15 = 285 - 15'. The numbers '- 15' are highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '30x = 270' in dark gray text.
Divide by 30. A mathematical equation shows '30x divided by 30 equals 270 divided by 30.' The denominator '30' on both sides is highlighted in red, indicating division to solve for x.
Simplify. The mathematical equation 'x = 9' is displayed against a white background.
Check it yourself by substituting x=9 into the original equation.

Solve: 0.25n+0.05(n+5)=2.95.

Solution

n=9

Solve: 0.10d+0.05(d−5)=2.15.

Solution

d=16

Key Concepts

  • Strategy to Solve an Equation with Fraction Coefficients
    1. Find the least common denominator of all the fractions in the equation.
    2. Multiply both sides of the equation by that LCD. This clears the fractions.
    3. Solve using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Equations with Fraction Coefficients

In the following exercises, solve each equation with fraction coefficients.

14x−12=−34

34x−12=14

Solution

x=1

56y−23=−32

56y−13=−76

Solution

y=−1

12a+38=34

58b+12=−34

Solution

b=−2

2=13x−12x+23x

2=35x−13x+25x

Solution

x=3

14m−45m+12m=−1

56n−14n−12n=−2

Solution

n=−24

x+12=23x−12

x+34=12x−54

Solution

x=−4

13w+54=w−14

32z+13=z−23

Solution

z=−2

12x−14=112x+16

12a−14=16a+112

Solution

a=1

13b+15=25b−35

13x+25=15x−25

Solution

x=−6

1=16(12x−6)

1=15(15x−10)

Solution

x=1

14(p−7)=13(p+5)

15(q+3)=12(q−3)

Solution

q=7

12(x+4)=34

13(x+5)=56

Solution

x=−52

5q−85=2q10

4m+26=m3

Solution

m=−1

4n+84=n3

3p+63=p2

Solution

p=−4

u3−4=u2−3

v10+1=v4−2

Solution

v=20

c15+1=c10−1

d6+3=d8+2

Solution

d=−24

3x+42+1=5x+108

10y−23+3=10y+19

Solution

y=−1

7u−14−1=4u+85

3v−62+5=11v−45

Solution

v=4

Solve Equations with Decimal Coefficients

In the following exercises, solve each equation with decimal coefficients.

0.6y+3=9

0.4y−4=2

Solution

y=15

3.6j−2=5.2

2.1k+3=7.2

Solution

k=2

0.4x+0.6=0.5x−1.2

0.7x+0.4=0.6x+2.4

Solution

x=20

0.23x+1.47=0.37x−1.05

0.48x+1.56=0.58x−0.64

Solution

x=22

0.9x−1.25=0.75x+1.75

1.2x−0.91=0.8x+2.29

Solution

x=8

0.05n+0.10(n+8)=2.15

0.05n+0.10(n+7)=3.55

Solution

n=19

0.10d+0.25(d+5)=4.05

0.10d+0.25(d+7)=5.25

Solution

d=10

0.05(q−5)+0.25q=3.05

0.05(q−8)+0.25q=4.10

Solution

q=15

Everyday Math

Coins Taylor has $2.00 in dimes and pennies. The number of pennies is 2 more than the number of dimes. Solve the equation 0.10d+0.01(d+2)=2 for d, the number of dimes.

Stamps Paula bought $22.82 worth of 49-cent stamps and 21-cent stamps. The number of 21-cent stamps was 8 less than the number of 49-cent stamps. Solve the equation 0.49s+0.21(s−8)=22.82 for s, to find the number of 49-cent stamps Paula bought.

Solution

s=35

Writing Exercises

Explain how you find the least common denominator of 38, 16, and 23.

If an equation has several fractions, how does multiplying both sides by the LCD make it easier to solve?

Solution

Answers will vary.

If an equation has fractions only on one side, why do you have to multiply both sides of the equation by the LCD?

In the equation 0.35x+2.1=3.85 what is the LCD? How do you know?

Solution

100. Justifications will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has three rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads: “solve equations with fraction coefficients,” and “solve equations with decimal coefficients.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use the Distance, Rate, and Time formula
  • Solve a formula for a specific variable

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Solve: 15t=120.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

8

Solve: 6x+24=96.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides.

Solution

12

Use the Distance, Rate, and Time Formula

One formula you will use often in algebra and in everyday life is the formula for distance traveled by an object moving at a constant rate. Rate is an equivalent word for “speed.” The basic idea of rate may already familiar to you. Do you know what distance you travel if you drive at a steady rate of 60 miles per hour for 2 hours? (This might happen if you use your car’s cruise control while driving on the highway.) If you said 120 miles, you already know how to use this formula!

Distance, Rate, and Time

For an object moving at a uniform (constant) rate, the distance traveled, the elapsed time, and the rate are related by the formula:

d=rtwhered=distancer=ratet=time

We will use the Strategy for Solving Applications that we used earlier in this chapter. When our problem requires a formula, we change Step 4. In place of writing a sentence, we write the appropriate formula. We write the revised steps here for reference.

Solve an application (with a formula).

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
  4. Translate into an equation. Write the appropriate formula for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

You may want to create a mini-chart to summarize the information in the problem. See the chart in this first example.

Jamal rides his bike at a uniform rate of 12 miles per hour for 312 hours. What distance has he traveled?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. distance traveled
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let d = distance.
Step 4. Translate: Write the appropriate formula. d=rt
A distance-rate-time word problem setup, showing d=?, r=12 mph, and t=3.5 hours.
Substitute in the given information. d=12·312
Step 5. Solve the equation. d=42 miles
Step 6. Check
Does 42 miles make sense?
Jamal rides:
A list showing distances traveled over time: 12 miles in 1 hour, 24 miles in 2 hours, 36 miles in 3 hours, and 48 miles in 4 hours. An arrow highlights that 42 miles in 3 1/2 hours is reasonable.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Jamal rode 42 miles.

Lindsay drove for 512 hours at 60 miles per hour. How much distance did she travel?

Solution

330 miles

Trinh walked for 213 hours at 3 miles per hour. How far did she walk?

Solution

7 miles

Rey is planning to drive from his house in San Diego to visit his grandmother in Sacramento, a distance of 520 miles. If he can drive at a steady rate of 65 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. How many hours (time)
Step 3. Name.
Choose a variable to represent it.
Let t = time.
A math problem providing distance d = 520 miles and rate r = 65 mph, asking to calculate the time t in hours.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula.
d=rt
Substitute in the given information. 520=65t
Step 5. Solve the equation. t=8
Step 6. Check. Substitute the numbers into
the formula and make sure the result is a
true statement.
d=rt520=?65·8520=520✓
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Rey’s trip will take 8 hours.

Lee wants to drive from Phoenix to his brother’s apartment in San Francisco, a distance of 770 miles. If he drives at a steady rate of 70 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?

Solution

11 hours

Yesenia is 168 miles from Chicago. If she needs to be in Chicago in 3 hours, at what rate does she need to drive?

Solution

56 mph

Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

You are probably familiar with some geometry formulas. A formula is a mathematical description of the relationship between variables. Formulas are also used in the sciences, such as chemistry, physics, and biology. In medicine they are used for calculations for dispensing medicine or determining body mass index. Spreadsheet programs rely on formulas to make calculations. It is important to be familiar with formulas and be able to manipulate them easily.

In Example 1 and Example 2, we used the formula d=rt. This formula gives the value of d, distance, when you substitute in the values of randt, the rate and time. But in Example 2, we had to find the value of t. We substituted in values of dandr and then used algebra to solve for t. If you had to do this often, you might wonder why there is not a formula that gives the value of t when you substitute in the values of dandr. We can make a formula like this by solving the formula d=rt for t.

To solve a formula for a specific variable means to isolate that variable on one side of the equals sign with a coefficient of 1. All other variables and constants are on the other side of the equals sign. To see how to solve a formula for a specific variable, we will start with the distance, rate and time formula.

Solve the formula d=rt for t:

  1. ⓐ when d=520 and r=65
  2. ⓑ in general
Solution

Solution

We will write the solutions side-by-side to demonstrate that solving a formula in general uses the same steps as when we have numbers to substitute.

ⓐ when d=520 and r=65 ⓑ in general
Write the formula. d=rt Write the formula. d=rt
Substitute. 520=65t
Divide, to isolate t. 52065=65t65 Divide, to isolate t. dr=rtr
Simplify. 8=t Simplify. dr=t

We say the formula t=dr is solved for t.

Solve the formula d=rt for r:

ⓐ when d=180andt=4 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ r=45 ⓑ r=dt

Solve the formula d=rt for r:

ⓐ when d=780andt=12 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ r=65 ⓑ r=dt

Solve the formula A=12bh for h:

ⓐ when A=90 and b=15 ⓑ in general

Solution

Solution

ⓐ when A=90 and b=15 ⓑ in general
Write the formula. The mathematical formula A = 1/2 bh, which calculates the area of a triangle, is displayed on a white background. Write the formula. The image displays the mathematical formula for the area of a triangle, which is A = (1/2)bh, where 'A' represents the area, 'b' is the length of the base, and 'h' is the height.
Substitute. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '90 = 1/2 * 15 * h'. The number 15 is highlighted in red, indicating a specific value or variable in the formula.
Clear the fractions. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '2 * 90 = 2 * (1/2) * 15h'. The number '2' on both sides of the equals sign is highlighted in red, indicating a potential step in solving for 'h'. Clear the fractions. A mathematical equation shows both sides being multiplied by 2, represented in red text, to simplify the expression for the area of a triangle, A = (1/2)bh, by removing the fraction.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '180 = 15h' in a dark font on a white background. Simplify. The mathematical formula 2A = bh is displayed, representing twice the area (A) of a triangle as the product of its base (b) and height (h).
Solve for h. A simple mathematical equation is displayed, showing '12 = h' in black text against a plain white background. Solve for h. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which states: '2A divided by b equals h'.

We can now find the height of a triangle, if we know the area and the base, by using the formula h=2Ab.

Use the formula A=12bh to solve for h:

ⓐ when A=170 and b=17 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ h=20 ⓑ h=2Ab

Use the formula A=12bh to solve for b:

ⓐ when A=62 and h=31 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ b=4 ⓑ b=2Ah

The formula I=Prt is used to calculate simple interest, I, for a principal, P, invested at rate, r, for t years.

Solve the formula I=Prt to find the principal, P:

ⓐ when I=$5,600,r=4%,t=7years ⓑ in general

Solution

Solution

ⓐ I=$5,600, r=4%, t=7 years ⓑ in general
Write the formula. The image displays the simple interest formula, I = Prt, which calculates interest (I) based on principal (P), rate (r), and time (t). Write the formula. The simple interest formula I = Prt, where I is interest, P is principal, r is rate, and t is time.
Substitute. A mathematical equation on a white background reads 5600 = P(0.04)(7).
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, stating 5600 = P(0.28). Simplify. A mathematical formula is displayed: I = P(rt).
Divide, to isolate P. A mathematical equation shows '5600 divided by 0.28 equals P(0.28) divided by 0.28.' The number 0.28 is highlighted in red in the denominators. Divide, to isolate P. A mathematical equation showing I/rt = P(rt)/rt, with the denominator 'rt' highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation: '20,000 = P'. The numbers are black and clear against a white background. Simplify. A mathematical equation shows 'l' divided by the product of 'r' and 't' is equal to 'P'. The expression reads as l/rt = P, presented in black text on a white background.
The principal is The image clearly displays the numerical value of $20,000, likely representing a sum of money or a price point. A mathematical formula is shown: P = I / rt. The letter P is equal to a fraction where I is the numerator, and the product of r and t is the denominator. The variables are P, I, r, and t.

Use the formula I=Prt to find the principal, P:

ⓐ when I=$2,160,r=6%,t=3years ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ $12,000 ⓑ P=Irt

Use the formula I=Prt to find the principal,P:

ⓐ when I=$5,400,r=12%,t=5years ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ $9,000 ⓑ P=Irt

Later in this class, and in future algebra classes, you’ll encounter equations that relate two variables, usually x and y. You might be given an equation that is solved for y and need to solve it for x, or vice versa. In the following example, we’re given an equation with both x and y on the same side and we’ll solve it for y.

Solve the formula 3x+2y=18 for y:

ⓐ when x=4 ⓑ in general

Solution

Solution

ⓐ when x=4 ⓑ in general
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '3x + 2y = 18' in black font. A mathematical equation on a white background, displaying '3x + 2y = 18' in black text.
Substitute. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '3(4) + 2y = 18'.
Subtract to isolate the
y-term.
A mathematical equation is displayed: 12 - 12 + 2y = 18 - 12. The numbers '12' on both sides of the equals sign, when being subtracted, are highlighted in red. Subtract to isolate the
y-term.
An equation 3x - 3x + 2y = 18 - 3x, demonstrating a step in algebraic simplification where 3x is subtracted from both sides. The 3x terms are shown in red.
Divide. The image displays the equation 2y/2 = 6/2, illustrating a step in solving for 'y' by dividing both sides of an initial equation (2y=6) by 2, which is highlighted in red. Divide. Equation showing two y over two equals eighteen over two minus three x over two. The number two in the denominator of each fraction is highlighted.
Simplify. The equation y = 3 is displayed on a white background. Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = -3x/2 + 9, which represents a linear function in slope-intercept form with a negative slope.

Solve the formula 3x+4y=10 for y:

ⓐ when x=143 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ y=−1 ⓑ y=10−3x4

Solve the formula 5x+2y=18 for y:

ⓐ when x=4 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ y=−1 ⓑ y=18−5x2

In Examples 1.60 through 1.64 we used the numbers in part ⓐ as a guide to solving in general in part ⓑ. Now we will solve a formula in general without using numbers as a guide.

Solve the formula P=a+b+c for a.

Solution

Solution

We will isolate a on one side of the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: P = a + b + c, representing the sum of three variables.
Both b and c are added to a, so we subtract them from both sides of the equation. A mathematical equation shows 'P - b - c = a + b + c - b - c' with 'b' and 'c' on the left side in red, and '- b - c' on the right side also in red, likely indicating cancellation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing P minus b minus c equals a. The variables are rendered in a standard mathematical font, set against a plain white background, occupying the left-center of the frame.
A mathematical equation is displayed with dark gray text on a white background, showing 'a = P - b - c'.

Solve the formula P=a+b+c for b.

Solution

b=P−a−c

Solve the formula P=a+b+c for c.

Solution

c=P−a−b

Solve the formula 6x+5y=13 for y.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation, 6x + 5y = 13, displayed in black text on a white background.
Subtract 6x from both sides to isolate the term with y. A mathematical equation shows 6x minus 6x plus 5y equals 13 minus 6x. The '6x' terms that are being subtracted on both sides are highlighted in red, indicating a step in solving the equation.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation, '5y = 13 - 6x'.
Divide by 5 to make the coefficient 1. A mathematical equation is shown with fractions. The left side is 5y over 5, and the right side is 13 minus 6x, all over 5. The denominator 5 on both sides is highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y equals the fraction with numerator 13 minus 6x and denominator 5.

The fraction is simplified. We cannot divide 13−6x by 5.

Solve the formula 4x+7y=9 for y.

Solution

y=9−4x7

Solve the formula 5x+8y=1 for y.

Solution

y=1−5x8

Key Concepts

  • To Solve an Application (with a formula)
    1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    4. Translate into an equation. Write the appropriate formula for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.
  • Distance, Rate and Time
    For an object moving at a uniform (constant) rate, the distance traveled, the elapsed time, and the rate are related by the formula: d=rt where d = distance, r = rate, t = time.
  • To solve a formula for a specific variable means to get that variable by itself with a coefficient of 1 on one side of the equation and all other variables and constants on the other side.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use the Distance, Rate, and Time Formula

In the following exercises, solve.

Steve drove for 812 hours at 72 miles per hour. How much distance did he travel?

Socorro drove for 456 hours at 60 miles per hour. How much distance did she travel?

Solution

290 miles

Yuki walked for 134 hours at 4 miles per hour. How far did she walk?

Francie rode her bike for 212 hours at 12 miles per hour. How far did she ride?

Solution

30 miles

Connor wants to drive from Tucson to the Grand Canyon, a distance of 338 miles. If he drives at a steady rate of 52 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?

Megan is taking the bus from New York City to Montreal. The distance is 380 miles and the bus travels at a steady rate of 76 miles per hour. How long will the bus ride be?

Solution

5 hours

Aurelia is driving from Miami to Orlando at a rate of 65 miles per hour. The distance is 235 miles. To the nearest tenth of an hour, how long will the trip take?

Kareem wants to ride his bike from St. Louis to Champaign, Illinois. The distance is 180 miles. If he rides at a steady rate of 16 miles per hour, how many hours will the trip take?

Solution

11.25 hours

Javier is driving to Bangor, 240 miles away. If he needs to be in Bangor in 4 hours, at what rate does he need to drive?

Alejandra is driving to Cincinnati, 450 miles away. If she wants to be there in 6 hours, at what rate does she need to drive?

Solution

75 mph

Aisha took the train from Spokane to Seattle. The distance is 280 miles and the trip took 3.5 hours. What was the speed of the train?

Philip got a ride with a friend from Denver to Las Vegas, a distance of 750 miles. If the trip took 10 hours, how fast was the friend driving?

Solution

75 mph

Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

In the following exercises, use the formula d=rt.

Solve for tⓐ when d=350 and r=70 ⓑ in general

Solve for t ⓐ when d=240andr=60 ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ t=4 ⓑ t=dr

Solve for t ⓐ when d=510andr=60 ⓑ in general

Solve for t
ⓐ when d=175andr=50
ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ t=3.5 ⓑ t=dr

Solve for r
ⓐ when d=204andt=3 ⓑ in general

Solve for rⓐ when d=420andt=6ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ r=70 ⓑ r=dt

Solve for rⓐ when d=160andt=2.5ⓑ in general

Solve for rⓐ when d=180andt=4.5ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ r=40 ⓑ r=dt

In the following exercises, use the formula A=12bh.

Solve for bⓐ when A=126andh=18ⓑ in general

Solve for h
ⓐ when A=176andb=22ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ h=16 ⓑ h=2Ab

Solve for hⓐ when A=375andb=25ⓑ in general

Solve for bⓐ when A=65andh=13ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ b=10 ⓑ b=2Ah

In the following exercises, use the formula I = Prt.

Solve for the principal, P forⓐ I=$5,480,r=4%,t=7yearsⓑ in general

Solve for the principal, P for
ⓐ I=$3,950,r=6%,t=5yearsⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ P=$13,166.67 ⓑ P=Irt

Solve for the time, t for ⓐ I=$2,376,P=$9,000,r=4.4%ⓑ in general

Solve for the time, t for
ⓐ I=$624,P=$6,000,r=5.2%ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ t=2 years ⓑ t=IPr

In the following exercises, solve.

Solve the formula 2x+3y=12 for yⓐ when x=3ⓑ in general

Solve the formula 5x+2y=10 for yⓐ when x=4ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ y=−5 ⓑ y=10−5x2

Solve the formula 3x−y=7 for yⓐ when x=−2ⓑ in general

Solve the formula 4x+y=5 for yⓐ when x=−3ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ y=17 ⓑ y=5−4x

Solve a+b=90 for b.

Solve a+b=90 for a.

Solution

a=90−b

Solve 180=a+b+c for a.

Solve 180=a+b+c for c.

Solution

c=180−a−b

Solve the formula 8x+y=15 for y.

Solve the formula 9x+y=13 for y.

Solution

y=13−9x

Solve the formula −4x+y=−6 for y.

Solve the formula −5x+y=−1 for y.

Solution

y=−1+5x

Solve the formula 4x+3y=7 for y.

Solve the formula 3x+2y=11 for y.

Solution

y=11−3x2

Solve the formula x−y=−4 for y.

Solve the formula x−y=−3 for y.

Solution

y=3+x

Solve the formula P=2L+2W for L.

Solve the formula P=2L+2W for W.

Solution

W=P−2L2

Solve the formula C=πd for d.

Solve the formula C=πd for π.

Solution

π=Cd

Solve the formula V=LWH for L.

Solve the formula V=LWH for H.

Solution

H=VLW

Everyday Math

Converting temperature While on a tour in Greece, Tatyana saw that the temperature was 40o Celsius. Solve for F in the formula C=59(F−32) to find the Fahrenheit temperature.

Converting temperature Yon was visiting the United States and he saw that the temperature in Seattle one day was 50o Fahrenheit. Solve for C in the formula F=95C+32 to find the Celsius temperature.

Solution

10°C

Writing Exercises

Solve the equation 2x+3y=6 for yⓐ when x=−3ⓑ in general ⓒ Which solution is easier for you, ⓐ or ⓑ ? Why?

Solve the equation 5x−2y=10 for xⓐ when y=10ⓑ in general
ⓒ Which solution is easier for you, ⓐ or ⓑ ? Why?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has three rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “use the distance, rate, and time formula,” and “solve a formula for a specific variable.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Solve Linear Inequalities

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Graph inequalities on the number line
  • Solve inequalities using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of inequality
  • Solve inequalities using the Division and Multiplication Properties of inequality
  • Solve inequalities that require simplification
  • Translate to an inequality and solve

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Translate from algebra to English: 15>x.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

15 is greater than x.

Solve: n−9=−42.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality.

Solution

n=−33

Solve: −5p=−23.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

p=235

Solve: 3a−12=7a−20.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides.

Solution

a=2

Graph Inequalities on the Number Line

Do you remember what it means for a number to be a solution to an equation? A solution of an equation is a value of a variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation.

What about the solution of an inequality? What number would make the inequality x>3 true? Are you thinking, ‘x could be 4’? That’s correct, but x could be 5 too, or 20, or even 3.001. Any number greater than 3 is a solution to the inequality x>3.

We show the solutions to the inequality x>3 on the number line by shading in all the numbers to the right of 3, to show that all numbers greater than 3 are solutions. Because the number 3 itself is not a solution, we put an open parenthesis at 3. The graph of x>3 is shown in Figure 1. Please note that the following convention is used: thick arrows point in the positive direction and thin arrows point in the negative direction.

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 3, and a red line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
The inequality x>3 is graphed on this number line.

The graph of the inequality x≥3 is very much like the graph of x>3, but now we need to show that 3 is a solution, too. We do that by putting a bracket at x=3, as shown in Figure 2.

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 3, and a red line extending to the right of the bracket.
The inequality x≥3 is graphed on this number line.

Notice that the open parentheses symbol, (, shows that the endpoint of the inequality is not included. The open bracket symbol, [, shows that the endpoint is included.

Graph on the number line:

ⓐ x≤1 ⓑ x<5 ⓒ x>−1

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ x≤1
    This means all numbers less than or equal to 1. We shade in all the numbers on the number line to the left of 1 and put a bracket at x=1 to show that it is included.
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 1, and a red line extending to the left of the bracket.
  2. ⓑ x<5
    This means all numbers less than 5, but not including 5. We shade in all the numbers on the number line to the left of 5 and put a parenthesis at x=5 to show it is not included.
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than 5 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 5, and a red line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ x>−1
    This means all numbers greater than −1, but not including −1. We shade in all the numbers on the number line to the right of −1, then put a parenthesis at x=−1 to show it is not included.
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than negative 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 1, and a red line extending to the right of the parenthesis.

Graph on the number line: ⓐ x≤−1 ⓑ x>2 ⓒ x<3

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to negative 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 1, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 2 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 2, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 3, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis.

Graph on the number line: ⓐ x>−2 ⓑ x<−3 ⓒ x≥−1

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than negative 2 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 2, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than negative 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 3, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to negative 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 1, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

We can also represent inequalities using interval notation. As we saw above, the inequality x>3 means all numbers greater than 3. There is no upper end to the solution to this inequality. In interval notation, we express x>3 as (3,∞). The symbol ∞ is read as ‘infinity’. It is not an actual number. Figure 3 shows both the number line and the interval notation.

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 3, and a red line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, 3 comma infinity, parenthesis.
The inequality x>3 is graphed on this number line and written in interval notation.

The inequality x≤1 means all numbers less than or equal to 1. There is no lower end to those numbers. We write x≤1 in interval notation as (−∞,1]. The symbol −∞ is read as ‘negative infinity’. Figure 4 shows both the number line and interval notation.

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 1, and a red line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma 1, bracket.
The inequality x≤1 is graphed on this number line and written in interval notation.

Inequalities, Number Lines, and Interval Notation

This figure show four number lines, all without tick marks. The inequality x is greater than a is graphed on the first number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals a, and a red line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, a comma infinity, parenthesis. The inequality x is greater than or equal to a is graphed on the second number line, with an open bracket at x equals a, and a red line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, a comma infinity, parenthesis. The inequality x is less than a is graphed on the third number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals a, and a red line extending to the left of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma a, parenthesis. The inequality x is less than or equal to a is graphed on the last number line, with an open bracket at x equals a, and a red line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma a, bracket.

Did you notice how the parenthesis or bracket in the interval notation matches the symbol at the endpoint of the arrow? These relationships are shown in Figure 5.

This figure shows the same four number lines as above, with the same interval notation labels. Below the interval notation for each number line, there is text indicating how the notation on the number lines is similar to the interval notation. The first number line is a graph of x is greater than a, and the interval notation is parenthesis, a comma infinity, parenthesis. The text below reads: “Both have a left parenthesis.” The second number line is a graph of x is greater than or equal to a, and the interval notation is bracket, a comma infinity, parenthesis. The text below reads: “Both have a left bracket.” The third number line is a graph of x is less than a, and the interval notation is parenthesis, negative infinity comma a, parenthesis. The text below reads: “Both have a right parenthesis.” The last number line is a graph of x is less than or equal to a, and the interval notation is parenthesis, negative infinity comma a, bracket. The text below reads: “Both have a right bracket.”
The notation for inequalities on a number line and in interval notation use similar symbols to express the endpoints of intervals.

Graph on the number line and write in interval notation.

ⓐ x≥−3 ⓑ x<2.5 ⓒ x≤−35

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    The image displays the mathematical inequality 'x is greater than or equal to -3' in black text against a plain white background.
    Shade to the right of −3, and put a bracket at −3. A number line graph representing the inequality x is greater than or equal to -3. A thick blue line starts at -3 with a closed point and extends to the right, towards positive infinity, indicating all numbers greater than or equal to -3.
    Write in interval notation. The image displays the mathematical interval notation [-3, ', representing all real numbers greater than or equal to -3.

  2. ⓑ
    The image displays the mathematical inequality 'x < 2.5' in black text against a plain white background.
    Shade to the left of 2.5, and put a parenthesis at 2.5. A number line showing labeled points at 0, 1, 2, 2.5, and 3.
    Write in interval notation. A mathematical notation showing an open interval from negative infinity to 2.5, represented as (-∞, 2.5), typically indicating a set of real numbers less than 2.5.

  3. ⓒ
    A mathematical inequality states 'x is less than or equal to -3/5'.
    Shade to the left of −35, and put a bracket at −35. A number line showing the interval from negative infinity to -3/5, not including -3/5. This is represented by a blue line with an arrow to the left and an open bracket at -3/5.
    Write in interval notation. A mathematical interval notation is displayed, showing an open parenthesis followed by negative infinity, a comma, then negative three-fifths, and finally a closed square bracket. It represents the interval from negative infinity to -3/5, inclusive of -3/5.

Graph on the number line and write in interval notation:

ⓐ x>2 ⓑ x≤−1.5 ⓒ x≥34

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 2 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 2, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, 2 comma infinity, parenthesis.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to negative 1.5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 1.5, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 1.5, bracket.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 3/4 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 3/4, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, 3/4 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Graph on the number line and write in interval notation:

ⓐ x≤−4 ⓑ x≥0.5 ⓒ x<−23

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to negative 4 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 4, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 4, bracket.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 0.5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 0.5, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, o.5 comma infinity, parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than negative 2/3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 2/3, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 2/3, parenthesis.

Solve Inequalities using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Inequality

The Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality state that if two quantities are equal, when we add or subtract the same amount from both quantities, the results will be equal.

Properties of Equality

Subtraction Property of EqualityAddition Property of EqualityFor any numbersa,b,andc,For any numbersa,b,andc,ifa=b,thena−c=b−c.ifa=b,thena+c=b+c.

Similar properties hold true for inequalities.

For example, we know that −4 is less than 2. A mathematical inequality displays the expression '-4 < 2' against a white background, signifying that negative four is less than two.
If we subtract 5 from both quantities, is the
left side still less than the right side?
A mathematical sequence showing '-4 - 5 ? 2 - 5', with a red question mark in the middle.
We get −9 on the left and −3 on the right. The inequality -9 ? -3 asks what operator goes between the two negative numbers. The answer is < (less than).
And we know −9 is less than −3. The image displays a mathematical inequality, -9 < -3, which correctly states that negative nine is less than negative three.
The inequality sign stayed the same.

Similarly we could show that the inequality also stays the same for addition.

This leads us to the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Inequality.

Properties of Inequality

Subtraction Property of InequalityAddition Property of InequalityFor any numbersa,b,andc,For any numbersa,b,andc,ifa<bthena−c<b−c.ifa>bthena−c>b−c.ifa<bthena+c<b+c.ifa>bthena+c>b+c.

We use these properties to solve inequalities, taking the same steps we used to solve equations. Solving the inequality x+5>9, the steps would look like this:

Steps to solve the inequality x + 5 > 9, demonstrating the process of isolating x.
x+5>9
Subtract 5 from both sides to isolate x. x+5−5>9−5
Simplify. x>4

Any number greater than 4 is a solution to this inequality.

Solve the inequality n−12≤58, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical inequality displays 'n - 1/2 is less than or equal to 5/8' centered on a white background.
Add 12 to both sides of the inequality. A mathematical inequality is shown where 'n minus 1/2 plus 1/2 is less than or equal to 5/8 plus 1/2' is written.
Simplify. A mathematical inequality shows 'n' is less than or equal to the fraction 9/8, presented in black font on a white background.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line shows the interval x is less than or equal to 2 1/8. The line is shaded from negative infinity up to and including the point 2 1/8 (labeled as 1 9/8).
Write the solution in interval notation. (-∞,98]

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

p−34≥16

Solution

This figure shows the inequality p is greater than or equal to 11/12. Below this inequality is the inequality graphed on a number line ranging from 0 to 4, with tick marks at each integer. There is a bracket at p equals 11/12, and a dark line extends to the right from 11/12. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 11/12 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

r−13≤712

Solution

This figure shows the inequality r is less than or equal to 11/12. Below this inequality is the inequality graphed on a number line ranging from 0 to 4, with tick marks at each integer. There is a bracket at r equals 11/12, and a dark line extends to the left from 11/12. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 11/12, bracket.

Solve Inequalities using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality

The Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality state that if two quantities are equal, when we divide or multiply both quantities by the same amount, the results will also be equal (provided we don’t divide by 0).

Properties of Equality

Division Property of EqualityMultiplication Property of EqualityFor any numbersa,b,c,andc≠0,For any real numbersa,b,c,ifa=b,thenac=bc.ifa=b,thenac=bc.

Are there similar properties for inequalities? What happens to an inequality when we divide or multiply both sides by a constant?

Consider some numerical examples.

The image displays a simple mathematical inequality: 10 is less than 15, written as '10 < 15' in a clear, digital font against a white background. The image displays a mathematical inequality '10 < 15', indicating that the number 10 is less than the number 15. The text is in a clear, dark gray font against a white background.
Divide both sides by 5. A math problem showing two fractions, 10/5 and 15/5, with a red question mark between them, implying a comparison or operation needs to be determined. Multiply both sides by 5. A mathematical equation shows 10(5) ? 15(5), questioning the relationship between 50 and 75.
Simplify. The image displays the numbers '2' and '3' with a red question mark between them, suggesting an unknown operation or value in a numerical sequence or problem. A question about the relationship between 50 and 75, with a red question mark emphasizing the query.
Fill in the inequality signs. The numbers 2 and 3 are displayed on a white background, with a red less-than symbol (<) between them, visually representing the inequality 2 < 3. The image displays the mathematical inequality '50 < 75' in black font against a white background, with the less-than symbol appearing in a slightly reddish hue.
The inequality signs stayed the same.

Does the inequality stay the same when we divide or multiply by a negative number?

The image displays the mathematical inequality '10 < 15' in black font against a white background, indicating that ten is less than fifteen. A mathematical expression '10 < 15' (ten is less than fifteen) is displayed in black text against a white background.
Divide both sides by −5. A mathematical problem comparing two fractions, 10/-5 and 15/-5, with a red question mark positioned between them, indicating the need for a relational operator. Multiply both sides by −5. A math problem comparing 10 multiplied by -5 with 15 multiplied by -5, featuring a red question mark between them. The correct comparison is 10(-5) > 15(-5) because -50 is greater than -75.
Simplify. A math problem asking to compare -2 and -3, with a red question mark between them. The correct comparison is -2 > -3. The image displays the numbers -50 and -75 separated by a red question mark, indicating a comparison needs to be made. The correct operator to place in the question mark's position is '>' (greater than).
Fill in the inequality signs. A mathematical inequality displays '-2 > -3' in black text with a red greater-than sign, against a white background, demonstrating that negative two is greater than negative three. A mathematical inequality is shown, stating that -50 is greater than -75. The numbers -50 and -75 are in gray, and the greater than symbol (>) is in red, all against a white background.
The inequality signs reversed their direction.

When we divide or multiply an inequality by a positive number, the inequality sign stays the same. When we divide or multiply an inequality by a negative number, the inequality sign reverses.

Here are the Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality for easy reference.

Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality

For any real numbersa,b,c ifa<bandc>0,thenac<bcandac<bc. ifa>bandc>0,thenac>bcandac>bc. ifa<bandc<0,thenac>bcandac>bc. ifa>bandc<0,thenac<bcandac<bc.

When we divide or multiply an inequality by a:

  • positive number, the inequality stays the same.
  • negative number, the inequality reverses.

Solve the inequality 7y<​​42, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical inequality, '7y < 42', is shown centered on a plain white background.
Divide both sides of the inequality by 7.
Since 7>0, the inequality stays the same.
An image displays the mathematical inequality 7y/7 < 42/7. Simplifying both sides, the inequality becomes y < 6. This represents a linear inequality where the variable y is less than 6.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical inequality y < 6, indicating that the variable y is less than 6. The inequality is written in black text on a plain white background.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line illustrates the inequality x < 6, with an open circle at 6 and a bold line extending to the left, indicating all numbers less than 6. The line is marked with integers 4, 5, 6, and 7.
Write the solution in interval notation. A mathematical interval notation is displayed, showing '(-∞, 6)' on a white background, representing all real numbers less than 6, excluding 6 itself.

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

c-8>0

Solution

c>8
This figure is a number line ranging from 6 to 10 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality c is greater than 8 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at c equals 8, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

12d≤​60

Solution

(-∞,5]
This figure is a number line ranging from 3 to 7 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality d is less than or equal to 5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at d equals 5, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma 5, bracket.

Solve the inequality −10a≥50, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical inequality is shown in black text on a white background, which reads '-10a '>=
Divide both sides of the inequality by −10.
Since −10<0, the inequality reverses.
Mathematical inequality: -10a/-10 <= 50/-10, demonstrating division by a negative number on both sides.
Simplify. The mathematical inequality a 'less than or equal to' -5 is displayed on a white background.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line shows an inequality. A solid line starts at -5 and extends infinitely to the left, indicated by an arrow, representing all numbers less than or equal to -5. The numbers -7, -6, -5, and -4 are marked on the line.
Write the solution in interval notation. The image displays the mathematical interval notation '(-∞, -5]', indicating all real numbers from negative infinity up to and including -5.

Solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

−8q<32

Solution

q>−4
This figure is a number line ranging from negative 6 to negative 3 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality q is greater than negative 4 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at q equals negative 4, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative 4 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

−7r≤​−70

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from 9 to 13 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality r is greater than or equal to 10 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at r equals 10, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, 10 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solving Inequalities

Sometimes when solving an inequality, the variable ends up on the right. We can rewrite the inequality in reverse to get the variable to the left.

x>ahas the same meaning asa<x

Think about it as “If Xavier is taller than Alex, then Alex is shorter than Xavier.”

Solve the inequality −20<45u, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical inequality is shown, displaying -20 is less than (4/5)u.
Multiply both sides of the inequality by 54.
Since 54>0, the inequality stays the same.
A mathematical inequality shows five-fourths times negative twenty is less than five-fourths times the product of four-fifths and u.
Simplify. A mathematical inequality, '-25 < u', is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
Rewrite the variable on the left. The image displays the mathematical inequality u > -25 in a simple, clear font on a white background.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line graph shows an open circle at -25 and a thick line extending to the right with an arrow, indicating all numbers greater than -25.
Write the solution in interval notation. A mathematical interval notation showing all real numbers greater than -25, extending to positive infinity: (-25,  ).

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

24≤38m

Solution

This figure shows the inequality m is greater than or equal to 64. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 63 to 67 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality m is greater than or equal to 64 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at m equals 64, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, 64 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

−24<43n

Solution

This figure shows the inequality n is greater than negative 18. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from negative 20 to negative 16 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality n is greater than negative 18 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at n equals negative 18, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative 18 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality t−2≥8, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical inequality is shown, where the variable 't' divided by -2 is greater than or equal to 8. It reads: t/-2 '>= 8'.
Multiply both sides of the inequality by −2.
Since −2<0, the inequality reverses.
An algebraic inequality is displayed, showing -2 multiplied by the fraction t/-2, which is less than or equal to -2 multiplied by 8.
Simplify. The mathematical inequality 't ' is displayed, followed by the less than or equal to symbol, and then the number -16.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line representing the inequality x <= -16, with a dark blue ray extending left from -16 and including -16, marked by a closed bracket.
Write the solution in interval notation. The mathematical notation '(-∞, -16]' is displayed on a white background, representing an interval from negative infinity up to and including -16.

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

k−12≤15

Solution

This figure shows the inequality k is greater than or equal to negative 180. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from negative 181 to negative 177 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality k is greater than or equal to negative 180 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at n equals negative 180, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, negative 180 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

u−4≥−16

Solution

This figure shows the inequality u is less than or equal to 64. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 62 to 66 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality u is less than or equal to 64 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at u equals 64, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma 64, bracket.

Solve Inequalities That Require Simplification

Most inequalities will take more than one step to solve. We follow the same steps we used in the general strategy for solving linear equations, but be sure to pay close attention during multiplication or division.

Solve the inequality 4m≤9m+17, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical inequality problem showing 4m is less than or equal to 9m + 17, written in black text on a white background. This is a common algebra problem.
Subtract 9m from both sides to collect the variables on the left. A mathematical inequality shows '4m minus 9m is less than or equal to 9m minus 9m plus 17'.
Simplify. A mathematical inequality is displayed on a white background, which reads '-5m ××<= 17'.
Divide both sides of the inequality by −5, and reverse the inequality. A mathematical inequality shows -5m divided by -5 is greater than or equal to 17 divided by -5, indicating a step in solving for m.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the inequality m is greater than or equal to negative seventeen-fifths.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line graph showing the interval [-17/5, infinity), with a closed bracket at -17/5 and a shaded arrow extending to the right.
Write the solution in interval notation. The mathematical interval [-17/5, ∞), denoting all real numbers greater than or equal to -17/5 up to positive infinity. The square bracket indicates inclusion of -17/5, while the parenthesis signifies that infinity is not included.

Solve the inequality 3q ≥ 7q − 23, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows the inequality q is less than or equal to 23/4. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 4 to 8 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality q is less than or equal to 23/4 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at q equals 23/4 (written in), and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma 23/4, bracket.

Solve the inequality 6x<10x+19, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows the inequality x is greater than negative 19/4. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from negative 7 to negative 3, with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than negative 19/4 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 19/4 (written in), and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative 19/4 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality 8p+3(p−12)>7p−28, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

Simplify each side as much as possible. 8p+3(p−12)>7p−28
Distribute. 8p+3p−36>7p−28
Combine like terms. 11p−36>7p−28
Subtract 7p from both sides to collect the variables on the left. 11p−36−7p>7p−28−7p
Simplify. 4p−36>−28
Add 36 to both sides to collect the constants on the right. 4p−36+36>−28+36
Simplify. 4p>8
Divide both sides of the inequality by 4; the inequality stays the same. 4p4>84
Simplify. p>2
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line illustrates the inequality x > 2, represented by an open circle at 2 and a shaded line extending to the right, indicating all values greater than 2.
Write the solution in interal notation. (2,∞)

Solve the inequality 9y+2(y+6)>5y−24, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows the inequality y is greater than negative 6. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from negative 7 to negative 3 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality y is greater than negative 6 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at y equals negative 6, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative 6 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality 6u+8(u−1)>10u+32, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows the inequality u is greater than 10. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 9 to 13 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality u is greater than 10 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at u equals 10, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, 10 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Just like some equations are identities and some are contradictions, inequalities may be identities or contradictions, too. We recognize these forms when we are left with only constants as we solve the inequality. If the result is a true statement, we have an identity. If the result is a false statement, we have a contradiction.

Solve the inequality 8x−2(5−x)<4(x+9)+6x, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

Simplify each side as much as possible. 8x−2(5−x)<4(x+9)+6x
Distribute. 8x−10+2x<4x+36+6x
Combine like terms. 10x−10<10x+36
Subtract 10x from both sides to collect the variables on the left. 10x−10−10x<10x+36−10x
Simplify. −10<36
The x’s are gone, and we have a true statement. The inequality is an identity.
The solution is all real numbers.
Graph the solution on the number line. A number line displaying integers from -1 to 2, with arrows indicating it extends infinitely.
Write the solution in interval notation. (−∞,∞)

Solve the inequality 4b−3(3−b)>5(b−6)+2b, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows an inequality that is an identity. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. The identity is graphed on the number line, with a dark line extending in both directions. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality 9h−7(2−h)<8(h+11)+8h, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows an inequality that is an identity. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. The identity is graphed on the number line, with a dark line extending in both directions. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve the inequality 13a−18a>524a​+34, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the inequality (1/3)a - (1/8)a > (5/24)a + 3/4.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 24, to clear the fractions. A mathematical inequality shows 24 multiplied by the difference of one-third a and one-eighth a, which is greater than 24 multiplied by the sum of five twenty-fourths a and three-fourths.
Simplify. A mathematical inequality is shown, which reads '8a - 3a > 5a + 18'. This simplifies to '5a > 5a + 18', and further to '0 > 18', indicating that the inequality has no solution.
Combine like terms. The image displays the mathematical inequality '5a > 5a + 18' in black text against a white background.
Subtract 5a from both sides to collect the variables on the left. A mathematical inequality, 5a - 5a > 5a - 5a + 18, which simplifies to 0 > 18. This represents a false statement, as zero is not greater than eighteen.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematically false statement '0 > 18'.
The statement is false! The inequality is a contradiction.
There is no solution.
Graph the solution on the number line. A horizontal number line displays integers -1, 0, 1, and 2 with arrows indicating it extends infinitely in both positive and negative directions.
Write the solution in interval notation. There is no solution.

Solve the inequality 14x−112x>16x+78, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows an inequality that is a contradiction. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. No inequality is graphed on the number line. Below the number line is the statement: “No solution.”

Solve the inequality 25z−13z<115z​+35, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

Solution

This figure shows an inequality that is a contradiction. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. No inequality is graphed on the number line. Below the number line is the statement: “No solution.”

Translate to an Inequality and Solve

To translate English sentences into inequalities, we need to recognize the phrases that indicate the inequality. Some words are easy, like ‘more than’ and ‘less than’. But others are not as obvious.

Think about the phrase ‘at least’ – what does it mean to be ‘at least 21 years old’? It means 21 or more. The phrase ‘at least’ is the same as ‘greater than or equal to’.

Table 17 shows some common phrases that indicate inequalities.

> ≥ < ≤
is greater than is greater than or equal to is less than is less than or equal to
is more than is at least is smaller than is at most
is larger than is no less than has fewer than is no more than
exceeds is the minimum is lower than is the maximum

Translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Twelve times c is no more than 96.

Solution

Solution

Translate. The image shows how the phrase 'Twelve times c is no more than 96' translates into the mathematical inequality '12c <= 96'. The phrase 'is no more than' is highlighted as corresponding to the '<=' symbol.
Solve—divide both sides by 12. A mathematical inequality showing '12c divided by 12 is less than or equal to 96 divided by 12', which simplifies to 'c is less than or equal to 8'.
Simplify. A mathematical inequality displaying 'c less than or equal to 8'.
Write in interval notation. A mathematical interval notation is displayed on a white background, showing the set of numbers from negative infinity up to and including eight, written as '(-∞, 8]'.
Graph on the number line. A number line from -10 to 10 shows a dark blue shaded region indicating the inequality x < 8. A thick line with an arrow points left from 8, covering all numbers less than 8.

Translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Twenty times y is at most 100

Solution

This figure shows the inequality 20y is less than or equal to 100, and then its solution: y is less than or equal to 5. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 4 to 8 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality y is less than or equal to 5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at y equals 5, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity comma 5, bracket.

Translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Nine times z is no less than 135

Solution

This figure shows the inequality 9z is greater than or equal to 135, and then its solution: z is greater than or equal to 15. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 14 to 18 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality z is greater than or equal to 15 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at z equals 15, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, 15 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Thirty less than x is at least 45.

Solution

Solution

Translate. The image shows the phrase 'Thirty less than x is at least 45.' and its corresponding algebraic inequality 'x - 30 '>= ' 45'.
Solve—add 30 to both sides. An algebraic inequality is displayed: x minus 30 plus 30 is greater than or equal to 45 plus 30. The second 30 on the left and the 30 on the right are highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical inequality x '>=' 75, indicating that the variable x is greater than or equal to 75.
Write in interval notation. A mathematical interval notation is displayed, showing a closed bracket before '75' and an open parenthesis before the infinity symbol, representing the interval [75, oo).
Graph on the number line. Number line showing values greater than or equal to 75. A dark blue arrow starts at 75 and points right, with tick marks for 74, 75, 76, and 77.

Translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Nineteen less than p is no less than 47

Solution

This figure shows the inequality p minus 19 is greater than or equal to 47, and then its solution: p is greater than or equal to 66. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 65 to 69 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality p is greater than or equal to 66 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at p equals 66, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as bracket, 66 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Four more than a is at most 15.

Solution

This figure shows the inequality a plus 4 is less than or equal to 15, and then its solution: a is less than or equal to 11. Below this inequality is a number line ranging from 10 to 14 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality a is less than or equal to 11 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at a equals 11, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. The inequality is also written in interval notation as parenthesis, negative infinity 11, bracket.

Key Concepts

  • Subtraction Property of Inequality
    For any numbers a, b, and c,
    if a<b then a−c<b−c and
    if a>b then a−c>b−c.
  • Addition Property of Inequality
    For any numbers a, b, and c,
    if a<b then a+c<b+c and
    if a>b then a+c>b+c.
  • Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality
    For any numbers a, b, and c,
    if a<b and c>0, then ac<bc and ac>bc.
    if a>b and c>0, then ac>bc and ac>bc.
    if a<b and c<0, then ac>bc and ac>bc.
    if a>b and c<0, then ac<bc and ac<bc.
  • When we divide or multiply an inequality by a:
    • positive number, the inequality stays the same.
    • negative number, the inequality reverses.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Graph Inequalities on the Number Line

In the following exercises, graph each inequality on the number line.


ⓐ x≤−2
ⓑ x>−1ⓒ x<0

ⓐ x>1ⓑ x<−2
ⓒ x≥−3

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 1, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than negative 2 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 2, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to negative 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 3, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.


ⓐ x≥−3ⓑ x<4ⓒ x≤−2


ⓐ x≤0ⓑ x>−4ⓒ x≥−1

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to 0 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 0, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than negative 4 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 4, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to negative 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 1, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

In the following exercises, graph each inequality on the number line and write in interval notation.


ⓐ x<−2ⓑ x≥−3.5ⓒ x≤23


ⓐ x>3ⓑ x≤−0.5ⓒ x≥13

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 3, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthsis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, 3 comma infinity, parenthesis.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to negative 0.5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 0.5, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 0.5, bracket.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 1/3 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 1/3 (written in), and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 1/3 comma infinity, parenthesis.


ⓐ x≥−4ⓑ x<2.5ⓒ x>−32


ⓐ x≤5ⓑ x≥−1.5ⓒ x<−73

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line with tick marks. The inequality x is less than or equal to 5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 5, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 5, bracket.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to negative 1.5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 1.5, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, negative 1.5 comma infinity, parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than negative 7/3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 7/3 (written in), and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthsis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 7/3, parenthesis.

Solve Inequalities using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Inequality

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

n−11<33

m−45≤62

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: m is less than or equal to 107. Below this is a number line ranging from 105 to 109 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to 107 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 107, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 107, bracket.

u+25>21

v+12>3

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: v is greater than negative 9. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 11 to negative 7 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than negative 9 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 9, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative 9 comma infinity, parenthesis.

a+34≥710

b+78≥16

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: b is greater than or equal to negative 17/24. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality b is greater than or equal to negative 17/24 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at b equals negative 17/24 (written in), and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, negative 17/24 comma infinity, parenthesis.

f−1320<−512

g−1112<−518

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: g is less than 23/26. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality g is less than 23/26 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at g equals 23/26 (written in), and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 23/26, parenthesis.

Solve Inequalities using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

8x>72

6y<48

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: y is less than 8. Below this is a number line ranging from 6 to 10 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality y is less than 8 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at y equals 8, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 8, parenthesis.

7r≤56

9s≥81

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: s is greater than or equal to 9. Below this is a number line ranging from 7 to 11 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality s is greater than or equal to 9 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at s equals 9, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 9 comma infinity, parenthesis.

−5u≥65

−8v≤96

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: v is greater than or equal to negative 12. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 14 to negative 10 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality v is greater than or equal to negative 12 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at v equals negative 12, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, negative 12 comma infinity, parenthesis.

−9c<126

−7d>105

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: d is less than negative 15. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 17 to negative 13 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality d is less than negative 15 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at d equals negative 15, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 15, parenthesis.

20>25h

40<58k

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: k is greater than 64. Below this is a number line ranging from 62 to 66 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality k is greater than 64 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at k equals 64, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 64, parenthesis.

76j≥42

94g≤36

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: g is less than or equal to 16. Below this is a number line ranging from 14 to 18 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality g is less than or equal to 16 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at g equals 16, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 16, bracket.

a−3≤9

b−10≥30

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: b is less than or equal to negative 300. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 302 to negative 298 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality b is less than or equal to negative 300 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at b equals negative 300, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 300, bracket.

−25<p−5

−18>q−6

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: q is greater than 108. Below this is a number line ranging from 106 to 110 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality q is greater than 108 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at q equals 108, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, 108 comma infinity, parenthesis.

9t≥−27

7s<−28

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: s is less than negative 4. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 6 to negative 2 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality s is less than negative 4 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at s equals negative 4, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 4, parenthesis.

23y>−36

35x≤−45

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: x is less than or equal to negative 75. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 77 to negative 73 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to negative 75 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 75, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 75, bracket.

Solve Inequalities That Require Simplification

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

4v≥9v−40

5u≤8u−21

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: au is greater than or equal to 7. Below this is a number line ranging from 5 to 9 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality u is greater than or equal to 7 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at u equals 7, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 7 comma infinity, parenthesis.

13q<7q−29

9p>14p−18

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: p is less than 18/5. Below this is a number line ranging from 2 to 6 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality p is less than 18/5 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at p equals 18/5 (written in), and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 18/5, parenthesis.

12x+3(x+7)>10x−24

9y+5(y+3)<4y−35

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: y is less than negative 5. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 6 to negative 2 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality y is less than negative 5 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at y equals negative 5, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 5, parenthesis.

6h−4(h−1)≤7h−11

4k−(k−2)≥7k−26

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: x is less than or equal to 7. Below this is a number line ranging from 5 to 9 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to 7 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 7, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 7, bracket.

8m−2(14−m)≥​7(m−4)+3m

6n−12(3−n)≤9(n−4)+9n

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: the inequality is an identity. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. The identity is graphed on the number line, with a dark line extending in both directions. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma infinity, parenthesis.

34b−13b<512b−12

9u+5(2u−5)≥12(u−1)+7u

Solution

At the top of this figure is the result of the inequality: the inequality is a contradiction. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. Because this is a contradiction, no inequality is graphed on the number line. Below the number line is the statement: “No solution”.

23g−12(g−14)≤16(g+42)

56a−14a>712a+23

Solution

At the top of this figure is the result of the inequality: the inequality is a contradiction. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. Because this is a contradiction, no inequality is graphed on the number line. Below the number line is the statement: “No solution”.

45h−23(h−9)≥115(2h+90)

12v+3(4v−1)≤19(v−2)+5v

Solution

At the top of this figure is the result of the inequality: the inequality is a contradiction. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. Because this is a contradiction, no inequality is graphed on the number line. Below the number line is the statement: “No solution”.

Mixed practice

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

15k≤−40

35k≥−77

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: k is greater than or equal to negative 11/5. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 4 to 0 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality k is greater than or equal to negative 11/5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at k equals negative 11/5 (written in), and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, negative 11/5 comma infinity, parenthesis.

23p−2(6−5p)>3(11p−4)

18q−4(10−3q)<5(6q−8)

Solution

At the top of this figure is the result of the inequality: the inequality is a contradiction. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. Because this is a contradiction, no inequality is graphed on the number line. Below the number line is the statement: “No solution”.

−94x≥−512

−218y≤−1528

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: y is greater than or equal to 10/49. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 1 to 3 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality y is greater than or equal to 10/49 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at y equals 10/49 (written in), and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 10/49 comma infinity, parenthesis.

c+34<−99

d+29>−61

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: d is greater than negative 90. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 92 to negative 88 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality d is greater than negative 90 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at d equals negative 90, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative 90 comma infinity, parenthesis.

m18≥−4

n13≤−6

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: n is less than or equal to negative 78. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 80 to negative 76 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality n is less than or equal to negative 78 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at n equals negative 78, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 78, bracket.

Translate to an Inequality and Solve

In the following exercises, translate and solve .Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Fourteen times d is greater than 56.

Ninety times c is less than 450.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the the inequality 90c is less than 450. Below this is the solution to the inequality: c is less than 5. Below the solution is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 5, parenthesis. Below the interval notation is a number line ranging from 3 to 7 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality c is less than 5 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at c equals 5, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis.

Eight times z is smaller than −40.

Ten times y is at most −110.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the the inequality 10y is less than or equal to negative 110. Below this is the solution to the inequality: y is less than or equal to negative 11. Below the solution is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 11, bracket. Below the interval notation is a number line ranging from negative 13 to negative 9 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality y is less than or equal to negative 11 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at y equals negative 11, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket.

Three more than h is no less than 25.

Six more than k exceeds 25.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the the inequality k plus 6 is greater than 25. Below this is the solution to the inequality: k is greater than 19. Below the the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, 19 comma infinity, parenthesis. Below the interval notation is a number line ranging from 17 to 21 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality k is greater than 19 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at k equals 19, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.

Ten less than w is at least 39.

Twelve less than x is no less than 21.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the the inequality x minus 12 is greater than or equal to 21. Below this is the solution to the inequality: x is greater than or equal to 33. Below the solution is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 33 comma infinity, parenthesis. Below the interval notation is a number line ranging from 32 to 36 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 33 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 33, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

Negative five times r is no more than 95.

Negative two times s is lower than 56.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the the inequality negative 2s is less than 56. Below this is the solution to the inequality: s is greater than negative 28. Below the solution is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative 28 comma infinity, parenthesis. Below the interval notation is a number line ranging from negative 30 to negative 26 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality s is greater than negative 28 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at s equals negative 28, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.

Nineteen less than b is at most −22.

Fifteen less than a is at least −7.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the the inequality a minus 15 is greater than or equal to negative 7. Below this is the solution to the inequality: a is greater than or equal to 8. Below the solution is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 8 comma infinity, parenthesis. Below the interval notation is a number line ranging from 0 to 10 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality a is greater than or equal to 8 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at a equals 8, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

Everyday Math

Safety A child’s height, h, must be at least 57 inches for the child to safely ride in the front seat of a car. Write this as an inequality.

Fighter pilots The maximum height, h, of a fighter pilot is 77 inches. Write this as an inequality.

Solution

h≤77

Elevators The total weight, w, of an elevator’s passengers can be no more than 1,200 pounds. Write this as an inequality.

Shopping The number of items, n, a shopper can have in the express check-out lane is at most 8. Write this as an inequality.

Solution

n≤8

Writing Exercises

Give an example from your life using the phrase ‘at least’.

Give an example from your life using the phrase ‘at most’.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Explain why it is necessary to reverse the inequality when solving −5x>10.

Explain why it is necessary to reverse the inequality when solving n−3<12.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “graph inequalities on the number line,” “solve inequalitites using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Inequality,” “solve inequalitites using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality,” “solve inequalities that require simplification,” and “translate to an inequality and solve.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Chapter 2 Review Exercises

Solve Equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

Verify a Solution of an Equation

In the following exercises, determine whether each number is a solution to the equation.

10x−1=5x;x=15

w+2=58;w=38

Solution

no

−12n+5=8n;n=−54

6a−3=−7a,a=313

Solution

yes

Solve Equations using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the Subtraction Property of Equality.

x+7=19

y+2=−6

Solution

y=−8

a+13=53

n+3.6=5.1

Solution

n=1.5

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the Addition Property of Equality.

u−7=10

x−9=−4

Solution

x=5

c−311=911

p−4.8=14

Solution

p=18.8

In the following exercises, solve each equation.

n−12=32

y+16=−9

Solution

y=−25

f+23=4

d−3.9=8.2

Solution

d=12.1

Solve Equations That Require Simplification

In the following exercises, solve each equation.

y+8−15=−3

7x+10−6x+3=5

Solution

x=−8

6(n−1)−5n=−14

8(3p+5)−23(p−1)=35

Solution

p=−28

Translate to an Equation and Solve

In the following exercises, translate each English sentence into an algebraic equation and then solve it.

The sum of −6 and m is 25.

Four less than n is 13.

Solution

n−4=13;n=17

Translate and Solve Applications

In the following exercises, translate into an algebraic equation and solve.

Rochelle’s daughter is 11 years old. Her son is 3 years younger. How old is her son?

Tan weighs 146 pounds. Minh weighs 15 pounds more than Tan. How much does Minh weigh?

Solution

161 pounds

Peter paid $9.75 to go to the movies, which was $46.25 less than he paid to go to a concert. How much did he pay for the concert?

Elissa earned $152.84 this week, which was $21.65 more than she earned last week. How much did she earn last week?

Solution

$131.19

Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

Solve Equations Using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality

In the following exercises, solve each equation using the division and multiplication properties of equality and check the solution.

8x=72

13a=−65

Solution

a=−5

0.25p=5.25

−y=4

Solution

y=−4

n6=18

y−10=30

Solution

y=−300

36=34x

58u=1516

Solution

u=32

−18m=−72

c9=36

Solution

c=324

0.45x=6.75

1112=23y

Solution

y=118

Solve Equations That Require Simplification

In the following exercises, solve each equation requiring simplification.

5r−3r+9r=35−2

24x+8x−11x=−7−14

Solution

x=−1

1112n−56n=9−5

−9(d−2)−15=−24

Solution

d=3

Translate to an Equation and Solve

In the following exercises, translate to an equation and then solve.

143 is the product of −11 and y.

The quotient of b and 9 is −27.

Solution

b9=−27;b=−243

The sum of q and one-fourth is one.

The difference of s and one-twelfth is one fourth.

Solution

s−112=14;s=13

Translate and Solve Applications

In the following exercises, translate into an equation and solve.

Ray paid $21 for 12 tickets at the county fair. What was the price of each ticket?

Janet gets paid $24 per hour. She heard that this is 34 of what Adam is paid. How much is Adam paid per hour?

Solution

$32

Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

Solve an Equation with Constants on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the following equations with constants on both sides.

8p+7=47

10w−5=65

Solution

w=7

3x+19=−47

32=−4−9n

Solution

n=−4

Solve an Equation with Variables on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the following equations with variables on both sides.

7y=6y−13

5a+21=2a

Solution

a=−7

k=−6k−35

4x−38=3x

Solution

x=38

Solve an Equation with Variables and Constants on Both Sides

In the following exercises, solve the following equations with variables and constants on both sides.

12x−9=3x+45

5n−20=−7n−80

Solution

n=−5

4u+16=−19−u

58c−4=38c+4

Solution

c=32

Use a General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations

Solve Equations Using the General Strategy for Solving Linear Equations

In the following exercises, solve each linear equation.

6(x+6)=24

9(2p−5)=72

Solution

p=132

−(s+4)=18

8+3(n−9)=17

Solution

n=12

23−3(y−7)=8

13(6m+21)=m−7

Solution

m=−14

4(3.5y+0.25)=365

0.25(q−8)=0.1(q+7)

Solution

q=18

8(r−2)=6(r+10)

5+7(2−5x)=2(9x+1)
−(13x−57)

Solution

x=−1

(9n+5)−(3n−7)
=20−(4n−2)

2[−16+5(8k−6)]
=8(3−4k)−32

Solution

k=34

Classify Equations

In the following exercises, classify each equation as a conditional equation, an identity, or a contradiction and then state the solution.

17y−3(4−2y)=11(y−1)
+12y−1

9u+32=15(u−4)
−3(2u+21)

Solution

contradiction; no solution

−8(7m+4)=−6(8m+9)

21(c−1)−19(c+1)
=2(c−20)

Solution

identity; all real numbers

Solve Equations with Fractions and Decimals

Solve Equations with Fraction Coefficients

In the following exercises, solve each equation with fraction coefficients.

25n−110=710

13x+15x=8

Solution

x=15

34a−13=12a−56

12(k−3)=13(k+16)

Solution

k=41

3x−25=3x+48

5y−13+4=−8y+46

Solution

y=−1

Solve Equations with Decimal Coefficients

In the following exercises, solve each equation with decimal coefficients.

0.8x−0.3=0.7x+0.2

0.36u+2.55=0.41u+6.8

Solution

u=−85

0.6p−1.9=0.78p+1.7

0.7y+2.5=0.95y−9.25

Solution

y=47

Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

Use the Distance, Rate, and Time Formula

In the following exercises, solve.

Natalie drove for 712 hours at 60 miles per hour. How much distance did she travel?

Mallory is taking the bus from St. Louis to Chicago. The distance is 300 miles and the bus travels at a steady rate of 60 miles per hour. How long will the bus ride be?

Solution

5 hours

Aaron’s friend drove him from Buffalo to Cleveland. The distance is 187 miles and the trip took 2.75 hours. How fast was Aaron’s friend driving?

Link rode his bike at a steady rate of 15 miles per hour for 212 hours. How much distance did he travel?

Solution

37.5 miles

Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable

In the following exercises, solve.

Use the formula. d=rt to solve for t
ⓐ when d=510 and r=60
ⓑ in general

Use the formula. d=rt to solve for r
ⓐ when when d=451 and t=5.5
ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ r=82mph; ⓑ r=Dt

Use the formula A=12bh to solve for b
ⓐ when A=390 and h=26
ⓑ in general

Use the formula A=12bh to solve for h
ⓐ when A=153 and b=18
ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ h=17 ⓑ h=2Ab

Use the formula I=Prt to solve for the principal, P for
ⓐ I=$2,501,r=4.1%,
t=5years
ⓑ in general

Solve the formula 4x+3y=6 for y
ⓐ when x=−2
ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ y=143 ⓑ y=6−4x3

Solve 180=a+b+c for c.

Solve the formula V=LWH for H.

Solution

H=VLW

Solve Linear Inequalities

Graph Inequalities on the Number Line

In the following exercises, graph each inequality on the number line.


ⓐ x≤4
ⓑ x>−2
ⓒ x<1


ⓐ x>0
ⓑ x<−3
ⓒ x≥−1

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 0 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 0, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than negative 3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals negative 3, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 1 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 1, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

In the following exercises, graph each inequality on the number line and write in interval notation.


ⓐ x<−1
ⓑ x≥−2.5
ⓒ x≤54


ⓐ x>2
ⓑ x≤−1.5
ⓒ x≥53

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than 2 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 2, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, 2 comma infinity, parenthesis.
  2. ⓑ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than or equal to negative 1.5 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals negative 1.5, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 1.5, bracket.
  3. ⓒ
    This figure is a number line ranging from negative 5 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is greater than or equal to 5/3 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at x equals 5/3, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 5/3 comma infinity, parenthesis.

Solve Inequalities using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Inequality

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

n−12≤23

m+14≤56

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: m is less than or equal to 42. Below this is a number line ranging from 40 to 44 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality m is less than or equal to 42 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at m equals 42, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 42, bracket

a+23≥712

b−78≥−12

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: b is greater than or equal to 3/8. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 2 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality b is greater than or equal to 3/8 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at b equals 3/8 (written in), and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 3/8 comma infinity, bracket

Solve Inequalities using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Inequality

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

9x>54

−12d≤108

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: d is greater than or equal to negative 9. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 11 to negative 7 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality d is greater than or equal to negative 9 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at d equals negative 9, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, negative 9 comma infinity, parenthesis.

56j<−60

q−2≥−24

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: q is less than or equal to 48. Below this is a number line ranging from 46 to 50 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality q is less than or equal to 48 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at q equals 48, and a dark line extending to the left of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 48, bracket.

Solve Inequalities That Require Simplification

In the following exercises, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

6p>15p−30

9h−7(h−1)≤4h−23

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: h is greater than or equal to 15. Below this is a number line ranging from 13 to 17 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality h is greater than or equal to 15 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at h equals 15, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 15 comma infinity, parenthesis.

5n−15(4−n)<10(n−6)+10n

38a−112a>512a+34

Solution

At the top of this figure is the solution to the inequality: a is less than negative 6. Below this is a number line ranging from negative 8 to negative 4 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality a is less than negative 6 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at a equals negative 6, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma negative 6, parenthesis.

Translate to an Inequality and Solve

In the following exercises, translate and solve. Then write the solution in interval notation and graph on the number line.

Five more than z is at most 19.

Three less than c is at least 360.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the inequality c minus 3 is greater than or equal to 360. To the right of this is the solution to the inequality: c is greater than or equal to 363. To the right of the solution is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, 363 comma infinity, parenthesis. Below all of this is a number line ranging from 361 to 365 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality c is greater than or equal to 363 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at c equals 363, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

Nine times n exceeds 42.

Negative two times a is no more than 8.

Solution

At the top of this figure is the inequality negative 2a is less than or equal to 8. To the right of this is the solution to the inequality: a is greater than or equal to negative 4. To the right of the solution is the solution written in interval notation: bracket, negative 4 comma infinity, parenthesis. Below all of this is a number line ranging from negative 6 to negative 2 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality a is greater than or equal to negative 4 is graphed on the number line, with an open bracket at a equals negative 4, and a dark line extending to the right of the bracket.

Everyday Math

Describe how you have used two topics from this chapter in your life outside of your math class during the past month.

Chapter 2 Practice Test

Determine whether each number is a solution to the equation 6x−3=x+20.

ⓐ 5ⓑ 235

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

In the following exercises, solve each equation.

n−23=14

92c=144

Solution

c=32

4y−8=16

−8x−15+9x−1=−21

Solution

x=−5

−15a=120

23x=6

Solution

x=9

x−3.8=8.2

10y=−5y−60

Solution

y=−4

8n−2=6n−12

9m−2−4m−m=42−8

Solution

m=9

−5(2x−1)=45

−(d−9)=23

Solution

d=−14

14(12m−28)=6−2(3m−1)

2(6x−5)−8=−22

Solution

x=−13

8(3a−5)−7(4a−3)=20−3a

14p−13=12

Solution

p=103

0.1d+0.25(d+8)=4.1

14n−3(4n+5)=−9+2(n−8)

Solution

contradiction; no solution

9(3u−2)−4[6−8(u−1)] =3(u−2)

Solve the formula x−2y=5 for y
ⓐ when x=−3
ⓑ in general

Solution

ⓐ y=4 ⓑ y=5−x2

In the following exercises, graph on the number line and write in interval notation.

x≥−3.5

x<114

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from 1 to 5 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality x is less than 11/4 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at x equals 11/4, and a dark line extending to the left of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, negative infinity comma 11/4, parenthesis.

In the following exercises,, solve each inequality, graph the solution on the number line, and write the solution in interval notation.

8k≥5k−120

3c−10(c−2)<5c+16

Solution

This figure is a number line ranging from negative 2 to 3 with tick marks for each integer. The inequality c is greater than 1/3 is graphed on the number line, with an open parenthesis at c equals 1/3, and a dark line extending to the right of the parenthesis. Below the number line is the solution: c is greater than 1/3. To the right of the solution is the solution written in interval notation: parenthesis, 1/3 comma infinity, parenthesis

In the following exercises, translate to an equation or inequality and solve.

4 less than twice x is 16.

Fifteen more than n is at least 48.

Solution

n+15≥48;n≥33

Samuel paid $25.82 for gas this week, which was $3.47 less than he paid last week. How much had he paid last week?

Jenna bought a coat on sale for $120, which was 23 of the original price. What was the original price of the coat?

Solution

120=23p; The original price was $180.

Sean took the bus from Seattle to Boise, a distance of 506 miles. If the trip took 723 hours, what was the speed of the bus?

Introduction

A photo of cars on the highway.
Sophisticated mathematical models are used to predict traffic patterns on our nation’s highways.

Mathematical formulas model phenomena in every facet of our lives. They are used to explain events and predict outcomes in fields such as transportation, business, economics, medicine, chemistry, engineering, and many more. In this chapter, we will apply our skills in solving equations to solve problems in a variety of situations.

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Approach word problems with a positive attitude
  • Use a problem-solving strategy for word problems
  • Solve number problems

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Translate “6 less than twice x” into an algebraic expression.
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

2x−6

Solve: 23x=24.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

x=36

Solve: 3x+8=14.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides.

Solution

x=2

Approach Word Problems with a Positive Attitude

“If you think you can… or think you can’t… you’re right.”—Henry Ford

The world is full of word problems! Will my income qualify me to rent that apartment? How much punch do I need to make for the party? What size diamond can I afford to buy my girlfriend? Should I fly or drive to my family reunion?

How much money do I need to fill the car with gas? How much tip should I leave at a restaurant? How many socks should I pack for vacation? What size turkey do I need to buy for Thanksgiving dinner, and then what time do I need to put it in the oven? If my sister and I buy our mother a present, how much does each of us pay?

Now that we can solve equations, we are ready to apply our new skills to word problems. Do you know anyone who has had negative experiences in the past with word problems? Have you ever had thoughts like the student below?

A student is shown with thought bubbles saying “I don’t know whether to add, subtract, multiply, or divide!,” “I don’t understand word problems!,” “My teachers never explained this!,” “If I just skip all the word problems, I can probably still pass the class,” and “I just can’t do this!”
Negative thoughts can be barriers to success.

When we feel we have no control, and continue repeating negative thoughts, we set up barriers to success. We need to calm our fears and change our negative feelings.

Start with a fresh slate and begin to think positive thoughts. If we take control and believe we can be successful, we will be able to master word problems! Read the positive thoughts in Figure 2 and say them out loud.

A student is shown with thought bubbles saying “While word problems were hard in the past, I think I can try them now,” “I am better prepared now. I think I will begin to understand word problems,” “I think I can! I think I can!,” and “It may take time, but I can begin to solve word problems.”
Thinking positive thoughts is a first step towards success.

Think of something, outside of school, that you can do now but couldn’t do 3 years ago. Is it driving a car? Snowboarding? Cooking a gourmet meal? Speaking a new language? Your past experiences with word problems happened when you were younger—now you’re older and ready to succeed!

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy for Word Problems

We have reviewed translating English phrases into algebraic expressions, using some basic mathematical vocabulary and symbols. We have also translated English sentences into algebraic equations and solved some word problems. The word problems applied math to everyday situations. We restated the situation in one sentence, assigned a variable, and then wrote an equation to solve the problem. This method works as long as the situation is familiar and the math is not too complicated.

Now, we’ll expand our strategy so we can use it to successfully solve any word problem. We’ll list the strategy here, and then we’ll use it to solve some problems. We summarize below an effective strategy for problem solving.

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy to Solve Word Problems.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
  4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the English sentence into an algebraic equation.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Pilar bought a purse on sale for $18, which is one-half of the original price. What was the original price of the purse?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Read the problem two or more times if necessary. Look up any unfamiliar words in a dictionary or on the internet.

  • In this problem, is it clear what is being discussed? Is every word familiar?

Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. Did you ever go into your bedroom to get something and then forget what you were looking for? It’s hard to find something if you are not sure what it is! Read the problem again and look for words that tell you what you are looking for!

  • In this problem, the words “what was the original price of the purse” tell us what we need to find.

Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity. We can use any letter for the variable, but choose one that makes it easy to remember what it represents.

  • Let p= the original price of the purse.

Step 4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Translate the English sentence into an algebraic equation.

Reread the problem carefully to see how the given information is related. Often, there is one sentence that gives this information, or it may help to write one sentence with all the important information. Look for clue words to help translate the sentence into algebra. Translate the sentence into an equation.

Restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. The image shows the equation '18 is one-half the original price.', with brackets indicating the different parts of the phrase to denote algebraic terms.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation displaying 18 = 1/2 * p, which can be solved for the variable p.

Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebraic techniques. Even if you know the solution right away, using good algebraic techniques here will better prepare you to solve problems that do not have obvious answers.

Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '18 = 1/2 p' against a plain white background.
Multiply both sides by 2. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the expression 2 multiplied by 18, which is set equal to 2 multiplied by one-half p, represented as 2 * 18 = 2 * (1/2)p.
Simplify. The image shows the mathematical equation '36 = p' presented in a clean, straightforward manner on a white background.

Step 6. Check the answer in the problem to make sure it makes sense. We solved the equation and found that p=36, which means “the original price” was $36.

  • Does $36 make sense in the problem? Yes, because 18 is one-half of 36, and the purse was on sale at half the original price.

Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The problem asked “What was the original price of the purse?”

  • The answer to the question is: “The original price of the purse was $36.”

If this were a homework exercise, our work might look like this:

Pilar bought a purse on sale for $18, which is one-half the original price. What was the original price of the purse?

Let p= the original price.
18 is one-half the original price.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 18 = 1/2p, where 18 is equal to one-half multiplied by the variable p.
Multiply both sides by 2. A mathematical equation showing the step of multiplying both sides by 2: '2 times 18 equals 2 times one-half p'. The number 2 is highlighted in red on both sides.
Simplify. An equation showing 36 equals p.
Check. Is $36 a reasonable price for a purse?
Yes.
Is 18 one half of 36?
18=?12⋅36
18=18✓
The original price of the purse was $36.

Joaquin bought a bookcase on sale for $120, which was two-thirds of the original price. What was the original price of the bookcase?

Solution

$180

Two-fifths of the songs in Mariel’s playlist are country. If there are 16 country songs, what is the total number of songs in the playlist?

Solution

40

Let’s try this approach with another example.

Ginny and her classmates formed a study group. The number of girls in the study group was three more than twice the number of boys. There were 11 girls in the study group. How many boys were in the study group?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. How many boys were in the study group?
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the number of boys. Let n= the number of boys.
Step 4. Translate. Restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. A word problem is shown, breaking down the sentence 'The number of girls (11) was three more than twice the number of boys' into its constituent mathematical components.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed with the numbers and variable '11 = 2b + 3' in a horizontal line, on a plain white background.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A clear image displaying the mathematical equation '11 = 2b + 3' centered on a plain white background.
Subtract 3 from each side. A mathematical equation, 11 - 3 = 2b + 3 - 3, is shown on a white background, with the '-3' terms highlighted in red on both sides of the equality.
Simplify. A simple algebraic equation is displayed, showing '8 = 2b' on a white background, representing a common problem in mathematics where one must solve for the variable 'b'.
Divide each side by 2. A mathematical equation shows '8/2 = 2b/2', with the number 2 in the denominator highlighted in red on both sides, indicating a step in solving for 'b'.
Simplify. The mathematical equation '4 = b' is displayed prominently in the center of a plain white background.
Step 6. Check. First, is our answer reasonable? Yes, having 4 boys in a study group seems OK. The problem says the number of girls was 3 more than twice the number of boys. If there are four boys, does that make eleven girls? Twice 4 boys is 8. Three more than 8 is 11.
Step 7. Answer the question. There were 4 boys in the study group.

Guillermo bought textbooks and notebooks at the bookstore. The number of textbooks was 3 more than twice the number of notebooks. He bought 7 textbooks. How many notebooks did he buy?

Solution

2

Gerry worked Sudoku puzzles and crossword puzzles this week. The number of Sudoku puzzles he completed is eight more than twice the number of crossword puzzles. He completed 22 Sudoku puzzles. How many crossword puzzles did he do?

Solution

7

Solve Number Problems

Now that we have a problem solving strategy, we will use it on several different types of word problems. The first type we will work on is “number problems.” Number problems give some clues about one or more numbers. We use these clues to write an equation. Number problems don’t usually arise on an everyday basis, but they provide a good introduction to practicing the problem solving strategy outlined above.

The difference of a number and six is 13. Find the number.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Are all the words familiar?
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the number
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the number. Let n= the number.
Step 4. Translate. Remember to look for clue words like "difference... of... and..."
Restate the problem as one sentence. A mathematical word problem states: The difference of the number and 6 is 13. Light blue brackets underline 'The difference of the number and 6', 'is', and '13' to segment the sentence.
Translate into an equation. A simple algebraic equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 'n - 6 = 13'.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'n - 6 = 13' in black text.
Simplify. The number 19 is shown in the top right corner of a white background, preceded by 'n =', indicating a count or sample size.
Step 6. Check.
The difference of 19 and 6 is 13. It checks!
Step 7. Answer the question. The number is 19.

The difference of a number and eight is 17. Find the number.

Solution

25

The difference of a number and eleven is −7. Find the number.

Solution

4

The sum of twice a number and seven is 15. Find the number.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the number
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the number. Let n= the number.
Step 4. Translate.
Restate the problem as one sentence. A mathematical statement reads: 'The sum of twice a number and 7 is 15'. Brackets below the text segment 'The sum of twice a number and 7' and below 'is' and '15' highlight their roles in forming an equation.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image displays the algebraic equation '2n + 7 = 15' centered on a white background, representing a linear equation in one variable.
Subtract 7 from each side and simplify. A simple algebraic equation is displayed, reading '2n = 8' against a plain white background, indicating a basic problem to solve for the variable 'n'.
Divide each side by 2 and simplify. The image features the text 'n = 4' in the upper right corner against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check.
Is the sum of twice 4 and 7 equal to 15?
2⋅4+7≟1515=15✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The number is 4.

Did you notice that we left out some of the steps as we solved this equation? If you’re not yet ready to leave out these steps, write down as many as you need.

The sum of four times a number and two is 14. Find the number.

Solution

3

The sum of three times a number and seven is 25. Find the number.

Solution

6

Some number word problems ask us to find two or more numbers. It may be tempting to name them all with different variables, but so far we have only solved equations with one variable. In order to avoid using more than one variable, we will define the numbers in terms of the same variable. Be sure to read the problem carefully to discover how all the numbers relate to each other.

One number is five more than another. The sum of the numbers is 21. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for two numbers.
Step 3. Name. We have two numbers to name and need a name for each.
Choose a variable to represent the first number. Let n=1st number.
What do we know about the second number? One number is five more than another.
n+5=2nd number
Step 4. Translate. Restate the problem as one sentence with all the important information. The sum of the 1st number and the 2nd number is 21.
Translate into an equation. An equation displays '1st number + 2nd number = 21', with light blue brackets segmenting each component of the expression.
Substitute the variable expressions. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 'n + n + 5 = 21'.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: n + n + 5 = 21. The variables and numbers are in black text, solving for 'n'.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation '2n + 5 = 21' is displayed on a white background.
Subtract 5 from both sides and simplify. A simple algebraic equation is displayed on a white background, showing '2n = 16' in a dark, legible font. This equation can be solved by dividing both sides by 2, which yields n=8.
Divide by 2 and simplify. The text 'n = 8 1st number' is displayed on a white background, suggesting a mathematical or sequential enumeration context.
Find the second number, too. The image shows the mathematical expression 'n + 5' followed by the text '2nd number', suggesting a mathematical sequence or a problem's second term.
The image displays the arithmetic expression '8 + 5' with the number 8 in red and the plus sign and number 5 in black, all against a plain white background.
The number 13 is prominently displayed in the center of a plain white background.
Step 6. Check.
Do these numbers check in the problem?
Is one number 5 more than the other? 13≟8+5
Is thirteen 5 more than 8? Yes. 13=13✓
Is the sum of the two numbers 21? 8+13≟21
21=21✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are 8 and 13.

One number is six more than another. The sum of the numbers is twenty-four. Find the numbers.

Solution

9, 15

The sum of two numbers is fifty-eight. One number is four more than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

27, 31

The sum of two numbers is negative fourteen. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for two numbers.
Step 3. Name.
Choose a variable. Let n=1st number.
One number is 4 less than the other. n−4=2nd number
Step 4. Translate.
Write as one sentence. The sum of the 2 numbers is negative 14.
Translate into an equation. An image displaying a mathematical statement: '1st number + 2nd number is negative fourteen', with individual parts underlined in light blue brackets.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image shows the algebraic equation n + n - 4 = -14.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: n + n - 4 = -14.
Add 4 to each side and simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, which reads '2n - 4 = -14'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation reads '2n = -10' presented on a plain white background, likely a problem from algebra or basic math.
The image shows mathematical notation and text against a white background. It displays 'n = -.5 1*number'.
An algebraic expression 'n - 4' is displayed next to the text '2nd number' on a white background.
The image displays a mathematical expression '-5-4' in red and black numerals on a white background, representing a simple subtraction problem.
The number -9 is displayed centered on a white background.
Step 6. Check.
Is −9 four less than −5? −5−4≟−9
−9=−9✓
Is their sum −14? −5+(−9)≟−14
−14=−14✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are −5 and −9.

The sum of two numbers is negative twenty-three. One number is seven less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

−15,−8

The sum of two numbers is −18. One number is 40 more than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

−29,11

One number is ten more than twice another. Their sum is one. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for two numbers.
Step 3. Name.
Choose a variable. Let x=1st number.
One number is 10 more than twice another. 2x+10=2nd number
Step 4. Translate.
Restate as one sentence. Their sum is one.
The sum of the two numbers is 1.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 'x + 2x + 10 = 1'. The equation shows variables and constants combined with addition and an equality sign.
Step 5. Solve the equation.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'x + 2x + 10 = 1' in a horizontal layout on a white background.
Subtract 10 from each side. The image displays a mathematical equation: '3x + 10 = 1'. This is an algebraic linear equation where 'x' is the unknown variable, shown in a clean, straightforward white background.
Divide each side by 3. A simple algebraic equation is displayed, stating '3x = -9' in a clear, dark font against a plain white background.
The image displays mathematical text with 'x = -3' and '1st number' written on a white background, suggesting an equation or a label for a numerical value.
The image displays the algebraic expression '2x + 10' followed by '2nd number' in a simple, clear font on a white background.
A mathematical expression '2(-3) + 10' is shown in black text on a white background, representing a calculation involving multiplication and addition with a negative number.
The number 4 is displayed.
Step 6. Check.
Is ten more than twice −3 equal to 4? 2(−3)+10≟4
−6+10≟4
4=4✓
Is their sum 1? −3+4≟1
1=1✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are −3 and 4.

One number is eight more than twice another. Their sum is negative four. Find the numbers.

Solution

−4,0

One number is three more than three times another. Their sum is −5. Find the numbers.

Solution

−3,−2

Some number problems involve consecutive integers. Consecutive integers are integers that immediately follow each other. Examples of consecutive integers are:

1,2,3,4−10,−9,−8,−7150,151,152,153

Notice that each number is one more than the number preceding it. So if we define the first integer as n, the next consecutive integer is n+1. The one after that is one more than n+1, so it is n+1+1, which is n+2.

n1stintegern+12ndconsecutive integern+23rdconsecutive integer . . . etc.

The sum of two consecutive integers is 47. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. two consecutive integers
Step 3. Name each number. Let n=1st integer.
n+1= next consecutive integer
Step 4. Translate.
Restate as one sentence. The sum of the integers is 47.
Translate into an equation. A basic algebraic equation is displayed, reading 'n + n + 1 = 47'. The equation is set against a plain white background, presenting a simple problem for solving for the variable 'n'.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image displays a mathematical equation written in black text on a white background: n + n + 1 = 47.
Combine like terms. The image shows the mathematical equation 2n + 1 = 47, presented in a clear, sans-serif font against a plain white background.
Subtract 1 from each side. A mathematical equation shows '2n = 46' in black text against a white background.
Divide each side by 2. The image shows the mathematical expression 'n = 23 1st integer' on a white background.
The text shows the mathematical expression 'n + 1' followed by the phrase 'next consecutive integer', indicating that n + 1 represents the integer that immediately follows n.
The numbers '23 + 1' are visible on a white background, representing a simple addition problem.
The number 24 is prominently displayed in black text on a clean white background.
Step 6. Check.
23+24≟4747=47✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The two consecutive integers are 23 and 24.

The sum of two consecutive integers is 95. Find the numbers.

Solution

47, 48

The sum of two consecutive integers is −31. Find the numbers.

Solution

−16,−15

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −42.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. three consecutive integers
Step 3. Name each of the three numbers. Let n=1st integer.
n+1= 2nd consecutive integer
n+2= 3rd consecutive integer
Step 4. Translate.
Restate as one sentence. The sum of the three integers is −42.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 'n + n + 1 + n + 2 = -42'. This equation simplifies to 3n + 3 = -42, which can be solved for n.
Step 5. Solve the equation. An algebraic equation is shown where n + n + 1 + n + 2 equals -42. This equation simplifies to 3n + 3 = -42, which further simplifies to 3n = -45, meaning n = -15.
Combine like terms. A linear algebraic equation is shown, displaying '3n + 3 = -42' in black text on a white background, representing a problem to solve for the variable 'n'.
Subtract 3 from each side. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '3n = -45' against a white background.
Divide each side by 3. The image shows the text 'n = -15 1st integer' on a white background.

The image displays the mathematical expression 'n+1' followed by the text '2nd integer' on a white background, suggesting a label or definition related to integer sequences or properties.
The mathematical expression -15 + 1 is displayed on a white background, with '-15' in red and '+1' in black, suggesting a simple arithmetic problem.
The image displays the fraction '-1/4' in black text on a plain white background, appearing as if written or printed directly on the surface.

The text on a white background says 'n+2 3rd integer'.
The image displays a simple arithmetic problem, showing the expression '-15 + 2' in a clear, digital font against a white background.
The number -13 is prominently displayed in a neutral gray font against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check.
−13+(−14)+(−15)≟−42−42=−42✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The three consecutive integers are −13, −14, and −15.

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −96.

Solution

−33,−32,−31

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −36.

Solution

−13,−12,−11

Now that we have worked with consecutive integers, we will expand our work to include consecutive even integers and consecutive odd integers. Consecutive even integers are even integers that immediately follow one another. Examples of consecutive even integers are:

18,20,2264,66,68−12,−10,−8

Notice each integer is 2 more than the number preceding it. If we call the first one n, then the next one is n+2. The next one would be n+2+2 or n+4.

n1steven integern+22ndconsecutive even integern+43rdconsecutive even integer . . . etc.

Consecutive odd integers are odd integers that immediately follow one another. Consider the consecutive odd integers 77, 79, and 81.

77,79,81n,n+2,n+4
n1stodd integern+22ndconsecutive odd integern+43rdconsecutive odd integer . . . etc.

Does it seem strange to add 2 (an even number) to get from one odd integer to the next? Do you get an odd number or an even number when we add 2 to 3? to 11? to 47?

Whether the problem asks for consecutive even numbers or odd numbers, you don’t have to do anything different. The pattern is still the same—to get from one odd or one even integer to the next, add 2.

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is 84.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution for finding three consecutive even integers whose sum is 84, illustrating the process from problem understanding to final answer.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. three consecutive even integers
Step 3. Name the integers. Let n=1st even integer.
n+2=2nd consecutive even integer
n+4=3rd consecutive even integer
Step 4. Translate.
Restate as one sentence. The sume of the three even integers is 84.
Translate into an equation. n+n+2+n+4=84
Step 5. Solve the equation.
Combine like terms. n+n+2+n+4=84
Subtract 6 from each side. 3n+6=84
Divide each side by 3. 3n=78
n=26 1stinteger n+2 2ndinteger 26+2 28 n+4 3rdinteger 26+4 30
Step 6. Check.
26+28+30=?84 84=84✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The three consecutive integers are 26, 28, and 30.

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is 102.

Solution

32, 34, 36

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is −24.

Solution

−10,−8,−6

A married couple together earns $110,000 a year. The wife earns $16,000 less than twice what her husband earns. What does the husband earn?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. How much does the husband earn?
Step 3. Name.
Choose a variable to represent the amount
the husband earns.
Let h= the amount the husband earns.
The wife earns $16,000 less than twice that. 2h−16,000 the amount the wife earns.
Step 4. Translate. Together the husband and wife earn $110,000.
Restate the problem in one sentence with
all the important information.
A visual representation of a couple's combined income, stating 'The amount the husband earns plus the amount the wife earns is $110,000.'
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed horizontally on a white background: h + 2h - 16,000 = 110,000.
Step 5. Solve the equation. h + 2h − 16,000 = 110,000
Combine like terms. 3h − 16,000 = 110,000
Add 16,000 to both sides and simplify. 3h = 126,000
Divide each side by 3. h = 42,000
$42,000 amount husband earns
2h − 16,000 amount wife earns
2(42,000) − 16,000
84,000 − 16,000
68,000
Step 6. Check.
If the wife earns $68,000 and the husband earns $42,000 is the total $110,000? Yes!
Step 7. Answer the question. The husband earns $42,000 a year.

According to the National Automobile Dealers Association, the average cost of a car in 2014 was $28,500. This was $1,500 less than 6 times the cost in 1975. What was the average cost of a car in 1975?

Solution

$5,000

U.S. Census data shows that the median price of new home in the United States in November 2014 was $280,900. This was $10,700 more than 14 times the price in November 1964. What was the median price of a new home in November 1964?

Solution

$19,300

Key Concepts

  • Problem-Solving Strategy
    1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the English sentence into an algebra equation.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.
  • Consecutive Integers
    Consecutive integers are integers that immediately follow each other.
    n1stintegern+12ndinteger consecutive integern+23rdconsecutive integer . . . etc.

    Consecutive even integers are even integers that immediately follow one another.
    n1stintegern+22ndinteger consecutive integern+43rdconsecutive integer . . . etc.

    Consecutive odd integers are odd integers that immediately follow one another.
    n1stintegern+22ndinteger consecutive integern+43rdconsecutive integer . . . etc.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use the Approach Word Problems with a Positive Attitude

In the following exercises, prepare the lists described.

List five positive thoughts you can say to yourself that will help you approach word problems with a positive attitude. You may want to copy them on a sheet of paper and put it in the front of your notebook, where you can read them often.

Solution

Answers will vary

List five negative thoughts that you have said to yourself in the past that will hinder your progress on word problems. You may want to write each one on a small piece of paper and rip it up to symbolically destroy the negative thoughts.

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy for Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve using the problem solving strategy for word problems. Remember to write a complete sentence to answer each question.

Two-thirds of the children in the fourth-grade class are girls. If there are 20 girls, what is the total number of children in the class?

Solution

30

Three-fifths of the members of the school choir are women. If there are 24 women, what is the total number of choir members?

Zachary has 25 country music CDs, which is one-fifth of his CD collection. How many CDs does Zachary have?

Solution

125

One-fourth of the candies in a bag of M&M’s are red. If there are 23 red candies, how many candies are in the bag?

There are 16 girls in a school club. The number of girls is four more than twice the number of boys. Find the number of boys.

Solution

6

There are 18 Cub Scouts in Pack 645. The number of scouts is three more than five times the number of adult leaders. Find the number of adult leaders.

Huong is organizing paperback and hardback books for her club’s used book sale. The number of paperbacks is 12 less than three times the number of hardbacks. Huong had 162 paperbacks. How many hardback books were there?

Solution

58

Jeff is lining up children’s and adult bicycles at the bike shop where he works. The number of children’s bicycles is nine less than three times the number of adult bicycles. There are 42 adult bicycles. How many children’s bicycles are there?

Philip pays $1,620 in rent every month. This amount is $120 more than twice what his brother Paul pays for rent. How much does Paul pay for rent?

Solution

$750

Marc just bought an SUV for $54,000. This is $7,400 less than twice what his wife paid for her car last year. How much did his wife pay for her car?

Laurie has $46,000 invested in stocks and bonds. The amount invested in stocks is $8,000 less than three times the amount invested in bonds. How much does Laurie have invested in bonds?

Solution

$13,500

Erica earned a total of $50,450 last year from her two jobs. The amount she earned from her job at the store was $1,250 more than three times the amount she earned from her job at the college. How much did she earn from her job at the college?

Solve Number Problems

In the following exercises, solve each number word problem.

The sum of a number and eight is 12. Find the number.

Solution

4

The sum of a number and nine is 17. Find the number.

The difference of a number and 12 is three. Find the number.

Solution

15

The difference of a number and eight is four. Find the number.

The sum of three times a number and eight is 23. Find the number.

Solution

5

The sum of twice a number and six is 14. Find the number.

The difference of twice a number and seven is 17. Find the number.

Solution

12

The difference of four times a number and seven is 21. Find the number.

Three times the sum of a number and nine is 12. Find the number.

Solution

−5

Six times the sum of a number and eight is 30. Find the number.

One number is six more than the other. Their sum is 42. Find the numbers.

Solution

18, 24

One number is five more than the other. Their sum is 33. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is 20. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

8, 12

The sum of two numbers is 27. One number is seven less than the other. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is −45. One number is nine more than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

−18,−27

The sum of two numbers is −61. One number is 35 more than the other. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is −316. One number is 94 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

−111,−205

The sum of two numbers is −284. One number is 62 less than the other. Find the numbers.

One number is 14 less than another. If their sum is increased by seven, the result is 85. Find the numbers.

Solution

32, 46

One number is 11 less than another. If their sum is increased by eight, the result is 71. Find the numbers.

One number is five more than another. If their sum is increased by nine, the result is 60. Find the numbers.

Solution

23, 28

One number is eight more than another. If their sum is increased by 17, the result is 95. Find the numbers.

One number is one more than twice another. Their sum is −5. Find the numbers.

Solution

−2,−3

One number is six more than five times another. Their sum is six. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is 14. One number is two less than three times the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

4, 10

The sum of two numbers is zero. One number is nine less than twice the other. Find the numbers.

The sum of two consecutive integers is 77. Find the integers.

Solution

38, 39

The sum of two consecutive integers is 89. Find the integers.

The sum of two consecutive integers is −23. Find the integers.

Solution

−11,−12

The sum of two consecutive integers is −37. Find the integers.

The sum of three consecutive integers is 78. Find the integers.

Solution

25, 26, 27

The sum of three consecutive integers is 60. Find the integers.

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −36.

Solution

−11,−12,−13

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −3.

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is 258.

Solution

84, 86, 88

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is 222.

Find three consecutive odd integers whose sum is 171.

Solution

55, 57, 59

Find three consecutive odd integers whose sum is 291.

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is −36.

Solution

−10,−12,−14

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is −84.

Find three consecutive odd integers whose sum is −213.

Solution

−69,−71,−73

Find three consecutive odd integers whose sum is −267.

Everyday Math

Sale Price Patty paid $35 for a purse on sale for $10 off the original price. What was the original price of the purse?

Solution

$45

Sale Price Travis bought a pair of boots on sale for $25 off the original price. He paid $60 for the boots. What was the original price of the boots?

Buying in Bulk Minh spent $6.25 on five sticker books to give his nephews. Find the cost of each sticker book.

Solution

$1.25

Buying in Bulk Alicia bought a package of eight peaches for $3.20. Find the cost of each peach.

Price before Sales Tax Tom paid $1,166.40 for a new refrigerator, including $86.40 tax. What was the price of the refrigerator?

Solution

$1080

Price before Sales Tax Kenji paid $2,279 for a new living room set, including $129 tax. What was the price of the living room set?

Writing Exercises

What has been your past experience solving word problems?

Solution

answers will vary

When you start to solve a word problem, how do you decide what to let the variable represent?

What are consecutive odd integers? Name three consecutive odd integers between 50 and 60.

Solution

Consecutive odd integers are odd numbers that immediately follow each other. An example of three consecutive odd integers between 50 and 60 would be 51, 53, and 55.

What are consecutive even integers? Name three consecutive even integers between −50 and −40.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “approach word problems with a positive attitude,” use a problem solving strategy for word problems,” and “solve number problems.” The rest of the cells are blank

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved your goals in this section! Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific!

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly as topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. Math is sequential—every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no—I don’t get it! This is critical and you must not ignore it. You need to get help immediately or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as possible to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

Solve Percent Applications

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Translate and solve basic percent equations
  • Solve percent applications
  • Find percent increase and percent decrease
  • Solve simple interest applications
  • Solve applications with discount or mark-up

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Convert 4.5% to a decimal.
If you missed this problem, review Example 16 in Decimals.

Solution

0.045

Convert 0.6 to a percent.
If you missed this problem, review Example 17 in Decimals.

Solution

60%

Round 0.875 to the nearest hundredth.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Decimals.

Solution

0.88

Multiply (4.5)(2.38).
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Decimals.

Solution

10.71

Solve 3.5=0.7n.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

n=5

Subtract 50−37.45.
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

12.55

Translate and Solve Basic Percent Equations

We will solve percent equations using the methods we used to solve equations with fractions or decimals. Without the tools of algebra, the best method available to solve percent problems was by setting them up as proportions. Now as an algebra student, you can just translate English sentences into algebraic equations and then solve the equations.

We can use any letter you like as a variable, but it is a good idea to choose a letter that will remind us of what you are looking for. We must be sure to change the given percent to a decimal when we put it in the equation.

Translate and solve: What number is 35% of 90?

Solution

Solution

A mathematical problem asking 'What number is 35% of 90?' with light blue brackets underlining different parts of the question to highlight them.
Translate into algebra. Let n= the number. A mathematical equation shows 'n = 0.35 . 90' displayed on a white background, representing a calculation where 'n' is the product of 0.35 and 90.
Remember "of" means multiply, "is" means equals.
Multiply. The image displays the equation 'eta = 31.5' or 'n = 31.5' in a simple, clear font against a white background.
31.5 is 35% of 90

Translate and solve:

What number is 45% of 80?

Solution

36

Translate and solve:

What number is 55% of 60?

Solution

33

We must be very careful when we translate the words in the next example. The unknown quantity will not be isolated at first, like it was in Example 1. We will again use direct translation to write the equation.

Translate and solve: 6.5% of what number is $1.17?

Solution

Solution

A mathematical word problem asks: '6.5% of what number is $1.17?' The text is written in black on a white background, with light blue brackets segmenting parts of the question.
Translate. Let n= the number. A mathematical equation on a white background reads '0.065   n = 1.17', showing a multiplication problem with a variable 'n' and a decimal result.
Multiply. The mathematical equation 0.065n = 1.17 is clearly displayed on a plain white background.
Divide both sides by 0.065 and simplify. The text 'n = 18' is displayed in the upper right portion of a plain white background.
6.5% of$18 is $1.17

Translate and solve:

7.5% of what number is $1.95?

Solution

$26

Translate and solve:

8.5% of what number is $3.06?

Solution

$36

In the next example, we are looking for the percent.

Translate and solve: 144 is what percent of 96?

Solution

Solution

A mathematical problem asks: 144 is what percent of 96? The numbers and text are underlined with light blue brackets to indicate distinct parts of the question.
Translate into algebra. Let p= the percent. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '144 = p ×. 96' with the variable 'p' and a multiplication dot before '96' on a white background.
Multiply. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '144 = 96p' in gray text on a white background.
Divide by 96 and simplify. The image displays the equation '1.5 = p' on a white background, suggesting a mathematical problem or definition.
Convert to percent. The image displays the equation '150% = p' in black text on a white background, representing a mathematical relationship where 'p' is equivalent to 150 percent.
144 is 150% of 96

Note that we are asked to find percent, so we must have our final result in percent form.

Translate and solve:

110 is what percent of 88?

Solution

125%

Translate and solve:

126 is what percent of 72?

Solution

175%

Solve Applications of Percent

Many applications of percent—such as tips, sales tax, discounts, and interest—occur in our daily lives. To solve these applications we’ll translate to a basic percent equation, just like those we solved in previous examples. Once we translate the sentence into a percent equation, we know how to solve it.

We will restate the problem solving strategy we used earlier for easy reference.

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy to Solve an Application.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
  4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the English sentence into an algebraic equation.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Now that we have the strategy to refer to, and have practiced solving basic percent equations, we are ready to solve percent applications. Be sure to ask yourself if your final answer makes sense—since many of the applications will involve everyday situations, you can rely on your own experience.

Dezohn and his girlfriend enjoyed a nice dinner at a restaurant and his bill was $68.50. He wants to leave an 18% tip. If the tip will be 18% of the total bill, how much tip should he leave?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the amount of tip should Dezohn leave
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let t = amount of tip.
Step 4. Translate into an equation. The tip is 18% of the total bill.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The image displays the phrase 'The tip is 18% of $68.50' with light blue brackets underlining each word or number, indicating a breakdown or emphasis on the components of the statement.
Translate the sentence into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed with the variable 't' set equal to the product of 0.18 and 68.50, demonstrating a calculation likely for a percentage or fraction of a given value.
Step 5. Solve the equation. Multiply. The image displays the text 't = 12.33' in black on a white background, likely representing a time or numerical value in a scientific or technical context.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Yes, 20% of $70 is $14.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Dezohn should leave a tip of $12.33.

Notice that we used t to represent the unknown tip.

Cierra and her sister enjoyed a dinner in a restaurant and the bill was $81.50. If she wants to leave 18% of the total bill as her tip, how much should she leave?

Solution

$14.67

Kimngoc had lunch at her favorite restaurant. She wants to leave 15% of the total bill as her tip. If her bill was $14.40, how much will she leave for the tip?

Solution

$2.16

The label on Masao’s breakfast cereal said that one serving of cereal provides 85 milligrams (mg) of potassium, which is 2% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of potassium?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the total amount of potassium that is recommended
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let a= total amount of potassium.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The image shows the text '85 mg is 2% of the total amount', with light blue brackets under each phrase: '85 mg', 'is', '2%', 'of the', and 'total amount'.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '85 = 0.02 * q'. This represents a basic algebraic problem where the variable 'q' is being multiplied by 0.02, resulting in 85.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image displays the equation 4,250 = a, rendered in a simple white background with dark gray text.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Yes, 2% is a small percent and 85 is a small part of 4,250.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The amount of potassium that is recommended is 4,250 mg.

One serving of wheat square cereal has seven grams of fiber, which is 28% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of fiber?

Solution

25 grams

One serving of rice cereal has 190 mg of sodium, which is 8% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of sodium?

Solution

2,375 mg

Mitzi received some gourmet brownies as a gift. The wrapper said each brownie was 480 calories, and had 240 calories of fat. What percent of the total calories in each brownie comes from fat?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the percent of the total calories from fat
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p= percent of fat.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. A math problem on a white background asks, 'What percent of 480 is 240?' Light blue brackets underline individual words and numbers in the question.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation shows 'p' multiplied by 480 equals 240, where 'p' is likely intended to be 0.5.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A cropped image showing the text '480 p = 240' on a white background.
Divide by 480. The image displays the text 'p = 0.5' in the top right corner against a white background.
Put in a percent form. The image features the text 'p = 50%' in black, sans-serif font, against a plain white background, indicating a probability or percentage value.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Yes, 240 is half of 480, so 50% makes sense.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Of the total calories in each brownie, 50% is fat.

Solve. Round to the nearest whole percent.

Veronica is planning to make muffins from a mix. The package says each muffin will be 230 calories and 60 calories will be from fat. What percent of the total calories is from fat?

Solution

26%

Solve. Round to the nearest whole percent.

The mix Ricardo plans to use to make brownies says that each brownie will be 190 calories, and 76 calories are from fat. What percent of the total calories are from fat?

Solution

40%

Find Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

People in the media often talk about how much an amount has increased or decreased over a certain period of time. They usually express this increase or decrease as a percent.

To find the percent increase, first we find the amount of increase, the difference of the new amount and the original amount. Then we find what percent the amount of increase is of the original amount.

Find the Percent Increase.

  1. Find the amount of increase.
    new amount−original amount=increase
  2. Find the percent increase.
    The increase is what percent of the original amount?

In 2011, the California governor proposed raising community college fees from $26 a unit to $36 a unit. Find the percent increase. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the percent increase
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p= the percent.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
First find the amount of increase. new amount − original amount = increase
36−26=10
Find the percent. Increase is what percent of the original amount?
A mathematical problem is displayed on a white background, asking: '10 is what percent of 26?' Light blue brackets are placed beneath each word and number, seemingly to highlight or group them.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '10 = p . 26' against a plain white background. The numbers and symbols are clearly visible.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation on a white background states '10 = 26p'.
Divide by 26. The equation 0.385 = p is displayed, indicating that the variable p is equal to the decimal value 0.385.
Change to percent form; round to the nearest tenth. A mathematical equation displays '38.5% = p' in black text on a white background.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Yes, 38.4% is close to 13, and 10 is close to 13 of 26.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The new fees represent a 38.5% increase over the old fees.

Notice that we rounded the division to the nearest thousandth in order to round the percent to the nearest tenth.

Find the percent increase. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

In 2011, the IRS increased the deductible mileage cost to 55.5 cents from 51 cents.

Solution

8.8%

Find the percent increase.

In 1995, the standard bus fare in Chicago was $1.50. In 2008, the standard bus fare was $2.25.

Solution

50%

Finding the percent decrease is very similar to finding the percent increase, but now the amount of decrease is the difference of the original amount and the new amount. Then we find what percent the amount of decrease is of the original amount.

Find the Percent Decrease.

  1. Find the amount of decrease.
    original amount−new amount=decrease
  2. Find the percent decrease.
    Decrease is what percent of the original amount?

The average price of a gallon of gas in one city in June 2014 was $3.71. The average price in that city in July was $3.64. Find the percent decrease.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the percent decrease
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity. Let p= the percent decrease.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
First find the amount of decrease. 3.71−3.64=0.07
Find the percent. Decrease is what percent of the original amaount?
A mathematical question written in black text on a white background asks: '0.07 is what percent of 3.71?' Light blue brackets underline different parts of the question.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 0.07 = p ××3.71.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image shows a mathematical equation on a white background. The equation presented is '0.07 = 3.71 p'.
Divide by 3.71. The image displays the equation '0.019 = p' in black text against a plain white background.
Change to percent form; round to the nearest tenth. The image displays the mathematical expression '1.9% = p' in black text against a plain white background, indicating a percentage value assigned to the variable p.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Yes, if the original price was $4, a 2% decrease would be 8 cents.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The price of gas decreased 1.9%.

Find the percent decrease. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

The population of North Dakota was about 672,000 in 2010. The population is projected to be about 630,000 in 2020.

Solution

6.3%

Find the percent decrease.

Last year, Sheila’s salary was $42,000. Because of furlough days, this year, her salary was $37,800.

Solution

10%

Solve Simple Interest Applications

Do you know that banks pay you to keep your money? The money a customer puts in the bank is called the principal, P, and the money the bank pays the customer is called the interest. The interest is computed as a certain percent of the principal; called the rate of interest, r. We usually express rate of interest as a percent per year, and we calculate it by using the decimal equivalent of the percent. The variable t, (for time) represents the number of years the money is in the account.

To find the interest we use the simple interest formula, I=Prt.

Simple Interest

If an amount of money, P, called the principal, is invested for a period of t years at an annual interest rate r, the amount of interest, I, earned is

I=PrtwhereI=interestP=principalr=ratet=time

Interest earned according to this formula is called simple interest.

Interest may also be calculated another way, called compound interest. This type of interest will be covered in later math classes.

The formula we use to calculate simple interest is I=Prt. To use the formula, we substitute in the values the problem gives us for the variables, and then solve for the unknown variable. It may be helpful to organize the information in a chart.

Nathaly deposited $12,500 in her bank account where it will earn 4% interest. How much interest will Nathaly earn in 5 years?

I=?P=$12,500r=4%t=5years
Solution

Solution

A seven-step method for solving problems, demonstrated by calculating simple interest.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the amount of interest earned
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let I= the amount of interest.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
      Write the formula.
      Substitute in the given information.
I=Prt I=(12,500)(.04)(5)
Step 5. Solve the equation. I=2,500
Step 6. Check: Does this make sense?
      Is $2,500 a reasonable interest on $12,500? Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The interest is $2,500.

Areli invested a principal of $950 in her bank account with interest rate 3%. How much interest did she earn in 5 years?

Solution

$142.50

Susana invested a principal of $36,000 in her bank account with interest rate 6.5%. How much interest did she earn in 3 years?

Solution

$7,020

There may be times when we know the amount of interest earned on a given principal over a certain length of time, but we don’t know the rate. To find the rate, we use the simple interest formula, substitute in the given values for the principal and time, and then solve for the rate.

Loren loaned his brother $3,000 to help him buy a car. In 4 years his brother paid him back the $3,000 plus $660 in interest. What was the rate of interest?

I=$660P=$3,000r=?t=4years
Solution

Solution

Detailed 7-step process for solving a simple interest problem to determine the interest rate.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the rate of interest
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let r= the rate of interest.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
      Write the formula.
      Substitute in the given information.
I=Prt 660=(3,000)r(4)
Step 5. Solve the equation.
      Divide.
      Change to percent form.
660=(12,000)r 0.055=r 5.5%=r
Step 6. Check: Does this make sense?
I=Prt 660=?(3,000)(0.055)(4) 660=660✓
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The rate of interest was 5.5%.

Notice that in this example, Loren’s brother paid Loren interest, just like a bank would have paid interest if Loren invested his money there.

Jim loaned his sister $5,000 to help her buy a house. In 3 years, she paid him the $5,000, plus $900 interest. What was the rate of interest?

Solution

6%

Hang borrowed $7,500 from her parents to pay her tuition. In 5 years, she paid them $1,500 interest in addition to the $7,500 she borrowed. What was the rate of interest?

Solution

4%

Eduardo noticed that his new car loan papers stated that with a 7.5% interest rate, he would pay $6,596.25 in interest over 5 years. How much did he borrow to pay for his car?

Solution

Solution

Steps for solving a word problem to find the principal amount using the simple interest formula.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the amount borrowed (the principal)
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let P= principal borrowed.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
      Write the formula.
      Substitute in the given information.
I=Prt6,596.25=P(0.075)(5)
Step 5. Solve the equation.
      Divide.
6,596.25=0.375P17,590=P
Step 6. Check: Does this make sense?
I=Prt6,596.25=?(17,590)(0.075)(5)6,596.25=6,596.25✓
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The principal was $17,590.

Sean’s new car loan statement said he would pay $4,866.25 in interest from an interest rate of 8.5% over 5 years. How much did he borrow to buy his new car?

Solution

$11,450

In 5 years, Gloria’s bank account earned $2,400 interest at 5%. How much had she deposited in the account?

Solution

$9,600

Solve Applications with Discount or Mark-up

Applications of discount are very common in retail settings. When you buy an item on sale, the original price has been discounted by some dollar amount. The discount rate, usually given as a percent, is used to determine the amount of the discount. To determine the amount of discount, we multiply the discount rate by the original price.

We summarize the discount model in the box below.

Discount

amount of discount=discount rate×original pricesale price=original price−amount of discount

Keep in mind that the sale price should always be less than the original price.

Elise bought a dress that was discounted 35% off of the original price of $140. What was ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the sale price of the dress?

Solution

Solution

This table provides a step-by-step walkthrough for calculating a discount, demonstrating the process from problem setup to the final solution.
ⓐ
Original price=$140Discount rate=35%Discount=?
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the amount of discount
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let d= the amount of discount.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
Translate into an equation.

The discount is 35% of $140.
d=0.35(140)
Step 5. Solve the equation. d=49
Step 6. Check: Does this make sense?
      Is a $49 discount reasonable for a $140 dress? Yes.
Step 7. Write a complete sentence to answer the question. The amount of discount was $49.
ⓑ
Read the problem again.

Step 1. Identify what we are looking for. the sale price of the dress
Step 2. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity. Let s= the sale price.
Step 3. Translate into an equation.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The image shows the phrase 'The sale price is the $140 minus the $49 discount' with light blue brackets under different parts of the sentence, breaking down the equation.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation displaying 'S = 140 - 49' on a white background.
Step 4. Solve the equation. The image displays the mathematical expression 'S = 91' centered on a plain white background, indicating a variable 'S' is assigned the value 91.
Step 5. Check. Does this make sense?
Is the sale price less than the original price?
Yes, $91 is less than $140.
Step 6. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The sale price of the dress was $91.

Find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the sale price:

Sergio bought a belt that was discounted 40% from an original price of $29.

Solution

ⓐ $11.60 ⓑ $17.40

Find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the sale price:

Oscar bought a barbecue that was discounted 65% from an original price of $395.

Solution

ⓐ $256.75 ⓑ $138.25

There may be times when we know the original price and the sale price, and we want to know the discount rate. To find the discount rate, first we will find the amount of discount and then use it to compute the rate as a percent of the original price. Example 13 will show this case.

Jeannette bought a swimsuit at a sale price of $13.95. The original price of the swimsuit was $31. Find the ⓐ amount of discount and ⓑ discount rate.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates a seven-step process for solving a word problem to calculate the discount amount, from identifying the unknown to providing the final answer.
ⓐ
Original price=$31Discount=?Sale Price=$13.95
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the amount of discount
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let d= the amount of discount.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
      Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
      Translate into an equation.

The discount is the difference between the original price and the sale price.
d=31-13.95
Step 5. Solve the equation. d=17.05
Step 6. Check: Does this make sense?
      Is 17.05 less than 31? Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The amount of discount was $17.05.
ⓑ
Read the problem again.

Step 1. Identify what we are looking for. the discount rate
Step 2. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let r= the discount rate.
Step 3. Translate into an equation.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. A mathematical question asks: 'The discount of $17.05 is what percent of $31?'
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation shows '17.05 = r * 31' in black text on a white background.
Step 4. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '17.05 = 31r'.
Divide both sides by 31. The image displays mathematical text, showing the equation '0.55 = r' in black font against a plain white background, centered in the frame.
Change to percent form. The image shows the text 'r = 55%' centered on a plain white background, indicating a numerical value or percentage.
Step 5. Check. Does this make sense?
Is $17.05 equal to 55% of $31?
17.05≟0.55(31)
17.05=17.05✓
Step 6. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The rate of discount was 55%.

Find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the discount rate.

Lena bought a kitchen table at the sale price of $375.20. The original price of the table was $560.

Solution

ⓐ $184.80 ⓑ 33%

Find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the discount rate.

Nick bought a multi-room air conditioner at a sale price of $340. The original price of the air conditioner was $400.

Solution

ⓐ $60 ⓑ 15%

Applications of mark-up are very common in retail settings. The price a retailer pays for an item is called the original cost. The retailer then adds a mark-up to the original cost to get the list price, the price he sells the item for. The mark-up is usually calculated as a percent of the original cost. To determine the amount of mark-up, multiply the mark-up rate by the original cost.

We summarize the mark-up model in the box below.

Mark-Up

amount of mark-up=mark-up rate×original costlist price=original cost+amount of mark up

Keep in mind that the list price should always be more than the original cost.

Adam’s art gallery bought a photograph at original cost $250. Adam marked the price up 40%. Find the ⓐ amount of mark-up and ⓑ the list price of the photograph.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the amount of mark-up
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let m= the amount of markup.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The text states, 'The mark-up is 40% of the $250 original cost,' with sections of the sentence underlined to indicate different components of a calculation or definition.
Translate into an equation. The image shows the equation m = 0.40 * 250, likely calculating a mass or a value based on a percentage or factor.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image displays the simple equation 'm = 100' in a clear, dark grey font against a plain white background, likely representing a variable assignment or a value in a mathematical or programming context.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Yes, 40% is less than one-half and 100 is less than half of 250.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The mark-up on the phtograph was $100.
ⓑ
Step 1. Read the problem again.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the list price
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent it. Let p= the list price.
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. The list price is original cost plus the mark-up.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation shows 'p = 250 + 100' in black text on a white background.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image displays the text 'p = 350' centered on a plain white background, indicating a mathematical or scientific variable assignment.
Step 6. Check. Does this make sense?
Is the list price more than the net price?
Is $350 more than $250? Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The list price of the photograph was $350.

Find ⓐ the amount of mark-up and ⓑ the list price.

Jim’s music store bought a guitar at original cost $1,200. Jim marked the price up 50%.

Solution

ⓐ $600 ⓑ $1,800

Find ⓐ the amount of mark-up and ⓑ the list price.

The Auto Resale Store bought Pablo’s Toyota for $8,500. They marked the price up 35%.

Solution

ⓐ $2,975 ⓑ $11,475

Key Concepts

  • Percent Increase To find the percent increase:
    1. Find the amount of increase. increase=new amount−originalamount
    2. Find the percent increase. Increase is what percent of the original amount?
  • Percent Decrease To find the percent decrease:
    1. Find the amount of decrease. decrease=original amount−newamount
    2. Find the percent decrease. Decrease is what percent of the original amount?
  • Simple Interest If an amount of money, P, called the principal, is invested for a period of t years at an annual interest rate r, the amount of interest, I, earned is
    I=PrtwhereI=interestP=principalr=ratet=time
  • Discount
    • amount of discount is discount rate · original price
    • sale price is original price – discount
  • Mark-up
    • amount of mark-up is mark-up rate · original cost
    • list price is original cost + mark up

Practice Makes Perfect

Translate and Solve Basic Percent Equations

In the following exercises, translate and solve.

What number is 45% of 120?

Solution

54

What number is 65% of 100?

What number is 24% of 112?

Solution

26.88

What number is 36% of 124?

250% of 65 is what number?

Solution

162.5

150% of 90 is what number?

800% of 2250 is what number?

Solution

18,000

600% of 1740 is what number?

28 is 25% of what number?

Solution

112

36 is 25% of what number?

81 is 75% of what number?

Solution

108

93 is 75% of what number?

8.2% of what number is $2.87?

Solution

$35

6.4% of what number is $2.88?

11.5% of what number is $108.10?

Solution

$940

12.3% of what number is $92.25?

What percent of 260 is 78?

Solution

30%

What percent of 215 is 86?

What percent of 1500 is 540?

Solution

36%

What percent of 1800 is 846?

30 is what percent of 20?

Solution

150%

50 is what percent of 40?

840 is what percent of 480?

Solution

175%

790 is what percent of 395?

Solve Percent Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Geneva treated her parents to dinner at their favorite restaurant. The bill was $74.25. Geneva wants to leave 16% of the total bill as a tip. How much should the tip be?

Solution

$11.88

When Hiro and his co-workers had lunch at a restaurant near their work, the bill was $90.50. They want to leave 18% of the total bill as a tip. How much should the tip be?

Trong has 12% of each paycheck automatically deposited to his savings account. His last paycheck was $2165. How much money was deposited to Trong’s savings account?

Solution

$259.80

Cherise deposits 8% of each paycheck into her retirement account. Her last paycheck was $1,485. How much did Cherise deposit into her retirement account?

One serving of oatmeal has eight grams of fiber, which is 33% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of fiber?

Solution

24.2 g

One serving of trail mix has 67 grams of carbohydrates, which is 22% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of carbohydrates?

A bacon cheeseburger at a popular fast food restaurant contains 2070 milligrams (mg) of sodium, which is 86% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of sodium?

Solution

2407 mg

A grilled chicken salad at a popular fast food restaurant contains 650 milligrams (mg) of sodium, which is 27% of the recommended daily amount. What is the total recommended daily amount of sodium?

After 3 months on a diet, Lisa had lost 12% of her original weight. She lost 21 pounds. What was Lisa’s original weight?

Solution

175 lb.

Tricia got a 6% raise on her weekly salary. The raise was $30 per week. What was her original salary?

Yuki bought a dress on sale for $72. The sale price was 60% of the original price. What was the original price of the dress?

Solution

$120

Kim bought a pair of shoes on sale for $40.50. The sale price was 45% of the original price. What was the original price of the shoes?

Tim left a $9 tip for a $50 restaurant bill. What percent tip did he leave?

Solution

18%

Rashid left a $15 tip for a $75 restaurant bill. What percent tip did he leave?

The nutrition fact sheet at a fast food restaurant says the fish sandwich has 380 calories, and 171 calories are from fat. What percent of the total calories is from fat?

Solution

45%

The nutrition fact sheet at a fast food restaurant says a small portion of chicken nuggets has 190 calories, and 114 calories are from fat. What percent of the total calories is from fat?

Emma gets paid $3,000 per month. She pays $750 a month for rent. What percent of her monthly pay goes to rent?

Solution

25%

Dimple gets paid $3,200 per month. She pays $960 a month for rent. What percent of her monthly pay goes to rent?

Find Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

In the following exercises, solve.

Tamanika got a raise in her hourly pay, from $15.50 to $17.36. Find the percent increase.

Solution

12%

Ayodele got a raise in her hourly pay, from $24.50 to $25.48. Find the percent increase.

Annual student fees at the University of California rose from about $4,000 in 2000 to about $12,000 in 2010. Find the percent increase.

Solution

200%

The price of a share of one stock rose from $12.50 to $50. Find the percent increase.

According to Time magazine annual global seafood consumption rose from 22 pounds per person in the 1960s to 38 pounds per person in 2011. Find the percent increase. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

Solution

72.7%

In one month, the median home price in the Northeast rose from $225,400 to $241,500. Find the percent increase. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

A grocery store reduced the price of a loaf of bread from $2.80 to $2.73. Find the percent decrease.

Solution

2.5%

The price of a share of one stock fell from $8.75 to $8.54. Find the percent decrease.

Hernando’s salary was $49,500 last year. This year his salary was cut to $44,055. Find the percent decrease.

Solution

11%

In 10 years, the population of Detroit fell from 950,000 to about 712,500. Find the percent decrease.

In 1 month, the median home price in the West fell from $203,400 to $192,300. Find the percent decrease. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

Solution

5.5%

Sales of video games and consoles fell from $1,150 million to $1,030 million in 1 year. Find the percent decrease. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

Solve Simple Interest Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Casey deposited $1,450 in a bank account with interest rate 4%. How much interest was earned in two years?

Solution

$116

Terrence deposited $5,720 in a bank account with interest rate 6%. How much interest was earned in 4 years?

Robin deposited $31,000 in a bank account with interest rate 5.2%. How much interest was earned in 3 years?

Solution

$4,836

Carleen deposited $16,400 in a bank account with interest rate 3.9%. How much interest was earned in 8 years?

Hilaria borrowed $8,000 from her grandfather to pay for college. Five years later, she paid him back the $8,000, plus $1,200 interest. What was the rate of interest?

Solution

3%

Kenneth loaned his niece $1,200 to buy a computer. Two years later, she paid him back the $1,200, plus $96 interest. What was the rate of interest?

Lebron loaned his daughter $20,000 to help her buy a condominium. When she sold the condominium four years later, she paid him the $20,000, plus $3,000 interest. What was the rate of interest?

Solution

3.75%

Pablo borrowed $50,000 to start a business. Three years later, he repaid the $50,000, plus $9,375 interest. What was the rate of interest?

In 10 years, a bank account that paid 5.25% earned $18,375 interest. What was the principal of the account?

Solution

$35,000

In 25 years, a bond that paid 4.75% earned $2,375 interest. What was the principal of the bond?

Joshua’s computer loan statement said he would pay $1,244.34 in interest for a 3-year loan at 12.4%. How much did Joshua borrow to buy the computer?

Solution

$3,345

Margaret’s car loan statement said she would pay $7,683.20 in interest for a 5-year loan at 9.8%. How much did Margaret borrow to buy the car?

Solve Applications with Discount or Mark-up

In the following exercises, find the sale price.

Perla bought a cell phone that was on sale for $50 off. The original price of the cell phone was $189.

Solution

$139

Sophie saw a dress she liked on sale for $15 off. The original price of the dress was $96.

Rick wants to buy a tool set with original price $165. Next week the tool set will be on sale for $40 off.

Solution

$125

Angelo’s store is having a sale on televisions. One television, with original price $859, is selling for $125 off.

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the sale price.

Janelle bought a beach chair on sale at 60% off. The original price was $44.95.

Solution

ⓐ $26.97 ⓑ $17.98

Errol bought a skateboard helmet on sale at 40% off. The original price was $49.95.

Kathy wants to buy a camera that lists for $389. The camera is on sale with a 33% discount.

Solution

ⓐ $128.37 ⓑ $260.63

Colleen bought a suit that was discounted 25% from an original price of $245.

Erys bought a treadmill on sale at 35% off. The original price was $949.95 (round to the nearest cent.)

Solution

ⓐ $332.48 ⓑ $617.47

Jay bought a guitar on sale at 45% off. The original price was $514.75 (round to the nearest cent.)

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the discount rate. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if needed.)

Larry and Donna bought a sofa at the sale price of $1,344. The original price of the sofa was $1,920.

Solution

ⓐ $576 ⓑ 30%

Hiroshi bought a lawnmower at the sale price of $240. The original price of the lawnmower is $300.

Patty bought a baby stroller on sale for $301.75. The original price of the stroller was $355.

Solution

ⓐ $53.25 ⓑ 15%

Bill found a book he wanted on sale for $20.80. The original price of the book was $32.

Nikki bought a patio set on sale for $480. The original price was $850. To the nearest tenth of a percent, what was the rate of discount?

Solution

ⓐ $370 ⓑ 43.5%

Stella bought a dinette set on sale for $725. The original price was $1,299. To the nearest tenth of a percent, what was the rate of discount?

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the amount of the mark-up and ⓑ the list price.

Daria bought a bracelet at original cost $16 to sell in her handicraft store. She marked the price up 45%.

Solution

ⓐ $7.20 ⓑ $23.20

Regina bought a handmade quilt at original cost $120 to sell in her quilt store. She marked the price up 55%.

Tom paid $0.60 a pound for tomatoes to sell at his produce store. He added a 33% mark-up.

Solution

ⓐ $0.20 ⓑ $0.80

Flora paid her supplier $0.74 a stem for roses to sell at her flower shop. She added an 85% mark-up.

Alan bought a used bicycle for $115. After re-conditioning it, he added 225% mark-up and then advertised it for sale.

Solution

ⓐ $258.75 ⓑ $373.75

Michael bought a classic car for $8,500. He restored it, then added 150% mark-up before advertising it for sale.

Everyday Math

Leaving a Tip At the campus coffee cart, a medium coffee costs $1.65. MaryAnne brings $2.00 with her when she buys a cup of coffee and leaves the change as a tip. What percent tip does she leave?

Solution

21.2%

Splitting a Bill Four friends went out to lunch and the bill came to $53.75. They decided to add enough tip to make a total of $64, so that they could easily split the bill evenly among themselves. What percent tip did they leave?

Writing Exercises

Without solving the problem “44 is 80% of what number” think about what the solution might be. Should it be a number that is greater than 44 or less than 44? Explain your reasoning.

Solution

The number should be greater than 44. Since 80% equals 0.8 in decimal form, 0.8 is less than one, and we must multiply the number by 0.8 to get 44, the number must be greater than 44.

Without solving the problem “What is 20% of 300?” think about what the solution might be. Should it be a number that is greater than 300 or less than 300? Explain your reasoning.

After returning from vacation, Alex said he should have packed 50% fewer shorts and 200% more shirts. Explain what Alex meant.

Solution

He meant that he should have packed half the shorts and twice the shirts.

Because of road construction in one city, commuters were advised to plan that their Monday morning commute would take 150% of their usual commuting time. Explain what this means.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has two rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “translate and solve basic percent equations,” “solve percent applications,” “find percent increase and percent decrease,” “solve simple interest applications,” and “solve applications with discount or mark-up.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all goals?

amount of discount
The amount of discount is the amount resulting when a discount rate is multiplied by the original price of an item.
discount rate
The discount rate is the percent used to determine the amount of a discount, common in retail settings.
interest
Interest is the money that a bank pays its customers for keeping their money in the bank.
list price
The list price is the price a retailer sells an item for.
mark-up
A mark-up is a percentage of the original cost used to increase the price of an item.
original cost
The original cost in a retail setting, is the price that a retailer pays for an item.
principal
The principal is the original amount of money invested or borrowed for a period of time at a specific interest rate.
rate of interest
The rate of interest is a percent of the principal, usually expressed as a percent per year.
simple interest
Simple interest is the interest earned according to the formula I=Prt.

Solve Mixture Applications

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve coin word problems
  • Solve ticket and stamp word problems
  • Solve mixture word problems
  • Use the mixture model to solve investment problems using simple interest

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Multiply: 14(0.25).
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in Decimals.

Solution

3.5

Solve: 0.25x+0.10(x+4)=2.5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Use a General Strategy to Solve Linear Equations.

Solution

x=6

The number of dimes is three more than the number of quarters. Let q represent the number of quarters. Write an expression for the number of dimes.
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

d=q+3

Solve Coin Word Problems

In mixture problems, we will have two or more items with different values to combine together. The mixture model is used by grocers and bartenders to make sure they set fair prices for the products they sell. Many other professionals, like chemists, investment bankers, and landscapers also use the mixture model.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity Coin Lab will help you develop a better understanding of mixture word problems.

We will start by looking at an application everyone is familiar with—money!

Imagine that we take a handful of coins from a pocket or purse and place them on a desk. How would we determine the value of that pile of coins? If we can form a step-by-step plan for finding the total value of the coins, it will help us as we begin solving coin word problems.

So what would we do? To get some order to the mess of coins, we could separate the coins into piles according to their value. Quarters would go with quarters, dimes with dimes, nickels with nickels, and so on. To get the total value of all the coins, we would add the total value of each pile.

Piles of pennies, nickels, dimes, and quarters

How would we determine the value of each pile? Think about the dime pile—how much is it worth? If we count the number of dimes, we’ll know how many we have—the number of dimes.

But this does not tell us the value of all the dimes. Say we counted 17 dimes, how much are they worth? Each dime is worth $0.10—that is the value of one dime. To find the total value of the pile of 17 dimes, multiply 17 by $0.10 to get $1.70. This is the total value of all 17 dimes. This method leads to the following model.

Total Value of Coins

For the same type of coin, the total value of a number of coins is found by using the model

number·value=totalvalue

where
    number is the number of coins

    value is the value of each coin

    total value is the total value of all the coins

The number of dimes times the value of each dime equals the total value of the dimes.

number·value=totalvalue17·$0.10=$1.70

We could continue this process for each type of coin, and then we would know the total value of each type of coin. To get the total value of all the coins, add the total value of each type of coin.

Let’s look at a specific case. Suppose there are 14 quarters, 17 dimes, 21 nickels, and 39 pennies.

This table has five rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Quarters, 14, 0.25, and 3.50. The third row reads Dimes, 17, 0.10, and 1.70. The fourth row reads Nickels, 21, 0.05, and 1.05. The fifth row reads Pennies, 39, 0.01, and 0.39. The extra cell reads 6.64.

The total value of all the coins is $6.64.

Notice how the chart helps organize all the information! Let’s see how we use this method to solve a coin word problem.

Adalberto has $2.25 in dimes and nickels in his pocket. He has nine more nickels than dimes. How many of each type of coin does he have?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.

  • Determine the types of coins involved.
    Think about the strategy we used to find the value of the handful of coins. The first thing we need is to notice what types of coins are involved. Adalberto has dimes and nickels.
  • Create a table to organize the information. See chart below.
    • Label the columns “type,” “number,” “value,” “total value.”
    • List the types of coins.
    • Write in the value of each type of coin.
    • Write in the total value of all the coins.
    We can work this problem all in cents or in dollars. Here we will do it in dollars and put in the dollar sign ($) in the table as a reminder.
    The value of a dime is $0.10 and the value of a nickel is $0.05. The total value of all the coins is $2.25. The table below shows this information.
    This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Dimes, blank, 0.10, and blank. The third row reads Nickels, blank, 0.05, and blank. The extra cell reads 2.25.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

  • We are asked to find the number of dimes and nickels Adalberto has.

Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

  • Use variable expressions to represent the number of each type of coin and write them in the table.
  • Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin.

Next we counted the number of each type of coin. In this problem we cannot count each type of coin—that is what you are looking for—but we have a clue. There are nine more nickels than dimes. The number of nickels is nine more than the number of dimes.

Letd=number of dimes.d+9=number of nickels

Fill in the “number” column in the table to help get everything organized.

This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Dimes, d, 0.10, and blank. The third row reads Nickels, d plus 9, 0.05, and blank. The extra cell reads 2.25.

Now we have all the information we need from the problem!

We multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin. While we do not know the actual number, we do have an expression to represent it.

And so now multiply number·value=totalvalue. See how this is done in the table below.

This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Dimes, d, 0.10, and 0.10d. The third row reads Nickels, d plus 9, 0.05, and 0.05 times the quantity (d plus 9). The extra cell reads 2.25.

Notice that we made the heading of the table show the model.

Step 4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence. Translate the English sentence into an algebraic equation.

Write the equation by adding the total values of all the types of coins.

The sentence, “value of dimes plus value of nickels equals total value of coins,” can be translated to an equation. Translate “value of dimes” to 0.10d, translate “value of nickles” to 0.05d, and translate “total value of coins” to 2.25. The full equation is 0.10d plus 0.05 times the quantity d plus 9 equals 2.25.

Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.

Now solve this equation. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: 0.10d + 0.05(d + 9) = 2.25.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '0.10d + 0.05d + 0.45 = 2.25' against a white background.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 0.15d + 0.45 = 2.25.
Subtract 0.45 from each side. A mathematical equation on a white background showing '0.15d = 1.80' in black text.
Divide. The image shows a mathematical expression
So there are 12 dimes.
The number of nickels is d+9. The image shows the mathematical expression 'd + 9' written in black characters on a white background.
The image displays a mathematical expression '12 + 9' on a white background.
21

Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.

Does this check?

Calculates the total monetary value for given quantities of dimes and nickels.
12 dimes 12(0.10)=1.20
21 nickels 21(0.05)=1.05____$2.25✓

Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

  • Adalberto has twelve dimes and twenty-one nickels.

If this were a homework exercise, our work might look like the following.

Word problem: Adalberto has $2.25 in dimes and nickels. He has nine more nickels than dimes. A table organizes the number, value, and total value of each coin type. The solution shows the equations used to determine he has twelve dimes and twenty-one nickels, with a check confirming the total amount.

Michaela has $2.05 in dimes and nickels in her change purse. She has seven more dimes than nickels. How many coins of each type does she have?

Solution

9 nickels, 16 dimes

Liliana has $2.10 in nickels and quarters in her backpack. She has 12 more nickels than quarters. How many coins of each type does she have?

Solution

17 nickels, 5 quarters

Solve Coin Word Problems.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    • Determine the types of coins involved.
    • Create a table to organize the information.
    • Label the columns “type,” “number,” “value,” “total value.”
    • List the types of coins.
    • Write in the value of each type of coin.
    • Write in the total value of all the coins.
    This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The rest of the cells are blank.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    • Use variable expressions to represent the number of each type of coin and write them in the table.
    • Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin.
  4. Translate into an equation.
    It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the sentence into an equation.
    Write the equation by adding the total values of all the types of coins.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Maria has $2.43 in quarters and pennies in her wallet. She has twice as many pennies as quarters. How many coins of each type does she have?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.

Determine the types of coins involved.

We know that Maria has quarters and pennies.

Create a table to organize the information.

  • Label the columns “type,” “number,” “value,” “total value.”
  • List the types of coins.
  • Write in the value of each type of coin.
  • Write in the total value of all the coins.


This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Quarters, blank, 0.25, and blank. The third row reads Pennies, blank, 0.01, and blank. The extra cell reads 2.43.

Step 2. Identify what you are looking for.

  • We are looking for the number of quarters and pennies.

Step 3. Name. Represent the number of quarters and pennies using variables.

  • We know Maria has twice as many pennies as quarters. The number of pennies is defined in terms of quarters.
  • Let q represent the number of quarters.
  • Then the number of pennies is 2q.


This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Quarters, q, 0.25, and blank. The third row reads Pennies, 2q, 0.01, and blank. The extra cell reads 2.43.

Multiply the ‘number’ and the ‘value’ to get the ‘total value’ of each type of coin.

A table calculates the total value of coins. It shows 'q' quarters (each worth $0.25) and '2q' pennies (each worth $0.01), resulting in total values of $0.25q and $0.01(2q) respectively. The overall sum is $2.43.

Step 4. Translate. Write the equation by adding the ‘total value’ of all the types of coins.

Step-by-step solution for a coin problem involving quarters and pennies, including verification of the answer.
Step 5. Solve the equation. 0.25q+0.01(2q)=2.43
Multiply. 0.25q+0.02q=2.43
Combine like terms. 0.27q=2.43
Divide by 0.27. q=9quarters
       The number of pennies is 2q. 2q2·918 pennies
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.
Maria has 9 quarters and 18 pennies. Does this make $2.43?
9 quarters9(0.25)=2.2518 pennies18(0.01)=0.18____Total$2.43✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Maria has nine quarters and eighteen pennies.

Sumanta has $4.20 in nickels and dimes in her piggy bank. She has twice as many nickels as dimes. How many coins of each type does she have?

Solution

42 nickels, 21 dimes

Alison has three times as many dimes as quarters in her purse. She has $9.35 altogether. How many coins of each type does she have?

Solution

51 dimes, 17 quarters

In the next example, we’ll show only the completed table—remember the steps we take to fill in the table.

Danny has $2.14 worth of pennies and nickels in his piggy bank. The number of nickels is two more than ten times the number of pennies. How many nickels and how many pennies does Danny have?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Determine the types of coins involved. pennies and nickels
Create a table.
Write in the value of each type of coin. Pennies are worth $0.01.
Nickels are worth $0.05.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the number of pennies and nickels
Step 3. Name. Represent the number of each type of coin using variables.
The number of nickels is defined in terms of the number of pennies, so start with pennies. Let p= number of pennies.
The number of nickels is two more than ten times the number of pennies. 10p+2= number of nickels.
Multiply the number and the value to get the total value of each type of coin.
This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads pennies, p, 0.01, and 0.01p. The third row reads nickels, 10p plus 2, 0.05, and 0.05 times the quantity (10p plus 2). The extra cell reads $2.14.
Step 4. Translate. Write the equation by adding the total value of all the types of coins. A mathematical equation is displayed: 0.01p + 0.05(10p + 2) = 2.14. This equation involves a variable 'p' and decimal coefficients within an algebraic expression.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A step-by-step solution to an algebraic equation, starting with 0.01p + 0.50p + 0.10 = 2.14, simplifying to 0.51p = 2.04, and concluding with p = 4 pennies.
How many nickels? An algebraic expression 10p + 2 is evaluated with p=4, showing 10(4) + 2 which equals 42 nickels.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense
Danny has four pennies and 42 nickels.
Is the total value $2.14?
4(0.01)+42(0.05)≟2.142.14=2.14✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Danny has four pennies and 42 nickels.

Jesse has $6.55 worth of quarters and nickels in his pocket. The number of nickels is five more than two times the number of quarters. How many nickels and how many quarters does Jesse have?

Solution

41 nickels, 18 quarters

Elane has $7.00 total in dimes and nickels in her coin jar. The number of dimes that Elane has is seven less than three times the number of nickels. How many of each coin does Elane have?

Solution

22 nickels, 59 dimes

Solve Ticket and Stamp Word Problems

Problems involving tickets or stamps are very much like coin problems. Each type of ticket and stamp has a value, just like each type of coin does. So to solve these problems, we will follow the same steps we used to solve coin problems.

At a school concert, the total value of tickets sold was $1,506. Student tickets sold for $6 each and adult tickets sold for $9 each. The number of adult tickets sold was five less than three times the number of student tickets sold. How many student tickets and how many adult tickets were sold?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.

  • Determine the types of tickets involved. There are student tickets and adult tickets.
  • Create a table to organize the information.


This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Student, blank, 6, and blank. The third row reads Adult, blank, 9, and blank. The extra cell reads 1506.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

  • We are looking for the number of student and adult tickets.

Step 3. Name. Represent the number of each type of ticket using variables.

We know the number of adult tickets sold was five less than three times the number of student tickets sold.

  • Let s be the number of student tickets.
  • Then 3s−5 is the number of adult tickets

Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of ticket.

This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Student, s, 6, and 6s. The third row reads Adult, 3s minus 5, 9, and 9 times the quantity (3s minus 5). The extra cell reads 1506.

Step 4. Translate. Write the equation by adding the total values of each type of ticket.

6s+9(3s−5)=1506

Step 5. Solve the equation.

This table presents the step-by-step calculation for determining the number of student and adult tickets.
6s+27s−45=150633s−45=150633s=1551s=47student tickets
3s−53(47)−5
136 adult tickets

Step 6. Check the answer.

There were 47 student tickets at $6 each and 136 adult tickets at $9 each. Is the total value $1,506? We find the total value of each type of ticket by multiplying the number of tickets times its value then add to get the total value of all the tickets sold.

47·6=282136·9=1,224_____1,506✓

Step 7. Answer the question. They sold 47 student tickets and 136 adult tickets.

The first day of a water polo tournament the total value of tickets sold was $17,610. One-day passes sold for $20 and tournament passes sold for $30. The number of tournament passes sold was 37 more than the number of day passes sold. How many day passes and how many tournament passes were sold?

Solution

330 day passes, 367 tournament passes

At the movie theater, the total value of tickets sold was $2,612.50. Adult tickets sold for $10 each and senior/child tickets sold for $7.50 each. The number of senior/child tickets sold was 25 less than twice the number of adult tickets sold. How many senior/child tickets and how many adult tickets were sold?

Solution

112 adult tickets, 199 senior/child tickets

We have learned how to find the total number of tickets when the number of one type of ticket is based on the number of the other type. Next, we’ll look at an example where we know the total number of tickets and have to figure out how the two types of tickets relate.

Suppose Bianca sold a total of 100 tickets. Each ticket was either an adult ticket or a child ticket. If she sold 20 child tickets, how many adult tickets did she sell?

  • Did you say ‘80’? How did you figure that out? Did you subtract 20 from 100?

If she sold 45 child tickets, how many adult tickets did she sell?

  • Did you say ‘55’? How did you find it? By subtracting 45 from 100?

What if she sold 75 child tickets? How many adult tickets did she sell?

  • The number of adult tickets must be 100−75. She sold 25 adult tickets.

Now, suppose Bianca sold x child tickets. Then how many adult tickets did she sell? To find out, we would follow the same logic we used above. In each case, we subtracted the number of child tickets from 100 to get the number of adult tickets. We now do the same with x.

We have summarized this below.

This table has five rows and two columns. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Child tickets and Adult tickets. The second row reads 20 and 80. The third row reads 45 and 55. The fourth row reads 75 and 25. The fifth row reads x and 100 plus x.

We can apply these techniques to other examples

Galen sold 810 tickets for his church’s carnival for a total of $2,820. Children’s tickets cost $3 each and adult tickets cost $5 each. How many children’s tickets and how many adult tickets did he sell?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.

  • Determine the types of tickets involved. There are children tickets and adult tickets.
  • Create a table to organize the information.


This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Children, blank, 3, and blank. The third row reads Adult, blank, 5, and blank. The extra cell reads 2820.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

  • We are looking for the number of children and adult tickets.

Step 3. Name. Represent the number of each type of ticket using variables.

  • We know the total number of tickets sold was 810. This means the number of children’s tickets plus the number of adult tickets must add up to 810.
  • Let c be the number of children tickets.
  • Then 810−c is the number of adult tickets.
  • Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of ticket.


This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads Children, c, 3, and 3c. The third row reads Adult, 810 minus c, 5, and 5 times the quantity (810 minus c). The extra cell reads 2820.

Step 4. Translate.

  • Write the equation by adding the total values of each type of ticket.

Step 5. Solve the equation.

3c+5(810−c)=2,8203c+4,050−5c=2,820−2c=−1,230c=615children tickets

How many adults?

810−c
810−615
195adult tickets

Step 6. Check the answer. There were 615 children’s tickets at $3 each and 195 adult tickets at $5 each. Is the total value $2,820?

615·3=1845195·5=975____2,820✓

Step 7. Answer the question. Galen sold 615 children’s tickets and 195 adult tickets.

During her shift at the museum ticket booth, Leah sold 115 tickets for a total of $1,163. Adult tickets cost $12 and student tickets cost $5. How many adult tickets and how many student tickets did Leah sell?

Solution

84 adult tickets, 31 student tickets

A whale-watching ship had 40 paying passengers on board. The total collected from tickets was $1,196. Full-fare passengers paid $32 each and reduced-fare passengers paid $26 each. How many full-fare passengers and how many reduced-fare passengers were on the ship?

Solution

26 full-fare, 14 reduced fare

Now, we’ll do one where we fill in the table all at once.

Monica paid $8.36 for stamps. The number of 41-cent stamps was four more than twice the number of two-cent stamps. How many 41-cent stamps and how many two-cent stamps did Monica buy?

Solution

Solution

The types of stamps are 41-cent stamps and two-cent stamps. Their names also give the value!

“The number of 41-cent stamps was four more than twice the number of two-cent stamps.”

Letx=number of 2-cent stamps.2x+4=number of 41-cent stamps
This table has three rows and four columns with an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number, Value ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads 41 cent stamps, 2x plus 4, 0.41, and 0.41 times the quantity (2x plus 4). The third row reads 2 cent stamps, x, 0.02, and 0.02x. The extra cell reads 8.36.
Step-by-step solution to a word problem, demonstrating how to set up, solve, and check a linear equation to determine the number of two-cent and 41-cent stamps purchased.
Write the equation from the total values. 0.41(2x+4)+0.02x=8.36
Solve the equation. 0.82x+1.64+0.02x=8.360.84x+1.64=8.360.84x=6.72x=8
Monica bought eight two-cent stamps. 2x+4forx=8.
Find the number of 41-cent stamps she bought be evaluating. 2x+42(8)+420
Check. 8(0.02)+20(0.41)=?8.360.16+8.20=?8.368.36=8.36✓
Monica bought eight two-cent stamps and 20 41-cent stamps.

Eric paid $13.36 for stamps. The number of 41-cent stamps was eight more than twice the number of two-cent stamps. How many 41-cent stamps and how many two-cent stamps did Eric buy?

Solution

32 at $0.41, 12 at $0.02

Kailee paid $12.66 for stamps. The number of 41-cent stamps was four less than three times the number of 20-cent stamps. How many 41-cent stamps and how many 20-cent stamps did Kailee buy?

Solution

26 at $0.41, 10 at $0.20

Solve Mixture Word Problems

Now we’ll solve some more general applications of the mixture model. Grocers and bartenders use the mixture model to set a fair price for a product made from mixing two or more ingredients. Financial planners use the mixture model when they invest money in a variety of accounts and want to find the overall interest rate. Landscape designers use the mixture model when they have an assortment of plants and a fixed budget, and event coordinators do the same when choosing appetizers and entrees for a banquet.

Our first mixture word problem will be making trail mix from raisins and nuts.

Henning is mixing raisins and nuts to make 10 pounds of trail mix. Raisins cost $2 a pound and nuts cost $6 a pound. If Henning wants his cost for the trail mix to be $5.20 a pound, how many pounds of raisins and how many pounds of nuts should he use?

Solution

Solution

As before, we fill in a chart to organize our information.

The 10 pounds of trail mix will come from mixing raisins and nuts.

Letx=number of pounds of raisins.10−x=number of pounds of nuts

We enter the price per pound for each item.

We multiply the number times the value to get the total value.

This table has four rows and four columns. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Number of pounds, Price per pound ($), and Total Value ($). The second row reads raisins, x, 2, and 2x. The third row reads nuts, 10 minus x, 6, and 6 times the quantity (10 minus x). The fourth row reads trail mix, 10, 5.20, and 10 times 5.20.

Notice that the last line in the table gives the information for the total amount of the mixture.

We know the value of the raisins plus the value of the nuts will be the value of the trail mix.

Write the equation from the total values. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '2x + 6(10 - x) = 10(5.20)'.
Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '2x + 60 - 6x = 52'.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -4x = 8. The numbers and symbols are in black.
The image shows the text 'x = 2 pounds of raisins' in a clear, legible font against a white background.
Find the number of pounds of nuts. The image displays the mathematical expression '10-X' in a simple, clear font against a white background.
The image features the numbers '10-2' vertically oriented on a white background. The number '10' is in black, followed by a dash, and then the number '2' is in red, all slightly blurred.
8 pounds of nuts
Check.
2($2)+8($6) =? 10($5.20) $4+$48 =? $52 $52=$52✓
Henning mixed two pounds of raisins with eight pounds of nuts.

Orlando is mixing nuts and cereal squares to make a party mix. Nuts sell for $7 a pound and cereal squares sell for $4 a pound. Orlando wants to make 30 pounds of party mix at a cost of $6.50 a pound, how many pounds of nuts and how many pounds of cereal squares should he use?

Solution

5 pounds cereal squares, 25 pounds nuts

Becca wants to mix fruit juice and soda to make a punch. She can buy fruit juice for $3 a gallon and soda for $4 a gallon. If she wants to make 28 gallons of punch at a cost of $3.25 a gallon, how many gallons of fruit juice and how many gallons of soda should she buy?

Solution

21 gallons of fruit punch, 7 gallons of soda

We can also use the mixture model to solve investment problems using simple interest. We have used the simple interest formula, I=Prt, where t represented the number of years. When we just need to find the interest for one year, t=1, so then I=Pr.

Stacey has $20,000 to invest in two different bank accounts. One account pays interest at 3% per year and the other account pays interest at 5% per year. How much should she invest in each account if she wants to earn 4.5% interest per year on the total amount?

Solution

Solution

We will fill in a chart to organize our information. We will use the simple interest formula to find the interest earned in the different accounts.

The interest on the mixed investment will come from adding the interest from the account earning 3% and the interest from the account earning 5% to get the total interest on the $20,000.

Letx=amount invested at 3%.20,000−x=amount invested at 5%

The amount invested is the principal for each account.

We enter the interest rate for each account.

We multiply the amount invested times the rate to get the interest.

This table has four rows and four columns. The top row is a header row that reads from left to right Type, Amount invested, Rate, and Interest. The second row reads 3%, x, 0.03, and 0.03x. The third row reads 5%, 20,000 minus x, 0.05, and 0.05 times the quantity (20,000 minus x). The fourth row reads 4.5%, 20,000, 0.045, and 0.045 times 20,000.


Notice that the total amount invested, 20,000, is the sum of the amount invested at 3% and the amount invested at 5%. And the total interest, 0.045(20,000), is the sum of the interest earned in the 3% account and the interest earned in the 5% account.

As with the other mixture applications, the last column in the table gives us the equation to solve.

Write the equation from the interest earned.

Solve the equation.
0.03x+0.05(20,000−x)=0.045(20,000)0.03x+1,000−0.05x=900−0.02x+1,000=900−0.02x=−100x=5,000
amount invested at 3%
Find the amount invested at 5%. The mathematical expression '20,000 - x' is displayed in a clear, dark gray font against a plain white background.
The image displays a mathematical subtraction problem: 20,000 minus 5,000. The number 20,000 is in a dark gray font, while the number 5,000 is in a distinct red font.
A mathematical equation states '15,000 = amount invested at 5%', indicating the principal amount and its investment rate.
Check.
0.03x+0.05(15,000+x)≟0.045(20,000)150+750≟900900=900✓
Stacey should invest $5,000 in the account that
earns 3% and $15,000 in the account that earns 5%.

Remy has $14,000 to invest in two mutual funds. One fund pays interest at 4% per year and the other fund pays interest at 7% per year. How much should she invest in each fund if she wants to earn 6.1% interest on the total amount?

Solution

$4,200 at 4%, $9,800 at 7%

Marco has $8,000 to save for his daughter’s college education. He wants to divide it between one account that pays 3.2% interest per year and another account that pays 8% interest per year. How much should he invest in each account if he wants the interest on the total investment to be 6.5%?

Solution

$2,500 at 3.2%, $5,500 at 8%

Key Concepts

  • Total Value of Coins For the same type of coin, the total value of a number of coins is found by using the model.
    number·value=totalvalue where number is the number of coins and value is the value of each coin; total value is the total value of all the coins
  • Problem-Solving Strategy—Coin Word Problems
    1. Read the problem. Make all the words and ideas are understood. Determine the types of coins involved.
      • Create a table to organize the information.
      • Label the columns type, number, value, total value.
      • List the types of coins.
      • Write in the value of each type of coin.
      • Write in the total value of all the coins.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
      Use variable expressions to represent the number of each type of coin and write them in the table.
      Multiply the number times the value to get the total value of each type of coin.
    4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the sentence into an equation.
      Write the equation by adding the total values of all the types of coins.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Coin Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve each coin word problem.

Jaime has $2.60 in dimes and nickels. The number of dimes is 14 more than the number of nickels. How many of each coin does he have?

Solution

8 nickels, 22 dimes

Lee has $1.75 in dimes and nickels. The number of nickels is 11 more than the number of dimes. How many of each coin does he have?

Ngo has a collection of dimes and quarters with a total value of $3.50. The number of dimes is seven more than the number of quarters. How many of each coin does he have?

Solution

15 dimes, 8 quarters

Connor has a collection of dimes and quarters with a total value of $6.30. The number of dimes is 14 more than the number of quarters. How many of each coin does he have?

A cash box of $1 and $5 bills is worth $45. The number of $1 bills is three more than the number of $5 bills. How many of each bill does it contain?

Solution

10 at $1, 7 at $5

Joe’s wallet contains $1 and $5 bills worth $47. The number of $1 bills is five more than the number of $5 bills. How many of each bill does he have?

Rachelle has $6.30 in nickels and quarters in her coin purse. The number of nickels is twice the number of quarters. How many coins of each type does she have?

Solution

18 quarters, 36 nickels

Deloise has $1.20 in pennies and nickels in a jar on her desk. The number of pennies is three times the number of nickels. How many coins of each type does she have?

Harrison has $9.30 in his coin collection, all in pennies and dimes. The number of dimes is three times the number of pennies. How many coins of each type does he have?

Solution

30 pennies, 90 dimes

Ivan has $8.75 in nickels and quarters in his desk drawer. The number of nickels is twice the number of quarters. How many coins of each type does he have?

In a cash drawer there is $125 in $5 and $10 bills. The number of $10 bills is twice the number of $5 bills. How many of each are in the drawer?

Solution

10 at $10, 5 at $5

John has $175 in $5 and $10 bills in his drawer. The number of $5 bills is three times the number of $10 bills. How many of each are in the drawer?

Carolyn has $2.55 in her purse in nickels and dimes. The number of nickels is nine less than three times the number of dimes. Find the number of each type of coin.

Solution

12 dimes and 27 nickels

Julio has $2.75 in his pocket in nickels and dimes. The number of dimes is 10 less than twice the number of nickels. Find the number of each type of coin.

Chi has $11.30 in dimes and quarters. The number of dimes is three more than three times the number of quarters. How many of each are there?

Solution

63 dimes, 20 quarters

Tyler has $9.70 in dimes and quarters. The number of quarters is eight more than four times the number of dimes. How many of each coin does he have?

Mukul has $3.75 in quarters, dimes and nickels in his pocket. He has five more dimes than quarters and nine more nickels than quarters. How many of each coin are in his pocket?

Solution

16 nickels, 12 dimes, 7 quarters

Vina has $4.70 in quarters, dimes and nickels in her purse. She has eight more dimes than quarters and six more nickels than quarters. How many of each coin are in her purse?

Solve Ticket and Stamp Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve each ticket or stamp word problem.

The school play sold $550 in tickets one night. The number of $8 adult tickets was 10 less than twice the number of $5 child tickets. How many of each ticket were sold?

Solution

30 child tickets, 50 adult tickets

If the number of $8 child tickets is seventeen less than three times the number of $12 adult tickets and the theater took in $584, how many of each ticket were sold?

The movie theater took in $1,220 one Monday night. The number of $7 child tickets was ten more than twice the number of $9 adult tickets. How many of each were sold?

Solution

110 child tickets, 50 adult tickets

The ball game sold $1,340 in tickets one Saturday. The number of $12 adult tickets was 15 more than twice the number of $5 child tickets. How many of each were sold?

The ice rink sold 95 tickets for the afternoon skating session, for a total of $828. General admission tickets cost $10 each and youth tickets cost $8 each. How many general admission tickets and how many youth tickets were sold?

Solution

34 general, 61 youth

For the 7:30 show time, 140 movie tickets were sold. Receipts from the $13 adult tickets and the $10 senior tickets totaled $1,664. How many adult tickets and how many senior tickets were sold?

The box office sold 360 tickets to a concert at the college. The total receipts were $4170. General admission tickets cost $15 and student tickets cost $10. How many of each kind of ticket was sold?

Solution

114 general, 246 student

Last Saturday, the museum box office sold 281 tickets for a total of $3954. Adult tickets cost $15 and student tickets cost $12. How many of each kind of ticket was sold?

Julie went to the post office and bought both $0.41 stamps and $0.26 postcards. She spent $51.40. The number of stamps was 20 more than twice the number of postcards. How many of each did she buy?

Solution

40 postcards, 100 stamps

Jason went to the post office and bought both $0.41 stamps and $0.26 postcards and spent $10.28. The number of stamps was four more than twice the number of postcards. How many of each did he buy?

Maria spent $12.50 at the post office. She bought three times as many $0.41 stamps as $0.02 stamps. How many of each did she buy?

Solution

30 at $0.41, 10 at $0.02

Hector spent $33.20 at the post office. He bought four times as many $0.41 stamps as $0.02 stamps. How many of each did he buy?

Hilda has $210 worth of $10 and $12 stock shares. The numbers of $10 shares is five more than twice the number of $12 shares. How many of each does she have?

Solution

15 $10 shares, 5 $12 shares

Mario invested $475 in $45 and $25 stock shares. The number of $25 shares was five less than three times the number of $45 shares. How many of each type of share did he buy?

Solve Mixture Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve each mixture word problem.

Lauren in making 15 liters of mimosas for a brunch banquet. Orange juice costs her $1.50 per liter and champagne costs her $12 per liter. How many liters of orange juice and how many liters of champagne should she use for the mimosas to cost Lauren $5 per liter?

Solution

5 liters champagne, 10 liters orange juice

Macario is making 12 pounds of nut mixture with macadamia nuts and almonds. Macadamia nuts cost $9 per pound and almonds cost $5.25 per pound. How many pounds of macadamia nuts and how many pounds of almonds should Macario use for the mixture to cost $6.50 per pound to make?

Kaapo is mixing Kona beans and Maui beans to make 25 pounds of coffee blend. Kona beans cost Kaapo $15 per pound and Maui beans cost $24 per pound. How many pounds of each coffee bean should Kaapo use for his blend to cost him $17.70 per pound?

Solution

7.5 lbs Maui beans, 17.5 Kona beans

Estelle is making 30 pounds of fruit salad from strawberries and blueberries. Strawberries cost $1.80 per pound and blueberries cost $4.50 per pound. If Estelle wants the fruit salad to cost her $2.52 per pound, how many pounds of each berry should she use?

Carmen wants to tile the floor of his house. He will need 1000 square feet of tile. He will do most of the floor with a tile that costs $1.50 per square foot, but also wants to use an accent tile that costs $9.00 per square foot. How many square feet of each tile should he plan to use if he wants the overall cost to be $3 per square foot?

Solution

800 at $1.50, 200 at $9.00

Riley is planning to plant a lawn in his yard. He will need nine pounds of grass seed. He wants to mix Bermuda seed that costs $4.80 per pound with Fescue seed that costs $3.50 per pound. How much of each seed should he buy so that the overall cost will be $4.02 per pound?

Vartan was paid $25,000 for a cell phone app that he wrote and wants to invest it to save for his son’s education. He wants to put some of the money into a bond that pays 4% annual interest and the rest into stocks that pay 9% annual interest. If he wants to earn 7.4% annual interest on the total amount, how much money should he invest in each account?

Solution

$8000 at 4%, $17,000 at 9%

Vern sold his 1964 Ford Mustang for $55,000 and wants to invest the money to earn him 5.8% interest per year. He will put some of the money into Fund A that earns 3% per year and the rest in Fund B that earns 10% per year. How much should he invest into each fund if he wants to earn 5.8% interest per year on the total amount?

Stephanie inherited $40,000. She wants to put some of the money in a certificate of deposit that pays 2.1% interest per year and the rest in a mutual fund account that pays 6.5% per year. How much should she invest in each account if she wants to earn 5.4% interest per year on the total amount?

Solution

$10,000 in CD, $30,000 in mutual fund

Avery and Caden have saved $27,000 towards a down payment on a house. They want to keep some of the money in a bank account that pays 2.4% annual interest and the rest in a stock fund that pays 7.2% annual interest. How much should they put into each account so that they earn 6% interest per year?

Dominic pays 7% interest on his $15,000 college loan and 12% interest on his $11,000 car loan. What average interest rate does he pay on the total $26,000 he owes? (Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

Solution

9.1%

Liam borrowed a total of $35,000 to pay for college. He pays his parents 3% interest on the $8,000 he borrowed from them and pays the bank 6.8% on the rest. What average interest rate does he pay on the total $35,000? (Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

Everyday Math

As the treasurer of her daughter’s Girl Scout troop, Laney collected money for some girls and adults to go to a 3-day camp. Each girl paid $75 and each adult paid $30. The total amount of money collected for camp was $765. If the number of girls is three times the number of adults, how many girls and how many adults paid for camp?

Solution

9 girls, 3 adults

Laurie was completing the treasurer’s report for her son’s Boy Scout troop at the end of the school year. She didn’t remember how many boys had paid the $15 full-year registration fee and how many had paid the $10 partial-year fee. She knew that the number of boys who paid for a full-year was ten more than the number who paid for a partial-year. If $250 was collected for all the registrations, how many boys had paid the full-year fee and how many had paid the partial-year fee?

Writing Exercises

Suppose you have six quarters, nine dimes, and four pennies. Explain how you find the total value of all the coins.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Do you find it helpful to use a table when solving coin problems? Why or why not?

In the table used to solve coin problems, one column is labeled “number” and another column is labeled “value.” What is the difference between the “number” and the “value?”

Solution

Answers will vary.

What similarities and differences did you see between solving the coin problems and the ticket and stamp problems?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “solve coin word problems,” “solve ticket and stamp word problems,” and “solve mixture word problems.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

mixture problems
Mixture problems combine two or more items with different values together.

Solve Geometry Applications: Triangles, Rectangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve applications using properties of triangles
  • Use the Pythagorean Theorem
  • Solve applications using rectangle properties

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 12(6h).
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

3h

The length of a rectangle is three less than the width. Let w represent the width. Write an expression for the length of the rectangle.
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

l=w−3

Solve: A=12bh for b when A=260 and h=52.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

b=10

Simplify: 144.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in The Real Numbers.

Solution

12

Solve Applications Using Properties of Triangles

In this section we will use some common geometry formulas. We will adapt our problem-solving strategy so that we can solve geometry applications. The geometry formula will name the variables and give us the equation to solve. In addition, since these applications will all involve shapes of some sort, most people find it helpful to draw a figure and label it with the given information. We will include this in the first step of the problem solving strategy for geometry applications.

Solve Geometry Applications.

  1. Read the problem and make sure all the words and ideas are understood. Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Label what we are looking for by choosing a variable to represent it.
  4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer by substituting it back into the equation solved in step 5 and by making sure it makes sense in the context of the problem.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

We will start geometry applications by looking at the properties of triangles. Let’s review some basic facts about triangles. Triangles have three sides and three interior angles. Usually each side is labeled with a lowercase letter to match the uppercase letter of the opposite vertex.

The plural of the word vertex is vertices. All triangles have three vertices. Triangles are named by their vertices: The triangle in Figure 1 is called △ABC.

A triangle with vertices A, B, and C. The sides opposite these vertices are marked a, b, and c, respectively.
Triangle ABC has vertices A, B, and C. The lengths of the sides are a, b, and c.

The three angles of a triangle are related in a special way. The sum of their measures is 180°. Note that we read m∠A as “the measure of angle A.” So in △ABC in Figure 1,

m∠A+m∠B+m∠C=180°

Because the perimeter of a figure is the length of its boundary, the perimeter of △ABC is the sum of the lengths of its three sides.

P=a+b+c

To find the area of a triangle, we need to know its base and height. The height is a line that connects the base to the opposite vertex and makes a 90° angle with the base. We will draw △ABC again, and now show the height, h. See Figure 2.

A triangle with vertices A, B, and C. The sides opposite these vertices are marked a, b, and c, respectively. The side b is parallel to the bottom of the page, and it has a dashed line drawn from vertex B to it. This line is marked h and makes a right angle with side b.
The formula for the area of △ABC is A=12bh, where b is the base and h is the height.

Triangle Properties

A triangle with vertices A, B, and C. The sides opposite these vertices are marked a, b, and c, respectively. The side b is parallel to the bottom of the page, and it has a dashed line drawn from vertex B to it. This line is marked h and makes a right angle with side b.

For △ABC

Angle measures:

m∠A+m∠B+m∠C=180
  • The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle is 180°.

Perimeter:

P=a+b+c
  • The perimeter is the sum of the lengths of the sides of the triangle.

Area:

A=12bh,b=base,h=height
  • The area of a triangle is one-half the base times the height.

 

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 55 and 82 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw the figure and label it with the given information. A triangle ABC is depicted with angle A measuring 82 degrees, angle B measuring 55 degrees, and angle C labeled as 'x'. The sum of angles in a triangle is 180 degrees.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measure of the third angle in a triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let x= the measure of the angle.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula and substitute. m∠A+m∠B+m∠C=180
Step 5. Solve the equation. 55+82+x=180137+x=180x=43
Step 6. Check.

55+82+43≟180180=180✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The measure of the third angle is 43 degrees.

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 31 and 128 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

Solution

21 degrees

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 49 and 75 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

Solution

56 degrees

The perimeter of a triangular garden is 24 feet. The lengths of two sides are four feet and nine feet. How long is the third side?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw the figure and label it with the given information. A triangle with sides labeled 4 ft, 9 ft, and c.
The image displays text on a white background, which reads 'P = 24 ft' in black letters, indicating a perimeter measurement of 24 feet.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. length of the third side of a triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let c= the third side.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula and substitute. A mathematical equation displays P = a + b + c, with light blue braces positioned under each variable.
Substitute in the given information. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '24 ft = 4 ft + 9 ft + C' against a white background.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '24 = 13 + c'. This equation requires solving for the variable 'c'.
The image shows the handwritten equation '11 = c' on a plain white background.
Step 6. Check.

P=a+b+c24≟4+9+1124=24✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The third side is 11 feet long.

The perimeter of a triangular garden is 48 feet. The lengths of two sides are 18 feet and 22 feet. How long is the third side?

Solution

8 feet

The lengths of two sides of a triangular window are seven feet and five feet. The perimeter is 18 feet. How long is the third side?

Solution

6 feet

The area of a triangular church window is 90 square meters. The base of the window is 15 meters. What is the window’s height?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw the figure and label it with the given information. An isosceles triangle is shown with a base length of 15 m. A dashed line represents the height 'h' from the apex to the base, forming a right angle.
Area =90m2
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. height of a triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let h= the height.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula. The formula for calculating the area of a triangle, A = 1/2 * b * h, where A is the area, b is the base, and h is the height. Each component of the formula is highlighted with a blue bracket.
Substitute in the given information. A mathematical equation is shown, displaying 90 m² = 1/2 ⋅ 15 m ⋅ h, likely representing the formula for the area of a triangle with known area and base, solving for height.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing 90 equals 15 over 2 multiplied by h.
The image displays a simple mathematical equation, '12 = h,' written in black text against a plain white background. The equation indicates that the value of 'h' is equal to 12.
Step 6. Check.

A=12bh90≟12⋅15⋅1290=90✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The height of the triangle is 12 meters.

The area of a triangular painting is 126 square inches. The base is 18 inches. What is the height?

Solution

14 inches

A triangular tent door has an area of 15 square feet. The height is five feet. What is the base?

Solution

6 feet

The triangle properties we used so far apply to all triangles. Now we will look at one specific type of triangle—a right triangle. A right triangle has one 90° angle, which we usually mark with a small square in the corner.

A right triangle with the largest angle marked 90 degrees.

Right Triangle

A right triangle has one 90° angle, which is often marked with a square at the vertex.

One angle of a right triangle measures 28°. What is the measure of the third angle?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw the figure and label it with the given information. A right-angled triangle ABC with angle A = 90 degrees, angle B = 28 degrees, and angle C labeled as x.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measure of an angle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let x= the measure of an angle.
Step 4. Translate. m∠A+m∠B+m∠C=180
Write the appropriate formula and substitute. x+90+28=180
Step 5. Solve the equation. x+118=180x=62
Step 6. Check.

180≟90+28+62180=180✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The measure of the third angle is 62°.

One angle of a right triangle measures 56°. What is the measure of the other small angle?

Solution

34°

One angle of a right triangle measures 45°. What is the measure of the other small angle?

Solution

45°

In the examples we have seen so far, we could draw a figure and label it directly after reading the problem. In the next example, we will have to define one angle in terms of another. We will wait to draw the figure until we write expressions for all the angles we are looking for.

The measure of one angle of a right triangle is 20 degrees more than the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the measures of all three angles
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let a=1st angle.
a+20=2nd angle
90=3rd angle (the right angle)
Draw the figure and label it with the given information A right-angled triangle ABC, with angle C at 90 degrees, angle A labeled 'a', and angle B labeled 'a + 20'.
Step 4. Translate This equation, m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180, represents the angle sum property of a triangle, where the sum of its interior angles is 180 degrees.
Write the appropriate formula.
Substitute into the formula.
A mathematical equation is displayed: a + (a + 20) + 90 = 180. This equation likely represents a geometry problem, possibly related to angles in a triangle or on a straight line, where 'a' is an unknown value to be solved for.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed with a grey gradient effect against a white background, reading '2a + 110 = 180'.
A mathematical equation,
The text 'a = 35 first angle' is displayed on a white background.
The image displays the text 'a + 20 second angle' on a white background.
The numbers 35 and 20 are displayed in white, with 35 in a slightly redder hue, separated by a plus sign, all against a clean white background, indicating an addition problem.
55
         90 third angle
Step 6. Check.

35+55+90≟180180=180✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The three angles measure 35°, 55°, and 90°.

The measure of one angle of a right triangle is 50° more than the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

20°,70°,90°

The measure of one angle of a right triangle is 30° more than the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

30°,60°,90°

Use the Pythagorean Theorem

We have learned how the measures of the angles of a triangle relate to each other. Now, we will learn how the lengths of the sides relate to each other. An important property that describes the relationship among the lengths of the three sides of a right triangle is called the Pythagorean Theorem. This theorem has been used around the world since ancient times. It is named after the Greek philosopher and mathematician, Pythagoras, who lived around 500 BC.

Before we state the Pythagorean Theorem, we need to introduce some terms for the sides of a triangle. Remember that a right triangle has a 90° angle, marked with a small square in the corner. The side of the triangle opposite the 90° angle is called the hypotenuse and each of the other sides are called legs.

Three right triangles with different orientations. The right angles are marked with two small lines that make a small square with the angle. Opposite these angles, hypotenuse is written. The other sides are marked “leg.”

The Pythagorean Theorem tells how the lengths of the three sides of a right triangle relate to each other. It states that in any right triangle, the sum of the squares of the lengths of the two legs equals the square of the length of the hypotenuse. In symbols we say: in any right triangle, a2+b2=c2, where aandb are the lengths of the legs and c is the length of the hypotenuse.

Writing the formula in every exercise and saying it aloud as you write it, may help you remember the Pythagorean Theorem.

The Pythagorean Theorem

In any right triangle, a2+b2=c2.

A right triangle with sides marked a, b, and c. The side marked c is the hypotenuse.

where a and b are the lengths of the legs, c is the length of the hypotenuse.

To solve exercises that use the Pythagorean Theorem, we will need to find square roots. We have used the notation m and the definition:

If m=n2, then m=n, for n≥0.

For example, we found that 25 is 5 because 25=52.

Because the Pythagorean Theorem contains variables that are squared, to solve for the length of a side in a right triangle, we will have to use square roots.

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse shown below.

A right triangle with legs marked 3 and 4.
Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length of the hypotenuse of the triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it.
Label side c on the figure.
Let c = the length of the hypotenuse.

A right triangle diagram illustrating the Pythagorean theorem with legs 3 and 4, and hypotenuse 'c'. This setup is famously known as a 3-4-5 triangle.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula. a2+b2=c2
Substitute. 32+42=c2
Step 5. Solve the equation. 9+16=c2
Simplify. 25=c2
Use the definition of square root. 25=c
Simplify. 5=c
Step 6. Check.

A step-by-step verification of the Pythagorean theorem for a 3-4-5 right triangle, showing 3^2 + 4^2 = 5^2 simplifies to 25 = 25.
Step 7. Answer the question. The length of the hypotenuse is 5.

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse in the triangle shown below.

A right triangle with legs marked 6 and 8. The hypotenuse is marked c.
Solution

c=10

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse in the triangle shown below.

The image shows a right triangle. The number 5 is written on the base and the number 12 is written on the vertical leg. The hypotenuse is labeled c.
Solution

c=13

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the leg shown below.

A right angle with one leg marked 5. The hypotenuse is labeled 13.
Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length of the leg of the triangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let b = the leg of the triangle.
Lable side b. A right-angled triangle with one leg of length 5, the hypotenuse of length 13, and the other leg labeled 'b'. The right angle is shown at the top-left vertex.
Step 4. Translate
Write the appropriate formula. a2+b2=c2
Substitute. 52+b2=132
Step 5. Solve the equation. 25+b2=169
Isolate the variable term. b2=144
Use the definition of square root. b2=144
Simplify. b=12
Step 6. Check.

Step-by-step math showing 5 squared plus 12 squared equals 13 squared. The calculation 25 + 144 = 169 confirms this classic Pythagorean triple.
Step 7. Answer the question. The length of the leg is 12.

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the leg in the triangle shown below.

A right triangle with legs marked b and 15. The hypotenuse is marked 17.
Solution

8

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the leg in the triangle shown below.

A right triangle with legs marked b and 9. The hypotenuse is marked 15.
Solution

12

A gazebo is shown. In one of its corners, a triangle is made with the wood. The hypotenuse is marked 10 inches, and one of the legs is marked x

Kelvin is building a gazebo and wants to brace each corner by placing a 10″ piece of wood diagonally as shown above.

If he fastens the wood so that the ends of the brace are the same distance from the corner, what is the length of the legs of the right triangle formed? Approximate to the nearest tenth of an inch.

Solution

Solution

This table outlines the methodical steps for solving a mathematical problem, from reading the question to checking the answer.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the distance from the corner that the bracket should be attached
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let x= the distance from the corner.
Step 4. Translate
      Write the appropriate formula and substitute.
a2+b2=c2x2+x2=102
Step 5. Solve the equation.
Isolate the variable.
Use the definition of square root.
Simplify. Approximate to the nearest tenth.
2x2=100x2=50x=50x≈7.1
Step 6. Check.
a2+b2=c2(7.1)2+(7.1)2≈102Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question. Kelvin should fasten each piece of wood approximately 7.1" from the corner.

John puts the base of a 13-foot ladder five feet from the wall of his house as shown below. How far up the wall does the ladder reach?

A house is shown with a ladder leaning against it. The ladder is marked 13’, and the distance from the house to the base of the ladder is marked 5’.
Solution

12 feet

Randy wants to attach a 17 foot string of lights to the top of the 15 foot mast of his sailboat, as shown below. How far from the base of the mast should he attach the end of the light string?

A sailboat is shown with a 15’ mast (the straight tall part). From the top of the mast, a series of colored dots stretches down to the back of the boat and is marked 17’.
Solution

8 feet

Solve Applications Using Rectangle Properties

You may already be familiar with the properties of rectangles. Rectangles have four sides and four right (90°) angles. The opposite sides of a rectangle are the same length. We refer to one side of the rectangle as the length, L, and its adjacent side as the width, W.

A rectangle with sides marked W and L.

The distance around this rectangle is L+W+L+W, or 2L+2W. This is the perimeter, P, of the rectangle.

P=2L+2W

What about the area of a rectangle? Imagine a rectangular rug that is 2-feet long by 3-feet wide. Its area is 6 square feet. There are six squares in the figure.

A rectangles composed of 6 squares that is three high and two wide. The height is marked 3 and the width is marked 2.
A=6A=2·3A=L·W

The area is the length times the width.

The formula for the area of a rectangle is A=LW.

Properties of Rectangles

Rectangles have four sides and four right (90°) angles.

The lengths of opposite sides are equal.

The perimeter of a rectangle is the sum of twice the length and twice the width.

P=2L+2W

The area of a rectangle is the product of the length and the width.

A=L·W

 

The length of a rectangle is 32 meters and the width is 20 meters. What is the perimeter?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
A clear, simple line drawing of a rectangle. The top and bottom sides are labeled '32 m', and the left and right sides are labeled '20 m', indicating its dimensions.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the perimeter of a rectangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let P = the perimeter.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula. The formula P = 2L + 2W is displayed, representing the perimeter of a rectangle where P is perimeter, L is length, and W is width. Each component of the equation is bracketed below with light blue braces.
Substitute. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: p = 2(32 m) + 2(20 m). The equation shows the calculation of a perimeter 'p' using two sets of measurements, 32 meters and 20 meters, each multiplied by 2 and then added together.
Step 5. Solve the equation. The image displays a mathematical equation, 'P = 64 + 40,' written in a dark gray font against a plain white background.
The image displays the text 'P = 104' in a grayscale font on a plain white background.
Step 6. Check.

P≟10420+32+20+32≟104104=104✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The perimeter of the rectangle is 104 meters.

The length of a rectangle is 120 yards and the width is 50 yards. What is the perimeter?

Solution

340 yards

The length of a rectangle is 62 feet and the width is 48 feet. What is the perimeter?

Solution

220 feet

The area of a rectangular room is 168 square feet. The length is 14 feet. What is the width?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
A rectangle is shown with one side labeled 'W' and an adjacent side labeled '14 ft'.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the width of a rectangular room
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let W = the width.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula. A=LW
Substitute. 168=14W
Step 5. Solve the equation. 16814=14W14
12=W
Step 6. Check.

A rectangle with dimensions of 12 ft by 14 ft.
A=LW168≟14⋅12168=168✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The width of the room is 12 feet.

The area of a rectangle is 598 square feet. The length is 23 feet. What is the width?

Solution

26 feet

The width of a rectangle is 21 meters. The area is 609 square meters. What is the length?

Solution

29 meters

Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter 50 inches and width 10 inches.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
A rectangle with a height of 10 inches and a base labeled L.
The text 'P = 50 in' is displayed on a white background.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length of the rectangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it. Let L = the length.
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula. The mathematical formula P = 2L + 2W, which is used to calculate the perimeter of a rectangle, is shown on a white background.
Substitute. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '50 = 2L + 2(10)' in black text against a white background.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 50 - 20 = 2L + 20 - 20. The numbers '20' in the subtraction and addition operations on both sides are highlighted in red.

A mathematical expression '30 = 2L' displayed on a white background, representing an equation with a variable 'L'.

The mathematical equation 30/2 = 2L/2 is shown on a white background, demonstrating a basic algebraic problem involving fractions.

The image displays a white background with the equation '15 = L' written in black in the upper left corner.
Step 6. Check.
A rectangle is shown with its sides labeled. The top and bottom sides are 15 inches long, and the left and right sides are 10 inches long.
P=5015+10+15+10≟5050=50✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length is 15 inches.

Find the length of a rectangle with: perimeter 80 and width 25.

Solution

15

Find the length of a rectangle with: perimeter 30 and width 6.

Solution

9

We have solved problems where either the length or width was given, along with the perimeter or area; now we will learn how to solve problems in which the width is defined in terms of the length. We will wait to draw the figure until we write an expression for the width so that we can label one side with that expression.

The width of a rectangle is two feet less than the length. The perimeter is 52 feet. Find the length and width.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length and width of a rectangle
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent it.
Since the width is defined in terms of the length, we let L = length. The width is two feet less than the length, so we let L − 2 = width.
A simple geometric shape, a rectangle, is displayed with its bottom side labeled 'L' and its left side labeled 'L-2'. This indicates the algebraic expressions for its dimensions.
P=52 ft
Step 4. Translate.
Write the appropriate formula. The formula for the perimeter of a rectangle relates all the information. P=2L+2W
Substitute in the given information. 52=2L+2(L−2)
Step 5. Solve the equation. 52=2L+2L−4
Combine like terms. 52=4L−4
Add 4 to each side. 56=4L
Divide by 4. 564=4L4
14=L
The length is 14 feet.
Now we need to find the width. The width is L−2.
Mathematical expressions on a white background, showing 'L - 2' followed by '14 - 2' with the number 14 in red, and then the result '12' below it.
The width is 12 feet.
Step 6. Check.
Since 14+12+14+12=52, this works!
A rectangle with a length of 14 ft and a width of 12 ft.
Step 7. Answer the question. The length is 14 feet and the width is 12 feet.

The width of a rectangle is seven meters less than the length. The perimeter is 58 meters. Find the length and width.

Solution

18 meters, 11 meters

The length of a rectangle is eight feet more than the width. The perimeter is 60 feet. Find the length and width.

Solution

19 feet, 11 feet

The length of a rectangle is four centimeters more than twice the width. The perimeter is 32 centimeters. Find the length and width.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length and the width
Step 3. Name. Choose a variable to represent the width. The text 'Let W = width' is displayed on a white background, likely defining a variable in a mathematical or scientific context.
The length is four more than twice the width. A mathematical equation displayed on a white background, which reads '2W + 4 = length' in a dark gray font, representing a formula for calculating length based on a variable 'W'.

A rectangle is shown with its width labeled W and its length labeled 2W + 4.
The image displays text indicating 'P = 32 cm' on a plain white background, likely representing a perimeter measurement in a mathematical or geometric context.
Step 4. Translate
Write the appropriate formula. A mathematical formula is displayed on a white background, reading 'P = 2L + 2W'. This represents the perimeter of a rectangle, where P is perimeter, L is length, and W is width.
Substitute in the given information. A mathematical equation is displayed, stating 32 equals 2 multiplied by the sum of 2W and 4, plus 2W. The equation is '32 = 2(2W + 4) + 2W', set against a plain white background.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '32 = 4W + 8 + 2W' against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 32 = 6W + 8.
A white background features the simple algebraic equation 24 = 6W written in black text. The image clearly displays the mathematical problem for solving W.
The image displays mathematical notation stating that the number 4 is equal to W, which is further identified as 'width' in parentheses. The text is in a black font on a plain white background, indicating a definition or assignment of a variable.
A mathematical expression reads '2W + 4 (length)', likely representing a formula for calculating length based on a variable W.

A mathematical expression reads 2(4) + 4, with the number 4 inside the parentheses highlighted in red.
   12
The length is 12 cm.
Step 6. Check.

A rectangle with a height of 4 cm and a width of 12 cm.
P=2L+2W32≟2⋅12+2⋅432=32✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length is 12 cm and the width is 4 cm.

The length of a rectangle is eight more than twice the width. The perimeter is 64. Find the length and width.

Solution

24, 8

The width of a rectangle is six less than twice the length. The perimeter is 18. Find the length and width.

Solution

5, 4

The perimeter of a rectangular swimming pool is 150 feet. The length is 15 feet more than the width. Find the length and width.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
A rectangular swimming pool with lanes, labeled with algebraic dimensions. The width is 'W' and the length is 'W + 15'.
P=150 ft
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. the length and the width of the pool
Step 3. Name.
Choose a variable to represent the width.
The length is 15 feet more than the width.

The image shows the text 'Let W = width' in black characters against a plain white background. The text is centrally aligned and occupies the upper left portion of the frame.
A mathematical expression reads 'W + 15 = length' on a white background, indicating a relationship between a variable W, the number 15, and the measurement of length.
Step 4. Translate
Write the appropriate formula. The formula P = 2L + 2W is shown, representing the perimeter of a rectangle, where P is perimeter, L is length, and W is width.
Substitute. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 150 = 2(W + 15) + 2W. This equation involves the number 150, variables W, and operations of multiplication, addition, and parentheses.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation shows '150 = 2W + 30 + 2W' in black text on a white background, representing an algebraic problem.
A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '150 = 4W + 30' against a plain white background.
A mathematical equation '120 = 4W' is displayed on a white background, suggesting a problem or calculation related to a variable 'W'.
A mathematical equation shows '30 = W (the width of the pool)', defining the variable W as the width of a pool with a value of 30.
The image displays the expression 'W + 15 (the length of the pool)', indicating a mathematical formula for the length of a pool in terms of a variable W.
The image displays a simple arithmetic problem, '30 + 15,' written in dark gray and red numbers against a white background.
The number 45 is displayed in a simple, dark font on a white background, appearing as an isolated numeral.
Step 6. Check.

P=2L+2W150≟2(45)+2(30)150=150✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The length of the pool is 45 feet and the width is 30 feet.

The perimeter of a rectangular swimming pool is 200 feet. The length is 40 feet more than the width. Find the length and width.

Solution

70 feet, 30 feet

The length of a rectangular garden is 30 yards more than the width. The perimeter is 300 yards. Find the length and width.

Solution

90 yards, 60 yards

Key Concepts

  • Problem-Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications
    1. Read the problem and make all the words and ideas are understood. Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for by choosing a variable to represent it.
    4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.
  • Triangle Properties For △ABC
    Angle measures:
    • m∠A+m∠B+m∠C=180
    Perimeter:
    • P=a+b+c
    Area:
    • A=12bh,b=base,h=height
    A right triangle has one 90° angle.
  • The Pythagorean Theorem In any right triangle, a2+b2=c2 where c is the length of the hypotenuse and a and b are the lengths of the legs.
  • Properties of Rectangles
    • Rectangles have four sides and four right (90°) angles.
    • The lengths of opposite sides are equal.
    • The perimeter of a rectangle is the sum of twice the length and twice the width: P=2L+2W. The area of a rectangle is the length times the width: A=LW.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solving Applications Using Triangle Properties

In the following exercises, solve using triangle properties.

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 26 and 98 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

Solution

56 degrees

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 61 and 84 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 105 and 31 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

Solution

44 degrees

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 47 and 72 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

The perimeter of a triangular pool is 36 yards. The lengths of two sides are 10 yards and 15 yards. How long is the third side?

Solution

11 feet

A triangular courtyard has perimeter 120 meters. The lengths of two sides are 30 meters and 50 meters. How long is the third side?

If a triangle has sides 6 feet and 9 feet and the perimeter is 23 feet, how long is the third side?

Solution

8 feet

If a triangle has sides 14 centimeters and 18 centimeters and the perimeter is 49 centimeters, how long is the third side?

A triangular flag has base one foot and height 1.5 foot. What is its area?

Solution

0.75 sq. ft.

A triangular window has base eight feet and height six feet. What is its area?

What is the base of a triangle with area 207 square inches and height 18 inches?

Solution

23 inches

What is the height of a triangle with area 893 square inches and base 38 inches?

One angle of a right triangle measures 33 degrees. What is the measure of the other small angle?

Solution

57

One angle of a right triangle measures 51 degrees. What is the measure of the other small angle?

One angle of a right triangle measures 22.5 degrees. What is the measure of the other small angle?

Solution

67.5

One angle of a right triangle measures 36.5 degrees. What is the measure of the other small angle?

The perimeter of a triangle is 39 feet. One side of the triangle is one foot longer than the second side. The third side is two feet longer than the second side. Find the length of each side.

Solution

13 ft., 12 ft., 14 ft.

The perimeter of a triangle is 35 feet. One side of the triangle is five feet longer than the second side. The third side is three feet longer than the second side. Find the length of each side.

One side of a triangle is twice the shortest side. The third side is five feet more than the shortest side. The perimeter is 17 feet. Find the lengths of all three sides.

Solution

3 ft., 6 ft., 8 ft.

One side of a triangle is three times the shortest side. The third side is three feet more than the shortest side. The perimeter is 13 feet. Find the lengths of all three sides.

The two smaller angles of a right triangle have equal measures. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

45°,45°,90°

The measure of the smallest angle of a right triangle is 20° less than the measure of the next larger angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

The angles in a triangle are such that one angle is twice the smallest angle, while the third angle is three times as large as the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

30°,60°,90°

The angles in a triangle are such that one angle is 20° more than the smallest angle, while the third angle is three times as large as the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Use the Pythagorean Theorem

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse.

A right triangle with legs marked 9 and 12.
Solution

15

A right triangle with legs marked 16 and 12.
A right triangle with legs marked 15 and 20.
Solution

25

A right triangle with legs marked 5 and 12.

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the leg. Round to the nearest tenth, if necessary.

A right triangle with one leg marked 6 and hypotenuse marked 10.
Solution

8

A right triangle with one leg marked 8 and hypotenuse marked 17.
A right triangle with one leg marked 5 and hypotenuse marked 13.
Solution

12

A right triangle with one leg marked 16 and hypotenuse marked 20.
A right triangle with one leg marked 8 and hypotenuse marked 13.
Solution

10.2

A right triangle with both legs marked 6.
A right-angled triangle with a horizontal base of length 5 and a hypotenuse of length 11. The square symbol indicates the right angle between the base and the vertical side.
Solution

9.8

A right triangle with legs marked 5 and 7.

In the following exercises, solve using the Pythagorean Theorem. Approximate to the nearest tenth, if necessary.

A 13-foot string of lights will be attached to the top of a 12-foot pole for a holiday display, as shown below. How far from the base of the pole should the end of the string of lights be anchored?

A right triangle with one leg marked 12 and hypotenuse marked 13.
Solution

5 feet

Pam wants to put a banner across her garage door, as shown below, to congratulate her son for his college graduation. The garage door is 12 feet high and 16 feet wide. How long should the banner be to fit the garage door?

A house is shown with a banner over the garage door. The garage door is marked 16 ft wide and 12 ft high.

Chi is planning to put a path of paving stones through her flower garden, as shown below. The flower garden is a square with side 10 feet. What will the length of the path be?

A square garden is shown that is marked 10’ on the side. There is a path of stones along the diagonal of the square.
Solution

14.1 feet

Brian borrowed a 20 foot extension ladder to use when he paints his house. If he sets the base of the ladder 6 feet from the house, as shown below, how far up will the top of the ladder reach?

A house is shown with a ladder leaning against it. The ladder is marked 20’, and the distance from the house to the base of the ladder is marked 6’.

Solve Applications Using Rectangle Properties

In the following exercises, solve using rectangle properties.

The length of a rectangle is 85 feet and the width is 45 feet. What is the perimeter?

Solution

260 feet

The length of a rectangle is 26 inches and the width is 58 inches. What is the perimeter?

A rectangular room is 15 feet wide by 14 feet long. What is its perimeter?

Solution

58 feet

A driveway is in the shape of a rectangle 20 feet wide by 35 feet long. What is its perimeter?

The area of a rectangle is 414 square meters. The length is 18 meters. What is the width?

Solution

23 meters

The area of a rectangle is 782 square centimeters. The width is 17 centimeters. What is the length?

The width of a rectangular window is 24 inches. The area is 624 square inches. What is the length?

Solution

26 inches

The length of a rectangular poster is 28 inches. The area is 1316 square inches. What is the width?

Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter 124 and width 38.

Solution

24

Find the width of a rectangle with perimeter 92 and length 19.

Find the width of a rectangle with perimeter 16.2 and length 3.2.

Solution

4.9

Find the length of a rectangle with perimeter 20.2 and width 7.8.

The length of a rectangle is nine inches more than the width. The perimeter is 46 inches. Find the length and the width.

Solution

16 in., 7 in.

The width of a rectangle is eight inches more than the length. The perimeter is 52 inches. Find the length and the width.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 58 meters. The width of the rectangle is five meters less than the length. Find the length and the width of the rectangle.

Solution

17 m, 12 m

The perimeter of a rectangle is 62 feet. The width is seven feet less than the length. Find the length and the width.

The width of the rectangle is 0.7 meters less than the length. The perimeter of a rectangle is 52.6 meters. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.

Solution

13.5 m length, 12.8 m width

The length of the rectangle is 1.1 meters less than the width. The perimeter of a rectangle is 49.4 meters. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 150 feet. The length of the rectangle is twice the width. Find the length and width of the rectangle.

Solution

50 ft., 25 ft.

The length of a rectangle is three times the width. The perimeter of the rectangle is 72 feet. Find the length and width of the rectangle.

The length of a rectangle is three meters less than twice the width. The perimeter of the rectangle is 36 meters. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.

Solution

7 m width, 11 m length

The length of a rectangle is five inches more than twice the width. The perimeter is 34 inches. Find the length and width.

The perimeter of a rectangular field is 560 yards. The length is 40 yards more than the width. Find the length and width of the field.

Solution

160 yd., 120 yd.

The perimeter of a rectangular atrium is 160 feet. The length is 16 feet more than the width. Find the length and width of the atrium.

A rectangular parking lot has perimeter 250 feet. The length is five feet more than twice the width. Find the length and width of the parking lot.

Solution

85 ft., 40 ft.

A rectangular rug has perimeter 240 inches. The length is 12 inches more than twice the width. Find the length and width of the rug.

Everyday Math

Christa wants to put a fence around her triangular flowerbed. The sides of the flowerbed are six feet, eight feet and 10 feet. How many feet of fencing will she need to enclose her flowerbed?

Solution

240 feet

Jose just removed the children’s playset from his back yard to make room for a rectangular garden. He wants to put a fence around the garden to keep out the dog. He has a 50 foot roll of fence in his garage that he plans to use. To fit in the backyard, the width of the garden must be 10 feet. How long can he make the other length?

Writing Exercises

If you need to put tile on your kitchen floor, do you need to know the perimeter or the area of the kitchen? Explain your reasoning.

Solution

area; answers will vary

If you need to put a fence around your backyard, do you need to know the perimeter or the area of the backyard? Explain your reasoning.

Look at the two figures below.

On the left, we have a rectangle with height 2 and width 8. On the right, we have a square with height 4 and width 4.
  1. ⓐ Which figure looks like it has the larger area?
  2. ⓑ Which looks like it has the larger perimeter?
  3. ⓒ Now calculate the area and perimeter of each figure.
  4. ⓓ Which has the larger area?
  5. ⓔ Which has the larger perimeter?
Solution

ⓐ Answers will vary.
ⓑ Answers will vary.
ⓒ Answers will vary.
ⓓ The areas are the same.
ⓔ The 2x8 rectangle has a larger perimeter than the 4x4 square.

Write a geometry word problem that relates to your life experience, then solve it and explain all your steps.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “solve applications using triangle properties,” “use the Pythagorean Theorem,” and “solve applications using rectangle properties.” The rest of the cells are blank

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve uniform motion applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Find the distance travelled by a car going 70 miles per hour for 3 hours.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

210 miles

Solve x+1.2(x−10)=98.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Use a General Strategy to Solve Linear Equations.

Solution

x=50

Convert 90 minutes to hours.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Systems of Measurement.

Solution

1.5 hours

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

When planning a road trip, it often helps to know how long it will take to reach the destination or how far to travel each day. We would use the distance, rate, and time formula, D=rt, which we have already seen.

In this section, we will use this formula in situations that require a little more algebra to solve than the ones we saw earlier. Generally, we will be looking at comparing two scenarios, such as two vehicles travelling at different rates or in opposite directions. When the speed of each vehicle is constant, we call applications like this uniform motion problems.

Our problem-solving strategies will still apply here, but we will add to the first step. The first step will include drawing a diagram that shows what is happening in the example. Drawing the diagram helps us understand what is happening so that we will write an appropriate equation. Then we will make a table to organize the information, like we did for the money applications.

The steps are listed here for easy reference:

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy in Distance, Rate, and Time Applications.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    • Draw a diagram to illustrate what it happening.
    • Create a table to organize the information.
    • Label the columns rate, time, distance.
    • List the two scenarios.
    • Write in the information you know.
    A table with three rows and four columns and an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right _____, Rate, Time, and Distance. The rest of the cells are blank.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    • Complete the chart.
    • Use variable expressions to represent that quantity in each row.
    • Multiply the rate times the time to get the distance.
  4. Translate into an equation.
    • Restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information.
    • Then, translate the sentence into an equation.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

An express train and a local train leave Pittsburgh to travel to Washington, D.C. The express train can make the trip in 4 hours and the local train takes 5 hours for the trip. The speed of the express train is 12 miles per hour faster than the speed of the local train. Find the speed of both trains.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.

  • Draw a diagram to illustrate what it happening. Shown below is a sketch of what is happening in the example.

    Pittsburgh and Washington, DC, are represented by two separate lines. There is a line marked Express Train from Pittsburgh to Washington that is 12 mph faster and 4 hours long. There is a line marked Local Train from Pittsburgh to Washington that take 5 hours. The space between Pittsburgh and Washington is marked distance.
    A table with three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right _____, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have Express and then Local. Below the Time header cell, we have 4 and then 5. The rest of the cells are blank.
  • Create a table to organize the information.
  • Label the columns “Rate,” “Time,” and “Distance.”
  • List the two scenarios.
  • Write in the information you know.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

  • We are asked to find the speed of both trains.
  • Notice that the distance formula uses the word “rate,” but it is more common to use “speed” when we talk about vehicles in everyday English.

Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

  • Complete the chart
  • Use variable expressions to represent that quantity in each row.
  • We are looking for the speed of the trains. Let’s let r represent the speed of the local train. Since the speed of the express train is 12 mph faster, we represent that as r+12.

r=speed of the local trainr+12=speed of the express train

Fill in the speeds into the chart.

A table with three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right _____, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have Express and then Local. Below the Rate header cell, we have r plus 12 and then r. Below the Time header cell, we have 4 and then 5. The rest of the cells are blank.

Multiply the rate times the time to get the distance.

A table with three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right _____, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have Express and then Local. Below the Rate header cell, we have r plus 12 and then r. Below the Time header cell, we have 4 and then 5. Below the Distance header cell, we have 4 times the quantity (r plus 12) and then 5r.

Step 4. Translate into an equation.

  • Restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information.
  • Then, translate the sentence into an equation.
  • The equation to model this situation will come from the relation between the distances. Look at the diagram we drew above. How is the distance travelled by the express train related to the distance travelled by the local train?
  • Since both trains leave from Pittsburgh and travel to Washington, D.C. they travel the same distance. So we write:


The sentence, “The distance traveled by the express train equals the distance traveled by the local train,” can be translated to an equation. Translate “distance traveled by the express train” to 4 times the quantity r plus 12, and translate “distance traveled by the local train” to 5r. The full equation is 4 times the quantity r plus 12 equals 5r.

Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.

Now solve this equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4(r + 12) = 5r' in black text against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 4r + 48 = 5r.
The number 48 is equated to the variable 'r', displayed as '48 = r' against a white background.
So the speed of the local train is 48 mph.
Find the speed of the express train. The mathematical expression 'r + 12' is displayed in black text on a white background.
The number 48 in red font is displayed next to a black plus sign and the number 12, also in black font, against a white background.
The number '60' is displayed in a sans-serif font against a plain white background.
The speed of the express train is 60 mph.

Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.

Comparison of express and local train travel, detailing speed, time, and how both achieve a 240-mile distance.
express train 60 mph (4 hours) = 240 miles
local train 48 mph (5 hours) = 240 miles ✓

Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

  • The speed of the local train is 48 mph and the speed of the express train is 60 mph.

Wayne and Dennis like to ride the bike path from Riverside Park to the beach. Dennis’s speed is seven miles per hour faster than Wayne’s speed, so it takes Wayne 2 hours to ride to the beach while it takes Dennis 1.5 hours for the ride. Find the speed of both bikers.

Solution

Wayne 21 mph, Dennis 28 mph

Jeromy can drive from his house in Cleveland to his college in Chicago in 4.5 hours. It takes his mother 6 hours to make the same drive. Jeromy drives 20 miles per hour faster than his mother. Find Jeromy’s speed and his mother’s speed.

Solution

Jeromy 80 mph, mother 60 mph

In Example 1, the last example, we had two trains traveling the same distance. The diagram and the chart helped us write the equation we solved. Let’s see how this works in another case.

Christopher and his parents live 115 miles apart. They met at a restaurant between their homes to celebrate his mother’s birthday. Christopher drove 1.5 hours while his parents drove 1 hour to get to the restaurant. Christopher’s average speed was 10 miles per hour faster than his parents’ average speed. What were the average speeds of Christopher and of his parents as they drove to the restaurant?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.


  • Draw a diagram to illustrate what it happening. Below shows a sketch of what is happening in the example.

    Christopher and Parents are represented by two separate lines. The distance between these two lines is marked 115 miles. Lunch is also located between Christopher and Parents. There is an arrow from Christopher that is marked 10 mph faster and 1.5 hours. There is an arrow from Parents marked 1 hour. These two arrows meet somewhere between Christopher and Parents.
  • Create a table to organize the information.
  • Label the columns rate, time, distance.
  • List the two scenarios.
  • Write in the information you know.

A table with three rows and four columns and an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right blank, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have Christopher and Parents. Below the time header cell, we have 1.5 and 1. The extra cell contains 115. The rest of the cells are blank.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

  • We are asked to find the average speeds of Christopher and his parents.

Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

  • Complete the chart.
  • Use variable expressions to represent that quantity in each row.
  • We are looking for their average speeds. Let’s let r represent the average speed of the parents. Since the Christopher’s speed is 10 mph faster, we represent that as r+10.

Fill in the speeds into the chart.

A table with three rows and four columns and an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right blank, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have Christopher and Parents. Below the rate header cell, we have r plus 10 and r. Below the time header cell, we have 1.5 and 1. Below the distance header cell, we have 1.5 times the quantity (r plus 10), r, and 115.

Multiply the rate times the time to get the distance.

Step 4. Translate into an equation.

  • Restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information.
  • Then, translate the sentence into an equation.
  • Again, we need to identify a relationship between the distances in order to write an equation. Look at the diagram we created above and notice the relationship between the distance Christopher traveled and the distance his parents traveled.

The distance Christopher travelled plus the distance his parents travel must add up to 115 miles. So we write:


The sentence, “The distance traveled by Christopher plus the distance traveled by his parents equals 115 miles,” can be translated to an equation. Translate “distance traveled by Christopher” to 1.5 times the quantity r plus 10, and translate “distance traveled by his parents” to r. The full equation is 1.5 times the quantity r plus 10, plus r equals 115.

Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.

Step-by-step solution for a word problem calculating parent's and Christopher's speeds using an algebraic equation.
Now solve this equation. 1.5(r+10)+r=1151.5r+15+r=1152.5r+15=1152.5r=100r=40
So the parents' speed was 40 mph.
Christopher's speed is r+10. r+1040+1050
Christopher's speed was 50 mph.

Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.

Calculated distances traveled by Christopher and his parents, summing up to a total journey distance.
Christopher drove 50 mph (1.5 hours)=75 miles
His parents drove 40 mph (1 hours)=40 miles_______ 115 miles
This table outlines a problem-solving step, specifically providing the calculated speeds for Christopher and his parents.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Christopher's speed was 50 mph.
His parents' speed was 40 mph.

Carina is driving from her home in Anaheim to Berkeley on the same day her brother is driving from Berkeley to Anaheim, so they decide to meet for lunch along the way in Buttonwillow. The distance from Anaheim to Berkeley is 410 miles. It takes Carina 3 hours to get to Buttonwillow, while her brother drives 4 hours to get there. The average speed Carina’s brother drove was 15 miles per hour faster than Carina’s average speed. Find Carina’s and her brother’s average speeds.

Solution

Carina 50 mph, brother 65 mph

Ashley goes to college in Minneapolis, 234 miles from her home in Sioux Falls. She wants her parents to bring her more winter clothes, so they decide to meet at a restaurant on the road between Minneapolis and Sioux Falls. Ashley and her parents both drove 2 hours to the restaurant. Ashley’s average speed was seven miles per hour faster than her parents’ average speed. Find Ashley’s and her parents’ average speed.

Solution

parents 55 mph, Ashley 62 mph

As you read the next example, think about the relationship of the distances traveled. Which of the previous two examples is more similar to this situation?

Two truck drivers leave a rest area on the interstate at the same time. One truck travels east and the other one travels west. The truck traveling west travels at 70 mph and the truck traveling east has an average speed of 60 mph. How long will they travel before they are 325 miles apart?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.


  • Draw a diagram to illustrate what it happening.

    West and East are represented by two separate lines. The distance between these two lines is marked 325 miles. Rest stop is also located between West and East. There is an arrow from Rest stop heading toward West that is marked 70 mph. There is an arrow from Rest stop heading toward East that is marked 60 mph.
  • Create a table to organize the information.

A table with three rows and four columns and an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right blank, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have West and East. Below the rate header cell, we have 70 and 60. The extra cell contains 325. The rest of the cells are blank.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

  • We are asked to find the amount of time the trucks will travel until they are 325 miles apart.

Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

  • We are looking for the time travelled. Both trucks will travel the same amount of time. Let’s call the time t. Since their speeds are different, they will travel different distances.
  • Complete the chart.

A table with three rows and four columns and an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right blank, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have West and East. Below the rate header cell, we have 70 and 60. Below the time head cell, we have t and t. Below the Distance header cell we have 70t, 60t, and 325.

Step 4. Translate into an equation.

  • We need to find a relation between the distances in order to write an equation. Looking at the diagram, what is the relationship between the distance each of the trucks will travel?
  • The distance traveled by the truck going west plus the distance travelled by the truck going east must add up to 325 miles. So we write:

Distance traveled by westbound truck plus distance traveled by eastbound truck equals 325. The first part corresponds to 70t and the second part corresponds to 60.

Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.

Step-by-step solution for the algebraic equation 70t + 60t = 325, demonstrating the process to find the value of 't'.
Now solve this equation. 70t+60t=325 130t=325 t=2.5

So it will take the trucks 2.5 hours to be 325 miles apart.

Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.

Distances covered by two trucks traveling in opposite directions over 2.5 hours, including total distance.
Truck going West 70 mph (2.5 hours)= 175 miles
Truck going East 60 mph (2.5 hours)=150 miles________325 miles
This table presents a problem-solving step and its corresponding answer.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. It will take the trucks 2.5 hours to be 325 miles apart.

Pierre and Monique leave their home in Portland at the same time. Pierre drives north on the turnpike at a speed of 75 miles per hour while Monique drives south at a speed of 68 miles per hour. How long will it take them to be 429 miles apart?

Solution

3 hours

Thanh and Nhat leave their office in Sacramento at the same time. Thanh drives north on I-5 at a speed of 72 miles per hour. Nhat drives south on I-5 at a speed of 76 miles per hour. How long will it take them to be 330 miles apart?

Solution

2.2 hours

Matching Units in Problems

It is important to make sure the units match when we use the distance rate and time formula. For instance, if the rate is in miles per hour, then the time must be in hours.

When Katie Mae walks to school, it takes her 30 minutes. If she rides her bike, it takes her 15 minutes. Her speed is three miles per hour faster when she rides her bike than when she walks. What are her walking speed and her speed riding her bike?

Solution

Solution

First, we draw a diagram that represents the situation to help us see what is happening.

A house and a school are represented by two separate lines. There is a line marked walking from the house to the school that takes 30 minutes. There is a line marked biking from the house to the school that take 15 minutes and is 3 mph faster. The space between the house and school is marked distance.

We are asked to find her speed walking and riding her bike. Let’s call her walking speed r. Since her biking speed is three miles per hour faster, we will call that speed r+3. We write the speeds in the chart.

The speed is in miles per hour, so we need to express the times in hours, too, in order for the units to be the same. Remember, one hour is 60 minutes. So:

30 minutes is3060or12hour15 minutes is1560or14hour

Next, we multiply rate times time to fill in the distance column.

A table with three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right blank, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have walk and bike. Below the rate header cell, we have r and r plus 3. Below the time header cell, we have 1/2 and 1/4. Below the distance cell we have 1/2 times r and 1/4 times the quantity (r plus 3).

The equation will come from the fact that the distance from Katie Mae’s home to her school is the same whether she is walking or riding her bike.

So we say:

A mathematical equation states 'distance walked = distance covered by bike', with a bracket under each phrase to visually group them.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing one-half r equals one-fourth multiplied by the sum of r and three: (1/2)r = (1/4)(r + 3).
Solve this equation. A mathematical equation is displayed: 1/2 r = 1/4 (r + 3).
Clear the fractions by multiplying by the LCD of all the fractions in the equation. A mathematical equation shows '8 multiplied by 1/2 r equals 8 multiplied by 1/4 of the sum of r and 3'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4r = 2(r + 3)' centered on a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '4r = 2r + 6' in a dark grey font.
A mathematical equation shows '2r = 6' on a white background, representing a simple algebraic expression to solve for the variable 'r'.
Katie Mae's walking speed is 3 mph, as indicated by 'r = 3 mph' on a white background.
The image shows a mathematical expression 'r + 3 biking speed' written in black text on a white background, likely representing a formula or variable related to speed.
The mathematical equation '3+3' is displayed against a white background, with the first '3' in red and the '+' and second '3' in black, implying an addition problem.
      6 mph
(Katie Mae's biking speed)
Let's check if this works.
Walk 3 mph (0.5 hour) = 1.5 miles
Bike 6 mph (0.25 hour) = 1.5 miles
Yes, either way Katie Mae travels 1.5 miles to school. Katie Mae’s walking speed is 3 mph.
Her speed riding her bike is 6 mph.

Suzy takes 50 minutes to hike uphill from the parking lot to the lookout tower. It takes her 30 minutes to hike back down to the parking lot. Her speed going downhill is 1.2 miles per hour faster than her speed going uphill. Find Suzy’s uphill and downhill speeds.

Solution

uphill 1.8 mph, downhill three mph

Llewyn takes 45 minutes to drive his boat upstream from the dock to his favorite fishing spot. It takes him 30 minutes to drive the boat back downstream to the dock. The boat’s speed going downstream is four miles per hour faster than its speed going upstream. Find the boat’s upstream and downstream speeds.

Solution

upstream 8 mph, downstream 12 mph

In the distance, rate, and time formula, time represents the actual amount of elapsed time (in hours, minutes, etc.). If a problem gives us starting and ending times as clock times, we must find the elapsed time in order to use the formula.

Hamilton loves to travel to Las Vegas, 255 miles from his home in Orange County. On his last trip, he left his house at 2:00 pm. The first part of his trip was on congested city freeways. At 4:00 pm, the traffic cleared and he was able to drive through the desert at a speed 1.75 times as fast as when he drove in the congested area. He arrived in Las Vegas at 6:30 pm. How fast was he driving during each part of his trip?

Solution

Solution

A diagram will help us model this trip.

Home (2:00 pm) and Las Vegas (6:30 pm) are represented by two separate lines. The space between home and Las Vegas is marked 255 miles. There is an arrow marked city driving from Home/2:00 pm to 4:00 pm. Then there is an arrow marked desert driving from the tip of the previous one at 4:00 pm to Las Vegas/6:30 pm.

Next, we create a table to organize the information.

We know the total distance is 255 miles. We are looking for the rate of speed for each part of the trip. The rate in the desert is 1.75 times the rate in the city. If we let r= the rate in the city, then the rate in the desert is 1.75r.

The times here are given as clock times. Hamilton started from home at 2:00 pm and entered the desert at 4:30 pm. So he spent two hours driving the congested freeways in the city. Then he drove faster from 4:00 pm until 6:30 pm in the desert. So he drove 2.5 hours in the desert.

Now, we multiply the rates by the times.

A table with three rows and four columns and an extra cell at the bottom of the fourth column. The first row is a header row and reads from left to right blank, Rate (mph), Time (hrs), and Distance (miles). Below the blank header cell, we have city and desert. Below the rate header cell, we have r and 1.75r. Below the time head cell, we have 2 and 2.5. Below the Distance header cell we have 2r, 2.5 times 1.75r, and 255.

By looking at the diagram below, we can see that the sum of the distance driven in the city and the distance driven in the desert is 255 miles.

An equation showing that the total distance driven, sum of distance in the city and distance in the desert, is equal to 255.
Translate into an equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '2r + 2.5(1.75r) = 255' on a white background.
Solve this equation. A mathematical equation displays the sum of 2r and 2.5 times 1.75r, equaling 255.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 2r + 4.375r = 255. It is a linear equation with one variable 'r'.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '6.375r = 255'.
The image displays the text 'r = 40 mph city' in the center, indicating a speed of 40 miles per hour in a city context. The background is white.
The text '1.75r desert speed' is displayed on a plain white background, indicating a specific speed setting or value for a desert environment.
The number '1.75(40)' is displayed on a white background, with '40' highlighted in red within the parentheses.
The image features the text '70 mph' in a dark grey font against a plain white background, indicating a speed limit or measurement.
Check.

This image shows a distance calculation. City travel: 40 mph for 2 hours = 80 miles. Desert travel: 70 mph for 2.5 hours = 175 miles. Total distance = 255 miles.
Hamilton drove 40 mph in the city and 70 mph in the desert.

Cruz is training to compete in a triathlon. He left his house at 6:00 and ran until 7:30. Then he rode his bike until 9:45. He covered a total distance of 51 miles. His speed when biking was 1.6 times his speed when running. Find Cruz’s biking and running speeds.

Solution

biking 16 mph, running 10 mph

Phuong left home on his bicycle at 10:00. He rode on the flat street until 11:15, then rode uphill until 11:45. He rode a total of 31 miles. His speed riding uphill was 0.6 times his speed on the flat street. Find his speed biking uphill and on the flat street.

Solution

uphill 12 mph, flat street 20 mph

Key Concepts

  • Distance, Rate, and Time
    • D = rt where D = distance, r = rate, t = time
  • Problem-Solving Strategy—Distance, Rate, and Time Applications
    1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
      Draw a diagram to illustrate what it happening.
      Create a table to organize the information: Label the columns rate, time, distance. List the two scenarios. Write in the information you know.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
      Complete the chart.
      Use variable expressions to represent that quantity in each row.
      Multiply the rate times the time to get the distance.
    4. Translate into an equation.
      Restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information.
      Then, translate the sentence into an equation.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Lilah is moving from Portland to Seattle. It takes her three hours to go by train. Mason leaves the train station in Portland and drives to the train station in Seattle with all Lilah’s boxes in his car. It takes him 2.4 hours to get to Seattle, driving at 15 miles per hour faster than the speed of the train. Find Mason’s speed and the speed of the train.

Solution

Mason 75 mph, train 60 mph

Kathy and Cheryl are walking in a fundraiser. Kathy completes the course in 4.8 hours and Cheryl completes the course in 8 hours. Kathy walks two miles per hour faster than Cheryl. Find Kathy’s speed and Cheryl’s speed.

Two busses go from Sacramento for San Diego. The express bus makes the trip in 6.8 hours and the local bus takes 10.2 hours for the trip. The speed of the express bus is 25 mph faster than the speed of the local bus. Find the speed of both busses.

Solution

express bus 75mph, local 50 mph

A commercial jet and a private airplane fly from Denver to Phoenix. It takes the commercial jet 1.1 hours for the flight, and it takes the private airplane 1.8 hours. The speed of the commercial jet is 210 miles per hour faster than the speed of the private airplane. Find the speed of both airplanes.

Saul drove his truck 3 hours from Dallas towards Kansas City and stopped at a truck stop to get dinner. At the truck stop he met Erwin, who had driven 4 hours from Kansas City towards Dallas. The distance between Dallas and Kansas City is 542 miles, and Erwin’s speed was eight miles per hour slower than Saul’s speed. Find the speed of the two truckers.

Solution

Saul 82 mph, Erwin 74 mph

Charlie and Violet met for lunch at a restaurant between Memphis and New Orleans. Charlie had left Memphis and drove 4.8 hours towards New Orleans. Violet had left New Orleans and drove 2 hours towards Memphis, at a speed 10 miles per hour faster than Charlie’s speed. The distance between Memphis and New Orleans is 394 miles. Find the speed of the two drivers.

Sisters Helen and Anne live 332 miles apart. For Thanksgiving, they met at their other sister’s house partway between their homes. Helen drove 3.2 hours and Anne drove 2.8 hours. Helen’s average speed was four miles per hour faster than Anne’s. Find Helen’s average speed and Anne’s average speed.

Solution

Helen 57.2 mph, Anne 53.2 mph

Ethan and Leo start riding their bikes at the opposite ends of a 65-mile bike path. After Ethan has ridden 1.5 hours and Leo has ridden 2 hours, they meet on the path. Ethan’s speed is six miles per hour faster than Leo’s speed. Find the speed of the two bikers.

Elvira and Aletheia live 3.1 miles apart on the same street. They are in a study group that meets at a coffee shop between their houses. It took Elvira half an hour and Aletheia two-thirds of an hour to walk to the coffee shop. Aletheia’s speed is 0.6 miles per hour slower than Elvira’s speed. Find both women’s walking speeds.

Solution

Aletheia 2.4 mph, Elvira 3 mph

DaMarcus and Fabian live 23 miles apart and play soccer at a park between their homes. DaMarcus rode his bike for three-quarters of an hour and Fabian rode his bike for half an hour to get to the park. Fabian’s speed was six miles per hour faster than DaMarcus’ speed. Find the speed of both soccer players.

Cindy and Richard leave their dorm in Charleston at the same time. Cindy rides her bicycle north at a speed of 18 miles per hour. Richard rides his bicycle south at a speed of 14 miles per hour. How long will it take them to be 96 miles apart?

Solution

3 hours

Matt and Chris leave their uncle’s house in Phoenix at the same time. Matt drives west on I-60 at a speed of 76 miles per hour. Chris drives east on I-60 at a speed of 82 miles per hour. How many hours will it take them to be 632 miles apart?

Two busses leave Billings at the same time. The Seattle bus heads west on I-90 at a speed of 73 miles per hour while the Chicago bus heads east at a speed of 79 miles an hour. How many hours will it take them to be 532 miles apart?

Solution

3.5 hours

Two boats leave the same dock in Cairo at the same time. One heads north on the Mississippi River while the other heads south. The northbound boat travels four miles per hour. The southbound boat goes eight miles per hour. How long will it take them to be 54 miles apart?

Lorena walks the path around the park in 30 minutes. If she jogs, it takes her 20 minutes. Her jogging speed is 1.5 miles per hour faster than her walking speed. Find Lorena’s walking speed and jogging speed.

Solution

walking 3 mph, jogging 4.5 mph

Julian rides his bike uphill for 45 minutes, then turns around and rides back downhill. It takes him 15 minutes to get back to where he started. His uphill speed is 3.2 miles per hour slower than his downhill speed. Find Julian’s uphill and downhill speed.

Cassius drives his boat upstream for 45 minutes. It takes him 30 minutes to return downstream. His speed going upstream is three miles per hour slower than his speed going downstream. Find his upstream and downstream speeds.

Solution

upstream 6 mph, downstream 9 mph

It takes Darline 20 minutes to drive to work in light traffic. To come home, when there is heavy traffic, it takes her 36 minutes. Her speed in light traffic is 24 miles per hour faster than her speed in heavy traffic. Find her speed in light traffic and in heavy traffic.

At 1:30 Marlon left his house to go to the beach, a distance of 7.6 miles. He rode his skateboard until 2:15, then walked the rest of the way. He arrived at the beach at 3:00. Marlon’s speed on his skateboard is 2.5 times his walking speed. Find his speed when skateboarding and when walking.

Solution

skateboarding 7.2 mph, walking 2.9 mph

Aaron left at 9:15 to drive to his mountain cabin 108 miles away. He drove on the freeway until 10:45, and then he drove on the mountain road. He arrived at 11:05. His speed on the freeway was three times his speed on the mountain road. Find Aaron’s speed on the freeway and on the mountain road.

Marisol left Los Angeles at 2:30 to drive to Santa Barbara, a distance of 95 miles. The traffic was heavy until 3:20. She drove the rest of the way in very light traffic and arrived at 4:20. Her speed in heavy traffic was 40 miles per hour slower than her speed in light traffic. Find her speed in heavy traffic and in light traffic.

Solution

heavy traffic 30 mph, light traffic 70 mph

Lizette is training for a marathon. At 7:00 she left her house and ran until 8:15, then she walked until 11:15. She covered a total distance of 19 miles. Her running speed was five miles per hour faster than her walking speed. Find her running and walking speeds.

Everyday Math

John left his house in Irvine at 8:35 am to drive to a meeting in Los Angeles, 45 miles away. He arrived at the meeting at 9:50. At 3:30 pm, he left the meeting and drove home. He arrived home at 5:18.

  1. ⓐ What was his average speed on the drive from Irvine to Los Angeles?
  2. ⓑ What was his average speed on the drive from Los Angeles to Irvine?
  3. ⓒ What was the total time he spent driving to and from this meeting?
  4. ⓓ John drove a total of 90 miles roundtrip. Find his average speed. (Round to the nearest tenth.)
Solution

ⓐ 36 mph ⓑ 25 mph ⓒ 3.05 hours ⓓ 29.5 mph

Sarah wants to arrive at her friend’s wedding at 3:00. The distance from Sarah’s house to the wedding is 95 miles. Based on usual traffic patterns, Sarah predicts she can drive the first 15 miles at 60 miles per hour, the next 10 miles at 30 miles per hour, and the remainder of the drive at 70 miles per hour.

  1. ⓐ How long will it take Sarah to drive the first 15 miles?
  2. ⓑ How long will it take Sarah to drive the next 10 miles?
  3. ⓒ How long will it take Sarah to drive the rest of the trip?
  4. ⓓ What time should Sarah leave her house?

Writing Exercises

When solving a uniform motion problem, how does drawing a diagram of the situation help you?

Solution

Answers will vary.

When solving a uniform motion problem, how does creating a table help you?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A table with two rows and four columns. The first row reads: 'I can...', 'Confidently', 'With Some Help', and 'No-I don't get it!' The second row reads: 'solve uniform motion applications' with the rest of the cells blank for students to fill out.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Solve Applications with Linear Inequalities

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve applications with linear inequalities

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Write as an inequality: x is at least 30.
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Solve Linear Inequalities.

Solution

x≥30

Solve 8−3y<41.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve Linear Inequalities.

Solution

y>−11

Solve Applications with Linear Inequalities

Many real-life situations require us to solve inequalities. In fact, inequality applications are so common that we often do not even realize we are doing algebra. For example, how many gallons of gas can be put in the car for $20? Is the rent on an apartment affordable? Is there enough time before class to go get lunch, eat it, and return? How much money should each family member’s holiday gift cost without going over budget?

The method we will use to solve applications with linear inequalities is very much like the one we used when we solved applications with equations. We will read the problem and make sure all the words are understood. Next, we will identify what we are looking for and assign a variable to represent it. We will restate the problem in one sentence to make it easy to translate into an inequality. Then, we will solve the inequality.

Emma got a new job and will have to move. Her monthly income will be $5,625. To qualify to rent an apartment, Emma’s monthly income must be at least three times as much as the rent. What is the highest rent Emma will qualify for?

Solution

Solution

This table details a 7-step process for solving word problems with inequalities, exemplified by determining the maximum affordable rent.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the highest rent Emma will qualify for
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

Let r= the rent.
Step 4. Translate into an inequality.
      First write a sentence that gives the information to find it.

Emma's monthly income must be at least three times the rent.
Step 5. Solve the inequality.

      Remember, a>x has the same meaning as x<a.
5,625≥3r1,875≥rr≤1,875
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
      A maximum rent of $1,875 seems reasonable for an income of $5,625.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The maximum rent is $1,875.

Alan is loading a pallet with boxes that each weighs 45 pounds. The pallet can safely support no more than 900 pounds. How many boxes can he safely load onto the pallet?

Solution

There can be no more than 20 boxes.

The elevator in Yehire’s apartment building has a sign that says the maximum weight is 2,100 pounds. If the average weight of one person is 150 pounds, how many people can safely ride the elevator?

Solution

A maximum of 14 people can safely ride in the elevator.

Sometimes an application requires the solution to be a whole number, but the algebraic solution to the inequality is not a whole number. In that case, we must round the algebraic solution to a whole number. The context of the application will determine whether we round up or down. To check applications like this, we will round our answer to a number that is easy to compute with and make sure that number makes the inequality true.

Dawn won a mini-grant of $4,000 to buy tablet computers for her classroom. The tablets she would like to buy cost $254.12 each, including tax and delivery. What is the maximum number of tablets Dawn can buy?

Solution

Solution

Steps to solve a word problem using inequalities, exemplified by determining the maximum number of tablets Dawn can buy within a budget.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the maximum number of tablets Dawn can buy
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

Let n= the number of tablets.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
      Translate into an inequality.
$254.12 times the number of tablets is no more than $4,000.
254.12n≤4,000
Step 5. Solve the inequality.

      But n must be a whole number of tablets, so round to 15.
n≤15.74
n≤15
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
      Rounding down the price to $250, 15 tablets would cost $3,750,
      while 16 tablets would be $4,000. So a maximum of 15 tablets at
      $254.12 seems reasonable.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. Dawn can buy a maximum of 15 tablets.

Angie has $20 to spend on juice boxes for her son’s preschool picnic. Each pack of juice boxes costs $2.63. What is the maximum number of packs she can buy?

Solution

seven packs

Daniel wants to surprise his girlfriend with a birthday party at her favorite restaurant. It will cost $42.75 per person for dinner, including tip and tax. His budget for the party is $500. What is the maximum number of people Daniel can have at the party?

Solution

11 people

Pete works at a computer store. His weekly pay will be either a fixed amount, $925, or $500 plus 12% of his total sales. How much should his total sales be for his variable pay option to exceed the fixed amount of $925?

Solution

Solution

A step-by-step guide demonstrating how to solve a word problem involving an inequality for sales commission.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the total sales needed for his variable pay option to exceed the fixed amount of $925
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

Let s= the total sales.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.
      Translate into an inequality. Remember to
      convert the percent to a decimal.

500+0.12s>925
Step 5. Solve the inequality. 0.12s>425s>3,541.66—
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
      If we round the total sales up to $4,000, we see that
      500+0.12(4,000)=980, which is more than $925.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The total sales must be more than $3,541.67.

Tiffany just graduated from college and her new job will pay her $20,000 per year plus 2% of all sales. She wants to earn at least $100,000 per year. For what total sales will she be able to achieve her goal?

Solution

at least $4,000,000

Christian has been offered a new job that pays $24,000 a year plus 3% of sales. For what total sales would this new job pay more than his current job which pays $60,000?

Solution

at least $1,200,000

Sergio and Lizeth have a very tight vacation budget. They plan to rent a car from a company that charges $75 a week plus $0.25 a mile. How many miles can they travel and still keep within their $200 budget?

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution for an inequality word problem calculating maximum travel distance within a budget.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the number of miles Sergio and Lizeth can travel
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.

Let m= the number of miles.
Step 4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.

      Translate into an inequality.
$75 plus 0.25 times the number of miles is less than or equal to $200.

75+0.25m≤200
Step 5. Solve the inequality. 0.25m≤125m≤500miles
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
      Yes, 75+0.25(500)=200.
Step 7. Write a sentence that answers the question. Sergio and Lizeth can travel 500 miles and still stay on budget.

Taleisha’s phone plan costs her $28.80 a month plus $0.20 per text message. How many text messages can she use and keep her monthly phone bill no more than $50?

Solution

no more than 106 text messages

Rameen’s heating bill is $5.42 per month plus $1.08 per therm. How many therms can Rameen use if he wants his heating bill to be a maximum of $87.50?

Solution

no more than 76 therms

A common goal of most businesses is to make a profit. Profit is the money that remains when the expenses have been subtracted from the money earned. In the next example, we will find the number of jobs a small businessman needs to do every month in order to make a certain amount of profit.

Elliot has a landscape maintenance business. His monthly expenses are $1,100. If he charges $60 per job, how many jobs must he do to earn a profit of at least $4,000 a month?

Solution

Solution

This table provides a step-by-step guide on how to solve a word problem by setting up and solving an inequality, using Elliot's job earnings as an example.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the number of jobs Elliot needs
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent it. Let j= the number of jobs.
Step 4. Translate Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. $60 times the number of jobs minus $1,100 is at least $4,000.
Translate into an inequality. A mathematical inequality is displayed: 60j - 1,100 '>= 4,000'
A mathematical inequality is shown, stating '60j   >= 5,100' on a white background.
Step 5. Solve the inequality. A mathematical expression states 'j >= 85 jobs' on a white background, indicating that the number of jobs, represented by 'j', must be greater than or equal to 85.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
If Elliot did 90 jobs, his profit would be 60(90)−1,100, or $4,300. This is more than $4,000.
Step 7. Write a sentence that answer the question. Elliot must work at least 85 jobs.

Caleb has a pet sitting business. He charges $32 per hour. His monthly expenses are $2,272. How many hours must he work in order to earn a profit of at least $800 per month?

Solution

at least 96 hours

Felicity has a calligraphy business. She charges $2.50 per wedding invitation. Her monthly expenses are $650. How many invitations must she write to earn a profit of at least $2,800 per month?

Solution

at least 1,380 invitations

Sometimes life gets complicated! There are many situations in which several quantities contribute to the total expense. We must make sure to account for all the individual expenses when we solve problems like this.

Brenda’s best friend is having a destination wedding and the event will require 3 nights in a hotel. Brenda has $500 in savings and can earn $15 an hour babysitting. She expects to pay $350 airfare, $375 for food and entertainment and $60 a night for her share of a hotel room. How many hours must she babysit to have enough money to pay for the trip?

Solution

Solution

This table outlines a 7-step process for solving an inequality word problem, demonstrating each step with an example about babysitting hours.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the number of hours Brenda must babysit
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let h= the number of hours.
Step 4. Translate.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it.


      Translate into an inequality.
The expenses must be less than or equal to the income.
The cost of airfare plus the cost of food and entertainment and
the hotel bill must be less than or equal to the savings plus
the amount earned babysitting.
$350+$375+$60(3)≤$500+$15h
Step 5. Solve the inequality. 905≤500+15h405≤15h27≤hh≥27
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
      We substitute 27 into the inequality.
905≤500+15h905≤500+15(27)905≤905
Step 7. Write a sentence that answers the question. Brenda must babysit at least 27 hours.

Malik is planning a 6-day summer vacation trip. He has $840 in savings, and he earns $45 per hour for tutoring. The trip will cost him $525 for airfare, $780 for food and sightseeing, and $95 per night for the hotel. How many hours must he tutor to have enough money to pay for the trip?

Solution

at least 23 hours

Josue wants to go on a 10-day road trip next spring. It will cost him $180 for gas, $450 for food, and $49 per night for a motel. He has $520 in savings and can earn $30 per driveway shoveling snow. How many driveways must he shovel to have enough money to pay for the trip?

Solution

at least 20 driveways

Key Concepts

  • Solving inequalities
    1. Read the problem.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    4. Translate. Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. Translate into an inequality.
    5. Solve the inequality.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Applications with Linear Inequalities

In the following exercises, solve.

Mona is planning her son’s birthday party and has a budget of $285. The Fun Zone charges $19 per child. How many children can she have at the party and stay within her budget?

Solution

15 children

Carlos is looking at apartments with three of his friends. They want the monthly rent to be no more than $2360. If the roommates split the rent evenly among the four of them, what is the maximum rent each will pay?

A water taxi has a maximum load of 1,800 pounds. If the average weight of one person is 150 pounds, how many people can safely ride in the water taxi?

Solution

12 people

Marcela is registering for her college classes, which cost $105 per unit. How many units can she take to have a maximum cost of $1,365?

Arleen got a $20 gift card for the coffee shop. Her favorite iced drink costs $3.79. What is the maximum number of drinks she can buy with the gift card?

Solution

five drinks

Teegan likes to play golf. He has budgeted $60 next month for the driving range. It costs him $10.55 for a bucket of balls each time he goes. What is the maximum number of times he can go to the driving range next month?

Joni sells kitchen aprons online for $32.50 each. How many aprons must she sell next month if she wants to earn at least $1,000?

Solution

31 aprons

Ryan charges his neighbors $17.50 to wash their car. How many cars must he wash next summer if his goal is to earn at least $1,500?

Keshad gets paid $2,400 per month plus 6% of his sales. His brother earns $3,300 per month. For what amount of total sales will Keshad’s monthly pay be higher than his brother’s monthly pay?

Solution

$15,000

Kimuyen needs to earn $4,150 per month in order to pay all her expenses. Her job pays her $3,475 per month plus 4% of her total sales. What is the minimum Kimuyen’s total sales must be in order for her to pay all her expenses?

Andre has been offered an entry-level job. The company offered him $48,000 per year plus 3.5% of his total sales. Andre knows that the average pay for this job is $62,000. What would Andre’s total sales need to be for his pay to be at least as high as the average pay for this job?

Solution

$400,000

Nataly is considering two job offers. The first job would pay her $83,000 per year. The second would pay her $66,500 plus 15% of her total sales. What would her total sales need to be for her salary on the second offer be higher than the first?

Jake’s water bill is $24.80 per month plus $2.20 per ccf (hundred cubic feet) of water. What is the maximum number of ccf Jake can use if he wants his bill to be no more than $60?

Solution

16 ccf

Kiyoshi’s phone plan costs $17.50 per month plus $0.15 per text message. What is the maximum number of text messages Kiyoshi can use so the phone bill is no more than $56.50?

Marlon’s TV plan costs $49.99 per month plus $5.49 per first-run movie. How many first-run movies can he watch if he wants to keep his monthly bill to be a maximum of $100?

Solution

nine movies

Kellen wants to rent a banquet room in a restaurant for her cousin’s baby shower. The restaurant charges $350 for the banquet room plus $32.50 per person for lunch. How many people can Kellen have at the shower if she wants the maximum cost to be $1,500?

Moshde runs a hairstyling business from her house. She charges $45 for a haircut and style. Her monthly expenses are $960. She wants to be able to put at least $1,200 per month into her savings account order to open her own salon. How many “cut & styles” must she do to save at least $1,200 per month?

Solution

48 cut & styles

Noe installs and configures software on home computers. He charges $125 per job. His monthly expenses are $1,600. How many jobs must he work in order to make a profit of at least $2,400?

Katherine is a personal chef. She charges $115 per four-person meal. Her monthly expenses are $3,150. How many four-person meals must she sell in order to make a profit of at least $1,900?

Solution

44 meals

Melissa makes necklaces and sells them online. She charges $88 per necklace. Her monthly expenses are $3745. How many necklaces must she sell if she wants to make a profit of at least $1,650?

Five student government officers want to go to the state convention. It will cost them $110 for registration, $375 for transportation and food, and $42 per person for the hotel. There is $450 budgeted for the convention in the student government savings account. They can earn the rest of the money they need by having a car wash. If they charge $5 per car, how many cars must they wash in order to have enough money to pay for the trip?

Solution

49 cars

Cesar is planning a 4-day trip to visit his friend at a college in another state. It will cost him $198 for airfare, $56 for local transportation, and $45 per day for food. He has $189 in savings and can earn $35 for each lawn he mows. How many lawns must he mow to have enough money to pay for the trip?

Alonzo works as a car detailer. He charges $175 per car. He is planning to move out of his parents’ house and rent his first apartment. He will need to pay $120 for application fees, $950 for security deposit, and first and last months’ rent at $1,140 per month. He has $1,810 in savings. How many cars must he detail to have enough money to rent the apartment?

Solution

9 cars

Eun-Kyung works as a tutor and earns $60 per hour. She has $792 in savings. She is planning an anniversary party for her parents. She would like to invite 40 guests. The party will cost her $1,520 for food and drinks and $150 for the photographer. She will also have a favor for each of the guests, and each favor will cost $7.50. How many hours must she tutor to have enough money for the party?

Everyday Math

Maximum Load on a Stage In 2014, a high school stage collapsed in Fullerton, California, when 250 students got on stage for the finale of a musical production. Two dozen students were injured. The stage could support a maximum of 12,750 pounds. If the average weight of a student is assumed to be 140 pounds, what is the maximum number of students who could safely be on the stage?

Solution

91 students

Maximum Weight on a Boat In 2004, a water taxi sank in Baltimore harbor and five people drowned. The water taxi had a maximum capacity of 3,500 pounds (25 people with average weight 140 pounds). The average weight of the 25 people on the water taxi when it sank was 168 pounds per person. What should the maximum number of people of this weight have been?

Wedding Budget Adele and Walter found the perfect venue for their wedding reception. The cost is $9,850 for up to 100 guests, plus $38 for each additional guest. How many guests can attend if Adele and Walter want the total cost to be no more than $12,500?

Solution

169 guests

Shower Budget Penny is planning a baby shower for her daughter-in-law. The restaurant charges $950 for up to 25 guests, plus $31.95 for each additional guest. How many guests can attend if Penny wants the total cost to be no more than $1,500?

Writing Exercises

Find your last month’s phone bill and the hourly salary you are paid at your job. (If you do not have a job, use the hourly salary you would realistically be paid if you had a job.) Calculate the number of hours of work it would take you to earn at least enough money to pay your phone bill by writing an appropriate inequality and then solving it.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Find out how many units you have left, after this term, to achieve your college goal and estimate the number of units you can take each term in college. Calculate the number of terms it will take you to achieve your college goal by writing an appropriate inequality and then solving it.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

A self-assessment chart with the statement 'I can... solve applications with linear inequalities.' and three options for evaluating understanding: 'Confidently', 'With some help', and 'No-I don't get it!'

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Chapter 3 Review Exercises

3.1 Using a Problem Solving Strategy

Approach Word Problems with a Positive Attitude

In the following exercises, reflect on your approach to word problems.

How has your attitude towards solving word problems changed as a result of working through this chapter? Explain.

Solution

answers will vary

Did the problem-solving strategy help you solve word problems in this chapter? Explain.

Use a Problem-Solving Strategy for Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve using the problem-solving strategy for word problems. Remember to write a complete sentence to answer each question.

Three-fourths of the people at a concert are children. If there are 87 children, what is the total number of people at the concert?

Solution

116

There are nine saxophone players in the band. The number of saxophone players is one less than twice the number of tuba players. Find the number of tuba players.

Solve Number Problems

In the following exercises, solve each number word problem.

The sum of a number and three is forty-one. Find the number.

Solution

38

Twice the difference of a number and ten is fifty-four. Find the number.

One number is nine less than another. Their sum is negative twenty-seven. Find the numbers.

Solution

−18,−9

One number is eleven more than another. If their sum is increased by seventeen, the result is 90. Find the numbers.

One number is two more than four times another. Their sum is −13. Find the numbers.

Solution

−3,−10

The sum of two consecutive integers is −135. Find the numbers.

Find three consecutive integers whose sum is −141.

Solution

−48,−47,−46

Find three consecutive even integers whose sum is 234.

Find three consecutive odd integers whose sum is 51.

Solution

15, 17, 19

Koji has $5,502 in his savings account. This is $30 less than six times the amount in his checking account. How much money does Koji have in his checking account?

3.2 Solve Percent Applications

Translate and Solve Basic Percent Equations

In the following exercises, translate and solve.

What number is 67% of 250?

Solution

167.5

300% of 82 is what number?

12.5% of what number is 20?

Solution

160

72 is 30% of what number?

What percent of 125 is 150?

Solution

120%

127.5 is what percent of 850?

Solve Percent Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

The bill for Dino’s lunch was $19.45. He wanted to leave 20% of the total bill as a tip. How much should the tip be?

Solution

$3.89

Reza was very sick and lost 15% of his original weight. He lost 27 pounds. What was his original weight?

Dolores bought a crib on sale for $350. The sale price was 40% of the original price. What was the original price of the crib?

Solution

$875

Jaden earns $2,680 per month. He pays $938 a month for rent. What percent of his monthly pay goes to rent?

Find Percent Increase and Percent Decrease

In the following exercises, solve.

Angel’s got a raise in his annual salary from $55,400 to $56,785. Find the percent increase.

Solution

2.5%

Rowena’s monthly gasoline bill dropped from $83.75 last month to $56.95 this month. Find the percent decrease.

Solve Simple Interest Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Winston deposited $3,294 in a bank account with interest rate 2.6%. How much interest was earned in 5 years?

Solution

$428.22

Moira borrowed $4,500 from her grandfather to pay for her first year of college. Three years later, she repaid the $4,500 plus $243 interest. What was the rate of interest?

Jaime’s refrigerator loan statement said he would pay $1,026 in interest for a 4-year loan at 13.5%. How much did Jaime borrow to buy the refrigerator?

Solution

$1,900

In 12 years, a bond that paid 6.35% interest earned $7,620 interest. What was the principal of the bond?

Solve Applications with Discount or Mark-up

In the following exercises, find the sale price.

The original price of a handbag was $84. Carole bought it on sale for $21 off.

Solution

$63

Marian wants to buy a coffee table that costs $495. Next week the coffee table will be on sale for $149 off.

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the sale price.

Emmett bought a pair of shoes on sale at 40% off from an original price of $138.

Solution

ⓐ $55.20 ⓑ $82.80

Anastasia bought a dress on sale at 75% off from an original price of $280.

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the discount rate. (Round to the nearest tenth of a percent, if needed.)

Zack bought a printer for his office that was on sale for $380. The original price of the printer was $450.

Solution

ⓐ $70 ⓑ 15.6%

Lacey bought a pair of boots on sale for $95. The original price of the boots was $200.

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the amount of the mark-up and ⓑ the list price.

Nga and Lauren bought a chest at a flea market for $50. They re-finished it and then added a 350% mark-up.

Solution

ⓐ $175 ⓑ $225

Carly bought bottled water for $0.24 per bottle at the discount store. She added a 75% mark-up before selling them at the football game.

3.3 Solve Mixture Applications

Solve Coin Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve each coin word problem.

Francie has $4.35 in dimes and quarters. The number of dimes is five more than the number of quarters. How many of each coin does she have?

Solution

16 dimes, 11 quarters

Scott has $0.39 in pennies and nickels. The number of pennies is eight times the number of nickels. How many of each coin does he have?

Paulette has $140 in $5 and $10 bills. The number of $10 bills is one less than twice the number of $5 bills. How many of each does she have?

Solution

six $5 bills, 11 $10 bills

Lenny has $3.69 in pennies, dimes, and quarters. The number of pennies is three more than the number of dimes. The number of quarters is twice the number of dimes. How many of each coin does he have?

Solve Ticket and Stamp Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve each ticket or stamp word problem.

A church luncheon made $842. Adult tickets cost $10 each and children’s tickets cost $6 each. The number of children was 12 more than twice the number of adults. How many of each ticket were sold?

Solution

35 adults, 82 children

Tickets for a basketball game cost $2 for students and $5 for adults. The number of students was three less than 10 times the number of adults. The total amount of money from ticket sales was $619. How many of each ticket were sold?

125 tickets were sold for the jazz band concert for a total of $1,022. Student tickets cost $6 each and general admission tickets cost $10 each. How many of each kind of ticket were sold?

Solution

57 students, 68 adults

One afternoon the water park sold 525 tickets for a total of $13,545. Child tickets cost $19 each and adult tickets cost $40 each. How many of each kind of ticket were sold?

Ana spent $4.06 buying stamps. The number of $0.41 stamps she bought was five more than the number of $0.26 stamps. How many of each did she buy?

Solution

three $0.26 stamps, eight $0.41 stamps

Yumi spent $34.15 buying stamps. The number of $0.56 stamps she bought was 10 less than four times the number of $0.41 stamps. How many of each did she buy?

Solve Mixture Word Problems

In the following exercises, solve each mixture word problem.

Marquese is making 10 pounds of trail mix from raisins and nuts. Raisins cost $3.45 per pound and nuts cost $7.95 per pound. How many pounds of raisins and how many pounds of nuts should Marquese use for the trail mix to cost him $6.96 per pound?

Solution

2.2 lb. of raisins, 7.8 lb. of nuts

Amber wants to put tiles on the backsplash of her kitchen counters. She will need 36 square feet of tile. She will use basic tiles that cost $8 per square foot and decorator tiles that cost $20 per square foot. How many square feet of each tile should she use so that the overall cost of the backsplash will be $10 per square foot?

Shawn has $15,000 to invest. She will put some of it into a fund that pays 4.5% annual interest and the rest in a certificate of deposit that pays 1.8% annual interest. How much should she invest in each account if she wants to earn 4.05% annual interest on the total amount?

Solution

$12,500 at 4.5%, $2,500 at 1.8%

Enrique borrowed $23,500 to buy a car. He pays his uncle 2% interest on the $4,500 he borrowed from him, and he pays the bank 11.5% interest on the rest. What average interest rate does he pay on the total $23,500? (Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a percent.)

3.4 Solve Geometry Applications: Triangles, Rectangles and the Pythagorean Theorem

Solve Applications Using Triangle Properties

In the following exercises, solve using triangle properties.

The measures of two angles of a triangle are 22 and 85 degrees. Find the measure of the third angle.

Solution

73°

The playground at a shopping mall is a triangle with perimeter 48 feet. The lengths of two sides are 19 feet and 14 feet. How long is the third side?

A triangular road sign has base 30 inches and height 40 inches. What is its area?

Solution

600 square inches

What is the height of a triangle with area 67.5 square meters and base 9 meters?

One angle of a triangle is 30° more than the smallest angle. The largest angle is the sum of the other angles. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

30°,60°,90°

One angle of a right triangle measures 58°. What is the measure of the other angles of the triangle?

The measure of the smallest angle in a right triangle is 45° less than the measure of the next larger angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

22.5°,67.5°,90°

The perimeter of a triangle is 97 feet. One side of the triangle is eleven feet more than the smallest side. The third side is six feet more than twice the smallest side. Find the lengths of all sides.

Use the Pythagorean Theorem

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse.

A right triangle with one leg labeled 10 and the other labeled 24.
Solution

26

A right-angled triangle with legs measuring 6 and 8 units, featuring a square symbol indicating the 90-degree angle.

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the missing side. Round to the nearest tenth, if necessary.

A right-angled triangle showing two sides with lengths 15 and 17. The right angle is indicated, suggesting a Pythagorean theorem problem to find the third side.
Solution

8

A right triangle with one leg labeled 15 and the hypotenuse labeled 25.
A right-angled triangle showing legs of length 4 and 7 units, indicating a geometry problem or concept.
Solution

8.1

A right triangle with one leg labeled 10 and the other labeled 11.

In the following exercises, solve. Approximate to the nearest tenth, if necessary.

Sergio needs to attach a wire to hold the antenna to the roof of his house, as shown in the figure. The antenna is 8 feet tall and Sergio has 10 feet of wire. How far from the base of the antenna can he attach the wire?

A right-angled triangle with one leg measuring 8 feet and the hypotenuse measuring 10 feet. The right angle is indicated at the bottom left vertex of the triangle.
Solution

6′

Seong is building shelving in his garage. The shelves are 36 inches wide and 15 inches tall. He wants to put a diagonal brace across the back to stabilize the shelves, as shown. How long should the brace be?

A right triangle with 36 inches labeled on one leg and 15 inches labeled on the other. A dotted line is drawn parallel to the two triangle legs, forming a rectangle.

Solve Applications Using Rectangle Properties

In the following exercises, solve using rectangle properties.

The length of a rectangle is 36 feet and the width is 19 feet. Find the ⓐ perimeter ⓑ area.

Solution

ⓐ 110 ft. ⓑ 684 sq. ft.

A sidewalk in front of Kathy’s house is in the shape of a rectangle four feet wide by 45 feet long. Find the ⓐ perimeter ⓑ area.

The area of a rectangle is 2356 square meters. The length is 38 meters. What is the width?

Solution

62 m

The width of a rectangle is 45 centimeters. The area is 2,700 square centimeters. What is the length?

The length of a rectangle is 12 cm more than the width. The perimeter is 74 cm. Find the length and the width.

Solution

24.5 cm, 12.5 cm

The width of a rectangle is three more than twice the length. The perimeter is 96 inches. Find the length and the width.

3.5 Solve Uniform Motion Applications

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

When Gabe drives from Sacramento to Redding it takes him 2.2 hours. It takes Elsa 2 hours to drive the same distance. Elsa’s speed is seven miles per hour faster than Gabe’s speed. Find Gabe’s speed and Elsa’s speed.

Solution

Gabe 70 mph, Elsa 77 mph

Louellen and Tracy met at a restaurant on the road between Chicago and Nashville. Louellen had left Chicago and drove 3.2 hours towards Nashville. Tracy had left Nashville and drove 4 hours towards Chicago, at a speed one mile per hour faster than Louellen’s speed. The distance between Chicago and Nashville is 472 miles. Find Louellen’s speed and Tracy’s speed.

Two busses leave Amarillo at the same time. The Albuquerque bus heads west on the I-40 at a speed of 72 miles per hour, and the Oklahoma City bus heads east on the I-40 at a speed of 78 miles per hour. How many hours will it take them to be 375 miles apart?

Solution

2.5 hours

Kyle rowed his boat upstream for 50 minutes. It took him 30 minutes to row back downstream. His speed going upstream is two miles per hour slower than his speed going downstream. Find Kyle’s upstream and downstream speeds.

At 6:30, Devon left her house and rode her bike on the flat road until 7:30. Then she started riding uphill and rode until 8:00. She rode a total of 15 miles. Her speed on the flat road was three miles per hour faster than her speed going uphill. Find Devon’s speed on the flat road and riding uphill.

Solution

flat road 11 mph, uphill 8 mph

Anthony drove from New York City to Baltimore, a distance of 192 miles. He left at 3:45 and had heavy traffic until 5:30. Traffic was light for the rest of the drive, and he arrived at 7:30. His speed in light traffic was four miles per hour more than twice his speed in heavy traffic. Find Anthony’s driving speed in heavy traffic and light traffic.

3.6 Solve Applications with Linear Inequalities

Solve Applications with Linear Inequalities

In the following exercises, solve.

Julianne has a weekly food budget of $231 for her family. If she plans to budget the same amount for each of the seven days of the week, what is the maximum amount she can spend on food each day?

Solution

$33 per day

Rogelio paints watercolors. He got a $100 gift card to the art supply store and wants to use it to buy 12″×16″ canvases. Each canvas costs $10.99. What is the maximum number of canvases he can buy with his gift card?

Briana has been offered a sales job in another city. The offer was for $42,500 plus 8% of her total sales. In order to make it worth the move, Briana needs to have an annual salary of at least $66,500. What would her total sales need to be for her to move?

Solution

at least $300,000

Renee’s car costs her $195 per month plus $0.09 per mile. How many miles can Renee drive so that her monthly car expenses are no more than $250?

Costa is an accountant. During tax season, he charges $125 to do a simple tax return. His expenses for buying software, renting an office, and advertising are $6,000. How many tax returns must he do if he wants to make a profit of at least $8,000?

Solution

at least 112 jobs

Jenna is planning a 5-day resort vacation with three of her friends. It will cost her $279 for airfare, $300 for food and entertainment, and $65 per day for her share of the hotel. She has $550 saved towards her vacation and can earn $25 per hour as an assistant in her uncle’s photography studio. How many hours must she work in order to have enough money for her vacation?

Practice Test

Four-fifths of the people on a hike are children. If there are 12 children, what is the total number of people on the hike?

Solution

15

One number is three more than twice another. Their sum is −63. Find the numbers.

The sum of two consecutive odd integers is −96. Find the numbers.

Solution

−49,−47

Marla’s breakfast was 525 calories. This was 35% of her total calories for the day. How many calories did she have that day?

Humberto’s hourly pay increased from $16.25 to $17.55. Find the percent increase.

Solution

8%

Melinda deposited $5,985 in a bank account with an interest rate of 1.9%. How much interest was earned in 2 years?

Dotty bought a freezer on sale for $486.50. The original price of the freezer was $695. Find ⓐ the amount of discount and ⓑ the discount rate.

Solution

ⓐ $208.50 ⓑ 30%

Bonita has $2.95 in dimes and quarters in her pocket. If she has five more dimes than quarters, how many of each coin does she have?

At a concert, $1,600 in tickets were sold. Adult tickets were $9 each and children’s tickets were $4 each. If the number of adult tickets was 30 less than twice the number of children’s tickets, how many of each kind were sold?

Solution

140 adult, 85 children

Kim is making eight gallons of punch from fruit juice and soda. The fruit juice costs $6.04 per gallon and the soda costs $4.28 per gallon. How much fruit juice and how much soda should she use so that the punch costs $5.71 per gallon?

The measure of one angle of a triangle is twice the measure of the smallest angle. The measure of the third angle is 14 more than the measure of the smallest angle. Find the measures of all three angles.

Solution

41.5°,55.5°,83°

What is the height of a triangle with area 277.2 square inches and base 44 inches?

In the following exercises, use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of the missing side. Round to the nearest tenth, if necessary.

A right-angled triangle with one leg measuring 24 units and the hypotenuse measuring 26 units.
Solution

10

A right triangle with one leg labeled 6 and the other leg labeled 9.

A baseball diamond is really a square with sides of 90 feet. How far is it from home plate to second base, as shown?

The image shows a simple baseball field laid out as a perfect square. Home, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd base are labeled. A dotted line runs diagonally from home to 2nd base.
Solution

127.3 ft.

The length of a rectangle is two feet more than five times the width. The perimeter is 40 feet. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.

Two planes leave Dallas at the same time. One heads east at a speed of 428 miles per hour. The other plane heads west at a speed of 382 miles per hour. How many hours will it take them to be 2,025 miles apart?

Solution

2.5 hours

Leon drove from his house in Cincinnati to his sister’s house in Cleveland, a distance of 252 miles. It took him 412 hours. For the first half hour he had heavy traffic, and the rest of the time his speed was five miles per hour less than twice his speed in heavy traffic. What was his speed in heavy traffic?

Chloe has a budget of $800 for costumes for the 18 members of her musical theater group. If all the costumes are the same price, what is the maximum she can spend for each costume?

Solution

at most $44.44 per costume

Frank found a rental car deal online for $49 per week plus $0.24 per mile. How many miles could he drive if he wants the total cost for one week to be no more than $150?

Introduction

This is a drawing of a graph. The x-axis ranges from 1994 through 2010 in two-year increments. The y-axis is labeled 0 to 30 million in increments of 5 millon per year. The y-axis is labeled “Annual Vehicle Sales (MM/year)” There are three line graphs. The first shows the annual sale of gas motorcyles from 5 million in 1994 to about 15 million in 2010. The next line is a green line labled EV for electric vehicles. It shows sales were null from 1994 through 2002, but they quickly rose to more than 25 million in sales per year. The last line is labeled gas cars and starts at 0 in 1994 and slowly rises from 2002 to 2010 to just over 10 million.
This graph illustrates the annual vehicle sales of gas motorcycles, gas cars, and electric vehicles from 1994 to 2010. It is a line graph with x- and y-axes, one of the most common types of graphs. (credit: Steve Jurvetson, Flickr)

Graphs are found in all areas of our lives—from commercials showing you which cell phone carrier provides the best coverage, to bank statements and news articles, to the boardroom of major corporations. In this chapter, we will study the rectangular coordinate system, which is the basis for most consumer graphs. We will look at linear graphs, slopes of lines, equations of lines, and linear inequalities.

Use the Rectangular Coordinate System

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Plot points in a rectangular coordinate system
  • Verify solutions to an equation in two variables
  • Complete a table of solutions to a linear equation
  • Find solutions to a linear equation in two variables

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Evaluate x+3 when x=−1.
If you missed this problem, review Example 9 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

2

Evaluate 2x−5y when x=3 and y=−2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 10 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

16

Solve for y: 40−4y=20.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides.

Solution

5

Plot Points on a Rectangular Coordinate System

Just like maps use a grid system to identify locations, a grid system is used in algebra to show a relationship between two variables in a rectangular coordinate system. The rectangular coordinate system is also called the xy-plane or the ‘coordinate plane’.

The horizontal number line is called the x-axis. The vertical number line is called the y-axis. The x-axis and the y-axis together form the rectangular coordinate system. These axes divide a plane into four regions, called quadrants. The quadrants are identified by Roman numerals, beginning on the upper right and proceeding counterclockwise. See Figure 1.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The top-right portion of the plane is labeled "I", the top-left portion of the plane is labeled "II", the bottom-left portion of the plane is labeled "III" and the bottom-right portion of the plane is labeled "IV".
‘Quadrant’ has the root ‘quad,’ which means ‘four.’

In the rectangular coordinate system, every point is represented by an ordered pair. The first number in the ordered pair is the x-coordinate of the point, and the second number is the y-coordinate of the point.

Ordered Pair

An ordered pair, (x,y), gives the coordinates of a point in a rectangular coordinate system.

The ordered pair x y is labeled with the first coordinate x labeled as "x-coordinate" and the second coordinate y labeled as "y-coordinate".

The first number is the x-coordinate.

The second number is the y-coordinate.

The phrase ‘ordered pair’ means the order is important. What is the ordered pair of the point where the axes cross? At that point both coordinates are zero, so its ordered pair is (0,0). The point (0,0) has a special name. It is called the origin.

The Origin

The point (0,0) is called the origin. It is the point where the x-axis and y-axis intersect.

We use the coordinates to locate a point on the xy-plane. Let’s plot the point (1,3) as an example. First, locate 1 on the x-axis and lightly sketch a vertical line through x=1. Then, locate 3 on the y-axis and sketch a horizontal line through y=3. Now, find the point where these two lines meet—that is the point with coordinates (1,3).

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. An arrow starts at the origin and extends right to the number 2 on the x-axis. The point (1, 3) is plotted and labeled. Two dotted lines, one parallel to the x-axis, the other parallel to the y-axis, meet perpendicularly at 1, 3. The dotted line parallel to the x-axis intercepts the y-axis at 3. The dotted line parallel to the y-axis intercepts the x-axis at 1.

Notice that the vertical line through x=1 and the horizontal line through y=3 are not part of the graph. We just used them to help us locate the point (1,3).

Plot each point in the rectangular coordinate system and identify the quadrant in which the point is located:

ⓐ (−5,4) ⓑ (−3,−4) ⓒ (2,−3) ⓓ (−2,3) ⓔ (3,52).

Solution

Solution

The first number of the coordinate pair is the x-coordinate, and the second number is the y-coordinate.

  1. ⓐ Since x=−5, the point is to the left of the y-axis. Also, since y=4, the point is above the x-axis. The point (−5,4) is in Quadrant II.
  2. ⓑ Since x=−3, the point is to the left of the y-axis. Also, since y=−4, the point is below the x-axis. The point (−3,−4) is in Quadrant III.
  3. ⓒ Since x=2, the point is to the right of the y-axis. Since y=−3, the point is below the x-axis. The point (2,−3) is in Quadrant lV.
  4. ⓓ Since x=−2, the point is to the left of the y-axis. Since y=3, the point is above the x-axis. The point (−2,3) is in Quadrant II.
  5. ⓔ Since x=3, the point is to the right of the y-axis. Since y=52, the point is above the x-axis. (It may be helpful to write 52 as a mixed number or decimal.) The point (3,52) is in Quadrant I.
    This figure shows points plotted on the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y axes run from negative 6 to 6. The following points are labeled: (3, 5 divided by 2), negative 5, 4), (negative 3, negative 4), (0, negative 1), and (2, negative 3).

Plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system and identify the quadrant in which the point is located:

ⓐ (−2,1) ⓑ (−3,−1) ⓒ (4,−4) ⓓ (−4,4) ⓔ (−4,32).

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (negative 2, 1) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (negative 3, negative 1) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (4, negative 4) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (negative 4, negative one half) is plotted and labeled “d”.

Plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system and identify the quadrant in which the point is located:

ⓐ (−4,1) ⓑ (−2,3) ⓒ (2,−5) ⓓ (−2,5) ⓔ (−3,52).

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (negative 4, 1) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (negative 2, 3) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (2, negative 5) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (negative 3, 2 and one half) is plotted and labeled “d”.

How do the signs affect the location of the points? You may have noticed some patterns as you graphed the points in the previous example.

For the point in Figure 2 in Quadrant IV, what do you notice about the signs of the coordinates? What about the signs of the coordinates of points in the third quadrant? The second quadrant? The first quadrant?

Can you tell just by looking at the coordinates in which quadrant the point (−2,5) is located? In which quadrant is (2,−5) located?

Quadrants

We can summarize sign patterns of the quadrants in this way.

Quadrant IQuadrant IIQuadrant IIIQuadrant IV(x,y)(x,y)(x,y)(x,y)(+,+)(−,+)(−,−)(+,−)
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axis each run from -7 to 7. The top-right portion of the plane is labeled "I" and "ordered pair +, +", the top-left portion of the plane is labeled "II" and "ordered pair -, +", the bottom-left portion of the plane is labelled "III" "ordered pair -, -" and the bottom-right portion of the plane is labeled "IV" and "ordered pair +, -".

What if one coordinate is zero as shown in Figure 3? Where is the point (0,4) located? Where is the point (−2,0) located?

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. Points (0, 4) and (negative 2, 0) are plotted and labeled.

The point (0,4) is on the y-axis and the point (−2,0) is on the x-axis.

Points on the Axes

Points with a y-coordinate equal to 0 are on the x-axis, and have coordinates (a,0).

Points with an x-coordinate equal to 0 are on the y-axis, and have coordinates (0,b).

Plot each point:

ⓐ (0,5) ⓑ (4,0) ⓒ (−3,0) ⓓ (0,0) ⓔ (0,−1).

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Since x=0, the point whose coordinates are (0,5) is on the y-axis.
  2. ⓑ Since y=0, the point whose coordinates are (4,0) is on the x-axis.
  3. ⓒ Since y=0, the point whose coordinates are (−3,0) is on the x-axis.
  4. ⓓ Since x=0 and y=0, the point whose coordinates are (0,0) is the origin.
  5. ⓔ Since x=0, the point whose coordinates are (0,−1) is on the y-axis.
    The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The points (negative 3, 0), (0, 0), (0, negative 1), (0, 5), and (4, 0) are plotted and labeled.

Plot each point:

ⓐ (4,0) ⓑ (−2,0) ⓒ (0,0) ⓓ (0,2) ⓔ (0,−3).

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The points (4, 0), (negative 2, 0), (0, 0), (0, 2), and (0, negative 3) are plotted and labeled.

Plot each point:

ⓐ (−5,0) ⓑ (3,0) ⓒ (0,0) ⓓ (0,−1) ⓔ (0,4).

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The points (negative 5, 0), (3, 0), (0, 0), (0, negative 1), and (0, 4) are plotted and labeled.

In algebra, being able to identify the coordinates of a point shown on a graph is just as important as being able to plot points. To identify the x-coordinate of a point on a graph, read the number on the x-axis directly above or below the point. To identify the y-coordinate of a point, read the number on the y-axis directly to the left or right of the point. Remember, when you write the ordered pair use the correct order, (x,y).

Name the ordered pair of each point shown in the rectangular coordinate system.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The points (4, 0), (negative 2, 0), (0, 0), (0, 2), and (0, negative 3) are plotted and labeled A, B, C, D, and E, respectively.
Solution

Solution

Point A is above −3 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is −3.

  • The point is to the left of 3 on the y-axis, so the y-coordinate of the point is 3.
  • The coordinates of the point are (−3,3).

Point B is below −1 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is −1.

  • The point is to the left of −3 on the y-axis, so the y-coordinate of the point is −3.
  • The coordinates of the point are (−1,−3).

Point C is above 2 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is 2.

  • The point is to the right of 4 on the y-axis, so the y-coordinate of the point is 4.
  • The coordinates of the point are (2,4).

Point D is below 4 on the x-axis, so the x-coordinate of the point is 4.

  • The point is to the right of −4 on the y-axis, so the y-coordinate of the point is −4.
  • The coordinates of the point are (4,−4).

Point E is on the y-axis at y=−2. The coordinates of point E are (0,−2).

Point F is on the x-axis at x=3. The coordinates of point F are (3,0).

Name the ordered pair of each point shown in the rectangular coordinate system.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The points (4, 0), (negative 2, 0), (0, 0), (0, 2), and (0, negative 3) are plotted and labeled A, B, C, D, and E, respectively.
Solution

A: (5,1) B: (−2,4) C: (−5,−1) D: (3,−2) E: (0,−5) F: (4,0)

Name the ordered pair of each point shown in the rectangular coordinate system.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The points (negative 5, 0), (3, 0), (0, 0), (0, negative 1), and (0, 4) are plotted and labeled A, B, C, D, and E, respectively.
Solution

A: (4,2) B: (−2,3) C: (−4,−4) D: (3,−5) E: (−3,0) F: (0,2)

Verify Solutions to an Equation in Two Variables

Up to now, all the equations you have solved were equations with just one variable. In almost every case, when you solved the equation you got exactly one solution. The process of solving an equation ended with a statement like x=4. (Then, you checked the solution by substituting back into the equation.)

Here’s an example of an equation in one variable, and its one solution.

3x+5=173x=12x=4

But equations can have more than one variable. Equations with two variables may be of the form Ax+By=C. Equations of this form are called linear equations in two variables.

Linear Equation

An equation of the form Ax+By=C, where A and B are not both zero, is called a linear equation in two variables.

Notice the word line in linear. Here is an example of a linear equation in two variables, x and y.

In this figure, we see the linear equation Ax plus By equals C. Below this is the equation x plus 4y equals 8. Below this are the values A equals 1, B equals 4, and C equals 8.

The equation y=−3x+5 is also a linear equation. But it does not appear to be in the form Ax+By=C. We can use the Addition Property of Equality and rewrite it in Ax+By=C form.

Illustrates the step-by-step conversion of a linear equation from slope-intercept form to standard form.
y=−3x+5
Add to both sides. y+3x=−3x+5+3x
Simplify. y+3x=5
Use the Commutative Property to put it in Ax+By=C form. 3x+y=5

By rewriting y=−3x+5 as 3x+y=5, we can easily see that it is a linear equation in two variables because it is of the form Ax+By=C. When an equation is in the form Ax+By=C, we say it is in standard form.

Standard Form of Linear Equation

A linear equation is in standard form when it is written Ax+By=C.

Most people prefer to have A, B, and C be integers and A≥0 when writing a linear equation in standard form, although it is not strictly necessary.

Linear equations have infinitely many solutions. For every number that is substituted for x there is a corresponding y value. This pair of values is a solution to the linear equation and is represented by the ordered pair (x,y). When we substitute these values of x and y into the equation, the result is a true statement, because the value on the left side is equal to the value on the right side.

Solution of a Linear Equation in Two Variables

An ordered pair (x,y) is a solution of the linear equation Ax+By=C, if the equation is a true statement when the x- and y-values of the ordered pair are substituted into the equation.

Determine which ordered pairs are solutions to the equation x+4y=8.

ⓐ (0,2) ⓑ (2,−4) ⓒ (−4,3)

Solution

Solution

Substitute the x- and y-values from each ordered pair into the equation and determine if the result is a true statement.
The equation x plus 4y equals 8 is checked for three ordered pairs. The pair (0, 2) satisfies the equation; substituting gives 8 equals 8. The pair (2, negative 4) does not satisfy the equation; substituting gives negative 14 does not equal 8. The pair (negative 4, 3) satisfies the equation; substituting gives 8 equals 8.

Which of the following ordered pairs are solutions to 2x+3y=6?

ⓐ (3,0) ⓑ (2,0) ⓒ (6,−2)

Solution

a, c

Which of the following ordered pairs are solutions to the equation 4x−y=8?

ⓐ (0,8) ⓑ (2,0) ⓒ (1,−4)

Solution

b, c

Which of the following ordered pairs are solutions to the equation y=5x−1?

ⓐ (0,−1) ⓑ (1,4) ⓒ (−2,−7)

Solution

Solution

Substitute the x- and y-values from each ordered pair into the equation and determine if it results in a true statement.
The graph shows three ordered pairs and checks if they are solutions to y equals 5x minus 1. The first pair (0, -1) satisfies the equation. The second pair (1, 4) also satisfies the equation. The third pair (-2, -7) does not satisfy the equation.

Which of the following ordered pairs are solutions to the equation y=4x−3?

ⓐ (0,3) ⓑ (1,1) ⓒ (−1,−1)

Solution

b

Which of the following ordered pairs are solutions to the equation y=−2x+6?

ⓐ (0,6) ⓑ (1,4) ⓒ (−2,−2)

Solution

a, b

Complete a Table of Solutions to a Linear Equation in Two Variables

In the examples above, we substituted the x- and y-values of a given ordered pair to determine whether or not it was a solution to a linear equation. But how do you find the ordered pairs if they are not given? It’s easier than you might think—you can just pick a value for x and then solve the equation for y. Or, pick a value for y and then solve for x.

We’ll start by looking at the solutions to the equation y=5x−1 that we found in Example 5. We can summarize this information in a table of solutions, as shown in Table 2.

y=5x−1
x y (x,y)
0 −1 (0,−1)
1 4 (1,4)

To find a third solution, we’ll let x=2 and solve for y.

The figure shows the steps to solve for y when x equals 2 in the equation y equals 5 x minus 1. The equation y equals 5 x minus 1 is shown. Below it is the equation with 2 substituted in for x which is y equals 5 times 2 minus 1. To solve for y first multiply so that the equation becomes y equals 10 minus 1 then subtract so that the equation is y equals 9.

The ordered pair (2,9) is a solution to y=5x−1. We will add it to Table 3.

y=5x−1
x y (x,y)
0 −1 (0,−1)
1 4 (1,4)
2 9 (2,9)

We can find more solutions to the equation by substituting in any value of x or any value of y and solving the resulting equation to get another ordered pair that is a solution. There are infinitely many solutions of this equation.

Complete Table 4 to find three solutions to the equation y=4x−2.

y=4x−2
x y (x,y)
0
−1
2
Solution

Solution

Substitute x=0, x=−1, and x=2 into y=4x−2.
Table showing three points on the line y equals 4x minus 2. The first point is x equals 0, y equals negative 2, or the ordered pair 0, negative 2. The second point is x equals negative 1, y equals negative 6, or the ordered pair negative 1, negative 6. The third point is x equals 2, y equals 6, or the ordered pair 2, 6.

The results are summarized in Table 5.

y=4x−2
x y (x,y)
0 −2 (0,−2)
−1 −6 (−1,−6)
2 6 (2,6)

Complete the table to find three solutions to this equation: y=3x−1.

y=3x−1
x y (x,y)
0
−1
2
Solution
y=3x−1
x y (x,y)
0 −1 (0,−1)
−1 −4 (−1,−4)
2 5 (2,5)

Complete the table to find three solutions to this equation: y=6x+1.

y=6x+1
x y (x,y)
0
1
−2
Solution
y=6x+1
x y (x,y)
0 1 (0,1)
1 7 (1,7)
−2 −11 (−2,−11)

Complete Table 10 to find three solutions to the equation 5x−4y=20.

5x−4y=20
x y (x,y)
0
0
5
Solution

Solution

Substitute the given value into the equation 5x−4y=20 and solve for the other variable. Then, fill in the values in the table.
The graph of the equation 5x minus 4y equals 20 is shown for three cases. When x equals 0, y equals negative 5, and the point is (0, negative 5). When y equals 0, x equals 4, and the point is (4, 0). When y equals 5, x equals 8, and the point is (8, 5).

The results are summarized in Table 11.

5x−4y=20
x y (x,y)
0 −5 (0,−5)
4 0 (4,0)
8 5 (8,5)

Complete the table to find three solutions to this equation: 2x−5y=20.

2x−5y=20
x y (x,y)
0
0
−5
Solution
2x−5y=20
x y (x,y)
0 −4 (0,−4)
10 0 (10,0)
−5 −6 (−5,−6)

Complete the table to find three solutions to this equation: 3x−4y=12.

3x−4y=12
x y (x,y)
0
0
−4
Solution
3x−4y=12
x y (x,y)
0 −3 (0,−3)
4 0 (4,0)
−4 −6 (−4,−6)

Find Solutions to a Linear Equation

To find a solution to a linear equation, you really can pick any number you want to substitute into the equation for x or y. But since you’ll need to use that number to solve for the other variable it’s a good idea to choose a number that’s easy to work with.

When the equation is in y-form, with the y by itself on one side of the equation, it is usually easier to choose values of x and then solve for y.

Find three solutions to the equation y=−3x+2.

Solution

Solution

We can substitute any value we want for x or any value for y. Since the equation is in y-form, it will be easier to substitute in values of x. Let’s pick x=0, x=1, and x=−1.
The expression 'X = Q' is displayed on a white background. 'X' is black, and 'Q' is a light blue, stylized circle with a vertical line through its center. A close-up image displaying the mathematical equation 'X = 1' in a clear, digital font against a white background. The mathematical equation 'X = -1' is displayed on a white background. The 'X =' portion is in black text, while the '-1' is presented in a blue-green hue.
The image shows the linear equation y = -3x + 2, representing a straight line with a slope of -3 and a y-intercept of 2. A mathematical equation is displayed, 'y = -3x + 2', representing a linear function with a negative slope and a positive y-intercept. The image displays a mathematical equation, 'y = -3x + 2', which represents a linear function in slope-intercept form. The equation is rendered in black text on a plain white background.
Substitute the value into the equation. A mathematical expression reads y equals -3 multiplied by 0 plus 2. The digit 0 is highlighted in light blue, indicating a variable or a specific value being substituted. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'y = -3 * 1 + 2' with the number 1 highlighted in light blue, indicating it might be a variable or a specific value being substituted. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = -3 multiplied by -1, plus 2. The -1 is highlighted in a light blue color, indicating it's a substituted value or a point of focus.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = 0 + 2. The image shows a mathematical equation, written in a clear, sans-serif font against a white background. The equation is 'y = -3 + 2'. A simple mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'y = 3 + 2' in black text against a white background.
Simplify. The equation y = 2 is displayed in black text on a plain white background, representing a horizontal line in a Cartesian coordinate system. The image displays the equation y = -1, rendered in gray text against a plain white background. The equation is centrally positioned, indicating a horizontal line in a Cartesian coordinate system. The equation y = 5 is displayed in a simple, clear, and centered manner on a white background, representing a horizontal line on a coordinate plane.
Write the ordered pair. (0, 2) (1, −1) (−1, 5)
Check.
y=−3x+2 y=−3x+2 y=−3x+2
2≟−3⋅0+2 −1≟−3⋅1+2 5≟−3(−1)+2
2≟0+2 −1≟−3+2 5≟3+2
2=2✓ −1=−1✓ 5=5✓
So, (0,2), (1,−1) and (−1,5) are all solutions to y=−3x+2. We show them in Table 17.
y=−3x+2
x y (x,y)
0 2 (0,2)
1 −1 (1,−1)
−1 5 (−1,5)

Find three solutions to this equation: y=−2x+3.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Find three solutions to this equation: y=−4x+1.

Solution

Answers will vary.

We have seen how using zero as one value of x makes finding the value of y easy. When an equation is in standard form, with both the x and y on the same side of the equation, it is usually easier to first find one solution when x=0 find a second solution when y=0, and then find a third solution.

Find three solutions to the equation 3x+2y=6.

Solution

Solution

We can substitute any value we want for x or any value for y. Since the equation is in standard form, let’s pick first x=0, then y=0, and then find a third point.
Step-by-step solutions for three algebraic equations, showing substitution, simplification, and final ordered pairs.
The equation x = 0 is displayed on a white background. The equation y = 0 is displayed on a white background. The image shows the equation 'X = 1' rendered in a dark gray font for the X and equals sign, and a light blue font for the number 1, all against a plain white background.
A mathematical equation displays '3x + 2y = 6' in a clear, digital font against a plain white background. A mathematical equation, 3x + 2y = 6, is displayed against a white background. The image displays the linear equation 3x + 2y = 6 in black text on a white background.
Substitute the value into the equation. An algebraic equation showing 3 multiplied by 0, plus 2y, equals 6. The 0 is highlighted in blue, indicating a substitution or a specific value being considered in the equation. A mathematical equation reads 3x + 2(0) = 6. The number zero within the parentheses is highlighted in red, drawing attention to a specific value or step in the algebraic expression. A mathematical equation shows '3(1) + 2y = 6', where 3 multiplied by 1 is added to 2y, equaling 6. The number 1 is highlighted in light blue.
Simplify. The image shows the mathematical equation '0 + 2y = 6' in black text on a white background. The image shows a mathematical equation, '3x + 0 = 6', which simplifies to 3x = 6, and solving for x gives x = 2. The equation is rendered in black text against a white background. A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression '3 + 2y = 6'. The equation consists of the numbers 3, 2, and 6, the variable y, and the operators for addition and equality.
Solve. The image displays the algebraic equation '2y = 6' on a white background, demonstrating a simple linear equation where twice a variable 'y' equals six. The mathematical equation '3x = 6' is displayed on a white background. The image displays a simple algebraic equation, 2y = 3, in black text on a white background.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = 3' in a simple, clear font on a plain white background. The equation 'x = 2' is shown in black text against a white background. The image displays the mathematical equation y = 3/2 on a white background.
Write the ordered pair. (0, 3) (2, 0) (1,32)
Step-by-step verification of the linear equation 3x + 2y = 6, demonstrating checks for three different (x,y) solution pairs.
Check.
3x+2y=6 3x+2y=6 3x+2y=6
3⋅0+2⋅3≟6 3⋅2+2⋅0≟6 3⋅1+2⋅32≟6
0+6≟6 6+0≟6 3+3≟6
6=6✓ 6=6✓ 6=6✓
So (0,3), (2,0), and (1,32) are all solutions to the equation 3x+2y=6. We can list these three solutions in Table 20.
3x+2y=6
x y (x,y)
0 3 (0,3)
2 0 (2,0)
1 32 (1,32)

Find three solutions to the equation 2x+3y=6.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Find three solutions to the equation 4x+2y=8.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Key Concepts

  • Sign Patterns of the Quadrants
    Quadrant IQuadrant IIQuadrant IIIQuadrant IV(x,y)(x,y)(x,y)(x,y)(+,+)(−,+)(−,−)(+,−)
  • Points on the Axes
    • On the x-axis, y=0. Points with a y-coordinate equal to 0 are on the x-axis, and have coordinates (a,0).
    • On the y-axis, x=0. Points with an x-coordinate equal to 0 are on the y-axis, and have coordinates (0,b).
  • Solution of a Linear Equation
    • An ordered pair (x,y) is a solution of the linear equation Ax+By=C, if the equation is a true statement when the x- and y- values of the ordered pair are substituted into the equation.

Practice Makes Perfect

Plot Points in a Rectangular Coordinate System

In the following exercises, plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system and identify the quadrant in which the point is located.

  1. ⓐ (−4,2)
  2. ⓑ (−1,−2)
  3. ⓒ (3,−5)
  4. ⓓ (−3,5)
    ⓔ (53,2)
Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (negative 4, 2) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (negative 1, negative 2) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (3, negative 5) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (negative 3, 5) is plotted and labeled “d”. The point (5 thirds, 2) is plotted and labeled “e”.

  1. ⓐ (−2,−3)
  2. ⓑ (3,−3)
  3. ⓒ (−4,1)
  4. ⓓ (4,−1)
  5. ⓔ (32,1)
  1. ⓐ (3,−1)
  2. ⓑ (−3,1)
  3. ⓒ (−2,2)
  4. ⓓ (−4,−3)
  5. ⓔ (1,145)
Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (3, negative 1) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (negative 3, 1) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (negative 2, 2) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (negative 4, negative 3) is plotted and labeled “d”. The point (1, 14 fifths) is plotted and labeled “e”.

  1. ⓐ (−1,1)
  2. ⓑ (−2,−1)
  3. ⓒ (2,1)
  4. ⓓ (1,−4)
  5. ⓔ (3,72)

In the following exercises, plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system.

  1. ⓐ (−2,0)
  2. ⓑ (−3,0)
  3. ⓒ (0,0)
  4. ⓓ (0,4)
  5. ⓔ (0,2)
Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (negative 2, 0) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (negative 3, 0) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (0, 0) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (0, 4) is plotted and labeled “d”. The point (0, 3) is plotted and labeled “e”.

  1. ⓐ (0,1)
  2. ⓑ (0,−4)
  3. ⓒ (−1,0)
  4. ⓓ (0,0)
  5. ⓔ (5,0)
  1. ⓐ (0,0)
  2. ⓑ (0,−3)
  3. ⓒ (−4,0)
  4. ⓓ (1,0)
  5. ⓔ (0,−2)
Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (0, 0) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (0, negative 3) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (negative 4, 0) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (1, 0) is plotted and labeled “d”. The point (0, negative 2) is plotted and labeled “e”.

  1. ⓐ (−3,0)
  2. ⓑ (0,5)
  3. ⓒ (0,−2)
  4. ⓓ (2,0)
  5. ⓔ (0,0)

In the following exercises, name the ordered pair of each point shown in the rectangular coordinate system.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (negative 4, 1) is plotted and labeled “A”. The point (negative 3, negative 4) is plotted and labeled “B”. The point (1, negative 3) is plotted and labeled “C”. The point (4, 3) is plotted and labeled “D”.
Solution

A: (−4,1) B: (−3,−4) C: (1,−3) D: (4,3)

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The point (negative 4, 2) is plotted and labeled “A”. The point (3, 5) is plotted and labeled “B”. The point (negative 3, negative 2) is plotted and labeled “C”. The point (5, negative 1) is plotted and labeled “D”.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (0, negative 2) is plotted and labeled “A”. The point (negative 2, 0) is plotted and labeled “B”. The point (0, 5) is plotted and labeled “C”. The point (5, 0) is plotted and labeled “D”.
Solution

A: (0,−2) B: (−2,0) C: (0,5) D: (5,0)

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (0, negative 1) is plotted and labeled “A”. The point (negative 1, 0) is plotted and labeled “B”. The point (4, 0) is plotted and labeled “C”. The point (0, 4) is plotted and labeled “D”.

Verify Solutions to an Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, which ordered pairs are solutions to the given equations?

2x+y=6

  1. ⓐ (1,4)
  2. ⓑ (3,0)
  3. ⓒ (2,3)
Solution

a, b

x+3y=9

  1. ⓐ (0,3)
  2. ⓑ (6,1)
  3. ⓒ (−3,−3)

4x−2y=8

  1. ⓐ (3,2)
  2. ⓑ (1,4)
  3. ⓒ (0,−4)
Solution

a, c

3x−2y=12

  1. ⓐ (4,0)
  2. ⓑ (2,−3)
  3. ⓒ (1,6)

y=4x+3

  1. ⓐ (4,3)
  2. ⓑ (−1,−1)
  3. ⓒ (12,5)
Solution

b, c

y=2x−5

  1. ⓐ (0,−5)
  2. ⓑ (2,1)
  3. ⓒ (12,−4)

y=12x−1

  1. ⓐ (2,0)
  2. ⓑ (−6,−4)
  3. ⓒ (−4,−1)
Solution

a, b

y=13x+1

  1. ⓐ (−3,0)
  2. ⓑ (9,4)
  3. ⓒ (−6,−1)

Complete a Table of Solutions to a Linear Equation

In the following exercises, complete the table to find solutions to each linear equation.

y=2x−4

x y (x,y)
0
2
−1
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 −4 (0,−4)
2 0 (2,0)
−1 −6 (−1,−6)

y=3x−1

x y (x,y)
0
2
−1

y=−x+5

x y (x,y)
0
3
−2
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 5 (0,5)
3 2 (3,2)
−2 7 (−2,7)

y=−x+2

x y (x,y)
0
3
−2

y=13x+1

x y (x,y)
0
3
6
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 1 (0,1)
3 2 (3,2)
6 3 (6,3)

y=12x+4

x y (x,y)
0
2
4

y=−32x−2

x y (x,y)
0
2
−2
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 −2 (0,−2)
2 −5 (2,−5)
−2 1 (−2,1)

y=−23x−1

x y (x,y)
0
3
−3

x+3y=6

x y (x,y)
0
3
0
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 2 (0,2)
3 4 (3,1)
6 0 (6,0)

x+2y=8

x y (x,y)
0
4
0

2x−5y=10

x y (x,y)
0
10
0
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 −2 (0,−2)
10 2 (10,2)
5 0 (5,0)

3x−4y=12

x y (x,y)
0
8
0

Find Solutions to a Linear Equation

In the following exercises, find three solutions to each linear equation.

y=5x−8

Solution

Answers will vary.

y=3x−9

y=−4x+5

Solution

Answers will vary.

y=−2x+7

x+y=8

Solution

Answers will vary.

x+y=6

x+y=−2

Solution

Answers will vary.

x+y=−1

3x+y=5

Solution

Answers will vary.

2x+y=3

4x−y=8

Solution

Answers will vary.

5x−y=10

2x+4y=8

Solution

Answers will vary.

3x+2y=6

5x−2y=10

Solution

Answers will vary.

4x−3y=12

Everyday Math

Weight of a baby. Mackenzie recorded her baby’s weight every two months. The baby’s age, in months, and weight, in pounds, are listed in the table below, and shown as an ordered pair in the third column.

ⓐ Plot the points on a coordinate plane.

A blank Cartesian coordinate plane featuring a grid. The x-axis is labeled from 0 to 12, and the y-axis is labeled from 0 to 25, ready for data plotting.

ⓑ Why is only Quadrant I needed?

Age x Weight y (x,y)
0 7 (0, 7)
2 11 (2, 11)
4 15 (4, 15)
6 16 (6, 16)
8 19 (8, 19)
10 20 (10, 20)
12 21 (12, 21)
Solution

ⓐ
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from 0 to 25. The points (0, 7), (2, 11), (4, 15), (6, 16), (8, 19), (10, 20) and (12, 21) are plotted and labeled.
ⓑ Age and weight are only positive.

Weight of a child. Latresha recorded her son’s height and weight every year. His height, in inches, and weight, in pounds, are listed in the table below, and shown as an ordered pair in the third column.

ⓐ Plot the points on a coordinate plane.

An empty 5x5 grid on a Cartesian coordinate plane with x and y axes marked from 0 to 50, showing increments of 10.

ⓑ Why is only Quadrant I needed?

Height x Weight y (x,y)
28 22 (28, 22)
31 27 (31, 27)
33 33 (33, 33)
37 35 (37, 35)
40 41 (40, 41)
42 45 (42, 45)

Writing Exercises

Explain in words how you plot the point (4,−2) in a rectangular coordinate system.

Solution

Answers will vary.

How do you determine if an ordered pair is a solution to a given equation?

Is the point (−3,0) on the x-axis or y-axis? How do you know?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Is the point (0,8) on the x-axis or y-axis? How do you know?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “plot points in a rectangular coordinate system,”, “identify points on a graph,” “verify solutions to an equation in two variables,” “complete a table of solutions to a linear equation,” and “find solutions to a linear equation.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved the objectives in this section. Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific.

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly because topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. In math every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no, I don’t get it. This is a warning sign and you must not ignore it. You should get help right away or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as you can to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

linear equation
A linear equation is of the form Ax+By=C, where A and B are not both zero, is called a linear equation in two variables.
ordered pair
An ordered pair (x,y) gives the coordinates of a point in a rectangular coordinate system.
origin
The point (0,0) is called the origin. It is the point where the x-axis and y-axis intersect.
quadrant
The x-axis and the y-axis divide a plane into four regions, called quadrants.
rectangular coordinate system
A grid system is used in algebra to show a relationship between two variables; also called the xy-plane or the ‘coordinate plane’.
x-coordinate
The first number in an ordered pair (x,y).
y-coordinate
The second number in an ordered pair (x,y).

Graph Linear Equations in Two Variables

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Recognize the relationship between the solutions of an equation and its graph
  • Graph a linear equation by plotting points
  • Graph vertical and horizontal lines

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Evaluate 3x+2 when x=−1.
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

−1

Solve 3x+2y=12 for y in general.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

y=12−3x2

Recognize the Relationship Between the Solutions of an Equation and its Graph

In the previous section, we found several solutions to the equation 3x+2y=6. They are listed in Table 1. So, the ordered pairs (0,3), (2,0), and (1,32) are some solutions to the equation 3x+2y=6. We can plot these solutions in the rectangular coordinate system as shown in Figure 1.

3x+2y=6
x y (x,y)
0 3 (0,3)
2 0 (2,0)
1 32 (1,32)
The figure shows four points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the four points at (0, 3), (1, three halves), (2, 0), and (4, negative 3). The four points appear to line up along a straight line.

Notice how the points line up perfectly? We connect the points with a line to get the graph of the equation 3x+2y=6. See Figure 2. Notice the arrows on the ends of each side of the line. These arrows indicate the line continues.

The figure shows a straight line drawn through four points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the four points at (0, 3), (1, three halves), (2, 0), and (4, negative 3). A straight line with a negative slope goes through all four points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the edge of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation 3x plus 2y equals 6.

Every point on the line is a solution of the equation. Also, every solution of this equation is a point on this line. Points not on the line are not solutions.

Notice that the point whose coordinates are (−2,6) is on the line shown in Figure 3. If you substitute x=−2 and y=6 into the equation, you find that it is a solution to the equation.

The figure shows a straight line and two points and on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the two points and are labeled by the coordinates “(negative 2, 6)” and “(4, 1)”. The straight line goes through the point (negative 2, 6) but does not go through the point (4, 1).
Checking if ordered pair negative 2, 6 solves 3x + 2y = 6. Substituting gives 3 times negative 2 plus 2 times 6 equals 6. Simplifying yields negative 6 plus 12 equals 6, then 6 equals 6. A checkmark indicates the solution is correct.

So the point (−2,6) is a solution to the equation 3x+2y=6. (The phrase “the point whose coordinates are (−2,6)” is often shortened to “the point (−2,6).”)

Checking if (4, 1) solves 3x + 2y = 6. Substituting gives 3(4) + 2(1) = 6, which simplifies to 12 + 2 = 6. This further simplifies to 14 does not equal 6, so the ordered pair is not a solution.

So (4,1) is not a solution to the equation 3x+2y=6. Therefore, the point (4,1) is not on the line. See Figure 2. This is an example of the saying, “A picture is worth a thousand words.” The line shows you all the solutions to the equation. Every point on the line is a solution of the equation. And, every solution of this equation is on this line. This line is called the graph of the equation 3x+2y=6.

Graph of a Linear Equation

The graph of a linear equation Ax+By=C is a line.

  • Every point on the line is a solution of the equation.
  • Every solution of this equation is a point on this line.

The graph of y=2x−3 is shown.

The figure shows a straight line on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line has a positive slope and goes through the y-axis at the (0, negative 3). The line is labeled with the equation y equals 2x negative 3.

For each ordered pair, decide:

ⓐ Is the ordered pair a solution to the equation?
ⓑ Is the point on the line?

A (0,−3) B (3,3) C (2,−3) D (−1,−5)

Solution

Solution

Substitute the x- and y- values into the equation to check if the ordered pair is a solution to the equation.

  1. ⓐ

    The figure shows ordered pairs and the equation y equals 2x minus 3. Four ordered pairs are tested: (0, negative 3), (3, 3), (2, negative 3), and (negative 1, negative 5). Each pair is substituted into the equation to check for solutions. The results show (0, negative 3) and (3, 3) are solutions, (2, negative 3) is not a solution, and (negative 1, negative 5) is a solution.

  2. ⓑ Plot the points A (0,3), B (3,3), C (2,−3), and D (−1,−5).
    A graph shows a line and four points on an x-y coordinate plane. The points are located at coordinates: negative 1, negative 5; 0, negative 3; 2, negative 3; and 3, 3. The line y equals 2x minus 3 passes through the points negative 1, negative 5 and 3, 3.

The points (0,3), (3,3), and (−1,−5) are on the line y=2x−3, and the point (2,−3) is not on the line.

The points that are solutions to y=2x−3 are on the line, but the point that is not a solution is not on the line.

Use the graph of y=3x−1 to decide whether each ordered pair is:

  • a solution to the equation.
  • on the line.

ⓐ (0,−1) ⓑ (2,5)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the point (negative 2, negative 7) and for every 3 units it goes up, it goes one unit to the right. The line is labeled with the equation y equals 3x minus 1.
Solution

ⓐ yes, yes ⓑ yes, yes

Use graph of y=3x−1 to decide whether each ordered pair is:

  • a solution to the equation
  • on the line

ⓐ (3,−1) ⓑ (−1,−4)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the point (negative 2, negative 7) and for every 3 units it goes up, it goes one unit to the right. The line is labeled with the equation y equals 3x minus 1.
Solution

ⓐ no, no ⓑ yes, yes

Graph a Linear Equation by Plotting Points

There are several methods that can be used to graph a linear equation. The method we used to graph 3x+2y=6 is called plotting points, or the Point–Plotting Method.

How To Graph an Equation By Plotting Points

Graph the equation y=2x+1 by plotting points.

Solution

Solution

The figure shows the three step procedure for graphing a line from the equation using the example equation y equals 2x minus 1. The first step is to “Find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. Organize the solutions in a table”. The remark is made that “You can choose any values for x or y. In this case, since y is isolated on the left side of the equation, it is easier to choose values for x”. The work for the first step of the example is shown through a series of equations aligned vertically. From the top down, the equations are y equals 2x plus 1, x equals 0 (where the 0 is blue), y equals 2x plus 1, y equals 2(0) plus 1 (where the 0 is blue), y equals 0 plus 1, y equals 1, x equals 1 (where the 1 is blue), y equals 2x plus 1, y equals 2(1) plus 1 (where the 1 is blue), y equals 2 plus 1, y equals 3, x equals negative 2 (where the negative 2 is blue), y equals 2x plus 1, y equals 2(negative 2) plus 1 (where the negative 2 is blue), y equals negative 4 plus 1, y equals negative 3. The work is then organized in a table. The table has 5 rows and 3 columns. The first row is a title row with the equation y equals 2x plus 1. The second row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column header is “x”, the second is “y” and the third is “(x, y)”. Under the first column are the numbers 0, 1, and negative 2. Under the second column are the numbers 1, 3, and negative 3. Under the third column are the ordered pairs (0, 1), (1, 3), and (negative 2, negative 3). The second step is to “Plot the points in a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. If they do not, carefully check your work!” For the example the points are (0, 1), (1, 3), and (negative 2, negative 3). A graph shows the three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points at (0, 1), (1, 3), and (negative 2, negative 3). The question “Do the points line up?” is stated and followed with the answer “Yes, the points line up.” The third step of the procedure is “Draw the line through the three points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line.” A graph shows a straight line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points at (0, 1), (1, 3), and (negative 2, negative 3). A straight line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the edge of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation y equals 2x plus 1. The statement “This line is the graph of y equals 2x plus 1” is included next to the graph.

Graph the equation by plotting points: y=2x−3.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, negative 7), (negative 1, negative 5), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 1), (2, 1), (3, 3), (4, 5), and (5, 7). There are arrows at the ends of the line pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation by plotting points: y=−2x+4.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 1, 6), (0, 4), (1, 2), (2, 0), (3, negative 2), (4, negative 4), and (5, negative 6). There are arrows at the ends of the line pointing to the outside of the figure.

The steps to take when graphing a linear equation by plotting points are summarized below.

Graph a linear equation by plotting points.

  1. Find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. Organize them in a table.
  2. Plot the points in a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. If they do not, carefully check your work.
  3. Draw the line through the three points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line.

It is true that it only takes two points to determine a line, but it is a good habit to use three points. If you only plot two points and one of them is incorrect, you can still draw a line but it will not represent the solutions to the equation. It will be the wrong line.

If you use three points, and one is incorrect, the points will not line up. This tells you something is wrong and you need to check your work. Look at the difference between part (a) and part (b) in Figure 4.

Figure a shows three points with a straight line going through them. Figure b shows three points that do not lie on the same line.

Let’s do another example. This time, we’ll show the last two steps all on one grid.

Graph the equation y=−3x.

Solution

Solution

Find three points that are solutions to the equation. Here, again, it’s easier to choose values for x. Do you see why?
Three sets of equations demonstrate finding ordered pairs for y equals negative three times x. The first set uses x equals zero, resulting in y equals zero. The second uses x equals one, yielding y equals negative three. The third uses x equals negative two, giving y equals six.

We list the points in Table 2.
y=−3x
x y (x,y)
0 0 (0,0)
1 −3 (1,−3)
−2 6 (−2,6)

Plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line.
The figure shows a straight line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points which are labeled by their ordered pairs (negative 2, 6), (0, 0), and (1, negative 3). A straight line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation y equals negative 3x.

Graph the equation by plotting points: y=−4x.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, 8), (0, 0), and (2, negative 8). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation by plotting points: y=x.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, negative 8), (negative 6, negative 6), (negative 4, negative 4), (negative 2, negative 2), (0, 0), (2, 2), (4, 4), (6, 6), and (8, 8). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

When an equation includes a fraction as the coefficient of x, we can still substitute any numbers for x. But the math is easier if we make ‘good’ choices for the values of x. This way we will avoid fraction answers, which are hard to graph precisely.

Graph the equation y=12x+3.

Solution

Solution

Find three points that are solutions to the equation. Since this equation has the fraction 12 as a coefficient of x, we will choose values of x carefully. We will use zero as one choice and multiples of 2 for the other choices. Why are multiples of 2 a good choice for values of x?
Three sets of equations demonstrate finding ordered pairs for the equation y equals one-half x plus three. The first set uses x equals zero, resulting in y equals three. The second uses x equals two, yielding y equals four. The third uses x equals four, giving y equals five.

The points are shown in Table 3.

y=12x+3
x y (x,y)
0 3 (0,3)
2 4 (2,4)
4 5 (4,5)

Plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line.
The figure shows a straight line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points which are labeled by their ordered pairs (0, 3), (2, 4), and (4, 5). A straight line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation y equals (one half)x plus 3.

Graph the equation y=13x−1.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 9, negative 4), (negative 6, negative 3), (negative 3, negative 2), (0, negative 1), (3, 0), (6, 1), and (9, 2). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation y=14x+2.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 12, negative 1), (negative 8, 0), (negative 4, 1), (0, 2), (4, 3), (8, 4), and (12, 5). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

So far, all the equations we graphed had y given in terms of x. Now we’ll graph an equation with x and y on the same side. Let’s see what happens in the equation 2x+y=3. If y=0 what is the value of x?

The figure shows a set of equations used to determine an ordered pair from the equation 2x plus y equals 3. The first equation is y equals 0 (where the 0 is red). The second equation is the two- variable equation 2x plus y equals 3. The third equation is the onenegative variable equation 2x plus 0 equals 3 (where the 0 is red). The fourth equation is 2x equals 3. The fifth equation is x equals three halves. The last line is the ordered pair (three halves, 0).

This point has a fraction for the x- coordinate and, while we could graph this point, it is hard to be precise graphing fractions. Remember in the example y=12x+3, we carefully chose values for x so as not to graph fractions at all. If we solve the equation 2x+y=3 for y, it will be easier to find three solutions to the equation.

2x+y=3y=−2x+3

The solutions for x=0, x=1, and x=−1 are shown in the Table 4. The graph is shown in Figure 5.

2x+y=3
x y (x,y)
0 3 (0,3)
1 1 (1,1)
−1 5 (−1,5)
The figure shows a straight line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points which are labeled by their ordered pairs (negative 1, 5), (0, 3), and (1, 1). A straight line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation 2x plus y equals 3.

Can you locate the point (32,0), which we found by letting y=0, on the line?

Graph the equation 3x+y=−1.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates steps to solve the linear equation 3x + y = -1 for y.
Find three points that are solutions to the equation. 3x+y=−1
First, solve the equation for y. y=−3x−1

We’ll let x be 0, 1, and −1 to find 3 points. The ordered pairs are shown in Table 6. Plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line. See Figure 6.

3x+y=−1
x y (x,y)
0 −1 (0,−1)
1 −4 (1,−4)
−1 2 (−1,2)
A straight line passes through the points negative 1 comma 2, 0 comma negative 1, and 1 comma negative 4 on a coordinate plane. The line's equation is three x plus y equals negative one, indicating it continues infinitely in both directions.

Graph the equation 2x+y=2.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, 10), (negative 2, 6), (0, 2), (2, negative 2), (4, negative 6), and (6, negative 10). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation 4x+y=−3.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, 9), (negative 2, 5), (negative 1, 1), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 7), and (2, negative 10). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

If you can choose any three points to graph a line, how will you know if your graph matches the one shown in the answers in the book? If the points where the graphs cross the x- and y-axes are the same, the graphs match!

The equation in Example 5 was written in standard form, with both x and y on the same side. We solved that equation for y in just one step. But for other equations in standard form it is not that easy to solve for y, so we will leave them in standard form. We can still find a first point to plot by letting x=0 and solving for y. We can plot a second point by letting y=0 and then solving for x. Then we will plot a third point by using some other value for x or y.

Graph the equation 2x−3y=6.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution demonstrating how to find three points that satisfy the linear equation 2x - 3y = 6 by substituting values for x and y.
Find three points that are solutions to the equation. 2x−3y=6
First, let x=0. 2(0)−3y=6
Solve for y. −3y=6 y=−2
Now let y=0. 2x−3(0)=6
Solve for x. 2x=6 x=3
We need a third point. Remember, we can choose any value for x or y. We'll let x=6. 2(6)−3y=6
Solve for y. 12−3y=6 −3y=−6 y=2

We list the ordered pairs in Table 8. Plot the points, check that they line up, and draw the line. See Figure 7.

2x−3y=6
x y (x,y)
0 −2 (0,−2)
3 0 (3,0)
6 2 (6,2)
The figure shows a straight line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points which are labeled by their ordered pairs (0, negative 2), (3, 0), and (6, 2). A straight line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation 2x minus 3y equals 6.

Graph the equation 4x+2y=8.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 1, 6), (0, 4), (1, 2), (2, 0), (3, negative 2), and (4, negative 4). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation 2x−4y=8.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 5), (negative 4, negative 4), (negative 2, negative 3), (0, negative 2), (2, negative 1), (4, 0), and (6, 1). The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph Vertical and Horizontal Lines

Can we graph an equation with only one variable? Just x and no y, or just y without an x? How will we make a table of values to get the points to plot?

Let’s consider the equation x=−3. This equation has only one variable, x. The equation says that x is always equal to −3, so its value does not depend on y. No matter what y is, the value of x is always −3.

So to make a table of values, write −3 in for all the x values. Then choose any values for y. Since x does not depend on y, you can choose any numbers you like. But to fit the points on our coordinate graph, we’ll use 1, 2, and 3 for the y-coordinates. See Table 9.

x=−3
x y (x,y)
−3 1 (−3,1)
−3 2 (−3,2)
−3 3 (−3,3)

Plot the points from Table 9 and connect them with a straight line. Notice in Figure 8 that we have graphed a vertical line.

A vertical line passes through the points negative 3 comma 1, negative 3 comma 2, and negative 3 comma 3 on a coordinate plane. The line represents x equals negative 3.

Vertical Line

A vertical line is the graph of an equation of the form x=a.

The line passes through the x-axis at (a,0).

 

Graph the equation x=2.

Solution

Solution

The equation has only one variable, x, and x is always equal to 2. We create Table 10 where x is always 2 and then put in any values for y. The graph is a vertical line passing through the x-axis at 2. See Figure 9.

x=2
x y (x,y)
2 1 (2,1)
2 2 (2,2)
2 3 (2,3)
The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points which are labeled by their ordered pairs (2, 1), (2, 2), and (2, 3). A vertical straight line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation x equals 2.

Graph the equation x=5.

Solution

The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), and all other points with first coordinate 5. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation x=−2.

Solution

The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, 1), (negative 2, 2), (negative 2, 3), and all other points with first coordinate negative 2. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

What if the equation has y but no x? Let’s graph the equation y=4. This time the y- value is a constant, so in this equation, y does not depend on x. Fill in 4 for all the y’s in Table 11 and then choose any values for x. We’ll use 0, 2, and 4 for the x-coordinates.

y=4
x y (x,y)
0 4 (0,4)
2 4 (2,4)
4 4 (4,4)

The graph is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at 4. See Figure 10.

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn through three points on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. Dots mark off the three points which are labeled by their ordered pairs (0, 4), (2, 4), and (4, 4). A straight horizontal line goes through all three points. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure. The line is labeled with the equation y equals 4.

Horizontal Line

A horizontal line is the graph of an equation of the form y=b.

The line passes through the y-axis at (0,b).

 

Graph the equation y=−1.

Solution

Solution

The equation y=−1 has only one variable, y. The value of y is constant. All the ordered pairs in Table 12 have the same y-coordinate. The graph is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at −1, as shown in Figure 11.

y=−1
x y (x,y)
0 −1 (0,−1)
3 −1 (3,−1)
−3 −1 (−3,−1)
A graph shows a horizontal line at y equals negative 1. Three points are marked on the line: negative 3, negative 1; 0, negative 1; and 3, negative 1. The x and y axes range from negative 7 to positive 7.

Graph the equation y=−4.

Solution

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, negative 4), (0, negative 4), (4, negative 4), and all other points with second coordinate negative 4. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

Graph the equation y=3.

Solution

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, 3), (0, 3), (4, 3), and all other points with second coordinate 3. The line has arrows on both ends pointing to the outside of the figure.

The equations for vertical and horizontal lines look very similar to equations like y=4x. What is the difference between the equations y=4x and y=4?

The equation y=4x has both x and y. The value of y depends on the value of x. The y-coordinate changes according to the value of x. The equation y=4 has only one variable. The value of y is constant. The y-coordinate is always 4. It does not depend on the value of x. See Table 13.

y=4x y=4
x y (x,y) x y (x,y)
0 0 (0,0) 0 4 (0,4)
1 4 (1,4) 1 4 (1,4)
2 8 (2,8) 2 4 (2,4)
The figure shows a two straight lines drawn on the same x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. One line is a straight horizontal line labeled with the equation y equals 4. The other line is a slanted line labeled with the equation y equals 4x.

Notice, in Figure 12, the equation y=4x gives a slanted line, while y=4 gives a horizontal line.

Graph y=−3x and y=−3 in the same rectangular coordinate system.

Solution

Solution

Notice that the first equation has the variable x, while the second does not. See Table 14. The two graphs are shown in Figure 13.

y=−3x y=−3
x y (x,y) x y (x,y)
0 0 (0,0) 0 −3 (0,−3)
1 −3 (1,−3) 1 −3 (1,−3)
2 −6 (2,−6) 2 −3 (2,−3)
The figure shows a two straight lines drawn on the same x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. One line is a straight horizontal line labeled with the equation y equals negative 3. The other line is a slanted line labeled with the equation y equals negative 3x.

Graph y=−4x and y=−4 in the same rectangular coordinate system.

Solution

The figure shows a two straight lines drawn on the same x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. One line is a straight horizontal line going through the points (negative 4, negative 4), (0, negative 4), (4, negative 4), and all other points with second coordinate negative 4. The other line is a slanted line going through the points (negative 2, 8), (negative 1, 4), (0, 0), (1, negative 4), and (2, negative 8).

Graph y=3 and y=3x in the same rectangular coordinate system.

Solution

The figure shows a two straight lines drawn on the same x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. One line is a straight horizontal line going through the points (negative 4, 3) (0, 3), (4, 3), and all other points with second coordinate 3. The other line is a slanted line going through the points (negative 2, negative 6), (negative 1, negative 3), (0, 0), (1, 3), and (2, 6).

Key Concepts

  • Graph a Linear Equation by Plotting Points
    1. Find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. Organize them in a table.
    2. Plot the points in a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. If they do not, carefully check your work!
    3. Draw the line through the three points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line.

Practice Makes Perfect

Recognize the Relationship Between the Solutions of an Equation and its Graph

In the following exercises, for each ordered pair, decide:

ⓐ Is the ordered pair a solution to the equation? ⓑ Is the point on the line?

y=x+2

  1. ⓐ (0,2)
  2. ⓑ (1,2)
  3. ⓒ (−1,1)
  4. ⓓ (−3,−1)
The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 4), (negative 5, negative 3), (negative 4, negative 2), (negative 3, negative 1), (negative 2, 0), (negative 1, 1), (0, 2), (1, 3), (2, 4), (3, 5), (4, 6), and (5, 7).
Solution

ⓐ yes; yes ⓑ no; no ⓒ yes; yes ⓓ yes; yes

y=x−4

  1. ⓐ (0,−4)
  2. ⓑ (3,−1)
  3. ⓒ (2,2)
  4. ⓓ (1,−5)
The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, negative 7), (negative 2, negative 6), (negative 1, negative 5), (0, negative 4), (1, negative 3), (2, negative 2), (3, negative 1), (4, 0), (5, 1), (6, 2), and (7, 3).

y=12x−3

  1. ⓐ (0,−3)
  2. ⓑ (2,−2)
  3. ⓒ (−2,−4)
  4. ⓓ (4,1)
The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 6), (negative 4, negative 5), (negative 2, negative 4), (0, negative 3), (2, negative 2), (4, negative 1), and (6, 0).
Solution

ⓐ yes; yes ⓑ yes; yes ⓒ yes; yes ⓓ no; no

y=13x+2

  1. ⓐ (0,2)
  2. ⓑ (3,3)
  3. ⓒ (−3,2)
  4. ⓓ (−6,0)
The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 0), (negative 3, 1), (0, 2), (3, 3), and (6, 4).

Graph a Linear Equation by Plotting Points

In the following exercises, graph by plotting points.

y=3x−1

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, negative 10), (negative 2, negative 7), (negative 1, negative 4), (0, negative 1), (1, 2), (2, 5), and (3, 8).

y=2x+3

y=−2x+2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, 10), (negative 3, 8), (negative 2, 6), (negative 1, 4), (0, 2), (1, 0), (2, negative 2), (3, negative 4), (4, negative 6), and (5, negative 8).

y=−3x+1

y=x+2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, negative 8), (negative 9, negative 7), (negative 8, negative 6), (negative 7, negative 5), (negative 6, negative 4), (negative 5, negative 3), (negative 4, negative 2), (negative 3, negative 1), (negative 2, 0), (negative 1, 1), (0, 2), (1, 3), (2, 4), (3, 5), (4, 6), (5, 7), (6, 8), (7, 9), and (8, 10).

y=x−3

y=−x−3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 7), (negative 9, 6), (negative 8, 5), (negative 7, 4), (negative 6, 3), (negative 5, 2), (negative 4, 1), (negative 3, 0), (negative 2, negative 1), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 4), (2, negative 5), (3, negative 6), (4, negative 7), (5, negative 8), (6, negative 9), and (7, negative 10).

y=−x−2

y=2x

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 5, negative 10), (negative 4, negative 8), (negative 3, negative 6), (negative 2, negative 4), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, 0), (1, 2), (2, 4), (3, 6), (4, 8), and (5, 10).

y=3x

y=−4x

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, 12), (negative 2, 8), (negative 1, 4), (0, 0), (1, negative 4), (2, negative 8), and (3, negative 12).

y=−2x

y=12x+2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 12, negative 4), (negative 10, negative 3), (negative 8, negative 2), (negative 6, negative 1), (negative 4, 0), (negative 2, 1), (0, 2), (2, 3), (4, 4), (6, 5), (8, 6), and (10, 7).

y=13x−1

y=43x−5

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, negative 9), (0, negative 5), (3, negative 1), (6, 3), and (9, 7).

y=32x−3

y=−25x+1

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 5), (negative 5, 3), (0, 1), (5, negative 1), and (10, negative 3).

y=−45x−1

y=−32x+2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 11), (negative 4, 8), (negative 2, 5), (0, 2), (2, negative 1), (4, negative 4), (6, negative 7), and (8, negative 10).

y=−53x+4

x+y=6

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, 10), (negative 3, 9), (negative 2, 8), (negative 1, 7), (0, 6), (1, 5), (2, 4), (3, 3), (4, 2), (5, 1), (6, 0), (7, negative 1), (8, negative 2), (9, negative 3), and (10, negative 4).

x+y=4

x+y=−3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 7), (negative 9, 6), (negative 8, 5), (negative 7, 4), (negative 6, 3), (negative 5, 2), (negative 4, 1), (negative 3, 0), (negative 2, negative 1), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 4), (2, negative 5), (3, negative 6), (4, negative 7), (5, negative 8), (6, negative 9), and (7, negative 10).

x+y=−2

x−y=2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, negative 10), (negative 7, negative 9), (negative 6, negative 8), (negative 5, negative 7), (negative 4, negative 6), (negative 3, negative 5), (negative 2, negative 4), (negative 1, negative 3), (0, negative 2), (1, negative 1), (2, 0), (3, 1), (4, 2), (5, 3), (6, 4), (7, 5), (8, 6), (9, 7), and (10, 8).

x−y=1

x−y=−1

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 9, negative 8), (negative 8, negative 7), (negative 7, negative 6), (negative 6, negative 5), (negative 5, negative 4), (negative 4, negative 3), (negative 3, negative 2), (negative 2, negative 1), (negative 1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5), (5, 6), (6, 7), (7, 8), (8, 9), and (9, 10).

x−y=−3

3x+y=7

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to -7. The equation 3 x plus y equals 7 is graphed.

5x+y=6

2x+y=−3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 5, 7), (negative 4, 5), (negative 3, 3), (negative 2, 1), (negative 1, negative 1), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 5), and (2, negative 7).

4x+y=−5

13x+y=2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 4), (negative 3, 3), (0, 2), (3, 1), and (6, 0).

12x+y=3

25x−y=4

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 5, negative 2), (0, negative 4), and (5, negative 6).

34x−y=6

2x+3y=12

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, 6), (0, 4), (3, 2), and (6, 0).

4x+2y=12

3x−4y=12

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, negative 6), (0, negative 3), (4, 0), and (8, 3).

2x−5y=10

x−6y=3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative three halves), (negative 3, negative 1), (0, negative one half), (3, 0), and (6, one half).

x−4y=2

5x+2y=4

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, 7), (0, 2), (2, negative 3), and (4, negative 8).

3x+5y=5

Graph Vertical and Horizontal Lines

In the following exercises, graph each equation.

x=4

Solution

The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The vertical line goes through the points (4, 0), (4, 1), (4, 2) and all points with first coordinate 4.

x=3

x=−2

Solution

The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The vertical line goes through the points (negative 2, 0), (negative 2, 1), (negative 2, 2) and all points with first coordinate negative 2.

x=−5

y=3

Solution

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The horizontal line goes through the points (0, 3), (1, 3), (2, 3) and all points with second coordinate 3.

y=1

y=−5

Solution

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The horizontal line goes through the points (0, negative 5), (1, negative 5), (2, negative 5) and all points with second coordinate negative 5.

y=−2

x=73

Solution

The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The vertical line goes through the points (7/3, 0), (7/3, 1), (7/3, 2) and all points with first coordinate 7/3.

x=54

y=−154

Solution

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The horizontal line goes through the points (0, negative 15/4), (1, negative 15/4), (2, negative 15/4) and all points with second coordinate negative 15/4.

y=−53

In the following exercises, graph each pair of equations in the same rectangular coordinate system.

y=2x and y=2

Solution

The figure shows a two straight lines drawn on the same x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. One line is a straight horizontal line going through the points (negative 4, 2) (0, 2), (4, 2), and all other points with second coordinate 2. The other line is a slanted line going through the points (negative 5, negative 10), (negative 4, negative 8), (negative 3, negative 6), (negative 2, negative 4), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, 0), (1, 2), (2, 4), (3, 6), (4, 8), and (5, 10).

y=5x and y=5

y=−12x and y=−12

Solution

The figure shows a two straight lines drawn on the same x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. One line is a straight horizontal line going through the points (negative 4, negative one half) (0, negative one half), (4, negative one half), and all other points with second coordinate negative one half. The other line is a slanted line going through the points (negative 10, 5), (negative 8, 4), (negative 6, 3), (negative 4, 2), (negative 2, 1), (0, 0), (1, negative 2), (2, negative 4), (3, negative 6), (4, negative 8), and (5, negative 10).

y=−13x and y=−13

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, graph each equation.

y=4x

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, negative 8), (negative 1, negative 4), (0, 0), (1, 4), and (2, 8).

y=2x

y=−12x+3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 6), (negative 4, 5), (negative 2, 4), (0, 3), (2, 2), (4, 1), and (6, 0).

y=14x−2

y=−x

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 6), (negative 5, 5), (negative 4, 4), (negative 3, 3), (negative 2, 2), (negative 1, 1), (0, 0), (1, negative 1), (2, negative 2), (3, negative 3), (4, negative 4), (5, negative 5), and (6, negative 6).

y=x

x−y=3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 3, negative 7), (negative 2, negative 6), (negative 1, negative 4), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 2), (2, negative 1), (3, 0), (4, 1), (5, 2), and (6, 3).

x+y=−5

4x+y=2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, 6), (negative 1, 4), (0, 2), (1, negative 2), and (2, negative 6).

2x+y=6

y=−1

Solution

The figure shows a straight horizontal line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The horizontal line goes through the points (0, negative 1), (1, negative 1), (2, negative 1) and all points with second coordinate negative 1.

y=5

2x+6y=12

Solution

The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 4), (negative 3, 3), (0, 2), (3, 1), and (6, 0).

5x+2y=10

x=3

Solution

The figure shows a straight vertical line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The vertical line goes through the points (3, 0), (3, 1), (3, 2) and all points with first coordinate 3.

x=−4

Everyday Math

Motor home cost. The Robinsons rented a motor home for one week to go on vacation. It cost them $594 plus $0.32 per mile to rent the motor home, so the linear equation y=594+0.32x gives the cost, y, for driving x miles. Calculate the rental cost for driving 400, 800, and 1200 miles, and then graph the line.

Solution

$722, $850, $978
The figure shows a straight line drawn on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from 0 to 1200 in increments of 100. The y-axis of the plane runs from 0 to 1000 in increments of 100. The straight line starts at the point (0, 594) and goes through the points (400, 722), (800, 850), and (1200, 978). The right end of the line has an arrow pointing up and to the right.

Weekly earnings. At the art gallery where he works, Salvador gets paid $200 per week plus 15% of the sales he makes, so the equation y=200+0.15x gives the amount, y, he earns for selling x dollars of artwork. Calculate the amount Salvador earns for selling $900, $1600, and $2000, and then graph the line.

Writing Exercises

Explain how you would choose three x- values to make a table to graph the line y=15x−2.

Solution

Answers will vary.

What is the difference between the equations of a vertical and a horizontal line?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has 4 rows and 4 columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column header is “I can…”, the second is “Confidently”, the third is “With some help”, and the fourth is “No, I don’t get it”. Under the first column are the phrases “…recognize the relation between the solutions of an equation and its graph.”, “…graph a linear equation by plotting points.”, and “…graph vertical and horizontal lines.”. The other columns are left blank so that the learner may indicate their mastery level for each topic.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all goals?

graph of a linear equation
The graph of a linear equation Ax+By=C is a straight line. Every point on the line is a solution of the equation. Every solution of this equation is a point on this line.
horizontal line
A horizontal line is the graph of an equation of the form y=b. The line passes through the y-axis at (0,b).
vertical line
A vertical line is the graph of an equation of the form x=a. The line passes through the x-axis at (a,0).

Graph with Intercepts

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Identify the x - and y - intercepts on a graph
  • Find the x - and y - intercepts from an equation of a line
  • Graph a line using the intercepts

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Solve: 3·0+4y=−2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

−12

Identify the x- and y- Intercepts on a Graph

Every linear equation can be represented by a unique line that shows all the solutions of the equation. We have seen that when graphing a line by plotting points, you can use any three solutions to graph. This means that two people graphing the line might use different sets of three points.

At first glance, their two lines might not appear to be the same, since they would have different points labeled. But if all the work was done correctly, the lines should be exactly the same. One way to recognize that they are indeed the same line is to look at where the line crosses the x- axis and the y- axis. These points are called the intercepts of the line.

Intercepts of a Line

The points where a line crosses the x- axis and the y- axis are called the intercepts of a line.

Let’s look at the graphs of the lines in Figure 1.

Four figures, each showing a different straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. Figure a shows a straight line crossing the x- axis at the point (3, 0) and crossing the y- axis at the point (0, 6). The graph is labeled with the equation 2x plus y equals 6. Figure b shows a straight line crossing the x- axis at the point (4, 0) and crossing the y- axis at the point (0, negative 3). The graph is labeled with the equation 3x minus 4y equals 12. Figure c shows a straight line crossing the x- axis at the point (5, 0) and crossing the y- axis at the point (0, negative 5). The graph is labeled with the equation x minus y equals 5. Figure d shows a straight line crossing the x- axis and y- axis at the point (0, 0). The graph is labeled with the equation y equals negative 2x.
Examples of graphs crossing the x-axis.

First, notice where each of these lines crosses the x-axis. See Figure 1.

Figure The line crosses the x- axis at: Ordered pair of this point
Figure (a) 3 (3,0)
Figure (b) 4 (4,0)
Figure (c) 5 (5,0)
Figure (d) 0 (0,0)

Do you see a pattern?

For each row, the y- coordinate of the point where the line crosses the x- axis is zero. The point where the line crosses the x- axis has the form (a,0) and is called the x- intercept of a line. The x- intercept occurs when y is zero.

Now, let’s look at the points where these lines cross the y- axis. See Table 2.

Figure The line crosses the y-axis at: Ordered pair for this point
Figure (a) 6 (0,6)
Figure (b) −3 (0,−3)
Figure (c) −5 (0,−5)
Figure (d) 0 (0,0)

What is the pattern here?

In each row, the x- coordinate of the point where the line crosses the y- axis is zero. The point where the line crosses the y- axis has the form (0,b) and is called the y- intercept of the line. The y- intercept occurs when x is zero.

x- intercept and y- intercept of a line

The x- intercept is the point (a,0) where the line crosses the x- axis.

The y- intercept is the point (0,b) where the line crosses the y- axis.
The image shows a table that is 2 columns and 3 rows. Column 1 reads: x; a; 0. Column 2 reads: y; 0; b. The image indicates that x-intercept occurs when y is zero and y-intercept occurs when x is zero.

Find the x- and y- intercepts on each graph.

Three figures, each showing a different straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. Figure a shows a straight line going through the points (negative 6, 5), (negative 4, 4), (negative 2, 3), (0, 2), (2, 1), (4, 0), and (6, negative 1). Figure b shows a straight line going through the points (0, negative 6), (1, negative 3), (2, 0), (3, 3), and (4, 6). Figure c shows a straight line going through the points (negative 6, 1), (negative 5, 0), (negative 4, negative 1), (negative 3, negative 2), (negative 2, negative 3), (negative 1, negative 4), (0, negative 5), and (1, negative 6).
Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ The graph crosses the x- axis at the point (4,0). The x- intercept is (4,0).
    The graph crosses the y- axis at the point (0,2). The y- intercept is (0,2).

  2. ⓑ The graph crosses the x- axis at the point (2,0). The x- intercept is (2,0)
    The graph crosses the y- axis at the point (0,−6). The y- intercept is (0,−6).

  3. ⓒ The graph crosses the x- axis at the point (−5,0). The x- intercept is (−5,0).
    The graph crosses the y- axis at the point (0,−5). The y- intercept is (0,−5).

Find the x- and y- intercepts on the graph.

A figure showing a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, negative 10), (negative 6, negative 8), (negative 4, negative 6), (negative 2, negative 4), (0, negative 2), (2, 0), (4, 2), (6, 4), (8, 6), and (10, 8).
Solution

x- intercept: (2,0); y- intercept: (0,−2)

Find the x- and y- intercepts on the graph.

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 9, 8), (negative 6, 6), (negative 3, 4), (0, 2), (3, 0), (6, negative 2), and (9, negative 4).
Solution

x- intercept: (3,0), y- intercept: (0,2)

Find the x- and y- Intercepts from an Equation of a Line

Recognizing that the x- intercept occurs when y is zero and that the y- intercept occurs when x is zero, gives us a method to find the intercepts of a line from its equation. To find the x- intercept, let y=0 and solve for x. To find the y- intercept, let x=0 and solve for y.

Find the x- and y- Intercepts from the Equation of a Line

Use the equation of the line. To find:

  • the x- intercept of the line, let y=0 and solve for x.
  • the y- intercept of the line, let x=0 and solve for y.

 

Find the intercepts of 2x+y=6.

Solution

Solution

We will let y=0 to find the x- intercept, and let x=0 to find the y- intercept. We will fill in the table, which reminds us of what we need to find.

The figure shows a table with four rows and two columns. The first row is a title row and it labels the table with the equation 2 x plus y equals 6. The second row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column header is “x” and the second is "y". The third row is labeled “x- intercept” and has the first column blank and a 0 in the second column. The fourth row is labeled “y- intercept” and has a 0 in the first column with the second column blank.

To find the x- intercept, let y=0.

A step-by-step demonstration of finding x and y intercepts for an equation, showing the algebraic operations and resulting mathematical expressions and coordinates.
The image displays the linear equation 2x + y = 6 in black text on a white background.
Let y = 0. The mathematical equation '2x + 0 = 6' is displayed in black text on a white background, with the number '0' highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image shows the mathematical equation 2x = 6, which is an algebraic expression involving a variable x and constant numbers, set up as a simple linear equation to be solved.
The image displays the simple algebraic equation 'x = 3' in black text on a white background.
The x-intercept is (3, 0)
To find the y-intercept, let x = 0.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 2x + y = 6.
Let x = 0. A mathematical equation shows '2 multiplied by 0 plus y equals 6'. The '0' in the equation is highlighted in red, indicating a substitution or a specific point of interest in the problem.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '0 + y = 6'.
The image displays the equation y = 6 in black text against a white background.
The y-intercept is (0, 6)

The intercepts are the points (3,0) and (0,6) as shown in Table 4.

2x+y=6
x y
3 0
0 6

Find the intercepts of 3x+y=12.

Solution

x- intercept: (4,0), y- intercept: (0,12)

Find the intercepts of x+4y=8.

Solution

x- intercept: (8,0), y- intercept: (0,2)

Find the intercepts of 4x–3y=12.

Solution

Solution

To find the x-intercept, let y = 0.
The equation 4x - 3y = 12 is shown on a white background.
Let y = 0. The mathematical equation 4x - 3 * 0 = 12 is displayed, with the number 0 highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical equation '4x - 0 = 12' presented in a clear, dark font against a plain white background.
A mathematical equation, '4x = 12', displayed in bold, dark grey text on a white background.
The image shows the mathematical equation 'x = 3' in black text against a white background.
The x-intercept is (3, 0)
To find the y-intercept, let x = 0.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 4x - 3y = 12. The text is black and rendered in a standard font for mathematical notation.
Let x = 0. An algebraic equation is shown: '4 * 0 - 3y = 12', with the number 0 highlighted in red, indicating a step in solving for 'y' when 'x' is 0.
Simplify. The image displays the linear equation '0 - 3y = 12' in black text on a white background.
The image shows a mathematical equation, '-3y = 12', displayed in a clear, digital font against a plain white background. The equation involves a variable 'y' and integers.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = -4' centered against a white background.
The y-intercept is (0, −4)

The intercepts are the points (3, 0) and (0, −4) as shown in the following table.

4x−3y=12
x y
3 0
0 −4

Find the intercepts of 3x–4y=12.

Solution

x- intercept: (4,0), y- intercept: (0,−3)

Find the intercepts of 2x–4y=8.

Solution

x- intercept: (4,0), y- intercept: (0,−2)

Graph a Line Using the Intercepts

To graph a linear equation by plotting points, you need to find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. You can use the x- and y- intercepts as two of your three points. Find the intercepts, and then find a third point to ensure accuracy. Make sure the points line up—then draw the line. This method is often the quickest way to graph a line.

How to Graph a Line Using Intercepts

Graph –x+2y=6 using the intercepts.

Solution

Solution

The figure shows a table with the general procedure for graphing a line using the intercepts along with a specific example using the equation negative x plus 2y equals 6. Step 1 of the general procedure is “Find the x and y- intercepts of the line. Let y equals 0 and solve for x. Let x equals 0 and solve for y”. Step 1 for the example is a series of statements and equations: “Find the x- intercept. Let y equals 0”, negative x plus 2y equals 6, negative x plus 2(0) equals 6 (where the 0 is red), negative x equals 6, x equals negative 6, “The x- intercept is (negative 6, 0)”, “Find the y- intercept. Let x equals 0”, negative x plus 2y equals 6, negative 0 plus 2y equals 6 (where the 0 is red), 2y equals 6, y equals 3, and “The y- intercept is (0, 3)”. Step 2 of the general procedure is “Find another solution to the equation.” Step 2 for the example is a series of statements and equations: “We’ll use x equals 2”, “Let x equals 2”, negative x plus 2y equals 6, negative 2 plus 2y equals 6 (where the first 2 is red), 2y equals 8, y equals 4, and “A third point is (2, 4)”. Step 3 of the general procedure is “Plot the three points. Check that the points line up.” Step 3 for the example is a table and a graph. The table has four rows and three columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column header is “x”, the second is "y", and the third is “(x,y)”. Under the first column are the numbers negative 6, 0 and 2. Under the second column are the numbers 0, 3, and 4. Under the third column are the ordered pairs (negative 6, 0), (0, 3), and (2, 4). The graph has three points on the x- y coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. Three points are marked at (negative 6, 0), (0, 3), and (2, 4). Step 4 of the general procedure is “Draw the line.” For the specific example, there is the statement “See the graph” and a graph of a straight line going through three points on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. Three points are marked at (negative 6, 0), (0, 3), and (2, 4). The straight line is drawn through the points (negative 6, 0), (negative 4, 1), (negative 2, 2), (0, 3), (2, 4), (4, 5), and (6, 6).

Graph x–2y=4 using the intercepts.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, negative 7), (negative 8, negative 6), (negative 6, negative 5), (negative 4, negative 4), (negative 2, negative 3), (0, negative 2), (2, negative 1), (4, 0), (6, 1), (8, 2), and (10, 3).

Graph –x+3y=6 using the intercepts.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 12, negative 2), (negative 9, negative 1), (negative 6, 0), (negative 3, 1), (0, 2), (3, 3), (6, 4), (9, 5), and (12, 6).

The steps to graph a linear equation using the intercepts are summarized below.

Graph a linear equation using the intercepts.

  1. Find the x- and y- intercepts of the line.
    • Let y=0 and solve for x
    • Let x=0 and solve for y.
  2. Find a third solution to the equation.
  3. Plot the three points and check that they line up.
  4. Draw the line.

Graph 4x–3y=12 using the intercepts.

Solution

Solution

Find the intercepts and a third point.

The figure shows a series of statements and equations: “Find the x- intercept. Let y equals 0”, 4x minus 3y equals 12, 4x minus 3(0) equals 12 (where the 0 is red), 4x equals 12, x equals 3, “Find the y- intercept. Let x equals 0”, 4x minus 3y equals 12, 4(0) minus 3y equals 12 (where the 0 is red), negative 3y equals 12, y equals negative 4, “third point, let y equals 4”, 4x minus 3y equals 12, 4x minus 3(4) equals 12 (where the second 4 is red), 4x minus 12 equals 12, 4x equals 24, and x equals 6.

We list the points in Table 7 and show the graph below.

4x−3y=12
x y (x,y)
3 0 (3,0)
0 −4 (0,−4)
6 4 (6,4)
The figure shows the graph of a straight line going through three points on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. Three points are marked at (0, negative 4), (3, 0), and (6, 4). The straight line is drawn through the points (0, negative 4), (3, 0), and (6, 4).

Graph 5x–2y=10 using the intercepts.

Solution

The figure shows the graph of a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (0, negative 5), (2, 0), and (4, 5).

Graph 3x–4y=12 using the intercepts.

Solution

The figure shows the graph of a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, negative 6), (0, negative 3), and (4, 0).

Graph y=5x using the intercepts.

Solution

Solution

The figure shows two sets of statements and equations to find the intercepts from an equation. The first set of statements and equations is “x- intercept”, “let y equals 0”, y equals 5x, 0 equals 5x (where the 0 is red), 0 equals x, (0, 0). The second set of statements and equations is “y- intercept”, “let x equals 0”, y equals 5x, y equals 5(0) (where the 0 is red), y equals 0, (0, 0).

This line has only one intercept. It is the point (0,0).

To ensure accuracy we need to plot three points. Since the x- and y- intercepts are the same point, we need two more points to graph the line.

The figure shows two sets of statements and equations to find two points from an equation. The first set of statements and equations is “Let x equals 1”, y equals 5x, y equals 5(1) (where the 1 is red), y equals 5. The second set of statements and equations is “Let x equals negative 1”, y equals 5x, y equals 5(negative 1) (where the negative 1 is red), y equals negative 5.

See Table 8.

y=5x
x y (x,y)
0 0 (0,0)
1 5 (1,5)
−1 −5 (−1,−5)

Plot the three points, check that they line up, and draw the line.

The figure shows the graph of a straight line going through three points on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. Three points are marked and labeled with their coordinates at (negative 1, negative 5), (0, 0), and (1, 5). The straight line is drawn through the points (negative 1, negative 5), (0, 0), and (1, 5).

Graph y=4x using the intercepts.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 4, negative 12), (negative 3, negative 9), (negative 2, negative 6), (negative 1, negative 3), (0, 0), (1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9), and (4, 12).

Graph y=−x the intercepts.

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 10), (negative 9, 9), (negative 8, 8), (negative 7, 7), (negative 6, 6), (negative 5, 5), (negative 4, 4), (negative 3, 3), (negative 2, 2), (negative 1, 1), (0, 0), (1, negative 1), (2, negative 2), (3, negative 3), (4, negative 4), (5, negative 5), (6, negative 6), (7, negative 7), (8, negative 8), (9, negative 9), and (10, negative 10).

Key Concepts

  • Find the x- and y- Intercepts from the Equation of a Line
    • Use the equation of the line to find the x- intercept of the line, let y=0 and solve for x.
    • Use the equation of the line to find the y- intercept of the line, let x=0 and solve for y.
  • Graph a Linear Equation using the Intercepts
    1. Find the x- and y- intercepts of the line.
      Let y=0 and solve for x.
      Let x=0 and solve for y.
    2. Find a third solution to the equation.
    3. Plot the three points and then check that they line up.
    4. Draw the line.



  • Strategy for Choosing the Most Convenient Method to Graph a Line:
    • Consider the form of the equation.
    • If it only has one variable, it is a vertical or horizontal line.
      x=a is a vertical line passing through the x- axis at a
      y=b is a horizontal line passing through the y- axis at b.
    • If y is isolated on one side of the equation, graph by plotting points.
    • Choose any three values for x and then solve for the corresponding y- values.
    • If the equation is of the form ax+by=c, find the intercepts. Find the x- and y- intercepts and then a third point.

Practice Makes Perfect

Identify the x- and y- Intercepts on a Graph

In the following exercises, find the x- and y- intercepts on each graph.

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 5, 8), (negative 4, 7), (negative 3, 6), (negative 2, 5), (negative 1, 4), (0, 3), (1, 2), (2, 1), (3, 0), (4, negative 1), (5, negative 2) and (6, negative 3).
Solution

(3,0),(0,3)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 8), (negative 5, 7), (negative 4, 6), (negative 3, 5), (negative 2, 4), (negative 1, 3), (0, 2), (1, 1), (2, 0), (3, negative 1), (4, negative 2), (5, negative 3) and (6, negative 4).
The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 5, negative 10), (negative 4, negative 9), (negative 3, negative 8), (negative 2, negative 7), (negative 1, negative 6), (0, negative 5), (1, negative 4), (2, negative 3), (3, negative 2), (4, negative 1), (5, 0), (6, 1), (7, 2), and (8, 3).
Solution

(5,0),(0,−5)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 7), (negative 5, negative 6), (negative 4, negative 5), (negative 3, negative 4), (negative 2, negative 3), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 1), (1, 0), (2, 1), (3, 2), (4, 3), (5, 4), (6, 5), (7, 6), and (8, 7).
The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 7), (negative 5, negative 6), (negative 4, negative 5), (negative 3, negative 4), (negative 2, negative 3), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 1), (1, 0), (2, 1), (3, 2), (4, 3), (5, 4), (6, 5), (7, 6), and (8, 7).
Solution

(−2,0),(0,−2)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 3), (negative 5, 2), (negative 4, 1), (negative 3, 0), (negative 2, negative 1), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 4), (2, negative 5), (3, negative 6), (4, negative 7), (5, negative 8), and (6, negative 9).
The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 5), (negative 5, negative 4), (negative 4, negative 3), (negative 3, negative 2), (negative 2, negative 1), (negative 1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5), (5, 6), (6, 7), (7, 8), and (8, 9).
Solution

(−1,0),(0,1)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, negative 3), (negative 7, negative 2), (negative 6, negative 1), (negative 5, 0), (negative 4, 1), (negative 3, 2), (negative 2, 3), (negative 1, 4), (0, 5), (1, 6), (2, 7), (3, 8), (4, 9), and (5, 10).
The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 8), (negative 8, 7), (negative 6, 6), (negative 4, 5), (negative 2, 4), (0, 3), (2, 2), (4, 1), (6, 0), (8, negative 1), and (10, negative 2).
Solution

(6,0),(0,3)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 5), (negative 4, 4), (negative 2, 3), (0, 2), (2, 1), (4, 0), and (6, negative 1).
The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 10 to 10. The straight line goes through the plotted point (0, 0).
Solution

(0,0)

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the plotted point (0, 0).

Find the x- and y- Intercepts from an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, find the intercepts for each equation.

x+y=4

Solution

(4,0),(0,4)

x+y=3

x+y=−2

Solution

(−2,0),(0,−2)

x+y=−5

x–y=5

Solution

(5,0),(0,−5)

x–y=1

x–y=−3

Solution

(−3,0),(0,3)

x–y=−4

x+2y=8

Solution

(8,0),(0,4)

x+2y=10

3x+y=6

Solution

(2,0),(0,6)

3x+y=9

x–3y=12

Solution

(12,0),(0,−4)

x–2y=8

4x–y=8

Solution

(2,0),(0,−8)

5x–y=5

2x+5y=10

Solution

(5,0),(0,2)

2x+3y=6

3x–2y=12

Solution

(4,0),(0,−6)

3x–5y=30

y=13x+1

Solution

(−3,0),(0,1)

y=14x−1

y=15x+2

Solution

(−10,0),(0,2)

y=13x+4

y=3x

Solution

(0,0)

y=−2x

y=−4x

Solution

(0,0)

y=5x

Graph a Line Using the Intercepts

In the following exercises, graph using the intercepts.

–x+5y=10

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The line graphed is negative x plus 5 y equals 10.

–x+4y=8

x+2y=4

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, 6), (negative 6, 5), (negative 4, 4), (negative 2, 3), (0, 2), (2, 1), (4, 0), (6, negative 1), (8, negative 2), and (10, negative 3).

x+2y=6

x+y=2

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, 10), (negative 7, 9), (negative 6, 8),(negative 5, 7), (negative 4, 6), (negative 3, 5), (negative 2, 4), (negative 1, 3), (0, 2), (1, 1), (2, 0), (3, negative 1), (4, negative 2), (5, negative 3), (6, negative 4), (7, negative 5), (8, negative 6), (9, negative 7), and (10, negative 8).

x+y=5

x+y=−3

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 7, 4), (negative 6, 3), (negative 5, 2),(negative 4, 1), (negative 3, 0), (negative 2, negative 1), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 3), (1, negative 4), (2, negative 5), (3, negative 6), and (4, negative 7).

x+y=−1

x–y=1

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, negative 9), (negative 7, negative 8), (negative 6, negative 7),(negative 5, negative 6), (negative 4, negative 5), (negative 3, negative 4), (negative 2, negative 3), (negative 1, negative 2), (0, negative 1), (1, 0), (2, 1), (3, 2), (4, 3), (5, 4), (6, 5), (7, 6), (8, 7), (9, 8), and (10, 9).

x–y=2

x–y=−4

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 8, negative 4), (negative 7, negative 3), (negative 6, negative 2),(negative 5, negative 1), (negative 4, 0), (negative 3, 1), (negative 2, 2), (negative 1, 3), (0, 4), (1, 5), (2, 6), (3, 7), (4, 8), (5, 9), (6, 10), (7, 11), and (8, 12).

x–y=−3

4x+y=4

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 2, 12), (negative 1, 8), (0, 4), (1, 0), (2, negative 4), (3, negative 8), and (4, negative 12).

3x+y=3

2x+4y=12

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 7 to 7. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 7 to 7. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, 6), (negative 4, 5), (negative 2, 4), (0, 3), (2, 2), (4, 1), and (6, 0).

3x+2y=12

3x–2y=6

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 12), (negative 4, negative 9), (negative 2, negative 6), (0, negative 3), (2, 0), (4, 3), (6, 6), (8, 9), and (10, 12).

5x–2y=10

2x–5y=−20

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 0), (negative 5, 2), (0, 4), (5, 6), and (10, 8).

3x–4y=−12

3x–y=−6

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 6, negative 12), (negative 5, negative 9), (negative 4, negative 6), (negative 3, negative 3), (negative 2, 0), (1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9), and (4, 12).

2x–y=−8

y=−2x

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 5, 10), (negative 4, 8), (negative 3, 6), (negative 2, 4), (negative 1, 2), (0, 0), (1, negative 2), (2, negative 4), (3, negative 6), (4, negative 8), (5, negative 10), and (6, negative 12)

y=−4x

y=x

Solution

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from negative 12 to 12. The y- axis of the planes runs from negative 12 to 12. The straight line goes through the points (negative 10, 10), (negative 9, 9), (negative 8, 8), (negative 7, 7), (negative 6, 6), (negative 5, 5), (negative 4, 4), (negative 3, 3), (negative 2, 2), (negative 1, 1), (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6), (7, 7), (8, 8), (9, 9), and (10, 10)

y=3x

Everyday Math

Road trip. Damien is driving from Chicago to Denver, a distance of 1000 miles. The x- axis on the graph below shows the time in hours since Damien left Chicago. The y- axis represents the distance he has left to drive.

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from 0 to 16. The y- axis of the planes runs from 0 to 1200 in increments of 200. The straight line goes through the points (0, 1000), (3, 800), (6, 600), (9, 400), (12, 200), and (15, 0). The points (0, 1000) and (15, 0) are marked and labeled with their coordinates.
  1. ⓐ Find the x- and y- intercepts.
  2. ⓑ Explain what the x- and y- intercepts mean for Damien.
Solution

ⓐ (0,1000),(15,0)
ⓑ At (0,1000), he has been gone 0 hours and has 1000 miles left. At (15,0), he has been gone 15 hours and has 0 miles left to go.

Road trip. Ozzie filled up the gas tank of his truck and headed out on a road trip. The x- axis on the graph below shows the number of miles Ozzie drove since filling up. The y- axis represents the number of gallons of gas in the truck’s gas tank.

The figure shows a straight line on the x y- coordinate plane. The x- axis of the plane runs from 0 to 350 in increments of 50. The y- axis of the planes runs from 0 to 18 in increments of 2. The straight line goes through the points (0, 16), (150, 8), and (300, 0). The points (0, 16) and (300, 0) are marked and labeled with their coordinates
  1. ⓐ Find the x- and y- intercepts.
  2. ⓑ Explain what the x- and y- intercepts mean for Ozzie.

Writing Exercises

How do you find the x- intercept of the graph of 3x–2y=6?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Do you prefer to use the method of plotting points or the method using the intercepts to graph the equation 4x+y=−4? Why?

Do you prefer to use the method of plotting points or the method using the intercepts to graph the equation y=23x−2? Why?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Do you prefer to use the method of plotting points or the method using the intercepts to graph the equation y=6? Why?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

The figure shows a table with four rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column header is “I can…”, the second is "confidently", the third is “with some help”, “no minus I don’t get it!”. Under the first column are the phrases “identify the x and y intercepts of a graph”, “find the x and y intercepts from an equation of a line”, and “graph a line using intercepts”. Under the second, third, fourth columns are blank spaces where the learner can check what level of mastery they have achieved.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

intercepts of a line
The points where a line crosses the x- axis and the y- axis are called the intercepts of the line.
x- intercept
The point (a,0) where the line crosses the x- axis; the x- intercept occurs when y is zero.
y-intercept
The point (0,b) where the line crosses the y- axis; the y- intercept occurs when x is zero.

Understand Slope of a Line

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use geoboards to model slope
  • Use m=riserun to find the slope of a line from its graph
  • Find the slope of horizontal and vertical lines
  • Use the slope formula to find the slope of a line between two points
  • Graph a line given a point and the slope
  • Solve slope applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 1–48−2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

−12

Divide: 04,40.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

0, undefined

Simplify: 15−3,−153,−15−3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

−5,−5,5

When you graph linear equations, you may notice that some lines tilt up as they go from left to right and some lines tilt down. Some lines are very steep and some lines are flatter. What determines whether a line tilts up or down or if it is steep or flat?

In mathematics, the ‘tilt’ of a line is called the slope of the line. The concept of slope has many applications in the real world. The pitch of a roof, grade of a highway, and a ramp for a wheelchair are some examples where you literally see slopes. And when you ride a bicycle, you feel the slope as you pump uphill or coast downhill.

In this section, we will explore the concept of slope.

Use Geoboards to Model Slope

A geoboard is a board with a grid of pegs on it. Using rubber bands on a geoboard gives us a concrete way to model lines on a coordinate grid. By stretching a rubber band between two pegs on a geoboard, we can discover how to find the slope of a line.

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Exploring Slope” will help you develop a better understanding of the slope of a line. (Graph paper can be used instead of a geoboard, if needed.)

We’ll start by stretching a rubber band between two pegs as shown in Figure 1.

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 4, row 2, forming a line.

Doesn’t it look like a line?

Now we stretch one part of the rubber band straight up from the left peg and around a third peg to make the sides of a right triangle, as shown in Figure 2

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 2, the peg in column 1, row 4, and the peg in column 4, row 2, forming a right triangle. The 1, 2 peg is the vertex of the 90 degree angle, while the line between the 1, 4 and 4, 2 pegs forms the hypotenuse of the triangle.

We carefully make a 90º angle around the third peg, so one of the newly formed lines is vertical and the other is horizontal.

To find the slope of the line, we measure the distance along the vertical and horizontal sides of the triangle. The vertical distance is called the rise and the horizontal distance is called the run, as shown in Figure 3.

In this illustration, there are two perpendicular lines with arrows. The first line extends straight upward and is labeled “rise”. The second arrow extends straight rightward and is labeled “run”.

If our geoboard and rubber band look just like the one shown in Figure 4, the rise is 2. The rubber band goes up 2 units. (Each space is one unit.)

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 2, the peg in column 1, row 4, and the peg in column 4, row 2, forming a right triangle where the 1, 2 peg is the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line between the 1, 4 peg and the 4, 2 peg forms the hypotenuse. The line between the 1, 2 peg and the 1, 4 peg is labeled “2”. The line between the 1, 2 peg and the 4, 2 peg is labeled “3”.
The rise on this geoboard is 2, as the rubber band goes up two units.

What is the run?

The rubber band goes across 3 units. The run is 3 (see Figure 4).

The slope of a line is the ratio of the rise to the run. In mathematics, it is always referred to with the letter m.

Slope of a Line

The slope of a line of a line is m=riserun.

The rise measures the vertical change and the run measures the horizontal change between two points on the line.

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard in Figure 4?

m=riserunm=23

The line has slope 23. This means that the line rises 2 units for every 3 units of run.

When we work with geoboards, it is a good idea to get in the habit of starting at a peg on the left and connecting to a peg to the right. If the rise goes up it is positive and if it goes down it is negative. The run will go from left to right and be positive.

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard shown?
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 5 and the peg in column 5, row 2, forming a line.

Solution

Solution

Use the definition of slope: m=riserun.

Start at the left peg and count the spaces up and to the right to reach the second peg.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 2, the peg in column 1, row 5 and the peg in column 5, row 2, forming a right triangle. The 1, 2 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 1, 5 peg to the 5, 2 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle. The line from the 1, 2 peg to the 1, 5 peg is labeled “3”. The line from the 1, 2 peg to the 5, 2 peg is labeled “4”.

This table demonstrates the calculation of a line's slope (m) using its defined rise and run components.
The rise is 3. m=3run
The run is 4. m=34
The slope is 34.

This means that the line rises 3 units for every 4 units of run.

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard shown?

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 5 and the peg in column 4, row 1, forming a line.
Solution

43

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard shown?

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 5, row 3, forming a line.
Solution

14

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard shown?
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 3 and the peg in column 4, row 4, forming a line.

Solution

Solution

Use the definition of slope: m=riserun.

Start at the left peg and count the units down and to the right to reach the second peg.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 3, the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 4, row 4, forming a right triangle. The 1, 3 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 1, 4 peg to the 4, 4 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle. The line from the 1, 3 peg to the 1, 4 peg is labeled “negative 1”. The line from the 1, 4 peg to the 4, 4 peg is labeled “3”.

This table demonstrates the step-by-step calculation of slope (m) from given rise and run values, concluding with m = -1/3.
The rise is −1. =−1run
The run is 3. m=−13 m=−13
The slope is −13.

This means that the line drops 1 unit for every 3 units of run.

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard?

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 2 and the peg in column 4, row 4, forming a line.
Solution

−23

What is the slope of the line on the geoboard?

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 1 and the peg in column 4, row 5, forming a line.
Solution

−43

Notice that in Example 1 the slope is positive and in Example 2 the slope is negative. Do you notice any difference in the two lines shown in Figure 5(a) and Figure 5(b)?

The figure shows two grids of evenly spaced pegs, one labeled (a) and one labeled (b). There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs in each grid. In the (a) grid, a rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 5 and the peg in column 5, row 2, forming a line. Below this grid is the slope of a line defined as m equals 3 fourths. In the (b) grid, a rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 3 and the peg in column 4, row 4, forming a line. Below this grid is the slope of a line defined as m equals negative 1 third.

We ‘read’ a line from left to right just like we read words in English. As you read from left to right, the line in Figure 5(a) is going up; it has positive slope. The line in Figure 5(b) is going down; it has negative slope.

Positive and Negative Slopes

The figure shows two lines side-by-side. The line on the left is a diagonal line that rises from left to right. It is labeled “Positive slope”. The line on the right is a diagonal line that drops from left to right. It is labeled “Negative slope”.

Use a geoboard to model a line with slope 12.

Solution

Solution

To model a line on a geoboard, we need the rise and the run.

Demonstrates steps to use the slope formula, showing the action and the resulting mathematical expression for each step.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun
Replace m with 12. 12=riserun

So, the rise is 1 and the run is 2.

Start at a peg in the lower left of the geoboard.

Stretch the rubber band up 1 unit, and then right 2 units.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 3, the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 3, row 3, forming a right triangle. The 1, 3 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 1, 4 peg to the 3, 3 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle. The line from the 1, 3 peg to the 1, 4 peg is labeled “1”. The line from the 1, 3 peg to the 3, 3 peg is labeled “2”.

The hypotenuse of the right triangle formed by the rubber band represents a line whose slope is 12.

Model the slope m=13. Draw a picture to show your results.

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 2, row 3, the peg in column 2, row 4 and the peg in column 5, row 3, forming a right triangle. The 2, 3 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 2, 4 peg to the 5, 3 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle.

Model the slope m=32. Draw a picture to show your results.

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 1, the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 3, row 1, forming a right triangle. The 1, 1 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 1, 4 peg to the 3, 1 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle.

Use a geoboard to model a line with slope −14.

Solution

Solution

Steps and corresponding mathematical expressions for applying the slope formula.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun
Replace m with −14. −14=riserun

So, the rise is −1 and the run is 4.

Since the rise is negative, we choose a starting peg on the upper left that will give us room to count down.

We stretch the rubber band down 1 unit, then go to the right 4 units, as shown.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 2, the peg in column 1, row 3 and the peg in column 5, row 3, forming a right triangle. The 1, 3 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 1, 2 peg to the 5, 3 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle. The line from the 1, 2 peg to the 1, 3 peg is labeled “negative 1”. The line from the 1, 3 peg to the 5, 3 peg is labeled “4”.

The hypotenuse of the right triangle formed by the rubber band represents a line whose slope is −14.

Model the slope m=−23. Draw a picture to show your results.

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 2, row 3, the peg in column 2, row 5 and the peg in column 3, row 5, forming a right triangle. The 2, 5 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 2, 3 peg to the 3, 5 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle.

Model the slope m=−13. Draw a picture to show your results.

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 1, the peg in column 1, row 2 and the peg in column 4, row 2, forming a right triangle. The 1, 2 peg forms the vertex of the 90 degree angle and the line from the 1, 1 peg to the 4, 2 peg forms the hypotenuse of the triangle.

Use m=riserun to Find the Slope of a Line from its Graph

Now, we’ll look at some graphs on the xy-coordinate plane and see how to find their slopes. The method will be very similar to what we just modeled on our geoboards.

To find the slope, we must count out the rise and the run. But where do we start?

We locate two points on the line whose coordinates are integers. We then start with the point on the left and sketch a right triangle, so we can count the rise and run.

How to Use m=riserun to Find the Slope of a Line from its Graph

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 6 and the y-axis runs from negative 4 to 2. A line passes through the points (0, negative 3) and (5, 1).
Solution

Solution

This table has three columns and four rows. The first row says, “Step 1. Locate two points on the graph whose coordinates are integers. Mark (0, negative 3) and (5, 1).” To the right is a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 1 to 6. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 4 to 2. The points (0, negative 3) and  (5, 1) are plotted. The second row says, “Step 2. Starting with the point on the left, sketch a right triangle, with the hypotenuse going from the first point to the second point. Starting at (0, negative 3), sketch a right triangle to (5, 1).” In the graph on the right, an additional point is plotted at (0, 1). The three points form a right triangle, with the line from (0, negative 3) to (5, 1) forming the hypotenuse and the lines from (0, negative 3) to (0, 1) and (0, 1) to (5, 1) forming the legs. The third row then says, “Step 3. Count the rise and the run on the legs of the triangle.” The rise is 4 and the run is 5. The fourth row says, “Step 4. Take the ratio of the rise to run to find the slope. Use the slope formula. Substitute the values of the rise and run.” To the right is the slope formula, m equals rise divided by run. The slope of the line is 4 divided by 5, or four fifths. This means that y increases 4 units as x increases 5 units.

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 8 to 1 and the y-axis runs from negative 1 to 4. A line passes through the points (negative 5, 1) and (0, 3).
Solution

25

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 5 and the y-axis runs from negative 2 to 4. A line passes through the points (0, negative 1) and (4, 2).
Solution

34

Find the slope of a line from its graph using m=riserun.

  1. Locate two points on the line whose coordinates are integers.
  2. Starting with the point on the left, sketch a right triangle, with the hypotenuse going from the first point to the second point.
  3. Count the rise and the run on the legs of the triangle.
  4. Take the ratio of rise to run to find the slope, m=riserun.

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 9 and the y-axis runs from negative 1 to 7. A line passes through the points (0, 5), (3, 3), and (6, 1).
Solution

Solution

Locate two points on the graph whose coordinates are integers. (0,5) and (3,3)
Which point is on the left? (0,5)
Starting at (0,5), sketch a right triangle to (3,3). A line on a Cartesian coordinate plane demonstrating the calculation of slope using 'rise' and 'run'. The line descends, showing a rise of -2 (from y=5 to y=3) and a run of 3 (from x=0 to x=3).
Count the rise—it is negative. The rise is −2.
Count the run. The run is 3.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun
Substitute the values of the rise and run. m=−23
Simplify. m=−23
The slope of the line is −23.

So y decreases by 2 units as x increases by 3 units.

What if we used the points (−3,7) and (6,1) to find the slope of the line?

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 3, 7) and (6, 1). An additional point is plotted at (negative 3, 1). The three points form a right triangle, with the line from (negative 3, 7) to (6, 1) forming the hypotenuse and the lines from (negative 3, 7) to negative 1, 7) and from (negative 1, 7) to (6, 1) forming the legs.

The rise would be −6 and the run would be 9. Then m=−69, and that simplifies to m=−23. Remember, it does not matter which points you use—the slope of the line is always the same.

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 5 and the y-axis runs from negative 6 to 1. A line passes through the points (0, negative 2) and (3, negative 6).
Solution

−43

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 3 to 6 and the y-axis runs from negative 3 to 2. A line passes through the points (0, 1) and (5, negative 2).
Solution

−35

In the last two examples, the lines had y-intercepts with integer values, so it was convenient to use the y-intercept as one of the points to find the slope. In the next example, the y-intercept is a fraction. Instead of using that point, we’ll look for two other points whose coordinates are integers. This will make the slope calculations easier.

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from 0 to 8 and the y-axis runs from 0 to 7. A line passes through the points (2, 3) and (7, 6).
Solution

Solution

Locate two points on the graph whose coordinates are integers. (2,3) and (7,6)
Which point is on the left? (2,3)
Starting at (2,3), sketch a right triangle to (7,6). A coordinate plane with a line through points (2,3) and (7,6). A right triangle visually represents 'rise' (3 units) and 'run' (5 units) to illustrate slope calculation.
Count the rise. The rise is 3.
Count the run. The run is 5.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun
Substitute the values of the rise and run. m=35
The slope of the line is 35.

This means that y increases 5 units as x increases 3 units.

When we used geoboards to introduce the concept of slope, we said that we would always start with the point on the left and count the rise and the run to get to the point on the right. That way the run was always positive and the rise determined whether the slope was positive or negative.

What would happen if we started with the point on the right?

Let’s use the points (2,3) and (7,6) again, but now we’ll start at (7,6).

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x -axis runs from 0 to 8. The y -axis runs from 0 to 7. A line passes through the points (2, 3) and (7, 6). An additional point is plotted at (7, 3). The three points form a right triangle, with the line from (2, 3) to (7, 6) forming the hypotenuse and the lines from (2, 3) to (7, 3) and from (7, 3) to (7, 6) forming the legs.
Detailed steps to calculate the slope of a line (m) using the rise over run method, presenting both actions and their numerical outcomes.
Count the rise. The rise is −3.
Count the run. It goes from right to left, so it is negative. The run is −5.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun
Substitute the values of the rise and run. m=−3−5
The slope of the line is −3−5.

It does not matter where you start—the slope of the line is always the same.

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 4 to 2 and the y-axis runs from negative 6 to 2. A line passes through the points (negative 3, 4) and (1, 1).
Solution

54

Find the slope of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 4 and the y-axis runs from negative 2 to 3. A line passes through the points (1, negative 1) and (3, 2).
Solution

32

Find the Slope of Horizontal and Vertical Lines

Do you remember what was special about horizontal and vertical lines? Their equations had just one variable.

Horizontal liney=bVertical linex=a y-coordinates are the same.x-coordinates are the same.

So how do we find the slope of the horizontal line y=4? One approach would be to graph the horizontal line, find two points on it, and count the rise and the run. Let’s see what happens when we do this.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 5 and the y-axis runs from negative 1 to 7. A line passes through the points (0, 4) and (3, 4).
Calculates the slope of a horizontal line (y=4) by identifying the rise (0) and run (3), demonstrating that the resulting slope is 0.
What is the rise? The rise is 0.
Count the run. The run is 3.
What is the slope? m=riserun m=03 m=0
The slope of the horizontal line y=4 is 0.

All horizontal lines have slope 0. When the y-coordinates are the same, the rise is 0.

Slope of a Horizontal Line

The slope of a horizontal line, y=b, is 0.

The floor of your room is horizontal. Its slope is 0. If you carefully placed a ball on the floor, it would not roll away.

Now, we’ll consider a vertical line, the line.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x-axis runs from negative 1 to 5 and the y-axis runs from negative 2 to 2. A line passes through the points (3, 0) and (3, 2).
Illustrates slope calculation with a zero run, resulting in an undefined value.
What is the rise? The rise is 2.
Count the run. The run is 0.
What is the slope? m=riserun m=20

But we can’t divide by 0. Division by 0 is not defined. So we say that the slope of the vertical line x=3 is undefined.

The slope of any vertical line is undefined. When the x-coordinates of a line are all the same, the run is 0.

Slope of a Vertical Line

The slope of a vertical line, x=a, is undefined.

Find the slope of each line:

ⓐ x=8 ⓑ y=−5.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ x=8
    This is a vertical line.
    Its slope is undefined.

  2. ⓑ y=−5
    This is a horizontal line.
    It has slope 0.

Find the slope of the line: x=−4.

Solution

undefined

Find the slope of the line: y=7.

Solution

0

Quick Guide to the Slopes of Lines

This figure shows four lines with arrows. The first line rises up and runs to the right. It has a positive slope. The second line falls down and runs to the right. It has a negative slope. The third line is neither rises nor falls, extending horizontally in either direction. It has a slope of zero. The fourth line is completely vertical, one end rising up and the other rising down, running neither to the left nor right. It has an undefined slope.

Remember, we ‘read’ a line from left to right, just like we read written words in English.


Use the Slope Formula to find the Slope of a Line Between Two Points

Doing the Manipulative Mathematics activity “Slope of Lines Between Two Points” will help you develop a better understanding of how to find the slope of a line between two points.

Sometimes we’ll need to find the slope of a line between two points when we don’t have a graph to count out the rise and the run. We could plot the points on grid paper, then count out the rise and the run, but as we’ll see, there is a way to find the slope without graphing. Before we get to it, we need to introduce some algebraic notation.

We have seen that an ordered pair (x,y) gives the coordinates of a point. But when we work with slopes, we use two points. How can the same symbol (x,y) be used to represent two different points? Mathematicians use subscripts to distinguish the points.

(x1,y1)read ‘xsub 1,ysub 1’ (x2,y2)read ‘xsub 2,ysub 2’

The use of subscripts in math is very much like the use of last name initials in elementary school. Maybe you remember Laura C. and Laura M. in your third grade class?

We will use (x1,y1) to identify the first point and (x2,y2) to identify the second point.

If we had more than two points, we could use (x3,y3), (x4,y4), and so on.

Let’s see how the rise and run relate to the coordinates of the two points by taking another look at the slope of the line between the points (2,3) and (7,6).

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from 0 to 7. A line passes through the points (2, 3) and (7, 6), which are plotted and labeled. The ordered pair (2, 3) is labeled (x subscript 1, y subscript 1). The ordered pair (7, 6) is labeled (x subscript 2, y subscript 2). An additional point is plotted at (2, 6). The three points form a right triangle, with the line from (2, 3) to (7, 6) forming the hypotenuse and the lines from (2, 3) to (2, 6) and from (2, 6) to (7, 6) forming the legs. The first leg, from (2, 3) to (2, 6) is labeled y subscript 2 minus y subscript 1, 6 minus 3, and 3. The second leg, from (2, 3) to (7, 6), is labeled x subscript 2 minus x subscript 1, y minus 2, and 5.

Since we have two points, we will use subscript notation, (2,x1,3y1)(7,6x2,y2).

On the graph, we counted the rise of 3 and the run of 5.

Notice that the rise of 3 can be found by subtracting the y-coordinates 6 and 3.

3=6−3

And the run of 5 can be found by subtracting the x-coordinates 7 and 2.

5=7−2

We know m=riserun. So m=35.

We rewrite the rise and run by putting in the coordinates m=6−37−2.

But 6 is y2, the y-coordinate of the second point and 3 is y1, the y-coordinate of the first point.

So we can rewrite the slope using subscript notation. m=y2−y17−2

Also, 7 is x2, the x-coordinate of the second point and 2 is x1, the x-coordinate of the first point.

So, again, we rewrite the slope using subscript notation. m=y2−y1x2−x1

We’ve shown that m=y2−y1x2−x1 is really another version of m=riserun. We can use this formula to find the slope of a line when we have two points on the line.

Slope Formula

The slope of the line between two points (x1,y1) and (x2,y2) is

m=y2−y1x2−x1

This is the slope formula.

The slope is:

yof the second point minusyof the first point over xof the second point minusxof the first point.

Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between the points (1,2) and (4,5).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step calculation of the slope of a line between two given points (1,2) and (4,5) using the slope formula.
We'll call (1,2) point #1 and (4,5) point #2. (1,2x1,y1)(4,5x2,y2)
Use the slope formula. m=y2−y1x2−x1.
Substitute the values.
y of the second point minus y of the first point m=5−2x2−x1.
x of the second point minus x of the first point m=5−24−1.
Simplify the numerator and the denominator. m=33.
Simplify. m=1.

Let’s confirm this by counting out the slope on a graph using m=riserun.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes of the plane run from 0 to 7. A line passes through the points (1, 2) and (4, 5), which are plotted. An additional point is plotted at (1, 5). The three points form a right triangle, with the line from (1, 2) to (4, 5) forming the hypotenuse and the lines from (1, 2) to (1, 5) and from (1, 5) to (4, 5) forming the legs. The leg from (1, 2) to (1, 5) is labeled “rise” and the leg from (1, 5) to (4, 5) is labeled “run”.

It doesn’t matter which point you call point #1 and which one you call point #2. The slope will be the same. Try the calculation yourself.

Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line through the points: (8,5) and (6,3).

Solution

1

Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line through the points: (1,5) and (5,9).

Solution

1

Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line through the points (−2,−3) and (−7,4).

Solution

Solution

This table outlines the step-by-step process and mathematical expressions used to calculate the slope between two specific points: (-2,-3) and (-7,4).
We'll call (−2,−3) point #1 and (−7,4) point #2. (−2,−3x1,y1)(−7,4x2,y2)
Use the slope formula. m=y2−y1x2−x1.
Substitute the values.
y of the second point minus y of the first point m=4−(−3)x2−x1.
x of the second point minus x of the first point m=4−(−3)−7−(−2).
Simplify. m=7−5 m=−75

Let’s verify this slope on the graph shown.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 2 and the y-axis of the plane runs from negative 6 to 5. A line passes through the points (negative 7, 4) and (negative 2, negative 3), which are plotted and labeled. An additional point is plotted at (negative 7, negative 3). The three points form a right triangle, with the line from (negative 7, 4) to (negative 2, negative 3) forming the hypotenuse and the lines from (negative 7, 4) to (negative 7, negative 3) and from (negative 7, negative 3) to (negative 2, negative 3) forming the legs. The leg from (negative 7, 4) to (negative 7, negative 3) is labeled “rise” and the leg from (negative 7, negative 3) to (negative 2, negative 3) is labeled “run”.
m=riserunm=−75m=−75

Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line through the points: (−3,4) and (2,−1).

Solution

−1

Use the slope formula to find the slope of the line through the pair of points: (−2,6) and (−3,−4).

Solution

10

Graph a Line Given a Point and the Slope

Up to now, in this chapter, we have graphed lines by plotting points, by using intercepts, and by recognizing horizontal and vertical lines.

One other method we can use to graph lines is called the point–slope method. We will use this method when we know one point and the slope of the line. We will start by plotting the point and then use the definition of slope to draw the graph of the line.

How To Graph a Line Given a Point and The Slope

Graph the line passing through the point (1,−1) whose slope is m=34.

Solution

Solution

This table has three columns and four rows. The first row says, “Step 1. Plot the given point. Plot (1, negative 1).” To the right is a graph of the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 1 to 7. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 3 to 4. The point (0, negative 1) is plotted. The second row says, “Step 2. Use the slope formula m equals rise divided by run to identify the rise and the run.” The rise and run are 3 and 4, so m equals 3 divided by 4. The third row says “Step 3. Starting at the given point, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.” We start at (1, negative 1) and count the rise and run. Up three units and right 4 units. In the graph on the right, an additional two points are plotted: (1, 2), which is 3 units up from (1, negative 1), and (5, 2), which is 3 units up and 4 units right from (1, negative 1). The fourth row says “Step 4. Connect the points with a line.” On the graph to the right, a line is drawn through the points (1, negative 1) and (5, 2). This line is also the hypotenuse of the right triangle formed by the three points, (1, negative 1), (1, 2) and (5, 2).

Graph the line passing through the point (2,−2) with the slope m=43.

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (negative 4, negative 10) and (2, negative 2).

Graph the line passing through the point (−2,3) with the slope m=14.

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (negative 2, 3) and (10, 6).

Graph a line given a point and the slope.

  1. Plot the given point.
  2. Use the slope formula m=riserun to identify the rise and the run.
  3. Starting at the given point, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
  4. Connect the points with a line.

Graph the line with y-intercept 2 whose slope is m=−23.

Solution

Solution

Plot the given point, the y-intercept, (0,2).

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 5 to 5. The point (0, 2) is plotted.
This table demonstrates how to identify the rise and run from a given slope (m) by breaking down the fraction into its numerator and denominator components.
Identify the rise and the run. m=−23
riserun=−23
rise=−2
run=3

Count the rise and the run. Mark the second point.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 5 to 5. The points (0, 2), (0, 0), and (3,0) are plotted and labeled. The line from (0, 2) to (0, 0) is labeled “down 2” and the line from (0, 0) to (3, 0) is labeled “right 3”.

Connect the two points with a line.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 5 to 5. A line passes through the plotted points (0, 2) and (3,0).

You can check your work by finding a third point. Since the slope is m=−23, it can be written as m=2−3. Go back to (0,2) and count out the rise, 2, and the run, −3.

Graph the line with the y-intercept 4 and slope m=−52.

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, 4) and passes through the point (4, negative 6).

Graph the line with the x-intercept −3 and slope m=−34.

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line intercepts the x-axis at (negative 3, 0) and passes through the point (1, negative 3).

Graph the line passing through the point (−1,−3) whose slope is m=4.

Solution

Solution

Plot the given point.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 5 to 5. The point (negative 1, negative 3) is plotted and labeled.
Steps demonstrating how to identify the 'rise' and 'run' components from a given slope 'm' expressed as an integer.
Identify the rise and the run. m=4
Write 4 as a fraction. riserun=41
rise=4,run=1

Count the rise and run and mark the second point.

This figure shows how to graph the line passing through the point (negative 1, negative 3) whose slope is 4. The first step is to identify the rise and run. The rise is 4 and the run is 1. 4 divided by 1 is 4, so the slope is 4. Next we count the rise and run and mark the second point. To the right is a graph of the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 5 to 5. We start at the plotted point (negative 1, negative 3) and count the rise, 4. We reach the point negative 1, 1, which we plot. We then count the run from this point, which is 1. We reach the point (0, 1), which is plotted. The last step is to connect the two points with a line. We draw a line which passes through the points (negative 1, negative 3) and (0, 1).

Connect the two points with a line.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 5 to 5. A line passes through the plotted points (-1, -3) and (1,0).

You can check your work by finding a third point. Since the slope is m=4, it can be written as m=−4−1. Go back to (−1,−3) and count out the rise, −4, and the run, −1.

Graph the line with the point (−2,1) and slope m=3.

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 2, 1) and (negative 1, 4).

Graph the line with the point (4,−2) and slope m=−2.

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (4, negative 2) and (5, negative 4).

Solve Slope Applications

At the beginning of this section, we said there are many applications of slope in the real world. Let’s look at a few now.

The ‘pitch’ of a building’s roof is the slope of the roof. Knowing the pitch is important in climates where there is heavy snowfall. If the roof is too flat, the weight of the snow may cause it to collapse. What is the slope of the roof shown?

This figure shows a house with a sloped roof. The roof on one half of the building is labeled "pitch of the roof". There is a line segment with arrows at each end measuring the vertical length of the roof and is labeled "rise equals 9 feet". There is a line segment with arrows at each end measuring the horizontal length of the root and is labeled "run equals 18 feet".
Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step calculation and interpretation of a roof's slope.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun
Substitute the values for rise and run. m=918
Simplify. m=12
The slope of the roof is 12.
The roof rises 1 foot for every 2 feet of horizontal run.

Use Example 14, substituting the rise = 14 and run = 24.

Solution

712

Use Example 14, substituting rise = 15 and run = 36.

Solution

512

Have you ever thought about the sewage pipes going from your house to the street? They must slope down 14 inch per foot in order to drain properly. What is the required slope?

This figure is a right triangle. One leg is negative one quarter inch and the other leg is one foot.
Solution

Solution

Steps to calculate the slope of a pipe, showing formula application, unit conversion, and simplification to arrive at the final slope value.
Use the slope formula. m=riserun m=−14inch1 foot m=−14inch12 inches
Simplify. m=−148
The slope of the pipe is −148.

The pipe drops 1 inch for every 48 inches of horizontal run.

Find the slope of a pipe that slopes down 13 inch per foot.

Solution

−136

Find the slope of a pipe that slopes down 34 inch per yard.

Solution

−148

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with understanding slope of a line.

  • Practice Slope with a Virtual Geoboard
  • Small, Medium, and Large Virtual Geoboards
  • Explore Area and Perimeter with a Geoboard

Key Concepts

  • Find the Slope of a Line from its Graph using m=riserun
    1. Locate two points on the line whose coordinates are integers.
    2. Starting with the point on the left, sketch a right triangle, with the hypotenuse going from the first point to the second point.
    3. Count the rise and the run on the legs of the triangle.
    4. Take the ratio of rise to run to find the slope.



  • Graph a Line Given a Point and the Slope
    1. Plot the given point.
    2. Use the slope formula m= rise run to identify the rise and the run.
    3. Starting at the given point, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
    4. Connect the points with a line.



  • Slope of a Horizontal Line
    • The slope of a horizontal line, y=b, is 0.
  • Slope of a vertical line
    • The slope of a vertical line, x=a, is undefined

Practice Makes Perfect

Use Geoboards to Model Slope

In the following exercises, find the slope modeled on each geoboard.

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 3 and the peg in column 5, row 2, forming a line.
Solution

14

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 2, row 4 and the peg in column 5, row 2, forming a line.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 4, row 2, forming a line.
Solution

23

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 3, row 4 and the peg in column 5, row 1, forming a line.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 2, row 1 and the peg in column 4, row 4, forming a line.
Solution

−32=−32

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 3 and the peg in column 5, row 4, forming a line.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 1 and the peg in column 5, row 4, forming a line.
Solution

−34

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 2, row 2 and the peg in column 4, row 5, forming a line.

In the following exercises, model each slope. Draw a picture to show your results.

23

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 2, row 5 and the peg in column 5, row 3, forming a line.

34

14

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 5, row 3, forming a line.

43

−12

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 4 and the peg in column 3, row 5, forming a line.

−34

−23

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced pegs. There are 5 columns and 5 rows of pegs. A rubber band is stretched between the peg in column 1, row 2 and the peg in column 4, row 4, forming a line.

−32

Use m=riserun to find the Slope of a Line from its Graph

In the following exercises, find the slope of each line shown.

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 10 to 10. A line passes through the points (negative 10, negative 8), (0, negative 4), and (10, 0).
Solution

25

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 2, negative 8) and (2, negative 2).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 4, negative 6) and (4, 4).
Solution

54

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 2) and passes through the point (3, 3).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 3, 3) and (3, 1).
Solution

−13

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 2, 4) and (2, 2).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, 6) and passes through the point (4, 3).
Solution

−34

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the point (negative 3, 1) and intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 1).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 2, 1) and (2, 4).
Solution

34

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 1, 1) and (2, 3).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 1, 6) and (1, 1).
Solution

−3

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the point (negative 1, 3) and intercepts the x-axis at (3, 0).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 7 to 7. A line passes through the points (negative 2, 6) and (1, 4).
Solution

−23

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 10 to 10. A line passes through the points (negative 1, 3) and (1, 2).
The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 10 to 10. A line intercepts the x-axis at (negative 2, 0) and passes through the point (2, 1).
Solution

14

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 10 to 10. A line passes through the points (4, 2) and (7, 3).

Find the Slope of Horizontal and Vertical Lines

In the following exercises, find the slope of each line.

y=3

Solution

0

y=1

x=4

Solution

undefined

x=2

y=−2

Solution

0

y=−3

x=−5

Solution

undefined

x=−4

Use the Slope Formula to find the Slope of a Line between Two Points

In the following exercises, use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between each pair of points.

(1,4),(3,9)

Solution

52

(2,3),(5,7)

(0,3),(4,6)

Solution

34

(0,1),(5,4)

(2,5),(4,0)

Solution

−52

(3,6),(8,0)

(−3,3),(4,−5)

Solution

−87

(−2,4),(3,−1)

(−1,−2),(2,5)

Solution

73

(−2,−1),(6,5)

(4,−5),(1,−2)

Solution

−1

(3,−6),(2,−2)

Graph a Line Given a Point and the Slope

In the following exercises, graph each line with the given point and slope.

(1,−2); m=34

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (1, negative 2) and (5, 1).

(1,−1); m=23

(2,5); m=−13

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (2, 5) and (5, 4).

(1,4); m=−12

(−3,4); m=−32

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (negative 3, 4) and (negative 1, 1).

(−2,5); m=−54

(−1,−4); m=43

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (negative 1, negative 4) and intercepts the x-axis at (2, 0).

(−3,−5); m=32

y-intercept 3; m=−25

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, 3) and passes through the point (5, 1).

y-intercept 5; m=−43

x-intercept −2; m=34

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line intercepts the x-axis at (negative 2, 0) and passes through the point (2, 3).

x-intercept −1; m=15

(−3,3); m=2

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (negative 3, 3) and (negative 2, 5).

(−4,2); m=4

(1,5); m=−3

Solution

The graph shows the x y coordinate plane. The x and y-axes run from negative 12 to 12. A line passes through the points (1, 5) and (2, 2).

(2,3); m=−1

Everyday Math

Slope of a roof. An easy way to determine the slope of a roof is to set one end of a 12 inch level on the roof surface and hold it level. Then take a tape measure or ruler and measure from the other end of the level down to the roof surface. This will give you the slope of the roof. Builders, sometimes, refer to this as pitch and state it as an “x 12 pitch” meaning x12, where x is the measurement from the roof to the level—the rise. It is also sometimes stated as an “x-in-12 pitch”.

  1. ⓐ What is the slope of the roof in this picture?
  2. ⓑ What is the pitch in construction terms?
    This figure shows one side of a sloped roof of a house. The rise of the roof is labeled “4 inches” and the run of the roof is labeled “12 inches”.
Solution

ⓐ 13 ⓑ 4 12 pitch or 4-in-12 pitch

The slope of the roof shown here is measured with a 12” level and a ruler. What is the slope of this roof?

This figure shows one side of a sloped roof of a house. The rise of the roof is measured with a ruler and shown to be 7 inches. The run of the roof is measured with a twelve inch level and shown to be 12 inches.

Road grade. A local road has a grade of 6%. The grade of a road is its slope expressed as a percent. Find the slope of the road as a fraction and then simplify. What rise and run would reflect this slope or grade?

Solution

350; rise = 3, run = 50

Highway grade. A local road rises 2 feet for every 50 feet of highway.

  1. ⓐ What is the slope of the highway?
  2. ⓑ The grade of a highway is its slope expressed as a percent. What is the grade of this highway?

Wheelchair ramp. The rules for wheelchair ramps require a maximum 1-inch rise for a 12-inch run.

  1. ⓐ How long must the ramp be to accommodate a 24-inch rise to the door?
  2. ⓑ Create a model of this ramp.
Solution

ⓐ 288 inches (24 feet) ⓑ Models will vary.

Wheelchair ramp. A 1-inch rise for a 16-inch run makes it easier for the wheelchair rider to ascend a ramp.

  1. ⓐ How long must a ramp be to easily accommodate a 24-inch rise to the door?
  2. ⓑ Create a model of this ramp.

Writing Exercises

What does the sign of the slope tell you about a line?

Solution

When the slope is a positive number the line goes up from left to right. When the slope is a negative number the line goes down from left to right.

How does the graph of a line with slope m=12 differ from the graph of a line with slope m=2?

Why is the slope of a vertical line “undefined”?

Solution

A vertical line has 0 run and since division by 0 is undefined the slope is undefined.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has seven rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “use geoboards to model slope.” The third row reads “use m equals rise divided by run to find the slope of a line from its graph.” The fourth row reads “find the slope of horizontal and vertical lines.” The fifth row reads “use the slope formula to find the slope of a line between two points.” The sixth row reads “graph a line given a point and the slope.” The last row reads “solve slope applications.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

geoboard
A geoboard is a board with a grid of pegs on it.
negative slope
A negative slope of a line goes down as you read from left to right.
positive slope
A positive slope of a line goes up as you read from left to right.
rise
The rise of a line is its vertical change.
run
The run of a line is its horizontal change.
slope formula
The slope of the line between two points (x1,y1) and (x2,y2) is m=y2−y1x2−x1.
slope of a line
The slope of a line is m=riserun. The rise measures the vertical change and the run measures the horizontal change.

Use the Slope-Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Recognize the relation between the graph and the slope–intercept form of an equation of a line
  • Identify the slope and y-intercept form of an equation of a line
  • Graph a line using its slope and intercept
  • Choose the most convenient method to graph a line
  • Graph and interpret applications of slope–intercept
  • Use slopes to identify parallel lines
  • Use slopes to identify perpendicular lines

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Add: x4+14.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

x+14

Find the reciprocal of 37.
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

73

Solve 2x−3y=12fory.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

y=12−2x−3

Recognize the Relation Between the Graph and the Slope–Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

We have graphed linear equations by plotting points, using intercepts, recognizing horizontal and vertical lines, and using the point–slope method. Once we see how an equation in slope–intercept form and its graph are related, we’ll have one more method we can use to graph lines.

In Graph Linear Equations in Two Variables, we graphed the line of the equation y=12x+3 by plotting points. See Figure 1. Let’s find the slope of this line.

This figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The line is labeled with the equation y equals one half x, plus 3. The points (0, 3), (2, 4) and (4, 5) are labeled also. A red vertical line begins at the point (2, 4) and ends one unit above the point. It is labeled “Rise equals 1”. A red horizontal line begins at the end of the vertical line and ends at the point (4, 5). It is labeled “Run equals 2. The red lines create a right triangle with the line y equals one half x, plus 3 as the hypotenuse.

The red lines show us the rise is 1 and the run is 2. Substituting into the slope formula:

m=riserunm=12

What is the y-intercept of the line? The y-intercept is where the line crosses the y-axis, so y-intercept is (0,3). The equation of this line is:

The figure shows the equation y equals one half x, plus 3. The fraction one half is colored red and the number 3 is colored blue.

Notice, the line has:

The figure shows the statement “slope m equals one half and y-intercept (0, 3). The slope, one half, is colored red and the number 3 in the y-intercept is colored blue.

When a linear equation is solved for y, the coefficient of the x term is the slope and the constant term is the y-coordinate of the y-intercept. We say that the equation y=12x+3 is in slope–intercept form.

The figure shows the statement “m equals one half; y-intercept is (0, 3). The slope, one half, is colored red and the number 3 in the y-intercept is colored blue. Below that statement is the equation y equals one half x, plus 3. The fraction one half is colored red and the number 3 is colored blue. Below the equation is another equation y equals m x, plus b. The variable m is colored red and the variable b is colored blue.

Slope-Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

The slope–intercept form of an equation of a line with slope m and y-intercept, (0,b) is,

y=mx+b

Sometimes the slope–intercept form is called the “y-form.”

Use the graph to find the slope and y-intercept of the line, y=2x+1.

Compare these values to the equationy=mx+b.

Solution

Solution

To find the slope of the line, we need to choose two points on the line. We’ll use the points (0,1) and (1,3).

A graph on a coordinate plane shows the linear equation y = 2x + 1. The line, with arrows, passes through points (0, 1) and (1, 3). The x and y axes are marked from -4 to 4.
Find the rise and run. A mathematical equation for slope reads 'm = rise / run' on a plain white background.
A mathematical equation displays 'm = 2/1' on a white background, representing a slope or a ratio where m is equal to two divided by one.
A mathematical expression 'm = 2' is displayed centrally on a white background.
Find the y-intercept of the line. The y-intercept is the point (0, 1).
We found slope m = 2 and y-intercept (0, 1). Comparing y=2x+1 with the slope-intercept form y=mx+b, where m=2 (red) is the slope and b=1 (blue) is the y-intercept.

The slope is the same as the coefficient of x and the y-coordinate of the y-intercept is the same as the constant term.

Use the graph to find the slope and y-intercept of the line y=23x−1. Compare these values to the equation y=mx+b.

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The line goes through the points (0, negative 1) and (6, 3).
Solution

slope m=23 and y-intercept (0,−1)

Use the graph to find the slope and y-intercept of the line y=12x+3. Compare these values to the equation y=mx+b.

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The line goes through the points (0, 3) and (negative 6, 0).
Solution

slope m=12 and y-intercept (0,3)

Identify the Slope and y-Intercept From an Equation of a Line

In Understand Slope of a Line, we graphed a line using the slope and a point. When we are given an equation in slope–intercept form, we can use the y-intercept as the point, and then count out the slope from there. Let’s practice finding the values of the slope and y-intercept from the equation of a line.

Identify the slope and y-intercept of the line with equation y=−3x+5.

Solution

Solution

We compare our equation to the slope–intercept form of the equation.

The image displays the linear equation y = mx + b, which is a fundamental formula in algebra representing the slope-intercept form of a straight line. The 'm' is colored red, and 'b' is colored light blue.
Write the equation of the line. The image displays a mathematical equation, 'y = -3x + 5,' written in a clear, digital font against a white background.
Identify the slope. The mathematical equation 'm = -3' is displayed against a white background, with the number '-3' highlighted in red.
Identify the y-intercept. The image displays the text 'y-intercept is (0, 5)' in a horizontal line. The number 5 is highlighted in a light blue color, while the rest of the text is in gray.

Identify the slope and y-intercept of the line y=25x−1.

Solution

25;(0,−1)

Identify the slope and y-intercept of the line y=−43x+1.

Solution

−43;(0,1)

When an equation of a line is not given in slope–intercept form, our first step will be to solve the equation for y.

Identify the slope and y-intercept of the line with equation x+2y=6.

Solution

Solution

This equation is not in slope–intercept form. In order to compare it to the slope–intercept form we must first solve the equation fory.

Solve for y. x+2y=6
Subtract x from each side. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '2y = -x + 6' in black text.
Divide both sides by 2. A mathematical equation shows '2y divided by 2 equals the quantity of negative x plus 6, all divided by 2'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed: 2y/2 = -x/2 + 6/2, representing an algebraic step towards simplifying or rearranging a linear equation.
(Remember:a+bc=ac+bc)
Simplify. The image shows the linear equation y = -1/2x + 3, representing a line with a negative slope of -1/2 and a y-intercept of 3.
Write the slope–intercept form of the equation of the line. The slope-intercept form equation of a straight line, y = mx + b, is displayed on a white background, with 'm' highlighted in red and 'b' in light blue.
Write the equation of the line. A mathematical equation, y = -1/2x + 3, is displayed on a white background. The fraction '-1/2' is written in red, and the number '3' is in blue, while the rest of the equation is in black.
Identify the slope. The image displays the mathematical equation m = -1/2, where 'm' represents a variable and the value assigned to it is negative one half.
Identify the y-intercept. The image shows the text 'y-intercept is (0, 3)'.

Identify the slope and y-intercept of the line x+4y=8.

Solution

−14;(0,2)

Identify the slope and y-intercept of the line 3x+2y=12.

Solution

−32;(0,6)

Graph a Line Using its Slope and Intercept

Now that we know how to find the slope and y-intercept of a line from its equation, we can graph the line by plotting the y-intercept and then using the slope to find another point.

How to Graph a Line Using its Slope and Intercept

Graph the line of the equation y=4x−2 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

Solution

The figure shows the steps to graph the equation y equals 4x minus 2. Step 1 is to find the slope intercept form of the equation. The equation is already in slope intercept form. Step 2 is to identify the slope and y-intercept. Use the equation y equals m x, plus b. The equation y equals m x, plus b is shown with the variable m colored red and the variable b colored blue. Below that is the equation y equals 4 x, plus -2. The number 4 is colored red and -2 is colored blue. From this equation we can see that m equals 4 and b equals -2 so the slope is 4 and the y-intercept is the point (0, negative 2). Step 3 is to plot the y-intercept. An x y-coordinate plane is shown with the x-axis of the plane running from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The point (0, negative 2) is plotted. Step 4 is to use the slope formula m equals rise over run to identify the rise and the run. Since m equals 4, rise over run equals 4 over 1. From this we can determine that the rise is 4 and the run is 1. Step 5 is to start at they-intercept, count out the rise and run to mark the second point. So start at the point (0, negative 2) and count the rise and the run. The rise is up 4 and the run is right 1. On the x y-coordinate plane is a red vertical line starts at the point (0, negative 2) and rises 4 units at its end a red horizontal line runs 1 unit to end at the point (1, 2). The point (1, 2)  is plotted. Step 6 is to connect the points with a line. On the x y-coordinate plane the points (0, negative 2) and (1, 2) are plotted and a line runs through the two points. The line is the graph of y equals 4 x, minus 2.

Graph the line of the equation y=4x+1 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, 1) and (1, 5) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation y=2x−3 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, negative 3) and (1, negative 1) are plotted on the line.

Graph a line using its slope and y-intercept.

  1. Find the slope-intercept form of the equation of the line.
  2. Identify the slope and y-intercept.
  3. Plot the y-intercept.
  4. Use the slope formula m=riserun to identify the rise and the run.
  5. Starting at the y-intercept, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
  6. Connect the points with a line.

Graph the line of the equation y=−x+4 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

Solution

y=mx+b
The equation is in slope–intercept form. y=−x+4
Identify the slope and y-intercept. m=−1
y-intercept is (0, 4)
Plot the y-intercept. See graph below.
Identify the rise and the run. m=−11
Count out the rise and run to mark the second point. rise −1, run 1
Draw the line. A linear graph on a coordinate plane, showing a downward-sloping line that intersects the y-axis at 4 and the x-axis at 4. Points (0, 4) and (1, 3) are marked.
To check your work, you can find another point on the line and make sure it is a solution of the equation. In the graph we see the line goes through (4, 0).
Check.
y=−x+40=?−4+40=0✓

Graph the line of the equation y=−x−3 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, negative 3) and (1, negative 4) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation y=−x−1 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, negative 1) and (1, negative 2) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation y=−23x−3 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

Solution

y=mx+b
The equation is in slope–intercept form. y=−23x−3
Identify the slope and y-intercept. m=−23; y-intercept is (0, −3)
Plot the y-intercept. See graph below.
Identify the rise and the run.
Count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
Draw the line. A Cartesian coordinate system displays a straight line with a negative slope, passing through the points (0, -3) and (3, -5).

Graph the line of the equation y=−52x+1 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0,1) and (2, negative 4) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation y=−34x−2 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, negative 2) and (4, negative 5) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation 4x−3y=12 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

Solution

4x−3y=12
Find the slope–intercept form of the equation. −3y=−4x+12
−3y3=−4x+12−3
The equation is now in slope–intercept form. y=43x−4
Identify the slope and y-intercept. m=43
y-intercept is (0, −4)
Plot the y-intercept. See graph below.
Identify the rise and the run; count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
Draw the line. A Cartesian graph displays a linear equation as a blue line with a positive slope. The line intersects the x-axis at (3, 0) and the y-axis at (0, -4), passing through quadrants I, III, and IV.

Graph the line of the equation 2x−y=6 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, negative 6) and (1, negative 4) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation 3x−2y=8 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The points (0, negative 4) and (2, negative 1) are plotted on the line.

We have used a grid with x and y both going from about −10 to 10 for all the equations we’ve graphed so far. Not all linear equations can be graphed on this small grid. Often, especially in applications with real-world data, we’ll need to extend the axes to bigger positive or smaller negative numbers.

Graph the line of the equation y=0.2x+45 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

Solution

We’ll use a grid with the axes going from about −80 to 80.

y=mx+b
The equation is in slope–intercept form. y=0.2x+45
Identify the slope and y-intercept. m=0.2
The y-intercept is (0, 45)
Plot the y-intercept. See graph below.
Count out the rise and run to mark the second point. The slope is m=0.2; in fraction form this means m=210. Given the scale of our graph, it would be easier to use the equivalent fraction m=1050.
Draw the line. A graph displays a straight line on a Cartesian coordinate system. The line passes through two distinct points: (0, 45) and (50, 55), exhibiting a positive slope as it extends across the plane.

Graph the line of the equation y=0.5x+25 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 70 to 30. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 20 to 40. The points (0, 25) and (10, 30) are plotted on the line.

Graph the line of the equation y=0.1x−30 using its slope and y-intercept.

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 50 to 350. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 40 to 40. The points (0, negative 30) and (100, negative 20) are plotted on the line.

Now that we have graphed lines by using the slope and y-intercept, let’s summarize all the methods we have used to graph lines. See Figure 2.

The table has two rows and four columns. The first row spans all four columns and is a header row. The header is “Methods to Graph Lines”. The second row is made up of four columns. The first column is labeled “Plotting Points” and shows a smaller table with four rows and two columns. The first row is a header row with the first column labeled “x” and the second labeled “y”. The rest of the table is blank. Below the table it reads “Find three points. Plot the points, make sure they line up, then draw the line.” The Second column is labeled “Slope–Intercept” and shows the equation y equals m x, plus b. Below the equation it reads “Find the slope and y-intercept. Start at the y-intercept, then count the slope to get a second point.” The third column is labeled “Intercepts” and shows a smaller table with four rows and two columns. The first row is a header row with the first column labeled “x” and the second labeled “y”. The second row has a 0 in the “x” column and the “y” column is blank. The second row is blank in the “x” column and has a 0 in the “y” column. The third row is blank. Below the table it reads “Find the intercepts and a third point. Plot the points, make sure they line up, then draw the line.” The fourth column is labeled “Recognize Vertical and Horizontal Lines”. Below that it reads “The equation has only one variable.” The equation x equals a is a vertical line and the equation y equals b is a horizontal line.

Choose the Most Convenient Method to Graph a Line

Now that we have seen several methods we can use to graph lines, how do we know which method to use for a given equation?

While we could plot points, use the slope–intercept form, or find the intercepts for any equation, if we recognize the most convenient way to graph a certain type of equation, our work will be easier. Generally, plotting points is not the most efficient way to graph a line. We saw better methods in sections 4.3, 4.4, and earlier in this section. Let’s look for some patterns to help determine the most convenient method to graph a line.

Here are six equations we graphed in this chapter, and the method we used to graph each of them.

EquationMethod#1x=2Vertical line#2y=4Horizontal line#3−x+2y=6Intercepts#44x−3y=12Intercepts#5y=4x−2Slope–intercept#6y=−x+4Slope–intercept

Equations #1 and #2 each have just one variable. Remember, in equations of this form the value of that one variable is constant; it does not depend on the value of the other variable. Equations of this form have graphs that are vertical or horizontal lines.

In equations #3 and #4, both x and y are on the same side of the equation. These two equations are of the form Ax+By=C. We substituted y=0 to find the x-intercept and x=0 to find the y-intercept, and then found a third point by choosing another value for x or y.

Equations #5 and #6 are written in slope–intercept form. After identifying the slope and y-intercept from the equation we used them to graph the line.

This leads to the following strategy.

Strategy for Choosing the Most Convenient Method to Graph a Line

Consider the form of the equation.

  • If it only has one variable, it is a vertical or horizontal line.
    • x=a is a vertical line passing through the x-axis at a.
    • y=b is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at b.
  • If y is isolated on one side of the equation, in the form y=mx+b, graph by using the slope and y-intercept.
    • Identify the slope and y-intercept and then graph.
  • If the equation is of the form Ax+By=C, find the intercepts.
    • Find the x- and y-intercepts, a third point, and then graph.

Determine the most convenient method to graph each line.

ⓐ y=−6 ⓑ 5x−3y=15 ⓒ x=7 ⓓ y=25x−1.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ y=−6
    This equation has only one variable,y. Its graph is a horizontal line crossing the y-axis at −6.
  2. ⓑ 5x−3y=15
    This equation is of the form Ax+By=C. The easiest way to graph it will be to find the intercepts and one more point.
  3. ⓒ x=7
    There is only one variable, x. The graph is a vertical line crossing the x-axis at 7.
  4. ⓓ y=25x−1
    Since this equation is in y=mx+b form, it will be easiest to graph this line by using the slope and y-intercept.

Determine the most convenient method to graph each line: ⓐ 3x+2y=12 ⓑ y=4 ⓒ y=15x−4 ⓓ x=−7.

Solution

ⓐ intercepts ⓑ horizontal line ⓒ slope–intercept ⓓ vertical line

Determine the most convenient method to graph each line: ⓐ x=6 ⓑ y=−34x+1 ⓒ y=−8 ⓓ 4x−3y=−1.

Solution

ⓐ vertical line ⓑ slope–intercept ⓒ horizontal line ⓓ intercepts

Graph and Interpret Applications of Slope–Intercept

Many real-world applications are modeled by linear equations. We will take a look at a few applications here so you can see how equations written in slope–intercept form relate to real-world situations.

Usually when a linear equation models a real-world situation, different letters are used for the variables, instead of x and y. The variable names remind us of what quantities are being measured.

The equation F=95C+32 is used to convert temperatures, C, on the Celsius scale to temperatures, F, on the Fahrenheit scale.

ⓐ Find the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of 0.
ⓑ Find the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of 20.
ⓒ Interpret the slope and F-intercept of the equation.
ⓓ Graph the equation.

Solution

Solution

Examples of converting Celsius temperatures to Fahrenheit, showing problem statements and step-by-step calculations.
ⓐ
Find the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of 0.
Find F when C=0.
Simplify.
F=95C+32 F=95(0)+32 F=32
ⓑ
Find the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of 20.
Find F when C=20.
Simplify.
Simplify.
F=95C+32 F=95(20)+32 F=36+32 F=68

ⓒ Interpret the slope and F-intercept of the equation.

Even though this equation uses Fand C, it is still in slope–intercept form.

This image shows three lines of equations. The first line reads y equals m x plus b. The second line reads F equals m C plus b and the third line reads F equals nine fifths times C plus 32.

The slope, 95, means that the temperature Fahrenheit (F) increases 9 degrees when the temperature Celsius (C) increases 5 degrees.

The F-intercept means that when the temperature is 0° on the Celsius scale, it is 32° on the Fahrenheit scale.

ⓓ Graph the equation.

We’ll need to use a larger scale than our usual. Start at the F-intercept (0,32) then count out the rise of 9 and the run of 5 to get a second point. See Figure 3.

A graph with x-axis ranging from –20 to 50, and y-axis ranging from –20 to 50. A line runs upwards, intercepting at points (0, 32) and a second point which the student must find.

The equation h=2s+50 is used to estimate a woman’s height in inches, h, based on her shoe size, s.

  1. ⓐ Estimate the height of a child who wears women’s shoe size 0.
  2. ⓑ Estimate the height of a woman with shoe size 8.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and h-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ 50 inches
  2. ⓑ 66 inches
  3. ⓒ The slope, 2, means that the height, h, increases by 2 inches when the shoe size, s, increases by 1. The h-intercept means that when the shoe size is 0, the height is 50 inches.
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable s and runs from negative 2 to 15. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable h and runs from negative 1 to 80. The line begins at the point (0, 50) and goes through the points (8, 66).

The equation T=14n+40 is used to estimate the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit, T, based on the number of cricket chirps, n, in one minute.

  1. ⓐ Estimate the temperature when there are no chirps.
  2. ⓑ Estimate the temperature when the number of chirps in one minute is 100.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and T-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ 40 degrees
  2. ⓑ 65 degrees
  3. ⓒ The slope, 14, means that the temperature Fahrenheit (F) increases 1 degree when the number of chirps, n, increases by 4. The T-intercept means that when the number of chirps is 0, the temperature is 40°.
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable n and runs from 10 to 140 The y-axis of the plane represents the variable T and runs from negative 5 to 75. The line begins at the point (0, 40) and goes through the point (100, 65).

The cost of running some types business has two components—a fixed cost and a variable cost. The fixed cost is always the same regardless of how many units are produced. This is the cost of rent, insurance, equipment, advertising, and other items that must be paid regularly. The variable cost depends on the number of units produced. It is for the material and labor needed to produce each item.

Stella has a home business selling gourmet pizzas. The equation C=4p+25 models the relation between her weekly cost, C, in dollars and the number of pizzas, p, that she sells.

ⓐ Find Stella’s cost for a week when she sells no pizzas.
ⓑ Find the cost for a week when she sells 15 pizzas.
ⓒ Interpret the slope and C-intercept of the equation.
ⓓ Graph the equation.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ Find Stella's cost for a week when she sells no pizzas. A mathematical equation C = 4p + 25 is displayed in a digital format on a white background.
Find C when p=0. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: C = 4(0) + 25.
Simplify. A close-up shot of a mathematical equation displayed in black text against a white background, reading 'C = 25'.
Stella's fixed cost is $25 when she sells no pizzas.
ⓑ Find the cost for a week when she sells 15 pizzas. A mathematical equation C = 4p + 25 is displayed in black text on a white background.
Find C when p=15. A mathematical equation shows C equals 4 multiplied by 15, plus 25.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows 'C = 60 + 25' displayed on a white background.
The text 'C = 85' is displayed in a sans-serif font against a white background.
Stella's costs are $85 when she sells 15 pizzas.
ⓒ Interpret the slope and C-intercept of the equation. Two linear equations are displayed: y = mx + b and C = 4p + 25. The variables 'y' and 'C' are highlighted in red, while 'x' and 'p' are highlighted in teal.
The slope, 4, means that the cost increases by $4 for each pizza Stella sells. The C-intercept means that even when Stella sells no pizzas, her costs for the week are $25.
ⓓ Graph the equation. We'll need to use a larger scale than our usual. Start at the C-intercept (0, 25) then count out the rise of 4 and the run of 1 to get a second point. A graph on a coordinate plane shows a linear function with axes labeled C and P. The blue line passes through the points (0, 25) and (1, 29), indicating a positive slope.

Sam drives a delivery van. The equation C=0.5m+60 models the relation between his weekly cost, C, in dollars and the number of miles, m, that he drives.

ⓐ Find Sam’s cost for a week when he drives 0 miles.
ⓑ Find the cost for a week when he drives 250 miles.
ⓒ Interpret the slope and C-intercept of the equation.
ⓓ Graph the equation.

Solution
  1. ⓐ $60
  2. ⓑ $185
  3. ⓒ The slope, 0.5, means that the weekly cost, C, increases by $0.50 when the number of miles driven, n, increases by 1. The C-intercept means that when the number of miles driven is 0, the weekly cost is $60
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable m and runs from negative 10 to 400. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable C and runs from negative 10 to 300. The line begins at the point (0, 65) and goes through the point (250, 185).

Loreen has a calligraphy business. The equation C=1.8n+35 models the relation between her weekly cost, C, in dollars and the number of wedding invitations, n, that she writes.

  1. ⓐ Find Loreen’s cost for a week when she writes no invitations.
  2. ⓑ Find the cost for a week when she writes 75 invitations.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and C-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ $35
  2. ⓑ $170
  3. ⓒ The slope, 1.8, means that the weekly cost, C, increases by $1.80 when the number of invitations, n, increases by 1.
    The C-intercept means that when the number of invitations is 0, the weekly cost is $35.;
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable n and runs from negative 10 to 400. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable C and runs from negative 10 to 300. The line begins at the point (0, 35) and goes through the point (75, 170).

Use Slopes to Identify Parallel Lines

The slope of a line indicates how steep the line is and whether it rises or falls as we read it from left to right. Two lines that have the same slope are called parallel lines. Parallel lines never intersect.

The figure shows three pairs of lines side-by-side. The pair of lines on the left run diagonally rising from left to right. The pair run side-by-side, not crossing. The pair of lines in the middle run diagonally dropping from left to right. The pair run side-by-side, not crossing. The pair of lines on the right run diagonally also dropping from left to right, but with a lesser slope. The pair run side-by-side, not crossing.

We say this more formally in terms of the rectangular coordinate system. Two lines that have the same slope and different y-intercepts are called parallel lines. See Figure 4.

The figure shows two lines graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. One line goes through the points (negative 5,1) and (5,5). The other line goes through the points (negative 5, negative 4) and (5,0).
Verify that both lines have the same slope, m=25, and different y-intercepts.

What about vertical lines? The slope of a vertical line is undefined, so vertical lines don’t fit in the definition above. We say that vertical lines that have different x-intercepts are parallel. See Figure 5.

The figure shows two vertical lines graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. One line goes through the points (2,1) and (2,5). The other line goes through the points (5, negative 4) and (5,0).
Vertical lines with diferent x-intercepts are parallel.

Parallel Lines

Parallel lines are lines in the same plane that do not intersect.

  • Parallel lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts.
  • If m1 and m2 are the slopes of two parallel lines thenm1=m2.
  • Parallel vertical lines have different x-intercepts.

Let’s graph the equations y=−2x+3 and 2x+y=−1 on the same grid. The first equation is already in slope–intercept form: y=−2x+3. We solve the second equation for y:

2x+y=−1y=−2x−1

Graph the lines.

The figure shows two lines graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. One line goes through the points (negative 4, 7) and (3, negative 7). The other line goes through the points (negative 2, 7) and (5, negative 7).

Notice the lines look parallel. What is the slope of each line? What is the y-intercept of each line?

y=mx+by=mx+by=−2x+3y=−2x−1m=−2m=−2b=3,(0, 3)b=−1,(0, −1)

The slopes of the lines are the same and the y-intercept of each line is different. So we know these lines are parallel.

Since parallel lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts, we can now just look at the slope–intercept form of the equations of lines and decide if the lines are parallel.

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines 3x−2y=6 and y=32x+1 are parallel.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step analysis of two linear equations, demonstrating how to find their slopes and y-intercepts by converting them to slope-intercept form.
Solve the first equation for y. 3x−2y=6−2y=−3x+6−2y−2=−3x+6−2 and y=32x+1
The equation is now in slope-intercept form. y=32x−3
The equation of the second line is already in slope-intercept form. y=32x+1
Identify the slope and y-intercept of both lines. y=32x−3y=mx+bm=32 y=32x+1y=mx+bm=32
y-intercept is (0, −3) y-intercept is (0, 1)

The lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts and so they are parallel. You may want to graph the lines to confirm whether they are parallel.

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines 2x+5y=5andy=−25x−4 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines 4x−3y=6andy=43x−1 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines y=−4 and y=3 are parallel.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates converting horizontal line equations (y = -4, y = 3) to slope-intercept form and identifying their slopes and y-intercepts.
y=−4 y=0x−4 and y=3 y=0x+3
Write each equation in slope-intercept form. y=0x−4 y=0x+3
Since there is no x term we write 0x. y=mx+b y=mx+b
Identify the slope and y-intercept of both lines. m=0 m=0
y-intercept is (0, 4) y-intercept is (0, 3)

The lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts and so they are parallel.

There is another way you can look at this example. If you recognize right away from the equations that these are horizontal lines, you know their slopes are both 0. Since the horizontal lines cross the y-axis at y=−4 and at y=3, we know the y-intercepts are (0,−4) and (0,3). The lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts and so they are parallel.

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines y=8andy=−6 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines y=1andy=−5 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines x=−2 and x=−5 are parallel.

Solution

Solution

x=−2andx=−5

Since there is noy, the equations cannot be put in slope–intercept form. But we recognize them as equations of vertical lines. Their x-intercepts are −2 and −5. Since their x-intercepts are different, the vertical lines are parallel.

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines x=1 and x=−5 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines x=8 and x=−6 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines y=2x−3 and −6x+3y=−9 are parallel. You may want to graph these lines, too, to see what they look like.

Solution

Solution

Steps to demonstrate the equivalence of y=2x-3 and -6x+3y=-9 by converting to slope-intercept form and comparing properties.
y=2x−3 and −6x+3y=−9
The first equation is already in slope-intercept form. y=2x−3
Solve the second equation for y. −6x+3y=−9 3y=6x−9 3y3=6x−93 y=2x−3
The second equation is now in slope-intercept form. y=2x−3
Identify the slope and y-intercept of both lines. y=2x−3 y=mx+b m=2 y=2x−3 y=mx+b m=2
y-intercept is (0, −3) y-intercept is (0, −3)

The lines have the same slope, but they also have the same y-intercepts. Their equations represent the same line. They are not parallel; they are the same line.

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines y=−12x−1 and x+2y=2 are parallel.

Solution

parallel

Use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines y=34x−3 and 3x−4y=12 are parallel.

Solution

not parallel; same line

Use Slopes to Identify Perpendicular Lines

Let’s look at the lines whose equations are y=14x−1 and y=−4x+2, shown in Figure 6.

The figure shows two lines graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 8 to 8. One line is labeled with the equation y equals negative 4x plus 2 and goes through the points (0,2) and (1, negative 2). The other line is labeled with the equation y equals one fourth x minus 1 and goes through the points (0, negative 1) and (4,0).

These lines lie in the same plane and intersect in right angles. We call these lines perpendicular.

What do you notice about the slopes of these two lines? As we read from left to right, the line y=14x−1 rises, so its slope is positive. The liney=−4x+2 drops from left to right, so it has a negative slope. Does it make sense to you that the slopes of two perpendicular lines will have opposite signs?

If we look at the slope of the first line, m1=14, and the slope of the second line, m2=−4, we can see that they are negative reciprocals of each other. If we multiply them, their product is −1.

m1·m214(−4)−1

This is always true for perpendicular lines and leads us to this definition.

Perpendicular Lines

Perpendicular lines are lines in the same plane that form a right angle.

If m1andm2 are the slopes of two perpendicular lines, then:

m1·m2=−1andm1=−1m2

Vertical lines and horizontal lines are always perpendicular to each other.

We were able to look at the slope–intercept form of linear equations and determine whether or not the lines were parallel. We can do the same thing for perpendicular lines.

We find the slope–intercept form of the equation, and then see if the slopes are negative reciprocals. If the product of the slopes is −1, the lines are perpendicular. Perpendicular lines may have the same y-intercepts.

Use slopes to determine if the lines, y=−5x−4 and x−5y=5 are perpendicular.

Solution

Solution

Steps to convert two linear equations to slope-intercept form and identify their respective slopes (m values).
The first equation is already in slope-intercept form. y=−5x−4
Solve the second equation for y. x−5y=5 −5y=−x+5 −5y−5=−x+5−5 y=15x−1
Identify the slope of each line. y=−5x−4 y=mx+b m1=−5 y=15x−1 y=mx+b m2=15

The slopes are negative reciprocals of each other, so the lines are perpendicular. We check by multiplying the slopes,

m1·m2−5(15)−1✓

Use slopes to determine if the lines y=−3x+2 and x−3y=4 are perpendicular.

Solution

perpendicular

Use slopes to determine if the lines y=2x−5 and x+2y=−6 are perpendicular.

Solution

perpendicular

Use slopes to determine if the lines, 7x+2y=3 and 2x+7y=5 are perpendicular.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step process of solving two linear equations for y and identifying their respective slopes.
Solve the equations for y. 7x+2y=3 2y=−7x+3 2y2=−7x+32 y=−72x+32 2x+7y=5 7y=−2x+5 7y7=−2x+57 y=−27x+57
Identify the slope of each line. y=mx+b m1=−72 y=mx+b m2=−27

The slopes are reciprocals of each other, but they have the same sign. Since they are not negative reciprocals, the lines are not perpendicular.

Use slopes to determine if the lines 5x+4y=1 and 4x+5y=3 are perpendicular.

Solution

not perpendicular

Use slopes to determine if the lines 2x−9y=3 and 9x−2y=1 are perpendicular.

Solution

not perpendicular

Access this online resource for additional instruction and practice with graphs.

  • Explore the Relation Between a Graph and the Slope–Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

Key Concepts

  • The slope–intercept form of an equation of a line with slope m and y-intercept, (0,b) is, y=mx+b.
  • Graph a Line Using its Slope and y-Intercept
    1. Find the slope-intercept form of the equation of the line.
    2. Identify the slope and y-intercept.
    3. Plot the y-intercept.
    4. Use the slope formula m=riserun to identify the rise and the run.
    5. Starting at the y-intercept, count out the rise and run to mark the second point.
    6. Connect the points with a line.



  • Strategy for Choosing the Most Convenient Method to Graph a Line: Consider the form of the equation.
    • If it only has one variable, it is a vertical or horizontal line.
      x=a is a vertical line passing through the x-axis at a.
      y=b is a horizontal line passing through the y-axis at b.
    • If y is isolated on one side of the equation, in the form y=mx+b, graph by using the slope and y-intercept.
      Identify the slope and y-intercept and then graph.
    • If the equation is of the form Ax+By=C, find the intercepts.
      Find the x- and y-intercepts, a third point, and then graph.
  • Parallel lines are lines in the same plane that do not intersect.
    • Parallel lines have the same slope and different y-intercepts.
    • If m1 and m2 are the slopes of two parallel lines then m1=m2.
    • Parallel vertical lines have different x-intercepts.
  • Perpendicular lines are lines in the same plane that form a right angle.
    • If m1andm2 are the slopes of two perpendicular lines, then m1·m2=−1 and m1=−1m2.
    • Vertical lines and horizontal lines are always perpendicular to each other.

Practice Makes Perfect

Recognize the Relation Between the Graph and the Slope–Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, use the graph to find the slope and y-intercept of each line. Compare the values to the equation y=mx+b.

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, negative 5) and (1, negative 2).

y=3x−5

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, negative 2) and (1,2).

y=4x−2

Solution

slope m=4 and y-intercept (0,−2)

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0,4) and (1,3).

y=−x+4

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0,1) and (1, negative 2).

y=−3x+1

Solution

slope m=−3 and y-intercept (0,1)

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0,1) and (3, negative 3).

y=−43x+1

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0,3) and (1,5).

y=−25x+3

Solution

slope m=−25 and y-intercept (0,3)

Identify the Slope and y-Intercept From an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, identify the slope and y-intercept of each line.

y=−7x+3

y=−9x+7

Solution

−9;(0,7)

y=6x−8

y=4x−10

Solution

4;(0,−10)

3x+y=5

4x+y=8

Solution

−4;(0,8)

6x+4y=12

8x+3y=12

Solution

−83;(0,4)

5x−2y=6

7x−3y=9

Solution

73;(0,−3)

Graph a Line Using Its Slope and Intercept

In the following exercises, graph the line of each equation using its slope and y-intercept.

y=x+3

y=x+4

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, 4) and (1, 5).

y=3x−1

y=2x−3

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, negative 3) and (1, negative 1).

y=−x+2

y=−x+3

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, 3) and (1, 2).

y=−x−4

y=−x−2

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, negative 2) and (1, negative 3).

y=−34x−1

y=−25x−3

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, negative 3) and (5, negative 5).

y=−35x+2

y=−23x+1

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0,1) and (3, negative 1).

3x−4y=8

4x−3y=6

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, negative 2) and (3,2).

y=0.1x+15

y=0.3x+25

Solution

The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The line goes through the points (0, 25) and (negative 50, 10).

Choose the Most Convenient Method to Graph a Line

In the following exercises, determine the most convenient method to graph each line.

x=2

y=4

Solution

horizontal line

y=5

x=−3

Solution

vertical line

y=−3x+4

y=−5x+2

Solution

slope–intercept

x−y=5

x−y=1

Solution

intercepts

y=23x−1

y=45x−3

Solution

slope–intercept

y=−3

y=−1

Solution

horizontal line

3x−2y=−12

2x−5y=−10

Solution

intercepts

y=−14x+3

y=−13x+5

Solution

slope–intercept

Graph and Interpret Applications of Slope–Intercept

The equation P=31+1.75w models the relation between the amount of Tuyet’s monthly water bill payment, P, in dollars, and the number of units of water, w, used.

  1. ⓐ Find Tuyet’s payment for a month when 0 units of water are used.
  2. ⓑ Find Tuyet’s payment for a month when 12 units of water are used.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and P-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.

The equation P=28+2.54w models the relation between the amount of Randy’s monthly water bill payment, P, in dollars, and the number of units of water, w, used.

  1. ⓐ Find the payment for a month when Randy used 0 units of water.
  2. ⓑ Find the payment for a month when Randy used 15 units of water.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and P-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ $28
  2. ⓑ $66.10
  3. ⓒ The slope, 2.54, means that Randy’s payment, P, increases by $2.54 when the number of units of water he used, w, increases by 1. The P–intercept means that if the number units of water Randy used was 0, the payment would be $28.
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable w and runs from negative 2 to 20. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable P and runs from negative 1 to 100. The line begins at the point (0, 28) and goes through the point (15, 66.1).

Bruce drives his car for his job. The equation R=0.575m+42 models the relation between the amount in dollars, R, that he is reimbursed and the number of miles, m, he drives in one day.

  1. ⓐ Find the amount Bruce is reimbursed on a day when he drives 0 miles.
  2. ⓑ Find the amount Bruce is reimbursed on a day when he drives 220 miles.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and R-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.

Janelle is planning to rent a car while on vacation. The equation C=0.32m+15 models the relation between the cost in dollars, C, per day and the number of miles, m, she drives in one day.

  1. ⓐ Find the cost if Janelle drives the car 0 miles one day.
  2. ⓑ Find the cost on a day when Janelle drives the car 400 miles.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and C–intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ $15
  2. ⓑ $143
  3. ⓒ The slope, 0.32, means that the cost, C, increases by $0.32 when the number of miles driven, m, increases by 1. The C-intercept means that if Janelle drives 0 miles one day, the cost would be $15.
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable m and runs from negative 1 to 500. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable C and runs from negative 1 to 200. The line begins at the point (0,15) and goes through the point (400,143).

Cherie works in retail and her weekly salary includes commission for the amount she sells. The equation S=400+0.15c models the relation between her weekly salary, S, in dollars and the amount of her sales, c, in dollars.

  1. ⓐ Find Cherie’s salary for a week when her sales were 0.
  2. ⓑ Find Cherie’s salary for a week when her sales were 3600.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and S–intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.

Patel’s weekly salary includes a base pay plus commission on his sales. The equation S=750+0.09c models the relation between his weekly salary, S, in dollars and the amount of his sales, c, in dollars.

  1. ⓐ Find Patel’s salary for a week when his sales were 0.
  2. ⓑ Find Patel’s salary for a week when his sales were 18,540.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and S-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ $750
  2. ⓑ $2418.60
  3. ⓒ The slope, 0.09, means that Patel’s salary, S, increases by $0.09 for every $1 increase in his sales. The S-intercept means that when his sales are $0, his salary is $750.
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable w and runs from negative 1 to 20000. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable P and runs from negative 1 to 3000. The line begins at the point (0, 750) and goes through the point (18540, 2415).

Costa is planning a lunch banquet. The equation C=450+28g models the relation between the cost in dollars, C, of the banquet and the number of guests, g.

  1. ⓐ Find the cost if the number of guests is 40.
  2. ⓑ Find the cost if the number of guests is 80.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and C-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.

Margie is planning a dinner banquet. The equation C=750+42g models the relation between the cost in dollars, C of the banquet and the number of guests, g.

  1. ⓐ Find the cost if the number of guests is 50.
  2. ⓑ Find the cost if the number of guests is 100.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and C–intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution
  1. ⓐ $2850
  2. ⓑ $4950
  3. ⓒ The slope, 42, means that the cost, C, increases by $42 for when the number of guests increases by 1. The C-intercept means that when the number of guests is 0, the cost would be $750.
  4. ⓓ

    The figure shows a line graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane represents the variable g and runs from negative 1 to 150. The y-axis of the plane represents the variable C and runs from negative 1 to 7000. The line begins at the point (0, 750) and goes through the point (100, 4950).

Use Slopes to Identify Parallel Lines

In the following exercises, use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines are parallel.

y=34x−3;3x−4y=−2

y=23x−1;2x−3y=−2

Solution

parallel

2x−5y=−3;y=25x+1

3x−4y=−2;y=34x−3

Solution

parallel

2x−4y=6;x−2y=3

6x−3y=9;2x−y=3

Solution

not parallel

4x+2y=6;6x+3y=3

8x+6y=6;12x+9y=12

Solution

parallel

x=5;x=−6

x=7;x=−8

Solution

parallel

x=−4;x=−1

x=−3;x=−2

Solution

parallel

y=2;y=6

y=5;y=1

Solution

parallel

y=−4;y=3

y=−1;y=2

Solution

parallel

x−y=2;2x−2y=4

4x+4y=8;x+y=2

Solution

not parallel

x−3y=6;2x−6y=12

5x−2y=11;5x−y=7

Solution

not parallel

3x−6y=12;6x−3y=3

4x−8y=16;x−2y=4

Solution

not parallel

9x−3y=6;3x−y=2

x−5y=10;5x−y=−10

Solution

not parallel

7x−4y=8;4x+7y=14

9x−5y=4;5x+9y=−1

Solution

not parallel

Use Slopes to Identify Perpendicular Lines

In the following exercises, use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines are perpendicular.

3x−2y=8;2x+3y=6

x−4y=8;4x+y=2

Solution

perpendicular

2x+5y=3;5x−2y=6

2x+3y=5;3x−2y=7

Solution

perpendicular

3x−2y=1;2x−3y=2

3x−4y=8;4x−3y=6

Solution

not perpendicular

5x+2y=6;2x+5y=8

2x+4y=3;6x+3y=2

Solution

not perpendicular

4x−2y=5;3x+6y=8

2x−6y=4;12x+4y=9

Solution

perpendicular

6x−4y=5;8x+12y=3

8x−2y=7;3x+12y=9

Solution

perpendicular

Everyday Math

The equation C=59F−17.8 can be used to convert temperatures F, on the Fahrenheit scale to temperatures, C, on the Celsius scale.

  1. ⓐ Explain what the slope of the equation means.
  2. ⓑ Explain what the C–intercept of the equation means.

The equation n=4T−160 is used to estimate the number of cricket chirps, n, in one minute based on the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit, T.

  1. ⓐ Explain what the slope of the equation means.
  2. ⓑ Explain what the n–intercept of the equation means. Is this a realistic situation?
Solution
  1. ⓐ For every increase of one degree Fahrenheit, the number of chirps increases by four.
  2. ⓑ There would be −160 chirps when the Fahrenheit temperature is 0°. (Notice that this does not make sense; this model cannot be used for all possible temperatures.)

Writing Exercises

Explain in your own words how to decide which method to use to graph a line.

Why are all horizontal lines parallel?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has eight rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “recognize the relation between the graph and the slope-intercept form of an equation of a line.” The third row reads “identify the Slope and y-intercept from an equation of a line”. The fourth row reads “graph a line using its slope and intercept”. The fifth row reads “choose the most convenient method to graph a line.” The sixth row reads “graph and interpret applications of slope-intercept”. The seventh row reads “use slopes to identify parallel lines” and the last row reads “use slopes to identify perpendicular lines.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

parallel lines
Lines in the same plane that do not intersect.
perpendicular lines
Lines in the same plane that form a right angle.
slope-intercept form of an equation of a line
The slope–intercept form of an equation of a line with slope m and y-intercept, (0,b) is, y=mx+b.

Find the Equation of a Line

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Find an equation of the line given the slope and y-intercept
  • Find an equation of the line given the slope and a point
  • Find an equation of the line given two points
  • Find an equation of a line parallel to a given line
  • Find an equation of a line perpendicular to a given line

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Solve: 23=x5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

x=103

Simplify: −25(x−15).
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−25x+6

How do online retailers know that ‘you may also like’ a particular item based on something you just ordered? How can economists know how a rise in the minimum wage will affect the unemployment rate? How do medical researchers create drugs to target cancer cells? How can traffic engineers predict the effect on your commuting time of an increase or decrease in gas prices? It’s all mathematics.

You are at an exciting point in your mathematical journey as the mathematics you are studying has interesting applications in the real world.

The physical sciences, social sciences, and the business world are full of situations that can be modeled with linear equations relating two variables. Data is collected and graphed. If the data points appear to form a straight line, an equation of that line can be used to predict the value of one variable based on the value of the other variable.

To create a mathematical model of a linear relation between two variables, we must be able to find the equation of the line. In this section we will look at several ways to write the equation of a line. The specific method we use will be determined by what information we are given.


Find an Equation of the Line Given the Slope and y-Intercept

We can easily determine the slope and intercept of a line if the equation was written in slope–intercept form, y=mx+b. Now, we will do the reverse—we will start with the slope and y-intercept and use them to find the equation of the line.

Find an equation of a line with slope −7 and y-intercept (0,−1).

Solution

Solution

Since we are given the slope and y-intercept of the line, we can substitute the needed values into the slope–intercept form, y=mx+b.

Name the slope. A mathematical equation shows 'm = -7' written in black characters with the number 7 highlighted in red against a plain white background, indicating a variable assigned a negative integer value.
Name the y-intercept. The image displays the text 'y-intercept (0, -1)'.
Substitute the values into y=mx+b. The equation y = mx + b, which represents the slope-intercept form of a linear equation, is displayed. The variable 'm' is colored red, and 'b' is colored blue, highlighting their roles as slope and y-intercept.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'y = -7x + (-1)'. The '-7x' is highlighted in red, and the '(-1)' is highlighted in blue.
A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 'y = -7x - 1' in a clear, sans-serif font against a plain white background.

Find an equation of a line with slope 25 and y-intercept (0,4).

Solution

y=25x+4

Find an equation of a line with slope −1 and y-intercept (0,−3).

Solution

y=−x−3

Sometimes, the slope and intercept need to be determined from the graph.

Find the equation of the line shown.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 4), passes through the plotted point (3, negative 2), and intercepts the x-axis at (4, 0).
Solution

Solution

We need to find the slope and y-intercept of the line from the graph so we can substitute the needed values into the slope–intercept form, y=mx+b.

To find the slope, we choose two points on the graph.

The y-intercept is (0,−4) and the graph passes through (3,−2).

Find the slope by counting the rise and run. The mathematical formula for slope, 'm = rise / run,' is displayed on a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, showing 'm = 2/3'. The variable 'm' is in black, and the fraction '2/3' is in red, with '2' above a horizontal line and '3' below.
Find the y-intercept. The image displays the text 'y-intercept (0, -4)' in black font, with the number -4 highlighted in light blue, indicating the point where a line or curve crosses the y-axis.
Substitute the values into y=mx+b. A close-up of the algebraic formula y=mx+b, commonly known as the slope-intercept form of a straight line, with 'm' representing the slope and 'b' the y-intercept.
The image displays the linear equation y = (2/3)x - 4. The fraction 2/3 is colored red, indicating the slope, while the number 4, part of the y-intercept, is colored blue, with a minus sign preceding it.

Find the equation of the line shown in the graph.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line intercepts the x-axis at (negative 2, 0), intercepts the y-axis at (0, 1) and passes through the plotted point (5, 4).
Solution

y=35x+1

Find the equation of the line shown in the graph.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 5), passes through the plotted point (3, negative 1), and intercepts the x-axis at (15 fourths, 0).
Solution

y=43x−5

Find an Equation of the Line Given the Slope and a Point

Finding an equation of a line using the slope–intercept form of the equation works well when you are given the slope and y-intercept or when you read them off a graph. But what happens when you have another point instead of the y-intercept?

We are going to use the slope formula to derive another form of an equation of the line. Suppose we have a line that has slope m and that contains some specific point (x1,y1) and some other point, which we will just call (x,y). We can write the slope of this line and then change it to a different form.

Illustrates the step-by-step derivation of the point-slope form of a linear equation from the slope formula.
m=y−y1x−x1
Multiply both sides of the equation by x−x1. m(x−x1)=(y−y1x−x1)(x−x1)
Simplify. m(x−x1)=y−y1
Rewrite the equation with the y terms on the left. y−y1=m(x−x1)

This format is called the point–slope form of an equation of a line.

Point–slope Form of an Equation of a Line

The point–slope form of an equation of a line with slope m and containing the point (x1,y1) is

This image shows and equation formatted to find the point-slope equation of the line.

We can use the point–slope form of an equation to find an equation of a line when we are given the slope and one point. Then we will rewrite the equation in slope–intercept form. Most applications of linear equations use the the slope–intercept form.

Find an Equation of a Line Given the Slope and a Point

Find an equation of a line with slope m=25 that contains the point (10,3). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. In the first row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Identify the slope.” The text in the second cell reads: “The slope is given.” The third cell contains the slope of a line, defined as m equals 2 fifths. In the second row, the first cell reads: “Step 2. Identify the point.” The second cell reads: “The point is given.” The third cell contains the ordered pair (10, 3). A superscript x subscript 1 is written over 10, and a superscript y subscript 1 is written over 3. Step 3 substitutes values into point-slope form: y minus y sub one equals m times x minus x sub one. The equation becomes y minus 3 equals 2/5 times x minus 10. Simplify to get y minus 3 equals 2/5 x minus 4. In the fourth row, the first cell reads: “Write the equation in slope-intercept form.” The second cell is blank. In the third cell is y equals 2 fifths x minus 1.

Find an equation of a line with slope m=56 and containing the point (6,3).

Solution

y=56x−2

Find an equation of a line with slope m=23 and containing the point (9,2).

Solution

y=23x−4

Find an equation of a line given the slope and a point.

  1. Identify the slope.
  2. Identify the point.
  3. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
  4. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Find an equation of a line with slope m=−13 that contains the point (6,−4). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

Since we are given a point and the slope of the line, we can substitute the needed values into the point–slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).

Identify the slope. The equation m = -1/3, displaying a blue 'm' and an equal sign, followed by a negative sign and the fraction 1/3 in red, all on a white background.
Identify the point. A mathematical expression showing a point (x1, y1) with values (6, -4) stacked vertically within parentheses. It indicates that x1 = 6 and y1 = -4.
Substitute the values into y−y1=m(x−x1). The point-slope form of a linear equation, y - y_1 = m(x - x_1), where (x_1, y_1) is a point on the line and m is the slope, displayed with color-coded variables.
A mathematical equation in point-slope form: y - (-4) = -1/3(x - 6). The numbers -4 and -6 are highlighted in red, and the fraction 1/3 is highlighted in blue.
Simplify. The image displays the linear equation y + 4 = -1/3x + 2, written in an algebraic format. It shows variables 'y' and 'x' with coefficients and constants.
Write in slope–intercept form. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 'y = -1/3x - 2'. The equation represents a linear function in slope-intercept form, with a negative slope of -1/3 and a y-intercept of -2.

Find an equation of a line with slope m=−25 and containing the point (10,−5).

Solution

y=−25x−1

Find an equation of a line with slope m=−34, and containing the point (4,−7).

Solution

y=−34x−4

Find an equation of a horizontal line that contains the point (−1,2). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

Every horizontal line has slope 0. We can substitute the slope and points into the point–slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).

Identify the slope. A white background shows the equation 'm = 0'. The 'm' is light blue and the '0' is reddish-orange, both slightly out of focus.
Identify the point. A mathematical notation displaying a coordinate point (x1, y1) directly above the specific coordinates (-1, 2), indicating that x1 = -1 and y1 = 2.
Substitute the values into y−y1=m(x−x1). The point-slope form of a linear equation, y - y_1 = m(x - x_1), is displayed with y_1 and x_1 highlighted in red, and the slope 'm' highlighted in blue.
The equation y - 2 = 0(x - (-1)) represents a horizontal line at y=2 with a slope of 0, passing through the point (-1, 2).
Simplify. The equation y - 2 = 0(x + 1) is displayed on a white background. This simplifies to y=2, representing a horizontal line.
The image displays a mathematical equation written in black text on a white background, which reads 'y - 2 = 0'.
The image displays the simple algebraic equation 'y=2' in black text against a plain white background, clearly indicating a constant value for the variable y.
Write in slope–intercept form. It is in y-form, but could be written y=0x+2.

Did we end up with the form of a horizontal line, y=a?

Find an equation of a horizontal line containing the point (−3,8).

Solution

y=8

Find an equation of a horizontal line containing the point (−1,4).

Solution

y=4

Find an Equation of the Line Given Two Points

When real-world data is collected, a linear model can be created from two data points. In the next example we’ll see how to find an equation of a line when just two points are given.

We have two options so far for finding an equation of a line: slope–intercept or point–slope. Since we will know two points, it will make more sense to use the point–slope form.

But then we need the slope. Can we find the slope with just two points? Yes. Then, once we have the slope, we can use it and one of the given points to find the equation.

Find an Equation of a Line Given Two Points

Find an equation of a line that contains the points (5,4) and (3,6). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

Table showing steps to find the slope of a line. Step 1: Find the slope using the formula y two minus y one, divided by x two minus x one. Calculation shows the slope, m, as negative one. In the second row, the first cell reads: “Step 2. Choose one point.” The second cell reads: “Choose either point.” The third cell contains the ordered pair (5, 4) with a superscript x subscript 1 over 5 and a superscript y subscript 1 over 4. In the third row, the first cell reads: “Step 3. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y minus y subscript 1 equals m times x minus x subscript 1 in parentheses.” The top line of the second cell is left blank. The third cell contains the point-slope form, y minus y subscript 1 equals m times x minus x subscript 1 in parentheses. Below this is the point-slope form with 5 substituted for x subscript 1, 4 substituted for y subscript 1, and negative 1 substituted for m: y minus 4 equals negative 1 times x minus 5 in parentheses. Below this is y minus 4 equals negative x plus 5. In the fourth row, the first cell reads: “Step 4. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.” The second cell is blank. The third cell contains y equals negative x plus 9.


Use the point (3,6) and see that you get the same equation.

Find an equation of a line containing the points (3,1) and (5,6).

Solution

y=52x−132

Find an equation of a line containing the points (1,4) and (6,2).

Solution

y=−25x+225

Find an equation of a line given two points.

  1. Find the slope using the given points.
  2. Choose one point.
  3. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
  4. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Find an equation of a line that contains the points (−3,−1) and (2,−2). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

Since we have two points, we will find an equation of the line using the point–slope form. The first step will be to find the slope.

Find the slope of the line through (−3, −1) and (2, −2). The image displays the mathematical formula for calculating the slope (m) of a line, which is the change in y (rise) divided by the change in x (run): m = (y₂ - y₁)/(x₂ - x₁).
A mathematical formula for calculating the slope 'm' is shown, with the expression m = (-2 - (-1)) / (2 - (-3)).
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing 'm = -1/5'. The letter 'm' is followed by an equals sign, then a fraction where -1 is the numerator and 5 is the denominator.
A mathematical equation displays 'm = -1/5' in a clean, white background. The variable 'm' is shown in light blue, the equals sign and negative sign are black, and the fraction '1/5' is in red.
Choose either point. A coordinate pair (2, -2) with 'x1' labeled above 2 and 'y1' labeled above -2, enclosed in parentheses, against a white background.
Substitute the values into y−y1=m(x−x1). The image displays the point-slope form of a linear equation, y - y1 = m(x - x1), commonly used in algebra and geometry to represent a line given a point (x1, y1) and a slope 'm'.
The point-slope form equation y - (-2) = -1/5 (x - 2) is displayed, with the point (2, -2) indicated in red and the slope -1/5 shown in blue.
The image shows the equation y + 2 = -1/5 x + 2/5.
Write in slope–intercept form. A mathematical equation on a white background, reading y = -1/5x - 8/5.

Find an equation of a line containing the points (−2,−4) and (1,−3).

Solution

y=13x−103

Find an equation of a line containing the points (−4,−3) and (1,−5).

Solution

y=−25x−235

Find an equation of a line that contains the points (−2,4) and (−2,−3). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

Again, the first step will be to find the slope.

Demonstration of finding the slope of a line between two points, illustrating a case where the slope is undefined.
Find the slope of the line through (−2,4)and(−2,−3). m=y2−y1x2−x1
m=−3−4−2−(−2)
m=−70
The slope is undefined.

This tells us it is a vertical line. Both of our points have an x-coordinate of −2. So our equation of the line is x=−2. Since there is no y, we cannot write it in slope–intercept form.

You may want to sketch a graph using the two given points. Does the graph agree with our conclusion that this is a vertical line?

Find an equation of a line containing the points (5,1) and (5,−4).

Solution

x=5

Find an equaion of a line containing the points (−4,4) and (−4,3).

Solution

x=−4

We have seen that we can use either the slope–intercept form or the point–slope form to find an equation of a line. Which form we use will depend on the information we are given. This is summarized in Table 8.

To Write an Equation of a Line
If given: Use: Form:
Slope and y-intercept slope–intercept y=mx+b
Slope and a point point–slope y−y1=m(x−x1)
Two points point–slope y−y1=m(x−x1)

Find an Equation of a Line Parallel to a Given Line

Suppose we need to find an equation of a line that passes through a specific point and is parallel to a given line. We can use the fact that parallel lines have the same slope. So we will have a point and the slope—just what we need to use the point–slope equation.

First let’s look at this graphically.

The graph shows the graph of y=2x−3. We want to graph a line parallel to this line and passing through the point (−2,1).

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line whose equation is y equals 2x minus 3 intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 3) and intercepts the x-axis at (3 halves, 0). Elsewhere on the graph, the point (negative 2, 1) is plotted.

We know that parallel lines have the same slope. So the second line will have the same slope asy=2x−3. That slope ism∥=2. We’ll use the notation m∥ to represent the slope of a line parallel to a line with slope m. (Notice that the subscript ∥ looks like two parallel lines.)

The second line will pass through (−2,1) and have m=2. To graph the line, we start at(−2,1) and count out the rise and run. With m=2 (or m=21), we count out the rise 2 and the run 1. We draw the line.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line whose equation is y equals 2x minus 3 intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 3) and intercepts the x-axis at (3 halves, 0). The points (negative 2, 1) and (negative 1, 3) are plotted. A second line, parallel to the first, intercepts the x-axis at (negative 5 halves, 0), passes through the points (negative 2, 1) and (negative 1, 3), and intercepts the y-axis at (0, 5).

Do the lines appear parallel? Does the second line pass through (−2,1)?

Now, let’s see how to do this algebraically.

We can use either the slope–intercept form or the point–slope form to find an equation of a line. Here we know one point and can find the slope. So we will use the point–slope form.

How to Find an Equation of a Line Parallel to a Given Line

Find an equation of a line parallel to y=2x−3 that contains the point (−2,1). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. In the first row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Find the slope of the given line.” The second cell reads: “The line is in slope-intercept form. y equals 2x minus 3.” The third cell contains the slope of a line, defined as m equals 2. In the second row, the first cell reads: “Step 2. Find the slope of the parallel line.” The second cell reads “Parallel lines have the same slope.” The third cell contains the slope of the parallel line, defined as m parallel equals 2. In the third row, the first cell reads “Step 3. Identify the point.” The second cell reads “The given point is (negative 2, 1).” The third cell contains the ordered pair (negative 2, 1) with a superscript x subscript 1 above negative 2 and a superscript y subscript 1 above 1. In the fourth row, the first cell reads “Step 4. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y minus y subscript 1 equals m times x minus x subscript 1 in parentheses.” The top of the second cell is blank. The third cell contains the point-slope form, y minus y subscript 1 equals m times x minus x subscript 1 in parentheses. Below this is the form with negative 2 substituted for x subscript 1, 1 substituted for y subscript 1, and 2 substituted for m: y minus 1 equals 2 times x minus negative 2 in parentheses. One line down, the text in the second cell says “Simplify.” The right column contains y minus 1 equals 2 times x plus 2. Below this is y minus 1 equals 2x plus 4. In the fifth row, the first cell says “Step 5. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.” The second cell is blank. The third cell contains y equals 2x plus 5.


Does this equation make sense? What is the y-intercept of the line? What is the slope?

Find an equation of a line parallel to the line y=3x+1 that contains the point (4,2). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

y=3x−10

Find an equation of a line parallel to the line y=12x−3 that contains the point (6,4).

Solution

y=12x+1

Find an equation of a line parallel to a given line.

  1. Find the slope of the given line.
  2. Find the slope of the parallel line.
  3. Identify the point.
  4. Substitute the values into the point–slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
  5. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Find an Equation of a Line Perpendicular to a Given Line

Now, let’s consider perpendicular lines. Suppose we need to find a line passing through a specific point and which is perpendicular to a given line. We can use the fact that perpendicular lines have slopes that are negative reciprocals. We will again use the point–slope equation, like we did with parallel lines.

The graph shows the graph of y=2x−3. Now, we want to graph a line perpendicular to this line and passing through (−2,1).

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line whose equation is y equals 2x minus 3 intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 3) and intercepts the x-axis at (3 halves, 0). Elsewhere on the graph, the point (negative 2, 1) is plotted.

We know that perpendicular lines have slopes that are negative reciprocals. We’ll use the notation m⊥ to represent the slope of a line perpendicular to a line with slope m. (Notice that the subscript ⊥ looks like the right angles made by two perpendicular lines.)

y=2x−3perpendicular line m=2m⊥=−12

We now know the perpendicular line will pass through (−2,1) with m⊥=−12.

To graph the line, we will start at (−2,1) and count out the rise −1 and the run 2. Then we draw the line.

Graph of two lines in x y-plane. The first line, y equals 2x minus 3, intersects the y-axis at negative 3 and the x-axis at one and a half, zero. A second line passes through negative 2, 1, forming a right triangle with the first line.

Do the lines appear perpendicular? Does the second line pass through (−2,1)?

Now, let’s see how to do this algebraically. We can use either the slope–intercept form or the point–slope form to find an equation of a line. In this example we know one point, and can find the slope, so we will use the point–slope form.

How to Find an Equation of a Line Perpendicular to a Given Line

Find an equation of a line perpendicular to y=2x−3 that contains the point (−2,1). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. In the first row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Find the slope of the given line.” The second cell reads: “The line is in slope-intercept form. y equals 2x minus 3.” The third cell contains the slope of a line, defined as m equals 2. In the second row, the first cell reads: “Step 2. Find the slope of the perpendicular line.” The second cell reads “The slopes of perpendicular lines are negative reciprocals.” The third cell contains the slope of the perpendicular line, defined as m perpendicular equals negative 1 half. In the third row, the first cell reads “Step 3. Identify the point.” The second cell reads “The given point is (negative 2, 1).” The third cell contains the ordered pair (negative 2, 1) with a superscript x subscript 1 above negative 2 and a superscript y subscript 1 above 1. In the fourth row, the first cell reads “Step 4. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y minus y subscript 1 equals m times x minus x subscript 1 in parentheses.” The top of the second cell is blank. The third cell contains the point-slope form, y minus y subscript 1 equals m times x minus x subscript 1 in parentheses. Below this is the form with negative 2 substituted for x subscript 1, 1 substituted for y subscript 1, and negative 1 half substituted for m: y minus 1 equals negative 1 half times x minus negative 2 in parentheses. One line down, the text in the second cell says “Simplify.” The right column contains y minus 1 equals negative 1 half times x plus 2. Below this is y minus 1 equals negative 1 half x plus minus 1. In the fifth row, the first cell says “Step 5. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.” The second cell is blank. The third cell contains y equals negative 1 half x.

Find an equation of a line perpendicular to the line y=3x+1 that contains the point (4,2). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

y=−13x+103

Find an equation of a line perpendicular to the line y=12x−3 that contains the point (6,4).

Solution

y=−2x+16

Find an equation of a line perpendicular to a given line.

  1. Find the slope of the given line.
  2. Find the slope of the perpendicular line.
  3. Identify the point.
  4. Substitute the values into the point–slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
  5. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Find an equation of a line perpendicular to x=5 that contains the point (3,−2). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

Again, since we know one point, the point–slope option seems more promising than the slope–intercept option. We need the slope to use this form, and we know the new line will be perpendicular to x=5. This line is vertical, so its perpendicular will be horizontal. This tells us the m⊥=0.

Step-by-step derivation of the equation of a perpendicular line given a point and its slope.
Identify the point. (3,−2)
Identify the slope of the perpendicular line. m⊥=0
Substitute the values into y−y1=m(x−x1). y−y1=m(x−x1) y−(−2)=0(x−3) y+2=0
Simplify. y=−2

Sketch the graph of both lines. Do they appear to be perpendicular?

Find an equation of a line that is perpendicular to the line x=4 that contains the point (4,−5). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

y=−5

Find an equation of a line that is perpendicular to the line x=2 that contains the point (2,−1). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

y=−1

In Example 11, we used the point–slope form to find the equation. We could have looked at this in a different way.

We want to find a line that is perpendicular to x=5 that contains the point (3,−2). The graph shows us the linex=5 and the point (3,−2).

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line whose equation is x equals 5 intercepts the x-axis at (5, 0) and runs parallel to the y-axis. Elsewhere on the graph, the point (3, negative 2) is plotted.

We know every line perpendicular to a vetical line is horizontal, so we will sketch the horizontal line through (3,−2).

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line whose equation is x equals 5 intercepts the x-axis at (5, 0) and runs parallel to the y-axis. Elsewhere on the graph, the points (negative 2, negative 2), (0, negative 2), (3, negative 2), and (6, negative 2) are plotted. A line perpendicular to the previous line passes through those points and runs parallel to the x-axis.

Do the lines appear perpendicular?

If we look at a few points on this horizontal line, we notice they all have y-coordinates of −2. So, the equation of the line perpendicular to the vertical line x=5 is y=−2.

Find an equation of a line that is perpendicular to y=−4 that contains the point (−4,2). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

Solution

The line y=−4 is a horizontal line. Any line perpendicular to it must be vertical, in the form x=a. Since the perpendicular line is vertical and passes through (−4,2), every point on it has an x-coordinate of −4. The equation of the perpendicular line is x=−4. You may want to sketch the lines. Do they appear perpendicular?

Find an equation of a line that is perpendicular to the line y=1 that contains the point (−5,1). Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Solution

x=−5

Find an equation of a line that is perpendicular to the line y=−5 that contains the point (−4,−5).

Solution

x=−4

Access this online resource for additional instruction and practice with finding the equation of a line.

  • Use the Point-Slope Form of an Equation of a Line

Key Concepts

  • To Find an Equation of a Line Given the Slope and a Point
    1. Identify the slope.
    2. Identify the point.
    3. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
    4. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.



  • To Find an Equation of a Line Given Two Points
    1. Find the slope using the given points.
    2. Choose one point.
    3. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
    4. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.



  • To Write and Equation of a Line
    • If given slope and y-intercept, use slope–intercept form y=mx+b.
    • If given slope and a point, use point–slope form y−y1=m(x−x1).
    • If given two points, use point–slope form y−y1=m(x−x1).



  • To Find an Equation of a Line Parallel to a Given Line
    1. Find the slope of the given line.
    2. Find the slope of the parallel line.
    3. Identify the point.
    4. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
    5. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.



  • To Find an Equation of a Line Perpendicular to a Given Line
    1. Find the slope of the given line.
    2. Find the slope of the perpendicular line.
    3. Identify the point.
    4. Substitute the values into the point-slope form, y−y1=m(x−x1).
    5. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.

Practice Makes Perfect

Find an Equation of the Line Given the Slope and y-Intercept

In the following exercises, find the equation of a line with given slope and y-intercept. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

slope 3 and y-intercept (0,5)

slope 4 and y-intercept (0,1)

Solution

y=4x+1

slope 6 and y-intercept (0,−4)

slope 8 and y-intercept (0,−6)

Solution

y=8x−6

slope −1 and y-intercept (0,3)

slope −1 and y-intercept (0,7)

Solution

y=−x+7

slope −2 and y-intercept (0,−3)

slope −3 and y-intercept (0,−1)

Solution

y=−3x−1

slope 35 and y-intercept (0,−1)

slope 15 and y-intercept (0,−5)

Solution

y=15x−5

slope −34 and y-intercept (0,−2)

slope −23 and y-intercept (0,−3)

Solution

y=−23x−3

slope 0 and y-intercept (0,−1)

slope 0 and y-intercept (0,2)

Solution

y=2

slope −3 and y-intercept (0,0)

slope −4 and y-intercept (0,0)

Solution

y=−4x

In the following exercises, find the equation of the line shown in each graph. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (1, negative 2) is plotted. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 5), passes through the point (1, negative 2), and intercepts the x-axis at (5 thirds, 0).
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (2, 0) is plotted. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, 4) and intercepts the x-axis at (2, 0).
Solution

y=−2x+4

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (6, 0) is plotted. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 3) and intercepts the x-axis at (6, 0).
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (4, 5) is plotted. A line intercepts the x-axis at (negative 8 thirds, 0), intercepts the y-axis at (0, 2), and passes through the point (4, 5).
Solution

y=34x+2

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (3, negative 1) is plotted. A line intercepts the y-axis at (0, 2), intercepts the x-axis at (9 fourths, 0), and passes through the point (3, negative 1).
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (2, negative 4) is plotted. A line intercepts the x-axis at (negative 2 thirds, 0), intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 1), and passes through the point (2, negative 4).
Solution

y=−32x−1

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (2, negative 2) is plotted. A line running parallel to the x-axis intercepts the y-axis at (0, negative 2) and passes through the point (2, negative 2).
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x and y-axes each run from negative 9 to 9. The point (negative 3, 6) is plotted. A line running parallel to the x-axis passes through (negative 3, 6) and intercepts the y-axis at (0, 6).
Solution

y=6

Find an Equation of the Line Given the Slope and a Point

In the following exercises, find the equation of a line with given slope and containing the given point. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

m=58, point (8,3)

m=38, point (8,2)

Solution

y=38x−1

m=16, point (6,1)

m=56, point (6,7)

Solution

y=56x+2

m=−34, point (8,−5)

m=−35, point (10,−5)

Solution

y=−35x+1

m=−14, point (−12,−6)

m=−13, point (−9,−8)

Solution

y=−13x−11

Horizontal line containing (−2,5)

Horizontal line containing (−1,4)

Solution

y=4

Horizontal line containing (−2,−3)

Horizontal line containing (−1,−7)

Solution

y=−7

m=−32, point (−4,−3)

m=−52, point (−8,−2)

Solution

y=−52x−22

m=−7, point (−1,−3)

m=−4, point (−2,−3)

Solution

y=−4x−11

Horizontal line containing (2,−3)

Horizontal line containing (4,−8)

Solution

y=−8

Find an Equation of the Line Given Two Points

In the following exercises, find the equation of a line containing the given points. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

(2,6) and (5,3)

(3,1) and (2,5)

Solution

y=−4x+13

(4,3) and (8,1)

(2,7) and (3,8)

Solution

y=x+5

(−3,−4) and (5−2)

(−5,−3) and (4,−6)

Solution

y=−13x−143

(−1,3) and (−6,−7)

(−2,8) and (−4,−6)

Solution

y=7x+22

(6,−4) and (−2,5)

(3,−2) and (−4,4)

Solution

y=−67x+47

(0,4) and (2,−3)

(0,−2) and (−5,−3)

Solution

y=15x−2

(7,2) and (7,−2)

(4,2) and (4,−3)

Solution

x=4

(−7,−1) and (−7,−4)

(−2,1) and (−2,−4)

Solution

x=−2

(6,1) and (0,1)

(6,2) and (−3,2)

Solution

y=2

(3,−4) and (5,−4)

(−6,−3) and (−1,−3)

Solution

y=−3

(4,3) and (8,0)

(0,0) and (1,4)

Solution

y=4x

(−2,−3) and (−5,−6)

(−3,0) and (−7,−2)

Solution

y=12x+32

(8,−1) and (8,−5)

(3,5) and (−7,5)

Solution

y=5

Find an Equation of a Line Parallel to a Given Line

In the following exercises, find an equation of a line parallel to the given line and contains the given point. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

line y=4x+2, point (1,2)

line y=3x+4, point (2,5)

Solution

y=3x−1

line y=−2x−3, point (−1,3)

line y=−3x−1, point (2,−3)

Solution

y=−3x+3

line 3x−y=4, point (3,1)

line 2x−y=6, point (3,0)

Solution

y=2x−6

line 4x+3y=6, point (0,−3)

line 2x+3y=6, point (0,5)

Solution

y=−23x+5

line x=−3, point (−2,−1)

line x=−4, point (−3,−5)

Solution

x=−3

line x−2=0, point (1,−2)

line x−6=0, point (4,−3)

Solution

x=4

line y=5, point (2,−2)

line y=1, point (3,−4)

Solution

y=−4

line y+2=0, point (3,−3)

line y+7=0, point (1,−1)

Solution

y=−1

Find an Equation of a Line Perpendicular to a Given Line

In the following exercises, find an equation of a line perpendicular to the given line and contains the given point. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

line y=−2x+3, point (2,2)

line y=−x+5, point (3,3)

Solution

y=x

line y=34x−2, point (−3,4)

line y=23x−4, point (2,−4)

Solution

y=−32x−1

line 2x−3y=8, point (4,−1)

line 4x−3y=5, point (−3,2)

Solution

y=−34x−14

line 2x+5y=6, point (0,0)

line 4x+5y=−3, point (0,0)

Solution

y=54x

line y−3=0, point (−2,−4)

line y−6=0, point (−5,−3)

Solution

x=−5

line y-axis, point (3,4)

line y-axis, point (2,1)

Solution

y=1

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, find the equation of each line. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

Containing the points (4,3) and (8,1)

Containing the points (2,7) and (3,8)

Solution

y=x+5

m=16, containing point (6,1)

m=56, containing point (6,7)

Solution

y=56x+2

Parallel to the line 4x+3y=6, containing point (0,−3)

Parallel to the line 2x+3y=6, containing point (0,5)

Solution

y=−23x+5

m=−34, containing point (8,−5)

m=−35, containing point (10,−5)

Solution

y=−35x+1

Perpendicular to the line y−1=0, point (−2,6)

Perpendicular to the line y-axis, point (−6,2)

Solution

y=2

Containing the points (4,3) and (8,1)

Containing the points (−2,0) and (−3,−2)

Solution

y=2x+4

Parallel to the line x=−3, containing point (−2,−1)

Parallel to the line x=−4, containing point (−3,−5)

Solution

x=−3

Containing the points (−3,−4) and (2,−5)

Containing the points (−5,−3) and (4,−6)

Solution

y=−13x−143

Perpendicular to the line x−2y=5, containing point (−2,2)

Perpendicular to the line 4x+3y=1, containing point (0,0)

Solution

y=34x

Everyday Math

Cholesterol. The age, x, and LDL cholesterol level, y, of two men are given by the points (18,68) and (27,122). Find a linear equation that models the relationship between age and LDL cholesterol level.

Fuel consumption. The city mpg, x, and highway mpg, y, of two cars are given by the points (29,40) and(19,28). Find a linear equation that models the relationship between city mpg and highway mpg.

Solution

y=1.2x+5.2

Writing Exercises

Why are all horizontal lines parallel?

Explain in your own words why the slopes of two perpendicular lines must have opposite signs.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

Table assessing student understanding of finding linear equations. Columns: "I can...", "confidently", "with some help", "no-I don’t get it!". Rows describe skills, including finding equations from slope/intercept, slope/point, two points, parallel lines, and perpendicular lines.

ⓑ On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

point–slope form
The point–slope form of an equation of a line with slope m and containing the point (x1,y1) is y−y1=m(x−x1).

Graphs of Linear Inequalities

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Verify solutions to an inequality in two variables
  • Recognize the relation between the solutions of an inequality and its graph
  • Graph linear inequalities

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Solve: 4x+3>23.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve Linear Inequalities.

Solution

x>5

Translate from algebra to English: x<5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

x is less than 5.

Evaluate 3x−2y when x=1, y=−2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 10 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

7

Verify Solutions to an Inequality in Two Variables

We have learned how to solve inequalities in one variable. Now, we will look at inequalities in two variables. Inequalities in two variables have many applications. If you ran a business, for example, you would want your revenue to be greater than your costs—so that your business would make a profit.

Linear Inequality

A linear inequality is an inequality that can be written in one of the following forms:

Ax+By>CAx+By≥CAx+By<CAx+By≤C

where AandB are not both zero.

Do you remember that an inequality with one variable had many solutions? The solution to the inequality x>3 is any number greater than 3. We showed this on the number line by shading in the number line to the right of 3, and putting an open parenthesis at 3. See Figure 1.

The figure shows a number line extending from negative 5 to 5. A parenthesis is shown at positive 3 and an arrow extends form positive 3 to positive infinity.

Similarly, inequalities in two variables have many solutions. Any ordered pair (x,y) that makes the inequality true when we substitute in the values is a solution of the inequality.

Solution of a Linear Inequality

An ordered pair (x,y) is a solution of a linear inequality if the inequality is true when we substitute the values of x and y.

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y>x+4:

ⓐ (0,0) ⓑ (1,6) ⓒ (2,6) ⓓ (−5,−15) ⓔ (−8,12)

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    (0,0) The image shows the mathematical inequality y > x + 4.
    Substitute 0 for x and 0 for y. A mathematical expression 0 > 0 + 4 with a question mark above the greater than sign, asking if 0 is greater than 4.
    Simplify. A mathematical expression reads '0 is not greater than or equal to 4', indicating that zero is strictly less than four.
    So, (0,0) is not a solution to y>x+4.
  2. ⓑ
    (1,6) A mathematical inequality is shown, displaying 'y > x + 4' in black text against a plain white background. The inequality indicates that the variable 'y' is greater than the sum of 'x' and 4.
    Substitute 1 for x and 6 for y. A math problem asking if 6 is greater than 1 + 4. The question mark above the greater than symbol indicates uncertainty, prompting evaluation of the inequality.
    Simplify. The simple mathematical expression '6 > 5' is displayed in gray text on a white background, indicating that six is greater than five.
    So, (1,6) is a solution to y>x+4.
  3. ⓒ
    (2,6) The image shows a mathematical inequality: y > x + 4.
    The image shows the text 'Substitute 2 for x and 6 for y.' The number 2 is highlighted in red, and the number 6 is highlighted in light blue. A mathematical equation displays '6 >? 2 + 4', featuring a blue '6' and a red '2'. The question mark above the '>' symbol suggests determining if 6 is strictly greater than the sum of 2 and 4.
    Simplify. A mathematical expression '6≯6' is displayed against a white background, which means '6 is not greater than 6'.
    So, (2,6) is not a solution to y>x+4.
  4. ⓓ
    (−5,−15) The mathematical inequality y > x + 4 is displayed on a white background.
    The image shows the text 'Substitute -5 for x and -15 for y.' The numbers -5 and -15 are highlighted in red and blue respectively. The image shows a mathematical inequality: -15 > -5 + 4. A question mark above the greater-than symbol implies a query on its truth. The right side simplifies to -1, making the full inequality -15 > -1, which is false.
    Simplify. A mathematical inequality expression showing '-15 is not greater than or equal to -1'. The symbol ≱ signifies 'not greater than or equal to'.
    So, (−5,−15) is not a solution to y>x+4.
  5. ⓔ
    (−8,12) A mathematical inequality is displayed on a white background, showing 'y > x + 4' in black text.
    The image shows the text 'Substitute -8 for x and 12 for y.', with -8 highlighted in red and 12 highlighted in light blue. A mathematical inequality expression showing 12 followed by a greater than symbol, with a question mark above it, and then -8 + 4. This asks if 12 is greater than -8 + 4.
    Simplify. A mathematical expression displays '12 > -4', indicating that twelve is greater than negative four.
    So, (−8,12) is a solution to y>x+4.

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y>x−3:

ⓐ (0,0) ⓑ (4,9) ⓒ (−2,1) ⓓ (−5,−3) ⓔ (5,1)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ yes ⓒ yes ⓓ yes ⓔ no

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y<x+1:

ⓐ (0,0) ⓑ (8,6) ⓒ (−2,−1) ⓓ (3,4) ⓔ (−1,−4)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ yes ⓒ no ⓓ no ⓔ yes

Recognize the Relation Between the Solutions of an Inequality and its Graph

Now, we will look at how the solutions of an inequality relate to its graph.

Let’s think about the number line in Figure 1 again. The point x=3 separated that number line into two parts. On one side of 3 are all the numbers less than 3. On the other side of 3 all the numbers are greater than 3. See Figure 2.

The figure shows a number line extending from negative 5 to 5. A parenthesis is shown at positive 3 and an arrow extends form positive 3 to positive infinity. An arrow above the number line extends from 3 and points to the left. It is labeled “numbers less than 3.” An arrow above the number line extends from 3 and points to the right. It is labeled “numbers greater than 3.”

The solution to x>3 is the shaded part of the number line to the right of x=3.

Similarly, the line y=x+4 separates the plane into two regions. On one side of the line are points with y<x+4. On the other side of the line are the points with y>x+4. We call the line y=x+4 a boundary line.

Boundary Line

The line with equation Ax+By=C is the boundary line that separates the region where Ax+By>C from the region where Ax+By<C.

For an inequality in one variable, the endpoint is shown with a parenthesis or a bracket depending on whether or not a is included in the solution:

The figure shows two number lines. The number line on the left is labeled x is less than a. The number line shows a parenthesis at a and an arrow that points to the left. The number line on the right is labeled x is less than or equal to a. The number line shows a bracket at a and an arrow that points to the left.

Similarly, for an inequality in two variables, the boundary line is shown with a solid or dashed line to indicate whether or not it the line is included in the solution. This is summarized in Table 6

Ax+By<C Ax+By≤C
Ax+By>C Ax+By≥C
Boundary line is not included in solution. Boundary line is included in solution.
Boundary line is dashed. Boundary line is solid.

Now, let’s take a look at what we found in Example 1. We’ll start by graphing the line y=x+4, and then we’ll plot the five points we tested. See Figure 3.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals x plus 4 is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the upper right. The following points are plotted and labeled (negative 8, 12), (1, 6), (2, 6), (0, 0), and (negative 5, negative 15).

In Example 1 we found that some of the points were solutions to the inequality y>x+4 and some were not.

Which of the points we plotted are solutions to the inequality y>x+4? The points (1,6) and (−8,12) are solutions to the inequality y>x+4. Notice that they are both on the same side of the boundary line y=x+4.

The two points (0,0) and (−5,−15) are on the other side of the boundary line y=x+4, and they are not solutions to the inequality y>x+4. For those two points, y<x+4.

What about the point (2,6)? Because 6=2+4, the point is a solution to the equation y=x+4. So the point (2,6) is on the boundary line.

Let’s take another point on the left side of the boundary line and test whether or not it is a solution to the inequality y>x+4. The point (0,10) clearly looks to be to the left of the boundary line, doesn’t it? Is it a solution to the inequality?

y>x+410>?0+410>4So,(0,10)is a solution toy>x+4.

Any point you choose on the left side of the boundary line is a solution to the inequality y>x+4. All points on the left are solutions.

Similarly, all points on the right side of the boundary line, the side with (0,0) and (−5,−15), are not solutions to y>x+4. See Figure 4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals x plus 4 is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the upper right. The following points are plotted and labeled (negative 8, 12), (1, 6), (2, 6), (0, 0), and (negative 5, negative 15). To the upper left of the line is the inequality y is greater than x plus 4. To the right of the line is the inequality y is less than x plus 4.

The graph of the inequality y>x+4 is shown in Figure 5 below. The line y=x+4 divides the plane into two regions. The shaded side shows the solutions to the inequality y>x+4.

The points on the boundary line, those where y=x+4, are not solutions to the inequality y>x+4, so the line itself is not part of the solution. We show that by making the line dashed, not solid.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals x plus 4 is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the bottom left toward the upper right. The coordinate plane to the upper left of the line is shaded.
The graph of the inequality y>x+4.

The boundary line shown is y=2x−1. Write the inequality shown by the graph.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals 2 x minus 1 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the bottom left toward the upper right. The coordinate plane to the left of the line is shaded
Solution

Solution

The line y=2x−1 is the boundary line. On one side of the line are the points with y>2x−1 and on the other side of the line are the points with y<2x−1.

Let’s test the point (0,0) and see which inequality describes its side of the boundary line.

At (0,0), which inequality is true:

y>2x−1ory<2x−1?y>2x−1y<2x−10>?2·0−10<?2·0−10>−1True0<−1False

Since, y>2x−1 is true, the side of the line with (0,0), is the solution. The shaded region shows the solution of the inequality y>2x−1.

Since the boundary line is graphed with a solid line, the inequality includes the equal sign.

The graph shows the inequality y≥2x−1.

We could use any point as a test point, provided it is not on the line. Why did we choose (0,0)? Because it’s the easiest to evaluate. You may want to pick a point on the other side of the boundary line and check that y<2x−1.

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=−2x+3.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 2 x plus 3 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The coordinate plane to the right of the line is shaded.
Solution

y≥−2x+3

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=12x−4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals one half x minus 4 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The coordinate plane to the bottom right of the line is shaded.
Solution

y≤12x−4

The boundary line shown is 2x+3y=6. Write the inequality shown by the graph.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 2 x plus 3 y equals 6 is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The coordinate plane to the bottom of the line is shaded.
Solution

Solution

The line 2x+3y=6 is the boundary line. On one side of the line are the points with 2x+3y>6 and on the other side of the line are the points with 2x+3y<6.

Let’s test the point (0,0) and see which inequality describes its side of the boundary line.

At (0,0), which inequality is true:

2x+3y>6or2x+3y<6?2x+3y>62x+3y<62(0)+3(0)>?62(0)+3(0)<?60>6False0<6True

So the side with (0,0) is the side where 2x+3y<6.

(You may want to pick a point on the other side of the boundary line and check that 2x+3y>6.)

Since the boundary line is graphed as a dashed line, the inequality does not include an equal sign.

The graph shows the solution to the inequality 2x+3y<6.

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line x−4y=8.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x minus 4 y equals 8 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The coordinate plane to the top of the line is shaded.
Solution

x−4y≤8

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line 3x−y=6.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 3 x minus y equals 6 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The coordinate plane to the right of the line is shaded.
Solution

3x−y≥6

Graph Linear Inequalities

Now, we’re ready to put all this together to graph linear inequalities.

How to Graph Linear Inequalities

Graph the linear inequality y≥34x−2.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and three rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads: “Step 1. Identify and graph the boundary line. If the inequality is less than or equal to or greater than or equal to, the boundary line is solid. If the inequality is less than or greater than, the boundary line is dashed. The text in the second cell reads: “Replace the inequality sign with an equal sign to find the boundary line. Graph the boundary line y equals three-fourths x minus 2. The inequality sign is greater than or equal to, so we draw a solid line. The third cell contains the graph of the line three-fourths x minus 2 on a coordinate plane. In the second row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 2. Test a point that is not on the boundary line. Is it a solution of the inequality? In the second cell, the instructions say: “We’ll test (0, 0). Is it a solution of the inequality?” The third cell asks: At (0, 0), is y greater than or equal to three-fourths x minus 2? Below that is the inequality 0 is greater than or equal to three-fourths 0 minus 2, with a question mark above the inequality symbol. Below that is the inequality 0 is greater than or equal to negative 2. Below that is: “So (0, 0) is a solution. In the third row of the table, the first cell says: “Step 3. Shade in one side of the boundary line. If the test point is a solution, shade in the side that includes the point. If the test point is not a solution, shade in the opposite side. In the second cell, the instructions say: The test point (0, 0) is a solution to y is greater than or equal to three-fourths x minus 2. So we shade in that side.” In the third cell is the graph of the line three-fourths x minus 2 on a coordinate plane with the region above the line shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y>52x−4.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals five-halves x minus 4 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y<23x−5.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals two-thirds x minus 5 is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

The steps we take to graph a linear inequality are summarized here.

Graph a linear inequality.

  1. Identify and graph the boundary line.
    • If the inequality is ≤or≥, the boundary line is solid.
    • If the inequality is < or >, the boundary line is dashed.
  2. Test a point that is not on the boundary line. Is it a solution of the inequality?
  3. Shade in one side of the boundary line.
    • If the test point is a solution, shade in the side that includes the point.
    • If the test point is not a solution, shade in the opposite side.

Graph the linear inequality x−2y<5.

Solution

Solution

First we graph the boundary line x−2y=5. The inequality is < so we draw a dashed line.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x minus 2 y equals 5 is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right.

Then we test a point. We’ll use (0,0) again because it is easy to evaluate and it is not on the boundary line.

Is (0,0) a solution of x−2y<5?
The figure shows the inequality 0 minus 2 times 0 in parentheses is less than 5, with a question mark above the inequality symbol. The next line shows 0 minus 0 is less than 5, with a question mark above the inequality symbol. The third line shows 0 is less than 5.

The point (0,0) is a solution of x−2y<5, so we shade in that side of the boundary line.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x minus 2 y equals 5 is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The point (0, 0) is plotted, but not labeled. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality 2x−3y≤6.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 2 x minus 3 y equals 6 is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality 2x−y>3.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 2 x minus y equals 3 is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

What if the boundary line goes through the origin? Then we won’t be able to use (0,0) as a test point. No problem—we’ll just choose some other point that is not on the boundary line.

Graph the linear inequality y≤−4x.

Solution

Solution

First we graph the boundary line y=−4x. It is in slope–intercept form, with m=−4andb=0. The inequality is ≤ so we draw a solid line.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line s y equals negative 4 x is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right.

Now, we need a test point. We can see that the point (1,0) is not on the boundary line.

Is (1,0) a solution of y≤−4x?
The figure shows 0 is less than or equal to negative 4 times 1 in parentheses, with a question mark above the inequality symbol. The next line shows 0 is not less than or equal to negative 4.

The point (1,0) is not a solution to y≤−4x, so we shade in the opposite side of the boundary line. See Figure 6.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 4 x is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The point (1, 0) is plotted, but not labeled. The region to the left of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y>−3x.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 3 x is plotted as a dashed arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region to the right of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≥−2x.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 2 x is plotted as a solid arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region to the right of the line is shaded.

Some linear inequalities have only one variable. They may have an x but no y, or a y but no x. In these cases, the boundary line will be either a vertical or a horizontal line. Do you remember?

x=avertical liney=bhorizontal line

Graph the linear inequality y>3.

Solution

Solution

First we graph the boundary line y=3. It is a horizontal line. The inequality is > so we draw a dashed line.

We test the point (0,0).

y>30>3

(0,0) is not a solution to y>3.

So we shade the side that does not include (0, 0).
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals 3 is plotted as a dashed arrow horizontally across the plane. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y<5.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals 5 is plotted as a dashed arrow horizontally across the plane. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≤−1.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 1 is plotted as a dashed arrow horizontally across the plane. The region below the line is shaded.

Key Concepts

  • To Graph a Linear Inequality
    1. Identify and graph the boundary line.
      If the inequality is ≤or≥, the boundary line is solid.
      If the inequality is < or >, the boundary line is dashed.
    2. Test a point that is not on the boundary line. Is it a solution of the inequality?
    3. Shade in one side of the boundary line.
      If the test point is a solution, shade in the side that includes the point.
      If the test point is not a solution, shade in the opposite side.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Verify Solutions to an Inequality in Two Variables

In the following exercises, determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the given inequality.

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y>x−1:

  1. ⓐ (0,1)
  2. ⓑ (−4,−1)
  3. ⓒ (4,2)
  4. ⓓ (3,0)
  5. ⓔ (−2,−3)

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y>x−3:

  1. ⓐ (0,0)
  2. ⓑ (2,1)
  3. ⓒ (−1,−5)
  4. ⓓ (−6,−3)
  5. ⓔ (1,0)
Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ yes ⓒ no ⓓ yes ⓔ yes

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y<x+2:

  1. ⓐ (0,3)
  2. ⓑ (−3,−2)
  3. ⓒ (−2,0)
  4. ⓓ (0,0)
  5. ⓔ (−1,4)

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y<x+5:

  1. ⓐ (−3,0)
  2. ⓑ (1,6)
  3. ⓒ (−6,−2)
  4. ⓓ (0,1)
  5. ⓔ (5,−4)
Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no ⓒ yes ⓓ yes ⓔ yes

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality x+y>4:

  1. ⓐ (5,1)
  2. ⓑ (−2,6)
  3. ⓒ (3,2)
  4. ⓓ (10,−5)
  5. ⓔ (0,0)

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality x+y>2:

  1. ⓐ (1,1)
  2. ⓑ (4,−3)
  3. ⓒ (0,0)
  4. ⓓ (−8,12)
  5. ⓔ (3,0)
Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ no ⓒ no ⓓ yes ⓔ yes

Recognize the Relation Between the Solutions of an Inequality and its Graph

In the following exercises, write the inequality shown by the shaded region.

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=3x−4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals 3x minus 4 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region to the right of the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=2x−4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals 2x minus 4 is plotted as a solid line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.
Solution

y<2x−4

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=12x+1.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative one-half x plus 1 is plotted as a solid line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=−13x−2.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative one-third x minus 2 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.
Solution

y≤−13x−2

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line x+y=5.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x plus y equals 5 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region above the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line x+y=3.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x plus y equals 3 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region above the line is shaded.
Solution

x+y≥3

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line 2x+y=−4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 2 x plus y equals negative 4 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line x+2y=−2.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x plus 2 y equals negative 2 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.
Solution

x+2y≤−2

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line 3x−y=6.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 3 x minus y equals 6 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region to the left of the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line 2x−y=4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 2 x minus y equals 4 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region to the left of the line is shaded.
Solution

2x−y<4

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line 2x−5y=10.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 2 x minus 5 y equals 10 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line 4x−3y=12.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 4 x minus 3 y equals 12 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.
Solution

4x−3y>12

Graph Linear Inequalities

In the following exercises, graph each linear inequality.

Graph the linear inequality y>23x−1.

Graph the linear inequality y<35x+2.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals three-fifths x plus 2 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≤−12x+4.

Graph the linear inequality y≥−13x−2.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative one-third x minus 2 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality x−y≤3.

Graph the linear inequality x−y≥−2.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x minus y equals negative 2 is plotted as a solid line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality 4x+y>−4.

Graph the linear inequality x+5y<−5.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x plus 5 y equals negative 5 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality 3x+2y≥−6.

Graph the linear inequality 4x+2y≥−8.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line 4 x plus 2 y equals negative 8 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region to the right of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y>4x.

Graph the linear inequality y>x.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals x is plotted as a solid line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≤−x.

Graph the linear inequality y≤−3x.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 3 x is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region to the left of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≥−2.

Graph the linear inequality y<−1.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 1 is plotted as a dashed horizontal line. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y<4.

Graph the linear inequality y≥2.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals 2 is plotted as a solid horizontal line. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality x≤5.

Graph the linear inequality x>−2.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x equals negative 2 is plotted as a dashed vertical line. The region to the right of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality x>−3.

Graph the linear inequality x≤4.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x equals 4 is plotted as a solid vertical line. The region to the left of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality x−y<4.

Graph the linear inequality x−y<−3.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x minus y equals negative 3 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≥32x.

Graph the linear inequality y≤54x.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals five-fourths x is plotted as a solid line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y>−2x+1.

Graph the linear inequality y<−3x−4.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line y equals negative 3 x minus 4 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region to the left of the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality x≤−1.

Graph the linear inequality x≥0.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 10 to 10. The line x equals negative 0 is plotted as a solid vertical line along the y-axis. The region to the right of the line is shaded.

Everyday Math

Money. Gerry wants to have a maximum of $100 cash at the ticket booth when his church carnival opens. He will have $1 bills and $5 bills. If x is the number of $1 bills and y is the number of $5 bills, the inequality x+5y≤100 models the situation.

  1. ⓐ Graph the inequality.
  2. ⓑ List three solutions to the inequality x+5y≤100 where both x and y are integers.

Shopping. Tula has $20 to spend at the used book sale. Hardcover books cost $2 each and paperback books cost $0.50 each. If x is the number of hardcover books Tula can buy and y is the number of paperback books she can buy, the inequality 2x+12y≤20 models the situation.

  1. ⓐ Graph the inequality.
  2. ⓑ List three solutions to the inequality 2x+12y≤20 where both x and y are whole numbers.
Solution
  1. ⓐ

    The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- axis runs from 0 to 20 and the y-axis runs from 0 to 30. The line 2 x plus one-half y equals 20 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.

  2. ⓑ Answers will vary.

Writing Exercises

Lester thinks that the solution of any inequality with a > sign is the region above the line and the solution of any inequality with a < sign is the region below the line. Is Lester correct? Explain why or why not.

Explain why in some graphs of linear inequalities the boundary line is solid but in other graphs it is dashed.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right: “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “verify solutions to an inequality in two variables,”, “recognize the relation between the solutions of an inequality and its graph,” and “graph linear inequalities.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Chapter 4 Review Exercises

Rectangular Coordinate System

Plot Points in a Rectangular Coordinate System

In the following exercises, plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system.

  1. ⓐ (−1,−5)
  2. ⓑ (−3,4)
  3. ⓒ (2,−3)
  4. ⓓ (1,52)
  1. ⓐ (4,3)
  2. ⓑ (−4,3)
  3. ⓒ (−4,−3)
  4. ⓓ (4,−3)
Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (4, 3) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (negative 4, 3) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (negative 4, negative 3) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (4, negative 3) is plotted and labeled “d”.

  1. ⓐ (−2,0)
  2. ⓑ (0,−4)
  3. ⓒ (0,5)
  4. ⓓ (3,0)
  1. ⓐ (2,32)
  2. ⓑ (3,43)
  3. ⓒ (13,−4)
  4. ⓓ (12,−5)
Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (2, three halves) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (3, four thirds) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (one third, negative 4) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (one-half, negative 5) is plotted and labeled “d”.

Identify Points on a Graph

In the following exercises, name the ordered pair of each point shown in the rectangular coordinate system.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (5, 3) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (2, negative 1) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (negative 3, negative 2) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (negative 1, 4) is plotted and labeled “d”.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 6 to 6. The point (2, 0) is plotted and labeled "a". The point (0, negative 5) is plotted and labeled "b". The point (negative 4, 0) is plotted and labeled "c". The point (0, 3) is plotted and labeled “d”.
Solution

ⓐ (2,0) ⓑ (0,−5) ⓒ (−4.0) ⓓ (0,3)

Verify Solutions to an Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, which ordered pairs are solutions to the given equations?

5x+y=10

  1. ⓐ (5,1)
  2. ⓑ (2,0)
  3. ⓒ (4,−10)

y=6x−2

  1. ⓐ (1,4)
  2. ⓑ (13,0)
  3. ⓒ (6,−2)
Solution

a, b

Complete a Table of Solutions to a Linear Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, complete the table to find solutions to each linear equation.

y=4x−1

x y (x,y)
0
1
−2

y=−12x+3

x y (x,y)
0
4
−2
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 3 (0,3)
4 1 (4, 1)
−2 4 (−2,4)

x+2y=5

x y (x,y)
0
1
−1

3x+2y=6

x y (x,y)
0
0
−2
Solution
x y (x,y)
0 3 (0,3)
2 0 (2,0)
−2 6 (−2,6)

Find Solutions to a Linear Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, find three solutions to each linear equation.

x+y=3

x+y=−4

Solution

Answers will vary.

y=3x+1

y=−x−1

Solution

Answers will vary.

Graphing Linear Equations

Recognize the Relation Between the Solutions of an Equation and its Graph

In the following exercises, for each ordered pair, decide:

  1. ⓐ Is the ordered pair a solution to the equation?
  2. ⓑ Is the point on the line?

y=−x+4

ⓐ (0,4)

ⓑ (−1,3)

ⓒ (2,2)

ⓓ (−2,6)

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative x plus 4 is plotted as an arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right.

y=23x−1

ⓐ (0,−1)

ⓑ (3,1)

ⓒ (−3,−3)

ⓓ (6,4)

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals two-thirds x minus 1 is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right.
Solution

ⓐ yes; yes ⓑ yes; yes ⓒ yes; yes ⓓ no; no

Graph a Linear Equation by Plotting Points

In the following exercises, graph by plotting points.

y=4x−3

y=−3x

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative 3 x is plotted as an arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right.

y=12x+3

x−y=6

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line x minus y equals 6 is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right.

2x+y=7

3x−2y=6

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line 3 x minus 2 y equals 6 is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right.

Graph Vertical and Horizontal lines

In the following exercises, graph each equation.

y=−2

x=3

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line x equals 3 is plotted as a vertical line.

In the following exercises, graph each pair of equations in the same rectangular coordinate system.

y=−2x and y=−2

y=43x and y=43

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals four-thirds x is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The line y equals four-thirds is plotted as a horizontal line.

Graphing with Intercepts

Identify the x- and y-Intercepts on a Graph

In the following exercises, find the x- and y-intercepts.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (negative 4, 0) and (0, 4) is plotted.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (3, 0) and (0, 3) is plotted.
Solution

(3,0),(0,3)

Find the x- and y-Intercepts from an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, find the intercepts of each equation.

x+y=5

x−y=−1

Solution

(−1,0),(0,1)

x+2y=6

2x+3y=12

Solution

(6,0),(0,4)

y=34x−12

y=3x

Solution

(0,0)

Graph a Line Using the Intercepts

In the following exercises, graph using the intercepts.

−x+3y=3

x+y=−2

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line x plus y equals negative 2 is plotted as an arrow extending from the top left toward the bottom right.

x−y=4

2x−y=5

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line 2 x minus y equals 5 is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right.

2x−4y=8

y=2x

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals 2 x is plotted as an arrow extending from the bottom left toward the top right.

Slope of a Line

Use Geoboards to Model Slope

In the following exercises, find the slope modeled on each geoboard.

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced dots. There are 5 rows and 5 columns. There is a rubber band style loop connecting the point in column 1 row 4 and the point in column 4 row 2.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced dots. There are 5 rows and 5 columns. There is a rubber band style loop connecting the point in column 1 row 5 and the point in column 4 row 1.
Solution

43

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced dots. There are 5 rows and 5 columns. There is a rubber band style loop connecting the point in column 1 row 3 and the point in column 4 row 4.
The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced dots. There are 5 rows and 5 columns. There is a rubber band style loop connecting the point in column 1 row 2 and the point in column 4 row 4.
Solution

−23

In the following exercises, model each slope. Draw a picture to show your results.

13

32

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced dots. There are 5 rows and 5 columns. There is a rubber band style loop connecting the point in column 1 row 5 and the point in column 3 row 2.

−23

−12

Solution

The figure shows a grid of evenly spaced dots. There are 5 rows and 5 columns. There is a rubber band style loop connecting the point in column 2 row 2 and the point in column 3 row 3.

Use m=riserun to find the Slope of a Line from its Graph

In the following exercises, find the slope of each line shown.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (negative 1, 3), (0, 0), and (1, negative 3) is plotted.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (negative 4, 0) and (0, 4) is plotted.
Solution

1

A graph on a Cartesian coordinate plane displays a straight line with a positive slope, passing through the x-axis at (5, 0) and the y-axis at (0, -2.5), extending infinitely.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (negative 3, 6) and (5, 2) is plotted.
Solution

−12

Find the Slope of Horizontal and Vertical Lines

In the following exercises, find the slope of each line.

y=2

x=5

Solution

undefined

x=−3

y=−1

Solution

0

Use the Slope Formula to find the Slope of a Line between Two Points

In the following exercises, use the slope formula to find the slope of the line between each pair of points.

(−1,−1),(0,5)

(3,5),(4,−1)

Solution

−6

(−5,−2),(3,2)

(2,1),(4,6)

Solution

52

Graph a Line Given a Point and the Slope

In the following exercises, graph each line with the given point and slope.

(2,−2); m=52

(−3,4); m=−13

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (negative 3, 4) and (0, 3) is plotted.

x-intercept −4; m=3

y-intercept 1; m=−34

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (0, 1) and (4, negative 2) is plotted.

Solve Slope Applications

In the following exercises, solve these slope applications.

The roof pictured below has a rise of 10 feet and a run of 15 feet. What is its slope?

The figure shows a person on a ladder using a hammer on the roof of a building.

A mountain road rises 50 feet for a 500-foot run. What is its slope?

Solution

110

Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

Recognize the Relation Between the Graph and the Slope–Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, use the graph to find the slope and y-intercept of each line. Compare the values to the equation y=mx+b.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals 4 x minus 1 is plotted from the lower left to the top right.

y=4x−1

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals two-thirds x plus 4 is plotted from the top left to the bottom right.

y=−23x+4

Solution

slope m=−23 and y-intercept (0,4)

Identify the Slope and y-Intercept from an Equation of a Line

In the following exercises, identify the slope and y-intercept of each line.

y=−4x+9

y=53x−6

Solution

53;(0,−6)

5x+y=10

4x−5y=8

Solution

45;(0,−85)

Graph a Line Using Its Slope and Intercept

In the following exercises, graph the line of each equation using its slope and y-intercept.

y=2x+3

y=−x−1

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative x minus 1 is plotted from the top left to the bottom right.

y=−25x+3

4x−3y=12

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line 4 x minus 3 y equals 12 is plotted from the bottom left to the top right.

In the following exercises, determine the most convenient method to graph each line.

x=5

y=−3

Solution

horizontal line

2x+y=5

x−y=2

Solution

intercepts

y=x+2

y=34x−1

Solution

plotting points

Graph and Interpret Applications of Slope–Intercept

Katherine is a private chef. The equation C=6.5m+42 models the relation between her weekly cost, C, in dollars and the number of meals, m, that she serves.

  1. ⓐ Find Katherine’s cost for a week when she serves no meals.
  2. ⓑ Find the cost for a week when she serves 14 meals.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and C-intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.

Marjorie teaches piano. The equation P=35s−250 models the relation between her weekly profit, P, in dollars and the number of student lessons, s, that she teaches.

  1. ⓐ Find Marjorie’s profit for a week when she teaches no student lessons.
  2. ⓑ Find the profit for a week when she teaches 20 student lessons.
  3. ⓒ Interpret the slope and P–intercept of the equation.
  4. ⓓ Graph the equation.
Solution

ⓐ −$250 ⓑ $450 ⓒ The slope, 35, means that Marjorie’s weekly profit, P, increases by $35 for each additional student lesson she teaches. The P–intercept means that when the number of lessons is 0, Marjorie loses $250. ⓓ
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane where h is plotted along the x-axis and P is potted along the y-axis. The x-axis runs from 0 to 24. The y-axis runs from negative 300 to 500. The line P equals 35 h minus 250 is plotted from the bottom left to the top right.

Use Slopes to Identify Parallel Lines

In the following exercises, use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines are parallel.

4x−3y=−1;y=43x−3

2x−y=8;x−2y=4

Solution

not parallel

Use Slopes to Identify Perpendicular Lines

In the following exercises, use slopes and y-intercepts to determine if the lines are perpendicular.

y=5x−1;10x+2y=0

3x−2y=5;2x+3y=6

Solution

perpendicular

Find the Equation of a Line

Find an Equation of the Line Given the Slope and y-Intercept

In the following exercises, find the equation of a line with given slope and y-intercept. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

slope 13 and y-intercept (0,−6)

slope −5 and y-intercept (0,−3)

Solution

y=−5x−3

slope 0 and y-intercept (0,4)

slope −2 and y-intercept (0,0)

Solution

y=−2x

In the following exercises, find the equation of the line shown in each graph. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals 2 x plus 1 is plotted from the bottom left to the top right.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative 3 x plus 5 is plotted from the top left to the bottom right.
Solution

y=−3x+5

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals three-fourths x minus 2 is plotted from the bottom left to the top right.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative 4 is plotted as a horizontal line.
Solution

y=−4

Find an Equation of the Line Given the Slope and a Point

In the following exercises, find the equation of a line with given slope and containing the given point. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

m=−14, point (−8,3)

m=35, point (10,6)

Solution

y=35x

Horizontal line containing (−2,7)

m=−2, point (−1,−3)

Solution

y=−2x−5

Find an Equation of the Line Given Two Points

In the following exercises, find the equation of a line containing the given points. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

(2,10) and (−2,−2)

(7,1) and (5,0)

Solution

y=12x−52

(3,8) and (3,−4).

(5,2) and (−1,2)

Solution

y=2

Find an Equation of a Line Parallel to a Given Line

In the following exercises, find an equation of a line parallel to the given line and contains the given point. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

line y=−3x+6, point (1,−5)

line 2x+5y=−10, point (10,4)

Solution

y=−25x+8

line x=4, point (−2,−1)

line y=−5, point (−4,3)

Solution

y=3

Find an Equation of a Line Perpendicular to a Given Line

In the following exercises, find an equation of a line perpendicular to the given line and contains the given point. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

line y=−45x+2, point (8,9)

line 2x−3y=9, point (−4,0)

Solution

y=−32x−6

line y=3, point (−1,−3)

line x=−5 point (2,1)

Solution

y=1

Graph Linear Inequalities

Verify Solutions to an Inequality in Two Variables

In the following exercises, determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the given inequality.

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality y<x−3:

  1. ⓐ (0,1)
  2. ⓑ (−2,−4)
  3. ⓒ (5,2)
  4. ⓓ (3,−1)
  5. ⓔ (−1,−5)

Determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the inequality x+y>4:

  1. ⓐ (6,1)
  2. ⓑ (−3,6)
  3. ⓒ (3,2)
  4. ⓓ (−5,10)
  5. ⓔ (0,0)
Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no ⓒ yes ⓓ yes ⓔ no

Recognize the Relation Between the Solutions of an Inequality and its Graph

In the following exercises, write the inequality shown by the shaded region.

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=−x+2.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative x plus 2 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=23x−3.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals two-thirds x minus 3 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region above the line is shaded.
Solution

y≥23x−3

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line x+y=−4.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line x plus y equals negative 4 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region above the line is shaded.

Write the inequality shown by the shaded region in the graph with the boundary line x−2y=6.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line x minus 2 y equals 6 is plotted as a solid line extending from the bottom left toward the top right. The region below the line is shaded.
Solution

x−2y≥6

Graph Linear Inequalities

In the following exercises, graph each linear inequality.

Graph the linear inequality y>25x−4.

Graph the linear inequality y<−14x+3.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative one-fourth x plus 3 is plotted as a solid line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region below the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality x−y≤5.

Graph the linear inequality 3x+2y>10.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line 3 x plus 2 y equals 10 is plotted as a dashed line extending from the top left toward the bottom right. The region above the line is shaded.

Graph the linear inequality y≤−3x.

Graph the linear inequality y<6.

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals 6 is plotted as a dashed, horizontal line. The region below the line is shaded.

Practice Test

Plot each point in a rectangular coordinate system.

  1. ⓐ (2,5)
  2. ⓑ (−1,−3)
  3. ⓒ (0,2)
  4. ⓓ (−4,32)
  5. ⓔ (5,0)

Which of the given ordered pairs are solutions to the equation 3x−y=6?

  1. ⓐ (3,3)
  2. ⓑ (2,0)
  3. ⓒ (4,−6)
Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ yes ⓒ no

Find three solutions to the linear equation y=−2x−4.

Find the x- and y-intercepts of the equation 4x−3y=12.

Solution

(3,0),(0,−4)

Find the slope of each line shown.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A line passing through the points (negative 5, 2) and (0, negative 1) is plotted from the top left toward the bottom right.
The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A vertical line passing through the point (2, 0) is plotted.
Solution

undefined

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. A horizontal line passing through the point (0, 5) is plotted.

Find the slope of the line between the points (5,2) and (−1,−4).

Solution

1

Graph the line with slope 12 containing the point (−3,−4).

Graph the line for each of the following equations.

y=53x−1

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals five-thirds x minus 1 is plotted. The line passes through the points (0, negative 1) and (three-fifths, 0).

y=−x

x−y=2

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line x minus y equals 2 is plotted. The line passes through the points (0, negative 2) and (2, 0).

4x+2y=−8

y=2

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals 2 is plotted as a horizontal line passing through the point (0, 2).

x=−3

Find the equation of each line. Write the equation in slope–intercept form.

slope −34 and y-intercept (0,−2)

Solution

y=−34x−2

m=2, point (−3,−1)

containing (10,1) and (6,−1)

Solution

y=12x−4

parallel to the line y=−23x−1, containing the point (−3,8)

perpendicular to the line y=54x+2, containing the point (−10,3)

Solution

y=−45x−5

Write the inequality shown by the graph with the boundary line y=−x−3.

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative x minus 3 is plotted. The solid line passes through the points (negative 3, 0) and (0, negative 3).

Graph each linear inequality.

y>32x+5

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals three-halves x plus 5 is plotted. The dashed line passes through the points (0, 5) and (2, 8).

x−y≥−4

y≤−5x

Solution

The graph shows the x y-coordinate plane. The x- and y-axes each run from negative 7 to 7. The line y equals negative 5 x is plotted. The solid line passes through the points (0, 0) and (1, negative 5).

y<3

boundary line
The line with equation Ax+By=C that separates the region where Ax+By>C from the region where Ax+By<C.
linear inequality
An inequality that can be written in one of the following forms:
Ax+By>CAx+By≥CAx+By<CAx+By≤C

where AandB are not both zero.
solution of a linear inequality
An ordered pair (x,y) is a solution to a linear inequality the inequality is true when we substitute the values of x and y.

Introduction

This is a photo of a two story home with several large windows.
Designing the number and sizes of windows in a home can pose challenges for an architect.

An architect designing a home may have restrictions on both the area and perimeter of the windows because of energy and structural concerns. The length and width chosen for each window would have to satisfy two equations: one for the area and the other for the perimeter. Similarly, a banker may have a fixed amount of money to put into two investment funds. A restaurant owner may want to increase profits, but in order to do that he will need to hire more staff. A job applicant may compare salary and costs of commuting for two job offers.

In this chapter, we will look at methods to solve situations like these using equations with two variables.

Solve Systems of Equations by Graphing

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Determine whether an ordered pair is a solution of a system of equations
  • Solve a system of linear equations by graphing
  • Determine the number of solutions of linear system
  • Solve applications of systems of equations by graphing

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

For the equation y=23x−4
ⓐ is (6,0) a solution? ⓑ is (−3,−2) a solution?
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations Using the Subtraction and Addition Properties of Equality.

Solution

(a) yes (b) no

Find the slope and y-intercept of the line 3x−y=12.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Use the Slope-Intercept Form of an Equation of a Line.

Solution

m=3; b=−12

Find the x- and y-intercepts of the line 2x−3y=12.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Graph with Intercepts.

Solution

(6,0), (0,−4)

Determine Whether an Ordered Pair is a Solution of a System of Equations

In Solving Linear Equations and Inequalities we learned how to solve linear equations with one variable. Remember that the solution of an equation is a value of the variable that makes a true statement when substituted into the equation.

Now we will work with systems of linear equations, two or more linear equations grouped together.

System of Linear Equations

When two or more linear equations are grouped together, they form a system of linear equations.

We will focus our work here on systems of two linear equations in two unknowns. Later, you may solve larger systems of equations.

An example of a system of two linear equations is shown below. We use a brace to show the two equations are grouped together to form a system of equations.

{2x+y=7x−2y=6

A linear equation in two variables, like 2x + y = 7, has an infinite number of solutions. Its graph is a line. Remember, every point on the line is a solution to the equation and every solution to the equation is a point on the line.

To solve a system of two linear equations, we want to find the values of the variables that are solutions to both equations. In other words, we are looking for the ordered pairs (x, y) that make both equations true. These are called the solutions to a system of equations.

Solutions of a System of Equations

Solutions of a system of equations are the values of the variables that make all the equations true. A solution of a system of two linear equations is represented by an ordered pair (x, y).

To determine if an ordered pair is a solution to a system of two equations, we substitute the values of the variables into each equation. If the ordered pair makes both equations true, it is a solution to the system.

Let’s consider the system below:

{3x−y=7x−2y=4

Is the ordered pair (2,−1) a solution?

This figure begins with a sentence, “We substitute x =2 and y = -1 into both equations.” The first equation shows that 3x minus y equals 7. Then 3 times 2 minus negative, in parentheses, equals 7. Then 7 equals 7 is true. The second equation reads x minus 2y equals 4. Then 2 minus 2 times negative one in parentheses equals 4. Then 4 = 4 is true.

The ordered pair (2, −1) made both equations true. Therefore (2, −1) is a solution to this system.

Let’s try another ordered pair. Is the ordered pair (3, 2) a solution?

This figure begins with the sentence, “We substitute x equals 3 and y equals 2 into both equations.” The first equation reads 3 times x minus 7equals 7. Then, 3 times 3 minus 2 equals 7. Then 7 = 7 is true. The second equation reads x minus 2y equals 4. The n times 2 minus 2 times 2 = 4. Then negative 1 = 4 is false.

The ordered pair (3, 2) made one equation true, but it made the other equation false. Since it is not a solution to both equations, it is not a solution to this system.

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution to the system: {x−y=−12x−y=−5

ⓐ (−2,−1) ⓑ (−4,−3)

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    The equations are x minus y equals minus 1 and 2 x minus y equals minus 5. We substitute x equal to minus 2 and y equal to minus 1 into both equations. So, x minus y equals minus 1 becomes minus 2 minus open parentheses minus 1 close parentheses equal to or not equal to minus 1. Simplifying, we get minus 1 equals minus 1 which is correct. The equation 2 x minus y equals minus 5 becomes 2 times minus 2 minus open parentheses minus 1 close parentheses equal to or not equal to minus 5. Simplifying, we get minus 3 not equal to minus 5. Hence, the ordered pair minus 2, minus 1 does not make both equations true. So, it is not a solution.
    (–2, –1) does not make both equations true. (–2, –1) is not a solution.

    ⓑ
    This figure begins with the sentence, “We substitute x = -4 and y = -3 into both equations.” The first equation listed shows x – y = -1. Then -4 - (-3) = -1. Then -1 = -1. The second equation listed shows 2x – y = -5. Then 2 times (-4) – (-3) = -5. Then -5 = -5. Under the first equation is the sentence, “(-4, -3) does make both equations true.” Under the second equation is the sentence, “(-4, -3) is a solution.”
    (–4, –3) does make both equations true. (–4, –3) is a solution.

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution to the system: {3x+y=0x+2y=−5.

ⓐ (1,−3) ⓑ (0,0)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution to the system: {x−3y=−8−3x−y=4.

ⓐ (2,−2) ⓑ (−2,2)

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

Solve a System of Linear Equations by Graphing

In this chapter we will use three methods to solve a system of linear equations. The first method we’ll use is graphing.

The graph of a linear equation is a line. Each point on the line is a solution to the equation. For a system of two equations, we will graph two lines. Then we can see all the points that are solutions to each equation. And, by finding what the lines have in common, we’ll find the solution to the system.

Most linear equations in one variable have one solution, but we saw that some equations, called contradictions, have no solutions and for other equations, called identities, all numbers are solutions.

Similarly, when we solve a system of two linear equations represented by a graph of two lines in the same plane, there are three possible cases, as shown in Figure 1:

This figure shows three x y-coordinate planes. The first plane shows two lines which intersect at one point. Under the graph it says, “The lines intersect. Intersecting lines have one point in common. There is one solution to this system.” The second x y-coordinate plane shows two parallel lines. Under the graph it says, “The lines are parallel. Parallel lines have no points in common. There is no solution to this system.” The third x y-coordinate plane shows one line. Under the graph it says, “Both equations give the same line. Because we have just one line, there are infinitely many solutions.”

For the first example of solving a system of linear equations in this section and in the next two sections, we will solve the same system of two linear equations. But we’ll use a different method in each section. After seeing the third method, you’ll decide which method was the most convenient way to solve this system.

How to Solve a System of Linear Equations by Graphing

Solve the system by graphing: {2x+y=7x−2y=6.

Solution

Solution

This table has four rows and three columns. The first column acts as the header column. The first row reads, “Step 1. Graph the first equation.” Then it reads, “To graph the first line, write the equation in slope-intercept form.” The equation reads 2x + y = 7 and becomes y = -2x + 7 where m = -2 and b = 7. Then it shows a graph of the equations 2x + y = 7. The equation x – 2y = 6 is also listed. The second row reads, “Step 2. Graph the second equation on the same rectangular coordinate system.” Then it says, “To graph the second line, use intercepts.” This is followed by the equation x – 2y = 6 and the ordered pairs (0, -3) and (6, 0). The last column of this row shows a graph of the two equations. The third row reads, “Step 3. Determine whether the lines intersect, are parallel, or are the same line.” Then “Look at the graph of the lines.” Finally it reads, “The lines intersect.” The fourth row reads, “Step 4. Identify the solution to the system. If the lines intersect, identify the point of intersection. Check to make sure it is a solution to both equations. This is the solution to the system. If the lines are parallel, the system has no solution. If the lines are the same, the system has an infinite number of solutions.” Then it reads, “Since the lines intersect, find the point of intersection. Check the point in both equations.” Finally it reads, “The lines intersect at (4, -1). It then uses substitution to show that, “The solution is (4, -1).”

Solve the system by graphing: {x−3y=−3x+y=5.

Solution

(3,2)

Solve the system by graphing: {−x+y=13x+2y=12.

Solution

(2,3)

The steps to use to solve a system of linear equations by graphing are shown below.

To solve a system of linear equations by graphing.

  1. Graph the first equation.
  2. Graph the second equation on the same rectangular coordinate system.
  3. Determine whether the lines intersect, are parallel, or are the same line.
  4. Identify the solution to the system.
    • If the lines intersect, identify the point of intersection. Check to make sure it is a solution to both equations. This is the solution to the system.
    • If the lines are parallel, the system has no solution.
    • If the lines are the same, the system has an infinite number of solutions.

Solve the system by graphing: {y=2x+1y=4x−1.

Solution

Solution

Both of the equations in this system are in slope-intercept form, so we will use their slopes and y-intercepts to graph them. {y=2x+1y=4x−1
Find the slope and y-intercept of the
first equation.
Slope-intercept form of a linear equation: y = 2x + 1, showing slope m=2 and y-intercept b=1.
Find the slope and y-intercept of the
first equation.
The slope-intercept form of a linear equation, y = 4x - 1, is presented, along with its identified slope (m=4) and y-intercept (b=-1).
Graph the two lines.
Determine the point of intersection. The lines intersect at (1, 3).
A graph showing two intersecting lines, one red and one dark blue, on a Cartesian coordinate system. Their intersection point is highlighted with a light blue dot.
Check the solution in both equations. y=2x+13=?2·1+13=3✓y=4x−13=?4·1−13=3✓
The solution is (1, 3).

Solve each system by graphing: {y=2x+2y=−x−4.

Solution

(−2,−2)

Solve each system by graphing: {y=3x+3y=−x+7.

Solution

(1,6)

Both equations in Example 3 were given in slope–intercept form. This made it easy for us to quickly graph the lines. In the next example, we’ll first re-write the equations into slope–intercept form.

Solve the system by graphing: {3x+y=−12x+y=0.

Solution

Solution

We’ll solve both of these equations for y so that we can easily graph them using their slopes and y-intercepts. {3x+y=−12x+y=0
Solve the first equation for y.


Find the slope and y-intercept.


Solve the second equation for y.


Find the slope and y-intercept.
3x+y=−1y=−3x−1m=−3b=−12x+y=0y=−2xm=−2b=0
Graph the lines. A graph displays two intersecting linear equations, a blue line and a red line, on a coordinate plane. The lines meet at the point (-1, 2), which is marked by a light blue dot.
Determine the point of intersection. The lines intersect at (−1, 2).
Check the solution in both equations. 3x+y=−13(−1)+2=?−1−1=−1✓2x+y=02(−1)+2=?00=0✓
The solution is (−1, 2).

Solve each system by graphing: {−x+y=12x+y=10.

Solution

(3,4)

Solve each system by graphing: {2x+y=6x+y=1.

Solution

(5,−4)

Usually when equations are given in standard form, the most convenient way to graph them is by using the intercepts. We’ll do this in Example 5.

Solve the system by graphing: {x+y=2x−y=4.

Solution

Solution

We will find the x- and y-intercepts of both equations and use them to graph the lines.

The image displays a simple linear equation in red text on a white background: x+y=2.
To find the intercepts, let x = 0 and solve
for y, then let y = 0 and solve for x.
x+y=20+y=2y=2x+y=2x+0=2x=2 A two-column table titled 'x' and 'y'. The first row shows x=0, y=2. The second row shows x=2, y=0.
A mathematical equation on a white background displays 'x - y = 4' in light blue text.
To find the intercepts, let
x = 0 then let y = 0.
x−y=40−y=4−y=4y=−4x−y=4x−0=4x=4
A two-column table labeled 'x' and 'y'. The first row contains x=0, y=-4. The second row contains x=4, y=0. These represent two coordinate points: (0, -4) and (4, 0).
Graph the line. This graph shows two lines intersection at point (3, -1) on an x y-coordinate plane.
Determine the point of intersection. The lines intersect at (3, −1).
Check the solution in both equations. x+y=2x−y=43+(−1)=?23−(−1)=?42=2✓4=4✓
The solution is (3, −1).

Solve each system by graphing: {x+y=6x−y=2.

Solution

(4,2)

Solve each system by graphing: {x+y=2x−y=−8.

Solution

(−3,5)

Do you remember how to graph a linear equation with just one variable? It will be either a vertical or a horizontal line.

Solve the system by graphing: {y=62x+3y=12.

Solution

Solution

A system of two linear equations is presented, with the first equation being y = 6 and the second equation being 2x + 3y = 12. A light blue brace groups the two equations together.
We know the first equation represents a horizontal
line whose y-intercept is 6.
The equation y = 6 is written in red against a plain white background.
The second equation is most conveniently graphed
using intercepts.
The equation 2x + 3y = 12 is shown in a light blue font on a white background.
To find the intercepts, let x = 0 and then y = 0. A table displays two columns, 'x' and 'y'. The first row shows (x,y) as (0, 4), and the second row shows (x,y) as (6, 0).
Graph the lines. A graph displays two intersecting lines on a coordinate plane. A red horizontal line is at y=6. A blue diagonal line passes through (0,4) and (6,0). Their intersection point is marked at (-3,6).
Determine the point of intersection. The lines intersect at (−3, 6).
Check the solution to both equations. y=62x+3y=12 6=?6✓2(−3)+3(6)=?12 −6+18=?12 12=12✓
The solution is (−3, 6).

Solve each system by graphing: {y=−1x+3y=6.

Solution

(9,−1)

Solve each system by graphing: {x=43x−2y=24.

Solution

(4,−6)

In all the systems of linear equations so far, the lines intersected and the solution was one point. In the next two examples, we’ll look at a system of equations that has no solution and at a system of equations that has an infinite number of solutions.

Solve the system by graphing: {y=12x−3x−2y=4.

Solution

Solution

A system of two linear equations is shown: y = (1/2)x - 3 and x - 2y = 4. These parallel lines have no solution, as they share the same slope but different y-intercepts.
To graph the first equation, we will
use its slope and y-intercept.
The image displays the linear equation y = (1/2)x - 3 in red text against a white background.
The image displays a mathematical equation, m = 1/2, centered against a plain white background.
The mathematical equation b = -3 is displayed in the center of a plain white background.
To graph the second equation,
we will use the intercepts.
A simple linear equation is displayed, showing
A table displays two columns labeled 'x' and 'y'. The first row shows x=0, y=-2. The second row shows x=4, y=0. The table presents two coordinate pairs.
Graph the lines. A graph displays two parallel lines on a Cartesian coordinate system. The blue line passes through (0, -2) and (-2, -3). The red line passes through (0, -4) and (-2, -5), both lines have a positive slope.
Determine the point of intersection.     The lines are parallel.
Since no point is on both lines, there is no ordered pair
that makes both equations true. There is no solution to
this system.

Solve each system by graphing: {y=−14x+2x+4y=−8.

Solution

no solution

Solve each system by graphing: {y=3x−16x−2y=6.

Solution

no solution

Solve the system by graphing: {y=2x−3−6x+3y=−9.

Solution

Solution

A system of two linear equations is shown: y = 2x - 3 and -6x + 3y = -9.
Find the slope and y-intercept of the
first equation.
The image displays the linear equation y = 2x - 3, explicitly identifying its slope as m = 2 and its y-intercept as b = -3.
Find the intercepts of the second equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '-6x + 3y = -9'.
Table displaying data points for a linear function, including the y-intercept (0, -3) and x-intercept (3/2, 0).
Graph the lines. A linear graph on a Cartesian coordinate system with a positive slope, passing through (0, -3) and (2, 1).
Determine the point of intersection. The lines are the same!
Since every point on the line makes both equations
true, there are infinitely many ordered pairs that make
both equations true.
There are infinitely many solutions to this system.

Solve each system by graphing: {y=−3x−66x+2y=−12.

Solution

infinitely many solutions

Solve each system by graphing: {y=12x−42x−4y=16.

Solution

infinitely many solutions

If you write the second equation in Example 8 in slope-intercept form, you may recognize that the equations have the same slope and same y-intercept.

When we graphed the second line in the last example, we drew it right over the first line. We say the two lines are coincident. Coincident lines have the same slope and same y-intercept.

Coincident Lines

Coincident lines have the same slope and same y-intercept.

 

Determine the Number of Solutions of a Linear System

There will be times when we will want to know how many solutions there will be to a system of linear equations, but we might not actually have to find the solution. It will be helpful to determine this without graphing.

We have seen that two lines in the same plane must either intersect or are parallel. The systems of equations in Example 2 through Example 6 all had two intersecting lines. Each system had one solution.

A system with parallel lines, like Example 7, has no solution. What happened in Example 8? The equations have coincident lines, and so the system had infinitely many solutions.

We’ll organize these results in Figure 2 below:

This table has two columns and four rows. The first row labels each column “Graph” and “Number of solutions.” Under “Graph” are “2 intersecting lines,” “Parallel lines,” and “Same line.” Under “Number of solutions” are “1,” “None,” and “Infinitely many.”

Parallel lines have the same slope but different y-intercepts. So, if we write both equations in a system of linear equations in slope–intercept form, we can see how many solutions there will be without graphing! Look at the system we solved in Example 7.

{y=12x−3x−2y=4The first line is in slope–intercept form.If we solve the second equation fory,we gety=12x−3x−2y=4−2y=−x+4y=12x−2m=12,b=−3m=12,b=−2

The two lines have the same slope but different y-intercepts. They are parallel lines.

Figure 3 shows how to determine the number of solutions of a linear system by looking at the slopes and intercepts.

This table is entitled “Number of Solutions of a Linear System of Equations.” There are four columns. The columns are labeled, “Slopes,” “Intercepts,” “Type of Lines,” “Number of Solutions.” Under “Slopes” are “Different,” “Same,” and “Same.” Under “Intercepts,” the first cell is blank, then the words “Different” and “Same” appear. Under “Types of Lines” are the words, “Intersecting,” “Parallel,” and “Coincident.” Under “Number of Solutions” are “1 point,” “No Solution,” and “Infinitely many solutions.”

Let’s take one more look at our equations in Example 7 that gave us parallel lines.

{y=12x−3x−2y=4

When both lines were in slope-intercept form we had:

y=12x−3y=12x−2

Do you recognize that it is impossible to have a single ordered pair (x,y) that is a solution to both of those equations?

We call a system of equations like this an inconsistent system. It has no solution.

A system of equations that has at least one solution is called a consistent system.

Consistent and Inconsistent Systems

A consistent system of equations is a system of equations with at least one solution.

An inconsistent system of equations is a system of equations with no solution.

We also categorize the equations in a system of equations by calling the equations independent or dependent. If two equations are independent equations, they each have their own set of solutions. Intersecting lines and parallel lines are independent.

If two equations are dependent, all the solutions of one equation are also solutions of the other equation. When we graph two dependent equations, we get coincident lines.

Independent and Dependent Equations

Two equations are independent if they have different solutions.

Two equations are dependent if all the solutions of one equation are also solutions of the other equation.

Let’s sum this up by looking at the graphs of the three types of systems. See Figure 4 and Figure 5.

This figure shows three x y coordinate planes in a horizontal row. The first shows two lines intersecting. The second shows two parallel lines. The third shows two coincident lines.
This table has four columns and four rows. The columns are labeled, “Lines,” “Intersecting,” “Parallel,” and “Coincident.” In the first row under the labeled column “lines” it reads “Number of solutions.” Reading across, it tell us that an intersecting line contains 1 point, a parallel line provides no solution, and a coincident line has infinitely many solutions. A consistent/inconsistent line has consistent lines if they are intersecting, inconsistent lines if they are parallel and consistent if the lines are coincident. Finally, dependent and independent lines are considered independent if the lines intersect, they are also independent if the lines are parallel, and they are dependent if the lines are coincident.

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations: {y=3x−16x−2y=12.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step process of comparing two linear equations by converting them to slope-intercept form to determine their relationship.
We will compare the slopes and intercepts of the two lines. {y=3x−16x−2y=12.
The first equation is already in slope-intercept form. y=3x−1
Write the second equation in slope-intercept form. 6x−2y=12 −2y=−6x+12 −2y−2=−6x+12−2 y=3x−6
Find the slope and intercept of each line. y=3x−1y=3x−6 m=3m=3 b=−1b=−6
Since the slopes are the same and y-intercepts are different, the lines are parallel.

A system of equations whose graphs are parallel lines has no solution and is inconsistent and independent.

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{y=−2x−44x+2y=9

Solution

no solution, inconsistent, independent

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{y=13x−5x−3y=6

Solution

no solution, inconsistent, independent

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations: {2x+y=−3x−5y=5.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates a step-by-step solution for analyzing a system of two linear equations by converting them to slope-intercept form to compare their slopes and intercepts.
We will compare the slope and intercepts of the two lines. {2x+y=−3x−5y=5
Write both equations in slope-intercept form. 2x+y=−3y=−2x−3 x−5y=5=5−5y=−x+5−5y−5=−x+5−5y=15x−1
Find the slope and intercept of each line. y=−2x−3m=−2b=−3 y=15x−1m=15b=−1
Since the slopes are different, the lines intersect.

A system of equations whose graphs are intersect has 1 solution and is consistent and independent.

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{3x+2y=22x+y=1

Solution

one solution, consistent, independent

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{x+4y=12−x+y=3

Solution

one solution, consistent, independent

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations. {3x−2y=4y=32x−2

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates analyzing a system of two linear equations by converting them to slope-intercept form and comparing slopes/intercepts to determine line relationships.
We will compare the slopes and intercepts of the two lines. {3x−2y=4y=32x−2
Write the first equation in slope-intercept form. 3x−2y=4−2y=−3x+4−2y−2=−3x+4−2y=32x−2
The second equation is already in slope-intercept form. y=32x−2
Since the slopes are the same, they have the same slope and same y-intercept and so the lines are coincident.

A system of equations whose graphs are coincident lines has infinitely many solutions and is consistent and dependent.

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{4x−5y=20y=45x−4

Solution

infinitely many solutions, consistent, dependent

Without graphing, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{−2x−4y=8y=−12x−2

Solution

infinitely many solutions, consistent, dependent

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Graphing

We will use the same problem solving strategy we used in Math Models to set up and solve applications of systems of linear equations. We’ll modify the strategy slightly here to make it appropriate for systems of equations.


Use a problem solving strategy for systems of linear equations.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose variables to represent those quantities.
  4. Translate into a system of equations.
  5. Solve the system of equations using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Step 5 is where we will use the method introduced in this section. We will graph the equations and find the solution.

Sondra is making 10 quarts of punch from fruit juice and club soda. The number of quarts of fruit juice is 4 times the number of quarts of club soda. How many quarts of fruit juice and how many quarts of club soda does Sondra need?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.

Step 2. Identify what we are looking for.

We are looking for the number of quarts of fruit juice and the number of quarts of club soda that Sondra will need.

Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Choose variables to represent those quantities.

  Let f= number of quarts of fruit juice.
    c= number of quarts of club soda

Step 4. Translate into a system of equations.
This figure shows sentences converted into equations. The first sentence reads, “The number of quarts of fruit juice and the number of quarts of club soda is 10. “Number of quarts of fruit juice” contains a curly bracket beneath the phrase with an “f” centered under the bracket. The “And” also contains a curly bracket beneath it and has a plus sign centered beneath it. “Number of quarts of club soda” contains a curly bracket with the variable “c” beneath it. And finally, the phrase “is 10” contains a curly bracket. Under this it reads equals 10. The second sentence reads, “The number of quarts of fruit juice is four times the number of quarts of club soda”. This sentence is set up similarly in that each phrase contains a curly bracket underneath. The variable “f” represents “The number of quarts of fruit juice”. An equal sign represents “is” and “4c” represents four times the number of quarts of club soda.”

We now have the system. {f+c=10f=4c

Step 5. Solve the system of equations using good algebra techniques.
This figure shows two equations and their graph. The first equation is f = 4c where b = 4 and b = 0. The second equation is f + c = 10. f = negative c +10 where b = negative 1 and b = 10. The x y coordinate plane shows a graph of these two lines which intersect at (2, 8).

The point of intersection (2, 8) is the solution. This means Sondra needs 2 quarts of club soda and 8 quarts of fruit juice.

Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.

Does this make sense in the problem?

Yes, the number of quarts of fruit juice, 8 is 4 times the number of quarts of club soda, 2.

Yes, 10 quarts of punch is 8 quarts of fruit juice plus 2 quarts of club soda.

Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Sondra needs 8 quarts of fruit juice and 2 quarts of soda.

Manny is making 12 quarts of orange juice from concentrate and water. The number of quarts of water is 3 times the number of quarts of concentrate. How many quarts of concentrate and how many quarts of water does Manny need?

Solution

Manny needs 3 quarts juice concentrate and 9 quarts water.

Alisha is making an 18 ounce coffee beverage that is made from brewed coffee and milk. The number of ounces of brewed coffee is 5 times greater than the number of ounces of milk. How many ounces of coffee and how many ounces of milk does Alisha need?

Solution

Alisha needs 15 ounces of coffee and 3 ounces of milk.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving systems of equations by graphing.

  • Instructional Video Solving Linear Systems by Graphing
  • Instructional Video Solve by Graphing

Key Concepts

  • To solve a system of linear equations by graphing
    1. Graph the first equation.
    2. Graph the second equation on the same rectangular coordinate system.
    3. Determine whether the lines intersect, are parallel, or are the same line.
    4. Identify the solution to the system.
      If the lines intersect, identify the point of intersection. Check to make sure it is a solution to both equations. This is the solution to the system.
      If the lines are parallel, the system has no solution.
      If the lines are the same, the system has an infinite number of solutions.
    5. Check the solution in both equations.

  • Determine the number of solutions from the graph of a linear system
    This table has two columns and four rows. The first row labels each column “Graph” and “Number of solutions.” Under “Graph” are “2 intersecting lines,” “Parallel lines,” and “Same line.” Under “Number of solutions” are “1,” “None,” and “Infinitely many.”
  • Determine the number of solutions of a linear system by looking at the slopes and intercepts
    This table is entitled “Number of Solutions of a Linear System of Equations.” There are four columns. The columns are labeled, “Slopes,” “Intercepts,” “Type of Lines,” “Number of Solutions.” Under “Slopes” are “Different,” “Same,” and “Same.” Under “Intercepts,” the first cell is blank, then the words “Different” and “Same” appear. Under “Types of Lines” are the words, “Intersecting,” “Parallel,” and “Coincident.” Under “Number of Solutions” are “1 point,” “No Solution,” and “Infinitely many solutions.”
  • Determine the number of solutions and how to classify a system of equations
    This table has four columns and four rows. The columns are labeled, “Lines,” “Intersecting,” “Parallel,” and “Coincident.” In the first row under the labeled column “lines” it reads “Number of solutions.” Reading across, it tell us that an intersecting line contains 1 point, a parallel line provides no solution, and a coincident line has infinitely many solutions. A consistent/inconsistent line has consistent lines if they are intersecting, inconsistent lines if they are parallel and consistent if the lines are coincident. Finally, dependent and independent lines are considered independent if the lines intersect, they are also independent if the lines are parallel, and they are dependent if the lines are coincident.

  • Problem Solving Strategy for Systems of Linear Equations
    1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose variables to represent those quantities.
    4. Translate into a system of equations.
    5. Solve the system of equations using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Practice Makes Perfect

Determine Whether an Ordered Pair is a Solution of a System of Equations. In the following exercises, determine if the following points are solutions to the given system of equations.

{2x−6y=03x−4y=5

ⓐ (3,1) ⓑ (−3,4)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no

{7x−4y=−1−3x−2y=1

ⓐ (1,2) ⓑ (1,−2)

{2x+y=5x+y=1

ⓐ (4,−3) ⓑ (2,0)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no

{−3x+y=8−x+2y=−9

ⓐ (−5,−7) ⓑ (−5,7)

{x+y=2y=34x

ⓐ (87,67) ⓑ (1,34)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no

{x+y=1y=25x

ⓐ (57,27) ⓑ (5,2)

{x+5y=10y=35x+1

ⓐ (−10,4) ⓑ (54,74)

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

{x+3y=9y=23x−2

ⓐ (−6,5) ⓑ (5,43)

Solve a System of Linear Equations by Graphing In the following exercises, solve the following systems of equations by graphing.

{3x+y=−32x+3y=5

Solution

(−2,3)

{−x+y=22x+y=−4

{−3x+y=−12x+y=4

Solution

(1,2)

{−2x+3y=−3x+y=4

{y=x+2y=−2x+2

Solution

(0,2)

{y=x−2y=−3x+2

{y=32x+1y=−12x+5

Solution

(2,4)

{y=23x−2y=−13x−5

{−x+y=−34x+4y=4

Solution

(2,−1)

{x−y=32x−y=4

{−3x+y=−12x+y=4

Solution

(1,2)

{−3x+y=−24x−2y=6

{x+y=52x−y=4

Solution

(3,2)

{x−y=22x−y=6

{x+y=2x−y=0

Solution

(1,1)

{x+y=6x−y=−8

{x+y=−5x−y=3

Solution

(−1,−4)

{x+y=4x−y=0

{x+y=−4−x+2y=−2

Solution

(−2,−2)

{−x+3y=3x+3y=3

{−2x+3y=3x+3y=12

Solution

(3,3)

{2x−y=42x+3y=12

{2x+3y=6y=−2

Solution

(6,−2)

{−2x+y=2y=4

{x−3y=−3y=2

Solution

(3,2)

{2x−2y=8y=−3

{2x−y=−1x=1

Solution

(1,3)

{x+2y=2x=−2

{x−3y=−6x=−3

Solution

(−3,1)

{x+y=4x=1

{4x−3y=88x−6y=14

Solution

no solution

{x+3y=4−2x−6y=3

{−2x+4y=4y=12x

Solution

no solution

{3x+5y=10y=−35x+1

{x=−3y+42x+6y=8

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{4x=3y+78x−6y=14

{2x+y=6−8x−4y=−24

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{5x+2y=7−10x−4y=−14

{x+3y=−64y=−43x−8

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{−x+2y=−6y=−12x−1

{−3x+2y=−2y=−x+4

Solution

(2,2)

{−x+2y=−2y=−x−1

Determine the Number of Solutions of a Linear System Without graphing the following systems of equations, determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{y=23x+1−2x+3y=5

Solution

0 solutions

{y=13x+2x−3y=9

{y=−2x+14x+2y=8

Solution

0 solutions

{y=3x+49x−3y=18

{y=23x+12x−3y=7

Solution

no solutions, inconsistent, independent

{3x+4y=12y=−3x−1

{4x+2y=104x−2y=−6

Solution

consistent, 1 solution

{5x+3y=42x−3y=5

{y=−12x+5x+2y=10

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{y=x+1−x+y=1

{y=2x+32x−y=−3

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{5x−2y=10y=52x−5

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Graphing In the following exercises, solve.

Molly is making strawberry infused water. For each ounce of strawberry juice, she uses three times as many ounces of water. How many ounces of strawberry juice and how many ounces of water does she need to make 64 ounces of strawberry infused water?

Solution

Molly needs 16 ounces of strawberry juice and 48 ounces of water.

Jamal is making a snack mix that contains only pretzels and nuts. For every ounce of nuts, he will use 2 ounces of pretzels. How many ounces of pretzels and how many ounces of nuts does he need to make 45 ounces of snack mix?

Enrique is making a party mix that contains raisins and nuts. For each ounce of nuts, he uses twice the amount of raisins. How many ounces of nuts and how many ounces of raisins does he need to make 24 ounces of party mix?

Solution

Enrique needs 8 ounces of nuts and 16 ounces of water.

Owen is making lemonade from concentrate. The number of quarts of water he needs is 4 times the number of quarts of concentrate. How many quarts of water and how many quarts of concentrate does Owen need to make 100 quarts of lemonade?

Everyday Math

Leo is planning his spring flower garden. He wants to plant tulip and daffodil bulbs. He will plant 6 times as many daffodil bulbs as tulip bulbs. If he wants to plant 350 bulbs, how many tulip bulbs and how many daffodil bulbs should he plant?

Solution

Leo should plant 50 tulips and 300 daffodils.

A marketing company surveys 1,200 people. They surveyed twice as many females as males. How many males and females did they survey?

Writing Exercises

In a system of linear equations, the two equations have the same slope. Describe the possible solutions to the system.

Solution

Given that it is only known that the slopes of both linear equations are the same, there are either no solutions (the graphs of the equations are parallel) or infinitely many.

In a system of linear equations, the two equations have the same intercepts. Describe the possible solutions to the system.

Self Check

After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This figure shows a table with four rows and four columns. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidently.” “With some help.” and “No - I don’t get it.” The only column with filled in cells below it is labeled “I can…” It reads, “determine whether an ordered pair is a solution of a system of equations.” “solve a system of linear equations by graphing.” “determine the number of solutions of a linear system.” and “solve applications of systems of equations by graphing.”

If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved the objectives in this section. Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific.

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly because topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. In math every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no - I don’t get it! This is a warning sign and you must not ignore it. You should get help right away or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as you can to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

coincident lines
Coincident lines are lines that have the same slope and same y-intercept.
consistent system
A consistent system of equations is a system of equations with at least one solution.
dependent equations
Two equations are dependent if all the solutions of one equation are also solutions of the other equation.
inconsistent system
An inconsistent system of equations is a system of equations with no solution.
independent equations
Two equations are independent if they have different solutions.
solutions of a system of equations
Solutions of a system of equations are the values of the variables that make all the equations true. A solution of a system of two linear equations is represented by an ordered pair (x, y).
system of linear equations
When two or more linear equations are grouped together, they form a system of linear equations.

Solving Systems of Equations by Substitution

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve a system of equations by substitution
  • Solve applications of systems of equations by substitution

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify −5(3−x).
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−15+5x

Simplify 4−2(n+5).
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−2n−6

Solve for y: 8y−8=32−2y
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides.

Solution

y=4

Solve for x: 3x−9y=−3
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

x=3y−1

Solving systems of linear equations by graphing is a good way to visualize the types of solutions that may result. However, there are many cases where solving a system by graphing is inconvenient or imprecise. If the graphs extend beyond the small grid with x and y both between −10 and 10, graphing the lines may be cumbersome. And if the solutions to the system are not integers, it can be hard to read their values precisely from a graph.

In this section, we will solve systems of linear equations by the substitution method.

Solve a System of Equations by Substitution

We will use the same system we used first for graphing.

{2x+y=7x−2y=6

We will first solve one of the equations for either x or y. We can choose either equation and solve for either variable—but we’ll try to make a choice that will keep the work easy.

Then we substitute that expression into the other equation. The result is an equation with just one variable—and we know how to solve those!

After we find the value of one variable, we will substitute that value into one of the original equations and solve for the other variable. Finally, we check our solution and make sure it makes both equations true.

We’ll fill in all these steps now in Example 1.

How to Solve a System of Equations by Substitution

Solve the system by substitution. {2x+y=7x−2y=6

 

 

 

Solution

Solution

This figure has three columns and six rows. The first row says, “Step 1. Solve one of the equations for either variable.” To the right of this, the middl row reads, “We’ll solve the first equation for y.” The third column shows the two equations: 2x + y = 7 and x – 2y = 6. It shows that 2x + y = 7 becomes y = 7 – 2x. The second row reads, “Step 2. Substitute the expression from Step 1 into the other equation.” Then, “We replace y in the second equation with the expression 7 – 2x.” It then shows the x – 2y = 6 becomes x – 2(7 – 2x) = 6. The third row says, “Step 3: Solve the resulting equation.” Then “Now we have an equation with just 1 variable. WE know how to solve this!” It then shows that x – 2(7 – 2x) = 6 becomes x – 14 + 4x = 6 which becomes 5x = 20. Thus x = 4. The fourth row says, “Step 4. Substitute the solution in Step 3 into one of the original quaitons to find the other variable.” Then, “We’ll use the first equation and replace x with 4.” Then it shows that 2x + y = 7 becomes 2(4) + y = 7. This becomes 8 + y = 7, and thus y = −1. The fifth row reads, “Step 5. Write the solution as an ordered pair.” Then “The ordered air is (x, y).” Then (4, −1). The sixth row reads, “Step 6. Check that the order pair is a solution to both original equations.” Then, “Substitute (4, −1) into both equations and make sure they are both true.” It then shows that 2x + y = 7 becomxe 2(4) + −1 = 7, and thus 7 = 7. It also shows that x – 2y = 6 becomes 4 – 2(−1) = 6, and thus 6−6. It also states, “Both equations are ture. (4, −1) is the solution to the system.”

Solve the system by substitution. {−2x+y=−11x+3y=9

Solution

(6,1)

Solve the system by substitution. {x+3y=104x+y=18

Solution

(4,2)

Solve a system of equations by substitution.

  1. Solve one of the equations for either variable.
  2. Substitute the expression from Step 1 into the other equation.
  3. Solve the resulting equation.
  4. Substitute the solution in Step 3 into one of the original equations to find the other variable.
  5. Write the solution as an ordered pair.
  6. Check that the ordered pair is a solution to both original equations.

If one of the equations in the system is given in slope–intercept form, Step 1 is already done! We’ll see this in Example 2.

Solve the system by substitution.

{x+y=−1y=x+5

Solution

Solution

The second equation is already solved for y. We will substitute the expression in place of y in the first equation.
A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation is x + y = -1, and the second equation is y = x + 5. A light blue brace on the left groups the two equations together.
The second equation is already solved for y.
We will substitute into the first equation.
Replace the y with x + 5. A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation, y = x + 5, is circled in red, with an arrow pointing to the second equation, x + y = -1, suggesting substitution.
Solve the resulting equation for x. A math equation showing 'X + X + 5 = -1' with the second 'X' and '5' in a reddish hue, displayed against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '2x + 5 = -1' in a clear, digital font against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '2x = -6' in gray text. The equation shows two times 'x' equals negative six.
Substitute x = −3 into y = x + 5 to find y. An algebraic problem illustrating the substitution of x = -3 into the equation y = x + 5.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 'y = -3 + 5'. The number '3' is highlighted in red, indicating a negative value in the sum.
The ordered pair is (−3, 2). The equation y=2 is displayed on a white background, representing a horizontal line in a Cartesian coordinate system where the y-coordinate is consistently 2.
Check the ordered pair in both equations:

x+y=−1−3+2=?−1−1=−1✓y=x+52=?−3+52=2✓
The solution is (−3, 2).

Solve the system by substitution. {x+y=6y=3x−2

Solution

(2,4)

Solve the system by substitution. {2x−y=1y=−3x−6

Solution

(−1,−3)

If the equations are given in standard form, we’ll need to start by solving for one of the variables. In this next example, we’ll solve the first equation for y.

Solve the system by substitution. {3x+y=52x+4y=−10

Solution

Solution

We need to solve one equation for one variable. Then we will substitute that expression into the other equation.
Solve for y.

Substitute into the other equation.
An image illustrating the substitution method for solving a system of linear equations. The first equation, 3x + y = 5, is rewritten as y = -3x + 5. This expression for y is then substituted into the second equation, 2x + 4y = -10, as indicated by the red arrow.
Replace the y with −3x + 5. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: 2x + 4(-3x + 5) = -10. The numbers and variables are in a dark gray font, while the '-3x + 5' inside the parentheses is highlighted in red.
Solve the resulting equation for x. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 2x - 12x + 20 = -10. The equation involves a variable 'x' and numerical constants, with subtraction, addition, and equality operations.
A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression '-10x + 20 = -10' in dark gray text against a plain white background.
A mathematical equation displays '-10x = -30' against a white background.
Substitute x = 3 into 3x + y = 5 to find y. An image displays the algebraic expression 'x = 3' circled in red, with an arrow pointing from it to the equation '3x + y = 5,' indicating the substitution of the value of x into the equation.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '3(3) + y = 5'. The first '3' is black, the second '3' inside the parentheses is red, and the rest of the equation is black. This simplifies to 9 + y = 5, so y = -4.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 9 + y = 5.
The ordered pair is (3, −4). The equation y = -4 is displayed in black text on a white background.
Check the ordered pair in both equations:

3x+y=53·3+(−4)=?59−4=?55=5✓2x+4y=−102·3+4(−4)=−106−16=?−10−10=−10✓
The solution is (3, −4).

Solve the system by substitution. {4x+y=23x+2y=−1

Solution

(1,−2)

Solve the system by substitution. {−x+y=44x−y=2

Solution

(2,6)

In Example 3 it was easiest to solve for y in the first equation because it had a coefficient of 1. In Example 4 it will be easier to solve for x.

Solve the system by substitution. {x−2y=−23x+2y=34

Solution

Solution

We will solve the first equation for x and then substitute the expression into the second equation.

A linear equation in two variables, x - 2y = -2, is displayed in black text on a white background.
Solve for x.

Substitute into the other equation.
This image illustrates the substitution method for solving a system of equations. The expression '2y - 2' from the equation 'x = 2y - 2' is shown being substituted into the equation '3x + 2y = 34'.
Replace the x with 2y − 2. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: 3(2y - 2) + 2y = 34. The term '2y - 2' inside the parentheses is highlighted in red.
Solve the resulting equation for y. A mathematical equation displayed on a white background, which reads '6y - 6 + 2y = 34'.

Substitute y = 5 into x − 2y = −2 to find x.
A mathematical equation, 8y - 6 = 34, is displayed on a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '8y = 40' in black text.
An image displays two mathematical expressions. The top expression, circled in red, is 'y = 5'. An arrow extends from this circled expression downwards to the bottom expression, which is 'x - 2y = -2'.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'x - 2 * 5 = -2'. The multiplication symbol and the number 5 are highlighted in red, suggesting the operation to be performed first.
A mathematical equation is displayed with a white background showing 'x - 10 = -2' in black characters. The equation represents a simple algebraic problem.
The image displays a simple equation, 'X = 8', in a bold, sans-serif font centered on a plain white background.
The ordered pair is (8, 5).
Check the ordered pair in both equations:

x−2y=−28−2·5=?−28−10=?−2−2=−2✓3x+2y=343·8+2·5=?3424+10=?3434=34✓
The solution is (8, 5).

Solve the system by substitution. {x−5y=134x−3y=1

Solution

(−2,−3)

Solve the system by substitution. {x−6y=−62x−4y=4

Solution

(6,2)

When both equations are already solved for the same variable, it is easy to substitute!

Solve the system by substitution. {y=−2x+5y=12x

Solution

Solution

Since both equations are solved for y, we can substitute one into the other.

Substitute 12x for y in the first equation. Equations y = (1/2)x and y = -2x + 5 are displayed. An arrow highlights the relationship between their slopes, 1/2 and -2, demonstrating they are negative reciprocals for perpendicular lines.
Replace the y with 12x. A mathematical equation is displayed: one-half x equals negative two x plus five (1/2x = -2x + 5).
Solve the resulting equation. Start
by clearing the fraction.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 2(1/2x) = 2(-2x + 5). The numbers and variables are in black font.
Solve for x. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'x = -4x + 10' in bold, black text on a white background, representing an algebraic problem to solve for the value of x.
A simple algebraic equation, 5x = 10, is displayed in black text on a white background.
Substitute x = 2 into y = 12x to find y. A diagram illustrating the substitution of x=2 into the equation y = (1/2)x.
A mathematical equation shows 'y = 1/2 ', with a multiplication dot followed by the number '2' highlighted in red.
The image shows a mathematical equation 'y=1' rendered in gray text against a plain white background, centrally positioned within the frame.
The ordered pair is (2,1).
Check the ordered pair in both equations:

y=12x1=?12·21=1✓y=−2x+51=?−2·2+51=−4+51=1✓
The solution is (2,1).

Solve the system by substitution. {y=3x−16y=13x

Solution

(6,2)

Solve the system by substitution. {y=−x+10y=14x

Solution

(8,2)

Be very careful with the signs in the next example.

Solve the system by substitution. {4x+2y=46x−y=8

Solution

Solution

We need to solve one equation for one variable. We will solve the first equation for y.

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4x + 2y = 4' in black text on a white background.
Solve the first equation for y. A clear image of the linear equation 2y = -4x + 4, presented on a plain white background.
Substitute −2x + 2 for y in the second equation. Illustration of solving a system of equations by substituting y = -2x + 2 into 6x - y = 8.
Replace the y with −2x + 2. A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression 6x - (-2x + 2) = 8, where the terms -2x and +2 are highlighted in red within the parentheses.
Solve the equation for x. The image shows the mathematical equation 6x + 2x - 2 = 8.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '8x - 2 = 8'. The equation is presented clearly and centrally.
A simple mathematical equation '8x = 10' is displayed in black text on a plain white background.


Substitute x=54 into 4x + 2y = 4 to find y.
An equation 4x + 2y = 4 is shown, with an arrow pointing from the expression x = 5/4, which is circled in red, to the equation. This indicates substitution or a given value for x.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: 4(5/4) + 2y = 4. The numerator and denominator of the fraction, 5 and 4 respectively, are highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '5 + 2y = 4'. The equation features the number 5, a plus sign, the number 2, the variable 'y', an equals sign, and the number 4.
A simple algebraic equation, 2y = -1, is displayed on a white background, representing a basic mathematical problem to solve for the variable 'y'.
The equation y = -1/2 is displayed on a white background, representing a horizontal line at y equals negative one-half.
The ordered pair is (54,−12).
Check the ordered pair in both equations.

4x+2y=44(54)+2(−12)=?45−1=?44=4✓6x−y=86(54)−(−12)=?8154−(−12)=?8162=?88=8✓
The solution is (54,−12).

Solve the system by substitution. {x−4y=−4−3x+4y=0

Solution

(2,32)

Solve the system by substitution. {4x−y=02x−3y=5

Solution

(−12,−2)

In Example 7, it will take a little more work to solve one equation for x or y.

Solve the system by substitution. {4x−3y=615y−20x=−30

Solution

Solution

We need to solve one equation for one variable. We will solve the first equation for x.

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 4x - 3y = 6.
Solve the first equation for x. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4x = 3y + 6' in a clear, digital font on a white background. This linear equation involves two variables, x and y, and constant terms.
Substitute 34y+32 for x in the second equation. Two mathematical equations are displayed: x = (3/4)y + 3/2, highlighted in a red oval, with an arrow pointing to the second equation, 15y - 20x = -30, indicating a relationship or substitution.
Replace the x with 34y+32. A mathematical equation is displayed: 15y - 20(3/4y + 3/2) = -30. The fractions 3/4 and 3/2 are highlighted in red.
Solve for y. An algebraic equation, '15y - 15y - 30 = -30,' is presented on a white background, which simplifies to -30 = -30, indicating that the equation holds true for any value of 'y' and has infinitely many solutions.
The mathematical equation '0 - 30 = -30' is displayed in a simple, clear font on a white background, demonstrating a basic subtraction problem resulting in a negative number.
The mathematical equation 0 = 0.

Since 0 = 0 is a true statement, the system is consistent. The equations are dependent. The graphs of these two equations would give the same line. The system has infinitely many solutions.

Solve the system by substitution. {2x−3y=12−12y+8x=48

Solution

infinitely many solutions

Solve the system by substitution. {5x+2y=12−4y−10x=−24

Solution

infinitely many solutions

Look back at the equations in Example 7. Is there any way to recognize that they are the same line?

Let’s see what happens in the next example.

Solve the system by substitution. {5x−2y=−10y=52x

Solution

Solution

The second equation is already solved for y, so we can substitute for y in the first equation.

Substitute x for y in the first equation. An arrow points from the circled equation y = (5/2)x to 5x - 2y = -10, illustrating a transformation between two linear equation forms.
Replace the y with 52x. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '5x minus 2 multiplied by (5 over 2 multiplied by x) equals -10'. The fraction '5 over 2' and the 'x' immediately following it are colored red.
Solve for x. A mathematical equation displays '5x - 5x = -10', which simplifies to '0 = -10', a contradiction indicating that there is no solution for x in this equation.
Mathematical expression showing 0 does not equal -10.

Since 0 = −10 is a false statement the equations are inconsistent. The graphs of the two equation would be parallel lines. The system has no solutions.

Solve the system by substitution. {3x+2y=9y=−32x+1

Solution

no solution

Solve the system by substitution. {5x−3y=2y=53x−4

Solution

no solution

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Substitution

We’ll copy here the problem solving strategy we used in the Solving Systems of Equations by Graphing section for solving systems of equations. Now that we know how to solve systems by substitution, that’s what we’ll do in Step 5.

How to use a problem solving strategy for systems of linear equations.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose variables to represent those quantities.
  4. Translate into a system of equations.
  5. Solve the system of equations using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Some people find setting up word problems with two variables easier than setting them up with just one variable. Choosing the variable names is easier when all you need to do is write down two letters. Think about this in the next example—how would you have done it with just one variable?

The sum of two numbers is zero. One number is nine less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for two numbers.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.  Let n= the first number
Let m= the second number
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. The sum of two numbers is zero.
A simple algebraic equation is displayed, showing 'n + m = 0' in black text against a plain white background.
One number is nine less than the other.
A mathematical equation displays 'n = m - 9' in black text against a white background.
The system is: A system of two linear equations is presented, with a light blue brace indicating they are grouped. The equations are: n + m = 0 and n = m - 9. The text is clear on a white background.
Step 5. Solve the system of
equations. We will use substitution
since the second equation is solved
for n.
Substitute m − 9 for n in the first equation. Two equations are displayed: n = m - 9 and n + m = 0. The expression 'm - 9' in the first equation is circled in red, and a red arrow points from it to the second equation.
Solve for m. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'm - 9 + m = 0'. The 'm' and '- 9' are in a reddish-brown color, while the rest of the equation is in black.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '2m - 9 = 0'.
A mathematical equation '2m = 9' is displayed in black font on a plain white background, appearing as if handwritten or typed in a simple style.
Substitute m=92 into the second equation
and then solve for n.
A white background displays two mathematical expressions. The top expression reads 'm = 9/2,' with the fraction '9/2' encircled in red. A red arrow points from this circled fraction to the variable 'm' in the lower expression, 'n = m - 9.' This visually indicates the substitution of the value of m into the second equation.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'm' equals the fraction nine over two, minus nine. The fraction '9/2' is highlighted in red, while 'm =' and '- 9' are in black.
A mathematical equation displays 'm = 9/2 - 18/2' against a white background.
A mathematical expression shows 'n' equals negative nine-halves, written as 'n = -9/2' on a white background. The variable 'n' is isolated, indicating its value as a negative fraction or decimal.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. Do these numbers make sense in
the problem? We will leave this to you!
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are 92 and −92.

The sum of two numbers is 10. One number is 4 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 3 and 7.

The sum of two number is −6. One number is 10 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 2 and −8.

In the Example 10, we’ll use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle, P = 2L + 2W.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 88. The length is five more than twice the width. Find the length and the width.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. A simple diagram depicts a rectangle with its width labeled 'W' on the left side and its length labeled 'L' below the bottom edge.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for the length and width.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let L= the length
  W= the width
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. The perimeter of a rectangle is 88.
    2L + 2W = P
The image shows the mathematical equation 2L + 2W = 88, which represents the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle, where L is the length and W is the width, equaling 88.
The length is five more than twice the width.
The image displays the mathematical equation L = 2W + 5, featuring uppercase L and W variables, the equals sign, multiplication, and addition.
The system is: A system of two linear equations is presented, with the first equation being 2L + 2W = 88 and the second equation being L = 2W + 5, enclosed by a left curly brace.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
We will use substitution since the second
equation is solved for L.

Substitute 2W + 5 for L in the first equation.
A red arrow points from the encircled expression '2W + 5' in the equation L = 2W + 5 to 'L' in the equation 2L + 2W = 88, illustrating the substitution method in algebra.
Solve for W. A mathematical equation is displayed: 2(2W + 5) + 2W = 88. The terms '2W' and '5' within the parentheses are highlighted in red, contrasting with the black color of the rest of the equation.
A mathematical equation is presented, reading '4W + 10 + 2W = 88' against a plain white background.
The image displays a mathematical equation: '6W + 10 = 88' on a white background. It represents a linear equation with one variable 'W' to be solved.
The image displays a mathematical equation '6W = 78' in black text on a white background, representing an algebraic expression where the variable W can be solved for.
Substitute W = 13 into the second
equation and then solve for L.
Mathematical expressions W=13 and L=2W+5 are shown. A red circle highlights the number 13, and a red arrow points from 13 to the W in the second equation, indicating substitution.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing L = 2 * 13 + 5. The number 13 is highlighted in red, indicating a specific focus on this value within the calculation.
The image displays the text 'L = 31' in a simple, clear font against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. Does a rectangle with length 31 and width
13 have perimeter 88? Yes.
Step 7. Answer the equation. The length is 31 and the width is 13.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 40. The length is 4 more than the width. Find the length and width of the rectangle.

Solution

The length is 12 and the width is 8.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 58. The length is 5 more than three times the width. Find the length and width of the rectangle.

Solution

The length is 23 and the width is 6.

For Example 11 we need to remember that the sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle is 180 degrees and that a right triangle has one 90 degree angle.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is ten more than three times the measure of the other small angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Solution

Solution

We will draw and label a figure.
Step 1. Read the problem. A right-angled triangle is shown with angle 'a' at the top vertex and angle 'b' at the bottom right vertex. A square symbol indicates the 90-degree angle.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for the measures of the angles.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let a= the measure of the 1st angle
b= the measure of the 2nd angle
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. The measure of one of the small angles
of a right triangle is ten more than three
times the measure of the other small angle.
A mathematical equation shows 'a = 3b + 10' in a simple, clear font against a white background.
The sum of the measures of the angles of
a triangle is 180.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'a + b + 90 = 180' in black text against a white background.
The system is: A system of two linear equations is presented, with the equations being a = 3b + 10 and a + b + 90 = 180.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
We will use substitution since the first
equation is solved for a.
Two algebraic equations, 'a = 3b + 10' and 'a + b + 90 = 180', are displayed on a white background, with a red arrow pointing from the first (circled) to the second.
Substitute 3b + 10 for a in the
second equation.
A mathematical equation is displayed: (3b + 10) + b + 90 = 180. The term '3b + 10' is highlighted in red, indicating it is a specific angle measurement in a geometric problem.
Solve for b. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, which reads '4b + 100 = 180'.
A close-up shot of a white background with a mathematical equation in the center. The equation reads '4b = 80' in a simple black font.
An algebraic problem illustrating substitution: given b=20, substitute this value into a=3b+10 to solve for a.
Substitute b = 20 into the first
equation and then solve for a.
A mathematical equation, 'a = 3 * 20 + 10', is displayed on a white background. Performing the multiplication first (3 * 20 = 60) and then the addition (60 + 10 = 70) reveals that 'a' equals 70.
The equation a = 70 is displayed on a white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. We will leave this to you!
Step 7. Answer the question. The measures of the small angles are
20 and 70.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 2 more than 3 times the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

Solution

The measure of the angles are 22 degrees and 68 degrees.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 18 less than twice the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

Solution

The measure of the angles are 36 degrees and 54 degrees.

Heather has been offered two options for her salary as a trainer at the gym. Option A would pay her $25,000 plus $15 for each training session. Option B would pay her $10,000 + $40 for each training session. How many training sessions would make the salary options equal?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for the number of training sessions
that would make the pay equal.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let s= Heather’s salary.
n= the number of training sessions
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. Option A would pay her $25,000 plus $15
for each training session.
The image shows the equation s = 25,000 + 15n, presented in a black font against a white background.
Option B would pay her $10,000 + $40
for each training session
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 's = 10,000 + 40n'.
The system is: A system of two linear equations is presented. The first equation is s = 25,000 + 15n, and the second equation is s = 10,000 + 40n, where 's' and 'n' are variables.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
We will use substitution.
Two equations are presented: s = 25,000 + 15n, circled in red, and s = 10,000 + 40n. An arrow from the circled equation points to the second.
Substitute 25,000 + 15n for s in the second equation. A mathematical equation is displayed: 25,000 + 15n = 10,000 + 40n.
Solve for n. A mathematical equation is displayed with a white background and dark gray text. The equation reads: 25,000 = 10,000 + 25n.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 15,000 equals 25n.
The image displays a mathematical equation written in a simple, clear font on a white background, stating '600 = n'.
Step 6. Check the answer. Are 600 training sessions a year reasonable?
Are the two options equal when n = 600?
Step 7. Answer the question. The salary options would be equal for 600 training sessions.

Geraldine has been offered positions by two insurance companies. The first company pays a salary of $12,000 plus a commission of $100 for each policy sold. The second pays a salary of $20,000 plus a commission of $50 for each policy sold. How many policies would need to be sold to make the total pay the same?

Solution

There would need to be 160 policies sold to make the total pay the same.

Kenneth currently sells suits for company A at a salary of $22,000 plus a $10 commission for each suit sold. Company B offers him a position with a salary of $28,000 plus a $4 commission for each suit sold. How many suits would Kenneth need to sell for the options to be equal?

Solution

Kenneth would need to sell 1,000 suits.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving systems of equations by substitution.

  • Instructional Video-Solve Linear Systems by Substitution
  • Instructional Video-Solve by Substitution

Key Concepts

  • Solve a system of equations by substitution
    1. Solve one of the equations for either variable.
    2. Substitute the expression from Step 1 into the other equation.
    3. Solve the resulting equation.
    4. Substitute the solution in Step 3 into one of the original equations to find the other variable.
    5. Write the solution as an ordered pair.
    6. Check that the ordered pair is a solution to both original equations.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve a System of Equations by Substitution

In the following exercises, solve the systems of equations by substitution.

{2x+y=−43x−2y=−6

Solution

(−2,0)

{2x+y=−23x−y=7

{x−2y=−52x−3y=−4

Solution

(7,6)

{x−3y=−92x+5y=4

{5x−2y=−6y=3x+3

Solution

(0,3)

{−2x+2y=6y=−3x+1

{2x+3y=3y=−x+3

Solution

(6,−3)

{2x+5y=−14y=−2x+2

{2x+5y=1y=13x−2

Solution

(3,−1)

{3x+4y=1y=−25x+2

{3x−2y=6y=23x+2

Solution

(6,6)

{−3x−5y=3y=12x−5

{2x+y=10−x+y=−5

Solution

(5,0)

{−2x+y=10−x+2y=16

{3x+y=1−4x+y=15

Solution

(−2,7)

{x+y=02x+3y=−4

{x+3y=13x+5y=−5

Solution

(−5,2)

{x+2y=−12x+3y=1

{2x+y=5x−2y=−15

Solution

(−1,7)

{4x+y=10x−2y=−20

{y=−2x−1y=−13x+4

Solution

(−3,5)

{y=x−6y=−32x+4

{y=2x−8y=35x+6

Solution

(10, 12)

{y=−x−1y=x+7

{4x+2y=88x−y=1

Solution

(12,3)

{−x−12y=−12x−8y=−6

{15x+2y=6−5x+2y=−4

Solution

(12,−34)

{2x−15y=712x+2y=−4

{y=3x6x−2y=0

Solution

Infinitely many solutions

{x=2y4x−8y=0

{2x+16y=8−x−8y=−4

Solution

Infinitely many solutions

{15x+4y=6−30x−8y=−12

{y=−4x4x+y=1

Solution

No solution

{y=−14xx+4y=8

{y=78x+4−7x+8y=6

Solution

No solution

{y=−23x+52x+3y=11

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Substitution

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The sum of two numbers is 15. One number is 3 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 6 and 9.

The sum of two numbers is 30. One number is 4 less than the other. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is −26. One number is 12 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are −7 and −19.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 50. The length is 5 more than the width. Find the length and width.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 60. The length is 10 more than the width. Find the length and width.

Solution

The length is 20 and the width is 10.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 58. The length is 5 more than three times the width. Find the length and width.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 84. The length is 10 more than three times the width. Find the length and width.

Solution

The length is 34 and the width is 8.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 14 more than 3 times the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 26 more than 3 times the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

Solution

The measures are 16° and 74°.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 15 less than twice the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 45 less than twice the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

Solution

The measures are 45° and 45°.

Maxim has been offered positions by two car dealers. The first company pays a salary of $10,000 plus a commission of $1,000 for each car sold. The second pays a salary of $20,000 plus a commission of $500 for each car sold. How many cars would need to be sold to make the total pay the same?

Jackie has been offered positions by two cable companies. The first company pays a salary of $ 14,000 plus a commission of $100 for each cable package sold. The second pays a salary of $20,000 plus a commission of $25 for each cable package sold. How many cable packages would need to be sold to make the total pay the same?

Solution

80 cable packages would need to be sold.

Amara currently sells televisions for company A at a salary of $17,000 plus a $100 commission for each television she sells. Company B offers her a position with a salary of $29,000 plus a $20 commission for each television she sells. How many televisions would Amara need to sell for the options to be equal?

Mitchell currently sells stoves for company A at a salary of $12,000 plus a $150 commission for each stove he sells. Company B offers him a position with a salary of $24,000 plus a $50 commission for each stove he sells. How many stoves would Mitchell need to sell for the options to be equal?

Solution

Mitchell would need to sell 120 stoves.

Everyday Math

When Gloria spent 15 minutes on the elliptical trainer and then did circuit training for 30 minutes, her fitness app says she burned 435 calories. When she spent 30 minutes on the elliptical trainer and 40 minutes circuit training she burned 690 calories. Solve the system {15e+30c=43530e+40c=690 for e, the number of calories she burns for each minute on the elliptical trainer, and c, the number of calories she burns for each minute of circuit training.

Stephanie left Riverside, California, driving her motorhome north on Interstate 15 towards Salt Lake City at a speed of 56 miles per hour. Half an hour later, Tina left Riverside in her car on the same route as Stephanie, driving 70 miles per hour. Solve the system {56s=70ts=t+12.

  1. ⓐ for t to find out how long it will take Tina to catch up to Stephanie.
  2. ⓑ what is the value of s, the number of hours Stephanie will have driven before Tina catches up to her?
Solution

ⓐ t=2 hours ⓑ s=212 hours

Writing Exercises

Solve the system of equations
{x+y=10x−y=6

ⓐ by graphing. ⓑ by substitution. ⓒ Which method do you prefer? Why?

Solve the system of equations
{3x+y=12x=y−8 by substitution and explain all your steps in words.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This figure shows a table with three rows and four columns. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidently.” “With some help.” and “No - I don’t get it.” The only column with filled in cells below it is labeled “I can…” It reads, “solve a system of equations by substitution.” “solve applications of systems of equations by substitution.”

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

Solve Systems of Equations by Elimination

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve a system of equations by elimination
  • Solve applications of systems of equations by elimination
  • Choose the most convenient method to solve a system of linear equations

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify −5(6−3a).
If you missed this problem, review Example 15 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−30+15a

Solve the equation 13x+58=3124.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations with Fractions or Decimals.

Solution

x=2

We have solved systems of linear equations by graphing and by substitution. Graphing works well when the variable coefficients are small and the solution has integer values. Substitution works well when we can easily solve one equation for one of the variables and not have too many fractions in the resulting expression.

The third method of solving systems of linear equations is called the Elimination Method. When we solved a system by substitution, we started with two equations and two variables and reduced it to one equation with one variable. This is what we’ll do with the elimination method, too, but we’ll have a different way to get there.

Solve a System of Equations by Elimination

The Elimination Method is based on the Addition Property of Equality. The Addition Property of Equality says that when you add the same quantity to both sides of an equation, you still have equality. We will extend the Addition Property of Equality to say that when you add equal quantities to both sides of an equation, the results are equal.

For any expressions a, b, c, and d,

ifa=bandc=dthena+c=b+d

To solve a system of equations by elimination, we start with both equations in standard form. Then we decide which variable will be easiest to eliminate. How do we decide? We want to have the coefficients of one variable be opposites, so that we can add the equations together and eliminate that variable.

Notice how that works when we add these two equations together:

3x+y=52x−y=0_________5x=5

The y’s add to zero and we have one equation with one variable.

Let’s try another one:

{x+4y=22x+5y=−2

This time we don’t see a variable that can be immediately eliminated if we add the equations.

But if we multiply the first equation by −2, we will make the coefficients of x opposites. We must multiply every term on both sides of the equation by −2.

This figure shows two equations. The first is negative 2 times x plus 4y in parentheses equals negative 2 times 2. The second is 2x + 5y = negative 2. This figure shows two equations. The first is negative 2x minus 8y = negative 4. The second is 2x + 5y = -negative 2.

Now we see that the coefficients of the x terms are opposites, so x will be eliminated when we add these two equations.

Add the equations yourself—the result should be −3y = −6. And that looks easy to solve, doesn’t it? Here is what it would look like.

This figure shows two equations being added together. The first is negative 2x – 8y = −4 and 2x plus 5y = negative 2. The answer is negative 3y = negative 6.

We’ll do one more:

{4x−3y=103x+5y=−7

It doesn’t appear that we can get the coefficients of one variable to be opposites by multiplying one of the equations by a constant, unless we use fractions. So instead, we’ll have to multiply both equations by a constant.

We can make the coefficients of x be opposites if we multiply the first equation by 3 and the second by −4, so we get 12x and −12x.

This figure shows two equations. The first is 3 times 4x minus 3y in parentheses equals 3 times 10. The second is negative 4 times 3x plus 5y in parentheses equals negative 4 times negative 7.

This gives us these two new equations:

{12x−9y=30−12x−20y=28

When we add these equations,

{12x−9y=30−12x−20y=28_____________−29y=58

the x’s are eliminated and we just have −29y = 58.

Once we get an equation with just one variable, we solve it. Then we substitute that value into one of the original equations to solve for the remaining variable. And, as always, we check our answer to make sure it is a solution to both of the original equations.

Now we’ll see how to use elimination to solve the same system of equations we solved by graphing and by substitution.

How to Solve a System of Equations by Elimination

Solve the system by elimination. {2x+y=7x−2y=6

Solution

Solution

This figure has seven rows and three columns. The first row reads, “Step 1. Write both equations in standard form. If any coefficients are fractions, clear them.” It also says, “Both equations are in standard form, A x + B y = C. There are no fractions.” It also gives the two equations as 2x + y = 7 and x – 2y = 6. The second row reads, “Step 2: Make the coefficients of one variable opposites. Decide which variable you will eliminate. Multiply one or both equations so that the coefficients of that variable are opposites.” It also says, “We can eliminate the y’s by multiplying the first equation by 2. Multiply both sides of 2x + y = 7 by 2.” It also shows the steps with equations. Initially the equations are ex + y = 7 and x – 2y = 6. Then they become 2(2x + y) = 2 times 7 and x – 2y = 6. They then become 4x + 2y = 14 and x – 2y = 6. The third row says, “Step 3: Add the equations resulting from step 2 to eliminate one variable.” It also says, “We add the x’s, y’s, and constants.” It then gives the equation as 5x = 20. The fourth row says, “Step 4: Solve for the remaining variable.” It also says, “Solve for x.” It gives the equation as x = 4. The fifth row says, “Step 5: Substitute the solution from Step 4 into one of the original equations. Then solve for the other variable.” It also says, “Substitute x = 4 into the second equation, x – 2y = 6. Then solve for y.” It then gives the equations as x – 2y = 6 which becomes 4 – 2y = 6. This is then −2y = 2, and thus, y = −1. The sixth row says, “Step 6: Write the solution as an order pair.” It also says, “Write it as (x, y).” It gives the ordered pair as (4, −1). The seventh row says, “Step 7: Check that the ordered pair is a solution to both original equations.” It also says, “Substitute (4, −1) into 2x + y = 7 and x – 2y = 6. Do they make both equations true? Yes!” It then gives the equations. 2x + y = 7 becomes 2 times 4 + −1 = 7 which is 7 = 7. x – 2y = 6 becomes 4 – 2 times −1 = 6 which is 6 = 6. The row then says, “The solution is (4, −1).”

Solve the system by elimination. {3x+y=52x−3y=7

Solution

(2,−1)

Solve the system by elimination. {4x+y=−5−2x−2y=−2

Solution

(−2,3)

The steps are listed below for easy reference.

How to solve a system of equations by elimination.

  1. Write both equations in standard form. If any coefficients are fractions, clear them.
  2. Make the coefficients of one variable opposites.
    • Decide which variable you will eliminate.
    • Multiply one or both equations so that the coefficients of that variable are opposites.
  3. Add the equations resulting from Step 2 to eliminate one variable.
  4. Solve for the remaining variable.
  5. Substitute the solution from Step 4 into one of the original equations. Then solve for the other variable.
  6. Write the solution as an ordered pair.
  7. Check that the ordered pair is a solution to both original equations.

First we’ll do an example where we can eliminate one variable right away.

Solve the system by elimination. {x+y=10x−y=12

Solution

Solution

A system of two linear equations is displayed, showing x + y = 10 and x - y = 12, enclosed by a left brace, indicating they are to be solved simultaneously.
Both equations are in standard form.
The coefficients of y are already opposites.
Add the two equations to eliminate y.
The resulting equation has only 1 variable, x.
A system of two linear equations, x + y = 10 and x - y = 12, being solved using the elimination method, resulting in 2x = 22.
Solve for x, the remaining variable.

Substitute x = 11 into one of the original equations.
An image demonstrating algebraic substitution. The value x=11, circled, is shown with a red arrow pointing to its placement in the equation x+y=10.
A mathematical equation '11 + y = 10' is displayed on a white background. The number '11' is colored red, while the rest of the equation, including the plus sign, variable 'y', equals sign, and '10', is black.
Solve for the other variable, y. The image displays the simple algebraic equation 'y = -1' written in a clear, dark font against a plain white background.
Write the solution as an ordered pair. The ordered pair is (11, −1).
Check that the ordered pair is a solution
to both original equations.

x+y=1011+(−1)=?1010=10✓x−y=1211−(−1)=?1212=12✓
The solution is (11, −1).

Solve the system by elimination. {2x+y=5x−y=4

Solution

(3,−1)

Solve the system by elimination. {x+y=3−2x−y=−1

Solution

(−2,5)

In Example 3, we will be able to make the coefficients of one variable opposites by multiplying one equation by a constant.

Solve the system by elimination. {3x−2y=−25x−6y=10

Solution

Solution

A system of two linear equations is presented with a left curly brace: 3x - 2y = -2 and 5x - 6y = 10.
Both equations are in standard form.
None of the coefficients are opposites.
We can make the coefficients of y opposites by multiplying
the first equation by −3.
A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation is -3(3x - 2y) = -3(-2), and the second is 5x - 6y = 10, likely demonstrating a step in solving them.
Simplify. A system of two linear equations is presented, with the first equation being -9x + 6y = 6 and the second equation being 5x - 6y = 10.
Add the two equations to eliminate y. A step-by-step solution shows a system of two linear equations, -9x + 6y = 6 and 5x - 6y = 10, being added together to eliminate the 'y' variable, resulting in the equation -4x = 16.
Solve for the remaining variable, x.
Substitute x = −4 into one of the original equations.
An arrow indicates the substitution of x = -4 into the equation 3x - 2y = -2.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 3(-4) - 2y = -2. The number -4 is highlighted in red, indicating a potential substitution or a specific focus point in the equation.
Solve for y. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: -12 - 2y = -2.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '-2y = 10'.
The image displays the equation 'y = -5' written in a simple, clear font against a plain white background, centrally positioned.
Write the solution as an ordered pair. The ordered pair is (−4, −5).
Check that the ordered pair is a solution to
both original equations.

3x−2y=−23(−4)−2(−5)=?−2−12+10=?−2−2y=−2✓5x−6y=103(−4)−6(−5)=?10−20+30=?1010=10✓
The solution is (−4, −5).

Solve the system by elimination. {4x−3y=15x−9y=−4

Solution

(1,1)

Solve the system by elimination. {3x+2y=26x+5y=8

Solution

(−2,4)

Now we’ll do an example where we need to multiply both equations by constants in order to make the coefficients of one variable opposites.

Solve the system by elimination. {4x−3y=97x+2y=−6

Solution

Solution

In this example, we cannot multiply just one equation by any constant to get opposite coefficients. So we will strategically multiply both equations by a constant to get the opposites.
A system of two linear equations is presented: 4x - 3y = 9 and 7x + 2y = -6.
Both equations are in standard form. To get opposite
coefficients of y, we will multiply the first equation by 2
and the second equation by 3.
A system of two linear equations is shown with both sides of each equation multiplied by a constant, likely in preparation for solving by elimination. The first equation is 2(4x - 3y) = 2(9), and the second is 3(7x + 2y) = 3(-6).
Simplify. A system of two linear equations is presented: 8x - 6y = 18 and 21x + 6y = -18, commonly solved using methods like elimination or substitution.
Add the two equations to eliminate y. A system of two linear equations, 8x - 6y = 18 and 21x + 6y = -18, being solved by the elimination method. The two equations are added, resulting in 29x = 0, indicating x=0.
Solve for x.

Substitute x = 0 into one of the original equations.
A red arrow shows x=0 being substituted into the equation 7x + 2y = -6, an algebraic step to solve for y.
An algebraic equation '7 multiplied by 0 plus 2y equals -6' is displayed, illustrating a step in solving for 'y' where a term involving 0 simplifies the equation.
Solve for y. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '2y = -6' in black text.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = -3' written in black text against a plain white background, representing a horizontal line in a Cartesian coordinate system.
Write the solution as an ordered pair. The ordered pair is (0, −3).
Check that the ordered pair is a solution to
both original equations.

4x−3y=94(0)−3(−3)=?99=9✓7x+2y=−67(0)+2(−3)=?−6−6=−6✓
The solution is (0, −3).

What other constants could we have chosen to eliminate one of the variables? Would the solution be the same?

Solve the system by elimination. {3x−4y=−95x+3y=14

Solution

(1,3)

Solve the system by elimination. {7x+8y=43x−5y=27

Solution

(4,−3)

When the system of equations contains fractions, we will first clear the fractions by multiplying each equation by its LCD.

Solve the system by elimination. {x+12y=632x+23y=172

Solution

Solution

In this example, both equations have fractions. Our first step will be to multiply each equation by its LCD to clear the fractions.
A system of two linear equations with fractional coefficients is displayed, enclosed by a brace on the left side. The equations are x + 1/2y = 6 and 3/2x + 2/3y = 17/2.
To clear the fractions, multiply each equation by its LCD. The image displays a system of two linear equations. In the first equation, both sides are multiplied by 2, and in the second equation, both sides are multiplied by 6. This operation is performed to eliminate the fractional coefficients, specifically the denominators of 2 in the first equation and 2 and 3 in the second equation, thereby simplifying the system for further algebraic manipulation.
Simplify. A system of two linear equations: 2x + y = 12 and 9x + 4y = 51.
Now we are ready to eliminate one of the variables. Notice that
both equations are in standard form.
We can eliminate y multiplying the top equation by −4. A system of linear equations: -4(2x + y) = -4(12) and 9x + 4y = 51. The constant -4 is highlighted in red in the first equation.
Simplify and add.



Substitute x = 3 into one of the original equations.
Mathematical solution showing a system of linear equations (-8x - 4y = -48, 9x + 4y = 51) solved by elimination to find x=3, indicated by a red circle and arrow. A third equation, x + (1/2)y = 6, is also present.
Solve for y. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '3 + (1/2)y = 6' against a plain white background. The number 3 is highlighted in red, while the rest of the equation is in black.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '1/2y = 3'. The fraction 1/2 is vertically aligned, followed by the variable 'y', an equals sign, and the number '3'.
The image shows the mathematical equation 'y = 6' in black text on a plain white background.
Write the solution as an ordered pair. The ordered pair is (3, 6).
Check that the ordered pair is a solution
to both original equations.

x+12y=63+12(6)=?63+3=?66=6✓32x+23y=17232(3)+23(6)=?17292+4=?17292+82=?172172=172✓
The solution is (3, 6).

Solve the system by elimination. {13x−12y=134x−y=52

Solution

(6,2)

Solve the system by elimination. {x+35y=−15−12x−23y=56

Solution

(1,−2)

In the Solving Systems of Equations by Graphing we saw that not all systems of linear equations have a single ordered pair as a solution. When the two equations were really the same line, there were infinitely many solutions. We called that a consistent system. When the two equations described parallel lines, there was no solution. We called that an inconsistent system.

Solve the system by elimination. {3x+4y=12y=3−34x

Solution

Solution

Steps to solve a system of dependent linear equations, illustrating the algebraic transformations that result in the identity 0=0.
{3x+4y=12y=3−34x
Write the second equation in standard form. {3x+4y=1234x+y=3
Clear the fractions by multiplying the second equation by 4. {3x+4y=12 4(34x+y)=4(3)
Simplify. {3x+4y=123x+4y=12
To eliminate a variable, we multiply the second equation by −1.
Simplify and add.
{3x+4y=12−3x−4y=−12________________0=0

This is a true statement. The equations are consistent but dependent. Their graphs would be the same line. The system has infinitely many solutions.

After we cleared the fractions in the second equation, did you notice that the two equations were the same? That means we have coincident lines.

Solve the system by elimination. {5x−3y=15y=−5+53x

Solution

infinitely many solutions

Solve the system by elimination. {x+2y=6y=−12x+3

Solution

infinitely many solutions

Solve the system by elimination. {−6x+15y=102x−5y=−5

Solution

Solution

Steps demonstrating the elimination method to solve a system of linear equations, illustrating a case with no solution.
The equations are in standard form. {−6x+15y=102x−5y=−5
Multiply the second equation by 3 to eliminate a variable. {−6x+15y=103(2x−5y)=3(−5)
Simplify and add. {−6x+15y=106x−15y=−15__________________0≠−5

This statement is false. The equations are inconsistent and so their graphs would be parallel lines.

The system does not have a solution.

Solve the system by elimination. {−3x+2y=89x−6y=13

Solution

no solution

Solve the system by elimination. {7x−3y=−2−14x+6y=8

Solution

no solution

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Elimination

Some applications problems translate directly into equations in standard form, so we will use the elimination method to solve them. As before, we use our Problem Solving Strategy to help us stay focused and organized.

The sum of two numbers is 39. Their difference is 9. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

A 7-step guide demonstrating how to solve a word problem by setting up and solving a system of linear equations.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for two numbers.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for.
Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
Let n= the first number.
m= the second number.
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations.



      The system is:
The sum of two numbers is 39.
n+m=39
Their difference is 9.
n−m=9 {n+m=39n−m=9
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
To solve the system of equations, use elimination.
The equations are in standard form and the coefficients of m are opposites. Add.


Solve for n.


Substitute n=24 into one of the original equations and solve for m.
{n+m=39 n−m=9____________ 2n=48n=24 n+m=39 24+m=39 m=15
Step 6. Check the answer. Since 24+15=39 and 24−15=9, the answers check.
Step 7. Answer the question. The numbers are 24 and 15.

The sum of two numbers is 42. Their difference is 8. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 25 and 17.

The sum of two numbers is −15. Their difference is −35. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are −25 and 10.

Joe stops at a burger restaurant every day on his way to work. Monday he had one order of medium fries and two small sodas, which had a total of 620 calories. Tuesday he had two orders of medium fries and one small soda, for a total of 820 calories. How many calories are there in one order of medium fries? How many calories in one small soda?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the number of
calories in one order of medium fries
and in one small soda.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let f = the number of calories in
1 order of medium fries.
   s = the number of calories in
1 small soda.
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations: one medium fries and two small sodas had a
total of 620 calories
A mathematical equation reads 'f + 2s = 620' on a white background, suggesting a problem or relationship between two variables, 'f' and 's', totaling 620.
two medium fries and one small soda had a
total of 820 calories.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '2f + s = 820' in black text.
Our system is: A system of two linear equations is presented. The first equation is f + 2s = 620, and the second equation is 2f + s = 820.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
To solve the system of equations, use
elimination. The equations are in standard
form. To get opposite coefficients of f,
multiply the top equation by −2.
A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation is -2(f + 2s) = -2(620), and the second equation is 2f + s = 820. The system is enclosed by a blue brace on the left.
Simplify and add. Solving a system of linear equations by the elimination method. Adding -2f - 4s = -1240 and 2f + s = 820 results in -3s = -420.
Solve for s. The image shows the text 's = 140' in black against a white background.
Substitute s = 140 into one of the original
equations and then solve for f.
A mathematical equation shows 'f + 2s = 620' in black text against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'f + 2 ××× 140 = 620' with the number '140' highlighted in red.
The image shows a mathematical equation, f + 280 = 620, presented in a clear, standard black text on a white background, typical of a math problem or educational material.
The image displays the equation 'f = 340' in black text against a plain white background, indicating a variable 'f' set to the value 340.
Step 6. Check the answer. Verify that these numbers make sense
in the problem and that they are
solutions to both equations.
We leave this to you!
Step 7. Answer the question. The small soda has 140 calories and
the fries have 340 calories.

Malik stops at the grocery store to buy a bag of diapers and 2 cans of formula. He spends a total of $37. The next week he stops and buys 2 bags of diapers and 5 cans of formula for a total of $87. How much does a bag of diapers cost? How much is one can of formula?

Solution

The bag of diapers costs $11 and the can of formula costs $13.

To get her daily intake of fruit for the day, Sasha eats a banana and 8 strawberries on Wednesday for a calorie count of 145. On the following Wednesday, she eats two bananas and 5 strawberries for a total of 235 calories for the fruit. How many calories are there in a banana? How many calories are in a strawberry?

Solution

There are 105 calories in a banana and 5 calories in a strawberry.

Choose the Most Convenient Method to Solve a System of Linear Equations

When you will have to solve a system of linear equations in a later math class, you will usually not be told which method to use. You will need to make that decision yourself. So you’ll want to choose the method that is easiest to do and minimizes your chance of making mistakes.

This table has two rows and three columns. The first row labels the columns as “Graphing,” “Substitution,” and “Elimination.” Under “Graphing” it says, “Use when you need a picture of the situation.” Under “Substitution” it says, “Use when one equation is already solved for one variable.” Under “Elimination” it says, “Use when the equations are in standard form.”

For each system of linear equations decide whether it would be more convenient to solve it by substitution or elimination. Explain your answer.

ⓐ {3x+8y=407x−4y=−32 ⓑ {5x+6y=12y=23x−1

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ {3x+8y=407x−4y=−32
    Since both equations are in standard form, using elimination will be most convenient.
  2. ⓑ {5x+6y=12y=23x−1

>Since one equation is already solved for y, using substitution will be most convenient.

For each system of linear equations, decide whether it would be more convenient to solve it by substitution or elimination. Explain your answer.

ⓐ {4x−5y=−323x+2y=−1 ⓑ {x=2y−13x−5y=−7

Solution

ⓐ Since both equations are in standard form, using elimination will be most convenient. ⓑ Since one equation is already solved for x, using substitution will be most convenient.

For each system of linear equations, decide whether it would be more convenient to solve it by substitution or elimination. Explain your answer.

ⓐ {y=2x−13x−4y=−6 ⓑ {6x−2y=123x+7y=−13

Solution

ⓐ Since one equation is already solved for y, using substitution will be most convenient; ⓑ Since both equations are in standard form, using elimination will be most convenient.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving systems of linear equations by elimination.

  • Instructional Video-Solving Systems of Equations by Elimination
  • Instructional Video-Solving by Elimination
  • Instructional Video-Solving Systems by Elimination

Key Concepts

  • To Solve a System of Equations by Elimination
    1. Write both equations in standard form. If any coefficients are fractions, clear them.
    2. Make the coefficients of one variable opposites.
      • Decide which variable you will eliminate.
      • Multiply one or both equations so that the coefficients of that variable are opposites.
    3. Add the equations resulting from Step 2 to eliminate one variable.
    4. Solve for the remaining variable.
    5. Substitute the solution from Step 4 into one of the original equations. Then solve for the other variable.
    6. Write the solution as an ordered pair.
    7. Check that the ordered pair is a solution to both original equations.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve a System of Equations by Elimination

In the following exercises, solve the systems of equations by elimination.

{5x+2y=2−3x−y=0

{−3x+y=−9x−2y=−12

Solution

(6, 9)

{6x−5y=−12x+y=13

{3x−y=−74x+2y=−6

Solution

(−2,1)

{x+y=−1x−y=−5

{x+y=−8x−y=−6

Solution

(−7,−1)

{3x−2y=1−x+2y=9

{−7x+6y=−10x−6y=22

Solution

(−2,−4)

{3x+2y=−3−x−2y=−19

{5x+2y=1−5x−4y=−7

Solution

(−1,3)

{6x+4y=−4−6x−5y=8

{3x−4y=−11x−2y=−5

Solution

(−1,2)

{5x−7y=29x+3y=−3

{6x−5y=−75−x−2y=−13

Solution

(−5,9)

{−x+4y=83x+5y=10

{2x−5y=73x−y=17

Solution

(6, 1)

{5x−3y=−12x−y=2

{7x+y=−413x+3y=4

Solution

(−2,10)

{−3x+5y=−132x+y=−26

{3x−5y=−95x+2y=16

Solution

(2, 3)

{4x−3y=32x+5y=−31

{4x+7y=14−2x+3y=32

Solution

(−7,6)

{5x+2y=217x−4y=9

{3x+8y=−32x+5y=−3

Solution

(−9,3)

{11x+9y=−57x+5y=−1

{3x+8y=675x+3y=60

Solution

(9, 5)

{2x+9y=−43x+13y=−7

{13x−y=−3x+52y=2

Solution

(−3,2)

{x+12y=3215x−15y=3

{x+13y=−112x−13y=−2

Solution

(−2,3)

{13x−y=−323x+52y=3

{2x+y=36x+3y=9

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{x−4y=−1−3x+12y=3

{−3x−y=86x+2y=−16

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{4x+3y=220x+15y=10

{3x+2y=6−6x−4y=−12

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{5x−8y=1210x−16y=20

{−11x+12y=60−22x+24y=90

Solution

inconsistent, no solution

{7x−9y=16−21x+27y=−24

{5x−3y=15y=53x−2

Solution

inconsistent, no solution

{2x+4y=7y=−12x−4

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Elimination

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The sum of two numbers is 65. Their difference is 25. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 20 and 45.

The sum of two numbers is 37. Their difference is 9. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is −27. Their difference is −59. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 16 and −43.

The sum of two numbers is −45. Their difference is −89. Find the numbers.

Andrea is buying some new shirts and sweaters. She is able to buy 3 shirts and 2 sweaters for $114 or she is able to buy 2 shirts and 4 sweaters for $164. How much does a shirt cost? How much does a sweater cost?

Solution

A shirt costs $16 and a sweater costs $33.

Peter is buying office supplies. He is able to buy 3 packages of paper and 4 staplers for $40 or he is able to buy 5 packages of paper and 6 staplers for $62. How much does a package of paper cost? How much does a stapler cost?

The total amount of sodium in 2 hot dogs and 3 cups of cottage cheese is 4720 mg. The total amount of sodium in 5 hot dogs and 2 cups of cottage cheese is 6300 mg. How much sodium is in a hot dog? How much sodium is in a cup of cottage cheese?

Solution

There are 860 mg in a hot dog. There are 1,000 mg in a cup of cottage cheese.

The total number of calories in 2 hot dogs and 3 cups of cottage cheese is 960 calories. The total number of calories in 5 hot dogs and 2 cups of cottage cheese is 1190 calories. How many calories are in a hot dog? How many calories are in a cup of cottage cheese?

Choose the Most Convenient Method to Solve a System of Linear Equations

In the following exercises, decide whether it would be more convenient to solve the system of equations by substitution or elimination.


ⓐ {8x−15y=−326x+3y=−5 ⓑ {x=4y−34x−2y=−6

Solution

ⓐ elimination ⓑ substitution


ⓐ {y=7x−53x−2y=16 ⓑ {12x−5y=−423x+7y=−15


ⓐ {y=4x+95x−2y=−21 ⓑ {9x−4y=243x+5y=−14

Solution

ⓐ substitution ⓑ elimination


ⓐ {14x−15y=−307x+2y=10 ⓑ {x=9y−112x−7y=−27

Everyday Math

Norris can row 3 miles upstream against the current in 1 hour, the same amount of time it takes him to row 5 miles downstream, with the current. Solve the system. {r−c=3r+c=5

  1. ⓐ for r, his rowing speed in still water.
  2. ⓑ Then solve for c, the speed of the river current.
Solution

ⓐ r=4 ⓑ c=1

Josie wants to make 10 pounds of trail mix using nuts and raisins, and she wants the total cost of the trail mix to be $54. Nuts cost $6 per pound and raisins cost $3 per pound. Solve the system {n+r=106n+3r=54 to find n, the number of pounds of nuts, and r, the number of pounds of raisins she should use.

Writing Exercises

Solve the system
{x+y=105x+8y=56

ⓐ by substitution ⓑ by graphing ⓒ Which method do you prefer? Why?

Solution
  1. ⓐ (8, 2)
  2. ⓑ
    This image is a graph that shows the solution to the system “x plus y equals 10” and 5x plus 8y equals 56. The solution is on an x, y coordinate plane. Two arrows intersect at points 8 and 2.
  3. ⓒ Answers will vary.

Solve the system
{x+y=−12y=4−12x

ⓐ by substitution ⓑ by graphing ⓒ Which method do you prefer? Why?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This figure shows a table with four rows and four columns. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidently.” “With some help.” and “No - I don’t get it.” The only column with filled in cells below it is labeled “I can…” It reads, “solve a system of equations by elimination.” “solve applications of systems of equations by elimination.” and “choose the most convenient method to solve a system of linear equations.”

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Solve Applications with Systems of Equations

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Translate to a system of equations
  • Solve direct translation applications
  • Solve geometry applications
  • Solve uniform motion applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

The sum of twice a number and nine is 31. Find the number.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Use a Problem-Solving Strategy.

Solution

11

Twins Jon and Ron together earned $96,000 last year. Ron earned $8,000 more than three times what Jon earned. How much did each of the twins earn?
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Use a Problem-Solving Strategy.

Solution

Jon earned $22,000 and Ron earned $74,000.

Alessio rides his bike 312 hours at a rate of 10 miles per hour. How far did he ride?
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

35 miles

Previously in this chapter we solved several applications with systems of linear equations. In this section, we’ll look at some specific types of applications that relate two quantities. We’ll translate the words into linear equations, decide which is the most convenient method to use, and then solve them.

We will use our Problem Solving Strategy for Systems of Linear Equations.

Use a problem solving strategy for systems of linear equations.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose variables to represent those quantities.
  4. Translate into a system of equations.
  5. Solve the system of equations using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Translate to a System of Equations

Many of the problems we solved in earlier applications related two quantities. Here are two of the examples from the chapter on Math Models.

  • The sum of two numbers is negative fourteen. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.
  • A married couple together earns $110,000 a year. The wife earns $16,000 less than twice what her husband earns. What does the husband earn?

In that chapter we translated each situation into one equation using only one variable. Sometimes it was a bit of a challenge figuring out how to name the two quantities, wasn’t it?

Let’s see how we can translate these two problems into a system of equations with two variables. We’ll focus on Steps 1 through 4 of our Problem Solving Strategy.

How to Translate to a System of Equations

Translate to a system of equations:

The sum of two numbers is negative fourteen. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

Solution

This figure has four rows and three columns. The first row reads, “Step 1: Read the problem. Make sure you understand all the words and ideas. This is a number problem. The sum of two numbers is negative fourteen. One number is four less than the other. Find the numbers.” The second row reads, “Step 2: Identify what you are looking for. ‘Find the numbers.’ We are looking for 2 numbers.” The third row reads, “Step 3: Name what you are looking for. Choose variables to represent those quantities. We will use two variables, m and n. Let me = one number n = second number.” The fourth row reads, “Step 4: Translate into a system of equations. We will write one equation for each sentence.” The figure then shows how, “The sum of the numbers is -14” becomes m + n = -14 and “One number is four less than the other” becomes m = n – 4. The figure then says, “The system is m + n = -14 and m = n – 4.”

Translate to a system of equations:

The sum of two numbers is negative twenty-three. One number is 7 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

{m+n=−23m=n−7

Translate to a system of equations:

The sum of two numbers is negative eighteen. One number is 40 more than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

{m+n=−18m=n+40

We’ll do another example where we stop after we write the system of equations.

Translate to a system of equations:

A married couple together earns $110,000 a year. The wife earns $16,000 less than twice what her husband earns. What does the husband earn?

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates translating a word problem about a couple's earnings into a system of linear equations, showing variable definition and equation formation.
We are looking for the amount that the husband and wife each earn. Let h= the amount the husband earns.
w= the amount the wife earns.
Translate. A married couple together earns $110,000.
w+h=110,000
The wife earns $16,000 less than twice what husband earns.
w=2h−16,000
The system of equations is: {w+h=110,000w=2h−16,000

Translate to a system of equations:

A couple has a total household income of $84,000. The husband earns $18,000 less than twice what the wife earns. How much does the wife earn?

Solution

{w+h=84,000h=2w−18,000

Translate to a system of equations:

A senior employee makes $5 less than twice what a new employee makes per hour. Together they make $43 per hour. How much does each employee make per hour?

Solution

{s=2n−5s+n=43

Solve Direct Translation Applications

We set up, but did not solve, the systems of equations in Example 1 and Example 2 Now we’ll translate a situation to a system of equations and then solve it.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Devon is 26 years older than his son Cooper. The sum of their ages is 50. Find their ages.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the ages of Devon and Cooper.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let d= Devon’s age.
c= Cooper’s age
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. Devon is 26 years older than Cooper.
A mathematical equation is presented, showing 'd = c + 26' in a simple black font on a white background.
The sum of their ages is 50.
The image displays a mathematical equation: d + c = 50, centered on a white background.
The system is: A system of two linear equations is presented, enclosed by a blue curly brace on the left. The first equation is d = c + 26, and the second equation is d + c = 50, both displayed against a white background.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.

Solve by substitution.
A system of equations: d=c+26 (circled) and d+c=50. A red arrow demonstrates substituting 'c+26' for 'd' in the second equation.
Substitute c + 26 into the second equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'c + 26 + c = 50' with the number '26' in red text.
Solve for c. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 2c + 26 = 50. The equation features the variable 'c' being multiplied by 2, then added to 26, to equal 50, set against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '2c = 24' in black text.
An image illustrating algebraic substitution, where the value c=12 (circled) is shown with a red arrow pointing to 'c' in the equation d=c+26, demonstrating how to substitute the value.
Substitute c = 12 into the first equation and then solve for d. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'd = 12 + 26' with the number 12 highlighted in red.
The image displays the equation 'd = 38' in black font against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. Is Devon’s age 26 more than Cooper’s?
Yes, 38 is 26 more than 12.
Is the sum of their ages 50?
Yes, 38 plus 12 is 50.
Step 7. Answer the question. Devon is 38 and Cooper is 12 years old.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Ali is 12 years older than his youngest sister, Jameela. The sum of their ages is 40. Find their ages.

Solution

Ali is 26 and Jameela is 14.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Jake’s dad is 6 more than 3 times Jake’s age. The sum of their ages is 42. Find their ages.

Solution

Jake is 9 and his dad is 33.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

When Jenna spent 10 minutes on the elliptical trainer and then did circuit training for 20 minutes, her fitness app says she burned 278 calories. When she spent 20 minutes on the elliptical trainer and 30 minutes circuit training she burned 473 calories. How many calories does she burn for each minute on the elliptical trainer? How many calories does she burn for each minute of circuit training?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the number of
calories burned each minute on the
elliptical trainer and each minute of
circuit training.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let e= number of calories burned per minute on the elliptical trainer.
c= number of calories burned per minute while circuit training
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. 10 minutes on the elliptical and circuit
training for 20 minutes, burned
278 calories
The image shows a mathematical equation: 10e + 20c = 278.
20 minutes on the elliptical and
30 minutes of circuit training burned
473 calories
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 20e + 30c = 473.
The system is: A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation is 10e + 20c = 278, and the second equation is 20e + 30c = 473.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
Multiply the first equation by −2 to get opposite coefficients of e. Two linear equations are shown, one with a common factor of -2 on both sides: -2(10e + 20c) = -2(278) and a second equation: 20e + 30c = 473.
Simplify and add the equations.

Solve for c.
Solving a system of linear equations by elimination: (-20e - 40c = -556) + (20e + 30c = 473) results in -10c = -83, leading to c = 8.3.
Substitute c = 8.3 into one of the original equations to solve for e. A mathematical equation displays '10e + 20c = 278' in black text against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed: 10e + 20(8.3) = 278. The number 8.3 is highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 10e + 166 = 278.
The image shows the mathematical equation 10e = 112.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'e = 11.2' in a simple and clear format on a white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. Check the math on your own.
Two equations are shown for verification: 10(11.2) + 20(8.3) =? 278 and 20(11.2) + 30(8.3) =? 473. Both equations prove to be true.
Step 7. Answer the question. Jenna burns 8.3 calories per minute
circuit training and 11.2 calories per
minute while on the elliptical trainer.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Mark went to the gym and did 40 minutes of Bikram hot yoga and 10 minutes of jumping jacks. He burned 510 calories. The next time he went to the gym, he did 30 minutes of Bikram hot yoga and 20 minutes of jumping jacks burning 470 calories. How many calories were burned for each minute of yoga? How many calories were burned for each minute of jumping jacks?

Solution

Mark burned 11 calories for each minute of yoga and 7 calories for each minute of jumping jacks.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Erin spent 30 minutes on the rowing machine and 20 minutes lifting weights at the gym and burned 430 calories. During her next visit to the gym she spent 50 minutes on the rowing machine and 10 minutes lifting weights and burned 600 calories. How many calories did she burn for each minutes on the rowing machine? How many calories did she burn for each minute of weight lifting?

Solution

Erin burned 11 calories for each minute on the rowing machine and 5 calories for each minute of weight lifting.

Solve Geometry Applications

When we learned about Math Models, we solved geometry applications using properties of triangles and rectangles. Now we’ll add to our list some properties of angles.

The measures of two complementary angles add to 90 degrees. The measures of two supplementary angles add to 180 degrees.

Complementary and Supplementary Angles

Two angles are complementary if the sum of the measures of their angles is 90 degrees.

Two angles are supplementary if the sum of the measures of their angles is 180 degrees.

If two angles are complementary, we say that one angle is the complement of the other.

If two angles are supplementary, we say that one angle is the supplement of the other.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

The difference of two complementary angles is 26 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

Solution

This table outlines the step-by-step process for solving a system of equations to find two complementary angles with a given difference.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the measure of each angle.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let x= the measure of the first angle x=.
m= the measure of the second angle.
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. The angles are complementary.
x+y=90
The difference of the two angles is 26 degrees.
x-y=26
The system is {x+y=90x−y=26
Step 5. Solve the system of equations by elimination. {x+y=90x−y=26_________2x=116
Substitute x=58 into the first equation. x+y=9058+y=90y=32
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.
58+32=90✓58−32=26✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The angle measures are 58 degrees and 32 degrees.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

The difference of two complementary angles is 20 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The angle measures are 55 degrees and 35 degrees.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

The difference of two complementary angles is 80 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The angle measures are 5 degrees and 85 degrees.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Two angles are supplementary. The measure of the larger angle is twelve degrees less than five times the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the measure of each angle.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let x= the measure of the first angle.
y= the measure of the second angle
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. The angles are supplementary.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'x + y = 180' in a simple, clear font on a white background, suggesting a relationship between two variables that sum to 180 degrees, common in geometry for supplementary angles.
The larger angle is twelve less than five times the smaller angle
The equation 'y = 5x - 12' is displayed, representing a linear function where 'y' is dependent on 'x' with a slope of 5 and a y-intercept of -12.
The system is:


Step 5. Solve the system of equations substitution.
This image demonstrates the substitution method for solving a system of linear equations. The expression for 'y', which is '5x - 12', is indicated to be substituted into the equation 'x + y = 180'.
Substitute 5x − 12 for y in the first equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 'x + 5x - 12 = 180' in black and red text against a plain white background.
Solve for x. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 6x - 12 = 180. The text is in a dark gray, sans-serif font.
A mathematical equation displays '6x = 192' against a white background, representing a basic algebraic problem.
Shows how to substitute x = 32 into the equation y = 5x - 12. The red circle around 32 and the arrow indicate the replacement process to solve for y.
Substitute 32 for in the second equation, then solve for y. A mathematical equation y = 5 * 32 - 12 is shown on a white background, with the number 32 highlighted in red.
The image displays the mathematical equation y = 160 - 12, presented in black text against a plain white background.
The equation y = 148 is displayed in a simple, clear font against a plain white background, showing a constant value for the variable 'y'.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.

32+158=180✓5·32−12=147✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The angle measures are 148 and 32.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Two angles are supplementary. The measure of the larger angle is 12 degrees more than three times the smaller angle. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The angle measures are 42 degrees and 138 degrees.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Two angles are supplementary. The measure of the larger angle is 18 less than twice the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The angle measures are 66 degrees and 114 degrees.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Randall has 125 feet of fencing to enclose the rectangular part of his backyard adjacent to his house. He will only need to fence around three sides, because the fourth side will be the wall of the house. He wants the length of the fenced yard (parallel to the house wall) to be 5 feet more than four times as long as the width. Find the length and the width.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for the length and width.
A brown faceted block or bag with a U-shaped wire handle above it, marked with length L and width W dimensions.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let L= the length of the fenced yard.
W= the width of the fenced yard
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations. One length and two widths equal 125.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing L plus 2W equals 125.
The length will be 5 feet more than four times the width.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: L = 4W + 5. The equation is rendered in a black, sans-serif font.
The system is:

Step 5. Solve the system of equations by substitution.
Solving a system of equations by substitution, with L = 4W + 5 highlighted for insertion into L + 2W = 125, as indicated by the red circle and arrow.
Substitute L = 4W + 5 into the first
equation, then solve for W.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '4W + 5 + 2W = 125'. The first part '4W + 5' is in red, and the rest '+ 2W = 125' is in gray.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '6W + 5 = 125' in black text against a white background, representing an algebra problem.
The image shows the mathematical equation '6W = 120' written in black text on a white background, representing a simple linear equation where 'W' is an unknown variable.
Substitute 20 for W in the second
equation, then solve for L.
Mathematical expressions showing W=20 circled, with an arrow indicating its substitution into the equation L=4W+5 to solve for L.
A mathematical equation L = 4 ×× 20 + 5 is displayed, with the number 20 highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed, reading L = 80 + 5, in a clear, sans-serif font on a plain white background.
The text 'L = 85' is displayed in a dark gray font on a plain white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.

20+28+20=125✓85=4·20+5✓
Step 7. Answer the equation. The length is 85 feet and the width is 20 feet.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Mario wants to put a rectangular fence around the pool in his backyard. Since one side is adjacent to the house, he will only need to fence three sides. There are two long sides and the one shorter side is parallel to the house. He needs 155 feet of fencing to enclose the pool. The length of the long side is 10 feet less than twice the width. Find the length and width of the pool area to be enclosed.

Solution

The length is 60 feet and the width is 35 feet.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Alexis wants to build a rectangular dog run in her yard adjacent to her neighbor’s fence. She will use 136 feet of fencing to completely enclose the rectangular dog run. The length of the dog run along the neighbor’s fence will be 16 feet less than twice the width. Find the length and width of the dog run.

Solution

The length is 60 feet and the width is 38 feet.

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

We used a table to organize the information in uniform motion problems when we introduced them earlier. We’ll continue using the table here. The basic equation was D = rt where D is the distance travelled, r is the rate, and t is the time.

Our first example of a uniform motion application will be for a situation similar to some we have already seen, but now we can use two variables and two equations.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

Joni left St. Louis on the interstate, driving west towards Denver at a speed of 65 miles per hour. Half an hour later, Kelly left St. Louis on the same route as Joni, driving 78 miles per hour. How long will it take Kelly to catch up to Joni?

Solution

Solution

A diagram is useful in helping us visualize the situation.
This figure shows a diagram. Denver is on the left and St. Louis is on the right. There is a ray stretching from St. Louis to Denver. It is labeled “Joni” and “65 m p h.” There is another ray stretching from St. Louis to Denver. It is labeled “Kelly (1/2 hour later)” and “78 m p h.”
Identify and name what we are looking for.
A chart will help us organize the data.
We know the rates of both Joni and Kelly, and so
we enter them in the chart.
We are looking for the length of time Kelly,
k, and Joni, j, will each drive.
Since D=r·t we can fill in the Distance column.
A table displays rate, time, and distance for two individuals. Joni has a rate of 65 and time 'j', leading to a distance of '65j'. Kelly has a rate of 78 and time 'k', leading to a distance of '78k'.
Translate into a system of equations.
To make the system of equations, we must recognize that Kelly and Joni will drive the same distance. So, 65j=78k.

Also, since Kelly left later, her time will be 12 hour less than Joni’s time.

So, k=j−12.
Now we have the system. A system of two linear equations is presented, enclosed by a curly brace on the left. The first equation is 'k = j - 1/2', and the second equation is '65j = 78k'.
Solve the system of equations by substitution. The mathematical equation 65j = 78k is displayed on a white background.
Substitute k=j−12 into the second equation, then solve for j. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 65j = 78(j - 1/2). The equation involves variables and numbers.
A mathematical equation is displayed with the variable 'j' on both sides, reading '65j = 78j - 39', indicating an algebraic problem to solve for 'j'.
A simple algebraic equation is displayed on a white background: -13j = -39.
The image displays the mathematical expression 'j = 3' in a vertical orientation against a plain white background, centered horizontally in the frame.
To find Kelly’s time, substitute j = 3 into the first equation, then solve for k. The image shows a mathematical equation centered on a white background. The equation is 'k = j - 1/2', where k and j are variables and 1/2 is a fraction being subtracted from j.
The mathematical equation k = 3 - 1/2 is displayed on a white background.
A mathematical expression showing the variable k equals 5/2 or 2 1/2. The two forms represent the same value, with 5/2 as an improper fraction and 2 1/2 as a mixed number.
Check the answer in the problem.
  Joni 3 hours (65 mph) = 195 miles.
  Kelly 212 hours (78 mph) = 195 miles.
  Yes, they will have traveled the same distance
when they meet.
Answer the question. Kelly will catch up to Joni in 212 hours.
By then, Joni will have traveled 3 hours.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve: Mitchell left Detroit on the interstate driving south towards Orlando at a speed of 60 miles per hour. Clark left Detroit 1 hour later traveling at a speed of 75 miles per hour, following the same route as Mitchell. How long will it take Clark to catch Mitchell?

Solution

It will take Clark 4 hours to catch Mitchell.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve: Charlie left his mother’s house traveling at an average speed of 36 miles per hour. His sister Sally left 15 minutes (1/4 hour) later traveling the same route at an average speed of 42 miles per hour. How long before Sally catches up to Charlie?

Solution

It will take Sally 112 hours to catch up to Charlie.

Many real-world applications of uniform motion arise because of the effects of currents—of water or air—on the actual speed of a vehicle. Cross-country airplane flights in the United States generally take longer going west than going east because of the prevailing wind currents.

Let’s take a look at a boat travelling on a river. Depending on which way the boat is going, the current of the water is either slowing it down or speeding it up.

Figure 1 and Figure 2 show how a river current affects the speed at which a boat is actually travelling. We’ll call the speed of the boat in still water b and the speed of the river current c.

In Figure 1 the boat is going downstream, in the same direction as the river current. The current helps push the boat, so the boat’s actual speed is faster than its speed in still water. The actual speed at which the boat is moving is b + c.

This figure shows a boat floating in water. On the right, there is an arrow pointing towards the boat. It is labeled “c.” On the left, there is an arrow pointing away from the boat. It is labeled “b.”

In Figure 2 the boat is going upstream, opposite to the river current. The current is going against the boat, so the boat’s actual speed is slower than its speed in still water. The actual speed of the boat is b−c.

This figure shows a boat floating in water. To the left is an arrow pointing away from the boat labeled “b,” and an arrow pointing towards the boat labeled “c.”

We’ll put some numbers to this situation in Example 9.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

A river cruise ship sailed 60 miles downstream for 4 hours and then took 5 hours sailing upstream to return to the dock. Find the speed of the ship in still water and the speed of the river current.

Solution

Solution

Read the problem.

This is a uniform motion problem and a picture will help us visualize the situation.
This figure shows an arrow labeled “c” which continues to the right, representing the wave. Under the wave is a ray that points to the right and is labeled “four hours.” Under this ray is another ray pointing to the left labeled “five hours.” It is the same length as the ray labeled “four hours.” There is a bracket under the ray labeled “five hours.” The bracket is labeled “60 miles.”

Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the speed of the ship
in still water and the speed of the current.
Name what we are looking for. Let s= the rate of the ship in still water.
c= the rate of the current
A chart will help us organize the information.
The ship goes downstream and then upstream.
Going downstream, the current helps the
ship; therefore, the ship’s actual rate is s + c.
Going upstream, the current slows the ship;
therefore, the actual rate is s − c.
A table illustrating the relationship between rate, time, and distance for downstream and upstream travel, showing different rates and times for the same distance of 60.
Downstream it takes 4 hours.
Upstream it takes 5 hours.
Each way the distance is 60 miles.
Translate into a system of equations.
Since rate times time is distance, we can
write the system of equations.
A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation is 4(s + c) = 60. The second equation is 5(s - c) = 60.
Solve the system of equations.
Distribute to put both equations in standard
form, then solve by elimination.
A system of two linear equations is presented on a white background. The equations are: 4s + 4c = 60 and 5s - 5c = 60, enclosed by a light blue brace on the left.
Multiply the top equation by 5 and the bottom equation by 4.
Add the equations, then solve for s.
Demonstration of solving a system of linear equations using the elimination method. The equations 20s + 20c = 300 and 20s - 20c = 240 are added, resulting in 40s = 540.
Substitute s = 13.5 into one of the original equations. Two mathematical equations are displayed: s = 13.5 (circled) and 4(s + c) = 60. A red arrow indicates substituting the value of 's' from the first equation into the second.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4(13.5 + c) = 60' in black text on a white background, with '13.5' highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '54 + 4c = 60'.
The mathematical equation '4c = 6' is displayed in a simple, clear font on a white background, suggesting a basic algebra problem or calculation.
The text 'c = 1,5' is displayed against a white background.
Check the answer in the problem.

 The downstream rate would be
  13.5 + 1.5 = 15 mph.
 In 4 hours the ship would travel
    15 · 4 = 60 miles.
 The upstream rate would be
  13.5 − 1.5 = 12 mph.
 In 5 hours the ship would travel
    12 · 5 = 60 miles.
Answer the question. The rate of the ship is 13.5 mph and
the rate of the current is 1.5 mph.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve: A Mississippi river boat cruise sailed 120 miles upstream for 12 hours and then took 10 hours to return to the dock. Find the speed of the river boat in still water and the speed of the river current.

Solution

The rate of the boat is 11 mph and the rate of the current is 1 mph.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve: Jason paddled his canoe 24 miles upstream for 4 hours. It took him 3 hours to paddle back. Find the speed of the canoe in still water and the speed of the river current.

Solution

The speed of the canoe is 7 mph and the speed of the current is 1 mph.

Wind currents affect airplane speeds in the same way as water currents affect boat speeds. We’ll see this in Example 10. A wind current in the same direction as the plane is flying is called a tailwind. A wind current blowing against the direction of the plane is called a headwind.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve:

A private jet can fly 1095 miles in three hours with a tailwind but only 987 miles in three hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Solution

Solution

Read the problem.

This is a uniform motion problem and a picture will help us visualize.
This figure shows an arrow labeled “3 hours” which continues to the right, representing the wind. Under the wave is a ray that points to the right and is labeled “j plus w equals 365” and “1,095 miles”. Under this ray is another ray pointing to the left labeled “j minus w equals 329” and “987 miles.”
Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the speed of the jet
in still air and the speed of the wind.
Name what we are looking for. Let j= the speed of the jet in still air.
w= the speed of the wind
A chart will help us organize the information.
The jet makes two trips-one in a tailwind
and one in a headwind.
In a tailwind, the wind helps the jet and so
the rate is j + w.
In a headwind, the wind slows the jet and
so the rate is j − w.
A table titled 'Rate * Time = Distance' displays calculations for tailwind and headwind conditions. For tailwind, the rate is 'j + w,' time is 3, and distance is 1095. For headwind, the rate is 'j - w,' time is 3, and distance is 987.
Each trip takes 3 hours.
In a tailwind the jet flies 1095 miles.
In a headwind the jet flies 987 miles.
Translate into a system of equations.
Since rate times time is distance, we get the
system of equations.
A system of two linear equations is presented, with the first equation being 3(j + w) = 1095 and the second equation being 3(j - w) = 987. The equations are enclosed by a left curly brace.
Solve the system of equations.
Distribute, then solve by elimination.
A system of two linear equations, 3j + 3w = 1095 and 3j - 3w = 987, is shown being solved by elimination. The equations are added together, resulting in 6j = 2082.
Add, and solve for j.

Substitute j = 347 into one of the original
equations, then solve for w.
Two mathematical equations are displayed: 'j = 347' and '3(j + w) = 1095'. The number 347 is circled with a red line, and a red arrow points from 347 towards the second equation.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '3(347 + w) = 1095'. The numbers '347' are highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation on a white background showing 1041 + 3w = 1095.
A white background features a mathematical equation in gray text,
The text 'W = 18' is visible in the center of a plain white background, appearing as a simple algebraic or mathematical notation.
Check the answer in the problem.

 With the tailwind, the actual rate of the
 jet would be
   347 + 18 = 365 mph.
 In 3 hours the jet would travel
    365 · 3 = 1095 miles.
 Going into the headwind, the jet’s actual
 rate would be
   347 − 18 = 329 mph.
 In 3 hours the jet would travel
    329 · 3 = 987 miles.
Answer the question. The rate of the jet is 347 mph and the
rate of the wind is 18 mph.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve: A small jet can fly 1,325 miles in 5 hours with a tailwind but only 1035 miles in 5 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Solution

The speed of the jet is 236 mph and the speed of the wind is 29 mph.

Translate to a system of equations and then solve: A commercial jet can fly 1728 miles in 4 hours with a tailwind but only 1536 miles in 4 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Solution

The speed of the jet is 408 mph and the speed of the wind is 24 mph.

Practice Makes Perfect

Translate to a System of Equations

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve the system.

The sum of two numbers is fifteen. One number is three less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 6 and 9.

The sum of two numbers is twenty-five. One number is five less than the other. Find the numbers.

The sum of two numbers is negative thirty. One number is five times the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are −5 and −25.

The sum of two numbers is negative sixteen. One number is seven times the other. Find the numbers.

Twice a number plus three times a second number is twenty-two. Three times the first number plus four times the second is thirty-one. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 5 and 4.

Six times a number plus twice a second number is four. Twice the first number plus four times the second number is eighteen. Find the numbers.

Three times a number plus three times a second number is fifteen. Four times the first plus twice the second number is fourteen. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 2 and 3.

Twice a number plus three times a second number is negative one. The first number plus four times the second number is two. Find the numbers.

A married couple together earn $75,000. The husband earns $15,000 more than five times what his wife earns. What does the wife earn?

Solution

$10,000

During two years in college, a student earned $9,500. The second year she earned $500 more than twice the amount she earned the first year. How much did she earn the first year?

Daniela invested a total of $50,000, some in a certificate of deposit (CD) and the remainder in bonds. The amount invested in bonds was $5000 more than twice the amount she put into the CD. How much did she invest in each account?

Solution

She put $15,000 into a CD and $35,000 in bonds.

Jorge invested $28,000 into two accounts. The amount he put in his money market account was $2,000 less than twice what he put into a CD. How much did he invest in each account?

In her last two years in college, Marlene received $42,000 in loans. The first year she received a loan that was $6,000 less than three times the amount of the second year’s loan. What was the amount of her loan for each year?

Solution

The amount of the first year’s loan was $30,000 and the amount of the second year’s loan was $12,000.

Jen and David owe $22,000 in loans for their two cars. The amount of the loan for Jen’s car is $2000 less than twice the amount of the loan for David’s car. How much is each car loan?

Solve Direct Translation Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Alyssa is twelve years older than her sister, Bethany. The sum of their ages is forty-four. Find their ages.

Solution

Bethany is 16 years old and Alyssa is 28 years old.

Robert is 15 years older than his sister, Helen. The sum of their ages is sixty-three. Find their ages.

The age of Noelle’s dad is six less than three times Noelle’s age. The sum of their ages is seventy-four. Find their ages.

Solution

Noelle is 20 years old and her dad is 54 years old.

The age of Mark’s dad is 4 less than twice Marks’s age. The sum of their ages is ninety-five. Find their ages.

Two containers of gasoline hold a total of fifty gallons. The big container can hold ten gallons less than twice the small container. How many gallons does each container hold?

Solution

The small container holds 20 gallons and the large container holds 30 gallons.

June needs 48 gallons of punch for a party and has two different coolers to carry it in. The bigger cooler is five times as large as the smaller cooler. How many gallons can each cooler hold?

Shelly spent 10 minutes jogging and 20 minutes cycling and burned 300 calories. The next day, Shelly swapped times, doing 20 minutes of jogging and 10 minutes of cycling and burned the same number of calories. How many calories were burned for each minute of jogging and how many for each minute of cycling?

Solution

There were 10 calories burned jogging and 10 calories burned cycling.

Drew burned 1800 calories Friday playing one hour of basketball and canoeing for two hours. Saturday he spent two hours playing basketball and three hours canoeing and burned 3200 calories. How many calories did he burn per hour when playing basketball?

Troy and Lisa were shopping for school supplies. Each purchased different quantities of the same notebook and thumb drive. Troy bought four notebooks and five thumb drives for $116. Lisa bought two notebooks and three thumb dives for $68. Find the cost of each notebook and each thumb drive.

Solution

Notebooks are $4 and thumb drives are $20.

Nancy bought seven pounds of oranges and three pounds of bananas for $17. Her husband later bought three pounds of oranges and six pounds of bananas for $12. What was the cost per pound of the oranges and the bananas?

Solve Geometry Applications In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The difference of two complementary angles is 30 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The measures are 60 degrees and 30 degrees.

The difference of two complementary angles is 68 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

The difference of two supplementary angles is 70 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The measures are 125 degrees and 55 degrees.

The difference of two supplementary angles is 24 degrees. Find the measure of the angles.

The difference of two supplementary angles is 8 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

94 degrees and 86 degrees

The difference of two supplementary angles is 88 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

The difference of two complementary angles is 55 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

72.5 degrees and 17.5 degrees

The difference of two complementary angles is 17 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Two angles are supplementary. The measure of the larger angle is four more than three times the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Solution

The measures are 44 degrees and 136 degrees.

Two angles are supplementary. The measure of the larger angle is five less than four times the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Two angles are complementary. The measure of the larger angle is twelve less than twice the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Solution

The measures are 34 degrees and 56 degrees.

Two angles are complementary. The measure of the larger angle is ten more than four times the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Wayne is hanging a string of lights 45 feet long around the three sides of his rectangular patio, which is adjacent to his house. The length of his patio, the side along the house, is five feet longer than twice its width. Find the length and width of the patio.

Solution

The width is 10 feet and the length is 25 feet.

Darrin is hanging 200 feet of Christmas garland on the three sides of fencing that enclose his rectangular front yard. The length, the side along the house, is five feet less than three times the width. Find the length and width of the fencing.

A frame around a rectangular family portrait has a perimeter of 60 inches. The length is fifteen less than twice the width. Find the length and width of the frame.

Solution

The width is 15 feet and the length is 15 feet.

The perimeter of a rectangular toddler play area is 100 feet. The length is ten more than three times the width. Find the length and width of the play area.

Solve Uniform Motion Applications In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Sarah left Minneapolis heading east on the interstate at a speed of 60 mph. Her sister followed her on the same route, leaving two hours later and driving at a rate of 70 mph. How long will it take for Sarah’s sister to catch up to Sarah?

Solution

It took Sarah’s sister 12 hours.

College roommates John and David were driving home to the same town for the holidays. John drove 55 mph, and David, who left an hour later, drove 60 mph. How long will it take for David to catch up to John?

At the end of spring break, Lucy left the beach and drove back towards home, driving at a rate of 40 mph. Lucy’s friend left the beach for home 30 minutes (half an hour) later, and drove 50 mph. How long did it take Lucy’s friend to catch up to Lucy?

Solution

It took Lucy’s friend 2 hours.

Felecia left her home to visit her daughter driving 45 mph. Her husband waited for the dog sitter to arrive and left home twenty minutes (1/3 hour) later. He drove 55 mph to catch up to Felecia. How long before he reaches her?

The Jones family took a 12 mile canoe ride down the Indian River in two hours. After lunch, the return trip back up the river took three hours. Find the rate of the canoe in still water and the rate of the current.

Solution

The canoe rate is 5 mph and the current rate is 1 mph.

A motor boat travels 60 miles down a river in three hours but takes five hours to return upstream. Find the rate of the boat in still water and the rate of the current.

A motor boat traveled 18 miles down a river in two hours but going back upstream, it took 4.5 hours due to the current. Find the rate of the motor boat in still water and the rate of the current.

Solution

The boat rate is 6.60 mph and the current rate is 2.50 mph.

A river cruise boat sailed 80 miles down the Mississippi River for four hours. It took five hours to return. Find the rate of the cruise boat in still water and the rate of the current.

A small jet can fly 1,072 miles in 4 hours with a tailwind but only 848 miles in 4 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Solution

The jet rate is 240 mph and the wind speed is 28 mph.

A small jet can fly 1,435 miles in 5 hours with a tailwind but only 1215 miles in 5 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

A commercial jet can fly 868 miles in 2 hours with a tailwind but only 792 miles in 2 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Solution

The jet rate is 415 mph and the wind speed is 19 mph.

A commercial jet can fly 1,320 miles in 3 hours with a tailwind but only 1,170 miles in 3 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Everyday Math

At a school concert, 425 tickets were sold. Student tickets cost $5 each and adult tickets cost $8 each. The total receipts for the concert were $2,851. Solve the system

{s+a=4255s+8a=2,851

to find s, the number of student tickets and a, the number of adult tickets.

Solution

s=183,a=242

The first graders at one school went on a field trip to the zoo. The total number of children and adults who went on the field trip was 115. The number of adults was 14 the number of children. Solve the system

{c+a=115a=14c

to find c, the number of children and a, the number of adults.

Writing Exercises

Write an application problem similar to Example 3 using the ages of two of your friends or family members. Then translate to a system of equations and solve it.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Write a uniform motion problem similar to Example 8 that relates to where you live with your friends or family members. Then translate to a system of equations and solve it.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This figure shows a table with four rows and four columns. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidently.” “With some help.” and “No - I don’t get it.” The only column with filled in cells below it is labeled “I can…” It reads, “translate to a system of equations.” “solve direct translation applications.”  “solve geometry applications.” and “solve uniform motion applications.”

ⓑ On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

complementary angles
Two angles are complementary if the sum of the measures of their angles is 90 degrees.
supplementary angles
Two angles are supplementary if the sum of the measures of their angles is 180 degrees.

Solve Mixture Applications with Systems of Equations

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve mixture applications
  • Solve interest applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Multiply 4.025(1,562).
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Decimals.

Solution

6, 287.05

Write 8.2% as a decimal.
If you missed this problem, review Example 16 in Decimals.

Solution

0.082

Earl’s dinner bill came to $32.50 and he wanted to leave an 18% tip. How much should the tip be?
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Solve Percent Applications.

Solution

$5.85

Solve Mixture Applications

When we solved mixture applications with coins and tickets earlier, we started by creating a table so we could organize the information. For a coin example with nickels and dimes, the table looked like this:

This is a table with three rows and four columns. The first row of the table is a header row, and each cell names the column or columns below it. The first cell from the left is named “Type.” The second cell contains the equation “Number” times “Value” equals “Total Value,” with one column corresponding to “Number,” one column corresponding to “Value,” and one column corresponding to total value. Hence the content of the “Number” column times the content of the “Value” column equals the content of the “Total Value” column. In the second row of the table, the “Type” column contains “nickels,” the “Number” column is blank, the “Value” column contains 0.05, and the “Total Value” column is blank. In the third row of the table, the “Type” column contains “dimes,” the “Number” column is blank, the “Value column contains 0.10, and the “Total Value” column is blank.

Using one variable meant that we had to relate the number of nickels and the number of dimes. We had to decide if we were going to let n be the number of nickels and then write the number of dimes in terms of n, or if we would let d be the number of dimes and write the number of nickels in terms of d.

Now that we know how to solve systems of equations with two variables, we’ll just let n be the number of nickels and d be the number of dimes. We’ll write one equation based on the total value column, like we did before, and the other equation will come from the number column.

For the first example, we’ll do a ticket problem where the ticket prices are in whole dollars, so we won’t need to use decimals just yet.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

The box office at a movie theater sold 147 tickets for the evening show, and receipts totaled $1,302. How many $11 adult and how many $8 child tickets were sold?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. We will create a table to organize the information.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the number of adult tickets
and the number of child tickets sold.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let a= the number of adult tickets.
c= the number of child tickets
A table will help us organize the data.
We have two types of tickets: adult and child.
Write a and c for the number of tickets.
Write the total number of tickets sold at the
bottom of the Number column.
Altogether 147 were sold.
Write the value of each type of ticket in the
Value column.
The value of each adult ticket is $11.
The value of each child tickets is $8.
The number times the value gives the total
value, so the total value of adult tickets is
a·11=11a, and the total value of child
tickets is c·8=8c.
A math table for a word problem: 'a' adults at $11 each, 'c' children at $8 each. Total 147 people, total value $1302. Used to find 'a' and 'c' for system of equations.
Altogether the total value of the tickets was
$1,302.
Fill in the Total Value column.
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations.
The Number column and the Total Value
column give us the system of equations.
We will use the elimination method to solve
this system.
A system of two linear equations is displayed, featuring the variables 'a' and 'c'. The equations are: a + c = 147 and 11a + 8c = 1302.
Multiply the first equation by −8. A system of two linear equations is presented, with the first equation being -8(a + c) = -8(147) and the second equation being 11a + 8c = 1302.
Simplify and add, then solve for a. A system of two linear equations is presented: -8a + 8c = -1176 and 11a + 8c = 1302. Below these equations, a line shows a resulting partial equation: 3a = 126.
Two algebraic equations are displayed: 'a = 42' and 'a + c = 147'. A red circle highlights '42', and a red arrow points from '42' to the 'a' in the second equation, indicating substitution.
Substitute a = 42 into the first equation,
then solve for c.
A clear, concise image displays the mathematical equation '42 + c = 147', with the number 42 highlighted in red, indicating a problem or question where a variable 'c' needs to be solved.
The equation 'c = 105' is clearly displayed in the center of a plain white background, presenting a simple numerical assignment.
Step 5. Check the answer in the problem.

  42 adult tickets at $11 per ticket makes $462
  105 child tickets at $8 per ticket makes $840.
  The total receipts are $1,302.✓
Step 6. Answer the question. The movie theater sold 42 adult tickets and 105 child tickets.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

The ticket office at the zoo sold 553 tickets one day. The receipts totaled $3,936. How many $9 adult tickets and how many $6 child tickets were sold?

Solution

There were 206 adult tickets sold and 347 children tickets sold.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

A science center sold 1,363 tickets on a busy weekend. The receipts totaled $12,146. How many $12 adult tickets and how many $7 child tickets were sold?

Solution

There were 521 adult tickets sold and 842 children tickets sold.

In Example 2 we’ll solve a coin problem. Now that we know how to work with systems of two variables, naming the variables in the ‘number’ column will be easy.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Priam has a collection of nickels and quarters, with a total value of $7.30. The number of nickels is six less than three times the number of quarters. How many nickels and how many quarters does he have?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. We will create a table to organize the information.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the number of nickels
and the number of quarters.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let n= the number of nickels.
q= the number of quarters
A table will help us organize the data.
We have two types of coins, nickels
and quarters.
Write n and q for the number of each type of coin.
Fill in the Value column with the value of each
type of coin.
The value of each nickel is $0.05.
The value of each quarter is $0.25.
The number times the value gives the total
value, so, the total value of the nickels is
n (0.05) = 0.05n and the total value of
quarters is q(0.25) = 0.25q.
Altogether the total value of the coins
is $7.30.
A table showing the type, number, value, and total value for nickels and quarters. Nickels are valued at $0.05, quarters at $0.25, with a total value of $7.30.
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations.
The Total value column gives one equation. A mathematical equation is displayed: 0.05n + 0.25q = 7.30.
We also know the number of nickels is six less
than three times the number of quarters.
Translate to get the second equation.
The image shows the algebraic equation n = 3q - 6, presented on a plain white background.
Now we have the system to solve. A system of two linear equations is presented, with the first equation being 0.05n + 0.25q = 7.30, and the second equation being n = 3q - 6.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations
We will use the substitution method.
Substitute n = 3q − 6 into the first equation.
Simplify and solve for q.
A mathematical equation is displayed: 0.05n + 0.25q = 7.30, likely representing the total value of nickels (n) and quarters (q) summing to $7.30.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '0.05(3q - 6) + 0.25q = 7.3'.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '0.15q - 0.3 + 0.25q = 7.3' in white text on a blank background.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '0.4q - 0.3 = 7.3'. The equation involves a variable 'q' with decimal coefficients and constants.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '0.4q = 7.6'.
The mathematical equation 'q = 19' is displayed in a simple, clear font against a white background.
To find the number of nickels, substitute
q = 19 into the second equation.
The image shows the algebraic equation n = 3q - 6, presented in a clear, standard mathematical notation on a white background.
A mathematical equation shows 'n = 3  • 19 - 6' with the number 19 highlighted in red.
The image displays the equation 'n = 51' in the center, written in black text against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.

19quarters at$0.25=$4.7551 nickels at$0.05=$2.55Total=$7.30✓3⋅19−16=51✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Priam has 19 quarters and 51 nickels.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Matilda has a handful of quarters and dimes, with a total value of $8.55. The number of quarters is 3 more than twice the number of dimes. How many dimes and how many quarters does she have?

Solution

Matilda has 13 dimes and 29 quarters.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Juan has a pocketful of nickels and dimes. The total value of the coins is $8.10. The number of dimes is 9 less than twice the number of nickels. How many nickels and how many dimes does Juan have?

Solution

Juan has 36 nickels and 63 dimes.

Some mixture applications involve combining foods or drinks. Example situations might include combining raisins and nuts to make a trail mix or using two types of coffee beans to make a blend.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Carson wants to make 20 pounds of trail mix using nuts and chocolate chips. His budget requires that the trail mix costs him $7.60 per pound. Nuts cost $9.00 per pound and chocolate chips cost $2.00 per pound. How many pounds of nuts and how many pounds of chocolate chips should he use?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. We will create a table to organize the information.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the number of pounds of nuts
and the number of pounds of chocolate chips.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let n= the number of pound of nuts.
c= the number of pounds of chips
Carson will mix nuts and chocolate chips
to get trail mix.
Write in n and c for the number of pounds
of nuts and chocolate chips.

There will be 20 pounds of trail mix.
Put the price per pound of each item in
the Value column.
Fill in the last column using
A table displays data for nuts, chocolate chips, and trail mix. It includes columns for Type, Number of pounds, Value ($) per pound, and Total Value ($). Variables 'n' and 'c' are used for pounds of nuts and chocolate chips, respectively.
Number · Value = Total Value
Step 4. Translate into a system of equations.
We get the equations from the Number
and Total Value columns.
A system of two linear equations is presented: n + c = 20 and 9n + 2c = 152. These equations are typically solved for the values of 'n' and 'c' using substitution or elimination methods.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations
We will use elimination to solve the system.
Multiply the first equation by −2 to eliminate c. A system of two linear equations is shown: -2(n + c) = -2(20) and 9n + 2c = 152. The equations are enclosed by a curly brace on the left.
Simplify and add. Solve for n. A system of two linear equations, -2n - 2c = -40 and 9n + 2c = 152, is shown being solved by the elimination method, resulting in the simplified equation 7n = 112.
The image displays the equation 'n = 16' in gray font centered on a white background.
To find the number of pounds of
chocolate chips, substitute n = 16 into
the first equation, then solve for c.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'n + c = 20' in dark gray text against a plain white background.
A simple algebraic equation is displayed, reading '16 + c = 20'. The numbers and the variable 'c' are written in a clear, dark font against a white background.
c=4
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.

16+4=20✓9·16+2·4=152✓
Step 7. Answer the question. Carson should mix 16 pounds of nuts with
4 pounds of chocolate chips to create the trail mix.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Greta wants to make 5 pounds of a nut mix using peanuts and cashews. Her budget requires the mixture to cost her $6 per pound. Peanuts are $4 per pound and cashews are $9 per pound. How many pounds of peanuts and how many pounds of cashews should she use?

Solution

Greta should use 3 pounds of peanuts and 2 pounds of cashews.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Sammy has most of the ingredients he needs to make a large batch of chili. The only items he lacks are beans and ground beef. He needs a total of 20 pounds combined of beans and ground beef and has a budget of $3 per pound. The price of beans is $1 per pound and the price of ground beef is $5 per pound. How many pounds of beans and how many pounds of ground beef should he purchase?

Solution

Sammy should purchase 10 pounds of beans and 10 pounds of ground beef.

Another application of mixture problems relates to concentrated cleaning supplies, other chemicals, and mixed drinks. The concentration is given as a percent. For example, a 20% concentrated household cleanser means that 20% of the total amount is cleanser, and the rest is water. To make 35 ounces of a 20% concentration, you mix 7 ounces (20% of 35) of the cleanser with 28 ounces of water.

For these kinds of mixture problems, we’ll use percent instead of value for one of the columns in our table.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Sasheena is a lab assistant at her community college. She needs to make 200 milliliters of a 40% solution of sulfuric acid for a lab experiment. The lab has only 25% and 50% solutions in the storeroom. How much should she mix of the 25% and the 50% solutions to make the 40% solution?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. A figure may help us visualize the situation, then we
will create a table to organize the information.
Sasheena must mix some of the 25%
solution and some of the 50% solution
together to get 200 ml of the 40% solution.
Diagram illustrating two solutions, x (25%) and y (50%), being combined to create a final 200 ml solution with a 40% concentration, typically used in mixing problems.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for how much of each solution
she needs.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let x= number of ml of 25% solution.
y= number of ml of 50% solution
A table will help us organize the data.

She will mix x ml of 25% with y ml of
50% to get 200 ml of 40% solution.

We write the percents as decimals in
the chart.

We multiply the number of units times
the concentration to get the total
amount of sulfuric acid in each solution.
A mathematical table illustrating the calculation of 'Amount' by multiplying 'Number of units' by 'Concentration %' for 25% (x units), 50% (y units), and 40% (200 units).
Step 4. Translate into a system of
equations. We get the equations from
the Number column and the Amount
column.
Now we have the system. A system of two linear equations is presented, where the first equation is x + y = 200, and the second is 0.25x + 0.50y = 0.40(200), likely representing a mixture problem or similar application.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations.
We will solve the system by elimination.
Multiply the first equation by −0.5 to
eliminate y.
A system of two linear equations is presented: -0.5(x + y) = -0.5(200) and 0.25x + 0.50y = 80. The constant -0.5 is highlighted in red in the first equation.
Simplify and add to solve for x. A system of two linear equations is solved using the elimination method. By adding the two equations, the y-terms cancel out, leading to -0.25x = -20, which simplifies to x = 80.
To solve for y, substitute x = 80 into the
first equation.
A simple algebraic equation, x + y = 200, is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '80 + y = 200'. The number '80' is highlighted in red, while the rest of the equation is in black.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = 120' in black text against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.

80+120=120✓0.25(80)+0.50(120)=80✓Yes!
Step 7. Answer the question. Sasheena should mix 80 ml of the 25% solution
with 120 ml of the 50% solution to get the 200 ml
of the 40% solution.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

LeBron needs 150 milliliters of a 30% solution of sulfuric acid for a lab experiment but only has access to a 25% and a 50% solution. How much of the 25% and how much of the 50% solution should he mix to make the 30% solution?

Solution

LeBron needs 120 ml of the 25% solution and 30 ml of the 50% solution.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Anatole needs to make 250 milliliters of a 25% solution of hydrochloric acid for a lab experiment. The lab only has a 10% solution and a 40% solution in the storeroom. How much of the 10% and how much of the 40% solutions should he mix to make the 25% solution?

Solution

Anatole should mix 125 ml of the 10% solution and 125 ml of the 40% solution.

Solve Interest Applications

The formula to model interest applications is I = Prt. Interest, I, is the product of the principal, P, the rate, r, and the time, t. In our work here, we will calculate the interest earned in one year, so t will be 1.

We modify the column titles in the mixture table to show the formula for interest, as you’ll see in Example 5.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Adnan has $40,000 to invest and hopes to earn 7.1% interest per year. He will put some of the money into a stock fund that earns 8% per year and the rest into bonds that earns 3% per year. How much money should he put into each fund?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. A chart will help us organize the information.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the amount to invest in each fund.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let s= the amount invested in stocks.
b= the amount invested in bonds.
Write the interest rate as a decimal for
each fund.
Multiply:
Principal · Rate · Time
to get the Interest.
A table displays simple interest calculations for a stock fund and bonds. It shows principal (s, b, total 40,000), rates (0.08, 0.03, total 0.071), time (1), and interest (0.08s, 0.03b, total 0.071(40k)).
Step 4. Translate into a system of
equations.
We get our system of equations from
the Principal column and the
Interest column.
A system of two linear equations is presented. The first equation is s + b = 40,000, and the second is 0.08s + 0.03b = 0.071(40,000).
Step 5. Solve the system of equations
Solve by elimination.
Multiply the top equation by −0.03.
A system of two linear equations is displayed. The first equation is -0.03(s + b) = -0.03(40,000), and the second is 0.08s + 0.03b = 2,840. The equations involve variables s and b.
Simplify and add to solve for s. A system of two linear equations, -0.03s - 0.03b = -1,200 and 0.08s + 0.03b = 2,840, is shown with the elimination method applied, resulting in 0.05s = 1,640.
The image displays the equation S = 32,800 in a simple, clear font on a plain white background. The text is centrally aligned and easy to read, presenting a numerical value assigned to the variable 'S'.
To find b, substitute s = 32,800 into the first equation. A mathematical equation, 's + b = 40,000', is displayed against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 32,800 + b = 40,000. The number 32,800 is highlighted in red, while the rest of the equation is in black.
A simple mathematical equation 'b = 7,200' is displayed in the center of a white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem. We leave the check to you.
Step 7. Answer the question. Adnan should invest $32,800 in stock and
$7,200 in bonds.

Did you notice that the Principal column represents the total amount of money invested while the Interest column represents only the interest earned? Likewise, the first equation in our system, s + b = 40,000, represents the total amount of money invested and the second equation, 0.08s + 0.03b = 0.071(40,000), represents the interest earned.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Leon had $50,000 to invest and hopes to earn 6.2 % interest per year. He will put some of the money into a stock fund that earns 7% per year and the rest in to a savings account that earns 2% per year. How much money should he put into each fund?

Solution

Leon should put $42,000 in the stock fund and $8000 in the savings account.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Julius invested $7,000 into two stock investments. One stock paid 11% interest and the other stock paid 13% interest. He earned 12.5% interest on the total investment. How much money did he put in each stock?

Solution

Julius invested $1,750 at 11% and $5,250 at 13%.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Rosie owes $21,540 on her two student loans. The interest rate on her bank loan is 10.5% and the interest rate on the federal loan is 5.9%. The total amount of interest she paid last year was $1,669.68. What was the principal for each loan?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. A chart will help us organize the information.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the principal of each loan.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let b= the principal for the bank loan.
f= the principal on the federal loan
The total loans are $21,540.
Record the interest rates as decimals
in the chart.
A table showing simple interest calculations for two accounts, 'bank' and 'federal,' with respective principals 'b' and 'f', and interest rates of 0.105 and 0.059 over one year, totaling a principal of $21,540 and interest of $1669.68.
Multiply using the formula l = Pr t to
get the Interest.
Step 4. Translate into a system of
equations.
The system of equations comes from
the Principal column and the Interest
column.
A system of two linear equations with variables 'b' and 'f'. The first equation is b + f = 21,540, and the second is 0.105b + 0.059f = 1669.68.
Step 5. Solve the system of equations
We will use substitution to solve.
Solve the first equation for b.
Two lines of algebraic equations are shown. The first line is b + f = 21,540, and the second line is b = -f + 21,540, which is a rearrangement of the first equation.
Substitute b = −f + 21,540 into the
second equation.
Two linear equations are shown, with the second equation representing a substitution of 'b' in terms of 'f' into the first equation: 0.105b + 0.059f = 1669.68 and 0.105(-f + 21,540) + 0.059f = 1669.68.
Simplify and solve for f. A mathematical equation is displayed with the variables and constants: -0.105f + 2261.70 + 0.059f = 1669.68.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '-0.046f + 2261.70 = 1669.68' in a dark gray font against a plain white background.
A mathematical equation shows '-0.046f = -592.02' on a white background.
The image displays the equation f = 12,870, presented in a clean, legible font against a plain white background, suggesting a numerical value assignment to the variable 'f'.
To find b, substitute f = 12,870 into
the first equation.
A white background displays the mathematical equation 'b + f = 21,540' in black font, with 'b' and 'f' as variables, the plus symbol indicating addition, and the equals sign preceding the number 21,540.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '12,870 + b = 21,540'.
The image shows the mathematical equation b = 8,670 in black text on a plain white background, appearing as if part of a larger numerical or algebraic problem.
Step 6. Check the answer in the
problem.
We leave the check to you.
Step 7. Answer the question. The principal of the bank loan is $12,870 and
the principal for the federal loan is $8,670.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Laura owes $18,000 on her student loans. The interest rate on the bank loan is 2.5% and the interest rate on the federal loan is 6.9 %. The total amount of interest she paid last year was $1,066. What was the principal for each loan?

Solution

The principal amount for the bank loan was $4,000. The principal amount for the federal loan was $14,000.

Translate to a system of equations and solve:

Jill’s Sandwich Shoppe owes $65,200 on two business loans, one at 4.5% interest and the other at 7.2% interest. The total amount of interest owed last year was $3,582. What was the principal for each loan?

Solution

The principal amount for was $41,200 at 4.5%. The principal amount was, $24,000 at 7.2%.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving application problems with systems of linear equations.

  • Cost and Mixture Word Problems
  • Mixture Problems

Key Concepts

  • Table for coin and mixture applications
    This table is mostly blank. It has four columns and four rows. The last row is labeled “Total.” The first row labels each column as “Type,” and “Number times Value = Total Value.”
  • Table for concentration applications
    This table is mostly blank. It has four columns and four rows. The last row is labeled “Total.” The first row labels each column as “Type,” and “Number of units times Concentration = Amount.”
  • Table for interest applications
    This table is mostly blank. It has five columns and four rows. The last row is labeled “Total.” The first row labels each column as “Type,” and “Principal times Rate times Time = Interest”

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Mixture Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Tickets to a Broadway show cost $35 for adults and $15 for children. The total receipts for 1650 tickets at one performance were $47,150. How many adult and how many child tickets were sold?

Solution

There 1120 adult tickets and 530 child tickets sold.

Tickets for a show are $70 for adults and $50 for children. One evening performance had a total of 300 tickets sold and the receipts totaled $17,200. How many adult and how many child tickets were sold?

Tickets for a train cost $10 for children and $22 for adults. Josie paid $1,200 for a total of 72 tickets. How many children’s tickets and how many adult tickets did Josie buy?

Solution

Josie bought 40 adult tickets and 32 children tickets.

Tickets for a baseball game are $69 for Main Level seats and $39 for Terrace Level seats. A group of sixteen friends went to the game and spent a total of $804 for the tickets. How many of Main Level and how many Terrace Level tickets did they buy?

Tickets for a dance recital cost $15 for adults and $7 for children. The dance company sold 253 tickets and the total receipts were $2,771. How many adult tickets and how many child tickets were sold?

Solution

There were 125 adult tickets and 128 children tickets sold.

Tickets for the community fair cost $12 for adults and $5 dollars for children. On the first day of the fair, 312 tickets were sold for a total of $2,204. How many adult tickets and how many child tickets were sold?

Brandon has a cup of quarters and dimes with a total value of $3.80. The number of quarters is four less than twice the number of dimes. How many quarters and how many dimes does Brandon have?

Solution

Brandon has 12 quarters and 8 dimes.

Sherri saves nickels and dimes in a coin purse for her daughter. The total value of the coins in the purse is $0.95. The number of nickels is two less than five times the number of dimes. How many nickels and how many dimes are in the coin purse?

Peter has been saving his loose change for several days. When he counted his quarters and dimes, he found they had a total value $13.10. The number of quarters was fifteen more than three times the number of dimes. How many quarters and how many dimes did Peter have?

Solution

Peter had 11 dimes and 48 quarters.

Lucinda had a pocketful of dimes and quarters with a value of $ $6.20. The number of dimes is eighteen more than three times the number of quarters. How many dimes and how many quarters does Lucinda have?

A cashier has 30 bills, all of which are $10 or $20 bills. The total value of the money is $460. How many of each type of bill does the cashier have?

Solution

The cashier has fourteen $10 bills and sixteen $20 bills.

A cashier has 54 bills, all of which are $10 or $20 bills. The total value of the money is $910. How many of each type of bill does the cashier have?

Marissa wants to blend candy selling for $1.80 per pound with candy costing $1.20 per pound to get a mixture that costs her $1.40 per pound to make. She wants to make 90 pounds of the candy blend. How many pounds of each type of candy should she use?

Solution

Marissa should use 60 pounds of the $1.20/lb candy and 30 pounds of the $1.80/lb candy.

How many pounds of nuts selling for $6 per pound and raisins selling for $3 per pound should Kurt combine to obtain 120 pounds of trail mix that cost him $5 per pound?

Hannah has to make twenty-five gallons of punch for a potluck. The punch is made of soda and fruit drink. The cost of the soda is $1.79 per gallon and the cost of the fruit drink is $2.49 per gallon. Hannah’s budget requires that the punch cost $2.21 per gallon. How many gallons of soda and how many gallons of fruit drink does she need?

Solution

Hannah needs 10 gallons of soda and 15 gallons of fruit drink.

Joseph would like to make 12 pounds of a coffee blend at a cost of $6.25 per pound. He blends Ground Chicory at $4.40 a pound with Jamaican Blue Mountain at $8.84 per pound. How much of each type of coffee should he use?

Julia and her husband own a coffee shop. They experimented with mixing a City Roast Columbian coffee that cost $7.80 per pound with French Roast Columbian coffee that cost $8.10 per pound to make a 20 pound blend. Their blend should cost them $7.92 per pound. How much of each type of coffee should they buy?

Solution

Julia and her husband should buy 12 pounds of City Roast Columbian coffee and 8 pounds of French Roast Columbian coffee.

Melody wants to sell bags of mixed candy at her lemonade stand. She will mix chocolate pieces that cost $4.89 per bag with peanut butter pieces that cost $3.79 per bag to get a total of twenty-five bags of mixed candy. Melody wants the bags of mixed candy to cost her $4.23 a bag to make. How many bags of chocolate pieces and how many bags of peanut butter pieces should she use?

Jotham needs 70 liters of a 50% alcohol solution. He has a 30% and an 80% solution available. How many liters of the 30% and how many liters of the 80% solutions should he mix to make the 50% solution?

Solution

Jotham should mix 42 liters of the 30% solution and 28 liters of the 80% solution.

Joy is preparing 15 liters of a 25% saline solution. She only has 40% and 10% solution in her lab. How many liters of the 40% and how many liters of the 10% should she mix to make the 25% solution?

A scientist needs 65 liters of a 15% alcohol solution. She has available a 25% and a 12% solution. How many liters of the 25% and how many liters of the 12% solutions should she mix to make the 15% solution?

Solution

The scientist should mix 15 liters of the 25% solution and 50 liters of the 12% solution.

A scientist needs 120 liters of a 20% acid solution for an experiment. The lab has available a 25% and a 10% solution. How many liters of the 25% and how many liters of the 10% solutions should the scientist mix to make the 20% solution?

A 40% antifreeze solution is to be mixed with a 70% antifreeze solution to get 240 liters of a 50% solution. How many liters of the 40% and how many liters of the 70% solutions will be used?

Solution

160 liters of the 40% solution and 80 liters of the 70% solution will be used.

A 90% antifreeze solution is to be mixed with a 75% antifreeze solution to get 360 liters of a 85% solution. How many liters of the 90% and how many liters of the 75% solutions will be used?

Solve Interest Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Hattie had $3,000 to invest and wants to earn 10.6% interest per year. She will put some of the money into an account that earns 12% per year and the rest into an account that earns 10% per year. How much money should she put into each account?

Solution

Hattie should invest $900 at 12% and $2,100 at 10%.

Carol invested $2,560 into two accounts. One account paid 8% interest and the other paid 6% interest. She earned 7.25% interest on the total investment. How much money did she put in each account?

Sam invested $48,000, some at 6% interest and the rest at 10%. How much did he invest at each rate if he received $4,000 in interest in one year?

Solution

Sam invested $28,000 at 10% and $20,000 at 6%.

Arnold invested $64,000, some at 5.5% interest and the rest at 9%. How much did he invest at each rate if he received $4,500 in interest in one year?

After four years in college, Josie owes $65,800 in student loans. The interest rate on the federal loans is 4.5% and the rate on the private bank loans is 2%. The total interest she owed for one year was $2,878.50. What is the amount of each loan?

Solution

The federal loan is $62,500 and the bank loan is $3,300.

Mark wants to invest $10,000 to pay for his daughter’s wedding next year. He will invest some of the money in a short term CD that pays 12% interest and the rest in a money market savings account that pays 5% interest. How much should he invest at each rate if he wants to earn $1,095 in interest in one year?

A trust fund worth $25,000 is invested in two different portfolios. This year, one portfolio is expected to earn 5.25% interest and the other is expected to earn 4%. Plans are for the total interest on the fund to be $1150 in one year. How much money should be invested at each rate?

Solution

$12,000 should be invested at 5.25% and $13,000 should be invested at 4%.

A business has two loans totaling $85,000. One loan has a rate of 6% and the other has a rate of 4.5%. This year, the business expects to pay $4650 in interest on the two loans. How much is each loan?

Everyday Math

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Laurie was completing the treasurer’s report for her son’s Boy Scout troop at the end of the school year. She didn’t remember how many boys had paid the $15 full-year registration fee and how many had paid the $10 partial-year fee. She knew that the number of boys who paid for a full-year was ten more than the number who paid for a partial-year. If $250 was collected for all the registrations, how many boys had paid the full-year fee and how many had paid the partial-year fee?

Solution

14 boys paid the full-year fee. 4 boys paid the partial-year fee,

As the treasurer of her daughter’s Girl Scout troop, Laney collected money for some girls and adults to go to a three-day camp. Each girl paid $75 and each adult paid $30. The total amount of money collected for camp was $765. If the number of girls is three times the number of adults, how many girls and how many adults paid for camp?

Writing Exercises

Take a handful of two types of coins, and write a problem similar to Example 2 relating the total number of coins and their total value. Set up a system of equations to describe your situation and then solve it.

Solution

Answers will vary.

In Example 6 we solved the system of equations {b+f=21,5400.105b+0.059f=1669.68 by substitution. Would you have used substitution or elimination to solve this system? Why?

Self Check

After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This figure shows a table with four rows and four columns. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidently.” “With some help.” and “No - I don’t get it.” The only column with filled in cells below it is labeled “I can…” It reads, “solve mixture applications.” “solve interest applications.”

After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

Graphing Systems of Linear Inequalities

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Determine whether an ordered pair is a solution of a system of linear inequalities
  • Solve a system of linear inequalities by graphing
  • Solve applications of systems of inequalities

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Graph x>2 on a number line.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Linear Inequalities.

Solution

A number line ranging from –5 to 5.

Solve the inequality 2a<5a+12.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve Linear Inequalities.

Solution

a>−4

Determine whether the ordered pair (3,12) is a solution to the system {x+2y=4y=6x.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Systems of Equations by Graphing

Solution

no

 

Determine Whether an Ordered Pair is a Solution of a System of Linear Inequalities

The definition of a system of linear inequalities is very similar to the definition of a system of linear equations.

System of Linear Inequalities

Two or more linear inequalities grouped together form a system of linear inequalities.

A system of linear inequalities looks like a system of linear equations, but it has inequalities instead of equations. A system of two linear inequalities is shown below.

{x+4y≥103x−2y<12

To solve a system of linear inequalities, we will find values of the variables that are solutions to both inequalities. We solve the system by using the graphs of each inequality and show the solution as a graph. We will find the region on the plane that contains all ordered pairs (x,y) that make both inequalities true.

Solutions of a System of Linear Inequalities

Solutions of a system of linear inequalities are the values of the variables that make all the inequalities true.

The solution of a system of linear inequalities is shown as a shaded region in the x-y coordinate system that includes all the points whose ordered pairs make the inequalities true.

To determine if an ordered pair is a solution to a system of two inequalities, we substitute the values of the variables into each inequality. If the ordered pair makes both inequalities true, it is a solution to the system.

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution to the system. {x+4y≥103x−2y<12

ⓐ (−2, 4) ⓑ (3,1)

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Is the ordered pair (−2, 4) a solution?
    This figure says, “We substitute x = -2 and y = 4 into both inequalities. The first inequality, x + 4 y is greater than or equal to 10 becomes -2 plus 4 times 4 is greater than or less than 10 or 14 is great than or less than 10 which is true. The second inequality, 3x – 2y is less than 12 becomes 3 times -2 – 2 times 4 is less than 12 or  -14 is less than 12 which is true.

The ordered pair (−2, 4) made both inequalities true. Therefore (−2, 4) is a solution to this system.

  1. ⓑ Is the ordered pair (3,1) a solution?
    This figure says, “We substitute x  3 and y = 1 into both inequalities.” The first inequality, x + 4y  is greater than or equal to 10 becomes 3 + 4 times 1 is greater than or equal to 10 or y is greater than or equal to 10 which is false. The second inequality, 3x -2y is less than 12 becomes 3 times 3 – two times 1 is less than 12 or 7 is less than 12 which is true.

The ordered pair (3,1) made one inequality true, but the other one false. Therefore (3,1) is not a solution to this system.

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution to the system.
{x−5y>102x+3y>−2

ⓐ (3,−1) ⓑ (6,−3)

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

Determine whether the ordered pair is a solution to the system.
{y>4x−24x−y<20

ⓐ (2,1) ⓑ (4,−1)

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ no

Solve a System of Linear Inequalities by Graphing

The solution to a single linear inequality is the region on one side of the boundary line that contains all the points that make the inequality true. The solution to a system of two linear inequalities is a region that contains the solutions to both inequalities. To find this region, we will graph each inequality separately and then locate the region where they are both true. The solution is always shown as a graph.

How to Solve a System of Linear inequalities

Solve the system by graphing.

{y≥2x−1y<x+1

Solution

Solution

This is a table with three columns and several rows. The first row says, “Step 1: Graph the first inequality. We will graph y is greater than or equal to 2x – 1.” There are two equations givens, y is greater than or equal to 2x – 1 and y is less than x + 1. The table then reads, “Graph the boundary line. We graph the line y = 2x – 1. It is a solid line because the inequality sign is greater than or equal to. Shade in the side of the boundary line where the inequality is true. We choose (0, 0) as a test point. It is a solution to y is greater than or equal to 2x – 1, so we shad in the left side of the boundary line.” There is a figure of a line graphed on an x y coordinate plane. The area to the left of the line is shaded. The second row then says, “Step 2: On the same grid, graph the second inequality. We will graph y is less than x + 1 on the same grid. Grph the boundary line. We graph the lin y = x + 1. It is a dashed line because the inequality sign is less than. There is a graph which shows two lines graphed on an x y coordinate plane. The area to the left of one line is shaded. The area to the right of the second line is shaded. There is a small area where the shaded areas overlap. The table then says, “Shade in the side of that boundary line where the inequality is true. Again we use (0, 0) as a test point. It is a solution so we shade in that side of the line y = x + 1. The third row then says, “Step 3: The solution is the region where the shading overlaps. The poing where the boundary lines intersect is not a solution because it is not a solution to y is less than x + 1. The solution is all points in the purple shaded region.” The fourth row then says, “Step 4: Check by choosing a test point. We’ll use (-1, -1) as a test point. Is (-1, -1) a solution to y is greater than or equal to 2x – 1? -1 is greater than or equal to 2 times -1 – 1 or -1 is greater than or equal to -3 true.”

Solve the system by graphing. {y<3x+2y>−x−1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than 3x +2 and y is greater than –x – 1. The area to the right of each line is shaded slightly different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a slightly different color. Both lines are dotted.

Solve the system by graphing. {y<−12x+3y<3x−4

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than –(1/2)x + 3 and y is less than 3x – 4. The area to the right or below each line is shaded slightly different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a slightly different color. Both lines are dotted.

Solve a system of linear inequalities by graphing.

  1. Graph the first inequality.
    • Graph the boundary line.
    • Shade in the side of the boundary line where the inequality is true.
  2. On the same grid, graph the second inequality.
    • Graph the boundary line.
    • Shade in the side of that boundary line where the inequality is true.
  3. The solution is the region where the shading overlaps.
  4. Check by choosing a test point.

Solve the system by graphing. {x−y>3y<−15x+4

Solution

Solution

Graph x − y > 3, by graphing x − y = 3 and
testing a point.

The intercepts are x = 3 and y = −3 and the boundary
line will be dashed.

Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality false. So,
shade the side that does not contain (0, 0) red.
A coordinate plane shows the graph of the inequality y < x - 3. A dashed red line represents y = x - 3, passing through (0, -3) and (3, 0). The region below the line is shaded in light orange.
Graph y<−15x+4 by graphing y=−15x+4
using the slope m=−15 and y−intercept
b = 4. The boundary line will be dashed.

Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality true, so shade the side that contains (0, 0) blue.

Choose a test point in the solution and verify that it is a solution to both inequalities.
A graph on a coordinate plane displays two linear inequalities using dashed lines. The solution sets for each inequality are shown by a light blue and a dark grey shaded region.

The point of intersection of the two lines is not included as both boundary lines were dashed. The solution is the area shaded twice which is the darker-shaded region.

Solve the system by graphing. {x+y≤2y≥23x−1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x + y is less than or equal to 2 and y is greater than or equal to (2/3)x – 1. The area to the left of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.

Solve the system by graphing. {3x−2y≤6y>−14x+5

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane 3 of 3x – 2y is less than or equal to 6 and y is greater than –(1/4)x + 5. The area to the left or above each line is shaded slightly different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a slightly different color. One line is dotted.

Solve the system by graphing. {x−2y<5y>−4

Solution

Solution

Graph x−2y<5, by graphing x−2y=5 and testing a point.
The intercepts are x = 5 and y = −2.5 and the boundary line will be dashed.

Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality true. So, shade the side
that contains (0, 0) red.
A coordinate plane showing a dashed red line representing the equation y = 1/2x - 2. The region above this line is shaded orange, illustrating the solution set for the inequality y > 1/2x - 2.
Graph y > −4, by graphing y = −4 and recognizing that it is a
horizontal line through y = −4. The boundary line will be dashed.

Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality true. So, shade (blue)
the side that contains (0, 0) blue.
A coordinate plane displays two dashed lines intersecting. A red dashed line slopes upwards, and a black dashed horizontal line is at y=-4. Three distinct regions are shaded: orange, blue, and gray, indicating different solution sets.

The point (0, 0) is in the solution and we have already found it to be a solution of each inequality. The point of intersection of the two lines is not included as both boundary lines were dashed.

The solution is the area shaded twice which is the darker-shaded region.

Solve the system by graphing. {y≥3x−2y<−1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is greater than or equal to 3x - 2 and y is less than -1. The area to the left or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

Solve the system by graphing. {x>−4x−2y≤−4

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x is greater than negative 4 and x – 2y is less than or equal to negative 4. The area to the right or below each line is shaded slightly different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a slightly different color. One line is dotted.

Systems of linear inequalities where the boundary lines are parallel might have no solution. We’ll see this in Example 5.

Solve the system by graphing. {4x+3y≥12y<−43x+1

Solution

Solution

Graph 4x+3y≥12, by graphing 4x+3y=12 and testing a point.
The intercepts are x = 3 and y = 4 and the boundary line will be solid.

Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality false. So,
shade the side that does not contain (0, 0) red.
A graph illustrating the linear inequality x + y >= 4. The solid red line represents the equation x + y = 4, passing through (0,4) and (4,0), with the solution set shaded in pink.
Graph y<−43x+1 by graphing y=−43x+1 using the
slope m=43 and the y-intercept b = 1. The boundary line will be dashed.

Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality true. So,
shade the side that contains (0, 0) blue.
A graph displays two linear inequalities. A solid red line shades the upper-right region, while a dashed blue line shades the lower-left region.

There is no point in both shaded regions, so the system has no solution. This system has no solution.

Solve the system by graphing. {3x−2y≤12y≥32x+1

Solution

no solution
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 3x – 2y is less than or equal 12 and y is greater than or equal to (3/2)x + 1. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors. There is not overlapping area.

Solve the system by graphing. {x+3y>8y<−13x−2

Solution

no solution
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x + 3y is greater than 8 and y is less than –(1/3)x – 2. The area to the above or below each line is shaded slightly different colors. There is no overlapping area. Both lines are dotted.

Solve the system by graphing. {y>12x−4x−2y<−4

Solution

Solution

Graph y>12x−4 by graphing y=12x−4
using the slope m=12 and the intercept
b = −4. The boundary line will be dashed.
Test (0, 0). It makes the inequality true. So,
shade the side that contains (0, 0) red.
A graph on a coordinate plane shows the solution set for the inequality y > (1/2)x - 4. The region above the dashed line y = (1/2)x - 4 is shaded orange.
Graph x−2y<−4 by graphing x−2y=−4 and testing a point.
The intercepts are x = −4 and y = 2 and the boundary
line will be dashed.

Choose a test point in the solution and verify
that it is a solution to both inequalities.
A Cartesian plane shows two parallel dashed lines. The region between the lines is shaded orange, and the area above the upper line is shaded gray, representing solutions to a system of inequalities.

No point on the boundary lines is included in the solution as both lines are dashed.

The solution is the region that is shaded twice, which is also the solution to x−2y<−4.

Solve the system by graphing. {y≥3x+1−3x+y≥−4

Solution

y≥3x+1
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is greater than or equal to 3x + 1 and -3x + y is greater than or equal to -4. The area to the left of each line is shaded with the overlapping area shaded a slightly different color.

Solve the system by graphing. {y≤−14x+2x+4y≤4

Solution

x+4y≤4
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than or equal to –(1/4)x + 2 and x + 4y is less than or equal to 4. The area to the below each line is shaded with the overlapping area shaded a slightly different color.

Solve Applications of Systems of Inequalities

The first thing we’ll need to do to solve applications of systems of inequalities is to translate each condition into an inequality. Then we graph the system as we did above to see the region that contains the solutions. Many situations will be realistic only if both variables are positive, so their graphs will only show Quadrant I.

Christy sells her photographs at a booth at a street fair. At the start of the day, she wants to have at least 25 photos to display at her booth. Each small photo she displays costs her $4 and each large photo costs her $10. She doesn’t want to spend more than $200 on photos to display.

ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.

ⓑ Graph the system.

ⓒ Could she display 15 small and 5 large photos?

ⓓ Could she display 3 large and 22 small photos?

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Let x= the number of small photos.
    y= the number of large photos
    To find the system of inequalities, translate the information.
    She wants to have at least 25 photos.The number of small plus the number of large should be at least 25.x+y≥25$4 for each small and $10 for each large must be no more than $2004x+10y≤200
    We have our system of inequalities. {x+y≥254x+10y≤200
  2. ⓑ
    To graph x+y≥25, graph x + y = 25 as a solid line.
    Choose (0, 0) as a test point. Since it does not make the inequality
    true, shade the side that does not include the point (0, 0) red.

    To graph 4x+10y≤200, graph 4x + 10y = 200 as a solid line.
    Choose (0, 0) as a test point. Since it does not make the inequality
    true, shade the side that includes the point (0, 0) blue.
    A coordinate plane displays the graphs of two linear inequalities, with a red line and a blue line, and their respective shaded regions demonstrating the solution set.

    The solution of the system is the region of the graph that is double shaded and so is shaded darker.
  3. ⓒ To determine if 10 small and 20 large photos would work, we see if the point (10, 20) is in the solution region. It is not. Christy would not display 10 small and 20 large photos.
  4. ⓓ To determine if 20 small and 10 large photos would work, we see if the point (20, 10) is in the solution region. It is. Christy could choose to display 20 small and 10 large photos.

Notice that we could also test the possible solutions by substituting the values into each inequality.

A trailer can carry a maximum weight of 160 pounds and a maximum volume of 15 cubic feet. A microwave oven weighs 30 pounds and has 2 cubic feet of volume, while a printer weighs 20 pounds and has 3 cubic feet of space.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could 4 microwaves and 2 printers be carried on this trailer?
  4. ⓓ Could 7 microwaves and 3 printers be carried on this trailer?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {30m+20p≤1602m+3p≤15
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 30m + 20p is less than or equal 160 and 2m + 3p is less than or equal to 15. The area to the left of each line is shaded with the overlapping area shaded a slightly different color.
  3. ⓒ yes
  4. ⓓ no

Mary needs to purchase supplies of answer sheets and pencils for a standardized test to be given to the juniors at her high school. The number of the answer sheets needed is at least 5 more than the number of pencils. The pencils cost $2 and the answer sheets cost $1. Mary’s budget for these supplies allows for a maximum cost of $400.

ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
ⓑ Graph the system.
ⓒ Could Mary purchase 100 pencils and 100 answer sheets?
ⓓ Could Mary purchase 150 pencils and 150 answer sheets?

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could Mary purchase 100 pencils and 100 answer sheets?
  4. ⓓ Could Mary purchase 150 pencils and 150 answer sheets?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {a≥p+5a+2p≤400
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of a is greater than or equal to p + 5 and a + 2p is less than or equal to 400. The area to the left of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
  3. ⓒ no
  4. ⓓ no

Omar needs to eat at least 800 calories before going to his team practice. All he wants is hamburgers and cookies, and he doesn’t want to spend more than $5. At the hamburger restaurant near his college, each hamburger has 240 calories and costs $1.40. Each cookie has 160 calories and costs $0.50.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could he eat 3 hamburgers and 1 cookie?
  4. ⓓ Could he eat 2 hamburgers and 4 cookies?
Solution

Solution

ⓐ Let h= the number of hamburgers.
c= the number of cookies
To find the system of inequalities, translate the information.
The calories from hamburgers at 240 calories each, plus the calories from cookies at 160 calories each must be more that 800.

240h+160c≥800

The amount spent on hamburgers at $1.40 each, plus the amount spent on cookies at $0.50 each must be no more than $5.00.

1.40h+0.50c≤5

We have our system of inequalities. {240h+160c≥8001.40h+0.50c≤5

ⓑ
To graph 240h+160c≥800 graph 240h+160c=800 as a solid line.
Choose (0, 0) as a test point. it does not make the inequality true.
So, shade (red) the side that does not include the point (0, 0).


To graph 1.40h+0.50c≤5, graph 1.40h+0.50c=5 as a solid line.
Choose (0,0) as a test point. It makes the inequality true. So, shade
(blue) the side that includes the point.
A coordinate graph illustrates two linear boundaries, one red and one blue, defining a common shaded region. The axes are labeled 'h' and 'c', indicating a system of inequalities.

The solution of the system is the region of the graph that is double shaded and so is shaded darker.

ⓒ To determine if 3 hamburgers and 1 cookie would meet Omar’s criteria, we see if the point (3, 1) is in the solution region. It is. He might choose to eat 3 hamburgers and 1 cookie.
ⓓ To determine if 2 hamburgers and 4 cookies would meet Omar’s criteria, we see if the point (2, 4) is in the solution region. It is. He might choose to eat 2 hamburgers and 4 cookies.

We could also test the possible solutions by substituting the values into each inequality.

Tenison needs to eat at least an extra 1,000 calories a day to prepare for running a marathon. He has only $25 to spend on the extra food he needs and will spend it on $0.75 donuts which have 360 calories each and $2 energy drinks which have 110 calories.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities that models this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can he buy 8 donuts and 4 energy drinks?
  4. ⓓ Can he buy 1 donut and 3 energy drinks?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {0.75d+2e≤25360d+110e≥1000
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 0.75d + 2e is less than or equal to 25 and 360d + 110e is greater than or equal to 1000. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded slightly different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a slightly different color.
  3. ⓒ yes
  4. ⓓ no

Philip’s doctor tells him he should add at least 1000 more calories per day to his usual diet. Philip wants to buy protein bars that cost $1.80 each and have 140 calories and juice that costs $1.25 per bottle and have 125 calories. He doesn’t want to spend more than $12.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities that models this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can he buy 3 protein bars and 5 bottles of juice?
  4. ⓒ Can he buy 5 protein bars and 3 bottles of juice?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {140p+125j≥10001.80p+1.25j≤12
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 140p + 125j is greater than or equal to 1000 and 1.80p + 1.25j is less than or equal to 12. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded slightly different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a slightly different color.
  3. ⓒ yes
  4. ⓓ no

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with graphing systems of linear inequalities.

  • Graphical System of Inequalities
  • Systems of Inequalities
  • Solving Systems of Linear Inequalities by Graphing

Key Concepts

  • To Solve a System of Linear Inequalities by Graphing
    1. Graph the first inequality.
      • Graph the boundary line.
      • Shade in the side of the boundary line where the inequality is true.
    2. On the same grid, graph the second inequality.
      • Graph the boundary line.
      • Shade in the side of that boundary line where the inequality is true.
    3. The solution is the region where the shading overlaps.
    4. Check by choosing a test point.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Determine Whether an Ordered Pair is a Solution of a System of Linear Inequalities

In the following exercises, determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the system.

{3x+y>52x−y≤10

ⓐ (3,−3) ⓑ (7,1)

Solution

ⓐ true ⓑ false

{4x−y<10−2x+2y>−8

ⓐ (5,−2) ⓑ (−1,3)

{y>23x−5x+12y≤4

ⓐ (6,−4) ⓑ (3,0)

Solution

ⓐ false ⓑ true

{y<32x+334x−2y<5

ⓐ (−4,−1) ⓑ (8,3)

{7x+2y>145x−y≤8

ⓐ (2,3) ⓑ (7,−1)

Solution

ⓐ true ⓑ false

{6x−5y<20−2x+7y>−8

ⓐ (1,−3) ⓑ (−4,4)

{2x+3y≥24x−6y<−1

ⓐ (32,43) ⓑ (14,76)

Solution

ⓐ true ⓑ true

{5x−3y<−210x+6y>4

ⓐ (15,23) ⓑ (−310,76)

Solve a System of Linear Inequalities by Graphing

In the following exercises, solve each system by graphing.

{y≤3x+2y>x−1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than or equal to 3x + 2 and y is greater than x – 1. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. Both lines are dotted.

{y<−2x+2y≥−x−1

{y<2x−1y≤−12x+4

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than 2x - 1 and y is less than or equal to -(1/2)x + 4. The area to the left or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{y≥−23x+2y>2x−3

{x−y>1y<−14x+3

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x – y is greater than 1 and y is less than –(1/4)x + 3. The area to the right or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. Both lines are dotted.

{x+2y<4y<x−2

{3x−y≤6y≥−12x

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 3x – y is less than or equal to 6 and y is greater than or equal to –(1/2)x. The area to the right or above each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.

{2x+4y≥8y≤34x

{2x−5y<103x+4y≥12

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 2x – 5y is less than 10 and 3x +4y is greater than or equal to 12. The area to the right above each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{3x−2y≤6−4x−2y>8

{2x+2y>−4−x+3y≥9

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 2x + 2y is greater than -4 and –x + 3y is greater than or equal to 9. The area to the right or above each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{2x+y>−6−x+2y≥−4

{x−2y<3y≤1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x – 2y is less than 3 and y is less than or equal to 1. The area to the left or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{x−3y>4y≤−1

{y≥−12x−3x≤2

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is greater than or equal to (-1/2)x - 3 and x is less than or equal to 2. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.

{y≤−23x+5x≥3

{y≥34x−2y<2

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is greater than or equal to (3/4)x - 2 and y is less than 2. The area to the left or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{y≤−12x+3y<1

{3x−4y<8x<1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 3x – 4y is less than 8 and x is less than 1. The area to the left of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. Both lines are dotted.

{−3x+5y>10x>−1

{x≥3y≤2

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x is greater than or equal to 3 and y less than or equal to 2. The area to the right or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.

{x≤−1y≥3

{2x+4y>4y≤−12x−2

Solution

No solution
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 2x + 4y is greater than 4 and y is less than or equal to (-1/2)x - 2. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors. There is no area where the shaded areas overlap. One line is dotted.

{x−3y≥6y>13x+1

{−2x+6y<06y>2x+4

Solution

No solution
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of -2x + 6y is less than 0 and 6y is greater than 2x + 4. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors. There is no area where the shaded areas overlap. Both lines are dotted.

{−3x+6y>124y≤2x−4

{y≥−3x+23x+y>5

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is greater than or equal to -3x + 2 and 3x + y is greater than 5. The area to the right of each line is shaded different colors. One line is within the shaded area of the other. One line is dotted.

{y≥12x−1−2x+4y≥4

{y≤−14x−2x+4y<6

Solution

x+4y<6
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than or equal to (negative 1/4)x – 2 and x + 4y is less than 6. The area below each line is shaded different colors. One line is within the shaded area of the other. One line is dotted.

{y≥3x−1−3x+y>−4

{3y>x+2−2x+6y>8

Solution

−2x+6y>8
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 3y is greater than x + 2 and -2x + 6y is greater than 8. The area above each line is shaded different colors. One line is within the shaded area of the other. Both lines are dotted.

{y<34x−2−3x+4y<7

Solve Applications of Systems of Inequalities

In the following exercises, translate to a system of inequalities and solve.

Caitlyn sells her drawings at the county fair. She wants to sell at least 60 drawings and has portraits and landscapes. She sells the portraits for $15 and the landscapes for $10. She needs to sell at least $800 worth of drawings in order to earn a profit.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Will she make a profit if she sells 20 portraits and 35 landscapes?
  4. ⓓ Will she make a profit if she sells 50 portraits and 20 landscapes?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {p+l≥6015p+10l≥800
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of p + l is greater than or equal to 60 and 15p + 10l is greater than or equal to 800. The area to the left of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
  3. ⓒ No
  4. ⓓ Yes

Jake does not want to spend more than $50 on bags of fertilizer and peat moss for his garden. Fertilizer costs $2 a bag and peat moss costs $5 a bag. Jake’s van can hold at most 20 bags.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can he buy 15 bags of fertilizer and 4 bags of peat moss?
  4. ⓓ Can he buy 10 bags of fertilizer and 10 bags of peat moss?

Reiko needs to mail her Christmas cards and packages and wants to keep her mailing costs to no more than $500. The number of cards is at least 4 more than twice the number of packages. The cost of mailing a card (with pictures enclosed) is $3 and for a package the cost is $7.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can she mail 60 cards and 26 packages?
  4. ⓓ Can she mail 90 cards and 40 packages?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {7p+3c≤500p≥2c+4
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 7p + 3c is less than or equal to 500 and p is greater than or equal to 2c + 4. The area to the left or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
  3. ⓒ Yes
  4. ⓓ No

Juan is studying for his final exams in Chemistry and Algebra. He knows he only has 24 hours to study, and it will take him at least three times as long to study for Algebra than Chemistry.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can he spend 4 hours on Chemistry and 20 hours on Algebra?
  4. ⓓ Can he spend 6 hours on Chemistry and 18 hours on Algebra?

Jocelyn is pregnant and needs to eat at least 500 more calories a day than usual. When buying groceries one day with a budget of $15 for the extra food, she buys bananas that have 90 calories each and chocolate granola bars that have 150 calories each. The bananas cost $0.35 each and the granola bars cost $2.50 each.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could she buy 5 bananas and 6 granola bars?
  4. ⓓ Could she buy 3 bananas and 4 granola bars?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {90b+150g≥5000.35b+2.50g≤15
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 90b + 150g is greater than or equal to 500 and 0.35b + 2.50g is less than or equal to 15. The area to the right or below each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
  3. ⓒ No
  4. ⓓ Yes

Mark is attempting to build muscle mass and so he needs to eat at least an additional 80 grams of protein a day. A bottle of protein water costs $3.20 and a protein bar costs $1.75. The protein water supplies 27 grams of protein and the bar supplies 16 gram. If he has $ 10 dollars to spend

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could he buy 3 bottles of protein water and 1 protein bar?
  4. ⓓ Could he buy no bottles of protein water and 5 protein bars?

Jocelyn desires to increase both her protein consumption and caloric intake. She desires to have at least 35 more grams of protein each day and no more than an additional 200 calories daily. An ounce of cheddar cheese has 7 grams of protein and 110 calories. An ounce of parmesan cheese has 11 grams of protein and 22 calories.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could she eat 1 ounce of cheddar cheese and 3 ounces of parmesan cheese?
  4. ⓓ Could she eat 2 ounces of cheddar cheese and 1 ounce of parmesan cheese?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {7c+11p≥35110c+22p≤200
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 7c + 11p is greater than or equal to 35 and 110c + 22p is less than or equal to 200. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
  3. ⓒ Yes
  4. ⓓ No

Mark is increasing his exercise routine by running and walking at least 4 miles each day. His goal is to burn a minimum of 1,500 calories from this exercise. Walking burns 270 calories/mile and running burns 650 calories.

ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
ⓑ Graph the system.
ⓒ Could he meet his goal by walking 3 miles and running 1 mile?
ⓓ Could he meet his goal by walking 2 miles and running 2 mile?

Everyday Math

Tickets for an American Baseball League game for 3 adults and 3 children cost less than $75, while tickets for 2 adults and 4 children cost less than $62.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this problem.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could the tickets cost $20 for adults and $8 for children?
  4. ⓓ Could the tickets cost $15 for adults and $5 for children?
Solution
  1. ⓐ {3a+3c<752a+4c<62
  2. ⓑ
    This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 3a + 3c is less than 75 and 2a + 4c is less than 62. The area to the left ofeach line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. Both lines are dotted.
  3. ⓒ No
  4. ⓓ Yes

Grandpa and Grandma are treating their family to the movies. Matinee tickets cost $4 per child and $4 per adult. Evening tickets cost $6 per child and $8 per adult. They plan on spending no more than $80 on the matinee tickets and no more than $100 on the evening tickets.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Could they take 9 children and 4 adults to both shows?
  4. ⓓ Could they take 8 children and 5 adults to both shows?

Writing Exercises

Graph the inequality x−y≥3. How do you know which side of the line x−y=3 should be shaded?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Graph the system {x+2y≤6y≥−12x−4. What does the solution mean?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columsn and four rows. The columns are labeled, “I can………,” “confidently.” “with some help.” “no – I don’t get it!” The only rows filled in are under the “I can……...” column. The rows say, “determine whether an ordered pair is a solution of a system of linear inequalities.” “solve a system of linear inequalities by graphing.” and “solving applications of systmes of inequalities.”

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

Chapter 5 Review Exercises

Solve Systems of Equations by Graphing

Determine Whether an Ordered Pair is a Solution of a System of Equations.

In the following exercises, determine if the following points are solutions to the given system of equations.

{x+3y=−92x−4y=12

ⓐ (−3,−2) ⓑ (0,−3)

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

{x+y=8y=x−4

ⓐ (6,2) ⓑ (9,−1)

Solve a System of Linear Equations by Graphing

In the following exercises, solve the following systems of equations by graphing.

{3x+y=6x+3y=−6

Solution

(3,−3)
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 3x plus y = 6 and x plus 3y = negative 6.

{y=x−2y=−2x−2

{2x−y=6y=4

Solution

(5,4)
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 2x – y = 6 and y = 4.

{x+4y=−1x=3

{2x−y=54x−2y=10

Solution

coincident lines
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 2x – y = 5 and 4x – 2y = 10.

{−x+2y=4y=12x−3

Determine the Number of Solutions of a Linear System

In the following exercises, without graphing determine the number of solutions and then classify the system of equations.

{y=25x+2−2x+5y=10

Solution

infinitely many solutions, consistent system, dependent equations

{3x+2y=6y=−3x+4

{5x−4y=0y=54x−5

Solution

no solutions, inconsistent system, independent equations

{y=−34x+16x+8y=8

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Graphing

LaVelle is making a pitcher of caffe mocha. For each ounce of chocolate syrup, she uses five ounces of coffee. How many ounces of chocolate syrup and how many ounces of coffee does she need to make 48 ounces of caffe mocha?

Solution

LaVelle needs 8 ounces of chocolate syrup and 40 ounces of coffee.

Eli is making a party mix that contains pretzels and chex. For each cup of pretzels, he uses three cups of chex. How many cups of pretzels and how many cups of chex does he need to make 12 cups of party mix?

Solve Systems of Equations by Substitution

Solve a System of Equations by Substitution

In the following exercises, solve the systems of equations by substitution.

{3x−y=−5y=2x+4

Solution

(−1,2)

{3x−2y=2y=12x+3

{x−y=02x+5y=−14

Solution

(−2,−2)

{y=−2x+7y=23x−1

{y=−5x5x+y=6

Solution

no solution

{y=−13x+2x+3y=6

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Substitution

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The sum of two number is 55. One number is 11 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 22 and 33.

The perimeter of a rectangle is 128. The length is 16 more than the width. Find the length and width.

The measure of one of the small angles of a right triangle is 2 less than 3 times the measure of the other small angle. Find the measure of both angles.

Solution

The measures are 23 degrees and 67 degrees.

Gabriela works for an insurance company that pays her a salary of $32,000 plus a commission of $100 for each policy she sells. She is considering changing jobs to a company that would pay a salary of $40,000 plus a commission of $80 for each policy sold. How many policies would Gabriela need to sell to make the total pay the same?

Solve Systems of Equations by Elimination

Solve a System of Equations by Elimination

In the following exercises, solve the systems of equations by elimination.

{x+y=12x−y=−10

Solution

(1,11)

{4x+2y=2−4x−3y=−9

{3x−8y=20x+3y=1

Solution

(4,−1)

{3x−2y=64x+3y=8

{9x+4y=25x+3y=5

Solution

(−2,5)

{−x+3y=82x−6y=−20

Solve Applications of Systems of Equations by Elimination

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The sum of two numbers is −90. Their difference is 16. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are −37 and −53.

Omar stops at a donut shop every day on his way to work. Last week he had 8 donuts and 5 cappuccinos, which gave him a total of 3,000 calories. This week he had 6 donuts and 3 cappuccinos, which was a total of 2,160 calories. How many calories are in one donut? How many calories are in one cappuccino?

Choose the Most Convenient Method to Solve a System of Linear Equations

In the following exercises, decide whether it would be more convenient to solve the system of equations by substitution or elimination.

{6x−5y=273x+10y=−24

Solution

elimination

{y=3x−94x−5y=23

Solve Applications with Systems of Equations

Translate to a System of Equations

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations. Do not solve the system.

The sum of two numbers is −32. One number is two less than twice the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

{x+y=−32x=2y−2 The numbers are –10 and –22

Four times a number plus three times a second number is −9. Twice the first number plus the second number is three. Find the numbers.

Last month Jim and Debbie earned $7,200. Debbie earned $1,600 more than Jim earned. How much did they each earn?

Solution

{j+d=7200d=j+1600 Debbie earned $4400 and Jim earned $2800

Henri has $24,000 invested in stocks and bonds. The amount in stocks is $6,000 more than three times the amount in bonds. How much is each investment?

Solve Direct Translation Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Pam is 3 years older than her sister, Jan. The sum of their ages is 99. Find their ages.

Solution

Pam is 51 and Jan is 48.

Mollie wants to plant 200 bulbs in her garden. She wantsall irises and tulips. She wants to plant three times as many tulips as irises. How many irises and how many tulips should she plant?

Solve Geometry Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The difference of two supplementary angles is 58 degrees. Find the measures of the angles.

Solution

The measures are 119 degrees and 61 degrees.

Two angles are complementary. The measure of the larger angle is five more than four times the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Becca is hanging a 28 foot floral garland on the two sides and top of a pergola to prepare for a wedding. The height is four feet less than the width. Find the height and width of the pergola.

Solution

The pergola is 8 feet high and 12 feet wide.

The perimeter of a city rectangular park is 1428 feet. The length is 78 feet more than twice the width. Find the length and width of the park.

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Sheila and Lenore were driving to their grandmother’s house. Lenore left one hour after Sheila. Sheila drove at a rate of 45 mph, and Lenore drove at a rate of 60 mph. How long will it take for Lenore to catch up to Sheila?

Solution

It will take Lenore 3 hours.

Bob left home, riding his bike at a rate of 10 miles per hour to go to the lake. Cheryl, his wife, left 45 minutes (34 hour) later, driving her car at a rate of 25 miles per hour. How long will it take Cheryl to catch up to Bob?

Marcus can drive his boat 36 miles down the river in three hours but takes four hours to return upstream. Find the rate of the boat in still water and the rate of the current.

Solution

The rate of the boat is 10.5 mph. The rate of the current is 1.5 mph.

A passenger jet can fly 804 miles in 2 hours with a tailwind but only 776 miles in 2 hours into a headwind. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Solve Mixture Applications with Systems of Equations

Solve Mixture Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Lynn paid a total of $2,780 for 261 tickets to the theater. Student tickets cost $10 and adult tickets cost $15. How many student tickets and how many adult tickets did Lynn buy?

Solution

Lynn bought 227 student tickets and 34 adult tickets.

Priam has dimes and pennies in a cup holder in his car. The total value of the coins is $4.21. The number of dimes is three less than four times the number of pennies. How many dimes and how many pennies are in the cup?

Yumi wants to make 12 cups of party mix using candies and nuts. Her budget requires the party mix to cost her $1.29 per cup. The candies are $2.49 per cup and the nuts are $0.69 per cup. How many cups of candies and how many cups of nuts should she use?

Solution

Yumi should use 4 cups of candies and 8 cups of nuts.

A scientist needs 70 liters of a 40% solution of alcohol. He has a 30% and a 60% solution available. How many liters of the 30% and how many liters of the 60% solutions should he mix to make the 40% solution?

Solve Interest Applications

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

Jack has $12,000 to invest and wants to earn 7.5% interest per year. He will put some of the money into a savings account that earns 4% per year and the rest into CD account that earns 9% per year. How much money should he put into each account?

Solution

Jack should put $3600 into savings and $8400 into the CD.

When she graduates college, Linda will owe $43,000 in student loans. The interest rate on the federal loans is 4.5% and the rate on the private bank loans is 2%. The total interest she owes for one year was $1585. What is the amount of each loan?

Graphing Systems of Linear Inequalities

Determine Whether an Ordered Pair is a Solution of a System of Linear Inequalities

In the following exercises, determine whether each ordered pair is a solution to the system.

{4x+y>63x−y≤12

ⓐ (2,−1) ⓑ (3,−2)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ yes

{y>13x+2x−14y≤10

ⓐ (6,5) ⓑ (15,8)

Solve a System of Linear Inequalities by Graphing

In the following exercises, solve each system by graphing.

{y<3x+1y≥−x−2

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of y is less than 3x + 1 and y is greater than or equal to -x - 2. The area to the right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{x−y>−1y<13x−2

{2x−3y<63x+4y≥12

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of 2x – 3y is less than 6 and 3x + 4y is greater than or equal to 12. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

{y≤−34x+1x≥−5

{x+3y<5y≥−13x+6

Solution

No solution
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of x + 3y is less than 5 and y is greater than or equal to -(1/3)x + 6. The area to the above or below each line is shaded different colors. There is no overlapping shaded area. One line is dotted.

{y≥2x−5−6x+3y>−4

Solve Applications of Systems of Inequalities

In the following exercises, translate to a system of inequalities and solve.

Roxana makes bracelets and necklaces and sells them at the farmers’ market. She sells the bracelets for $12 each and the necklaces for $18 each. At the market next weekend she will have room to display no more than 40 pieces, and she needs to sell at least $500 worth in order to earn a profit.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Should she display 26 bracelets and 14 necklaces?
  4. ⓓ Should she display 39 bracelets and 1 necklace?
Solution


ⓐ {b+n≤4012b+18n≥500
ⓑ
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of b + n is less than or equal to 40 and 12b + 18n is greater than or equal to 500. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
ⓒ yes
ⓓ no

Annie has a budget of $600 to purchase paperback books and hardcover books for her classroom. She wants the number of hardcover to be at least 5 more than three times the number of paperback books. Paperback books cost $4 each and hardcover books cost $15 each.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can she buy 8 paperback books and 40 hardcover books?
  4. ⓓ Can she buy 10 paperback books and 37 hardcover books?

Practice Test

For the following set of equations, determine if each ordered pair is a solution.

{x−4y=−82x+5y=10

ⓐ (0,2) ⓑ (4,3)

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no

In the following exercises, solve the following systems by graphing.

{x−y=5x+2y=−4

{x−y>−2y≤3x+1

Solution

This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane x – y is greater than -2 and y is less than or equal to 3x + 1. The area to the left of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color. One line is dotted.

In the following exercises, solve each system of equations. Use either substitution or elimination.

{3x−2y=3y=2x−1

{x+y=−3x−y=11

Solution

(4,−7)

{4x−3y=75x−2y=0

{y=−45x+18x+10y=10

Solution

infinitely many solutions

{2x+3y=12−4x+6y=−16

In the following exercises, translate to a system of equations and solve.

The sum of two numbers is −24. One number is 104 less than the other. Find the numbers.

Solution

The numbers are 40 and –64

Ramon wants to plant cucumbers and tomatoes in his garden. He has room for 16 plants, and he wants to plant three times as many cucumbers as tomatoes. How many cucumbers and how many tomatoes should he plant?

Two angles are complementary. The measure of the larger angle is six more than twice the measure of the smaller angle. Find the measures of both angles.

Solution

The measures of the angles are 28 degrees and 62 degrees.

On Monday, Lance ran for 30 minutes and swam for 20 minutes. His fitness app told him he had burned 610 calories. On Wednesday, the fitness app told him he burned 695 calories when he ran for 25 minutes and swam for 40 minutes. How many calories did he burn for one minute of running? How many calories did he burn for one minute of swimming?

Kathy left home to walk to the mall, walking quickly at a rate of 4 miles per hour. Her sister Abby left home 15 minutes later and rode her bike to the mall at a rate of 10 miles per hour. How long will it take Abby to catch up to Kathy?

Solution

It will take Kathy 16 of an hour (or 10 minutes).

It takes 512 hours for a jet to fly 2,475 miles with a headwind from San Jose, California to Lihue, Hawaii. The return flight from Lihue to San Jose with a tailwind, takes 5 hours. Find the speed of the jet in still air and the speed of the wind.

Liz paid $160 for 28 tickets to take the Brownie troop to the science museum. Children’s tickets cost $5 and adult tickets cost $9. How many children’s tickets and how many adult tickets did Liz buy?

Solution

Liz bought 23 children’s tickets and 5 adult tickets.

A pharmacist needs 20 liters of a 2% saline solution. He has a 1% and a 5% solution available. How many liters of the 1% and how many liters of the 5% solutions should she mix to make the 2% solution?

Translate to a system of inequalities and solve.

Andi wants to spend no more than $50 on Halloween treats. She wants to buy candy bars that cost $1 each and lollipops that cost $0.50 each, and she wants the number of lollipops to be at least three times the number of candy bars.

  1. ⓐ Write a system of inequalities to model this situation.
  2. ⓑ Graph the system.
  3. ⓒ Can she buy 20 candy bars and 70 lollipops?
  4. ⓓ Can she buy 15 candy bars and 65 lollipops?
Solution


ⓐ {C+0.5L≤50L≥3C
ⓑ
This figure shows a graph on an x y-coordinate plane of C + 0.5L is less than or equal to 50 and L is greater than or equal to 3C. The area to the left or right of each line is shaded different colors with the overlapping area also shaded a different color.
ⓒ No
ⓓ Yes

system of linear inequalities
Two or more linear inequalities grouped together form a system of linear inequalities.

Introduction

This is a photo of a bridge at sunset.
Architects use polynomials to design curved shapes such as this suspension bridge, the Silver Jubilee bridge in Halton, England.

We have seen that the graphs of linear equations are straight lines. Graphs of other types of equations, called polynomial equations, are curves, like the outline of this suspension bridge. Architects use polynomials to design the shape of a bridge like this and to draw the blueprints for it. Engineers use polynomials to calculate the stress on the bridge’s supports to ensure they are strong enough for the intended load. In this chapter, you will explore operations with and properties of polynomials.

Add and Subtract Polynomials

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Identify polynomials, monomials, binomials, and trinomials
  • Determine the degree of polynomials
  • Add and subtract monomials
  • Add and subtract polynomials
  • Evaluate a polynomial for a given value

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 8x+3x.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

11x

Subtract: (5n+8)−(2n−1).
If you missed this problem, review Example 18 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

3n+9

Write in expanded form: a5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

a⋅a⋅a⋅a⋅a

Identify Polynomials, Monomials, Binomials and Trinomials

You have learned that a term is a constant or the product of a constant and one or more variables. The constant is called a coefficient. When it is of the form axm, where a is a constant and m is a whole number, it is called a monomial. Some examples of monomial are 8,−2x2,4y3,and11z7.

Monomials

A monomial is a term of the form axm, where a is a constant and m is a positive whole number.

A monomial, or two or more monomials combined by addition or subtraction, is a polynomial. Some polynomials have special names, based on the number of terms. A monomial is a polynomial with exactly one term. A binomial has exactly two terms, and a trinomial has exactly three terms. There are no special names for polynomials with more than three terms.

Polynomials

polynomial—A monomial, or two or more monomials combined by addition or subtraction, is a polynomial.

  • monomial—A polynomial with exactly one term is called a monomial.
  • binomial—A polynomial with exactly two terms is called a binomial.
  • trinomial—A polynomial with exactly three terms is called a trinomial.

Here are some examples of polynomials.

Polynomialb+14y2−7y+24x4+x3+8x2−9x+1Monomial148y2−9x3y5−13Binomiala+74b−5y2−163x3−9x2Trinomialx2−7x+129y2+2y−86m4−m3+8mz4+3z2−1

Notice that every monomial, binomial, and trinomial is also a polynomial. They are just special members of the “family” of polynomials and so they have special names. We use the words monomial, binomial, and trinomial when referring to these special polynomials and just call all the rest polynomials.

Determine whether each polynomial is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial.

  1. ⓐ 4y2−8y−6
  2. ⓑ −5a4b2
  3. ⓒ 2x5−5x3−9x2+3x+4
  4. ⓓ 13−5m3
  5. ⓔ q
Solution

Solution

Examples of polynomials, showing their number of terms and classification type.
Polynomial Number of terms Type
ⓐ 4y2−8y−6 3 Trinomial
ⓑ −5a4b2 1 Monomial
ⓒ 2x5−5x3−9x2+3x+4 5 Polynomial
ⓓ 13−5m3 2 Binomial
ⓔ q 1 Monomial

Determine whether each polynomial is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial:

ⓐ 5b ⓑ 8y3−7y2−y−3 ⓒ −3x2−5x+9 ⓓ 81−4a2 ⓔ −5x6

Solution

ⓐ monomial ⓑ polynomial ⓒ trinomial ⓓ binomial ⓔ monomial

Determine whether each polynomial is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial:

ⓐ 27z3−8 ⓑ 12m3−5m2−2m ⓒ 56 ⓓ 8x4−7x2−6x−5 ⓔ −n4

Solution

ⓐ binomial ⓑ trinomial ⓒ monomial ⓓ polynomial ⓔ monomial

Determine the Degree of Polynomials

The degree of a polynomial and the degree of its terms are determined by the exponents of the variable.

A monomial that has no variable, just a constant, is a special case. The degree of a constant is 0—it has no variable.

Degree of a Polynomial

The degree of a term is the sum of the exponents of its variables.

The degree of a constant is 0.

The degree of a polynomial is the highest degree of all its terms.

Let’s see how this works by looking at several polynomials. We’ll take it step by step, starting with monomials, and then progressing to polynomials with more terms.

This table has 11 rows and 5 columns. The first column is a header column, and it names each row. The first row is named “Monomial,” and each cell in this row contains a different monomial. The second row is named “Degree,” and each cell in this row contains the degree of the monomial above it. The degree of 14 is 0, the degree of 8y squared is 2, the degree of negative 9x cubed y to the fifth power is 8, and the degree of negative 13a is 1. The third row is named “Binomial,” and each cell in this row contains a different binomial. The fourth row is named “Degree of each term,” and each cell contains the degrees of the two terms in the binomial above it. The fifth row is named “Degree of polynomial,” and each cell contains the degree of the binomial as a whole.” The degrees of the terms in a plus 7 are 0 and 1, and the degree of the whole binomial is 1. The degrees of the terms in 4b squared minus 5b are 2 and 1, and the degree of the whole binomial is 2. The degrees of the terms in x squared y squared minus 16 are 4 and 0, and the degree of the whole binomial is 4. The degrees of the terms in 3n cubed minus 9n squared are 3 and 2, and the degree of the whole binomial is 3. The sixth row is named “Trinomial,” and each cell in this row contains a different trinomial. The seventh row is named “Degree of each term,” and each cell contains the degrees of the three terms in the trinomial above it. The eighth row is named “Degree of polynomial,” and each cell contains the degree of the trinomial as a whole. The degrees of the terms in x squared minus 7x plus 12 are 2, 1, and 0, and the degree of the whole trinomial is 2. The degrees of the terms in 9a squared plus 6ab plus b squared are 2, 2, and 2, and the degree of the trinomial as a whole is 2. The degrees of the terms in 6m to the fourth power minus m cubed n squared plus 8mn to the fifth power are 4, 5, and 6, and the degree of the whole trinomial is 6. The degrees of the terms in z to the fourth power plus 3z squared minus 1 are 4, 2, and 0, and the degree of the whole trinomial is 4. The ninth row is named “Polynomial,” and each cell contains a different polynomial. The tenth row is named “Degree of each term,” and the eleventh row is named “Degree of polynomial.” The degrees of the terms in b plus 1 are 1 and 0, and the degree of the whole polynomial is 1. The degrees of the terms in 4y squared minus 7y plus 2 are 2, 1, and 0, and the degree of the whole polynomial is 2. The degrees of the terms in 4x to the fourth power plus x cubed plus 8x squared minus 9x plus 1 are 4, 3, 2, 1, and 0, and the degree of the whole polynomial is 4.

A polynomial is in standard form when the terms of a polynomial are written in descending order of degrees. Get in the habit of writing the term with the highest degree first.

Find the degree of the following polynomials.

  1. ⓐ 10y
  2. ⓑ 4x3−7x+5
  3. ⓒ −15
  4. ⓓ −8b2+9b−2
  5. ⓔ 8xy2+2y
Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates how to determine the degree of various mathematical expressions, including monomials, polynomials, and constants.
ⓐ
The exponent of y is one. y=y1
10y
The degree is 1.
ⓑ
The highest degree of all the terms is 3.
4x3−7x+5
The degree is 3.
ⓒ
The degree of a constant is 0.
−15
The degree is 0.
ⓓ
The highest degree of all the terms is 2.
−8b2+9b−2
The degree is 2.
ⓔ
The highest degree of all the terms is 3.
8xy2+2y
The degree is 3.

Find the degree of the following polynomials:

ⓐ −15b ⓑ 10z4+4z2−5 ⓒ 12c5d4+9c3d9−7 ⓓ 3x2y−4x ⓔ −9

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 12 ⓓ 3 ⓔ 0

Find the degree of the following polynomials:

ⓐ 52 ⓑ a4b−17a4 ⓒ 5x+6y+2z ⓓ 3x2−5x+7 ⓔ −a3

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ 5 ⓒ 1 ⓓ 2 ⓔ 3

Add and Subtract Monomials

You have learned how to simplify expressions by combining like terms. Remember, like terms must have the same variables with the same exponent. Since monomials are terms, adding and subtracting monomials is the same as combining like terms. If the monomials are like terms, we just combine them by adding or subtracting the coefficient.

Add: 25y2+15y2.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the process of combining like terms in an algebraic expression.
25y2+15y2
Combine like terms. 40y2

Add: 12q2+9q2.

Solution

21q2

Add: −15c2+8c2.

Solution

−7c2

Subtract: 16p−(−7p).

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression by combining like terms.
16p−(−7p)
Combine like terms. 23p

Subtract: 8m−(−5m).

Solution

13m

Subtract: −15z3−(−5z3).

Solution

−10z3

Remember that like terms must have the same variables with the same exponents.

Simplify: c2+7d2−6c2.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates simplifying an algebraic expression by combining like terms.
c2+7d2−6c2
Combine like terms. −5c2+7d2

Add: 8y2+3z2−3y2.

Solution

5y2+3z2

Add: 3m2+n2−7m2.

Solution

−4m2+n2

Simplify: u2v+5u2−3v2.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic expression and a note on its like terms.
u2v+5u2−3v2
There are no like terms to combine. u2v+5u2−3v2

Simplify: m2n2−8m2+4n2.

Solution

There are no like terms to combine.

Simplify: pq2−6p−5q2.

Solution

There are no like terms to combine.

Add and Subtract Polynomials

We can think of adding and subtracting polynomials as just adding and subtracting a series of monomials. Look for the like terms—those with the same variables and the same exponent. The Commutative Property allows us to rearrange the terms to put like terms together.

Find the sum: (5y2−3y+15)+(3y2−4y−11).

Solution

Solution

Identify like terms. 5 y squared minus 3 y plus 15, plus 3 y squared minus 4 y minus 11.
Rearrange to get the like terms together. 5y squared plus 3y squared, identified as like terms, minus 3y minus 4y, identified as like terms, plus 15 minus 11, identified as like terms.
Combine like terms. 8 y squared minus 7y plus 4.

Find the sum: (7x2−4x+5)+(x2−7x+3).

Solution

8x2−11x+8

Find the sum: (14y2+6y−4)+(3y2+8y+5).

Solution

17y2+14y+1

Find the difference: (9w2−7w+5)−(2w2−4).

Solution

Solution

9 w squared minus 7 w plus 5, minus 2 w squared minus 4.
Distribute and identify like terms. 9 w squared and 2 w squared are like terms. 5 and 4 are also like terms.
Rearrange the terms. 9 w squared minus 2 w squared minus 7 w plus 5 plus 4.
Combine like terms. 7 w squared minus 7 w plus 9.

Find the difference: (8x2+3x−19)−(7x2−14).

Solution

x2+3x−5

Find the difference: (9b2−5b−4)−(3b2−5b−7).

Solution

6b2+3

Subtract: (c2−4c+7) from (7c2−5c+3).

Solution

Solution

A math problem asks to subtract the polynomial (c² - 4c + 7) from the polynomial (7c² - 5c + 3).
7 c squared minus 5 c plus 3, minus c squared minus 4c plus 7.
Distribute and identify like terms. 7 c squared and c squared are like terms. Minus 5c and 4c are like terms. 3 and minus 7 are like terms.
Rearrange the terms. 7 c squared minus c squared minus 5 c plus 4 c plus 3 minus 7.
Combine like terms. 6 c squared minus c minus 4.

Subtract: (5z2−6z−2) from (7z2+6z−4).

Solution

2z2+12z−2

Subtract: (x2−5x−8) from (6x2+9x−1).

Solution

5x2+14x+7

Find the sum: (u2−6uv+5v2)+(3u2+2uv).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step addition of two polynomial expressions, showing distribution, rearrangement, and combining like terms for simplification.
(u2−6uv+5v2)+(3u2+2uv)
Distribute. u2−6uv+5v2+3u2+2uv
Rearrange the terms, to put like terms together. u2+3u2−6uv+2uv+5v2
Combine like terms. 4u2−4uv+5v2

Find the sum: (3x2−4xy+5y2)+(2x2−xy).

Solution

5x2−5xy+5y2

Find the sum: (2x2−3xy−2y2)+(5x2−3xy).

Solution

7x2−6xy−2y2

Find the difference: (p2+q2)−(p2+10pq−2q2).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step algebraic simplification of the expression (p^2 + q^2) - (p^2 + 10pq - 2q^2).
(p2+q2)−(p2+10pq−2q2)
Distribute. p2+q2−p2−10pq+2q2
Rearrange the terms, to put like terms together. p2−p2−10pq+q2+2q2
Combine like terms. −10pq+3q2

Find the difference: (a2+b2)−(a2+5ab−6b2).

Solution

−5ab+7b2

Find the difference: (m2+n2)−(m2−7mn−3n2).

Solution

4n2+7mn

Simplify: (a3−a2b)−(ab2+b3)+(a2b+ab2).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression through distribution, rearrangement, and combining like terms.
(a3−a2b)−(ab2+b3)+(a2b+ab2)
Distribute. a3−a2b−ab2−b3+a2b+ab2
Rearrange the terms, to put like terms together. a3−a2b+a2b−ab2+ab2−b3
Combine like terms. a3−b3

Simplify: (x3−x2y)−(xy2+y3)+(x2y+xy2).

Solution

x3−y3

Simplify: (p3−p2q)+(pq2+q3)−(p2q+pq2).

Solution

p3−2p2q+q3

Evaluate a Polynomial for a Given Value

We have already learned how to evaluate expressions. Since polynomials are expressions, we’ll follow the same procedures to evaluate a polynomial. We will substitute the given value for the variable and then simplify using the order of operations.

Evaluate 5x2−8x+4 when

  1. ⓐ x=4
  2. ⓑ x=−2
  3. ⓒ x=0
Solution

Solution

ⓐ x=4
5 x squared minus 8 x plus 4.
The text reads 'Substitute 4 for x.' on a white background. 5 times 4 squared minus 8 times 4 plus 4.
Simplify the exponents. 5 times 16 minus 8 times 4 plus 4.
Multiply. A mathematical expression '80 - 32 + 4' is displayed on a white background.
Simplify. The number 52.
ⓑ x=−2
5 x squared minus 8 x plus 4.
Substitute negative 2 for x. 5 times negative 2 squared minus 8 times negative 2 plus 4.
Simplify the exponents. 5 times 4 minus 8 times negative 2 plus 4.
Multiply. The image displays the addition problem '20 + 16 + 4' in black text against a white background.
Simplify. The number 40.
ⓒ x=0
5 x squared minus 8 x plus 4.
The image shows the text 'Substitute 0 for x.' on a white background. 5 times 0 squared minus 8 times 0 plus 4.
Simplify the exponents. 5 times 0 minus 8 times 0 plus 4.
Multiply. A simple arithmetic expression displays '0 + 0 + 4' on a white background, clearly showing the sum of zero plus zero plus four.
Simplify. The number 4.

Evaluate: 3x2+2x−15 when

  1. ⓐ x=3
  2. ⓑ x=−5
  3. ⓒ x=0
Solution

ⓐ 18 ⓑ 50 ⓒ −15

Evaluate: 5z2−z−4 when

  1. ⓐ z=−2
  2. ⓑ z=0
  3. ⓒ z=2
Solution

ⓐ 18 ⓑ −4 ⓒ 14

The polynomial −16t2+250 gives the height of a ball t seconds after it is dropped from a 250 foot tall building. Find the height after t=2 seconds.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of the expression -16t^2 + 250 at t=2, determining the height of a ball.
−16t2+250
Substitute t=2. −16(2)2+250
Simplify. −16·4+250
Simplify. −64+250
Simplify. 186
After 2 seconds the height of the ball is 186 feet.

The polynomial −16t2+250 gives the height of a ball t seconds after it is dropped from a 250-foot tall building. Find the height after t=0 seconds.

Solution

250

The polynomial −16t2+250 gives the height of a ball t seconds after it is dropped from a 250-foot tall building. Find the height after t=3 seconds.

Solution

106

The polynomial 6x2+15xy gives the cost, in dollars, of producing a rectangular container whose top and bottom are squares with side x feet and sides of height y feet. Find the cost of producing a box with x=4 feet and y=6 feet.

Solution

Solution

6 x squared plus 15 x y.
Substitute x equals 4 and y equals 6. 6 times 4 squared plus 15 times 4 times 6.
Simplify. 6 times 16 plus 15 times 4 times 6.
Simplify. 96 plus 360.
Simplify. The number 456.
The cost of producing the box is $456.

The polynomial 6x2+15xy gives the cost, in dollars, of producing a rectangular container whose top and bottom are squares with side x feet and sides of height y feet. Find the cost of producing a box with x=6 feet and y=4 feet.

Solution

$576

The polynomial 6x2+15xy gives the cost, in dollars, of producing a rectangular container whose top and bottom are squares with side x feet and sides of height y feet. Find the cost of producing a box with x=5 feet and y=8 feet.

Solution

$750

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with adding and subtracting polynomials.

  • Add and Subtract Polynomials 1
  • Add and Subtract Polynomials 2
  • Add and Subtract Polynomial 3
  • Add and Subtract Polynomial 4

Key Concepts

  • Monomials
    • A monomial is a term of the form axm, where a is a constant and m is a whole number
  • Polynomials
    • polynomial—A monomial, or two or more monomials combined by addition or subtraction is a polynomial.
    • monomial—A polynomial with exactly one term is called a monomial.
    • binomial—A polynomial with exactly two terms is called a binomial.
    • trinomial—A polynomial with exactly three terms is called a trinomial.
  • Degree of a Polynomial
    • The degree of a term is the sum of the exponents of its variables.
    • The degree of a constant is 0.
    • The degree of a polynomial is the highest degree of all its terms.

Practice Makes Perfect

Identify Polynomials, Monomials, Binomials, and Trinomials

In the following exercises, determine if each of the following polynomials is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial.

ⓐ 81b5−24b3+1 ⓑ 5c3+11c2−c−8 ⓒ 1415y+17
ⓓ 5
ⓔ 4y+17

Solution

ⓐ trinomial ⓑ polynomial ⓒ binomial ⓓ monomial ⓔ binomial

ⓐ x2−y2 ⓑ −13c4 ⓒ x2+5x−7 ⓓ x2y2−2xy+8 ⓔ 19

ⓐ 8−3x ⓑ z2−5z−6 ⓒ y3−8y2+2y−16 ⓓ 81b5−24b3+1 ⓔ −18

Solution

ⓐ binomial ⓑ trinomial ⓒ polynomial ⓓ trinomial ⓔ monomial

ⓐ 11y2 ⓑ −73 ⓒ 6x2−3xy+4x−2y+y2 ⓓ 4y+17 ⓔ 5c3+11c2−c−8

Determine the Degree of Polynomials

In the following exercises, determine the degree of each polynomial.

ⓐ 6a2+12a+14 ⓑ 18xy2z ⓒ 5x+2 ⓓ y3−8y2+2y−16 ⓔ −24

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 1 ⓓ 3 ⓔ 0

ⓐ 9y3−10y2+2y−6 ⓑ −12p4 ⓒ a2+9a+18 ⓓ 20x2y2−10a2b2+30 ⓔ 17

ⓐ 14−29x ⓑ z2−5z−6 ⓒ y3−8y2+2y−16 ⓓ 23ab2−14 ⓔ −3

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 3 ⓓ 3 ⓔ 0

ⓐ 62y2 ⓑ 15 ⓒ 6x2−3xy+4x−2y+y2 ⓓ 10−9x ⓔ m4+4m3+6m2+4m+1

Add and Subtract Monomials

In the following exercises, add or subtract the monomials.

7x2+5x2

Solution

12x2

4y3+6y3

−12w+18w

Solution

6w

−3m+9m

4a−9a

Solution

−5a

−y−5y

28x−(−12x)

Solution

40x

13z−(−4z)

−5b−17b

Solution

−22b

−10x−35x

12a+5b−22a

Solution

−10a+5b

14x−3y−13x

2a2+b2−6a2

Solution

−4a2+b2

5u2+4v2−6u2

xy2−5x−5y2

Solution

xy2−5x−5y2

pq2−4p−3q2

a2b−4a−5ab2

Solution

a2b−4a−5ab2

x2y−3x+7xy2

12a+8b

Solution

12a+8b

19y+5z

Add: 4a,−3b,−8a

Solution

−4a−3b

Add: 4x,3y,−3x

Subtract 5x6from−12x6.

Solution

−17x6

Subtract 2p4from−7p4.

Add and Subtract Polynomials

In the following exercises, add or subtract the polynomials.

(5y2+12y+4)+(6y2−8y+7)

Solution

11y2+4y+11

(4y2+10y+3)+(8y2−6y+5)

(x2+6x+8)+(−4x2+11x−9)

Solution

−3x2+17x−1

(y2+9y+4)+(−2y2−5y−1)

(8x2−5x+2)+(3x2+3)

Solution

11x2−5x+5

(7x2−9x+2)+(6x2−4)

(5a2+8)+(a2−4a−9)

Solution

6a2−4a−1

(p2−6p−18)+(2p2+11)

(4m2−6m−3)−(2m2+m−7)

Solution

2m2−7m+4

(3b2−4b+1)−(5b2−b−2)

(a2+8a+5)−(a2−3a+2)

Solution

11a+3

(b2−7b+5)−(b2−2b+9)

(12s2−15s)−(s−9)

Solution

12s2−16s+9

(10r2−20r)−(r−8)

Subtract (9x2+2) from (12x2−x+6).

Solution

3x2−x+4

Subtract (5y2−y+12) from (10y2−8y−20).

Subtract (7w2−4w+2) from (8w2−w+6).

Solution

w2+3w+4

Subtract (5x2−x+12) from (9x2−6x−20).

Find the sum of (2p3−8) and (p2+9p+18).

Solution

2p3+p2+9p+10

Find the sum of
(q2+4q+13) and (7q3−3).

Find the sum of (8a3−8a) and (a2+6a+12).

Solution

8a3+a2−2a+12

Find the sum of
(b2+5b+13) and (4b3−6).

Find the difference of
(w2+w−42) and
(w2−10w+24).

Solution

11w−66

Find the difference of
(z2−3z−18) and
(z2+5z−20).

Find the difference of
(c2+4c−33) and
(c2−8c+12).

Solution

12c−45

Find the difference of
(t2−5t−15) and
(t2+4t−17).

(7x2−2xy+6y2)+(3x2−5xy)

Solution

10x2−7xy+6y2

(−5x2−4xy−3y2)+(2x2−7xy)

(7m2+mn−8n2)+(3m2+2mn)

Solution

10m2+3mn−8n2

(2r2−3rs−2s2)+(5r2−3rs)

(a2−b2)−(a2+3ab−4b2)

Solution

−3ab+3b2

(m2+2n2)−(m2−8mn−n2)

(u2−v2)−(u2−4uv−3v2)

Solution

4uv+2v2

(j2−k2)−(j2−8jk−5k2)

(p3−3p2q)+(2pq2+4q3)−(3p2q+pq2)

Solution

p3−6p2q+pq2+4q3

(a3−2a2b)+(ab2+b3)−(3a2b+4ab2)

(x3−x2y)−(4xy2−y3)+(3x2y−xy2)

Solution

x3+2x2y−5xy2+y3

(x3−2x2y)−(xy2−3y3)−(x2y−4xy2)

Evaluate a Polynomial for a Given Value

In the following exercises, evaluate each polynomial for the given value.

Evaluate 8y2−3y+2 when:

ⓐ y=5 ⓑ y=−2 ⓒ y=0

Solution

ⓐ 187 ⓑ 40 ⓒ 2

Evaluate 5y2−y−7 when:

ⓐ y=−4 ⓑ y=1 ⓒ y=0

Evaluate 4−36x when:

ⓐ x=3 ⓑ x=0 ⓒ x=−1

Solution

ⓐ −104 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 40

Evaluate 16−36x2 when:

ⓐ x=−1 ⓑ x=0 ⓒ x=2

A painter drops a brush from a platform 75 feet high. The polynomial −16t2+75 gives the height of the brush t seconds after it was dropped. Find the height after t=2 seconds.

Solution

11

A girl drops a ball off a cliff into the ocean. The polynomial −16t2+250 gives the height of a ball t seconds after it is dropped from a 250-foot tall cliff. Find the height after t=2 seconds.

A manufacturer of stereo sound speakers has found that the revenue received from selling the speakers at a cost of p dollars each is given by the polynomial −4p2+420p. Find the revenue received when p=60 dollars.

Solution

$10,800

A manufacturer of the latest basketball shoes has found that the revenue received from selling the shoes at a cost of p dollars each is given by the polynomial −4p2+420p. Find the revenue received when p=90 dollars.

Everyday Math

Fuel Efficiency The fuel efficiency (in miles per gallon) of a car going at a speed of x miles per hour is given by the polynomial −1150x2+13x. Find the fuel efficiency when x=30mph.

Solution

4

Stopping Distance The number of feet it takes for a car traveling at x miles per hour to stop on dry, level concrete is given by the polynomial 0.06x2+1.1x. Find the stopping distance when x=40mph.

Rental Cost The cost to rent a rug cleaner for d days is given by the polynomial 5.50d+25. Find the cost to rent the cleaner for 6 days.

Solution

$58

Height of Projectile The height (in feet) of an object projected upward is given by the polynomial −16t2+60t+90 where t represents time in seconds. Find the height after t=2.5 seconds.

Temperature Conversion The temperature in degrees Fahrenheit is given by the polynomial 95c+32 where c represents the temperature in degrees Celsius. Find the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit when c=65°.

Solution

149

Writing Exercises

Using your own words, explain the difference between a monomial, a binomial, and a trinomial.

Using your own words, explain the difference between a polynomial with five terms and a polynomial with a degree of 5.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Ariana thinks the sum 6y2+5y4 is 11y6. What is wrong with her reasoning?

Jonathan thinks that 13 and 1x are both monomials. What is wrong with his reasoning?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “identify polynomials, monomials, binomials, and trinomials,” “determine the degree of polynomials,” “add and subtract monomials,” “add and subtract polynomials,” and “evaluate a polynomial for a given value.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved the objectives in this section. Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific.

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly because topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. In math every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no - I don’t get it! This is a warning sign and you must not ignore it. You should get help right away or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as you can to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

binomial
A binomial is a polynomial with exactly two terms.
degree of a constant
The degree of any constant is 0.
degree of a polynomial
The degree of a polynomial is the highest degree of all its terms.
degree of a term
The degree of a term is the exponent of its variable.
monomial
A monomial is a term of the form axm, where a is a constant and m is a whole number; a monomial has exactly one term.
polynomial
A polynomial is a monomial, or two or more monomials combined by addition or subtraction.
standard form
A polynomial is in standard form when the terms of a polynomial are written in descending order of degrees.
trinomial
A trinomial is a polynomial with exactly three terms.

Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify expressions with exponents
  • Simplify expressions using the Product Property for Exponents
  • Simplify expressions using the Power Property for Exponents
  • Simplify expressions using the Product to a Power Property
  • Simplify expressions by applying several properties
  • Multiply monomials

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 34·34.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

34·34

Simplify: (−2)(−2)(−2).
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

−8

Simplify Expressions with Exponents

Remember that an exponent indicates repeated multiplication of the same quantity. For example, 24 means to multiply 2 by itself 4 times, so 24 means 2·2·2·2.

Let’s review the vocabulary for expressions with exponents.

Exponential Notation

This figure has two columns. In the left column is a to the m power. The m is labeled in blue as an exponent. The a is labeled in red as the base. In the right column is the text “a to the m power means multiply m factors of a.” Below this is a to the m power equals a times a times a times a, followed by an ellipsis, with “m factors” written below in blue.

This is read a to the mth power.

In the expression am, the exponent m tells us how many times we use the base a as a factor.

This figure has two columns. The left column contains 4 cubed. Below this is 4 times 4 times 4, with “3 factors” written below in blue. The right column contains negative 9 to the fifth power. Below this is negative 9 times negative 9 times negative 9 times negative 9 times negative 9, with “5 factors” written below in blue.

Before we begin working with variable expressions containing exponents, let’s simplify a few expressions involving only numbers.

Simplify: ⓐ 43 ⓑ 71 ⓒ (56)2 ⓓ (0.63)2.

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating the evaluation of exponential expressions, showing the expansion into factors and the simplified numerical result.
ⓐ 43
Multiply three factors of 4. 4·4·4
Simplify. 64
ⓑ 71
Multiply one factor of 7. 7
ⓒ (56)2
Multiply two factors. (56)(56)
Simplify. 2536
ⓓ (0.63)2
Multiply two factors. (0.63)(0.63)
Simplify. 0.3969

Simplify: ⓐ 63 ⓑ 151 ⓒ (37)2 ⓓ (0.43)2.

Solution

ⓐ 216 ⓑ 15 ⓒ 949 ⓓ 0.1849

Simplify: ⓐ 25 ⓑ 211 ⓒ (25)3 ⓓ (0.218)2.

Solution

ⓐ 32 ⓑ 21 ⓒ 8125 ⓓ 0.047524

Simplify: ⓐ (−5)4 ⓑ −54.

Solution

Solution

Compares the evaluation of exponential expressions with a negative base vs. a negative sign outside the base, illustrating the impact of parentheses.
ⓐ (−5)4
Multiply four factors of −5. (−5)(−5)(−5)(−5)
Simplify. 625
ⓑ −54
Multiply four factors of 5. −(5·5·5·5)
Simplify. −625

Simplify: ⓐ (−3)4 ⓑ −34.

Solution

ⓐ 81 ⓑ −81

Simplify: ⓐ (−13)2 ⓑ −132.

Solution

ⓐ 169 ⓑ −169

Notice the similarities and differences in Example 2ⓐ and Example 2ⓑ ! Why are the answers different? As we follow the order of operations in part ⓐ the parentheses tell us to raise the (−5) to the 4th power. In part ⓑ we raise just the 5 to the 4th power and then take the opposite.


Simplify Expressions Using the Product Property for Exponents

You have seen that when you combine like terms by adding and subtracting, you need to have the same base with the same exponent. But when you multiply and divide, the exponents may be different, and sometimes the bases may be different, too.

We’ll derive the properties of exponents by looking for patterns in several examples.

First, we will look at an example that leads to the Product Property.

x squared times x cubed.
What does this mean?
How many factors altogether?
x times x, multiplied by x times x. x times x has two factors. x times x times x has three factors. 2 plus 3 is five factors.
So, we have x to the fifth power.
Notice that 5 is the sum of the exponents, 2 and 3. x squared times x cubed is x to the power of 2 plus 3, or x to the fifth power.

We write:

x2·x3x2+3x5

The base stayed the same and we added the exponents. This leads to the Product Property for Exponents.

Product Property for Exponents

If a is a real number, and mandn are counting numbers, then

am·an=am+n

To multiply with like bases, add the exponents.

An example with numbers helps to verify this property.

22·23=?22+34·8=?2532=32✓

Simplify: y5·y6.

Solution

Solution

y to the fifth power times y to the sixth power.
Use the product property, am · an = am+n. y to the power of 5 plus 6.
Simplify. y to the eleventh power.

Simplify: b9·b8.

Solution

b17

Simplify: x12·x4.

Solution

x16

Simplify: ⓐ 25·29 ⓑ 3·34.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    2 to the fifth power times 2 to the ninth power.
    Use the product property, am · an = am+n. 2 to the power of 5 plus 9.
    Simplify. 2 to the 14th power.
  2. ⓑ
    3 to the fifth power times 3 to the fourth power.
    Use the product property, am · an = am+n. 3 to the power of 5 plus 4.
    Simplify. 3 to the ninth power.

Simplify: ⓐ 5·55 ⓑ 49·49.

Solution

ⓐ 56 ⓑ 418

Simplify: ⓐ 76·78 ⓑ 10·1010.

Solution

ⓐ 714 ⓑ 1011

Simplify: ⓐ a7·a ⓑ x27·x13.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    a to the seventh power times a.
    Rewrite, a = a1. a to the seventh power times a to the first power.
    Use the product property, am · an = am+n. a to the power of 7 plus 1.
    Simplify. a to the eighth power.
  2. ⓑ
    x to the twenty-seventh power times x to the thirteenth power.
    Notice, the bases are the same, so add the exponents. x to the power of 27 plus 13.
    Simplify. x to the fortieth power.

Simplify: ⓐ p5·p ⓑ y14·y29.

Solution

ⓐ p6 ⓑ y43

Simplify: ⓐ z·z7 ⓑ b15·b34.

Solution

ⓐ z8 ⓑ b49

We can extend the Product Property for Exponents to more than two factors.

Simplify: d4·d5·d2.

Solution

Solution

d to the fourth power times d to the fifth power times d squared.
Add the exponents, since bases are the same. d to the power of 4 plus 5 plus 2.
Simplify. d to the eleventh power.

Simplify: x6·x4·x8.

Solution

x18

Simplify: b5·b9·b5.

Solution

b19

Simplify Expressions Using the Power Property for Exponents

Now let’s look at an exponential expression that contains a power raised to a power. See if you can discover a general property.

x squared, in parentheses, cubed.
What does this mean?
How many factors altogether?
x squared cubed is x squared times x squared times x squared, which is x times x, multiplied by x times x, multiplied by x times x. x times x has two factors. Two plus two plus two is six factors.
So we have x to the sixth power.
Notice that 6 is the product of the exponents, 2 and 3. x squared cubed is x to the power of 2 times 3, or x to the sixth power.

We write:

(x2)3x2·3x6

We multiplied the exponents. This leads to the Power Property for Exponents.

Power Property for Exponents

If a is a real number, and mandn are whole numbers, then

(am)n=am·n

To raise a power to a power, multiply the exponents.

An example with numbers helps to verify this property.

(32)3=?32·3(9)3=?36729=729✓

Simplify: ⓐ (y5)9 ⓑ (44)7.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
y to the fifth power, in parentheses, to the ninth power.
Use the power property, (am)n = am·n. y to the power of 5 times 9.
Simplify. y to the 45th power.


ⓑ
4 to the fourth power, in parentheses, to the 7th power.
Use the power property. 4 to the power of 4 times 7.
Simplify. 4 to the twenty-eighth power.

Simplify: ⓐ (b7)5 ⓑ (54)3.

Solution

ⓐ b35 ⓑ 512

Simplify: ⓐ (z6)9 ⓑ (37)7.

Solution

ⓐ z54 ⓑ 349

Simplify Expressions Using the Product to a Power Property

We will now look at an expression containing a product that is raised to a power. Can you find this pattern?

This table demonstrates the step-by-step expansion and simplification of the algebraic expression (2x) to 2 x .
(2x)3
What does this mean? 2x·2x·2x
We group the like factors together. 2·2·2·x·x·x
How many factors of 2 and of x? 23·x3

Notice that each factor was raised to the power and (2x)3 is 23·x3.

Illustrates the power of a product rule, showing (2x)^3 expanded as 2^3 * x^3.
We write: (2x)3
23·x3

The exponent applies to each of the factors! This leads to the Product to a Power Property for Exponents.

Product to a Power Property for Exponents

If a and b are real numbers and m is a whole number, then

(ab)m=ambm

To raise a product to a power, raise each factor to that power.

An example with numbers helps to verify this property:

(2·3)2=?22·3262=?4·936=36✓

Simplify: ⓐ (−9d)2 ⓑ (3mn)3.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    Negative 9 d squared.
    Use Power of a Product Property, (ab)m = ambm. negative 9 squared d squared.
    Simplify. The number 81 d squared.
  2. ⓑ
    A mathematical expression shows the quantity (3mn) raised to the power of 3, enclosed in parentheses with a superscript '3'.
    Use Power of a Product Property, (ab)m = ambm. 3 cubed m cubed n cubed.
    Simplify. 27 m cubed n cubed.

Simplify: ⓐ (−12y)2 ⓑ (2wx)5.

Solution

ⓐ 144y2 ⓑ 32w5x5

Simplify: ⓐ (5wx)3 ⓑ (−3y)3.

Solution

ⓐ 125w3x3 ⓑ −27y3

Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

We now have three properties for multiplying expressions with exponents. Let’s summarize them and then we’ll do some examples that use more than one of the properties.

Properties of Exponents

If aandb are real numbers, and mandn are whole numbers, then

Common exponent properties and their corresponding mathematical formulas.
Product Property am·an=am+n
Power Property (am)n=am·n
Product to a Power (ab)m=ambm

All exponent properties hold true for any real numbers mandn. Right now, we only use whole number exponents.

Simplify: ⓐ (y3)6(y5)4 ⓑ (−6x4y5)2.

Solution

Solution

Steps demonstrating the simplification of algebraic expressions with exponents using various exponent properties.
ⓐ (y3)6(y5)4
Use the Power Property. y18·y20
Add the exponents. y38
ⓑ (−6x4y5)2
Use the Product to a Power Property. (−6)2(x4)2(y5)2
Use the Power Property. (−6)2
Simplify. 36x8y10

Simplify: ⓐ (a4)5(a7)4 ⓑ (−2c4d2)3.

Solution

ⓐ a48 ⓑ −8c12d6

Simplify: ⓐ (−3x6y7)4 ⓑ (q4)5(q3)3.

Solution

ⓐ 81x24y28 ⓑ q29

Simplify: ⓐ (5m)2(3m3) ⓑ (3x2y)4(2xy2)3.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of two algebraic expressions involving exponents and their properties.
ⓐ (5m)2(3m3)
Raise 5m to the second power. 52m2·3m3
Simplify. 25m2·3m3
Use the Commutative Property. 25·3·m2·m3
Multiply the constants and add the exponents. 75m5
ⓑ (3x2y)4(2xy2)3
Use the Product to a Power Property. (34x8y4)(23x3y6)
Simplify. (81x8y4)(8x3y6)
Use the Commutative Property. 81·8·x8·x3·y4·y6
Multiply the constants and add the exponents. 648x11y10

Simplify: ⓐ (5n)2(3n10) ⓑ (c4d2)5(3cd5)4.

Solution

ⓐ 75n12 ⓑ 81c24d30

Simplify: ⓐ (a3b2)6(4ab3)4 ⓑ (2x)3(5x7).

Solution

ⓐ 256a22b24 ⓑ 40x10

Multiply Monomials

Since a monomial is an algebraic expression, we can use the properties of exponents to multiply monomials.

Multiply: (3x2)(−4x3).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution for multiplying monomial expressions using the Commutative Property.
(3x2)(−4x3)
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange the terms. 3·(−4)·x2·x3
Multiply. −12x5

Multiply: (5y7)(−7y4).

Solution

−35y11

Multiply: (−6b4)(−9b5).

Solution

54b9

Multiply: (56x3y)(12xy2).

Solution

Solution

Simplification of an algebraic expression, showing steps including the Commutative Property to arrive at the final product.
(56x3y)(12xy2)
Use the Commutative Property to rearrange the terms. 56·12·x3·x·y·y2
Multiply. 10x4y3

Multiply: (25a4b3)(15ab3).

Solution

6a5b6

Multiply: (23r5s)(12r6s7).

Solution

8r11s8

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with using multiplication properties of exponents:

  • Multiplication Properties of Exponents

Key Concepts

  • Exponential Notation
    This figure has two columns. In the left column is a to the m power. The m is labeled in blue as an exponent. The a is labeled in red as the base. In the right column is the text “a to the m powder means multiply m factors of a.” Below this is a to the m power equals a times a times a times a, followed by an ellipsis, with “m factors” written below in blue.
  • Properties of Exponents
    • If a,b are real numbers and m,n are whole numbers, then
      Product Propertyam·an=am+nPower Property(am)n=am·nProduct to a Power(ab)m=ambm

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify Expressions with Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify each expression with exponents.

ⓐ 35 ⓑ 91 ⓒ (13)2 ⓓ (0.2)4

ⓐ 104 ⓑ 171 ⓒ (29)2 ⓓ (0.5)3

Solution

ⓐ 10,000 ⓑ 17 ⓒ 481 ⓓ 0.125

ⓐ 26 ⓑ 141 ⓒ (25)3 ⓓ (0.7)2

ⓐ 83 ⓑ 81 ⓒ (34)3 ⓓ (0.4)3

Solution

ⓐ 512 ⓑ 8 ⓒ 2764
ⓓ 0.064

ⓐ (−6)4 ⓑ −64

ⓐ (−2)6 ⓑ −26

Solution

ⓐ 64 ⓑ −64

ⓐ −(14)4 ⓑ (−14)4

ⓐ −(23)2 ⓑ (−23)2

Solution

ⓐ −49 ⓑ 49

ⓐ −0.52 ⓑ (−0.5)2

ⓐ −0.14 ⓑ (−0.1)4

Solution

ⓐ −0.0001 ⓑ 0.0001

Simplify Expressions Using the Product Property for Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify each expression using the Product Property for Exponents.

d3·d6

x4·x2

Solution

x6

n19·n12

q27·q15

Solution

q42

ⓐ 45·49 ⓑ 89·8

ⓐ 310·36 ⓑ 5·54

Solution

ⓐ 316 ⓑ 55

ⓐ y·y3 ⓑ z25·z8

ⓐ w5·w ⓑ u41·u53

Solution

ⓐ w6 ⓑ u94

w·w2·w3

y·y3·y5

Solution

y9

a4·a3·a9

c5·c11·c2

Solution

c18

mx·m3

ny·n2

Solution

ny+2

ya·yb

xp·xq

Solution

xp+q

Simplify Expressions Using the Power Property for Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify each expression using the Power Property for Exponents.

ⓐ (m4)2 ⓑ (103)6

ⓐ (b2)7 ⓑ (38)2

Solution

ⓐ b14 ⓑ 316

ⓐ (y3)x ⓑ (5x)y

ⓐ (x2)y ⓑ (7a)b

Solution

ⓐ x2y ⓑ 7ab

Simplify Expressions Using the Product to a Power Property

In the following exercises, simplify each expression using the Product to a Power Property.

ⓐ (6a)2 ⓑ (3xy)2

ⓐ (5x)2 ⓑ (4ab)2

Solution

ⓐ 25x2 ⓑ 16a2b2

ⓐ (−4m)3 ⓑ (5ab)3

ⓐ (−7n)3 ⓑ (3xyz)4

Solution

ⓐ −343n3 ⓑ 81x4y4z4

Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

ⓐ (y2)4·(y3)2 ⓑ (10a2b)3

ⓐ (w4)3·(w5)2 ⓑ (2xy4)5

Solution

ⓐ w22 ⓑ 32x5y20

ⓐ (−2r3s2)4 ⓑ (m5)3·(m9)4

ⓐ (−10q2p4)3 ⓑ (n3)10·(n5)2

Solution

ⓐ −1000q6p12 ⓑ n40

ⓐ (3x)2(5x) ⓑ (5t2)3(3t)2

ⓐ (2y)3(6y) ⓑ (10k4)3(5k6)2

Solution

ⓐ 48y4 ⓑ 25,000k24

ⓐ (5a)2(2a)3 ⓑ (12y2)3(23y)2

ⓐ (4b)2(3b)3 ⓑ (12j2)5(25j3)2

Solution

ⓐ 432b5 ⓑ 1200j16

ⓐ (25x2y)3 ⓑ (89xy4)2

ⓐ (2r2)3(4r)2 ⓑ (3x3)3(x5)4

Solution

ⓐ 128r8 ⓑ 27x29

ⓐ (m2n)2(2mn5)4 ⓑ (3pq4)2(6p6q)2

Multiply Monomials

In the following exercises, multiply the monomials.

(6y7)(−3y4)

Solution

−18y11

(−10x5)(−3x3)

(−8u6)(−9u)

Solution

72u7

(−6c4)(−12c)

(15f8)(20f3)

Solution

4f11

(14d5)(36d2)

(4a3b)(9a2b6)

Solution

36a5b7

(6m4n3)(7mn5)

(47rs2)(14rs3)

Solution

8r2s5

(58x3y)(24x5y)

(23x2y)(34xy2)

Solution

12x3y3

(35m3n2)(59m2n3)

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

(x2)4·(x3)2

Solution

x14

(y4)3·(y5)2

(a2)6·(a3)8

Solution

a36

(b7)5·(b2)6

(2m6)3

Solution

8m18

(3y2)4

(10x2y)3

Solution

1000x6y3

(2mn4)5

(−2a3b2)4

Solution

16a12b8

(−10u2v4)3

(23x2y)3

Solution

827x6y3

(79pq4)2

(8a3)2(2a)4

Solution

1024a10

(5r2)3(3r)2

(10p4)3(5p6)2

Solution

25000p24

(4x3)3(2x5)4

(12x2y3)4(4x5y3)2

Solution

x18y18

(13m3n2)4(9m8n3)2

(3m2n)2(2mn5)4

Solution

144m8n22

(2pq4)3(5p6q)2

Everyday Math

Email Kate emails a flyer to ten of her friends and tells them to forward it to ten of their friends, who forward it to ten of their friends, and so on. The number of people who receive the email on the second round is 102, on the third round is 103, as shown in the table below. How many people will receive the email on the sixth round? Simplify the expression to show the number of people who receive the email.

Round Number of people
1 10
2 102
3 103
… …
6 ?
Solution

1,000,000

Salary Jamal’s boss gives him a 3% raise every year on his birthday. This means that each year, Jamal’s salary is 1.03 times his last year’s salary. If his original salary was $35,000, his salary after 1 year was $35,000(1.03), after 2 years was $35,000(1.03)2, after 3 years was $35,000(1.03)3, as shown in the table below. What will Jamal’s salary be after 10 years? Simplify the expression, to show Jamal’s salary in dollars.

Year Salary
1 $35,000(1.03)
2 $35,000(1.03)2
3 $35,000(1.03)3
… …
10 ?

Clearance A department store is clearing out merchandise in order to make room for new inventory. The plan is to mark down items by 30% each week. This means that each week the cost of an item is 70% of the previous week’s cost. If the original cost of a sofa was $1,000, the cost for the first week would be $1,000(0.70) and the cost of the item during the second week would be $1,000(0.70)2. Complete the table shown below. What will be the cost of the sofa during the fifth week? Simplify the expression, to show the cost in dollars.

Week Cost
1 $1,000(0.70)
2 $1,000(0.70)2
3
4 …
5 ?
Solution

$168.07

Depreciation Once a new car is driven away from the dealer, it begins to lose value. Each year, a car loses 10% of its value. This means that each year the value of a car is 90% of the previous year’s value. If a new car was purchased for $20,000, the value at the end of the first year would be $20,000(0.90) and the value of the car after the end of the second year would be $20,000(0.90)2. Complete the table shown below. What will be the value of the car at the end of the eighth year? Simplify the expression, to show the value in dollars.

Year Cost
1 $20,000(0.90)
2 $20,000(0.90)2
3
… …
8 ?

Writing Exercises

Use the Product Property for Exponents to explain why x·x=x2.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Explain why −53=(−5)3 but −54≠(−5)4.

Jorge thinks (12)2 is 1. What is wrong with his reasoning?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Explain why x3·x5 is x8, and not x15.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has seven rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “simplify expressions with exponents,” “simplify expressions using the Product Property for Exponents,” “simplify expressions using the Power Property for Exponents,” “simplify expressions using the Product to a Power Property,” “simplify expressions by applying several properties,” and “multiply monomials.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all goals?

Multiply Polynomials

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Multiply a polynomial by a monomial
  • Multiply a binomial by a binomial
  • Multiply a trinomial by a binomial

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Distribute: 2(x+3).
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

2x+6

Combine like terms: x2+9x+7x+63.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

x2+16x+63

Multiply a Polynomial by a Monomial

We have used the Distributive Property to simplify expressions like 2(x−3). You multiplied both terms in the parentheses, xand3, by 2, to get 2x−6. With this chapter’s new vocabulary, you can say you were multiplying a binomial, x−3, by a monomial, 2.

Multiplying a binomial by a monomial is nothing new for you! Here’s an example:

Multiply: 4(x+3).

Solution

Solution

4 times x plus 3. Two arrows extend from 4, terminating at x and 3.
Distribute. 4 times x plus 4 times 3.
Simplify. The mathematical expression '4x + 12' is displayed in bold black text on a white background, representing an algebraic equation or part of one.

Multiply: 5(x+7).

Solution

5x+35

Multiply: 3(y+13).

Solution

3y+39

Multiply: y(y−2).

Solution

Solution

y times y minus 2. Two arrows extend from the coefficient y, terminating at the y and minus 2 in parentheses.
Distribute. y times y minus y times 2.
Simplify. y squared minus 2 y.

Multiply: x(x−7).

Solution

x2−7x

Multiply: d(d−11).

Solution

d2−11d

Multiply: 7x(2x+y).

Solution

Solution

7 x times 2 x plus y. Two arrows extend from 7x, terminating at 2x and y.
Distribute. 7 x times 2 x plus 7 x times y.
Simplify. 14 x squared plus 7 x y.

Multiply: 5x(x+4y).

Solution

5x2+20xy

Multiply: 2p(6p+r).

Solution

12p2+2pr

Multiply: −2y(4y2+3y−5).

Solution

Solution

Negative 2 y times 4 y squared plus 3 y minus 5. Three arrows extend from negative 2 y, terminating at 4 y squared, 3 y, and minus 5.
Distribute. Negative 2 y times 4 y squared plus negative 2 y times 3 y minus negative 2 y times 5.
Simplify. Negative 8 y cubed minus 6 y squared plus 10 y.

Multiply: −3y(5y2+8y−7).

Solution

−15y3−24y2+21y

Multiply: 4x2(2x2−3x+5).

Solution

8x4−12x3+20x2

Multiply: 2x3(x2−8x+1).

Solution

Solution

2 x cubed times x squared minus 8 x plus 1. Three arrows extend from 2 x cubed, terminating at x squared, minus 8 x, and 1.
Distribute. 2 x cubed times x squared plus 2 x cubed times negative 8 x plus 2 x cubed times 1.
Simplify. 2 x to the fifth power minus 16 x to the fourth power plus 2 x cubed.

Multiply: 4x(3x2−5x+3).

Solution

12x3−20x2+12x

Multiply: −6a3(3a2−2a+6).

Solution

−18a5+12a4−36a3

Multiply: (x+3)p.

Solution

Solution

The monomial is the second factor. x plus 3, in parentheses, times p. Two arrows extend from the p, terminating at x and 3.
Distribute. x times p plus 3 times p.
Simplify. The mathematical expression xp + 3p is shown on a white background.

Multiply: (x+8)p.

Solution

xp+8p

Multiply: (a+4)p.

Solution

ap+4p

Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial

Just like there are different ways to represent multiplication of numbers, there are several methods that can be used to multiply a binomial times a binomial. We will start by using the Distributive Property.

Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial Using the Distributive Property

Look at Example 6, where we multiplied a binomial by a monomial.

x plus 3, in parentheses, times p. Two arrows extend from the p, terminating at x and 3.
We distributed the p to get: x p plus 3 p.
What if we have (x + 7) instead of p? x plus 3 multiplied by x plus 7. Two arrows extend from x plus 7, terminating at the x and the 3 in the first binomial.
Distribute (x + 7). The sum of two products. The product of x and x plus 7, plus the product of 3 and x plus 7.
Distribute again. x squared plus 7 x plus 3 x plus 21.
Combine like terms. x squared plus 10 x plus 21.

Notice that before combining like terms, you had four terms. You multiplied the two terms of the first binomial by the two terms of the second binomial—four multiplications.

Multiply: (y+5)(y+8).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, y plus 5 and y plus 8. Two arrows extend from y plus 8, terminating at the y and the 5 in the first binomial.
Distribute (y + 8). The sum of two products, the product of y and y plus 8, plus the product of 5 and y plus 8.
Distribute again y squared plus 8 y plus 5 y plus 40.
Combine like terms. y squared plus 13 y plus 40.

Multiply: (x+8)(x+9).

Solution

x2+17x+72

Multiply: (5x+9)(4x+3).

Solution

20x2+51x+27

Multiply: (2y+5)(3y+4).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, 2 y plus 5 and 3 y plus 4. Two arrows extend from 3y plus 4, terminating at 2y and 5 in the first binomial.
Distribute (3y + 4). The sum of two products, the product of 2 y and 3 y plus 4, plus the product of 5 and 3 y plus 4.
Distribute again 6 y squared plus 8 y plus 15 y plus 20.
Combine like terms. 6 y squared plus 23 y plus 20.

Multiply: (3b+5)(4b+6).

Solution

12b2+38b+30

Multiply: (a+10)(a+7).

Solution

a2+17a+70

Multiply: (4y+3)(2y−5).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, 4y plus 3 and 2 y minus 5. Two arrows extend from 2y minus 5, terminating at 4 y and 3 in the first binomial.
Distribute. The sum of two products, the product of 4y and 2y minus 5, plus the product of 3 and 2y minus 5.
Distribute again. 8 y squared minus 20 y plus 6 y minus 15.
Combine like terms. 18 y squared minus 14 y minus 15.

Multiply: (5y+2)(6y−3).

Solution

30y2−3y−6

Multiply: (3c+4)(5c−2).

Solution

15c2+14c−8

Multiply: (x-2)(x−y).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, x minus 2 and x minus y. Two arrows extend from x minus y, terminating at x and 2 in the first binomial.
Distribute. The difference of two products. The product of x and x minus 7, minus the product of 2 and x minus y.
Distribute again. x squared minus x y minus 2 x plus 2 y.
There are no like terms to combine.

Multiply: (a+7)(a−b).

Solution

a2−ab+7a−7b

Multiply: (x+5)(x−y).

Solution

x2−xy+5x−5y

Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial Using the FOIL Method

Remember that when you multiply a binomial by a binomial you get four terms. Sometimes you can combine like terms to get a trinomial, but sometimes, like in Example 10, there are no like terms to combine.

Let’s look at the last example again and pay particular attention to how we got the four terms.

(x−2)(x−y)x2−xy−2x+2y

Where did the first term, x2, come from?

This figure explains how to multiply a binomial using the FOIL method. It has two columns, with written instructions on the left and math on the right. At the top of the figure, the text in the left column says “It is the product of x and x, the first terms in x minus 2 and x minus y.” In the right column is the product of x minus 2 and x minus y. An arrow extends from the x in x minus 2, and terminates at the x in x minus y. Below this is the word “First.” One row down, the text in the left column says “The next terms, negative xy, is the product of x and negative y, the two outer terms.” In the right column is the product of x minus 2 and x minus y, with another arrow extending from the x in x minus 2 to the y in x minus y. Below this is the word “Outer.” One row down, the text in the left column says “The third term, negative 2 x, is the product of negative 2 and x, the two inner terms.” In the right column is the product of x minus 2 and x minus y with a third arrow extending from minus 2 in x minus 2 and terminating at the x in x minus y. Below this is the word “Inner.” In the last row, the text in the left column says “And the last term, plus 2y, came from multiplying the two last terms, negative 2 and negative y.” In the right column is the product of x minus 2 and x minus y, with a fourth arrow extending from the minus 2 in x minus 2 to the minus y in x minus y. Below this is the word “Last.”

We abbreviate “First, Outer, Inner, Last” as FOIL. The letters stand for ‘First, Outer, Inner, Last’. The word FOIL is easy to remember and ensures we find all four products.

(x−2)(x−y)x2−xy−2x+2yFOIL

Let’s look at (x+3)(x+7).

Distibutive Property FOIL
The product of x plus 3 and x plus 7. The product of x plus 3 and x plus y. An arrow extends from the x in x plus 3 to the x in x plus 7. A second arrow extends from the x in x plus 3 to the 7 in x plus 7. A third arrow extends from the 3 in x plus 3 to the x in x plus 7. A fourth arrow extends from the 3 in x plus 3 to the 7 in x plus 7.
The sum of two products, the product of x and x plus 7, and the product of 3 and x plus 7.
x squared plus 7 x plus 3 x plus 21. Below x squared is the letter F, below 7 x is the letter O, below 3 x is the letter I, and below 21 is the letter L, spelling FOIL. x squared plus 7 x plus 3 x plus 21. Below x squared is the letter F, below 7 x is the letter O, below 3 x is the letter I, and below 21 is the letter L, spelling FOIL.
x squared plus 10 x plus 21. x squared plus 10 x plus 21.

Notice how the terms in third line fit the FOIL pattern.

Now we will do an example where we use the FOIL pattern to multiply two binomials.

How to Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial using the FOIL Method

Multiply using the FOIL method: (x+5)(x+9).

Solution
Solution
This figure is a table that has three columns and five rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second and third columns contain math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads “Step 1. Multiply the first terms.” The second column contains the product of binomials x plus 5 and x plus 9. Below this is the product of x plus 5 and x plus 9 again, with an arrow extending from the x in the first binomial to the x in the second binomial. The third column contains x squared plus blank plus blank plus blank. Below the x squared is the letter F, and below each of the three blanks are the letters O, I, and L, respectively. In the second row, the first cell reads “Step 2. Multiply the outer terms.” In the second cell is the product of x plus 5 and x plus 9 again, with an arrow extending from x in the first binomial to the 9 in the second binomial. The third cell contains x squared plus 9x plus blank plus blank, with the letter F under the x squared, O under the 9x, and I and L beneath the two blanks. In the third row, the first cell reads “Step 3. Multiply the inner terms.” The second cell contains the product of x plus 5 and x plus 9 again, with an arrow extending from 5 in the first binomial to the x in the second binomial. The third cell contains x squared plus 9x plus 5x plus blank, with F beneath x squared, O beneath 9x, I beneath 5x, and L beneath the blank. In the fourth row, the first cell reads “Step 4. Multiply the last terms.” In the second cell is the product of x plus 5 and x plus 9 again, with an arrow extending from 5 in the first binomial to 9 in the second binomial. The third cell contains x squared plus 9x plus 6x plus 45, with F beneath x squared, O beneath 9x, I beneath 6x, and L beneath 45. In the final row, the first cell reads “Step 5. Combine like terms, when possible.” The second cell is blank. The third cell contains the final expression: x squared plus 15x plus 45.

Multiply using the FOIL method: (x+6)(x+8).

Solution

x2+14x+48

Multiply using the FOIL method: (y+17)(y+3).

Solution

y2+20y+51

We summarize the steps of the FOIL method below. The FOIL method only applies to multiplying binomials, not other polynomials!

Multiply two binomials using the FOIL method

This image illustrates the FOIL method for multiplying two binomials, detailing five steps: Multiply the First, Outer, Inner, and Last terms, then combine like terms.

When you multiply by the FOIL method, drawing the lines will help your brain focus on the pattern and make it easier to apply.

Multiply: (y−7)(y+4).

Solution
Solution

This figure has three columns, with written instructions in the first column and math in the second and third columns. At the top of the figure, the text in the first column says “Multiply the first terms.” The second column contains the product of two binomials, y minus 7 and y plus 4, with an arrow extending from the y in the first binomial to the y in the second binomial. The third column contains y squared plus blank plus blank plus blank. Beneath y squared is the letter F and beneath each blank are the letters O, I, and L, respectively. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the outer terms.” The second column contains the product of y minus 7 and y plus 4 again, with a second arrow extending from y in the first binomial to 4 in the second binomial. The third column contains y squared plus 4y plus blank plus blank. Below y squared is F, below 4y is O, and below the blanks are I and L. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the inner terms.” The middle column contains the product of y minus 7 and y plus 4 again, with a third arrow extending from the minus 7 in the first binomial to the y in the second binomial. The third column contains y squared plus 4y minus 7y plus blank. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the last terms.” The second column contains the product of y minus 7 and y plus 4 again, with a fourth arrow extending from minus 7 in the first binomial to 4 in the second binomial. In the third column is the full expression, y squared plus 4y minus 7y minus 28, with each letter of FOIL beneath each of the terms. At the bottom of the image, the text in the first column says “Combine like terms.” In the right column is y squared minus 3y minus 28.

Multiply: (x−7)(x+5).

Solution

x2−2x−35

Multiply: (b−3)(b+6).

Solution

b2+3b−18

Multiply: (4x+3)(2x−5).

Solution
Solution

This figure has three columns. At the top of the figure, the second column contains the product of two binomials, 4x plus 3 and 2x minus 5. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the first terms. 4x times 2x.” The second column contains 8x squared plus blank plus blank plus blank. Beneath 8x squared is the letter F and beneath each blank are the letters O, I, and L, respectively. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the outer terms. 4x times negative 5.” The second column contains 8x squared minus 20x plus blank plus blank. Below 8x squared is F, below 20x is O, and below the blanks are I and L. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the inner terms. 3 times 2x.” The second column contains 8x squared minus 20x plus 6x plus blank. One row down, the text in the first column says “Multiply the last terms. 3 times negative 5.” The second column contains the full expression, 8x squared minus 20x plus 6x minus 15, with each letter of FOIL beneath each of the terms. At the bottom of the image, the text in the first column says “Combine like terms.” In the right column is 8x squared minus 14x minus 15. In the third column is the product of the two binomials again, 4x plus 3 times 2x minus 5. An arrow extends from 4x in the first binomial to 2x in the second binomial. A second arrow extends from 4x in the first binomial to minus 5 in the second binomial. A third arrow extends from 3 in the first binomial to 2x in the second binomial. A fourth arrow extends from 3 in the first binomial to minus 5 in the second binomial.

Multiply: (3x+7)(5x−2).

Solution

15x2+29x−14

Multiply: (4y+5)(4y−10).

Solution

16y2−20y−50

The final products in the last four examples were trinomials because we could combine the two middle terms. This is not always the case.

Multiply: (3x−y)(2x−5).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, 3 x minus y and 2 x minus 5.
An arrow extends from 3 x in the first binomial to 2 x in the second binomial. A second arrow extends from 3 x in the first binomial to minus 5 in the second binomial. A third arrow extends from y in the first binomial to 2 x in the second binomial. A fourth arrow extends from y in the first binomial to minus 5 in the second binomial.
Multiply the First. 6 x squared plus blank plus blank plus blank. Beneath 6 x squared is the letter F.
Multiply the Outer. 6 x squared minus 15 x plus blank plus blank. Beneath 15 x is the letter O.
Multiply the Inner. 6x squared minus 15x minus 2xy plus blank. Beneath minus 2 x y is the letter I.
Multiply the Last. 6 x squared minus 15 x minus 2 x y plus 5 y. Beneath 5 y is the letter L.
Combine like terms—there are none. 6 x squared minus 15 x minus 2 x y plus 5 y.

Multiply: (10c−d)(c−6).

Solution

10c2−60c−cd+6d

Multiply: (7x−y)(2x−5).

Solution

14x2−35x−2xy+5y

Be careful of the exponents in the next example.

Multiply: (n2+4)(n−1).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, n squared plus 4 and n minus 1.
The product of two binomials, n squared plus 4 and n minus 1. An arrow extends from n squared in the first binomial to n in the second binomial. A second arrow extends from n squared in the first binomial to minus 1 in the second binomial. A third arrow extends from 4 in the first binomial to n in the second binomial. A fourth arrow extends from 4 in the first binomial to minus 1 in the second binomial.
Multiply the First. n cubed plus blank plus blank plus blank. Beneath n cubed is the letter F.
Multiply the Outer. n cubed minus n squared plus blank plus blank. Beneath minus n squared is the letter O.
Multiply the Inner. n cubed minus n squared plus 4 n plus blank. Beneath 4 n is the letter I.
Multiply the Last. n cubed minus n squared plus 4 n minus 4. Beneath minus 4 is the letter L.
Combine like terms—there are none. n cubed minus n squared plus 4 n minus 4.

Multiply: (x2+6)(x−8).

Solution

x3−8x2+6x−48

Multiply: (y2+7)(y−9).

Solution

y3−9y2+7y−63

Multiply: (3pq+5)(6pq−11).

Solution
Solution
The product of two binomials, 3 p q plus 5 and 6 p q minus 11.
Multiply the First. 18 p squared q squared plus blank plus blank plus blank. Beneath 18 p squared q squared is the letter F. The product of two binomials, 3 p q plus 5 and 6 p q minus 11. An arrow extends from 3 p q in the first binomial to 6 p q in the second binomial. A second arrow extends from 3 p q in the first binomial to minus 11 in the second binomial. A third arrow extends from 5 in the first binomial to 6 p q in the second binomial. A fourth arrow extends from 5 in the first binomial to minus 11 in the second binomial.
Multiply the Outer. 18 p squared q squared minus 33 p q plus blank plus blank. Beneath minus 33 p q is the letter O.
Multiply the Inner. 18 p squared q squared minus 33 p q plus 30 p q plus blank. Beneath 30 p q is the letter I.
Multiply the Last. 18 p squared q squared minus 33 p q plus 30 p q minus 55. Beneath minus 55 is the letter L.
Combine like terms—there are none. 18 p squared q squared minus 33 p q plus 30 p q minus 55.

Multiply: (2ab+5)(4ab−4).

Solution

8a2b2+12ab−20

Multiply: (2xy+3)(4xy−5).

Solution

8x2y2+2xy−15

Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial Using the Vertical Method

The FOIL method is usually the quickest method for multiplying two binomials, but it only works for binomials. You can use the Distributive Property to find the product of any two polynomials. Another method that works for all polynomials is the Vertical Method. It is very much like the method you use to multiply whole numbers. Look carefully at this example of multiplying two-digit numbers.

This figure shows the vertical multiplication of 23 and 46. The number 23 is above the number 46. Below this, there is the partial product 138 over the partial product 92. The final product is at the bottom and is 1058. Text on the right side of the image says “Start by multiplying 23 by 6 to get 138. Next, multiply 23 by 4, lining up the partial product in the correct columns. Last you add the partial products.”

Now we’ll apply this same method to multiply two binomials.

Multiply using the Vertical Method: (3y−1)(2y−6).

Solution
Solution

It does not matter which binomial goes on the top.

Multiply3y−1by−6.Multiply3y−1by 2y.Add like terms.3y−1×2y−6________−18y+66y2−2y _____________6y2−20y+6partial productpartial productproduct

Notice the partial products are the same as the terms in the FOIL method.
This figure has two columns. In the left column is the product of two binomials, 3y minus 1 and 2y minus 6. Below this is 6y squared minus 2y minus 18y plus 6. Below this is 6y squared minus 20y plus 6. In the right column is the vertical multiplication of 3y minus 1 and 2y minus 6. Below this is the partial product negative 18y plus 6. Below this is the partial product 6y squared minus 2y. Below this is 6y squared minus 20y plus 6.

Multiply using the Vertical Method: (5m−7)(3m−6).

Solution

15m2−51m+42

Multiply using the Vertical Method: (6b−5)(7b−3).

Solution

42b2−53b+15

We have now used three methods for multiplying binomials. Be sure to practice each method, and try to decide which one you prefer. The methods are listed here all together, to help you remember them.

Multiplying Two Binomials

To multiply binomials, use the:

  • Distributive Property
  • FOIL Method
  • Vertical Method

Remember, FOIL only works when multiplying two binomials.


Multiply a Trinomial by a Binomial

We have multiplied monomials by monomials, monomials by polynomials, and binomials by binomials. Now we’re ready to multiply a trinomial by a binomial. Remember, FOIL will not work in this case, but we can use either the Distributive Property or the Vertical Method. We first look at an example using the Distributive Property.

Multiply using the Distributive Property: (b+3)(2b2−5b+8).

Solution

Solution

The product of a binomial, b plus 3, and a trinomial, 2 b squared minus 5 b plus 8. Two arrows extend from the trinomial, terminating at b and 3 in the binomial.
Distribute. The sum of two products, the product of b and 2 b squared minus 5 b plus 8, and the product of 3 and 2 b squared minus 5 b plus 8.
Multiply. 2 b cubed minus 5 b squared plus 8 b plus 6 b squared minus 15 b plus 24.
Combine like terms. 2 b cubed plus b squared minus 7 b plus 24.

Multiply using the Distributive Property: (y−3)(y2−5y+2).

Solution

y3−8y2+17y−6

Multiply using the Distributive Property: (x+4)(2x2−3x+5).

Solution

2x3+5x2−7x+20

Now let’s do this same multiplication using the Vertical Method.

Multiply using the Vertical Method: (b+3)(2b2−5b+8).

Solution

Solution

It is easier to put the polynomial with fewer terms on the bottom because we get fewer partial products this way.

Multiply (2b2 − 5b + 8) by 3. A vertical multiplication problem showing the first step of multiplying the polynomial 2b^2 - 5b + 8 by b + 3, resulting in the partial product 6b^2 - 15b + 24 from multiplying by 3.
Multiply (2b2 − 5b + 8) by b. The image displays the algebraic expression '2b^3 - 5b^2 + 8b' written above a horizontal line.
Add like terms. A mathematical expression displays a polynomial: 2b cubed plus b squared minus 7b plus 24.

Multiply using the Vertical Method: (y−3)(y2−5y+2).

Solution

y3−8y2+17y−6

Multiply using the Vertical Method: (x+4)(2x2−3x+5).

Solution

2x3+5x2−7x+20

We have now seen two methods you can use to multiply a trinomial by a binomial. After you practice each method, you’ll probably find you prefer one way over the other. We list both methods are listed here, for easy reference.

Multiplying a Trinomial by a Binomial

To multiply a trinomial by a binomial, use the:

  • Distributive Property
  • Vertical Method

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with multiplying polynomials:

  • Multiplying Exponents 1
  • Multiplying Exponents 2
  • Multiplying Exponents 3

Key Concepts

  • FOIL Method for Multiplying Two Binomials—To multiply two binomials:
    1. Multiply the First terms.
    2. Multiply the Outer terms.
    3. Multiply the Inner terms.
    4. Multiply the Last terms.

  • Multiplying Two Binomials—To multiply binomials, use the:
    • Distributive Property (Example 7)
    • FOIL Method (Example 12)
    • Vertical Method (Example 17)

  • Multiplying a Trinomial by a Binomial—To multiply a trinomial by a binomial, use the:
    • Distributive Property (Example 18)
    • Vertical Method (Example 19)

Practice Makes Perfect

Multiply a Polynomial by a Monomial

In the following exercises, multiply.

4(w+10)

Solution

4w+40

6(b+8)

−3(a+7)

Solution

−3a−21

−5(p+9)

2(x−7)

Solution

2x−14

7(y−4)

−3(k−4)

Solution

−3k+12

−8(j−5)

q(q+5)

Solution

q2+5q

k(k+7)

−b(b+9)

Solution

−b2−9b

−y(y+3)

−x(x−10)

Solution

−x2+10x

−p(p−15)

6r(4r+s)

Solution

24r2+6rs

5c(9c+d)

12x(x−10)

Solution

12x2−120x

9m(m−11)

−9a(3a+5)

Solution

−27a2−45a

−4p(2p+7)

3(p2+10p+25)

Solution

3p2+30p+75

6(y2+8y+16)

−8x(x2+2x−15)

Solution

−8x3−16x2+120x

−5t(t2+3t−18)

5q3(q3−2q+6)

Solution

5q6−10q4+30q3

4x3(x4−3x+7)

−8y(y2+2y−15)

Solution

−8y3−16y2+120y

−5m(m2+3m−18)

5q3(q2−2q+6)

Solution

5q5−10q4+30q3

9r3(r2−3r+5)

−4z2(3z2+12z−1)

Solution

−12z4−48z3+4z2

−3x2(7x2+10x−1)

(2m−9)m

Solution

2m2−9m

(8j−1)j

(w−6)·8

Solution

8w−48

(k−4)·5

4(x+10)

Solution

4x+40

6(y+8)

15(r−24)

Solution

15r−360

12(v−30)

−3(m+11)

Solution

−3m−33

−4(p+15)

−8(z−5)

Solution

−8z+40

−3(x−9)

u(u+5)

Solution

u2+5u

q(q+7)

n(n2−3n)

Solution

n3−3n2

s(s2−6s)

6x(4x+y)

Solution

24x2+6xy

5a(9a+b)

5p(11p−5q)

Solution

55p2−25pq

12u(3u−4v)

3(v2+10v+25)

Solution

3v2+30v+75

6(x2+8x+16)

2n(4n2−4n+1)

Solution

8n3−8n2+2n

3r(2r2−6r+2)

−8y(y2+2y−15)

Solution

−8y3−16y2+120y

−5m(m2+3m−18)

5q3(q2−2q+6)

Solution

5q5−10q4+30q3

9r3(r2−3r+5)

−4z2(3z2+12z−1)

Solution

−12z4−48z3+4z2

−3x2(7x2+10x−1)

(2y−9)y

Solution

2y2−9y

(8b−1)b

Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial

In the following exercises, multiply the following binomials using: ⓐ the Distributive Property ⓑ the FOIL method ⓒ the Vertical Method.

(w+5)(w+7)

Solution

w2+12w+35

(y+9)(y+3)

(p+11)(p−4)

Solution

p2+7p−44

(q+4)(q−8)

In the following exercises, multiply the binomials. Use any method.

(x+8)(x+3)

Solution

x2+11x+24

(y+7)(y+4)

(y−6)(y−2)

Solution

y2−8y+12

(x−7)(x−2)

(w−4)(w+7)

Solution

w2+3w−28

(q−5)(q+8)

(p+12)(p−5)

Solution

p2+7p−60

(m+11)(m−4)

(6p+5)(p+1)

Solution

6p2+11p+5

(7m+1)(m+3)

(2t−9)(10t+1)

Solution

20t2−88t−9

(3r−8)(11r+1)

(5x−y)(3x−6)

Solution

15x2−3xy−30x+6y

(10a−b)(3a−4)

(a+b)(2a+3b)

Solution

2a2+5ab+3b2

(r+s)(3r+2s)

(4z−y)(z−6)

Solution

4z2−24z−zy+6y

(5x−y)(x−4)

(x2+3)(x+2)

Solution

x3+2x2+3x+6

(y2−4)(y+3)

(x2+8)(x2−5)

Solution

x4+3x2−40

(y2−7)(y2−4)

(5ab−1)(2ab+3)

Solution

10a2b2+13ab−3

(2xy+3)(3xy+2)

(6pq−3)(4pq−5)

Solution

24p2q2−42pq+15

(3rs−7)(3rs−4)

Multiply a Trinomial by a Binomial

In the following exercises, multiply using ⓐ the Distributive Property ⓑ the Vertical Method.

(x+5)(x2+4x+3)

Solution

x3+9x2+23x+15

(u+4)(u2+3u+2)

(y+8)(4y2+y−7)

Solution

4y3+33y2+y−56

(a+10)(3a2+a−5)

In the following exercises, multiply. Use either method.

(w−7)(w2−9w+10)

Solution

w3−16w2+73w−70

(p−4)(p2−6p+9)

(3q+1)(q2−4q−5)

Solution

3q3−11q2−19q−5

(6r+1)(r2−7r−9)

Mixed Practice

(10y−6)+(4y−7)

Solution

14y−13

(15p−4)+(3p−5)

(x2−4x−34)−(x2+7x−6)

Solution

−11x−28

(j2−8j−27)−(j2+2j−12)

5q(3q2−6q+11)

Solution

15q3−30q2+55q

8t(2t2−5t+6)

(s−7)(s+9)

Solution

s2+2s−63

(x−5)(x+13)

(y2−2y)(y+1)

Solution

y3−y2−2y

(a2−3a)(4a+5)

(3n−4)(n2+n−7)

Solution

3n3−n2−25n+28

(6k−1)(k2+2k−4)

(7p+10)(7p−10)

Solution

49p2−100

(3y+8)(3y−8)

(4m2−3m−7)m2

Solution

4m4−3m3−7m2

(15c2−4c+5)c4

(5a+7b)(5a+7b)

Solution

25a2+70ab+49b2

(3x−11y)(3x−11y)

(4y+12z)(4y−12z)

Solution

16y2−144z2

Everyday Math

Mental math You can use binomial multiplication to multiply numbers without a calculator. Say you need to multiply 13 times 15. Think of 13 as 10+3 and 15 as 10+5.

  1. ⓐ Multiply (10+3)(10+5) by the FOIL method.
  2. ⓑ Multiply 13·15 without using a calculator.
  3. ⓒ Which way is easier for you? Why?

Mental math You can use binomial multiplication to multiply numbers without a calculator. Say you need to multiply 18 times 17. Think of 18 as 20−2 and 17 as 20−3.

  1. ⓐ Multiply (20−2)(20−3) by the FOIL method.
  2. ⓑ Multiply 18·17 without using a calculator.
  3. ⓒ Which way is easier for you? Why?
Solution

ⓐ 306 ⓑ 306 ⓒ Answers will vary.

Writing Exercises

Which method do you prefer to use when multiplying two binomials: the Distributive Property, the FOIL method, or the Vertical Method? Why?

Which method do you prefer to use when multiplying a trinomial by a binomial: the Distributive Property or the Vertical Method? Why?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Multiply the following:

(x+2)(x−2)(y+7)(y−7)(w+5)(w−5)

Explain the pattern that you see in your answers.

Multiply the following:

(m−3)(m+3)(n−10)(n+10)(p−8)(p+8)

Explain the pattern that you see in your answers.

Solution

Answers may vary.

Multiply the following:

(p+3)(p+3)(q+6)(q+6)(r+1)(r+1)

Explain the pattern that you see in your answers.

Multiply the following:

(x−4)(x−4)(y−1)(y−1)(z−7)(z−7)

Explain the pattern that you see in your answers.

Solution

Answers may vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “multiply a polynomial by a monomial,” “multiply a binomial by a binomial,” and “multiply a trinomial by a binomial.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Special Products

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Square a binomial using the Binomial Squares Pattern
  • Multiply conjugates using the Product of Conjugates Pattern
  • Recognize and use the appropriate special product pattern

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: ⓐ 92 ⓑ (−9)2 ⓒ −92.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

ⓐ 81 ⓑ 81 ⓒ −81

Square a Binomial Using the Binomial Squares Pattern

Mathematicians like to look for patterns that will make their work easier. A good example of this is squaring binomials. While you can always get the product by writing the binomial twice and using the methods of the last section, there is less work to do if you learn to use a pattern.

Step-by-step expansion of the binomial (x+9)^2 using the FOIL method, from definition to simplified quadratic expression.
Let's start by looking at (x+9)2.
What does this mean? (x+9)2
It means to multiply (x+9) by itself. (x+9)(x+9)
Then, using FOIL, we get: x2+9x+9x+81
Combining like terms gives: x2+18x+81
Step-by-step algebraic expansion of (y-7)^2, illustrating the FOIL method and simplification of terms.
Here's another one: (y−7)2
Multiply (y−7) by itself. (y−7)(y−7)
Using FOIL, we get: y2−7y−7y+49
And combining like terms: y2−14y+49
This table demonstrates the step-by-step algebraic expansion of a binomial squared, illustrating the process including the FOIL method.
And one more: (2x+3)2
Multiply. (2x+3)(2x+3)
Use FOIL: 4x2+6x+6x+9
Combine like terms. 4x2+12x+9

Look at these results. Do you see any patterns?

What about the number of terms? In each example we squared a binomial and the result was a trinomial.

(a+b)2=____+____+____

Now look at the first term in each result. Where did it come from?

This figure has three columns. The first column contains the expression x plus 9, in parentheses, squared. Below this is the product of x plus 9 and x plus 9. Below this is x squared plus 9x plus 9x plus 81. Below this is x squared plus 18x plus 81. The second column contains the expression y minus 7, in parentheses, squared. Below this is the product of y minus 7 and y minus 7. Below this is y squared minus 7y minus 7y plus 49. Below this is the expression y squared minus 14y plus 49. The third column contains the expression 2x plus 3, in parentheses, squared. Below this is the product of 2x plus 3 and 2x plus 3. Below this is 4x squared plus 6x plus 6x plus 9. Below this is 4x squared plus 12x plus 9.

The first term is the product of the first terms of each binomial. Since the binomials are identical, it is just the square of the first term!

(a+b)2=a2+____+____

To get the first term of the product, square the first term.

Where did the last term come from? Look at the examples and find the pattern.

The last term is the product of the last terms, which is the square of the last term.

(a+b)2=____+____+b2

To get the last term of the product, square the last term.

Finally, look at the middle term. Notice it came from adding the “outer” and the “inner” terms—which are both the same! So the middle term is double the product of the two terms of the binomial.

(a+b)2=____+2ab+____(a−b)2=____−2ab+____

To get the middle term of the product, multiply the terms and double their product.

Putting it all together:

Binomial Squares Pattern

If aandb are real numbers,

(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2
The image illustrates the binomial squares pattern. It defines a as the first term and b as the last term.

To square a binomial:

  • square the first term
  • square the last term
  • double their product

A number example helps verify the pattern.

Steps for expanding and simplifying the binomial expression (10+4)^2 using algebraic identity.
(10+4)2
Square the first term. 102+___+
Square the last term. 102+___+42
Double their product. 102+2·10·4+42
Simplify. 100+80+16
Simplify. 196

To multiply (10+4)2 usually you’d follow the Order of Operations.

(10+4)2(14)2196

The pattern works!

Multiply: (x+5)2.

Solution

Solution

x plus 5, in parentheses, squared. Above the expression is the general formula a plus b, in parentheses, squared.
Square the first term. x squared plus blank plus blank. Above the expression is the general form a squared plus 2 a b plus b squared.
Square the last term. x squared plus blank plus 5 squared.
Double the product. x squared plus 2 times x times 5 plus 5 squared. Above this expression is the general formula a squared plus 2 times a times b plus b squared.
Simplify. x squared plus 10 x plus 25.

Multiply: (x+9)2.

Solution

x2+18x+81

Multiply: (y+11)2.

Solution

y2+22y+121

Multiply: (y−3)2.

Solution

Solution

y minus 3, in parentheses, squared. Above the expression is the general formula a minus b, in parentheses, squared.
Square the first term. y squared minus blank plus blank. Above the expression is the general form a squared plus 2 a b plus b squared.
Square the last term. y squared minus blank plus 3 squared.
Double the product. y squared minus y times y times 3 plus 3 squared. Above this expression is the general formula a squared plus 2 times a times b plus b squared.
Simplify. y squared minus 6 y plus 9.

Multiply: (x−9)2.

Solution

x2−18x+81

Multiply: (p−13)2.

Solution

p2−26p+169

Multiply: (4x+6)2.

Solution

Solution

4 x plus 6, in parentheses, squared. Above the expression is the general formula a plus b, in parentheses, squared.
Use the pattern. 4 x squared plus 2 times 4 x times 6 plus 6 squared. Above this expression is the general formula a squared plus 2 times a times b plus b squared.
Simplify. 16 x squared plus 48 x plus 36.

Multiply: (6x+3)2.

Solution

36x2+36x+9

Multiply: (4x+9)2.

Solution

16x2+72x+81

Multiply: (2x−3y)2.

Solution

Solution

contains 2 x minus 3 y, in parentheses, squared. Above the expression is the general formula a plus b, in parentheses, squared.
Use the pattern. 2 x squared minus 2 times 2 x times 3 y plus 3 y squared. Above this expression is the general formula a squared minus 2 times a times b plus b squared.
Simplify. 4 x squared minus 12 x y plus 9 y squared.

Multiply: (2c−d)2.

Solution

4c2−4cd+d2

Multiply: (4x−5y)2.

Solution

16x2−40xy+25y2

Multiply: (4u3+1)2.

Solution

Solution

4 u cubed plus 1, in parentheses, squared. Above the expression is the general formula a plus b, in parentheses, squared.
Use the pattern. 4 u cubed, in parentheses, squared, plus 2 times 4 u cubed times 1 plus 1 squared. Above this expression is the general formula a squared plus 2 times a times b plus b squared.
Simplify. 16 u to the sixth power plus 18 u cubed plus 1.

Multiply: (2x2+1)2.

Solution

4x4+4x2+1

Multiply: (3y3+2)2.

Solution

9y6+12y3+4

Multiply Conjugates Using the Product of Conjugates Pattern

We just saw a pattern for squaring binomials that we can use to make multiplying some binomials easier. Similarly, there is a pattern for another product of binomials. But before we get to it, we need to introduce some vocabulary.

What do you notice about these pairs of binomials?

(x−9)(x+9)(y−8)(y+8)(2x−5)(2x+5)

Look at the first term of each binomial in each pair.

This figure has three products. The first is x minus 9, in parentheses, times x plus 9, in parentheses. The second is y minus 8, in parentheses, times y plus 8, in parentheses. The last is 2x minus 5, in parentheses, times 2x plus 5, in parentheses

Notice the first terms are the same in each pair.

Look at the last terms of each binomial in each pair.

This figure has three products. The first is x minus 9, in parentheses, times x plus 9, in parentheses. The second is y minus 8, in parentheses, times y plus 8, in parentheses. The last is 2x minus 5, in parentheses, times 2x plus 5, in parentheses.

Notice the last terms are the same in each pair.

Notice how each pair has one sum and one difference.

This figure has three products. The first is x minus 9, in parentheses, times x plus 9, in parentheses. Below the x minus 9 is the word “difference”. Below x plus 9 is the word “sum”. The second is y minus 8, in parentheses, times y plus 8, in parentheses. Below y minus 8 is the word “difference”. Below y plus 8 is the word “sum”. The last is 2x minus 5, in parentheses, times 2x plus 5, in parentheses. Below the 2x minus 5 is the word “difference” and below 2x plus 5 is the word “sum”.

A pair of binomials that each have the same first term and the same last term, but one is a sum and one is a difference has a special name. It is called a conjugate pair and is of the form (a−b),(a+b).

Conjugate Pair

A conjugate pair is two binomials of the form

(a−b),(a+b).

The pair of binomials each have the same first term and the same last term, but one binomial is a sum and the other is a difference.

There is a nice pattern for finding the product of conjugates. You could, of course, simply FOIL to get the product, but using the pattern makes your work easier.

Let’s look for the pattern by using FOIL to multiply some conjugate pairs.

(x−9)(x+9)(y−8)(y+8)(2x−5)(2x+5)x2+9x−9x−81y2+8y−8y−644x2+10x−10x−25x2−81y2−644x2−25
This figure has three columns. The first column contains the product of x plus 9 and x minus 9. Below this is the expression x squared minus 9x plus 9x minus 81. Below this is x squared minus 81. The second column contains the product of y minus 8 and y plus 8. Below this is the expression y squared plus 8y minus 8y minus 64. Below this is y squared minus 64. The third column contains the product of 2x minus 5 and 2x plus 5. Below this is the expression 4x squared plus 10x minus 10x minus 25. Below this is 4x squared minus 25.

Each first term is the product of the first terms of the binomials, and since they are identical it is the square of the first term.

(a+b)(a−b)=a2−____To get thefirst term, square the first term.

The last term came from multiplying the last terms, the square of the last term.

(a+b)(a−b)=a2−b2To get thelast term, square the last term.

What do you observe about the products?

The product of the two binomials is also a binomial! Most of the products resulting from FOIL have been trinomials.

Why is there no middle term? Notice the two middle terms you get from FOIL combine to 0 in every case, the result of one addition and one subtraction.

The product of conjugates is always of the form a2−b2. This is called a difference of squares.

This leads to the pattern:

Product of Conjugates Pattern

If aandb are real numbers,

This figure is divided into two sides. On the left side is the following formula: the product of a minus b and a plus b equals a squared minus b squared. On the right side is the same formula labeled: a minus b and a plus b are labeled “conjugates”, the a squared and b squared are labeled squares and the minus sign between the squares is labeled “difference”. Therefore, the product of two conjugates is called a difference of squares.

The product is called a difference of squares.

To multiply conjugates, square the first term, square the last term, and write the product as a difference of squares.

Let’s test this pattern with a numerical example.

Comparison of two methods (difference of squares vs. order of operations) to simplify the expression (10-2)(10+2).
(10−2)(10+2)
It is the product of conjudgates, so the result will be the difference of two squares. ____−____
Square the first term. 102−____
Square the last term. 102−22
Simplify. 100−4
Simplify. 96
What do you get using the order of operations?
(10−2)(10+2)(8)(12)96

Notice, the result is the same!

Multiply: (x−8)(x+8).

Solution

Solution

First, recognize this as a product of conjugates. The binomials have the same first terms, and the same last terms, and one binomial is a sum and the other is a difference.

It fits the pattern. The product of x minus 8 and x plus 8. Above this is the general form a minus b, in parentheses, times a plus b, in parentheses.
Square the first term, x. x squared minus blank. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
Square the last term, 8. x squared minus 8 squared.
The product is a difference of squares. Two algebraic expressions are shown: the difference of squares formula, a×2 - b×2, in red, and a specific example, x×2 - 64, in black.

Multiply: (x−5)(x+5).

Solution

x2−25

Multiply: (w−3)(w+3).

Solution

w2−9

Multiply: (2x+5)(2x−5).

Solution

Solution

Are the binomials conjugates?

It is the product of conjugates. The product of 2x plus 5 and 2x minus 5. Above this is the general form a minus b, in parentheses, times a plus b, in parentheses.
Square the first term, 2x. 2 x squared minus blank. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
Square the last term, 5. 2 x squared minus 5 squared.
Simplify. The product is a difference of squares. 4 x squared minus 25.

Multiply: (6x+5)(6x−5).

Solution

36x2−25

Multiply: (2x+7)(2x−7).

Solution

4x2−49

The binomials in the next example may look backwards – the variable is in the second term. But the two binomials are still conjugates, so we use the same pattern to multiply them.

Find the product: (3+5x)(3−5x).

Solution

Solution

It is the product of conjugates. The product of 3 plus 5 x and 3 minus 5 x. Above this is the general form a plus b, in parentheses, times a minus b, in parentheses.
Use the pattern. 3 squared minus 5 x squared. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
Simplify. 9 minus 25 x squared.

Multiply: (7+4x)(7−4x).

Solution

49−16x2

Multiply: (9−2y)(9+2y).

Solution

81−4y2

Now we’ll multiply conjugates that have two variables.

Find the product: (5m−9n)(5m+9n).

Solution

Solution

This fits the pattern. 5 m minus 9 n and 5 m plus 9 n. Above this is the general form a plus b, in parentheses, times a minus b, in parentheses.
Use the pattern. 5 m squared minus 9 n squared. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
Simplify. 25 m squared minus 81 n squared.

Find the product: (4p−7q)(4p+7q).

Solution

16p2−49q2

Find the product: (3x−y)(3x+y).

Solution

9x2−y2

Find the product: (cd−8)(cd+8).

Solution

Solution

This fits the pattern. The product of c d minus 8 and c d plus 8. Above this is the general form a plus b, in parentheses, times a minus b, in parentheses.
Use the pattern. c d squared minus 8 squared. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
Simplify. c squared d squared minus 64.

Find the product: (xy−6)(xy+6).

Solution

x2y2−36

Find the product: (ab−9)(ab+9).

Solution

a2b2−81

Find the product: (6u2−11v5)(6u2+11v5).

Solution

Solution

This fits the pattern. The product of 6 u squared minus 11 v to the fifth power and 6 u squared plus 11 v to the fifth power. Above this is the general form a plus b, in parentheses, times a minus b, in parentheses.
Use the pattern. 6 u squared, in parentheses, squared, minus 11 v to the fifth power, in parentheses, squared. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
Simplify. 36 u to the fourth power minus 121 v to the tenth power.

Find the product: (3x2−4y3)(3x2+4y3).

Solution

9x4−16y6

Find the product: (2m2−5n3)(2m2+5n3).

Solution

4m4−25n6

Recognize and Use the Appropriate Special Product Pattern

We just developed special product patterns for Binomial Squares and for the Product of Conjugates. The products look similar, so it is important to recognize when it is appropriate to use each of these patterns and to notice how they differ. Look at the two patterns together and note their similarities and differences.

Comparing the Special Product Patterns

This table summarizes formulas and key characteristics for binomial squares and products of conjugates, highlighting their algebraic properties and differences.
Binomial Squares Product of Conjugates
(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2 (a−b)(a+b)=a2−b2
(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2
- Squaring a binomial - Multiplying conjugates
- Product is a trinomial - Product is a binomial
- Inner and outer terms with FOIL are the same. - Inner and outer terms with FOIL are opposites.
- Middle term is double the product of the terms. - There is no middle term.

Choose the appropriate pattern and use it to find the product:

ⓐ (2x−3)(2x+3) ⓑ (8x−5)2 ⓒ (6m+7)2 ⓓ (5x−6)(6x+5)

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ (2x−3)(2x+3) These are conjugates. They have the same first numbers, and the same last numbers, and one binomial is a sum and the other is a difference. It fits the Product of Conjugates pattern.
    This fits the pattern. The product of 2 x minus 3 and 2 x plus 3. Above this is the general form a plus b, in parentheses, times a minus b, in parentheses.
    Use the pattern. 2 x squared minus 3 squared. Above this is the general form a squared minus b squared.
    Simplify. 4 x squared minus 9.
  2. ⓑ (8x−5)2 We are asked to square a binomial. It fits the binomial squares pattern.
    8 x minus 5, in parentheses, squared. Above this is the general form a minus b, in parentheses, squared.
    Use the pattern. 8 x squared minus 2 times 8 x times 5 plus 5 squared. Above this is the general form a squared minus 2 a b plus b squared.
    Simplify. 64 x squared minus 80 x plus 25.
  3. ⓒ (6m+7)2 Again, we will square a binomial so we use the binomial squares pattern.
    6 m plus 7, in parentheses, squared. Above this is the general form a plus b, in parentheses, squared.
    Use the pattern. 6 m squared plus 2 times 6 m times 7 plus 7 squared. Above this is the general form a squared plus 2 a b plus b squared.
    Simplify. 36 m squared plus 84 m plus 49.
  4. ⓓ (5x−6)(6x+5) This product does not fit the patterns, so we will use FOIL.
    This table illustrates the step-by-step multiplication of two binomials using the FOIL method, resulting in a simplified quadratic expression.
    (5x−6)(6x+5)
    Use FOIL. 30x2+25x−36x−30
    Simplify. 30x2−11x−30

Choose the appropriate pattern and use it to find the product:

ⓐ (9b−2)(2b+9) ⓑ (9p−4)2 ⓒ (7y+1)2 ⓓ (4r−3)(4r+3)

Solution

ⓐ FOIL; 18b2+77b−18 ⓑ Binomial Squares; 81p2−72p+16 ⓒ Binomial Squares; 49y2+14y+1 ⓓ Product of Conjugates; 16r2−9

Choose the appropriate pattern and use it to find the product:

ⓐ (6x+7)2 ⓑ (3x−4)(3x+4) ⓒ (2x−5)(5x−2) ⓓ (6n−1)2

Solution

ⓐ Binomial Squares; 36x2+84x+49 ⓑ Product of Conjugates; 9x2−16 ⓒ FOIL; 10x2−29x+10 ⓓ Binomial Squares; 36n2−12n+1

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with special products:

  • Special Products

Key Concepts

  • Binomial Squares Pattern
    • If a,b are real numbers,
      This image illustrates the algebraic identity for squaring a binomial: (a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2, explaining each term as '(first term)^2', '2(product of terms)', and '(last term)^2' respectively.
    • (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2
    • (a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2
    • To square a binomial: square the first term, square the last term, double their product.

  • Product of Conjugates Pattern
    • If a,b are real numbers,
      The image illustrates product of conjugates pattern with conjugates (a minus b) multiplied by (a plus b) equaling squares of a squared minus b squared.
    • (a−b)(a+b)=a2−b2
    • The product is called a difference of squares.

  • To multiply conjugates:
    • square the first term square the last term write it as a difference of squares

Practice Makes Perfect

Square a Binomial Using the Binomial Squares Pattern

In the following exercises, square each binomial using the Binomial Squares Pattern.

(w+4)2

(q+12)2

Solution

q2+24q+144

(y+14)2

(x+23)2

Solution

x2+43x+49

(b−7)2

(y−6)2

Solution

y2−12y+36

(m−15)2

(p−13)2

Solution

p2−26p+169

(3d+1)2

(4a+10)2

Solution

16a2+80a+100

(2q+13)2

(3z+15)2

Solution

9z2+65z+125

(3x−y)2

(2y−3z)2

Solution

4y2−12yz+9z2

(15x−17y)2

(18x−19y)2

Solution

164x2−136xy+181y2

(3x2+2)2

(5u2+9)2

Solution

25u4+90u2+81

(4y3−2)2

(8p3−3)2

Solution

64p6−48p3+9

Multiply Conjugates Using the Product of Conjugates Pattern

In the following exercises, multiply each pair of conjugates using the Product of Conjugates Pattern.

(m−7)(m+7)

(c−5)(c+5)

Solution

c2−25

(x+34)(x−34)

(b+67)(b−67)

Solution

b2−3649

(5k+6)(5k−6)

(8j+4)(8j−4)

Solution

64j2−16

(11k+4)(11k−4)

(9c+5)(9c−5)

Solution

81c2−25

(11−b)(11+b)

(13−q)(13+q)

Solution

169−q2

(5−3x)(5+3x)

(4−6y)(4+6y)

Solution

16−36y2

(9c−2d)(9c+2d)

(7w+10x)(7w−10x)

Solution

49w2−100x2

(m+23n)(m−23n)

(p+45q)(p−45q)

Solution

p2−1625q2

(ab−4)(ab+4)

(xy−9)(xy+9)

Solution

x2y2−81

(uv−35)(uv+35)

(rs−27)(rs+27)

Solution

r2s2−449

(2x2−3y4)(2x2+3y4)

(6m3−4n5)(6m3+4n5)

Solution

36m6−16n10

(12p3−11q2)(12p3+11q2)

(15m2−8n4)(15m2+8n4)

Solution

225m4−64n8

Recognize and Use the Appropriate Special Product Pattern

In the following exercises, find each product.

ⓐ (p−3)(p+3) ⓑ (t−9)2 ⓒ (m+n)2 ⓓ (2x+y)(x−2y)

ⓐ (2r+12)2 ⓑ (3p+8)(3p−8) ⓒ (7a+b)(a−7b) ⓓ (k−6)2

Solution

ⓐ 4r2+48r+144 ⓑ 9p2−64 ⓒ 7a2−48ab−7b2 ⓓ k2−12k+36

ⓐ (a5−7b)2 ⓑ (x2+8y)(8x−y2) ⓒ (r6+s6)(r6−s6) ⓓ (y4+2z)2

ⓐ (x5+y5)(x5−y5) ⓑ (m3−8n)2 ⓒ (9p+8q)2 ⓓ (r2−s3)(r3+s2)

Solution

ⓐ x10−y10 ⓑ m6−16m3n+64n2 ⓒ 81p2+144pq+64q2 ⓓ r5+r2s2−r3s3−s5

Everyday Math

Mental math You can use the product of conjugates pattern to multiply numbers without a calculator. Say you need to multiply 47 times 53. Think of 47 as 50−3 and 53 as 50+3.

  1. ⓐ Multiply (50−3)(50+3) by using the product of conjugates pattern, (a−b)(a+b)=a2−b2.
  2. ⓑ Multiply 47·53 without using a calculator.
  3. ⓒ Which way is easier for you? Why?

Mental math You can use the binomial squares pattern to multiply numbers without a calculator. Say you need to square 65. Think of 65 as 60+5.

  1. ⓐ Multiply (60+5)2 by using the binomial squares pattern, (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2.
  2. ⓑ Square 65 without using a calculator.
  3. ⓒ Which way is easier for you? Why?
Solution

ⓐ 4,225 ⓑ 4,225 ⓒ Answers will vary.

Writing Exercises

How do you decide which pattern to use?

Why does (a+b)2 result in a trinomial, but (a−b)(a+b) result in a binomial?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Marta did the following work on her homework paper:

(3−y)232−y29−y2

Explain what is wrong with Marta’s work.

Use the order of operations to show that (3+5)2 is 64, and then use that numerical example to explain why (a+b)2≠a2+b2.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has four rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “square a binomial using the binomial squares pattern,” “multiply conjugates using the product of conjugates pattern,” and “recognize and use the appropriate special product pattern.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

conjugate pair
A conjugate pair is two binomials of the form (a−b),(a+b); the pair of binomials each have the same first term and the same last term, but one binomial is a sum and the other is a difference.

Divide Monomials

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify expressions using the Quotient Property for Exponents
  • Simplify expressions with zero exponents
  • Simplify expressions using the quotient to a Power Property
  • Simplify expressions by applying several properties
  • Divide monomials

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 824.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

13

Simplify: (2m3)5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents.

Solution

32m15

Simplify: 12x12y.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

xy

Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient Property for Exponents

Earlier in this chapter, we developed the properties of exponents for multiplication. We summarize these properties below.

Summary of Exponent Properties for Multiplication

If aandb are real numbers, and mandn are whole numbers, then

This table presents fundamental properties of exponents, including product, power, and product-to-a-power rules, along with their corresponding mathematical formulas.
Product Property am·an=am+n
Power Property (am)n=am·n
Product to a Power (ab)m=ambm

Now we will look at the exponent properties for division. A quick memory refresher may help before we get started. You have learned to simplify fractions by dividing out common factors from the numerator and denominator using the Equivalent Fractions Property. This property will also help you work with algebraic fractions—which are also quotients.

Equivalent Fractions Property

If a,b,andc are whole numbers where b≠0,c≠0,

thenab=a·cb·canda·cb·c=ab

As before, we’ll try to discover a property by looking at some examples.

Step-by-step simplification of rational expressions with exponents using the Equivalent Fractions Property.
Consider x5x2 and x2x3
What do they mean? x·x·x·x·xx·x x·xx·x·x
Use the Equivalent Fractions Property. x·x·x·x·xx·x x·x·1x·x·x
Simplify. x3 1x

Notice, in each case the bases were the same and we subtracted exponents.

When the larger exponent was in the numerator, we were left with factors in the numerator.

When the larger exponent was in the denominator, we were left with factors in the denominator—notice the numerator of 1.

We write:

x5x2x2x3x5−21x3−2x31x

This leads to the Quotient Property for Exponents.

Quotient Property for Exponents

If a is a real number, a≠0, and mandn are whole numbers, then

aman=am−n,m>nandaman=1an−m,n>m

A couple of examples with numbers may help to verify this property.

3432=34−25253=153−2819=3225125=1519=9✓15=15✓

Simplify: ⓐ x9x7 ⓑ 31032.

Solution

Solution

To simplify an expression with a quotient, we need to first compare the exponents in the numerator and denominator.

  1. ⓐ
    Since 9 > 7, there are more factors of x in the numerator. x to the ninth power divided by x to the seventh power.
    Use the Quotient Property, aman=am−n. x to the power of 9 minus 7.
    Simplify. A close-up image shows the mathematical expression 'x squared'.
  2. ⓑ
    Since 10 > 2, there are more factors of x in the numerator. 3 to the tenth power divided by 3 squared.
    Use the Quotient Property, aman=am−n. 3 to the power of 10 minus 2.
    Simplify. 3 to the eighth power.

    Notice that when the larger exponent is in the numerator, we are left with factors in the numerator.

Simplify: ⓐ x15x10 ⓑ 61465.

Solution

ⓐ x5 ⓑ 69

Simplify: ⓐ y43y37 ⓑ 1015107.

Solution

ⓐ y6 ⓑ 108

Simplify: ⓐ b8b12 ⓑ 7375.

Solution

Solution

To simplify an expression with a quotient, we need to first compare the exponents in the numerator and denominator.

  1. ⓐ
    Since 12 > 8, there are more factors of b in the denominator. b to the eighth power divided b to the twelfth power.
    Use the Quotient Property, aman=1an−m. 1 divided by b to the power of 12 minus 8.
    Simplify. 1 divided by b to the fourth power.
  2. ⓑ
    Since 5 > 3, there are more factors of 3 in the denominator. 7 cubed divided by 7 to the fifth power.
    Use the Quotient Property, aman=1an−m. 1 divided by 7 to the power of 5 minus 3.
    Simplify. 1 divided by 7 squared.
    Simplify. The fraction one forty-ninth is displayed, represented as 1 over 49 with a horizontal line separating the numerator and the denominator.

    Notice that when the larger exponent is in the denominator, we are left with factors in the denominator.

Simplify: ⓐ x18x22 ⓑ 12151230.

Solution

ⓐ 1x4 ⓑ 11215

Simplify: ⓐ m7m15 ⓑ 98919.

Solution

ⓐ 1m8 ⓑ 1911

Notice the difference in the two previous examples:

  • If we start with more factors in the numerator, we will end up with factors in the numerator.
  • If we start with more factors in the denominator, we will end up with factors in the denominator.


The first step in simplifying an expression using the Quotient Property for Exponents is to determine whether the exponent is larger in the numerator or the denominator.

Simplify: ⓐ a5a9 ⓑ x11x7.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ Is the exponent of a larger in the numerator or denominator? Since 9 > 5, there are more a's in the denominator and so we will end up with factors in the denominator.
    a to the fifth power divided by a to the ninth power.
    Use the Quotient Property, aman=1an−m. 1 divided by a to the power of 9 minus 5.
    Simplify. 1 divided by a to the fourth power.
  2. ⓑ Notice there are more factors of x in the numerator, since 11 > 7. So we will end up with factors in the numerator.
    x to the eleventh power divided by x to the seventh power.
    Use the Quotient Property, aman=1an−m. x to the power of 11 minus 7.
    Simplify. x to the fourth power.

Simplify: ⓐ b19b11 ⓑ z5z11.

Solution

ⓐ b8 ⓑ 1z6

Simplify: ⓐ p9p17 ⓑ w13w9.

Solution

ⓐ 1p8 ⓑ w4

Simplify Expressions with an Exponent of Zero

A special case of the Quotient Property is when the exponents of the numerator and denominator are equal, such as an expression like amam. From your earlier work with fractions, you know that:

22=11717=1−43−43=1

In words, a number divided by itself is 1. So, xx=1, for any x(x≠0), since any number divided by itself is 1.

The Quotient Property for Exponents shows us how to simplify aman when m>n and when n<m by subtracting exponents. What if m=n?

Consider 88, which we know is 1.

This table illustrates the derivation of the zero exponent rule, showing step-by-step how any non-zero number raised to the power of zero equals one.
88=1
Write 8 as 23. 2323=1
Subtract exponents. 23−3=1
Simplify. 20=1

Now we will simplify amam in two ways to lead us to the definition of the zero exponent. In general, for a≠0:

This figure is divided into two columns. At the top of the figure, the left and right columns both contain a to the m power divided by a to the m power. In the next row, the left column contains a to the m minus m power. The right column contains the fraction m factors of a divided by m factors of a, represented in the numerator and denominator by a times a followed by an ellipsis. All the as in the numerator and denominator are canceled out. In the bottom row, the left column contains a to the zero power. The right column contains 1.

We see amam simplifies to a0 and to 1. So a0=1.

Zero Exponent

If a is a non-zero number, then a0=1.

Any nonzero number raised to the zero power is 1.

In this text, we assume any variable that we raise to the zero power is not zero.

Simplify: ⓐ 90 ⓑ n0.

Solution

Solution

The definition says any non-zero number raised to the zero power is 1.

This table demonstrates the zero exponent rule with examples, showing that any non-zero base raised to the power of zero equals one.
ⓐ
Use the definition of the zero exponent.
901
ⓑ
Use the definition of the zero exponent.
n01

Simplify: ⓐ 150 ⓑ m0.

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 1

Simplify: ⓐ k0 ⓑ 290.

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 1

Now that we have defined the zero exponent, we can expand all the Properties of Exponents to include whole number exponents.

What about raising an expression to the zero power? Let’s look at (2x)0. We can use the product to a power rule to rewrite this expression.

Step-by-step simplification of (2x)^0, illustrating the product to a power rule and zero exponent property.
(2x)0
Use the product to a power rule. 20x0
Use the zero exponent property. 1·1
Simplify. 1

This tells us that any nonzero expression raised to the zero power is one.

Simplify: ⓐ (5b)0 ⓑ (−4a2b)0.

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating the zero exponent rule, where any non-zero base raised to the power of zero equals one.
ⓐ (5b)0
Use the definition of the zero exponent. 1
ⓑ (−4a2b)0
Use the definition of the zero exponent. 1

Simplify: ⓐ (11z)0 ⓑ (−11pq3)0.

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 1

Simplify: ⓐ (−6d)0 ⓑ (−8m2n3)0.

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 1

Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient to a Power Property

Now we will look at an example that will lead us to the Quotient to a Power Property.

Steps demonstrating how to expand and simplify a fraction raised to a power, showing (x/y)^3 equals x^3/y^3.
(xy)3
This means: xy·xy·xy
Multiply the fractions. x·x·xy·y·y
Write with exponents. x3y3

Notice that the exponent applies to both the numerator and the denominator.

Illustration of the power of a quotient rule: (x/y)3 = x3/y3.
We write: (xy)3
x3y3

This leads to the Quotient to a Power Property for Exponents.

Quotient to a Power Property for Exponents

If a and b are real numbers, b≠0, and m is a counting number, then

(ab)m=ambm

To raise a fraction to a power, raise the numerator and denominator to that power.

An example with numbers may help you understand this property:

(23)3=233323·23·23=827827=827✓

Simplify: ⓐ (37)2 ⓑ (b3)4 ⓒ (kj)3.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
3 sevenths squared.
Use the Quotient Property, (ab)m=ambm. 3 squared divided by 7 squared.
Simplify. 9 forty-ninths.

ⓑ
b thirds to the fourth power.
Use the Quotient Property, (ab)m=ambm. b to the fourth power divided by 3 to the fourth power.
Simplify. b to the fourth power divided by 81.

ⓒ
k divided by j, in parentheses, cubed.
Raise the numerator and denominator to the third power. k cubed divided by j cubed.

Simplify: ⓐ (58)2 ⓑ (p10)4 ⓒ (mn)7.

Solution

ⓐ 2564 ⓑ p410,000 ⓒ m7n7

Simplify: ⓐ (13)3 ⓑ (−2q)3 ⓒ (wx)4.

Solution

ⓐ 127 ⓑ −8q3 ⓒ w4x4

Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

We’ll now summarize all the properties of exponents so they are all together to refer to as we simplify expressions using several properties. Notice that they are now defined for whole number exponents.

Summary of Exponent Properties

If aandb are real numbers, and mandn are whole numbers, then

This table summarizes fundamental exponent properties, including product, power, quotient, and zero exponent rules, presented with their corresponding mathematical formulas.
Product Property am·an=am+n
Power Property (am)n=am·n
Product to a Power (ab)m=ambm
Quotient Property aman=am−n,a≠0,m>naman=1an−m,a≠0,n>m
Zero Exponent Definition ao=1,a≠0
Quotient to a Power Property (ab)m=ambm,b≠0

Simplify: (y4)2y6.

Solution

Solution

Steps to simplify the exponential expression (y^4)^2 / y^6 using exponent rules.
(y4)2y6
Multiply the exponents in the numerator. y8y6
Subtract the exponents. y2

Simplify: (m5)4m7.

Solution

m13

Simplify: (k2)6k7.

Solution

k5

Simplify: b12(b2)6.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the exponential expression b^12 / (b^2)^6 using exponent rules, resulting in a final value of 1.
b12(b2)6
Multiply the exponents in the numerator. b12b12
Subtract the exponents. b0
Simplify. 1

Simplify: n12(n3)4.

Solution

1

Simplify: x15(x3)5.

Solution

1

Simplify: (y9y4)2.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of the algebraic expression (y^9 / y^4)^2, applying exponent rules for division and power of a power.
(y9y4)2
Remember parentheses come before exponents.
Notice the bases are the same, so we can simplify
inside the parentheses. Subtract the exponents.
(y5)2
Multiply the exponents. y10

Simplify: (r5r3)4.

Solution

r8

Simplify: (v6v4)3.

Solution

v6

Simplify: (j2k3)4.

Solution

Solution

Here we cannot simplify inside the parentheses first, since the bases are not the same.

Step-by-step simplification of a rational expression using the Quotient to a Power Property and other exponent rules.
(j2k3)4
Raise the numerator and denominator to the fourth power
using the Quotient to a Power Property, (ab)m=ambm.
Use the Power Property and simplify. j8k12

Simplify: (a3b2)4.

Solution

a12b8

Simplify: (q7r5)3.

Solution

q21r15

Simplify: (2m25n)4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a rational expression raised to a power using exponent properties.
(2m25n)4
Raise the numberator and denominator to the fourth power,
using the Quotient to a Power Property, (ab)m=ambm.
(2m2)4(5n)4
Raise each factor to the fourth power. (2m2)4(5n)4
Use the Power Property and simplify. 16m8625n4

Simplify: (7x39y)2.

Solution

49x681y2

Simplify: (3x47y)2.

Solution

9x849y2

Simplify: (x3)4(x2)5(x6)5.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression using power and quotient properties of exponents.
(x3)4(x2)5(x6)5
Use the Power Property, (am)n=am·n. (x12)(x10)(x30)
Add the exponents in the numerator. x22x30
Use the Quotient Property, aman=1an−m. 1x8

Simplify: (a2)3(a2)4(a4)5.

Solution

1a6

Simplify: (p3)4(p5)3(p7)6.

Solution

1p15

Simplify: (10p3)2(5p)3(2p5)4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a complex algebraic expression using properties of exponents.
(10p3)2(5p)3(2p5)4
Use the Product to a Power Property, (ab)m=ambm. (10)2(p3)2(5)3(p)3(2)4(p5)4
Use the Power Property, (am)n=am·n. 100p6125p3·16p20
Add the exponents in the denominator. 100p6125·16p23
Use the Quotient Property, aman=1an−m. 100125·16p17
Simplify. 120p17

Simplify: (3r3)2(r3)7(r3)3.

Solution

9r18

Simplify: (2x4)5(4x3)2(x3)5.

Solution

2x

Divide Monomials

You have now been introduced to all the properties of exponents and used them to simplify expressions. Next, you’ll see how to use these properties to divide monomials. Later, you’ll use them to divide polynomials.

Find the quotient: 56x7÷8x3.

Solution

Solution

Steps for simplifying 56x^7 8x^3 to 7x^4, illustrating algebraic division and exponent properties.
56x7÷8x3
Rewrite as a fraction. 56x78x3
Use fraction multiplication. 568⋅x7x3
Simplify and use the Quotient Property. 7x4

Find the quotient: 42y9÷6y3.

Solution

7y6

Find the quotient: 48z8÷8z2.

Solution

6z6

Find the quotient: 45a2b3−5ab5.

Solution

Solution

Steps to simplify a rational algebraic expression using fraction multiplication and quotient properties.
45a2b3−5ab5
Use fraction multiplication. 45−5·a2a·b3b5
Simplify and use the Quotient Property. −9·a·1b2
Multiply. −9ab2

Find the quotient: −72a7b38a12b4.

Solution

−9a5b

Find the quotient: −63c8d37c12d2.

Solution

−9dc4

Find the quotient: 24a5b348ab4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic rational expression using fraction multiplication and quotient properties.
24a5b348ab4
Use fraction multiplication. 2448·a5a·b3b4
Simplify and use the Quotient Property. 12·a4·1b
Multiply. a42b

Find the quotient: 16a7b624ab8.

Solution

2a63b2

Find the quotient: 27p4q7−45p12q.

Solution

−3q65p8

Once you become familiar with the process and have practiced it step by step several times, you may be able to simplify a fraction in one step.

Find the quotient: 14x7y1221x11y6.

Solution

Solution

Be very careful to simplify 1421 by dividing out a common factor, and to simplify the variables by subtracting their exponents.

This table demonstrates the simplification of a rational expression using the Quotient Property, showing the original expression and its simplified form.
14x7y1221x11y6
Simplify and use the Quotient Property. 2y63x4

Find the quotient: 28x5y1449x9y12.

Solution

4y27x4

Find the quotient: 30m5n1148m10n14.

Solution

58m5n3

In all examples so far, there was no work to do in the numerator or denominator before simplifying the fraction. In the next example, we’ll first find the product of two monomials in the numerator before we simplify the fraction. This follows the order of operations. Remember, a fraction bar is a grouping symbol.

Find the quotient: (6x2y3)(5x3y2)(3x4y5).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a rational algebraic expression.
(6x2y3)(5x3y2)(3x4y5)
Simplify the numerator. 30x5y53x4y5
Simplify. 10x

Find the quotient: (6a4b5)(4a2b5)12a5b8.

Solution

2ab2

Find the quotient: (−12x6y9)(−4x5y8)−12x10y12.

Solution

−4xy5

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with dividing monomials:

  • Rational Expressions
  • Dividing Monomials
  • Dividing Monomials 2

Key Concepts

  • Quotient Property for Exponents:
    • If a is a real number, a≠0, and m,n are whole numbers, then:
      aman=am−n,m>nandaman=1am−n,n>m
  • Zero Exponent
    • If a is a non-zero number, then a0=1.

  • Quotient to a Power Property for Exponents:
    • If a and b are real numbers, b≠0, and m is a counting number, then:
      (ab)m=ambm
    • To raise a fraction to a power, raise the numerator and denominator to that power.

  • Summary of Exponent Properties
    • If a,b are real numbers and m,n are whole numbers, then
      Product Propertyam·an=am+nPower Property(am)n=am·nProduct to a Power(ab)m=ambmQuotient Propertyaman=am−n,a≠0,m>naman=1an−m,a≠0,n>mZero Exponent Definitionao=1,a≠0Quotient to a Power Property(ab)m=ambm,b≠0

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient Property for Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ x18x3 ⓑ 51253

ⓐ y20y10 ⓑ 71672

Solution

ⓐ y10 ⓑ 714

ⓐ p21p7 ⓑ 41644

ⓐ u24u3 ⓑ 91595

Solution

ⓐ u21 ⓑ 910

ⓐ q18q36 ⓑ 102103

ⓐ t10t40 ⓑ 8385

Solution

ⓐ 1t30 ⓑ 164

ⓐ bb9 ⓑ 446

ⓐ xx7 ⓑ 10103

Solution

ⓐ 1x6 ⓑ 1100

Simplify Expressions with Zero Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 200 ⓑ b0

ⓐ 130 ⓑ k0

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 1

ⓐ −270 ⓑ −(270)

ⓐ −150 ⓑ −(150)

Solution

ⓐ −1 ⓑ −1

ⓐ (25x)0 ⓑ 25x0

ⓐ (6y)0 ⓑ 6y0

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 6

ⓐ (12x)0 ⓑ (−56p4q3)0

ⓐ 7y0(17y)0 ⓑ (−93c7d15)0

Solution

ⓐ 7 ⓑ 1

ⓐ 12n0−18m0 ⓑ (12n)0−(18m)0

ⓐ 15r0−22s0 ⓑ (15r)0−(22s)0

Solution

ⓐ −7 ⓑ 0

Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient to a Power Property

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ (34)3 ⓑ (p2)5 ⓒ (xy)6

ⓐ (25)2 ⓑ (x3)4 ⓒ (ab)5

Solution

ⓐ 425 ⓑ x481 ⓒ a5b5

ⓐ (a3b)4 ⓑ (54m)2

ⓐ (x2y)3 ⓑ (103q)4

Solution

ⓐ x38y3 ⓑ 10,00081q4

Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

In the following exercises, simplify.

(a2)3a4

(p3)4p5

Solution

p7

(y3)4y10

(x4)5x15

Solution

x5

u6(u3)2

v20(v4)5

Solution

1

m12(m8)3

n8(n6)4

Solution

1n16

(p9p3)5

(q8q2)3

Solution

q18

(r2r6)3

(m4m7)4

Solution

1m12

(pr11)2

(ab6)3

Solution

a3b18

(w5x3)8

(y4z10)5

Solution

y20z50

(2j33k)4

(3m55n)3

Solution

27m15125n3

(3c24d6)3

(5u72v3)4

Solution

625u2816v12

(k2k8k3)2

(j2j5j4)3

Solution

j9

(t2)5(t4)2(t3)7

(q3)6(q2)3(q4)8

Solution

1q8

(−2p2)4(3p4)2(−6p3)2

(−2k3)2(6k2)4(9k4)2

Solution

64k6

(−4m3)2(5m4)3(−10m6)3

(−10n2)3(4n5)2(2n8)2

Solution

−4,000

Divide Monomials

In the following exercises, divide the monomials.

56b8÷ 7b2

63v10÷ 9v2

Solution

7v8

−88y15÷ 8y3

−72u12÷ 12u4

Solution

−6u8

45a6b8−15a10b2

54x9y3−18x6y15

Solution

−3x3y12

15r4s918r9s2

20m8n430m5n9

Solution

2m33n5

18a4b8−27a9b5

45x5y9−60x8y6

Solution

−3y34x3

64q11r9s348q6r8s5

65a10b8c542a7b6c8

Solution

65a3b242c3

(10m5n4)(5m3n6)25m7n5

(−18p4q7)(−6p3q8)−36p12q10

Solution

−3q5p5

(6a4b3)(4ab5)(12a2b)(a3b)

(4u2v5)(15u3v)(12u3v)(u4v)

Solution

5v4u2

Mixed Practice

ⓐ 24a5+2a5 ⓑ 24a5−2a5 ⓒ 24a5·2a5 ⓓ 24a5÷2a5

ⓐ 15n10+3n10 ⓑ 15n10−3n10 ⓒ 15n10·3n10 ⓓ 15n10÷3n10

Solution

ⓐ 18n10 ⓑ 12n10 ⓒ 45n20 ⓓ 5

ⓐ p4·p6 ⓑ (p4)6

ⓐ q5·q3 ⓑ (q5)3

Solution

ⓐ q8 ⓑ q15

ⓐ y3y ⓑ yy3

ⓐ z6z5 ⓑ z5z6

Solution

ⓐ z ⓑ 1z

(8x5)(9x)÷6x3

(4y)(12y7)÷8y2

Solution

6y6

27a73a3+54a99a5

32c114c5+42c96c3

Solution

15c6

32y58y2−60y105y7

48x66x4−35x97x7

Solution

3x2

63r6s39r4s2−72r2s26s

56y4z57y3z3−45y2z25y

Solution

−yz2

Everyday Math

Memory One megabyte is approximately 106 bytes. One gigabyte is approximately 109 bytes. How many megabytes are in one gigabyte?

Memory One gigabyte is approximately 109 bytes. One terabyte is approximately 1012 bytes. How many gigabytes are in one terabyte?

Solution

103

Writing Exercises

Jennifer thinks the quotient a24a6 simplifies to a4. What is wrong with her reasoning?

Maurice simplifies the quotient d7d by writing d7d=7. What is wrong with his reasoning?

Solution

Answers will vary.

When Drake simplified −30 and (−3)0 he got the same answer. Explain how using the Order of Operations correctly gives different answers.

Robert thinks x0 simplifies to 0. What would you say to convince Robert he is wrong?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “simplify expressions using the Quotient Property for Exponents,” “simplify expressions with zero exponents,” “simplify expressions using the Quotient to a Power Property,” “simplify expressions by applying several properties,” and “divide monomials.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

Divide Polynomials

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Divide a polynomial by a monomial
  • Divide a polynomial by a binomial

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Add: 3d+xd.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

3+xd

Simplify: 30xy35xy.
If you missed this problem, review Example 14 in Divide Monomials.

Solution

6y2

Combine like terms: 8a2+12a+1+3a2−5a+4.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

11a2+7a+5

Divide a Polynomial by a Monomial

In the last section, you learned how to divide a monomial by a monomial. As you continue to build up your knowledge of polynomials the next procedure is to divide a polynomial of two or more terms by a monomial.

The method we’ll use to divide a polynomial by a monomial is based on the properties of fraction addition. So we’ll start with an example to review fraction addition.

Demonstrates the algebraic simplification of adding two fractions with a common denominator.
The sum, y5+25,
simplifies to y+25.

Now we will do this in reverse to split a single fraction into separate fractions.

We’ll state the fraction addition property here just as you learned it and in reverse.

Fraction Addition

If a,b,andc are numbers where c≠0, then

ac+bc=a+bcanda+bc=ac+bc

We use the form on the left to add fractions and we use the form on the right to divide a polynomial by a monomial.

Demonstrates splitting a fraction with a sum in the numerator into a sum of two fractions, illustrating a fundamental algebraic property.
For example, y+25
can be written y5+25.

We use this form of fraction addition to divide polynomials by monomials.

Division of a Polynomial by a Monomial

To divide a polynomial by a monomial, divide each term of the polynomial by the monomial.

Find the quotient: 7y2+217.

Solution

Solution

Steps to simplify the rational expression (7y^2 + 21) / 7 by dividing each term of the numerator by the denominator.
7y2+217
Divide each term of the numerator by the denominator. 7y27+217
Simplify each fraction. y2+3

Find the quotient: 8z2+244.

Solution

2z2+6

Find the quotient: 18z2−279.

Solution

2z2−3

Remember that division can be represented as a fraction. When you are asked to divide a polynomial by a monomial and it is not already in fraction form, write a fraction with the polynomial in the numerator and the monomial in the denominator.

Find the quotient: (18x3−36x2)÷6x.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step example of dividing a polynomial by a monomial.
(18x3−36x2)÷6x
Rewrite as a fraction. 18x3−36x26x
Divide each term of the numerator by the denominator. 18x36x−36x26x
Simplify. 3x2−6x

Find the quotient: (27b3−33b2)÷3b.

Solution

9b2−11b

Find the quotient: (25y3−55y2)÷5y.

Solution

5y2−11y

When we divide by a negative, we must be extra careful with the signs.

Find the quotient: 12d2−16d−4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a polynomial division problem, illustrating the process of dividing each term by the denominator.
12d2−16d−4
Divide each term of the numerator by the denominator. 12d2−4−16d−4
Simplify. Remember, subtracting a negative is like adding a positive! −3d2+4d

Find the quotient: 25y2−15y−5.

Solution

−5y2+3y

Find the quotient: 42b2−18b−6.

Solution

−7b2+3b

Find the quotient: 105y5+75y35y2.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of dividing a polynomial by a monomial, including separating terms and simplifying the resulting expressions.
105y5+75y35y2
Separate the terms. 105y55y2+75y35y2
Simplify. 21y3+15y

Find the quotient: 60d7+24d54d3.

Solution

15d4+6d2

Find the quotient: 216p7−48p56p3.

Solution

36p4−8p2

Find the quotient: (15x3y−35xy2)÷(−5xy).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution demonstrating the division of a polynomial by a monomial.
(15x3y−35xy2)÷(−5xy)
Rewrite as a fraction. 15x3y−35xy2−5xy
Separate the terms. 15x3y−5xy−35xy2−5xy
Simplify. −3x2+7y

Find the quotient: (32a2b−16ab2)÷(−8ab).

Solution

−4a+2b

Find the quotient: (−48a8b4−36a6b5)÷(−6a3b3).

Solution

8a5b+6a3b2

Find the quotient: 36x3y2+27x2y2−9x2y39x2y.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a polynomial expression by dividing each term by a common monomial denominator.
36x3y2+27x2y2−9x2y39x2y
Separate the terms. 36x3y29x2y+27x2y29x2y−9x2y39x2y
Simplify. 4xy+3y−y2

Find the quotient: 40x3y2+24x2y2−16x2y38x2y.

Solution

5xy+3y−2y2

Find the quotient: 35a4b2+14a4b3−42a2b47a2b2.

Solution

5a2+2a2b−6b2

Find the quotient: 10x2+5x−205x.

Solution

Solution

Steps for simplifying a rational algebraic expression by separating terms into individual fractions.
10x2+5x−205x
Separate the terms. 10x25x+5x5x−205x
Simplify. 2x+1-4x

Find the quotient: 18c2+6c−96c.

Solution

3c+1−32c

Find the quotient: 10d2−5d−25d.

Solution

2d−1−25d

Divide a Polynomial by a Binomial

To divide a polynomial by a binomial, we follow a procedure very similar to long division of numbers. So let’s look carefully the steps we take when we divide a 3-digit number, 875, by a 2-digit number, 25.

We write the long division The long division of 875 by 25.
We divide the first two digits, 87, by 25. 25 fits into 87 three times. 3 is written above the second digit of 875 in the long division bracket.
We multiply 3 times 25 and write the product under the 87. The product of 3 and 25 is 75, which is written below the first two digits of 875 in the long division bracket.
Now we subtract 75 from 87. 87 minus 75 is 12, which is written under 75.
Then we bring down the third digit of the dividend, 5. The 5 in 875 is brought down next to the 12, making 125.
Repeat the process, dividing 25 into 125. 25 fits into 125 five times. 5 is written to the right of the 3 on top of the long division bracket. 5 times 25 is 125. 125 minus 125 is zero. There is zero remainder, so 25 fits into 125 exactly five times. 875 divided by 25 equals 35.

We check division by multiplying the quotient by the divisor.

If we did the division correctly, the product should equal the dividend.

35·25875✓

Now we will divide a trinomial by a binomial. As you read through the example, notice how similar the steps are to the numerical example above.

Find the quotient: (x2+9x+20)÷(x+5).

Solution

Solution

A trinomial, x squared plus 9 x plus 20, divided by a binomial, x plus 5.
Write it as a long division problem.
Be sure the dividend is in standard form. The long division of x squared plus 9 x plus 20 by x plus 5
Divide x2 by x. It may help to ask yourself, "What do I need to multiply x by to get x2?"
Put the answer, x, in the quotient over the x term. x fits into x squared x times. x is written above the second term of x squared plus 9 x plus 20 in the long division bracket.
Multiply x times x + 5. Line up the like terms under the dividend. The product of x and x plus 5 is x squared plus 5 x, which is written below the first two terms of x squared plus 9x plus 20 in the long division bracket.
Subtract x2 + 5x from x2 + 9x.
You may find it easier to change the signs and then add.
Then bring down the last term, 20.
The sum of x squared plus 9 x and negative x squared plus negative 5 x is 4 x, which is written underneath the negative 5 x. The third term in x squared plus 9 x plus 20 is brought down next to 4 x, making 4 x plus 20.
Divide 4x by x. It may help to ask yourself, "What do I need to
multiply x by to get 4x?"
Put the answer, 4, in the quotient over the constant term. 4 x divided by x is 4. Plus 4 is written on top of the long division bracket, next to x and above the 20 in x squared plus 9 x plus 20.
Multiply 4 times x + 5. x plus 5 times 4 is 4 x plus 20, which is written under the first 4 x plus 20.
Subtract 4x + 20 from 4x + 20. 4 x plus 20 minus 4 x plus 20 is 0. The remainder is 0. x squared plus 9 x plus 20 divided by x plus 5 equals x plus 4.
Check:
Multiply the quotient by the divisor.
(x + 4)(x + 5)
You should get the dividend.
x2 + 9x + 20✓

Find the quotient: (y2+10y+21)÷(y+3).

Solution

y+7

Find the quotient: (m2+9m+20)÷(m+4).

Solution

m+5

When the divisor has subtraction sign, we must be extra careful when we multiply the partial quotient and then subtract. It may be safer to show that we change the signs and then add.

Find the quotient: (2x2−5x−3)÷(x−3).

Solution

Solution

A trinomial, 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3, divided by a binomial, x minus 3.
Write it as a long division problem.
Be sure the dividend is in standard form. The long division of 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3 by x minus 3.
Divide 2x2 by x.
Put the answer, 2x, in the quotient over the x term.
x fits into 2 x squared 2 x times. 2 x is written above the second term of 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3 in the long division bracket.
Multiply 2x times x − 3. Line up the like terms under the dividend. The product of 2 x and x minus 3 is 2 x squared minus 6 x, which is written below the first two terms of 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3 in the long division bracket.
Subtract 2x2 − 6x from 2x2 − 5x.
Change the signs and then add.
Then bring down the last term.
The sum of 2 x squared minus 5 x and negative 2 x squared plus 6 x is x, which is written underneath the 6 x. The third term in 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3 is brought down next to x, making x minus 3.
Divide x by x.
Put the answer, 1, in the quotient over the constant term.
Plus 1 is written on top of the long division bracket, next to 2 x and above the minus 3 in 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3.
Multiply 1 times x − 3. x minus 3 times 1 is x minus 3, which is written under the first x minus 3.
Subtract x − 3 from x − 3 by changing the signs and adding. The binomial x minus 3 minus the binomial negative x plus 3 is 0. The remainder is 0. 2 x squared minus 5 x minus 3 divided by x minus 3 equals 2 x plus 1.
To check, multiply (x − 3)(2x + 1).
The result should be 2x2 − 5x − 3.

Find the quotient: (2x2−3x−20)÷(x−4).

Solution

2x+5

Find the quotient: (3x2−16x−12)÷(x−6).

Solution

3x+2

When we divided 875 by 25, we had no remainder. But sometimes division of numbers does leave a remainder. The same is true when we divide polynomials. In Example 10, we’ll have a division that leaves a remainder. We write the remainder as a fraction with the divisor as the denominator.

Find the quotient: (x3−x2+x+4)÷(x+1).

Solution

Solution

A polynomial, x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4, divided by another polynomial, x plus 1.
Write it as a long division problem.
Be sure the dividend is in standard form. The long division of x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4 by x plus 1.
Divide x3 by x.
Put the answer, x2, in the quotient over the x2 term.
Multiply x2 times x + 1. Line up the like terms under the dividend.
x fits into x squared x times. x is written above the second term of x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4 in the long division bracket.
Subtract x3 + x2 from x3 − x2 by changing the signs and adding.
Then bring down the next term.
The sum of x cubed minus x squared and negative x cubed plus negative x squared is negative 2 x squared, which is written underneath the negative x squared. The next term in x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4 is brought down next to negative 2 x squared, making negative 2 x squared plus x.
Divide −2x2 by x.
Put the answer, −2x, in the quotient over the x term.
Multiply −2x times x + 1. Line up the like terms under the dividend.
Minus 2 x is written on top of the long division bracket, next to x squared and above the x in x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4. Negative 2 x squared minus 2 x is written under negative 2 x squared plus x.
Subtract −2x2 − 2x from −2x2 + x by changing the signs and adding.
Then bring down the last term.
The sum of negative 2 x squared plus x and 2 x squared plus 2 x is found to be 3 x. The last term in x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4 is brought down, making 3 x plus 4.
Divide 3x by x.
Put the answer, 3, in the quotient over the constant term.
Multiply 3 times x + 1. Line up the like terms under the dividend.
Plus 3 is written on top of the long division bracket, above the 4 in x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4. 3 x plus 3 is written under 3 x plus 4.
Subtract 3x + 3 from 3x + 4 by changing the signs and adding.
Write the remainder as a fraction with the divisor as the denominator.
The sum of 3 x plus 4 and negative 3 x plus negative 3 is 1. Therefore, the polynomial x cubed minus x squared plus x plus 4, divided by the binomial x plus 1, equals x squared minus 2 x plus the fraction 1 over x plus 1.
To check, multiply (x+1)(x2−2x+3+1x+1).
The result should be x3−x2+x+4.

Find the quotient: (x3+5x2+8x+6)÷(x+2).

Solution

x2+3x+2+2x+2

Find the quotient: (2x3+8x2+x−8)÷(x+1).

Solution

2x2+6x−5−3x+1

Look back at the dividends in Example 8, Example 9, and Example 10. The terms were written in descending order of degrees, and there were no missing degrees. The dividend in Example 11 will be x4−x2+5x−2. It is missing an x3 term. We will add in 0x3 as a placeholder.

Find the quotient: (x4−x2+5x−2)÷(x+2).

Solution

Solution

Notice that there is no x3 term in the dividend. We will add 0x3 as a placeholder.

A polynomial, x to the fourth power minus x squared minus 5 x minus 2, divided by another polynomial, x plus 2.
Write it as a long division problem. Be sure the dividend is in standard form with placeholders for missing terms. The long division of x to the fourth power plus 0 x cubed minus x squared minus 5 x minus 2 by x plus 2.
Divide x4 by x.
Put the answer, x3, in the quotient over the x3 term.
Multiply x3 times x + 2. Line up the like terms.
Subtract and then bring down the next term.
x cubed is written on top of the long division bracket above the x cubed term in the dividend. Below the first two terms of the dividend x to the fourth power plus 2 x cubed is subtracted to give negative 2 x cubed minus x squared. A note next to the division reads “It may be helpful to change the signs and add.”
Divide −2x3 by x.
Put the answer, −2x2, in the quotient over the x2 term.
Multiply −2x2 times x + 1. Line up the like terms.
Subtract and bring down the next term.
x cubed minus 2 x squared is written on top of the long division bracket. At the bottom of the long division negative 2 x cubed minus 4 x squared is subtracted to give 3 x squared plus 5 x. A note reads “It may be helpful to change the signs and add.”
Divide 3x2 by x.
Put the answer, 3x, in the quotient over the x term.
Multiply 3x times x + 1. Line up the like terms.
Subtract and bring down the next term.
x cubed minus 2 x squared plus 3 x is written on top of the long division bracket. At the bottom of the long division 3 x squared plus 6 x is subtracted to give negative x minus 2. A note reads “It may be helpful to change the signs and add.”
Divide −x by x.
Put the answer, −1, in the quotient over the constant term.
Multiply −1 times x + 1. Line up the like terms.
Change the signs, add.
x cubed minus 2 x squared plus 3 x minus 1 is written on top of the long division bracket. At the bottom of the long division negative x minus 2 is subtract to give 0. A note reads “It may be helpful to change the signs and add.” The polynomial x to the fourth power minus x squared plus 5 x minus 2, divided by the binomial x plus 2 equals the polynomial x cubed minus 2 x squared plus 3 x minus 1.
To check, multiply (x+2)(x3−2x2+3x−1).
The result should be x4−x2+5x−2.

Find the quotient: (x3+3x+14)÷(x+2).

Solution

x2−2x+7

Find the quotient: (x4−3x3−1000)÷(x+5).

Solution

x3−8x2+40x−200

In Example 12, we will divide by 2a−3. As we divide we will have to consider the constants as well as the variables.

Find the quotient: (8a3+27)÷(2a+3).

Solution

Solution

This time we will show the division all in one step. We need to add two placeholders in order to divide.

The figure shows the long division of 8 a cubed plus 27 by 2 a plus 3. In the long division bracket, placeholders 0 a squared and 0 a are added into the polynomial. On the first line under the dividend 8 a cubed plus 12 a squared is subtracted. To the right, an arrow indicates that this value came from multiplying 4 a squared by 2 a plus 3. The subtraction gives negative 12 a squared plus 0 a. From this negative 12 a squared minus 18 a is subtracted. To the right, an arrow indicates that this value came from multiplying 6 a by 2 a plus 3. The subtraction give 18 a plus 27. From this 18 a plus 27 is subtracted. To the right, an arrow indicates that this value came from multiplying 9 by 2 a plus 3. The result is 0.

To check, multiply (2a+3)(4a2−6a+9).

The result should be 8a3+27.

Find the quotient: (x3−64)÷(x−4).

Solution

x2+4x+16

Find the quotient: (125x3−8)÷(5x−2).

Solution

25x2+10x+4

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with dividing polynomials:

  • Divide a Polynomial by a Monomial
  • Divide a Polynomial by a Monomial 2
  • Divide Polynomial by Binomial

Key Concepts

  • Fraction Addition
    • If a,b,andc are numbers where c≠0, then
      ac+bc=a+bcanda+bc=ac+bc

  • Division of a Polynomial by a Monomial
    • To divide a polynomial by a monomial, divide each term of the polynomial by the monomial.

Practice Makes Perfect

In the following exercises, divide each polynomial by the monomial.

45y+369

30b+755

Solution

6b+15

8d2−4d2

42x2−14x7

Solution

6x2−2x

(16y2−20y)÷4y

(55w2−10w)÷5w

Solution

11w−2

(9n4+6n3)÷3n

(8x3+6x2)÷2x

Solution

4x2+3x

18y2−12y−6

20b2−12b−4

Solution

−5b2+3b

35a4+65a2−5

51m4+72m3−3

Solution

−17m4−24m3

310y4−200y35y2

412z8−48z54z3

Solution

103z5−12z2

46x3+38x22x2

51y4+42y23y2

Solution

17y2+14

(24p2−33p)÷(−3p)

(35x4−21x)÷(−7x)

Solution

−5x3+3

(63m4−42m3)÷(−7m2)

(48y4−24y3)÷(−8y2)

Solution

−6y2+3y

(63a2b3+72ab4)÷(9ab)

(45x3y4+60xy2)÷(5xy)

Solution

9x2y3+12y

52p5q4+36p4q3−64p3q24p2q

49c2d2−70c3d3−35c2d47cd2

Solution

7c−10c2d−5cd2

66x3y2−110x2y3−44x4y311x2y2

72r5s2+132r4s3−96r3s512r2s2

Solution

6r3+11r2s−8rs3

4w2+2w−52w

12q2+3q−13q

Solution

4q+1−13q

10x2+5x−4−5x

20y2+12y−1−4y

Solution

−5y−3+14y

36p3+18p2−12p6p2

63a3−108a2+99a9a2

Solution

7a−12+11a

Divide a Polynomial by a Binomial

In the following exercises, divide each polynomial by the binomial.

(y2+7y+12)÷(y+3)

(d2+8d+12)÷(d+2)

Solution

d+6

(x2−3x−10)÷(x+2)

(a2−2a−35)÷(a+5)

Solution

a−7

(t2−12t+36)÷(t−6)

(x2−14x+49)÷(x−7)

Solution

x−7

(6m2−19m−20)÷(m−4)

(4x2−17x−15)÷(x−5)

Solution

4x+3

(q2+2q+20)÷(q+6)

(p2+11p+16)÷(p+8)

Solution

p+3−8p+8

(y2−3y−15)÷(y−8)

(x2+2x−30)÷(x−5)

Solution

x+7+5x−5

(3b3+b2+2)÷(b+1)

(2n3−10n+24)÷(n+3)

Solution

2n2−6n+8

(2y3−6y−36)÷(y−3)

(7q3−5q−2)÷(q−1)

Solution

7q2+7q+2

(z3+1)÷(z+1)

(m3+1000)÷(m+10)

Solution

m2−10m+100

(a3−125)÷(a−5)

(x3−216)÷(x−6)

Solution

x2+6x+36

(64x3−27)÷(4x−3)

(125y3−64)÷(5y−4)

Solution

25y2+20x+16

Everyday Math

Average cost Pictures Plus produces digital albums. The company’s average cost (in dollars) to make x albums is given by the expression 7x+500x.

  1. ⓐ Find the quotient by dividing the numerator by the denominator.
  2. ⓑ What will the average cost (in dollars) be to produce 20 albums?

Handshakes At a company meeting, every employee shakes hands with every other employee. The number of handshakes is given by the expression n2−n2, where n represents the number of employees. How many handshakes will there be if there are 10 employees at the meeting?

Solution

45

Writing Exercises

James divides 48y+6 by 6 this way: 48y+66=48y. What is wrong with his reasoning?

Divide 10x2+x−122x and explain with words how you get each term of the quotient.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has three rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “divide a polynomial by a monomial,” and “divide a polynomial by a binomial.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all goals?

Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use the definition of a negative exponent
  • Simplify expressions with integer exponents
  • Convert from decimal notation to scientific notation
  • Convert scientific notation to decimal form
  • Multiply and divide using scientific notation

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

What is the place value of the 6 in the number 64,891?
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Introduction to Whole Numbers.

Solution

Ten thousands

Name the decimal: 0.0012.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Decimals.

Solution

Twelve ten thousandths

Subtract: 5−(−3).
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Add and Subtract Integers.

Solution

8

Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent

We saw that the Quotient Property for Exponents introduced earlier in this chapter, has two forms depending on whether the exponent is larger in the numerator or the denominator.

Quotient Property for Exponents

If a is a real number, a≠0, and mandn are whole numbers, then

aman=am−n,m>nandaman=1an−m,n>m

What if we just subtract exponents regardless of which is larger?

Let’s consider x2x5.

We subtract the exponent in the denominator from the exponent in the numerator.

x2x5x2−5x−3

We can also simplify x2x5 by dividing out common factors:

Illustrated in this figure is x times x divided by x times x times x times x times x. Two xes cancel out in the numerator and denominator. Below this is the simplified term: 1 divided by x cubed.

This implies that x−3=1x3 and it leads us to the definition of a negative exponent.

Negative Exponent

If n is an integer and a≠0, then a−n=1an.

The negative exponent tells us we can re-write the expression by taking the reciprocal of the base and then changing the sign of the exponent.

Any expression that has negative exponents is not considered to be in simplest form. We will use the definition of a negative exponent and other properties of exponents to write the expression with only positive exponents.

For example, if after simplifying an expression we end up with the expression x−3, we will take one more step and write 1x3. The answer is considered to be in simplest form when it has only positive exponents.

Simplify: ⓐ 4−2 ⓑ 10−3.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step examples demonstrating the simplification of mathematical expressions with negative exponents.
ⓐ 4−2
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a−n=1an. 142
Simplify. 116
ⓑ 10−3
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a−n=1an. 1103
Simplify. 11000

Simplify: ⓐ 2−3 ⓑ 10−7.

Solution

ⓐ 18 ⓑ 1107

Simplify: ⓐ 3−2 ⓑ 10−4.

Solution

ⓐ 19 ⓑ 110,000

In Example 1 we raised an integer to a negative exponent. What happens when we raise a fraction to a negative exponent? We’ll start by looking at what happens to a fraction whose numerator is one and whose denominator is an integer raised to a negative exponent.

Steps demonstrating the simplification of the expression 1/(a^-n) using the definition of negative exponents, resulting in a^n.
1a−n
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a−n=1an. 11an
Simplify the complex fraction. 1·an1
Multiply. an

This leads to the Property of Negative Exponents.

Property of Negative Exponents

If n is an integer and a≠0, then 1a−n=an.

Simplify: ⓐ 1y−4 ⓑ 13−2.

Solution

Solution

Examples demonstrating step-by-step simplification of mathematical expressions using the property of negative exponents.
ⓐ 1y−4
Use the property of a negative exponent, 1a−n=an. y4
ⓑ 13−2
Use the property of a negative exponent, 1a−n=an. 32
Simplify. 9

Simplify: ⓐ 1p−8 ⓑ 14−3.

Solution

ⓐ p8 ⓑ 64

Simplify: ⓐ 1q−7 ⓑ 12−4.

Solution

ⓐ q7 ⓑ 16

Suppose now we have a fraction raised to a negative exponent. Let’s use our definition of negative exponents to lead us to a new property.

Illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a fractional expression with a negative exponent, demonstrating the rule for inverses.
(34)−2
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a−n=1an. 1(34)2
Simplify the denominator. 1916
Simplify the complex fraction. 169
But we know that 169 is (43)2.
This tells us that: (34)−2=(43)2

To get from the original fraction raised to a negative exponent to the final result, we took the reciprocal of the base—the fraction—and changed the sign of the exponent.

This leads us to the Quotient to a Negative Power Property.

Quotient to a Negative Exponent Property

If aandb are real numbers, a≠0,b≠0, and n is an integer, then (ab)−n=(ba)n.

Simplify: ⓐ (57)−2 ⓑ (−2xy)−3.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of expressions using the Quotient to a Negative Exponent Property.
ⓐ (57)−2
Use the Quotient to a Negative Exponent Property, (ab)−n=(ba)n.
Take the reciprocal of the fraction and change the sign of the exponent. (75)2
Simplify. 4925
ⓑ (−2xy)−3
Use the Quotient to a Negative Exponent Property, (ab)−n=(ba)n.
Take the reciprocal of the fraction and change the sign of the exponent. (−y2x)3
Simplify. −y38x3

Simplify: ⓐ (23)−4 ⓑ (−6mn)−2.

Solution

ⓐ 8116 ⓑ n236m2

Simplify: ⓐ (35)−3 ⓑ (−a2b)−4.

Solution

ⓐ 12527 ⓑ 16b4a4

When simplifying an expression with exponents, we must be careful to correctly identify the base.

Simplify: ⓐ (−3)−2 ⓑ −3−2 ⓒ (−13)−2 ⓓ −(13)−2.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step evaluation of mathematical expressions involving negative exponents, demonstrating their application to various bases and handling of negative signs.
ⓐ Here the exponent applies to the base −3. (−3)−2
Take the reciprocal of the base and change the sign of the exponent. 1(−3)−2
Simplify. 19
ⓑ The expression −3−2 means "find the opposite of 3−2." Here the exponent applies to the base (−13). −3−2
Rewrite as a product with -1. −1·3−2
Take the reciprocal of the base and change the sign of the exponent. −1·132
Simplify. −19
ⓒ Here the exponent applies to the base (−13). (−13)−2
Take the reciprocal of the base and change the sign of the exponent. (−31)2
Simplify. 9
ⓓ The expression −(13)−2 means "find the opposite of (13)−2." Here the exponent applies to the base (13).
Rewrite as a product with -1. −1·(13)−2
Take the reciprocal of the base and change the sign of the exponent. −1·(31)2
Simplify. −9

Simplify: ⓐ (−5)−2 ⓑ −5−2 ⓒ (−15)−2 ⓓ −(15)−2.

Solution

ⓐ 125 ⓑ −125 ⓒ 25 ⓓ −25

Simplify: ⓐ (−7)−2 ⓑ −7−2, ⓒ (−17)−2 ⓓ −(17)−2.

Solution

ⓐ 149 ⓑ −149 ⓒ 49 ⓓ −49

We must be careful to follow the Order of Operations. In the next example, parts (a) and (b) look similar, but the results are different.

Simplify: ⓐ 4·2−1 ⓑ (4·2)−1.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of expressions involving exponents and multiplication, demonstrating the order of operations.
ⓐ
Do exponents before multiplication.
4·2−1
Use a−n=1an. 4·121
Simplify. 2
ⓑ (4·2)−1
Simplify inside the parentheses first. (8)−1
Use a−n=1an. 181
Simplify. 18

Simplify: ⓐ 6·3−1 ⓑ (6·3)−1.

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ 118

Simplify: ⓐ 8·2−2 ⓑ (8·2)−2.

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ 1256

When a variable is raised to a negative exponent, we apply the definition the same way we did with numbers. We will assume all variables are non-zero.

Simplify: ⓐ x−6 ⓑ (u4)−3.

Solution

Solution

  1. ⓐ
    x−6Use the definition of a negative exponent,a−n=1an.1x6

  2. ⓑ
    (u4)−3Use the definition of a negative exponent,a−n=1an.1(u4)3Simplify.1u12

Simplify: ⓐ y−7 ⓑ (z3)−5.

Solution

ⓐ 1y7 ⓑ 1z15

Simplify: ⓐ p−9 ⓑ (q4)−6.

Solution

ⓐ 1p9 ⓑ 1q24

When there is a product and an exponent we have to be careful to apply the exponent to the correct quantity. According to the Order of Operations, we simplify expressions in parentheses before applying exponents. We’ll see how this works in the next example.

Simplify: ⓐ 5y−1 ⓑ (5y)−1 ⓒ (−5y)−1.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The table demonstrates the steps to simplify the expression 5y⁻¹, illustrating the rule for negative exponents by taking the reciprocal.
5y−1
Notice the exponent applies to just the base y.
Take the reciprocal of y and change the sign of the exponent.
5·1y1
Simplify. 5y
ⓑ
Steps to simplify an algebraic expression with a negative exponent, detailing each transformation.
(5y)−1
Here the parentheses make the exponent apply to the base 5y.
Take the reciprocal of 5y and change the sign of the exponent.
1(5y)1
Simplify. 15y
ⓒ
Step-by-step simplification of the algebraic expression (-5y)^-1.
(−5y)−1
The base here is −5y.
Take the reciprocal of −5y and change the sign of the exponent.
1(−5y)1
Simplify. 1−5y
Use a−b=−ab. −15y

Simplify: ⓐ 8p−1 ⓑ (8p)−1 ⓒ (−8p)−1.

Solution

ⓐ 8p ⓑ 18p ⓒ −18p

Simplify: ⓐ 11q−1 ⓑ (11q)−1−(11q)−1 ⓒ -111q

Solution

ⓐ 111q ⓑ 111q−111q ⓒ −11q

With negative exponents, the Quotient Rule needs only one form aman=am−n, for a≠0. When the exponent in the denominator is larger than the exponent in the numerator, the exponent of the quotient will be negative.


Simplify Expressions with Integer Exponents

All of the exponent properties we developed earlier in the chapter with whole number exponents apply to integer exponents, too. We restate them here for reference.

Summary of Exponent Properties

If aandb are real numbers, and mandn are integers, then

Product Propertyam·an=am+nPower Property(am)n=am·nProduct to a Power(ab)m=ambmQuotient Propertyaman=am−n,a≠0Zero Exponent Propertya0=1,a≠0Quotient to a Power Property(ab)m=ambm,b≠0Properties of Negative Exponentsa−n=1anand1a−n=anQuotient to a Negative Exponent(ab)−n=(ba)n

Simplify: ⓐ x−4·x6 ⓑ y−6·y4 ⓒ z−5·z−3.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Steps to simplify the exponential expression x^-4 * x^6 using the product property of exponents.
x−4·x6
Use the Product Property, am·an=am+n. x−4+6
Simplify. x2
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving negative exponents using exponent rules.
y−6·y4
Notice the same bases, so add the exponents. y−6+4
Simplify. y−2
Use the definition of a negative exponent, a−n=1an. 1y2
ⓒ
Step-by-step simplification of an expression involving negative exponents: z^-5 * z^-3.
z−5·z−3
Add the exponents, since the bases are the same. z−5−3
Simplify. z−8
Take the reciprocal and change the sign of the exponent,
using the definition of a negative exponent.
1z8

Simplify: ⓐ x−3·x7 ⓑ y−7·y2 ⓒ z−4·z−5.

Solution

ⓐ x4 ⓑ 1y5 ⓒ 1z9

Simplify: ⓐ a−1·a6 ⓑ b−8·b4 ⓒ c−8·c−7.

Solution

ⓐ a5 ⓑ 1b4 ⓒ 1c15

In the next two examples, we’ll start by using the Commutative Property to group the same variables together. This makes it easier to identify the like bases before using the Product Property.

Simplify: (m4n−3)(m−5n−2).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide to simplifying an algebraic expression with negative exponents using exponent properties.
(m4n−3)(m−5n−2)
Use the Commutative Property to get like bases together. m4m−5·n−2n−3
Add the exponents for each base. m−1·n−5
Take reciprocals and change the signs of the exponents. 1m1·1n5
Simplify. 1mn5

Simplify: (p6q−2)(p−9q−1).

Solution

1p3q3

Simplify: (r5s−3)(r−7s−5).

Solution

1r2s8

Simplify: (−6c−6d4)(−5c−2d−1).

Solution

30d3c8

In the next two examples, we’ll use the Power Property and the Product to a Power Property.

Simplify: (6k3)−2.

Solution

Solution

Demonstration of simplifying the algebraic expression (6k^3)^-2 using various exponent properties.
(6k3)−2
Use the Product to a Power Property, (ab)m=ambm. (6)−2(k3)−2
Use the Power Property, (am)n=am·n. 6−2k−6
Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent, a−n=1an. 162·1k6
Simplify. 136k6

Simplify: (−4x4)−2.

Solution

116x8

Simplify: (2b3)−4.

Solution

116b12

Simplify: (5x−3)2.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression using exponent properties.
(5x−3)2
Use the Product to a Power Property, (ab)m=ambm. 52(x−3)2
Simplify 52 and multiply the exponents of x using the Power
Property, (am)n=am·n.
25·x−6
Rewrite x−6 by using the Definition of a Negative Exponent, a−n=1an. 25·1x6
Simplify. 25x6

Simplify: (8a−4)2.

Solution

64a8

Simplify: (2c−4)3.

Solution

8c12

To simplify a fraction, we use the Quotient Property and subtract the exponents.

Simplify: r5r−4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an exponential expression, r^5 / r^-4, using the Quotient Property of Exponents.
r5r−4
Use the Quotient Property, aman=am−n. r5−(−4)
Simplify. r9

Simplify: x8x−3.

Solution

x11

Simplify: y8y−6.

Solution

y14

Convert from Decimal Notation to Scientific Notation

Remember working with place value for whole numbers and decimals? Our number system is based on powers of 10. We use tens, hundreds, thousands, and so on. Our decimal numbers are also based on powers of tens—tenths, hundredths, thousandths, and so on. Consider the numbers 4,000 and 0.004. We know that 4,000 means 4×1,000 and 0.004 means 4×11,000.

If we write the 1000 as a power of ten in exponential form, we can rewrite these numbers in this way:

4,0000.0044×1,0004×11,0004×1034×11034×10−3

When a number is written as a product of two numbers, where the first factor is a number greater than or equal to one but less than 10, and the second factor is a power of 10 written in exponential form, it is said to be in scientific notation.

Scientific Notation

A number is expressed in scientific notation when it is of the form

a×10nwhere1≤│a│<10andnis an integer

It is customary in scientific notation to use as the × multiplication sign, even though we avoid using this sign elsewhere in algebra.

If we look at what happened to the decimal point, we can see a method to easily convert from decimal notation to scientific notation.

This figure illustrates how to convert a number to scientific notation. It has two columns. In the first column is 4000 equals 4 times 10 to the third power. Below this, the equation is repeated, with an arrow demonstrating that the decimal point at the end of 4000 has moved three places to the left, so that 4000 becomes 4.000. The second column has 0.004 equals 4 times 10 to the negative third power. Below this, the equation is repeated, with an arrow demonstrating how the decimal point in 0.004 is moved three places to the right to produce 4.

In both cases, the decimal was moved 3 places to get the first factor between 1 and 10.

The power of 10 is positive when the number is larger than 1:4,000=4×103The power of 10 is negative when the number is between 0 and 1:0.004=4×10−3

How to Convert from Decimal Notation to Scientific Notation

Write in scientific notation: 37,000.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and four rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads “Step 1. Move the decimal point so that the first factor is greater than or equal to 1 but less than 10.” The second cell reads “Remember, there is a decimal at the end of 37,000.” The third cell contains 37,000. One line down, the second cell reads “Move the decimal after the 3. 3.7000 is between 1 and 10.” In the second row, the first cell reads “Step 2. Count the number of decimal places, n, that the decimal place was moved. The second cell reads “The decimal point was moved 4 places to the left.” The third cell contains 370000 again, with an arrow showing the decimal point jumping places to the left from the end of the number until it ends up between the 3 and the 7. In the third row, the first cell reads “Step 3. Write the number as a product with a power of 10. If the original number is greater than 1, the power of 10 will be 10 to the n power. If it’s between 0 and 1, the power of 10 will be 10 to the negative n power.” The second cell reads “37,000 is greater than 1, so the power of 10 will have exponent 4.” The third cell contains 3.7 times 10 to the fourth power. In the fourth row, the first cell reads “Step 4. Check.” The second cell reads “Check to see if your answer makes sense.” The third cell reads “10 to the fourth power is 10,000 and 10,000 times 3.7 will be 37,000.” Below this is 37,000 equals 3.7 times 10 to the fourth power.

Write in scientific notation: 96,000.

Solution

9.6×104

Write in scientific notation: 48,300.

Solution

4.83×104

Convert from decimal notation to scientific notation

  1. Move the decimal point so that the first factor is greater than or equal to 1 but less than 10.
  2. Count the number of decimal places, n, that the decimal point was moved.
  3. Write the number as a product with a power of 10.
    If the original number is:
    • greater than 1, the power of 10 will be 10n.
    • between 0 and 1, the power of 10 will be 10−n.
  4. Check.

Write in scientific notation: 0.0052.

Solution

Solution

The original number, 0.0052, is between 0 and 1 so we will have a negative power of 10.

The image displays the numerical value 0.0052 in a simple, clear font against a white background.
Move the decimal point to get 5.2, a number between 1 and 10. 0.0052, with an arrow showing the decimal point jumping three places to the right until it ends up between the 5 and 2.
Count the number of decimal places the point was moved. The text '3 places' is displayed in a simple, gray font against a plain white background.
Write as a product with a power of 10. 5.2 times 10 to the power of negative 3.
Check.
5.2×10−35.2×11035.2×110005.2×0.001
0.0052 0.0052 equals 5.2 times 10 to the power of negative 3.

Write in scientific notation: 0.0078.

Solution

7.8×10−3

Write in scientific notation: 0.0129.

Solution

1.29×10−2

Convert Scientific Notation to Decimal Form

How can we convert from scientific notation to decimal form? Let’s look at two numbers written in scientific notation and see.

9.12×1049.12×10−49.12×10,0009.12×0.000191,2000.000912

If we look at the location of the decimal point, we can see an easy method to convert a number from scientific notation to decimal form.

9.12×104=91,2009.12×10−4=0.000912
This figure has two columns. In the left column is 9.12 times 10 to the fourth power equals 91,200. Below this, the same scientific notation is repeated, with an arrow showing the decimal point in 9.12 being moved four places to the right. Because there are no digits after 2, the final two places are represented by blank spaces. Below this is the text “Move the decimal point four places to the right.” In the right column is 9.12 times 10 to the negative fourth power equals 0.000912. Below this, the same scientific notation is repeated, with an arrow showing the decimal point in 9.12 being moved four places to the left. Because there are no digits before 9, the remaining three places are represented by spaces. Below this is the text “Move the decimal point 4 places to the left.”

In both cases the decimal point moved 4 places. When the exponent was positive, the decimal moved to the right. When the exponent was negative, the decimal point moved to the left.

How to Convert Scientific Notation to Decimal Form

Convert to decimal form: 6.2×103.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table that has three columns and three rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell on the left reads “Step 1. Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10.” The second cell reads “The exponent is 3.” The third cell contains 6.2 times 10 cubed. In the second row, the first cell reads “Step 2. Move the decimal n places, adding zeros if needed. If the exponent is positive, move the decimal point n places to the right. If the exponent is negative, move the decimal point absolute value of n places to the left.” The second cell reads “The exponent is positive so move the decimal point 3 places to the right. We need to add two zeros as placeholders.” The third cell contains 6.200, with an arrow showing the decimal point jumping places to the right, from between the 6 and 2 to after the second 00 in 6.200. Below this is the number 6,200. In the third row, the first cell reads “Step 3. Check to see if your answer makes sense.” The second cell is blank. The third reads “10 cubed is 1000 and 1000 times 6.2 will be 6,200.” Beneath this is 6.2 times 10 cubed equals 6,200.

Convert to decimal form: 1.3×103.

Solution

1,300

Convert to decimal form: 9.25×104.

Solution

92,500

The steps are summarized below.

Convert scientific notation to decimal form.

To convert scientific notation to decimal form:

  1. Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10.
  2. Move the decimal n places, adding zeros if needed.
    • If the exponent is positive, move the decimal point n places to the right.
    • If the exponent is negative, move the decimal point |n| places to the left.
  3. Check.

Convert to decimal form: 8.9×10−2.

Solution

Solution

8.9 times 10 to the power of negative 2.
Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10. The exponent is negative 2.
Since the exponent is negative, move the decimal point 2 places to the left. 8.9, with an arrow the decimal place showing the decimal point being moved two places to the left.
Add zeros as needed for placeholders. 8.9 times 10 to the power of negative 2 equals 0.089.

Convert to decimal form: 1.2×10−4.

Solution

0.00012

Convert to decimal form: 7.5×10−2.

Solution

0.075

Multiply and Divide Using Scientific Notation

Astronomers use very large numbers to describe distances in the universe and ages of stars and planets. Chemists use very small numbers to describe the size of an atom or the charge on an electron. When scientists perform calculations with very large or very small numbers, they use scientific notation. Scientific notation provides a way for the calculations to be done without writing a lot of zeros. We will see how the Properties of Exponents are used to multiply and divide numbers in scientific notation.

Multiply. Write answers in decimal form: (4×105)(2×10−7).

Solution

Solution

(4×105)(2×10−7)Use the Commutative Property to rearrange the factors.4·2·105·10−7Multiply.8×10−2Change to decimal form by moving the decimal two places left.0.08

Multiply (3×106)(2×10−8). Write answers in decimal form.

Solution

0.06

Multiply (3×10−2)(3×10−1). Write answers in decimal form.

Solution

0.009

Divide. Write answers in decimal form: 9×1033×10−2.

Solution

Solution

Illustrates the step-by-step division of numbers in scientific notation, converting the final answer to decimal form.
9×1033×10−2
Separate the factors, rewriting as the product of two fractions. 93×10310−2
Divide. 3×105
Change to decimal form by moving the decimal five places right. 300,000

Divide 8×1042×10−1. Write answers in decimal form.

Solution

400,000

Divide 8×1024×10−2. Write answers in decimal form.

Solution

20,000

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with integer exponents and scientific notation:

  • Negative Exponents
  • Scientific Notation
  • Scientific Notation 2

Key Concepts

  • Property of Negative Exponents
    • If n is a positive integer and a≠0, then 1a−n=an
  • Quotient to a Negative Exponent
    • If a,b are real numbers, b≠0 and n is an integer , then (ab)−n=(ba)n
  • To convert a decimal to scientific notation:
    1. Move the decimal point so that the first factor is greater than or equal to 1 but less than 10.
    2. Count the number of decimal places, n, that the decimal point was moved.
    3. Write the number as a product with a power of 10. If the original number is:
      • greater than 1, the power of 10 will be 10n
      • between 0 and 1, the power of 10 will be 10−n
    4. Check.

  • To convert scientific notation to decimal form:
    1. Determine the exponent, n, on the factor 10.
    2. Move the decimal nplaces, adding zeros if needed.
      • If the exponent is positive, move the decimal point n places to the right.
      • If the exponent is negative, move the decimal point |n| places to the left.
    3. Check.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 4−2 ⓑ 10−3

ⓐ 3−4 ⓑ 10−2

Solution

ⓐ 181 ⓑ 1100

ⓐ 5−3 ⓑ 10−5

ⓐ 2−8 ⓑ 10−2

Solution

ⓐ 1256 ⓑ 1100

ⓐ 1c−5 ⓑ 13−2

ⓐ 1c−5 ⓑ 15−2

Solution

ⓐ c5 ⓑ 25

ⓐ 1q−10 ⓑ 110−3

ⓐ 1t−9 ⓑ 110−4

Solution

ⓐ t9 ⓑ 10000

ⓐ (58)−2 ⓑ (−3mn)−2

ⓐ (310)−2 ⓑ (−2cd)−3

Solution

ⓐ 1009 ⓑ −c3d38

ⓐ (49)−3 ⓑ (−u22v)−5

ⓐ (72)−3 ⓑ (−3xy2)−3

Solution

ⓐ 8343 ⓑ −x3y627

ⓐ (−5)−2 ⓑ −5−2 ⓒ (−15)−2 ⓓ −(15)−2

ⓐ (−7)−2 ⓑ −7−2 ⓒ (−17)−2 ⓓ −(17)−2

Solution

ⓐ 149 ⓑ −149 ⓒ 49 ⓓ −49

ⓐ −3−3 ⓑ (−13)−3 ⓒ −(13)−3 ⓓ (−3)−3

ⓐ −5−3 ⓑ (−15)−3 ⓒ −(15)−3 ⓓ (−5)−3

Solution

ⓐ −1125 ⓑ −125 ⓒ −125 ⓓ −1125

ⓐ 3·5−1 ⓑ (3·5)−1

ⓐ 2·5−1 ⓑ (2·5)−1

Solution

ⓐ 25 ⓑ 110

ⓐ 4·5−2 ⓑ (4·5)−2

ⓐ 3·4−2 ⓑ (3·4)−2

Solution

ⓐ 316 ⓑ 1144

ⓐ m−4 ⓑ (x3)−4

ⓐ b−5 ⓑ (k2)−5

Solution

ⓐ 1b5 ⓑ 1k10

ⓐ p−10 ⓑ (q6)−8

ⓐ s−8 ⓑ (a9)−10

Solution

ⓐ 1s8 ⓑ 1a90

ⓐ 7n−1 ⓑ (7n)−1 ⓒ (−7n)−1

ⓐ 6r−1 ⓑ (6r)−1 ⓒ (−6r)−1

Solution

ⓐ 6r ⓑ 16r ⓒ −16r

ⓐ (3p)−2 ⓑ 3p−2 ⓒ −3p−2

ⓐ (2q)−4 ⓑ 2q−4 ⓒ −2q−4

Solution

ⓐ 116q4 ⓑ 2q4 ⓒ −2q4

Simplify Expressions with Integer Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ b4b−8 ⓑ r−2r5 ⓒ x−7x−3

ⓐ s3·s−7 ⓑ q−8·q3 ⓒ y−2·y−5

Solution

ⓐ 1s4 ⓑ 1q5 ⓒ 1y7

ⓐ a3·a−3 ⓑ a·a3 ⓒ a·a−3

ⓐ y5·y−5 ⓑ y·y5 ⓒ y·y−5

Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ y6 ⓒ 1y4

p5·p−2·p−4

x4·x−2·x−3

Solution

1x

(w4x−5)(w−2x−4)

(m3n−3)(m−5n−1)

Solution

1m2n4

(uv−2)(u−5v−3)

(pq−4)(p−6q−3)

Solution

1p5q7

(−6c−3d9)(2c4d−5)

(−2j−5k8)(7j2k−3)

Solution

−14k5j3

(−4r−2s−8)(9r4s3)

(−5m4n6)(8m−5n−3)

Solution

−40n3m

(5x2)−2

(4y3)−3

Solution

164y9

(3z−3)2

(2p−5)2

Solution

4p10

t9t−3

n5n−2

Solution

n7

x−7x−3

y−5y−10

Solution

y5

Convert from Decimal Notation to Scientific Notation

In the following exercises, write each number in scientific notation.

57,000

340,000

Solution

3.4×105

8,750,000

1,290,000

Solution

1.29×106

0.026

0.041

Solution

4.1×10−2

0.00000871

0.00000103

Solution

1.03×10−6

Convert Scientific Notation to Decimal Form

In the following exercises, convert each number to decimal form.

5.2×102

8.3×102

Solution

830

7.5×106

1.6×1010

Solution

16,000,000,000

2.5×10−2

3.8×10−2

Solution

0.038

4.13×10−5

1.93×10−5

Solution

0.0000193

Multiply and Divide Using Scientific Notation

In the following exercises, multiply. Write your answer in decimal form.

(3×10−5)(3×109)

(2×102)(1×10−4)

Solution

0.02

(7.1×10−2)(2.4×10−4)

(3.5×10−4)(1.6×10−2)

Solution

0.0000056

In the following exercises, divide. Write your answer in decimal form.

7×10−31×10−7

5×10−21×10−10

Solution

500,000,000

6×1043×10−2

8×1064×10−1

Solution

20,000,000

Everyday Math

The population of the United States on July 4, 2010 was almost 310,000,000. Write the number in scientific notation.

The population of the world on July 4, 2010 was more than 6,850,000,000. Write the number in scientific notation

Solution

6.85×109.

The average width of a human hair is 0.0018 centimeters. Write the number in scientific notation.

The probability of winning the 2010 Megamillions lottery was about 0.0000000057. Write the number in scientific notation.

Solution

5.7×10−9

In 2010, the number of Facebook users each day who changed their status to ‘engaged’ was 2×104. Convert this number to decimal form.

At the start of 2012, the US federal budget had a deficit of more than $1.5×1013. Convert this number to decimal form.

Solution

15,000,000,000,000

The concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is 3.9×10−4. Convert this number to decimal form.

The width of a proton is 1×10−5 of the width of an atom. Convert this number to decimal form.

Solution

0.00001

Health care costs The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid projects that consumers will spend more than $4 trillion on health care by 2017.

  1. ⓐ Write 4 trillion in decimal notation.
  2. ⓑ Write 4 trillion in scientific notation.

Coin production In 1942, the U.S. Mint produced 154,500,000 nickels. Write 154,500,000 in scientific notation.

Solution

1.545×108

Distance The distance between Earth and one of the brightest stars in the night star is 33.7 light years. One light year is about 6,000,000,000,000 (6 trillion), miles.

  1. ⓐ Write the number of miles in one light year in scientific notation.
  2. ⓑ Use scientific notation to find the distance between Earth and the star in miles. Write the answer in scientific notation.

Debt At the end of fiscal year 2015 the gross United States federal government debt was estimated to be approximately $18,600,000,000,000 ($18.6 trillion), according to the Federal Budget. The population of the United States was approximately 300,000,000 people at the end of fiscal year 2015.

  1. ⓐ Write the debt in scientific notation.
  2. ⓑ Write the population in scientific notation.
  3. ⓒ Find the amount of debt per person by using scientific notation to divide the debt by the population. Write the answer in scientific notation.
Solution

ⓐ 1.86×1013 ⓑ 3×108 ⓒ 6.2×104

Writing Exercises

  1. ⓐ Explain the meaning of the exponent in the expression 23.
  2. ⓑ Explain the meaning of the exponent in the expression 2−3.

When you convert a number from decimal notation to scientific notation, how do you know if the exponent will be positive or negative?

Solution

answers will vary

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has six rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “use the definition of a negative exponent,” “simplify expressions with integer exponents,” “convert from decimal notation to scientific notation,” “convert scientific notation to decimal form,” and “multiply and divide using scientific notation.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

Chapter 6 Review Exercises

Add and Subtract Polynomials

Identify Polynomials, Monomials, Binomials and Trinomials

In the following exercises, determine if each of the following polynomials is a monomial, binomial, trinomial, or other polynomial.


ⓐ 11c4−23c2+1
ⓑ 9p3+6p2−p−5
ⓒ 37x+514
ⓓ 10
ⓔ 2y−12


ⓐ a2−b2
ⓑ 24d3
ⓒ x2+8x−10
ⓓ m2n2−2mn+6
ⓔ 7y3+y2−2y−4

Solution

ⓐ binomial ⓑ monomial ⓒ trinomial ⓓ trinomial ⓔ other polynomial

Determine the Degree of Polynomials

In the following exercises, determine the degree of each polynomial.

  1. ⓐ 3x2+9x+10
  2. ⓑ 14a2bc
  3. ⓒ 6y+1
  4. ⓓ n3−4n2+2n−8
  5. ⓔ −19
  1. ⓐ 5p3−8p2+10p−4
  2. ⓑ −20q4
  3. ⓒ x2+6x+12
  4. ⓓ 23r2s2−4rs+5
  5. ⓔ 100
Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 2 ⓓ 4 ⓔ 0

Add and Subtract Monomials

In the following exercises, add or subtract the monomials.

5y3+8y3

−14k+19k

Solution

5k

12q−(−6q)

−9c−18c

Solution

−27c

12x−4y−9x

3m2+7n2−3m2

Solution

7n2

6x2y−4x+8xy2

13a+b

Solution

13a+b

Add and Subtract Polynomials

In the following exercises, add or subtract the polynomials.

(5x2+12x+1)+(6x2−8x+3)

(9p2−5p+3)+(4p2−4)

Solution

13p2−5p−1

(10m2−8m−1)−(5m2+m−2)

(7y2−8y)−(y−4)

Solution

7y2−9y+4

Subtract
(3s2+10)from(15s2−2s+8)

Find the sum of (a2+6a+9)and(5a3−7)

Solution

5a3+a2+6a+2

Evaluate a Polynomial for a Given Value of the Variable

In the following exercises, evaluate each polynomial for the given value.

Evaluate 3y2−y+1 when:

  1. ⓐ y=5
  2. ⓑ y=−1
  3. ⓒ y=0

Evaluate 10−12x when:

  1. ⓐ x=3
  2. ⓑ x=0
  3. ⓒ x=−1
Solution

ⓐ −26 ⓑ 10 ⓒ 22

Randee drops a stone off the 200 foot high cliff into the ocean. The polynomial −16t2+200 gives the height of a stone t seconds after it is dropped from the cliff. Find the height after t=3 seconds.

A manufacturer of stereo sound speakers has found that the revenue received from selling the speakers at a cost of p dollars each is given by the polynomial −4p2+460p. Find the revenue received when p=75 dollars.

Solution

12,000

Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents

Simplify Expressions with Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

104

171

Solution

17

(29)2

(0.5)3

Solution

0.125

(−2)6

−26

Solution

−64

Simplify Expressions Using the Product Property for Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

x4·x3

p15·p16

Solution

p31

410·46

8·85

Solution

86

n·n2·n4

yc·y3

Solution

yc+3

Simplify Expressions Using the Power Property for Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

(m3)5

(53)2

Solution

56

(y4)x

(3r)s

Solution

3rs

Simplify Expressions Using the Product to a Power Property

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

(4a)2

(−5y)3

Solution

−125y3

(2mn)5

(10xyz)3

Solution

1000x3y3z3

Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

(p2)5·(p3)6

(4a3b2)3

Solution

64a9b6

(5x)2(7x)

(2q3)4(3q)2

Solution

144q14

(13x2)2(12x)3

(25m2n)3

Solution

8125m6n3

Multiply Monomials

In the following exercises 8, multiply the monomials.

(−15x2)(6x4)

(−9n7)(−16n)

Solution

144n8

(7p5q3)(8pq9)

(59ab2)(27ab3)

Solution

15a2b5

Multiply Polynomials

Multiply a Polynomial by a Monomial

In the following exercises, multiply.

7(a+9)

−4(y+13)

Solution

−4y−52

−5(r−2)

p(p+3)

Solution

p2+3p

−m(m+15)

−6u(2u+7)

Solution

−12u2−42u

9(b2+6b+8)

3q2(q2−7q+6) 3

Solution

9q4−63q3+54q2

(5z−1)z

(b−4)·11

Solution

11b−44

Multiply a Binomial by a Binomial

In the following exercises, multiply the binomials using: ⓐ the Distributive Property, ⓑ the FOIL method, ⓒ the Vertical Method.

(x−4)(x+10)

(6y−7)(2y−5)

Solution

ⓐ 12y2−44y+35 ⓑ 12y2−44y+35 ⓒ 12y2−44y+35

In the following exercises, multiply the binomials. Use any method.

(x+3)(x+9)

(y−4)(y−8)

Solution

y2−12y+32

(p−7)(p+4)

(q+16)(q−3)

Solution

q2+13q−48

(5m−8)(12m+1)

(u2+6)(u2−5)

Solution

u4+u2−30

(9x−y)(6x−5)

(8mn+3)(2mn−1)

Solution

16m2n2−2mn−3

Multiply a Trinomial by a Binomial

In the following exercises, multiply using ⓐ the Distributive Property, ⓑ the Vertical Method.

(n+1)(n2+5n−2)

(3x−4)(6x2+x−10)

Solution

ⓐ 18x3−21x2−34x+40 ⓑ 18x3−21x2−34x+40

In the following exercises, multiply. Use either method.

(y−2)(y2−8y+9)

(7m+1)(m2−10m−3)

Solution

7m3−69m2−31m−3

Special Products

Square a Binomial Using the Binomial Squares Pattern

In the following exercises, square each binomial using the Binomial Squares Pattern.

(c+11)2

(q−15)2

Solution

q2−30q+225

(x+13)2

(8u+1)2

Solution

64u2+16u+1

(3n3−2)2

(4a−3b)2

Solution

16a2−24ab+9b2

Multiply Conjugates Using the Product of Conjugates Pattern

In the following exercises, multiply each pair of conjugates using the Product of Conjugates Pattern.

(s−7)(s+7)

(y+25)(y−25)

Solution

y2−425

(12c+13)(12c−13)

(6−r)(6+r)

Solution

36−r2

(u+34v)(u−34v)

(5p4−4q3)(5p4+4q3)

Solution

25p8−16q6

Recognize and Use the Appropriate Special Product Pattern

In the following exercises, find each product.

(3m+10)2

(6a+11)(6a−11)

Solution

36a2−121

(5x+y)(x−5y)

(c4+9d)2

Solution

c8+18c4d+81d2

(p5+q5)(p5−q5)

(a2+4b)(4a−b2)

Solution

4a3−a2b2+16ab−4b3

Divide Monomials

Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient Property for Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

u24u6

1025105

Solution

1020

3436

v12v48

Solution

1v36

xx5

558

Solution

157

Simplify Expressions with Zero Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

750

x0

Solution

1

−120

(−120)(−12)0

Solution

−1

25x0

(25x)0

Solution

1

19n0−25m0

(19n)0−(25m)0

Solution

0

Simplify Expressions Using the Quotient to a Power Property

In the following exercises, simplify.

(25)3

(m3)4

Solution

m481

(rs)8

(x2y)6

Solution

x664y6

Simplify Expressions by Applying Several Properties

In the following exercises, simplify.

(x3)5x9

n10(n5)2

Solution

1

(q6q8)3

(r8r3)4

Solution

r20

(c2d5)9

(3x42y2)5

Solution

243x2032y10

(v3v9v6)4

(3n2)4(−5n4)3(−2n5)2

Solution

−10,125n104

Divide Monomials

In the following exercises, divide the monomials.

−65y14÷ 5y2

64a5b9−16a10b3

Solution

−4b6a5

144x15y8z318x10y2z12

(8p6q2)(9p3q5)16p8q7

Solution

9p2

Divide Polynomials

Divide a Polynomial by a Monomial

In the following exercises, divide each polynomial by the monomial.

42z2−18z6

(35x2−75x)÷5x

Solution

7x−15

81n4+105n2−3

550p6−300p410p3

Solution

55p3−30p

(63xy3+56x2y4)÷(7xy)

96a5b2−48a4b3−56a2b48ab2

Solution

12a4−6a3b−7ab2

57m2−12m+1−3m

105y5+50y3−5y5y3

Solution

21y2+10−1y2

Divide a Polynomial by a Binomial

In the following exercises, divide each polynomial by the binomial.

(k2−2k−99)÷(k+9)

(v2−16v+64)÷(v−8)

Solution

v−8

(3x2−8x−35)÷(x−5)

(n2−3n−14)÷(n+3)

Solution

n−6+4n+3

(4m3+m−5)÷(m−1)

(u3−8)÷(u−2)

Solution

u2+2u+4

Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation

Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent

In the following exercises, simplify.

9−2

(−5)−3

Solution

−1125

3·4−3

(6u)−3

Solution

1216u3

(25)−1

(34)−2

Solution

169

Simplify Expressions with Integer Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

p−2·p8

q−6·q−5

Solution

1q11

(c−2d)(c−3d−2)

(y8)−1

Solution

1y8

(q−4)−3

a8a12

Solution

1a4

n5n−4

r−2r−3

Solution

r

Convert from Decimal Notation to Scientific Notation

In the following exercises, write each number in scientific notation.

8,500,000

0.00429

Solution

4.29×10−3

The thickness of a dime is about 0.053 inches.

In 2015, the population of the world was about 7,200,000,000 people.

Solution

7.2×109

Convert Scientific Notation to Decimal Form

In the following exercises, convert each number to decimal form.

3.8×105

1.5×1010

Solution

15,000,000,000

9.1×10−7

5.5×10−1

Solution

0.55

Multiply and Divide Using Scientific Notation

In the following exercises, multiply and write your answer in decimal form.

(2×105)(4×10−3)

(3.5×10−2)(6.2×10−1)

Solution

0.0217

In the following exercises, divide and write your answer in decimal form.

8×1054×10−1

9×10−53×102

Solution

0.0000003

Chapter Practice Test

For the polynomial 10x4+9y2−1
ⓐ Is it a monomial, binomial, or trinomial?
ⓑ What is its degree?

In the following exercises, simplify each expression.

(12a2−7a+4)+(3a2+8a−10)

Solution

15a2+a−6

(9p2−5p+1)−(2p2−6)

(−25)3

Solution

−8125

u·u4

(4a3b5)2

Solution

16a6b10

(−9r4s5)(4rs7)

3k(k2−7k+13)

Solution

3k3−21k2+39k

(m+6)(m+12)

(v−9)(9v−5)

Solution

9v2−86v+45

(4c−11)(3c−8)

(n−6)(n2−5n+4)

Solution

n3−11n2+34n−24

(2x−15y)(5x+7y)

(7p−5)(7p+5)

Solution

49p2−25

(9v−2)2

38310

Solution

19

(m4·mm3)6

(87x15y3z22)0

Solution

1

80c8d216cd10

12x2+42x−62x

Solution

6x+21−3x

(70xy4+95x3y)÷5xy

64x3−14x−1

Solution

16x2+4x+1

(y2−5y−18)÷(y+3)

5−2

Solution

125

(4m)−3

q−4·q−5

Solution

1q9

n−2n−10

Convert 83,000,000 to scientific notation.

Solution

8.3×107

Convert 6.91×10−5 to decimal form.

In the following exercises, simplify, and write your answer in decimal form.

(3.4×109)(2.2×10−5)

Solution

74,800

8.4×10−34×103

A helicopter flying at an altitude of 1000 feet drops a rescue package. The polynomial −16t2+1000 gives the height of the package t seconds a after it was dropped. Find the height when t=6 seconds.

Solution

424 feet

negative exponent
If n is a positive integer and a≠0, then a−n=1an.
scientific notation
A number is expressed in scientific notation when it is of the form a×10n where a≥1anda<10 and n is an integer.

Introduction

This figure is a photo of the Sydney Harbor bridge in Sydney, Australia.
The Sydney Harbor Bridge is one of Australia’s most photographed landmarks. It is the world’s largest steel arch bridge with the top of the bridge standing 134 meters above the harbor. Can you see why it is known by the locals as the “Coathanger”?

Quadratic expressions may be used to model physical properties of a large bridge, the trajectory of a baseball or rocket, and revenue and profit of a business. By factoring these expressions, specific characteristics of the model can be identified. In this chapter, you will explore the process of factoring expressions and see how factoring is used to solve certain types of equations.

Greatest Common Factor and Factor by Grouping

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Find the greatest common factor of two or more expressions
  • Factor the greatest common factor from a polynomial
  • Factor by grouping

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Factor 56 into primes.
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in Introduction to Whole Numbers.

Solution

2⋅2⋅2⋅7

Find the least common multiple of 18 and 24.
If you missed this problem, review Example 10 in Introduction to Whole Numbers.

Solution

72

Simplify −3(6a+11).
If you missed this problem, review Example 14 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−18a−33

Find the Greatest Common Factor of Two or More Expressions

Earlier we multiplied factors together to get a product. Now, we will be reversing this process; we will start with a product and then break it down into its factors. Splitting a product into factors is called factoring.

This figure has two factors being multiplied. They are 8 and 7. Beside this equation there are other factors multiplied. They are 2x and (x+3). The product is given as 2x^2 plus 6x. Above the figure is an arrow towards the right with multiply inside. Below the figure is an arrow to the left with factor inside.

We have learned how to factor numbers to find the least common multiple (LCM) of two or more numbers. Now we will factor expressions and find the greatest common factor of two or more expressions. The method we use is similar to what we used to find the LCM.

Greatest Common Factor

The greatest common factor (GCF) of two or more expressions is the largest expression that is a factor of all the expressions.

First we’ll find the GCF of two numbers.

How to Find the Greatest Common Factor of Two or More Expressions

Find the GCF of 54 and 36.

Solution

Solution

This table has three columns. In the first column are the steps for factoring. The first row has the first step, factor each coefficient into primes and write all variables with exponents in expanded form. The second column in the first row has “factor 54 and 36”. The third column in the first row has 54 and 36 factored with factor trees. The prime factors of 54 are circled and are 3, 3, 2, and3. The prime factors of 36 are circled and are 2,3,2,3. The second row has the second step of “in each column, circle the common factors. The second column in the second row has the statement “circle the 2, 3 and 3 that are shared by both numbers”. The third column in the second row has the prime factors of 36 and 54 in rows above each other. The common factors of 2, 3, and 3 are circled. The third row has the step “bring down the common factors that all expressions share”. The second column in the third row has “bring down the 2,3, and 3 then multiply”. The third column in the third row has “GCF = 2 times 3 times 3”. The fourth row has the fourth step “multiply the factors”. The second column in the fourth row is blank. The third column in the fourth row has “GCF = 18” and “the GCF of 54 and 36 is 18”.

Notice that, because the GCF is a factor of both numbers, 54 and 36 can be written as multiples of 18.

54=18·336=18·2

Find the GCF of 48 and 80.

Solution

16

Find the GCF of 18 and 40.

Solution

2

We summarize the steps we use to find the GCF below.

Find the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of two expressions.

  1. Factor each coefficient into primes. Write all variables with exponents in expanded form.
  2. List all factors—matching common factors in a column. In each column, circle the common factors.
  3. Bring down the common factors that all expressions share.
  4. Multiply the factors.

In the first example, the GCF was a constant. In the next two examples, we will get variables in the greatest common factor.

Find the greatest common factor of 27x3and18x4.

Solution

Solution

Factor each coefficient into primes and write the variables with exponents in expanded form. Circle the common factors in each column. Prime factorization of 27x³ and 18x⁴. Common factors (3x3 and x³ ) are circled in purple, illustrating how to find the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) for algebraic expressions.
Bring down the common factors. The image shows a mathematical equation on a white background, displaying GCF = 3 * 3 * X * X * X. The text is in a dark gray, sans-serif font.
Multiply the factors. The image displays a mathematical equation on a plain white background, stating 'GCF = 9x^3', indicating the Greatest Common Factor equals 9x cubed.
The GCF of 27x3 and 18x4 is 9x3.

Find the GCF: 12x2,18x3.

Solution

6x2

Find the GCF: 16y2,24y3.

Solution

8y2

Find the GCF of 4x2y,6xy3.

Solution

Solution

Factor each coefficient into primes and write the variables with exponents in expanded form. Circle the common factors in each column. Mathematical expressions 4x^2y and 6xy^3 are factored into their prime and variable components, with common factors 2, x, and y highlighted by magenta ovals.
Bring down the common factors. A mathematical equation showing GCF (Greatest Common Factor) is equal to the product of 2, x, and y, written as GCF = 2  X  Y.
Multiply the factors. The image displays a mathematical equation: GCF = 2xy, in black text against a plain white background. GCF stands for Greatest Common Factor, and 2xy is an algebraic expression.
The GCF of 4x2y and 6xy3 is 2xy.

Find the GCF: 6ab4,8a2b.

Solution

2ab

Find the GCF: 9m5n2,12m3n.

Solution

3m3n

Find the GCF of: 21x3,9x2,15x.

Solution

Solution

Factor each coefficient into primes and write the variables with exponents in expanded form. Circle the common factors in each column. Prime factorization of 21x^3, 9x^2, and 15x is shown, with common factors '3' and 'x' circled in purple, illustrating a step in finding the Greatest Common Factor (GCF).
Bring down the common factors. The image shows a mathematical expression
Multiply the factors. The text 'GCF = 3x' is displayed on a white background.
The GCF of 21x3, 9x2 and 15x is 3x.

Find the greatest common factor: 25m4,35m3,20m2.

Solution

5m2

Find the greatest common factor: 14x3,70x2,105x.

Solution

7x

Factor the Greatest Common Factor from a Polynomial

Just like in arithmetic, where it is sometimes useful to represent a number in factored form (for example, 12 as 2·6or3·4), in algebra, it can be useful to represent a polynomial in factored form. One way to do this is by finding the GCF of all the terms. Remember, we multiply a polynomial by a monomial as follows:

2(x+7)factors2·x+2·72x+14product

Now we will start with a product, like 2x+14, and end with its factors, 2(x+7). To do this we apply the Distributive Property “in reverse.”

We state the Distributive Property here just as you saw it in earlier chapters and “in reverse.”

Distributive Property

If a,b,c are real numbers, then

a(b+c)=ab+acandab+ac=a(b+c)

The form on the left is used to multiply. The form on the right is used to factor.

So how do you use the Distributive Property to factor a polynomial? You just find the GCF of all the terms and write the polynomial as a product!

How to Factor the Greatest Common Factor from a Polynomial

Factor: 4x+12.

Solution

Solution

This table has three columns. In the first column are the steps for factoring. The first row has the first step, “Find the G C F of all the terms of the polynomial”. The second column in the first row has “find the G C F of 4 x and 12”. The third column in the first row has 4 x factored as 2 times 2 times x and below it 18 factored as 2 times 2 times 3. Then, below the factors are the statements, “G C F = 2 times 2” and “G C F = 4”. The second row has the second step “rewrite each term as a product using the G C F”. The second column in the second row has the statement “Rewrite 4 x and 12 as products of their G C F, 4” Then the two equations 4 x = 4 times x and 12 = 4 times 3. The third column in the second row has the expressions 4x + 12 and below this 4 times x + 4 times 3. The third row has the step “Use the reverse distributive property to factor the expression”. The second column in the third row is blank. The third column in the third row has “4(x + 3)”. The fourth row has the fourth step “check by multiplying the factors”. The second column in the fourth row is blank. The third column in the fourth row has three expressions. The first is 4(x + 3), the second is 4 times x + 4 times 3. The third is 4 x + 12.

Factor: 6a+24.

Solution

6(a+4)

Factor: 2b+14.

Solution

2(b+7)

Factor the greatest common factor from a polynomial.

  1. Find the GCF of all the terms of the polynomial.
  2. Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF.
  3. Use the “reverse” Distributive Property to factor the expression.
  4. Check by multiplying the factors.

Factor as a Noun and a Verb

We use “factor” as both a noun and a verb.

This figure has two statements. The first statement has “noun”. Beside it the statement “7 is a factor of 14” labeling the word factor as the noun. The second statement has “verb”. Beside this statement is “factor 3 from 3a + 3 labeling factor as the verb.

Factor: 5a+5.

Solution

Solution

Find the GCF of 5a and 5. This image demonstrates finding the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of 5a and 5. It shows that 5 is the common factor, leading to GCF = 5.


The mathematical expression '5a + 5' is displayed, showing the sum of five times a variable 'a' and the number five.

Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF. A mathematical expression showing 5 multiplied by 'a' plus 5 multiplied by 1. This illustrates the distributive property, where 5 is a common factor.
Use the Distributive Property "in reverse" to factor the GCF. The mathematical expression '5(a+1)' is displayed on a white background.
Check by mulitplying the factors to get the orginal polynomial.
5(a+1)
5⋅a+5⋅1
5a+5✓

Factor: 14x+14.

Solution

14(x+1)

Factor: 12p+12.

Solution

12(p+1)

The expressions in the next example have several factors in common. Remember to write the GCF as the product of all the common factors.

Factor: 12x−60.

Solution

Solution

Find the GCF of 12x and 60. Finding the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of 12x and 60 by breaking down each term into its prime factors and identifying common ones, resulting in a GCF of 12.


A mathematical expression '12x - 60' is displayed in a digital font against a plain white background. It features the numbers 12 and 60, the variable x, and a minus sign.

Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF. An algebraic expression is displayed, featuring 12 multiplied by x, minus 12 multiplied by 5, highlighting the common factor of 12 in a subtraction operation.
Factor the GCF. The image displays the mathematical expression '12(x-5)' against a plain white background. The numbers and symbols are rendered in a clear, dark font, indicating a algebraic expression likely from a textbook or worksheet.
Check by mulitplying the factors.
12(x−5)
12⋅x−12⋅5
12x−60✓

Factor: 18u−36.

Solution

18(u−2)

Factor: 30y−60.

Solution

30(y−2)

Now we’ll factor the greatest common factor from a trinomial. We start by finding the GCF of all three terms.

Factor: 4y2+24y+28.

Solution

Solution

We start by finding the GCF of all three terms.

Find the GCF of 4y2, 24y and 28. This image demonstrates finding the GCF of 4y², 24y, and 28 by prime factorization. Common factors (two '2's) are circled, leading to GCF = 2 * 2 = 4.


The mathematical expression '4y^2 + 24y + 28' is displayed in black text against a white background.

Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF. The mathematical expression 4 * y^2 + 4 * 6y + 4 * 7 is presented, with the common factor '4' highlighted in red in each of the three terms.
Factor the GCF. The image shows the algebraic expression 4(y^2 + 6y + 7).
Check by mulitplying.
4(y2+6y+7)
4⋅y2+4⋅6y+4⋅7
4y2+24y+28✓

Factor: 5x2−25x+15.

Solution

5(x2−5x+3)

Factor: 3y2−12y+27.

Solution

3(y2−4y+9)

Factor: 5x3−25x2.

Solution

Solution

Find the GCF of 5x3 and 25x2. An image demonstrating how to find the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of 5x^3 and 25x^2 by factoring each term and identifying common factors, resulting in GCF = 5x^2.


The image displays the mathematical expression 5x^3 - 25x^2, written in black text on a white background, representing a polynomial expression.

Rewrite each term. A mathematical expression 5x^2 * x - 5x^2 * 5 is displayed on a white background, with numbers and the first x in red, and the multiplication dots, second x, minus sign, and second 5 in black.
Factor the GCF. The mathematical expression 5x^2(x-5) is displayed against a white background.
Check.
5x2(x−5)
5x2⋅x−5x2⋅5
5x3−25x2✓

Factor: 2x3+12x2.

Solution

2x2(x+6)

Factor: 6y3−15y2.

Solution

3y2(2y−5)

Factor: 21x3−9x2+15x.

Solution

Solution

In a previous example we found the GCF of 21x3,9x2,15x to be 3x.

A mathematical expression reads 21x^3 - 9x^2 + 15x, featuring polynomial terms with coefficients, variables, and exponents.
Rewrite each term using the GCF, 3x. A mathematical expression featuring three terms separated by subtraction and addition, each term having '3x' as a common factor: 3x * 7x^2 - 3x * 3x + 3x * 5.
Factor the GCF. A mathematical expression showing 3x multiplied by the quantity 7x squared minus 3x plus 5, indicating a distribution operation in algebra.
Check.
3x(7x2−3x+5)
3x⋅7x2−3x⋅3x+3x⋅5
21x3−9x2+15x✓

Factor: 20x3−10x2+14x.

Solution

2x(10x2−5x+7)

Factor: 24y3−12y2−20y.

Solution

4y(6y2−3y−5)

Factor: 8m3−12m2n+20mn2.

Solution

Solution

Find the GCF of 8m3, 12m2n, 20mn2. Finding the GCF of 8m^3, 12m^2n, and 20mn^2. The prime factorization method is used to identify common factors (2, 2, m), leading to a GCF of 4m.


A mathematical expression reads 8m to the power of 3 minus 12m squared n plus 20mn squared, displayed in a clean, white background.

Rewrite each term. A mathematical expression featuring the algebraic terms 4m multiplied by 2m^2, minus 4m multiplied by 3mn, plus 4m multiplied by 5n^2, illustrating polynomial expansion.
Factor the GCF. A mathematical expression is displayed, showing 4m multiplied by the quantity (2m^2 - 3mn + 5n^2). This represents a polynomial multiplication problem.
Check.
4m(2m2−3mn+5n2)
4m⋅2m2−4m⋅3mn+4m⋅5n2
8m3−12m2n+20mn2✓

Factor: 9xy2+6x2y2+21y3.

Solution

3y2(3x+2x2+7y)

Factor: 3p3−6p2q+9pq3.

Solution

3p(p2−2pq+3q3)

When the leading coefficient is negative, we factor the negative out as part of the GCF.

Factor: −8y−24.

Solution

Solution

When the leading coefficient is negative, the GCF will be negative.

Ignoring the signs of the terms, we first find the GCF of 8y and 24 is 8. Since the expression −8y − 24 has a negative leading coefficient, we use −8 as the GCF.

Prime factorization method for determining the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of 8y and 24, resulting in 8.

Rewrite each term using the GCF. A mathematical expression showing '-8y - 24' in a clean, legible font on a white background, representing a linear algebraic expression.
A mathematical expression showing -8 multiplied by y, added to -8 multiplied by 3, which is -8 * y + (-8) * 3.
Factor the GCF. A mathematical expression showing -8 multiplied by the sum of y and 3, written as -8(y + 3).
Check.
−8(y+3)
−8⋅y+(−8)⋅3
−8y−24✓

Factor: −16z−64.

Solution

−16(z+4)

Factor: −9y−27.

Solution

−9(y+3)

Factor: −6a2+36a.

Solution

Solution

The leading coefficient is negative, so the GCF will be negative?

Since the leading coefficient is negative, the GCF is negative, −6a.

Calculating the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of 6a^2 and 36a by prime factorization, highlighting common factors 2, 3, and a, resulting in a GCF of 6a.
The image displays the mathematical expression -6a^2 + 36a, featuring a quadratic term with a negative coefficient and a linear term with a positive coefficient.

Rewrite each term using the GCF. A mathematical expression reads -6a multiplied by a, minus the quantity -6a, multiplied by 6.
Factor the GCF. A mathematical expression shows -6a multiplied by the quantity (a - 6), written as -6a(a-6).
Check.
−6a(a−6)
−6a⋅a+(−6a)(−6)
−6a2+36a✓

Factor: −4b2+16b.

Solution

−4b(b−4)

Factor: −7a2+21a.

Solution

−7a(a−3)

Factor: 5q(q+7)−6(q+7).

Solution

Solution

The GCF is the binomial q+7.

A mathematical expression displays 5q(q + 7) - 6(q + 7). The 'q + 7' term is highlighted in red, indicating it's a common factor in both parts of the expression, suggesting a factorization step.
Factor the GCF, (q + 7). A mathematical expression showing the product of two binomials: (q + 7)(5q - 6).
Check on your own by multiplying.

Factor: 4m(m+3)−7(m+3).

Solution

(m+3)(4m−7)

Factor: 8n(n−4)+5(n−4).

Solution

(n−4)(8n+5)

Factor by Grouping

When there is no common factor of all the terms of a polynomial, look for a common factor in just some of the terms. When there are four terms, a good way to start is by separating the polynomial into two parts with two terms in each part. Then look for the GCF in each part. If the polynomial can be factored, you will find a common factor emerges from both parts.

(Not all polynomials can be factored. Just like some numbers are prime, some polynomials are prime.)

How to Factor by Grouping

Factor: xy+3y+2x+6.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for factoring x y + 3 y + 2 x + 6. In the first row there is the statement, “group terms with common factors”. In the next column, there is the statement of no common factors of all 4 terms. The last column shows the first two terms grouped and the last two terms grouped. The second row has the statement, “factor out the common factor from each group”. The second column in the second row states to factor out the GCF from the two separate groups. The third column in the second row has the expression y(x + 3) + 2(x + 3). The third row has the statement, “factor the common factor from the expression”. The second column in this row points out there is a common factor of (x + 3). The third column in the third row shows the factor of (x + 3) factored from the two groups, (x + 3) times (y + 2). The last row has the statement, “check”. The second column in this row states to multiply (x + 3)(y + 2). The product is shown in the last column of the original polynomial x y + 3 y + 2 x + 6.

Factor: xy+8y+3x+24.

Solution

(x+8)(y+3)

Factor: ab+7b+8a+56.

Solution

(a+7)(b+8)

Factor by grouping.

  1. Group terms with common factors.
  2. Factor out the common factor in each group.
  3. Factor the common factor from the expression.
  4. Check by multiplying the factors.

Factor: x2+3x−2x−6.

Solution

Solution

There is no GCF in all four terms.x2+3x−2x−6Separate into two parts.x2+3x⎵−2x−6⎵Factor the GCF from both parts. Be carefulwith the signs when factoring the GCF fromthe last two terms.x(x+3)−2(x+3)(x+3)(x−2)Check on your own by multiplying.

Factor: x2+2x−5x−10.

Solution

(x−5)(x+2)

Factor: y2+4y−7y−28.

Solution

(y+4)(y−7)

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with greatest common factors (GFCs) and factoring by grouping.

  • Greatest Common Factor (GCF)
  • Factoring Out the GCF of a Binomial
  • Greatest Common Factor (GCF) of Polynomials

Key Concepts

  • Finding the Greatest Common Factor (GCF): To find the GCF of two expressions:
    1. Factor each coefficient into primes. Write all variables with exponents in expanded form.
    2. List all factors—matching common factors in a column. In each column, circle the common factors.
    3. Bring down the common factors that all expressions share.
    4. Multiply the factors as in Example 2.
  • Factor the Greatest Common Factor from a Polynomial: To factor a greatest common factor from a polynomial:
    1. Find the GCF of all the terms of the polynomial.
    2. Rewrite each term as a product using the GCF.
    3. Use the ‘reverse’ Distributive Property to factor the expression.
    4. Check by multiplying the factors as in Example 5.
  • Factor by Grouping: To factor a polynomial with 4 four or more terms
    1. Group terms with common factors.
    2. Factor out the common factor in each group.
    3. Factor the common factor from the expression.
    4. Check by multiplying the factors as in Example 15.

Practice Makes Perfect

Find the Greatest Common Factor of Two or More Expressions

In the following exercises, find the greatest common factor.

8, 18

Solution

2

24, 40

72, 162

Solution

18

150, 275

10a, 50

Solution

10

5b, 30

3x,10x2

Solution

x

21b2,14b

8w2,24w3

Solution

8w2

30x2,18x3

10p3q,12pq2

Solution

2pq

8a2b3,10ab2

12m2n3,30m5n3

Solution

6m2n3

28x2y4,42x4y4

10a3,12a2,14a

Solution

2a

20y3,28y2,40y

35x3,10x4,5x5

Solution

5x3

27p2,45p3,9p4

Factor the Greatest Common Factor from a Polynomial

In the following exercises, factor the greatest common factor from each polynomial.

4x+20

Solution

4(x+5)

8y+16

6m+9

Solution

3(2m+3)

14p+35

9q+9

Solution

9(q+1)

7r+7

8m−8

Solution

8(m−1)

4n−4

9n−63

Solution

9(n−7)

45b−18

3x2+6x−9

Solution

3(x2+2x−3)

4y2+8y−4

8p2+4p+2

Solution

2(4p2+2p+1)

10q2+14q+20

8y3+16y2

Solution

8y2(y+2)

12x3−10x

5x3−15x2+20x

Solution

5x(x2−3x+4)

8m2−40m+16

12xy2+18x2y2−30y3

Solution

6y2(2x+3x2−5y)

21pq2+35p2q2−28q3

−2x−4

Solution

−2(x+2)

−3b+12

5x(x+1)+3(x+1)

Solution

(x+1)(5x+3)

2x(x−1)+9(x−1)

3b(b−2)−13(b−2)

Solution

(b−2)(3b−13)

6m(m−5)−7(m−5)

Factor by Grouping

In the following exercises, factor by grouping.

xy+2y+3x+6

Solution

(y+3)(x+2)

mn+4n+6m+24

uv−9u+2v−18

Solution

(u+2)(v−9)

pq−10p+8q−80

b2+5b−4b−20

Solution

(b−4)(b+5)

m2+6m−12m−72

p2+4p−9p−36

Solution

(p−9)(p+4)

x2+5x−3x−15

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, factor.

−20x−10

Solution

−10(2x+1)

5x3−x2+x

3x3−7x2+6x−14

Solution

(x2+2)(3x−7)

x3+x2−x−1

x2+xy+5x+5y

Solution

(x+y)(x+5)

5x3+3x2−5x−3

Everyday Math

Area of a rectangle The area of a rectangle with length 6 less than the width is given by the expression w2−6w, where w= width. Factor the greatest common factor from the polynomial.

Solution

w(w−6)

Height of a baseball The height of a baseball t seconds after it is hit is given by the expression −16t2+80t+4. Factor the greatest common factor from the polynomial.

Writing Exercises

The greatest common factor of 36 and 60 is 12. Explain what this means.

Solution

Answers will vary.

What is the GCF of y4,y5,andy10? Write a general rule that tells you how to find the GCF of ya,yb,andyc.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has the following statements all to be preceded by “I can…”. The first is “find the greatest common factor of two or more expressions”. The second is “factor the greatest common factor from a polynomial”. The third is “factor by grouping”. In the columns beside these statements are the headers, “confidently”, “with some help”, and “no-I don’t get it!”.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved your goals in this section! Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific!

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly as topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. Math is sequential—every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no - I don’t get it! This is critical and you must not ignore it. You need to get help immediately or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as possible to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

factoring
Factoring is splitting a product into factors; in other words, it is the reverse process of multiplying.
greatest common factor
The greatest common factor is the largest expression that is a factor of two or more expressions is the greatest common factor (GCF).

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Factor trinomials of the form x2+bx+c
  • Factor trinomials of the form x2+bxy+cy2

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Multiply: (x+4)(x+5).
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Multiply Polynomials.

Solution

x2+9x+20

Simplify: ⓐ −9+(−6) ⓑ −9+6.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Add and Subtract Integers.

Solution

ⓐ −15 ⓑ −3

Simplify: ⓐ −9(6) ⓑ −9(−6).
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

ⓐ −54 ⓑ 54

Simplify: ⓐ |−5| ⓑ |3|.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Add and Subtract Integers.

Solution

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2 + bx + c

You have already learned how to multiply binomials using FOIL. Now you’ll need to “undo” this multiplication—to start with the product and end up with the factors. Let’s look at an example of multiplying binomials to refresh your memory.

This figure shows the steps of multiplying the factors (x + 2) times (x + 3). The multiplying is completed using FOIL to demonstrate. The first term is x squared and is below F. The second term is 3 x below “O”. The third term is 2 x below “I”. The fourth term is 6 below L. The simplified product is then given as x 2 plus 5 x + 6.

To factor the trinomial means to start with the product, x2+5x+6, and end with the factors, (x+2)(x+3). You need to think about where each of the terms in the trinomial came from.

The first term came from multiplying the first term in each binomial. So to get x2 in the product, each binomial must start with an x.

x2+5x+6(x)(x)

The last term in the trinomial came from multiplying the last term in each binomial. So the last terms must multiply to 6.

What two numbers multiply to 6?

The factors of 6 could be 1 and 6, or 2 and 3. How do you know which pair to use?

Consider the middle term. It came from adding the outer and inner terms.

So the numbers that must have a product of 6 will need a sum of 5. We’ll test both possibilities and summarize the results in Table 1—the table will be very helpful when you work with numbers that can be factored in many different ways.

Factors of 6 Sum of factors
1,6 1+6=7
2,3 2+3=5

We see that 2 and 3 are the numbers that multiply to 6 and add to 5. So we have the factors of x2+5x+6. They are (x+2)(x+3).

x2+5x+6product(x+2)(x+3)factors

You should check this by multiplying.

Looking back, we started with x2+5x+6, which is of the form x2+bx+c, where b=5 and c=6. We factored it into two binomials of the form (x+m)and(x+n).

x2+5x+6x2+bx+c(x+2)(x+3)(x+m)(x+n)

To get the correct factors, we found two numbers m and n whose product is c and sum is b.

How to Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c

Factor: x2+7x+12.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for factoring x squared + 7 x + 12. The first row states the first step “write the factors as two binomials with first terms x”. In the second column of the first row it states, “write two sets of parentheses and put x as the first term”. In the third column, it has the expression x squared + 7 x +12. Below the expression are two sets of parentheses with x as the first term. The second row states the second step “find two numbers m and n that multiply to c, m times n = c and add to b, m + n = b”. In the second column of the second row are the factors of 12 and their sums. 1,12 with sum 1 + 12 = 13. 2, 6 with sum 2 + 6 =8. 3, 4 with sum 3 + 4 = 7. The third row states “use m and n as the last terms of the factors”. The second column states “use 3 and 4 as the last terms of the binomials”. The third column in this row has the product (x + 3)(x + 4). In the fourth row the statement is “check by multiplying the factors”. The product of (x + 3)(x +4) is shown to be x 2 + 7 x + 12.

Factor: x2+6x+8.

Solution

(x+2)(x+4)

Factor: y2+8y+15.

Solution

(y+3)(y+5)

Let’s summarize the steps we used to find the factors.

Factor trinomials of the form x2+bx+c.

  1. Write the factors as two binomials with first terms x: (x)(x).
  2. Find two numbers m and n that
     Multiply to c, m·n=c
     Add to b, m+n=b
  3. Use m and n as the last terms of the factors: (x+m)(x+n).
  4. Check by multiplying the factors.

Factor: u2+11u+24.

Solution

Solution

Notice that the variable is u, so the factors will have first terms u.

u2+11u+24Write the factors as two binomials with first termsu.(u)(u)

Find two numbers that: multiply to 24 and add to 11.

Factors of 24 Sum of factors
1,24 1+24=25
2,12 2+12=14
3,8 3+8=11*
4,6 4+6=10

Use 3 and 8 as the last terms of the binomials.(u+3)(u+8)Check.(u+3)(u+8)u2+3u+8u+24u2+11u+24✓

Factor: q2+10q+24.

Solution

(q+4)(q+6)

Factor: t2+14t+24.

Solution

(t+2)(t+12)

Factor: y2+17y+60.

Solution

Solution

y2+17y+60Write the factors as two binomials with first termsy.(y)(y)

Find two numbers that multiply to 60 and add to 17.

Factors of 60 Sum of factors
1,60 1+60=61
2,30 2+30=32
3,20 3+20=23
4,15 4+15=19
5,12 5+12=17*
6,10 6+10=16

Use5and12as the last terms.(y+5)(y+12)Check.(y+5)(y+12)(y2+12y+5y+60)(y2+17y+60)✓

Factor: x2+19x+60.

Solution

(x+4)(x+15)

Factor: v2+23v+60.

Solution

(v+3)(v+20)

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2 + bx + c with b Negative, c Positive

In the examples so far, all terms in the trinomial were positive. What happens when there are negative terms? Well, it depends which term is negative. Let’s look first at trinomials with only the middle term negative.

Remember: To get a negative sum and a positive product, the numbers must both be negative.

Again, think about FOIL and where each term in the trinomial came from. Just as before,

  • the first term, x2, comes from the product of the two first terms in each binomial factor, x and y;
  • the positive last term is the product of the two last terms
  • the negative middle term is the sum of the outer and inner terms.

How do you get a positive product and a negative sum? With two negative numbers.

Factor: t2−11t+28.

Solution
Solution

Again, with the positive last term, 28, and the negative middle term, −11t, we need two negative factors. Find two numbers that multiply 28 and add to −11.

t2−11t+28Write the factors as two binomials with first termst.(t)(t)

Find two numbers that: multiply to 28 and add to −11.

Factors of 28 Sum of factors
−1,−28 −1+(−28)=−29
−2,−14 −2+(−14)=−16
−4,−7 −4+(−7)=−11*

Use−4,−7as the last terms of the binomials.(t−4)(t−7)Check.(t−4)(t−7)t2−7t−4t+28t2−11t+28✓

Factor: u2−9u+18.

Solution

(u−3)(u−6)

Factor: y2−16y+63.

Solution

(y−7)(y−9)

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c with c Negative

Now, what if the last term in the trinomial is negative? Think about FOIL. The last term is the product of the last terms in the two binomials. A negative product results from multiplying two numbers with opposite signs. You have to be very careful to choose factors to make sure you get the correct sign for the middle term, too.

Remember: To get a negative product, the numbers must have different signs.

Factor: z2+4z−5.

Solution
Solution

To get a negative last term, multiply one positive and one negative. We need factors of −5 that add to positive 4.

Factors of −5 Sum of factors
1,−5 1+(−5)=−4
−1,5 −1+5=4*

Notice: We listed both 1,−5and−1,5 to make sure we got the sign of the middle term correct.

Steps for factoring the quadratic expression z^2 + 4z - 5 into binomials.
z2+4z−5
Factors will be two binomials with first terms z. (z)(z)
Use −1, 5 as the last terms of the binomials. (z−1)(z+5)
Check.
(z−1)(z+5)z2+5z−1z−5z2+4z−5✓

Factor: h2+4h−12.

Solution

(h−2)(h+6)

Factor: k2+k−20.

Solution

(k−4)(k+5)

Let’s make a minor change to the last trinomial and see what effect it has on the factors.

Factor: z2−4z−5.

Solution
Solution

This time, we need factors of −5 that add to −4.

Factors of −5 Sum of factors
1,−5 1+(−5)=−4*
−1,5 −1+5=4
Step-by-step guide on factoring the quadratic expression z^2 - 4z - 5, including intermediate mathematical forms and a check.
z2−4z−5
Factors will be two binomials with first terms z. (z)(z)
Use 1, −5 as the last terms of the binomials. (z+1)(z−5)
Check.
(z+1)(z−5)z2−5z+1z−5z2−4z−5✓

Notice that the factors of z2−4z−5 are very similar to the factors of z2+4z−5. It is very important to make sure you choose the factor pair that results in the correct sign of the middle term.

Factor: x2−4x−12.

Solution

(x+2)(x−6)

Factor: y2−y−20.

Solution

(y+4)(y−5)

Factor: q2−2q−15.

Solution
Solution

q2−2q−15Factors will be two binomials with first termsq.(q)(q)You can use3,−5as the last terms of the(q+3)(q−5)binomials.

Factors of −15 Sum of factors
1,−15 1+(−15)=−14
−1,15 −1+15=14
3,−5 3+(−5)=−2*
−3,5 −3+5=2

Check.

(q+3)(q−5)

q2−5q+3q−15

q2−2q−15✓

Factor: r2−3r−40.

Solution

(r+5)(r−8)

Factor: s2−3s−10.

Solution

(s+2)(s−5)

Some trinomials are prime. The only way to be certain a trinomial is prime is to list all the possibilities and show that none of them work.

Factor: y2−6y+15.

Solution
Solution
Initial step in factoring a quadratic expression: outlining the binomial structure for y^2 - 6y + 15.
y2−6y+15
Factors will be two binomials with first terms y. (y)(y)
Factors of 15 Sum of factors
−1,−15 −1+(−15)=−16
−3,−5 −3+(−5)=−8

As shown in the table, none of the factors add to −6; therefore, the expression is prime.

Factor: m2+4m+18.

Solution

prime

Factor: n2−10n+12.

Solution

prime

Factor: 2x+x2−48.

Solution
Solution
This table illustrates the initial steps in factoring a quadratic expression, showing the reordering of terms and the setup for binomial factors.
2x+x2−48
First we put the terms in decreasing degree order. x2+2x−48
Factors will be two binomials with first terms x. (x)(x)

As shown in the table, you can use −6,8 as the last terms of the binomials.

(x−6)(x+8)
Factors of −48 Sum of factors
−1,48 −1+48=47
−2,24
−3,16
−4,12
−6,8
−2+24=22
−3+16=13
−4+12=8
−6+8=2

Check.

(x−6)(x+8)

x2−6x+8x−48

x2+2x−48✓

Factor: 9m+m2+18.

Solution

(m+3)(m+6)

Factor: −7n+12+n2.

Solution

(n−3)(n−4)

Let’s summarize the method we just developed to factor trinomials of the form x2+bx+c.

Factor trinomials.

When we factor a trinomial, we look at the signs of its terms first to determine the signs of the binomial factors.

x2+bx+c(x+m)(x+n)

When c is positive, m and n have the same sign.

bpositivebnegativem,npositivem,nnegativex2+5x+6x2−6x+8(x+2)(x+3)(x−4)(x−2)same signssame signs

When c is negative, m and n have opposite signs.

x2+x−12x2−2x−15(x+4)(x−3)(x−5)(x+3)opposite signsopposite signs

Notice that, in the case when m and n have opposite signs, the sign of the one with the larger absolute value matches the sign of b.

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2 + bxy + cy2

Sometimes you’ll need to factor trinomials of the form x2+bxy+cy2 with two variables, such as x2+12xy+36y2. The first term, x2, is the product of the first terms of the binomial factors, x·x. The y2 in the last term means that the second terms of the binomial factors must each contain y. To get the coefficients b and c, you use the same process summarized in the previous objective.

Factor: x2+12xy+36y2.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates an algebraic expression (x^2 + 12xy + 36y^2) with notes, indicating steps for its manipulation or factorization.
x2+12xy+36y2
Note that the first terms are x, last terms contain y. (x_y)(x_y)

Find the numbers that multiply to 36 and add to 12.

Factors of 36 Sum of factors
1, 36 1+36=37
2, 18 2+18=20
3, 12 3+12=15
4, 9 4+9=13
6, 6 6+6=12*
Steps to expand and verify the algebraic expression (x+6y)(x+6y).
Use 6 and 6 as the coefficients of the last terms. (x+6y)(x+6y)
Check your answer.
(x+6y)(x+6y)x2+6xy+6xy+36y2x2+12xy+36y2✓

Factor: u2+11uv+28v2.

Solution

(u+4v)(u+7v)

Factor: x2+13xy+42y2.

Solution

(x+6y)(x+7y)

Factor: r2−8rs−9s2.

Solution

Solution

We need r in the first term of each binomial and s in the second term. The last term of the trinomial is negative, so the factors must have opposite signs.

r2−8rs−9s2Note that the first terms arer,last terms contains.(r_s)(r_s)

Find the numbers that multiply to −9 and add to −8.

Factors of −9 Sum of factors
1,−9 1+(−9)=−8*
−1,9 −1+9=8
3,−3 3+(−3)=0

Use1,−9as coefficients of the last terms.(r+s)(r−9s)Check your answer.(r−9s)(r+s)r2+rs−9rs−9s2r2−8rs−9s2✓

Factor: a2−11ab+10b2.

Solution

(a−b)(a−10b)

Factor: m2−13mn+12n2.

Solution

(m−n)(m−12n)



Factor: u2−9uv−12v2.

Solution

Solution

We need u in the first term of each binomial and v in the second term. The last term of the trinomial is negative, so the factors must have opposite signs.

Illustrates the factorization of a quadratic expression involving two variables.
u2−9uv−12v2
Note that the first terms are u, last terms contain v. (u_v)(u_v)

Find the numbers that multiply to −12 and add to −9.

Factors of −12 Sum of factors
1,−12 1+(−12)=−11
−1,12 −1+12=11
2,−6 2+(−6)=−4
−2,6 −2+6=4
3,−4 3+(−4)=−1
−3,4 −3+4=1

Note there are no factor pairs that give us −9 as a sum. The trinomial is prime.

Factor: x2−7xy−10y2.

Solution

prime

Factor: p2+15pq+20q2.

Solution

prime

Key Concepts

  • Factor trinomials of the form x2+bx+c
    1. Write the factors as two binomials with first terms x: (x)(x).
    2. Find two numbers m and n that
      Multiply to c, m·n=c
      Add to b, m+n=b
    3. Use m and n as the last terms of the factors: (x+m)(x+n).
    4. Check by multiplying the factors.

Practice Makes Perfect

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c

In the following exercises, factor each trinomial of the form x2+bx+c.

x2+4x+3

Solution

(x+1)(x+3)

y2+8y+7

m2+12m+11

Solution

(m+1)(m+11)

b2+14b+13

a2+9a+20

Solution

(a+4)(a+5)

m2+7m+12

p2+11p+30

Solution

(p+5)(p+6)

w2+10w+21

n2+19n+48

Solution

(n+3)(n+16)

b2+14b+48

a2+25a+100

Solution

(a+5)(a+20)

u2+101u+100

x2−8x+12

Solution

(x−2)(x−6)

q2−13q+36

y2−18y+45

Solution

(y−3)(y−15)

m2−13m+30

x2−8x+7

Solution

(x−1)(x−7)

y2−5y+6

p2+5p−6

Solution

(p−1)(p+6)

n2+6n−7

y2−6y−7

Solution

(y+1)(y−7)

v2−2v−3

x2−x−12

Solution

(x−4)(x+3)

r2−2r−8

a2−3a−28

Solution

(a−7)(a+4)

b2−13b−30

w2−5w−36

Solution

(w−9)(w+4)

t2−3t−54

x2+x+5

Solution

prime

x2−3x−9

8−6x+x2

Solution

(x−4)(x−2)

7x+x2+6

x2−12−11x

Solution

(x−12)(x+1)

−11−10x+x2

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bxy+cy2

In the following exercises, factor each trinomial of the form x2+bxy+cy2. If the trinomial cannot be factored, answer “Prime.”

p2+3pq+2q2

Solution

(p+q)(p+2q)

m2+6mn+5n2

r2+15rs+36s2

Solution

(r+3s)(r+12s)

u2+10uv+24v2

m2−12mn+20n2

Solution

(m−2n)(m−10n)

p2−16pq+63q2

x2−2xy−80y2

Solution

(x+8y)(x−10y)

p2−8pq−65q2

m2−64mn−65n2

Solution

(m+n)(m−65n)

p2−2pq−35q2

a2+5ab−24b2

Solution

(a+8b)(a−3b)

r2+3rs−28s2

x2−3xy−14y2

Solution

prime

u2−8uv−24v2

m2−5mn+30n2

Solution

prime

c2−7cd+18d2

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, factor each expression.

u2−12u+36

Solution

(u−6)(u−6)

w2+4w−32

x2−14x−32

Solution

(x+2)(x−16)

y2+41y+40

r2−20rs+64s2

Solution

(r−4s)(r−16s)

x2−16xy+64y2

k2+34k+120

Solution

(k+4)(k+30)

m2+29m+120

y2+10y+15

Solution

prime

z2−3z+28

m2+mn−56n2

Solution

(m+8n)(m−7n)

q2−29qr−96r2

u2−17uv+30v2

Solution

(u−15v)(u−2v)

m2−31mn+30n2

c2−8cd+26d2

Solution

prime

r2+11rs+36s2

Everyday Math

Consecutive integers Deirdre is thinking of two consecutive integers whose product is 56. The trinomial x2+x−56 describes how these numbers are related. Factor the trinomial.

Solution

(x+8)(x−7)

Consecutive integers Deshawn is thinking of two consecutive integers whose product is 182. The trinomial x2+x−182 describes how these numbers are related. Factor the trinomial.

Writing Exercises

Many trinomials of the form x2+bx+c factor into the product of two binomials (x+m)(x+n). Explain how you find the values of m and n.

Solution

Answers may vary

How do you determine whether to use plus or minus signs in the binomial factors of a trinomial of the form x2+bx+c where b and c may be positive or negative numbers?

Will factored x2−x−20 as (x+5)(x−4). Bill factored it as (x+4)(x−5). Phil factored it as (x−5)(x−4). Who is correct? Explain why the other two are wrong.

Solution

Answers may vary

Look at Example 3, where we factored y2+17y+60. We made a table listing all pairs of factors of 60 and their sums. Do you find this kind of table helpful? Why or why not?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has the following statements all to be preceded by “I can…”. The first is “factor trinomials of the form x ^ 2 +b x + c”. The second is “factor trinomials of the form x^2 + b x y + c y ^ 2”. In the columns beside these statements are the headers, “confidently”, “with some help”, and “no-I don’t get it!”.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all goals?

Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Recognize a preliminary strategy to factor polynomials completely
  • Factor trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c with a GCF
  • Factor trinomials using trial and error
  • Factor trinomials using the ‘ac’ method

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Find the GCF of 45p2and30p6.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Greatest Common Factor and Factor by Grouping.

Solution

15p2

Multiply (3y+4)(2y+5).
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Multiply Polynomials.

Solution

6y2+23y+20

Combine like terms 12x2+3x+5x+9.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

12x2+8x+9

Recognize a Preliminary Strategy for Factoring

Let’s summarize where we are so far with factoring polynomials. In the first two sections of this chapter, we used three methods of factoring: factoring the GCF, factoring by grouping, and factoring a trinomial by “undoing” FOIL. More methods will follow as you continue in this chapter, as well as later in your studies of algebra.

How will you know when to use each factoring method? As you learn more methods of factoring, how will you know when to apply each method and not get them confused? It will help to organize the factoring methods into a strategy that can guide you to use the correct method.

As you start to factor a polynomial, always ask first, “Is there a greatest common factor?” If there is, factor it first.

The next thing to consider is the type of polynomial. How many terms does it have? Is it a binomial? A trinomial? Or does it have more than three terms?

If it is a trinomial where the leading coefficient is one, x2+bx+c, use the “undo FOIL” method.

If it has more than three terms, try the grouping method. This is the only method to use for polynomials of more than three terms.

Some polynomials cannot be factored. They are called “prime.”

Below we summarize the methods we have so far. These are detailed in Choose a strategy to factor polynomials completely.

This figure lists strategies for factoring polynomials. At the top of the figure is G C F, where factoring always starts. From there, the figure has three branches. The first is binomial, the second is trinomial with the form x ^ 2 + b x +c, and the third is “more than three terms”, which is labeled with grouping.

Choose a strategy to factor polynomials completely.

  1. Is there a greatest common factor?
    • Factor it out.
  2. Is the polynomial a binomial, trinomial, or are there more than three terms?
    • If it is a binomial, right now we have no method to factor it.
    • If it is a trinomial of the form x2+bx+c: Undo FOIL (x)(x)
    • If it has more than three terms: Use the grouping method.
  3. Check by multiplying the factors.

Use the preliminary strategy to completely factor a polynomial. A polynomial is factored completely if, other than monomials, all of its factors are prime.

Identify the best method to use to factor each polynomial.

  1. ⓐ 6y2−72
  2. ⓑ r2−10r−24
  3. ⓒ p2+5p+pq+5q
Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the step-by-step process of factoring the expression 6y^2 - 72, including identifying the greatest common factor and recognizing the resulting binomial.
6y2−72
Is there a greatest common factor? Yes, 6.
Factor out the 6. 6(y2−12)
Is it a binomial, trinomial, or are there
more than 3 terms?
Binomial, we have no method to factor binomials yet.
ⓑ
Steps for factoring the trinomial polynomial r^2 - 10r - 24, including checking for common factors and identifying its type for method selection.
r2−10r−24
Is there a greatest common factor? No, there is no common factor.
Is it a binomial, trinomial, or are there
more than three terms?
Trinomial, with leading coefficient 1, so “undo” FOIL.
ⓒ
Guide for selecting a factoring method by evaluating a polynomial's common factors and number of terms.
p2+5p+pq+5q
Is there a greatest common factor? No, there is no common factor.
Is it a binomial, trinomial, or are there
more than three terms?
More than three terms, so factor using grouping.

Identify the best method to use to factor each polynomial:

  1. ⓐ 4y2+32
  2. ⓑ y2+10y+21
  3. ⓒ yz+2y+3z+6
Solution

ⓐ no method ⓑ undo using FOIL ⓒ factor with grouping

Identify the best method to use to factor each polynomial:

  1. ⓐ ab+a+4b+4
  2. ⓑ 3k2+15
  3. ⓒ p2+9p+8
Solution

ⓐ factor using grouping ⓑ no method ⓒ undo using FOIL

Factor Trinomials of the form ax2 + bx + c with a GCF

Now that we have organized what we’ve covered so far, we are ready to factor trinomials whose leading coefficient is not 1, trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c.

Remember to always check for a GCF first! Sometimes, after you factor the GCF, the leading coefficient of the trinomial becomes 1 and you can factor it by the methods in the last section. Let’s do a few examples to see how this works.

Watch out for the signs in the next two examples.

Factor completely: 2n2−8n−42.

Solution

Solution

Use the preliminary strategy.

Illustrates finding and factoring out the Greatest Common Factor (GCF) from an algebraic expression.
Is there a greatest common factor? 2n2−8n−42
Yes, GCF = 2. Factor it out. 2(n2−4n−21)

Inside the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial, or are there more than three terms?

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of factoring a trinomial, showing both the procedural description and the corresponding mathematical expressions.
It is a trinomial whose coefficient is 1, so undo FOIL. 2(n)(n)
Use 3 and −7 as the last terms of the binomials. 2(n+3)(n−7)
Factors of −21 Sum of factors
1,−21 1+(−21)=−20
3,−7 3+(−7)=−4*

Check.

2(n+3)(n−7)

2(n2−7n+3n−21)

2(n2−4n−21)

2n2−8n−42✓

Factor completely: 4m2−4m−8.

Solution

4(m+1)(m−2)

Factor completely: 5k2−15k−50.

Solution

5(k+2)(k−5)

Factor completely: 4y2−36y+56.

Solution

Solution

Use the preliminary strategy.

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of factoring a quadratic trinomial, including identifying the GCF and undoing FOIL to find the final factored form.
Is there a greatest common factor? 4y2−36y+56
Yes, GCF = 4. Factor it. 4(y2−9y+14)
Inside the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial, or are
there more than three terms?
It is a trinomial whose coefficient is 1. So undo FOIL. 4(y)(y)
Use a table like the one below to find two numbers that multiply to
14 and add to −9.
Both factors of 14 must be negative. 4(y−2)(y−7)
Factors of 14 Sum of factors
−1,−14 −1+(−14)=−15
−2,−7 −2+(−7)=−9*

Check.

4(y−2)(y−7)

4(y2−7y−2y+14)

4(y2−9y+14)

4y2−36y+56✓

Factor completely: 3r2−9r+6.

Solution

3(r−1)(r−2)

Factor completely: 2t2−10t+12.

Solution

2(t−2)(t−3)

In the next example the GCF will include a variable.

Factor completely: 4u3+16u2−20u.

Solution

Solution

Use the preliminary strategy.

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of factoring a polynomial expression, including finding the greatest common factor and binomial factors.
Is there a greatest common factor? 4u3+16u2−20u
Yes, GCF = 4u. Factor it. 4u(u2+4u−5)
Binomial, trinomial, or more than three terms?
It is a trinomial. So “undo FOIL.” 4u(u)(u)
Use a table like the table below to find two numbers that
multiply to −5 and add to 4.
4u(u−1)(u+5)
Factors of −5 Sum of factors
−1,5 −1+5=4*
1,−5 1+(−5)=−4

Check.

4u(u−1)(u+5)

4u(u2+5u−u−5)

4u(u2+4u−5)

4u3+16u2−20u✓

Factor completely: 5x3+15x2−20x.

Solution

5x(x−1)(x+4)

Factor completely: 6y3+18y2−60y.

Solution

6y(y−2)(y+5)

Factor Trinomials using Trial and Error

What happens when the leading coefficient is not 1 and there is no GCF? There are several methods that can be used to factor these trinomials. First we will use the Trial and Error method.

Let’s factor the trinomial 3x2+5x+2.

From our earlier work we expect this will factor into two binomials.

3x2+5x+2()()

We know the first terms of the binomial factors will multiply to give us 3x2. The only factors of 3x2 are 1x,3x. We can place them in the binomials.

This figure has the polynomial 3 x^ 2 +5 x +2. Underneath there are two terms, 1 x, and 3 x. Below these are the two factors x and (3 x) being shown multiplied.

Check. Does 1x·3x=3x2?

We know the last terms of the binomials will multiply to 2. Since this trinomial has all positive terms, we only need to consider positive factors. The only factors of 2 are 1 and 2. But we now have two cases to consider as it will make a difference if we write 1, 2, or 2, 1.

This figure demonstrates the possible factors of the polynomial 3x^2 +5x +2. The polynomial is written twice. Underneath both, there are the terms 1x, 3x under the 3x^2. Also, there are the factors 1,2 under the 2 term. At the bottom of the figure there are two possible factorizations of the polynomial. The first is (x + 1)(3x + 2) and the next is (x + 2)(3x + 1).

Which factors are correct? To decide that, we multiply the inner and outer terms.

This figure demonstrates the possible factors of the polynomial 3 x^ 2 + 5 x +2. The polynomial is written twice. Underneath both, there are the terms 1 x, 3 x under the 3 x ^ 2. Also, there are the factors 1, 2 under the 2 term. At the bottom of the figure there are two possible factorizations of the polynomial. The first is (x + 1)(3 x + 2). Underneath this factorization are the products 3 x from multiplying the middle terms 1 and 3 x. Also there is the product of 2 x from multiplying the outer terms x and 2. These products of 3 x and 2 x add to 5 x. Underneath the second factorization are the products 6 x from multiplying the middle terms 2 and 3 x. Also there is the product of 1 x from multiplying the outer terms x and 1. These two products of 6 x and 1 x add to 7 x.

Since the middle term of the trinomial is 5x, the factors in the first case will work. Let’s FOIL to check.

(x+1)(3x+2)3x2+2x+3x+23x2+5x+2✓

Our result of the factoring is:

3x2+5x+2(x+1)(3x+2)

How to Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c Using Trial and Error

Factor completely: 3y2+22y+7.

Solution

Solution

This table summarizes the steps for factoring 3 y ^ 2 + 22 y + 7. The first row states write the trinomial in descending order. The polynomial is written 3 y ^ 2 +22 y + 7. The second row states find all the factor pairs of the first term. The only pairs listed are 1 y, 3 y. Then, since there is only one pair, they are in the parentheses written (1 y ) and (3 y ). The third row states “find all the factored pairs of the third term”. It also states the only factors of 7 are 1 and 7. The fourth row states test all the possible combinations of the factors until the correct product is found. The possible factors are shown (y + 1)(3 y + 7) and (y + 7)(3y + 1). Under each factor is the products of the outer terms and the inner terms. For the first it is 7y and 3y. For the second it is 21 y and y. The combination (y + 7)(3 y + 1) is the correct factoring. The last row states to check by multiplying. The product of (y + 7)(3 y + 1) is shown as 3 y ^ 2 + 22 y + 7.

Factor completely: 2a2+5a+3.

Solution

(a+1)(2a+3)

Factor completely: 4b2+5b+1.

Solution

(b+1)(4b+1)

Factor trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c using trial and error.

  1. Write the trinomial in descending order of degrees.
  2. Find all the factor pairs of the first term.
  3. Find all the factor pairs of the third term.
  4. Test all the possible combinations of the factors until the correct product is found.
  5. Check by multiplying.

When the middle term is negative and the last term is positive, the signs in the binomials must both be negative.

Factor completely: 6b2−13b+5.

Solution

Solution

The trinomial is already in descending order. The image shows the quadratic expression 6b^2 - 13b + 5.
Find the factors of the first term. Quadratic expression 6b^2 - 13b + 5, with factor options for 6b^2: 1b * 6b and 2b * 3b. This is the setup for factoring a trinomial, exploring combinations for the first term.
Find the factors of the last term. Consider the signs. Since the last term, 5 is positive its factors must both be positive or both be negative. The coefficient of the middle term is negative, so we use the negative factors. Factoring the quadratic expression 6b^2 - 13b + 5, showing possible factors for 6b^2 (1b * 6b, 2b * 3b) and the constant term +5 (-1, -5).

Consider all the combinations of factors.

6b2−13b+5
Possible factors Product
(b−1)(6b−5) 6b2−11b+5
(b−5)(6b−1) 6b2−31b+5
(2b−1)(3b−5) 6b2−13b+5 *
(2b−5)(3b−1) 6b2−17b+5
This table demonstrates how to check if given factors are correct by multiplying them to obtain the original polynomial, including a step-by-step example.
The correct factors are those whose product
is the original trinomial.
(2b−1)(3b−5)
Check by multiplying.
(2b−1)(3b−5)6b2−10b−3b+56b2−13b+5✓

Factor completely: 8x2−14x+3.

Solution

(2x−3)(4x−1)

Factor completely: 10y2−37y+7.

Solution

(2y−7)(5y−1)

When we factor an expression, we always look for a greatest common factor first. If the expression does not have a greatest common factor, there cannot be one in its factors either. This may help us eliminate some of the possible factor combinations.

Factor completely: 14x2−47x−7.

Solution

Solution

The trinomial is already in descending order. The image shows the mathematical expression 14x^2 - 47x - 7.
Find the factors of the first term. A math problem presenting the quadratic expression 14x^2 - 47x - 7, and the factor pairs of 1x * 14x and 2x * 7x for the 14x^2 term, used to facilitate factoring the trinomial.
Find the factors of the last term. Consider the signs. Since it is negative, one factor must be positive and one negative. The quadratic expression 14x^2 - 47x - 7 is presented with its first term factors (1x * 14x, 2x * 7x) and constant term factors (1, -7; -1, 7) for factorization.

Consider all the combinations of factors. We use each pair of the factors of 14x2 with each pair of factors of −7.

Factors of 14x2 Pair with Factors of −7
x, 14x 1, −7
−7, 1
(reverse order)
x, 14x −1, 7
7, −1
(reverse order)
2x,7x 1, −7
−7, 1
(reverse order)
2x,7x −1, 7
7, −1
(reverse order)

These pairings lead to the following eight combinations.

This table has the heading 14 x ^ 2 – 47 x minus 7. This table has two columns. The first column is labeled “possible factors” and the second column is labeled “product”. The first column lists all the combinations of possible factors and the second column has the products. In the first row under “possible factors” it reads (x+1) and (14 x minus 7). Under product, in the next column, it says “not an option”. In the next row down, it shows (x minus 7) and (14 x plus 1). In the next row down, it shows (x minus 1) and (14 x plus 7). Next to this in the product column, it says “not an option.” The next row down under “possible factors”, it has the equation (x plus 7 and 14 x minus 1. Next to this in the product column it has 14 x ^2 plus 97 x minus 7. The next row down under possible factors, it has 2 x plus 1 and 7 x minus 7. Next to this under the product column, is says “not an option”. The next row down reads 2 x minus 7 and 7x plus 1. Next to this under the product column, it has 14 x ^2 minus 47 x minus 7 with the asterisk following the 7. The next row down reads 2 x minus 1 and 7 x plus 7. Next to this in the product column it reads “not an option”. The final row reads 2 x plus 7 and 7 x minus 1. Next to this in the product column it reads 14, x, ^ 2 plus 47 x minus 7. Next to the table is a box with four arrows point to each “not an option” row. The reason given in the textbox is “if the trinomial has no common factors, then neither factor can contain a common factor. That means that each of these combinations is not an option.”
This table demonstrates how to verify factors of a trinomial by multiplying the binomial expressions.
The correct factors are those whose product is the
original trinomial.
(2x−7)(7x+1)
Check by multiplying.
(2x−7)(7x+1)14x2+2x−49x−714x2−47x−7✓

Factor completely: 8a2−3a−5.

Solution

(a−1)(8a+5)

Factor completely: 6b2−b−15.

Solution

(2b+3)(3b−5)

Factor completely: 18n2−37n+15.

Solution

Solution

The trinomial is already in descending order. 18n2−37n+15
Find the factors of the first term. The quadratic expression 18n^2 - 37n + 15 is displayed, with potential factor pairs for the 18n^2 term listed below in red.
Find the factors of the last term. Consider the signs. Since 15 is positive and the coefficient of the middle term is negative, we use the negative facotrs. This image illustrates the initial step in factoring the quadratic trinomial 18n^2 - 37n + 15, showing possible factor pairs for the 18n^2 term and the constant term +15.

Consider all the combinations of factors.

This table has the heading 18 n ^ 2 – 37n + 15. This table has two columns. The first column is labeled possible factors and the second column is labeled product. The first column lists all the combinations of possible factors and the second column has the products. Eight rows list the product is not an option. There is a textbox giving the reason for no option. The reason in the textbox is “if the trinomial has no common factors, then neither factor can contain a common factor”. The row containing the factors (2n – 3)(9n – 5) with the product 18n^2 minus 37 n + 15 has an asterisk.

Illustrates factoring a trinomial, showing how to find correct factors and verify them through multiplication.
The correct factors are those whose product is
the original trinomial.
(2n−3)(9n−5)
Check by multiplying.
(2n−3)(9n−5)18n2−10n−27n+1518n2−37n+15✓

Factor completely: 18x2−3x−10.

Solution

(3x+2)(6x−5)

Factor completely: 30y2−53y−21.

Solution

(3y+1)(10y−21)

Don’t forget to look for a GCF first.

Factor completely: 10y4+55y3+60y2.

Solution

Solution

10y4+55y3+60y2
Notice the greatest common factor, and factor it first. 15y2(2y2+11y+12)
Factor the trinomial. An algebraic expression 5y^2(2y^2 + 11y + 12) is displayed with red text illustrating factorization hints. These include factors of 2y^2 (y*2y) and factors of 12 (1*12, 2*6, 3*4), aiding the factoring of the quadratic.

Consider all the combinations.

This table has the heading 2 y squared + 11 y + 12 This table has two columns. The first column is labeled “possible factors” and the second column is labeled “product”. The first column lists all the combinations of possible factors and the second column has the products. Four rows list the product is not an option. There is a textbox giving the reason for no option. The reason in the textbox is “if the trinomial has no common factors, then neither factor can contain a common factor”. The row containing the factors (y + 4)(2y + 3) with the product 2 y squared + 11 y + 12 has an asterisk.

Illustrates the factored form of a trinomial and the verification steps through multiplication.
The correct factors are those whose product
is the original trinomial. Remember to include
the factor 5y2.
5y2(y+4)(2y+3)
Check by multiplying.
5y2(y+4)(2y+3)5y2(2y2+8y+3y+12)10y4+55y3+60y2✓

Factor completely: 15n3−85n2+100n.

Solution

5n(n−4)(3n−5)

Factor completely: 56q3+320q2−96q.

Solution

8q(q+6)(7q−2)

Factor Trinomials using the “ac” Method

Another way to factor trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c is the “ac” method. (The “ac” method is sometimes called the grouping method.) The “ac” method is actually an extension of the methods you used in the last section to factor trinomials with leading coefficient one. This method is very structured (that is step-by-step), and it always works!

How to Factor Trinomials Using the “ac” Method

Factor: 6x2+7x+2.

Solution

Solution

This table lists the steps for factoring 6 x ^ 2 + 7 x + 2. The first step is to factor the GCF. This polynomial has none. The second row states to find the product a c. Then, it lists a c as 6 times 2 = 12. The third step is to find two numbers m and n in which m times n = a c and m + n = b. The middle column reads, “find two numbers that add to 7. Both factors must be positive”. The numbers are 3 and 4. 3 times 4 is 12 and 3 + 4 is 7. The next step is to split the middle term using m and n. That is, to write 7 x as 3 x + 4 x. Therefore, 6 x ^ 2 + 7 x + 2 is rewritten as 6 x ^ 2 +3 x + 4 x + 2. The next step is to factor by grouping. 3 x(2 x + 1) + 2(2 x + 1) then factor again (2 x + 1)(3 x + 2). The last step is to check by multiplying. Multiply the factors (2 x + 1)(3 x + 2) to get 6 x ^ 2 + 7 x + 2.

Factor: 6x2+13x+2.

Solution

(x+2)(6x+1)

Factor: 4y2+8y+3.

Solution

(2y+1)(2y+3)

Factor trinomials of the form using the “ac” method.

  1. Factor any GCF.
  2. Find the product ac.
  3. Find two numbers m and n that:
    Multiply toacm·n=a·cAdd tobm+n=b
  4. Split the middle term using m and n:

    This figure shows two equations. The top equation reads a times x squared plus b times x plus c. Under this, is the equation a times x squared plus m times x plus n times x plus c. Above the m times x plus n times x is a bracket with b times x above it.

  5. Factor by grouping.
  6. Check by multiplying the factors.

When the third term of the trinomial is negative, the factors of the third term will have opposite signs.

Factor: 8u2−17u−21.

Solution

Solution

Is there a greatest common factor? No. Two lines of algebraic expressions, with the top line showing 'ax^2 + bx + c' in red, and the bottom line showing '8u^2 - 17u - 21' in black.
Find a⋅c. a⋅c
8(−21)
−168

Find two numbers that multiply to −168 and add to −17. The larger factor must be negative.

Factors of −168 Sum of factors
1,−168 1+(−168)=−167
2,−84 2+(−84)=−82
3,−56 3+(−56)=−53
4,−42 4+(−42)=−38
6,−28 6+(−28)=−22
7,−24 7+(−24)=−17*
8,−21 8+(−21)=−13
Steps to factor a quadratic expression by grouping, including checking the result.
Split the middle term using 7u and −24u. 8u2−17↙u↘−218u2+7u⎵−24u−21⎵
Factor by grouping. u(8u+7)−3(8u+7)(8u+7)(u−3)
Check by multiplying.
(8u+7)(u−3)8u2−24u+7u−218u2−17u−21✓

Factor: 20h2+13h−15.

Solution

(4h+5)(5h−3)

Factor: 6g2+19g−20.

Solution

(g+4)(6g−5)

Factor: 2x2+6x+5.

Solution

Solution

Is there a greatest common factor? No. A general quadratic equation ax^2 + bx + c, shown in red, with a specific example 2x^2 + 6x + 5, shown in black, illustrating the standard form of a quadratic polynomial.
Find a⋅c. a⋅c
2(5)
10

Find two numbers that multiply to 10 and add to 6.

Factors of 10 Sum of factors
1,10 1+10=11
2, 5 2+5=7

There are no factors that multiply to 10 and add to 6. The polynomial is prime.

Factor: 10t2+19t−15.

Solution

(2t+5)(5t−3)

Factor: 3u2+8u+5.

Solution

(u+1)(3u+5)

Don’t forget to look for a common factor!

Factor: 10y2−55y+70.

Solution

Solution

Is there a greatest common factor? Yes. The GCF is 5. The image displays the quadratic expression 10y^2 - 55y + 70, potentially for factoring or solving.
Factor it. Be careful to keep the factor of 5 all the way through the solution! The image displays the mathematical expression 5(2y^2 - 11y + 14) in white text on a plain white background.
The trinomial inside the parentheses has a leading coefficient that is not 1. Two mathematical expressions are shown: 'ax^2 + bx + c' in red, followed by '5(2y^2 - 11y + 14)' in black, illustrating a quadratic formula alongside a factored quadratic expression.
Factor the trinomial. A mathematical expression showing the product of 5, (y-2), and (2y-7).
Check by mulitplying all three factors.
5(2y2−2y−4y+14)
5(2y2−11y+14)
10y2−55y+70✓

Factor: 16x2−32x+12.

Solution

4(2x−3)(2x−1)

Factor: 18w2−39w+18.

Solution

3(3w−2)(2w−3)

We can now update the Preliminary Factoring Strategy, as shown in Figure 1 and detailed in Choose a strategy to factor polynomials completely (updated), to include trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c. Remember, some polynomials are prime and so they cannot be factored.

This figure has the strategy for factoring polynomials. At the top of the figure is GCF. Below this, there are three options. The first is binomial. The second is trinomial. Under trinomial there are x squared + b x + c and a x squared + b x +c. The two methods here are trial and error and the “a c” method. The third option is for more than three terms. It is grouping.

Choose a strategy to factor polynomials completely (updated).

  1. Is there a greatest common factor?
    • Factor it.
  2. Is the polynomial a binomial, trinomial, or are there more than three terms?
    • If it is a binomial, right now we have no method to factor it.
    • If it is a trinomial of the form x2+bx+c
      Undo FOIL (x)(x).
    • If it is a trinomial of the form ax2+bx+c
      Use Trial and Error or the “ac” method.
    • If it has more than three terms
      Use the grouping method.
  3. Check by multiplying the factors.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with factoring trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c.

  • Factoring Trinomials, a is not 1

Key Concepts

  • Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c using Trial and Error: See Example 5.
    1. Write the trinomial in descending order of degrees.
    2. Find all the factor pairs of the first term.
    3. Find all the factor pairs of the third term.
    4. Test all the possible combinations of the factors until the correct product is found.
    5. Check by multiplying.
  • Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c Using the “ac” Method: See Example 10.
    1. Factor any GCF.
    2. Find the product ac.
    3. Find two numbers m and n that:
      Multiply toacm·n=a·cAdd tobm+n=b
    4. Split the middle term using m and n:
      This figure shows two equations. The top equation reads a times x squared plus b times x plus c. Under this, is the equation a times x squared plus m times x plus n times x plus c. Above the m times x plus n times x is a bracket with b times x above it.
    5. Factor by grouping.
    6. Check by multiplying the factors.
  • Choose a strategy to factor polynomials completely (updated):
    1. Is there a greatest common factor? Factor it.
    2. Is the polynomial a binomial, trinomial, or are there more than three terms?
      If it is a binomial, right now we have no method to factor it.
      If it is a trinomial of the form x2+bx+c
         Undo FOIL (x)(x).
      If it is a trinomial of the form ax2+bx+c
         Use Trial and Error or the “ac” method.
      If it has more than three terms
         Use the grouping method.
    3. Check by multiplying the factors.

Practice Makes Perfect

Recognize a Preliminary Strategy to Factor Polynomials Completely

In the following exercises, identify the best method to use to factor each polynomial.

  1. ⓐ 10q2+50
  2. ⓑ a2−5a−14
  3. ⓒ uv+2u+3v+6
Solution

ⓐ factor the GCF, binomial ⓑ Undo FOIL ⓒ factor by grouping

  1. ⓐ n2+10n+24
  2. ⓑ 8u2+16
  3. ⓒ pq+5p+2q+10
  1. ⓐ x2+4x−21
  2. ⓑ ab+10b+4a+40
  3. ⓒ 6c2+24
Solution

ⓐ undo FOIL ⓑ factor by grouping ⓒ factor the GCF, binomial

  1. ⓐ 20x2+100
  2. ⓑ uv+6u+4v+24
  3. ⓒ y2−8y+15

Factor Trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c with a GCF

In the following exercises, factor completely.

5x2+35x+30

Solution

5(x+1)(x+6)

12s2+24s+12

2z2−2z−24

Solution

2(z−4)(z+3)

3u2−12u−36

7v2−63v+56

Solution

7(v−1)(v−8)

5w2−30w+45

p3−8p2−20p

Solution

p(p−10)(p+2)

q3−5q2−24q

3m3−21m2+30m

Solution

3m(m−5)(m−2)

11n3−55n2+44n

5x4+10x3−75x2

Solution

5x2(x−3)(x+5)

6y4+12y3−48y2

Factor Trinomials Using Trial and Error

In the following exercises, factor.

2t2+7t+5

Solution

(2t+5)(t+1)

5y2+16y+11

11x2+34x+3

Solution

(11x+1)(x+3)

7b2+50b+7

4w2−5w+1

Solution

(4w−1)(w−1)

5x2−17x+6

6p2−19p+10

Solution

(3p−2)(2p−5)

21m2−29m+10

4q2−7q−2

Solution

(4q+1)(q−2)

10y2−53y−11

4p2+17p−15

Solution

(4p−3)(p+5)

6u2+5u−14

16x2−32x+16

Solution

16(x−1)(x−1)

81a2+153a−18

30q3+140q2+80q

Solution

10q(3q+2)(q+4)

5y3+30y2−35y

Factor Trinomials using the ‘ac’ Method

In the following exercises, factor.

5n2+21n+4

Solution

(5n+1)(n+4)

8w2+25w+3

9z2+15z+4

Solution

(3z+1)(3z+4)

3m2+26m+48

4k2−16k+15

Solution

(2k−3)(2k−5)

4q2−9q+5

5s2−9s+4

Solution

(5s−4)(s−1)

4r2−20r+25

6y2+y−15

Solution

(3y+5)(2y−3)

6p2+p−22

2n2−27n−45

Solution

(2n+3)(n−15)

12z2−41z−11

3x2+5x+4

Solution

prime

4y2+15y+6

60y2+290y−50

Solution

10(6y−1)(y+5)

6u2−46u−16

48z3−102z2−45z

Solution

3z(8z+3)(2z−5)

90n3+42n2−216n

16s2+40s+24

Solution

8(2s+3)(s+1)

24p2+160p+96

48y2+12y−36

Solution

12(4y−3)(y+1)

30x2+105x−60

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, factor.

12y2−29y+14

Solution

(4y−7)(3y−2)

12x2+36y−24z

a2−a−20

Solution

(a−5)(a+4)

m2−m−12

6n2+5n−4

Solution

(2n−1)(3n+4)

12y2−37y+21

2p2+4p+3

Solution

prime

3q2+6q+2

13z2+39z−26

Solution

13(z2+3z−2)

5r2+25r+30

x2+3x−28

Solution

(x+7)(x−4)

6u2+7u−5

3p2+21p

Solution

3p(p+7)

7x2−21x

6r2+30r+36

Solution

6(r+2)(r+3)

18m2+15m+3

24n2+20n+4

Solution

4(2n+1)(3n+1)

4a2+5a+2

x2+2x−24

Solution

(x+6)(x−4)

2b2−7b+4

Everyday Math

Height of a toy rocket The height of a toy rocket launched with an initial speed of 80 feet per second from the balcony of an apartment building is related to the number of seconds, t, since it is launched by the trinomial −16t2+80t+96. Completely factor the trinomial.

Solution

−16(t−6)(t+1)

Height of a beach ball The height of a beach ball tossed up with an initial speed of 12 feet per second from a height of 4 feet is related to the number of seconds, t, since it is tossed by the trinomial −16t2+12t+4. Completely factor the trinomial.

Writing Exercises

List, in order, all the steps you take when using the “ac” method to factor a trinomial of the form ax2+bx+c.

Solution

Answers may vary.

How is the “ac” method similar to the “undo FOIL” method? How is it different?

What are the questions, in order, that you ask yourself as you start to factor a polynomial? What do you need to do as a result of the answer to each question?

Solution

Answers may vary.

On your paper draw the chart that summarizes the factoring strategy. Try to do it without looking at the book. When you are done, look back at the book to finish it or verify it.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has the following statements all to be preceded by “I can…”. The first row is “recognize a preliminary strategy to factor polynomials completely”. The second row is “factor trinomials of the form a x ^ 2 + b x + c with a GCF”. The third row is “factor trinomials using trial and error”. And the fourth row is “factor trinomials using the “ac” method”. In the columns beside these statements are the headers, “confidently”, “with some help”, and “no-I don’t get it!”.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

prime polynomials
Polynomials that cannot be factored are prime polynomials.

Factor Special Products

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Factor perfect square trinomials
  • Factor differences of squares
  • Factor sums and differences of cubes
  • Choose method to factor a polynomial completely

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: (12x)2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents.

Solution

144x2

Multiply: (m+4)2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Special Products.

Solution

m2+8m+16

Multiply: (p−9)2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Special Products.

Solution

p2−18p+81

Multiply: (k+3)(k−3).
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Special Products.

Solution

k2−9


The strategy for factoring we developed in the last section will guide you as you factor most binomials, trinomials, and polynomials with more than three terms. We have seen that some binomials and trinomials result from special products—squaring binomials and multiplying conjugates. If you learn to recognize these kinds of polynomials, you can use the special products patterns to factor them much more quickly.

Factor Perfect Square Trinomials

Some trinomials are perfect squares. They result from multiplying a binomial times itself. You can square a binomial by using FOIL, but using the Binomial Squares pattern you saw in a previous chapter saves you a step. Let’s review the Binomial Squares pattern by squaring a binomial using FOIL.

This image shows the FOIL procedure for multiplying (3x + 4) squared. The polynomial is written with two factors (3x + 4)(3x + 4). Then, the terms are 9 x squared + 12 x + 12 x + 16, demonstrating first, outer, inner, last. Finally, the product is written, 9 x squared + 24 x + 16.

The first term is the square of the first term of the binomial and the last term is the square of the last. The middle term is twice the product of the two terms of the binomial.

(3x)2+2(3x·4)+429x2+24x+16

The trinomial 9x2 + 24 +16 is called a perfect square trinomial. It is the square of the binomial 3x+4.

We’ll repeat the Binomial Squares Pattern here to use as a reference in factoring.

Binomial Squares Pattern

If a and b are real numbers,

(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2

When you square a binomial, the product is a perfect square trinomial. In this chapter, you are learning to factor—now, you will start with a perfect square trinomial and factor it into its prime factors.

You could factor this trinomial using the methods described in the last section, since it is of the form ax2 + bx + c. But if you recognize that the first and last terms are squares and the trinomial fits the perfect square trinomials pattern, you will save yourself a lot of work.

Here is the pattern—the reverse of the binomial squares pattern.

Perfect Square Trinomials Pattern

If a and b are real numbers,

a2+2ab+b2=(a+b)2a2−2ab+b2=(a−b)2

To make use of this pattern, you have to recognize that a given trinomial fits it. Check first to see if the leading coefficient is a perfect square, a2. Next check that the last term is a perfect square, b2. Then check the middle term—is it twice the product, 2ab? If everything checks, you can easily write the factors.

How to Factor Perfect Square Trinomials

Factor: 9x2+12x+4.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for factoring 9 x squared +12 x +4. The first step is recognizing the perfect square pattern “a” squared + 2 a b + b squared. This includes, is the first term a perfect square and is the last term a perfect square. The first term can be written as (3 x) squared and the last term can be written as 2 squared. Also, in the first step, the middle term has to be twice “a” times b. This is verified by 2 times 3 x times 2 being 12 x. The second step is writing the square of the binomial. The polynomial is written as (3 x) squared + 2 times 3 x times 2 + 2 squared. This is factored as (3 x + 2) squared. The last step is to check with multiplication.

Factor: 4x2+12x+9.

Solution

(2x+3)2

Factor: 9y2+24y+16.

Solution

(3y+4)2

The sign of the middle term determines which pattern we will use. When the middle term is negative, we use the pattern a2−2ab+b2, which factors to (a−b)2.

The steps are summarized here.

Factor perfect square trinomials.

Step 1.Does the trinomial fit the pattern?a2+2ab+b2a2−2ab+b2•Is the first term a perfect square?(a)2(a)2Write it as a square.•Is the last term a perfect square?(a)2(b)2(a)2(b)2Write it as a square.•Check the middle term. Is it2ab? (a)2↘2·a·b↙(b)2(a)2↘2·a·b↙(b)2 Step 2.Write the square of the binomial.(a+b)2(a−b)2Step 3.Check by multiplying.

We’ll work one now where the middle term is negative.

Factor: 81y2−72y+16.

Solution

Solution

The first and last terms are squares. See if the middle term fits the pattern of a perfect square trinomial. The middle term is negative, so the binomial square would be (a−b)2.

A mathematical expression 81y^2 - 72y + 16 is displayed on a white background.
Are the first and last terms perfect squares? Two mathematical expressions are shown: (9y)^2 and (4)^2, displayed on a white background.
Check the middle term. Calculation showing the middle term 2(9y)(4), which simplifies to 72y, derived from the squared terms (9y)^2 and (4)^2 in a binomial expansion.
Does is match (a−b)2? Yes. The algebraic expression (9y)^2 - 2 * 9y * 4 + 4^2, illustrating the perfect square trinomial identity a^2 - 2ab + b^2, with 'a' as 9y and 'b' as 4.
Write the square of a binomial. A mathematical expression shows the quantity (9y - 4) squared. The expression is enclosed in parentheses, with '9y' followed by a minus sign, then '4', and finally a superscript '2' outside the closing parenthesis.
Check by mulitplying.
(9y−4)2
(9y)2−2⋅9y⋅4+42
81y2−72y+16✓

Factor: 64y2−80y+25.

Solution

(8y−5)2

Factor: 16z2−72z+81.

Solution

(4z−9)2

The next example will be a perfect square trinomial with two variables.

Factor: 36x2+84xy+49y2.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the mathematical expression 36x^2 + 84xy + 49y^2.
Test each term to verify the pattern. An algebraic expression demonstrating the perfect square trinomial identity a^2 + 2ab + b^2, shown as (6x)^2 + 2 * 6x * 7y + (7y)^2.
Factor. A mathematical expression displays a binomial in parentheses, (6x + 7y), raised to the power of 2, indicating the square of the sum of two terms.
Check by mulitplying.
(6x+7y)2
(6x)2+2⋅6x⋅7y+(7y)2
36x2+84xy+49y2✓

Factor: 49x2+84xy+36y2.

Solution

(7x+6y)2

Factor: 64m2+112mn+49n2.

Solution

(8m+7n)2

Factor: 9x2+50x+25.

Solution

Solution

Steps to factor 9x^2 + 50x + 25, showing an initial attempt at perfect square trinomials and then successful factorization using the 'ac' method.
9x2+50x+25
Are the first and last terms perfect squares? (3x)2(5)2
Check the middle term—is it 2ab? (3x)2↘2(3x)(5)30x↙(5)2
No! 30x≠50x This does not fit the pattern!
Factor using the “ac” method. 9x2+50x+25
Notice:ac9·25225and5·45=2255+45=50
Split the middle term.
Factor by grouping.
9x2+5x+45x+25x(9x+5)+5(9x+5)(9x+5)(x+5)
Check.
(9x+5)(x+5)9x2+45x+5x+259x2+50x+25✓

Factor: 16r2+30rs+9s2.

Solution

(8r+3s)(2r+3s)

Factor: 9u2+87u+100.

Solution

(3u+4)(3u+25)

Remember the very first step in our Strategy for Factoring Polynomials? It was to ask “is there a greatest common factor?” and, if there was, you factor the GCF before going any further. Perfect square trinomials may have a GCF in all three terms and it should be factored out first. And, sometimes, once the GCF has been factored, you will recognize a perfect square trinomial.

Factor: 36x2y−48xy+16y.

Solution

Solution

36x2y−48xy+16y
Is there a GCF? Yes, 4y, so factor it out. 4y(9x2−12x+4)
Is this a perfect square trinomial?
Verify the pattern. A mathematical expression showing the expansion of a perfect square trinomial, (3x - 2)^2, within brackets, multiplied by 4y, with the general form a^2 - 2ab + b^2 highlighted in red above.
Factor. 4y(3x−2)2
Remember: Keep the factor 4y in the final product.
Check.
4y(3x−2)2
4y[(3x)2−2·3x·2+22]
4y(9x)2−12x+4
36x2y−48xy+16y✓

Factor: 8x2y−24xy+18y.

Solution

2y(2x−3)2

Factor: 27p2q+90pq+75q.

Solution

3q(3p+5)2

Factor Differences of Squares

The other special product you saw in the previous chapter was the Product of Conjugates pattern. You used this to multiply two binomials that were conjugates. Here’s an example:

(3x−4)(3x+4)9x2−16

Remember, when you multiply conjugate binomials, the middle terms of the product add to 0. All you have left is a binomial, the difference of squares.

Multiplying conjugates is the only way to get a binomial from the product of two binomials.

Product of Conjugates Pattern

If a and b are real numbers

(a−b)(a+b)=a2−b2

The product is called a difference of squares.

To factor, we will use the product pattern “in reverse” to factor the difference of squares. A difference of squares factors to a product of conjugates.

Difference of Squares Pattern

If a and b are real numbers,

This image shows the difference of two squares formula, a squared – b squared = (a – b)(a + b). Also, the squares are labeled, a squared and b squared. The difference is shown between the two terms. Finally, the factoring (a – b)(a + b) are labeled as conjugates.

Remember, “difference” refers to subtraction. So, to use this pattern you must make sure you have a binomial in which two squares are being subtracted.

How to Factor Differences of Squares

Factor: x2−4.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for factoring x squared minus 4. The first step is identifying the pattern in the binomial including it is a difference. Also, the first and last terms are verified as squares. The second step is writing the two terms as squares, x squared and 2 squared. The second step is writing the two terms as squares, x squared and 2 squared. The third step is to write the factoring as a product of the conjugates (x – 2)(x + 2). The last step is to check with multiplication.

Factor: h2−81.

Solution

(h−9)(h+9)

Factor: k2−121.

Solution

(k−11)(k+11)

Factor differences of squares.

Step 1.Does the binomial fit the pattern?a2−b2•Is this a difference?____−____•Are the first and last terms perfect squares?Step 2.Write them as squares.(a)2−(b)2Step 3.Write the product of conjugates.(a−b)(a+b)Step 4.Check by multiplying.

It is important to remember that sums of squares do not factor into a product of binomials. There are no binomial factors that multiply together to get a sum of squares. After removing any GCF, the expression a2+b2 is prime!


Don’t forget that 1 is a perfect square. We’ll need to use that fact in the next example.

Factor: 64y2−1.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the mathematical expression 64y^2 - 1, which represents a difference of squares and is a common form in algebra for factorization.
Is this a difference? Yes. The image displays the mathematical expression 64y^2 - 1, which represents a difference of squares problem in algebra.
Are the first and last terms perfect squares?
Yes - write them as squares. Mathematical expressions demonstrating the difference of squares formula, with 'a^2 - b^2' in red and an example '(8y)^2 - 1^2' below it.
Factor as the product of conjugates. Difference of squares formula (a-b)(a+b) exemplified by (8y-1)(8y+1).
Check by multiplying.
(8y−1)(8y+1)
64y2−1✓

Factor: m2−1.

Solution

(m−1)(m+1)

Factor: 81y2−1.

Solution

(9y−1)(9y+1)

Factor: 121x2−49y2.

Solution

Solution

121x2−49y2Is this a difference of squares? Yes.(11x)2−(7y)2Factor as the product of conjugates.(11x−7y)(11x+7y)Check by multiplying.(11x−7y)(11x+7y)121x2−49y2✓

Factor: 196m2−25n2.

Solution

(14m−5n)(14m+5n)

Factor: 144p2−9q2.

Solution

9(4p−q)(4p+q)

The binomial in the next example may look “backwards,” but it’s still the difference of squares.

Factor: 100−h2.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step process of factoring the difference of squares expression 100 - h^2, including a caution.
100−h2
Is this a difference of squares? Yes. (10)2−(h)2
Factor as the product of conjugates. (10−h)(10+h)
Check by multiplying.
(10−h)(10+h)100−h2✓
Be careful not to rewrite the original expression as h2−100.

Factor h2−100 on your own and then notice how the result differs from (10−h)(10+h).

Factor: 144−x2.

Solution

(12−x)(12+x)

Factor: 169−p2.

Solution

(13−p)(13+p)

To completely factor the binomial in the next example, we’ll factor a difference of squares twice!

Factor: x4−y4.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step factorization of the algebraic expression x^4 - y^4 into (x - y)(x + y)(x^2 + y^2) using the difference of squares method, complete with a verification.
x4−y4
Is this a difference of squares? Yes. (x2)2−(y2)2
Factor it as the product of conjugates. (x2−y2)(x2+y2)
Notice the first binomial is also a difference of squares! ((x)2−(y)2)(x2+y2)
Factor it as the product of conjugates. The last
factor, the sum of squares, cannot be factored.
(x−y)(x+y)(x2+y2)
Check by multiplying.
(x−y)(x+y)(x2+y2)[(x−y)(x+y)](x2+y2)(x2−y2)(x2+y2)x4−y4✓

Factor: a4−b4.

Solution

(a2+b2)(a+b)(a−b)

Factor: x4−16.

Solution

(x2+4)(x+2)(x−2)

As always, you should look for a common factor first whenever you have an expression to factor. Sometimes a common factor may “disguise” the difference of squares and you won’t recognize the perfect squares until you factor the GCF.

Factor: 8x2y−98y.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step factorization of the algebraic expression 8x^2y - 98y, demonstrating GCF and difference of squares methods.
8x2y−98y
Is there a GCF? Yes, 2y—factor it out! 2y(4x2−49)
Is the binomial a difference of squares? Yes. 2y((2x)2−(7)2)
Factor as a product of conjugates. 2y(2x−7)(2x+7)
Check by multiplying.
2y(2x−7)(2x+7)2y[(2x−7)(2x+7)]2y(4x2−49)8x2y−98y✓

Factor: 7xy2−175x.

Solution

7x(y−5)(y+5)

Factor: 45a2b−80b.

Solution

5b(3a−4)(3a+4)

Factor: 6x2+96.

Solution

Solution

Steps demonstrating the factoring of the polynomial 6x^2 + 96, including GCF extraction and identifying unfactorable sums of squares.
6x2+96
Is there a GCF? Yes, 6—factor it out! 6(x2+16)
Is the binomial a difference of squares? No, it
is a sum of squares. Sums of squares do not factor!
Check by multiplying.
6(x2+16)6x2+96✓

Factor: 8a2+200.

Solution

8(a2+25)

Factor: 36y2+81.

Solution

9(4y2+9)

Factor Sums and Differences of Cubes

There is another special pattern for factoring, one that we did not use when we multiplied polynomials. This is the pattern for the sum and difference of cubes. We will write these formulas first and then check them by multiplication.

a3+b3=(a+b)(a2−ab+b2)a3−b3=(a−b)(a2+ab+b2)

We’ll check the first pattern and leave the second to you.

The image shows the algebraic expression (a + b)(a^2 - ab + b^2), which is a factored form of the sum of two cubes, a^3 + b^3. The first term (a+b) is highlighted in red.
Distribute. A mathematical expression reads a(a^2 - ab + b^2) + b(a^2 - ab + b^2), demonstrating the distributive property with 'a' and 'b' multiplying a common trinomial.
Multiply. a3−a2b+ab2+a2b−ab2+b3
Combine like terms. a3+b3

Sum and Difference of Cubes Pattern

a3+b3=(a+b)(a2−ab+b2)a3−b3=(a−b)(a2+ab+b2)

The two patterns look very similar, don’t they? But notice the signs in the factors. The sign of the binomial factor matches the sign in the original binomial. And the sign of the middle term of the trinomial factor is the opposite of the sign in the original binomial. If you recognize the pattern of the signs, it may help you memorize the patterns.

This figure demonstrates the sign patterns in the sum and difference of two cubes. For the sum of two cubes, this figure shows the first two signs are plus and the first and the third signs are opposite, plus minus. The difference of two cubes has the first two signs the same, minus. The first and the third sign are minus plus.

The trinomial factor in the sum and difference of cubes pattern cannot be factored.

It can be very helpful if you learn to recognize the cubes of the integers from 1 to 10, just like you have learned to recognize squares. We have listed the cubes of the integers from 1 to 10 in Table 11.

n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
n3 1 8 27 64 125 216 343 512 729 1000

How to Factor the Sum or Difference of Cubes

Factor: x3+64.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for factoring x cubed + 64. The first step is to verify the binomial fits the pattern. Also, to check the sign for a sum or difference. This binomial is a sum that fits the pattern. The second step is to write the terms as cubes, x cubed + 4 cubed. The third step is follow the pattern for the sum of two cubes, (x + 4)(x squared minus x times 4 + 4 squared). The fourth step is to simplify, (x + 4)(x squared minus 4 x +16). The last step is to check the answer with multiplication.

Factor: x3+27.

Solution

(x+3)(x2−3x+9)

Factor: y3+8.

Solution

(y+2)(y2−2y+4)

Factor the sum or difference of cubes.

To factor the sum or difference of cubes:

  1. Does the binomial fit the sum or difference of cubes pattern?
    • Is it a sum or difference?
    • Are the first and last terms perfect cubes?
  2. Write them as cubes.
  3. Use either the sum or difference of cubes pattern.
  4. Simplify inside the parentheses
  5. Check by multiplying the factors.

Factor: x3−1000.

Solution

Solution

The mathematical expression x cubed minus 1000 is displayed on a white background.
This binomial is a difference. The first and last terms are perfect cubes.
Write the terms as cubes. Two mathematical expressions are shown: a^3 - b^3 in red, and x^3 - 10^3 in black below it, illustrating the difference of cubes.
Use the difference of cubes pattern. (a - b)(a^2 + ab + b^2) and (x - 10)(x^2 + 10 * x + 10^2) are shown, illustrating the difference of cubes factorization.
Simplify. The image shows the difference of cubes factorization: (a-b)(a^2+ab+b^2) in red, with a specific example (x-10)(x^2+10x+100) in black below it.
Check by multiplying.
Polynomial long multiplication demonstrating the difference of cubes identity, (a-b)(a^2+ab+b^2) = a^3-b^3. The example shows (x-10)(x^2+10x+100) simplifying to x^3-1000.

Factor: u3−125.

Solution

(u−5)(u2+5u+25)

Factor: v3−343.

Solution

(v−7)(v2+7v+49)

Be careful to use the correct signs in the factors of the sum and difference of cubes.

Factor: 512−125p3.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the algebraic expression 512 - 125p^3.
This binomial is a difference. The first and last terms are perfect cubes.
Write the terms as cubes. A mathematical expression displaying the difference of cubes formula a³ - b³ above its application to 8³ - (5p)³.
Use the difference of cubes pattern. The image illustrates the difference of cubes factorization formula, (a - b)(a^2 + ab + b^2), with a specific example: (8 - 5p)(8^2 + 8 * 5p + (5p)^2).
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the difference of cubes factorization: (8 - 5p)(64 + 40p + 25p^2) with the formula (a - b)(a^2 + ab + b^2) highlighted.
Check by multiplying. We'll leave the check to you.

Factor: 64−27x3.

Solution

(4−3x)(16+12x+9x2)

Factor: 27−8y3.

Solution

(3−2y)(9+6y+4y2)

Factor: 27u3−125v3.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the difference of two cubes: 27u^3 - 125v^3. This is a common form in algebra for factorization problems.
This binomial is a difference. The first and last terms are perfect cubes.
Write the terms as cubes. A mathematical expression showing the difference of cubes formula a^3 - b^3, followed by an example with specific values: (3u)^3 - (5v)^3.
Use the difference of cubes pattern. An algebraic expression demonstrating the difference of cubes formula: (a - b)(a^2 + ab + b^2) = a^3 - b^3, with 'a' represented by 3u and 'b' by 5v.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the product of two binomials, (3u - 5v) and (9u^2 + 15uv + 25v^2), with the difference of cubes formula (a - b)(a^2 + ab + b^2) highlighted in red.
Check by multiplying. We'll leave the check to you.

Factor: 8x3−27y3.

Solution

(2x−3y)(4x2+6xy+9y2)

Factor: 1000m3−125n3.

Solution

125(4m2 + 2mn + n2)(2m – n)

In the next example, we first factor out the GCF. Then we can recognize the sum of cubes.

Factor: 5m3+40n3.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression displays 5m^3 + 40n^3, written in a clear, digital font on a white background, suggesting an algebraic problem or formula.
Factor the common factor. The image displays the algebraic expression 5(m^3 + 8n^3) on a white background. The expression is written in a clear, standard mathematical font.
This binomial is a sum. The first and last terms are perfect cubes.
Write the terms as cubes. A mathematical expression showing 5 times the sum of m cubed and the quantity 2n cubed, with red 'a cubed' and 'b cubed' labels above m cubed and (2n) cubed respectively.
Use the sum of cubes pattern. Mathematical expression 5(m+2n)(m²-m*2n+(2n)²), illustrating the sum of cubes factorization. Variables 'a' and 'b' (m and 2n respectively) are highlighted in red.
Simplify. An algebraic expression showing 5 multiplied by the product of (m + 2n) and (m^2 - 2mn + 4n^2), illustrating the factorization pattern for the sum of two cubes, a^3 + b^3.

Check. To check, you may find it easier to multiply the sum of cubes factors first, then multiply that product by 5. We’ll leave the multiplication for you.

5(m+2n)(m2−2mn+4n2)

Factor: 500p3+4q3.

Solution

4(5p+q)(25p2−5pq+q2)

Factor: 432c3+686d3.

Solution

2(6c+7d)(36c2−42cd+49d2)

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with factoring special products.

  • Sum of Difference of Cubes
  • Difference of Cubes Factoring

Key Concepts

  • Factor perfect square trinomials See Example 1.
    Step 1.Does the trinomial fit the pattern?a2+2ab+b2a2−2ab+b2Is the first term a perfect square?(a)2(a)2Write it as a square.Is the last term a perfect square?(a)2(b)2(a)2(b)2Write it as a square.Check the middle term. Is it2ab?(a)2↘2·a·b↙(b)2(a)2↘2·a·b↙(b)2Step 2.Write the square of the binomial.(a+b)2(a−b)2Step 3.Check by multiplying.
  • Factor differences of squares See Example 6.
    Step 1.Does the binomial fit the pattern?a2−b2Is this a difference?____−____Are the first and last terms perfect squares?Step 2.Write them as squares.(a)2−(b)2Step 3.Write the product of conjugates.(a−b)(a+b)Step 4.Check by multiplying.
  • Factor sum and difference of cubes To factor the sum or difference of cubes: See Example 13.
    1. Does the binomial fit the sum or difference of cubes pattern? Is it a sum or difference? Are the first and last terms perfect cubes?
    2. Write them as cubes.
    3. Use either the sum or difference of cubes pattern.
    4. Simplify inside the parentheses
    5. Check by multiplying the factors.

Practice Makes Perfect

Factor Perfect Square Trinomials

In the following exercises, factor.

16y2+24y+9

Solution

(4y+3)2

25v2+20v+4

36s2+84s+49

Solution

(6s+7)2

49s2+154s+121

100x2−20x+1

Solution

(10x−1)2

64z2−16z+1

25n2−120n+144

Solution

(5n−12)2

4p2−52p+169

49x2−28xy+4y2

Solution

(7x−2y)2

25r2−60rs+36s2

25n2+25n+4

Solution

(5n+4)(5n+1)

100y2−20y+1

64m2−16m+1

Solution

(8m−1)2

100x2−25x+1

10k2+80k+160

Solution

10(k+4)2

64x2−96x+36

75u3−30u2v+3uv2

Solution

3u(5u−v)2

90p3+300p2q+250pq2

Factor Differences of Squares

In the following exercises, factor.

x2−16

Solution

(x−4)(x+4)

n2−9

25v2−1

Solution

(5v−1)(5v+1)

169q2−1

121x2−144y2

Solution

(11x−12y)(11x+12y)

49x2−81y2

169c2−36d2

Solution

(13c−6d)(13c+6d)

36p2−49q2

4−49x2

Solution

(2−7x)(2+7x)

121−25s2

16z4−1

Solution

(2z−1)(2z+1)(4z2+1)

m4−n4

5q2−45

Solution

5(q−3)(q+3)

98r3−72r

24p2+54

Solution

6(4p2+9)

20b2+140

Factor Sums and Differences of Cubes

In the following exercises, factor.

x3+125

Solution

(x+5)(x2−5x+25)

n3+512

z3−27

Solution

(z−3)(z2+3z+9)

v3−216

8−343t3

Solution

(2−7t)(4+14t+49t2)

125−27w3

8y3−125z3

Solution

(2y−5z)(4y2+10yz+25z2)

27x3−64y3

7k3+56

Solution

7(k+2)(k2−2k+4)

6x3−48y3

2−16y3

Solution

2(1−2y)(1+2y+4y2)

−2x3−16y3

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, factor.

64a2−25

Solution

(8a−5)(8a+5)

121x2−144

27q2−3

Solution

3(3q−1)(3q+1)

4p2−100

16x2−72x+81

Solution

(4x−9)2

36y2+12y+1

8p2+2

Solution

2(4p2+1)

81x2+169

125−8y3

Solution

(5−2y)(25+10y+4y2)

27u3+1000

45n2+60n+20

Solution

5(3n+2)2

48q3−24q2+3q

Everyday Math

Landscaping Sue and Alan are planning to put a 15 foot square swimming pool in their backyard. They will surround the pool with a tiled deck, the same width on all sides. If the width of the deck is w, the total area of the pool and deck is given by the trinomial 4w2+60w+225. Factor the trinomial.

Solution

(2w+15)2

Home repair The height a twelve foot ladder can reach up the side of a building if the ladder’s base is b feet from the building is the square root of the binomial 144−b2. Factor the binomial.

Writing Exercises

Why was it important to practice using the binomial squares pattern in the chapter on multiplying polynomials?

Solution

Answers may vary.

How do you recognize the binomial squares pattern?

Explain why n2+25≠(n+5)2. Use algebra, words, or pictures.

Solution

Answers may vary.

Maribel factored y2−30y+81 as (y−9)2. Was she right or wrong? How do you know?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has the following statements all to be preceded by “I can…”. The first row is “factor perfect square trinomials”. The second row is “factor differences of squares”. The third row is “factor sums and differences of cubes”. In the columns beside these statements are the headers, “confidently”, “with some help”, and “no-I don’t get it!”.

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

perfect square trinomials pattern
If a and b are real numbers,
a2+2ab+b2=(a+b)2a2−2ab+b2=(a−b)2
difference of squares pattern
If a and b are real numbers,
This image shows the difference of two squares formula, a squared – b squared = (a – b)(a + b). Also, the squares are labeled, a squared and b squared. The difference is shown between the two terms. Finally, the factoring (a – b)(a + b) are labeled as conjugates.
sum and difference of cubes pattern

a3+b3=(a+b)(a2−ab+b2)a3−b3=(a−b)(a2+ab+b2)

General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Recognize and use the appropriate method to factor a polynomial completely

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Factor y2−2y−24.
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c.

Solution

(y−6)(y+4)

Factor 3t2+17t+10.
If you missed this problem, review Example 10 in Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c.

Solution

(3t+2)(t+5)

Factor 36p2−60p+25.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Factor Special Products.

Solution

(6p−5)2

Factor 5x2−80.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Factor Special Products.

Solution

5(x−4)(x+4)

Recognize and Use the Appropriate Method to Factor a Polynomial Completely

You have now become acquainted with all the methods of factoring that you will need in this course. (In your next algebra course, more methods will be added to your repertoire.) The figure below summarizes all the factoring methods we have covered. Note 5 outlines a strategy you should use when factoring polynomials.

This figure presents a general strategy for factoring polynomials. First, at the top, there is GCF, which is where factoring starts. Below this, there are three options, binomial, trinomial, and more than three terms. For binomial, there are the difference of two squares, the sum of squares, the sum of cubes, and the difference of cubes. For trinomials, there are two forms, x squared plus bx plus c and ax squared 2 plus b x plus c. There are also the sum and difference of two squares formulas as well as the “a c” method. Finally, for more than three terms, the method is grouping.

Factor polynomials.

  1. Is there a greatest common factor?
    • Factor it out.
  2. Is the polynomial a binomial, trinomial, or are there more than three terms?
    • If it is a binomial:
      Is it a sum?
      • Of squares? Sums of squares do not factor.
      • Of cubes? Use the sum of cubes pattern.
      Is it a difference?
      • Of squares? Factor as the product of conjugates.
      • Of cubes? Use the difference of cubes pattern.
    • If it is a trinomial:
      Is it of the form x2+bx+c? Undo FOIL.
      Is it of the form ax2+bx+c?
      • If a and c are squares, check if it fits the trinomial square pattern.
      • Use the trial and error or “ac” method.
    • If it has more than three terms:
      Use the grouping method.
  3. Check.
    • Is it factored completely?
    • Do the factors multiply back to the original polynomial?

Remember, a polynomial is completely factored if, other than monomials, its factors are prime!

Factor completely: 4x5+12x4.

Solution

Solution

Is there a GCF?Yes,4x4.4x5+12x4Factor out the GCF.4x4(x+3)In the parentheses, is it a binomial, atrinomial, or are there more than three terms?Binomial.Is it a sum?Yes.Of squares? Of cubes?No.Check.Is the expression factored completely?Yes.Multiply.4x4(x+3)4x4·x+4x4·34x5+12x4✓

Factor completely: 3a4+18a3.

Solution

3a3(a+6)

Factor completely: 45b6+27b5.

Solution

9b5(5b+3)

Factor completely: 12x2−11x+2.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the quadratic expression 12x^2 - 11x + 2 in a clear, digital font on a white background. This is a standard polynomial expression.
Is there a GCF? No.
Is it a binomial, trinomial, or are
there more than three terms?
Trinomial.
Are a and c perfect squares? No, a = 12,
not a perfect square.
Use trial and error or the “ac” method.
We will use trial and error here.
Factoring the quadratic expression 12x^2 - 11x + 2 by listing potential factors for the first and last terms, a common step in algebraic factorization.
This table has the heading of 12 x squared minus 11 x plus 2 and gives the possible factors. The first column is labeled possible factors and the second column is labeled product. Four rows have not an option in the product column. This is explained by the text, “if the trinomial has no common factors, then neither factor can contain a common factor”. The last factors, 3 x - 2 in parentheses and 4 x - 1 in parentheses, give the product of 12 x squared minus 11 x plus 2.

Check.

(3x−2)(4x−1)

12x2−3x−8x+2

12x2−11x+2✓

Factor completely: 10a2−17a+6.

Solution

(5a−6)(2a−1)

Factor completely: 8x2−18x+9.

Solution

(2x−3)(4x−3)

Factor completely: g3+25g.

Solution

Solution

A step-by-step guide to factoring an algebraic expression, illustrating the process with questions, outcomes, and mathematical forms.
Is there a GCF? Yes, g. g3+25g
Factor out the GCF. g(g2+25)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more than three terms?
Binomial.
Is it a sum ? Of squares? Yes. Sums of squares are prime.
Check.
Is the expression factored completely? Yes.
Multiply.
g(g2+25)g3+25g✓

Factor completely: x3+36x.

Solution

x(x2+36)

Factor completely: 27y2+48.

Solution

3(9y2+16)

Factor completely: 12y2−75.

Solution

Solution

Detailed steps for factoring the algebraic expression 12y^2 - 75, showing identification of GCF and difference of squares.
Is there a GCF? Yes, 3. 12y2−75
Factor out the GCF. 3(4y2−25)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more than three terms?
Binomial.
Is it a sum? No.
Is it a difference? Of squares or cubes? Yes, squares. 3((2y)2−(5)2)
Write as a product of conjugates. 3(2y−5)(2y+5)
Check.
Is the expression factored completely? Yes.
Neither binomial is a difference of squares.
Multiply.
3(2y−5)(2y+5)3(4y2−25)12y2−75✓

Factor completely: 16x3−36x.

Solution

4x(2x−3)(2x+3)

Factor completely: 27y2−48.

Solution

3(3y−4)(3y+4)

Factor completely: 4a2−12ab+9b2.

Solution

Solution

Is there a GCF? No. A mathematical expression showing the quadratic trinomial 4a^2 - 12ab + 9b^2, which is a perfect square equivalent to (2a - 3b)^2.
Is it a binomial, trinomial, or are there
more terms?
  Trinomial with a≠1. But the first term is a
  perfect square.
Is the last term a perfect square? Yes. A mathematical expression showing the term (2a) squared, minus 12ab, plus the term (3b) squared.
Does it fit the pattern, a2−2ab+b2? Yes. The image shows the breakdown of the middle term -12ab in the expression (2a)^2 - 12ab + (3b)^2, revealing it as -2(2a)(3b) for a perfect square trinomial.
Write it as a square. The image shows the mathematical expression (2a - 3b)^2, written in black characters on a white background. This represents a binomial squared, specifically the square of the difference between 2a and 3b.
Check your answer.
Is the expression factored completely?
  Yes.
  The binomial is not a difference of squares.
  Multiply.
(2a−3b)2
(2a)2−2⋅2a⋅3b+(3b)2
4a2−12ab+9b2✓

Factor completely: 4x2+20xy+25y2.

Solution

(2x+5y)2

Factor completely: 9m2+42mn+49n2.

Solution

(3m+7n)2

Factor completely: 6y2−18y−60.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide demonstrating how to factor a trinomial polynomial, from identifying the GCF to checking the final factored form.
Is there a GCF? Yes, 6. 6y2−18y−60
Factor out the GCF. 6(y2−3y−10)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more terms?
Trinomial with leading coefficient 1.
“Undo” FOIL. 6(y)(y) 6(y+2)(y−5)
Check your answer.
Is the expression factored completely? Yes.
Neither binomial is a difference of squares.
Multiply.
6(y+2)(y−5)6(y2−5y+2y−10)6(y2−3y−10)6y2−18y−60✓

Factor completely: 8y2+16y−24.

Solution

8(y−1)(y+3)

Factor completely: 5u2−15u−270.

Solution

5(u−9)(u+6)

Factor completely: 24x3+81.

Solution

Solution

Is there a GCF? Yes, 3. 24x3+81
Factor it out. 3(8x3+27)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more than three terms?
Binomial.
  Is it a sum or difference? Sum.
  Of squares or cubes? Sum of cubes. A mathematical expression 3((2x)^3 + (3)^3) is shown, with a red hint 'a^3 + b^3' above the sum of cubes, indicating the formula for the sum of two cubes.
Write it using the sum of cubes pattern. A mathematical expression demonstrating the sum of cubes formula: 3 * (a + b) * (a^2 - ab + b^2), where a = 2x and b = 3. This simplifies to 3 * ((2x)^3 + 3^3).
Is the expression factored completely? Yes. 3(2x+3)(4x2−6x+9)
Check by multiplying. We leave the check to you.

Factor completely: 250m3+432.

Solution

2(5m+6)(25m2−30m+36)

Factor completely: 81q3+192.

Solution

3(3q+4)(9q2−12q+16)

Factor completely: 2x4−32.

Solution

Solution

A step-by-step guide demonstrating the process of factoring the polynomial 2x^4 - 32, including questions and corresponding expressions.
Is there a GCF? Yes, 2. 2x4−32
Factor it out. 2(x4−16)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more than three terms?
Binomial.
Is it a sum or difference? Yes.
Of squares or cubes? Difference of squares. 2((x2)2−(4)2)
Write it as a product of conjugates. 2(x2−4)(x2+4)
The first binomial is again a difference of squares. 2((x)2−(2)2)(x2+4)
Write it as a product of conjugates. 2(x−2)(x+2)(x2+4)
Is the expression factored completely? Yes.
None of these binomials is a difference of squares.
Check your answer.
Multiply.
2(x−2)(x+2)(x2+4)2(x2−4)(x2+4)2(x4−16)2x4−32✓

Factor completely: 4a4−64.

Solution

4(a2+4)(a−2)(a+2)

Factor completely: 7y4−7.

Solution

7(y2+1)(y−1)(y+1)

Factor completely: 3x2+6bx−3ax−6ab.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step process of factoring a polynomial expression by grouping, including GCF identification and checking the solution.
Is there a GCF? Yes, 3. 3x2+6bx−3ax−6ab
Factor out the GCF. 3(x2+2bx−ax−2ab)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more terms?
More than 3 terms.
Use grouping. 3[x(x+2b)−a(x+2b)]3(x+2b)(x−a)
Check your answer.
Is the expression factored completely? Yes.
Multiply.
3(x+2b)(x−a)3(x2−ax+2bx−2ab)3x2−3ax+6bx−6ab✓

Factor completely: 6x2−12xc+6bx−12bc.

Solution

6(x+b)(x−2c)

Factor completely: 16x2+24xy−4x−6y.

Solution

2(4x−1)(2x+3y)

Factor completely: 10x2−34x−24.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step method for factoring a quadratic trinomial, illustrating GCF, classification, trial/error, and verification.
Is there a GCF? Yes, 2. 10x2−34x−24
Factor out the GCF. 2(5x2−17x−12)
In the parentheses, is it a binomial, trinomial,
or are there more than three terms?
Trinomial with a≠1.
Use trial and error or the “ac” method. 2(5x2−17x−12)2(5x+3)(x−4)
Check your answer. Is the expression factored
completely? Yes.
Multiply.
2(5x+3)(x−4)2(5x2−20x+3x−12)2(5x2−17x−12)10x2−34x−24✓

Factor completely: 4p2−16p+12.

Solution

4(p−1)(p−3)

Factor completely: 6q2−9q−6.

Solution

3(q−2)(2q+1)

Key Concepts

  • General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials See Figure 1.
  • How to Factor Polynomials
    1. Is there a greatest common factor? Factor it out.
    2. Is the polynomial a binomial, trinomial, or are there more than three terms?
      • If it is a binomial:
        Is it a sum?
        • Of squares? Sums of squares do not factor.
        • Of cubes? Use the sum of cubes pattern.
        Is it a difference?
        • Of squares? Factor as the product of conjugates.
        • Of cubes? Use the difference of cubes pattern.
      • If it is a trinomial:
        Is it of the form x2+bx+c? Undo FOIL.
        Is it of the form ax2+bx+c?
        • If ‘a’ and ‘c’ are squares, check if it fits the trinomial square pattern.
        • Use the trial and error or ‘ac’ method.
      • If it has more than three terms:
        Use the grouping method.
    3. Check. Is it factored completely? Do the factors multiply back to the original polynomial?

Practice Makes Perfect

Recognize and Use the Appropriate Method to Factor a Polynomial Completely

In the following exercises, factor completely.

10x4+35x3

Solution

5x3(2x+7)

18p6+24p3

y2+10y−39

Solution

(y−3)(y+13)

b2−17b+60

2n2+13n−7

Solution

(2n−1)(n+7)

8x2−9x−3

a5+9a3

Solution

a3(a2+9)

75m3+12m

121r2−s2

Solution

(11r−s)(11r+s)

49b2−36a2

8m2−32

Solution

8(m−2)(m+2)

36q2−100

25w2−60w+36

Solution

(5w−6)2

49b2−112b+64

m2+14mn+49n2

Solution

(m+7n)2

64x2+16xy+y2

7b2+7b−42

Solution

7(b+3)(b−2)

3n2+30n+72

3x3−81

Solution

3(x−3)(x2+3x+9)

5t3−40

k4−16

Solution

(k−2)(k+2)(k2+4)

m4−81

15pq−15p+12q−12

Solution

3(5p+4)(q−1)

12ab−6a+10b−5

4x2+40x+84

Solution

4(x+3)(x+7)

5q2−15q−90

u5+u2

Solution

u2(u+1)(u2−u+1)

5n3+320

4c2+20cd+81d2

Solution

prime

25x2+35xy+49y2

10m4−6250

Solution

10(m−5)(m+5)(m2+25)

3v4−768

Everyday Math

Watermelon drop A springtime tradition at the University of California San Diego is the Watermelon Drop, where a watermelon is dropped from the seventh story of Urey Hall.

  1. ⓐ The binomial −16t2+80 gives the height of the watermelon t seconds after it is dropped. Factor the greatest common factor from this binomial.
  2. ⓑ If the watermelon is thrown down with initial velocity 8 feet per second, its height after t seconds is given by the trinomial −16t2−8t+80. Completely factor this trinomial.
Solution

ⓐ −16(t2−5) ⓑ −8(2t+5)(t−2)

Pumpkin drop A fall tradition at the University of California San Diego is the Pumpkin Drop, where a pumpkin is dropped from the eleventh story of Tioga Hall.

  1. ⓐ The binomial −16t2+128 gives the height of the pumpkin t seconds after it is dropped. Factor the greatest common factor from this binomial.
  2. ⓑ If the pumpkin is thrown down with initial velocity 32 feet per second, its height after t seconds is given by the trinomial −16t2−32t+128. Completely factor this trinomial.

Writing Exercises

The difference of squares y4−625 can be factored as (y2−25)(y2+25). But it is not completely factored. What more must be done to completely factor it?

Solution

Answer may vary.

Of all the factoring methods covered in this chapter (GCF, grouping, undo FOIL, ‘ac’ method, special products) which is the easiest for you? Which is the hardest? Explain your answers.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has the following statements all to be preceded by “I can…”. The row states “recognize and use the appropriate method to factor a polynomial completely”. In the columns beside these statements are the headers, “confidently”, “with some help”, and “no-I don’t get it!”.

ⓑ Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

Quadratic Equations

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve quadratic equations by using the Zero Product Property
  • Solve quadratic equations factoring
  • Solve applications modeled by quadratic equations

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Solve: 5y−3=0.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations with Variables and Constants on Both Sides.

Solution

y=35

Solve: 10a=0.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

a=0

Combine like terms: 12x2−6x+4x.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

12x2−2x

Factor n3−9n2−22n completely.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c.

Solution

n(n−11)(n+2)

We have already solved linear equations, equations of the form ax+by=c. In linear equations, the variables have no exponents. Quadratic equations are equations in which the variable is squared. Listed below are some examples of quadratic equations:

x2+5x+6=03y2+4y=1064u2−81=0n(n+1)=42

The last equation doesn’t appear to have the variable squared, but when we simplify the expression on the left we will get n2+n.

The general form of a quadratic equation is ax2+bx+c=0,witha≠0.

Quadratic Equation

An equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0 is called a quadratic equation.

a,b,andcare real numbers anda≠0

To solve quadratic equations we need methods different than the ones we used in solving linear equations. We will look at one method here and then several others in a later chapter.

Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Zero Product Property

We will first solve some quadratic equations by using the Zero Product Property. The Zero Product Property says that if the product of two quantities is zero, it must be that at least one of the quantities is zero. The only way to get a product equal to zero is to multiply by zero itself.

Zero Product Property

If a·b=0, then either a=0 or b=0 or both.

We will now use the Zero Product Property, to solve a quadratic equation.

How to Use the Zero Product Property to Solve a Quadratic Equation

Solve: (x+1)(x−4)=0.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for solving (x + 1)(x – 4) = 0. The first step is to set each factor equal to 0. Since it is a product equal to 0, at least one factor must equal 0. x + 1 = 0 or x – 4 = 0. The next step is to solve each linear equation. This gives two solutions, x = −1 or x = 4. The last step is to check both answers by substituting the values for x into the original equation.

Solve: (x−3)(x+5)=0.

Solution

x=3,x=−5

Solve: (y−6)(y+9)=0.

Solution

y=6,y=−9

We usually will do a little more work than we did in this last example to solve the linear equations that result from using the Zero Product Property.

Solve: (5n−2)(6n−1)=0.

Solution

Solution

(5n−2)(6n−1)=0
Use the Zero Product Property to set
each factor to 0.
5n−2=0 6n−1=0
Solve the equations. n=25 n=16
Check your answers.
Verification of solutions for the quadratic equation (5n - 2)(6n - 1) = 0. Both n = 2/5 and n = 1/6 are substituted into the equation, confirming that both values result in 0 = 0.

Solve: (3m−2)(2m+1)=0.

Solution

m=23,m=−12

Solve: (4p+3)(4p−3)=0.

Solution

p=−34,p=34

Notice when we checked the solutions that each of them made just one factor equal to zero. But the product was zero for both solutions.

Solve: 3p(10p+7)=0.

Solution

Solution

3p(10p+7)=0
Use the Zero Product Property to set
each factor to 0.
3p=0 10p+7=0
Solve the equations. p=0 10p=−7
p=−710
Check your answers.
Solutions p=0 and p=-7/10 are verified for the equation 3p(10p + 7)=0. Both substitutions lead to 0=0, confirming their correctness.

Solve: 2u(5u−1)=0.

Solution

u=0,u=15

Solve: w(2w+3)=0.

Solution

w=0,w=−32

It may appear that there is only one factor in the next example. Remember, however, that (y−8)2 means (y−8)(y−8).

Solve: (y−8)2=0.

Solution

Solution

(y−8)2=0
Rewrite the left side as a product. (y−8)(y−8)=0
Use the Zero Product Property and
set each factor to 0.
y−8=0 y−8=0
Solve the equations. y=8 y=8
When a solution repeats, we call it
a double root.
Check your answer.
A step-by-step verification of the equation (y-8)^2=0 by substituting y=8, leading to the true statement 0=0.

Solve: (x+1)2=0.

Solution

x=−1

Solve: (v−2)2=0.

Solution

v=2

Solve Quadratic Equations by Factoring

Each of the equations we have solved in this section so far had one side in factored form. In order to use the Zero Product Property, the quadratic equation must be factored, with zero on one side. So we must be sure to start with the quadratic equation in standard form, ax2+bx+c=0. Then we can factor the expression on the left.

How to Solve a Quadratic Equation by Factoring

Solve: x2+2x−8=0.

Solution

Solution

This table gives the steps for solving the equation x squared + 2 x – 8 = 0. The first step is writing the equation in standard quadratic form, which it is. The second step is factoring the quadratic expression x squared + 2 x – 8. The factors are (x + 4), (x – 2). The next step is using the zero product property and set each factor equal to 0, x + 4 = 0 and x – 2 = 0. The next step is solving both linear equations, x = −4 or x = 2. The last step is checking both solutions by substituting them into the original equation.

Solve: x2−x−12=0.

Solution

x=4,x=−3

Solve: b2+9b+14=0.

Solution

b=−2,b=−7

Solve a quadratic equation by factoring.

  1. Write the quadratic equation in standard form, ax2+bx+c=0.
  2. Factor the quadratic expression.
  3. Use the Zero Product Property.
  4. Solve the linear equations.
  5. Check.

Before we factor, we must make sure the quadratic equation is in standard form.

Solve: 2y2=13y+45.

Solution

Solution

2y2=13y+45
Write the quadratic equation in standard form. 2y2−13y−45=0
Factor the quadratic expression. (2y+5)(y−9)=0
Use the Zero Product Property
to set each factor to 0.
2y+5=0 y−9=0
Solve each equation. y=−52 y=9
Check your answers.
Step-by-step verification of two solutions, y = -5/2 and y = 9, for the quadratic equation 2y^2 = 13y + 45, confirming both satisfy the equation.

Solve: 3c2=10c−8.

Solution

c=2,c=43

Solve: 2d2−5d=3.

Solution

d=3,d=−12

Solve: 5x2−13x=7x.

Solution

Solution

5x2−13x=7x
Write the quadratic equation in standard form. 5x2−20x=0
Factor the left side of the equation. 5x(x−4)=0
Use the Zero Product Property
to set each factor to 0.
5x=0 x−4=0
Solve each equation. x=0 x=4
Check your answers.
The image shows the verification of potential solutions for the equation 5x^2 - 13x = 7x. It demonstrates substituting x=0 and x=4 into the equation, showing that both values satisfy the equation.

Solve: 6a2+9a=3a.

Solution

a=0,a=−1

Solve: 45b2−2b=−17b.

Solution

b=0,b=−13

Solving quadratic equations by factoring will make use of all the factoring techniques you have learned in this chapter! Do you recognize the special product pattern in the next example?

Solve: 144q2=25.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 144q squared equals 25.
Write the quadratic equation in standard form. A mathematical equation, 144q^2 - 25 = 0, is displayed on a white background.
Factor. It is a difference of squares. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading (12q - 5)(12q + 5) = 0. The equation is presented in black text.
Use the Zero Product Property to set each factor to 0. 12q–5=0 12q+5=0
Solve each equation. 12q=5 q=512 12q=–5 q=–512
Check your answers.

Solve: 25p2=49.

Solution

p=75,p=−75

Solve: 36x2=121.

Solution

x=116,x=−116

The left side in the next example is factored, but the right side is not zero. In order to use the Zero Product Property, one side of the equation must be zero. We’ll multiply the factors and then write the equation in standard form.

Solve: (3x−8)(x−1)=3x.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution of a quadratic equation by factoring, demonstrating transformations to find the roots.
(3x−8)(x−1)=3x
Multiply the binomials. 3x2−11x+8=3x
Write the quadratic equation in standard form. 3x2−14x+8=0
Factor the trinomial. (3x−2)(x−4)=0
Use the Zero Product Property to set each factor to 0.
Solve each equation.
3x−2=0x−4=03x=2x=4x=23
Check your answers. The check is left to you!

Solve: (2m+1)(m+3)=12m.

Solution

m=1,m=32

Solve: (k+1)(k−1)=8.

Solution

k=3,k=−3

The Zero Product Property also applies to the product of three or more factors. If the product is zero, at least one of the factors must be zero. We can solve some equations of degree more than two by using the Zero Product Property, just like we solved quadratic equations.

Solve: 9m3+100m=60m2.

Solution

Solution

Steps for solving algebraic equations by factoring, showing each action and its mathematical representation.
A mathematical equation displayed on a white background: 9m^3 + 100m = 60m^2.
Bring all the terms to one side so that the other side is zero. A cubic equation is displayed: 9m^3 - 60m^2 + 100m = 0, featuring terms with m raised to the power of 3, 2, and 1, set equal to zero.
Factor the greatest common factor first. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing m multiplied by the quadratic expression (9m^2 - 60m + 100), all set equal to zero.
Factor the trinomial. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: m(3m - 10)(3m - 10) = 0. The equation shows a variable 'm' multiplied by two identical binomial factors (3m - 10), all set equal to zero.
Use the Zero Product Property to set each factor to 0. Three mathematical equations are displayed horizontally on a white background: 'm = 0', '3m - 10 = 0', and '3m - 10 = 0'.
Solve each equation. Three mathematical expressions are shown: m = 0, m = 10/3, and m = 10/3. The letter 'm' is equal to zero in the first expression and to the fraction 10 over 3 in the other two.
Check your answers. The check is left to you.

Solve: 8x3=24x2−18x.

Solution

x=0,x=32

Solve: 16y2=32y3+2y.

Solution

y=0,y=14

When we factor the quadratic equation in the next example we will get three factors. However the first factor is a constant. We know that factor cannot equal 0.

Solve: 4x2=16x+84.

Solution

Solution

Steps demonstrating how to solve a quadratic equation by factoring, from the initial equation to the final solutions.
4x2=16x+84
Write the quadratic equation in standard form. 4x2−16x−84=0
Factor the greatest common factor first. 4(x2−4x−21)=0
Factor the trinomial. 4(x−7)(x+3)=0
Use the Zero Product Property to set each factor to 0.
Solve each equation.
4≠0x−7=0x+3=04≠0x=7x=−3
Check your answers. The check is left to you.

Solve: 18a2−30=−33a.

Solution

a=−52,a=23

Solve: 123b=−6−60b2.

Solution

b=−2,b=−120

Solve Applications Modeled by Quadratic Equations

The problem solving strategy we used earlier for applications that translate to linear equations will work just as well for applications that translate to quadratic equations. We will copy the problem solving strategy here so we can use it for reference.

Use a problem-solving strategy to solve word problems.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
  4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the English sentence into an algebra equation.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

We will start with a number problem to get practice translating words into a quadratic equation.

The product of two consecutive integers is 132. Find the integers.

Solution

Solution

This table outlines a 7-step process for solving a word problem to find consecutive integers whose product is 132, from reading the problem to checking the final answer.
Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for two consecutive integers.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Letn=the first integern+1=the next consecutive integer
Step 4. Translate into an equation. Restate the problem in a sentence. The product of the two consecutive integers is 132.
The first integer times the next integer is 132.
Translate to an equation. n(n+1)=132
Step 5. Solve the equation. n2+n=132
Bring all the terms to one side. n2+n−132=0
Factor the trinomial. (n−11)(n+12)=0
Use the zero product property.
Solve the equations.
n−11=0n+12=0n=11n=−12
There are two values for n that are solutions to this problem. So there are two sets of consecutive integers that will work.
If the first integer isn=11If the first integer isn=−12then the next integer isn+1then the next integer isn+111+1−12+112−11
Step 6. Check the answer.
The consecutive integers are 11,12 and −11,−12. The product 11·12=132 and the product −11(−12)=132. Both pairs of consecutive integers are solutions.
Step 7. Answer the question. The consecutive integers are 11,12 and −11,−12.

The product of two consecutive integers is 240. Find the integers.

Solution

−15,−16and15,16

The product of two consecutive integers is 420. Find the integers.

Solution

−21,−20and20,21

Were you surprised by the pair of negative integers that is one of the solutions to the previous example? The product of the two positive integers and the product of the two negative integers both give 132.

In some applications, negative solutions will result from the algebra, but will not be realistic for the situation.

A rectangular garden has an area 15 square feet. The length of the garden is two feet more than the width. Find the length and width of the garden.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. In problems involving geometric figures, a sketch can help you visualize the situation. An overhead view of a rectangular park or garden with green grass, several trees, two brown rock formations, and an oval blue pond. The dimensions are labeled 'W' for width and 'W + 2' for length.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. We are looking for the length and width.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for.
The length is two feet more than width.
Let W = the width of the garden.
W + 2 = the length of the garden
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
Restate the important information in a sentence.

The area of the rectangular garden is 15 square feet.
Use the formula for the area of a rectangle. A=L·W
Substitute in the variables. 15=(W+2)W
Step 5. Solve the equation. Distribute first. 15=W2+2W
Get zero on one side. 0=W2+2W−15
Factor the trinomial. 0=(W+5)(W−3)
Use the Zero Product Property. 0=W+5 0=W−3
Solve each equation. −5=W 3=W
Since W is the width of the garden,
it does not make sense for it to be
negative. We eliminate that value for W.
−5=W

W=3
3=W

Width is 3 feet.
Find the value of the length. W+2=length
3+2
5 Length is 5 feet.
Step 6. Check the answer.
Does the answer make sense?
An illustration of a rectangular park with trees and a pond, accompanied by mathematical calculations demonstrating how to find its area. The width is 'W' and length is 'W+2', with W set to 3, resulting in an area of 15.
Yes, this makes sense.
Step 7. Answer the question. The width of the garden is 3 feet
and the length is 5 feet.

A rectangular sign has an area of 30 square feet. The length of the sign is one foot more than the width. Find the length and width of the sign.

Solution

5 feet and 6 feet

A rectangular patio has an area of 180 square feet. The width of the patio is three feet less than the length. Find the length and width of the patio.

Solution

12 feet and 15 feet

In an earlier chapter, we used the Pythagorean Theorem (a2+b2=c2). It gave the relation between the legs and the hypotenuse of a right triangle.

This figure is a right triangle.

We will use this formula in the next example.

Justine wants to put a deck in the corner of her backyard in the shape of a right triangle, as shown below. The hypotenuse will be 17 feet long. The length of one side will be 7 feet less than the length of the other side. Find the lengths of the sides of the deck.

This figure is a right triangle. The vertical leg is labeled “x – 7”. the horizontal leg, the base, is labeled “x”. The hypotenuse is labeled “17”.
Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for.
We are looking for the lengths of the sides
of the deck.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for.
One side is 7 less than the other.
Let x = length of a side of the deck
x − 7 = length of other side
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
Since this is a right triangle we can use the
Pythagorean Theorem.
a2+b2=c2
Substitute in the variables. x2+(x−7)2=172
Step 5. Solve the equation. x2+x2−14x+49=289
Simplify. 2x2−14x+49=289
It is a quadratic equation, so get zero on one side. 2x2−14x−240=0
Factor the greatest common factor. 2(x2−7x−120)=0
Factor the trinomial. 2(x−15)(x+8)=0
Use the Zero Product Property. 2≠0 x−15=0 x+8=0
Solve. 2≠0 x=15 x=−8
Since x is a side of the triangle, x=−8 does not
make sense.
2≠0
x=15
x=−8
Find the length of the other side.
If the length of one side is     The mathematical equation 'x = 15' displayed on a plain white background.
then the length of the other side is A white background with the mathematical expression 'X-7' written in black text in the center.
The image shows the numbers 15-7. The '1' and '5' are in a reddish-orange hue, and the '-' and '7' are in black, all presented on a plain white background.
8 is the length of the other side.
Step 6. Check the answer.
Do these numbers make sense?
A diagram showing a right triangle with sides x, x-7, and 17. The solution reveals x=15, and verification confirms 15^2 + 8^2 = 17^2, demonstrating the Pythagorean theorem.
Step 7. Answer the question. The sides of the deck are 8, 15, and 17 feet.

A boat’s sail is a right triangle. The length of one side of the sail is 7 feet more than the other side. The hypotenuse is 13. Find the lengths of the two sides of the sail.

Solution

5 feet and 12 feet

A meditation garden is in the shape of a right triangle, with one leg 7 feet. The length of the hypotenuse is one more than the length of one of the other legs. Find the lengths of the hypotenuse and the other leg.

Solution

24 feet and 25 feet

Key Concepts

  • Zero Product Property If a·b=0, then either a=0 or b=0 or both. See Example 1.
  • Solve a quadratic equation by factoring To solve a quadratic equation by factoring: See Example 5.
    1. Write the quadratic equation in standard form, ax2+bx+c=0.
    2. Factor the quadratic expression.
    3. Use the Zero Product Property.
    4. Solve the linear equations.
    5. Check.
  • Use a problem solving strategy to solve word problems See Example 12.
    1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
    4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the English sentence into an algebra equation.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Use the Zero Product Property

In the following exercises, solve.

(x−3)(x+7)=0

Solution

x=3,x=−7

(y−11)(y+1)=0

(3a−10)(2a−7)=0

Solution

a=10/3,a=7/2

(5b+1)(6b+1)=0

6m(12m−5)=0

Solution

m=0,m=5/12

2x(6x−3)=0

(y−3)2=0

Solution

y=3

(b+10)2=0

(2x−1)2=0

Solution

x=1/2

(3y+5)2=0

Solve Quadratic Equations by Factoring

In the following exercises, solve.

x2+7x+12=0

Solution

x=−3,x=−4

y2−8y+15=0

5a2−26a=24

Solution

a=−4/5,a=6

4b2+7b=−3

4m2=17m−15

Solution

m=5/4,m=3

n2=5n−6

7a2+14a=7a

Solution

a=−1,a=0

12b2−15b=−9b

49m2=144

Solution

m=12/7,m=−12/7

625=x2

(y−3)(y+2)=4y

Solution

y=−1,y=6

(p−5)(p+3)=−7

(2x+1)(x−3)=−4x

Solution

x=3/2,x=−1

(x+6)(x−3)=−8

16p3=24p2-9p

Solution

p=0,p=¾

m3−2m2=−m

20x2−60x=−45

Solution

x=3/2

3y2−18y=−27

Solve Applications Modeled by Quadratic Equations

In the following exercises, solve.

The product of two consecutive integers is 56. Find the integers.

Solution

7and8;−8and−7

The product of two consecutive integers is 42. Find the integers.

The area of a rectangular carpet is 28 square feet. The length is three feet more than the width. Find the length and the width of the carpet.

Solution

4feet and7feet

A rectangular retaining wall has area 15 square feet. The height of the wall is two feet less than its length. Find the height and the length of the wall.

A pennant is shaped like a right triangle, with hypotenuse 10 feet. The length of one side of the pennant is two feet longer than the length of the other side. Find the length of the two sides of the pennant.

Solution

6feet and8feet

A reflecting pool is shaped like a right triangle, with one leg along the wall of a building. The hypotenuse is 9 feet longer than the side along the building. The third side is 7 feet longer than the side along the building. Find the lengths of all three sides of the reflecting pool.

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, solve.

(x+8)(x−3)=0

Solution

x=−8,x=3

(3y−5)(y+7)=0

p2+12p+11=0

Solution

p=−1,p=−11

q2−12q−13=0

m2=6m+16

Solution

m=−2,m=8

4n2+19n=5

a3−a2−42a=0

Solution

a=0,a=−6,a=7

4b2−60b+224=0

The product of two consecutive integers is 110. Find the integers.

Solution

10and11;−11and−10

The length of one leg of a right triangle is three feet more than the other leg. If the hypotenuse is 15 feet, find the lengths of the two legs.

Everyday Math

Area of a patio If each side of a square patio is increased by 4 feet, the area of the patio would be 196 square feet. Solve the equation (s+4)2=196 for s to find the length of a side of the patio.

Solution

10 feet

Watermelon drop A watermelon is dropped from the tenth story of a building. Solve the equation −16t2+144=0 for t to find the number of seconds it takes the watermelon to reach the ground.

Writing Exercises

Explain how you solve a quadratic equation. How many answers do you expect to get for a quadratic equation?

Solution

Answers may vary.

Give an example of a quadratic equation that has a GCF and none of the solutions to the equation is zero.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has the following statements all to be preceded by “I can…”. The first row is “solve quadratic equations by using the zero product property”. The second row is “solve quadratic equations by factoring”. The third row is “solve applications modeled by quadratic equations”. In the columns beside these statements are the headers, “confidently”, “with some help”, and “no-I don’t get it!”.

ⓑ Overall, after looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

Chapter 7 Review Exercises

7.1 Greatest Common Factor and Factor by Grouping

Find the Greatest Common Factor of Two or More Expressions

In the following exercises, find the greatest common factor.

42,60

Solution

6

450,420

90,150,105

Solution

15

60,294,630

Factor the Greatest Common Factor from a Polynomial

In the following exercises, factor the greatest common factor from each polynomial.

24x−42

Solution

6(4x−7)

35y+84

15m4+6m2n

Solution

3m2(5m2+2n)

24pt4+16t7

Factor by Grouping

In the following exercises, factor by grouping.

ax−ay+bx−by

Solution

(a+b)(x−y)

x2y−xy2+2x−2y

x2+7x−3x−21

Solution

(x−3)(x+7)

4x2−16x+3x−12

m3+m2+m+1

Solution

(m2+1)(m+1)

5x−5y−y+x

7.2 Factor Trinomials of the form x2+bx+c

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bx+c

In the following exercises, factor each trinomial of the form x2+bx+c.

u2+17u+72

Solution

(u+8)(u+9)

a2+14a+33

k2−16k+60

Solution

(k−6)(k−10)

r2−11r+28

y2+6y−7

Solution

(y+7)(y−1)

m2+3m−54

s2−2s−8

Solution

(s−4)(s+2)

x2−3x−10

Factor Trinomials of the Form x2+bxy+cy2

In the following examples, factor each trinomial of the form x2+bxy+cy2.

x2+12xy+35y2

Solution

(x+5y)(x+7y)

u2+14uv+48v2

a2+4ab−21b2

Solution

(a+7b)(a−3b)

p2−5pq−36q2

7.3 Factoring Trinomials of the form ax2+bx+c

Recognize a Preliminary Strategy to Factor Polynomials Completely

In the following exercises, identify the best method to use to factor each polynomial.

y2−17y+42

Solution

Undo FOIL

12r2+32r+5

8a3+72a

Solution

Factor the GCF

4m−mn−3n+12

Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c with a GCF

In the following exercises, factor completely.

6x2+42x+60

Solution

6(x+2)(x+5)

8a2+32a+24

3n4−12n3−96n2

Solution

3n2(n−8)(n+4)

5y3+25y2−70y

Factor Trinomials Using the “ac” Method

In the following exercises, factor.

2x2+9x+4

Solution

(x+4)(2x+1)

3y2+17y+10

18a2−9a+1

Solution

(3a−1)(6a−1)

8u2−14u+3

15p2+2p−8

Solution

(5p+4)(3p−2)

15x2+x−2

40s2−s−6

Solution

(5s−2)(8s+3)

20n2−7n−3

Factor Trinomials with a GCF Using the “ac” Method

In the following exercises, factor.

3x2+3x−36

Solution

3(x+4)(x−3)

4x2+4x−8

60y2−85y−25

Solution

5(4y+1)(3y−5)

18a2−57a−21

7.4 Factoring Special Products

Factor Perfect Square Trinomials

In the following exercises, factor.

25x2+30x+9

Solution

(5x+3)2

16y2+72y+81

36a2−84ab+49b2

Solution

(6a−7b)2

64r2−176rs+121s2

40x2+360x+810

Solution

10(2x+9)2

75u2+180u+108

2y3−16y2+32y

Solution

2y(y−4)2

5k3−70k2+245k

Factor Differences of Squares

In the following exercises, factor.

81r2−25

Solution

(9r−5)(9r+5)

49a2−144

169m2−n2

Solution

(13m+n)(13m−n)

64x2−y2

25p2−1

Solution

(5p−1)(5p+1)

1−16s2

9−121y2

Solution

(3+11y)(3−11y)

100k2−81

20x2−125

Solution

5(2x−5)(2x+5)

18y2−98

49u3−9u

Solution

u(7u+3)(7u−3)

169n3−n

Factor Sums and Differences of Cubes

In the following exercises, factor.

a3−125

Solution

(a−5)(a2+5a+25)

b3−216

2m3+54

Solution

2(m+3)(m2−3m+9)

81x3+3

7.5 General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials

Recognize and Use the Appropriate Method to Factor a Polynomial Completely

In the following exercises, factor completely.

24x3+44x2

Solution

4x2(6x+11)

24a4−9a3

16n2−56mn+49m2

Solution

(4n−7m)2

6a2−25a−9

5r2+22r−48

Solution

(r+6)(5r−8)

5u4−45u2

n4−81

Solution

(n2+9)(n+3)(n−3)

64j2+225

5x2+5x−60

Solution

5(x−3)(x+4)

b3−64

m3+125

Solution

(m+5)(m2−5m+25)

2b2−2bc+5cb−5c2

7.6 Quadratic Equations

Use the Zero Product Property

In the following exercises, solve.

(a−3)(a+7)=0

Solution

a=3,a=−7

(b−3)(b+10)=0

3m(2m−5)(m+6)=0

Solution

m=0m=–6m=52

7n(3n+8)(n−5)=0

Solve Quadratic Equations by Factoring

In the following exercises, solve.

x2+9x+20=0

Solution

x=−4,x=−5

y2−y−72=0

2p2−11p=40

Solution

p=−52,p=8

q3+3q2+2q=0

144m2−25=0

Solution

m=512,m=−512

4n2=36

Solve Applications Modeled by Quadratic Equations

In the following exercises, solve.

The product of two consecutive numbers is 462. Find the numbers.

Solution

−21and−22;21and22

The area of a rectangular shaped patio 400 square feet. The length of the patio is 9 feet more than its width. Find the length and width.

Practice Test

In the following exercises, find the Greatest Common Factor in each expression.

14y−42

Solution

14(y−3)

−6x2−30x

80a2+120a3

Solution

40a2(2+3a)

5m(m−1)+3(m−1)

In the following exercises, factor completely.

x2+13x+42

Solution

(x+7)(x+6)

p2+pq−12q2

3a3−6a2−72a

Solution

3a(a−6)(a+4)

s2−25s+84

5n2+30n+45

Solution

5(n+3)2

64y2−49

xy−8y+7x−56

Solution

(x−8)(y+7)

40r2+810

9s2−12s+4

Solution

(3s−2)2

n2+12n+36

100−a2

Solution

(10−a)(10+a)

6x2−11x−10

3x2−75y2

Solution

3(x+5y)(x−5y)

c3−1000d3

ab−3b−2a+6

Solution

(a−3)(b−2)

6u2+3u−18

8m2+22m+5

Solution

(4m+1)(2m+5)

In the following exercises, solve.

x2+9x+20=0

y2=y+132

Solution

y=−11,y=12

5a2+26a=24

9b2−9=0

Solution

b=1,b=−1

16−m2=0

4n2+19n+21=0

Solution

n=−74,n=−3

(x−3)(x+2)=6

The product of two consecutive integers is 156. Find the integers.

Solution

12and13;−13and−12

The area of a rectangular place mat is 168 square inches. Its length is two inches longer than the width. Find the length and width of the place mat.

quadratic equations
are equations in which the variable is squared.
Zero Product Property
The Zero Product Property states that, if the product of two quantities is zero, at least one of the quantities is zero.

Introduction

This is a photo of two people rowing a boat in a canal.
Rowing a boat downstream can be very relaxing, but it takes much more effort to row the boat upstream.

Like rowing a boat, riding a bicycle is a situation in which going in one direction, downhill, is easy, but going in the opposite direction, uphill, can be more work. The trip to reach a destination may be quick, but the return trip whether upstream or uphill will take longer.

Rational equations are used to model situations like these. In this chapter, we will work with rational expressions, solve rational equations, and use them to solve problems in a variety of applications.

Simplify Rational Expressions

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Determine the values for which a rational expression is undefined
  • Evaluate rational expressions
  • Simplify rational expressions
  • Simplify rational expressions with opposite factors

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Simplify: 90y15y2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Divide Monomials.

Solution

6y

Factor: 6x2−7x+2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Factor Trinomials of the Form ax2+bx+c.

Solution

2x−13x−2

Factor: n3+8.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Factor Special Products.

Solution

n+2n2−2n+4

In Chapter 1, we reviewed the properties of fractions and their operations. We introduced rational numbers, which are just fractions where the numerators and denominators are integers, and the denominator is not zero.

In this chapter, we will work with fractions whose numerators and denominators are polynomials. We call these rational expressions.

Rational Expression

A rational expression is an expression of the form p(x)q(x), where p and q are polynomials and q≠0.

Remember, division by 0 is undefined.

Here are some examples of rational expressions:

−13427y8z5x+2x2−74x2+3x−12x−8

Notice that the first rational expression listed above, −1342, is just a fraction. Since a constant is a polynomial with degree zero, the ratio of two constants is a rational expression, provided the denominator is not zero.

We will perform the same operations with rational expressions that we do with fractions. We will simplify, add, subtract, multiply, divide, and use them in applications.


Determine the Values for Which a Rational Expression is Undefined

When we work with a numerical fraction, it is easy to avoid dividing by zero, because we can see the number in the denominator. In order to avoid dividing by zero in a rational expression, we must not allow values of the variable that will make the denominator be zero.

If the denominator is zero, the rational expression is undefined. The numerator of a rational expression may be 0—but not the denominator.

So before we begin any operation with a rational expression, we examine it first to find the values that would make the denominator zero. That way, when we solve a rational equation for example, we will know whether the algebraic solutions we find are allowed or not.

Determine the Values for Which a Rational Expression is Undefined.

  1. Set the denominator equal to zero.
  2. Solve the equation in the set of reals, if possible.

Determine the values for which the rational expression is undefined:

ⓐ 9yx ⓑ 4b−32b+5 ⓒ x+4x2+5x+6

Solution

Solution

The expression will be undefined when the denominator is zero.

ⓐ
This table demonstrates the steps to determine when a rational expression is undefined by setting the denominator to zero.
9yx
Set the denominator equal to zero. Solve for the variable. x=0
9yxis undefined forx=0.
ⓑ
Steps to determine where a rational expression is undefined by setting its denominator to zero and solving for the variable.
4b−32b+5
Set the denominator equal to zero. Solve for the variable. 2b+5=02b=−5b=−52
4b−32b+5 is undefined for b=−52.
ⓒ
This table illustrates the step-by-step procedure to determine the values for which a given rational expression is undefined by solving its denominator for zero.
x+4x2+5x+6
Set the denominator equal to zero. Solve for the variable. x2+5x+6=0(x+2)(x+3)=0x+2=0orx+3=0x=−2orx=−3
x+4x2+5x+6 is undefined for x=−2orx=−3.

Saying that the rational expression x+4x2+5x+6 is undefined for x=−2orx=−3 is similar to writing the phrase “void where prohibited” in contest rules.

Determine the values for which the rational expression is undefined:

ⓐ 3yx ⓑ 8n−53n+1 ⓒ a+10a2+4a+3

Solution

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ n=−13 ⓒ a=−1,a=−3

Determine the values for which the rational expression is undefined:

ⓐ 4p5q ⓑ y−13y+2 ⓒ m−5m2+m−6

Solution

ⓐ q=0 ⓑ y=−23 ⓒ m=2,m=−3

Evaluate Rational Expressions

To evaluate a rational expression, we substitute values of the variables into the expression and simplify, just as we have for many other expressions in this book.

Evaluate 2x+33x−5 for each value:

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ x=2 ⓒ x=−3

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
A mathematical expression displaying the fraction (2x + 3) over (3x - 5), where 2x + 3 is the numerator and 3x - 5 is the denominator.
Substitute 0 for x. A mathematical fraction showing the substitution of 0 for a variable in both the numerator and denominator, with the zeroes highlighted in red: (2(0)+3) / (3(0)-5).
Simplify. The image displays the fraction -3/5, representing a negative value where three is divided by five.
ⓑ
A mathematical fraction with the expression 2x + 3 in the numerator and 3x - 5 in the denominator, presented in a clear, standard algebraic format.
The image shows the text 'Substitute 2 for x.' in a gray font, with the number '2' highlighted in a reddish-orange color. A mathematical expression displaying a fraction where the variable in the numerator 2(x) + 3 and denominator 3(x) - 5 has been substituted with the number 2, highlighted in red. The expression is 2(2) + 3 / 3(2) - 5.
Simplify. A mathematical fraction showing the expression (4+3) in the numerator and (6-5) in the denominator.
A mathematical fraction displays the number 7 over the number 1, representing the value of seven divided by one. The numeral 7 is positioned as the numerator above a horizontal line, with the numeral 1 as the denominator below it.
The number 7, in a dark gray font, is depicted against a clean white background. The number is centrally located and clearly visible, with no other elements or distractions present in the image.
ⓒ
A mathematical expression displaying a fraction: the numerator is 2x + 3, and the denominator is 3x - 5.
The text reads 'Substitute -3 for x.' on a white background, with the number -3 highlighted in red. A mathematical fraction is shown, with 2(-3) + 3 in the numerator and 3(-3) - 5 in the denominator. The number -3 is highlighted in red in both parts of the expression.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with numerator '-6 + 3' and denominator '-9 - 5'.
The mathematical expression shows the fraction -3 divided by -14.
A fraction shows 3 over 14, represented as 3/14, centered on a white background.

Evaluate y+12y−3 for each value:

ⓐ y=1 ⓑ y=−3 ⓒ y=0

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ 29 ⓒ −13

Evaluate 5x−12x+1 for each value:

ⓐ x=1 ⓑ x=−1 ⓒ x=0

Solution

ⓐ 43 ⓑ 6 ⓒ −1

Evaluate x2+8x+7x2−4 for each value:

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ x=2 ⓒ x=−1

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
A mathematical expression showing the fraction (x^2 + 8x + 7) divided by (x^2 - 4). The numerator is a quadratic trinomial, and the denominator is a difference of squares.
Substitute 0 for x. The evaluation of an algebraic fraction where the variable is replaced by zero, represented as ((0)^2 + 8(0) + 7) / ((0)^2 - 4).
Simplify.       A white background displays the mathematical fraction seven over negative four, representing the value -7/4.
The mathematical expression displays a negative fraction, written as minus seven over four (-7/4).
ⓑ
A mathematical expression showing the fraction (x^2 + 8x + 7) divided by (x^2 - 4). The numerator is a quadratic trinomial, and the denominator is a difference of squares.
Substitute 2 for x. A mathematical fraction with (2)^2 + 8(2) + 7 in the numerator and (2)^2 - 4 in the denominator, where the number 2 is highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (4 + 16 + 7) / (4 - 4), which results in division by zero, rendering the expression undefined.
The mathematical expression 27/0, which is undefined.
This rational expression is undefined for x = 2.
ⓒ
A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is x squared plus 8x plus 7. The denominator is x squared minus 4.
The image displays the text 'Substitute -1 for x.', with '-1' highlighted in red. A mathematical fraction showing the evaluation of (x^2 + 8x + 7) / (x^2 - 4) with x = -1, where the -1 is highlighted in red.
Simplify.       A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is 1 - 8 + 7 and the denominator is 1 - 4.
A mathematical expression showing the fraction with numerator -7 + 7 and denominator -3.
A mathematical expression displaying the fraction 0 over -3, which simplifies to 0. This image shows a fundamental concept in division where zero divided by any non-zero number is zero.
A close-up view of the number 0, rendered in a sans-serif font, centered on a plain white background.

Evaluate x2+1x2−3x+2 for each value:

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ x=−1 ⓒ x=3

Solution

ⓐ 12 ⓑ 13 ⓒ 5

Evaluate x2+x−6x2−9 for each value:

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ x=−2 ⓒ x=1

Solution

ⓐ 23 ⓑ 45 ⓒ 12

Remember that a fraction is simplified when it has no common factors, other than 1, in its numerator and denominator. When we evaluate a rational expression, we make sure to simplify the resulting fraction.

Evaluate a2+2ab+b23ab2 for each value:

ⓐ a=1,b=2 ⓑ a=−2,b=−1 ⓒ a=13,b=0

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
a2+2ab+b23ab2 when a=1,b=2.
The image displays text in a serif font that reads 'Substitute 1 for a and 2 for b.' The numbers '1' and '2' are highlighted in red and light blue, respectively. A mathematical fraction with a numerator expanded as (1)^2 + 2(1)(2) + (2)^2 and a denominator as 3(1)(2)^2, featuring red and blue colored numbers.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (1 + 4 + 4) over 3(4).
The fraction 9/12 is displayed on a white background, with a horizontal line separating the numerator '9' from the denominator '12'.
The image displays the fraction '3/4' centered on a plain white background. The numerator '3' is positioned above a horizontal fraction bar, with the denominator '4' directly below the bar. The text is black and clear.


ⓑ
a2+2ab+b23ab2 when a=−2,b=−1.
The text instruction 'Substitute -2 for a and -1 for b.' is displayed, with the value -2 highlighted in red and -1 in blue. A mathematical expression featuring a numerator with the sum of squares and a product term, and a denominator with a product of three terms. The numbers -2 and -1 are highlighted in red and light blue respectively.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (4 + 4 + 1) divided by -6, presented in a clean, white background.
A mathematical expression displaying the fraction -9/6.
A mathematical expression displaying the negative fraction -3/2, set against a plain white background.


ⓒ
a2+2ab+b23ab2 when a=13,b=0.
The text reads: 'Substitute 1/3 for a and 0 for b.' A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is (1/3)^2 + 2(1/3)(0) + (0)^2, and the denominator is 3(1/3)(0)^2. The number 1/3 is in red, and 0 is in blue.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing a fraction 1/9 plus two zeros in the numerator, all divided by zero, resulting in an undefined expression due to division by zero.
A mathematical expression showing the fraction 1 over 9, which is then divided by 0, resulting in an undefined or impossible mathematical operation, commonly known as division by zero.
The expression is undefined.

Evaluate 2a3ba2+2ab+b2 for each value:

ⓐ a=−1,b=2 ⓑ a=0,b=−1 ⓒ a=1,b=12

Solution

ⓐ −4 ⓑ 0 ⓒ 49

Evaluate a2−b28ab3 for each value:

ⓐ a=1,b=−1 ⓑ a=12,b=−1 ⓒ a=−2,b=1

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ 316 ⓒ −316

Simplify Rational Expressions

Just like a fraction is considered simplified if there are no common factors, other than 1, in its numerator and denominator, a rational expression is simplified if it has no common factors, other than 1, in its numerator and denominator.

Simplified Rational Expression

A rational expression is considered simplified if there are no common factors in its numerator and denominator.

For example:

  • 23 is simplified because there are no common factors of 2 and 3.
  • 2x3x is not simplified because x is a common factor of 2x and 3x.

We use the Equivalent Fractions Property to simplify numerical fractions. We restate it here as we will also use it to simplify rational expressions.

Equivalent Fractions Property

If a, b, and c are numbers where b≠0,c≠0, then ab=a·cb·c and a·cb·c=ab.

Notice that in the Equivalent Fractions Property, the values that would make the denominators zero are specifically disallowed. We see b≠0,c≠0 clearly stated. Every time we write a rational expression, we should make a similar statement disallowing values that would make a denominator zero. However, to let us focus on the work at hand, we will omit writing it in the examples.

Let’s start by reviewing how we simplify numerical fractions.

Simplify: −3663.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the fraction -36/63, represented with a horizontal line separating the numerator -36 and the denominator 63.
Rewrite the numerator and denominator showing the common factors. A mathematical fraction displaying -(4*9)/(7*9), with the common multiplier '9' highlighted in red, indicating its cancellation for simplification to -4/7.
Simplify using the Equivalent Fractions Property. The negative fraction -4/7, showing a minus sign preceding the fraction bar with 4 as the numerator and 7 as the denominator.

Notice that the fraction −47 is simplified because there are no more common factors.

Simplify: −4581.

Solution

−59.

Simplify: −4254.

Solution

−79

Throughout this chapter, we will assume that all numerical values that would make the denominator be zero are excluded. We will not write the restrictions for each rational expression, but keep in mind that the denominator can never be zero. So in this next example, x≠0 and y≠0.

Simplify: 3xy18x2y2.

Solution

Solution

A fraction with 3xy in the numerator and 18x²y² in the denominator. This algebraic expression can be simplified by canceling common terms.
Rewrite the numerator and denominator showing the common factors. A fraction with 1 multiplied by 3xy in the numerator and 6xy multiplied by 3xy in the denominator. The 3xy term is highlighted in red, indicating a common factor for simplification.
Simplify using the Equivalent Fractions Property. The image displays the mathematical expression one divided by six xy, written as a fraction with 1 as the numerator and 6xy as the denominator.

Did you notice that these are the same steps we took when we divided monomials in Polynomials?

Simplify: 4x2y12xy2.

Solution

x3y

Simplify: 16x2y2xy2.

Solution

8xy

To simplify rational expressions we first write the numerator and denominator in factored form. Then we remove the common factors using the Equivalent Fractions Property.

Be very careful as you remove common factors. Factors are multiplied to make a product. You can remove a factor from a product. You cannot remove a term from a sum.

This figure contains three columns. The first column, shows the numerator and denominator in factored form. The numerator has 2 times 3 times 7. The denominator has 3 times 5 times 7. The common factors, 3 and 7 are crossed out. The second row, first column shows what remains after the threes and sevens are crossed out, which is 2 over 5 in fraction form. The last row in the first column reads “We removed the common factors of 3 and 7. They are the factors of the product.” The first row of the middle column shows 3 x and then x minus 9 in parentheses in the numerator. The denominator shows 5 and then x-9 in parentheses. The common factors x minus 9 are crossed out. The second row of the middle column shows what remains after removing the common factors, which is 3 x over 5 in fraction form. The last row in the middle column reads, “We removed the common factor x minus 9. It is a factor of the product.” The first row of the third column shows x plus 5 in the numerator and x in the denominator. The second row says “No common factors” and the third row reads, “While there is an x in both the numerator and the denominator, the x in the numerator is a term of a sum”.

Note that removing the x’s from x+5x would be like cancelling the 2’s in the fraction 2+52!

How to Simplify Rational Binomials

Simplify: 2x+85x+20.

Solution

Solution

This figure is a table with three columns and two rows. The first column is a header column, and it contains the names and numbers of each step. The second column contains further written instructions. The third column contains math. On the top row of the table, the first cell says “Step 1. Factor the numerator and denominator completely.” The second cell says “Factor 2x plus 8 and 5x minus 20.” The third cell contains 2x plus 8, divided by 5x plus 20. Below this is 2 times x plus 4 divided by 5 times x plus 4. In the second row, the first cell says “Step 2. Simplify by dividing out common factors.” The second cell says “Divide out the common factors.” The third cell contains 2 times x plus 4 divided by 5 times x plus 4, where x plus 4 cancels out in the numerator and the denominator. It simplifies to 2 fifths.

Simplify: 3x−62x−4.

Solution

32

Simplify: 7y+355y+25.

Solution

75

We now summarize the steps you should follow to simplify rational expressions.

Simplify a Rational Expression.

  1. Factor the numerator and denominator completely.
  2. Simplify by dividing out common factors.

Usually, we leave the simplified rational expression in factored form. This way it is easy to check that we have removed all the common factors!

We’ll use the methods we covered in Factoring to factor the polynomials in the numerators and denominators in the following examples.

Simplify: x2+5x+6x2+8x+12.

Solution

Solution

x2+5x+6x2+8x+12Factor the numerator and denominator.(x+2)(x+3)(x+2)(x+6)Remove the common factorx+2fromthe numerator and the denominator.(x+2)(x+3)(x+2)(x+6)x+3x+6

Can you tell which values of x must be excluded in this example?

Simplify: x2−x−2x2−3x+2.

Solution

x+1x−1

Simplify: x2−3x−10x2+x−2.

Solution

x−5x−1

Simplify: y2+y−42y2−36.

Solution

Solution

y2+y−42y2−36Factor the numerator and denominator.(y+7)(y−6)(y+6)(y−6)Remove the common factory−6fromthe numerator and the denominator.(y+7)(y−6)(y+6)(y−6)y+7y+6

Simplify: x2+x−6x2−4.

Solution

x+3x+2

Simplify: x2+8x+7x2−49.

Solution

x+1x−7

Simplify: p3−2p2+2p−4p2−7p+10.

Solution

Solution

p3−2p2+2p−4p2−7p+10Factor the numerator and denominator,using grouping to factor the numerator.p2(p−2)+2(p−2)(p−5)(p−2)(p2+2)(p−2)(p−5)(p−2)Remove the common factor ofp−2from the numerator and the denominator.(p2+2)(p−2)(p−5)(p−2)p2+2p−5

Simplify: y3−3y2+y−3y2−y−6.

Solution

y2+1y+2

Simplify: p3−p2+2p−2p2+4p−5.

Solution

p2+2p+5

Simplify: 2n2−14n4n2−16n−48.

Solution

Solution

2n2−14n4n2−16n−48Factor the numerator and denominator,first factoring out the GCF.2n(n−7)4(n2−4n−12)2n(n−7)4(n−6)(n+2)Remove the common factor, 2.2n(n−7)2·2(n−6)(n+2)n(n−7)2(n−6)(n+2)

Simplify: 2n2−10n4n2−16n−20.

Solution

n2(n+1)

Simplify: 4x2−16x8x2−16x−64.

Solution

x2(x+2)

Simplify: 3b2−12b+126b2−24.

Solution

Solution

3b2−12b+126b2−24Factor the numerator and denominator,first factoring out the GCF.3(b2−4b+4)6(b2−4)3(b−2)(b−2)6(b+2)(b−2)Remove the common factors ofb−2and3.3(b−2)(b−2)3·2(b+2)(b−2)b−22(b+2)

Simplify: 2x2−12x+183x2−27.

Solution

2(x−3)3(x+3)

Simplify: 5y2−30y+252y2−50.

Solution

5(y−1)2(y+5)

Simplify: m3+8m2−4.

Solution

Solution

m3+8m2−4Factor the numerator and denominator,using the formulas for sum of cubes anddifference of squares.(m+2)(m2−2m+4)(m+2)(m−2)Remove the common factor ofm+2.(m+2)(m2−2m+4)(m+2)(m−2)m2−2m+4m−2

Simplify: p3−64p2−16.

Solution

p2+4p+16p+4

Simplify: x3+8x2−4.

Solution

x2−2x+4x−2

Simplify Rational Expressions with Opposite Factors

Now we will see how to simplify a rational expression whose numerator and denominator have opposite factors. Let’s start with a numerical fraction, say 7−7. We know this fraction simplifies to −1. We also recognize that the numerator and denominator are opposites.

In Foundations, we introduced opposite notation: the opposite of a is −a. We remember, too, that −a=−1·a.

We simplify the fraction a−a, whose numerator and denominator are opposites, in this way:

a−aWe could rewrite this.1·a−1·aRemove the common factors.1−1Simplify.−1


So, in the same way, we can simplify the fraction x−3−(x−3):

We could rewrite this.1·(x−3)−1·(x−3)Remove the common factors.1−1Simplify.−1


But the opposite of x−3 could be written differently:

−(x−3)Distribute.−x+3Rewrite.3−x

This means the fraction x−33−x simplifies to −1.

In general, we could write the opposite of a−b as b−a. So the rational expression a−bb−a simplifies to −1.

Opposites in a Rational Expression

The opposite of a−b is b−a.

a−bb−a=−1a≠b

An expression and its opposite divide to −1.

We will use this property to simplify rational expressions that contain opposites in their numerators and denominators.

Simplify: x−88−x.

Solution

Solution

x−88−xRecognize thatx−8and8−xare opposites.−1

Simplify: y−22−y.

Solution

−1

Simplify: n−99−n.

Solution

−1

Remember, the first step in simplifying a rational expression is to factor the numerator and denominator completely.

Simplify: 14−2xx2−49.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression displaying the fraction (14 - 2x) over (x^2 - 49).
Factor the numerator and denominator. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 2(7-x) over (x+7)(x-7).
Recognize that 7−xandx−7are opposites. A math expression showing the fraction 2(7-x) over (x+7)(x-7). Diagonal lines on (7-x) in the numerator and (x-7) in the denominator indicate their cancellation. The fraction is multiplied by a red (-1).
Simplify. A mathematical expression displaying a fraction: negative 2 over the quantity of x plus 7. The fraction is written with a horizontal line separating the numerator 2 from the denominator x+7, with a minus sign to the left of the fraction line.

Simplify: 10−2yy2−25.

Solution

−2y+5.

Simplify: 3y−2781−y2.

Solution

−39+y

Simplify: x2−4x−3264−x2.

Solution

Solution

A fraction with the numerator x squared minus 4x minus 32, and the denominator 64 minus x squared.
Factor the numerator and denominator. A mathematical fraction is displayed with (x-8)(x+4) in the numerator and (8-x)(8+x) in the denominator.
Recognize the factors that are opposites. A math expression showing the cancellation of (x-8) and (8-x) terms in a rational function. The factor of -1 is explicitly shown, indicating how (x-8) = -(8-x) is used for simplification.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing a negative fraction. The numerator is x plus 4, and the denominator is x plus 8. The entire fraction is negated.

Simplify: x2−4x−525−x2.

Solution

−x+1x+5

Simplify: x2+x−21−x2.

Solution

−x+2x+1

Key Concepts

  • Determine the Values for Which a Rational Expression is Undefined
    1. Set the denominator equal to zero.
    2. Solve the equation, if possible.
  • Simplified Rational Expression
    • A rational expression is considered simplified if there are no common factors in its numerator and denominator.
  • Simplify a Rational Expression
    1. Factor the numerator and denominator completely.
    2. Simplify by dividing out common factors.
  • Opposites in a Rational Expression
    • The opposite of a−b is b−a.
      a−bb−a=−1a≠0,b≠0,a≠b

Practice Makes Perfect

In the following exercises, determine the values for which the rational expression is undefined.

ⓐ 2xz ⓑ 4p−16p−5 ⓒ n−3n2+2n−8

Solution

ⓐ z=0 ⓑ p=56ⓒ n=−4,n=2


ⓐ 10m11n ⓑ 6y+134y−9 ⓒ b−8b2−36


ⓐ 4x2y3y ⓑ 3x−22x+1 ⓒ u−1u2−3u−28

Solution

ⓐ y=0 ⓑ x=−12ⓒ u=−4,u=7


ⓐ 5pq29q ⓑ 7a−43a+5 ⓒ 1x2−4

Evaluate Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, evaluate the rational expression for the given values.

2xx−1

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ x=2 ⓒ x=−1

Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 1

4y−15y−3

ⓐ y=0 ⓑ y=2 ⓒ y=−1

2p+3p2+1

ⓐ p=0 ⓑ p=1 ⓒ p=−2

Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ 52 ⓒ −15

x+32−3x

ⓐ x=0 ⓑ x=1 ⓒ x=−2

y2+5y+6y2−1

ⓐ y=0 ⓑ y=2 ⓒ y=−2

Solution

ⓐ −6 ⓑ 203 ⓒ 0

z2+3z−10z2−1

ⓐ z=0 ⓑ z=2 ⓒ z=−2

a2−4a2+5a+4

ⓐ a=0 ⓑ a=1 ⓒ a=−2

Solution

ⓐ −1 ⓑ −310 ⓒ 0

b2+2b2−3b−4

ⓐ b=0 ⓑ b=2 ⓒ b=−2

x2+3xy+2y22x3y

  1. ⓐ x=1,y=−1
  2. ⓑ x=2,y=1
  3. ⓒ x=−1,y=−2
Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ 34 ⓒ 154

c2+cd−2d2cd3

  1. ⓐ c=2,d=−1
  2. ⓑ c=1,d=−1
  3. ⓒ c=−1,d=2

m2−4n25mn3

  1. ⓐ m=2,n=1
  2. ⓑ m=−1,n=−1
  3. ⓒ m=3,n=2
Solution

ⓐ 0 ⓑ −35 ⓒ −7120

2s2ts2−9t2

  1. ⓐ s=4,t=1
  2. ⓑ s=−1,t=−1
  3. ⓒ s=0,t=2

Simplify Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, simplify.

−452

Solution

−113

−4455

5663

Solution

89

65104

6ab212a2b

Solution

b2a

15xy3x3y3

8m3n12mn2

Solution

2m23n

36v3w227vw3

3a+64a+8

Solution

34

5b+56b+6

3c−95c−15

Solution

35

4d+89d+18

7m+635m+45

Solution

75

8n−963n−36

12p−2405p−100

Solution

125

6q+2105q+175

a2−a−12a2−8a+16

Solution

a+3a−4

x2+4x−5x2−2x+1

y2+3y−4y2−6y+5

Solution

y+4y−5

v2+8v+15v2−v−12

x2−25x2+2x−15

Solution

x−5x−3

a2−4a2+6a−16

y2−2y−3y2−9

Solution

y+1y+3

b2+9b+18b2−36

y3+y2+y+1y2+2y+1

Solution

y2+1y+1

p3+3p2+4p+12p2+p−6

x3−2x2−25x+50x2−25

Solution

x−2

q3+3q2−4q−12q2−4

3a2+15a6a2+6a−36

Solution

a(a+5)2(a+3)(a−2)

8b2−32b2b2−6b−80

−5c2−10c−10c2+30c+100

Solution

c2(c−5)

4d2−24d2d2−4d−48

3m2+30m+754m2−100

Solution

3(m+5)4(m−5)

5n2+30n+452n2−18

5r2+30r−35r2−49

Solution

5(r−1)r−7

3s2+30s+723s2−48

t3−27t2−9

Solution

t2+3t+9t+3

v3−1v2−1

w3+216w2−36

Solution

w2−6w+36w−6

v3+125v2−25

Simplify Rational Expressions with Opposite Factors

In the following exercises, simplify each rational expression.

a−55−a

Solution

−1

b−1212−b

11−cc−11

Solution

−1

5−dd−5

12−2xx2−36

Solution

−2x+6

20−5yy2−16

4v−3264−v2

Solution

−48+v

7w−219−w2

y2−11y+249−y2

Solution

−(y−8)3+y

z2−9z+2016−z2

a2−5a−3681−a2

Solution

−a+49+a

b2+b−4236−b2

Everyday Math

Tax Rates For the tax year 2015, the amount of tax owed by a single person earning between $37,450 and $90,750, can be found by evaluating the formula 0.25x−4206.25, where x is income. The average tax rate for this income can be found by evaluating the formula 0.25x−4206.25x. What would be the average tax rate for a single person earning $50,000?

Solution

16.6%

Work The length of time it takes for two people for perform the same task if they work together can be found by evaluating the formula xyx+y. If Tom can paint the den in x= 45 minutes and his brother Bobby can paint it in y= 60 minutes, how many minutes will it take them if they work together?

Writing Exercises

Explain how you find the values of x for which the rational expression x2−x−20x2−4 is undefined.

Solution

Answers will vary, but all should reference setting the denominator function to zero.

Explain all the steps you take to simplify the rational expression p2+4p−219−p2.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This figure shows a table with four columns and five rows. The first row is a header row and each column is labeled. The first column header is labeled “I can…”, the second is labeled “Confidently”, the third is labeled “With some help”, and the fourth is labeled “No—I don’t get it!” In the first column under “I can”, the cells read “determine the values for which a rational expression is undefined,” “evaluate rational expressions,” “simplify rational expressions,” and “simplify rational expressions with opposite factors.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently. Congratulations! You have achieved your goals in this section! Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific!

…with some help. This must be addressed quickly as topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. Math is sequential - every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no - I don’t get it! This is critical and you must not ignore it. You need to get help immediately or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as possible to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

rational expression
A rational expression is an expression of the form pq, where p and q are polynomials and q≠0.

Multiply and Divide Rational Expressions

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Multiply rational expressions
  • Divide rational expressions

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Multiply: 1415·635.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

425

Divide: 1415÷635.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

499

Factor completely: 2x2−98.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials.

Solution

2x−7x+7

Factor completely: 10n3+10.
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials.

Solution

10n+1n2−n+1

Factor completely: 10p2−25pq−15q2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 10 in General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials.

Solution

52p+qp−3q

Multiply Rational Expressions

To multiply rational expressions, we do just what we did with numerical fractions. We multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators. Then, if there are any common factors, we remove them to simplify the result.

Multiplication of Rational Expressions

If p,q,r,s are polynomials where q≠0ands≠0, then

pq·rs=prqs

To multiply rational expressions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.

We’ll do the first example with numerical fractions to remind us of how we multiplied fractions without variables.

Multiply: 1028·815.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the multiplication of two fractions: 10/28 multiplied by 8/15, represented as (10/28)   (8/15).
Multiply the numerators and denominators. A mathematical expression displaying the fraction (10 multiplied by 8) divided by (28 multiplied by 15).
Look for common factors, and then remove them. A mathematical fraction is shown with terms being cancelled out. In the numerator, 5 and 4 are crossed out, leaving 2 multiplied by 2. In the denominator, 4 and 5 are crossed out, leaving 7 multiplied by 3.
Simplify. The fraction 4/21 is displayed on a white background, with 4 as the numerator and 21 as the denominator, separated by a horizontal line.

Mulitply: 610·1512.

Solution

34

Mulitply: 2015·68.

Solution

1

Remember, throughout this chapter, we will assume that all numerical values that would make the denominator be zero are excluded. We will not write the restrictions for each rational expression, but keep in mind that the denominator can never be zero. So in this next example, x≠0 and y≠0.

Mulitply: 2x3y2·6xy3x2y.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the product of two fractions: (2x / 3y^2) multiplied by (6xy^3 / x^2y).
Multiply. An algebraic fraction is displayed with the numerator '2x multiplied by 6xy^3' and the denominator '3y^2 multiplied by x^2y'.
Factor the numerator and denominator completely, and then remove common factors. A mathematical fraction showing simplification. Common factors like 'x', 'B', and 'y' are struck through in red from both the numerator and denominator, illustrating term cancellation.
Simplify. The number 4 in black against a white background.

Mulitply: 3pqq2·5p2q6pq.

Solution

5p22q

Mulitply: 6x3y7x2·2xy3x2y.

Solution

12y37

How to Multiply Rational Expressions

Mulitply: 2xx2-7x+12·x2−96x2.

Solution

Solution

The above image has three columns and three rows to show how to multiply rational expressions. Step one is to factor each numerator and denominator completely. Factor x squared minus 9 and x squared minus 7 x plus 12. The rational equation is 2x divided by x squared plus x plus 12 times x squared minus 9 divided by 6x squared, then to 2x divided by x minus 3 times x minus 4 times x minus 3 times x plus 3 divided by 6x squared. Step 2 is to multiply the numerators and denominators. It is helpful to multiply the monomials first. Multiply 2x times x minus 3 times x plus 3 divided by 6x squared times x minus 3 times x minus 4. Step 3 is to divide out the common factors, canceling out 2, x, and x minus 3 in the numerator and 2, x and x minus 3 in the denominator. Leave the denominator in factored form to get x plus 3 divided by 3x times x minus 4.

Mulitply: 5xx2+5x+6·x2−410x.

Solution

x−22(x+3)

Mulitply: 9x2x2+11x+30·x2−363x2.

Solution

3(x−6)x+5

Multiply a rational expression.

  1. Factor each numerator and denominator completely.
  2. Multiply the numerators and denominators.
  3. Simplify by dividing out common factors.

Multiply: n2−7nn2+2n+1·n+12n.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a rational algebraic expression.
n2−7nn2+2n+1·n+12n
Factor each numerator and denominator. n(n−7)(n+1)(n+1)·n+12n
Multiply the numerators and the denominators. n(n−7)(n+1)(n+1)(n+1)2n
Remove common factors. n(n−7)(n+1)(n+1)(n+1)2n
Simplify. n−72(n+1)

Multiply: x2−25x2−3x−10·x+2x.

Solution

x+5x

Multiply: x2−4xx2+5x+6·x+2x.

Solution

x−4x+3

Multiply: 16−4x2x−12·x2−5x−6x2−16.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a rational algebraic expression through factoring and canceling common terms.
16−4x2x−12·x2−5x−6x2−16
Factor each numerator and denominator. 4(4−x)2(x−6)·(x−6)(x+1)(x−4)(x+4)
Multiply the numerators and the denominators. 4(4−x)(x−6)(x+1)2(x−6)(x−4)(x+4)
Remove common factors. (−1)2·2(4−x)(x−6)(x+1)2(x−6)(x−4)(x+4)
Simplify. −2(x+1)(x+4)

Multiply: 12x−6x2x2+8x·x2+11x+24x2−4.

Solution

−6(x+3)x+2

Multiply: 9v−3v29v+36·v2+7v+12v2−9.

Solution

−v3

Multiply: 2x−6x2−8x+15·x2−252x+10.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the multiplication of two algebraic fractions: (2x-6)/(x^2-8x+15) * (x^2-25)/(2x+10).
Factor each numerator and denominator. An algebraic expression illustrating the multiplication of two rational fractions: 2(x-3) over (x-3)(x-5) multiplied by (x-5)(x+5) over 2(x+5).
Multiply the numerators and denominators. The image displays a rational expression where the numerator and denominator are identical: 2(x-3)(x-5)(x+5) divided by 2(x-3)(x-5)(x+5). This expression simplifies to 1.
Remove common factors. A fraction displays identical algebraic expressions in the numerator and denominator, with Z, (x-3), (x-5), and (x+5) terms all struck through, demonstrating cancellation.
Simplify. 1

Multiply: 3a−21a2−9a+14·a2−43a+6.

Solution

1

Multiply: b2−bb2+9b−10·b2−100b2−10b.

Solution

1

Divide Rational Expressions

To divide rational expressions we multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second, just like we did for numerical fractions.

Remember, the reciprocal of ab is ba. To find the reciprocal we simply put the numerator in the denominator and the denominator in the numerator. We “flip” the fraction.

Division of Rational Expressions

If p,q,r,s are polynomials where q≠0,r≠0,s≠0, then

pq÷rs=pq·sr

To divide rational expressions multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.

How to Divide Rational Expressions

Divide: x+96−x÷x2−81x−6.

Solution

Solution

The above image has three columns. It shows the steps to divide rational expressions. Step one is to rewrite the division as the product of the first rational expression and the reciprocal of the second for x plus 9 divided by 6 minus x divided by x squared minus 81 divided by x minus 6. “Flip” the second fraction and change the division sign to multiplication to get x plus 9 divided by 6 minus x times x minus 6 divided by x squared minus 81. Step two is to factor the numerators and denominators completely. Factor x squared minus 81 to get x plus 9 divided by 6 minus x times x minus 6 divided by x minus 9 times x plus 9. Step three is to multiply the numerators and denominators to get x plus 9 times x minus 6 divided by 6 minus x times x minus 9 times x plus 9. Step four is to simplify by dividing out common factors. Divide out the common factors x plus 9, x minus 6 from the numerator and 6 minus x and x plus 9 from the denominator. Remember opposites divide to negative 1. This simplifies to negative 1 divided by x minus 9.

Divide: c+35−c÷c2−9c−5.

Solution

−1c−3

Divide: 2−dd−4÷4−d24−d.

Solution

−12+d

Divide rational expressions.

  1. Rewrite the division as the product of the first rational expression and the reciprocal of the second.
  2. Factor the numerators and denominators completely.
  3. Multiply the numerators and denominators together.
  4. Simplify by dividing out common factors.

Divide: 3n2n2−4n÷9n2−45nn2−7n+10.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the division of two algebraic fractions. The first fraction is 3n^2 over n^2 - 4n, and the second is 9n^2 - 45n over n^2 - 7n + 10.
Rewrite the division as the product of the first rational expression and the reciprocal of the second. A mathematical problem showing the multiplication of two rational expressions. The first expression is 3n^2 divided by n^2 minus 4n. The second expression is n^2 minus 7n plus 10 divided by 9n^2 minus 45n.
Factor the numerators and denominators and then multiply. A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is 3 * n * n * (n - 5)(n - 2). The denominator is n(n - 4) * 3 * 3 * n * (n - 5).
Simplify by dividing out common factors. An algebraic fraction undergoing simplification, with identical terms 'B', 'n', and 'n(n-5)' struck through in red in both the numerator and denominator.
A mathematical expression showing the fraction (n-2) divided by 3(n-4).

Divide: 2m2m2−8m÷8m2+24mm2+m−6.

Solution

(m−2)4(m−8)

Divide: 15n23n2+33n÷5n−5n2+9n−22.

Solution

n(n−2)n−1

Remember, first rewrite the division as multiplication of the first expression by the reciprocal of the second. Then factor everything and look for common factors.

Divide: 2x2+5x−12x2−16÷2x2−13x+15x2−8x+16.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the division of two rational expressions through factoring and canceling common terms.
2x2+5x−12x2−16÷2x2−13x+15x2−8x+16
Rewrite the division as multiplication of
the first expression by the reciprocal of the second.
2x2+5x−12x2−16·x2−8x+162x2−13x+15
Factor the numerators and denominators and then multiply. (2x−3)(x+4)(x−4)(x−4)(x−4)(x+4)(2x−3)(x−5)
Simplify by dividing out common factors. (2x−3)(x+4)(x−4)(x−4)(x−4)(x+4)(2x−3)(x−5)
Simplify. x−4x−5

Divide: 3a2−8a−3a2−25÷3a2−14a−5a2+10a+25.

Solution

(a−3)(a+5)(a−5)(a−5)

Divide: 4b2+7b−21−b2÷4b2+15b−4b2−2b+1.

Solution

−(b+2)(b−1)(1+b)(b+4)

Divide: p3+q32p2+2pq+2q2÷p2−q26.

Solution

Solution

Detailed steps for simplifying a rational algebraic expression through division, multiplication, factoring, and canceling common terms.
p3+q32p2+2pq+2q2÷p2−q26
Rewrite the division as a multiplication
of the first expression times the
reciprocal of the second.
p3+q32p2+2pq+2q2·6p2−q2
Factor the numerators and denominators and then multiply. (p+q)(p2−pq+q2)62(p2+pq+q2)(p−q)(p+q)
Simplify by dividing out common factors. (p+q)(p2−pq+q2)632(p2+pq+q2)(p−q)(p+q)
Simplify. 3(p2−pq+q2)(p−q)(p2+pq+q2)

Divide: x3−83x2−6x+12÷x2−46.

Solution

2(x2+2x+4)(x+2)(x2−2x+4)

Divide: 2z2z2−1÷z3−z2+zz3−1.

Solution

2z(z2+z+1)(z+1)(z2−z+1)

Before doing the next example, let’s look at how we divide a fraction by a whole number. When we divide 35÷4, we first write 4 as a fraction so that we can find its reciprocal.

35÷435÷4135·14

We do the same thing when we divide rational expressions.

Divide: a2−b23ab÷(a2+2ab+b2).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic rational expression using division, factoring, and common factor cancellation.
a2−b23ab÷(a2+2ab+b2)
Write the second expression as a fraction. a2−b23ab÷a2+2ab+b21
Rewrite the division as the first
expression times the reciprocal of the
second expression.
a2−b23ab·1a2+2ab+b2
Factor the numerators and the
denominators, and then multiply.
(a−b)(a+b)·13ab·(a+b)(a+b)
Simplify by dividing out common factors. (a−b)(a+b)3ab·(a+b)(a+b)
Simplify. (a−b)3ab(a+b)

Divide: 2x2−14x−164÷(x2+2x+1).

Solution

x−82(x+1)

Divide: y2−6y+8y2−4y÷(3y2−12y).

Solution

y−23y2(y−4)

Remember a fraction bar means division. A complex fraction is another way of writing division of two fractions.

Divide: 6x2−7x+24x−82x2−7x+3x2−5x+6.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a complex rational algebraic expression, detailing the process from initial division to the final simplified fraction.
6x2−7x+24x−82x2−7x+3x2−5x+6
Rewrite with a division sign. 6x2−7x+24x−8÷2x2−7x+3x2−5x+6
Rewrite as product of first times
reciprocal of second.
6x2−7x+24x−8·x2−5x+62x2−7x+3
Factor the numerators and the
denominators, and then multiply.
(2x−1)(3x−2)(x−2)(x−3)4(x−2)(2x−1)(x−3)
Simplify by dividing out common factors. (2x−1)(3x−2)(x−2)(x−3)4(x−2)(2x−1)(x−3)
Simplify. 3x−24

Divide: 3x2+7x+24x+243x2−14x−5x2+x−30.

Solution

x+24

Divide: y2−362y2+11y−62y2−2y−608y−4.

Solution

2y+5

If we have more than two rational expressions to work with, we still follow the same procedure. The first step will be to rewrite any division as multiplication by the reciprocal. Then we factor and multiply.

Divide: 3x−64x−4·x2+2x−3x2−3x−10÷2x+128x+16.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the multiplication of (3x-6)/(4x-4) and (x^2+2x-3)/(x^2-3x-10), then divided by (2x+12)/(8x+16).
Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal. A mathematical expression showing the multiplication of three rational algebraic fractions: (3x-6)/(4x-4), (x^2+2x-3)/(x^2-3x-10), and (8x+16)/(2x+12), with the last fraction in red.
Factor the numerators and the denominators, and then multiply. A complex algebraic fraction displays a numerator of 3 * 8 * (x-2)(x+3)(x-1)(x+2) and a denominator of 4 * 2 * (x-1)(x+2)(x-5)(x+6), set up for simplification.
Simplify by dividing out common factors. A step-by-step simplification of a rational algebraic expression, demonstrating the cancellation of common factors such as (x-1), (x+2), and numerical terms in both the numerator and denominator.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is 3(x-2)(x+3) and the denominator is (x-5)(x+6).

Divide: 4m+43m−15·m2−3m−10m2−4m−32÷12m−366m−48.

Solution

2(m+1)(m+2)3(m+4)(m−3)

Divide: 2n2+10nn−1÷n2+10n+24n2+8n−9·n+48n2+12n.

Solution

(n+5)(n+9)2(n+6)(2n+3)

Key Concepts

  • Multiplication of Rational Expressions
    • If p,q,r,s are polynomials where q≠0,s≠0, then pq·rs=prqs.
    • To multiply rational expressions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators
  • Multiply a Rational Expression
    1. Factor each numerator and denominator completely.
    2. Multiply the numerators and denominators.
    3. Simplify by dividing out common factors.
  • Division of Rational Expressions
    • If p,q,r,s are polynomials where q≠0,r≠0,s≠0, then pq÷rs=pq·sr.
    • To divide rational expressions multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second.
  • Divide Rational Expressions
    1. Rewrite the division as the product of the first rational expression and the reciprocal of the second.
    2. Factor the numerators and denominators completely.
    3. Multiply the numerators and denominators together.

    4. Simplify by dividing out common factors.

Practice Makes Perfect

Multiply Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, multiply.

1216·410

Solution

310

325·1624

1810·430

Solution

625

2136·4524

5x2y412xy3·6x220y2

Solution

x38y

8w3y9y2·3y4w4

12a3bb2·2ab29b3

Solution

8a43b2

4mn25n3·mn38m2n2

5p2p2−5p−36·p2−1610p

Solution

p(p−4)2(p−9)

3q2q2+q−6·q2−99q

4rr2−3r−10·r2−258r2

Solution

r+52r(r+2)

ss2−9s+14·s2−497s2

x2−7xx2+6x+9·x+34x

Solution

x−74(x+3)

2y2−10yy2+10y+25·y+56y

z2+3zz2−3z−4·z−4z2

Solution

z+3z(z+1)

2a2+8aa2−9a+20·a−5a2

28−4b3b−3·b2+8b−9b2−49

Solution

−4(b+9)3(b+7)

18c−2c26c+30·c2+7c+10c2−81

35d−7d2d2+7d·d2+12d+35d2−25

Solution

−7

72m−12m28m+32·m2+10m+24m2−36

4n+20n2+n−20·n2−164n+16

Solution

1

6p2−6pp2+7p−18·p2−813p2−27p

q2−2qq2+6q−16·q2−64q2−8q

Solution

1

2r2−2rr2+4r−5·r2−252r2−10r

Divide Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, divide.

t−63−t÷t−5t2−9

Solution

6−tt+3t−5

v−511−v÷v2−25v−11

10+ww−8÷100−w28−w

Solution

−110−w

7+xx−6÷49−xx+62

27y23y−21÷3y2+18y2+13y+42

Solution

3y2(y+6)(y+7)(y−7)(y2+6)

24z22z−8÷4z−28z2−11z+28

16a24a+36÷4a2−24aa2+4a−45

Solution

a(a−5)a−6

24b22b−4÷12b2+36bb2−11b+18

5c2+9c−2c2−4÷5c2−16c+3c2+4c+4

Solution

(c+2)(c+2)(c−2)(c−3)

2d2+d−3d2−16÷2d2−9d−18d2−8d+16

6m2−11m−29−m2÷6m2+25m+4m2−6m+9

Solution

−(m−2)(m−3)(3+m)(m+4)

2n2−3n−1425−n2÷2n2−13n+21n2−10n+25

3s2s2−16÷s3+4s2+16ss3−64

Solution

3ss+4

r2−915÷r3−275r2+15r+45

p3+q33p2+3pq+3q2÷p2−q212

Solution

4(p2−pq+q2)(p−q)(p2+pq+q2)

v3−8w32v2+4vw+8w2÷v2−4w24

t2−92t÷(t2−6t+9)

Solution

t+32t(t−3)

x2+3x−104x÷(2x2+20x+50)

2y2−10yz−48z22y−1÷(4y2−32yz)

Solution

y+3z2y(2y−1)

2m2−98n22m+6÷(m2−7mn)

2a2−a−215a+20a2+7a+12a2+8a+16

Solution

2a−75

3b2+2b−812b+183b2+2b−82b2−7b−15

12c2−122c2−3c+14c+46c2−13c+5

Solution

3(3c−5)

4d2+7d−235d+10d2−47d2−12d−4

10m2+80m3m−9·m2+4m−21m2−9m+20
÷5m2+10m2m−10

Solution

4(m+8)(m+7)3(m−4)(m+2)

4n2+32n3n+2·3n2−n−2n2+n−30
÷108n2−24nn+6

12p2+3pp+3÷p2+2p−63p2−p−12
·p−79p3−9p2

Solution

(4p+1)(p−4)3p(p+9)(p−1)

6q+39q2−9q÷q2+14q+33q2+4q−5
·4q2+12q12q+6

Everyday Math

Probability The director of large company is interviewing applicants for two identical jobs. If w= the number of women applicants and m= the number of men applicants, then the probability that two women are selected for the jobs is ww+m·w−1w+m−1.

  1. ⓐ Simplify the probability by multiplying the two rational expressions.
  2. ⓑ Find the probability that two women are selected when w=5 and m=10.
Solution

ⓐ w(w−1)(w+m)(w+m−1)
ⓑ 221

Area of a triangle The area of a triangle with base b and height h is bh2. If the triangle is stretched to make a new triangle with base and height three times as much as in the original triangle, the area is 9bh2. Calculate how the area of the new triangle compares to the area of the original triangle by dividing 9bh2 by bh2.

Writing Exercises

  1. ⓐ Multiply 74·910 and explain all your steps.
  2. ⓑ Multiply nn−3·9n+3 and explain all your steps.
  3. ⓒ Evaluate your answer to part (b) when n=7. Did you get the same answer you got in part (a)? Why or why not?
Solution

Answers will vary.

  1. ⓐ Divide 245÷6 and explain all your steps.
  2. ⓑ Divide x2−1x÷(x+1) and explain all your steps.
  3. ⓒ Evaluate your answer to part (b) when x=5. Did you get the same answer you got in part (a)? Why or why not?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

The above image is a table with four columns and four rows. The first row is the header row. The first header is labeled “I can…”, the second “Confidently”, the third, “With some help”, and the fourth “No – I don’t get it!”. In the first column under “I can”, the next row reads multiply rational expressions.”, the next row reads “divide rational expressions.”, the last row reads “after reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Add rational expressions with a common denominator
  • Subtract rational expressions with a common denominator
  • Add and subtract rational expressions whose denominators are opposites

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Add: y3+93.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

y+93

Subtract: 10x−2x.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

8x

Factor completely: 8n5−20n3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials.

Solution

Factor completely: 45a3−5ab2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in General Strategy for Factoring Polynomials.

Solution

5a3a−b3a+b



Add Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

What is the first step you take when you add numerical fractions? You check if they have a common denominator. If they do, you add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. If they do not have a common denominator, you find one before you add.

It is the same with rational expressions. To add rational expressions, they must have a common denominator. When the denominators are the same, you add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.

Rational Expression Addition

If p,q,andr are polynomials where r≠0, then

pr+qr=p+qr

To add rational expressions with a common denominator, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.

We will add two numerical fractions first, to remind us of how this is done.

Add: 518+718.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step process for adding two fractions with a common denominator and simplifying the result.
518+718
The fractions have a common
denominator, so add the numerators and
place the sum over the common denominator.
5+718
Add in the numerator. 1218
Factor the numerator and denominator to
show the common factors.
6·26·3
Remove common factors. 6·26·3
Simplify. 23

Add: 716+516.

Solution

34

Add: 310+110.

Solution

25

Remember, we do not allow values that would make the denominator zero. What value of y should be excluded in the next example?

Add: 3y4y−3+74y−3.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates adding rational expressions with a common denominator by combining numerators over the shared denominator.
3y4y−3+74y−3
The fractions have a common
denominator, so add the numerators and
place the sum over the common denominator.
3y+74y−3

The numerator and denominator cannot be factored. The fraction is simplified.

Add: 5x2x+3+22x+3.

Solution

5x+22x+3.

Add: xx−2+1x−2.

Solution

x+1x−2

Add: 7x+12x+3+x2x+3.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution for adding and simplifying rational expressions.
7x+12x+3+x2x+3
The fractions have a common
denominator, so add the numerators and
place the sum over the common denominator.
7x+12+x2x+3
Write the degrees in descending order. x2+7x+12x+3
Factor the numerator. (x+3)(x+4)x+3
Simplify by removing common factors. (x+3)(x+4)x+3
Simplify. x+4

Add: 9x+14x+7+x2x+7.

Solution

x+2

Add: x2+8xx+5+15x+5.

Solution

x+3

Subtract Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

To subtract rational expressions, they must also have a common denominator. When the denominators are the same, you subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

Rational Expression Subtraction

If p,q,andr are polynomials where r≠0, then

pr−qr=p−qr

To subtract rational expressions, subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

We always simplify rational expressions. Be sure to factor, if possible, after you subtract the numerators so you can identify any common factors.

Subtract: n2n−10−100n−10.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a rational algebraic expression using common denominators and factoring.
n2n−10−100n−10
The fractions have a common
denominator, so subtract the numerators
and place the difference over the common denominator.
n2−100n−10
Factor the numerator. (n−10)(n+10)n−10
Simplify by removing common factors. (n−10)(n+10)n−10
Simplify. n+10

Subtract: x2x+3−9x+3.

Solution

x−3

Subtract: 4x22x−5−252x−5.

Solution

2x+5

Be careful of the signs when you subtract a binomial!

Subtract: y2y−6−2y+24y−6.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a rational algebraic expression involving subtraction and factorization.
y2y−6−2y+24y−6
The fractions have a common
denominator, so subtract the numerators
and place the difference over the common denominator.
y2−(2y+24)y−6
Distribute the sign in the numerator. y2−2y−24y−6
Factor the numerator. (y−6)(y+4)y−6
Remove common factors. (y−6)(y+4)y−6
Simplify. y+4

Subtract: n2n−4−n+12n−4.

Solution

n+3

Subtract: y2y−1−9y−8y−1.

Solution

y−8

Subtract: 5x2−7x+3x2−3x–18−4x2+x−9x2−3x–18.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of subtracting two rational expressions, showing each mathematical transformation from initial problem to simplified solution.
5x2−7x+3x2−3x–18−4x2+x−9x2−3x–18
Subtract the numerators and place the
difference over the common denominator.
5x2−7x+3−(4x2+x−9)x2−3x–18
Distribute the sign in the numerator. 5x2−7x+3−4x2−x+9x2−3x−18
Combine like terms. x2−8x+12x2−3x−18
Factor the numerator and the denominator. (x−2)(x−6)(x+3)(x−6)
Simplify by removing common factors. (x−2)(x−6)(x+3)(x−6)
Simplify. (x−2)(x+3)

Subtract: 4x2−11x+8x2−3x+2−3x2+x−3x2−3x+2.

Solution

x−11x−2

Subtract: 6x2−x+20x2−81−5x2+11x−7x2−81.

Solution

x−3x+9

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions whose Denominators are Opposites

When the denominators of two rational expressions are opposites, it is easy to get a common denominator. We just have to multiply one of the fractions by −1−1.

Let’s see how this works.

A mathematical expression showing the sum of two fractions: 7 over d plus 5 over negative d.
Multiply the second fraction by −1−1. An algebraic expression showing the sum of two fractions. The first term is 7/d, and the second term is a fraction with a numerator of (-1) to the power of 5 and a denominator of (-1)(-d).
The denominators are the same. The image shows the mathematical expression 7/d + -5/d, representing the addition of two fractions with a common denominator 'd'.
Simplify. A mathematical expression displaying the fraction 2 over d.

Add: 4u−13u−1+u1−3u.

Solution

Solution

Algebraic expression: (4u-1)/(3u-1) + u/(1-3u). It's a sum of two fractions with denominators that are additive inverses of each other.
The denominators are opposites, so multiply the second fraction by −1−1. A mathematical expression representing the sum of two algebraic fractions. The first term is (4u-1)/(3u-1), and the second is ((-1)u)/((-1)(1-3u)), illustrating a step in simplifying the expression.
Simplify the second fraction. The image displays the sum of two algebraic fractions with a common denominator, written as (4u-1)/(3u-1) + (-u)/(3u-1).
The denominators are the same. Add the numerators. A mathematical fraction displays '4u - 1 - u' as the numerator and '3u - 1' as the denominator, which simplifies to (3u - 1) / (3u - 1).
Simplify. The mathematical expression showing the fraction (3u-1) divided by (3u-1). This expression simplifies to 1, assuming that (3u-1) is not equal to zero.
Simplify. The number 1.

Add: 8x−152x−5+2x5−2x.

Solution

3

Add: 6y2+7y−104y−7+2y2+2y+117−4y.

Solution

y+3

Subtract: m2−6mm2−1−3m+21−m2.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two algebraic fractions: (m^2 - 6m) / (m^2 - 1) - (3m + 2) / (1 - m^2).
The denominators are opposites, so multiply the second fraction by −1−1. A mathematical expression displaying the subtraction of two algebraic fractions. The first fraction is (m^2 - 6m)/(m^2 - 1), and the second is -1(3m + 2)/-1(1 - m^2).
Simplify the second fraction. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two algebraic fractions with a common denominator of m^2 - 1. The first fraction is (m^2 - 6m) / (m^2 - 1) and the second is (-3m - 2) / (m^2 - 1).
The denominators are the same. Subtract the numerators. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (m^2 - 6m - (-3m - 2)) / (m^2 - 1).
Distribute. m2−6m+3m+2m2−1
Combine like terms. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with the numerator m squared minus 3m plus 2, and the denominator m squared minus 1.
Factor the numerator and denominator. A mathematical fraction displaying (m-1)(m-2) in the numerator and (m-1)(m+1) in the denominator, illustrating an algebraic expression suitable for simplification.
Simplify by removing common factors. A fraction showing the expression (m-1)(m-2) divided by (m-1)(m+1), with the (m-1) terms crossed out in both the numerator and denominator, implying simplification to (m-2)/(m+1).
Simplify. A mathematical fraction displays 'm minus 2' in the numerator and 'm plus 1' in the denominator, set against a plain white background.

Subtract: y2−5yy2−4−6y−64−y2.

Solution

y+3y+2

Subtract: 2n2+8n−1n2−1−n2−7n−11−n2.

Solution

3n−2n−1

Key Concepts

  • Rational Expression Addition
    • If p,q,andr are polynomials where r≠0, then
      pr+qr=p+qr
    • To add rational expressions with a common denominator, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator.
  • Rational Expression Subtraction
    • If p,q,andr are polynomials where r≠0, then
      pr−qr=p−qr
    • To subtract rational expressions, subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.

Practice Makes Perfect

Add Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, add.

215+715

Solution

35

421+321

724+1124

Solution

34

736+1336

3aa−b+1a−b

Solution

3a+1a–b

3c4c−5+54c−5

dd+8+5d+8

Solution

d+5d+8

7m2m+n+42m+n

p2+10pp+2+16p+2

Solution

p+8

q2+12qq+3+27q+3

2r22r−1+15r−82r−1

Solution

r+8

3s23s−2+13s−103s−2

8t2t+4+32tt+4

Solution

8t

6v2v+5+30vv+5

2w2w2−16+8ww2−16

Solution

2ww−4

7x2x2−9+21xx2−9

Subtract Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, subtract.

y2y+8−64y+8

Solution

y−8

z2z+2−4z+2

9a23a−7−493a−7

Solution

3a+7

25b25b−6−365b−6

c2c−8−6c+16c−8

Solution

c+2

d2d−9−6d+27d−9

3m26m−30−21m−306m−30

Solution

m−22

2n24n−32−18n−164n−32

6p2+3p+4p2+4p−5−5p2+p+7p2+4p−5

Solution

p+3p+5

5q2+3q−9q2+6q+8−4q2+9q+7q2+6q+8

5r2+7r−33r2−49−4r2+5r+30r2−49

Solution

r+9r+7

7t2−t−4t2−25−6t2+12t−44t2−25

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions whose Denominators are Opposites

In the following exercises, add.

10v2v−1+2v+41−2v

Solution

4

20w5w−2+5w+62−5w

10x2+16x−78x−3+2x2+3x−13−8x

Solution

x+2

6y2+2y−113y−7+3y2−3y+177−3y

In the following exercises, subtract.

z2+6zz2−25−3z+2025−z2

Solution

z+4z−5

a2+3aa2−9−3a−279−a2

2b2+30b−13b2−49−2b2−5b−849−b2

Solution

4b−3b−7

c2+5c−10c2−16−c2−8c−1016−c2

Everyday Math

Sarah ran 8 miles and then biked 24 miles. Her biking speed is 4 mph faster than her running speed. If r represents Sarah’s speed when she ran, then her running time is modeled by the expression 8r and her biking time is modeled by the expression 24r+4. Add the rational expressions 8r+24r+4 to get an expression for the total amount of time Sarah ran and biked.

Solution

32(r+1)r(r+4)

If Pete can paint a wall in p hours, then in one hour he can paint 1p of the wall. It would take Penelope 3 hours longer than Pete to paint the wall, so in one hour she can paint 1p+3 of the wall. Add the rational expressions 1p+1p+3 to get an expression for the part of the wall Pete and Penelope would paint in one hour if they worked together.

Writing Exercises

Donald thinks that 3x+4x is 72x. Is Donald correct? Explain.

Explain how you find the Least Common Denominator of x2+5x+4 and x2−16.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

The above image is a table with four columns and four rows. The first row is the header row. The first header is labeled “I can…”, the second “Confidently”, the third, “With some help”, and the fourth “No – I don’t get it!”. In the first column under “I can”, the next row reads “add rational expressions with a common denominator.”, the next row reads “subtract rational expressions with a common denominator.”, the next row reads, “add and subtract rational expressions whose denominators are opposites.”, the last row reads “What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions with Unlike Denominators

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Find the least common denominator of rational expressions
  • Find equivalent rational expressions
  • Add rational expressions with different denominators
  • Subtract rational expressions with different denominators

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Add: 710+815.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

3730

Subtract: 6(2x+1)−4(x−5).
If you missed this problem, review Example 18 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

8x+26

Find the Greatest Common Factor of 9x2y3 and 12xy5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Greatest Common Factor and Factor by Grouping.

Solution

3xy3

Factor completely −48n−12.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Greatest Common Factor and Factor by Grouping.

Solution

−124n+1

Find the Least Common Denominator of Rational Expressions

When we add or subtract rational expressions with unlike denominators we will need to get common denominators. If we review the procedure we used with numerical fractions, we will know what to do with rational expressions.

Let’s look at the example 712+518 from Foundations. Since the denominators are not the same, the first step was to find the least common denominator (LCD). Remember, the LCD is the least common multiple of the denominators. It is the smallest number we can use as a common denominator.

To find the LCD of 12 and 18, we factored each number into primes, lining up any common primes in columns. Then we “brought down” one prime from each column. Finally, we multiplied the factors to find the LCD.

12=2·2·318=2·3·3LCD=2·2·3·3LCD=36

We do the same thing for rational expressions. However, we leave the LCD in factored form.

Find the least common denominator of rational expressions.

  1. Factor each expression completely.
  2. List the factors of each expression. Match factors vertically when possible.
  3. Bring down the columns.
  4. Multiply the factors.

Remember, we always exclude values that would make the denominator zero. What values of x should we exclude in this next example?

Find the LCD for 8x2−2x−3,3xx2+4x+3.

Solution

Solution

Steps to find the Least Common Denominator (LCD) for given rational expressions by factoring their denominators.
Find the LCD for8x2−2x−3,3xx2+4x+3.
Factor each expression completely, lining
up common factors.
Bring down the columns.
x2−2x−3=(x+1)(x−3)x2+4x+3=(x+1)(x+3)LCD=(x+1)(x−3)(x+3)
Multiply the factors. The LCD is(x+1)(x−3)(x+3).

Find the LCD for 2x2−x−12,1x2−16.

Solution

(x−4)(x+4)(x+3)

Find the LCD for xx2+8x+15,5x2+9x+18.

Solution

(x+3)(x+6)(x+5)

Find Equivalent Rational Expressions

When we add numerical fractions, once we find the LCD, we rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with the LCD.

The above image shows how to find the LCD (least common denominator) when adding numerical fractions in the example seven-twelfths plus five-eighteenths. The image shows 7 times 3 divided by 12 times 3 plus 5 times 2 plus 18 times 2. Below this is 21 divided by 36 plus 10 divided by 36. The image next to this shows that 12 equals 2 times 2 times 3. Below this shows 18 equals 2 times 3 times 3. A line is drawn. Below it is LCD equals 2 times 2 times 3 times 3. The line below this shows that the LCD equals 36.

We will do the same thing for rational expressions.

Rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with denominator (x+1)(x−3)(x+3): 8x2−2x−3,3xx2+4x+3.

Solution

Solution

Two algebraic fractions are shown: 8 over (x^2 - 2x - 3) and 3x over (x^2 + 4x + 3).
Factor each denominator. Two algebraic fractions are shown: 8 over (x+1)(x-3) and 3x over (x+1)(x+3).
Find the LCD.  Quadratic expressions x^2-2x-3 and x^2+4x+3 are factored, leading to the calculation of their Least Common Denominator (LCD) as (x+1)(x-3)(x+3).
Multiply each denominator by the 'missing' factor and multiply each numerator by the same factor. Two rational expressions are shown: 8(x+3)/((x+1)(x-3)(x+3)) and 3x(x-3)/((x+1)(x+3)(x-3)). Key terms are highlighted in red.
Simplify the numerators. Two algebraic fractions displayed. The first is 8x+24 over (x+1)(x-3)(x+3), and the second is 3x^2-9x over (x+1)(x+3)(x-3). Both fractions have common denominators.

Rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with denominator (x+3)(x−4)(x+4):
2x2−x−12,1x2−16.

Solution

2x+8(x−4)(x+3)(x+4),
x+3(x−4)(x+3)(x+4)

Rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with denominator (x+3)(x+5)(x+6):
xx2+8x+15,5x2+9x+18.

Solution

x2+6x(x+3)(x+5)(x+6),
5x+25(x+3)(x+5)(x+6)

Add Rational Expressions with Different Denominators

Now we have all the steps we need to add rational expressions with different denominators. As we have done previously, we will do one example of adding numerical fractions first.

Add: 712+518.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the fraction addition problem '7 over 12 plus 5 over 18'.
Find the LCD of 12 and 18.  This image illustrates the calculation of the Least Common Denominator (LCD) for the numbers 12 and 18. It shows their prime factorizations as 12 = 2x2x3 and 18 = 2x3x3, leading to an LCD of 2x2x3x3, which equals 36.
Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with the LCD. A math problem displaying the sum of two fractions: (7 * 3) / (12 * 3) + (5 * 2) / (18 * 2). The numbers 3 and 2 are highlighted in red, suggesting multiplication to achieve common denominators.
Add the fractions. A mathematical expression showing the sum of two fractions with a common denominator: 21/36 + 10/36.
The fraction cannot be simplified. A fraction is displayed with 31 as the numerator, a horizontal line, and 36 as the denominator.

Add: 1130+712.

Solution

1920

Add: 38+920.

Solution

3340

Now we will add rational expressions whose denominators are monomials.

Add: 512x2y+421xy2.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic expression showing the sum of two fractions: 5 over 12x squared y, plus 4 over 21xy squared.
Find the LCD of 12x2y and 21xy2.  Step-by-step calculation of the Least Common Denominator (LCD) for 12x²y and 21xy². Prime factorization leads to an LCD of 84x²y².
A mathematical expression showing the sum of two algebraic fractions: 5/(12x^2y) + 4/(21xy^2).
Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent fraction with the LCD. An algebraic expression displaying the addition of two rational terms: (5 * 7y) / (12x^2y * 7y) and (4 * 4x) / (21xy^2 * 4x), illustrating a step in finding a common denominator for two fractions.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the sum of two fractions: 35y over 84x^2y^2 plus 16x over 84x^2y^2. Both fractions share a common denominator.
Add the rational expressions. A fraction with the numerator 16x + 35y and the denominator 84x^2y^2 is displayed on a white background, representing a mathematical algebraic expression.
There are no factors common to the numerator and denominator. The fraction cannot be simplified.

Add: 215a2b+56ab2.

Solution

4b+25a30a2b2

Add: 516c+38cd2.

Solution

5d2+616cd2

Now we are ready to tackle polynomial denominators.

How to Add Rational Expressions with Different Denominators

Add: 3x−3+2x−2.

Solution

Solution

The above image shows the steps to add fractions whose denominators are monomials for the example 5 divided by 12 x squared y plus 4 divided by 21 x y squared. Find the LCD of 12 x squared y and 21 x y squared. To the right of this expression is 12 x squared y equals 2 times 2 times 3 times x times x times y. Below that is 21 x y squared equals 3 times 7 times x times y times y. A line is drawn. Below that is LCD equals 2 times 2 times 3 times 7 times x times x times y times y. Below that is LCD equals 84 x squared y squared. Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent fraction with the LCD. The original equation is shown. Below that is 5 times 7 y divided by 12 x squared y times 7 y plus 4 times 4 x divided by 21 x y squared times 4 x. Simplify to get 35 y divided by 84 x squared y squared plus 16 x divided by x squared y squared. Add the rational expressions 16 x plus 35 y divided by 84 x squared y squared. There are no factors common to the numeration and denominator. The fraction cannot be simplified. Step 2 is to add the rational expression. Then, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator to get 3 x minus 6 plus 2 x minus 6 divided by x minus 3 times x minus 2. Step 3 is to simplify, if possible. Because 5 x minus 12 cannot be factored, the answer is simplified to 5 x minus 12 divided by x minus 3 times x minus 2.

Add: 2x−2+5x+3.

Solution

7x−4(x+3)(x−2)

Add: 4m+3+3m+4.

Solution

7m+25(m+3)(m+4)

The steps to use to add rational expressions are summarized in the following procedure box.

Add rational expressions.

  1. Determine if the expressions have a common denominator.
    Yes – go to step 2.
    No – Rewrite each rational expression with the LCD.
    Find the LCD.
    Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD.
  2. Add the rational expressions.
  3. Simplify, if possible.

Add: 2a2ab+b2+3a4a2−b2.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the sum of two fractions: 2a divided by (2ab + b^2) plus 3a divided by (4a^2 - b^2).
Do the expressions have a common denominator? No.
Rewrite each expression with the LCD.
Find the LCD.  Algebraic factorization of `2ab + b^2` and `4a^2 - b^2`, demonstrating how to find the Least Common Denominator (LCD) of these expressions, which is `b(2a + b)(2a - b)`.
Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD. An algebraic expression displaying the sum of two fractions with a common denominator, prior to simplification. Numerators are 2a(2a-b) and 3ab, while the common denominator is b(2a+b)(2a-b).
Simplify the numerators. An algebraic expression showing the sum of two fractions with a common denominator of b(2a+b)(2a-b). The first numerator is 4a^2-2ab, and the second numerator is 3ab.
Add the rational expressions. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with 4a^2 - 2ab + 3ab in the numerator and b(2a + b)(2a - b) in the denominator.
Simplify the numerator. A mathematical fraction is shown, with the numerator as 4a^2 + ab and the denominator as b(2a + b)(2a - b).
Factor the numerator. A mathematical fraction with the numerator a(4a + b) and the denominator b(2a + b)(2a - b).
There are no factors common to the numerator and denominator. The fraction cannot be simplified.

Add: 5xxy−y2+2xx2−y2.

Solution

x(5x+7y)y(x−y)(x+y)

Add: 72m+6+4m2+4m+3.

Solution

7m+152(m+3)(m+1)

Avoid the temptation to simplify too soon! In the example above, we must leave the first rational expression as 2a(2a−b)b(2a+b)(2a−b) to be able to add it to 3a·b(2a+b)(2a−b)·b. Simplify only after you have combined the numerators.

Add: 8x2−2x−3+3xx2+4x+3.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic expression featuring the sum of two rational fractions: 8/(x^2 - 2x - 3) + 3x/(x^2 + 4x + 3).
Do the expressions have a common denominator? No.
Rewrite each expression with the LCD.
Find the LCD.  Factoring quadratic expressions x^2 - 2x - 3 and x^2 + 4x + 3 to determine their Least Common Denominator (LCD), which is (x+1)(x-3)(x+3).
Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent fraction with the LCD. An algebraic expression showing the sum of two rational fractions, where common factors in the numerators and denominators are highlighted in red, indicating potential simplification steps.
Simplify the numerators. An algebraic expression demonstrating the sum of two rational functions with a common denominator. The numerators are (8x + 24) and (3x^2 - 9x).
Add the rational expressions. A mathematical fraction displaying the expression (3x^2 - x + 24) divided by (x + 1)(x - 3)(x + 3).
Simplify the numerator. A mathematical fraction displaying the expression (3x^2 - x + 24) divided by (x + 1)(x - 3)(x + 3).
The numerator is prime, so there are no common factors.

Add: 1m2−m−2+5mm2+3m+2.

Solution

5m2−9m+2(m−2)(m+1)(m+2)

Add: 2nn2−3n−10+6n2+5n+6.

Solution

2(n2+6n−15)(n+2)(n−5)(n+3)

Subtract Rational Expressions with Different Denominators

The process we use to subtract rational expressions with different denominators is the same as for addition. We just have to be very careful of the signs when subtracting the numerators.

How to Subtract Rational Expressions with Different Denominators

Subtract: xx−3−x−2x+3.

Solution

Solution

The above image has 3 columns. It shows the steps on how to subtract rational expressions with different denominators for x divided by x minus three minus x plus x minus 3. Step 1 is to Determine if the expressions have a common denominator. Yes – go to step 2. No – Rewrite each rational expression with the LCD. Find the LCD. Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD. In the above expression, the answer is no. Find the LCD of x minus 3, x plus 3. To the right of this is x – 3: x – 3. Below that is x – 2: x – 2. A line is drawn. Below that is written the LCD is x – 3 times x plus 3. Rewrite as x times x plus 3 divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3 minus x minus 2 times x minus 3 divided by x plus 3 times x minus 3. Keep the denominators factored! Factor to get x squared plus 3 x divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3 minus x squared minus 5 x plus 6 divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3. Step 2 is to subtract the rational expressions. Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator to get x 2 plus 3 x minus x squared minus 5 x plus 6 divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3. Then to x squared plus 3 x minus x squared plus 5 x minus 6 divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3. Be careful with the signs! Then to 8 x minus 6 divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3. Step 3 is to simplify, if possible. The numerator and denominator have no factors in common. The answer is simplified to 2 times 4 x minus 3 divided by x minus 3 times x plus 3.

Subtract: yy+4−y−2y−5.

Solution

−7y+8(y+4)(y−5)

Subtract: z+3z+2−zz+3.

Solution

4z+9(z+2)(z+3)

The steps to take to subtract rational expressions are listed below.

Subtract rational expressions.

  1. Determine if they have a common denominator.
    Yes – go to step 2.
    No – Rewrite each rational expression with the LCD.
    Find the LCD.
    Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD.
  2. Subtract the rational expressions.
  3. Simplify, if possible.

Subtract: 8yy2−16−4y−4.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two algebraic fractions: 8y divided by the quantity y squared minus 16, minus 4 divided by the quantity y minus 4.
Do the expressions have a common denominator? No.
Rewrite each expression with the LCD.
Find the LCD.  Factoring y^2 - 16 into (y-4)(y+4) and identifying y-4, then calculating the Least Common Denominator (LCD) as (y-4)(y+4).
Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two fractions with a common denominator of (y-4)(y+4). The numerators are 8y and 4(y+4), with parts of the second fraction highlighted in red.
Simplify the numerators. An algebraic expression showing the subtraction of two fractions with a common denominator of (y-4)(y+4). The numerators are 8y and 4y+16.
Subtract the rational expressions. An algebraic expression shown as a fraction with 8y - 4y - 16 in the numerator and (y - 4)(y + 4) in the denominator.
Simplify the numerators. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (4y - 16) / ((y - 4)(y + 4)).
Factor the numerator to look for common factors. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 4(y-4) over (y-4)(y+4).
Remove common factors. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 4(y-4) over (y-4)(y+4), with the common factor (y-4) in both the numerator and denominator crossed out, indicating cancellation.
Simplify. A mathematical expression shows the fraction 4 over (y + 4).

Subtract: 2xx2−4−1x+2.

Solution

1x−2

Subtract: 3z+3−6zz2−9.

Solution

−3z−3

There are lots of negative signs in the next example. Be extra careful!

Subtract: −3n−9n2+n−6−n+32−n.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic expression showing the subtraction of two rational expressions: (-3n - 9) / (n^2 + n - 6) - (n + 3) / (2 - n).
Factor the denominator. A mathematical expression featuring the subtraction of two rational expressions: (-3n - 9)/((n-2)(n+3)) - (n+3)/(2-n).
Since n−2 and 2−n are opposites, we will mutliply the second rational expression by−1−1. Subtraction of two rational expressions: (-3n-9)/((n-2)(n+3)) - ((-1)(n+3))/((-1)(2-n)).
Simplify. An algebraic expression showing the sum of two rational functions: ((-3n - 9) / ((n - 2)(n + 3))) + ((n + 3) / (n - 2)).
Do the expressions have a common denominator? No.
Find the LCD.  A mathematical solution showing how to find the Least Common Denominator (LCD) of two algebraic expressions. It factors n^2 + n - 6 into (n - 2)(n + 3) and uses n - 2 to determine the LCD is (n - 2)(n + 3).
Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD. An algebraic expression showing the sum of two fractions with a common denominator of (n-2)(n+3). The numerators are (-3n - 9) and (n+3)(n+3), with an (n+3) term highlighted in red.
Simplify the numerators. A mathematical expression showing the addition of two rational algebraic expressions. Both fractions have a common denominator of (n-2)(n+3). The numerators are -3n-9 and n^2+6n+9 respectively.
Simplify the rational expressions. A mathematical fraction. The numerator is -3n - 9 + n^2 + 6n + 9, and the denominator is the product of (n-2) and (n+3).
Simplify the numerator. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with n squared plus 3n in the numerator and the product of (n minus 2) and (n plus 3) in the denominator.
Factor the numerator to look for common factors. A mathematical expression showing the fraction n(p+3) / ((n-2)(p+3)), where the (p+3) terms in both the numerator and denominator are crossed out, indicating they are being canceled.
Simplify. A mathematical expression displaying the fraction n over (n-2).

Subtract: 3x−1x2−5x−6−26−x.

Solution

5x+1x−6x+1

Subtract: −2y−2y2+2y−8−y−12−y.

Solution

y+3y+4

When one expression is not in fraction form, we can write it as a fraction with denominator 1.

Subtract: 5c+4c−2−3.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression displays a fraction '5c + 4' over 'c - 2', followed by a subtraction of 3. The expression is (5c + 4)/(c - 2) - 3.
Write 3 as 31 to have 2 rational expressions. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two fractions: (5c + 4) / (c - 2) - 3/1.
Do the rational expressions have a common denominator? No.
Find the LCD of c−2 and 1. LCD = c−2.
Rewrite 31 as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD. A mathematical expression displaying the subtraction of two algebraic fractions. The first term is (5c+4)/(c-2), and the second term is 3(c-2) over 1(c-2), with factors in red.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the subtraction of two fractions with a common denominator (c-2): (5c+4)/(c-2) - (3c-6)/(c-2).
Subtract the rational expressions. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (5c + 4 - (3c - 6)) divided by (c - 2).
Simplify. A fraction with a numerator of 2c + 10 and a denominator of c - 2 is shown on a white background.
Factor to check for common factors. A fraction with 2(c + 5) in the numerator and c - 2 in the denominator.
There are no common factors; the rational expression is simplified.

Subtract: 2x+1x−7−3.

Solution

−x+22x−7

Subtract: 4y+32y−1−5.

Solution

−2(3y−4)2y−1

Add or subtract rational expressions.

  1. Determine if the expressions have a common denominator.
    Yes – go to step 2.
    No – Rewrite each rational expression with the LCD.
    Find the LCD.
    Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD.
  2. Add or subtract the rational expressions.
  3. Simplify, if possible.

We follow the same steps as before to find the LCD when we have more than two rational expressions. In the next example we will start by factoring all three denominators to find their LCD.

Simplify: 2uu−1+1u−2u−1u2−u.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression featuring three rational terms being added and subtracted: (2u / (u-1)) + (1/u) - ((2u-1) / (u^2-u)).
Do the rational expressions have a common denominator? No.
Find the LCD.  A mathematical derivation showing algebraic steps: u-1=u-1, followed by u=u. Then, u^2-u is shown equal to u(u-1), concluding that the Least Common Denominator (LCD) is u(u-1).
Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD. A multi-term mathematical expression involving fractions with the variable 'u'. It shows three rational terms being added and subtracted, all sharing a common denominator of u(u-1) or (u-1)u.
An algebraic expression showing the sum and difference of three rational terms with a common denominator, written as 2u^2/((u-1)u) + (u-1)/(u*(u-1)) - (2u-1)/(u(u-1)).
Write as one rational expression. A mathematical expression displaying a fraction. The numerator is 2u^2 + u - 1 - 2u + 1, and the denominator is u(u - 1).
Simplify. A mathematical expression displaying the fraction 2u squared minus u over u multiplied by the quantity u minus 1, all in black font against a white background.
Factor the numerator, and remove common factors. A mathematical fraction with mu(2u-1) in the numerator and mu(u-1) in the denominator.
Simplify. A mathematical expression displaying the fraction (2u-1) divided by (u-1).

Simplify: vv+1+3v−1−6v2−1.

Solution

v+3v+1

Simplify: 3ww+2+2w+7−17w+4w2+9w+14.

Solution

3ww+7

Key Concepts

  • Find the Least Common Denominator of Rational Expressions
    1. Factor each expression completely.
    2. List the factors of each expression. Match factors vertically when possible.
    3. Bring down the columns.
    4. Multiply the factors.
  • Add or Subtract Rational Expressions
    1. Determine if the expressions have a common denominator.
      Yes – go to step 2.
      No – Rewrite each rational expression with the LCD.
      • Find the LCD.
      • Rewrite each rational expression as an equivalent rational expression with the LCD.
    2. Add or subtract the rational expressions.
    3. Simplify, if possible.

Practice Makes Perfect

In the following exercises, find the LCD.

5x2−2x−8,2xx2−x−12

Solution

(x−4)(x+2)(x+3)

8y2+12y+35,3yy2+y−42

9z2+2z−8,4zz2−4

Solution

(z−2)(z+4)(z+2)

6a2+14a+45,5aa2−81

4b2+6b+9,2bb2−2b−15

Solution

(b+3)(b+3)(b−5)

5c2−4c+4,3cc2−10c+16

23d2+14d−5,5d3d2−19d+6

Solution

(3d−1)(d+5)(d−6)

35m2−3m−2,6m5m2+17m+6

In the following exercises, write as equivalent rational expressions with the given LCD.

5x2−2x−8,2xx2−x−12
LCD (x−4)(x+2)(x+3)

Solution

5x+15(x−4)(x+2)(x+3),
2x2+4x(x−4)(x+2)(x+3)

8y2+12y+35,3yy2+y−42
LCD (y+7)(y+5)(y−6)

9z2+2z−8,4zz2−4
LCD (z−2)(z+4)(z+2)

Solution

9z+18(z−2)(z+4)(z+2),
4z2+16z(z−2)(z+4)(z+2)

6a2+14a+45,5aa2−81
LCD (a+9)(a+5)(a−9)

4b2+6b+9,2bb2−2b−15
LCD (b+3)(b+3)(b−5)

Solution

4b−20(b+3)(b+3)(b−5),
2b2+6b(b+3)(b+3)(b−5)

5c2−4c+4,3cc2−10c+16
LCD (c−2)(c−2)(c−8)

23d2+14d−5,5d3d2−19d+6
LCD (3d−1)(d+5)(d−6)

Solution

2d−12(3d−1)(d+5)(d−6),
5d2+25d(3d−1)(d+5)(d−6)

35m2−3m−2,6m5m2+17m+6
LCD (5m+2)(m−1)(m+3)

In the following exercises, add.

524+1136

Solution

3772

730+1345

920+1130

Solution

4960

827+718

710x2y+415xy2

Solution

21y+8x30x2y2

112a3b2+59a2b3

12m+78m2n

Solution

4mn+78m2n

56p2q+14p

3r+4+2r−5

Solution

5r−7(r+4)(r−5)

4s−7+5s+3

8t+5+6t−5

Solution

14t−10(t+5)(t−5)

7v+5+9v−5

53w−2+2w+1

Solution

11w+1(3w−2)(w+1)

42x+5+2x−1

2yy+3+3y−1

Solution

2y2+y+9(y+3)(y−1)

3zz−2+1z+5

5ba2b−2a2+2bb2−4

Solution

b(5b+10+2a2)a2(b−2)(b+2)

4cd+3c+1d2−9

2m3m−3+5mm2+3m−4

Solution

2m2+23m3(m−1)(m+4)

34n+4+6n2−n−2

3n2+3n−18+4nn2+8n+12

Solution

4n2−9n+6(n−3)(n+6)(n+2)

6q2−3q−10+5qq2−8q+15

3rr2+7r+6+9r2+4r+3

Solution

3(r2+6r+18)(r+1)(r+6)(r+3)

2ss2+2s−8+4s2+3s−10

In the following exercises, subtract.

tt−6−t−2t+6

Solution

2(7t−6)(t−6)(t+6)

vv−3−v−6v+1

w+2w+4−ww−2

Solution

−4(1+w)(w+4)(w−2)

x−3x+6−xx+3

y−4y+1−1y+7

Solution

y2+2y−29(y+1)(y+7)

z+8z−3−zz−2

5aa+3−a+2a+6

Solution

4a2+25a−6(a+3)(a+6)

3bb−2−b−6b−8

6cc2−25−3c+5

Solution

3c−5

4dd2−81−2d+9

6m+6−12mm2−36

Solution

−6m−6

4n+4−8nn2−16

−9p−17p2−4p−21−p+17−p

Solution

p+2p+3

−13q−8q2+2q−24−q+24−q

−2r−16r2+6r−16−52−r

Solution

3r−2

2t−30t2+6t−27−23−t

5v−2v+3−4

Solution

v−14v+3

6w+5w−1+2

2x+710x−1+3

Solution

4(8x+1)10x−1

8y−45y+2−6

In the following exercises, add and subtract.

5aa−2+9a−2a+18a2−2a

Solution

5a2+7a−36a(a−2)

2bb−5+32b−2b−152b2−10b

cc+2+5c−2−10cc2−4

Solution

c−5c+2

6dd−5+1d+4−7d−5d2−d−20

In the following exercises, simplify.

6a3ab+b2+3a9a2−b2

Solution

3a(6a−b)b(3a+b)(3a−b)

2c2c+10+7cc2+9c+20

6dd2−64−3d−8

Solution

3d+8

5n+7−10nn2−49

4mm2+6m−7+2m2+10m+21

Solution

2(2m2+7m−1)(m+7)(m−1)(m+3)

3pp2+4p−12+1p2+p−30

−5n−5n2+n−6+n+12−n

Solution

−n+1n+8n+3n−2

−4b−24b2+b−30+b+75−b

715p+518pq

Solution

42q+2590pq

320a2+1112ab2

4x−2+3x+5

Solution

7(x+2)(x−2)(x+5)

6m+4+9m−8

2q+7q+4−2

Solution

−1q+4

3y−1y+4−2

z+2z−5−zz+1

Solution

24z+1(z−5)(z+1)

tt−5−t−1t+5

3dd+2+4d−d+8d2+2d

Solution

3(d+1)d+2

2qq+5+3q−3−13q+15q2+2q−15

Everyday Math

Decorating cupcakes Victoria can decorate an order of cupcakes for a wedding in t hours, so in 1 hour she can decorate 1t of the cupcakes. It would take her sister 3 hours longer to decorate the same order of cupcakes, so in 1 hour she can decorate 1t+3 of the cupcakes.

  1. ⓐ Find the fraction of the decorating job that Victoria and her sister, working together, would complete in one hour by adding the rational expressions 1t+1t+3.
  2. ⓑ Evaluate your answer to part (a) when t=5.
Solution

ⓐ 2t+3t(t+3) ⓑ 1340

Kayaking When Trina kayaks upriver, it takes her 53−c hours to go 5 miles, where c is the speed of the river current. It takes her 53+c hours to kayak 5 miles down the river.

  1. ⓐ Find an expression for the number of hours it would take Trina to kayak 5 miles up the river and then return by adding 53−c+53+c.
  2. ⓑ Evaluate your answer to part (a) when c=1 to find the number of hours it would take Trina if the speed of the river current is 1 mile per hour.

Writing Exercises

Felipe thinks 1x+1y is 2x+y.

  1. ⓐ Choose numerical values for x and y and evaluate 1x+1y.
  2. ⓑ Evaluate 2x+y for the same values of x and y you used in part (a).
  3. ⓒ Explain why Felipe is wrong.
  4. ⓓ Find the correct expression for 1x+1y.
Solution

Answers may vary.

Simplify the expression 4n2+6n+9−1n2−9 and explain all your steps.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This is a table that has five rows and four columns. In the first row, which is a header row, the cells read from left to right “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No-I don’t get it!” The first column below “I can…” reads “find the least common denominator of rational expressions,” “find equivalent rational expressions,” “add rational expressions with different denominators,” and “subtract rational expressions with different denominators.” The rest of the cells are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

Simplify Complex Rational Expressions

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify a complex rational expression by writing it as division
  • Simplify a complex rational expression by using the LCD

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Simplify: 35910.
If you missed this problem, review Example 9 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

23

Simplify: 1−1342+4·5.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

154

Complex fractions are fractions in which the numerator or denominator contains a fraction. In Chapter 1 we simplified complex fractions like these:

3458x2xy6

In this section we will simplify complex rational expressions, which are rational expressions with rational expressions in the numerator or denominator.

Complex Rational Expression

A complex rational expression is a rational expression in which the numerator or denominator contains a rational expression.

Here are a few complex rational expressions:

4y−38y2−91x+1yxy−yx2x+64x−6−4x2−36

Remember, we always exclude values that would make any denominator zero.

We will use two methods to simplify complex rational expressions.

Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Writing it as Division

We have already seen this complex rational expression earlier in this chapter.

6x2−7x+24x−82x2−8x+3x2−5x+6

We noted that fraction bars tell us to divide, so rewrote it as the division problem

(6x2−7x+24x−8)÷(2x2−8x+3x2−5x+6)

Then we multiplied the first rational expression by the reciprocal of the second, just like we do when we divide two fractions.

This is one method to simplify rational expressions. We write it as if we were dividing two fractions.

Simplify: 4y−38y2−9.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step process for simplifying a complex rational expression into its most reduced form.
4y−38y2−9
Rewrite the complex fraction as division. 4y−3÷8y2−9
Rewrite as the product of first times the
reciprocal of the second.
4y−3·y2−98
Multiply. 4(y2−9)8(y−3)
Factor to look for common factors. 4(y−3)(y+3)4·2(y−3)
Remove common factors. 4(y−3)(y+3)4·2(y−3)
Simplify. y+32

Are there any value(s) of y that should not be allowed? The simplified rational expression has just a constant in the denominator. But the original complex rational expression had denominators of y−3 and y2−9. This expression would be undefined if y=3 or y=−3.

Simplify: 2x2−13x+1.

Solution

23(x−1)

Simplify: 1x2−7x+122x−4.

Solution

12(x−3)

Fraction bars act as grouping symbols. So to follow the Order of Operations, we simplify the numerator and denominator as much as possible before we can do the division.

Simplify: 13+1612−13.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression featuring a complex fraction. The numerator shows the sum of one-third and one-sixth, while the denominator displays the difference between one-half and one-third.
Simplify the numerator and denominator.
Find the LCD and add the fractions in the numerator.
Find the LCD and add the fractions in the denominator.
A complex fraction showing addition and subtraction of fractions. Red numbers highlight the multiplication steps to find common denominators in both the numerator and denominator.
Simplify the numerator and denominator. A complex fraction mathematical problem showing (2/6 + 1/6) divided by (3/6 - 2/6).
Simplify the numerator and denominator, again. A mathematical expression showing the division of two fractions, (3/6) by (1/6), which simplifies to 3. This illustrates how to divide fractions with a common denominator.
Rewrite the complex rational expression as a division problem. A mathematical expression showing the division of two fractions: three-sixths divided by one-sixth.
Multiply the first times by the reciprocal of the second. A mathematical expression showing the multiplication of two fractions: 3/6 multiplied by 6/1.
Simplify. A close-up shot of the number '3' rendered in a simple, gray font against a clean white background. The number appears clearly centered, with a slight blur, indicating it might be a digital display or a simple graphic.

Simplify: 12+2356+112.

Solution

1411

Simplify: 34−1318+56.

Solution

1023

How to Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Writing it as Division

Simplify: 1x+1yxy−yx.

Solution

Solution

The above image has three columns. The image shows steps on how to divide complex rational expressions in three steps. Step one is to simplify the numerator and denominator. We will simplify the sum in the numerator and difference in the denominator for the example 1 divided by x plus 1 divided by y divided by x divided by y minus y divided by x. Find a common denominator and add the fractions in the numerator and find a common denominator and subtract the fractions in the numerator to get 1 times y divided by x times y plus 1 times x divided by y times x divided by x times x divided by y times x minus y times y divided by x times y. Then, we get y divided by x y plus x plus x y divided by x squared divided by x y minus y squared divided by x y. We now have just one rational expression in the numerator and one in the denominator, y plus x divided by x y divided by x squared minus y squared divided by x y. Step two is to rewrite the complex rational expression as a division problem. We write the numerator divided by the denominator. Step three is to divide the expressions. Multiply the first by the reciprocal of the second to get y plus x divided by x y times x y divided by x squared minus y squared. Factor any expressions if possible. We now have x y times y plus x divided by x y times x minus y times x plus y. Remove common factors. Cross out x, y and y plus x from the numerator. Cross out x, y and x plus y from the denominator. Simplify to get 1 divided by x minus y.

Simplify: 1x+1y1x−1y.

Solution

y+xy−x

Simplify: 1a+1b1a2−1b2.

Solution

abb−a

Simplify a complex rational expression by writing it as division.

  1. Simplify the numerator and denominator.
  2. Rewrite the complex rational expression as a division problem.
  3. Divide the expressions.

Simplify: n−4nn+51n+5+1n−5.

Solution

Solution

A complex algebraic fraction involving variables 'n' and constants, with a numerator of (n - 4n/(n+5)) and a denominator of (1/(n+5) + 1/(n-5)).
Simplify the numerator and denominator.
Find the LCD and add the fractions in the numerator.
Find the LCD and add the fractions in the denominator.
An algebraic expression presented as a complex fraction. The numerator involves the subtraction of two rational terms, and the denominator involves the addition of two rational terms, all featuring the variable 'n'.
Simplify the numerators. A complex algebraic fraction involving the variable 'n'. The numerator is the subtraction of (n^2+5n)/(n+5) and 4n/(n+5), all divided by the sum of (n-5)/((n+5)(n-5)) and (n+5)/((n-5)(n+5)).
Subtract the rational expressions in the numerator and add in the denominator.

Simplify.
A complex fraction with algebraic expressions, where the numerator is (n^2 + n)/(n + 5) and the denominator is 2n/((n + 5)(n - 5)).
Rewrite as fraction division. The image displays a mathematical expression: the fraction (n^2 + n) / (n + 5) divided by the fraction 2n / ((n + 5)(n - 5)).
Multiply the first times the reciprocal of the second. An algebraic expression showing the product of two fractions. The first fraction is (n^2 + n) divided by (n + 5). The second fraction is ((n + 5)(n - 5)) divided by (2n).
Factor any expressions if possible. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with numerator n(n+1)(n+5)(n-5) and denominator (n+5)2n.
Remove common factors. A fractional algebraic expression with factors n, (n+1), (n+5), and (n-5) in the numerator, and (n+5) and 2n in the denominator, featuring cancellation marks for (n+5) and n.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (n+1)(n-5) divided by 2. The numerator consists of the product of two binomials, (n+1) and (n-5), and the denominator is the number 2.

Simplify: b−3bb+52b+5+1b−5.

Solution

bb+2b−53b−5

Simplify: 1−3c+41c+4+c3.

Solution

3c+3

Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Using the LCD

We “cleared” the fractions by multiplying by the LCD when we solved equations with fractions. We can use that strategy here to simplify complex rational expressions. We will multiply the numerator and denominator by LCD of all the rational expressions.

Let’s look at the complex rational expression we simplified one way in Example 2. We will simplify it here by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the LCD. When we multiply by LCDLCD we are multiplying by 1, so the value stays the same.

Simplify: 13+1612−13.

Solution

Solution

A complex fraction mathematical expression: the sum of one-third and one-sixth, divided by the difference between one-half and one-third. It represents a multi-step fraction calculation.
The LCD of all the fractions in the whole expression is 6.
Clear the fractions by multiplying the numerator and denominator by that LCD. Fraction calculation: (6 * (1/3 + 1/6)) / (6 * (1/2 - 1/3)), with the common multiplier '6' highlighted in red in both the numerator and denominator.
Distribute. A complex fraction where the numerator is (6*1/3 + 6*1/6) and the denominator is (6*1/2 - 6*1/3), with the number 6 highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical fraction displays the expression (2 + 1) divided by (3 - 2) in black text on a white background.
The image displays the fraction 3/1, with the number 3 positioned above a horizontal fraction bar and the number 1 directly below the bar, set against a plain white background.
The numeral three, shown in a simple, grey font against a plain white background.

Simplify: 12+15110+15.

Solution

73

Simplify: 14+3812−516.

Solution

103

How to Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Using the LCD

Simplify: 1x+1yxy−yx.

Solution

Solution

The above image has 3 columns. It shows the steps on how to simplify a complex rational expression using the LCD for 1 divided by x plus 1 divided by y divided by x divided by y minus y divided by x. Step one is to find the LCD of all fractions in the complex rational expression. The LCD of all the fractions is x y. Multiply the numerator and denominator by the LCD. Step two is to multiply both the numerator and denominator by x y to get x y times 1 divided by x plus 1 divided by y divided x y times x divided by y minus y divided by x. Step three is to simplify the expression. Distribute to get x y times 1 divided by x plus x y times 1 divided y divided by x y times x divided by y minus x y times y divided by x. Simplify to get y plus x divided by x squared minus y squared. Remove common factors. Cross out y plus x in the numerator. Cross out x plus y in the numerator. Simplify to get 1 divided by x minus y.

Simplify: 1a+1bab+ba.

Solution

b+aa2+b2

Simplify: 1x2−1y21x+1y.

Solution

y−xxy

Simplify a complex rational expression by using the LCD.

  1. Find the LCD of all fractions in the complex rational expression.
  2. Multiply the numerator and denominator by the LCD.
  3. Simplify the expression.

Be sure to start by factoring all the denominators so you can find the LCD.

Simplify: 2x+64x−6−4x2−36.

Solution

Solution

A complex algebraic fraction with 2/(x+6) in the numerator and a difference of two fractions, 4/(x-6) - 4/(x^2-36), in the denominator.
Find the LCD of all fractions in the complex rational expression. The LCD is (x+6)(x−6).
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the LCD. A complex algebraic fraction demonstrating a step where both numerator and denominator are multiplied by the common factor (x+6)(x-6), highlighted in red, to simplify the expression.
Simplify the expression.
Distribute in the denominator. A step in simplifying a rational expression, illustrating the multiplication of the numerator and denominator by the common factor (x+6)(x-6) to remove inner fractions.
Simplify. Algebraic expression being simplified, demonstrating cancellation of common factors (x+6) and (x-6) in numerator and denominator to reduce the complex fraction.
Simplify. A mathematical fraction is shown. The numerator is 2(x - 6) and the denominator is 4(x + 6) - 4.
To simplify the denominator, distribute and combine like terms. A mathematical expression shown as a fraction with 2(x-6) in the numerator and 4x+20 in the denominator, set against a plain white background.
Remove common factors. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with 2(x-6) in the numerator and 2(2x+10) in the denominator.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (x-6) over (2x+10).
Notice that there are no more factors common to the numerator and denominator.

Simplify: 3x+25x−2−3x2−4.

Solution

3x−65x+7

Simplify: 2x−7−1x+76x+7−1x2−49.

Solution

x+216x−43

Simplify: 4m2−7m+123m−3−2m−4.

Solution

Solution

A complex algebraic fraction. The numerator is 4, and the denominator is another fraction with m^2 - 7m + 12 as its numerator and (3/(m-3) - 2/(m-4)) as its denominator.
Find the LCD of all fractions in the complex rational expression. The LCD is (m−3)(m−4).
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the LCD. A step in simplifying a complex algebraic fraction by multiplying by the common denominator (m-3)(m-4) to clear fractions in both the numerator and denominator.
Simplify. A mathematical expression is shown, demonstrating the cancellation of common factors (m-3) and (m-4) with red strikethroughs in both the numerator and the denominator to simplify the rational expression.
Simplify. A mathematical expression featuring a fraction with '4' as the numerator and '3(m-4) - 2(m-3)' as the denominator, suitable for algebraic simplification.
Distribute. The image shows a mathematical fraction where the numerator is 4 and the denominator is 3m - 12 - 2m + 6.
Combine like terms. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 4 over (m minus 6).

Simplify: 3x2+7x+104x+2+1x+5.

Solution

35x+22

Simplify: 4y+5+2y+63yy2+11y+30.

Solution

6y+343y

Simplify: yy+11+1y−1.

Solution

Solution

A complex fraction with the numerator as y divided by (y+1) and the denominator as 1 plus 1 divided by (y-1).
Find the LCD of all fractions in the complex rational expression.
The LCD is (y+1)(y−1).
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the LCD. An algebraic fraction where both numerator and denominator are multiplied by the red terms (y+1)(y-1). The expression involves a fraction y/(y+1) in the numerator and (1 + 1/(y-1)) in the denominator.
Distribute in the denominator and simplify. A mathematical expression featuring algebraic terms (y+1) and (y-1) in both the numerator and denominator, with red strike-throughs indicating the cancellation of common factors during simplification.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is (y-1)y. The denominator is (y+1)(y-1) + (y+1).
Simplify the denominator, and leave the numerator factored. A mathematical fraction with y(y-1) in the numerator and y^2 - 1 + y + 1 in the denominator, set against a plain white background.
A mathematical expression showing a fraction with y(y-1) in the numerator and y^2 + y in the denominator, written in black text on a white background.
Factor the denominator, and remove factors common with the numerator. A mathematical expression showing the fraction x(y-1) over x(y+1), where the 'x' terms are crossed out, indicating simplification to (y-1) over (y+1).
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (y - 1) / (y + 1).

Simplify: xx+31+1x+3.

Solution

xx+4

Simplify: 1+1x−13x+1.

Solution

x(x+1)3(x−1)

Key Concepts

  • To Simplify a Rational Expression by Writing it as Division
    1. Simplify the numerator and denominator.
    2. Rewrite the complex rational expression as a division problem.
    3. Divide the expressions.
  • To Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Using the LCD
    1. Find the LCD of all fractions in the complex rational expression.
    2. Multiply the numerator and denominator by the LCD.
    3. Simplify the expression.

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Writing It as Division

In the following exercises, simplify.

2aa+44a2a2−16

Solution

a−42a

3bb−5b2b2−25

5c2+5c−1410c+7

Solution

12(c−2)

8d2+9d+1812d+6

12+5623+79

Solution

1213

12+3435+710

23−1934+56

Solution

2057

12−1623+34

nm+1n1n−nm

Solution

n2+mm−n2

1p+pqqp−1q

1r+1t1r2−1t2

Solution

rtt−r

2v+2w1v2−1w2

x−2xx+31x+3+1x−3

Solution

(x+1)(x−3)2

y−2yy−42y−4−2y+4

2−2a+31a+3+a2

Solution

4a+1

4−4b−51b−5+b4

Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Using the LCD

In the following exercises, simplify.

13+1814+112

Solution

118

14+1916+112

56+29718−13

Solution

19

16+41535−12

cd+1d1d−dc

Solution

c2+cc−d2

1m+mnnm−1n

1p+1q1p2−1q2

Solution

pqq−p

2r+2t1r2−1t2

2x+53x−5+1x2−25

Solution

2x−103x+16

5y−43y+4+2y2−16

5z2−64+3z+81z+8+2z−8

Solution

3z−193z+8

3s+6+5s−61s2−36+4s+6

4a2−2a−151a−5+2a+3

Solution

43a−7

5b2−6b−273b−9+1b+3

5c+2−3c+75cc2+9c+14

Solution

2c+295c

6d−4−2d+72dd2+3d−28

2+1p−35p−3

Solution

(2p−5)5

nn−23+5n−2

mm+54+1m−5

Solution

m(m−5)4m2+m−95

7+2q−21q+2

Simplify

In the following exercises, use either method.

34−2712+514

Solution

1324

vw+1v1v−vw

2a+41a2−16

Solution

2(a−4)

3b2−3b−405b+5−2b−8

3m+3n1m2−1n2

Solution

3mnn−m

2r−91r+9+3r2−81

x−3xx+23x+2+3x−2

Solution

(x−1)(x−2)6

yy+32+1y−3

Everyday Math

Electronics The resistance of a circuit formed by connecting two resistors in parallel is 11R1+1R2.

  1. ⓐ Simplify the complex fraction 11R1+1R2.
  2. ⓑ Find the resistance of the circuit when R1=8 and R2=12.
Solution

ⓐ R1R2R2+R1 ⓑ 245

Ironing Lenore can do the ironing for her family’s business in h hours. Her daughter would take h+2 hours to get the ironing done. If Lenore and her daughter work together, using 2 irons, the number of hours it would take them to do all the ironing is 11h+1h+2.

  1. ⓐ Simplify the complex fraction 11h+1h+2.
  2. ⓑ Find the number of hours it would take Lenore and her daughter, working together, to get the ironing done if h=4.

Writing Exercises

In this section, you learned to simplify the complex fraction 3x+2xx2−4 two ways:

rewriting it as a division problem

multiplying the numerator and denominator by the LCD

Which method do you prefer? Why?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Efraim wants to start simplifying the complex fraction 1a+1b1a−1b by cancelling the variables from the numerator and denominator. Explain what is wrong with Efraim’s plan.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

The above image is four columns and three rows. The first row is the header row. The first header is labeled “I can…”, the second “Confidently”, the third, “With some help”, and the fourth “No – I don’t get it!”. In the first column under “I can”, the next row reads “simplify a complex rational expression by writing it as division.”, the next row reads “simplify a complex rational expression by using the LCD.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

complex rational expression
A complex rational expression is a rational expression in which the numerator or denominator contains a rational expression.

Solve Rational Equations

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve rational equations
  • Solve a rational equation for a specific variable

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Solve: 16x+12=13.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations with Fractions or Decimals.

Solution

x=−1

Solve: n2−5n−36=0.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Quadratic Equations.

Solution

n=9,n=−4

Solve for y in terms of x: 5x+2y=10 for y.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Solve a Formula for a Specific Variable.

Solution

y=10−5x2

After defining the terms expression and equation early in Foundations, we have used them throughout this book. We have simplified many kinds of expressions and solved many kinds of equations. We have simplified many rational expressions so far in this chapter. Now we will solve rational equations.

The definition of a rational equation is similar to the definition of equation we used in Foundations.

Rational Equation

A rational equation is two rational expressions connected by an equal sign.

You must make sure to know the difference between rational expressions and rational equations. The equation contains an equal sign.

Rational ExpressionRational Equation18x+1218x+12=14y+6y2−36y+6y2−36=y+11n−3+1n+41n−3+1n+4=15n2+n−12

Solve Rational Equations

We have already solved linear equations that contained fractions. We found the LCD of all the fractions in the equation and then multiplied both sides of the equation by the LCD to “clear” the fractions.

Here is an example we did when we worked with linear equations:
A mathematical equation showing one-eighth x plus one-half equals one-fourth, or (1/8)x + (1/2) = (1/4). The image shows 'LCD = 8' in black text on a white background, representing a mathematical or computational expression where the least common denominator (LCD) is equal to eight.
We multiplied both sides by the LCD. A mathematical equation shows '8(1/8x + 1/2) = 8(1/4)', with the number 8 and the parentheses highlighted in red.
Then we distributed. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '8 multiplied by 1/8x plus 8 multiplied by 1/2 equals 8 multiplied by 1/4' against a white background.
We simplified—and then we had an equation with no fractions. A simple algebraic equation 'x + 4 = 2' is displayed in black text against a white background.
Finally, we solved that equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: x + 4 - 4 = 2 - 4. The -4 on both sides of the equation is highlighted in red, indicating subtraction from both sides to solve for x.
The image displays the equation 'X = -2' written in a bold, sans-serif font against a plain white background.

We will use the same strategy to solve rational equations. We will multiply both sides of the equation by the LCD. Then we will have an equation that does not contain rational expressions and thus is much easier for us to solve.

But because the original equation may have a variable in a denominator we must be careful that we don’t end up with a solution that would make a denominator equal to zero.

So before we begin solving a rational equation, we examine it first to find the values that would make any denominators zero. That way, when we solve a rational equation we will know if there are any algebraic solutions we must discard.

An algebraic solution to a rational equation that would cause any of the rational expressions to be undefined is called an extraneous solution.

Extraneous Solution to a Rational Equation

An extraneous solution to a rational equation is an algebraic solution that would cause any of the expressions in the original equation to be undefined.

We note any possible extraneous solutions, c, by writing x≠c next to the equation.

How to Solve Equations with Rational Expressions

Solve: 1x+13=56.

Solution

Solution

The above image has 3 columns. It shows the steps to find an extraneous solution to a rational equation for the example 1 divided by x plus one-third equals five-sixths. Step one is to note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. If x equals 0, then I divided by x is undefined. So we’ll write x divided zero next to the equation to get 1 divided by x plus one-third equals five-sixths times x divided by zero. Step two is to find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. Find the LCD of 1 divided by x one-third, and five-sixths. The x is 6 x. Step three is to clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. Multiply both sides of the equation by the LCD, 6 x to get 6 times 1 divided by x plus one-third equals 6 x times five-sixths. Use the Distributive Property to get 6 x times 1 divided by x plus 6 x times one-third equals 6 x times five-sixths. Simplify – and notice, no more fractions and we have 6 plus 2 x equals 5 x. Step 4 is to solve the resulting equation. Simplify to get 6 equals 3 x and 2 equals x. Step 5 is to check. If any values found in Step 1 are algebraic solutions, discard them. Check any remaining solutions in the original equation. We did not get 0 as an algebraic solution. We substitute x equals 2 into the original equation to get one-half plus one-third equals five-sixths, then three-sixths plus two-sixths equals five-sixths and finally, five-sixths equal five-sixths.

Solve: 1y+23=15.

Solution

−157

Solve: 23+15=1x.

Solution

1513

The steps of this method are shown below.

Solve equations with rational expressions.

  1. Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero.
  2. Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation.
  3. Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD.
  4. Solve the resulting equation.
  5. Check.
    • If any values found in Step 1 are algebraic solutions, discard them.
    • Check any remaining solutions in the original equation.

We always start by noting the values that would cause any denominators to be zero.

Solve: 1−5y=−6y2.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is shown with the expression 1 - 5/y = 6/y^2, displayed in a white background.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation is displayed: 1 minus 5 over y equals negative 6 over y squared, with the condition that y is not equal to 0.
Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. The LCD isy2.
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. An algebraic equation showing y squared times (1 minus 5 over y) equals y squared times (negative 6 over y squared).
Distribute. An algebraic equation is shown where y squared multiplied by 1 minus y squared multiplied by 5 over y equals y squared multiplied by negative 6 over y squared, with y squared in red.
Multiply. A quadratic equation is displayed: y^2 - 5y = -6.
Solve the resulting equation. First write the quadratic equation in standard form. The image displays the quadratic equation y^2 - 5y + 6 = 0, presented in a clear, standard mathematical format on a white background.
Factor. A mathematical equation shown as (y-2)(y-3)=0, which is a quadratic equation in factored form.
Use the Zero Product Property. The image shows two mathematical equations separated by the word 'or': y-2=0 and y-3=0.
Solve. A mathematical expression states 'y = 2 or y = 3' in a black serif font on a plain white background.
Check.
We did not get 0 as an algebraic solution.
Verification of solutions for an algebraic equation, showing y=2 and y=3 both satisfy 1 - 5/y = -6/y^2 through step-by-step substitution.

Solve: 1−2a=15a2.

Solution

5,−3

Solve: 1−4b=12b2.

Solution

6,−2

Solve: 53u−2=32u.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the fraction 5 over the expression 3u minus 2, set equal to the fraction 3 over 2u.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation shows 5 divided by (3u - 2) equals 3 divided by (2u), with the conditions that u is not equal to 2/3 and u is not equal to 0.
Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. The LCD is2u(3u−2).
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. An algebraic equation showing 2u(3u-2) multiplied by a fraction on both sides of the equality, with the fractions being 5/(3u-2) on the left and 3/(2u) on the right.
Remove common factors. An algebraic equation illustrating the cancellation of common factors on both sides, a method used to simplify expressions and solve for the variable 'u'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '2u(5) = (3u-2)(3)'. The equation involves the variable 'u' and numerical constants, indicating a problem to be solved for 'u'.
Multiply. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 10u = 9u - 6. The text is rendered in a black sans-serif font.
Solve the resulting equation. A white background features a mathematical expression, likely handwritten, that reads 'U = 6' in the center. The equation is rendered in a simple, dark, slightly faded script.
We did not get 0 or 23 as algebraic solutions.
Checking the value u = -6 in the equation 5/(3u-2) = 3/(2u). The process shows substitution and simplification, resulting in -1/4 = -1/4, confirming that u = -6 is the correct solution for the equation.

Solve: 1x−1=23x.

Solution

−2

Solve: 35n+1=23n.

Solution

−2

When one of the denominators is a quadratic, remember to factor it first to find the LCD.

Solve: 2p+2+4p−2=p−1p2−4.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing a sum of two fractions on the left side equal to a fraction on the right side. The equation is (2/(p+2)) + (4/(p-2)) = (p-1)/(p^2-4).
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. An algebraic equation is shown, featuring the sum of two fractions, 2/(p+2) and 4/(p-2), equaling a third fraction, (p-1)/((p+2)(p+2)), with the conditions p not equal to -2, p not equal to 2.
Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. The LCD is(p+2)(p−2).
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. An algebraic equation showing (p+2)(p-2) multiplied by the sum of two fractions on the left side, equaling (p+2)(p-2) multiplied by a single fraction on the right side. The common multiplier (p+2)(p-2) is in red.
Distribute. A mathematical equation where a common factor, (p+2)(p-2), highlighted in red, is multiplied across three terms involving fractions. This step is typically used to clear denominators in rational equations.
Remove common factors. An algebra problem demonstrating the solution of a rational equation by multiplying all terms by the least common denominator (p+2)(p-2). Red cross-outs show the cancellation of common factors.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 2 multiplied by (p minus 2), plus 4 multiplied by (p plus 2), equals p minus 1.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '2p - 4 + 4p + 8 = p - 1' against a white background.
Solve. A clear, well-lit image displays the algebraic equation 6p+4=p-1 centered against a plain white background, showing a simple linear equation that can be solved for the variable 'p'.
An algebraic equation '5p = 5' is displayed in black text on a clean white background, indicating a simple mathematical problem to be solved.
The mathematical equation p=-1.
We did not get 2or−2 as algebraic solutions.
An image demonstrating the verification of p = -1 as a solution to an algebraic equation. The steps show substitution and simplification, confirming that both sides of the equation are equal to 2/3.

Solve: 2x+1+1x−1=1x2−1.

Solution

23

Solve: 5y+3+2y−3=5y2−9.

Solution

2

Solve: 4q−4−3q−3=1.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the expression 4/(q-4) - 3/(q-3) = 1. This algebraic equation involves rational terms with the variable 'q' in the denominators.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation showing the sum of two fractions equaling one, with specified restrictions for the variable q. The equation is 4/(q-4) + 3/(q-3) = 1, where q is not equal to 4 or 3.
Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. The LCD is(q−4)(q−3).
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. An algebraic equation showing a step where a rational expression is multiplied by the common denominator (q-4)(q-3) on both sides to clear the fractions.
Distribute. An algebraic equation demonstrating the multiplication of terms by (q-4)(q-3) to clear denominators. Common factors are highlighted in red.
Remove common factors. A mathematical equation illustrating the simplification of algebraic expressions by canceling common factors. The image shows (q-4) and (q-3) being canceled out in the numerators and denominators of the fractional terms.
Simplify. An algebraic equation is displayed on a white background: 4(q-3) - 3(q-4) = (q-4)(q-3).
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 4q - 12 - 3q + 12 = q^2 - 7q + 12. The equation appears to be part of an algebra problem, involving a variable 'q' and various constants.
Combine like terms. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: q = q^2 - 7q + 12.
Solve. First write in standard form. A quadratic equation is displayed against a white background, reading '0 = q^2 - 8q + 12' in black text.
Factor. A mathematical equation on a white background, displaying 0 = (q - 2)(q - 6).
Use the Zero Product Property. The image shows the mathematical expression 'q = 2 or q = 6' in a simple, clear font on a white background.
We did not get 4 or 3 as algebraic solutions.
This image demonstrates checking two potential solutions, q=2 and q=6, in the rational equation 4/(q-4) - 3/(q-3) = 1. Both values are substituted into the equation, and the calculations confirm that both q=2 and q=6 satisfy the equation, resulting in 1=1 for both cases.

Solve: 2x+5−1x−1=1.

Solution

−1,−2

Solve: 3x+8−2x−2=1.

Solution

−2,−3

Solve: m+11m2−5m+4=5m−4−3m−1.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic equation showing three equal rational expressions involving the variable 'm', for solving its value.
Factor all the denominators, so we can note any value of the variable the would make any denominator zero. The image displays a complex algebraic fraction (m+11)/((m-4)(m-1)) rewritten as the difference of two simpler fractions: 5/(m-4) - 3/(m-1), with restrictions m!=4 and m!=1.
Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. The LCD is(m−4)(m−1).
Clear the fractions. An algebraic equation showing both sides multiplied by (m-4)(m-1) to clear denominators, simplifying the expression involving fractions with variables m.
Distribute. An algebraic equation demonstrates multiplying both sides by (m-4)(m-1) to clear denominators, simplifying the rational expression (m+11)/((m-4)(m-1)) and the terms 5/(m-4) and 3/(m-1).
Remove common factors. An algebraic equation demonstrates the cancellation of common factors in red strike-through text to simplify both sides of the equation. It shows a step in solving for 'm'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: m + 11 = 5(m - 1) - 3(m - 4).
Solve the resulting equation. A mathematical equation is displayed: m + 11 = 5m - 5 - 3m + 12. The equation is presented in a clear, digital font on a white background.
The image shows a simple mathematical equation in the center, which reads '4 = m', implying that the variable 'm' is equal to the number 4.
Check. The only algebraic solution was 4, but we said that 4 would make a denominator equal to zero. The algebraic solution is an extraneous solution. There is no solution to this equation.

Solve: x+13x2−7x+10=6x−5−4x−2.

Solution

no solution

Solve: y−14y2+3y−4=2y+4+7y−1.

Solution

y=−5

The equation we solved in Example 6 had only one algebraic solution, but it was an extraneous solution. That left us with no solution to the equation. Some equations have no solution.

Solve: n12+n+33n=1n.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background. The equation is n/12 + (n+3)/(3n) = 1/n, featuring fractions with variables in both numerators and denominators.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation is displayed: n/12 + (n+3)/(3n) = 1/n, with the condition that n is not equal to 0.
Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation. The LCD is12n.
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. A mathematical equation is shown with 12n multiplying a sum of fractions (n/12 + (n+3)/(3n)) on the left, and 12n multiplying a fraction (1/n) on the right, all in black text with '12n' in red.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 12n multiplied by n/12, plus 12n multiplied by (n+3)/3n, equaling 12n multiplied by 1/n. The 12n terms are in red.
Remove common factors. A mathematical equation with red numbers and variables indicating terms being canceled out or simplified. The equation shows 12n(n/2) + 4 * 3n((n+3)/3n) = 12n(1/n), with some denominators crossed out.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'n * n + 4(n + 3) = 12 * 1'.
Solve the resulting equation. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 'n squared plus 4n plus 12 equals 12'.
A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: r^2 + 4r = 0. The equation appears to be a quadratic equation in terms of the variable 'r'.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing n(n+4) = 0 on a white background, which is a common form for solving quadratic equations.
The image displays the algebraic solution 'n = 0 or n = -4' in a simple, clear text format against a white background.
Check.
n=0 is an extraneous solution.
Checking the solution n=-4 in an algebraic equation. The image shows the substitution, simplification, and verification that both sides of the equation are equal, confirming n=-4 is correct.

Solve: x18+x+69x=23x.

Solution

−2

Solve: y+55y+y15=1y.

Solution

−3

Solve: yy+6=72y2−36+4.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic equation is shown where y divided by the quantity y plus 6 equals 72 divided by the quantity y squared minus 36, plus 4.
Factor all the denominators, so we can note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation is displayed: y / (y + 6) = 72 / ((y - 6)(y + 6)) + 4, with the restrictions y not equal to 6 and y not equal to -6.
Find the least common denominator. The LCD is(y−6)(y+6).
Clear the fractions. A mathematical equation demonstrating the process of clearing fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the least common denominator, (y-6)(y+6).
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: (y-6) * y = 72 + (y-6)(y+6) * 4. The characters are rendered in a black sans-serif font.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is shown: y(y-6) = 72 + 4(y^2 - 36). The equation features variables, numbers, parentheses, and operations, presented in a standard algebraic format on a white background.
Solve the resulting equation. An algebraic equation is shown: y^2 - 6y = 72 + 4y^2 - 144.
A mathematical equation is displayed: 0 = 3y^2 + 6y - 72. It's a quadratic equation in the variable 'y' set equal to zero.
A mathematical equation is shown with the expression 0 = 3(y^2 + 2y - 24).
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 0 = 3(y + 6)(y - 4).
The image displays mathematical equations, specifically 'y=-6, y=4' written in a clean, legible font against a plain white background.
Check.
y=−6 is an extraneous solution.
The image shows a step-by-step verification that y=4 is a valid solution for the equation y/(y+6) = 72/(y^2-36) + 4, demonstrating both sides equate to 4/10 after substitution and simplification.

Solve: xx+4=32x2−16+5.

Solution

3

Solve: yy+8=128y2−64+9.

Solution

7

Solve: x2x−2−23x+3=5x2−2x+912x2−12.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation featuring rational expressions. The equation is x/(2x-2) - 2/(3x+3) = (5x^2 - 2x + 9)/(12x^2 - 12), with terms arranged horizontally.
We will start by factoring all denominators, to make it easier to identify extraneous solutions and the LCD. A mathematical equation shows the subtraction of two algebraic fractions set equal to a third algebraic fraction. The equation is x over 2(x-1) minus 2 over 3(x+1) equals (5x^2 - 2x + 9) over 12(x-1)(x+1).
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation featuring fractions: x/(2(x-1)) - 2/(3(x+1)) = (5x^2 - 2x + 9)/(12(x-1)(x+1)), with the conditions x ≠ 1 and x ≠ -1.
Find the least common denominator.The LCD is 12(x−1)(x+1)
Clear the fractions. An algebraic equation showing the multiplication of both sides by 12(x-1)(x+1) to eliminate fractional terms, a common step in solving rational equations.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading 6(x+1) * x - 4(x-1) * 2 = 5x^2 - 2x + 9. The equation involves algebraic expressions with variables and constants.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed: 6x(x+1) - 4 * 2(x-1) = 5x^2 - 2x + 9. It involves algebraic expressions with variables, constants, multiplication, subtraction, and equality.
Solve the resulting equation. Quadratic equation: six x squared plus six x minus eight x plus eight equals five x squared minus two x plus nine.
A mathematical equation on a white background reads 'x^2 - 1 = 0' in black text.
An image displays the algebraic equation (x-1)(x+1)=0, a common form of a quadratic equation.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, stating 'x = 1 or x = -1'.
Check.
x=1 and x=−1 are extraneous solutions.
The equation has no solution.

Solve: y5y−10−53y+6=2y2−19y+5415y2−60.

Solution

no solution

Solve: z2z+8−34z−8=3z2−16z−168z2+16z−64.

Solution

no solution

Solve a Rational Equation for a Specific Variable

When we solved linear equations, we learned how to solve a formula for a specific variable. Many formulas used in business, science, economics, and other fields use rational equations to model the relation between two or more variables. We will now see how to solve a rational equation for a specific variable.

We’ll start with a formula relating distance, rate, and time. We have used it many times before, but not usually in this form.

Solve: DT=RforT.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the equation D/T = R for T, representing a mathematical relationship where D divided by T equals R, with the explicit instruction to solve or express the equation for T.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation displays D over T equals R, with the condition that T is not equal to 0, representing a division relationship with a non-zero denominator.
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equations by the LCD, T. A mathematical equation T(D/T) = T(R) is displayed. The initial 'T' and the 'T' after the equals sign are red, while the other characters are black.
Simplify. The mathematical formula D=T*R is displayed, representing the relationship between Distance, Time, and Rate. The letters are bold and in a simple font on a white background.
Divide both sides by R to isolate T. A mathematical equation shows D/R = RT/R, with the variable R in the denominator of both fractions highlighted in red, indicating a step in solving or manipulating the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical formula is displayed: D divided by R equals T. This represents the relationship where Time (T) is equal to Distance (D) divided by Rate (R).

Solve: AL=W for L.

Solution

L=AW

Solve: FA=M for A.

Solution

A=FM

Example 11 uses the formula for slope that we used to get the point-slope form of an equation of a line.

Solve: m=x−2y−3fory.

Solution

Solution

An algebraic problem displaying the equation m = (x - 2) / (y - 3) with instructions to solve for y.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation displays the slope m as a fraction: m = (x-2) / (y-3), with the condition that y is not equal to 3.
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equations by the LCD, y−3. The equation (y-3)m = (y-3) * ((x-2)/(y-3)) is shown, with the common factor (y-3) highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading 'ym - 3m = x - 2' in black text.
Isolate the term with y. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 'ym = x - 2 + 3m' in black text.
Divide both sides by m to isolate y. A mathematical equation shows 'ym over m equals x minus 2 plus 3m over m' with the variable 'm' in the denominator highlighted in red. The numerator of the first fraction is 'ym', and the denominator is 'm'. The numerator of the second fraction is 'x - 2 + 3m', and the denominator is 'm'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows 'y = (x - 2 + 3m) / m' presented on a white background.

Solve: y−2x+1=23 for x.

Solution

x=3y−82

Solve: x=y1−y for y.

Solution

y=x1+x

Be sure to follow all the steps in Example 12. It may look like a very simple formula, but we cannot solve it instantly for either denominator.

Solve 1c+1m=1forc.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation showing the sum of two fractions, 1 over c plus 1 over m, equaling 1, with the instruction to solve for c.
Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero. A mathematical equation showing the sum of two reciprocals equal to one: 1/c + 1/m = 1, with the conditions that c is not equal to 0 and m is not equal to 0.
Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equations by the LCD, cm. A mathematical equation shows 'cm multiplied by the sum of 1 over c and 1 over m' equals 'cm multiplied by 1'. The letters 'cm' are in red, while the rest of the equation is in black.
Distribute. A mathematical equation on a white background, displaying cm(1/c) + cm(1/m) = cm(1), with 'cm' in red and the rest in black.
Simplify. A simple mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'm + C = cm' in black text.
Collect the terms with c to the right. A mathematical equation on a white background, displaying 'm = cm - c'.
Factor the expression on the right. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 'm = c(m - 1)'.
To isolate c, divide both sides by m−1. A mathematical equation shown as m/(m-1) = c(m-1)/(m-1). The denominator (m-1) is highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify by removing common factors. A mathematical equation showing 'm' divided by 'm minus 1' equals 'c'.

Notice that even though we excluded c=0andm=0 from the original equation, we must also now state that m≠1.

Solve: 1a+1b=c for a.

Solution

a=bcb−1

Solve: 2x+13=1y for y.

Solution

y=3x6+x

Key Concepts

  • Strategy to Solve Equations with Rational Expressions
    1. Note any value of the variable that would make any denominator zero.
    2. Find the least common denominator of all denominators in the equation.
    3. Clear the fractions by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD.
    4. Solve the resulting equation.
    5. Check.
    • If any values found in Step 1 are algebraic solutions, discard them.
    • Check any remaining solutions in the original equation.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Rational Equations

In the following exercises, solve.

1a+25=12

Solution

10

56+3b=13

52−1c=34

Solution

47

63−2d=49

45+14=2v

Solution

4021

37+23=1w

79+1x=23

Solution

−9

38+2y=14

1−2m=8m2

Solution

−2,4

1+4n=21n2

1+9p=−20p2

Solution

−5,−4

1−7q=−6q2

1r+3=42r

Solution

−6

3t−6=1t

53v−2=74v

Solution

14

82w+1=3w

3x+4+7x−4=8x2−16

Solution

−45

5y−9+1y+9=18y2−81

8z−10+7z+10=5z2−100

Solution

−13

9a+11+6a−11=7a2−121

1q+4−2q−2=1

Solution

−2,−1

3r+10−4r−4=1

1t+7−5t−5=1

Solution

−5,−1

2s+7−3s−3=1

v−10v2−5v+4=3v−1−6v−4

Solution

no solution

w+8w2−11w+28=5w−7+2w−4

x−10x2+8x+12=3x+2+4x+6

Solution

no solution

y−3y2−4y−5=1y+1+8y−5

z16+z+24z=12z

Solution

−4

a9+a+33a=1a

b+33b+b24=1b

Solution

−8

c+312c+c36=14c

dd+3=18d2−9+4

Solution

2

mm+5=50m2−25+6

nn+2=8n2−4+3

Solution

1

pp+7=98p2−49+8

q3q−9−34q+12
=7q2+6q+6324q2−216

Solution

no solution

r3r−15−14r+20
=3r2+17r+4012r2−300

s2s+6−25s+5
=5s2−s−1810s2+40s+30

Solution

no solution

t6t−12−52t+10
=t2−23t+7012t2+36t−120

Solve a Rational Equation for a Specific Variable

In the following exercises, solve.

Cr=2πforr

Solution

r=C2π

Ir=Pforr

Vh=lwforh

Solution

h=vlw

2Ab=hforb

v+3w−1=12forw

Solution

w=2v+7

x+52−y=43fory

a=b+3c−2forc

Solution

c=b+3+2aa

m=n2−nforn

1p+2q=4forp

Solution

p=q4q−2

3s+1t=2fors

2v+15=3wforw

Solution

w=15v10+v

6x+23=1yfory

m+3n−2=45forn

Solution

n=5m+234

Ec=m2forc

3x−5y=14fory

Solution

y=20x12−x

RT=WforT

r=s3−tfort

Solution

t=3r−sr

c=2a+b5fora

Everyday Math

House Painting Alain can paint a house in 4 days. Spiro would take 7 days to paint the same house. Solve the equation 14+17=1t for t to find the number of days it would take them to paint the house if they worked together.

Solution

2611 days

Boating Ari can drive his boat 18 miles with the current in the same amount of time it takes to drive 10 miles against the current. If the speed of the boat is 7 knots, solve the equation 187+c=107−c for c to find the speed of the current.

Writing Exercises

Why is there no solution to the equation 3x−2=5x−2?

Solution

Answers will vary.

Pete thinks the equation yy+6=72y2−36+4 has two solutions, y=−6andy=4. Explain why Pete is wrong.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “solve rational equations”. The next row reads, “solve rational equations for a specific variable”. The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

rational equation
A rational equation is two rational expressions connected by an equal sign.
extraneous solution to a rational equation
An extraneous solution to a rational equation is an algebraic solution that would cause any of the expressions in the original equation to be undefined.

Solve Proportion and Similar Figure Applications

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve proportions
  • Solve similar figure applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Solve n3=30.
If you missed this problem, review Example 9 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

n=90

The perimeter of a triangular window is 23 feet. The lengths of two sides are ten feet and six feet. How long is the third side?
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Solve Geometry Applications: Triangles, Rectangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem.

Solution

7feet



Solve Proportions

When two rational expressions are equal, the equation relating them is called a proportion.

Proportion

A proportion is an equation of the form ab=cd, where b≠0,d≠0.

The proportion is read “a is to b, as c is to d.”

The equation 12=48 is a proportion because the two fractions are equal. The proportion 12=48 is read “1 is to 2 as 4 is to 8.”

Proportions are used in many applications to ‘scale up’ quantities. We’ll start with a very simple example so you can see how proportions work. Even if you can figure out the answer to the example right away, make sure you also learn to solve it using proportions.

Suppose a school principal wants to have 1 teacher for 20 students. She could use proportions to find the number of teachers for 60 students. We let x be the number of teachers for 60 students and then set up the proportion:

1teacher20students=xteachers60students

We are careful to match the units of the numerators and the units of the denominators—teachers in the numerators, students in the denominators.

Since a proportion is an equation with rational expressions, we will solve proportions the same way we solved equations in Solve Rational Equations. We’ll multiply both sides of the equation by the LCD to clear the fractions and then solve the resulting equation.

So let’s finish solving the principal’s problem now. We will omit writing the units until the last step.

A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background. The equation shows the fraction 1/20 on the left side, an equals sign in the middle, and the fraction x/60 on the right side.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 60. A mathematical equation showing both sides of an equation multiplied by 60: (1/20) * 60 = (x/60) * 60. This step clears the denominator when solving for a variable.
Simplify. A simple mathematical equation '3 = X' is displayed on a white background, representing the equality between the number three and the variable X.
The principal needs 3 teachers for 60 students.

Now we’ll do a few examples of solving numerical proportions without any units. Then we will solve applications using proportions.

Solve the proportion: x63=47.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing a variable 'x' divided by 63, which equals the fraction 4/7. The equation is x/63 = 4/7.
To isolate x, multiply both sides by the LCD, 63. An equation showing 63 multiplied by (x/63) on the left side, and 63 multiplied by (4/7) on the right side. The number 63 is highlighted in red on both sides of the equals sign.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the equation x = (9  7  4) / 7.
Divide the common factors. The image displays a mathematical equation 'x = 36' in a clear, legible font against a plain white background, presenting a simple statement of equality.
Check. To check our answer, we substitute into the original proportion.
A mathematical equation shows a fraction with x over 63, set equal to the fraction 4 over 7, likely intended for solving for x.
The image shows the text 'Substitute x = 36.'. The number '36' is highlighted in red, indicating a specific value for substitution in a mathematical or algebraic context. A math problem displays the fractions 36/63 and 4/7, with a question mark next to an equals sign in between, asking if they are equivalent.
Show common factors. A mathematical expression displays the fraction (4 * 9) / (7 * 9) with a question mark over an equals sign, followed by the simplified fraction 4/7, illustrating the simplification of fractions.
Simplify. The mathematical equation '4/7 = 4/7' is displayed in black text on a white background, followed by a checkmark indicating its correctness.

Solve the proportion: n84=1112.

Solution

77

Solve the proportion: y96=1312.

Solution

104

When we work with proportions, we exclude values that would make either denominator zero, just like we do for all rational expressions. What value(s) should be excluded for the proportion in the next example?

Solve the proportion: 144a=94.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation displays '144 divided by a equals 9 divided by 4' against a white background.
Multiply both sides by the LCD. Multiplying both sides of the equation (144/a) = (9/4) by 4a to eliminate the denominators, resulting in (144/a) * 4a = (9/4) * 4a.
Remove common factors on each side. A mathematical equation shows '4 * 144 = a * 9', an algebraic problem to solve for the unknown variable 'a'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing 576 equals 9q.
Divide both sides by 9. A mathematical equation shows '576/9 = 9a/9'. The left side of the equation is the fraction 576 over 9, and the right side is the fraction 9a over 9, with an equals sign in between.
Simplify. The image shows a mathematical equation displaying the number 64 equal to the variable 'a', presented in a clean, legible font against a white background.
Check.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the fraction 144 over 'a' set equal to the fraction 9 over 4, representing a problem to solve for the variable 'a'.
The phrase 'Substitute q = 64.' is displayed in gray text, with the number '64' highlighted in red, indicating a mathematical instruction to replace the variable q with the value 64. A mathematical problem is displayed, comparing the fractions '144/64' and '9/4' with a question mark over an equality sign, asking if they are equivalent. The denominator '64' is highlighted in red.
Show common factors. A mathematical problem asking if the fraction (9 * 16) / (4 * 16) is equal to 9/4. This visually demonstrates the principle of simplifying fractions by canceling common factors in the numerator and denominator.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows '9/4 = 9/4' with a checkmark, indicating the equality is correct.

Solve the proportion: 91b=75.

Solution

65

Solve the proportion: 39c=138.

Solution

24

Solve the proportion: nn+14=57.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation shows a fraction n over the sum of n and 14, which is set equal to the fraction 5 over 7, appearing in a clean, isolated format on a white background.
Multiply both sides by the LCD. The equation 7(n+14)(n/(n+14)) = 7(n+14)(5/7) is presented, implying that n/(n+14) equals 5/7, demonstrating an algebraic step.
Remove common factors on each side. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '7n = 5(n + 14)' in black text against a white background. This is a linear equation with one variable 'n'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation, 7n = 5n + 70, is displayed in a clear, dark font against a plain white background.
Solve for n. The image displays a simple algebraic equation in black text against a white background, which reads '2n = 70'.
The image displays the text 'n = 35' in a clear, dark gray font against a plain white background, indicating a numerical value or sample size.
Check.
A mathematical equation shows a fraction with 'n' in the numerator and 'n + 14' in the denominator, set equal to the fraction '5/7'.
The text 'Substitute n = 35.' is displayed. A math problem showing the fraction 35 over (35 plus 14) on the left side, which is equal to an unknown numerator (?) over 7 on the right side. The problem asks to solve for the missing numerator.
Simplify. A mathematical problem displaying the fractions 35/49 and 5/7, with a question mark positioned above the equals sign, prompting verification of their equivalence.
Show common factors. A mathematical expression showing the fraction (5 multiplied by 7) divided by (7 multiplied by 7), with a question mark above an equals sign, followed by the fraction 5/7. It asks if (5*7)/(7*7) is equal to 5/7.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the equality 5/7 = 5/7, with a checkmark indicating correctness.

Solve the proportion: yy+55=38.

Solution

33

Solve the proportion: zz−84=−15.

Solution

14

Solve: p+129=p−126.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed: the fraction p plus 12 over 9 equals the fraction p minus 12 over 6. This is a linear equation with one variable 'p'.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 18. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 18 multiplied by the fraction (p + 12)/9 on the left side, equal to 18 multiplied by the fraction (p - 12)/6 on the right side.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed with a black text on a white background. The equation is 2(p + 12) = 3(p - 12).
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '2p + 24 = 3p - 36' in black font against a white background. It represents a linear equation with one variable 'p'.
Solve for p. A simple mathematical equation displaying '60 = p' on a white background.
Check.
An algebraic equation is shown, with the fraction (p+12)/9 on the left side and the fraction (p-12)/6 on the right side, separated by an equals sign.
The text in the image instructs to 'Substitute p = 60.', with the number 60 highlighted in red. A math problem comparing two fractions: (60+12)/9 and (60-12)/6, with a question mark over an equals sign between them. Both sides evaluate to 8, indicating they are equal.
Simplify. A math problem asking if the fraction 72/9 is equal to 48/6. The expression shows 72 over 9, followed by an equal sign with a question mark on top, and then 48 over 6.
Divide. The equation 8 = 8 is displayed with a checkmark next to it, signifying that the statement is correct or verified as true on a plain white background.

Solve: v+308=v+6612.

Solution

42

Solve: 2x+159=7x+315.

Solution

6

To solve applications with proportions, we will follow our usual strategy for solving applications. But when we set up the proportion, we must make sure to have the units correct—the units in the numerators must match and the units in the denominators must match.

When pediatricians prescribe acetaminophen to children, they prescribe 5 milliliters (ml) of acetaminophen for every 25 pounds of the child’s weight. If Zoe weighs 80 pounds, how many milliliters of acetaminophen will her doctor prescribe?

Solution

Solution

Identify what we are asked to find, and choose a variable to represent it. How many ml of acetaminophen will the doctor prescribe?
Let a=ml of acetaminophen.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. If 5 ml is prescribed for every 25 pounds, how much will be prescribed for 80 pounds?
Translate into a proportion–be careful of the units.
mlpounds=mlpounds


A mathematical equation is shown with the fraction 5/25 equal to the fraction a/80, where 'a' is a variable.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 400. A mathematical equation showing 400 multiplied by 5/25 equals 400 multiplied by a/80, set against a white background.
Remove common factors on each side. A mathematical equation is displayed: 25 * 16 * (5/25) = 80 * 5 * (a/80). The numbers 25 on the left and 80 on the right are shown crossed out, indicating a step in solving or simplifying the equation.
Simplify, but don't multiply on the left. Notice what the next step will be. A mathematical equation shows '16 * 5 = 5a' in black text on a white background. This equation can be solved to find the value of 'a'.
Solve for a. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the fraction 16 multiplied by 5, all divided by 5, which equals 5a divided by 5. The denominator '5' is highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Check. A mathematical equation displayed on a white background, showing '16 = a'.
Is the answer reasonable?
Yes, since 80 is about 3 times 25, the medicine should be about 3 times 5. So 16 ml makes sense.
The image shows the steps to verify the solution for 'a' in a proportion. 'a = 16' is substituted into 5/25 = a/80. Both sides, 5/25 and 16/80, simplify to 1/5, confirming the equality and validity of the solution with a checkmark.
Write a complete sentence. The pediatrician would prescribe 16 ml of acetaminophen to Zoe.

Pediatricians prescribe 5 milliliters (ml) of acetaminophen for every 25 pounds of a child’s weight. How many milliliters of acetaminophen will the doctor prescribe for Emilia, who weighs 60 pounds?

Solution

12ml

For every 1 kilogram (kg) of a child’s weight, pediatricians prescribe 15 milligrams (mg) of a fever reducer. If Isabella weighs 12 kg, how many milligrams of the fever reducer will the pediatrician prescribe?

Solution

180mg

A 16-ounce iced caramel macchiato has 230 calories. How many calories are there in a 24-ounce iced caramel macchiato?

Solution

Solution

Identify what we are asked to find, and choose a variable to represent it. How many calories are in a 24 ounce iced caramel macchiato?
Let c=calories in 24 ounces.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. If there are 230 calories in 16 ounces, then how many calories are in 24 ounces?
Translate into a proportion–be careful of the units.
caloriesounce=caloriesounce


A mathematical equation shows a proportion: 230 over 16 equals c over 24, where 'c' is an unknown variable.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 48. A mathematical equation shows '48(230/16) = 48(c/24)' where 48 is in red, illustrating the multiplication of 48 by two different fractions set equal to each other.
Remove common factors on each side. A mathematical equation is displayed where 16 multiplied by 3 and 230/16 equals 24 multiplied by 2 and c/24. The numbers 16 and 24 are struck through in red on both sides of the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows '690 = 2c' centered on a white background, representing a basic algebraic problem where the value of 'c' needs to be determined by dividing 690 by 2.
Solve for c. A mathematical equation shows '690/2 = 2c/2' with the denominators, both '2', highlighted in red, indicating division on both sides of the equation to solve for 'c'.
The image displays a mathematical equation
Check.
Is the answer reasonable?
Yes, 345 calories for 24 ounces is more than 290 calories for 16 ounces, but not too much more.
This image demonstrates substituting c=345 into the proportion 230/16 = c/24. It verifies the equality by substituting 345 for c, showing 230/16 = 345/24, which simplifies to 115/8 = 115/8, confirmed by a checkmark.
Write a complete sentence. There are 345 calories in a 24-ounce iced caramel macchiato.

At a fast-food restaurant, a 22-ounce chocolate shake has 850 calories. How many calories are in their 12-ounce chocolate shake? Round your answer to nearest whole number.

Solution

464calories

Yaneli loves Starburst candies, but wants to keep her snacks to 100 calories. If the candies have 160 calories for 8 pieces, how many pieces can she have in her snack?

Solution

5pieces

Josiah went to Mexico for spring break and changed $325 dollars into Mexican pesos. At that time, the exchange rate had $1 US is equal to 12.54 Mexican pesos. How many Mexican pesos did he get for his trip?

Solution

Solution

What are you asked to find? How many Mexican pesos did Josiah get?
Assign a variable. Let p=the number of Mexican pesos.
Write a sentence that gives the information to find it. If $1 US is equal to 12.54 Mexican pesos, then $325 is how many pesos?
Translate into a proportion–be careful of the units.
$pesos=$pesos A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '1 over 12.54 equals 325 over p'.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 12.54p. An algebraic equation showing 12.54p multiplied by the reciprocal of 12.54 on the left side, equaling 12.54p multiplied by 325 over p on the right side.
Remove common factors on each side. An example of algebraic simplification where identical factors in the numerator and denominator are cancelled out on both sides of an equation.
Simplify. The image displays text in a simple, clear font, showing the equation 'p = 4075.5' centered on a white background.
Check.
Is the answer reasonable?
Yes, $100 would be 1,254 pesos. $325 is a little more than 3 times this amount, so our answer of 4075.5 pesos makes sense.
A mathematical problem showing the substitution of p = 4075.5 into the proportion 1/12.54 = 325/p, resulting in both sides equaling approximately 0.07874, confirming the equality.
Write a complete sentence. Josiah got 4075.5 pesos for his spring break trip.

Yurianna is going to Europe and wants to change $800 dollars into Euros. At the current exchange rate, $1 US is equal to 0.738 Euro. How many Euros will she have for her trip?

Solution

590.4Euros

Corey and Nicole are traveling to Japan and need to exchange $600 into Japanese yen. If each dollar is 94.1 yen, how many yen will they get?

Solution

56,460yen

In the example above, we related the number of pesos to the number of dollars by using a proportion. We could say the number of pesos is proportional to the number of dollars. If two quantities are related by a proportion, we say that they are proportional.



Solve Similar Figure Applications

When you shrink or enlarge a photo on a phone or tablet, figure out a distance on a map, or use a pattern to build a bookcase or sew a dress, you are working with similar figures. If two figures have exactly the same shape, but different sizes, they are said to be similar. One is a scale model of the other. All their corresponding angles have the same measures and their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.

Similar Figures

Two figures are similar if the measures of their corresponding angles are equal and their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.

For example, the two triangles in Figure 1 are similar. Each side of ΔABC is 4 times the length of the corresponding side of ΔXYZ.

Diagram of two triangles, ABC and XYZ. Triangle ABC has side lengths AB equal to 12, BC equal to 16, and AC equal to 20. Triangle XYZ has side lengths XY equal to 3, YZ equal to 4, and XZ equal to 5. The image indicates that angle A is congruent to angle X, angle B is congruent to angle Y, and angle C is congruent to angle Z. Ratios of corresponding sides are shown: AB/XY equals 12/3, BC/YZ equals 16/4, and AC/XZ equals 20/5.

This is summed up in the Property of Similar Triangles.

Property of Similar Triangles

If ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ, then their corresponding angle measure are equal and their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.

The above figure shows to similar triangles. The larger triangle labeled A B C. The length of A to B is c, The length of B to C is a. The length of C to A is b. The larger triangle is labeled X Y Z. The length of X to Y is z. The length of Y to Z is x. The length of X to Z is y. To the right of the triangles, it states that measure of corresponding angle A is equal to the measure of corresponding angle X, measure of corresponding angle B is equal to the measure of corresponding angle Y, and measure of corresponding angle C is equal to the measure of corresponding angle Z. Therefore, a divided by x equals b divided by y equals c divided by z.

To solve applications with similar figures we will follow the Problem-Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications we used earlier.

Solve geometry applications.

  1. Read the problem and make all the words and ideas are understood. Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for by choosing a variable to represent it.
  4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. The lengths of two sides of each triangle are given. Find the lengths of the third sides.

The above image shows two similar triangles. Two sides are given for each triangle. The larger triangle is labeled A B C. The length of A to B is 4. The length from B to C is a. The length from C to A is 3.2. The smaller triangle is labeled X Y Z. The length from X to Y is 3. The length from Y to Z is 4.5. The length from Z to X is y.
Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw the figure and label it with the given information. Figure is given.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. the length of the sides of similar triangles
Step 3. Name the variables. Let a= length of the third side of ΔABC.
  y= length of the third side of ΔXYZ
Step 4. Translate. Since the triangles are similar, the corresponding sides are proportional.
We need to write an equation that compares the side we are looking for to a known ratio. Since the side AB = 4 corresponds to the side XY = 3 we know ABXY=43. So we write equations with ABXY to find the sides we are looking for. Be careful to match up corresponding sides correctly. ABXY=BCYZ=ACXZ.
Formulas for finding unknown lengths 'a' and 'y' in similar triangles. Compares side ratios of a large triangle to a small triangle: AB/XY = BC/YZ for 'a', and AB/XY = AC/XZ for 'y'.
Substitute. A mathematical equation shows a fraction 4/3 equal to another fraction a/4.5. This represents a proportion where 'a' is an unknown variable to be solved.A mathematical equation shows a proportion where four-thirds equals three point two divided by y.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation showing 3a equals 4 multiplied by 4.5, written as '3a = 4(4.5)' on a white background.A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '4y = 3(3.2)' in a bold, dark gray font against a light gray background.
The image displays the mathematical expression 'a = 6' in a plain, clear font on a white background, indicating a variable 'a' being assigned the value of six.The image displays the equation y = 2.4, presented in a clean, legible font against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check.
43=?64.54(4.5)=?6(3)18=18✓43=?3.22.44(2.4)=?3.2(3)9.6=9.6✓
Step 7. Answer the question. The third side of ΔABC is 6 and the third side of ΔXYZ is 2.4.

ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. The lengths of two sides of each triangle are given in the figure.

The above image shows two similar triangles. The smaller triangle is labeled A B C. The length of two sides is given for the smaller triangle A B C. The length from A to B is 17. The length from B to C is a. The length from C to D is 15. The larger triangle is labeled X Y Z. The length is given for two sides. The length from X to Y is 25.5. The length from Y to Z is 12. The length from Z to X is y.

Find the length of side a.

Solution

8

ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. The lengths of two sides of each triangle are given in the figure.

Find the length of side y.

Solution

22.5

The next example shows how similar triangles are used with maps.

On a map, San Francisco, Las Vegas, and Los Angeles form a triangle whose sides are shown in the figure below. If the actual distance from Los Angeles to Las Vegas is 270 miles find the distance from Los Angeles to San Francisco.

The above image shows two similar triangles and how they are used with maps. The smaller triangle on the left shows San Francisco, Las Vegas and Los Angeles on the three points. San Francisco to Los Angeles is 1.3 inches. Los Angeles to Las Vegas is 1 inch. Las Vegas to San Francisco is 2.1 inches. The second larger triangle shows the same points. The distance from San Francisco to Los Angeles is x. The distance from Los Angeles to Las Vegas is 270 miles. The distance from Las Vegas to San Francisco is not noted.
Solution

Solution

Read the problem. Draw the figures and label with the given information. The figures are shown above.
Identify what we are looking for. The actual distance from Los Angeles to San Francisco.
Name the variables. Let x= distance from Los Angeles to San Francisco.
Translate into an equation. Since the triangles
are similar, the corresponding sides are
proportional. We'll make the numerators
"miles" and the denominators "inches."
A proportion for calculating distance: x miles / 1.3 inches = 270 miles / 1 inch.
Solve the equation. A mathematical equation shows both sides being multiplied by 1.3. The left side is 1.3 times (x divided by 1.3), and the right side is 1.3 times (270 divided by 1).
The image displays the mathematical equation 'x = 351' in black text against a plain white background, indicating a variable assigned a numerical value.
Check.
On the map, the distance from Los Angeles to
San Francisco is more than the distance from
Los Angeles to Las Vegas. Since 351 is more
than 270 the answer makes sense.
A math problem demonstrating how to check if x=351 is the correct solution for the proportion x miles / 1.3 inches = 270 miles / 1 inch. The calculation confirms that 351/1.3 equals 270.
Answer the question. The distance from Los Angeles to San Francisco is 351 miles.

On the map, Seattle, Portland, and Boise form a triangle whose sides are shown in the figure below. If the actual distance from Seattle to Boise is 400 miles, find the distance from Seattle to Portland.

The above image is a triangle with one side labeled “Seattle, 4.5 inches”. The other side is labeled “Portland 3.5 inches”. The third side is labeled 1.5 inches. The vertex is labeled “Boise.”
Solution

150 miles

Using the map above, find the distance from Portland to Boise.

Solution

350 miles

We can use similar figures to find heights that we cannot directly measure.

Tyler is 6 feet tall. Late one afternoon, his shadow was 8 feet long. At the same time, the shadow of a tree was 24 feet long. Find the height of the tree.

Solution

Solution

Read the problem and draw a figure. Two similar right triangles are shown. The larger triangle has height 'h' and a total base of 24. A vertical segment of length 6 stands on a part of the base, creating a smaller right triangle with a base of 8.
We are looking for h, the height of the tree.
We will use similar triangles to write an equation.
The small triangle is similar to the large triangle. A mathematical equation shows h divided by 24 equals 6 divided by 8.
Solve the proportion. A mathematical equation shows '24(6/8) = 24(h/24)' where the number 24 is highlighted in red. This equation appears to be setting up a proportion or a problem to solve for 'h'.
Simplify. A simple mathematical equation '18 = h' is displayed in gray text on a plain white background.
Check.
Tyler's height is less than his shadow's length so it makes
sense that the tree's height is less than the length of its shadow.
A step-by-step verification of the proportion 6/8 = h/24. The image shows substituting h=18 and simplifying both sides to 3/4 = 3/4, confirming that h=18 is the correct solution.

A telephone pole casts a shadow that is 50 feet long. Nearby, an 8 foot tall traffic sign casts a shadow that is 10 feet long. How tall is the telephone pole?

Solution

40 feet

A pine tree casts a shadow of 80 feet next to a 30-foot tall building which casts a 40 feet shadow. How tall is the pine tree?

Solution

60 feet

Key Concepts

  • Property of Similar Triangles
    • If ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ, then their corresponding angle measures are equal and their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.
  • Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications
    1. Read the problem and make sure all the words and ideas are understood. Draw the figure and label it with the given information.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for by choosing a variable to represent it.
    4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Proportions

In the following exercises, solve.

x56=78

Solution

49

n91=813

4963=z9

Solution

7

5672=y9

5a=65117

Solution

9

4b=64144

98154=−7p

Solution

−11

72156=−6q

a−8=−4248

Solution

7

b−7=−3042

2.7j=0.90.2

Solution

0.6

2.8k=2.11.5

aa+12=47

Solution

16

bb−16=119

cc−104=−58

Solution

40

dd−48=−133

m+9025=m+3015

Solution

60

n+104=40−n6

2p+48=p+186

Solution

30

q−22=2q−718

Pediatricians prescribe 5 milliliters (ml) of acetaminophen for every 25 pounds of a child’s weight. How many milliliters of acetaminophen will the doctor prescribe for Jocelyn, who weighs 45 pounds?

Solution

9ml

Brianna, who weighs 6 kg, just received her shots and needs a pain killer. The pain killer is prescribed for children at 15 milligrams (mg) for every 1 kilogram (kg) of the child’s weight. How many milligrams will the doctor prescribe?

A veterinarian prescribed Sunny, a 65 pound dog, an antibacterial medicine in case an infection emerges after her teeth were cleaned. If the dosage is 5 mg for every pound, how much medicine was Sunny given?

Solution

325mg

Belle, a 13 pound cat, is suffering from joint pain. How much medicine should the veterinarian prescribe if the dosage is 1.8 mg per pound?

A new energy drink advertises 106 calories for 8 ounces. How many calories are in 12 ounces of the drink?

Solution

159calories

One 12 ounce can of soda has 150 calories. If Josiah drinks the big 32 ounce size from the local mini-mart, how many calories does he get?

A new 7 ounce lemon ice drink is advertised for having only 140 calories. How many ounces could Sally drink if she wanted to drink just 100 calories?

Solution

5oz

Reese loves to drink healthy green smoothies. A 16 ounce serving of smoothie has 170 calories. Reese drinks 24 ounces of these smoothies in one day. How many calories of smoothie is he consuming in one day?

Janice is traveling to Canada and will change $250 US dollars into Canadian dollars. At the current exchange rate, $1 US is equal to $1.01 Canadian. How many Canadian dollars will she get for her trip?

Solution

252.5Canadian dollars

Todd is traveling to Mexico and needs to exchange $450 into Mexican pesos. If each dollar is worth 12.29 pesos, how many pesos will he get for his trip?

Steve changed $600 into 480 Euros. How many Euros did he receive for each US dollar?

Solution

0.80Euros

Martha changed $350 US into 385 Australian dollars. How many Australian dollars did she receive for each US dollar?

When traveling to Great Britain, Bethany exchanged her $900 into 570 British pounds. How many pounds did she receive for each American dollar?

Solution

0.63British pounds

A missionary commissioned to South Africa had to exchange his $500 for the South African Rand which is worth 12.63 for every dollar. How many Rand did he have after the exchange?

Ronald needs a morning breakfast drink that will give him at least 390 calories. Orange juice has 130 calories in one cup. How many cups does he need to drink to reach his calorie goal?

Solution

3cups

Sarah drinks a 32-ounce energy drink containing 80 calories per 12 ounce. How many calories did she drink?

Elizabeth is returning to the United States from Canada. She changes the remaining 300 Canadian dollars she has to $230.05 in American dollars. What was $1 worth in Canadian dollars?

Solution

1.30Canadian dollars

Ben needs to convert $1000 to the Japanese Yen. One American dollar is worth 123.3 Yen. How much Yen will he have?

A golden retriever weighing 85 pounds has diarrhea. His medicine is prescribed as 1 teaspoon per 5 pounds. How much medicine should he be given?

Solution

17tsp

Five-year-old Lacy was stung by a bee. The dosage for the anti-itch liquid is 150 mg for her weight of 40 pounds. What is the dosage per pound?

Karen eats 12 cup of oatmeal that counts for 2 points on her weight loss program. Her husband, Joe, can have 3 points of oatmeal for breakfast. How much oatmeal can he have?

Solution

34 cup

An oatmeal cookie recipe calls for 12 cup of butter to make 4 dozen cookies. Hilda needs to make 10 dozen cookies for the bake sale. How many cups of butter will she need?

Solve Similar Figure Applications

In the following exercises, ΔABC is similar to ΔXYZ. Find the length of the indicated side.

The above image shows two triangles. The larger triangle is labeled A B C. The length from A to B is 15. The length from A to C is b. The length from B to C is 9. The smaller triangle is labeled X Y Z. The length from X to Y is 10. The length from X to Z is 8. The length from Y to Z is x.

side b

Solution

12

side x

In the following exercises, ΔDEF is similar to ΔNPQ.

The above image shows two triangles side by side. The smaller triangle is labeled D E F. The length from E to D is five-halves. The length from D to F is 7. The length from E to F is d. The second triangle is labeled N P Q. the length from P to N is zero. The length from N to Q is 9. The length from Q to P is eleven-halves.

Find the length of side d.

Solution

7718

Find the length of side q.

In the following two exercises, use the map shown. On the map, New York City, Chicago, and Memphis form a triangle whose sides are shown in the figure below. The actual distance from New York to Chicago is 800 miles.

The above image shows a triangle. Each angle is labeled, clockwise, “Chicago”, “New York”, and “Memphis”. The side that extends from Chicago to New York is labeled 8 inches. The side that extends from New York to Memphis is labeled 9.5 inches and the side extending from Memphis to Chicago is labeled 5.4 inches.

Find the actual distance from New York to Memphis.

Solution

950 miles

Find the actual distance from Chicago to Memphis.

In the following two exercises, use the map shown. On the map, Atlanta, Miami, and New Orleans form a triangle whose sides are shown in the figure below. The actual distance from Atlanta to New Orleans is 420 miles.

The above image shows a triangle. Each angle is labeled, clockwise, “Atlanta”, “Miami”, and “New Orleans”. The side that extends from Atlanta to Miami is labeled 3 inches. The side that extends from Miami to New Orleans is labeled 3.4 inches and the side extending from New Orleans to Atlanta is labeled 2.1 inches.

Find the actual distance from New Orleans to Miami.

Solution

680 miles

Find the actual distance from Atlanta to Miami.

A 2 foot tall dog casts a 3 foot shadow at the same time a cat casts a one foot shadow. How tall is the cat?

Solution

23 foot (8in)

Larry and Tom were standing next to each other in the backyard when Tom challenged Larry to guess how tall he was. Larry knew his own height is 6.5 feet and when they measured their shadows, Larry’s shadow was 8 feet and Tom’s was 7.75 feet long. What is Tom’s height?

The tower portion of a windmill is 212 feet tall. A six foot tall person standing next to the tower casts a seven foot shadow. How long is the windmill’s shadow?

Solution

247.3feet

The height of the Statue of Liberty is 305 feet. Nicole, who is standing next to the statue, casts a 6 foot shadow and she is 5 feet tall. How long should the shadow of the statue be?

Everyday Math

Heart Rate At the gym, Carol takes her pulse for 10 seconds and counts 19 beats.

  1. ⓐ How many beats per minute is this?
  2. ⓑ Has Carol met her target heart rate of 140 beats per minute?
Solution

114 beats per minute
no

Heart Rate Kevin wants to keep his heart rate at 160 beats per minute while training. During his workout he counts 27 beats in 10 seconds.

  1. ⓐ How many beats per minute is this?
  2. ⓑ Has Kevin met his target heart rate?

Cost of a Road Trip Jesse’s car gets 30 miles per gallon of gas.

  1. ⓐ If Las Vegas is 285 miles away, how many gallons of gas are needed to get there and then home?
  2. ⓑ If gas is $3.09 per gallon, what is the total cost of the gas for the trip?
Solution

19 gallons
$58.71

Cost of a Road Trip Danny wants to drive to Phoenix to see his grandfather. Phoenix is 370 miles from Danny’s home and his car gets 18.5 miles per gallon.

  1. ⓐ How many gallons of gas will Danny need to get to and from Phoenix?
  2. ⓑ If gas is $3.19 per gallon, what is the total cost for the gas to drive to see his grandfather?

Lawn Fertilizer Phil wants to fertilize his lawn. Each bag of fertilizer covers about 4,000 square feet of lawn. Phil’s lawn is approximately 13,500 square feet. How many bags of fertilizer will he have to buy?

Solution

4 bags

House Paint April wants to paint the exterior of her house. One gallon of paint covers about 350 square feet, and the exterior of the house measures approximately 2000 square feet. How many gallons of paint will she have to buy?

Cooking Natalia’s pasta recipe calls for 2 pounds of pasta for 1 quart of sauce. How many pounds of pasta should Natalia cook if she has 2.5 quarts of sauce?

Solution

5 pounds

Heating Oil A 275 gallon oil tank costs $400 to fill. How much would it cost to fill a 180 gallon oil tank?

Writing Exercises

Marisol solves the proportion 144a=94 by ‘cross multiplying’, so her first step looks like 4·144=9·a. Explain how this differs from the method of solution shown in Example 2.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Find a printed map and then write and solve an application problem similar to Example 9.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “solve proportions”. The next row reads, “solve similar figure applications”. The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

proportion
A proportion is an equation of the form ab=cd, where b≠0,d≠0. The proportion is read “a is to b, as c is to d.”
similar figures
Two figures are similar if the measures of their corresponding angles are equal and their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.

Solve Uniform Motion and Work Applications

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve uniform motion applications
  • Solve work applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

An express bus and a local bus leave Chicago to travel to Champaign. The express bus can make the trip in 2 hours and the local bus takes 5 hours for the trip. The speed of the express bus is 42 miles per hour faster than the speed of the local bus. Find the speed of the local bus.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Uniform Motion Applications.

Solution

28mph

Solve 13x+14x=56.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Solve Uniform Motion Applications.

Solution

x=107

Solve: 18t2−30=−33t.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Quadratic Equations.

Solution

t=−52,t=23



Solve Uniform Motion Applications

We have solved uniform motion problems using the formula D=rt in previous chapters. We used a table like the one below to organize the information and lead us to the equation.

The above image is a table with 4 columns and three rows. The first row is the header row. The second column in the header row has the word “rate”. The third column has the word, “Time”. The fourth column says “Distance”. The rest of the spaces are blank.

The formula D=rt assumes we know r and t and use them to find D. If we know D and r and need to find t, we would solve the equation for t and get the formula t=Dr.

We have also explained how flying with or against a current affects the speed of a vehicle. We will revisit that idea in the next example.

An airplane can fly 200 miles into a 30 mph headwind in the same amount of time it takes to fly 300 miles with a 30 mph tailwind. What is the speed of the airplane?

Solution

Solution

This is a uniform motion situation. A diagram will help us visualize the situation.

The above image has two parallel arrows. The first arrow has its tip pointing to the right The words,”300 miles with the wind r plus 30” above the arrow tip. Below that is a squiggly line. To the left of the squiggly line it says, “Wind 30 miles per hour”. Below that is an arrow with its tip pointing to the left. Below that are the words, “200 miles against the wind r minus 30”.

We fill in the chart to organize the information.

We are looking for the speed of the airplane. Let r= the speed of the airplane.
When the plane flies with the wind, the wind increases its speed and the rate is r+30.
When the plane flies against the wind, the wind decreases its speed and the rate is r−30.
Write in the rates.
Write in the distances.
Since D=r∙t , we solve for t and get Dr.
We divide the distance by the rate in each row, and place the expression in the time column.
A mathematical table illustrating the relationship between Rate, Time, and Distance for both headwind and tailwind conditions, with specific values and algebraic expressions.
We know the times are equal and so we write our equation. 200r−30=300r+30
We multiply both sides by the LCD.
200(r+30)=300(r−30)
(r+30)(r−30)(200r−30)=(r+30)(r−30)(300r+30)
Simplify. (r+30)(200)=(r−30)(300)
200r+6000=300r−9000
Solve. 15000=100r
150=r
Check.
Is 150 mph a reasonable speed for an airplane? Yes. If the plane is traveling 150 mph and the wind is 30 mph:
Tailwind 150+30=180mph300180=53 hours
Headwind 150−30=120mph200120=53 hours
The times are equal, so it checks. The plane was traveling 150 mph.

Link has an electric bike which runs at a constant speed. That speed will be reduced by the amount of any headwind and increased by the amount of any tailwind. Link can ride his bike 20 miles into a 3 mph headwind in the same amount of time he can ride 30 miles with a 3 mph tailwind. What is Link’s biking speed?

Solution

15 mph

Judy can pilot her powerboat 5 miles into a 7 mph wind in the same amount of time she can cover 12 miles with a 7 mph tailwind. What is the speed of Judy’s boat without a wind?

Solution

17 mph

In the next example, we will know the total time resulting from travelling different distances at different speeds.

Jazmine trained for 3 hours on Saturday. She ran 8 miles and then biked 24 miles. Her biking speed is 4 mph faster than her running speed. What is her running speed?

Solution

Solution

This is a uniform motion situation. A diagram will help us visualize the situation.

The above image is a straight line with two arrow heads pointing to the right. At the far left, above the line, it reads, “run” and further down, slightly past the first arrow head, it reads, “bike”. Slightly below the line, to the far left, before the first arrow head, it reads, “8 miles” and to the far right, after the first arrow head it reads, “12 miles”. The region from the far left to the far right of the arrow is grouped to indicate the entire length of the line is 3 hours.

We fill in the chart to organize the information.

We are looking for Jazmine’s running speed. Let r= Jazmine’s running speed.
Her biking speed is 4 miles faster than her running speed. r+4= her biking speed
The distances are given, enter them into the chart.
Since D=r∙t , we solve for t and get t=Dr.
We divide the distance by the rate in each row, and place the expression in the time column.
A table detailing rate, time, and distance for running and biking. Running has rate 'r' and distance '8'. Biking has rate 'r+4' and distance '24'. The total time for both activities is '3'.
Write a word sentence. Her time plus the time biking is 3 hours.
Translate the sentence to get the equation. 8r+24r+4=3
Solve. r(r+4)(8r+24r+4)=3∙r(r+4)8(r+4)+24r=3r(r+4)8r+32+24r=3r2+12r32+32r=3r2+12r0=3r2−20r−320=(3r+4)(r−8)
(3r+4)=0(r−8)=0
r=−43r=8
Check. r=−43 r=8
A negative speed does not make sense in this problem, so r=8 is the solution.
Is 8 mph a reasonable running speed? Yes.
Run 8 mph8miles8mph=1hourBike 12 mph24miles12mph=2hoursTotal 3 hoursJazmine’s running speed is 8 mph.

Dennis went cross-country skiing for 6 hours on Saturday. He skied 20 miles uphill and then 20 miles back downhill, returning to his starting point. His uphill speed was 5 mph slower than his downhill speed. What was Dennis’ speed going uphill and his speed going downhill?

Solution

5 mph uphill and 10 mph downhill

Tony drove 4 hours to his home, driving 208 miles on the interstate and 40 miles on country roads. If he drove 15 mph faster on the interstate than on the country roads, what was his rate on the country roads?

Solution

50 mph

Once again, we will use the uniform motion formula solved for the variable t.

Hamilton rode his bike downhill 12 miles on the river trail from his house to the ocean and then rode uphill to return home. His uphill speed was 8 miles per hour slower than his downhill speed. It took him 2 hours longer to get home than it took him to get to the ocean. Find Hamilton’s downhill speed.

Solution

Solution

This is a uniform motion situation. A diagram will help us visualize the situation.

The above figure show 2 diagonal, parallel lines pointing in opposite directions. The top line points to the right, and downward and has “12 miles” written beneath it. The bottom line points to the left and upward, and has, “ 8 miles per hour slower, 2 hours longer” written beneath it.

We fill in the chart to organize the information.

We are looking for Hamilton’s downhill speed. Let r= Hamilton’s downhill speed.
His uphill speed is 8 miles per hour slower. Enter the rates into the chart. r−8= Hamilton’s uphill speed
The distance is the same in both directions, 12 miles.
Since D=r∙t , we solve for t and get t=Dr.
We divide the distance by the rate in each row, and place the expression in the time column.
A table illustrates rate, time, and distance for downhill and uphill movement. Downhill rate is 'r', uphill is 'r-8'. Distances are 12, with times '12/r' and '12/(r-8)' respectively, following Rate * Time = Distance.
Write a word sentence about the time. He took 2 hours longer uphill than downhill. The uphill time is 2 more than the downhill time.
Translate the sentence to get the equation.

Solve.
12r−8=12r+2r(r−8)(12r−8)=r(r−8)(12r+2)12r=12(r−8)+2r(r−8)12r=12r−96+2r2−16r0=2r2−16r−960=2(r2−8r−48)0=2(r−12)(r+4)r−12=0r+4=0r=12r=−4
Check. Is 12 mph a reasonable speed for biking downhill? Yes.
Downhill 12mph12miles12mph=1hour
Uphill 12−8=4mph12miles4mph=3hours
The uphill time is 2 hours more than the downhill time. Hamilton’s downhill speed is 12 mph.

Kayla rode her bike 75 miles home from college one weekend and then rode the bus back to college. It took her 2 hours less to ride back to college on the bus than it took her to ride home on her bike, and the average speed of the bus was 10 miles per hour faster than Kayla’s biking speed. Find Kayla’s biking speed.

Solution

15 mph

Victoria jogs 12 miles to the park along a flat trail and then returns by jogging on a 20 mile hilly trail. She jogs 1 mile per hour slower on the hilly trail than on the flat trail, and her return trip takes her two hours longer. Find her rate of jogging on the flat trail.

Solution

6 mph

Solve Work Applications

Suppose Pete can paint a room in 10 hours. If he works at a steady pace, in 1 hour he would paint 110 of the room. If Alicia would take 8 hours to paint the same room, then in 1 hour she would paint 18 of the room. How long would it take Pete and Alicia to paint the room if they worked together (and didn’t interfere with each other’s progress)?

This is a typical ‘work’ application. There are three quantities involved here – the time it would take each of the two people to do the job alone and the time it would take for them to do the job together.

Let’s get back to Pete and Alicia painting the room. We will let t be the number of hours it would take them to paint the room together. So in 1 hour working together they have completed 1t of the job.

In one hour Pete did 110 of the job. Alicia did 18 of the job. And together they did 1t of the job.

We can model this with the word equation and then translate to a rational equation. To find the time it would take them if they worked together, we solve for t.

A mathematical equation illustrating Pete's individual contribution (1/10) plus Alicia's contribution (1/8) equals a combined total contribution (1/t), representing a work-rate problem.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '1/10 + 1/8 = 1/t'.
Multiply by the LCD,40t. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 40t (1/10 + 1/8) = 40t (1/t).
Distribute. A mathematical equation shows '40t * 1/10 + 40t * 1/8 = 40t(1/t)'. The terms '40t' are highlighted in red, indicating a common factor or a variable being manipulated in the expression.
Simplify and solve. A mathematical equation, 4t + 5t = 40, is shown in black text on a plain white background.
The image displays a simple algebraic equation, '9t = 40,' written in black text on a plain white background, presenting a clear mathematical problem to be solved.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing t = 40/9. The variable 't' is equal to the fraction forty over nine.
We’ll write as a mixed number so that we can convert it to hours and minutes. A mathematical expression showing t equals 4 and 4/9 hours, likely representing a duration of time in a problem.
Remember, 1 hour = 60 minutes. A mathematical equation shows 't = 4 hours + 4/9(60 minutes)', calculating a total time by adding 4 hours to a fraction of 60 minutes.
Multiply, and then round to the nearest minute. The image displays a time calculation, stating 't = 4 hours + 27 minutes', which calculates a total time 't' by summing 4 hours and 27 minutes.
It would take Pete and Alica about 4 hours and 27 minutes to paint the room.

Keep in mind, it should take less time for two people to complete a job working together than for either person to do it alone.

The weekly gossip magazine has a big story about the Princess’ baby and the editor wants the magazine to be printed as soon as possible. She has asked the printer to run an extra printing press to get the printing done more quickly. Press #1 takes 6 hours to do the job and Press #2 takes 12 hours to do the job. How long will it take the printer to get the magazine printed with both presses running together?

Solution

Solution

This is a work problem. A chart will help us organize the information.

Let t= the number of hours needed to complete the job together.
Enter the hours per job for Press #1, Press #2 and when they work together.
If a job on Press #1 takes 6 hours, then in 1 hour 16 of the job is completed.
Similarly find the part of the job completed/hours for Press #2 and when they both work together.
A table illustrates the time for two presses to complete a job individually (6 and 12 hours) and the rate of work per hour, with 't' representing the time when working together.
Write a word sentence.
The part completed by Press #1 plus the part completed by Press #2 equals the amount completed together.
Translate to an equation. This image displays an equation for calculating combined work rates, showing Press #1 (1/6) and Press #2 (1/12) working together to complete 1/t of the total work.
Solve. The image shows a mathematical equation with fractions: one-sixth plus one-twelfth equals one over t (1/6 + 1/12 = 1/t).
Multiply by the LCD, 12t. A mathematical equation shows '12t(1/6 + 1/12) = 12t(1/t)' in black text on a white background.
Simplify. A mathematical equation '2t + t = 12' is displayed in the center of a white background. The numbers and symbols are in a dark gray font.
A mathematical equation, '3t = 12', is displayed against a white background.
The image displays the equation 't=4' against a white background.
When both presses are running it takes 4 hours to do the job.

One gardener can mow a golf course in 4 hours, while another gardener can mow the same golf course in 6 hours. How long would it take if the two gardeners worked together to mow the golf course?

Solution

2hours and 24 minutes

Carrie can weed the garden in 7 hours, while her mother can do it in 3. How long will it take the two of them working together?

Solution

2hours and 6 minutes

Corey can shovel all the snow from the sidewalk and driveway in 4 hours. If he and his twin Casey work together, they can finish shoveling the snow in 2 hours. How many hours would it take Casey to do the job by himself?

Solution

Solution

This is a work application. A chart will help us organize the information.
We are looking for how many hours it would take Casey to complete the job by himself.
Let t= the number of hours needed for Casey to complete.
Enter the hours per job for Corey, Casey, and when they work together.
If Corey takes 4 hours, then in 1 hour 14 of the job is completed. Similarly find the part of the job completed/hours for Casey and when they both work together.
A table displays work rates for Corey and Casey. Corey takes 4 hours (1/4 job/hr), Casey takes t hours (1/t job/hr), and together they finish in 2 hours (1/2 job/hr).
Write a word sentence.
The part completed by Corey plus the part completed by Casey equals the amount completed together.
Translate to an equation: A math problem showing the combined work rate of Corey and Casey, represented by the equation 1/4 + 1/t = 1/2.
Solve. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing '1/4 + 1/t = 1/2'. This is an algebraic expression involving fractions and a variable 't', likely requiring solving for 't'.
Multiply by the LCD, 4t. A mathematical equation showing 4t multiplied by the sum of 1/4 and 1/t, which equals 4t multiplied by 1/2. The expression is '4t(1/4 + 1/t) = 4t(1/2)'.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 't + 4 = 2t'.
A close-up shot of a white background with a simple equation '4 = t' written in black characters, suggesting a mathematical or variable assignment context.
It would take Casey 4 hours to do the job alone.

Two hoses can fill a swimming pool in 10 hours. It would take one hose 26 hours to fill the pool by itself. How long would it take for the other hose, working alone, to fill the pool?

Solution

16.25 hours

Cara and Cindy, working together, can rake the yard in 4 hours. Working alone, it takes Cindy 6 hours to rake the yard. How long would it take Cara to rake the yard alone?

Solution

12 hours

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

In the following exercises, solve uniform motion applications

Mary takes a sightseeing tour on a helicopter that can fly 450 miles against a 35 mph headwind in the same amount of time it can travel 702 miles with a 35 mph tailwind. Find the speed of the helicopter.

Solution

160mph

A private jet can fly 1210 miles against a 25 mph headwind in the same amount of time it can fly 1694 miles with a 25 mph tailwind. Find the speed of the jet.

A boat travels 140 miles downstream in the same time as it travels 92 miles upstream. The speed of the current is 6mph. What is the speed of the boat?

Solution

29 mph

Darrin can skateboard 2 miles against a 4 mph wind in the same amount of time he skateboards 6 miles with a 4 mph wind. Find the speed Darrin skateboards with no wind.

Jane spent 2 hours exploring a mountain with a dirt bike. When she rode the 40 miles uphill, she went 5 mph slower than when she reached the peak and rode for 12 miles along the summit. What was her rate along the summit?

Solution

30 mph

Jill wanted to lose some weight so she planned a day of exercising. She spent a total of 2 hours riding her bike and jogging. She biked for 12 miles and jogged for 6 miles. Her rate for jogging was 10 mph less than biking rate. What was her rate when jogging?

Bill wanted to try out different water craft. He went 62 miles downstream in a motor boat and 27 miles downstream on a jet ski. His speed on the jet ski was 10 mph faster than in the motor boat. Bill spent a total of 4 hours on the water. What was his rate of speed in the motor boat?

Solution

20 mph

Nancy took a 3 hour drive. She went 50 miles before she got caught in a storm. Then she drove 68 miles at 9 mph less than she had driven when the weather was good. What was her speed driving in the storm?

Chester rode his bike uphill 24 miles and then back downhill at 2 mph faster than his uphill. If it took him 2 hours longer to ride uphill than downhill, l, what was his uphill rate?

Solution

4 mph

Matthew jogged to his friend’s house 12 miles away and then got a ride back home. It took him 2 hours longer to jog there than ride back. His jogging rate was 25 mph slower than the rate when he was riding. What was his jogging rate?

Hudson travels 1080 miles in a jet and then 240 miles by car to get to a business meeting. The jet goes 300 mph faster than the rate of the car, and the car ride takes 1 hour longer than the jet. What is the speed of the car?

Solution

60 mph

Nathan walked on an asphalt pathway for 12 miles. He walked the 12 miles back to his car on a gravel road through the forest. On the asphalt he walked 2 miles per hour faster than on the gravel. The walk on the gravel took one hour longer than the walk on the asphalt. How fast did he walk on the gravel?

John can fly his airplane 2800 miles with a wind speed of 50 mph in the same time he can travel 2400 miles against the wind. If the speed of the wind is 50 mph, find the speed of his airplane.

Solution

650 mph

Jim’s speedboat can travel 20 miles upstream against a 3 mph current in the same amount of time it travels 22 miles downstream with a 3 mph current speed. Find the speed of the Jim’s boat.

Hazel needs to get to her granddaughter’s house by taking an airplane and a rental car. She travels 900 miles by plane and 250 miles by car. The plane travels 250 mph faster than the car. If she drives the rental car for 2 hours more than she rode the plane, find the speed of the car.

Solution

50 mph

Stu trained for 3 hours yesterday. He ran 14 miles and then biked 40 miles. His biking speed is 6 mph faster than his running speed. What is his running speed?

When driving the 9 hour trip home, Sharon drove 390 miles on the interstate and 150 miles on country roads. Her speed on the interstate was 15 more than on country roads. What was her speed on country roads?

Solution

50mph

Two sisters like to compete on their bike rides. Tamara can go 4 mph faster than her sister, Samantha. If it takes Samantha 1 hours longer than Tamara to go 80 miles, how fast can Samantha ride her bike?

Solve Work Applications

In the following exercises, solve work applications.

Mike, an experienced bricklayer, can build a wall in 3 hours, while his son, who is learning, can do the job in 6 hours. How long does it take for them to build a wall together?

Solution

2 hours

It takes Sam 4 hours to rake the front lawn while his brother, Dave, can rake the lawn in 2 hours. How long will it take them to rake the lawn working together?

Mary can clean her apartment in 6 hours while her roommate can clean the apartment in 5 hours. If they work together, how long would it take them to clean the apartment?

Solution

2hours and 44 minutes

Brian can lay a slab of concrete in 6 hours, while Greg can do it in 4 hours. If Brian and Greg work together, how long will it take?

Leeson can proofread a newspaper copy in 4 hours. If Ryan helps, they can do the job in 3 hours. How long would it take for Ryan to do his job alone?

Solution

12 hours

Paul can clean a classroom floor in 3 hours. When his assistant helps him, the job takes 2 hours. How long would it take the assistant to do it alone?

Josephine can correct her students’ test papers in 5 hours, but if her teacher’s assistant helps, it would take them 3 hours. How long would it take the assistant to do it alone?

Solution

7hours and 30 minutes

Washing his dad’s car alone, eight year old Levi takes 2.5 hours. If his dad helps him, then it takes 1 hour. How long does it take the Levi’s dad to wash the car by himself?

Jackson can remove the shingles off of a house in 7 hours, while Martin can remove the shingles in 5 hours. How long will it take them to remove the shingles if they work together?

Solution

2hours and 55 minutes

At the end of the day Dodie can clean her hair salon in 15 minutes. Ann, who works with her, can clean the salon in 30 minutes. How long would it take them to clean the shop if they work together?

Ronald can shovel the driveway in 4 hours, but if his brother Donald helps it would take 2 hours. How long would it take Donald to shovel the driveway alone?

Solution

4 hours

It takes Tina 3 hours to frost her holiday cookies, but if Candy helps her it takes 2 hours. How long would it take Candy to frost the holiday cookies by herself?

Everyday Math

Dana enjoys taking her dog for a walk, but sometimes her dog gets away and she has to run after him. Dana walked her dog for 7 miles but then had to run for 1 mile, spending a total time of 2.5 hours with her dog. Her running speed was 3 mph faster than her walking speed. Find her walking speed.

Solution

3 mph

Ken and Joe leave their apartment to go to a football game 45 miles away. Ken drives his car 30 mph faster Joe can ride his bike. If it takes Joe 2 hours longer than Ken to get to the game, what is Joe’s speed?

Writing Exercises

In Example 3, the solution h=−4 is crossed out. Explain why.

Paula and Yuki are roommates. It takes Paula 3 hours to clean their apartment. It takes Yuki 4 hours to clean the apartment. The equation 13+14=1t can be used to find t, the number of hours it would take both of them, working together, to clean their apartment. Explain how this equation models the situation.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “solve uniform motion applications.” The next row reads, “solve work applications”. The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

Use Direct and Inverse Variation

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve direct variation problems
  • Solve inverse variation problems

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Find the multiplicative inverse of −8.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Properties of Real Numbers.

Solution

−18

Solve for n: 45=20n.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Solve Equations using the Division and Multiplication Properties of Equality.

Solution

n=2.25

Evaluate 5x2 when x=10.
If you missed this problem, review Example 9 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

500

When two quantities are related by a proportion, we say they are proportional to each other. Another way to express this relation is to talk about the variation of the two quantities. We will discuss direct variation and inverse variation in this section.

Solve Direct Variation Problems

Lindsay gets paid $15 per hour at her job. If we let s be her salary and h be the number of hours she has worked, we could model this situation with the equation

s=15h

Lindsay’s salary is the product of a constant, 15, and the number of hours she works. We say that Lindsay’s salary varies directly with the number of hours she works. Two variables vary directly if one is the product of a constant and the other.

Direct Variation

For any two variables x and y, y varies directly with x if

y=kx,wherek≠0

The constant k is called the constant of variation.

In applications using direct variation, generally we will know values of one pair of the variables and will be asked to find the equation that relates x and y. Then we can use that equation to find values of y for other values of x.

How to Solve Direct Variation Problems

If y varies directly with x and y=20 when x=8, find the equation that relates x and y.

Solution

Solution

The above image has 3 columns. The table shows the steps to solve direct variation problems. Step one is to write the formula for the direct variation. The direct variation formula is y equals k x. Then we get y equals k times x. Step two is substitute the given values for the variables. We are given y equals 20 and x equals 8. Then we have 20 equals k times 8. Step three is to solve for the constant variation. Divide both sides of the equation by 8, then multiply. We now get 20 divided by 8 equals k. K equals 2.5. Step four is to write the equation that relates x and y. Rewrite the general equation with the value we found k to get y equals 2 and five-tenths times x.

If y varies directly as x and y=3,whenx=10. find the equation that relates x and y.

Solution

y=310x

If y varies directly as x and y=12whenx=4 find the equation that relates x and y.

Solution

y=3x

We’ll list the steps below.

Solve direct variation problems.

  1. Write the formula for direct variation.
  2. Substitute the given values for the variables.
  3. Solve for the constant of variation.
  4. Write the equation that relates x and y.

Now we’ll solve a few applications of direct variation.

When Raoul runs on the treadmill at the gym, the number of calories, c, he burns varies directly with the number of minutes, m, he uses the treadmill. He burned 315 calories when he used the treadmill for 18 minutes.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates c and m.
  2. ⓑ How many calories would he burn if he ran on the treadmill for 25 minutes?
Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The number of calories, c, varies directly with
the number of minutes, m, on the treadmill,
and c =315 when m=18.
Write the formula for direct variation. The image displays the algebraic equation y = kx, which represents a direct proportionality relationship where 'y' is directly proportional to 'x' with 'k' as the constant of proportionality.
We will use c in place of y and m in place of x. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'c = km'.
Substitute the given values for the variables. The mathematical equation '315 = k • 18' is displayed, showing the number 315 equal to the variable k multiplied by the number 18. The numbers 315 and 18 are in a reddish-brown color, while the equals sign, variable k, and multiplication dot are in black.
Solve for the constant of variation. A mathematical equation shows '315/18 = (k * 18)/18', where the number 18 is highlighted in red in the numerator of the right-hand side of the equation.
The image displays a simple mathematical equation, '17.5 = k', where 17.5 is equated to the variable k, indicating that the value of k is seventeen and a half.
Write the equation that relates c and m. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'c = km' in black text.
Substitute in the constant of variation. The image displays the equation 'c = 17.5m' in a simple, clear font on a white background, likely representing a variable 'c' equaling 17.5 meters.
ⓑ
Find c when m =25.
Write the equation that relates c andm. The image displays the text 'c = 17.5m' in a simple, clear font on a white background, likely indicating a measurement or variable assignment.
Substitute the given value for m. A mathematical equation displays 'c = 17.5(25)', with the number '25' highlighted in red.
Simplify. The image displays the equation c = 437.5, rendered in a digital, bold font against a white background.
Raoul would burn 437.5 calories if he used the
treadmill for 25 minutes.

The number of calories, c, burned varies directly with the amount of time, t, spent exercising. Arnold burned 312 calories in 65 minutes exercising.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates c and t.
  2. ⓑ How many calories would he burn if he exercises for 90 minutes?
Solution

ⓐ c=4.8t ⓑ 432 calories

The distance a moving body travels, d, varies directly with time, t, it moves. A train travels 100 miles in 2 hours

ⓐ Write the equation that relates d and t. ⓑ How many miles would it travel in 5 hours?

Solution

ⓐ d=50t ⓑ 250 miles

In the previous example, the variables c and m were named in the problem. Usually that is not the case. We will have to name the variables in the next example as part of the solution, just like we do in most applied problems.

The number of gallons of gas Eunice’s car uses varies directly with the number of miles she drives. Last week she drove 469.8 miles and used 14.5 gallons of gas.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the number of gallons of gas used to the number of miles driven.
  2. ⓑ How many gallons of gas would Eunice’s car use if she drove 1000 miles?
Solution

Solution

The number of gallons of gas varies directly with the number of miles driven.
First we will name the variables. Let g= number of gallons of gas.
m= number of miles driven
Write the formula for direct variation. The image displays the algebraic equation 'y = kx' in a simple, clear font against a white background.
We will use g in place of y and m in place of x. The image shows the mathematical equation g = km on a plain white background.
Substitute the given values for the variables. The image displays a mathematical expression 'g = 14.5 when m = 469.8' in a sans-serif font, where the value of 'g' is highlighted in light blue and 'm' is in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed with '14.5' in light blue, an equals sign in black, 'k' in black, and '(469.8)' in red.
Solve for the constant of variation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing 14.5 divided by 469.8 equals k multiplied by 469.8, all divided by 469.8.
We will round to the nearest thousandth. The equation 0.031 = k is displayed on a white background, presenting a simple mathematical statement.
Write the equation that relates g and m. The mathematical equation 'g = km' is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
Substitute in the constant of variation. A mathematical expression states that g = 0.031m, displayed in black text against a plain white background.


ⓑ
Findgwhenm=1000.Write the equation that relatesgandm.g=0.031mSubstitute the given value form.g=0.031(1000)Simplify.g=31Eunice’s car would use 31 gallons of gas if she drove it 1,000 miles.

Notice that in this example, the units on the constant of variation are gallons/mile. In everyday life, we usually talk about miles/gallon.

The distance that Brad travels varies directly with the time spent traveling. Brad travelled 660 miles in 12 hours,

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the number of miles travelled to the time.
  2. ⓑ How many miles could Brad travel in 4 hours?
Solution

ⓐ m=55h ⓑ 220 miles

The weight of a liquid varies directly as its volume. A liquid that weighs 24 pounds has a volume of 4 gallons.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the weight to the volume.
  2. ⓑ If a liquid has volume 13 gallons, what is its weight?
Solution

ⓐ w=6v ⓑ 78 pounds

In some situations, one variable varies directly with the square of the other variable. When that happens, the equation of direct variation is y=kx2. We solve these applications just as we did the previous ones, by substituting the given values into the equation to solve for k.

The maximum load a beam will support varies directly with the square of the diagonal of the beam’s cross-section. A beam with diagonal 4” will support a maximum load of 75 pounds.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the maximum load to the cross-section.
  2. ⓑ What is the maximum load that can be supported by a beam with diagonal 8”?
Solution

Solution

The maximum load varies directly with the square of the diagonal of the cross-section.
Name the variables. Let L= maximum load.
c= the diagonal of the cross-section
Write the formula for direct variation, where y varies directly with the square of x. The image displays the algebraic equation y = kx^2, representing a parabolic relationship where y is directly proportional to the square of x, with k as the constant of proportionality.
We will use L in place of y and c in place of x. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing L = kc^2 in black text.
Substitute the given values for the variables. The image displays a mathematical expression stating 'L = 75 when c = 4' against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: '75 = k • 4²'. The number 75 is in a light blue hue, and '4²' is in red, while the rest of the equation is in black.
Solve for the constant of variation. A mathematical equation shows a fraction 75/16 on the left side, equated to a fraction (k * 16)/16 on the right side, indicating an algebraic step to solve for k.
A mathematical equation shows '4.6875 = k' on a white background.
Write the equation that relates L and c. A clearly displayed algebraic equation, L = kc², on a plain white background, which is a mathematical expression showing L is directly proportional to the square of c, with k as the constant of proportionality.
Substitute in the constant of variation. A mathematical equation stating L = 4.6875c^2 is displayed on a white background.


ⓑ
FindLwhenc=8.Write the equation that relatesLandc.L=4.6875c2Substitute the given value forc.L=4.6875(8)2Simplify.L=300A beam with diagonal 8” could supporta maximum load of 300 pounds.

The distance an object falls is directly proportional to the square of the time it falls. A ball falls 144 feet in 3 seconds.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the distance to the time.
  2. ⓑ How far will an object fall in 4 seconds?
Solution

ⓐ d=16t2 ⓑ 256 feet

The area of a circle varies directly as the square of the radius. A circular pizza with a radius of 6 inches has an area of 113.04 square inches.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the area to the radius.
  2. ⓑ What is the area of a pizza with a radius of 9 inches?
Solution

ⓐ A=3.14r2 ⓑ 254.34 square inches

Solve Inverse Variation Problems

Many applications involve two variable that vary inversely. As one variable increases, the other decreases. The equation that relates them is y=kx.

Inverse Variation

For any two variables x and y, y varies inversely with x if

y=kx,wherek≠0

The constant k is called the constant of variation.

The word ‘inverse’ in inverse variation refers to the multiplicative inverse. The multiplicative inverse of x is 1x.

We solve inverse variation problems in the same way we solved direct variation problems. Only the general form of the equation has changed. We will copy the procedure box here and just change ‘direct’ to ‘inverse’.

Solve inverse variation problems.

  1. Write the formula for inverse variation.
  2. Substitute the given values for the variables.
  3. Solve for the constant of variation.
  4. Write the equation that relates x and y.

If y varies inversely with x and y=20 when x=8, find the equation that relates x and y.

Solution

Solution

Write the formula for inverse variation. A mathematical equation displays 'y = k/x', illustrating the concept of inverse variation where y is inversely proportional to x, with k representing the constant of proportionality.
Substitute the given values for the variables. The image shows a mathematical expression 'y = 20 when x = 8' written in black text against a white background. The number '20' is highlighted in a light blue color, and the number '8' is highlighted in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '20 = k/8' with '20' in blue and '8' in red. The expression represents a simple algebraic problem.
Solve for the constant of variation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 8 multiplied by 20 on the left side, equaling 8 multiplied by the fraction k over 8 on the right side: 8(20) = 8(k/8).
The equation 160 = k is displayed on a white background, indicating that the value of k is 160.
Write the equation that relates x and y. A mathematical equation displays 'y = k/x', illustrating the concept of inverse variation where y is inversely proportional to x, with k representing the constant of proportionality.
Substitute in the constant of variation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'y = 160 / x'. The equation represents an inverse relationship between y and x.

If p varies inversely with q and p=30 when q=12 find the equation that relates p and q.

Solution

p=360q

If y varies inversely with x and y=8 when x=2 find the equation that relates x and y.

Solution

y=16x

The fuel consumption (mpg) of a car varies inversely with its weight. A car that weighs 3100 pounds gets 26 mpg on the highway.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation of variation.
  2. ⓑ What would be the fuel consumption of a car that weighs 4030 pounds?
Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The fuel consumption varies inversely with the weight.
First we will name the variables. Let f= fuel consumption.
w= weight
Write the formula for inverse variation. The image displays a mathematical equation for inverse variation, written as y = k/x, where y is inversely proportional to x, and k is the constant of proportionality.
We will use f in place of y and w in place of x. A mathematical formula is shown on a white background, reading f = k/w. This equation represents a relationship where f is inversely proportional to w, with k as the constant of proportionality.
Substitute the given values for the variables. An equation showing 'f = 26' in light blue and 'w = 3100' in red.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '26 = k / 3100'. The number '26' is in light blue, and '3100' is in red, with 'k' and the equals and division signs in black.
Solve for the constant of variation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 3100 multiplied by 26 on the left side, which equals 3100 multiplied by the fraction k over 3100 on the right side.
The image displays a mathematical equation in black text on a white background, stating '80,600 = k'.
Write the equation that relates f and w. The image displays the mathematical formula f = k/w, where 'f' is equal to 'k' divided by 'w', set against a plain white background.
Substitute in the constant of variation. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'f equals 80,600 over w' on a white background, representing a formula likely used in algebra or physics.
ⓑ
Calculation of car fuel consumption (mpg) based on its weight (pounds) using an inverse relationship.
Findfwhenw=4030.
Write the equation that relates f and w. f=80,600w
Substitute the given value for w. f=80,6004030
Simplify. f=20
A car that weighs 4030 pounds would
have fuel consumption of 20 mpg.

A car’s value varies inversely with its age. Elena bought a two-year-old car for $20,000.

ⓐ Write the equation of variation. ⓑ What will be the value of Elena’s car when it is 5 years old?

Solution

ⓐ v=40,000a ⓑ $8,000

The time required to empty a pool varies inversely as the rate of pumping. It took Lucy 2.5 hours to empty her pool using a pump that was rated at 400 gpm (gallons per minute).

  1. ⓐ Write the equation of variation.
  2. ⓑ How long will it take her to empty the pool using a pump rated at 500 gpm?
Solution

ⓐ t=1000r ⓑ 2 hours

The frequency of a guitar string varies inversely with its length. A 26” long string has a frequency of 440 vibrations per second.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation of variation.
  2. ⓑ How many vibrations per second will there be if the string’s length is reduced to 20” by putting a finger on a fret?
Solution

Solution

ⓐ
The frequency varies inversely with the length.
Name the variables. Let f= frequency.
L= length
Write the formula for inverse variation. The image displays a mathematical equation for inverse proportionality, y = k/x, where 'y' is inversely proportional to 'x' with 'k' as the constant of proportionality.
We will use f in place of y and L in place of x. The mathematical formula shown is f = k/L, where 'f' is equal to 'k' divided by 'L'. This equation represents a relationship between three variables, often seen in physics or engineering contexts.
Substitute the given values for the variables. The equation f = 440 when L = 26 is displayed on a white background, with '440' in blue and '26' in red for emphasis.
An algebraic equation is shown on a white background. The equation reads '440 = k/26'. The number 440 is in light blue, and the number 26 is in red, while 'k' and '=' are black.
Solve for the constant of variation. A mathematical equation shows 26 multiplied by 440 equals 26 multiplied by the fraction k over 26.
A mathematical equation is presented, showing the value of k as 11,440. The text reads '11,440 = k' on a white background.
Write the equation that relates f and L. A mathematical equation, f = k/L, is displayed in black text on a white background, indicating that f is inversely proportional to L and directly proportional to k.
Substitute in the constant of variation. A mathematical equation shows f equals 11,440 divided by L. The variable 'f' is on the left side of the equation, and a fraction with '11,440' as the numerator and 'L' as the denominator is on the right.
ⓑ
This table demonstrates the step-by-step calculation of a guitar string's frequency (f) when its length (L) is 20 units.
FindfwhenL=20.
Write the equation that relates f and L. f=11,440L
Substitute the given value for L. f=11,44020
Simplify. f=572
A 20” guitar string has frequency
572 vibrations per second.

The number of hours it takes for ice to melt varies inversely with the air temperature. Suppose a block of ice melts in 2 hours when the temperature is 65 degrees.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation of variation.
  2. ⓑ How many hours would it take for the same block of ice to melt if the temperature was 78 degrees?
Solution

ⓐ h=130t ⓑ 123 hours

The force needed to break a board varies inversely with its length. Richard uses 24 pounds of pressure to break a 2-foot long board.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation of variation.
  2. ⓑ How many pounds of pressure is needed to break a 5-foot long board?
Solution

ⓐ F=48L ⓑ 9.6 pounds

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Direct Variation Problems

In the following exercises, solve.

If y varies directly as x and y=14,whenx=3, find the equation that relates xandy.

Solution

y=143x

If p varies directly as q and p=5,whenq=2, find the equation that relates pandq.

If v varies directly as w and v=24,whenw=8, find the equation that relates vandw.

Solution

v=3w

If a varies directly as b and a=16,whenb=4, find the equation that relates aandb.

If p varies directly as q and p=9.6,whenq=3, find the equation that relates pandq.

Solution

p=3.2q

If y varies directly as x and y=12.4,whenx=4, find the equation that relates xandy

If a varies directly as b and a=6,whenb=13, find the equation that relates aandb.

Solution

a=18b

If v varies directly as w and v=8,whenw=12, find the equation that relates vandw.

The amount of money Sally earns, P, varies directly with the number, n, of necklaces she sells. When Sally sells 15 necklaces she earns $150.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates P and n.
  2. ⓑ How much money would she earn if she sold 4 necklaces?
Solution

ⓐ P=10n ⓑ $40

The price, P, that Eric pays for gas varies directly with the number of gallons, g, he buys. It costs him $50 to buy 20 gallons of gas.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates P and g.
  2. ⓑ How much would 33 gallons cost Eric?

Terri needs to make some pies for a fundraiser. The number of apples, a, varies directly with number of pies, p. It takes nine apples to make two pies.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates a and p.
  2. ⓑ How many apples would Terri need for six pies?
Solution

ⓐ a=4.5p ⓑ 27 apples

Joseph is traveling on a road trip. The distance, d, he travels before stopping for lunch varies directly with the speed, v, he travels. He can travel 120 miles at a speed of 60 mph.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates d and v.
  2. ⓑ How far would he travel before stopping for lunch at a rate of 65 mph?

The price of gas that Jesse purchased varies directly to how many gallons he purchased. He purchased 10 gallons of gas for $39.80.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the price to the number of gallons.
  2. ⓑ How much will it cost Jesse for 15 gallons of gas?
Solution

ⓐ p=3.98g ⓑ $59.70

The distance that Sarah travels varies directly to how long she drives. She travels 440 miles in 8 hours.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the distance to the number of hours.
  2. ⓑ How far can Sally travel in 6 hours?

The mass of a liquid varies directly with its volume. A liquid with mass 16 kilograms has a volume of 2 liters.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the mass to the volume.
  2. ⓑ What is the volume of this liquid if its mass is 128 kilograms?
Solution

ⓐ m=8v ⓑ 16 liters

The length that a spring stretches varies directly with a weight placed at the end of the spring. When Sarah placed a 10 pound watermelon on a hanging scale, the spring stretched 5 inches.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the length of the spring to the weight.
  2. ⓑ What weight of watermelon would stretch the spring 6 inches?

The distance an object falls varies directly to the square of the time it falls. A ball falls 45 feet in 3 seconds.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the distance to the time.
  2. ⓑ How far will the ball fall in 7 seconds?
Solution

ⓐ d=5t2 ⓑ 245 feet

The maximum load a beam will support varies directly with the square of the diagonal of the beam’s cross-section. A beam with diagonal 6 inch will support a maximum load of 108 pounds.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the load to the diagonal of the cross-section.
  2. ⓑ What load will a beam with a 10 inch diagonal support?

The area of a circle varies directly as the square of the radius. A circular pizza with a radius of 6 inches has an area of 113.04 square inches.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the area to the radius.
  2. ⓑ What is the area of a personal pizza with a radius 4 inches?
Solution

ⓐ A=3.14r2 ⓑ 50.24sq. in.

The distance an object falls varies directly to the square of the time it falls. A ball falls 72 feet in 3 seconds,

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the distance to the time.
  2. ⓑ How far will the ball have fallen in 8 seconds?

Solve Inverse Variation Problems

In the following exercises, solve.

If y varies inversely with x and y=5 when x=4 find the equation that relates x and y.

Solution

y=20x

If p varies inversely with q and p=2 when q=1 find the equation that relates p and q.

If v varies inversely with w and v=6 when w=12 find the equation that relates v and w.

Solution

v=3w

If a varies inversely with b and a=12 when b=13 find the equation that relates a and b.

Write an inverse variation equation to solve the following problems.

The fuel consumption (mpg) of a car varies inversely with its weight. A Toyota Corolla weighs 2800 pounds and gets 33 mpg on the highway.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the mpg to the car’s weight.
  2. ⓑ What would the fuel consumption be for a Toyota Sequoia that weighs 5500 pounds?
Solution

ⓐ g=92,400w ⓑ 16.8 mpg

A car’s value varies inversely with its age. Jackie bought a 10 year old car for $2,400.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the car’s value to its age.
  2. ⓑ What will be the value of Jackie’s car when it is 15 years old ?

The time required to empty a tank varies inversely as the rate of pumping. It took Janet 5 hours to pump her flooded basement using a pump that was rated at 200 gpm (gallons per minute),

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the number of hours to the pump rate.
  2. ⓑ How long would it take Janet to pump her basement if she used a pump rated at 400 gpm?
Solution

ⓐ t=1000r ⓑ 2.5 hours

The volume of a gas in a container varies inversely as pressure on the gas. A container of helium has a volume of 370 cubic inches under a pressure of 15 psi.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the volume to the pressure.
  2. ⓑ What would be the volume of this gas if the pressure was increased to 20 psi?

On a string instrument, the length of a string varies inversely as the frequency of its vibrations. An 11-inch string on a violin has a frequency of 400 cycles per second.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the string length to its frequency.
  2. ⓑ What is the frequency of a 10-inch string?
Solution

ⓐ L=4,400f ⓑ 440 cycles per second

Paul, a dentist, determined that the number of cavities that develops in his patient’s mouth each year varies inversely to the number of minutes spent brushing each night. His patient, Lori, had 4 cavities when brushing her teeth 30 seconds (0.5 minutes) each night.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the number of cavities to the time spent brushing.
  2. ⓑ How many cavities would Paul expect Lori to have if she had brushed her teeth for 2 minutes each night?

The number of tickets for a sports fundraiser varies inversely to the price of each ticket. Brianna can buy 25 tickets at $5each.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the number of tickets to the price of each ticket.
  2. ⓑ How many tickets could Brianna buy if the price of each ticket was $2.50?
Solution

ⓐ t=125p ⓑ 50 tickets

Boyle’s Law states that if the temperature of a gas stays constant, then the pressure varies inversely to the volume of the gas. Braydon, a scuba diver, has a tank that holds 6 liters of air under a pressure of 220 psi.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates pressure to volume.
  2. ⓑ If the pressure increases to 330 psi, how much air can Braydon’s tank hold?

Mixed Practice

If y varies directly as x and y=5,whenx=3., find the equation that relates xandy.

Solution

y=53x

If v varies directly as w and v=21,whenw=8. find the equation that relates vandw.

If p varies inversely with q and p=5 when q=6, find the equation that relates p and q.

Solution

p=30q

If y varies inversely with x and y=11 when x=3 find the equation that relates x and y.

If p varies directly as q and p=10,whenq=2. find the equation that relates pandq.

Solution

p=5q

If v varies inversely with w and v=18 when w=13 find the equation that relates v and w.

The force needed to break a board varies inversely with its length. If Tom uses 20 pounds of pressure to break a 1.5-foot long board, how many pounds of pressure would he need to use to break a 6 foot long board?

Solution

5 pounds

The number of hours it takes for ice to melt varies inversely with the air temperature. A block of ice melts in 2.5 hours when the temperature is 54 degrees. How long would it take for the same block of ice to melt if the temperature was 45 degrees?

The length a spring stretches varies directly with a weight placed at the end of the spring. When Meredith placed a 6-pound cantaloupe on a hanging scale, the spring stretched 2 inches. How far would the spring stretch if the cantaloupe weighed 9 pounds?

Solution

3 inches

The amount that June gets paid varies directly the number of hours she works. When she worked 15 hours, she got paid $111. How much will she be paid for working 18 hours?

The fuel consumption (mpg) of a car varies inversely with its weight. A Ford Focus weighs 3000 pounds and gets 28.7 mpg on the highway. What would the fuel consumption be for a Ford Expedition that weighs 5,500 pounds? Round to the nearest tenth.

Solution

15.6mpg

The volume of a gas in a container varies inversely as the pressure on the gas. If a container of argon has a volume of 336 cubic inches under a pressure of 2,500 psi, what will be its volume if the pressure is decreased to 2,000 psi?

The distance an object falls varies directly to the square of the time it falls. If an object falls 52.8 feet in 4 seconds, how far will it fall in 9 seconds?

Solution

267.3 feet

The area of the face of a Ferris wheel varies directly with the square of its radius. If the area of one face of a Ferris wheel with diameter 150 feet is 70,650 square feet, what is the area of one face of a Ferris wheel with diameter of 16 feet?

Everyday Math

Ride Service It costs $35 for a ride from the city center to the airport, 14 miles away.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the cost, c, with the number of miles, m.
  2. ⓑ What would it cost to travel 22 miles with this service?
Solution

ⓐ c=2.5m ⓑ $55

Road Trip The number of hours it takes Jack to drive from Boston to Bangor is inversely proportional to his average driving speed. When he drives at an average speed of 40 miles per hour, it takes him 6 hours for the trip.

  1. ⓐ Write the equation that relates the number of hours, h, with the speed, s.
  2. ⓑ How long would the trip take if his average speed was 75 miles per hour?

Writing Exercises

In your own words, explain the difference between direct variation and inverse variation.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Make up an example from your life experience of inverse variation.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This image is four columns and three rows. The first row is the header row. The first header is labeled “I can…”, the second “Confidently”, the third, “With some help”, and the fourth “No – I don’t get it!”. In the first column under “I can”, the next row reads “solve direct variation problems.”, the next row reads “solve direct variation problems.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next chapter? Why or why not?

Chapter 8 Review Exercises

Simplify Rational Expressions

Determine the Values for Which a Rational Expression is Undefined

In the following exercises, determine the values for which the rational expression is undefined.

2a+13a−2

Solution

a≠23

b−3b2−16

3xy25y

Solution

y≠0

u−3u2−u−30

Evaluate Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, evaluate the rational expressions for the given values.

4p−1p2+5whenp=−1

Solution

−56

q2−5q+3when q=7

y2−8y2−y−2wheny=1

Solution

72

z2+24z−z2when z=3

Simplify Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, simplify.

1024

Solution

512

8m416mn3

14a−14a−1

Solution

14

b2+7b+12b2+8b+16

Simplify Rational Expressions with Opposite Factors

In the following exercises, simplify.

c2−c−24−c2

Solution

–c+1c+2

d−1616−d

7v−3525−v2

Solution

−75+v

w2−3w−2849−w2

Multiply and Divide Rational Expressions

Multiply Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, multiply.

38·215

Solution

120

2xy28y3·16y24x

3a2+21aa2+6a−7·a−1ab

Solution

3b

5z25z2+40z+35·z2−13z

Divide Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, divide.

t2−4t–12t2+8t+12÷t2−366t

Solution

6t(t+6)2

r2−164÷r3−642r2+8r+32

11+ww−9÷121−w29−w

Solution

−111−w

3y2−12y−634y+3÷(6y2−42y)

c2−643c2+26c+16c2−4c−3215c+10

Solution

5c+4

8m2−8mm−4·m2+2m−24m2+7m+10÷2m2−6mm+5

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

Add Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, add.

35+25

Solution

1

4a22a−1−12a−1

p2+10pp+5+25p+5

Solution

p+5

3xx−1+2x−1

Subtract Rational Expressions with a Common Denominator

In the following exercises, subtract.

d2d+4−3d+28d+4

Solution

d–7

z2z+10−100z+10

4q2−q+3q2+6q+5 − 3q2+q+6q2+6q+5

Solution

q-3q+5

5t2+4t+3t2−25−4t2−8t−32t2−25

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions whose Denominators are Opposites

In the following exercises, add and subtract.

18w6w−1+3w−21−6w

Solution

15w+26w−1

a2+3aa2−16−3a+816−a2

2b2+3b−15b2−49−b2+16b−149−b2

Solution

3b2+19b−16b−7b+7

8y2−10y+72y−5+2y2+7y+25−2y

Add and Subtract Rational Expressions With Unlike Denominators

Find the Least Common Denominator of Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, find the LCD.

4m2−3m−10,2mm2−m−20

Solution

(m+2)(m−5)(m+4)

6n2−4,2nn2−4n+4

53p2+19p+6,2p3p2+25p+8

Solution

(3p+1)(p+6)(p+8)

Find Equivalent Rational Expressions

In the following exercises, rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with the given denominator.

Rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with denominator (m+2)(m−5)(m+4):

4m2−3m−10,2mm2−m−20.

Rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with denominator (n−2)(n−2)(n+2):

6n2−4n+4,2nn2−4.
Solution

6n+12(n−2)(n−2)(n+2),
2n2−4n(n−2)(n−2)(n+2)

Rewrite as equivalent rational expressions with denominator (3p+1)(p+6)(p+8):

53p2+19p+6,7p3p2+25p+8

Add Rational Expressions with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, add.

23+35

Solution

1915

75a+32b

2c−2+9c+3

Solution

11c−12(c−2)(c+3)

3dd2−9+5d2+6d+9

2xx2+10x+24+3xx2+8x+16

Solution

5x2+26x(x+4)(x+4)(x+6)

5qp2q−p2+4qq2−1

Subtract Rational Expressions with Different Denominators

In the following exercises, subtract and add.

3vv+2−v+2v+8

Solution

2(v2+10v−2)(v+2)(v+8)

−3w−15w2+w−20−w+24−w

7m+3m+2−5

Solution

2m−7m+2

nn+3+2n−3−n−9n2−9

8dd2−64−4d+8

Solution

4d−8

512x2y+720xy3

Simplify Complex Rational Expressions

Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Writing it as Division

In the following exercises, simplify.

5aa+210a2a2−4

Solution

a−22a

25+5613+14

x−3xx+51x+5+1x−5

Solution

(x+2)(x−5)2

2m+mnnm−1n

Simplify a Complex Rational Expression by Using the LCD

In the following exercises, simplify.

6+2q−45q+4

Solution

23q−11q+45(q−4)

3a2−1b1a+1b2

2z2−49+1z+79z+7+12z−7

Solution

z−521z+21

3y2−4y−322y−8+1y+4

Solve Rational Equations

Solve Rational Equations

In the following exercises, solve.

12+23=1x

Solution

67

1−2m=8m2

1b−2+1b+2=3b2−4

Solution

32

3q+8−2q−2=1

v−15v2−9v+18=4v−3+2v−6

Solution

no solution

z12+z+33z=1z

Solve a Rational Equation for a Specific Variable

In the following exercises, solve for the indicated variable.

Vl=hwforl

Solution

l=Vhw

1x−2y=5fory

x=y+5z−7forz

Solution

z=y+5+7xx

P=kVforV

Solve Proportion and Similar Figure Applications Similarity

Solve Proportions

In the following exercises, solve.

x4=35

Solution

125

3y=95

ss+20=37

Solution

15

t−35=t+29

In the following exercises, solve using proportions.

Rachael had a 21 ounce strawberry shake that has 739 calories. How many calories are there in a 32 ounce shake?

Solution

1126calories

Leo went to Mexico over Christmas break and changed $525 dollars into Mexican pesos. At that time, the exchange rate had $1 US is equal to 16.25 Mexican pesos. How many Mexican pesos did he get for his trip?

Solve Similar Figure Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

∆ABC is similar to ∆XYZ. The lengths of two sides of each triangle are given in the figure. Find the lengths of the third sides.

This image shows two triangles. The large triangle is labeled A B C. The length from A to B is labeled 8. The length from B to C is labeled 7. The length from C to A is labeled b. The smaller triangle is triangle x y z. The length from x to y is labeled 2 and two-thirds. The length from y to z is labeled x. The length from x to z is labeled 3.
Solution

b=9;x=213

On a map of Europe, Paris, Rome, and Vienna form a triangle whose sides are shown in the figure below. If the actual distance from Rome to Vienna is 700 miles, find the distance from

  1. ⓐ Paris to Rome
  2. ⓑ Paris to Vienna
This is an image of a triangle. Clockwise beginning at the top, each vertex is labeled. The top vertex is labeled “Paris”, the next vertex is labeled “Vienna”, and the next vertex is labeled “Rome”. The distance from Paris to Vienna is 7.7 centimeters. The distance from Vienna to Rome is 7 centimeters. The distance from Rome to Paris is 8.9 centimeters.

Tony is 5.75 feet tall. Late one afternoon, his shadow was 8 feet long. At the same time, the shadow of a nearby tree was 32 feet long. Find the height of the tree.

Solution

23 feet

The height of a lighthouse in Pensacola, Florida is 150 feet. Standing next to the statue, 5.5 foot tall Natalie cast a 1.1 foot shadow How long would the shadow of the lighthouse be?

Solve Uniform Motion and Work Applications Problems

Solve Uniform Motion Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

When making the 5-hour drive home from visiting her parents, Lisa ran into bad weather. She was able to drive 176 miles while the weather was good, but then driving 10 mph slower, went 81 miles in the bad weather. How fast did she drive when the weather was bad?

Solution

45 mph

Mark is riding on a plane that can fly 490 miles with a headwind of 20 mph in the same time that it can fly 350 miles against a tailwind of 20 mph. What is the speed of the plane?

John can ride his bicycle 8 mph faster than Luke can ride his bike. It takes Luke 3 hours longer than John to ride 48 miles. How fast can John ride his bike?

Solution

16 mph

Mark was training for a triathlon. He ran 8 kilometers and biked 32 kilometers in a total of 3 hours. His running speed was 8 kilometers per hour less than his biking speed. What was his running speed?

Solve Work Applications

In the following exercises, solve.

Jerry can frame a room in 1 hour, while Jake takes 4 hours. How long could they frame a room working together?

Solution

45hour

Lisa takes 3 hours to mow the lawn while her cousin, Barb, takes 2 hours. How long will it take them working together?

Jeffrey can paint a house in 6 days, but if he gets a helper he can do it in 4 days. How long would it take the helper to paint the house alone?

Solution

12days

Sue and Deb work together writing a book that takes them 90 days. If Sue worked alone it would take her 120 days. How long would it take Deb to write the book alone?

Use Direct and Inverse Variation

Solve Direct Variation Problems

In the following exercises, solve.

If y varies directly as x, when y=9 and x=3, find x when y=21.

Solution

7

If y varies inversely as x, when y=20 and x=2 find y when x=4.

If m varies inversely with the square of n, when m=4 and n=6 find m when n=2.

Solution

36

Vanessa is traveling to see her fiancé. The distance, d, varies directly with the speed, v, she drives. If she travels 258 miles driving 60 mph, how far would she travel going 70 mph?

If the cost of a pizza varies directly with its diameter, and if an 8” diameter pizza costs $12, how much would a 6” diameter pizza cost?

Solution

$9

The distance to stop a car varies directly with the square of its speed. It takes 200 feet to stop a car going 50 mph. How many feet would it take to stop a car going 60 mph?

Solve Inverse Variation Problems

In the following exercises, solve.

The number of tickets for a music fundraiser varies inversely with the price of the tickets. If Madelyn has just enough money to purchase 12 tickets for $6 each, how many tickets can Madelyn afford to buy if the price increased to $8?

Solution

9tickets

On a string instrument, the length of a string varies inversely with the frequency of its vibrations. If an 11-inch string on a violin has a frequency of 360 cycles per second, what frequency does a 12 inch string have?

Practice Test

In the following exercises, simplify.

3a2b6ab2

Solution

a2b

5b−25b2−25

In the following exercises, perform the indicated operation and simplify.

4xx+2·x2+5x+612x2

Solution

x+33x

5y4y−8·y2−410

4pq+5p

Solution

4+5qpq

1z−9−3z+9

23+3525

Solution

196

1m−1n1n+1m

In the following exercises, solve each equation.

12+27=1x

Solution

1411

5y−6=3y+6

1z−5+1z+5=1z2−25

Solution

12

t4=35

2r−2=3r−1

Solution

4

In the following exercises, solve.

If y varies directly with x, and x=5 when y=30, find x when y=42.

If y varies inversely with x and x=6 when y=20, find y when x=2.

Solution

60

If y varies inversely with the square of x and x=3 when y=9, find y when x=4.

The recommended erythromycin dosage for dogs, is 5 mg for every pound the dog weighs. If Daisy weighs 25 pounds, how many milligrams of erythromycin should her veterinarian prescribe?

Solution

125mg

Julia spent 4 hours Sunday afternoon exercising at the gym. She ran on the treadmill for 10 miles and then biked for 20 miles. Her biking speed was 5 mph faster than her running speed on the treadmill. What was her running speed?

Kurt can ride his bike for 30 miles with the wind in the same amount of time that he can go 21 miles against the wind. If the wind’s speed is 6 mph, what is Kurt’s speed on his bike?

Solution

34 mph

Amanda jogs to the park 8 miles using one route and then returns via a 14-mile route. The return trip takes her 1 hour longer than her jog to the park. Find her jogging rate.

An experienced window washer can wash all the windows in Mike’s house in 2 hours, while a new trainee can wash all the windows in 7 hours. How long would it take them working together?

Solution

159hours

Josh can split a truckload of logs in 8 hours, but working with his dad they can get it done in 3 hours. How long would it take Josh’s dad working alone to split the logs?

The price that Tyler pays for gas varies directly with the number of gallons he buys. If 24 gallons cost him $59.76, what would 30 gallons cost?

Solution

$74.70

The volume of a gas in a container varies inversely with the pressure on the gas. If a container of nitrogen has a volume of 29.5 liters with 2000 psi, what is the volume if the tank has a 14.7 psi rating? Round to the nearest whole number.

The cities of Dayton, Columbus, and Cincinnati form a triangle in southern Ohio, as shown on the figure below, that gives the map distances between these cities in inches.

This is an image of a triangle. Clockwise beginning at the top, each vertex is labeled. The top vertex is labeled “Dayton”, the next vertex is labeled “Columbus”, and the next vertex is labeled “Cincinnati”. The distance from Dayton to Columbus is 3.2 inches. The distance from Columbus to Cincinnati is 5.3 inches. The distance from Cincinnati to Dayton is 2.4 inches.

The actual distance from Dayton to Cincinnati is 48 miles. What is the actual distance between Dayton and Columbus?

Solution

64 miles

Introduction

This figure shows a rock cliff.
Square roots are used to determine the time it would take for a stone falling from the edge of this cliff to hit the land below.

Suppose a stone falls from the edge of a cliff. The number of feet the stone has dropped after t seconds can be found by multiplying 16 times the square of t. But to calculate the number of seconds it would take the stone to hit the land below, we need to use a square root. In this chapter, we will introduce and apply the properties of square roots, and extend these concepts to higher order roots and rational exponents.

Simplify and Use Square Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify expressions with square roots
  • Estimate square roots
  • Approximate square roots
  • Simplify variable expressions with square roots

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: ⓐ 92 ⓑ (−9)2 ⓒ −92.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

ⓐ 81 ⓑ 81 ⓒ −81

Round 3.846 to the nearest hundredth.
If you missed this problem, review Example 4 in Decimals.

Solution

3.85

For each number, identify whether it is a real number or not a real number:
ⓐ −100 ⓑ −100.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in The Real Numbers.

Solution

ⓐ −100 ⓑ −100.

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots

Remember that when a number n is multiplied by itself, we write n2 and read it “n squared.” For example, 152 reads as “15 squared,” and 225 is called the square of 15, since 152=225.

Square of a Number

If n2=m, then m is the square of n.

Sometimes we will need to look at the relationship between numbers and their squares in reverse. Because 225 is the square of 15, we can also say that 15 is a square root of 225. A number whose square is m is called a square root of m.

Square Root of a Number

If n2=m, then n is a square root of m.

Notice (−15)2=225 also, so −15 is also a square root of 225. Therefore, both 15 and −15 are square roots of 225.

So, every positive number has two square roots—one positive and one negative. What if we only wanted the positive square root of a positive number? The radical sign, m, denotes the positive square root. The positive square root is also called the principal square root.

We also use the radical sign for the square root of zero. Because 02=0, 0=0. Notice that zero has only one square root.

Square Root Notation

This figure is a picture of an m inside a square root sign. The sign is labeled as a radical sign and the m is labeled as the radicand.

m is read as “the square root of m.”

If m=n2, then m=n, for n≥0.

The square root of m, m, is the non-negative number whose square is m.

Since 15 is the positive square root of 225, we write 225=15. Fill in Figure 1 to make a table of square roots you can refer to as you work this chapter.

This table has fifteen columns and two rows. The first row contains the following numbers: the square root of 1, the square root of 4, the square root of 9, the square root of 16, the square root of 25, the square root of 36, the square root of 49, the square root of 64, the square root of 81, the square root of 100, the square root of 121, the square root of 144, the square root of 169, the square root of 196, and the square root of 225. The second row is completely empty except for the last column. The number 15 is in the last column.

We know that every positive number has two square roots and the radical sign indicates the positive one. We write 225=15. If we want to find the negative square root of a number, we place a negative in front of the radical sign. For example, −225=−15.

Simplify: ⓐ 36 ⓑ 196 ⓒ −81 ⓓ −289.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the calculation of the square root of 36, showing the expression, its result, and the underlying mathematical justification.
36
Since 62=36 6
ⓑ
Calculation demonstrating that the square root of 196 equals 14.
196
Since 142=196 14
ⓒ
Illustrates the evaluation of -sqrt(81), emphasizing the role of the negative sign's position.
−81
The negative is in front of the radical sign. −9
ⓓ
Demonstrates the evaluation of -sqrt(289), clarifying the role of the negative sign and presenting the final value of -17.
−289
The negative is in front of the radical sign. −17

Simplify: ⓐ −49 ⓑ 225.

Solution

ⓐ −7 ⓑ 15

Simplify: ⓐ 64 ⓑ −121.

Solution

ⓐ 8 ⓑ −11

Simplify: ⓐ −169 ⓑ −64.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table demonstrates that the square root of a negative number, such as -169, is not a real number, providing both explanation and mathematical context.
−169
There is no real number whose square is −169. −169 is not a real number.
ⓑ
Evaluation of the expression -sqrt(64), showing the impact of the leading negative sign on the final result of -8.
−64
The negative is in front of the radical. −8

Simplify: ⓐ −196 ⓑ −81.

Solution

ⓐ not a real number ⓑ −9

Simplify: ⓐ −49 ⓑ −121.

Solution

ⓐ −7 ⓑ not a real number

When using the order of operations to simplify an expression that has square roots, we treat the radical as a grouping symbol.

Simplify: ⓐ 25+144 ⓑ 25+144.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a mathematical expression involving square roots using the order of operations.
25+144
Use the order of operations. 5+12
Simplify. 17
ⓑ
Steps illustrating the simplification of a mathematical square root expression.
25+144
Simplify under the radical sign. 169
Simplify. 13
Notice the different answers in parts ⓐ and ⓑ !

Simplify: ⓐ 9+16 ⓑ 9+16.

Solution

ⓐ 7 ⓑ 5

Simplify: ⓐ 64+225 ⓑ 64+225.

Solution

ⓐ 17 ⓑ 23

Estimate Square Roots

So far we have only considered square roots of perfect square numbers. The square roots of other numbers are not whole numbers. Look at Table 9 below.

Number Square Root
4 4 = 2
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9 = 3

The square roots of numbers between 4 and 9 must be between the two consecutive whole numbers 2 and 3, and they are not whole numbers. Based on the pattern in the table above, we could say that 5 must be between 2 and 3. Using inequality symbols, we write:

2<5<3

Estimate 60 between two consecutive whole numbers.

Solution

Solution

Think of the perfect square numbers closest to 60. Make a small table of these perfect squares and their squares roots.

A table lists four perfect squares: thirty-six, forty-nine, sixty-four, and eighty-one. The corresponding square roots are listed: six, seven, eight, and nine. Arrows indicate that the value of square root of sixty lies between seven and eight.
Locate 60 between two consecutive perfect squares. A mathematical inequality displaying the relationship 49 < 60 < 64, with the number 60 highlighted in red to emphasize its position between 49 and 64.
60 is between their square roots. A mathematical inequality showing that 7 is less than the square root of 60, which is less than 8. The number 60 is highlighted in red beneath the square root symbol.

Estimate the square root 38 between two consecutive whole numbers.

Solution

6<38<7

Estimate the square root 84 between two consecutive whole numbers.

Solution

9<84<10

Approximate Square Roots

There are mathematical methods to approximate square roots, but nowadays most people use a calculator to find them. Find the x key on your calculator. You will use this key to approximate square roots.

When you use your calculator to find the square root of a number that is not a perfect square, the answer that you see is not the exact square root. It is an approximation, accurate to the number of digits shown on your calculator’s display. The symbol for an approximation is ≈ and it is read ‘approximately.’

Suppose your calculator has a 10-digit display. You would see that

5≈2.236067978

If we wanted to round 5 to two decimal places, we would say

5≈2.24

How do we know these values are approximations and not the exact values? Look at what happens when we square them:

(2.236067978)2=5.000000002(2.24)2=5.0176

Their squares are close to 5, but are not exactly equal to 5.

Using the square root key on a calculator and then rounding to two decimal places, we can find:

4=25≈2.246≈2.457≈2.658≈2.839=3

Round 17 to two decimal places.

Solution

Solution

Steps to approximate the square root of 17, demonstrating calculator use and rounding to two decimal places, resulting in 4.12.
17
Use the calculator square root key. 4.123105626...
Round to two decimal places. 4.12
17≈4.12

Round 11 to two decimal places.

Solution

≈3.32

Round 13 to two decimal places.

Solution

≈3.61

Simplify Variable Expressions with Square Roots

What if we have to find a square root of an expression with a variable? Consider 9x2. Can you think of an expression whose square is 9x2?

(?)2=9x2(3x)2=9x2,so9x2=3x

When we use the radical sign to take the square root of a variable expression, we should specify that x≥0 to make sure we get the principal square root.

However, in this chapter we will assume that each variable in a square-root expression represents a non-negative number and so we will not write x≥0 next to every radical.

What about square roots of higher powers of variables? Think about the Power Property of Exponents we used in Chapter 6.

(am)n=am·n

If we square am, the exponent will become 2m.

(am)2=a2m

How does this help us take square roots? Let’s look at a few:

25u8=5u4because(5u4)2=25u816r20=4r10because(4r10)2=16r20196q36=14q18because(14q18)2=196q36

Simplify: ⓐ x6 ⓑ y16.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Simplification of the mathematical expression <m:math><m:msqrt><m:mrow><m:msup><m:mi>x</m:mi><m:mn>6</m:mn></m:msup></m:mrow></m:msqrt></m:math> with justification.
x6
Since(x3)2=x6. x3
ⓑ
Simplification of the square root of y to the power of 16, demonstrating the result y to the power of 8 using exponent properties.
y16
Since(y8)2=y16. y8

Simplify: ⓐ y8 ⓑ z12.

Solution

ⓐ y4 ⓑ z6

Simplify: ⓐ m4 ⓑ b10.

Solution

ⓐ m2 ⓑ b5

Simplify: 16n2.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the simplification of the square root expression sqrt(16n^2) to 4n, including its mathematical justification.
16n2
Since(4n)2=16n2. 4n

Simplify: 64x2.

Solution

8x

Simplify: 169y2.

Solution

13y

Simplify: −81c2.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the simplification of the mathematical expression −√(81c^2) along with the reasoning for the steps.
−81c2
Since(9c)2=81c2. −9c

Simplify: −121y2.

Solution

−11y

Simplify: −100p2.

Solution

−10p

Simplify: 36x2y2.

Solution

Solution

An example demonstrating the simplification of the square root expression `sqrt(36x^2y^2)` to `6xy`, including mathematical justification.
36x2y2
Since(6xy)2=36x2y2. 6xy

Simplify: 100a2b2.

Solution

10ab

Simplify: 225m2n2.

Solution

15mn

Simplify: 64p64.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the simplification of a square root expression, showing the original term, its explanation, and the simplified result.
64p64
Since(8p32)2=64p64. 8p32

Simplify: 49x30.

Solution

7x15

Simplify: 81w36.

Solution

9w18

Simplify: 121a6b8

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the simplification of an algebraic square root, presenting the original expression, the rationale, and the final simplified form.
121a6b8
Since(11a3b4)2=121a6b8. 11a3b4

Simplify: 169x10y14.

Solution

13x5y7

Simplify: 144p12q20.

Solution

12p6q10

Access this online resource for additional instruction and practice with square roots.

  • Square Roots

Key Concepts

  • Note that the square root of a negative number is not a real number.
  • Every positive number has two square roots, one positive and one negative. The positive square root of a positive number is the principal square root.
  • We can estimate square roots using nearby perfect squares.
  • We can approximate square roots using a calculator.
  • When we use the radical sign to take the square root of a variable expression, we should specify that x≥0 to make sure we get the principal square root.

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

36

Solution

6

4

64

Solution

8

169

9

Solution

3

16

100

Solution

10

144

−4

Solution

−2

−100

−1

Solution

−1

−121

−121

Solution

not a real number

−36

−9

Solution

not a real number

−49

9+16

Solution

5

25+144

9+16

Solution

7

25+144

Estimate Square Roots

In the following exercises, estimate each square root between two consecutive whole numbers.

70

Solution

8<70<9

55

200

Solution

14<200<15

172

Approximate Square Roots

In the following exercises, approximate each square root and round to two decimal places.

19

Solution

4.36

21

53

Solution

7.28

47

Simplify Variable Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

y2

Solution

y

b2

a14

Solution

a7

w24

49x2

Solution

7x

100y2

121m20

Solution

11m10

25h44

81x36

Solution

9x18

144z84

−81x18

Solution

−9x9

−100m32

−64a2

Solution

−8a

−25x2

144x2y2

Solution

12xy

196a2b2

169w8y10

Solution

13w4y5

81p24q6

9c8d12

Solution

3c4d6

36r6s20

Everyday Math

Decorating Denise wants to have a square accent of designer tiles in her new shower. She can afford to buy 625 square centimeters of the designer tiles. How long can a side of the accent be?

Solution

25 centimeters

Decorating Morris wants to have a square mosaic inlaid in his new patio. His budget allows for 2025 square inch tiles. How long can a side of the mosaic be?

Writing Exercises

Why is there no real number equal to −64?

Solution

Answers will vary.

What is the difference between 92 and 9?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columns and five rows. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidentally,” “With some help,” and “No – I don’t get it!” Under the “I can…,” column are, “simplify expressions with square roots.,” “estimate square roots.,” “approximate square roots.,” and “4) simplify variable expressions with square roots.” All the other rows under the different columns are empty.

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

square of a number

  • If n2=m, then m is the square of n
square root of a number

  • If n2=m, then n is a square root of m
square root notation

  • If m=n2, then m=n. We read m as ‘the square root of m.’

Simplify Square Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Use the Product Property to simplify square roots
  • Use the Quotient Property to simplify square roots

Before you get started take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 80176.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

511

Simplify: n9n3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Divide Monomials.

Solution

n6

Simplify: q4q12.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Divide Monomials.

Solution

1q8

In the last section, we estimated the square root of a number between two consecutive whole numbers. We can say that 50 is between 7 and 8. This is fairly easy to do when the numbers are small enough that we can use Figure 1 in Simplify and Use Square Roots.

But what if we want to estimate 500? If we simplify the square root first, we’ll be able to estimate it easily. There are other reasons, too, to simplify square roots as you’ll see later in this chapter.

A square root is considered simplified if its radicand contains no perfect square factors.

Simplified Square Root

a is considered simplified if a has no perfect square factors.

So 31 is simplified. But 32 is not simplified, because 16 is a perfect square factor of 32.

Use the Product Property to Simplify Square Roots

The properties we will use to simplify expressions with square roots are similar to the properties of exponents. We know that (ab)m=ambm. The corresponding property of square roots says that ab=a·b.

Product Property of Square Roots

If a, b are non-negative real numbers, then ab=a·b.

We use the Product Property of Square Roots to remove all perfect square factors from a radical. We will show how to do this in Example 1.

How To Use the Product Property to Simplify a Square Root

Simplify: 50.

Solution

Solution

This figure has three columns and three rows. The first row says, “Step 1. Find the largest perfect square factor of the radicand. Rewrite the radicand as a product using the perfect square factor.” It then says, “25 is the largest perfect square factor of 50. 50 equals 25 times 2. Always write the perfect square factor first.” Then it shows the square root of 50 and the square root of 25 times 2. The second row says, “Step 2. Use the product rule to rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals.” The second column is empty, but the third column shows the square root of 25 times the square root of 2. The third row says, “Step 3. Simplify the square root of the perfect square.” The second column is empty, but the third column shows 5 times the square root of 2.

Simplify: 48.

Solution

43

Simplify: 45.

Solution

35

Notice in the previous example that the simplified form of 50 is 52, which is the product of an integer and a square root. We always write the integer in front of the square root.

Simplify a square root using the product property.

  1. Find the largest perfect square factor of the radicand. Rewrite the radicand as a product using the perfect-square factor.
  2. Use the product rule to rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals.
  3. Simplify the square root of the perfect square.

Simplify: 500.

Solution

Solution

Illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying the square root of 500 by factoring out perfect squares.
500
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
100·5
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 100·5
Simplify. 105

Simplify: 288.

Solution

122

Simplify: 432.

Solution

123

We could use the simplified form 105 to estimate 500. We know 5 is between 2 and 3, and 500 is 105. So 500 is between 20 and 30.

The next example is much like the previous examples, but with variables.

Simplify: x3.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the square root expression sqrt(x^3), showing the procedure and the evolving mathematical form.
x3
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
x2·x
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. x2·x
Simplify. xx

Simplify: b5.

Solution

b2b

Simplify: p9.

Solution

p4p

We follow the same procedure when there is a coefficient in the radical, too.

Simplify: 25y5.

Solution

Solution

Illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying the square root expression sqrt(25y^5).
25y5
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
25y4·y
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 25y4·y
Simplify. 5y2y

Simplify: 16x7.

Solution

4x3x

Simplify: 49v9.

Solution

7v4v

In the next example both the constant and the variable have perfect square factors.

Simplify: 72n7.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a square root expression (sqrt(72n^7)), showing the process of extracting perfect square factors.
72n7
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
36n6·2n
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 36n6·2n
Simplify. 6n32n

Simplify: 32y5.

Solution

4y22y

Simplify: 75a9.

Solution

5a43a

Simplify: 63u3v5.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying the radical expression sqrt(63u^3v^5).
63u3v5
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
9u2v4·7uv
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 9u2v4·7uv
Simplify. 3uv27uv

Simplify: 98a7b5.

Solution

7a3b22ab

Simplify: 180m9n11.

Solution

6m4n55mn

We have seen how to use the Order of Operations to simplify some expressions with radicals. To simplify 25+144 we must simplify each square root separately first, then add to get the sum of 17.

The expression 17+7 cannot be simplified—to begin we’d need to simplify each square root, but neither 17 nor 7 contains a perfect square factor.

In the next example, we have the sum of an integer and a square root. We simplify the square root but cannot add the resulting expression to the integer.

Simplify: 3+32.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of the radical expression 3 + sqrt(32).
3+32
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
3+16·2
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 3+16·2
Simplify. 3+42

The terms are not like and so we cannot add them. Trying to add an integer and a radical is like trying to add an integer and a variable—they are not like terms!

Simplify: 5+75.

Solution

5+53

Simplify: 2+98.

Solution

2+72

The next example includes a fraction with a radical in the numerator. Remember that in order to simplify a fraction you need a common factor in the numerator and denominator.

Simplify: 4−482.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression (4 - 48)/2 to its simplified form 2(1 - 3).
4−482
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the
largest perfect square factor.
4−16·32
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 4−16·32
Simplify. 4−432
Factor the common factor from the numerator. 4(1−3)2
Remove the common factor, 2, from the
numerator and denominator.
2·2(1−3)2
Simplify. 2(1−3)

Simplify: 10−755.

Solution

2−3

Simplify: 6−453.

Solution

2−5

Use the Quotient Property to Simplify Square Roots

Whenever you have to simplify a square root, the first step you should take is to determine whether the radicand is a perfect square. A perfect square fraction is a fraction in which both the numerator and the denominator are perfect squares.

Simplify: 964.

Solution

Solution

964Since(38)2=96438

Simplify: 2516.

Solution

54

Simplify: 4981.

Solution

79

If the numerator and denominator have any common factors, remove them. You may find a perfect square fraction!

Simplify: 4580.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step process of simplifying a square root of a fraction, showing both the instructions and the corresponding mathematical expressions.
4580
Simplify inside the radical first. Rewrite
showing the common factors of the
numerator and denominator.
5·95·16
Simplify the fraction by removing common factors. 916
Simplify.(34)2=916 34

Simplify: 7548.

Solution

54

Simplify: 98162.

Solution

79

In the last example, our first step was to simplify the fraction under the radical by removing common factors. In the next example we will use the Quotient Property to simplify under the radical. We divide the like bases by subtracting their exponents, aman=am−n,a≠0.

Simplify: m6m4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression involving variables and exponents.
m6m4
Simplify the fraction inside the radical first.
Divide the like bases by subtracting the exponents. m2
Simplify. m

Simplify: a8a6.

Solution

a

Simplify: x14x10.

Solution

x2

Simplify: 48p73p3.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a radical algebraic expression.
48p73p3
Simplify the fraction inside the radical first. 16p4
Simplify. 4p2

Simplify: 75x53x.

Solution

5x2

Simplify: 72z122z10.

Solution

6z

Remember the Quotient to a Power Property? It said we could raise a fraction to a power by raising the numerator and denominator to the power separately.

(ab)m=ambm,b≠0

We can use a similar property to simplify a square root of a fraction. After removing all common factors from the numerator and denominator, if the fraction is not a perfect square we simplify the numerator and denominator separately.

Quotient Property of Square Roots

If a, b are non-negative real numbers and b≠0, then

ab=ab

Simplify: 2164.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression sqrt(21/64) using the quotient property of square roots.
2164
We cannot simplify the fraction inside the
radical. Rewrite using the quotient property.
2164
Simplify the square root of 64. The
numerator cannot be simplified.
218

Simplify: 1949.

Solution

197

Simplify: 2881.

Solution

279

How to Use the Quotient Property to Simplify a Square Root

Simplify: 27m3196.

Solution

Solution

This table has three columns and three rows. The first row reads, “Step 1. Simplify the fraction in the radicand, if possible.” Then it shows that 27 m cubed over 196 cannot be simplified. Then it shows the square root of 27 m cubed over 196. The second row says, “Step 2. Use the Quotient Property to rewrite the radical as the quotient of two radicals.” Then it says, “We rewrite the square root of 27 m cubed over 196 as the quotient of the square root of 27 m cubed and the square root of 196.” Then it shows the square root of 27 m cubed over the square root of 196. The third row says, “Step 3. Simplify the radicals in the numerator and the denominator.” Then it says, “9 m squared and 196 are perfect squares.” It then shows the square root of 9 m squared time the square root of 3 m over the square root of 196. It then shows 3 m times the square root of 3 m over 14.

Simplify: 24p349.

Solution

2p6p7

Simplify: 48x5100.

Solution

2x23x5

Simplify a square root using the quotient property.

  1. Simplify the fraction in the radicand, if possible.
  2. Use the Quotient Property to rewrite the radical as the quotient of two radicals.
  3. Simplify the radicals in the numerator and the denominator.

Simplify: 45x5y4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a radical expression involving a fraction, illustrating the application of the Quotient Property of radicals.
45x5y4
We cannot simplify the fraction in the
radicand. Rewrite using the Quotient Property.
45x5y4
Simplify the radicals in the numerator and the denominator. 9x4·5xy2
Simplify. 3x25xy2

Simplify: 80m3n6.

Solution

4m5mn3

Simplify: 54u7v8.

Solution

3u36uv4

Be sure to simplify the fraction in the radicand first, if possible.

Simplify: 81d925d4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a radical expression involving variables and fractions.
81d925d4
Simplify the fraction in the radicand. 81d525
Rewrite using the Quotient Property. 81d525
Simplify the radicals in the numerator and the denominator. 81d4·d5
Simplify. 9d2d5

Simplify: 64x79x3.

Solution

8x23

Simplify: 16a9100a5.

Solution

2a25

Simplify: 18p5q732pq2.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a radical expression with fractions and variables using algebraic properties.
18p5q732pq2
Simplify the fraction in the radicand, if possible. 9p4q516
Rewrite using the Quotient Property. 9p4q516
Simplify the radicals in the numerator and the denominator. 9p4q4·q4
Simplify. 3p2q2q4

Simplify: 50x5y372x4y.

Solution

5yx6

Simplify: 48m7n2125m5n9.

Solution

4m35n35n

Key Concepts

  • Simplified Square Root a is considered simplified if a has no perfect-square factors.
  • Product Property of Square Roots If a, b are non-negative real numbers, then
    ab=a·b
  • Simplify a Square Root Using the Product Property To simplify a square root using the Product Property:
    1. Find the largest perfect square factor of the radicand. Rewrite the radicand as a product using the perfect square factor.
    2. Use the product rule to rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals.
    3. Simplify the square root of the perfect square.
  • Quotient Property of Square Roots If a, b are non-negative real numbers and b≠0, then
    ab=ab



  • Simplify a Square Root Using the Quotient Property To simplify a square root using the Quotient Property:
    1. Simplify the fraction in the radicand, if possible.
    2. Use the Quotient Rule to rewrite the radical as the quotient of two radicals.
    3. Simplify the radicals in the numerator and the denominator.

Practice Makes Perfect

Use the Product Property to Simplify Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

27

Solution

33

80

125

Solution

55

96

200

Solution

102

147

450

Solution

152

252

800

Solution

202

288

675

Solution

153

1250

x7

Solution

x3x

y11

p3

Solution

pp

q5

m13

Solution

m6m

n21

r25

Solution

r12r

s33

49n17

Solution

7n8n

25m9

81r15

Solution

9r7r

100s19

98m5

Solution

7m22m

32n11

125r13

Solution

5r65r

80s15

200p13

Solution

10p62p

128q3

242m23

Solution

11m112m

175n13

147m7n11

Solution

7m3n53mn

48m7n5

75r13s9

Solution

5r6s43rs

96r3s3

300p9q11

Solution

10p4q53pq

192q3r7

242m13n21

Solution

11m6n102mn

150m9n3

5+12

Solution

5+23

8+96

1+45

Solution

1+35

3+125

10−242

Solution

5−6

8−804

3+903

Solution

1+10

15+755

Use the Quotient Property to Simplify Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

4964

Solution

78

10036

12116

Solution

114

144169

7298

Solution

67

7512

45125

Solution

35

300243

x10x6

Solution

x2

p20p10

y4y8

Solution

1y2

q8q14

200x72x3

Solution

10x2

98y112y5

96p96p

Solution

4p4

108q103q2

3635

Solution

635

14465

2081

Solution

259

21196

96x7121

Solution

4x36x11

108y449

300m564

Solution

5m23m4

125n7169

98r5100

Solution

7r22r10

180s10144

28q6225

Solution

2q3715

150r3256

75r9s8

Solution

5r43rs4

72x5y6

28p7q2

Solution

2p37pq

45r3s10

100x536x3

Solution

5x3

49r1216r6

121p581p2

Solution

11pp9

25r864r

32x5y318x3y

Solution

4xy3

75r6s848rs4

27p2q108p5q3

Solution

12pqp

50r5s2128r2s5

Everyday Math

  1. ⓐ Elliott decides to construct a square garden that will take up 288 square feet of his yard. Simplify 288 to determine the length and the width of his garden. Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.
  2. ⓑ Suppose Elliott decides to reduce the size of his square garden so that he can create a 5-foot-wide walking path on the north and east sides of the garden. Simplify 288−5 to determine the length and width of the new garden. Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.
Solution

ⓐ 17.0feet ⓑ 12.0feet

  1. ⓐ Melissa accidentally drops a pair of sunglasses from the top of a roller coaster, 64 feet above the ground. Simplify 6416 to determine the number of seconds it takes for the sunglasses to reach the ground.
  2. ⓑ Suppose the sunglasses in the previous example were dropped from a height of 144 feet. Simplify 14416 to determine the number of seconds it takes for the sunglasses to reach the ground.

Writing Exercises

Explain why x4=x2. Then explain why x16=x8.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Explain why 7+9 is not equal to 7+9.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columns and three rows. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “confidently,” “with some help,” and “no—I don’t get it!” The rows under “I can…” Read, “use the Product Property to simplify square roots.,” and “use the Quotient Property to simplify square roots.” The other rows unders the other columns are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

Add and Subtract Square Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Add and subtract like square roots
  • Add and subtract square roots that need simplification

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Add: ⓐ 3x+9x ⓑ 5m+5n.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

ⓐ 12x ⓑ 5m+5n

Simplify: 50x3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Simplify Square Roots.

Solution

5x2x

We know that we must follow the order of operations to simplify expressions with square roots. The radical is a grouping symbol, so we work inside the radical first. We simplify 2+7 in this way:

2+7Add inside the radical.9Simplify.3

So if we have to add 2+7, we must not combine them into one radical.

2+7≠2+7

Trying to add square roots with different radicands is like trying to add unlike terms.

But, just like we can addx+x,we can add3+3.x+x=2x3+3=23

Adding square roots with the same radicand is just like adding like terms. We call square roots with the same radicand like square roots to remind us they work the same as like terms.

Like Square Roots

Square roots with the same radicand are called like square roots.

We add and subtract like square roots in the same way we add and subtract like terms. We know that 3x+8x is 11x. Similarly we add 3x+8x and the result is 11x.

Add and Subtract Like Square Roots

Think about adding like terms with variables as you do the next few examples. When you have like radicands, you just add or subtract the coefficients. When the radicands are not like, you cannot combine the terms.

Simplify: 22−72.

Solution

Solution

Example demonstrating the subtraction of like radicals.
22−72
Since the radicals are like, we subtract the coefficients. −52

Simplify: 82−92.

Solution

−2

Simplify: 53−93.

Solution

−43

Simplify: 3y+4y.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates simplifying like radical expressions by adding their coefficients to obtain a combined radical term.
3y+4y
Since the radicals are like, we add the coefficients. 7y

Simplify: 2x+7x.

Solution

9x

Simplify: 5u+3u.

Solution

8u

Simplify: 4x−2y.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates why expressions with unlike radicals cannot be subtracted, illustrating the final form of such an expression.
4x−2y
Since the radicals are not like, we cannot
subtract them. We leave the expression as is.
4x−2y

Simplify: 7p−6q.

Solution

7p−6q

Simplify: 6a−3b.

Solution

6a−3b

Simplify: 513+413+213.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the process of adding like radicals, showing the initial expression, the rule applied, and the simplified result.
513+413+213
Since the radicals are like, we add the coefficients. 1113

Simplify: 411+211+311.

Solution

911

Simplify: 610+210+310.

Solution

1110

Simplify: 26−66+33.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a radical expression by combining like terms, showing the operation and the resulting expression.
26−66+33
Since the first two radicals are like, we
subtract their coefficients.
−46+33

Simplify: 55−45+26.

Solution

5+26

Simplify: 37−87+25.

Solution

−57+25

Simplify: 25n−65n+45n.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving like radicals, demonstrating its reduction to zero.
25n−65n+45n
Since the radicals are like, we combine them. 05n
Simplify. 0

Simplify: 7x−77x+47x.

Solution

−27x

Simplify: 43y−73y+23y.

Solution

−3y

When radicals contain more than one variable, as long as all the variables and their exponents are identical, the radicals are like.

Simplify: 3xy+53xy−43xy.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of a mathematical expression involving like radicals.
3xy+53xy−43xy
Since the radicals are like, we combine them. 23xy

Simplify: 5xy+45xy−75xy.

Solution

−25xy

Simplify: 37mn+7mn−47mn.

Solution

0

Add and Subtract Square Roots that Need Simplification

Remember that we always simplify square roots by removing the largest perfect-square factor. Sometimes when we have to add or subtract square roots that do not appear to have like radicals, we find like radicals after simplifying the square roots.

Simplify: 20+35.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying and combining radical expressions.
20+35
Simplify the radicals, when possible. 4·5+35
25+35
Combine the like radicals. 55

Simplify: 18+62.

Solution

92

Simplify: 27+43.

Solution

73

Simplify: 48−75.

Solution

Solution

Steps to simplify and combine square root expressions.
48−75
Simplify the radicals. 16·3−25·3
43−53
Combine the like radicals. −3

Simplify: 32−18.

Solution

2

Simplify: 20−45.

Solution

−5

Just like we use the Associative Property of Multiplication to simplify 5(3x) and get 15x, we can simplify 5(3x) and get 15x. We will use the Associative Property to do this in the next example.

Simplify: 518−28.

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification and combination of radical expressions.
518−28
Simplify the radicals. 5·9·2−2·4·2
5·3·2−2·2·2
152−42
Combine the like radicals. 112

Simplify: 427−312.

Solution

63

Simplify: 320−745.

Solution

−155

Simplify: 34192−56108.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving radicals.
34192−56108
Simplify the radicals. 3464·3−5636·3
34·8·3−56·6·3
63−53
Combine the like radicals. 3

Simplify: 23108−57147.

Solution

−3

Simplify: 35200−34128.

Solution

0

Simplify: 2348−3412.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a radical mathematical expression.
2348−3412
Simplify the radicals. 2316·3−344·3
23·4·3−34·2·3
833−323
Find a common denominator to subtract the
coefficients of the like radicals.
1663−963
Simplify. 763

Simplify: 2532−138.

Solution

14152

Simplify: 1380−14125.

Solution

1125

In the next example, we will remove constant and variable factors from the square roots.

Simplify: 18n5−32n5.

Solution

Solution

Illustrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving the subtraction of radical terms.
18n5−32n5
Simplify the radicals. 9n4·2n−16n4·2n
3n22n−4n22n
Combine the like radicals. −n22n

Simplify: 32m7−50m7.

Solution

−m32m

Simplify: 27p3−48p3.

Solution

−p3p

Simplify: 950m2−648m2.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression with radicals, showing reduction and the condition for combining terms.
950m2−648m2
Simplify the radicals. 925m2·2−616m2·3
9·5m·2−6·4m·3
45m2−24m3
The radicals are not like and so cannot be combined.

Simplify: 532x2−348x2.

Solution

20x2−12x3

Simplify: 748y2−472y2.

Solution

28y3−24y2

Simplify: 28x2−5x32+518x2.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression containing radicals.
28x2−5x32+518x2
Simplify the radicals. 24x2·2−5x16·2+59x2·2
2·2x·2−5x·4·2+5·3x·2
4x2−20x2+15x2
Combine the like radicals. −x2

Simplify: 312x2−2x48+427x2.

Solution

10x3

Simplify: 318x2−6x32+250x2.

Solution

−5x2

Access this online resource for additional instruction and practice with the adding and subtracting square roots.

  • Adding/Subtracting Square Roots

Key Concepts

  • To add or subtract like square roots, add or subtract the coefficients and keep the like square root.
  • Sometimes when we have to add or subtract square roots that do not appear to have like radicals, we find like radicals after simplifying the square roots.

Practice Makes Perfect

Add and Subtract Like Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

82−52

Solution

32

72−32

35+65

Solution

95

45+85

97−107

Solution

−7

117−127

7y+2y

Solution

9y

9n+3n

a−4a

Solution

−3a

b−6b

5c+2c

Solution

7c

7d+2d

8a−2b

Solution

8a−2b

5c−3d

5m+n

Solution

5m+n

n+3p

87+27+37

Solution

137

65+35+5

311+211−811

Solution

−311

215+515−915

33−83+75

Solution

−53+75

57−87+63

62+22−35

Solution

82−35

75+5−810

32a−42a+52a

Solution

42a

11b−511b+311b

83c+23c−93c

Solution

3c

35d+85d−115d

53ab+3ab−23ab

Solution

43ab

811cd+511cd−911cd

2pq−5pq+4pq

Solution

pq

112rs−92rs+32rs

Add and Subtract Square Roots that Need Simplification

In the following exercises, simplify.

50+42

Solution

92

48+23

80−35

Solution

5

28−47

27−75

Solution

−23

72−98

48+27

Solution

73

45+80

250−372

Solution

−82

398−128

212+348

Solution

163

475+2108

2372+1550

Solution

52

2575+3448

1220−2345

Solution

−5

2354−3496

1627−3848

Solution

−3

1832−11050

1498−13128

Solution

−11122

1324+1454

72a5−50a5

Solution

a22a

48b5−75b5

80c7−20c7

Solution

2c35c

96d9−24d9

980p4−698p4

Solution

36p25−42p22

872q6−375q6

250r8+454r8

Solution

10r42+12r46

527s6+220s6

320x2−445x2+5x80

Solution

14x5

228x2−63x2+6x7

3128y2+4y162−898y2

Solution

4y2

375y2+8y48−300y2

Mixed Practice

28+68−58

Solution

62

2327+3448

175k4−63k4

Solution

2k27

56162+316128

2363−2300

Solution

23

150+46

92−82

Solution

2

5x−8y

813−413−313

Solution

13

512c4−327c6

80a5−45a5

Solution

a25a

3575−1448

2119−219

Solution

1919

500+405

5627+5848

Solution

53

1111−1011

75−108

Solution

−3

298−472

424x2−54x2+3x6

Solution

8x6

880y6−648y6

Everyday Math

A decorator decides to use square tiles as an accent strip in the design of a new shower, but she wants to rotate the tiles to look like diamonds. She will use 9 large tiles that measure 8 inches on a side and 8 small tiles that measure 2 inches on a side. Determine the width of the accent strip by simplifying the expression 9(82)+8(22). (Round to the nearest tenth of an inch.)

Solution

124.5inches

Suzy wants to use square tiles on the border of a spa she is installing in her backyard. She will use large tiles that have area of 12 square inches, medium tiles that have area of 8 square inches, and small tiles that have area of 4 square inches. Once section of the border will require 4 large tiles, 8 medium tiles, and 10 small tiles to cover the width of the wall. Simplify the expression 412+88+104 to determine the width of the wall. (Round to the nearest tenth of an inch.)

Writing Exercises

Explain the difference between like radicals and unlike radicals. Make sure your answer makes sense for radicals containing both numbers and variables.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Explain the process for determining whether two radicals are like or unlike. Make sure your answer makes sense for radicals containing both numbers and variables.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columns and three rows. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No – I don’t get it!” Under the “I can…” column the rows read, “add and subtract like square roots.,” and “add and subtract square roots that need simplification.” The other rows under the other columns are empty.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

like square roots
Square roots with the same radicand are called like square roots.

Multiply Square Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Multiply square roots
  • Use polynomial multiplication to multiply square roots

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: (3u)(8v).
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents.

Solution

24uv

Simplify: 6(12−7n).
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Multiply Polynomials.

Solution

72−42n

Simplify: (2+a)(4−a).
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Multiply Polynomials.

Solution

8+2a+a2

Multiply Square Roots

We have used the Product Property of Square Roots to simplify square roots by removing the perfect square factors. The Product Property of Square Roots says

ab=a·b

We can use the Product Property of Square Roots ‘in reverse’ to multiply square roots.

a·b=ab

Remember, we assume all variables are greater than or equal to zero.

We will rewrite the Product Property of Square Roots so we see both ways together.

Product Property of Square Roots

If a, b are nonnegative real numbers, then

ab=a·banda·b=ab

So we can multiply 3·5 in this way:

3·53·515

Sometimes the product gives us a perfect square:

2·82·8164

Even when the product is not a perfect square, we must look for perfect-square factors and simplify the radical whenever possible.

Multiplying radicals with coefficients is much like multiplying variables with coefficients. To multiply 4x·3y we multiply the coefficients together and then the variables. The result is 12xy. Keep this in mind as you do these examples.

Simplify: ⓐ 2·6 ⓑ (43)(212).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying the product of square roots, from initial multiplication to the final simplified radical form.
2·6
Multiply using the Product Property. 12
Simplify the radical. 4·3
Simplify. 23
ⓑ
This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of a radical expression, from multiplication to a final integer result.
(43)(212)
Multiply using the Product Property. 836
Simplify the radical. 8·6
Simplify. 48

Notice that in (b) we multiplied the coefficients and multiplied the radicals. Also, we did not simplify 12. We waited to get the product and then simplified.

Simplify: ⓐ 3·6 ⓑ (26)(312).

Solution

ⓐ 32 ⓑ 362

Simplify: ⓐ 5·10 ⓑ (63)(56).

Solution

ⓐ 52 ⓑ 902

Simplify: (62)(310).

Solution

Solution

Demonstration of simplifying a radical expression by multiplication, showing each procedural step and its corresponding mathematical form.
(62)(310)
Multiply using the Product Property. 1820
Simplify the radical. 184·5
Simplify. 18·2·5
365

Simplify: (32)(230).

Solution

1215

Simplify: (33)(36).

Solution

272

When we have to multiply square roots, we first find the product and then remove any perfect square factors.

Simplify: ⓐ (8x3)(3x) ⓑ (20y2)(5y3).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a product involving square root expressions.
(8x3)(3x)
Multiply using the Product Property. 24x4
Simplify the radical. 4x4·6
Simplify. 2x26
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of a product of square root expressions.
(20y2)(5y3)
Multiply using the Product Property. 100y5
Simplify the radical. 10y2y

Simplify: ⓐ (6x3)(3x) ⓑ (2y3)(50y2).

Solution

ⓐ 3x22 ⓑ 10y2y

Simplify: ⓐ (6x5)(2x) ⓑ (12y2)(3y5).

Solution

ⓐ 2x33 ⓑ 6y3y

Simplify: (106p3)(318p).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression (10sqrt(6p^3))(3sqrt(18p)) to its simplified form 180p^2sqrt(3).
(106p3)(318p)
Multiply. 30108p4
Simplify the radical. 3036p4·3
30·6p2·3
180p23

Simplify: (62x2)(845x4).

Solution

144x310

Simplify: (26y4)(1230y).

Solution

144y25y

Simplify: ⓐ (2)2 ⓑ (−11)2.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of (sqrt(2))^2, illustrating how squaring a square root yields the base number 2.
(2)2
Rewrite as a product. (2)(2)
Multiply. 4
Simplify. 2
ⓑ
Steps to simplify a squared square root expression, showing rewriting, multiplication, and final integer result.
(−11)2
Rewrite as a product. (−11)(−11)
Multiply. 121
Simplify. 11

Simplify: ⓐ (12)2 ⓑ (−15)2.

Solution

ⓐ 12 ⓑ 15

Simplify: ⓐ (16)2 ⓑ (−20)2.

Solution

ⓐ 16 ⓑ 20

The results of the previous example lead us to this property.

Squaring a Square Root

If a is a nonnegative real number, then

(a)2=a

By realizing that squaring and taking a square root are ‘opposite’ operations, we can simplify (2)2 and get 2 right away. When we multiply the two like square roots in part (a) of the next example, it is the same as squaring.

Simplify: ⓐ (23)(83) ⓑ (36)2.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of the product of radical expressions, (23)(83), to its integer value.
(23)(83)
Multiply. Remember, (3)2=3. 16·3
Simplify. 48
ⓑ
Illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the mathematical expression (36) to its final value, 54.
(36)2
Multiply. 9·6
Simplify. 54

Simplify: ⓐ (611)(511) ⓑ (58)2.

Solution

ⓐ 330 ⓑ 200

Simplify: ⓐ (37)(107) ⓑ (−46)2.

Solution

ⓐ 210 ⓑ 96

Use Polynomial Multiplication to Multiply Square Roots

In the next few examples, we will use the Distributive Property to multiply expressions with square roots.

We will first distribute and then simplify the square roots when possible.

Simplify: ⓐ 3(5−2) ⓑ 2(4−10).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the distributive property by showing an algebraic expression and its expanded form after distribution.
3(5−2)
Distribute. 15−32
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of a mathematical expression, illustrating distribution and reduction of square roots.
2(4−10)
Distribute. 42−20
42−25

Simplify: ⓐ 2(3−5) ⓑ 3(2−18).

Solution

ⓐ 6−25 ⓑ 23−36

Simplify: ⓐ 6(2+6) ⓑ 7(1+14).

Solution

ⓐ 12+66 ⓑ 7+72

Simplify: ⓐ 5(7+25) ⓑ 6(2+18).

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the mathematical expression \(\\sqrt{5}(7 + 2\\sqrt{5})\), detailing the multiplication and final simplified form.
5(7+25)
Multiply. 75+2·5
Simplify. 75+10
10+75
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression sqrt(6)*(sqrt(2) + sqrt(18)).
6(2+18)
Multiply. 12+108
Simplify. 4·3+36·3
23+63
Combine like radicals. 83

Simplify: ⓐ 6(1+36) ⓑ 12(3+24).

Solution

ⓐ 18+6 ⓑ 6+122

Simplify: ⓐ 8(2−58) ⓑ 14(2+42).

Solution

ⓐ −40+42 ⓑ 27+143

When we worked with polynomials, we multiplied binomials by binomials. Remember, this gave us four products before we combined any like terms. To be sure to get all four products, we organized our work—usually by the FOIL method.

Simplify: (2+3)(4−3).

Solution

Solution

Steps to multiply and simplify an expression involving binomials with square roots.
(2+3)(4−3)
Multiply. 8−23+43−3
Combine like terms. 5+23

Simplify: (1+6)(3−6).

Solution

−3+26

Simplify: (4−10)(2+10).

Solution

−2+210

Simplify: (3−27)(4−27).

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step multiplication and simplification of an algebraic expression involving square roots.
(3−27)(4−27)
Multiply. 12−67−87+4·7
Simplify. 12−67−87+28
Combine like terms. 40−147

Simplify: (6−37)(3+47).

Solution

−66+157

Simplify: (2−311)(4−11).

Solution

41−1411

Simplify: (32−5)(2+45).

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step multiplication and simplification of an algebraic expression involving square roots, showing each operation and the resulting expression.
(32−5)(2+45)
Multiply. 3·2+1210−10−4·5
Simplify. 6+1210−10−20
Combine like terms. −14+1110

Simplify: (53−7)(3+27).

Solution

1+921

Simplify: (6−38)(26+8)

Solution

−12−203

Simplify: (4−2x)(1+3x).

Solution

Solution

This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of the algebraic expression (4-2x)(1+3x) by multiplication and combining like terms.
(4−2x)(1+3x)
Multiply. 4+12x−2x−6x
Combine like terms. 4+10x−6x

Simplify: (6−5m)(2+3m).

Solution

12+8m−15m

Simplify: (10+3n)(1−5n).

Solution

10−47n−15n

Note that some special products made our work easier when we multiplied binomials earlier. This is true when we multiply square roots, too. The special product formulas we used are shown below.

Special Product Formulas

Binomial SquaresProduct of Conjugates(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a−b)(a+b)=a2−b2(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2

We will use the special product formulas in the next few examples. We will start with the Binomial Squares formula.

Simplify: ⓐ (2+3)2 ⓑ (4−25)2.

Solution

Solution

Be sure to include the 2ab term when squaring a binomial.

  1. ⓐ
    Algebraic identity (a + b)² in red, contrasted with its numerical application (2 + √3)² in black, showcasing the square of a sum.
    Multiply using the binomial square pattern. A mathematical expression illustrating the algebraic identity (a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2, with 'a' represented by 2 and 'b' by the square root of 3.
    Simplify. The image displays the mathematical expression: 4 + 4√3 + 3, which includes integers and a radical term.
    Combine like terms. The image displays the mathematical expression '7 + 4 times the square root of 3' on a white background. The numbers and symbols are clear and centrally located.
  2. ⓑ
    Mathematical expressions for (a-b)^2 in red and (4-2√5)^2 in black, illustrating the application of an algebraic identity to a numerical problem.
    Multiply using the binomial square pattern. The algebraic identity a^2 - 2ab + b^2 illustrated with a=4 and b=2sqrt(5) in an expanded form.
    Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the simplification of 16 - 16√5 + 4 * 5 to 16 - 16√5 + 20, where the multiplication 4 * 5 has been performed.
    Combine like terms. A mathematical expression displaying 36 - 16 times the square root of 5 on a white background.

Simplify: ⓐ (10+2)2 ⓑ (1+36)2.

Solution

ⓐ 102+202 ⓑ 55+66

Simplify: ⓐ (6−5)2 ⓑ (9−210)2.

Solution

ⓐ 41−125 ⓑ 121−3610

Simplify: (1+3x)2.

Solution

Solution

An image showcasing the algebraic identity (a+b)^2 in red, followed by a specific example (1+3√x)^2 in black, illustrating the square of a binomial.
Multiply using the binomial square pattern. An algebraic expression demonstrating the binomial square formula (a+b)^2, where a=1 and b=3sqrt(x) are substituted into the expansion a^2 + 2ab + b^2.
Simplify. The mathematical expression '1 + 6√x + 9x' is displayed, an algebraic sum involving a constant, a term with the square root of x, and a term with x.

Simplify: (2+5m)2.

Solution

4+20m+25m

Simplify: (3−4n)2.

Solution

9−24n+16n

In the next two examples, we will find the product of conjugates.

Simplify: (4−2)(4+2).

Solution

Solution

The difference of squares formula, a minus b times a plus b equals a squared minus b squared, is shown. The example uses 4 minus the square root of 2 and 4 plus the square root of 2.
Multiply using the binomial square pattern. The difference of squares formula, a^2 - b^2, applied to 4^2 - (sqrt(2))^2.
Simplify. A simple subtraction problem with the numbers 16 minus 2, equaling 14, displayed vertically on a white background.

Simplify: (2−3)(2+3).

Solution

1

Simplify: (1+5)(1−5).

Solution

−4

Simplify: (5−23)(5+23).

Solution

Solution

This image highlights the difference of squares formula, (a - b)(a + b), demonstrating its application with the numerical example (5 - 2√3)(5 + 2√3).
Multiply using the binomial square pattern. A mathematical expression displaying the difference of two squares. The formula a^2 - b^2 is shown above the specific calculation 5^2 - (2√3)^2, illustrating its application.
Simplify. A fraction displaying the operation (25 - 4 * 3) divided by 13. Following the order of operations, the numerator simplifies to 25 - 12 = 13, making the fraction 13/13, which equals 1.

Simplify: (3−25)(3+25).

Solution

−11

Simplify: (4+57)(4−57).

Solution

−159

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with multiplying square roots.

  • Product Property
  • Multiply Binomials with Square Roots

Key Concepts

  • Product Property of Square Roots If a, b are nonnegative real numbers, then
    ab=a·banda·b=ab
  • Special formulas for multiplying binomials and conjugates:
    (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a−b)(a+b)=a2−b2(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2
  • The FOIL method can be used to multiply binomials containing radicals.

Practice Makes Perfect

Multiply Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 2·8 ⓑ (33)(218)

Solution

ⓐ 4 ⓑ 186

ⓐ 6·6 ⓑ (32)(232)

ⓐ 7·14 ⓑ (48)(58)

Solution

ⓐ 72 ⓑ 160

ⓐ 6·12 ⓑ (25)(210)

(52)(36)

Solution

303

(23)(46)

(−23)(318)

Solution

−186

(−45)(510)

(56)(−12)

Solution

−302

(62)(−10)

(−27)(−214)

Solution

282

(−211)(−422)

ⓐ (15y)(5y3) ⓑ (2n2)(18n3)

Solution

ⓐ 5y23 ⓑ 6n2n

ⓐ (14x3)(7x3) ⓑ (3q2)(48q3)

ⓐ (16y2)(8y4) ⓑ (11s6)(11s)

Solution

ⓐ 8y32 ⓑ 11s3s

ⓐ (8x3)(3x) ⓑ (7r)(7r8)

(25b3)(415b)

Solution

40b23

(38c5)(26c3)

(52d7)(350d3)

Solution

150d5

46t233t2

34y439y5

Solution

54y4y

(−27z3)(314z8)

(42k5)(−332k6)

Solution

−96k5k

ⓐ (7)2 ⓑ (−15)2

ⓐ (11)2 ⓑ (−21)2

Solution

ⓐ 11 ⓑ 21

ⓐ (19)2 ⓑ (−5)2


ⓐ (23)2
ⓑ (−3)2

Solution

ⓐ 23 ⓑ 3

ⓐ (411)(−311) ⓑ (53)2

ⓐ (213)(−913) ⓑ (65)2

Solution

ⓐ −234 ⓑ 180

ⓐ (−312)(−26) ⓑ (−410)2

ⓐ (−75)(−310) ⓑ (−214)2

Solution

ⓐ 1052 ⓑ 56

Use Polynomial Multiplication to Multiply Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 3(4−3) ⓑ 2(4−6)

ⓐ 4(6−11) ⓑ 2(5−12)

Solution

ⓐ 24−411 ⓑ 52−26

ⓐ 5(3−7) ⓑ 3(4−15)

ⓐ 7(−2−11) ⓑ 7(6−14)

Solution

ⓐ −14−711 ⓑ 67−72

ⓐ 7(5+27) ⓑ 5(10+18)

ⓐ 11(8+411) ⓑ 3(12+27)

Solution

ⓐ 44+811 ⓑ 15

ⓐ 11(−3+411) ⓑ 3(15−18)

ⓐ 2(−5+92) ⓑ 7(3−21)

Solution

ⓐ 18−52 ⓑ 21−73

(8+3)(2−3)

(7+3)(9−3)

Solution

60+23

(8−2)(3+2)

(9−2)(6+2)

Solution

52+32

(3−7)(5−7)

(5−7)(4−7)

Solution

27−97

(1+310)(5−210)

(7−25)(4+95)

Solution

−62+555

(3+10)(3+210)

(11+5)(11+65)

Solution

41+755

(27−511)(47+911)

(46+713)(86−313)

Solution

−81+4478

(5−u)(3+u)

(9−w)(2+w)

Solution

18+7w−w

(7+2m)(4+9m)

(6+5n)(11+3n)

Solution

66+73n+15n


ⓐ (3+5)2
ⓑ (2−53)2

ⓐ (4+11)2 ⓑ (3−25)2

Solution

ⓐ 27+811 ⓑ 29−125

ⓐ (9−6)2 ⓑ (10+37)2

ⓐ (5−10)2 ⓑ (8+32)2

Solution

ⓐ 35−1010 ⓑ 82+482

(3−5)(3+5)

(10−3)(10+3)

Solution

97

(4+2)(4−2)

(7+10)(7−10)

Solution

39

(4+93)(4−93)

(1+82)(1−82)

Solution

−127

(12−55)(12+55)

(9−43)(9+43)

Solution

33

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, simplify.

3·21

(46)(−18)

Solution

−243

(−5+7)(6+21)

(−57)(621)

Solution

−2103

(−42)(218)

(35y3)(7y3)

Solution

7y35

(412x5)(26x3)

(29)2

Solution

29

(−417)(−317)

(−4+17)(−3+17)

Solution

29−717

Everyday Math

A landscaper wants to put a square reflecting pool next to a triangular deck, as shown below. The triangular deck is a right triangle, with legs of length 9 feet and 11 feet, and the pool will be adjacent to the hypotenuse.

  1. ⓐ Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of a side of the pool. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.
  2. ⓑ Find the exact area of the pool.
This figure is an illustration of a square pool with a deck in the shape of a right triangle. the pool's sides are x inches long while the deck's hypotenuse is x inches long and its legs are nine and eleven inches long.

An artist wants to make a small monument in the shape of a square base topped by a right triangle, as shown below. The square base will be adjacent to one leg of the triangle. The other leg of the triangle will measure 2 feet and the hypotenuse will be 5 feet.

  1. ⓐ Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of a side of the square base. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.
    This figure shows a marble sculpture in the form of a square with a right triangle resting on top of it. The sides of the square are x inches long, the legs of the triangle are x and two inches long, and the hypotenuse of the triangle is five inches long.
  2. ⓑ Find the exact area of the face of the square base.
Solution

ⓐ 4.6feet ⓑ 21sq. feet

A square garden will be made with a stone border on one edge. If only 3+10 feet of stone are available, simplify (3+10)2 to determine the area of the largest such garden. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.

A garden will be made so as to contain two square sections, one section with side length 5+6 yards and one section with side length 2+3 yards. Simplify 5+62+2+32 to determine the total area of the garden. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Solution

31.9squareyards

Suppose a third section will be added to the garden in the previous exercise. The third section is to have a width of 432 yards. Write an expression that gives the total area of the garden.

Writing Exercises

  1. ⓐ Explain why (−n)2 is always positive, for n≥0.
  2. ⓑ Explain why −n2 is always negative, for n≥0.
Solution

ⓐ when squaring a negative, it becomes a positive ⓑ since the negative is not included in the parenthesis, it is not squared, and remains negative

Use the binomial square pattern to simplify (3+2)2. Explain all your steps.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columns and three rows. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “confidently.,” “with some help.,” and “no minus I don’t get it!” The rows under the “I can…” column read, “multiply square roots.,” and “use polynomial multiplication to multiply square roots.” The other rows under the other columns are empty.

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

Divide Square Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Divide square roots
  • Rationalize a one-term denominator
  • Rationalize a two-term denominator

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Find a fraction equivalent to 58 with denominator 48.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

3048

Simplify: (5)2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Multiply Square Roots.

Solution

5

Multiply: (7+3x)(7−3x).
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Special Products.

Solution

49−9x2

Divide Square Roots

We know that we simplify fractions by removing factors common to the numerator and the denominator. When we have a fraction with a square root in the numerator, we first simplify the square root. Then we can look for common factors.

This figure shows two columns. The first is labeled “Common Factors” and has 3 times the square root of 2 over 3 times 5 beneath it. Both number threes are red. The second column is labeled “No common factors” and has 2 times the square root of 3 over 3 times 5.

Simplify: 546.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the radical expression sqrt(54)/6, demonstrating the process from its initial to its final simplified form.
546
Simplify the radical. 9·66
Simplify. 366
Remove the common factors. 363·2
Simplify. 62

Simplify: 328.

Solution

22

Simplify: 7515.

Solution

33

Simplify: 6−2412.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide to simplifying the radical expression (6 - sqrt(24)) / 12, demonstrating each transformation to arrive at (3 - sqrt(6)) / 6.
6−2412
Simplify the radical. 6−4·612
Simplify. 6−2612
Factor the common factor from the numerator. 2(3−6)2·6
Remove the common factors. 2(3−6)2·6
Simplify. 3−66

Simplify: 8−4010.

Solution

4−105

Simplify: 10−7520.

Solution

2−34

We have used the Quotient Property of Square Roots to simplify square roots of fractions. The Quotient Property of Square Roots says

ab=ab,b≠0

Sometimes we will need to use the Quotient Property of Square Roots ‘in reverse’ to simplify a fraction with square roots.

ab=ab,b≠0

We will rewrite the Quotient Property of Square Roots so we see both ways together. Remember: we assume all variables are greater than or equal to zero so that their square roots are real numbers.

Quotient Property of Square Roots

If a, b are non-negative real numbers and b≠0, then

ab=abandab=ab

We will use the Quotient Property of Square Roots ‘in reverse’ when the fraction we start with is the quotient of two square roots, and neither radicand is a perfect square. When we write the fraction in a single square root, we may find common factors in the numerator and denominator.

Simplify: 2775.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step guide on simplifying the rational expression sqrt(27)/sqrt(75), detailing each procedural step and the corresponding mathematical expression.
2775
Neither radicand is a perfect square, so rewrite using the quotient property of square roots. 2775
Remove common factors in the numerator and denominator. 3·93·25
Simplify. 925
35

Simplify: 48108.

Solution

23

Simplify: 9654.

Solution

43

We will use the Quotient Property for Exponents, aman=am−n, when we have variables with exponents in the radicands.

Simplify: 6y52y.

Solution

Solution

Steps to simplify the quotient of two square root expressions involving variables.
6y52y
Neither radicand is a perfect square, so rewrite using the quotient property of square roots. 6y52y
Remove common factors in the numerator and denominator. 2·3·y4·y2·y
Simplify. 3y4
Simplify the radical. y23

Simplify: 12r36r.

Solution

r2

Simplify: 14p92p5.

Solution

p27

Simplify: 72x3162x.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a radical expression involving a quotient of square roots.
72x3162x
Rewrite using the quotient property of square roots. 72x3162x
Remove common factors. 18·4·x2·x18·9·x
Simplify. 4x29
Simplify the radical. 2x3

Simplify: 50s3128s.

Solution

5s8

Simplify: 75q5108q.

Solution

5q26

Simplify: 147ab83a3b4.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step simplification of a rational expression with square roots, demonstrating algebraic properties.
147ab83a3b4
Rewrite using the quotient property of square roots. 147ab83a3b4
Remove common factors. 49b4a2
Simplify the radical. 7b2a

Simplify: 162x10y22x6y6.

Solution

9x2y2

Simplify: 300m3n73m5n.

Solution

10n3m

Rationalize a One Term Denominator

Before the calculator became a tool of everyday life, tables of square roots were used to find approximate values of square roots. Figure 1 shows a portion of a table of squares and square roots. Square roots are approximated to five decimal places in this table.

This table has three solumn and eleven rows. The columns are labeled, “n,” “n squared,” and “the square root of n.” Under the column labeled “n” are the following numbers: 200; 201; 202; 203; 204; 205; 206; 207; 208; 209; and 210. Under the column labeled, “n squared” are the following numbers: 40,000; 40,401; 40,804; 41,209; 41,616; 42,025; 42,436; 42,849; 43,264; 43,681; 44,100. Under the column labeled, “the square root of n” are the following numbers: 14.14214; 14.17745; 14.21267; 14.24781; 14.28286; 14.31782; 14.35270; 14.38749; 14.42221; 14.45683; 14.49138.
A table of square roots was used to find approximate values of square roots before there were calculators.

If someone needed to approximate a fraction with a square root in the denominator, it meant doing long division with a five decimal-place divisor. This was a very cumbersome process.

For this reason, a process called rationalizing the denominator was developed. A fraction with a radical in the denominator is converted to an equivalent fraction whose denominator is an integer. This process is still used today and is useful in other areas of mathematics, too.

Rationalizing the Denominator

The process of converting a fraction with a radical in the denominator to an equivalent fraction whose denominator is an integer is called rationalizing the denominator.

Square roots of numbers that are not perfect squares are irrational numbers. When we rationalize the denominator, we write an equivalent fraction with a rational number in the denominator.

Let’s look at a numerical example.

Suppose we need an approximate value for the fraction.12A five decimal place approximation to2is1.41421.11.41421Without a calculator, would you want to do this division?1.414211.0

But we can find a fraction equivalent to 12 by multiplying the numerator and denominator by 2.

This figure shows three fractions. The first fraction is 1 over the square root of 2. The second is 1 times the square root of 2 over the square root of 2 times the square root of 2. The third shows the square root of 2 over 2.

Now if we need an approximate value, we divide 21.41421. This is much easier.

Even though we have calculators available nearly everywhere, a fraction with a radical in the denominator still must be rationalized. It is not considered simplified if the denominator contains a square root.

Similarly, a square root is not considered simplified if the radicand contains a fraction.

Simplified Square Roots

A square root is considered simplified if there are

  • no perfect-square factors in the radicand
  • no fractions in the radicand
  • no square roots in the denominator of a fraction

To rationalize a denominator, we use the property that (a)2=a. If we square an irrational square root, we get a rational number.

We will use this property to rationalize the denominator in the next example.

Simplify: 43.

Solution

Solution

To rationalize a denominator, we can multiply a square root by itself. To keep the fraction equivalent, we multiply both the numerator and denominator by the same factor.

This table illustrates the step-by-step process of rationalizing the denominator of a fraction containing a square root.
43
Multiply both the numerator and denominator by 3. 4·33·3
Simplify. 433

Simplify: 53.

Solution

533

Simplify: 65.

Solution

655

Simplify: −836.

Solution

Solution

To remove the square root from the denominator, we multiply it by itself. To keep the fractions equivalent, we multiply both the numerator and denominator by 6.

A mathematical expression displaying a fraction with a negative sign, where the numerator is 8 and the denominator is 3 multiplied by the square root of 6, represented as -8 / (3sqrt(6)).
Multiply both the numerator and the denominator by 6. A mathematical expression showing the process of rationalizing a denominator, where both the numerator and denominator are multiplied by the square root of 6.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing a negative fraction: - (8 times the square root of 6) divided by (3 multiplied by 6).
Remove common factors. A mathematical expression showing a negative fraction where the factor 2 is crossed out in both the numerator and denominator. The numerator is 4 times the cancelled 2 times the square root of 6, and the denominator is 3 times the cancelled 2 times 3.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing negative four times the square root of six, all divided by nine. It's written as -4sqrt(6)/9.

Simplify: 525.

Solution

52

Simplify: −943.

Solution

−334

Always simplify the radical in the denominator first, before you rationalize it. This way the numbers stay smaller and easier to work with.

Simplify: 512.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression displays the square root of the fraction 5/12, with the numerator 5 and the denominator 12 clearly visible under the radical symbol.
The fraction is not a perfect square, so rewrite using the
Quotient Property.
Mathematical expression: square root of 5 over square root of 12.
Simplify the denominator A mathematical fraction with the square root of 5 in the numerator and 2 times the square root of 3 in the denominator.
Rationalize the denominator. A mathematical expression illustrating the process of rationalizing a denominator, specifically multiplying both the numerator and denominator by the square root of 3.
Simplify. A mathematical fraction with the square root of 15 in the numerator and 2 multiplied by 3 in the denominator.
Simplify. The mathematical expression showing the square root of 15, all divided by 6.

Simplify: 718.

Solution

146

Simplify: 332.

Solution

68

Simplify: 1128.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing the square root of the fraction 11 over 28.
Rewrite using the Quotient Property. A mathematical expression showing the square root of 11 divided by the square root of 28, presented as a fraction.
Simplify the denominator. A mathematical expression showing the square root of 11 divided by 2 times the square root of 7, represented as sqrt(11) / (2*sqrt(7)).
Rationalize the denominator. Step in simplifying a radical expression by multiplying numerator and denominator by the square root of 7.
Simplify. A mathematical expression displaying the square root of 77 divided by the product of 2 and 7.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing the square root of 77 divided by 14. The numerator is the square root of 77, and the denominator is 14.

Simplify: 327.

Solution

13

Simplify: 1050.

Solution

55

Rationalize a Two-Term Denominator

When the denominator of a fraction is a sum or difference with square roots, we use the Product of Conjugates pattern to rationalize the denominator.

(a−b)(a+b)(2−5)(2+5)a2−b222−(5)24−5−1

When we multiply a binomial that includes a square root by its conjugate, the product has no square roots.

Simplify: 44+2.

Solution

Solution

A fraction with 4 in the numerator and 4 + square root of 2 in the denominator.
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 4(4-sqrt(2)) divided by the product of (4+sqrt(2)) and (4-sqrt(2)), with (4-sqrt(2)) highlighted in red in both the numerator and denominator.
Multiply the conjugates in the denominator. A mathematical fraction is shown. The numerator is 4(4 - square root of 2). The denominator is 4 squared - (square root of 2) squared.
Simplify the denominator. A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is 4(4 - square root of 2), and the denominator is 16 - 2.
Simplify the denominator. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 4 multiplied by (4 minus the square root of 2), all divided by 14.
Remove common factors from the numerator and denominator. A mathematical expression representing the fraction 2 multiplied by the quantity 4 minus the square root of 2, all divided by 7.
We leave the numerator in factored form to make it easier to look for common factors after we have simplified the denominator.

Simplify: 22+3.

Solution

2(2−3)1

Simplify: 55+3.

Solution

5(5−3)22

Simplify: 52−3.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical fraction is displayed, with 5 as the numerator and (2 - sqrt(3)) as the denominator. This represents the expression 5 / (2 minus the square root of 3).
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator. A fraction: 5(2 + sqrt(3)) / ((2 - sqrt(3))(2 + sqrt(3))). The common term (2 + sqrt(3)) is highlighted in red in both the numerator and denominator, indicating a step in simplification.
Multiply the conjugates in the denominator. A mathematical expression showing a fraction. The numerator is 5 times (2 plus the square root of 3). The denominator is 2 squared minus the square root of 3 squared.
Simplify the denominator. A mathematical expression showing a fraction with 5 multiplied by (2 plus the square root of 3) in the numerator, and (4 minus 3) in the denominator, on a white background.
Simplify the denominator. A mathematical expression showing the fraction 5(2 +  3)/1.
Simplify. The mathematical expression 5 multiplied by the sum of 2 and the square root of 3 is shown on a white background. It represents 5(2 + 'sqrt'(3)).

Simplify: 31−5.

Solution

−3(1+5)4

Simplify: 24−6.

Solution

4+65

Simplify: 3u−6.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical expression showing a fraction with the square root of 3 in the numerator and the square root of u minus the square root of 6 in the denominator.
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator. A fraction with a square root of three times the quantity of the square root of u plus the square root of six in the numerator. The denominator is the product of the quantity of the square root of u minus the square root of six and the quantity of the square root of u plus the square root of six.
Multiply the conjugates in the denominator. A mathematical expression showing the fraction: square root of 3 multiplied by the sum of square root of 'u' and square root of 6, all divided by 'u' minus 6.
Simplify the denominator. A fraction with a numerator of 'square root 3 times the quantity square root u plus square root 6' and a denominator of 'u minus 6'.

Simplify: 5x+2.

Solution

5(x−2)x−2

Simplify: 10y−3.

Solution

10(y+3)y−3

Simplify: x+7x−7.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical fraction is displayed, with the numerator as the square root of x plus the square root of 7, and the denominator as the square root of x minus the square root of 7.
Multiply the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator. An algebraic fraction showing (sqrt(x)+sqrt(7))^2 divided by (sqrt(x)-sqrt(7))(sqrt(x)+sqrt(7)), illustrating a step in simplifying radical expressions.
Multiply the conjugates in the denominator. A mathematical fraction with the numerator as the product of (square root x + square root 7) and (square root x + square root 7), and the denominator as (square root x) squared minus (square root 7) squared.
Simplify the denominator. A fraction with numerator (sqrt(x) + sqrt(7))^2 and denominator (x - 7).
We do not square the numerator. In factored form, we can see there are no common factors to remove from the numerator and denominator.

Simplify: p+2p−2.

Solution

(p+2)p−22

Simplify: q−10q+10.

Solution

(q−10)q−102

Access this online resource for additional instruction and practice with dividing and rationalizing.

  • Dividing and Rationalizing

Key Concepts

  • Quotient Property of Square Roots
    • If a, b are non-negative real numbers and b≠0, then
      ab=abandab=ab
  • Simplified Square Roots
    A square root is considered simplified if there are
    • no perfect square factors in the radicand
    • no fractions in the radicand
    • no square roots in the denominator of a fraction

Practice Makes Perfect

Divide Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

276

Solution

32

5010

729

Solution

223

2436

2−328

Solution

1−224

3+279

6+456

Solution

2+52

10−20020

80125

Solution

45

72200

12872

Solution

43

4875

ⓐ 8x62x2 ⓑ 200m598m

Solution

ⓐ 2x2 ⓑ 10m27

ⓐ 10y35y ⓑ 108n7243n3

75r3108r

Solution

5r6

196q5484q

108p5q23p3q6

Solution

6p102q2

98rs102r3s4

320mn545m7n3

Solution

8n3m3

810c3d71000c5d

9814

Solution

22

7218

5+12515

Solution

1+53

6−4512

96150

Solution

45

2863

26y72y

Solution

y313

15x33x

Rationalize a One-Term Denominator

In the following exercises, simplify and rationalize the denominator.

106

Solution

563

83

67

Solution

677

45

313

Solution

31313

1011

10310

Solution

103

252

495

Solution

4545

927

−923

Solution

−332

−836

320

Solution

1510

427

740

Solution

7020

845

19175

Solution

13335

17192

Rationalize a Two-Term Denominator

In the following exercises, simplify by rationalizing the denominator.

ⓐ 33+11 ⓑ 81−5

Solution

ⓐ 3(3−11)−2 ⓑ −2(1+5)

ⓐ 44+7 ⓑ 72−6

ⓐ 55+6 ⓑ 63−7

Solution

ⓐ 5(5−6)19 ⓑ 3(3+7)

ⓐ 66+5 ⓑ 54−11

3m−5

Solution

3(m+5)m−5

5n−7

2x−6

Solution

2(x+6)x−6

7y+3

r+5r−5

Solution

(r+5)r−52

s−6s+6

150x2y66x4y2

Solution

5y2x

80p3q5pq5

155

Solution

35

358

854

Solution

239

1220

35+5

Solution

3(5−5)20

204−3

2x−3

Solution

2(x+3)x−3

5y−7

x+8x−8

Solution

(x+22)x−82

m−3m+3

Everyday Math

A supply kit is dropped from an airplane flying at an altitude of 250 feet. Simplify 25016 to determine how many seconds it takes for the supply kit to reach the ground.

Solution

5104seconds

A flare is dropped into the ocean from an airplane flying at an altitude of 1,200 feet. Simplify 120016 to determine how many seconds it takes for the flare to reach the ocean.

Writing Exercises

  1. ⓐ Simplify 273 and explain all your steps.
  2. ⓑ Simplify 275 and explain all your steps.
  3. ⓒ Why are the two methods of simplifying square roots different?
Solution

Answers will vary.

  1. ⓐ Approximate 12 by dividing 11.414 using long division without a calculator.
  2. ⓑ Rationalizing the denominator of 12 gives 22. Approximate 22 by dividing 1.4142 using long division without a calculator.
  3. ⓒ Do you agree that rationalizing the denominator makes calculations easier? Why or why not?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columns and four rows. The columns are labeled, “I can…,” “confidently.,” “with some help.,” and “no – I don’t get it!” The rows under the column “I can…” read, “divide square roots,” “rationalize a one term denominator.,” and “rationalize a two term denominator.” All the other rows under the columns are empty.

ⓑ After looking at the checklist, do you think you are well-prepared for the next section? Why or why not?

rationalizing the denominator
The process of converting a fraction with a radical in the denominator to an equivalent fraction whose denominator is an integer is called rationalizing the denominator.

Solve Equations with Square Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve radical equations
  • Use square roots in applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: ⓐ 9 ⓑ 92.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Simplify and Use Square Roots and Example 8 in Use the Language of Algebra.

Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ 81

Solve: 5(x+1)−4=3(2x−7).
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Use a General Strategy to Solve Linear Equations.

Solution

22

Solve: n2−6n+8=0.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Quadratic Equations.

Solution

n=2 or n=4

Solve Radical Equations

In this section we will solve equations that have the variable in the radicand of a square root. Equations of this type are called radical equations.

Radical Equation

An equation in which the variable is in the radicand of a square root is called a radical equation.

As usual, in solving these equations, what we do to one side of an equation we must do to the other side as well. Since squaring a quantity and taking a square root are ‘opposite’ operations, we will square both sides in order to remove the radical sign and solve for the variable inside.

But remember that when we write a we mean the principal square root. So a≥0 always. When we solve radical equations by squaring both sides we may get an algebraic solution that would make a negative. This algebraic solution would not be a solution to the original radical equation; it is an extraneous solution. We saw extraneous solutions when we solved rational equations, too.

For the equation x+2=x:

ⓐ Is x=2 a solution? ⓑ Is x=−1 a solution?

Solution

Solution

ⓐ Is x=2 a solution?
A mathematical equation showing the square root of x plus 2 equals x, written as sqrt(x+2) = x.
Let x = 2. A mathematical expression: sqrt(2 + 2) =? 2. The solution is true, as sqrt(4) equals 2. The red '2's emphasize the numbers in question.
Simplify. A mathematical equation questions whether the square root of 4 is equal to 2, represented as ''sqrt(4) ?= 2''. The question mark over the equals sign implies an inquiry into the truth of the statement.
A simple mathematical equation '2 = 2' is shown, followed by a checkmark, indicating that the statement is correct.
2 is a solution.


ⓑ Is x=−1 a solution?
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the square root of x plus 2 equals x. This algebraic problem involves a radical expression that needs to be solved for the variable x.
Let x = −1. Adding two to imaginary problems and still questioning if the result is negative. A complex math conundrum!
Simplify. A mathematical expression shows the square root of 1 questioned as being equal to -1, which is generally incorrect as the principal square root of 1 is 1.
A mathematical expression displaying '1   -1' where the equals sign is struck through, indicating '1 is not equal to -1' on a white background.
−1 is not a solution.
−1 is an extraneous solution to the equation.

For the equation x+6=x:

ⓐ Is x=−2 a solution? ⓑ Is x=3 a solution?

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

For the equation −x+2=x:

ⓐ Is x=−2 a solution? ⓑ Is x=1 a solution?

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

Now we will see how to solve a radical equation. Our strategy is based on the relation between taking a square root and squaring.

Fora≥0,(a)2=a

How to Solve Radical Equations

Solve: 2x−1=7.

Solution

Solution

This table has three columns and four rows. The first row says, “Step 1. Isolate the radical on one side of equation. The square root of (2x minus 1) is already isolated on the left side.” It then shows the equation: the square root of (2x minus 1) equals 7. The second row says, “Step 2. Square both sides of the equation. Remember, the square root of a squared equals a.” It then shows the equation: the square root of (2x minus 1) squared equals 7 squared. The third row then says, “Step 3. Solve the new equation.” It indicates that 2x minus 1 equals 49 or 2x equals 50 which means that x equals 25. The fourth row says, “Step 4. Check the answer. Check:” It then indicates the square root of (2x minus 1) equals 7. This becomes the square root of (2 times 25 minus 1) equals 7. This becomes the square root of (50 minus 1) equals 7. This becomes the square root of 49 equals 7, and thus 7 equals 7. The figure then states, “The solutions is x equals 25.”

Solve: 3x−5=5.

Solution

10

Solve: 4x+8=6.

Solution

7

Solve a radical equation.

  1. Isolate the radical on one side of the equation.
  2. Square both sides of the equation.
  3. Solve the new equation.
  4. Check the answer.

Solve: 5n−4−9=0.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation shows the square root of 5n minus 4, with 9 then subtracted, all equaling 0: sqrt(5n - 4) - 9 = 0.
To isolate the radical, add 9 to both sides. A mathematical equation shows a step in solving for 'n': 'the square root of 5n minus 4, minus 9 plus 9 equals 0 plus 9'. The red plus signs highlight the addition of 9 to both sides of the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation displays the square root of 5n minus 4, which is equal to 9. The expression 5n - 4 is entirely under the radical sign.
Square both sides of the equation. A mathematical equation is shown where the square of the square root of (5n minus 4) is equal to the square of 9. The equation reads as (sqrt(5n-4))^2 = (9)^2.
Solve the new equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '5n - 4 = 81'.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading '5n = 85' in black font.
The text 'n = 17' is displayed on a white background.
Check the answer.
Mathematical steps demonstrating the verification of a solution for the radical equation sqrt(5n - 4) - 9 = 0, showing that n=17 satisfies the equation.
The solution is n = 17.

Solve: 3m+2−5=0.

Solution

233

Solve: 10z+1−2=0.

Solution

310

Solve: 3y+5+2=5.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: the square root of (3y + 5) + 2 = 5.
To isolate the radical, subtract 2 from both sides. An algebraic equation: sqrt(3y + 5) + 2 - 2 = 5 - 2. The numbers '-2' on both sides are highlighted in red, illustrating the subtraction of 2 to balance the equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation showing the square root of 3y + 5 equals 3.
Square both sides of the equation. A mathematical equation shows (square root of 3y + 5) squared equals 3 squared.
Solve the new equation. A close-up view of the linear equation 3y + 5 = 9, displayed in black text on a white background.
The image displays a mathematical equation, '3y = 4', written in a clean and clear font against a white background.
The image shows the mathematical equation y = 4/3, displayed against a plain white background.
Check the answer.
Checking the solution for a radical equation. Substituting y=4/3 into sqrt(3y+5)+2=5 shows that 5=5, confirming its validity.
The solution is y=43.

Solve: 3p+3+3=5.

Solution

13

Solve: 5q+1+4=6.

Solution

35

When we use a radical sign, we mean the principal or positive root. If an equation has a square root equal to a negative number, that equation will have no solution.

Solve: 9k−2+1=0.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation showing the square root of (9k - 2), plus 1, equals 0. The equation is written as: sqrt(9k-2) + 1 = 0.
To isolate the radical, subtract 1 from both sides. A mathematical equation shows the square root of '9k-2' plus one, minus one, which equals zero minus one. The subtractions of '1' on both sides of the equation are highlighted in red.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows the square root of 9k minus 2 equals negative 1.
Since the square root is equal to a negative number, the equation has no solution.

Solve: 2r−3+5=0.

Solution

no solution

Solve: 7s−3+2=0.

Solution

no solution

If one side of the equation is a binomial, we use the binomial squares formula when we square it.

Binomial Squares

(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2

Don’t forget the middle term!

Solve: p−1+1=p.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, showing the square root of (p-1) plus 1 equals p. The equation is represented as '×p-1 + 1 = p'.
To isolate the radical, subtract 1 from both sides. A mathematical equation shows 'sqrt(p-1) + 1 - 1 = p-1'. The '-1' terms are highlighted in red, indicating cancellation or a specific step in a calculation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation showing the square root of (p-1) equals (p-1).
Square both sides of the equation. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: (sqrt(p-1))^2 = (p-1)^2.
Simplify, then solve the new equation. The algebraic equation p - 1 = p^2 - 2p + 1 is displayed on a white background.
It is a quadratic equation, so get zero on one side. A quadratic equation, 0 = p^2 - 3p + 2, is displayed in black text on a white background.
Factor the right side. A mathematical equation on a white background reads '0 = (p - 1)(p - 2)'.
Use the zero product property. Two mathematical equations are displayed horizontally: 0 = p - 1 followed by 0 = p - 2. The equations use the variable 'p' and integers.
Solve each equation. The image displays the text 'p = 1 p = 2' in black characters against a plain white background, likely indicating two distinct parameter values or conditions.
Check the answers.
Mathematical proof demonstrating the equation sqrt(p-1) + 1 = p holds true for p=1 and p=2, showing detailed step-by-step verification for each value of p.
The solutions are p = 1, p = 2.

Solve: x−2+2=x.

Solution

2,3

Solve: y−5+5=y.

Solution

5,6

Solve: r+4−r+2=0.

Solution

Solution

r+4−r+2=0
Isolate the radical. r+4=r−2
Square both sides of the equation. (r+4)2=(r−2)2
Solve the new equation. r+4=r2−4r+4
It is a quadratic equation, so get zero on one side. 0=r2−5r
Factor the right side. 0=r(r−5)
Use the zero product property. 0=r0=r−5
Solve the equation. r=0r=5
Check the answer.
This image illustrates checking two potential solutions for the equation sqrt(r+4) - r + 2 = 0. It shows that r=0 is not a solution, but r=5 correctly satisfies the equation. The solution is r=5.
r=0 is an extraneous solution.

Solve: m+9−m+3=0.

Solution

7

Solve: n+1−n+1=0.

Solution

3

When there is a coefficient in front of the radical, we must square it, too.

Solve: 33x−5−8=4.

Solution

Solution

33x−5−8=4
Isolate the radical. 33x−5=12
Square both sides of the equation. (33x−5)2=(12)2
Simplify, then solve the new equation. 9(3x−5)=144
Distribute. 27x−45=144
Solve the equation. 27x=189
x=7
Check the answer.
Verification of the equation 3 square root of (3x minus 5) minus 8 equals 4 using x equals 7. Substituting x equals 7 into the left side yields 3 square root of (3 times 7 minus 5) minus 8 equals 3 square root of (21 minus 5) minus 8 equals 3 square root of 16 minus 8 equals 3 times 4 minus 8 equals 12 minus 8 equals 4. The right side is 4, so 4 equals 4. This confirms that x equals 7 is a solution to the equation. The solution is x=7.

Solve: 24a+2−16=16.

Solution

1272

Solve: 36b+3−25=50.

Solution

3113

Solve: 4z−3=3z+2.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution demonstrating how to solve a radical equation by isolating and squaring radical terms.
4z−3=3z+2
The radical terms are isolated. 4z−3=3z+2
Square both sides of the equation. (4z−3)2=(3z+2)2
Simplify, then solve the new equation. 4z−3=3z+2z−3=2z=5
Check the answer.
We leave it to you to show that 5 checks! The solution is z=5.

Solve: 2x−5=5x+3.

Solution

no solution

Solve: 7y+1=2y−5.

Solution

no solution

Sometimes after squaring both sides of an equation, we still have a variable inside a radical. When that happens, we repeat Step 1 and Step 2 of our procedure. We isolate the radical and square both sides of the equation again.

Solve: m+1=m+9.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution for the radical equation "sqrt(m) + 1 = sqrt(m + 9)", illustrating the process of isolating and squaring radicals to find the value of 'm'.
m+1=m+9
The radical on the right side is isolated. Square both sides. (m+1)2=(m+9)2
Simplify—be very careful as you multiply! m+2m+1=m+9
There is still a radical in the equation. So we must repeat the previous steps. Isolate the radical. 2m=8
Square both sides. (2m)2=(8)2
Simplify, then solve the new equation. 4m=64
m=16
Check the answer.
We leave it to you to show that m=16 checks! The solution is m=16.

Solve: x+3=x+5.

Solution

no solution

Solve: m+5=m+16.

Solution

no solution

Solve: q−2+3=4q+1.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution demonstrating how to solve a radical equation by isolating and squaring radical terms to find the values of q.
q−2+3=4q+1
The radical on the right side is isolated. Square both sides. (q−2+3)2=(4q+1)2
Simplify. q−2+6q−2+9=4q+1
There is still a radical in the equation. So we must repeat the previous steps. Isolate the radical. 6q−2=3q−6
Square both sides. (6q−2)2=(3q−6)2
Simplify, then solve the new equation. 36(q−2)=9q2−36q+36
Distribute. 36q−72=9q2−36q+36
It is a quadratic equation, so get zero on one side. 0=9q2−72q+108
Factor the right side. 0=9(q2−8q+12)
0=9(q−6)(q−2)
Use the zero product property. q−6=0q−2=0q=6q=2
The checks are left to you. (Both solutions should work.) The solutions areq=6andq=2.

Solve: y−3+2=4y+2.

Solution

no solution

Solve: n−4+5=3n+3.

Solution

no solution

Use Square Roots in Applications

As you progress through your college courses, you’ll encounter formulas that include square roots in many disciplines. We have already used formulas to solve geometry applications.

We will use our Problem Solving Strategy for Geometry Applications, with slight modifications, to give us a plan for solving applications with formulas from any discipline.

Solve applications with formulas.

  1. Read the problem and make sure all the words and ideas are understood. When appropriate, draw a figure and label it with the given information.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for by choosing a variable to represent it.
  4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

We used the formula A=L·W to find the area of a rectangle with length L and width W. A square is a rectangle in which the length and width are equal. If we let s be the length of a side of a square, the area of the square is s2.

This figure shows a square with two sides labeled s. It also indicates that A equals s squared.

The formula A=s2 gives us the area of a square if we know the length of a side. What if we want to find the length of a side for a given area? Then we need to solve the equation for s.

A=s2Take the square root of both sides.A=s2Simplify.A=s

We can use the formula s=A to find the length of a side of a square for a given area.

Area of a Square

This figure shows a square with two sides labeled s. The figure also indicates, “Area, A,” “A equals s squared,” “Length of a side, s,” and “s equals the square root of A.”

We will show an example of this in the next example.

Mike and Lychelle want to make a square patio. They have enough concrete to pave an area of 200 square feet. Use the formula s=A to find the length of each side of the patio. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw a figure and
label it with the given information.
A simple black outline of a square with the letter 's' labeling its left vertical side and its bottom horizontal side, indicating that all sides have a length of 's'.
A = 200 square feet
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. The length of a side of the square patio.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for by
choosing a variable to represent it.
Let s = the length of a side.
Step 4. Translate into an equation by writing the
appropriate formula or model for the situation.
Substitute the given information.
A mathematical equation illustrating the substitution of A = 200 into the formula s = sqrt(A), resulting in s = sqrt(200).
Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra
techniques. Round to one decimal place.
An example of rounding a decimal number: 's' equals 14.14213... is approximated as 14.1.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and
make sure it makes sense.
A math problem asks to approximate 14.1 squared; it questions if 14.1^2 is approximately 200 and then provides the actual value: 14.1^2 = 198.81, with a checkmark.
This is close enough because we rounded the
square root.
Is a patio with side 14.1 feet reasonable?
Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete
sentence.
Each side of the patio should be 14.1 feet.

Katie wants to plant a square lawn in her front yard. She has enough sod to cover an area of 370 square feet. Use the formula s=A to find the length of each side of her lawn. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

19.2feet

Sergio wants to make a square mosaic as an inlay for a table he is building. He has enough tile to cover an area of 2704 square centimeters. Use the formula s=A to find the length of each side of his mosaic. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a centimeter.

Solution

52.0cm

Another application of square roots has to do with gravity.

Falling Objects

On Earth, if an object is dropped from a height of h feet, the time in seconds it will take to reach the ground is found by using the formula,

t=h4

For example, if an object is dropped from a height of 64 feet, we can find the time it takes to reach the ground by substituting h=64 into the formula.

The mathematical formula t = sqrt(h) / 4 is shown, representing a relationship between 't' and the square root of 'h' divided by 4.
Equation showing t equals the square root of sixty-four divided by four. Sixty-four is highlighted.
Take the square root of 64. A mathematical equation displays 't = 8/4' on a white background, representing the variable t being equal to the fraction eight divided by four.
Simplify the fraction. The text 't=2' is displayed in the center of a white background.

It would take 2 seconds for an object dropped from a height of 64 feet to reach the ground.

Christy dropped her sunglasses from a bridge 400 feet above a river. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the sunglasses to reach the river.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what you are looking for. The time it takes for the sunglasses to reach
the river.
Step 3. Name what you are looking for by
choosing a variable to represent it.
Let t = time.
Step 4. Translate into an equation by writing the
appropriate formula or model for the situation.
Substitute in the given information.
The equations t equals square root of h divided by 4, and h equals 400.
A mathematical equation shows 't equals the square root of 400, all divided by 4.' The number 400 is highlighted in red, indicating it's a specific part of the calculation.
Step 5. Solve the equation using good algebra
techniques.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 't = 20/4'.
The image displays the mathematical expression 't = 5' in black characters against a plain white background.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem and
make sure it makes sense.
A mathematical equation asks if 5 is equal to the square root of 400, divided by 4, represented as '5 ?= 400/4'. The question mark above the equals sign indicates verification.
A math equation displays 5 followed by a question mark over an equals sign, then the fraction 20 over 4, asking if 5 is equal to 20 divided by 4.
5=5✓
Does 5 seconds seem reasonable?
Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete
sentence.
It will take 5 seconds for the sunglasses to hit
the water.

A helicopter dropped a rescue package from a height of 1,296 feet. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the package to reach the ground.

Solution

9seconds

A window washer dropped a squeegee from a platform 196 feet above the sidewalk Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the squeegee to reach the sidewalk.

Solution

3.5seconds

Police officers investigating car accidents measure the length of the skid marks on the pavement. Then they use square roots to determine the speed, in miles per hour, a car was going before applying the brakes.

Skid Marks and Speed of a Car

If the length of the skid marks is d feet, then the speed, s, of the car before the brakes were applied can be found by using the formula,

s=24d

After a car accident, the skid marks for one car measured 190 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the car before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. The speed of a car.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let s = the speed.
Step 4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula. A mathematical problem showing the equation s = sqrt(24d) and the value d = 190, likely for solving 's'.
Substitute the given information. A mathematical equation displays 's' equals the square root of 24 times 190, with the number 190 highlighted in red, indicating a specific focus or variable.
Step 5. Solve the equation. A mathematical equation shows 's = ', followed by a square root symbol over the number '4560'.
The image displays a mathematical equation or variable assignment, 's = 67.52777...', where 's' is assigned a repeating decimal value. The text is clear and centrally positioned on a white background.
Round to 1 decimal place. A mathematical expression, 's is approximately 67.5'.
Step 6. Check the answer in the problem.
67.5≈?24(190)
67.5≈?4560
67.5≈?67.5277...
Is 67.5 mph a reasonable speed? Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question with a complete sentence. The speed of the car was approximately 67.5 miles per hour.

An accident investigator measured the skid marks of the car. The length of the skid marks was 76 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the car before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Solution

42.7miles per hour

The skid marks of a vehicle involved in an accident were 122 feet long. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the vehicle before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Solution

54.1miles per hour

Key Concepts

  • To Solve a Radical Equation:
    1. Isolate the radical on one side of the equation.
    2. Square both sides of the equation.
    3. Solve the new equation.
    4. Check the answer. Some solutions obtained may not work in the original equation.
  • Solving Applications with Formulas
    1. Read the problem and make sure all the words and ideas are understood. When appropriate, draw a figure and label it with the given information.
    2. Identify what we are looking for.
    3. Name what we are looking for by choosing a variable to represent it.
    4. Translate into an equation by writing the appropriate formula or model for the situation. Substitute in the given information.
    5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
    6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
    7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.
  • Area of a Square
    This figure shows a square with two sides labeled, “s.” The figure also says, “Area, A,” “A equals s squared,” “Length of a side, s,” and “s equals the square root of A.”
  • Falling Objects
    • On Earth, if an object is dropped from a height of h feet, the time in seconds it will take to reach the ground is found by using the formula t=h4.
  • Skid Marks and Speed of a Car
    • If the length of the skid marks is d feet, then the speed, s, of the car before the brakes were applied can be found by using the formula s=24d.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Radical Equations

In the following exercises, check whether the given values are solutions.

For the equation x+12=x: ⓐ Is x=4 a solution? ⓑ Is x=−3 a solution?

Solution

ⓐ yes ⓑ no

For the equation −y+20=y: ⓐ Is y=4 a solution? ⓑ Is y=−5 a solution?

For the equation t+6=t: ⓐ Is t=−2 a solution? ⓑ Is t=3 a solution?

Solution

ⓐ no ⓑ yes

For the equation u+42=u: ⓐ Is u=−6 a solution? ⓑ Is u=7 a solution?

In the following exercises, solve.

5y+1=4

Solution

3

7z+15=6

5x−6=8

Solution

14

4x−3=7

2m−3−5=0

Solution

14

2n−1−3=0

6v−2−10=0

Solution

17

4u+2−6=0

5q+3−4=0

Solution

135

4m+2+2=6

6n+1+4=8

Solution

52

2u−3+2=0

5v−2+5=0

Solution

no solution

3z−5+2=0

2m+1+4=0

Solution

no solution


ⓐ u−3+3=u
ⓑ x+1−x+1=0


ⓐ v−10+10=v
ⓑ y+4−y+2=0

Solution

ⓐ 10,11 ⓑ 5


ⓐ r−1−r=−1
ⓑ z+100−z+10=0


ⓐ s−8−s=−8
ⓑ w+25−w+5=0

Solution

ⓐ 8,9 ⓑ 11

32x−3−20=7

25x+1−8=0

Solution

3

28r+1−8=2

37y+1−10=8

Solution

5

3u−2=5u+1

4v+3=v−6

Solution

not a real number

8+2r=3r+10

12c+6=10−4c

Solution

14


ⓐ a+2=a+4
ⓑ b−2+1=3b+2


ⓐ r+6=r+8
ⓑ s−3+2=s+4

Solution

ⓐ no solution ⓑ 5716


ⓐ u+1=u+4
ⓑ n−5+4=3n+7


ⓐ x+10=x+2
ⓑ y−2+2=2y+4

Solution

ⓐ no solution ⓑ 6

2y+4+6=0

8u+1+9=0

Solution

no solution

a+1=a+5

d−2=d−20

Solution

36

6s+4=8s−28

9p+9=10p−6

Solution

15

Use Square Roots in Applications

In the following exercises, solve. Round approximations to one decimal place.

Landscaping Reed wants to have a square garden plot in his backyard. He has enough compost to cover an area of 75 square feet. Use the formula s=A to find the length of each side of his garden. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Landscaping Vince wants to make a square patio in his yard. He has enough concrete to pave an area of 130 square feet. Use the formula s=A to find the length of each side of his patio. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

11.4feet

Gravity While putting up holiday decorations, Renee dropped a light bulb from the top of a 64 foot tall tree. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the light bulb to reach the ground.

Gravity An airplane dropped a flare from a height of 1024 feet above a lake. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the flare to reach the water.

Solution

8seconds

Gravity A hang glider dropped his cell phone from a height of 350 feet. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the cell phone to reach the ground.

Gravity A construction worker dropped a hammer while building the Grand Canyon skywalk, 4000 feet above the Colorado River. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the hammer to reach the river.

Solution

15.8seconds

Accident investigation The skid marks for a car involved in an accident measured 54 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the car before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Accident investigation The skid marks for a car involved in an accident measured 216 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the car before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Solution

72miles per hour

Accident investigation An accident investigator measured the skid marks of one of the vehicles involved in an accident. The length of the skid marks was 175 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the vehicle before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Accident investigation An accident investigator measured the skid marks of one of the vehicles involved in an accident. The length of the skid marks was 117 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the vehicle before the brakes were applied. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Solution

53.0miles per hour

Writing Exercises

Explain why an equation of the form x+1=0 has no solution.

  1. ⓐ Solve the equation r+4−r+2=0.
  2. ⓑ Explain why one of the “solutions” that was found was not actually a solution to the equation.
Solution

Answers will vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has two rows and four columns. The first row labels each column, “I can…,” “Confidently,” “With some help,” and “No minus I don’t get it!” The row under “I can…,” reads, “use square roots in applications.” All the other rows are empty.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

radical equation
An equation in which the variable is in the radicand of a square root is called a radical equation

Higher Roots

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify expressions with higher roots
  • Use the Product Property to simplify expressions with higher roots
  • Use the Quotient Property to simplify expressions with higher roots
  • Add and subtract higher roots

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: y5y4.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents.

Solution

y9

Simplify: (n2)6.
If you missed this problem, review Example 7 in Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents.

Solution

n12

Simplify: x8x3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Divide Monomials.

Solution

x5

Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

Up to now, in this chapter we have worked with squares and square roots. We will now extend our work to include higher powers and higher roots.

Let’s review some vocabulary first.

We write:We say:n2nsquaredn3ncubedn4nto the fourthn5nto the fifth

The terms ‘squared’ and ‘cubed’ come from the formulas for area of a square and volume of a cube.

It will be helpful to have a table of the powers of the integers from −5to5. See Figure 1.

This figure consists of two tables. The first table shows the results of raising the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, x, and x squared to the second, third, fourth, and fifth powers. The second table shows the results of raising the numbers negative one through negative five to the second, third, fourth, and fifth powers. The table first has five columns and nine rows. The second has five columns and seven rows. The columns in both tables are labeled, “Number,” “Square,” “Cube,” “Fourth power,” “Fifth power,” nothing,  “Number,” “Square,” “Cube,” “Fourth power,” and “Fifth power.” In both tables, the next row reads: n, n squared, n cubed, n to the fourth power, n to the fifth power, nothing, n, n squared, n cubed, n to the fourth power, and n to the fifth power. In the first table, 1 squared, 1 cubed, 1 to the fourth power, and 1 to the fifth power are all shown to be 1. In the next row, 2 squared is 4, 2 cubed is 8, 2 to the fourth power is 16, and 2 to the fifth power is 32. In the next row, 3 squared is 9, 3 cubed is 27, 3 to the fourth power is 81, and 3 to the fifth power is 243. In the next row, 4 squared is 16, 4 cubed is 64, 4 to the fourth power is 246, and 4 to the fifth power is 1024. In the next row, 5 squared is 25, 5 cubed is 125, 5 to the fourth power is 625, and 5 to the fifth power is 3125. In the next row, x squared, x cubed, x to the fourth power, and x to the fifth power are listed. In the next row, x squared squared is x to the fourth power, x cubed squared is x to the fifth power, x squared to the fourth power is x to the eighth power, and x squared to the fifth power is x to the tenth power. In the second table, negative 1 squared is 1, negative 1 cubed is negative 1, negative 1 to the fourth power is 1, and negative 1 to the fifth power is negative 1. In the next row, negative 2 squared is 4, negative 2 cubed is negative 8, negative 2 to the fourth power is 16, and negative 2 to the fifth power is negative 32. In the next row, negative 4 squared is 16, negative 4 cubed is negative 64, negative 4 to the fourth power is 256, and negative 4 to the fifth power is negative 1024. In the next row, negative 5 squared is 25, negative 5 cubed is negative 125, negative 5 to the fourth power is 625, and negative 5 to the fifth power is negative 3125.
First through fifth powers of integers from −5 to 5.

Notice the signs in Figure 1. All powers of positive numbers are positive, of course. But when we have a negative number, the even powers are positive and the odd powers are negative. We’ll copy the row with the powers of −2 below to help you see this.

This figure has five columns and two rows. The first row labels each column: n, n squared, n cubed, n to the fourth power, and n to the fifth power. The second row reads: negative 2, 4, negative 8, 16, and negative 32.

Earlier in this chapter we defined the square root of a number.

Ifn2=m,thennis a square root ofm.

And we have used the notation m to denote the principal square root. So m≥0 always.

We will now extend the definition to higher roots.

nth Root of a Number

If bn=a, then b is an nth root of a number a.

The principal nth root of a is written an.

        n is called the index of the radical.

We do not write the index for a square root. Just like we use the word ‘cubed’ for b3, we use the term ‘cube root’ for a3.

We refer to Figure 1 to help us find higher roots.

43=64643=434=81814=3(−2)5=−32−325=−2

Could we have an even root of a negative number? No. We know that the square root of a negative number is not a real number. The same is true for any even root. Even roots of negative numbers are not real numbers. Odd roots of negative numbers are real numbers.

Properties of an

When n is an even number and

  • a≥0, then an is a real number
  • a<0, then an is not a real number

When n is an odd number, an is a real number for all values of a.

Simplify: ⓐ 83 ⓑ 814 ⓒ 325.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates finding the cube root of 8, demonstrating its value and the mathematical reason.
83
Since (2)3=8. 2
ⓑ
This table presents the fourth root of 81, its resulting value, and the mathematical explanation for the solution.
814
Since (3)4=81. 3
ⓒ
Example showing the evaluation of the fifth root of 32, with its mathematical justification.
325
Since (2)5=32. 2

Simplify: ⓐ 273 ⓑ 2564 ⓒ 2435.

Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ 4 ⓒ 3

Simplify: ⓐ 10003 ⓑ 164 ⓒ 325.

Solution

ⓐ 10 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 2

Simplify: ⓐ −643 ⓑ −164 ⓒ −2435.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Demonstrates the calculation of the cube root of -64 with a step-by-step explanation.
−643
Since (−4)3=−64. −4
ⓑ
This table demonstrates why the fourth root of -16 is not a real number, providing the mathematical expression, the reasoning, and the conclusion.
−164
Think, (?)4=−16. No real number raised to the fourth power is negative. Not a real number.
ⓒ
Calculation of the fifth root of -243, including the expression, explanation, and final solution.
−2435
Since (−3)5=−243. −3

Simplify: ⓐ −1253 ⓑ −164 ⓒ −325.

Solution

ⓐ −5 ⓑ not real ⓒ −2

Simplify: ⓐ −2163 ⓑ −814 ⓒ −10245.

Solution

ⓐ −6 ⓑ not real ⓒ −4

When we worked with square roots that had variables in the radicand, we restricted the variables to non-negative values. Now we will remove this restriction.

The odd root of a number can be either positive or negative. We have seen that −643=−4.

But the even root of a non-negative number is always non-negative, because we take the principal nth root.

Suppose we start with a=−5.

(−5)4=6256254=5

How can we make sure the fourth root of −5 raised to the fourth power, (−5)4 is 5? We will see in the following property.

Simplifying Odd and Even Roots

For any integer n≥2,

whennis oddann=awhennis evenann=|a|

We must use the absolute value signs when we take an even root of an expression with a variable in the radical.

Simplify: ⓐ x2 ⓑ n33 ⓒ p44 ⓓ y55.

Solution

Solution

We use the absolute value to be sure to get the positive root.

ⓐ
Illustration of simplifying sqrt(x^2) to |x| and the underlying mathematical justification.
x2
Since (x)2=x2 and we want the positive root. |x|
ⓑ
This table illustrates the simplification of the cube root of n cubed, providing the mathematical reasoning for the derivation.
n33
Since (n)3=n3. It is an odd root so there is no need for an absolute value sign. n
ⓒ
Illustrates the simplification of the fourth root of p to the fourth power to the absolute value of p, with an explanation.
p44
Since (p)4=p4 and we want the positive root. |p|
ⓓ
This table demonstrates the simplification of the fifth root of y^5 to y, explaining why an absolute value is not required for odd roots.
y55
Since (y)5=y5. It is an odd root so there is no need for an absolute value sign. y

Simplify: ⓐ b2 ⓑ w33 ⓒ m44 ⓓ q55.

Solution

ⓐ |b| ⓑ w ⓒ |m| ⓓ q

Simplify: ⓐ y2 ⓑ p33 ⓒ z44 ⓓ q55.

Solution

ⓐ |y| ⓑ p ⓒ |z| ⓓ q

Simplify: ⓐ y183 ⓑ z84.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table demonstrates the step-by-step algebraic simplification of the cube root of y to the power of 18.
y183
Since (y6)3=y18. (y6)33
y6
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression 4th root of z to the power of 8, showing mathematical reasons.
z84
Since (z2)4=z8. (z2)44
Since z2 is positive, we do not need an absolute value sign. z2

Simplify: ⓐ u124 ⓑ v153.

Solution

ⓐ u3 ⓑ v5

Simplify: ⓐ c205 ⓑ d246.

Solution

ⓐ c4 ⓑ d4

Simplify: ⓐ 64p63 ⓑ 16q124.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying a cube root expression with a perfect cube radicand.
64p63
Rewrite 64p6as(4p2)3. (4p2)33
Take the cube root. 4p2
ⓑ
Steps to simplify the fourth root of 16q^12, showing intermediate algebraic expressions for each operation.
16q124
Rewrite the radicand as a fourth power. (2q3)44
Take the fourth root. 2|q3|

Simplify: ⓐ 27x273 ⓑ 81q284.

Solution

ⓐ 3x9 ⓑ 3|q7|

Simplify: ⓐ 125p93 ⓑ 243q255.

Solution

ⓐ 5p3 ⓑ 3q5

Use the Product Property to Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

We will simplify expressions with higher roots in much the same way as we simplified expressions with square roots. An nth root is considered simplified if it has no factors of mn.

Simplified nth Root

an is considered simplified if a has no factors of mn.

We will generalize the Product Property of Square Roots to include any integer root n≥2.

Product Property of nth Roots

abn=an·bnandan·bn=abn

when an and bn are real numbers and for any integer n≥2

Simplify: ⓐ x43 ⓑ x74.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Steps for simplifying the cube root of x^4 by factoring the radicand and extracting perfect cubes.
x43
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the largest perfect cube factor. x3·x3
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. x33·x3
Simplify. xx3
ⓑ
Illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the radical expression fourth root of x to the power of seven.
x74
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the greatest perfect fourth power factor. x4·x34
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. x44·x34
Simplify. |x|x34

Simplify: ⓐ y64 ⓑ z53.

Solution

ⓐ |y|y24 ⓑ zz23

Simplify: ⓐ p85 ⓑ q136.

Solution

ⓐ pp35 ⓑ q2q6

Simplify: ⓐ 163 ⓑ 2434.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step process demonstrating the simplification of the cube root of 16.
163
243
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the greatest perfect cube factor. 23·23
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 233·23
Simplify. 223
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of the fourth root of 243.
2434
354
Rewrite the radicand as a product using the greatest perfect fourth power factor. 34·34
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 344·34
Simplify. 334

Simplify: ⓐ 813 ⓑ 644.

Solution

ⓐ 333 ⓑ 244

Simplify: ⓐ 6253 ⓑ 7294.

Solution

ⓐ 553 ⓑ 394

Don’t forget to use the absolute value signs when taking an even root of an expression with a variable in the radical.

Simplify: ⓐ 24x73 ⓑ 80y144.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table details the step-by-step simplification of the cube root expression (24x^7)^(1/3) to its simplified form 2x^2 * (3x)^(1/3).
24x73
Rewrite the radicand as a product using perfect cube factors. 23x6·3x3
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 23x63·3x3
Rewrite the first radicand as (2x2)3. (2x2)33·3x3
Simplify. 2x23x3
ⓑ
This table illustrates the step-by-step process of simplifying a fourth root radical expression.
80y144
Rewrite the radicand as a product using perfect fourth power factors. 24y12·5y24
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. 24y124·5y24
Rewrite the first radicand as (2y3)4. (2y3)44·5y24
Simplify. 2|y3|5y24

Simplify: ⓐ 54p103 ⓑ 64q104.

Solution

ⓐ 3p32p3 ⓑ 2q24q24

Simplify: ⓐ 128m113 ⓑ 162n74.

Solution

ⓐ 4m32m23 ⓑ 3|n|2n34

Simplify: ⓐ −273 ⓑ −164.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Steps to calculate the cube root of -27.
−273
Rewrite the radicand as a product using perfect cube factors. (−3)33
Take the cube root. −3
ⓑ
This table demonstrates why the fourth root of -16 is not considered a real number.
−164
There is no real number n where n4=−16. Not a real number.

Simplify: ⓐ −1083 ⓑ −484.

Solution

ⓐ −343 ⓑ not real

Simplify: ⓐ −6253 ⓑ −3244.

Solution

ⓐ −553 ⓑ not real

Use the Quotient Property to Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

We can simplify higher roots with quotients in the same way we simplified square roots. First we simplify any fractions inside the radical.

Simplify: ⓐ a8a53 ⓑ a10a24.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of the radical expression ³√(a⁸/a⁵) to 'a', illustrating algebraic simplification.
a8a53
Simplify the fraction under the radical first. a33
Simplify. a
ⓑ
Step-by-step process demonstrating the simplification of a radical expression involving variables.
a10a24
Simplify the fraction under the radical first. a84
Rewrite the radicand using perfect fourth power factors. (a2)44
Simplify. a2

Simplify: ⓐ x7x34 ⓑ y17y54.

Solution

ⓐ |x| ⓑ y3

Simplify: ⓐ m13m73 ⓑ n12n25.

Solution

ⓐ m2 ⓑ n2

Previously, we used the Quotient Property ‘in reverse’ to simplify square roots. Now we will generalize the formula to include higher roots.

Quotient Property of nth Roots

abn=anbnandanbn=abn

when anandbnare real numbers,b≠0,and for any integern≥2

Simplify: ⓐ −108323 ⓑ 96x743x24.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of a cube root expression using radical properties.
−108323
Neither radicand is a perfect cube, so use the Quotient Property to write as one radical. −10823
Simplify the fraction under the radical. −543
Rewrite the radicand as a product using perfect cube factors. (−3)3·23
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. (−3)33·23
Simplify. −323
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of a radical expression involving the division of fourth roots.
96x743x24
Neither radicand is a perfect fourth power, so use the Quotient Property to write as one radical. 96x73x24
Simplify the fraction under the radical. 32x54
Rewrite the radicand as a product using perfect fourth power factors. 24x4·2x4
Rewrite the radical as the product of two radicals. (2x)44·2x4
Simplify. 2|x|2x4

Simplify: ⓐ −532323 ⓑ 486m1143m54.

Solution

ⓐ −2663 ⓑ 3|m|2m24

Simplify: ⓐ −192333 ⓑ 324n742n34.

Solution

ⓐ −4 ⓑ 3|n|24

If the fraction inside the radical cannot be simplified, we use the first form of the Quotient Property to rewrite the expression as the quotient of two radicals.

Simplify: ⓐ 24x7y33 ⓑ 48x10y84.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step process for simplifying a cube root expression involving a fraction and variables.
24x7y33
The fraction in the radicand cannot be simplified. Use the Quotient Property to write as two radicals. 24x73y33
Rewrite each radicand as a product using perfect cube factors. 8x6·3x3y33
Rewrite the numerator as the product of two radicals. (2x2)333x3y33
Simplify. 2x23x3y
ⓑ
Step-by-step process demonstrating the simplification of a fourth root algebraic expression using radical properties.
48x10y84
The fraction in the radicand cannot be simplified. Use the Quotient Property to write as two radicals. 48x104y84
Rewrite each radicand as a product using perfect fourth power factors. 16x8·3x24y84
Rewrite the numerator as the product of two radicals. (2x2)443x24(y2)44
Simplify. 2x23x24y2

Simplify: ⓐ 108c10d63 ⓑ 80x10y54.

Solution

ⓐ 3c34c3d2 ⓑ 2x2|y|5x2y4

Simplify: ⓐ 40r3s3 ⓑ 162m14n124.

Solution

ⓐ 2r5s3 ⓑ 3m32m24|n3|

Add and Subtract Higher Roots

We can add and subtract higher roots like we added and subtracted square roots. First we provide a formal definition of like radicals.

Like Radicals

Radicals with the same index and same radicand are called like radicals.

Like radicals have the same index and the same radicand.

  • 942x4 and −242x4 are like radicals.
  • 5125x3 and 6125y3 are not like radicals. The radicands are different.
  • 21000q5 and −41000q4 are not like radicals. The indices are different.

We add and subtract like radicals in the same way we add and subtract like terms. We can add 942x4+(−242x4) and the result is 742x4.

Simplify: ⓐ 4x3+4x3 ⓑ 484−284.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Example illustrating the addition of like radicals, including an explanation and the simplified expression.
4x3+4x3
The radicals are like, so we add the coefficients. 24x3
ⓑ
Simplification of like radical expressions, demonstrating the subtraction of coefficients with an accompanying explanation.
484−284
The radicals are like, so we subtract the coefficients. 284

Simplify: ⓐ 3x5+3x5 ⓑ 393−93.

Solution

ⓐ 23x5 ⓑ 293

Simplify: ⓐ 10y4+10y4 ⓑ 5326−3326.

Solution

ⓐ 210y4 ⓑ 2326

When an expression does not appear to have like radicals, we will simplify each radical first. Sometimes this leads to an expression with like radicals.

Simplify: ⓐ 543−163 ⓑ 484+2434.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of an expression involving cube roots.
543−163
Rewrite each radicand using perfect cube factors. 273·23−83·23
Rewrite the perfect cubes. (3)3323−(2)3323
Simplify the radicals where possible. 323−223
Combine like radicals. 23
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of a sum of fourth roots by factoring out perfect fourth powers and combining like radicals.
484+2434
Rewrite using perfect fourth power factors. 164·34+814·34
Rewrite the perfect fourth powers. (2)4434+(3)4434
Simplify the radicals where possible. 234+334
Combine like radicals. 534

Simplify: ⓐ 1923−813 ⓑ 324+5124.

Solution

ⓐ 33 ⓑ 624

Simplify: ⓐ 1283−2503 ⓑ 645+4865.

Solution

ⓐ −23 ⓑ 525

Simplify: ⓐ 24x43−−81x73 ⓑ 162y94+512y54.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving cube roots.
24x43−−81x73
Rewrite each radicand using perfect cube factors. 8x33·3x3−−27x63·3x3
Rewrite the perfect cubes. (2x)333x3−(−3x2)333x3
Simplify the radicals where possible. 2x3x3−(−3x23x3)
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of a sum involving fourth-root radical expressions.
162y94+512y54
Rewrite each radicand using perfect fourth power factors. 81y84·2y4+256y44·2y4
Rewrite the perfect fourth powers. (3y2)44·2y4+(4y)44·2y4
Simplify the radicals where possible. 3y22y4+4|y|2y4

Simplify: ⓐ 32y53−−108y83 ⓑ 243r114+768r104.

Solution

ⓐ 2y4y23+3y24y23 ⓑ 3r23r34+4r23r24

Simplify: ⓐ 40z73−−135z43 ⓑ 80s134+1280s64.

Solution

ⓐ 2z25z3+3z5z3 ⓑ 2|s3|5s4+4|s|5s24

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with simplifying higher roots.

  • Simplifying Higher Roots
  • Add/Subtract Roots with Higher Indices

Key Concepts

  • Properties of
  • an when n is an even number and
    • a≥0, then an is a real number
    • a<0, then an is not a real number
    • When n is an odd number, an is a real number for all values of a.
    • For any integer n≥2, when n is odd ann=a
    • For any integer n≥2, when n is even ann=|a|
  • an is considered simplified if a has no factors of mn.
  • Product Property of nth Roots
    abn=an·bnandan·bn=abn
  • Quotient Property of nth Roots
    abn=anbnandanbn=abn
  • To combine like radicals, simply add or subtract the coefficients while keeping the radical the same.

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 2163 ⓑ 2564 ⓒ 325

ⓐ 273 ⓑ 164 ⓒ 2435

Solution

ⓐ 3 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 3

ⓐ 5123 ⓑ 814 ⓒ 15

ⓐ 1253 ⓑ 12964 ⓒ 10245

Solution

ⓐ 5 ⓑ 6 ⓒ 4

ⓐ −83 ⓑ −814 ⓒ −325

ⓐ −643 ⓑ −164 ⓒ −2435

Solution

ⓐ −4 ⓑ not real ⓒ −3

ⓐ −1253 ⓑ −12964 ⓒ −10245

ⓐ −5123 ⓑ −814 ⓒ −15

Solution

ⓐ −8 ⓑ not a real number ⓒ −1

ⓐ u55 ⓑ v88

  1. ⓐ a33

  2. ⓑ A mathematical expression featuring the 12th root of b raised to the power of 12. This expression simplifies to 'b'.

Solution

ⓐ a ⓑ |b|

ⓐ y44 ⓑ m77

ⓐ k88 ⓑ p66

Solution

ⓐ |k| ⓑ |p|

ⓐ x93 ⓑ y124

ⓐ a105 ⓑ b273

Solution

ⓐ a2 ⓑ b9

ⓐ m84 ⓑ n205

ⓐ r126 ⓑ s303

Solution

ⓐ r2 ⓑ s10

ⓐ 16x84 ⓑ 64y126

ⓐ −8c93 ⓑ 125d153

Solution

ⓐ −2c3 ⓑ 5d5

ⓐ 216a63 ⓑ 32b205

ⓐ 128r147 ⓑ 81s244

Solution

ⓐ 2r2 ⓑ 3s6

Use the Product Property to Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ r53 ⓑ s104

ⓐ u75 ⓑ v116

Solution

ⓐ uu25 ⓑ vv56

ⓐ m54 ⓑ n108

ⓐ p85 ⓑ q83

Solution

ⓐ pp35 ⓑ q2q23

ⓐ 324 ⓑ 647

ⓐ 6253 ⓑ 1286

Solution

ⓐ 553 ⓑ 226

ⓐ 645 ⓑ 2563

ⓐ 31254 ⓑ 813

Solution

ⓐ 554 ⓑ 333

ⓐ 108x53 ⓑ 48y64

ⓐ 96a75 ⓑ 375b43

Solution

ⓐ 2a3a25 ⓑ 5b3b3

ⓐ 405m104 ⓑ 160n85

ⓐ 512p53 ⓑ 324q74

Solution

ⓐ 8pp23 ⓑ 3q4q34

ⓐ −8643 ⓑ −2564

ⓐ −4865 ⓑ −646

Solution

ⓐ −325 ⓑ not real

ⓐ −325 ⓑ −18

ⓐ −83 ⓑ −164

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ not real

Use the Quotient Property to Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ p11p23 ⓑ q17q134

ⓐ d12d75 ⓑ m12m48

Solution

ⓐ d ⓑ |m|

ⓐ u21u115 ⓑ v30v126

ⓐ r14r53 ⓑ c21c94

Solution

ⓐ r3 ⓑ |c3|

ⓐ 64424 ⓑ 128x852x25

ⓐ −625353 ⓑ 80m745m4

Solution

ⓐ −5 ⓑ 2mm24

ⓐ 125023 ⓑ 486y92y34

ⓐ 16263 ⓑ 160r105r34

Solution

ⓐ 363 ⓑ 2|r|2r34

ⓐ 54a8b33 ⓑ 64c5d24

ⓐ 96r11s35 ⓑ 128u7v36

Solution

ⓐ 2r23rs35 ⓑ 2u2uv36

ⓐ 81s8t33 ⓑ 64p15q124

ⓐ 625u10v33 ⓑ 729c21d84

Solution

ⓐ 5u35u3v ⓑ 3c59c4d2

Add and Subtract Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 8p7+8p7 ⓑ 3253−253

ⓐ 15q3+15q3 ⓑ 2274−6274

Solution

ⓐ 215q3 ⓑ −4274

ⓐ 39x5+79x5 ⓑ 83q7−23q7

ⓐ An algebraic expression showing the sum of 23 times the 12th root of 4y and 19 times the 12th root of 4y. The expression is 23(12th root of 4y) + 19(12th root of 4y). ⓑ The mathematical expression 31 times the 10th root of 5z minus 17 times the 10th root of 5z is displayed.

Solution

ⓐ The image displays the mathematical expression 42 times the 12th root of 4y. ⓑ The image shows the mathematical expression 14 times the 10th root of 5z.

ⓐ 813−1923 ⓑ 5124−324

ⓐ 2503−543 ⓑ 2434−18754

Solution

ⓐ 223 ⓑ −234

ⓐ 1283+2503 ⓑ 7295+965

ⓐ 2434+12504 ⓑ 20003+543

Solution

ⓐ 334+524 ⓑ 1323

ⓐ 64a103−−216a123 ⓑ 486u74+768u34

ⓐ 80b53−−270b33 ⓑ 160v104−1280v34

Solution

ⓐ 2b10b23+3b103 ⓑ 2v210v24−45v34

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, simplify.

164

646

Solution

2

a33

A mathematical expression featuring the 12th root of b raised to the power of 12. This expression simplifies to 'b'.

Solution

|b|

−8c93

125d153

Solution

5d5

r53

s104

Solution

s2s24

108x53

48y64

Solution

2y3y24

−4865

−646

Solution

not real

64424

128x852x25

Solution

2x2x5

96r11s35

128u7v36

Solution

2u2uv36

813−1923

5124−324

Solution

224

64a103−−216a123

486u74+768u34

Solution

3│u│6u34+43u34

Everyday Math

Population growth The expression 10·xn models the growth of a mold population after n generations. There were 10 spores at the start, and each had x offspring. So 10·x5 is the number of offspring at the fifth generation. At the fifth generation there were 10,240 offspring. Simplify the expression 10,240105 to determine the number of offspring of each spore.

Spread of a virus The expression 3·xn models the spread of a virus after n cycles. There were three people originally infected with the virus, and each of them infected x people. So 3·x4 is the number of people infected on the fourth cycle. At the fourth cycle 1875 people were infected. Simplify the expression 187534 to determine the number of people each person infected.

Solution

5

Writing Exercises

Explain how you know that x105=x2 .

Explain why −644 is not a real number but −643 is.

Solution

Answers may vary.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four columns and five rows. The first row labels each column: “I can…,” “Confidentaly,” “With some help,” and “No – I don’t get it!” The rows under the “I can…,” column read, “simplify expressions with hither roots.,” “use the product property to simplify expressions with higher roots.,” “use the quotient property to simplify expressions with higher roots.,” and “add and subtract higher roots.” The rest of the rows under the columns are empty.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

nth root of a number
If bn=a, then b is an nth root of a.
principal nth root
The principal nth root of a is written an.
index
an n is called the index of the radical.
like radicals
Radicals with the same index and same radicand are called like radicals.

Rational Exponents

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Simplify expressions with a1n
  • Simplify expressions with amn
  • Use the Laws of Exponents to simply expressions with rational exponents

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Add: 715+512.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

5360

Simplify: (4x2y5)3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 9 in Use Multiplication Properties of Exponents.

Solution

64x6y15

Simplify: 5−3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation.

Solution

1125

Simplify Expressions with a1n

Rational exponents are another way of writing expressions with radicals. When we use rational exponents, we can apply the properties of exponents to simplify expressions.

The Power Property for Exponents says that (am)n=am·n when m and n are whole numbers. Let’s assume we are now not limited to whole numbers.

Suppose we want to find a number p such that (8p)3=8. We will use the Power Property of Exponents to find the value of p.

Step-by-step solution for an exponential equation, illustrating the relationship between fractional exponents and roots.
(8p)3=8
Multiply the exponents on the left. 83p=8
Write the exponent 1 on the right. 83p=81
The exponents must be equal. 3p=1
Solve for p. p=13
So(813)3=8.
But we know also (83)3=8. Then it must be that 813=83.

But we know also (83)3=8. Then it must be that 813=83.

This same logic can be used for any positive integer exponent n to show that a1n=an.

Rational Exponent a1n

If an is a real number and n≥2, a1n=an.

There will be times when working with expressions will be easier if you use rational exponents and times when it will be easier if you use radicals. In the first few examples, you’ll practice converting expressions between these two notations.

Write as a radical expression: ⓐ x12 ⓑ y13 ⓒ z14.

Solution

Solution

We want to write each expression in the form an.

ⓐ
This table illustrates the conversion of a fractional exponent (x^(1/2)) to its equivalent radical form (sqrt(x)), including a rule explanation.
x12
The denominator of the exponent is 2, so the index of the radical is 2. We do not show the index when it is 2. x
ⓑ
This table demonstrates the relationship between fractional exponents and their radical equivalents, showing how the exponent's denominator determines the radical's index.
y13
The denominator of the exponent is 3, so the index is 3. y3
ⓒ
Conversion of fractional exponents to radical form, showing the exponent's denominator as the radical's index.
z14
The denominator of the exponent is 4, so the index is 4. z4

Write as a radical expression: ⓐ t12 ⓑ m13 ⓒ r14.

Solution

ⓐ t ⓑ m3 ⓒ r4

Write as a radial expression: ⓐ b12 ⓑ z13 ⓒ p14.

Solution

ⓐ b ⓑ z3 ⓒ p4

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ x ⓑ y3 ⓒ z4.

Solution

Solution

We want to write each radical in the form a1n.

ⓐ
Illustrates the equivalence between square root notation and fractional exponent notation, with explanations for the transformation.
x
No index is shown, so it is 2.
The denominator of the exponent will be 2.
x12
ⓑ
Conversion of cube roots to fractional exponents, illustrating how the root's index determines the exponent's denominator.
y3
The index is 3, so the denominator of the exponent is 3. y13
ⓒ
Illustrates the conversion of a fourth root expression to its equivalent exponential form, detailing the rule for the exponent's denominator.
z4
The index is 4, so the denominator of the exponent is 4. z14

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ s ⓑ x3 ⓒ b4.

Solution

ⓐ s12 ⓑ x13 ⓒ b14

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ v ⓑ p3 ⓒ p4.

Solution

ⓐ v12 ⓑ p13 ⓒ p14

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ 5y ⓑ 4x3 ⓒ 35z4.

Solution

Solution

We want to write each radical in the form a1n.

ⓐ
Illustrates converting radical expressions to rational exponent form, showing how the root's index determines the fractional exponent.
5y
No index is shown, so it is 2.
The denominator of the exponent will be 2.
(5y)12
ⓑ
Illustrates converting the cube root of 4x to its equivalent exponential form with a fractional exponent, explaining the role of the index.
4x3
The index is 3, so the denominator of the exponent is 3. (4x)13
ⓒ
Conversion of a radical expression to an equivalent exponential form, showing an example with an explanation.
35z4
The index is 4, so the denominator of the exponent is 4. 3(5z)14

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ 10m ⓑ 3n5 ⓒ 36y4.

Solution

ⓐ (10m)12 ⓑ (3n)15 ⓒ (486y)14

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ 3k7 ⓑ 5j4 ⓒ 82a3.

Solution

ⓐ (3k)17 ⓑ (5j)14 ⓒ (1024a)13

In the next example, you may find it easier to simplify the expressions if you rewrite them as radicals first.

Simplify: ⓐ 2512 ⓑ 6413 ⓒ 25614.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a numerical expression with a fractional exponent.
2512
Rewrite as a square root. 25
Simplify. 5
ⓑ
This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of a numerical expression with a fractional exponent, converting it to a cube root for evaluation.
6413
Rewrite as a cube root. 643
Recognize 64 is a perfect cube. 433
Simplify. 4
ⓒ
Step-by-step simplification of 256^(1/4), demonstrating rewriting as a root and final simplification.
25614
Rewrite as a fourth root. 2564
Recognize 256 is a perfect fourth power. 444
Simplify. 4

Simplify: ⓐ 3612 ⓑ 813 ⓒ 1614.

Solution

ⓐ 6 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 2

Simplify: ⓐ 10012 ⓑ 2713 ⓒ 8114.

Solution

ⓐ 10 ⓑ 3 ⓒ 3

Be careful of the placement of the negative signs in the next example. We will need to use the property a−n=1an in one case.

Simplify: ⓐ (−64)13 ⓑ −6413 ⓒ (64)−13.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Illustrates the step-by-step evaluation of a fractional exponent expression by conversion to a cube root and simplification.
(−64)13
Rewrite as a cube root. −643
Rewrite −64 as a perfect cube. (−4)33
Simplify. −4
ⓑ
Detailed steps for simplifying the mathematical expression -64^(1/3) by rewriting it as a cube root and evaluating the final result.
−6413
The exponent applies only to the 64. −(6413)
Rewrite as a cube root. −643
Rewrite 64 as 43. −433
Simplify. −4
ⓒ
This table demonstrates the step-by-step process for simplifying a mathematical expression with a negative fractional exponent.
(64)−13
Rewrite as a fraction with a positive exponent, using the property, a−n=1an. 1643
Write as a cube root.
Rewrite 64 as 43. 1433
Simplify. 14

Simplify: ⓐ (−125)13 ⓑ −12513 ⓒ (125)−13.

Solution

ⓐ −5 ⓑ −5 ⓒ 15

Simplify: ⓐ (−32)15 ⓑ −3215 ⓒ (32)−15.

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ −2 ⓒ 12

Simplify: ⓐ (−16)14 ⓑ −1614 ⓒ (16)−14.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Evaluation of (-16)^(1/4), illustrating it has no real number solution.
(−16)14
Rewrite as a fourth root. −164
There is no real number whose fourth power is −16.
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of the mathematical expression -16^(1/4) to its final integer value.
−1614
The exponent only applies to the 16.
Rewrite as a fourth root.
−164
Rewrite 16 as 24. −244
Simplify. −2
ⓒ
This table shows the step-by-step simplification of the mathematical expression (16)^(-1/4), transforming it into its simplified fractional form of 1/2.
(16)−14
Rewrite using the property a−n=1an. 1(16)14
Rewrite as a fourth root. 1164
Rewrite 16 as 24. 1244
Simplify. 12

Simplify: ⓐ (−64)12 ⓑ −6412 ⓒ (64)−12.

Solution

ⓐ not real ⓑ −8 ⓒ 18

Simplify: ⓐ (−256)14 ⓑ −25614 ⓒ (256)−14.

Solution

ⓐ not real ⓑ −4 ⓒ 14

Simplify Expressions with amn

Let’s work with the Power Property for Exponents some more.

Suppose we raise a1n to the power m.

Steps to simplify an exponential expression with a fractional power, demonstrating its equivalence to a radical form.
(a1n)m
Multiply the exponents. a1n·m
Simplify. amn
So amn=(an)m.

Now suppose we take am to the 1n power.

This table demonstrates the steps to simplify (a^m)^(1/n) to a^(m/n), illustrating its equivalence with the n-th root of (a^m).
(am)1n
Multiply the exponents. am·1n
Simplify. amn
So amn=amn also.

Which form do we use to simplify an expression? We usually take the root first—that way we keep the numbers in the radicand smaller.

Rational Exponent amn

For any positive integers m and n,

amn=(an)mamn=amn

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ y3 ⓑ x23 ⓒ z34.

Solution

Solution

We want to use amn=amn to write each radical in the form amn.

  1. ⓐ

    This figure says, “The numerator of the exponent is the exponent of y, 3.” It then shows the square root of y cubed. The figure then says, “The denominator of the exponent is the index of the radical, 2.” It then shows y to the 3/2 power.

  2. ⓑ

    This figure says, “The numerator of the exponent is the exponent of x, 2.” It then shows the cubed root of x squared. The figure then reads, “The denominator of the exponent is the index of the radical, 3.” It then shows y to the 2/3 power.

  3. ⓒ

    This figure reads, “The numerator of the exponent is the exponent of z, 3.” It then shows the fourth root of z cubed. The figure then reads, “The denominator of the exponent is the index of the radical, 4.” It then shows z to the 3/4 power.

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ x5 ⓑ z34 ⓒ y25.

Solution

ⓐ x52 ⓑ z34 ⓒ y25

Write with a rational exponent: ⓐ a25 ⓑ b73 ⓒ m54.

Solution

ⓐ a25 ⓑ b73 ⓒ m54

Simplify: ⓐ 932 ⓑ 12523 ⓒ 8134.

Solution

Solution

We will rewrite each expression as a radical first using the property, amn=(an)m. This form lets us take the root first and so we keep the numbers in the radicand smaller than if we used the other form.

ⓐ
This table illustrates the step-by-step evaluation of the exponential expression 9^(3/2) by converting it to radical form.
932
The power of the radical is the numerator of the exponent, 3. Since the denominator of the exponent is 2, this is a square root. (9)3
Simplify. (3)3
27
ⓑ
Steps to simplify an expression with a rational exponent by converting it to radical form.
12523
The power of the radical is the numerator of the exponent, 2. The index of the radical is the denominator of the exponent, 3. (1253)2
Simplify. (5)2
25
ⓒ
Steps to simplify an expression with a rational exponent by converting it to radical form and calculating the result.
8134
The power of the radical is the numerator of the exponent, 3. The index of the radical is the denominator of the exponent, 4. (814)3
Simplify. (3)3
27

Simplify: ⓐ 432 ⓑ 2723 ⓒ 62534.

Solution

ⓐ 8 ⓑ 9 ⓒ 125

Simplify: ⓐ 853 ⓑ 8132 ⓒ 1634.

Solution

ⓐ 32 ⓑ 729 ⓒ 8

Remember that b−p=1bp. The negative sign in the exponent does not change the sign of the expression.

Simplify: ⓐ 16−32 ⓑ 32−25 ⓒ 4−52.

Solution

Solution

We will rewrite each expression first using b−p=1bp and then change to radical form.

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of an expression with a negative fractional exponent, showing the application of exponent and radical rules.
16−32
Rewrite using b−p=1bp. 11632
Change to radical form. The power of the radical is the numerator of the exponent, 3.
The index is the denominator of the exponent, 2.
1(16)3
Simplify. 143
164
ⓑ
Detailed steps to simplify 32^(-2/5) by converting to a fraction, radical form, and evaluating to 1/4.
32−25
Rewrite using b−p=1bp. 13225
Change to radical form. 1(325)2
Rewrite the radicand as a power. 1(255)2
Simplify. 122
14
ⓒ
Step-by-step simplification of an expression with a negative fractional exponent, demonstrating conversions to positive exponents and radical form.
4−52
Rewrite using b−p=1bp. 1452
Change to radical form. 1(4)5
Simplify. 125
132

Simplify: ⓐ 8−53 ⓑ 81−32 ⓒ 16−34.

Solution

ⓐ 132 ⓑ 1729 ⓒ 18

Simplify: ⓐ 4−32 ⓑ 27−23 ⓒ 625−34.

Solution

ⓐ 18 ⓑ 19 ⓒ 1125

Simplify: ⓐ −2532 ⓑ −25−32 ⓒ (−25)32.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of the expression -25^(3/2) by rewriting it in radical form and evaluating it to -125.
−2532
Rewrite in radical form. −(25)3
Simplify the radical. −(5)3
Simplify. −125
ⓑ
This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of the mathematical expression -25^(-3/2) by applying exponent rules and converting to radical form.
−25−32
Rewrite using b−p=1bp. −(12532)
Rewrite in radical form. −(1(25)3)
Simplify the radical. −(1(5)3)
Simplify. −1125
ⓒ
This table evaluates the expression (-25)^(3/2), demonstrating its transformation into radical form and concluding it is not a real number.
(−25)32
Rewrite in radical form. (−25)3
There is no real number whose square root is −25. Not a real number.

Simplify: ⓐ −1632 ⓑ −16−32 ⓒ (−16)−32.

Solution

ⓐ −64 ⓑ −164 ⓒ not a real number

Simplify: ⓐ −8132 ⓑ −81−32 ⓒ (−81)−32.

Solution

ⓐ −729 ⓑ −1729 ⓒ not a real number

Use the Laws of Exponents to Simplify Expressions with Rational Exponents

The same laws of exponents that we already used apply to rational exponents, too. We will list the Exponent Properties here to have them for reference as we simplify expressions.

Summary of Exponent Properties

If a,b are real numbers and m,n are rational numbers, then

Product Propertyam·an=am+nPower Property(am)n=am·nProduct to a Power(ab)m=ambmQuotient Propertyaman=am−n,a≠0,m>naman=1an−m,a≠0,n>mZero Exponent Definitiona0=1,a≠0Quotient to a Power Property(ab)m=ambm,b≠0

When we multiply the same base, we add the exponents.

Simplify: ⓐ 212·252 ⓑ x23·x43 ⓒ z34·z54.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of the exponential expression 2^(1/2) * 2^(5/2) to 8.
212·252
The bases are the same, so we add the exponents. 212+52
Add the fractions. 262
Simplify the exponent. 23
Simplify. 8
ⓑ
Steps demonstrating the simplification of an algebraic expression involving the multiplication of exponential terms with the same base.
x23·x43
The bases are the same, so we add the exponents. x23+43
Add the fractions. x63
Simplify. x2
ⓒ
Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression with fractional exponents using exponent rules.
z34·z54
The bases are the same, so we add the exponents. z34+54
Add the fractions. z84
Simplify. z2

Simplify: ⓐ 323·343 ⓑ y13·y83 ⓒ m14·m34.

Solution

ⓐ 9 ⓑ y3 ⓒ m

Simplify: ⓐ 535·575 ⓑ z18·z78 ⓒ n27·n57.

Solution

ⓐ 25 ⓑ z ⓒ n

We will use the Power Property in the next example.

Simplify: ⓐ (x4)12 ⓑ (y6)13 ⓒ (z9)23.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Simplifying an expression with a power raised to a power by multiplying exponents, with steps and examples.
(x4)12
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. x4·12
Simplify. x2
ⓑ
This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving a power raised to a fractional power, applying the rule for multiplying exponents.
(y6)13
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. y6·13
Simplify. y2
ⓒ
Demonstration of simplifying the exponential expression (z^9)^(2/3) by applying the power to a power rule.
(z9)23
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. z9·23
Simplify. z6

Simplify: ⓐ (p10)15 ⓑ (q8)34 ⓒ (x6)43.

Solution

ⓐ p2 ⓑ q6 ⓒ x8

Simplify: ⓐ (r6)53 ⓑ (s12)34 ⓒ (m9)29.

Solution

ⓐ r10 ⓑ s9 ⓒ m2

The Quotient Property tells us that when we divide with the same base, we subtract the exponents.

Simplify: ⓐ x43x13 ⓑ y34y14 ⓒ z23z53.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of an exponential expression involving division with the same base by subtracting fractional exponents.
x43x13
To divide with the same base, we subtract the exponents. x43−13
Simplify. x
ⓑ
Steps to simplify an exponential expression by dividing terms with the same base and subtracting their fractional exponents.
y34y14
To divide with the same base, we subtract the exponents. y34−14
Simplify. y12
ⓒ
This table demonstrates the simplification of an exponential expression by applying rules for dividing with the same base and rewriting negative exponents.
z23z53
To divide with the same base, we subtract the exponents. z23−53
Rewrite without a negative exponent. 1z

Simplify: ⓐ u54u14 ⓑ v35v25 ⓒ x23x53.

Solution

ⓐ u ⓑ v15 ⓒ 1x

Simplify: ⓐ c125c25 ⓑ m54m94 ⓒ d15d65.

Solution

ⓐ c2 ⓑ 1m ⓒ 1d

Sometimes we need to use more than one property. In the next two examples, we will use both the Product to a Power Property and then the Power Property.

Simplify: ⓐ (27u12)23 ⓑ (8v14)23.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of the expression (27u^(1/2))^(2/3) to 9u^(1/3) using exponent rules.
(27u12)23
First we use the Product to a Power Property. (27)23(u12)23
Rewrite 27 as a power of 3. (33)23(u12)23
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. (32)(u13)
Simplify. 9u13
ⓑ
This table demonstrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving rational exponents.
(8v14)23
First we use the Product to a Power Property. (8)23(v14)23
Rewrite 8 as a power of 2. (23)23(v14)23
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. (22)(v16)
Simplify. 4v16

Simplify: ⓐ (32x13)35 ⓑ (64y23)13.

Solution

ⓐ 8x15 ⓑ 4y29

Simplify: ⓐ (16m13)32 ⓑ (81n25)32.

Solution

ⓐ 64m12 ⓑ 729n35

Simplify: ⓐ (m3n9)13 ⓑ (p4q8)14.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Step-by-step simplification of a mathematical expression involving powers and roots using the Product to a Power Property.
(m3n9)13
First we use the Product to a Power Property. (m3)13(n9)13
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. mn3
ⓑ
Step-by-step example illustrating the simplification of an exponential expression (p^4q^8)^(1/4) using exponent properties.
(p4q8)14
First we use the Product to a Power Property. (p4)14(q8)14
To raise a power to a power, we multiply the exponents. pq2

We will use both the Product and Quotient Properties in the next example.

Simplify: ⓐ x34·x−14x−64 ⓑ y43·yy−23.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
This table illustrates the step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression involving fractional exponents using properties of exponents.
x34·x−14x−64
Use the Product Property in the numerator, add the exponents. x24x−64
Use the Quotient Property, subtract the exponents. x84
Simplify. x2
ⓑ
Step-by-step simplification of an algebraic expression using product and quotient properties of exponents.
y43·yy−23
Use the Product Property in the numerator, add the exponents. y73y−23
Use the Quotient Property, subtract the exponents. y93
Simplify. y3

Simplify: ⓐ m23·m−13m−53 ⓑ n16·nn−116.

Solution

ⓐ m2 ⓑ n3

Simplify: ⓐ u45·u−25u−135 ⓑ v12·vv−72.

Solution

ⓐ u3 ⓑ v5

Key Concepts

  • Summary of Exponent Properties
  • If a,b are real numbers and m,n are rational numbers, then
    • Product Property am·an=am+n
    • Power Property (am)n=am·n
    • Product to a Power (ab)m=ambm
    • Quotient Property:
      aman=am−n,a≠0,m>n
      aman=1an−m,a≠0,n>m
    • Zero Exponent Definition a0=1, a≠0
    • Quotient to a Power Property (ab)m=ambm,b≠0

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Simplify Expressions with a1n

In the following exercises, write as a radical expression.

ⓐ x12 ⓑ y13 ⓒ z14

ⓐ r12 ⓑ s13 ⓒ t14

Solution

ⓐ r ⓑ s3 ⓒ t4

ⓐ u15 ⓑ v19 ⓒ w120

ⓐ g17 ⓑ h15 ⓒ j125

Solution

ⓐ g7 ⓑ h5 ⓒ j25

In the following exercises, write with a rational exponent.

ⓐ −x7 ⓑ y9 ⓒ f5

ⓐ r8 ⓑ A mathematical radical symbol is displayed, with '19' as the index above the left arm of the root and '5' as the radicand inside, indicating the 19th root of 5. ⓒ t4

Solution

ⓐ r18 ⓑ s110 ⓒ t14

ⓐ a3 ⓑ The mathematical expression for the twelfth root of 'b'. ⓒ c

ⓐ u5 ⓑ v ⓒ A close-up view of the mathematical expression '16th root of W', stylized as a radical sign with '16' as the index and 'W' as the radicand.

Solution

ⓐ u15 ⓑ v12 ⓒ w116

ⓐ 7c3 ⓑ 12d7 ⓒ 35f4

ⓐ 5x4 ⓑ 9y8 ⓒ 73z5

Solution

ⓐ (5x)14 ⓑ (9y)18 ⓒ 7(3z)15

ⓐ 21p ⓑ 8q4 ⓒ 436r6

ⓐ 25a3 ⓑ 3b ⓒ A mathematical expression showing the tenth root of 40c, represented as an n-th root symbol with 10 as the index and 40c as the radicand.

Solution

ⓐ (25a)13 ⓑ (3b)12 ⓒ (40c)110

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 8112 ⓑ 12513 ⓒ 6412

ⓐ 62514 ⓑ 24315 ⓒ 3215

Solution

ⓐ 5 ⓑ 3 ⓒ 2

ⓐ 1614 ⓑ 1612 ⓒ 312515

ⓐ 21613 ⓑ 3215 ⓒ 8114

Solution

ⓐ 6 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 3

ⓐ (−216)13 ⓑ −21613 ⓒ (216)−13

ⓐ (−243)15 ⓑ −24315 ⓒ (243)−15

Solution

ⓐ −3 ⓑ −3 ⓒ 13

ⓐ (−1)13 ⓑ −113 ⓒ (1)−13

ⓐ (−1000)13 ⓑ −100013 ⓒ (1000)−13

Solution

ⓐ −10 ⓑ −10 ⓒ 110

ⓐ (−81)14 ⓑ −8114 ⓒ (81)−14

ⓐ (−49)12 ⓑ −4912 ⓒ (49)−12

Solution

ⓐ not a real number ⓑ −7 ⓒ 17

ⓐ (−36)12 ⓑ −3612 ⓒ (36)−12

ⓐ (−1)14 ⓑ (1)−14 ⓒ −114

Solution

ⓐ not a real number ⓑ 1 ⓒ −1

ⓐ (−100)12 ⓑ −10012 ⓒ (100)−12

ⓐ (−32)15 ⓑ (243)−15 ⓒ −12513

Solution

ⓐ −2 ⓑ 13
ⓒ −5

Simplify Expressions with amn

In the following exercises, write with a rational exponent.

ⓐ m5 ⓑ n23 ⓒ p34

ⓐ r74 ⓑ s35 ⓒ t73

Solution

ⓐ r74 ⓑ s35 ⓒ t73

ⓐ u25 ⓑ v85 ⓒ w49

ⓐ a3 ⓑ b5 ⓒ c53

Solution

ⓐ a13 ⓑ b52 ⓒ c53

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 1632 ⓑ 823 ⓒ 10,00034

ⓐ 100023 ⓑ 2532 ⓒ 3235

Solution

ⓐ 100 ⓑ 125 ⓒ 8

ⓐ 2753 ⓑ 1654 ⓒ 3225

ⓐ 1632 ⓑ 12553 ⓒ 6443

Solution

ⓐ 64 ⓑ 3125 ⓒ 256

ⓐ 3225 ⓑ 27−23 ⓒ 25−32

ⓐ 6452 ⓑ 81−32 ⓒ 27−43

Solution

ⓐ 32,768 ⓑ 1729 ⓒ 181

ⓐ 2532 ⓑ 9−32 ⓒ (−64)23

ⓐ 10032 ⓑ 49−52 ⓒ (−100)32

Solution

ⓐ 1000 ⓑ 116,807 ⓒ not a real number

ⓐ −932 ⓑ −9−32 ⓒ (−9)32

ⓐ −6432 ⓑ −64−32 ⓒ (−64)32

Solution

ⓐ −512
ⓑ −1512 ⓒ not a real number

ⓐ −10032 ⓑ −100−32 ⓒ (−100)32

ⓐ −4932 ⓑ −49−32 ⓒ (−49)32

Solution

ⓐ −343 ⓑ −1343 ⓒ not a real number

Use the Laws of Exponents to Simplify Expressions with Rational Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

ⓐ 458·4118 ⓑ m712·m1712 ⓒ p37·p187

ⓐ 652·612 ⓑ n210·n810 ⓒ q25·q135

Solution

ⓐ 216 ⓑ n ⓒ q3

ⓐ 512·572 ⓑ c34·c94 ⓒ d35·d25

ⓐ 1013·1053 ⓑ x56·x76 ⓒ y118·y218

Solution

ⓐ 100 ⓑ x2 ⓒ y4

ⓐ (m6)52 ⓑ (n9)43 ⓒ (p12)34

ⓐ (a12)16 ⓑ (b15)35 ⓒ (c11)111

Solution

ⓐ a2 ⓑ b9
ⓒ c

ⓐ (x12)23 ⓑ (y20)25 ⓒ (z16)116

ⓐ (h6)43 ⓑ (k12)34 ⓒ (j10)75

Solution

ⓐ h8 ⓑ k9 ⓒ j14

ⓐ x72x52 ⓑ y52y12 ⓒ r45r95

ⓐ s115s65 ⓑ z73z13 ⓒ w27w97

Solution

ⓐ s ⓑ z2 ⓒ 1w

ⓐ t125t75 ⓑ x32x12ⓒ m138m58

ⓐ u139u49 ⓑ r157r87 ⓒ n35n85

Solution

ⓐ u ⓑ r ⓒ 1n

ⓐ (9p23)52 ⓑ (27q32)43

ⓐ (81r45)14 ⓑ (64s37)16

Solution

ⓐ 3r15 ⓑ 2s114

ⓐ (16u13)34 ⓑ (100v25)32

ⓐ (27m34)23 ⓑ (625n83)34

Solution

ⓐ 9m12 ⓑ 125n2

ⓐ (x8y10)12 ⓑ (a9b12)13

ⓐ (r8s4)14 ⓑ (u15v20)15

Solution

ⓐ r2s ⓑ u3v4

ⓐ (a6b16)12 ⓑ (j9k6)23

ⓐ (r16s10)12 ⓑ (u10v5)45

Solution

ⓐ r8s5 ⓑ u8v4

ⓐ r52·r−12r−32 ⓑ s15·ss−95

ⓐ a34·a−14a−104 ⓑ b23·bb−73

Solution

ⓐ a3 ⓑ b4

ⓐ c53·c−13c−23 ⓑ d35·dd−25

ⓐ m74·m−54m−24 ⓑ n37·nn−47

Solution

ⓐ m ⓑ n2

452·412

n26·n46

Solution

n

(a24)16

(b10)35

Solution

b6

w25w75

z23z83

Solution

1z2

(27r35)13

(64s35)16

Solution

2s110

(r9s12)13

(u12v18)16

Solution

u2v3

Everyday Math

Landscaping Joe wants to have a square garden plot in his backyard. He has enough compost to cover an area of 144 square feet. Simplify 14412 to find the length of each side of his garden.

Landscaping Elliott wants to make a square patio in his yard. He has enough concrete to pave an area of 242 square feet. Simplify 24212 to find the length of each side of his patio.Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

15.6 feet

Gravity While putting up holiday decorations, Bob dropped a decoration from the top of a tree that is 12 feet tall. Simplify 12121612 to find how many seconds it took for the decoration to reach the ground. Round to the nearest tenth of a second.

Gravity An airplane dropped a flare from a height of 1024 feet above a lake. Simplify 1024121612 to find how many seconds it took for the flare to reach the water.

Solution

8 seconds

Writing Exercises

Show two different algebraic methods to simplify 432. Explain all your steps.

Explain why the expression (−16)32 cannot be evaluated.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Chapter 9 Review Exercises

Simplify and Use Square Roots

Simplify Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

64

144

Solution

12

−25

−81

Solution

−9

−9

−36

Solution

not a real number

64+225

64+225

Solution

17

Estimate Square Roots

In the following exercises, estimate each square root between two consecutive whole numbers.

28

155

Solution

12<155<13

Approximate Square Roots

In the following exercises, approximate each square root and round to two decimal places.

15

57

Solution

7.55

Simplify Variable Expressions with Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

q2

64b2

Solution

8b

−121a2

225m2n2

Solution

15mn

−100q2

49y2

Solution

7y

4a2b2

121c2d2

Solution

11cd

Simplify Square Roots

Use the Product Property to Simplify Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

300

98

Solution

72

x13

y19

Solution

y9y

16m4

36n13

Solution

6n6n

288m21

150n7

Solution

5n36n

48r5s4

108r5s3

Solution

6r2s3rs

10−505

6+726

Solution

1+2

Use the Quotient Property to Simplify Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

1625

8136

Solution

32

x8x4

y6y2

Solution

y2

98p62p2

72q82q4

Solution

6q2

65121

26169

Solution

2613

64x425x2

36r1016r5

Solution

3r2r2

48p3q527pq

12r5s775r2s

Solution

2rs3r5

Add and Subtract Square Roots

Add and Subtract Like Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

32+2

55+75

Solution

125

4y+4y

6m−2m

Solution

4m

−37+27−7

813+23+313

Solution

1113+23

35xy−5xy+35xy

23rs+3rs−5rs

Solution

33rs−5rs

Add and Subtract Square Roots that Need Simplification

In the following exercises, simplify.

32+32

8+32

Solution

52

72+50

48+75

Solution

93

332+98

1327−18192

Solution

0

50y5−72y5

618n4−38n4+n250

Solution

17n22

Multiply Square Roots

Multiply Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

2·20

22·614

Solution

247

2m2·20m4

(62y)(350y3)

Solution

180y2

(63v4)(530v)

(8)2

Solution

8

(−10)2

(25)(55)

Solution

50

(−33)(518)

Use Polynomial Multiplication to Multiply Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

10(2−7)

Solution

20−107

3(4+12)

(5+2)(3−2)

Solution

13−22

(5−37)(1−27)

(1−3x)(5+2x)

Solution

5−13x−6x

(3+4y)(10−y)

(1+6p)2

Solution

1+12p+36p

(2−65)2

(3+27)(3−27)

Solution

−19

(6−11)(6+11)

Divide Square Roots

Divide Square Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

7510

Solution

32

2−126

4827

Solution

43

75x73x3

20y52y

Solution

y210

98p6q42p4q8

Rationalize a One Term Denominator

In the following exercises, rationalize the denominator.

1015

Solution

2153

66

535

Solution

53

1026

328

Solution

2114

975

Rationalize a Two Term Denominator

In the following exercises, rationalize the denominator.

44+27

Solution

16−123−11

52−10

42−5

Solution

−8−45

54−8

2p+3

Solution

2p−6p−3

x−2x+2

Solve Equations with Square Roots

Solve Radical Equations

In the following exercises, solve the equation.

7z+1=6

Solution

5

4u−2−4=0

6m+4−5=0

Solution

72

2u−3+2=0

u−4+4=u

Solution

4 and 5

v−9+9=0

r−4−r=−10

Solution

13

s−9−s=−9

22x−7−4=8

Solution

432

2−x=2x−7

a+3=a+9

Solution

0

r+3=r+4

u+2=u+5

Solution

116

n+11−1=n+4

y+5+1=2y+3

Solution

11

Use Square Roots in Applications

In the following exercises, solve. Round approximations to one decimal place.

A pallet of sod will cover an area of about 600 square feet. Trinh wants to order a pallet of sod to make a square lawn in his backyard. Use the formula s=A to find the length of each side of his lawn.

A helicopter dropped a package from a height of 900 feet above a stranded hiker. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the package to reach the hiker.

Solution

7.5 seconds

Officer Morales measured the skid marks of one of the cars involved in an accident. The length of the skid marks was 245 feet. Use the formula s=24d to find the speed of the car before the brakes were applied.

Higher Roots

Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.


ⓐ 646
ⓑ 643

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ 4


ⓐ −273
ⓑ −644


ⓐ d99
ⓑ v88

Solution

ⓐ d ⓑ |v|


ⓐ a105
ⓑ b273


ⓐ 16x84
ⓑ 64y126

Solution

ⓐ 2x2 ⓑ 2y2


ⓐ 128r147
ⓑ 81s244

Use the Product Property to Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.


ⓐ d99
ⓑ A mathematical expression showing the 11th root of m raised to the power of 17, written as '11th root of m^17'.

Solution

ⓐ d ⓑ mm611


ⓐ 543
ⓑ 1284


ⓐ 64c85
ⓑ 48d74

Solution

ⓐ 2c2c35 ⓑ 2d3d34


ⓐ 343q73
ⓑ 192r96


ⓐ −5003
ⓑ −164

Solution

ⓐ −543 ⓑ not a real number

Use the Quotient Property to Simplify Expressions with Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

r10r55

w12w23

Solution

w3w3

64y84y54

54z92z33

Solution

3z2

64a7b26

Add and Subtract Higher Roots

In the following exercises, simplify.

4205−2205

Solution

2205

4183+3183

12504−1624

Solution

224

640c53−−80c33

96t85+486t45

Solution

2t3t35+32t45

Rational Exponents

Simplify Expressions with a1n

In the following exercises, write as a radical expression.

r18

s110

Solution

A close-up image showing a mathematical expression: the square root of nineteen divided by S. It appears to be a variable or a value S under the radical symbol, with 19 also inside.

In the following exercises, write with a rational exponent.

u5

v6

Solution

v16

9m3

10z6

Solution

(10z)16

In the following exercises, simplify.

1614

3215

Solution

2

(−125)13

(125)−13

Solution

15

(−9)12

(36)−12

Solution

16

Simplify Expressions with amn

In the following exercises, write with a rational exponent.

q53

n85

Solution

n85

In the following exercises, simplify.

27−23

6452

Solution

32,768

3632

81−52

Solution

159,049

Use the Laws of Exponents to Simplify Expressions with Rational Exponents

In the following exercises, simplify.

345·365

(x6)43

Solution

x8

z52z75

(16s94)14

Solution

2s916

(m8n12)14

z23·z−13z−53

Solution

z2

Practice Test

In the following exercises, simplify.

81+144

169m4n2

Solution

13m2|n|

36n13

313+52+13

Solution

413+52

520+2125

(36y)(250y3)

Solution

60y23

(2−5x)(3+x)

(1−2q)2

Solution

1−4q+4q


ⓐ a124
ⓑ b213


ⓐ 81x124
ⓑ 64y186

Solution

ⓐ 3x3 ⓑ 2y3

64r1225r6

14y37y

Solution

y2

256x754x25

5124−2324

Solution

0


ⓐ 25614
ⓑ 24315

4932

Solution

343

25−52

w34w74

Solution

1w

(27s35)13

In the following exercises, rationalize the denominator.

326

Solution

64

3x+5

In the following exercises, solve.

32x−3−20=7

Solution

42

3u−2=5u+1

In the following exercise, solve.

A helicopter flying at an altitude of 600 feet dropped a package to a lifeboat. Use the formula t=h4 to find how many seconds it took for the package to reach the hiker. Round your answer to the nearest tenth of a second.

Solution

6.1 seconds

rational exponents

  • If an is a real number and n≥2, a1n=an.
  • For any positive integers m and n, amn=(an)m and amn=amn.

Introduction

A photo of multi-colored fireworks exploding in a night sky.
Fireworks accompany festive celebrations around the world. (Credit: modification of work by tlc, Flickr)

The trajectories of fireworks are modeled by quadratic equations. The equations can be used to predict the maximum height of a firework and the number of seconds it will take from launch to explosion. In this chapter, we will study the properties of quadratic equations, solve them, graph them, and see how they are applied as models of various situations.

Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Square Root Property

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve quadratic equations of the form ax2=k using the Square Root Property
  • Solve quadratic equations of the form a(x−h)2=k using the Square Root Property

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: 75.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Simplify Square Roots.

Solution

53

Simplify: 643.
If you missed this problem, review Example 8 in Divide Square Roots.

Solution

833

Factor: 4x2−12x+9.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Factor Special Products.

Solution

2x−32

Quadratic equations are equations of the form ax2+bx+c=0, where a≠0. They differ from linear equations by including a term with the variable raised to the second power. We use different methods to solve quadratic equations than linear equations, because just adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing terms will not isolate the variable.

We have seen that some quadratic equations can be solved by factoring. In this chapter, we will use three other methods to solve quadratic equations.

Solve Quadratic Equations of the Form ax2 = k Using the Square Root Property

We have already solved some quadratic equations by factoring. Let’s review how we used factoring to solve the quadratic equation x2=9.

x2=9Put the equation in standard form.x2−9=0Factor the left side.(x−3)(x+3)=0Use the Zero Product Property.(x−3)=0,(x+3)=0Solve each equation.x=3,x=−3Combine the two solutions into±form.x=±3(The solution is read‘xis equal to positive or negative 3.’)

We can easily use factoring to find the solutions of similar equations, like x2=16 and x2=25, because 16 and 25 are perfect squares. But what happens when we have an equation like x2=7? Since 7 is not a perfect square, we cannot solve the equation by factoring.

These equations are all of the form x2=k.
We defined the square root of a number in this way:

Ifn2=m,thennis a square root ofm.

This leads to the Square Root Property.

Square Root Property

If x2=k, and k≥0, then x=korx=−k.

Notice that the Square Root Property gives two solutions to an equation of the form x2=k: the principal square root of k and its opposite. We could also write the solution as x=±k.

Now, we will solve the equation x2=9 again, this time using the Square Root Property.

x2=9Use the Square Root Property.x=±9Simplify the radical.x=±3Rewrite to show the two solutions.x=3,x=−3

What happens when the constant is not a perfect square? Let’s use the Square Root Property to solve the equation x2=7.

Use the Square Root Property.x2=7x=±7Rewrite to show two solutions.x=7,x=−7We cannot simplify7,so we leave the answer as a radical.

Solve: x2=169.

Solution

Solution

Use the Square Root Property.Simplify the radical.x2=169x=±169x=±13Rewrite to show two solutions.x=13,x=−13

Solve: x2=81.

Solution

x=9,x=−9

Solve: y2=121.

Solution

y=11,y=−11

How to Solve a Quadratic Equation of the Form ax2=k Using the Square Root Property

Solve: x2−48=0.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the given equation, x squared minus 48 equals zero. Step one is to isolate the quadratic term and make its coefficient one so add 48 to both sides of the equation to get x squared by itself. Step two is to use the Square Root Property to get x equals plus or minus the square root of 48. Step three, simplify the square root of 48 by writing 48 as the product of 16 and three. The square root of 16 is four. The simplified solution is x equals plus or minus four square root of three. Step four, check the solutions by substituting each solution into the original equation. When x equals four square root of three, replace x in the original equation with four square root of three to get four square root of three squared minus 48 equals zero. Simplify the left side to get 16 times three minus 48 equals zero which simplifies further to zero equals zero, a true statement. When x equals negative four square root of three, replace x in the original equation with negative four square root of three to get negative four square root of three squared minus 48 equals zero. Simplify the left side to get 16 times three minus 48 equals zero which simplifies further to zero equals zero, also a true statement.

Solve: x2−50=0.

Solution

x=52,x=−52

Solve: y2−27=0.

Solution

y=33,y=−33

Solve a quadratic equation using the Square Root Property.

  1. Isolate the quadratic term and make its coefficient one.
  2. Use Square Root Property.
  3. Simplify the radical.
  4. Check the solutions.

To use the Square Root Property, the coefficient of the variable term must equal 1. In the next example, we must divide both sides of the equation by 5 before using the Square Root Property.

Solve: 5m2=80.

Solution

Solution

The quadratic term is isolated. 5m2=80
Divide by 5 to make its cofficient 1. 5m25=805
Simplify. m2=16
Use the Square Root Property. m=±16
Simplify the radical. m=±4
Rewrite to show two solutions. m=4,m=−4
Check the solutions.
Verifying that both m=4 and m=-4 are solutions to the equation 5m^2=80, as both positive and negative values yield 80=80 when squared and multiplied by 5.

Solve: 2x2=98.

Solution

x=7,x=−7

Solve: 3z2=108.

Solution

z=6,z=−6

The Square Root Property started by stating, ‘If x2=k, and k≥0’. What will happen if k<0? This will be the case in the next example.

Solve: q2+24=0.

Solution

Solution

Demonstrates solving the quadratic equation q^2 + 24 = 0, illustrating steps that lead to the conclusion of no real solution.
q2+24=0
Isolate the quadratic term. q2=−24
Use the Square Root Property. q=±−24
The −24 is not a real number. There is no real solution.

Solve: c2+12=0.

Solution

no real solution

Solve: d2+81=0.

Solution

no real solution

Remember, we first isolate the quadratic term and then make the coefficient equal to one.

Solve: 23u2+5=17.

Solution

Solution

23u2+5=17
Isolate the quadratic term. 23u2=12
Multiply by 32 to make the coefficient 1. 32·23u2=32·12
Simplify. u2=18
Use the Square Root Property. u=±18
Simplify the radical. u=±92
Simplify. u=±32
Rewrite to show two solutions. u=32,u=−32
Check.
Two step-by-step mathematical calculations demonstrating the verification of both positive and negative solutions for the quadratic equation (2/3)u^2 + 5 = 17, confirming 17 = 17 in both cases.

Solve: 12x2+4=24.

Solution

x=210,x=−210

Solve: 34y2−3=18.

Solution

y=27,y=−27

The solutions to some equations may have fractions inside the radicals. When this happens, we must rationalize the denominator.

Solve: 2c2−4=45.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution of a quadratic equation using the Square Root Property.



Isolate the quadratic term.

Divide by 2 to make the coefficient 1.



Simplify.

Use the Square Root Property.

Simplify the radical.

Rationalize the denominator.

Simplify.
2c2−4=452c2=492c22=492c2=492c=±492c=±492c=±49·22·2c=±722
Rewrite to show two solutions. c=722,c=−722
Check. We leave the check for you.

Solve: 5r2−2=34.

Solution

r=655,r=−655

Solve: 3t2+6=70.

Solution

t=833,t=−833

Solve Quadratic Equations of the Form a(x − h)2 = k Using the Square Root Property

We can use the Square Root Property to solve an equation like (x−3)2=16, too. We will treat the whole binomial, (x−3), as the quadratic term.

Solve: (x−3)2=16.

Solution

Solution

(x−3)2=16
Use the Square Root Property. x−3=±16
Simplify. x−3=±4
Write as two equations. x−3=4,x−3=−4
Solve. x=7,x=−1
Check.
Two math problems are solved: (7-3)^2=16 and (-1-3)^2=16. Both simplify to (4)^2=16 and (-4)^2=16 respectively, ultimately confirming 16=16, illustrating squaring positive and negative numbers.

Solve: (q+5)2=1.

Solution

q=−6,q=−4

Solve: (r−3)2=25.

Solution

r=8,r=−2

Solve: (y−7)2=12.

Solution

Solution

(y−7)2=12
Use the Square Root Property. y−7=±12
Simplify the radical. y−7=±23
Solve for y. y=7±23
Rewrite to show two solutions. y=7+23,y=7−23
Check.
Two columns of mathematical steps verify the solutions for the equation (y-7)^2 = 12. Both y = 7 + 2sqrt(3) and y = 7 - 2sqrt(3) are shown to correctly satisfy the equation, resulting in 12 = 12.

Solve: (a−3)2=18.

Solution

a=3+32,a=3−32

Solve: (b+2)2=40.

Solution

b=−2+210,b=−2−210

Remember, when we take the square root of a fraction, we can take the square root of the numerator and denominator separately.

Solve: (x−12)2=54.

Solution

Solution

This table illustrates the step-by-step solution of a quadratic equation using the Square Root Property.




Use the Square Root Property.

Rewrite the radical as a fraction of square roots.


Simplify the radical.


Solve for x.
(x−12)2=54x−12=±54x−12=±54x−12=±52x=12±52
Rewrite to show two solutions. x=12+52,x=12−52
Check. We leave the check for you.

Solve: (x−13)2=59.

Solution

x=13+53,x=13−53

Solve: (y−34)2=716.

Solution

y=34+74,y=34−74

We will start the solution to the next example by isolating the binomial.

Solve: (x−2)2+3=30.

Solution

Solution

Step-by-step solution to a quadratic equation using the Square Root Property.
(x−2)2+3=30
Isolate the binomial term. (x−2)2=27
Use the Square Root Property. x−2=±27
Simplify the radical. x−2=±33
Solve for x. x=2±33
Rewrite to show two solutions. x=2+33,x=2−33
Check. We leave the check for you.

Solve: (a−5)2+4=24.

Solution

a=5+25,a=5−25

Solve: (b−3)2−8=24.

Solution

b=3+42,b=3−42

Solve: (3v−7)2=−12.

Solution

Solution

Demonstration of applying the square root property to solve (3v-7)^2 = -12, resulting in no real solution.



Use the Square Root Property.
(3v−7)2=−123v−7=±−12
The −12 is not a real number. There is no real solution.

Solve: (3r+4)2=−8.

Solution

no real solution

Solve: (2t−8)2=−10.

Solution

no real solution

The left sides of the equations in the next two examples do not seem to be of the form a(x−h)2. But they are perfect square trinomials, so we will factor to put them in the form we need.

Solve: p2−10p+25=18.

Solution

Solution

The left side of the equation is a perfect square trinomial. We will factor it first.

Demonstrates solving a perfect square trinomial using the Square Root Property, showing steps like factoring, simplifying radicals, and presenting two solutions for p.



Factor the perfect square trinomial.

Use the Square Root Property.

Simplify the radical.

Solve for p.
p2−10p+25=18(p−5)2=18p−5=±18p−5=±32p=5±32
Rewrite to show two solutions. p=5+32,p=5−32
Check. We leave the check for you.

Solve: x2−6x+9=12.

Solution

x=3+23,x=3−23

Solve: y2+12y+36=32.

Solution

y=−6+42,y=−6−42

Solve: 4n2+4n+1=16.

Solution

Solution

Again, we notice the left side of the equation is a perfect square trinomial. We will factor it first.

4n2+4n+1=16
Factor the perfect square trinomial. (2n+1)2=16
Use the Square Root Property. 2n+1=±16
Simplify the radical. 2n+1=±4
Solve for n. 2n=−1±4
Divide each side by 2. 2n2=−1±42n=−1±42
Rewrite to show two solutions. n=−1+42,n=−1−42
Simplify each equation. n=32,n=−52
Check.
Verification of two solutions (n=3/2 and n=-5/2) for the quadratic equation 4n^2 + 4n + 1 = 16. Both substitutions lead to the correct equality 16 = 16.

Solve: 9m2−12m+4=25.

Solution

m=−1,m=73

Solve: 16n2+40n+25=4.

Solution

n=−34,n=−74

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving quadratic equations:

  • Solving Quadratic Equations: Solving by Taking Square Roots
  • Using Square Roots to Solve Quadratic Equations
  • Solving Quadratic Equations: The Square Root Method

Key Concepts

  • Square Root Property
    If x2=k, and k≥0, then x=korx=−k.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Quadratic Equations of the form ax2=k Using the Square Root Property

In the following exercises, solve the following quadratic equations.

a2=49

Solution

a=±7

b2=144

r2−24=0

Solution

r=±26

t2−75=0

u2−300=0

Solution

u=±103

v2−80=0

4m2=36

Solution

m=±3

3n2=48

x2+20=0

Solution

no real solution

y2+64=0

25a2+3=11

Solution

a=±25

32b2−7=41

7p2+10=26

Solution

p=±477

2q2+5=30

Solve Quadratic Equations of the Form a(x−h)2=k Using the Square Root Property

In the following exercises, solve the following quadratic equations.

(x+2)2=9

Solution

x=1,x=−5

(y−5)2=36

(u−6)2=64

Solution

u=14,u=−2

(v+10)2=121

(m−6)2=20

Solution

m=6±25

(n+5)2=32

(r−12)2=34

Solution

r=12±32

(t−56)2=1125

(a−7)2+5=55

Solution

a=7±52

(b−1)2−9=39

(5c+1)2=−27

Solution

no real solution

(8d−6)2=−24

m2−4m+4=8

Solution

m=2±22

n2+8n+16=27

25x2−30x+9=36

Solution

x=−35,x=95

9y2+12y+4=9

Mixed Practice

In the following exercises, solve using the Square Root Property.

2r2=32

Solution

r=±4

4t2=16

(a−4)2=28

Solution

a=4±27

(b+7)2=8

9w2−24w+16=1

Solution

w=1,w=53

4z2+4z+1=49

a2−18=0

Solution

a=±32

b2−108=0

(p−13)2=79

Solution

p=13±73

(q−35)2=34

m2+12=0

Solution

no real solution

n2+48=0

u2−14u+49=72

Solution

u=7±62

v2+18v+81=50

(m−4)2+3=15

Solution

m=4±23

(n−7)2−8=64

(x+5)2=4

Solution

x=−3,x=−7

(y−4)2=64

6c2+4=29

Solution

c=±566

2d2−4=77

(x−6)2+7=3

Solution

no real solution

(y−4)2+10=9

Everyday Math

Paola has enough mulch to cover 48 square feet. She wants to use it to make three square vegetable gardens of equal sizes. Solve the equation 3s2=48 to find s, the length of each garden side.

Solution

4 feet

Kathy is drawing up the blueprints for a house she is designing. She wants to have four square windows of equal size in the living room, with a total area of 64 square feet. Solve the equation 4s2=64 to find s, the length of the sides of the windows.

Writing Exercises

Explain why the equation x2+12=8 has no solution.

Solution

Answers will vary.

Explain why the equation y2+8=12 has two solutions.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has three rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled “I can …”, the second “Confidently”, the third “With some help” and the last “No–I don’t get it”. In the “I can…” column the next row reads “solve quadratic equations of the form a x squared equals k using the square root property.” and the last row reads “solve quadratic equations of the form a times the quantity x minus h squared equals k using the square root property.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ If most of your checks were:

…confidently: Congratulations! You have achieved the objectives in this section. Reflect on the study skills you used so that you can continue to use them. What did you do to become confident of your ability to do these things? Be specific.

…with some help: This must be addressed quickly because topics you do not master become potholes in your road to success. In math, every topic builds upon previous work. It is important to make sure you have a strong foundation before you move on. Whom can you ask for help? Your fellow classmates and instructor are good resources. Is there a place on campus where math tutors are available? Can your study skills be improved?

…no-I don’t get it! This is a warning sign and you must not ignore it. You should get help right away or you will quickly be overwhelmed. See your instructor as soon as you can to discuss your situation. Together you can come up with a plan to get you the help you need.

quadratic equation
A quadratic equation is an equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0, where a≠0.
Square Root Property
The Square Root Property states that, if x2=k and k≥0, then x=korx=−k.

Solve Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Complete the square of a binomial expression
  • Solve quadratic equations of the form x2+bx+c=0 by completing the square
  • Solve quadratic equations of the form ax2+bx+c=0 by completing the square

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz. If you miss a problem, go back to the section listed and review the material.

Simplify (x+12)2.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Special Products.

Solution

x2+24x+144

Factor y2−18y+81.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Factor Special Products.

Solution

y−92

Factor 5n2+40n+80.
If you missed this problem, review Example 5 in Factor Special Products.

Solution

5(n+4)2

So far, we have solved quadratic equations by factoring and using the Square Root Property. In this section, we will solve quadratic equations by a process called ‘completing the square.’

Complete The Square of a Binomial Expression

In the last section, we were able to use the Square Root Property to solve the equation (y−7)2=12 because the left side was a perfect square.

(y−7)2=12y−7=±12y−7=±23y=7±23

We also solved an equation in which the left side was a perfect square trinomial, but we had to rewrite it the form (x−k)2 in order to use the square root property.

x2−10x+25=18(x−5)2=18

What happens if the variable is not part of a perfect square? Can we use algebra to make a perfect square?

Let’s study the binomial square pattern we have used many times. We will look at two examples.

(x+9)2(x+9)(x+9)x2+9x+9x+81x2+18x+81(y−7)2(y−7)(y−7)y2−7y−7y+49y2−14y+49

Binomial Squares Pattern

If a,b are real numbers,

(a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2
Algebraic expansion of (a+b)^2, demonstrating that a binomial squared equals the square of the first term, plus twice the product of the terms, plus the square of the second term.
(a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2
An algebraic identity showing the square of a binomial (a-b)² equals the square of the first term minus twice the product of the terms plus the square of the second term.

We can use this pattern to “make” a perfect square.

We will start with the expression x2+6x. Since there is a plus sign between the two terms, we will use the (a+b)2 pattern.

a2+2ab+b2=(a+b)2

Notice that the first term of x2+6x is a square, x2.

We now know a=x.

What number can we add to x2+6x to make a perfect square trinomial?

The image shows the expression a squared plus two a b plus b squared. Below it is the expression x squared plus six x plus a blank space. The x squared is below the a squared, the six x is below two a b and the blank is below the b squared.

The middle term of the Binomial Squares Pattern, 2ab, is twice the product of the two terms of the binomial. This means twice the product of x and some number is 6x. So, two times some number must be six. The number we need is 12·6=3. The second term in the binomial, b, must be 3.

The image is similar to the image above. It shows the expression a squared plus two a b plus b squared. Below it is the expression x squared plus two times three times x plus a blank space. The x squared is below the a squared, the two times three times x is below two a b and the blank is below the b squared.

We now know b=3.

Now, we just square the second term of the binomial to get the last term of the perfect square trinomial, so we square three to get the last term, nine.

The image shows the expression a squared plus two a b plus b squared. Below it is the expression x squared plus six x plus nine.

We can now factor to

The image shows the expression quantity a plus b squared. Below it is the expression quantity x plus three squared.

So, we found that adding nine to x2+6x ‘completes the square,’ and we write it as (x+3)2.

Complete a square.

To complete the square of x2+bx:

  1. Identify b, the coefficient of x.
  2. Find (12b)2, the number to complete the square.
  3. Add the (12b)2 to x2+bx.

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Then, write the result as a binomial square.

x2+14x

Solution

Solution

The coefficient of x is 14. Two mathematical expressions are displayed: x^2 + bx in red, followed by x^2 + 14x in black, illustrating a comparison or specific case where b=14.
Find(12b)2.(12⋅14)2(7)249
Add 49 to the binomial to complete the square. x2+14x+49
Rewrite as a binomial square. (x+7)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

y2+12y

Solution

(y+6)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

z2+8z

Solution

(z+4)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Then, write the result as a binomial squared. m2−26m

Solution

Solution

The coefficient of m is −26. The image shows the expression m squared minus 26 m with x squared plus b x written above it. The coefficient of m is negative 26 so b is negative 26. Find half of b and square it. Half of negative 26 is negative 13 and negative 13 squared is 169. Add 169 to the binomial to complete the square and get the expression m squared minus 26 m plus 169 which is the quantity m minus 13 squared.
Find(12b)2.(12⋅(−26))2(−13)2169
Add 169 to the binomial to complete the square. m2−26m+169
Rewrite as a binomial square. (m−13)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

a2−20a

Solution

(a−10)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

b2−4b

Solution

(b−2)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Then, write the result as a binomial squared.

u2−9u

Solution

Solution

The coefficient of u is −9. Two algebraic expressions are shown: 'x^2 + bx' in red, and 'u^2 - 9u' in grey, representing quadratic terms or parts of polynomial equations.
Find(12b)2.(12⋅(−9))2(−92)2814
Add 814 to the binomial to complete the square. u2−9u+814
Rewrite as a binomial square. (u−92)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

m2−5m

Solution

(m−52)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

n2+13n

Solution

(n+132)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Then, write the result as a binomial squared.

p2+12p

Solution

Solution

The coefficient of p is 12. Two quadratic expressions, x×2 + bx and p×2 + (1/2)p, illustrating terms often involved in completing the square.
Find(12b)2.(12⋅12)2(14)2116
Add 116 to the binomial to complete the square. p2+12p+116
Rewrite as a binomial square. (p+14)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

p2+14p

Solution

(p+18)2

Complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Write the result as a binomial square.

q2−23q

Solution

(q−13)2

Solve Quadratic Equations of the Form x2 + bx + c = 0 by completing the square

In solving equations, we must always do the same thing to both sides of the equation. This is true, of course, when we solve a quadratic equation by completing the square, too. When we add a term to one side of the equation to make a perfect square trinomial, we must also add the same term to the other side of the equation.

For example, if we start with the equation x2+6x=40 and we want to complete the square on the left, we will add nine to both sides of the equation.

The image shows the equation x squared plus six x equals 40. Below that the equation is rewritten as x squared plus six x plus blank space equals 40 plus blank space. Below that the equation is rewritten again as x squared plus six x plus nine equals 40 plus nine.

Then, we factor on the left and simplify on the right.

(x+3)2=49

Now the equation is in the form to solve using the Square Root Property. Completing the square is a way to transform an equation into the form we need to be able to use the Square Root Property.

How To Solve a Quadratic Equation of the Form x2+bx+c=0 by Completing the Square

Solve x2+8x=48 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the steps to solve the equation x squared plus eight x equals 48. Step one is to isolate the variable terms on one side and the constant terms on the other. The equation already has all the variables on the left. Step two is to find the quantity half of b squared, the number to complete the square and add it to both sides of the equation. The coefficient of x is eight so b is eight. Take half of eight, which is four and square it to get 16. Add 16 to both sides of the equation to get x squared plus eight x plus 16 equals 48 plus 16. Step three is to factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. The left side is the perfect square trinomial x squared plus eight x plus 16 which factors to the quantity x plus four squared. Adding on the right side 48 plus 16 is 64. The equation is now the quantity x plus four squared equals 64. Step four is to use the square root property to make the equation x plus four equals plus or minus the square root of 64. Step five is to simplify the radical and then solve the two resulting equations. The square root of 64 is eight. The equation can be written as two equations: x plus four equals eight and x plus four equals negative eight. Solving each equation gives x equals four or negative 12. Step six is to check the solutions. To check the solutions put each answer in the original equation. Substituting x equals four in the original equation to get four squared plus eight times four equals 48. The left side simplifies to 16 plus 32 which is 48. Substituting x equals negative 12 in the original equation to get negative 12 squared plus eight times negative 12 equals 48. The left side simplifies to 144 minus 96 which is 48.

Solve c2+4c=5 by completing the square.

Solution

c=−5,c=1

Solve d2+10d=−9 by completing the square.

Solution

d=−9,d=−1

Solve a quadratic equation of the form x2+bx+c=0 by completing the square.

  1. Isolate the variable terms on one side and the constant terms on the other.
  2. Find (12·b)2, the number to complete the square. Add it to both sides of the equation.
  3. Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square.
  4. Use the Square Root Property.
  5. Simplify the radical and then solve the two resulting equations.
  6. Check the solutions.

Solve y2−6y=16 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

The variable terms are on the left side. Two mathematical expressions are shown: 'x^2 - bx' and 'c' in red text, and 'y^2 - 6y = 16' in black text.
Take half of −6 and square it. (12(−6))2=9 A mathematical equation y^2 - 6y + blank space over ((1/2)*(-6))^2 = 16, illustrating the process of completing the square with a missing term. The term to be added is shown as ((1/2)*(-6))^2.
Add 9 to both sides. Mathematical equation y^2 - 6y + 9 = 16 + 9, where the number 9 is highlighted in red on both sides, illustrating the completion of the square method.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. The image shows the mathematical equation (y-3)^2 = 25, which is a quadratic equation where the square of the difference between y and 3 is equal to 25.
Use the Square Root Property. Equation solving for y: y minus 3 equals plus or minus the square root of 25. The solution will involve considering both the positive and negative square roots of 25.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'y - 3 = '>  with '±5' to the right of the equals sign. The equation is centered on a white background.
Solve for y. A mathematical expression reads 'y = 3 ± 5', indicating that y can be either 3 plus 5 or 3 minus 5.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two mathematical equations are displayed on a white background. The first equation is y = 3 + 5, and the second is y = 3 - 5.
Solve the equations. The image displays mathematical equations 'y = 8' and 'y = -2' written in a dark grey font on a plain white background.
Check.

Verification of solutions for the quadratic equation y^2 - 6y = 16. It shows that substituting y=8 and y=-2 into the equation results in a true statement (16=16), confirming they are valid roots.

Solve r2−4r=12 by completing the square.

Solution

r=−2,r=6

Solve t2−10t=11 by completing the square.

Solution

t=−1,t=11

Solve x2+4x=−21 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

The variable terms are on the left side. A general algebraic expression, x^2 + bx c (in red), is displayed above a specific quadratic equation, x^2 + 4x = -21 (in black), for comparison of coefficients.
Take half of 4 and square it. (12(4))2=4 A mathematical equation illustrating the process of completing the square: x^2 + 4x + (1/2 * 4)^2 = -21. The term to be added for completing the square is highlighted in red.
Add 4 to both sides. A quadratic equation x² + 4x + 4 = -21 + 4 is shown, with the number 4, added to both sides, highlighted in red, as a step in completing the square.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. The equation (x + 2)² = -17 is displayed, representing a quadratic equation with no real solutions since a squared term cannot equal a negative number.
Use the Square Root Property. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 'x + 2 = ±√-17'. The equation involves a variable x, the number 2, an equality sign, and the positive or negative square root of -17.
We cannot take the square root of a negative number. There is no real solution.

Solve y2−10y=−35 by completing the square.

Solution

no real solution

Solve z2+8z=−19 by completing the square.

Solution

no real solution

In the previous example, there was no real solution because (x+k)2 was equal to a negative number.

Solve p2−18p=−6 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

The variable terms are on the left side. Mathematical notation featuring the quadratic equation P^2 - 18P = -6, with general quadratic terms x^2 + bx and constant c highlighted in red above it.
Take half of −18 and square it. (12(−18))2=81 Mathematical equation demonstrating completing the square: P^2 - 18p + (1/2 * -18)^2 = -6.
Add 81 to both sides. A mathematical equation shows p squared minus 18p plus 81 equals negative 6 plus 81.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing (p - 9)^2 = 75. The equation is centered on a white background, suggesting a problem from a textbook or test.
Use the Square Root Property. Equation showing p minus 9 equals positive or negative square root of 75.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation displays p - 9 = ±5√3 on a white background, representing an algebraic step involving a variable, a constant, and a radical expression with positive and negative roots.
Solve for p. A mathematical equation showing p equals 9 plus or minus 5 times the square root of 3, written in a clear, standard mathematical notation on a white background.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two mathematical equations are displayed, showing two possible values for 'p': p = 9 + 5√3 and p = 9 - 5√3.
Check.
The image displays the verification of two solutions, (9 + 5sqrt(3)) and (9 - 5sqrt(3)), for the quadratic equation p^2 - 18p = -6, with both calculations confirming the equality -6 = -6.

Another way to check this would be to use a calculator. Evaluate p2−18p for both of the solutions. The answer should be −6.

Solve x2−16x=−16 by completing the square.

Solution

x=8±43

Solve y2+8y=11 by completing the square.

Solution

y=−4±33

We will start the next example by isolating the variable terms on the left side of the equation.

Solve x2+10x+4=15 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

The variable terms are on the left side. The image shows a quadratic equation: x^2 + 10x + 4 = 15. The equation is presented in a clear, digital font against a white background.
Subtract 4 to get the constant terms on the right side. A quadratic equation is shown: x^2 + 10x = 11.
Take half of 10 and square it. (12(10))2=25 An example of completing the square for x^2 + 10x + __ = 11. The term to be added is shown as (1/2 * 10)^2, which is 25.
Add 25 to both sides. The quadratic equation x^2 + 10x + 25 = 11 + 25 is shown, illustrating the technique of adding a constant to both sides to complete the square, enabling factorization of the left side.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading '(x + 5) squared = 36'.
Use the Square Root Property. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: x + 5 = plus or minus the square root of 36.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'x + 5 =  6' with a plus-minus sign before the 6.
Solve for x. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background, reading 'x = -5 ×1 6'.
Rewrite to show two equations. Two mathematical equations are displayed: x = -5 + 6 and x = -5 - 6.
Solve the equations. A mathematical expression on a white background states 'x = 1, x = -11'.
Check.
Verification of solutions for the quadratic equation x^2 + 10x + 4 = 15. The calculations demonstrate that both x=1 and x=-11 satisfy the equation, resulting in 15 = 15.

Solve a2+4a+9=30 by completing the square.

Solution

a=−7,a=3

Solve b2+8b−4=16 by completing the square.

Solution

b=−10,b=2

To solve the next equation, we must first collect all the variable terms to the left side of the equation. Then, we proceed as we did in the previous examples.

Solve n2=3n+11 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

The image shows a mathematical equation: n squared equals 3n plus 11.
Subtract 3n to get the variable terms on the left side. A mathematical equation shows 'n squared minus three n equals eleven' in black text on a white background.
Take half of −3 and square it. (12(−3))2=94 A mathematical equation n^2 - 3n + ____ = 11, illustrating the completing the square method. The blank space indicates where (1/2 * (-3))^2 should be placed.
Add 94 to both sides. A mathematical equation showing n squared minus 3n plus the fraction 9/4 equals 11 plus the fraction 9/4. The fraction 9/4 is highlighted in red on both sides of the equation.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation shows (n - 3/2)^2 = 44/4 + 9/4. The equation involves a variable 'n', fractions, and an exponent.
Add the fractions on the right side. A mathematical equation showing the quantity (n minus three-halves) squared equals fifty-three fourths.
Use the Square Root Property. Equation showing n minus three-halves equals plus or minus square root of fifty-three over four, representing the solutions for n in an algebraic equation.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation showing 'n minus three halves equals plus or minus the square root of fifty-three over two'. The equation is presented in a clear, standard mathematical notation on a white background.
Solve for n. A mathematical equation showing 'n' equals three halves plus or minus the square root of fifty-three divided by two. This expresses the two possible solutions for 'n'.
Rewrite to show two equations. Two mathematical equations for 'n' are shown, where n equals three-halves plus the square root of 53 over two, and n also equals three-halves minus the square root of 53 over two.
Check. We leave the check for you!

Solve p2=5p+9 by completing the square.

Solution

p=52±612

Solve q2=7q−3 by completing the square.

Solution

q=72±372

Notice that the left side of the next equation is in factored form. But the right side is not zero, so we cannot use the Zero Product Property. Instead, we multiply the factors and then put the equation into the standard form to solve by completing the square.

Solve (x−3)(x+5)=9 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed, reading '(x - 3)(x + 5) = 9' in black text on a white background.
We multiply binomials on the left. A quadratic equation is displayed, showing 'x^2 + 2x - 15 = 9'.
Add 15 to get the variable terms on the left side. The image displays the quadratic equation x^2 + 2x = 24.
Take half of 2 and square it. (12(2))2=1 A mathematical equation x^2 + 2x + blank = 24, with the expression (1/2 * 2)^2 written in red below the blank, illustrating the 'completing the square' method for solving quadratic equations.
Add 1 to both sides. A mathematical equation shows x squared plus 2x plus 1 equals 24 plus 1, demonstrating the first step in completing the square where 1 is added to both sides.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation is displayed with a white background, reading (x + 1)^2 = 25. The numbers and symbols are in a dark gray or black font.
Use the Square Root Property. A mathematical equation showing x + 1 equals plus or minus the square root of 25. This sets up a problem to solve for x, indicating two possible solutions.
Solve for x. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'X = -1 ± 5' in a clear, digital font against a white background.
Rewite to show two solutions. Two equations are presented: x = -1 + 5 and x = -1 - 5, showing two distinct solutions for the variable x.
Simplify. The image displays the solutions for a variable, showing 'x = 4, x = -6' in a plain white background with black text.
Check. We leave the check for you!

Solve (c−2)(c+8)=7 by completing the square.

Solution

c=−3±42

Solve (d−7)(d+3)=56 by completing the square.

Solution

d=−7,d=11

Solve Quadratic Equations of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0 by completing the square

The process of completing the square works best when the leading coefficient is one, so the left side of the equation is of the form x2+bx+c. If the x2 term has a coefficient, we take some preliminary steps to make the coefficient equal to one.

Sometimes the coefficient can be factored from all three terms of the trinomial. This will be our strategy in the next example.

Solve 3x2−12x−15=0 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

To complete the square, we need the coefficient of x2 to be one. If we factor out the coefficient of x2 as a common factor, we can continue with solving the equation by completing the square.

The image displays the quadratic equation 3x² - 12x - 15 = 0 against a white background.
Factor out the greatest common factor. A mathematical equation, 3(x^2 - 4x - 5) = 0, is displayed in black text against a white background.
Divide both sides by 3 to isolate the trinomial. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 3 multiplied by the quantity x squared minus 4x minus 5, all divided by 3, which is set equal to 0 divided by 3.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'x^2 - 4x - 5 = 0' in black text.
Subtract 5 to get the constant terms on the right. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'x squared minus 4x equals 5'.
Take half of 4 and square it. (12(4))2=4 A mathematical equation, x^2 - 4x + [blank] = 5, demonstrating the process of completing the square. The term to add, (1/2 * 4)^2, is shown below the blank space.
Add 4 to both sides. An equation showing x^2 - 4x + 4 = 5 + 4, where the added ' + 4' terms on both sides are highlighted in red, indicating a step in completing the square.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation is displayed with the expression (x-2)^2 = 9 centered against a white background.
Use the Square Root Property. The equation x - 2 = plus or minus the square root of 9 is shown on a white background.
Solve for x. A simple algebraic equation displays 'x - 2 = +/- 3' on a white background.
Rewrite to show 2 solutions. Two mathematical equations are displayed: x = 2 + 3, and x = 2 - 3.
Simplify. The image displays mathematical notation showing two possible values for 'x': x equals 5 and x equals -1, presented against a plain white background.
Check.
This image demonstrates checking if x=5 and x=-1 are valid solutions for the equation 3x^2 - 12x - 15 = 0. Both substitutions lead to 0=0, confirming they are correct roots.

Solve 2m2+16m−8=0 by completing the square.

Solution

m=−4±25

Solve 4n2−24n−56=8 by completing the square.

Solution

n=−2,8

To complete the square, the leading coefficient must be one. When the leading coefficient is not a factor of all the terms, we will divide both sides of the equation by the leading coefficient. This will give us a fraction for the second coefficient. We have already seen how to complete the square with fractions in this section.

Solve 2x2−3x=20 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

Again, our first step will be to make the coefficient of x2 be one. By dividing both sides of the equation by the coefficient of x2, we can then continue with solving the equation by completing the square.

A mathematical equation, 2x^2 - 3x = 20, is displayed in black text against a white background.
Divide both sides by 2 to get the coefficient of x2 to be 1. A mathematical equation is displayed: the fraction 2x squared minus 3x all over 2, is equal to the fraction 20 over 2.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading x squared minus three-halves x equals 10.
Take half of −32 and square it. (12(−32))2=916 A quadratic equation showing the step for completing the square: x^2 - (3/2)x + (1/2 * (-3/2))^2 = 10, highlighting the term added to both sides in red.
Add 916 to both sides. A quadratic equation is displayed: x squared minus three halves x plus nine sixteenths equals ten plus nine sixteenths.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation is displayed against a white background: (x - 3/4)^2 = 160/16 + 9/16. It shows a binomial squared on the left and a sum of fractions on the right.
Add the fractions on the right side. A mathematical equation is presented, showing (x minus 3/4) squared equals 169/16.
Use the Square Root Property. A mathematical equation shows x - 3/4 = +/- sqrt(169/16)
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation shows 'x minus three-fourths equals plus or minus thirteen-fourths.'
Solve for x. The equation X equals three-fourths plus or minus thirteen-fourths.
Rewrite to show 2 solutions. Two mathematical equations are displayed horizontally, showing 'x' equals '3/4 + 13/4' and 'x' equals '3/4 - 13/4'.
Simplify. A mathematical expression showing two possible values for x: x = 4 and x = -5/2.
Check. We leave the check for you.

Solve 3r2−2r=21 by completing the square.

Solution

r=−73,r=3

Solve 4t2+2t=20 by completing the square.

Solution

t=−52,t=2

Solve 3x2+2x=4 by completing the square.

Solution

Solution

Again, our first step will be to make the coefficient of x2 be one. By dividing both sides of the equation by the coefficient of x2, we can then continue with solving the equation by completing the square.

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 3x^2 + 2x = 4.
Divide both sides by 3 to make the coefficient of x2 equal 1. A mathematical equation displays (3x^2 + 2x) / 3 = 4/3, representing a quadratic expression set equal to a fraction.
Simplify. A quadratic equation is displayed, showing x squared plus two-thirds x equals four-thirds. The equation is x^2 + (2/3)x = 4/3.
Take half of 23 and square it. (12⋅23)2=19 A mathematical equation showing x squared plus two-thirds x, plus a blank line over the quantity one-half times two-thirds, all squared, equals four-thirds. This represents a step in completing the square.
Add 19 to both sides. A mathematical equation displays x squared plus two-thirds x plus one-ninth equals four-thirds plus one-ninth. The one-ninth terms on both sides are highlighted in red.
Factor the perfect square trinomial as a binomial square. A mathematical equation shows (x + 1/3)^2 = 12/9 + 1/9.
Use the Square Root Property. Equation showing x plus one-third equals positive or negative square root of thirteen-ninths.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation, 'x + 1/3 = plus or minus sqrt(13) / 3'.
Solve for x. The image shows the mathematical equation X = -1/3 ± sqrt(13)/3, representing the solution for a variable X.
Rewrite to show 2 solutions. The image shows two solutions for x: x = -1/3 + sqrt(13)/3 and x = -1/3 - sqrt(13)/3, expressed as fractions with a common denominator.
Check. We leave the check for you.

Solve 4x2+3x=12 by completing the square.

Solution

x=−38±2018

Solve 5y2+3y=10 by completing the square.

Solution

y=−310±20910

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving quadratic equations by completing the square:

  • Introduction to the method of completing the square
  • How to Solve By Completing the Square

Key Concepts

  • Binomial Squares Pattern If a,b are real numbers,
    (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2
    Algebraic identity: (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2. This illustrates that squaring a binomial results in the square of the first term, plus twice the product of the terms, plus the square of the second term.
    (a−b)2=a2−2ab+b2
    An algebraic identity showing the expansion of (a-b)^2, which equals the square of the first term, minus twice the product of terms, plus the square of the second term.
  • Complete a Square
    To complete the square of x2+bx:
    1. Identify b, the coefficient of x.
    2. Find (12b)2, the number to complete the square.
    3. Add the (12b)2 to x2+bx.

Practice Makes Perfect

Complete the Square of a Binomial Expression

In the following exercises, complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Then, write the result as a binomial squared.

a2+10a

Solution

(a+5)2

b2+12b

m2+18m

Solution

(m+9)2

n2+16n

m2−24m

Solution

(m−12)2

n2−16n

p2−22p

Solution

(p−11)2

q2−6q

x2−9x

Solution

(x−92)2

y2+11y

p2−13p

Solution

(p−16)2

q2+34q

Solve Quadratic Equations of the Form x2+bx+c=0 by Completing the Square

In the following exercises, solve by completing the square.

v2+6v=40

Solution

v=−10,v=4

w2+8w=65

u2+2u=3

Solution

u=−3,u=1

z2+12z=−11

c2−12c=13

Solution

c=−1,c=13

d2−8d=9

x2−20x=21

Solution

x=−1,x=21

y2−2y=8

m2+4m=−44

Solution

no real solution

n2−2n=−3

r2+6r=−11

Solution

no real solution

t2−14t=−50

a2−10a=−5

Solution

a=5±25

b2+6b=41

u2−14u+12=−1

Solution

u=1,u=13

z2+2z−5=2

v2=9v+2

Solution

v=92±892

w2=5w−1

(x+6)(x−2)=9

Solution

x=−7,x=3

(y+9)(y+7)=79

Solve Quadratic Equations of the Form ax2+bx+c=0 by Completing the Square

In the following exercises, solve by completing the square.

3m2+30m−27=6

Solution

m=−11,m=1

2n2+4n−26=0

2c2+c=6

Solution

c=−2,c=32

3d2−4d=15

2p2+7p=14

Solution

p=−74±1614

3q2−5q=9

Everyday Math

Rafi is designing a rectangular playground to have an area of 320 square feet. He wants one side of the playground to be four feet longer than the other side. Solve the equation p2+4p=320 for p, the length of one side of the playground. What is the length of the other side?

Solution

16 feet, 20 feet

Yvette wants to put a square swimming pool in the corner of her backyard. She will have a 3 foot deck on the south side of the pool and a 9 foot deck on the west side of the pool. She has a total area of 1080 square feet for the pool and two decks. Solve the equation (s+3)(s+9)=1080 for s, the length of a side of the pool.

Writing Exercises

Solve the equation x2+10x=−25 ⓐ by using the Square Root Property and ⓑ by completing the square. ⓒ Which method do you prefer? Why?

Solution

ⓐ −5 ⓑ −5 ⓒ Answers will vary.

Solve the equation y2+8y=48 by completing the square and explain all your steps.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled “I can ...”, the second “Confidently”, the third “With some help” and the last “No–I don’t get it”. In the “I can...” column the next row reads “complete the square of a binomial expression.” The next row reads “solve quadratic equations of the form x squared plus b x plus c equals zero by completing the square.” and the last row reads “solve quadratic equations of the form a x squared plus b x plus c equals zero by completing the square.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ After reviewing this checklist, what will you do to become confident for all objectives?

completing the square
Completing the square is a method used to solve quadratic equations.

Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve quadratic equations using the quadratic formula
  • Use the discriminant to predict the number of solutions of a quadratic equation
  • Identify the most appropriate method to use to solve a quadratic equation

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Simplify: −20−510.
If you missed this problem, review Example 11 in Visualize Fractions.

Solution

−52

Simplify: 4+121.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Add and Subtract Square Roots.

Solution

15

Simplify: 128.
If you missed this problem, review Example 1 in Simplify Square Roots.

Solution

82

When we solved quadratic equations in the last section by completing the square, we took the same steps every time. By the end of the exercise set, you may have been wondering ‘isn’t there an easier way to do this?’ The answer is ‘yes.’ In this section, we will derive and use a formula to find the solution of a quadratic equation.

We have already seen how to solve a formula for a specific variable ‘in general’ so that we would do the algebraic steps only once and then use the new formula to find the value of the specific variable. Now, we will go through the steps of completing the square in general to solve a quadratic equation for x. It may be helpful to look at one of the examples at the end of the last section where we solved an equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0 as you read through the algebraic steps below, so you see them with numbers as well as ‘in general.’

Step-by-step derivation of the quadratic formula using the method of completing the square, detailing each algebraic transformation.
We start with the standard form of a quadratic equation
and solve it for x by completing the square.
ax2+bx+c=0a≠0
Isolate the variable terms on one side. ax2+bx=−c
Make leading coefficient 1, by dividing by a. ax2a+bax=−ca
Simplify. x2+bax=−ca
To complete the square, find (12·ba)2 and add it to both
sides of the equation. (12ba)2=b24a2
x2+bax+b24a2=−ca+b24a2
The left side is a perfect square, factor it. (x+b2a)2=−ca+b24a2
Find the common denominator of the right side and write
equivalent fractions with the common denominator.
(x+b2a)2=b24a2−c·4aa·4a
Simplify. (x+b2a)2=b24a2−4ac4a2
Combine to one fraction. (x+b2a)2=b2−4ac4a2
Use the square root property. x+b2a=±b2−4ac4a2
Simplify. x+b2a=±b2−4ac2a
Add −b2a to both sides of the equation. x=−b2a±b2−4ac2a
Combine the terms on the right side. x=−b±b2−4ac2a

This last equation is the Quadratic Formula.

Quadratic Formula

The solutions to a quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0, a≠0 are given by the formula:

x=−b±b2−4ac2a

To use the Quadratic Formula, we substitute the values of a,b,andc into the expression on the right side of the formula. Then, we do all the math to simplify the expression. The result gives the solution(s) to the quadratic equation.

How to Solve a Quadratic Equation Using the Quadratic Formula

Solve 2x2+9x−5=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the steps to solve the quadratic equation two x squared plus nine x minus five equals zero. Step one is to write the quadratic equation in standard form and identify the a, b, and c values. This equation is already in standard for. The value of a is two, the value of b is nine and the value of c is negative five. Step two is to write the quadratic formula. Then substitute in the values of a, b, and c. Substitute two for a, nine for b and negative five for c in the formula x equals the quantity negative b plus or minus the square root of b squared minus four times a times c divided by two times a. The formula becomes x equals negative nine plus or minus the square root of negative nine squared minus four time two times negative five all divided by two times two. Step three is to simplify the formula. Squaring negative nine and performing the multiplication to get negative nine plus or minus the square root of 81 minus negative 40 all divided by four. This simplifies further to negative nine plus or minus the square root of 121 all divided by four which reduces to negative nine plus or minus 11 all divided by four. Negative nine plus 11 divided by four is two fourths which reduces to one half. Negative nine minus 11 divided by four is negative 20 fourths which reduces to negative five. Step four is to check the solutions by putting each answer in the original equation to check. Replace x in two x squared plus nine x minus five equals zero with one half to get two times one half squared plus nine times one half minus five. Simplify to get one half plus nine halves minus five which is zero. Replace x in two x squared plus nine x minus five equals zero with negative five to get two times negative five squared plus nine times negative five minus five. Simplify to get 50 minus 45 minus five which is zero.

Solve 3y2−5y+2=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

y=23,y=1

Solve 4z2+2z−6=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

z=−32,z=1

Solve a quadratic equation using the Quadratic Formula.

  1. Write the Quadratic Formula in standard form. Identify the a, b, and c values.
  2. Write the Quadratic Formula. Then substitute in the values of a, b, and c.
  3. Simplify.
  4. Check the solutions.

If you say the formula as you write it in each problem, you’ll have it memorized in no time. And remember, the Quadratic Formula is an equation. Be sure you start with ‘x=’.

Solve x2−6x+5=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

A quadratic equation is displayed in black text against a white background: x squared minus 6x plus 5 equals 0.
This equation is in standard form. The general form of a quadratic equation, ax^2 + bx + c = 0, is shown above a specific example, x^2 - 6x + 5 = 0.
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays mathematical variables with their assigned numerical values: 'a = 1' in light blue, 'b = -6' in red, and 'c = 5' in yellow, all against a plain white background.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula, x = (-b ×1×2(b×2 - 4ac)) / 2a, is displayed on a white background.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula with specific values substituted: x = [-(-6) plus or minus sqrt((-6)^2 - 4 * 1 * (5))] / (2 * 1), ready for calculation. -6 is colored red, 1 is teal, and 5 is lime green.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: x equals a fraction where the numerator is 6 plus or minus the square root of 36 minus 20, and the denominator is 2.
A mathematical equation shows 'x equals 6 plus or minus the square root of 16, all divided by 2.'
A mathematical equation shows X equals the fraction of (6 plus or minus 4) over 2, indicating two possible solutions for X.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two equations for 'x' are presented: x = (6 + 4) / 2 and x = (6 - 4) / 2, demonstrating two distinct solutions from a quadratic formula or similar calculation.
Simplify. The image displays a mathematical expression with two equations: 'x = 10/2' followed by a comma, and then 'x = 2/2' on a white background.
The image displays mathematical equations showing two possible values for 'x': x equals 5, and x equals 1, set against a plain white background.
Check.
Solutions for x^2 - 6x + 5 = 0 are verified. Both x=5 and x=1 are shown to correctly satisfy the quadratic equation, confirming their validity as roots.

Solve a2−2a−15=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

a=−3,a=5

Solve b2+10b+24=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

b=−6,b=−4

When we solved quadratic equations by using the Square Root Property, we sometimes got answers that had radicals. That can happen, too, when using the Quadratic Formula. If we get a radical as a solution, the final answer must have the radical in its simplified form.

Solve 4y2−5y−3=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

We can use the Quadratic Formula to solve for the variable in a quadratic equation, whether or not it is named ‘x’.

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background. The equation reads '4y^2 - 5y - 3 = 0'.
This equation is in standard form. Two quadratic equations are shown: the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 (in red) and a specific example 4y^2 - 5y - 3 = 0 (in black).
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays the values of three variables: a=4 in light blue, b=-5 in red, and c=-3 in yellow-green, presented on a white background.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The image displays the quadratic formula, y = (-b ×1 sqrt(b×2 - 4ac)) / 2a, a fundamental equation in algebra for solving quadratic equations.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula is displayed with specific values substituted: y = (-(-5) +/- sqrt((-5)^2 - 4 * 4 * (-3))) / (2 * 4).
Simplify. A mathematical equation showing y equals 5 plus or minus the square root of 25 plus 48, all divided by 8.
A mathematical equation for y is shown on a white background, which states y equals a fraction with 5 plus or minus the square root of 73 in the numerator, and 8 in the denominator.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two solutions for y are displayed: y = (5 + 'square root of 73') / 8 and y = (5 - 'square root of 73') / 8.
Check. We leave the check to you.

Solve 2p2+8p+5=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

p=−4±62

Solve 5q2−11q+3=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

q=11±6110

Solve 2x2+10x+11=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

A quadratic equation displayed on a white background: 2x^2 + 10x + 11 = 0.
This equation is in standard form. The general form of a quadratic equation, ax^2 + bx + c = 0 (in red), is shown above a specific example, 2x^2 + 10x + 11 = 0 (in black).
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays the variables and their assigned numerical values: a = 2, b = 10, and c = 11, with the numbers presented in a colorful, stylized font against a white background.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula, used to find the solutions for x in a quadratic equation, is displayed as x = (-b ± sqrt(b^2 - 4ac)) / 2a.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula with specific values of a=2, b=10, and c=11 substituted to solve for x.
Simplify. An intermediate calculation solving a quadratic equation, showing x equals negative ten plus or minus the square root of one hundred minus eighty-eight, all divided by four.
A mathematical equation showing x equals negative 10 plus or minus the square root of 12, all divided by 4.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation displays the value of x as negative 10 plus or minus 2 multiplied by the square root of 3, all divided by 4.
Factor out the common factor in the numerator. A mathematical equation shows x = 2(-5 ± square root of 3)/4, illustrating a step in solving a quadratic equation with a plus-minus sign indicating two possible solutions.
Remove the common factors. The equation shows x equals a fraction where the numerator is -5 plus or minus the square root of 3, and the denominator is 2, representing solutions from a quadratic formula.
Rewrite to show two solutions. The image displays two solutions for the variable x: x = (-5 + sqrt(3))/2 and x = (-5 - sqrt(3))/2, likely derived from the quadratic formula.
Check. We leave the check to you.

Solve 3m2+12m+7=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

m=−6±153

Solve 5n2+4n−4=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

n=−2±265

We cannot take the square root of a negative number. So, when we substitute a, b, and c into the Quadratic Formula, if the quantity inside the radical is negative, the quadratic equation has no real solution. We will see this in the next example.

Solve 3p2+2p+9=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

This equation is in standard form. Two quadratic equations are shown, with the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 in red, and a specific example 3p^2 + 2p + 9 = 0 in black, both set equal to zero.
Identify the a, b, c values. The equation a=3, b=2, c=9 is shown in a colorful font, with 'a' in light blue, 'b' in red, and 'c' in yellow, all against a white background.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The image displays the quadratic formula, p = [-b ± sqrt(b^2 - 4ac)] / 2a, a fundamental mathematical equation used to find the roots of a quadratic equation. It is shown in standard algebraic notation.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. A mathematical formula for 'p' is shown, representing a step in the quadratic equation. It displays specific numerical values, including 2, 3, and 9, substituted into the numerator and denominator, with some values color-coded.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shown is p = (-2 ×1 sqrt(4 - 108))/6, which is a step in applying the quadratic formula, featuring a negative discriminant leading to complex solutions.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation shows p equals a fraction. The numerator is -2 plus or minus the square root of -104, and the denominator is 6.
We cannot take the square root of a negative number. There is no real solution.

Solve 4a2−3a+8=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

no real solution

Solve 5b2+2b+4=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

no real solution

The quadratic equations we have solved so far in this section were all written in standard form, ax2+bx+c=0. Sometimes, we will need to do some algebra to get the equation into standard form before we can use the Quadratic Formula.

Solve x(x+6)+4=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: x(x + 6) + 4 = 0.
Distribute to get the equation in standard form. A quadratic equation is displayed: x squared plus 6x plus 4 equals 0.
This equation is now in standard form. Two quadratic equations are displayed on a white background: the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 in red, and a specific example x^2 + 6x + 4 = 0 in black.
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays text showing variable assignments: a = 1 (in light blue), b = 6 (in red), and c = 4 (in yellow) on a white background.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula, x equals negative b, plus or minus the square root of b squared minus four a c, all divided by two a.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula showing the substitution of coefficients a=1, b=6, and c=4 (highlighted in colors) to solve for x.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows X equals a fraction with a numerator of -6 plus or minus the square root of 36 minus 16, all divided by 2. This is a step in solving a quadratic equation.
Simplify inside the radical. A mathematical equation shows x equals negative 6 plus or minus the square root of 20, all divided by 2.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation for x is displayed as a fraction: x equals negative six plus or minus two times the square root of five, all divided by two.
Factor out the common factor in the numerator. An algebraic equation showing x equals 2 times the quantity of -3 plus or minus the square root of 5, all divided by 2. This is a step in solving a quadratic equation.
Remove the common factors. The image displays the mathematical equation x = -3 ± √5, presented in a clear, centered format on a white background.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two mathematical expressions show the values of x: x equals -3 + sqrt(5) and x equals -3 - sqrt(5).
Check. We leave the check to you.

Solve x(x+2)−5=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

x=−1±6

Solve y(3y−1)−2=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

y=−23,y=1

When we solved linear equations, if an equation had too many fractions we ‘cleared the fractions’ by multiplying both sides of the equation by the LCD. This gave us an equivalent equation—without fractions—to solve. We can use the same strategy with quadratic equations.

Solve 12u2+23u=13 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 1/2 u^2 + 2/3 u = 1/3.
Multiply both sides by the LCD, 6, to clear the fractions. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 6 multiplied by the sum of one-half u squared and two-thirds u, equaling 6 multiplied by one-third.
Multiply. The image displays the quadratic equation 3u^2 + 4u = 2, presented clearly against a white background.
Subtract 2 to get the equation in standard form. Two quadratic equations are displayed: the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 in red, and a specific example 3u^2 + 4u - 2 = 0 in black, illustrating the mathematical structure.
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays mathematical variable assignments on a white background, with 'a = 3' in light blue, 'b = 4' in red, and 'c = -2' in yellow, representing numerical values for each variable.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula, an algebraic expression used to find the roots of a quadratic equation. It is written as u = (-b ×1×2 sqrt(b×0 - 4ac)) / (2a).
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula is shown with specific values substituted for a=3, b=4, and c=-2 to solve for the variable u.
Simplify. A mathematical equation for 'u' is shown, calculated as the fraction of '-4 plus or minus the square root of (16 + 24)' all divided by '6'.
A mathematical equation shows 'u = -4 plus or minus the square root of 40, all divided by 6' on a white background.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation shows 'u equals negative 4 plus or minus 2 times the square root of 10, all divided by 6' on a white background.
Factor out the common factor in the numerator. A mathematical equation shows u equals a fraction: numerator is 2 multiplied by the quantity -2 plus or minus the square root of 10, and the denominator is 6.
Remove the common factors. The image displays a mathematical equation, expressing the variable 'u' as a fraction: the numerator is -2 plus or minus the square root of 10, and the denominator is 3.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two mathematical expressions show the solutions for 'u' as u = (-2 +  sqrt(10))/3 and u = (-2 - sqrt(10))/3.
Check. We leave the check to you.

Solve 14c2−13c=112 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

c=2±73

Solve 19d2−12d=−12 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

d=3,d=32

Think about the equation (x−3)2=0. We know from the Zero Products Principle that this equation has only one solution: x=3.

We will see in the next example how using the Quadratic Formula to solve an equation with a perfect square also gives just one solution.

Solve 4x2−20x=−25 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

Solution

A quadratic equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 4x^2 - 20x = -25.
Add 25 to get the equation in standard form. Two quadratic equations are shown: the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 (red) and a specific example 4x^2 - 20x + 25 = 0 (black).
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays the variables a, b, and c assigned numerical values. Specifically, a = 4, b = -20, and c = 25, presented in a horizontal line on a white background with varying colors for each assignment.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula is shown, giving the solutions for x: x = (-b ± sqrt(b^2 - 4ac)) / (2a). This fundamental algebraic equation is used to find the roots of a quadratic polynomial.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula with specific values substituted: x = (-(-20) plus or minus sqrt((-20) squared minus 4 times four times 25) divded by (2 times 4). -20 is colored red, 4 is teal, and 25 is lime green
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows x equals a fraction where the numerator is 20 plus or minus the square root of 400 minus 400, and the denominator is 8.
A mathematical equation shows x equals a fraction where the numerator is 20 plus or minus the square root of 0, and the denominator is 8.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, showing 'x = 20/8'.
Simplify the fraction. The image displays a mathematical equation written in black text on a white background. The equation is 'x = 5/2'.
Check. We leave the check to you.

Did you recognize that 4x2−20x+25 is a perfect square?

Solve r2+10r+25=0 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

r=−5

Solve 25t2−40t=−16 by using the Quadratic Formula.

Solution

t=45

Use the Discriminant to Predict the Number of Solutions of a Quadratic Equation

When we solved the quadratic equations in the previous examples, sometimes we got two solutions, sometimes one solution, sometimes no real solutions. Is there a way to predict the number of solutions to a quadratic equation without actually solving the equation?

Yes, the quantity inside the radical of the Quadratic Formula makes it easy for us to determine the number of solutions. This quantity is called the discriminant.

Discriminant

In the Quadratic Formula x=−b±b2−4ac2a, the quantity b2−4ac is called the discriminant.

Let’s look at the discriminant of the equations in Example 1, Example 5, and Example 8, and the number of solutions to those quadratic equations.

Quadratic Equation (in standard form) Discriminant b2−4ac Sign of the Discriminant Number of real solutions
Example 1 2x2+9x−5=0 92−4·2(−5)=121 + 2
Example 8 4x2−20x+25=0 (−20)2−4·4·25=0 0 1
Example 5 3p2+2p+9=0 22−4·3·9=−104 − 0

When the discriminant is positive (x=−b±+2a) the quadratic equation has two solutions.

When the discriminant is zero (x=−b±02a) the quadratic equation has one solution.

When the discriminant is negative (x=−b±−2a) the quadratic equation has no real solutions.

Use the discriminant, b2−4ac, to determine the number of solutions of a Quadratic Equation.

For a quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0, a≠0,

  • if b2−4ac>0, the equation has two solutions.
  • if b2−4ac=0, the equation has one solution.
  • if b2−4ac<0, the equation has no real solutions.

Determine the number of solutions to each quadratic equation:

ⓐ 2v2−3v+6=0 ⓑ 3x2+7x−9=0 ⓒ 5n2+n+4=0 ⓓ 9y2−6y+1=0

Solution

Solution

To determine the number of solutions of each quadratic equation, we will look at its discriminant.

ⓐ
Step-by-step calculation of the discriminant for a quadratic equation (2v^2 - 3v + 6 = 0) to determine that it has no real solutions.
2v2−3v+6=0
The equation is in standard form, identify a, b, c. a=2,b=−3,c=6
Write the discriminant. b2−4ac
Substitute in the values of a, b, c. (3)2−4·2·6
Simplify. 9−48−39
Because the discriminant is negative, there are no real
solutions to the equation.
ⓑ
Step-by-step calculation of the discriminant for the quadratic equation 3x^2 + 7x - 9 = 0 to determine the number of solutions.
3x2+7x−9=0
The equation is in standard form, identify a, b, c. a=3,b=7,c=−9
Write the discriminant. b2−4ac
Substitute in the values of a, b, c. (7)2−4·3·(−9)
Simplify. 49+108157
Because the discriminant is positive, there are two
solutions to the equation.
ⓒ
Steps to calculate the discriminant of the quadratic equation 5n^2 + n + 4 = 0, showing it has no real solutions.
5n2+n+4=0

The equation is in standard form, identify a, b, c.
a=5,b=1,c=4
Write the discriminant. b2−4ac
Substitute in the values of a, b, c. (1)2−4·5·4
Simplify. 1−80−79
Because the discriminant is negative, there are no real
solutions to the equation.
ⓓ
Demonstrates the step-by-step process of calculating the discriminant for a quadratic equation and interpreting its result.
9y2−6y+1=0

The equation is in standard form, identify a, b, c.
a=9,b=−6,c=1
Write the discriminant. b2−4ac
Substitute in the values of a, b, c. (−6)2−4·9·1
Simplify. 36−360
Because the discriminant is 0, there is one solution to the equation.

Determine the number of solutions to each quadratic equation:

ⓐ 8m2−3m+6=0 ⓑ 5z2+6z−2=0 ⓒ 9w2+24w+16=0 ⓓ 9u2−2u+4=0

Solution

ⓐ no real solutions ⓑ 2 ⓒ 1 ⓓ no real solutions

Determine the number of solutions to each quadratic equation:

ⓐ b2+7b−13=0 ⓑ 5a2−6a+10=0 ⓒ 4r2−20r+25=0 ⓓ 7t2−11t+3=0

Solution

ⓐ 2 ⓑ no real solutions ⓒ 1 ⓓ 2

Identify the Most Appropriate Method to Use to Solve a Quadratic Equation

We have used four methods to solve quadratic equations:

  • Factoring
  • Square Root Property
  • Completing the Square
  • Quadratic Formula

You can solve any quadratic equation by using the Quadratic Formula, but that is not always the easiest method to use.

Identify the most appropriate method to solve a Quadratic Equation.

  1. Try Factoring first. If the quadratic factors easily, this method is very quick.
  2. Try the Square Root Property next. If the equation fits the form ax2=k or a(x−h)2=k, it can easily be solved by using the Square Root Property.
  3. Use the Quadratic Formula. Any quadratic equation can be solved by using the Quadratic Formula.

What about the method of completing the square? Most people find that method cumbersome and prefer not to use it. We needed to include it in this chapter because we completed the square in general to derive the Quadratic Formula. You will also use the process of completing the square in other areas of algebra.

Identify the most appropriate method to use to solve each quadratic equation:

ⓐ 5z2=17 ⓑ 4x2−12x+9=0 ⓒ 8u2+6u=11

Solution

Solution

ⓐ 5z2=17

Since the equation is in the ax2=k, the most appropriate method is to use the Square Root Property.


ⓑ 4x2−12x+9=0

We recognize that the left side of the equation is a perfect square trinomial, and so Factoring will be the most appropriate method.


ⓒ 8u2+6u=11

Put the equation in standard form. 8u2+6u−11=0

While our first thought may be to try Factoring, thinking about all the possibilities for trial and error leads us to choose the Quadratic Formula as the most appropriate method

Identify the most appropriate method to use to solve each quadratic equation:

ⓐ x2+6x+8=0 ⓑ (n−3)2=16 ⓒ 5p2−6p=9

Solution

ⓐ factor ⓑ Square Root Property ⓒ Quadratic Formula

Identify the most appropriate method to use to solve each quadratic equation:

ⓐ 8a2+3a−9=0 ⓑ 4b2+4b+1=0 ⓒ 5c2=125

Solution

ⓐ Quadratic Formula ⓑ factoring ⓒ Square Root Property

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with using the Quadratic Formula:

  • Solving Quadratic Equations: Solving with the Quadratic Formula
  • How to solve a quadratic equation in standard form using the Quadratic Formula (example)
  • Solving Quadratic Equations using the Quadratic Formula—Example 3
  • Solve Quadratic Equations using Quadratic Formula

Key Concepts

  • Quadratic Formula The solutions to a quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0, a≠0 are given by the formula:
    x=−b±b2−4ac2a
  • Solve a Quadratic Equation Using the Quadratic Formula
    To solve a quadratic equation using the Quadratic Formula.
    1. Write the quadratic formula in standard form. Identify the a,b,c values.
    2. Write the quadratic formula. Then substitute in the values of a,b,c.
    3. Simplify.
    4. Check the solutions.
  • Using the Discriminant, b2−4ac, to Determine the Number of Solutions of a Quadratic Equation
    For a quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0, a≠0,
    • if b2−4ac>0, the equation has 2 solutions.
    • if b2−4ac=0, the equation has 1 solution.
    • if b2−4ac<0, the equation has no real solutions.
  • To identify the most appropriate method to solve a quadratic equation:
    1. Try Factoring first. If the quadratic factors easily this method is very quick.
    2. Try the Square Root Property next. If the equation fits the form ax2=k or a(x−h)2=k, it can easily be solved by using the Square Root Property.
    3. Use the Quadratic Formula. Any other quadratic equation is best solved by using the Quadratic Formula.

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula

In the following exercises, solve by using the Quadratic Formula.

4m2+m−3=0

Solution

m=−1,m=34

4n2−9n+5=0

2p2−7p+3=0

Solution

p=12,p=3

3q2+8q−3=0

p2+7p+12=0

Solution

p=−4,p=−3

q2+3q−18=0

r2−8r−33=0

Solution

r=−3,r=11

t2+13t+40=0

3u2+7u−2=0

Solution

u=−7±736

6z2−9z+1=0

2a2−6a+3=0

Solution

a=3±32

5b2+2b−4=0

2x2+3x+9=0

Solution

no real solution

6y2−5y+2=0

v(v+5)−10=0

Solution

v=−5±652

3w(w−2)−8=0

13m2+112m=14

Solution

m=−1,m=34

13n2+n=−12

16c2+24c+9=0

Solution

c=−34

25d2−60d+36=0

5m2+2m−7=0

Solution

m=−75,m=1

8n2−3n+3=0

p2−6p−27=0

Solution

p=−3,p=9

25q2+30q+9=0

4r2+3r−5=0

Solution

r=−3±898

3t(t−2)=2

2a2+12a+5=0

Solution

a=−6±262

4d2−7d+2=0

34b2+12b=38

Solution

b=−2±226

19c2+23c=3

2x2+12x−3=0

Solution

x=−6±424

16y2+8y+1=0

Use the Discriminant to Predict the Number of Solutions of a Quadratic Equation

In the following exercises, determine the number of solutions to each quadratic equation.

  1. ⓐ 4x2−5x+16=0
  2. ⓑ 36y2+36y+9=0
  3. ⓒ 6m2+3m−5=0
  4. ⓓ 18n2−7n+3=0
Solution

ⓐ no real solutions ⓑ 1
ⓒ 2 ⓓ no real solutions

  1. ⓐ 9v2−15v+25=0
  2. ⓑ 100w2+60w+9=0
  3. ⓒ 5c2+7c−10=0
  4. ⓓ 15d2−4d+8=0
  1. ⓐ r2+12r+36=0
  2. ⓑ 8t2−11t+5=0
  3. ⓒ 4u2−12u+9=0
  4. ⓓ 3v2−5v−1=0
Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ no real solutions
ⓒ 1 ⓓ 2

  1. ⓐ 25p2+10p+1=0
  2. ⓑ 7q2−3q−6=0
  3. ⓒ 7y2+2y+8=0
  4. ⓓ 25z2−60z+36=0

Identify the Most Appropriate Method to Use to Solve a Quadratic Equation

In the following exercises, identify the most appropriate method (Factoring, Square Root, or Quadratic Formula) to use to solve each quadratic equation. Do not solve.

ⓐ x2−5x−24=0 ⓑ (y+5)2=12 ⓒ 14m2+3m=11

Solution

ⓐ factor ⓑ square root
ⓒ Quadratic Formula

ⓐ (8v+3)2=81 ⓑ w2−9w−22=0 ⓒ 4n2−10=6

ⓐ 6a2+14=20 ⓑ (x−14)2=516 ⓒ y2−2y=8

Solution

ⓐ square root ⓑ square root
ⓒ factor

ⓐ 8b2+15b=4 ⓑ 59v2−23v=1 ⓒ (w+43)2=29

Everyday Math

A flare is fired straight up from a ship at sea. Solve the equation 16(t2−13t+40)=0 for t, the number of seconds it will take for the flare to be at an altitude of 640 feet.

Solution

5 seconds, 8 seconds

An architect is designing a hotel lobby. She wants to have a triangular window looking out to an atrium, with the width of the window 6 feet more than the height. Due to energy restrictions, the area of the window must be 140 square feet. Solve the equation 12h2+3h=140 for h, the height of the window.

Writing Exercises

Solve the equation x2+10x=200
ⓐ by completing the square
ⓑ using the Quadratic Formula
ⓒ Which method do you prefer? Why?

Solution

ⓐ −20,10 ⓑ −20,10
ⓒ answers will vary

Solve the equation 12y2+23y=24
ⓐ by completing the square
ⓑ using the Quadratic Formula
ⓒ Which method do you prefer? Why?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has four rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “solve quadratic equations using the quadratic formula.” The next row reads “use the discriminant to predict the number of solutions of a quadratic equation.” and the last row reads “identify the most appropriate method to use to solve a quadratic equation.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

discriminant
In the Quadratic Formula, x=−b±b2−4ac2a the quantity b2−4ac is called the discriminant.

Solve Applications Modeled by Quadratic Equations

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Solve applications modeled by Quadratic Equations

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

The sum of two consecutive odd numbers is −100. Find the numbers.
If you missed this problem, review Example 10 in Use a Problem-Solving Strategy.

Solution

−51,−49

The area of triangular mural is 64 square feet. The base is 16 feet. Find the height.
If you missed this problem, review Example 3 in Solve Geometry Applications: Triangles, Rectangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem.

Solution

8

Find the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with legs 5 inches and 12 inches.
If you missed this problem, review Example 6 in Solve Geometry Applications: Triangles, Rectangles, and the Pythagorean Theorem.

Solution

13 inches

Solve Applications of the Quadratic Formula

We solved some applications that are modeled by quadratic equations earlier, when the only method we had to solve them was factoring. Now that we have more methods to solve quadratic equations, we will take another look at applications. To get us started, we will copy our usual Problem Solving Strategy here so we can follow the steps.

Use the problem solving strategy.

  1. Read the problem. Make sure all the words and ideas are understood.
  2. Identify what we are looking for.
  3. Name what we are looking for. Choose a variable to represent that quantity.
  4. Translate into an equation. It may be helpful to restate the problem in one sentence with all the important information. Then, translate the English sentence into an algebra equation.
  5. Solve the equation using good algebra techniques.
  6. Check the answer in the problem and make sure it makes sense.
  7. Answer the question with a complete sentence.

We have solved number applications that involved consecutive even integers and consecutive odd integers by modeling the situation with linear equations. Remember, we noticed each even integer is 2 more than the number preceding it. If we call the first one n, then the next one is n+2. The next one would be n+2+2 or n+4. This is also true when we use odd integers. One set of even integers and one set of odd integers are shown below.

Consecutive even integersConsecutive odd integers64,66,6877,79,81n1steven integern+22ndconsecutive even integern+43rdconsecutive even integern1stodd integern+22ndconsecutive odd integern+43rdconsecutive odd integer

Some applications of consecutive odd integers or consecutive even integers are modeled by quadratic equations. The notation above will be helpful as you name the variables.

The product of two consecutive odd integers is 195. Find the integers.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for two consecutive odd integers.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let n= the first odd integer.
n+2= the next odd integer
Step 4. Translate into an equation. State the problem in one sentence. "The product of two consecutive odd integers is 195." The product of the first odd integer and the second odd integer is 195.
Translate into an equation The image displays the mathematical equation n(n+2) = 195, where 'n' is a variable.
Step 5. Solve the equation. Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, reading 'n squared plus 2n equals 195'.
Subtract 195 to get the equation in standard form. Two quadratic equations are displayed: the general form 'ax^2 + bx + c = 0' in red, followed by a specific example, 'n^2 + 2n - 195 = 0,' in black text.
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays mathematical variables with their assigned values: a = 1, b = 2, and c = -195, presented in different colors against a white background.
Write the quadratic equation. The quadratic formula, solving for 'n' using coefficients a, b, and c.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c.. The quadratic formula is shown with specific values substituted for solving n. The equation features -2 ×1 square root of (2^2 - 4 * 1 * -195), all divided by (2 * 1), with some values highlighted.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing n equals a fraction where the numerator is -2 plus or minus the square root of 4 plus 780, all divided by 2.
A mathematical equation shows 'n equals negative 2 plus or minus the square root of 784, all divided by 2' on a white background. This is a step in solving a quadratic equation.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation shows 'n' is equal to a fraction where the numerator is '-2 plus or minus 28' and the denominator is '2'.
Rewrite to show two solutions. The image displays two expressions for 'n': n = (-2 + 28) / 2 and n = (-2 - 28) / 2. These typically represent the two roots found when solving a quadratic equation.
Solve each equation. Two mathematical equations are displayed horizontally on a white background: 'n = 26/2' and 'n = -30/2'. The equations show the variable 'n' being defined by fractions.
The image displays the equations 'n = 13' and 'n = -15' in a simple, clear font on a white background.
There are two values of n that are solutions. This will give us two pairs of consecutive odd integers for our solution. First odd integer n=13
next odd integer n+2
13+2
15
First odd integer n=−15
next odd integer n+2
−15+2
−13
Step 6. Check the answer.
Do these pairs work?
Are they consecutive odd integers?
Is their product 195?


13,15,yes−13,−15,yes13⋅15=195,yes−13(−15)=195,yes
Step 7. Answer the question. The two consecutive odd integers whose product is 195 are 13, 15, and −13, −15.

The product of two consecutive odd integers is 99. Find the integers.

Solution

Two consecutive odd numbers whose product is 99 are 9 and 11, and −9 and −11.

The product of two consecutive even integers is 168. Find the integers.

Solution

Two consecutive even numbers whose product is 168 are 12 and 14,and −12 and −14.

We will use the formula for the area of a triangle to solve the next example.

Area of a Triangle

For a triangle with base b and height h, the area, A, is given by the formula A=12bh.

The image shows a triangle with a horizontal side at the bottom labeled b and a vertical line coming up from the side b to the vertex of the other two sides of the triangle. This vertical line is labeled h.

Recall that, when we solve geometry applications, it is helpful to draw the figure.

An architect is designing the entryway of a restaurant. She wants to put a triangular window above the doorway. Due to energy restrictions, the window can have an area of 120 square feet and the architect wants the width to be 4 feet more than twice the height. Find the height and width of the window.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Draw a picture.
A triangle with its height labeled 'h' and its base labeled '2h + 4', indicating dimensions for a geometric problem or calculation.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the height and width.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let h= the height of the triangle.
2h+4= the width of the triangle
Step 4. Translate. We know the area. Write the formula for the area of a triangle.
The image displays the mathematical formula for the area of a triangle, A = (1/2)bh, where A represents the area, b is the base, and h is the height.
Step 5. Solve the equation. Substitute in the values. The image shows the mathematical equation '120 = 1/2(2h + 4)h' centered on a white background. The equation involves numbers and the variable 'h', representing a quadratic relationship.
Distribute. A mathematical equation 120 = h² + 2h is displayed in the center of a white background.
This is a quadratic equation, rewrite it in standard form. Two quadratic equations are presented: the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 in red, and a specific instance h^2 + 2h - 120 = 0 in black on a white background.
Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula. Identify the a, b, c values. A mathematical expression displaying variables and their values: a = 1 (light blue), b = 2 (red), and c = -√120 (yellow-green), all on a white background.
Write the quadratic equation. The quadratic formula is displayed, showing h equals the quantity negative b plus or minus the square root of b squared minus 4ac, all divided by 2a.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c.. Mathematical expression showing the quadratic formula applied to find 'h', with specific values substituted.
Simplify. A mathematical equation for 'h' is shown: h equals a fraction where the numerator is -2 plus or minus the square root of (4 plus 480), and the denominator is 2.
The image shows the mathematical equation h = (-2 ± sqrt(484)) / 2.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: h = (-2  A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: h = (-2 ± 22) / 2.
Rewrite to show two solutions. The two values for 'h' from a quadratic solution: h = (-2 + 22) / 2 and h = (-2 - 22) / 2.
Simplify. Two mathematical equations are displayed on a white background. The first equation is h = 20/2, and the second is h = -24/2, with a comma separating the two expressions.
Since h is the height of a window, a value of h=−12 does not make sense. Mathematical notation featuring 'h = 10' and the full expression 'b = 12' crossed out, suggesting a correction or an abandoned calculation.
The height of the triangle: h=10

The width of the triangle: 2h+4
2⋅10+4
24
Step 6. Check the answer. Does a triangle with a height 10 and width 24 have area 120? Yes.
Step 7. Answer the question. The height of the triangular window is 10 feet and the width is 24 feet.

Notice that the solutions were integers. That tells us that we could have solved the equation by factoring.

When we wrote the equation in standard form, h2+2h−120=0, we could have factored it. If we did, we would have solved the equation (h+12)(h−10)=0.

Find the dimensions of a triangle whose width is four more than six times its height and has an area of 208 square inches.

Solution

The height of the triangle is 8 inches and the width is 52 inches.

If a triangle that has an area of 110 square feet has a height that is two feet less than twice the width, what are its dimensions?

Solution

The height of the triangle is 20 feet and the width is 11 feet.

In the two preceding examples, the number in the radical in the Quadratic Formula was a perfect square and so the solutions were rational numbers. If we get an irrational number as a solution to an application problem, we will use a calculator to get an approximate value.

The Pythagorean Theorem gives the relation between the legs and hypotenuse of a right triangle. We will use the Pythagorean Theorem to solve the next example.

Pythagorean Theorem

In any right triangle, where a and b are the lengths of the legs and c is the length of the hypotenuse, a2+b2=c2

The image shows a right triangle with a horizontal side at the bottom labeled b, a vertical side on the left labeled a and the hypotenuse connecting the two is labeled c.

Rene is setting up a holiday light display. He wants to make a ‘tree’ in the shape of two right triangles, as shown below, and has two 10-foot strings of lights to use for the sides. He will attach the lights to the top of a pole and to two stakes on the ground. He wants the height of the pole to be the same as the distance from the base of the pole to each stake. How tall should the pole be?

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw a picture. A geometric diagram displaying a triangle with a vertical line segment from the apex to the base. One of the sloped sides is labeled with the number '10,' and two downward arrows indicate points at the base.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the height of the pole.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. The distance from the base of the pole to either stake is the same as the height of the pole. Let x= the height of the pole.
x= the distance from the pole to stake
Each side is a right triangle. We draw a picture of one of them. A right-angled triangle is shown with two equal sides labeled 'x' and the hypotenuse labeled '10'.
Step 4. Translate into an equation. We can use the Pythagorean Theorem to solve for x.
Write the Pythagorean Theorem. a2+b2=c2
Step 5. Solve the equation. Substitute. x2+x2=102
Simplify. 2x2=100
Divide by 2 to isolate the variable. 2x22=1002
Simplify. x2=50
Use the Square Root Property. x=±50
Simplify the radical. x=±52
Rewrite to show two solutions. x=52
x=−52
Approximate this number to the nearest tenth with a calculator. x≈7.1
Step 6. Check the answer.
Check on your own in the Pythagorean Theorem.
Step 7. Answer the question. The pole should be about 7.1 feet tall.

The sun casts a shadow from a flag pole. The height of the flag pole is three times the length of its shadow. The distance between the end of the shadow and the top of the flag pole is 20 feet. Find the length of the shadow and the length of the flag pole. Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

The length of the shadow is 6.3 feet and the length of the flag pole is 18.9 ft.

The distance between opposite corners of a rectangular field is four more than the width of the field. The length of the field is twice its width. Find the distance between the opposite corners. Round to the nearest tenth.

Solution

The distance to the opposite corner is 3.2.

Mike wants to put 150 square feet of artificial turf in his front yard. This is the maximum area of artificial turf allowed by his homeowners association. He wants to have a rectangular area of turf with length one foot less than three times the width. Find the length and width. Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem. Draw a picture. A rectangle is shown with its dimensions labeled algebraically: the width is 'w' and the length is '3w-1'.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the length and width.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let w= the width of the rectangle.
3w−1= the length of the rectangle
Step 4. Translate into an equation.
We know the area. Write the formula for the area of a rectangle.
The mathematical formula for calculating area: A = L * W.
Step 5. Solve the equation. Substitute in the values. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads 150 = (3w - 1)w. The numbers and variables are in a dark gray font.
Distribute. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: 150 = 3w^2 - W. The numbers and variables are in a dark gray font.
This is a quadratic equation, rewrite it in standard form. Two quadratic equations are displayed: the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0, and a specific example 3w^2 - w - 150 = 0.
Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays the variable assignments a = 3, b = -1, c = -150, written in a horizontal line with different colors for each assignment: 'a' in light blue, 'b' in red, and 'c' in yellow.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula with 'w' as the variable, showing w equals negative b plus or minus the square root of b squared minus 4ac, all divided by 2a.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula with substituted values for a (3, blue), b (-1, red), and c (-150, yellow) to solve for W.
Simplify. The image shows a mathematical equation where W is calculated as the fraction of (1 plus or minus the square root of (1 + 1800)) all divided by 6.
A mathematical equation shows W equals the fraction of one plus or minus the square root of 1801, all divided by six.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two mathematical expressions for 'w' are displayed, showing the solutions to a quadratic equation involving a square root and division by six: w = (1 + √1801)/6 and w = (1 - √1801)/6.
Approximate the answers using a calculator.
We eliminate the negative solution for the width.
Mathematical steps showing the calculation of width (w ≈ 7.2) and length (L ≈ 3w - 1, resulting in L ≈ 20.6), with a negative 'w' value crossed out as invalid.
Step 6. Check the answer.
Make sure that the answers make sense.
Step 7. Answer the question. The width of the rectangle is approximately 7.2 feet and the length 20.6 feet.

The length of a 200 square foot rectangular vegetable garden is four feet less than twice the width. Find the length and width of the garden. Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

The width of the garden is 11 feet and the length is 18 feet.

A rectangular tablecloth has an area of 80 square feet. The width is 5 feet shorter than the length. What are the length and width of the tablecloth? Round to the nearest tenth of a foot.

Solution

The width of the tablecloth is 6.8 feet and the length is 11.8 feet.

The height of a projectile shot upwards is modeled by a quadratic equation. The initial velocity, v0, propels the object up until gravity causes the object to fall back down.

Projectile Motion

The height in feet, h, of an object shot upwards into the air with initial velocity, v0, after t seconds is given by the formula:

h=−16t2+v0t

We can use the formula for projectile motion to find how many seconds it will take for a firework to reach a specific height.

A firework is shot upwards with initial velocity 130 feet per second. How many seconds will it take to reach a height of 260 feet? Round to the nearest tenth of a second.

Solution

Solution

Step 1. Read the problem.
Step 2. Identify what we are looking for. We are looking for the number of seconds, which is time.
Step 3. Name what we are looking for. Let t= the number of seconds.
Step 4. Translate into an equation. Use the formula.
h=−16t2+v0t
Step 5. Solve the equation.
We know the velocity v0 is 130 feet per second.
The height is 260 feet. Substitute the values. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background, which reads '260 = -16t^2 + 130t'.
This is a quadratic equation, rewrite it in standard form. Two quadratic equations are shown, with the general form ax^2 + bx + c = 0 in red text, followed by a specific example, 16t^2 - 130t + 260 = 0, in black text.
Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.
Identify the a, b, c values. The image displays the variables and their assigned numerical values: a = 16, b = -130, and c = 260, presented in different colors on a white background.
Write the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula, t equals negative b plus or minus the square root of b squared minus 4ac, all divided by 2a, is displayed on a white background.
Then substitute in the values of a, b, c. A mathematical equation for 't' using the quadratic formula is displayed, with 'a' as 16 (light blue), 'b' as -130 (red), and 'c' as 260 (yellow), to find the roots of a quadratic equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation for 't' involves 130 plus or minus the square root of the difference between 16,900 and 16,640, with the entire expression divided by 32. This formula is commonly used in solving quadratic equations or statistical problems.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: t = (130 ± √260) / 32.
Rewrite to show two solutions. Two mathematical solutions for 't' are presented, each as a fraction: (130 + sqrt(260))/32 and (130 - sqrt(260))/32.
Approximate the answers with a calculator. t≈4.6 seconds, t≈3.6
Step 6. Check the answer.
The check is left to you.
Step 7. Answer the question. The firework will go up and then fall back down.
As the firework goes up, it will reach 260 feet after
approximately 3.6 seconds. It will also pass that
height on the way down at 4.6 seconds.
A vivid firework traces an upward arc, exploding into a bright, starburst-like display of orange and yellow sparks against a clean white background.

An arrow is shot from the ground into the air at an initial speed of 108 ft/sec. Use the formula h=−16t2+v0t to determine when the arrow will be 180 feet from the ground. Round the nearest tenth of a second.

Solution

The arrow will reach 180 on its way up in 3 seconds, and on the way down in 3.8 seconds.

A man throws a ball into the air with a velocity of 96 ft/sec. Use the formula h=−16t2+v0t to determine when the height of the ball will be 48 feet. Round to the nearest tenth of a second.

Solution

The ball will reach 48 feet on its way up in .6 seconds and on the way down in 5.5 seconds.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice with solving word problems using the quadratic equation:

  • General Quadratic Word Problems
  • Word problem: Solve a projectile problem using a quadratic equation

Key Concepts

  • Area of a Triangle For a triangle with base, b, and height, h, the area, A, is given by the formula: A=12bh
    A diagram illustrating a triangle with its base labeled 'b' and its height labeled 'h'. The height 'h' is drawn from the apex perpendicular to the base 'b', dividing the original triangle into two smaller right-angled triangles.
  • Pythagorean Theorem In any right triangle, where a and b are the lengths of the legs, and c is the length of the hypothenuse, a2+b2=c2
    A right-angled triangle with sides labeled a, b, and hypotenuse c, commonly used to demonstrate the Pythagorean theorem.
  • Projectile motion The height in feet, h, of an object shot upwards into the air with initial velocity, v0, after t seconds can be modeled by the formula:
    h=−16t2+v0t

Practice Makes Perfect

Solve Applications of the Quadratic Formula

In the following exercises, solve by using methods of factoring, the square root principle, or the Quadratic Formula. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

The product of two consecutive odd numbers is 255. Find the numbers.

Solution

Two consecutive odd numbers whose product is 255 are 15 and 17, and −15 and −17.

The product of two consecutive even numbers is 360. Find the numbers.

The product of two consecutive even numbers is 624. Find the numbers.

Solution

Two consecutive even numbers whose product is 624 are 24 and 26, and −26 and −24.

The product of two consecutive odd numbers is 1023. Find the numbers.

The product of two consecutive odd numbers is 483. Find the numbers.

Solution

Two consecutive odd numbers whose product is 483 are 21 and 23, and −21 and −23.

The product of two consecutive even numbers is 528. Find the numbers.

A triangle with area 45 square inches has a height that is two less than four times the width. Find the height and width of the triangle.

Solution

The width of the triangle is 5 inches and the height is 18 inches.

The width of a triangle is six more than twice the height. The area of the triangle is 88 square yards. Find the height and width of the triangle.

The hypotenuse of a right triangle is twice the length of one of its legs. The length of the other leg is three feet. Find the lengths of the three sides of the triangle. Round to the nearest tenth.

Solution

The leg of the right triangle is 1.7 feet and the hypotenuse is 3.4 feet.

The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 10 cm long. One of the triangle’s legs is three times the length of the other leg. Find the lengths of the three sides of the triangle. Round to the nearest tenth.

A farmer plans to fence off sections of a rectangular corral. The diagonal distance from one corner of the corral to the opposite corner is five yards longer than the width of the corral. The length of the corral is three times the width. Find the length of the diagonal of the corral. Round to the nearest tenth.

The image shows rectangle with the long sides horizontal. A diagonal line runs from the top left corner of the rectangle to the bottom right corner.
Solution

The length of the diagonal of the fence is 7.3 yards.

Nautical flags are used to represent letters of the alphabet. The flag for the letter O consists of a yellow right triangle and a red right triangle which are sewn together along their hypotenuse to form a square. The adjoining side of the two triangles is three inches longer than a side of the flag. Find the length of the side of the flag.

The image shows a square with a diagonal line running from the top left corner to the bottom right corner. The diagonal splits the square into two right triangles. The lower triangle is red and the upper triangle is yellow.

The length of a rectangular driveway is five feet more than three times the width. The area is 350 square feet. Find the length and width of the driveway.

Solution

The width of the driveway is 10 feet and its length is 35 feet.

A rectangular lawn has area 140 square yards. Its width that is six less than twice the length. What are the length and width of the lawn?

A firework rocket is shot upward at a rate of 640 ft/sec. Use the projectile formula h=−16t2+v0t to determine when the height of the firework rocket will be 1200 feet.

Solution

The rocket will reach 1,200 feet on its way up in 2 seconds and on the way down in 38 seconds.

An arrow is shot vertically upward at a rate of 220 feet per second. Use the projectile formula h=−16t2+v0t to determine when height of the arrow will be 400 feet.

Everyday Math

A bullet is fired straight up from a BB gun with initial velocity 1120 feet per second at an initial height of 8 feet. Use the formula h=−16t2+v0t+8 to determine how many seconds it will take for the bullet to hit the ground. (That is, when will h=0 ?)

Solution

70 seconds

A city planner wants to build a bridge across a lake in a park. To find the length of the bridge, he makes a right triangle with one leg and the hypotenuse on land and the bridge as the other leg. The length of the hypotenuse is 340 feet and the leg is 160 feet. Find the length of the bridge.

The image shows a right triangle with a horizontal side stretching across a lake, a vertical side on the left labeled a and the hypotenuse connecting the two.

Writing Exercises

Make up a problem involving the product of two consecutive odd integers. Start by choosing two consecutive odd integers. ⓐ What are your integers? ⓑ What is the product of your integers? ⓒ Solve the equation n(n+2)=p, where p is the product you found in part (b). ⓓ Did you get the numbers you started with?

Solution

ⓐ answers will vary
ⓑ answers will vary ⓒ answers will vary ⓓ answers will vary

Make up a problem involving the product of two consecutive even integers. Start by choosing two consecutive even integers. ⓐ What are your integers? ⓑ What is the product of your integers? ⓒ Solve the equation n(n+2)=p, where p is the product you found in part (b). ⓓ Did you get the numbers you started with?

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has two rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the next row reads “solve applications of the quadratic formula.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ On a scale of 1–10, how would you rate your mastery of this section in light of your responses on the checklist? How can you improve this?

consecutive even integers
Consecutive even integers are even integers that follow right after one another. If an even integer is represented by n, the next consecutive even integer is n+2, and the next after that is n+4.
consecutive odd integers
Consecutive odd integers are odd integers that follow right after one another. If an odd integer is represented by n, the next consecutive odd integer is n+2, and the next after that is n+4.

Graphing Quadratic Equations in Two Variables

Learning Objectives

By the end of this section, you will be able to:

  • Recognize the graph of a quadratic equation in two variables
  • Find the axis of symmetry and vertex of a parabola
  • Find the intercepts of a parabola
  • Graph quadratic equations in two variables
  • Solve maximum and minimum applications

Before you get started, take this readiness quiz.

Graph the equation y=3x−5 by plotting points.
If you missed this problem, review Example 2 in Graph Linear Equations in Two Variables.

Solution

A graph shows a straight line with a positive slope in a Cartesian coordinate system. The line passes through approximately (0, -5), (1, -2), (2, 1), and (3, 4).

Evaluate 2x2+4x−1 when x=−3.
If you missed this problem, review Example 12 in Multiply and Divide Integers.

Solution

5

Evaluate −b2a when a=13 and b=56.
If you missed this problem, review Example 13 in Add and Subtract Fractions.

Solution

−54

Recognize the Graph of a Quadratic Equation in Two Variables

We have graphed equations of the form Ax+By=C. We called equations like this linear equations because their graphs are straight lines.

Now, we will graph equations of the form y=ax2+bx+c. We call this kind of equation a quadratic equation in two variables.

Quadratic Equation in Two Variables

A quadratic equation in two variables, where a,b,andc are real numbers and a≠0, is an equation of the form

y=ax2+bx+c

Just like we started graphing linear equations by plotting points, we will do the same for quadratic equations.

Let’s look first at graphing the quadratic equation y=x2. We will choose integer values of x between −2 and 2 and find their y values. See Table 1.

y=x2
x y
0 0
1 1
−1 1
2 4
−2 4

Notice when we let x=1 and x=−1, we got the same value for y.

y=x2y=x2y=12y=(−1)2y=1y=1

The same thing happened when we let x=2 and x=−2.

Now, we will plot the points to show the graph of y=x2. See Figure 1.

This figure shows an upward-opening u shaped curve graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The lowest point on the curve is at the point (0, 0). Other points on the curve are located at (-2, 4), (-1, 1), (1, 1) and (2, 4).

The graph is not a line. This figure is called a parabola. Every quadratic equation has a graph that looks like this.

In Example 1 you will practice graphing a parabola by plotting a few points.

Graph y=x2−1.

Solution

Solution

We will graph the equation by plotting points.

Choose integers values for x, substitute them into the equation and solve for y.
Record the values of the ordered pairs in the chart. This table illustrates points for the parabola y = x^2 - 1, including its vertex (0, -1) and x-intercepts (1, 0) and (-1, 0).
Plot the points, and then connect them with a smooth curve. The result will be the graph of the equationy=x2−1. An upward-opening parabola is plotted on a coordinate plane, with its vertex at (0,-1) and symmetric about the y-axis, indicating a quadratic function.

Graph y=−x2.

Solution

This figure shows a downward-opening u shaped curve graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The highest point on the curve is at the point (0, 0). Other points on the curve are located at (-2, -4), (-1, -1), (1, -1) and (2, -4).

Graph y=x2+1.

Solution

This figure shows an upward-opening u shaped curve graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The lowest point on the curve is at the point (0, 1). Other points on the curve are located at (-2, 5), (-1, 2), (1, 2) and (2, 5).

How do the equations y=x2 and y=x2−1 differ? What is the difference between their graphs? How are their graphs the same?

All parabolas of the form y=ax2+bx+c open upwards or downwards. See Figure 2.

This figure shows two graphs side by side. The graph on the left side shows an upward-opening u shaped curve graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The lowest point on the curve is at the point (-2, -1). Other points on the curve are located at (-3, 0), and (-1, 0). Below the graph is the equation y equals a squared plus b x plus c. Below that is the equation of the graph, y equals x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below that is the inequality a greater than 0 which means the parabola opens upwards. The graph on the right side shows a downward-opening u shaped curve graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The highest point on the curve is at the point (2, 7). Other points on the curve are located at (0, 3), and (4, 3). Below the graph is the equation y equals a squared plus b x plus c. Below that is the equation of the graph, y equals negative x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below that is the inequality a less than 0 which means the parabola opens downwards.

Notice that the only difference in the two equations is the negative sign before the x2 in the equation of the second graph in Figure 2. When the x2 term is positive, the parabola opens upward, and when the x2 term is negative, the parabola opens downward.

Parabola Orientation

For the quadratic equation y=ax2+bx+c, if:

The image shows two statements. The first statement reads “a greater than 0, the parabola opens upwards”. This statement is followed by the image of an upward opening parabola. The second statement reads “a less than 0, the parabola opens downward”. This statement is followed by the image of a downward opening parabola.

Determine whether each parabola opens upward or downward:

ⓐ y=−3x2+2x−4 ⓑ y=6x2+7x−9

Solution

Solution

ⓐ
Find the value of "a".
This image displays a comparison between the standard quadratic equation, y = ax^2 + bx + c, and a specific instance, y = -3x^2 + 2x - 4. It highlights that in this case, a = -3.
Since the “a” is negative, the parabola will open downward.
ⓑ
Find the value of "a".
The image displays the general quadratic equation y = ax^2 + bx + c followed by a specific example y = 6x^2 + 7x - 9. Below this, a variable q is assigned the value 6.
Since the “a” is positive, the parabola will open upward.

Determine whether each parabola opens upward or downward:

ⓐ y=2x2+5x−2 ⓑ y=−3x2−4x+7

Solution

ⓐ up ⓑ down

Determine whether each parabola opens upward or downward:

ⓐ y=−2x2−2x−3 ⓑ y=5x2−2x−1

Solution

ⓐ down ⓑ up

Find the Axis of Symmetry and Vertex of a Parabola

Look again at Figure 2. Do you see that we could fold each parabola in half and that one side would lie on top of the other? The ‘fold line’ is a line of symmetry. We call it the axis of symmetry of the parabola.

We show the same two graphs again with the axis of symmetry in blue. See Figure 3.

This figure shows an two graphs side by side. The graph on the left side shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The lowest point on the curve is at the point (-2, -1). Other points on the curve are located at (-3, 0), and (-1, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line that goes through the center of the parabola at the point (-2, -1). Below the graph is the equation of the graph, y equals x squared plus 4 x plus 3. The graph on the right side shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The highest point on the curve is at the point (2, 7). Other points on the curve are located at (0, 3), and (4, 3). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line that goes through the center of the parabola at the point (2, 7). Below the graph is the equation of the graph, y equals negative x squared plus 4 x plus 3.

The equation of the axis of symmetry can be derived by using the Quadratic Formula. We will omit the derivation here and proceed directly to using the result. The equation of the axis of symmetry of the graph of y=ax2+bx+c is x=−b2a.

So, to find the equation of symmetry of each of the parabolas we graphed above, we will substitute into the formula x=−b2a.

The figure shows the steps to find the axis of symmetry for two parabolas. On the left side the standard form of a quadratic equation which is y equals a x squared plus b x plus c is written above the given equation y equals x squared plus 4 x plus 3. The axis of symmetry is the equation x equals negative b divided by the quantity two times a. Plugging in the values of a and b from the quadratic equation the formula becomes x equals negative 4 divided by the quantity 2 times 1, which simplifies to x equals negative 2. On the right side the standard form of a quadratic equation which is y equals a x squared plus b x plus c is written above the given equation y equals negative x squared plus 4 x plus 3. The axis of symmetry is the equation x equals negative b divided by the quantity two times a. Plugging in the values of a and b from the quadratic equation the formula becomes x equals negative 4 divided by the quantity 2 times -1, which simplifies to x equals 2.

Look back at Figure 3. Are these the equations of the dashed red lines?

The point on the parabola that is on the axis of symmetry is the lowest or highest point on the parabola, depending on whether the parabola opens upwards or downwards. This point is called the vertex of the parabola.

We can easily find the coordinates of the vertex, because we know it is on the axis of symmetry. This means its x-coordinate is −b2a. To find the y-coordinate of the vertex, we substitute the value of the x-coordinate into the quadratic equation.

The figure shows the steps to find the vertex for two parabolas. On the left side is the given equation y equals x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below the equation is the statement “axis of symmetry is x equals -2”. Below that is the statement “vertex is” next to the statement is an ordered pair with x-value of -2, the same as the axis of symmetry, and the y-value is blank. Below that the original equation is rewritten. Below the equation is the equation with -2 plugged in for the x value which is y equals -2 squared plus 4 times -2 plus 3. This simplifies to y equals -1. Below this is the statement “vertex is (-2, -1)”. On the right side is the given equation y equals negative x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below the equation is the statement “axis of symmetry is x equals 2”. Below that is the statement “vertex is” next to the statement is an ordered pair with x-value of 2, the same as the axis of symmetry, and the y-value is blank. Below that the original equation is rewritten. Below the equation is the equation with 2 plugged in for the x value which is y equals negative the quantity 2 squared, plus 4 times 2 plus 3. This simplifies to y equals 7. Below this is the statement “vertex is (2, 7)”.

Axis of Symmetry and Vertex of a Parabola

For a parabola with equation y=ax2+bx+c:

  • The axis of symmetry of a parabola is the line x=−b2a.
  • The vertex is on the axis of symmetry, so its x-coordinate is −b2a.

To find the y-coordinate of the vertex, we substitute x=−b2a into the quadratic equation.

For the parabola y=3x2−6x+2 find: ⓐ the axis of symmetry and ⓑ the vertex.

Solution

Solution

ⓐ The image displays the standard form of a quadratic equation, y = ax^2 + bx + c, followed by a concrete instance, y = 3x^2 - 6x + 2, demonstrating how specific values for a, b, and c are substituted.
The axis of symmetry is the line x=−b2a. The formula for the x-coordinate of the vertex of a parabola, or the axis of symmetry, derived from the standard quadratic equation: x = -b / (2a).
Substitute the values of a, b into the equation. A mathematical equation shows X equals the negative of a fraction, where the numerator is -6 and the denominator is 2 multiplied by 3.
Simplify. x=1
The axis of symmetry is the line x=1.
ⓑ A quadratic equation, y = 3x^2 - 6x + 2, is displayed in black text on a white background.
The vertex is on the line of symmetry, so its x-coordinate will be x=1.
Substitutex=1 into the equation and solve for y. A mathematical equation shows 'y = 3(1)^2 - 6(1) + 2', demonstrating the substitution of the number 1 into a quadratic expression, with the number 1 highlighted in red for emphasis.
Simplify. A mathematical equation is displayed, reading y = 3 * 1 - 6 + 2. The equation is rendered in black text on a white background, representing a calculation involving multiplication, subtraction, and addition.
This is the y-coordinate. y=−1
The vertex is (1,−1).

For the parabola y=2x2−8x+1 find: ⓐ the axis of symmetry and ⓑ the vertex.

Solution

ⓐ x=2 ⓑ (2,−7)

For the parabola y=2x2−4x−3 find: ⓐ the axis of symmetry and ⓑ the vertex.

Solution

ⓐ x=1 ⓑ (1,−5)

Find the Intercepts of a Parabola

When we graphed linear equations, we often used the x- and y-intercepts to help us graph the lines. Finding the coordinates of the intercepts will help us to graph parabolas, too.

Remember, at the y-intercept the value of x is zero. So, to find the y-intercept, we substitute x=0 into the equation.

Let’s find the y-intercepts of the two parabolas shown in the figure below.

This figure shows an two graphs side by side. The graph on the left side shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (-2, -1). Other points on the curve are located at (-3, 0), and (-1, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -2. Below the graph is the equation of the graph, y equals x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below that is the statement “x equals 0”. Next to that is the equation of the graph with 0 plugged in for x which gives y equals 0 squared plus4 times 0 plus 3. This simplifies to y equals 3. Below the equation is the statement “y-intercept (0, 3)”. The graph on the right side shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (2, 7). Other points on the curve are located at (0, 3), and (4, 3). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 2. Below the graph is the equation of the graph, y equals negative x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below that is the statement “x equals 0”. Next to that is the equation of the graph with 0 plugged in for x which gives y equals negative quantity 0 squared plus 4 times 0 plus 3. This simplifies to y equals 3. Below the equation is the statement “y-intercept (0, 3)”.

At an x-intercept, the value of y is zero. To find an x-intercept, we substitute y=0 into the equation. In other words, we will need to solve the equation 0=ax2+bx+c for x.

y=ax2+bx+c0=ax2+bx+c

But solving quadratic equations like this is exactly what we have done earlier in this chapter.

We can now find the x-intercepts of the two parabolas shown in Figure 4.

First, we will find the x-intercepts of a parabola with equation y=x2+4x+3.

The image shows the quadratic equation y = x^2 + 4x + 3.
Let y=0. A mathematical equation displays '0 = x^2 + 4x + 3' in black font against a white background, representing a quadratic equation.
Factor. The equation 0 = (x + 1)(x + 3) is displayed, illustrating a quadratic equation in factored form, ready to be solved for x by setting each factor to zero.
Use the zero product property. Two mathematical equations are displayed: x+1=0 and x+3=0. These appear to be simple linear equations or factors in an algebraic problem.
Solve. The image displays the mathematical solutions 'x = -1, x = -3' in a black font against a plain white background, indicating two distinct values for the variable x.
The x intercepts are (−1,0) and (−3,0).

Now, we will find the x-intercepts of the parabola with equation y=−x2+4x+3.

The image displays the quadratic equation y = -x^2 + 4x + 3, written in a clear, sans-serif font against a plain white background.
Let y=0. A mathematical equation on a white background reads '0 = -x^2 + 4x + 3'.
This quadratic does not factor, so we use the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula: x equals negative b, plus or minus the square root of b squared minus 4ac, all divided by 2a.
a=−1, b=4, c=3 A mathematical equation showing the quadratic formula applied to solve for X, with specific numerical values substituted for a, b, and c.
Simplify. A mathematical equation where X is equal to a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is -4 plus or minus the square root of 28, and the denominator is -2.
A mathematical equation for X, showing X equals a fraction where the numerator is -4 plus or minus 2 times the square root of 7, and the denominator is -2.
A mathematical equation showing x equals the fraction where the numerator is -2 times the quantity of 2 plus or minus the square root of 7, and the denominator is -2.A mathematical equation shows 'x = 2 ×1 ×7' on a white background. This indicates two possible solutions for x: 2 plus the square root of 7, and 2 minus the square root of 7. It's likely the result of a quadratic formula calculation.
The x intercepts are (2+7,0) and (2−7,0).

We will use the decimal approximations of the x-intercepts, so that we can locate these points on the graph.

(2+7,0)≈(4.6,0)(2−7,0)≈(−0.6,0)

Do these results agree with our graphs? See Figure 5.

This figure shows an two graphs side by side. The graph on the left side shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (-2, -1). Three points are plotted on the curve at (-3, 0), (-1, 0), and (0, 3). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -2. Below the graph is the equation of the graph, y equals x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below that is the statement “y-intercept (0, 3)”. Below that is the statement “x-intercepts (-1, 0) and (-3, 0)”. The graph on the right side shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from negative 10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (2, 7). Three points are plotted on the curve at (-0.6, 0), (4.6, 0), and (0, 3). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 2. Below the graph is the equation of the graph, y equals negative x squared plus 4 x plus 3. Below that is the statement “y-intercept (0, 3)”. Below that is the statement “x-intercepts (2 plus square root of 7, 0) is approximately equal to (4.6, 0) and (2 minus square root of 7, 0) is approximately equal to (-0.6, 0).”

Find the intercepts of a parabola.

To find the intercepts of a parabola with equation y=ax2+bx+c:

y-interceptx-interceptsLetx=0and solve fory.Lety=0and solve forx.

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=x2−2x−8.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the quadratic equation y = x^2 - 2x - 8, presented in a clear, digital font on a white background.
To find the y-intercept, let x=0 and solve for y. A mathematical equation shows y = 0^2 - 2 * 0 - 8, which simplifies to y = -8. The zeros are highlighted in red, indicating a substitution or specific point of interest in the calculation.
When x=0, then y=−8.
The y-intercept is the point (0,−8).
The image shows a mathematical equation on a white background. The equation is 'y = x^2 - 2x - 8' written in black text.
To find the x-intercept, let y=0 and solve for x. A white background displays a clear, black mathematical equation: 0 = x^2 - 2x - 8, representing a quadratic equation in standard form.
Solve by factoring. A mathematical equation shows 0 equals the product of two binomials: (x - 4) and (x + 2). This is a factored form of a quadratic equation.
Solution steps for two linear equations: 0 = x - 4 is solved to x = 4, and 0 = x + 2 is solved to x = -2.

When y=0, then x=4orx=−2. The x-intercepts are the points (4,0) and (−2,0).

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=x2+2x−8.

Solution

y:(0,−8);x:(−4,0),(2,0)

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=x2−4x−12.

Solution

y:(0,−12);x:(6,0),(−2,0)

In this chapter, we have been solving quadratic equations of the form ax2+bx+c=0. We solved for x and the results were the solutions to the equation.

We are now looking at quadratic equations in two variables of the form y=ax2+bx+c. The graphs of these equations are parabolas. The x-intercepts of the parabolas occur where y=0.

For example:

Quadratic equationQuadratic equation in two variablesy=x2−2x−15x2−2x−15=0(x−5)(x+3)=0lety=00=x2−2x−150=(x−5)(x+3)x−5=0x+3=0x=5x=−3x−5=0x+3=0x=5x=−3(5,0)and(−3,0)x-intercepts

The solutions of the quadratic equation are the x values of the x-intercepts.

Earlier, we saw that quadratic equations have 2, 1, or 0 solutions. The graphs below show examples of parabolas for these three cases. Since the solutions of the equations give the x-intercepts of the graphs, the number of x-intercepts is the same as the number of solutions.

Previously, we used the discriminant to determine the number of solutions of a quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0. Now, we can use the discriminant to tell us how many x-intercepts there are on the graph.

This figure shows three graphs side by side. The leftmost graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The vertex of the parabola is in the lower right quadrant. Below the graph is the inequality b squared minus 4 a c greater than 0. Below that is the statement “Two solutions”. Below that is the statement “ Two x-intercepts”. The middle graph shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The vertex of the parabola is on the x-axis. Below the graph is the equation b squared minus 4 a c equals 0. Below that is the statement “One solution”. Below that is the statement “ One x-intercept”. The rightmost graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The vertex of the parabola is in the upper left quadrant. Below the graph is the inequality b squared minus 4 a c less than 0. Below that is the statement “No real solutions”. Below that is the statement “ No x-intercept”.

Before you start solving the quadratic equation to find the values of the x-intercepts, you may want to evaluate the discriminant so you know how many solutions to expect.

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=5x2+x+4.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the quadratic equation y = 5x^2 + x + 4, presented in a clear, standard mathematical format.
To find the y-intercept, let x=0 and solve for y. A mathematical equation y = 5 * 0^2 + 0 + 4, with zeros highlighted in red, demonstrating a calculation involving zero.
The equation y = 4 is displayed in black text against a white background.
When x=0, then y=4.
The y-intercept is the point (0,4).
A mathematical equation, 'y = 5x^2 + x + 4,' is displayed against a white background.
To find the x-intercept, let y=0 and solve for x. The quadratic equation 0 = 5x^2 + x + 4 is displayed.
Find the value of the discriminant to predict the number of solutions and so x-intercepts. b2−4ac12−4⋅5⋅41−80−79
Since the value of the discriminant is negative, there is no real solution to the equation. There are no x-intercepts.

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=3x2+4x+4.

Solution

y:(0,4);x:none

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=x2−4x−5.

Solution

y:(0,−5);x:(5,0)(−1,0)

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=4x2−12x+9.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the quadratic equation y = 4x^2 - 12x + 9.
To find the y-intercept, let x=0 and solve for y. The image shows the mathematical equation y = 4 * 0^2 - 12 * 0 + 9, where the zeros are highlighted in red.
The equation y = 9 is displayed in black text against a plain white background, indicating a constant value for y in a mathematical or scientific context.
When x=0, then y=9.
The y-intercept is the point (0,9).
The image shows the quadratic equation y = 4x^2 - 12x + 9 in white text on a black background.
To find the x-intercept, let y=0 and solve for x. A quadratic equation is displayed, reading 0 = 4x^2 - 12x + 9.
Find the value of the discriminant to predict the number of solutions and so x-intercepts. b2−4ac22−4⋅4⋅9144−1440
Since the value of the discriminant is 0, there is only one real solution to the equation. Therefore, there is only one x-intercept.
Solve the equation by factoring the perfect square trinomial. The equation 0 = (2x - 3)^2 is displayed on a white background, representing a quadratic equation in vertex form.
Use the Zero Product Property. A mathematical equation, 0 = 2x - 3, is displayed.
Solve for x. The equation 3 = 2x is displayed on a white background, representing a basic algebraic problem.
The image shows the mathematical equation three over two equals x (3/2 = x), presented in a simple, clear format on a white background.
When y=0, then 32=x.
The x-intercept is the point (32,0).

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=−x2−12x−36.

Solution

y:(0,−36);x:(−6,0)

Find the intercepts of the parabola y=9x2+12x+4.

Solution

y:(0,4);x:(−23,0)

Graph Quadratic Equations in Two Variables

Now, we have all the pieces we need in order to graph a quadratic equation in two variables. We just need to put them together. In the next example, we will see how to do this.

How To Graph a Quadratic Equation in Two Variables

Graph y=x2−6x+8.

Solution

Solution

The image shows the steps to graph the quadratic equation y equals x squared minus 6 x plus 8. Step 1 is to write the quadratic equation with y on one side. This equation has y on one side already. The value of a is one, the value of b is -6 and the value of c is 8. Step 2 is to determine whether the parabola opens upward or downward. Since a is positive, the parabola opens upward. Step 3 is to find the axis of symmetry. The axis of symmetry is the line x equals negative b divided by the quantity 2 a. Plugging in the values of b and a the formula becomes x equals negative -6 divided by the quantity 2 times 1 which simplifies to x equals 3. The axis of symmetry is the line x equals 3. Step 4 is to find the vertex. The vertex is on the axis of symmetry. Substitute x equals 3 into the equation and solve for y. The equation is y equals x squared minus 6 x plus 8. Replacing x with 3 it becomes y equals 3 squared minus 6 times 3 plus 8 which simplifies to y equals -1. The vertex is (3, -1). Step 5 is to find the y-intercept and find the point symmetric to the y-intercept across the axis of symmetry. We substitute x equals 0 into the equation. The equation is y equals x squared minus 6 x plus 8. Replacing x with 0 it becomes y equals 0 squared minus 6 times 0 plus 8 which simplifies to y equals 8. The y-intercept is (0, 8). We use the axis of symmetry to find a point symmetric to the y-intercept. The y-intercept is 3 units left of the axis of symmetry, x equals 3. A point 3 units to the right of the axis of symmetry has x equals 6. The point symmetric to the y-intercept is (6, 8). Step 6 is to find the x-intercepts. We substitute y equals 0 into the equation. The equation becomes 0 equals x squared minus 6 x plus 8. We can solve this quadratic equation by factoring to get 0 equals the quantity x minus 2 times the quantity x minus 4. Solve each equation to get x equals 2 and x equals 4. The x-intercepts are (2, 0) and (4, 0). Step 7 is to graph the parabola. We graph the vertex, intercepts, and the point symmetric to the y-intercept. We connect these five points to sketch the parabola. The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -2 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -3 to 10. The vertex is at the point (3, -1). Four points are plotted on the curve at (0, 8), (6, 8), (2, 0) and (4, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 3.

Graph the parabola y=x2+2x−8.

Solution

y:(0,−8); x:(2,0),(−4,0);
axis: x=−1; vertex: (−1,−9);
The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (-1, -9). Three points are plotted on the curve at (0, -8), (2, 0) and (-4, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -1.

Graph the parabola y=x2−8x+12.

Solution

y:(0,12);x:(2,0),(6,0);
axis: x=4;vertex:(4,−4);
The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (4, -4). Three points are plotted on the curve at (0, 12), (2, 0) and (6, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 4.

Graph a quadratic equation in two variables.

  1. Write the quadratic equation with y on one side.
  2. Determine whether the parabola opens upward or downward.
  3. Find the axis of symmetry.
  4. Find the vertex.
  5. Find the y-intercept. Find the point symmetric to the y-intercept across the axis of symmetry.
  6. Find the x-intercepts.
  7. Graph the parabola.

We were able to find the x-intercepts in the last example by factoring. We find the x-intercepts in the next example by factoring, too.

Graph y=−x2+6x−9.

Solution

Solution

The equation y has on one side. A general quadratic equation y = ax^2 + bx + c is shown above a specific example, y = -x^2 + 6x - 9.
Since a is −1, the parabola opens downward.

To find the axis of symmetry, find x=−b2a.
A red arc connects two downward-pointing arrows, suggesting a path or relationship between two descending points or outcomes. The formula x = -b / (2a) is displayed, which is used to find the x-coordinate of the vertex of a parabola for a quadratic equation.
A mathematical equation shows X equals negative 6 divided by the product of 2 and negative 1, written as X = -6 / (2(-1)).
The mathematical equation 'x=3' is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
The axis of symmetry is x=3. The vertex is on the line x=3.
A coordinate plane shows a vertical dashed red line at x=3, intersecting the x-axis at 3 and extending indefinitely through points such as (3,4), (3,0), and (3,-10).
Find y when x=3. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: y = -x^2 + 6x - 9. This represents a quadratic function, likely a parabola opening downwards.
Mathematical expression y = -3 squared + 6 * 3 - 9; the number 3 is highlighted in red to indicate its use as a variable for substitution.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = -9 + 18 - 9, where y is equal to negative nine plus eighteen minus nine.
The mathematical equation 'y = 0' is displayed in black font against a white background.
The vertex is (3,0).
A graph displays a vertical dashed line representing the equation x=3, intersecting the x-axis at (3,0).
The y-intercept occurs when x=0.
Substitute x=0.
Simplify.

The point (0,−9) is three units to the left of the line of symmetry.
The point three units to the right of the line of symmetry is (6,−9).
Point symmetric to the y-intercept is (6,−9)
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = -x^2 + 6x - 9. This represents a quadratic function, likely to be graphed as a parabola opening downwards.
The mathematical equation y = -0^2 + 6 '.' 0 - 9 is displayed, where y is calculated by substituting 0 into a quadratic expression.
The image displays the simple algebraic equation 'y = -9' in black text on a plain white background.
The y-intercept is (0,−9).
This graph illustrates a vertical dashed line at x=3 and three distinct points on a Cartesian coordinate system. One point is on the line, and two others are horizontally aligned at y=-9.
The x-intercept occurs when y=0. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = -x^2 + 6x - 9, which represents a quadratic function and could be used for graphing a parabola opening downwards.
Substitute y=0. A quadratic equation displayed as 0 = -x^2 + 6x - 9.
Factor the GCF. A mathematical equation shows '0 = -(x^2 - 6x + 9)' in black text on a white background, representing a quadratic expression set equal to zero with a negative sign outside the parentheses.
Factor the trinomial. The image shows the mathematical equation 0 = -(x - 3)^2 in a clear, digital font against a white background.
Solve for x. The image displays a simple algebraic equation, 'X = 3', set against a plain white background.
Connect the points to graph the parabola. A graph displays a downward-opening parabola with its vertex at (3, 0). A dashed red line indicates the axis of symmetry at x = 3. Two points on the parabola are (1, -9) and (5, -9).

Graph the parabola y=−3x2+12x−12.

Solution

y:(0,−12);x:(2,0);
axis: x=2;vertex:(2,0);
The graph shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -1 to 10. The vertex is at the point (2, 0). One other point is plotted on the curve at (0, -12). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 2.

Graph the parabola y=25x2+10x+1.

Solution

y:(0,1);x:(−15,0);
axis: x=−15;vertex:(−15,0);
The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 5. The y-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 10. The vertex is at the point (-1 fifth, 0). One other point is plotted on the curve at (0, 1). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -1 fifth.

For the graph of y=−x2+6x−9, the vertex and the x-intercept were the same point. Remember how the discriminant determines the number of solutions of a quadratic equation? The discriminant of the equation 0=−x2+6x−9 is 0, so there is only one solution. That means there is only one x-intercept, and it is the vertex of the parabola.

How many x-intercepts would you expect to see on the graph of y=x2+4x+5?

Graph y=x2+4x+5.

Solution

Solution

The equation has y on one side. The image presents the general quadratic equation y = ax^2 + bx + c, alongside a specific numerical example: y = x^2 + 4x + 5.
Since a is 1, the parabola opens upward. Two red arrows point upwards, creating a V-shape against a white background, suggesting an upward trend or divergence.
To find the axis of symmetry, find x=−b2a. The mathematical formula x = -b / 2a, used to find the x-coordinate of the vertex of a parabola, is displayed on a white background.
A mathematical expression shows X equals negative 4 divided by the product of 2 and 1.
A close-up view of a simple mathematical equation, X = -2, displayed clearly on a white background.
The axis of symmetry is x=−2.
A Cartesian coordinate plane shows a vertical dashed red line at x = -2. The x and y axes both range from -6 to 6, with grid lines every unit.
The vertex is on the line x=−2.
Find y when x=−2. The image displays the quadratic equation y = x^2 + 4x + 5 in black text against a white background.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = (-2)^2 + 4 * (-2) + 5. This expression involves squaring a negative number, multiplying, and adding constants, likely for calculation or evaluation.
A mathematical equation is displayed, showing 'y = 4 - 8 + 5' in a clear, dark font against a white background.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = 1' in black text against a plain white background. The equation indicates that the variable 'y' is equal to the number '1'.
The vertex is (−2,1).
A coordinate plane displays a vertical dashed red line at x = -2. A light blue point is plotted on this line at coordinates (-2, 1).
The y-intercept occurs when x=0.
Substitute x=0.
Simplify.
The point (0,5) is two units to the right of the line of symmetry.
The point two units to the left of the line of symmetry is (−4,5).
The image displays the quadratic equation y = x^2 + 4x + 5 in black text on a white background.
The mathematical equation y = (0)^2 + 4(0) + 5 is shown, with the number '0' highlighted in red within parentheses.
The mathematical equation 'y = 5' is displayed on a white background, indicating a constant value for the variable y.
The y-intercept is (0,5).
A coordinate plane shows three blue points: (-4, 5), (-2, 1), and (0, 5). A vertical dashed red line is drawn at x = -2.
Point symmetric to the y- intercept is (−4,5).
The x- intercept occurs when y=0.
Substitute y=0.
Test the discriminant.
The image displays the quadratic equation y = x^2 + 4x + 5, written in a clear, standard mathematical format.
A mathematical quadratic equation, 0 equals x squared plus 4x plus 5, is displayed on a white background, representing a standard algebraic problem.
b2−4ac
42−4⋅15
16−20
−4
Since the value of the discriminant is negative, there is no solution and so no x- intercept.
Connect the points to graph the parabola. You may want to choose two more points for greater accuracy.
A parabola with its vertex at (-2, 1) and axis of symmetry x = -2 is plotted on a coordinate plane. The parabola opens upwards, passing through points (-4, 5) and (0, 5).

Graph the parabola y=2x2−6x+5.

Solution

y:(0,5);x:none;
axis: x=32;vertex:(32,12);
The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 5. The y-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 10. The vertex is at the point (3 halves, 1 half). One other point is plotted on the curve at (0, 5). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 3 halves.

Graph the parabola y=−2x2−1.

Solution

y:(0,−1);x:none;
axis: x=0;vertex:(0,−1);
The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (0, -1). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 0.

Finding the y-intercept by substituting x=0 into the equation is easy, isn’t it? But we needed to use the Quadratic Formula to find the x-intercepts in Example 9. We will use the Quadratic Formula again in the next example.

Graph y=2x2−4x−3.

Solution

Solution

The image displays the general form of a quadratic equation, y = ax^2 + bx + c, in red, followed by a specific example, y = 2x^2 - 4x - 3, in black, illustrating the application of the formula.
The equation y has one side.
Since a is 2, the parabola opens upward.
Two sleek red arrows curve upward to form a sharp 'V' shape, highlighting an ascent or choice against a minimalist white background. The design is simple yet conveys direction.
To find the axis of symmetry, find x=−b2a. The mathematical formula x = -b / 2a is displayed on a white background. This formula represents the x-coordinate of the vertex of a parabola, which is derived from the quadratic formula.
A mathematical equation on a white background, displaying X = -4 / (2 * 2).
The mathematical equation 'x = 1' is displayed in black text on a plain white background.
The axis of symmetry is x=1.
The vertex on the line x=1. The image displays the quadratic equation y = 2x^2 - 4x - 3 on a white background. The equation is rendered in black text.
Find y when x=1. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing y = 2(1)^2 - 4 * (1) - 3, likely as a step in solving a quadratic function by substituting x=1.
A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: y = 2 - 4 - 3.
The equation y = -5 is displayed against a white background.
The vertex is (1,−5).
The y-intercept occurs when x=0. The image displays the quadratic equation y = 2x^2 - 4x - 3 written in a clear, standard mathematical notation against a plain white background.
Substitute x=0. The equation y = 2 * 0^2 - 4 * 0 - 3, demonstrating the substitution of 0 into a quadratic expression.
Simplify. The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = -3' written in plain text on a white background, representing a horizontal line in a coordinate system.
The y-intercept is (0,−3).
The point (0,−3) is one unit to the left of the line of symmetry.
The point one unit to the right of the line of symmetry is (2,−3)
Point symmetric to the y-intercept is (2,−3).
The x-intercept occurs when y=0. A mathematical equation is displayed on a white background: y = 2x^2 - 4x - 3. The equation is rendered in a black sans-serif font.
Substitute y=0. A quadratic equation, 0 = 2x² - 4x - 3, is displayed in black text against a white background.
Use the Quadratic Formula. The quadratic formula: x = (-b ± sqrt(b^2 - 4ac)) / 2a, used to find the roots of a quadratic equation.
Substitute in the values of a, b, c. The quadratic formula applied, showing the substitution of specific numerical values for a, b, and c to calculate the roots of a quadratic equation.
Simplify. A mathematical equation shows x equals a fraction where the numerator is 4 plus or minus the square root of (16 plus 24), all divided by 4.
Simplify inside the radical. A mathematical equation showing x equals 4 plus or minus the square root of 40, all divided by 4.
Simplify the radical. A mathematical equation is displayed, showing x equals the fraction 4 plus or minus 2 times the square root of 10, all divided by 4.
Factor the GCF. A mathematical equation shows x equals the fraction with a numerator of two times the quantity of two plus or minus the square root of ten, and a denominator of four.
Remove common factors. A mathematical equation displays x equals a fraction where the numerator is 2 plus or minus the square root of 10, and the denominator is 2.
Write as two equations. The two solutions for x from a quadratic equation, expressed as (2 + sqrt(10))/2 and (2 - sqrt(10))/2.
Approximate the values. Two approximate solutions for 'x' are displayed: x is approximately 2.5 and x is approximately -0.6, representing numerical results often found in mathematical problems.
The approximate values of the x-intercepts are (2.5,0) and (−0.6,0).
Graph the parabola using the points found. A graph showing an upward-opening parabola with its vertex at (1, -5). The dashed vertical line x=1 represents its axis of symmetry. Two additional points, (0, -3) and (2, -3), are marked.

Graph the parabola y=5x2+10x+3.

Solution

y:(0,3);x:(−1.6,0),(−0.4,0);
axis: x=−1;vertex:(−1,−2);
The graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 5. The y-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 5. The vertex is at the point (-1,-2). Three other points are plotted on the curve at (0, 3), (-1.6, 0), (-0.4, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -1.

Graph the parabola y=−3x2−6x+5.

Solution

y:(0,5);x:(0.6,0),(−2.6,0);
axis: x=−1;vertex:(−1,8);
The graph shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The vertex is at the point (-1, 8). Three other points are plotted on the curve at (0, 5), (0.6, 0) and (-2.6, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -1.

Solve Maximum and Minimum Applications

Knowing that the vertex of a parabola is the lowest or highest point of the parabola gives us an easy way to determine the minimum or maximum value of a quadratic equation. The y-coordinate of the vertex is the minimum y-value of a parabola that opens upward. It is the maximum y-value of a parabola that opens downward. See Figure 6.

This figure shows two graphs side by side. The left graph shows an downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The vertex of the parabola is in the upper right quadrant. The vertex is labeled “maximum”. The right graph shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The vertex of the parabola is in the lower right quadrant. The vertex is labeled “minimum”.

Minimum or Maximum Values of a Quadratic Equation

The y-coordinate of the vertex of the graph of a quadratic equation is the

  • minimum value of the quadratic equation if the parabola opens upward.
  • maximum value of the quadratic equation if the parabola opens downward.

Find the minimum value of the quadratic equation y=x2+2x−8.

Solution

Solution

A mathematical equation is displayed: y = x^2 + 2x - 8. The equation is rendered in a clear, digital font against a plain white background, focusing entirely on the algebraic expression.
Since a is positive, the parabola opens upward.
The quadratic equation has a minimum.
Find the axis of symmetry. A mathematical equation displays 'x = -b/2a' in black text on a white background. This formula is used to find the x-coordinate of the vertex of a parabola in a quadratic equation.
A mathematical equation shows x equals negative 2 divided by the product of 2 and 1, written as x = -2/(2*1).
The image displays a mathematical equation in plain black text against a white background, which states 'X = -1'.
The axis of symmetry is x=−1.
The vertex is on the line x=−1. The algebraic equation y = x^2 + 2x - 8 is shown.
Find y when x=−1. The image shows the equation y = (-1)^2 + 2(-1) - 8, which is an evaluation of a quadratic function at x = -1.
A mathematical equation showing y equals one minus two minus eight (y=1-2-8) on a white background.
The image displays the mathematical equation 'y = -9' in simple black text against a plain white background, indicating a horizontal line on a Cartesian plane.
The vertex is (−1,−9).
Since the parabola has a minimum, the y-coordinate of the vertex is the minimum y-value of the quadratic equation.
The minimum value of the quadratic is −9 and it occurs when x=−1.
Show the graph to verify the result. A parabola opening upwards is plotted on a coordinate plane, with its vertex at (-1, -9). A dashed red vertical line at x=-1 represents the axis of symmetry.

Find the maximum or minimum value of the quadratic equation y=x2−8x+12.

Solution

The minimum value is −4 when x=4.

Find the maximum or minimum value of the quadratic equation y=−4x2+16x−11.

Solution

The maximum value is 5 when x=2.

We have used the formula

h=−16t2+v0t+h0

to calculate the height in feet, h, of an object shot upwards into the air with initial velocity, v0, after t seconds.

This formula is a quadratic equation in the variable t, so its graph is a parabola. By solving for the coordinates of the vertex, we can find how long it will take the object to reach its maximum height. Then, we can calculate the maximum height.

The quadratic equation h=−16t2+v0t+h0 models the height of a volleyball hit straight upwards with velocity 176 feet per second from a height of 4 feet.

  1. ⓐ How many seconds will it take the volleyball to reach its maximum height?
  2. ⓑ Find the maximum height of the volleyball.
Solution

Solution

h=−16t2+176t+4

Since a is negative, the parabola opens downward.

The quadratic equation has a maximum.

  1. ⓐ
    Find the axis of symmetry.t=−b2at=−1762(−16)t=5.5The axis of symmetry ist=5.5.The vertex is on the linet=5.5.The maximum occurs whent=5.5seconds.
  2. ⓑ
    Find h when t=5.5. A mathematical equation is displayed, which reads: h = -16t^2 + 176t + 4. This is a quadratic equation, often used to model projectile motion or other parabolic phenomena.
    A mathematical equation is displayed, showing h = -16(5.5)^2 + 176 * (5.5) + 4, where the numbers 5.5 are highlighted in red.
    Use a calculator to simplify. The image displays the text 'h = 488' in a simple, clear font on a white background. It appears to be a variable assignment or a measurement value.
    The vertex is (5.5,488).
    Since the parabola has a maximum, the h-coordinate of the vertex is the maximum y-value of the quadratic equation. The maximum value of the quadratic is 488 feet and it occurs when t=5.5 seconds.

The quadratic equation h=−16t2+128t+32 is used to find the height of a stone thrown upward from a height of 32 feet at a rate of 128 ft/sec. How long will it take for the stone to reach its maximum height? What is the maximum height? Round answers to the nearest tenth.

Solution

It will take 4 seconds to reach the maximum height of 288 feet.

A toy rocket shot upward from the ground at a rate of 208 ft/sec has the quadratic equation of h=−16t2+208t. When will the rocket reach its maximum height? What will be the maximum height? Round answers to the nearest tenth.

Solution

It will take 6.5 seconds to reach the maximum height of 676 feet.

Access these online resources for additional instruction and practice graphing quadratic equations:

  • Graphing Quadratic Functions
  • How do you graph a quadratic function?
  • Graphing Quadratic Equations

Key Concepts

  • The graph of every quadratic equation is a parabola.
  • Parabola Orientation For the quadratic equation y=ax2+bx+c, if
    • a>0, the parabola opens upward.
    • a<0, the parabola opens downward.
  • Axis of Symmetry and Vertex of a Parabola For a parabola with equation y=ax2+bx+c:
    • The axis of symmetry of a parabola is the line x=−b2a.
    • The vertex is on the axis of symmetry, so its x-coordinate is −b2a.
    • To find the y-coordinate of the vertex we substitute x=−b2a into the quadratic equation.
  • Find the Intercepts of a Parabola To find the intercepts of a parabola with equation y=ax2+bx+c:
    y-interceptx-interceptsLetx=0and solve fory.Lety=0and solve forx.
  • To Graph a Quadratic Equation in Two Variables
    1. Write the quadratic equation with y on one side.
    2. Determine whether the parabola opens upward or downward.
    3. Find the axis of symmetry.
    4. Find the vertex.
    5. Find the y-intercept. Find the point symmetric to the y-intercept across the axis of symmetry.
    6. Find the x-intercepts.
    7. Graph the parabola.
  • Minimum or Maximum Values of a Quadratic Equation
    • The y-coordinate of the vertex of the graph of a quadratic equation is the
    • minimum value of the quadratic equation if the parabola opens upward.
    • maximum value of the quadratic equation if the parabola opens downward.

Section Exercises

Practice Makes Perfect

Recognize the Graph of a Quadratic Equation in Two Variables

In the following exercises, graph:

y=x2+3

Solution

This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has a vertex at (0, 3) and goes through the point (1, 4).

y=−x2+1

In the following exercises, determine if the parabola opens up or down.

y=−2x2−6x−7

Solution

down

y=6x2+2x+3

y=4x2+x−4

Solution

up

y=−9x2−24x−16

Find the Axis of Symmetry and Vertex of a Parabola

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the axis of symmetry and ⓑ the vertex.

y=x2+8x−1

Solution

ⓐ x=−4 ⓑ (−4,−17)

y=x2+10x+25

y=−x2+2x+5

Solution

ⓐ x=1 ⓑ (1,6)

y=−2x2−8x−3

Find the Intercepts of a Parabola

In the following exercises, find the x- and y-intercepts.

y=x2+7x+6

Solution

y:(0,6);x:(−1,0),(−6,0)

y=x2+10x−11

y=−x2+8x−19

Solution

y:(0,−19);x:none

y=x2+6x+13

y=4x2−20x+25

Solution

y:(0,25);x:(52,0)

y=−x2−14x−49

Graph Quadratic Equations in Two Variables

In the following exercises, graph by using intercepts, the vertex, and the axis of symmetry.

y=x2+6x+5

Solution

y:(0,5);x:(−1,0),(−5,0);
axis: x=−3;vertex:(−3,−4)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-3, -4) and the intercepts (-5, 0), (-1, 0) and (0, 5). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -3.

y=x2+4x−12

y=x2+4x+3

Solution

y:(0,3);x:(−1,0),(−3,0);
axis: x=−2;vertex:(−2,−1)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-2, -1) and the intercepts (-1, 0), (-3, 0) and (0, 3). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -2.

y=x2−6x+8

y=9x2+12x+4

Solution

y:(0,4)x:(−23,0);
axis: x=−23;vertex:(−23,0)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 5. The y-axis of the plane runs from -5 to 5. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-2 thirds, 0) and the intercept (0, 4). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -2 thirds.

y=−x2+8x−16

y=−x2+2x−7

Solution

y:(0,−7);x:none;
axis: x=1;vertex:(1,−6)
This figure shows a downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -15 to 5. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (1, -6) and the intercept (0, -7). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 1.

y=5x2+2

y=2x2−4x+1

Solution

y:(0,1);x:(1.7,0),(0.3,0);
axis: x=1;vertex:(1,−1)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (1, -1) and the intercepts (1.7, 0), (0.3, 0) and (0, 1). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 1.

y=3x2−6x−1

y=2x2−4x+2

Solution

y:(0,2)x:(1,0);
axis: x=1;vertex:(1,0)
 This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (1, 0) and the intercept (0, 2). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 1.

y=−4x2−6x−2

y=−x2−4x+2

Solution

y:(0,2)x:(−4.4,0),(0.4,0);
axis: x=−2;vertex:(−2,6)
This figure shows a downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-2, 6) and the intercepts (-4.4, 0), (0.4, 0) and (0, 2). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -2.

y=x2+6x+8

y=5x2−10x+8

Solution

y:(0,8);x:none;
axis: x=1;vertex:(1,3)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (1, 3) and the intercept(0, 8). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 1.

y=−16x2+24x−9

y=3x2+18x+20

Solution

y:(0,20)x:(−4.5,0),(−1.5,0);
axis: x=−3;vertex:(−3,−7)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-3, -7) and the intercepts (-4.5, 0) and (-1.5, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -3.

y=−2x2+8x−10

Solve Maximum and Minimum Applications

In the following exercises, find the maximum or minimum value.

y=2x2+x−1

Solution

The minimum value is −98 when x=−14.

y=−4x2+12x−5

y=x2−6x+15

Solution

The minimum value is 6 when x=3.

y=−x2+4x−5

y=−9x2+16

Solution

The maximum value is 16 when x=0.

y=4x2−49

In the following exercises, solve. Round answers to the nearest tenth.

An arrow is shot vertically upward from a platform 45 feet high at a rate of 168 ft/sec. Use the quadratic equation h=−16t2+168t+45 to find how long it will take the arrow to reach its maximum height, and then find the maximum height.

Solution

In 5.3 sec the arrow will reach maximum height of 486 ft.

A stone is thrown vertically upward from a platform that is 20 feet high at a rate of 160 ft/sec. Use the quadratic equation h=−16t2+160t+20 to find how long it will take the stone to reach its maximum height, and then find the maximum height.

A computer store owner estimates that by charging x dollars each for a certain computer, he can sell 40−x computers each week. The quadratic equation R=−x2+40x is used to find the revenue, R, received when the selling price of a computer is x. Find the selling price that will give him the maximum revenue, and then find the amount of the maximum revenue.

Solution

Charging $20 for each computer will give the maximum revenue of $400.

A retailer who sells backpacks estimates that, by selling them for x dollars each, he will be able to sell 100−x backpacks a month. The quadratic equation R=−x2+100x is used to find the R received when the selling price of a backpack is x. Find the selling price that will give him the maximum revenue, and then find the amount of the maximum revenue.

A rancher is going to fence three sides of a corral next to a river. He needs to maximize the corral area using 240 feet of fencing. The quadratic equation A=x(240−2x) gives the area of the corral, A, for the length, x, of the corral along the river. Find the length of the corral along the river that will give the maximum area, and then find the maximum area of the corral.

Solution

The length of the side along the river of the corral is 60 feet and the maximum area is 7,200 sq ft.

A veterinarian is enclosing a rectangular outdoor running area against his building for the dogs he cares for. He needs to maximize the area using 100 feet of fencing. The quadratic equation A=x(100−2x) gives the area, A, of the dog run for the length, x, of the building that will border the dog run. Find the length of the building that should border the dog run to give the maximum area, and then find the maximum area of the dog run.

Everyday Math

In the previous set of exercises, you worked with the quadratic equation R=−x2+40x that modeled the revenue received from selling computers at a price of x dollars. You found the selling price that would give the maximum revenue and calculated the maximum revenue. Now you will look at more characteristics of this model.
ⓐ Graph the equation R=−x2+40x. ⓑ Find the values of the x-intercepts.

Solution
  1. ⓐ
    This figure shows a downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 60. The y-axis of the plane runs from -50 to 500. The parabola has a vertex at (20, 400) and also goes through the points (0, 0) and (40, 0).
  2. ⓑ (0,0),(40,0)

In the previous set of exercises, you worked with the quadratic equation R=−x2+100x that modeled the revenue received from selling backpacks at a price of x dollars. You found the selling price that would give the maximum revenue and calculated the maximum revenue. Now you will look at more characteristics of this model.
ⓐ Graph the equation R=−x2+100x. ⓑ Find the values of the x-intercepts.

Writing Exercises

For the revenue model in Exercise 82 and Exercise 86, explain what the x-intercepts mean to the computer store owner.

Solution

Answers will vary.

For the revenue model in Exercise 83 and Exercise 87, explain what the x-intercepts mean to the backpack retailer.

Self Check

ⓐ After completing the exercises, use this checklist to evaluate your mastery of the objectives of this section.

This table has six rows and four columns. The first row is a header row and it labels each column. The first column is labeled "I can …", the second "Confidently", the third “With some help” and the last "No–I don’t get it". In the “I can…” column the second row reads “solve quadratic equations using the quadratic for recognize the graph of a quadratic equation in two variables.” The third row reads “find the axis of symmetry and vertex of a parabola.” The fourth row reads “find the intercepts of a parabola.” The fifth row reads “graph quadratic equations in two variables.” and the last row reads “solve maximum and minimum applications.” The remaining columns are blank.

ⓑ What does this checklist tell you about your mastery of this section? What steps will you take to improve?

Chapter 10 Review Exercises

10.1 Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Square Root Property

In the following exercises, solve using the Square Root Property.

x2=100

Solution

x=±10

y2=144

m2−40=0

Solution

m=±210

n2−80=0

4a2=100

Solution

a=±5

2b2=72

r2+32=0

Solution

no solution

t2+18=0

43v2+4=28

Solution

v=±32

23w2−20=30

5c2+3=19

Solution

c=±455

3d2−6=43

In the following exercises, solve using the Square Root Property.

(p−5)2+3=19

Solution

p=1,9

(q+4)2=9

(u+1)2=45

Solution

u=−1±35

(z−5)2=50

(x−14)2=316

Solution

x=14±34

(y−23)2=29

(m−7)2+6=30

Solution

m=7±26

(n−4)2−50=150

(5c+3)2=−20

Solution

no solution

(4c−1)2=−18

m2−6m+9=48

Solution

m=3±43

n2+10n+25=12

64a2+48a+9=81

Solution

a=−32,34

4b2−28b+49=25

10.2 Solve Quadratic Equations Using Completing the Square

In the following exercises, complete the square to make a perfect square trinomial. Then write the result as a binomial squared.

x2+22x

Solution

(x+11)2

y2+6y

m2−8m

Solution

(m−4)2

n2−10n

a2−3a

Solution

(a−32)2

b2+13b

p2+45p

Solution

(p+25)2

q2−13q

In the following exercises, solve by completing the square.

c2+20c=21

Solution

c=1,−21

d2+14d=−13

x2−4x=32

Solution

x=−4,8

y2−16y=36

r2+6r=−100

Solution

no solution

t2−12t=−40

v2−14v=−31

Solution

v=7±32

w2−20w=100

m2+10m−4=−13

Solution

m=−9,−1

n2−6n+11=34

a2=3a+8

Solution

a=32±412

b2=11b−5

(u+8)(u+4)=14

Solution

u=−6±32

(z−10)(z+2)=28

3p2−18p+15=15

Solution

p=0,6

5q2+70q+20=0

4y2−6y=4

Solution

y=−12,2

2x2+2x=4

3c2+2c=9

Solution

c=−13±273

4d2−2d=8

10.3 Solve Quadratic Equations Using the Quadratic Formula

In the following exercises, solve by using the Quadratic Formula.

4x2−5x+1=0

Solution

x=14,1

7y2+4y−3=0

r2−r−42=0

Solution

r=−6,7

t2+13t+22=0

4v2+v−5=0

Solution

v=−54,1

2w2+9w+2=0

3m2+8m+2=0

Solution

m=−4±103

5n2+2n−1=0

6a2−5a+2=0

Solution

no real solution

4b2−b+8=0

u(u−10)+3=0

Solution

u=5±22

5z(z−2)=3

18p2−15p=−120

Solution

p=4±65

25q2+310q=110

4c2+4c+1=0

Solution

c=−12

9d2−12d=−4

In the following exercises, determine the number of solutions to each quadratic equation.

  1. ⓐ 9x2−6x+1=0
  2. ⓑ 3y2−8y+1=0
  3. ⓒ 7m2+12m+4=0
  4. ⓓ 5n2−n+1=0
Solution

ⓐ 1 ⓑ 2 ⓒ 2 ⓓ none

  1. ⓐ 5x2−7x−8=0
  2. ⓑ 7x2−10x+5=0
  3. ⓒ 25x2−90x+81=0
  4. ⓓ 15x2−8x+4=0

In the following exercises, identify the most appropriate method (Factoring, Square Root, or Quadratic Formula) to use to solve each quadratic equation.

  1. ⓐ 16r2−8r+1=0
  2. ⓑ 5t2−8t+3=9
  3. ⓒ 3(c+2)2=15
Solution

ⓐ factor ⓑ Quadratic Formula ⓒ square root

  1. ⓐ 4d2+10d−5=21
  2. ⓑ 25x2−60x+36=0
  3. ⓒ 6(5v−7)2=150

10.4 Solve Applications Modeled by Quadratic Equations

In the following exercises, solve by using methods of factoring, the square root principle, or the quadratic formula.

Find two consecutive odd numbers whose product is 323.

Solution

Two consecutive odd numbers whose product is 323 are 17 and 19, and −17 and −19.

Find two consecutive even numbers whose product is 624.

A triangular banner has an area of 351 square centimeters. The length of the base is two centimeters longer than four times the height. Find the height and length of the base.

Solution

The height of the banner is 13 cm and the length of the side is 54 cm.

Julius built a triangular display case for his coin collection. The height of the display case is six inches less than twice the width of the base. The area of the of the back of the case is 70 square inches. Find the height and width of the case.

A tile mosaic in the shape of a right triangle is used as the corner of a rectangular pathway. The hypotenuse of the mosaic is 5 feet. One side of the mosaic is twice as long as the other side. What are the lengths of the sides? Round to the nearest tenth.

The image shows a rectangular pathway with a right inlaid in the lower left corner. The right angle of the triangle overlays the lower left corner of the rectangle. The left leg of the right triangle overlays the left side of the rectangle and the hypotenuse of the right triangle runs from the upper left corner of the rectangle to a point on the bottom of the rectangle.
Solution

The lengths of the sides of the mosaic are 2.2 and 4.4 feet.

A rectangular piece of plywood has a diagonal which measures two feet more than the width. The length of the plywood is twice the width. What is the length of the plywood’s diagonal? Round to the nearest tenth.

The front walk from the street to Pam’s house has an area of 250 square feet. Its length is two less than four times its width. Find the length and width of the sidewalk. Round to the nearest tenth.

Solution

The width of the front walk is 8.2 feet and its length is 30.6 feet.

For Sophia’s graduation party, several tables of the same width will be arranged end to end to give a serving table with a total area of 75 square feet. The total length of the tables will be two more than three times the width. Find the length and width of the serving table so Sophia can purchase the correct size tablecloth. Round answer to the nearest tenth.

The image shows four rectangular tables placed side by side to create one large table.

A ball is thrown vertically in the air with a velocity of 160 ft/sec. Use the formula h=−16t2+v0t to determine when the ball will be 384 feet from the ground. Round to the nearest tenth.

Solution

The ball will reach 384 feet on its way up in 4 seconds and on the way down in 6 seconds.

A bullet is fired straight up from the ground at a velocity of 320 ft/sec. Use the formula h=−16t2+v0t to determine when the bullet will reach 800 feet. Round to the nearest tenth.

10.5 Graphing Quadratic Equations in Two Variables

In the following exercises, graph by plotting point.

Graph y=x2−2

Solution

This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has a vertex at (0, -2) and goes through the point (1, -1).

Graph y=−x2+3

In the following exercises, determine if the following parabolas open up or down.

y=−3x2+3x−1

Solution

down

y=5x2+6x+3

y=x2+8x−1

Solution

up

y=−4x2−7x+1

In the following exercises, find ⓐ the axis of symmetry and ⓑ the vertex.

y=−x2+6x+8

Solution

ⓐ x=3 ⓑ (3,17)

y=2x2−8x+1

In the following exercises, find the x- and y-intercepts.

y=x2−4x-5

Solution

y:(0,5);x:(5,0),(−1,0)

y=x2−8x+15

y=x2−4x+10

Solution

y:(0,10);x:none

y=−5x2−30x−46

y=16x2−8x+1

Solution

y:(0,1);x:(14,0)

y=x2+16x+64

In the following exercises, graph by using intercepts, the vertex, and the axis of symmetry.

y=x2+8x+15

Solution

y:(0,15);x:(−3,0),(−5,0);
axis: x=−4;vertex:(−4,−1)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -2 to 17. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-4, -1) and the intercepts (-3, 0), (-5, 0) and (0, 15). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -4.

y=x2−2x−3

y=−x2+8x−16

Solution

y:(0,−16);x:(4,0);
axis: x=4;vertex:(4,0)
This figure shows a downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -15 to 12. The y-axis of the plane runs from -20 to 2. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (4, 0) and the intercept (0, -16). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 4.

y=4x2−4x+1

y=x2+6x+13

Solution

y:(0,13);x:none;
axis: x=−3;vertex:(−3,4)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -2 to 18. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (-3, 4) and the intercept (0, 13). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals -3.

y=−2x2−8x−12

y=−4x2+16x−11

Solution

y:(0,−11)x:(3.1,0),(0.9,0);
axis: x=2;vertex:(2,5)
This figure shows a downward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (2, 5) and the intercepts (3.1, 0) and (0.9, 0). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 2.

y=x2+8x+10


In the following exercises, find the minimum or maximum value.

y=7x2+14x+6

Solution

The minimum value is −1 when x=−1.

y=−3x2+12x−10

In the following exercises, solve. Rounding answers to the nearest tenth.

A ball is thrown upward from the ground with an initial velocity of 112 ft/sec. Use the quadratic equation h=−16t2+112t to find how long it will take the ball to reach maximum height, and then find the maximum height.

Solution

In 3.5 seconds the ball is at its maximum height of 196 feet.

A daycare facility is enclosing a rectangular area along the side of their building for the children to play outdoors. They need to maximize the area using 180 feet of fencing on three sides of the yard. The quadratic equation A=−2x2+180x gives the area, A, of the yard for the length, x, of the building that will border the yard. Find the length of the building that should border the yard to maximize the area, and then find the maximum area.

Practice Test

Use the Square Root Property to solve the quadratic equation: 3(w+5)2=27.

Solution

w=−2,−8

Use Completing the Square to solve the quadratic equation: a2−8a+7=23.

Use the Quadratic Formula to solve the quadratic equation: 2m2−5m+3=0.

Solution

m=1,32

Solve the following quadratic equations. Use any method.

8v2+3=35

3n2+8n+3=0

Solution

n=−4±73

2b2+6b−8=0

x(x+3)+12=0

Solution

no real solution

43y2−4y+3=0

Use the discriminant to determine the number of solutions of each quadratic equation.

6p2−13p+7=0

Solution

2

3q2−10q+12=0

Solve by factoring, the Square Root Property, or the Quadratic Formula.

Find two consecutive even numbers whose product is 360.

Solution

Two consecutive even number are −20 and −18 and 18 and 20.

The length of a diagonal of a rectangle is three more than the width. The length of the rectangle is three times the width. Find the length of the diagonal. (Round to the nearest tenth.)

For each parabola, find ⓐ which ways it opens, ⓑ the axis of symmetry, ⓒ the vertex, ⓓ the x- and y-intercepts, and ⓔ the maximum or minimum value.

y=3x2+6x+8

Solution

ⓐ up ⓑ x=−1 ⓒ (−1,5) ⓓ y:(0,8);x:none ⓔ minimum value of 5 when x=−1

y=x2−4

y=x2+10x+24

Solution

ⓐ up ⓑ x=−5 ⓒ (−5,−1) ⓓ y;(0,24);x:(−6,0),(−4,0) ⓔ minimum value of −1 when x=−5

y=−3x2+12x−8

y=−x2−8x+16

Solution

ⓐ down ⓑ x=−4
ⓒ (−4,32) ⓓ y;(0,16);x:(−9.7,0),(1.7,0)
ⓔ maximum value of 32 when x=−4

Graph the following parabolas by using intercepts, the vertex, and the axis of symmetry.

y=2x2+6x+2

y=16x2+24x+9

Solution

y:(0,9);x:(−34,0);
axis: x=−34;vertex:(−34,0)
This figure shows an upward-opening parabola graphed on the x y-coordinate plane. The x-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The y-axis of the plane runs from -10 to 10. The parabola has points plotted at the vertex (3 fourths, 0) and the intercept (0, 9). Also on the graph is a dashed vertical line representing the axis of symmetry. The line goes through the vertex at x equals 3 fourths.

Solve.

A water balloon is launched upward at the rate of 86 ft/sec. Using the formula h=−16t2+86t, find how long it will take the balloon to reach the maximum height and then find the maximum height. Round to the nearest tenth.

axis of symmetry
The axis of symmetry is the vertical line passing through the middle of the parabola y=ax2+bx+c.
parabola
The graph of a quadratic equation in two variables is a parabola.
quadratic equation in two variables
A quadratic equation in two variables, where a,b,andc are real numbers and a≠0 is an equation of the form y=ax2+bx+c.
vertex
The point on the parabola that is on the axis of symmetry is called the vertex of the parabola; it is the lowest or highest point on the parabola, depending on whether the parabola opens upwards or downwards.
x-intercepts of a parabola
The x-intercepts are the points on the parabola where y=0.
y-intercept of a parabola
The y-intercept is the point on the parabola where x=0.